Skip to main content

Full text of "Bills, 1977, No.61-130"

See other formats


■y" 


^^\vt  imARTo^ 


TORONTO 


A^'K  1  y  1978 


V" 


.'^••'t 


LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY 

OF  ONTARIO 

FIRST  SESSION 
THIRTY-FIRST  PARLIAMENT 


BILLS 


AS  INTRODUCED  IN  THE  HOUSE 

TOGETHER  WITH 

REPRINTS  AND  THIRD  READINGS 


137245 

SESSION 
JUNE  27th  to  JULY  12th,  1977 

AND 

OCTOBER  17th  to  DECEMBER  16th,  1977 


» 


r 
9 


.      %. 


x^ 


INDEX 

FIRST  SESSION 
THIRTY-FIRST  PARLIAMENT 


PUBLIC  BILLS  (GOVERNMENT) 

A                                                       Bill  No. 

Airports  Act — Act  to  amend 35 

Assessment  Act — Act  to  amend 91 

Audit  Act — Act  to  revise 43 

B 

Business  Corporations  Act — Act  to  amend 31 

C 

Children — Act  to  reform  the  Law  respecting  the  Status  of 61 

Children — Act  to  provide  for  the  Transfer  of  Services  relating  to 23 

Commodity  Futures  Contracts — Act  to  regulate  Trading  in 32 

Condominium  Act — Act  to  amend 115 

Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 — Act  to  amend 15 

— Act  to  amend 88 

County  Judges  Act — Act  to  amend 78 

D 

Discrimination  in  Business  Relationships — Act  to  prohibit 129 

District  Municipality  of  Muskoka  Act — Act  to  amend 37 


Environment  in  Ontario — Act  to  impose  a  Tax  on  Certain  Pollutants  of 

the 18 

Essex  County  Board  of  Education  to  provide  a  French-language  Secondary 

School — Act  to  require 3 

Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975 — Act  to  amend 2 


Family  Law  Reform  Act,  1977 59 

Farm  Products  Payments  Act — Act  to  amend 45 

Farm  Products  Marketing  Act — Act  to  amend 102 


Gift  Tax  Act.  1972— Act  to  amend 16 

[3] 


4 

H                                                    Hill  N<. 

Highway  Traffic  Act — Act  to  amend \9 

— Act  to  amend 85 

— Act  to  amend 107 

— Act  to  amend 112 

I 

Income  Tax  Act — Act  to  amend 5 

Income  Tax  Refunds — Act  to  regulate  the  Discounting  of 99 


Judicature  Act — Act  to  amend 77 

— Act  to  amend 79 


Labour  Relations  Act — Act  to  amend 22 

Land  Speculation  Tax  Act,  1974 — Act  to  amend 14 

Land  Transfer  Tax  Act,  1974 — Act  to  amend 13 

Landlord  and  Tenant  Act — Act  to  amend 128 

Legislative  Assembly  Act — Act  to  amend 26 

— Act  to  amend 47 

—Act  to  amend 122 

Legislative  Assembly  Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 — Act  to  amend.  .  .  48 

— Act  to  amend. . .  123 


M 

Marriage  Act — Act  to  revise 62 

Mental  Health  Act — Act  to  amend 124 

Milk  Act — Act  to  amend 103 

Ministry  of  Northern  Affairs — Act  to  establish 21 

Motor  Vehicle  Tax  Act — Act  to  amend 17 

Motorized  Snow  Vehicles  Act,  1974 — Act  to  amend 20 

Municipal  Act — Act  to  amend 40 

— Act  to  amend 127 

Municipal  Elections — Act  respecting 49 

Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 — Act  to  revise 98 

Municipalities — Act  to  provide  for  the  Licensing  of  Businesses  by 119 

Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act — Act  to  amend 39 

— Act  to  amend 120 


N 
Negligence  Act — Act  to  amend 94 


O                                                      Bill  No. 

Occupational  Health  and  Occupational  Safety  of  Workers — Act  respecting  70 

Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974 — Act  to  amend 73 

Ontario  Unconditional  Grants  Act,  1975 — Act  to  amend 6 

Ontario  Youth  Employment  Act,  1977 11 

Oxford,  County  of — Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro-Electric  Service 

in  the Ill 

Oxford  Act,  1974,  County  of — Act  to  amend 38 

P 

Peel  Municipal  Hydro-Electric  Act,  1977 56 

Personal  Property  Security  Act — Act  to  amend 24 

Planning  Act — Act  to  amend 110 

Police  Act — Act  to  amend 113 

— Act  to  amend 114 

Provincial  Courts  Act — Act  to  amend 80 

Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improvement  Act — Act  to  amend ...  84 

Public  Utilities  Act — Act  to  amend 41 

Public  Vehicles  Act — Act  to  amend 34 

R 

♦Raising  of  Money  on  the  Credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund — Act  to 

authorize 8 

Retail  Sales  Tax  Act — Act  to  amend 12 

Regional  Municipalities — Act  to  amend  certain  Acts  respecting 36 

Ryerson  Polytechnical  Institute — Act  respecting 25 

S 

Sandwich,  Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway — Act  respecting 97 

Securities  Act — Act  to  revise 30 

Small  Claims  Courts  Act— Act  to  amend 81 

Succession  Duty  Act — Act  to  amend 7 

Succession  to  the  Estates  of  Deceased  Persons — Act  to  reform  the  Law 

respecting 60 

Successor  Rights  on  the  Transfer  of  and  Undertaking  to  or   from   the 

Crown — Act  to  provide  for 4 

Supply  Act,  1977 130 

Surrogate  Courts  Act — Act  to  amend 65 

T 

Timmins-Porcupine  Act,  1972 — Act  to  amend 42 

Tobacco  Tax  Act — Act  to  amend 10 

Topsoil  in  Ontario — Act  to  preserve 72 

Toronto  Area  Transit  Operating  Authority  Act,  1974 — Act  to  amend.  ...  44 

*  Recorded  vote 


6 

U                                                    Bill  No. 
Unified  Family  Court  Act,  1976 — Act  to  amend 1       i 

V 

Venture  Investment  Corporations — Act  respecting  the  Registration  of . . .         9 


PUBLIC  BILLS  (PRIVATE  MEMBERS') 

A                                                       Bill  No. 

Assessment  Act — Act  to  amend 95 

C 

Class  Actions — Act  to  provide  for 51 

Condominium  Act — Act  to  amend 108 

— Act  to  amend 118 

Condominium  Property  Management  Firms — Act  to  register 96 

Consumer  Protection  Act — Act  to  amend 53 

E 

Education  Act,  1974 — Act  to  amend 57 

— Act  to  amend 66 

Election  Act — Act  to  amend 116 

Election  Public  Opinion  Polls — Act  respecting 29 

Emergency  Medical  and  First  Aid  Services — Act  to  relieve  Persons  from 

Liability  in  respect  of  voluntary 71 

Employment  Standards  Act,  1974— Act  to  amend 83 

— Act  to  amend 93 

— Act  to  amend 106 

Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975 — Act  to  amend 100 

F 

Family  Benefits  Act — Act  to  amend 54 

Family  Day — Act  respecting 121 

Freedom  of  Information — Act  to  provide  for 50 

G 

Government  Programs— Act  to  provide  for  the  Disclosure  of  Information 

relating  to  the  Cost  of 125 

H 

Highway  Traffic  Act — Act  to  amend 92 

L 

Labour  Relations  Act — Act  to  amend 67 

— Act  to  amend 68 

— Act  to  amend 69 

— Act  to  amend 126 

Landlord  and  Tenant  Act — Act  to  amend 117 

Legislative  Assembly  Act — Act  to  amend 74 

Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975 — Act  to  amend 46 

— Act  to  amend 76 

— Act  to  amend 87 


M 


Hill  \, 


Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act — Act  to  amend.  ...  75 

Motor  Vehicle  Access  to  Property  by  Private  Road — Act  respecting 63 

O 

Occupiers'  Liability — Act  respecting 52 

Official  Languages  of  Ontario — Act  respecting 86 

Ontario  Food  Terminal  Act — Act  to  amend 82 

Ontario  Human  Rights  Code — Act  to  amend 27 

Ontario  Waste  Disposal  and  Reclamation  Commission — Act  to  establish . .  58 
Ontario    Commission    on    Waste    Management    and    Resource    Recovery 

Systems 1 05 

P 

Petty  Trespass  Act — Act  to  amend 101 

Planning  Act — Act  to  amend 89 

Proceedings  Against  the  Crown  Act — Act  to  amend 33 

Public  Hospitals  Act — Act  to  amend 104 

S 

Special  Education  Programs — Act  respecting 109 

— Act  respecting 28 

Small  Business  in  Ontario — Act  respecting 64 

T 

Toxic  and  Hazardous  Substances — Act  respecting 90 


PRIVATE  BILLS 

B  Bill  No. 

Burlington — Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr8 

C 

Casgrain — Act  respecting  Certain  Lands  in  the  Township  of Prl2 

Chatham — Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr30 

Circle  R  Boys  Ranch — Act  respecting Prl9 

D 

Dover — Act  respecting  the  Township  of Pr2 

E 

East  Zorra-Tavistock — Act  respecting  the  Township  of Pr29 

Etobicoke — Act  respecting  the  Borough  of Pr22 


Fuller- Austin  of  Canada  Limited — An  Act  respecting Pr21 


Garnet  Holdings  Limited — Act  respecting Pr31 

Georgina — Act  respecting  the  Township  of Pr30 

H 

Hamilton — Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr7 

— Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr28 

K 

Kedna  Enterprises  Limited — Act  respecting Pr33 

Kitchener — Act  respecting  the  City  of Prl7 


London — Act  respecting  the  City  of PrlO 

Loubill  Hobbies  and  Sports  Limited — Act  respecting Pr37 

M 

Middlesex — Act  respecting  the  County  of Prl6 

Matol  Holdings  Limited — Act  respecting Pr23 

N 

Niagara  Institute  for  International  Studies — Act  respecting Pr24 


10 

O  Bill  No. 

Ottawa — Act  respecting  the  City  of Prl4 

— Act  respecting  the  City  of Prl5 

P 

Peterborough — Act  respecting  the  County  of Pr4 

Port  McNicoll — Act  respecting  the  Village  of Pr5 

S 

Sarnia — Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr25 

— Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr34 

Sault  Ste.  Marie — Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr9 

Scarborough — Act  respecting  the  Borough  of Pr38 

Shore  and  Horwitz  Construction  Limited — Act  respecting Pr35 

Stanley  Starr  Limited — Act  respecting  Pr32 

Sudbury  Young  Women's  Christian  Association — Act  respecting Prl3 

T 

Toronto — Act  respecting  the  City  of Prl8 

Tay — Act  respecting  the  Township  of Prl 

Thunder  Bay — Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr36 

W 

Windsor — Act  respecting  the  City  of Prll 

— Act  respecting  the  City  of Pr27 


i 


BILL  61  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  reform  the 
Law  respecting  the  Status  of  Children 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Part  I.  The  Bill  would  remove  any  distinction  in  law  between 
legitimate  and  illegitimate  children.  A  child  would  be  a  child  of  his 
natural  parents  regardless  of  their  marital  status. 

Part  II.  This  Part  deals  with  the  establishment  of  parentage. 
Maternity  is  generally  ascertainable  through  the  event  of  birth,  registration 
and  nurture.  The  existence  of  certain  circumstances  set  out  in  section  8 
would  raise  a  presumption  of  paternity  similar  to  the  present  presumption 
of  legitimacy  if  bom  in  wedlock.  Also,  similarly,  the  presumption  can  be 
rebutted  where  an  issue  arises  turning  on  paternity. 


Part  III.  The  amendments  eliminate  specific  references  to  legitimacy, 
illegitimacy  or  legitimation  in  other  statutes  and  makes  other  complementary 
amendments. 


BILL  61  1977 


An  Act  to  reform  the 
Law  respecting  the  Status  of  Children 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

PART  I 

EQUAL  STATUS  OF  CHILDREN 

1. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,   for  all  purposes  of  the  i^^j}|^o^  ^ 
law  of  Ontario  a  person  is  the  child  of  his  or  her  natural 
parents  and  his  or  her  status  as  their  child  is  independent 
of  whether  the  child  is  born  within  or  outside  marriage. 

(2)  Where  an  adoption  order  has  been  made,  section  83  Exception  for 
or  85  of  The  Child  Welfare  Act  applies  and  the  child  is  the  chiwren 
child  of  the  adopting  parents  as  if  they  were  the  natural  ^f4°  ^^''°' 
parents. 

(3)  The  parent  and  child  relationships  as  determined  under  ^\ation- 
subsections  1  and  2  shall  be  followed  in  the  determination  of  ships 
other  kindred  relationships  flowing  therefrom. 

(4)  Any   distinction   at   common   law   between   the  status  distilTa^on  of 
of  children   bom   in   wedlock   and  bom   out   of  wedlock  is  ^b^Wghed^ 
abolished    and    the    relationship    of    parent    and    child    and 
kindred    relationships    flowing    therefrom    shall    be    deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  the  common  law  in  accordance 

with  this  section. 

2, — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  construing  any  instrument,  R^^jJl^oj^^^j^^ 
Act  or  regulation,  unless  the  contrary  intention  appears, 
a  reference  to  a  person  or  group  or  class  of  persons 
described  in  terms  of  relationship  by  blood  or  marriage 
to  another  person  shall  be  construed  to  refer  to  or  include 
a   person   who  comes  within   the  description   by   reason   of 


the  relationship  of  parent  and  child  as  determined  under 
section  1. 

Application        (2)  Subsection  1  applies  to, 

(a)  any  Act  of  the  Legislature  or  any  regulation, 
order  or  by-law  made  under  an  Act  of  the  Legis- 
lature enacted  or  made  before,  on  or  after  the 
day  this  Act  comes  into  force;  and 

(6)  any  instrument  made  on  or  after  the  day  this 
Act  comes  into  force. 


PART  II 

ESTABLISHMENT  OF  PARENTAGE 

Court  under  3^  The  court  having  jurisdiction  for  the  purposes  of 
sections  4  to  7  shall  be  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  the 
Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  and  the  Supreme 
Court  in  the  other  parts  of  Ontario. 

Application        4.^ — (J)  ^ny  person  having  an  interest  may  apply  to  a 
declaration     court  for  a  declaration  that  a  male  person  is  recognized  in 

law  to  be  the   father  of  a  child  or  that   a  female   person 

is  the  mother  of  a  child. 

declaration        (2)  Where  the  court  finds  that  a  presumption  of  paternity 

recognized      exists  under  section  8  and  unless  it  is  established,  on  the 

balance  of  probabilities,  that  the  presumed  father  is  not  the 

father  of  the  child,  the  court  shall  make  a  declaratory  order 

confirming  that  the  paternity  is  recognized  in  law. 

Declaration        (3)  Where  the  court  finds  on  the  balance  of  probabilities 
maternity      that  the  relationship  of  mother  and  child  has  been  estab- 
lished, the  court  may  make  a  declaratory  order  to  that  effect. 

i<^e™  (4)  Subject   to  sections  6   and   7,   an   order  made  under 

this  section  shall  be  recognized  for  all  purposes. 

Application  5^ — (J)  Where  there  is  no  person  recognized  in  law  under 
declaration  of  section  8  to  be  the  father  of  a  child,  any  person  may  apply 
where  no  to  the  court  for  a  declaration  that  a  male  person  is  his  or 
presump  on  ^^^  father,  or  any  male  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for 
a  declaration  that  a  person  is  his  child. 

Limitation  (2)  An  application  shall  not  be  made  under  subsection  1 
unless  both  the  persons  whose  relationship  is  sought  to  be 
established  are  living. 


Section  4.  Judicial  procedure  is  provided  for  confirming  paternity 
that  is  under  a  presumption  or  maternity.  This  may  be  taken  by  a  third 
person  having  an  interest,  e.g.,  the  personal  representative  in  an  estate, 
and  whether  or  not  the  parent  and  child  are  living. 


Section  5.  Judicial  procedure  is  provided  for  establishing  paternity 
where  there  is  no  presumption,  but  only  during  the  life  of  both  father  and 
child. 


L 


Sections  6  and  7.     Review  on   new  evidence  and  appeals  are   pro- 
vided for. 


Section  8.     The  presumptions  of  paternity  are  set  out. 


(3)  Where  the  court  finds  on  the  balance  of  probabihties  ^®i'^^^**'°'"y 
that  the  relationship  of  father  and  child  has  been  estab- 
lished,   the   court    may   make   a   declaratory   order   to   that 
effect  and,  subject  to  sections  6  and  7,  the  order  shall  be 
recognized  for  all  purposes. 

6.  Where    a    declaration    has    been    made    under    section  Reopening 
4    or    5    and    evidence    becomes    available    that    was    not  evidence 
available    at    the    previous    hearing,    the    court    may,    upon 
application,    discharge   or   vary    the    order   and    make   such 

other  orders  or  directions  as  are  ancillary  thereto. 

7.  An  appeal  lies  from  an  order  under  section  4  or  5  or  a  Appeal 
decision  under  section  6  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the 
court. 

8. — (1)  Unless   the   contrary   is   proven   on   a   balance   of  Recognition 
probabilities,    there   is   a   presumption    that    a    male    person  parentage 
is,  and  he  shall  be  recognized  in  law  to  be,  the  father  of  a 
child  in  any  one  of  the  following  circumstances: 

1.  The  person  is  married  to  the  mother  of  the  child 
at  the  time  of  the  birth  of  the  child. 

2.  The  person  was  married  to  the  mother  of  the  child 
by  a  marriage  that  was  terminated  by  death  or  judg- 
ment of  nullity  within  300  days  before  the  birth  of 
the  child  or  by  divorce  where  the  decree  nisi  was 
granted  within  300  days  before  the  birth  of  the  child. 

3.  The  person  marries  the  mother  of  the  child  after 
the  birth  of  the  child  and  acknowledges  that  he  is 
the  natural  father. 

4.  The  person  was  cohabiting  with  the  mother  of  the 
child  in  a  relationship  of  some  permanence  at  the 
time  of  the  birth  of  the  child  or  the  child  is  born 
within  300  days  after  they  ceased  to  cohabit. 

5.  The    person    and    the    mother    of    the    child    have 
filed  a  statutory  declaration  under  subsection  8  of 
section  6  of  The   Vital  Statistics  Act  or  a  request  ffgj^^''"- 
under  subsection  5  of  section  6  of  that  Act,  or  either 

under  a  similar  provision  under  the  corresponding 
Act  in  another  jurisdiction  in  Canada. 

6.  The  person  has  been  found  or  recognized  in  his  life- 
time by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  Canada 
to  be  the  father  of  the  child. 


Where 

marriage 

void 


(2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  1,  where  a  man  and 
woman  go  through  a  form  of  marriage  with  each  other,  in 
good  faith,  that  is  void  and  cohabit,  they  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  married  during  the  time  they  cohabit  and  the  marriage 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  terminated  when  they  cease  to  cohabit. 


Conflicting 
presump- 
tions 


(3)  Where  circumstances  exist  that  give  rise  to  a  pre- 
sumption or  presumptions  of  paternity  by  more  than  one 
father  under  subsection  1,  no  presumption  shall  be  made  as 
to  paternity  and  no  person  is  recognized  in  law  to  be  the 
father. 


bnit*?n  ®*  ^   written   acknowledgment   of  parentage   that   is  ad- 

evidenceof  mitted  in  evidence  in  any  civil  proceeding  against  the 
ment  against  interest  of  the  person  making  the  acknowledgment  is 
°  ®"^  prima  facie  proof  of  the  fact. 


Approved 
blood  tests 


10. — (1)  Upon  the  application  of  a  party  in  a  civil 
proceeding  in  which  the  court  is  called  upon  to  determine 
the  parentage  of  a  child,  the  court  may  give  the  party 
leave  to  obtain  blood  tests  of  such  persons  as  are  named  in 
the  order  granting  leave  and  to  submit  the  results  in  evidence. 


attached^^  (2)  Leave  under  subsection  1  may  be  given  subject  to 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  proper. 

fromrefusai  ^^^  Where  leave  is  given  under  subsection  1  and  a 
person  named  therein  refuses  to  submit  to  the  blood  test, 
the  court  may  draw  such  inferences  as  it  thinks  appropriate. 

Consent  (4)  Where   a   person   named   in   an   order  granting   leave 

Incapacity      under  subsection   1   is  not  capable  of  consenting  to  having 

a   blood    test    taken,    the   consent   shall   be   deemed    to    be 

sufficient, 

(a)  where  the  person  is  a  minor  of  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  or  more,  if  the  minor  consents; 

{b)  where  the  person  is  a  minor  under  the  age  of 
sixteen  years,  if  the  person  having  the  charge  of 
the  minor  consents;  and 

(c)  where  the  person  is  without  capacity  for  any 
reason  other  than  minority,  if  the  person  having 
his  charge  consents  and  a  legally  qualified  medical 
practitioner  certifies  that  the  giving  of  a  blood  sample 
would  not  be  prejudicial  to  his  proper  care  and 
treatment. 


Sr^i(fod°'^^        1 1 .  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
tests  regulations  governing  blood  tests  for  which  leave  is  given 


Section  9.     Acknowledgments  against  interest  are  given  recognition 
as  evidence  of  parentage. 


Sections  10  and  11.  The  use  of  blood  tests  as  evidence  of  paternity 
is  encouraged  by  regulating  standards  for  testing,  by  facilitating  medical 
consents  in  cases  of  persons  without  capacity  and  by  permitting  the  court 
to  attach  evidentiary  significance  to  a  refusal. 


Sections  12,  13,  14,  15  and  16.  Provision  is  made  for  acknowledgment 
of  paternity  by  statutory  declaration  to  be  filed  and  available  in  the  office 
of  the  Registrar  General,  with  no  special  evidentiary  value  except  when 
used  in  a  court  case  against  interest.  Other  documents  clarifying  paternity 
would  also  be  collected  and  available. 


by  a  court  under  section  10  including,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  the  method  of  taking  blood  samples  and  the 
handling,  transportation  and  storage  thereof; 

(b)  the  conditions  under  which  a  blood  sample  may  be 
tested ; 

(c)  designating  persons  or  facilities  or  classes  thereof 
who  are  authorized  to  conduct  blood  tests  for  the 
purposes  of  section  10; 

(d)  prescribing  procedures  respecting  the  admission  of 
reports  of  blood  tests  in  evidence; 

(e)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purpose  of  section  10 
and  this  section  and  providing  for  their  use. 

12.— (1)  Any  person  may  file  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  ||c*ara«^n 
General  a  statutory  declaration,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  of  paternity 
the  regulations,  affirming  that  he  is  the  father  of  a  child. 

(2)  Upon    application    and    upon    payment    of    the    fee  infection 
prescribed  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person  having  r.s.o. i970. 
an  interest  may  inspect  any  relevant  statutory  declaration  °  ^^^ 
filed  under  subsection  1  and  obtain  a  certified  copy  thereof 
from  the  Registrar  General. 

13.  Upon  application  and  upon  payment  of  the  fee  pre-  0°^°"°° 
scribed  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person  who  has  under 
an  interest,  furnishes  substantially  accurate  particulars  and  c.483, s. 6 (5, 8) 
satisfies  the  Registrar  General  as  to  his  reason  for  requiring 
it  may  inspect  any  statutory  declaration  filed  under  subsec- 
tion 8  of  section  6  of  The  Vital  Statistics  Act  or  any  request 
filed  under  subsection  5  of  section  6  of  that  Act  and  obtain 
a  certified  copy  thereof  from  the  Registrar  General. 


14. — (1)  The  registrar  or  clerk  of  every  court  in  Ontario  f^[^i°?  of 
shall    furnish    the    Registrar   General    with   a   statement    in  decisions 
the    form    prescribed    by    the    regulations    respecting    each  parentage 
order   or  judgment   of   the   court    that    makes   a   finding   of 
parentage  or  that  is  based  upon  a  recognition  of  parentage. 

(2)  Upon    application    and    upon    payment    of    the    fee  by'pSbiic" 
prescribed  under  The   Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person   may 
inspect  an  order  or  judgment  filed  under  subsection  1  and 
obtain  a  certified  copy  thereof  from  the  Registrar  General. 


Certified 
copies  as 
evidence 


15.  A  certificate  certifying  a  copy  of  a  document  to  be  a 
true  copy,  obtained  under  section  12,  13  or  14,  purporting 
to  be  signed  by  the  Registrar  General  or  Deputy  Registrar 
General  or  on  which  the  signature  of  either  is  lithographed, 
printed  or  stamped  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or  signature 
of  the  Registrar  General  or  Deputy  Registrar  General,  receiv- 
able in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  filing  and  contents 
of  the  document  for  all  purposes  in  any  action  or  proceeding. 


Duties  of 
Registrar 
General 


16.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  require  the 
Registrar  General  to  amend  a  registration  showing  parentage 
other  than  in  recognition  of  an  order  made  under  section  4, 
5  or  6. 


Regulations 
for  forms 


17.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
regulations  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 


PART  III 

COMPLEMENTARY  AMENDMENTS 

?l?sT6°(i)        18.— (1)  Subsection   1   of  section   16  of  The  Infants  Act, 
amended        being  chapter  222  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 

is  amended  by  inserting  after  "father"  in  the  third  line  "if 

known". 

amended  (^)  Subsection   2   of  the  said  section    16  is   amended  by 

inserting  after  "no"  in  the  first  line  "known". 


R.S.0. 1970, 

C.242. 

repealed 


19.  The  Legitimacy  Act,  being  chapter  242  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 


?M?'8T!4)        2^-  Subsection   4  of  section   7   of   The   Perpetuities   Act, 
amended        being    chapter    343    of    the    Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario, 

1970,    is   amended   by    striking    out    "legitimation"    in    the 

second  line. 

?"^"8^3o°'         ^1*  Section  30  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act,  being  chapter 
amended        396  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "legitimate"  in  the  second  line. 

^«°'^^'°'  22. — (1)  Subclause  i    of   clause   d   of   section    1    of   The 

8.1(d)(1),       Succession    Duty    Act,  being    chapter    449    of    the    Revised 

Statutes    of    Ontario,  1970,    is    amended    by    striking    out 

"legitimate". 

amended^'  (^)  Subclause    iv    of    clause    d   of    the    said    section    1    is 

amended  by  striking  out  "legitimate"  in  the  first  line. 


amendVd^^^^'       (^)  Subclause   i   of   clause   c   of  subsection    11    of   section 
7  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 


Section  17.     Prescribing  forms  by  regulation  is  provided  for. 


Section  18.  The  provisions  amended  are  concerned  with  the  consent 
of  a  father  on  appointment  of  a  guardian.  The  amendments  recognize  that 
the  father,  as  determined  under  this  Act,  may  not  be  known. 


Sections  19  to  24.     The  amendments  eliminate  references  to  legitimate 
and  illegitimate  children. 


1973,  chapter  109,  section  2,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"legitimate". 

23.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Vital  Statistics  JfgJsTc^i) 
Act,  being  chapter  483  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  amended 
1970,    is    amended   by   striking   out    "an   illegitimate   child" 
in  the  first   and  second  lines  and  inserting  in   lieu   thereof 
"a  child  born  outside  marriage". 

(2)  Section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  Ij^ln^je^ 
of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  98,  section  4,  is  further  amended 

by  striking  out  "a  child  has  been  legitimated  by  the  sub- 
sequent intermarriage  of  his  parents"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "after  the  birth  of  a  child 
his  parents  intermarry",  and  by  striking  out  "as  to  the 
legitimation"  in  the  thirteenth  line. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed,  pg^g^i^'^j 

24.  Clause  r  of  subsection   1   of  section   1   of  The  Work-  ^fA^- ^^''°- 
men's  Compensation  Act,  being  chapter  505  of  the  Revised  s. i(i')(r). 
Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,    1973,   chapter   173,   section    1,   is   further  amended 

by  striking  out  "and,  where  the  employee  is  the  parent  or 
grandparent  of  an  illegitimate  child,  includes  such  child  and, 
where  the  employee  is  an  illegitimate  child,  includes  his 
parents  and  grandparents"  in  the  eighth,  ninth,  tenth  and 
eleventh  lines  and  in  the  amendment  of  1973. 

25.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  commence- 

..  «-^  ment 

1978. 

26.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Children's  Law  Reform  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


o 


to 


ac 

w 

> 

r-t- 

a 

O 
•I 

o 

3 

» 

? 

^ 

3 

o 

fD 
-1 

G 

JO 

H 

» 

•< 

«-0 


o 

o 

<-h 

K) 

O 

K« 

S 

cr 

C/> 

Si- 

•-1 

'^ 

>i 

r^ 

^ 

s> 

ft. 

ft- 

1' 

r 


-^ 


5'^ 

orq    o 

P     O 
rf    •-) 

o 


BILL  61  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  reform  the 
Law  respecting  the  Status  of  Children 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Part  I.  The  Bill  would  remove  any  distinction  in  law  between 
legitimate  and  illegitimate  children.  A  child  would  be  a  child  of  his 
natural  parents  regardless  of  their  marital  status. 

Part  II.  This  Part  deals  with  the  establishment  of  parentage. 
Maternity  is  generally  ascertainable  through  the  event  of  birth,  registration 
and  nurture.  The  existence  of  certain  circumstances  set  out  in  section  8 
would  raise  a  presumption  of  paternity  similar  to  the  present  presumption 
of  legitimacy  if  bom  in  wedlock.  Also,  similarly,  the  presumption  can  be 
rebutted  where  an  issue  arises  turning  on  paternity. 

Part  III.  The  amendments  eliminate  specific  references  to  legitimacy, 
illegitimacy  or  legitimation  in  other  statutes  and  makes  other  complementary 
amendments. 


BILL  61  1977 


An  Act  to  reform  the 
Law  respecting  the  Status  of  Children 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

PART  I 

EQUAL  STATUS  OF  CHILDREN 

1. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,   for  all  purposes  of  the  J^^^i^^of 
law  of  Ontario  a  person  is  the  child  of  his  or  her  natural 
parents  and  his  or  her  status  as  their  child  is  independent 
of  whether  the  child  is  born  within  or  outside  marriage. 

(2)  Where  an  adoption  order  has  been  made,  section  83  ^xcegion  for 
or  85  of  The  Child  Welfare  Act  applies  and  the  child  is  the  children 
child  of  the  adopting  parents  as  if  they  were  the  natural  ^•|4°-  ^^''°- 
parents. 

(3)  The  parent  and  child  relationships  as  determined  under  J^\^tion. 
subsections  1  and  2  shall  be  followed  in  the  determination  of  ships 
other  kindred  relationships  flowing  therefrom. 

(4)  Any  distinction   at  common  law  between   the  status  distinction  of 
of  children   bom   in   wedlock   and  bom   out   of  wedlock   is  il^ritimacy 

£iDollshea 

abolished  and  the  relationship  of  parent  and  child  and 
kindred  relationshif)s  flowing  therefrom  shall  be  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  the  common  law  in  accordance 
with  this  section. 

2. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  construing  any  'instrument,  ^"^^1^.0^^^^^^^ 
Act  or  regulation,  unless  the  contrary  intention  appears, 
a  reference  to  a  person  or  group  or  class  of  persons 
described  in  terms  of  relationship  by  blood  or  marriage 
to  another  person  shall  be  construed  to  refer  to  or  include 
a  person   who   comes  within   the  description   by  reason   of 


the  relationship  of  parent   and  child  as  determined   under 
section  1. 

Application        (2)  Subsection  1  applies  to, 

(a)  any  Act  of  the  Legislature  or  any  regulation, 
order  or  by-law  made  under  an  Act  of  the  Legis- 
lature enacted  or  made  before,  on  or  after  the 
day  this  Act  comes  into  force;  and 

(b)  any  instrument  made  on  or  after  the  day  this 
Act  comes  into  force. 


PART  II 


ESTABLISHMENT  OF  PARENTAGE 


Court  under 

88.4-7 


3.  The  court  having  jurisdiction  for  the  purposes  of 
sections  4  to  7  shall  be  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  the 
Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  and  the  Supreme 
Court  in  the  other  parts  of  Ontario. 


Application        4^ — ^j)  ^^y  person  having  an  interest  may  apply  to  a 
declaration     court  for  a  declaration  that  a  male  person  is  recognized  in 

law   to   be   the   father  of  a  child  or  that   a   female   person 

is  the  mother  of  a  child. 


Declaration 
of  paternity 
recognized 
at  law 


Declaration 

of 

maternity 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  court  finds  that  a  presumption  of  paternity 
exists  under  section  8  and  unless  it  is  established,  on  the 
balance  of  probabilities,  that  the  presumed  father  is  not  the 
father  of  the  child,  the  court  shall  make  a  declaratory  order 
confirming  that  the  paternity  is  recognized  in  law. 

(3)  Where  the  court  finds  on  the  balance  of  probabilities 
that  the  relationship  of  mother  and  child  has  been  estab- 
lished, the  court  may  make  a  declaratory  order  to  that  effect. 

(4)  Subject  to  sections  6  and  7,  an  order  made  under 
this  section  shall  be  recognized  for  all  purposes. 


Application  5^__(i)  Where  there  is  no  person  recognized  in  law  under 
declaration  of  section  8  to  be  the  father  of  a  child,  any  person  may  apply 
where  no  to  the  court  for  a  declaration  that  a  male  person  is  his  or 
presump  ion  ^^^  father,  or  any  male  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for 
a  declaration  that  a  person  is  his  child. 

Limitation  (2)  An  application  shall  not  be  made  under  subsection  1 
unless  both  the  persons  whose  relationship  is  sought  to  be 
established  are  living. 


Section  4.  Judicial  procedure  is  provided  for  confirming  paternity 
that  is  under  a  presumption  or  maternity.  This  may  be  taken  by  a  third 
person  having  an  interest,  e.g.,  the  personal  representative  in  an  estate, 
and  whether  or  not  the  parent  and  child  are  living. 


Section  5.  Judicial  procedure  is  provided  for  establishing  paternity 
where  there  is  no  presumption,  but  only  during  the  life  of  both  father  and 
child. 


Sections  6  and  7.     Review  on   new  evidence  and   appeals  are  pro- 
vided for. 


Section  8.     The  presumptions  of  paternity  are  set  out. 


(3)  Where  the  court  finds  on  the  balance  of  probabihties  ord^e^'^^*"'^^ 
that   the  relationship  of   father   and  child  has  been   estab- 
lished,   the   court    may   make   a   declaratory   order   to   that 
effect  and,  subject  to  sections  6  and  7,  the  order  shall  be 
recognized  for  all  purposes. 

6.  Where    a    declaration    has    been    made    under    section  Reopening 

on  new 

4    or    5    and    evidence    becomes    available    that    was    not  evidence 
available    at    the    previous    hearing,    the    court    may,    upon 
application,    discharge    or    vary    the    order   and    make    such 
other  orders  or  directions  as  are  ancillary  thereto. 

7.  An  appeal  lies  from  an  order  under  section  4  or  5  or  a  Appeal 
decision  under  section  6  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the 
court. 

8. — (1)  Unless   the   contrary   is   proven   on   a   balance   of  ^®fawof"°" 
probabilities,    there    is   a   presumption    that    a    male    person  parentage 
is,  and  he  shall  be  recognized  in  law  to  be,  the  father  of  a 
child  in  any  one  of  the  following  circumstances: 

1.  The  person  is  married  to  the  mother  of  the  child 
at  the  time  of  the  birth  of  the  child. 

2.  The  person  was  married  to  the  mother  of  the  child 
by  a  marriage  that  was  terminated  by  death  or  judg- 
ment of  nullity  within  300  days  before  the  birth  of 
the  child  or  by  divorce  where  the  decree  nisi  was 
granted  within  300  days  before  the  birth  of  the  child. 

3.  The  person  marries  the  mother  of  the  child  after 
the  birth  of  the  child  and  acknowledges  that  he  is 
the  natural  father. 

4.  The  person  was  cohabiting  with  the  mother  of  the 
child  in  a  relationship  of  some  permanence  at  the 
time  of  the  birth  of  the  child  or  the  child  is  born 
within  300  days  after  they  ceased  to  cohabit. 

5.  The    person    and    the    mother    of    the    child    have 
filed  a  statutory  declaration  under  subsection  8  of 
section  6  of  The   Vital  Statistics  Act  or  a  request  ^faJ^®''"- 
under  subsection  5  of  section  6  of  that  Act,  or  either 

under  a  similar  provision  under  the  corresponding 
Act  in  another  jurisdiction  in  Canada. 

6.  The  person  has  been  found  or  recognized  in  his  life- 
time by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  Canada 
to  be  the  father  of  the  child. 


Where 

marriage 

void 


(2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  1,  where  a  man  and 
woman  go  through  a  form  of  marriage  with  each  other,  in 
good  faith,  that  is  void  and  cohabit,  they  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  married  during  the  time  they  cohabit  and  the  marriage 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  terminated  when  they  cease  to  cohabit. 


Conflicting 
presump- 
tions 


(3)  Where  circumstances  exist  that  give  rise  to  a  pre- 
sumption or  presumptions  of  paternity  by  more  than  one 
father  under  subsection  1,  no  presumption  shall  be  made  as 
to  paternity  and  no  person  is  recognized  in  law  to  be  the 
father. 


buityTn"  ®*  ^   written   acknowledgment   of  parentage   that   is  ad- 

evidenceof  mitted  in  evidence  in  any  civil  proceeding  against  the 
ment  against  interest  of  the  person  making  the  acknowledgment  is 
°  ®''®^  prima  facie  proof  of  the  fact. 


Approved 
blood  tests 


10. — (1)  Upon  the  application  of  a  party  in  a  civil 
proceeding  in  which  the  court  is  called  upon  to  determine 
the  parentage  of  a  child,  the  court  may  give  the  party 
leave  to  obtain  blood  tests  of  such  persons  as  are  named  in 
the  order  granting  leave  and  to  submit  the  results  in  evidence. 


attached"^  (2)  Leave  under  subsection  1  may  be  given  subject  to 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  proper. 

fromrefusai  (^^  Where  leave  is  given  under  subsection  1  and  a 
person  named  therein  refuses  to  submit  to  the  blood  test, 
the  court  may  draw  such  inferences  as  it  thinks  appropriate. 

where'^^  (4)  Where   a   person   named   in   an   order  granting   leave 

Incapacity      under  subsection   1   is  not  capable  of  consenting  to  having 

a   blood    test    taken,    the   consent   shall   be   deemed    to   be 

sufficient, 

(a)  where  the  person  is  a  minor  of  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  or  more,  if  the  minor  consents; 

(6)  where  the  person  is  a  minor  under  the  age  of 
sixteen  years,  if  the  person  having  the  charge  of 
the  minor  consents;  and 

(c)  where  the  person  is  without  capacity  for  any 
reason  other  than  minority,  if  the  person  having 
his  charge  consents  and  a  legally  qualified  medical 
practitioner  certifies  that  the  giving  of  a  blood  sample 
would  not  be  prejudicial  to  his  proper  care  and 
treatment. 


ft^*Si(K)d°°^        11.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
tests  regulations  governing  blood  tests  for  which  leave  is  given 


Section  9.     Acknowledgments  against  interest  are  given  recognition 
as  evidence  of  parentage. 


Sections  10  and  11.  The  use  of  blood  tests  as  evidence  of  paternity 
is  encouraged  by  regulating  standards  for  testing,  by  facilitating  medical 
consents  in  cases  of  persons  without  capacity  and  by  permitting  the  court 
to  attach  evidentiary  significance  to  a  refusal. 


Sections  12,  13,  14,  15  and  16.  Provision  is  made  for  acknowledgment 
of  paternity  by  statutory  declaration  to  be  filed  and  available  in  the  office 
of  the  Registrar  General,  with  no  special  evidentiary  value  except  when 
used  in  a  court  case  against  interest.  Other  documents  clarifying  paternity 
would  also  be  collected  and  available. 


by  a  court  under  section  10  including,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing, 

{a)  the  method  of  taking  blood  samples  and  the 
handling,  transportation  and  storage  thereof; 

(b)  the  conditions  under  which  a  blood  sample  may  be 
tested ; 

(c)  designating  persons  or  facilities  or  classes  thereof 
who  are  authorized  to  conduct  blood  tests  for  the 
purposes  of  section  10; 

{d)  prescribing  procedures  respecting  the  admission  of 
reports  of  blood  tests  in  evidence ; 

(e)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purpose  of  section  10 
and  this  section  and  providing  for  their  use. 

12. — (1)  Any  person  may  file  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  f|cfara«on 
General  a  statutory  declaration,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  of  paternity 
the  regulations,  affirming  that  he  is  the  father  of  a  child. 

(2)  Upon    application    and    upon    payment    of    the    fee  infection 
prescribed  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person  having  r.s.o.  1970. 
an  interest  may  inspect  any  relevant  statutory  declaration  ^  '*^^ 
filed  under  subsection  1  and  obtain  a  certified  copy  thereof 
from  the  Registrar  General. 

13.  Upon  application  and  upon  payment  of  the  fee  pre-  of^f^""'^ 
scribed  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person  who  has  ^^^^  .„„„ 
an  interest,  furnishes  substantially  accurate  particulars  and  c.'483,  s.  6  (5, 8) 
satisfies  the  Registrar  General  as  to  his  reason  for  requiring 
it  may  inspect  any  statutory  declaration  filed  under  subsec- 
tion 8  of  section  6  of  The  Vital  Statistics  Act  or  any  request 
filed  under  subsection  5  of  section  6  of  that  Act  and  obtain 
a  certified  copy  thereof  from  the  Registrar  General. 


14. — (1)  The  registrar  or  clerk  of  every  court  in  Ontario  ^mng:  of 
shall    furnish    the    Registrar   General    with   a   statement    in  decisions 
the    form    prescribed    by    the    regulations    resp)ecting    each  parentage 
order  or  judgment  of  the  court  that  confirms  or  makes  a 
finding  of  parentage. 

(2)  Upon    application    and    upK)n    payment    of    the    fee  by'^giic" 
prescribed  under   The   Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person   may 
inspect  an  order  or  judgment  filed  under  subsection  1  and 
obtain  a  certified  copy  thereof  from  the  Registrar  General. 


Certified 
copies  as 
evidence 


15.  A  certificate  certifying  a  copy  of  a  document  to  be  a 
true  copy,  obtained  under  section  12,  13  or  14,  purporting 
to  be  signed  by  the  Registrar  General  or  Deputy  Registrar 
General  or  on  which  the  signature  of  either  is  lithographed, 
printed  or  stamped  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or  signature 
of  the  Registrar  General  or  Deputy  Registrar  General,  receiv- 
able in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  filing  and  contents 
of  the  document  for  all  purposes  in  any  action  or  proceeding. 


Duties  of 
Registrar 
General 


16.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  require  the 
Registrar  General  to  amend  a  registration  showing  parentage 
other  than  in  recognition  of  an  order  made  under  section  4, 
5  or  6. 


Regulations 
for  forms 


17.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
regulations  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 


PART  III 

COMPLEMENTARY  AMENDMENTS 

?l?sT6°(i)        18.— (1)  Subsection   1   of  section   16  of  The  Infants  Act, 
amended        being  chapter  222  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 

is  amended  by  inserting  after  "father"  in  the  third  hne  "if 

known". 

amended  (^)  Subsection   2   of  the  said  section   16  is   amended  by 

inserting  after  "no"  in  the  first  line  "known". 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.  242. 
repealed 


19.  The  Legitimacy  Act,  being  chapter  242  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 


^zi^'^Td)        20.  Subsection   4   of  section   7   of   The   Perpetuities   Act, 
amended        being    chapter    343    of    the    Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario, 

1970,    is    amended   by    striking    out    "legitimation"    in    the 

second  line. 

c*"^8^3o''  ^^'  Section  30  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act,  being  chapter 

amended        396  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "legitimate"  in  the  second  line. 

^'ti^'^^^'         22. — (1)  Subclause  i    of   clause   d   of   section    1    of    The 

s.  1(d)(1),       Succession    Duty    Act,  being    chapter    449    of    the    Revised 

Statutes    of    Ontario,  1970,    is    amended    by    striking    out 

"legitimate". 

amended'^'  (^^  Subclause    iv    of    clause    d   of    the    said    section    1    is 

amended  by  striking  out  "legitimate"  in  the  first  line. 


amendVd^^*^'       ('^)  Subclause   i   of   clause   c   of   subsection    11    of   section 
7  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 


Section  17.     Prescribing  forms  by  regulation  is  provided  for. 


Section  18.  The  provisions  amended  are  concerned  with  the  consent 
of  a  father  on  appointment  of  a  guardian.  The  amendments  recognize  that 
the  father,  as  determined  under  this  Act,  may  not  be  known. 


Sections  19  to  24.     The  amendments  eliminate  references  to  legitimate 
and  illegitimate  children. 


1973,  chapter  109,  section  2,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"legitimate". 

23.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Vital  Statistics  ^^s.o.im 

C.  4oo,  S.  D  (Z^, 

Act,  being  chapter  483  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  amended 
1970,    is   amended   by   striking   out    "an    illegitimate   child" 
in   the  first   and  second  lines  and  inserting   in   lieu   thereof 
"a  child  born  outside  marriage". 

(2)  Section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  Ij^lWed 
of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  98,  section  4,  is  further  amended 

by  striking  out  "a  child  has  been  legitimated  by  the  sub- 
sequent intermarriage  of  his  parents"  in  the  first  and  second 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "after  the  birth  of  a  child 
his  parents  intermarry",  and  by  striking  out  "as  to  the 
legitimation"  in  the  thirteenth  line. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed,  re^^f^'^ 

24.  Clause  r  of  subsection   1   of  section   1   of  The  Work-  ^^q^-  ^^'^^' 
men's  Compensation  Act,  being  chapter  505  of  the  Revised  s. id) (O, 

£IIT16I1Q6Q 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  173,  section  1,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "and,  where  the  employee  is  the  parent  or 
grandparent  of  an  illegitimate  child,  includes  such  child  and, 
where  the  employee  is  an  illegitimate  child,  includes  his 
parents  and  grandparents"  in  the  eighth,  ninth,  tenth  and 
eleventh  lines  and  in  the  amendment  of  1973. 

25.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  commence- 
1978.  ""^^ 


26.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Children's  Law  Reform  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


o 

^_^ 

s 

>3 

3 

^» 

i 

«•. 

«*. 

s^ 

a 

<^ 

c^ 

{^. 

l2 

^ 

S) 

V4. 

Co 

s- 

& 

^ 

3 

1 

1: 

8^ 

«H. 

«> 

r 

a 

m 

> 

ffi 

O 

3 

o 

a> 

?d 

O 

s 

3 

n 

•-1 

w 

H 

w 

»< 

Oo 

9 

o 

t^O 

O 
o 
<-♦■ 
o 

*>^ 

^ 

s 
»- 

cr 
re 
►1 

C/5 

^ 

•-1 

I— ^ 

>3 

00 

^ 

& 

p' 

^ 

c^ 

-4 

^' 

SO 

^ 

r* 

fa 

^ 

"1 

n> 

(f> 

a 

> 

o 

3 

r-h 

5" 

> 

orq 

o 

r^ 

0) 

O 

r-f-    1-+ 
P      O 

o  :i 


n 


BILL  61 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  reform  the 
Law  respecting  the  Status  of  Children 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  61 


1977 


An  Act  to  reform  the 
Law  respecting  the  Status  of  Children 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

PART  I 

EQUAL  STATUS  OF  CHILDREN 

1. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,   for  all  purposes  of  the  i^^^i|j°^  ^ 
law  of  Ontario  a  person  is  the  child  of  his  or  her  natural 
parents  and  his  or  her  status  as  their  child  is  independent 
of  whether  the  child  is  born  within  or  outside  marriage. 

(2)  Where  an  adoption  order  has  been  made,  section  83  Exception  for 
or  85  of  The  Child  Welfare  Act  applies  and  the  child  is  the  children 
child  of  the  adopting  parents  as  if  they  were  the  natural  ^;^i^'  ^^^°' 
parents. 

(3)  The  parent  and  child  relationships  as  determined  under  ^\°tion- 
subsections  1  and  2  shall  be  followed  in.  the  determination  of  ships 
other  kindred  relationships  flowing  therefrom. 

(4)  Any  distinction   at   common   law  between   the  status  di8?][fc°?on  of 
of  children   born   in   wedlock   and   born   out   of   wedlock   is  lesriti^asy 

abolished 

abolished  and  the  relationship  of  parent  and  child  and 
kindred  relationships  flowing  therefrom  shall  be  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  the  common  law  in  accordance 
with  this  section. 


2. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  construing  any  ii^strument,  ^^'^'l^o^^^.j^^^ 
Act  or  regulation,  unless  the  contrary  intention  appears, 
a  reference  to  -a  person  or  group  or  class  of  persons 
described  in  terms  of  relationship  by  blood  or  marriage 
to  another  person  shall  be  construed  to  refer  to  or  include 
a  person   who  comes  within   the  description   by   reason   of 


the  relationship  of  parent   and  child  as  determined  under 
section  1. 

Application        (2)  Subsection  1  applies  to, 

(a)  any  Act  of  the  Legislature  or  any  regulation, 
order  or  by-law  made  under  an  Act  of  the  Legis- 
lature enacted  or  made  before,  on  or  after  the 
day  this  Act  comes  into  force;  and 

(b)  any  instrument  made  on  or  after  the  day  this 
Act  comes  into  force. 


PART  II 


ESTABLISHMENT  OF  PARENTAGE 


Court  under 

88.4-7 


3.  The  court  having  jurisdiction  for  the  purf)oses  of 
sections  4  to  7  shall  be  the  Unified  Family  Court  in  the 
Judicial  District  of  Hamilton-Wentworth  and  the  Supreme 
Court  in  the  other  parts  of  Ontario. 


Application        4.^ — (1)  ^j^y  person  having  an  interest  may  apply  to  a 
declaration     court  for  a  declaration  that  a  male  person  is  recognized  in 

law   to   be   the   father  of  a   child  or  that   a   female  person 

is  the  mother  of  a  child. 


Declaration 
of  paternity 
recognized 
at  law 


Declaration 

of 

maternity 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  court  finds  that  a  presumption  of  paternity 
exists  under  section  8  and  unless  it  is  established,  on  the 
balance  of  probabilities,  that  the  presumed  father  is  not  the 
father  of  the  child,  the  court  shall  make  a  declaratory  order 
confirming  that  the  paternity  is  recognized  in  law. 

(3)  Where  the  court  finds  on  the  balance  of  probabilities 
that  the  relationship  of  mother  and  child  has  been  estab- 
lished, the  court  may  make  a  declaratory  order  to  that  effect. 

(4)  Subject  to  sections  6  and  7,  an  order  made  under 
this  section  shall  be  recognized  for  all  purposes. 


5. — (1)  Where  there  is  no  person  recognized  in  law  under 


Application 
for 

declaration  of  section  8  to  be  the  father  of  a  child,  any  person  may  apply 
where  no  to  the  court  for  a  declaration  that  a  male  person  is  his  or 
presump  on   ^^^  father,  or  any  male  person  may  apply  to  the  court  for 


a  declaration  that  a  person  is  his  child. 


Limitation 


(2)  An  application  shall  not  be  made  under  subsection  1 
unless  both  the  persons  whose  relationship  is  sought  to  be 
established  are  living. 


(3)  Where  the  court  finds  on  the  balance  of  probabihties  o®^ep''**^°'"^ 
that   the  relationship  of  father  and  child  has  been  estab- 
lished,   the   court   may   make   a   declaratory   order   to   that 
effect  and,  subject  to  sections  6  and  7,  the  order  shall  be 
recognized  for  all  purposes. 

6.  Where    a    declaration    has    been    made    under    section  Reopening 

on  new 

4    or    5    and    evidence    becomes    available    that    was    not  evidence 
available    at    the    previous    hearing,    the    court    may,    upon 
application,    discharge   or   vary    the   order   and   make   such 
other  orders  or  directions  as  are  ancillary  thereto. 

7.  An  appeal  lies  from  an  order  under  section  4  or  5  or  a  Appeal 
decision  under  section  6  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the 
court. 

8. — (1)  Unless   the   contrary   is   proven   on   a   balance   of  i^®f°^of"°" 
probabilities,    there   is   a   presumption    that    a   male    person  parentage 
is,  and  he  shall  be  recognized  in  law  to  be,  the  father  of  a 
child  in  any  one  of  the  following  circumstances: 

1.  The  person  is  married  to  the  mother  of  the  child 
at  the  time  of  the  birth  of  the  child. 

2.  The  person  was  married  to  the  mother  of  the  child 
by  a  marriage  that  was  terminated  by  death  or  judg- 
ment of  nuUity  within  300  days  before  the  birth  of 
the  child  or  by  divorce  where  the  decree  nisi  was 
granted  within  300  days  before  the  birth  of  the  child. 

3.  The  person  marries  the  mother  of  the  child  after 
the  birth  of  the  child  and  acknowledges  that  he  is 
the  natural  father. 

4.  The  person  was  cohabiting  with  the  mother  of  the 
child  in  a  relationship  of  some  permanence  at  the 
time  of  the  birth  of  the  child  or  the  child  is  born 
within  300  days  after  they  ceased  to  cohabit. 

5.  The    person    and    the    mother    of    the    child    have 
filed  a  statutory  declaration  under  subsection  8  of 
section  6  of  The   Vital  Statistics  Act  or  a  request  ^^^^°' 
under  subsection  5  of  section  6  of  that  Act,  or  either 

under  a  similar  provision  under  the  corresponding 
Act  in  another  jurisdiction  in  Canada. 

6.  The  person  has  been  found  or  recognized  in  his  life- 
time by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  Canada 
to  be  the  father  of  the  child. 


Where 

marrlagre 

void 


(2)  For  the  purpose  of  subsection  1,  where  a  man  and 
woman  go  through  a  form  of  marriage  with  each  other,  in 
good  faith,  that  is  void  and  cohabit,  they  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  married  during  the  time  they  cohabit  and  the  marriage 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  terminated  when  they  cease  to  cohabit. 


Conflicting 

presui 

Eions 


presump- 
ti( 


(3)  Where  circumstances  exist  that  give  rise  to  a  pre- 
sumption or  presumptions  of  paternity  by  more  than  one 
father  under  subsection  1,  no  presumption  shall  be  made  as 
to  paternity  and  no  person  is  recognized  in  law  to  be  the 
father. 


0.  A   written   acknowledgment   of  parentage   that   is  ad- 
mitted   in    evidence    in    any    civil    proceeding    against    the 


Admissi- 
bility In 
evidence  of 

£LC  k  H  O  W 1 G  d  G^~ 

ment  against  Interest    of    the    person    making    the    acknowledgment    is 
^  ®''®^  prima  facie  proof  of  the  fact. 


Approved 
blood  tests 


10. — (1)  Upon  the  application  of  a  party  in  a  civil 
proceeding  in  which  the  court  is  called  upon  to  determine 
the  parentage  of  a  child,  the  court  may  give  the  party 
leave  to  obtain  blood  tests  of  such  persons  as  are  named  in 
the  order  granting  leave  and  to  submit  the  results  in  evidence. 


attached"^  (2)  Leave  under  subsection  1  may  be  given  subject  to 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  court  thinks  proper. 

^erence  ^  (3)  Where  leave  is  given  under  subsection  1  and  a 
person  named  therein  refuses  to  submit  to  the  blood  test, 
the  court  may  draw  such  inferences  as  it  thinks  appropriate. 


Consent 

where 

Incapacity 


Regulations 
for  Dlood 
tests 


(4)  Where  a  person  named  in  an  order  granting  leave 
under  subsection  1  is  not  capable  of  consenting  to  having 
a  blood  test  taken,  the  consent  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
sufficient, 

(a)  where  the  person  is  a  minor  of  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  or  more,  if  the  minor  consents; 

{b)  where  the  person  is  a  minor  under  the  age  of 
sixteen  years,  if  the  person  having  the  charge  of 
the  minor  consents ;  and 

(c)  where  the  person  is  without  capacity  for  any 
reason  other  than  minority,  if  the  person  having 
his  charge  consents  and  a  legally  qualified  medical 
practitioner  certifies  that  the  giving  of  a  blood  sample 
would  not  be  prejudicial  to  his  proper  care  and 
treatment. 

11.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  governing  blood   tests  for  which   leave  is  given 


by  a  court  under  section  10  including,  without  limiting  the 
generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  the  method  of  taking  blood  samples  and  the 
handling,  transportation  and  storage  thereof; 

{b)  the  conditions  under  which  a  blood  sample  may  be 
tested ; 

(r)  designating  persons  or  facilities  or  classes  thereof 
who  are  authorized  to  conduct  blood  tests  for  the 
purposes  of  section  10; 

(d)  prescribing  procedures  respecting  the  admission  of 
reports  of  blood  tests  in  evidence ; 

(e)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purpose  of  section  10 
and  this  section  and  providing  for  their  use. 

12. — (1)  Any  person  may  file  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar  |*^a'ti^tory 
General  a  statutory  declaration,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  of  paternity 
the  regulations,  affirming  that  he  is  the  father  of  a  child. 

(2)  Upon    application    and    upon    payment    of    the    fee  inaction 
prescribed  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person  having  r.s.o.  i97o. 
an  interest  may  inspect  any  relevant  statutory  declaration  *^  ^^^ 
filed  under  subsection  1  and  obtain  a  certified  copy  thereof 
from  the  Registrar  General. 

13.  Upon  application  and  upon  payment  of  the  fee  pre-  0°^}^"°" 
scribed  under  The  Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person  who  has  under 
an  interest,  furnishes  substantially  accurate  particulars  and  c. 483,s. 6 (5, 8) 
satisfies  the  Registrar  General  as  to  his  reason  for  requiring 
it  may  inspect  any  statutory  declaration  filed  under  subsec- 
tion 8  of  section  6  of  The  Vital  Statistics  Act  or  any  request 
filed  under  subsection  5  of  section  6  of  that  Act  and  obtain 
a  certified  copy  thereof  from  the  Registrar  General. 


14. — (1)  The  registrar  or  clerk  of  every  court  in  Ontario  ^mng  of 
shall    furnish    the    Registrar    General    with    a    statement    in  decisions 

,,         ,  1111  1      •  1    respecting 

the    form    prescribed    by    the    regulations    respecting    each  parentage 
order  or  judgment  of  the  court  that  confirms  or  makes  a 
finding  of  parentage. 

(2)  Upon    application    and    upon    payment    of    the    fee  b^^P^biic" 
prescribed  under   The    Vital  Statistics  Act,  any  person   may 
inspect  an  order  or  judgment  filed  under  subsection  1  and 
obtain  a  certified  copy  thereof  from  the  Registrar  General. 


Certifled 
copies  as 
evidence 


15.  A  certificate  certifying  a  copy  of  a  document  to  be  a 
true  copy,  obtained  under  section  12,  13  or  14,  purporting 
to  be  signed  by  the  Registrar  General  or  Deputy  Registrar 
General  or  on  which  the  signature  of  either  is  lithographed, 
printed  or  stamped  is,  without  proof  of  the  office  or  signature 
of  the  Registrar  General  or  Deputy  Registrar  General,  receiv- 
able in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  filing  and  contents 
of  the  document  for  all  purposes  in  any  action  or  proceeding. 


Duties  of 
Registrar 
Oeneral 


16.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  require  the 
Registrar  General  to  amend  a  registration  showing  parentage 
other  than  in  recognition  of  an  order  made  under  section  4, 
5  or  6. 


Regrulatlons 
for  forms 


17.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
regulations  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Part. 


PART  III 

COMPLEMENTARY  AMENDMENTS 

M^sTeV)        18.— (1)  Subsection   1   of  section   16  of  The  Infants  Act, 
amended        being  chapter  222  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 

is  amended  by  inserting  after  "father"  in  the  third  Une  "if 

known". 

amended  (^)  Subsection  2   of  the  said  section    16  is   amended  by 

inserting  after  "no"  in  the  first  line  "known". 

^l^-^i^o-  19.  The  Legitimacy  Act,  being  chapter  242  of  the  Revised 

repealed         Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed. 

?'^?sT(°4)        2^-  Subsection   4   of  section   7   of   The   Perpetuities   Act, 
amended        being    chapter    343    of    the    Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario, 

1970,    is    amended    by    striking    out    "legitimation"    in    the 

second  line. 

?'^'s^3(?"  ^1*  Section  30  of  The  Quieting  Titles  Act,  being  chapter 

amended        396  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,   is  amended 
by  striking  out  "legitimate"  in  the  second  line. 


^•F>.P^^''°-  22. — (1)  Subclause    i    of   clause   d   of   section    1    of    The 

C.  449,  ^     ' 

8.1(d)(1).  Succession  Duty  Act,  being  chapter  449  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"legitimate". 


amended 


amended^'  (^^  Subclause    iv    of    clause    d   of    the    said    section    1    is 

amended  by  striking  out  "legitimate"  in  the  first  line. 


amended  ^  ^^^*       (^)  Subclause   i   of   clause   c   of   subsection    11    of   section 
7  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 


1973,  chapter  109,  section  2,  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"legitimate". 

23.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Vital  Statistics  ffgJs^l^^) 
Act,  being  chapter  483  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  amended 
1970,    is   amended   by   striking   out    "an   illegitimate   child" 
in   the  first   and  second  lines  and  inserting  in   lieu  thereof 
"a  child  bom  outside  marriage". 

(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  12  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  |j^|jided 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1971,  chapter  98,  section  4,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "a  child  has  been  legitimated 

by  the  subsequent  intermarriage  of  his  parents"  in  the  first 
and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "after  the  birth 
of  a  child  his  parents  intermarry",  and  by  striking  out  "as 
to  the  legitimation"  in  the  thirteenth  line. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed,  rgpiiied 

24.  Clause  r  of  subsection   1   of  section  1   of  The  Work-  ^f^^- ^^''^• 
men's  Compensation  Act,  being  chapter  505  of  the  Revised  s. i (i')(r), 

d.TT16IK16Q 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  173,  section  1,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "and,  where  the  employee  is  the  parent  or 
grandparent  of  an  illegitimate  child,  includes  such  child  and, 
where  the  employee  is  an  illegitimate  child,  includes  his 
parents  and  grandparents"  in  the  eighth,  ninth,  tenth  and 
eleventh  lines  and  in  the  amendment  of  1973. 

25.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  31st  day  of  March,  S'ent"^"^^" 
1978. 

26.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Children's  Law  Reform  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


H 
X 
m 

o  o 


re   ^ 

H 


^ 

o 

O 

o 
< 

Uj 

o 

ft 

o 

f^J 

o 
<-••■ 

o 

•-1 

^«» 

3 

t/> 
(-»■ 

H- » 

^ 

^ 

cr 

s 
»- 

^ 

00 

00 

r-t- 
p' 

t— k 

^ 

& 

^ 

^ 

r-t- 

1' 

^ 

•^ 

-vl 

^ 

r 


"^ 


5"^ 

P   o 

^     3 


n 


BILL  62  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  revise  The  Marriage  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  revises  The  Marriage  Act  for  the  purpose  of  implementing 
some  of  the  recommendations  of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  made 
in  Part  II  of  its  Report  on  Family  Law  (Marriage)  and  also  to  implement 
certain  administrative  improvements. 

The  principal  changes  are: 

1.  The  Act  only  applies  to  the  first  marriage  ceremony  and  permits 
additional  ceremonies  by  the  same  couple,     (s.  1  (2)  ). 

2.  The  requirement  of  fifteen  days  residence  is  deleted. 

3.  The  minimum  age  for  marriage  is  18  years  or  16  years  with  consent 
of  the  parents,     (s.  5). 

4.  The  duty  of  performing  civil  marriages  now  performed  by  provincial 
judges  and  county  and  district  court  judges  is  extended  to  justices 
of  the  peace  and  other  designated  persons,     (s.  24). 

5.  The  action  for  breach  of  promise  of  marriage  is  abolished,     (s.  32) 

6.  The  question  of  fault  is  removed  from  consideration  of  the 
question  of  entitlement  to  gifts  made  in  contemplation  of  or 
conditional  upon  marriage,     (s.  33) 

7.  The  procedural  forms  and  prescribing  of  fees  are  moved  from  the 
Act  to  be  provided  by  regulations. 


BILL  62  1977 


An  Act  to  revise  The  Marriage  Act 

HI^R  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

^    '  '  tation 

(a)  "band"  means  a  band  as  defined  in  the  Indian  Act  Rsc.  1970. 
(Canada) ; 

{h)  "church"  includes  chapel,  meeting-house  or  place  set 
aside  for  religious  worship; 

(c)  "Indian"  means  a  person  who  is  registered  as  an 
Indian  or  entitled  to  be  registered  as  an  Indian  under 
the  Indian  Act  (Cariada) ; 

[d)  "issuer"  means  a  person  authorized  under  this  Act 
to  issue  marriage  licences; 

{e)  "judge"  means  a  provincial  judge  or  a  judge  of  a 
county  or  district  court ; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  marriage  licence  issued  under  this 
Act; 

[g)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

{h)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

[i)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

{j)  "reserve"  means  a  reserve  as  defined  in  the  Indian 
Act  (Canada).  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  1;  1972,  c.  1, 
s.  44  (1-3),  amended. 


Application 
of  Act  to 
subsequent 
ceremonies 


(2)  This  Act  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  ceremony  or 
form  of  marriage  gone  through  by  two  persons  who  are 
married  to  each  other  by  a  marriage  previously  solemnized 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  recognized  as  valid  in  Ontario. 

New. 


Adnninistra- 
tion 


2.  The  administration  of  this  Act  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Minister. 


Delegation 
of  powers 
and  duties 


Authority 
to  marry 


3.  Where,  under  this  Act,  a  power  or  duty  is  granted  to 
or  vested  in  the  Minister,  he  may  in  writing,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  delegate 
that  power  or  duty  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations,  or  to  any  officer  or  officers  of 
the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations,  subject 
to  such  limitations,  restrictions,  conditions  and  requirements 
as  the  Minister  may  set  out  in  his  delegation.  1972,  c.  1, 
s.  44  (3),  amended. 

4.  No  marriage  may  be  solemnized  except  under  the 
authority  of  a  licence  issued  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or 
the  publication  of  banns.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 


Who  may 

marry 


5. — (1)  Any  person  who  is  of  the  age  of  majority  may 
obtain  a  licence  or  be  married  under  authority  of  publication 
of  banns,  provided  no  lawful  cause  exists  to  hinder  the 
solemnization.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  5  (1),  amended. 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  shall  issue  a  licence  to  a  minor,  or  solemnize 
the  marriage  of  a  minor  under  the  authority  of  the  publication 
of  banns,  except  where  the  minor  is  of  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  or  more  and  has  the  consent  in  writing  of  both  parents 
in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Giving  of 
consent 


(3)  The  consent  referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  not  required 
in  respect  of  a  person  who  is  a  widow,  widower  or  divorced. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  one  of  the  parents  of  a  minor  is  dead  or  both 
parents  are  living  apart,  the  consent  required  by  subsection  2 
may  be  given  by  the  parent  having  actual  or  legal  custody 
of  the  minor. 


Idem 


1974.  c.  2 


(5)  Where  both  parents  of  a  minor  are  dead  or  are 
voluntary  or  involuntary  patients  in  a  psychiatric  facility, 
or  are  residents  of  a  facility  under  The  Developmental  Services 
Act,  1974,  the  consent  required  by  subsection  2  may  be  given 
by  a  lawfully  appointed  guardian  or  an  acknowledged 
guardian  who  has  brought  up  or  who  for  the  three  years 
immediately  preceding  the  intended  marriage  has  supported 
the  minor. 


(6)  Where  a  minor  is  made  a  ward  of  someone  other  than^*^®™ 
a  parent  by  order  of  a  court  or  under  any  Act,  the  consent 
required  by  subsection  2  may  be  given  by  the  lawful  guardian 
of  the  minor  or  person  responsible  for  exercising  the  rights 
and  duties  of  a  guardian  of  the  minor.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
ss.  7,  8,  amended. 

6. — (1)  Where  a  person  whose  consent  is  required  by  sec- ^p|^*^|^^°° 
tion  5  is  not  available  or  unreasonably  or  arbitrarily  with- with  consent 
holds  his  consent,  the  person  in  respect  of  whose  marriage 
the  consent  is  required  may  apply  to  a  judge  without  the 
intervention  of  a  next  friend  for  an  order  dispensing  with 
the  consent. 

(2)  The  judge  shall   hear   the   application   in  a  summary  ?[X|''^ °^ 
manner  and  may,  in  his  discretion,  make  an  order  dispensing 
with  the  consent  required  by  section  5.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
s.  9,  amended. 

7.  No   person   shall   issue   a   licence   to   or   solemnize   the  ^®g^^°^j^  .jj 
marriage  of  any  person  whom  he  knows  or  has  reasonable  or  under 

lIinU6]lC6 

grounds  to  believe  is  mentally  ill  or  mentally  defective  or 
under  the  influence  of  intoxicating  liquor  or  drugs.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  6,  amended. 


8. — (1)  An  applicant  for  a  licence  who  has  been  Previously ^e^e^^is-^ 
married  is  entitled  to  be  issued  a  licence  if  such  marriage  has  former 
been  dissolved  or  annulled  and  such  dissolution  or  annulment  recognized 
is  recognized  under  the  law  of  Ontario  and   the  applicant  '^   °  ^'^  ° 
otherwise  complies  with  the  requirements  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  no  issuer  shall  issue  a  licence  b^^gfe'd^i^h 
to  a  person  whose  previous  marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  issuer  where 
annulled  in  Canada  unless  such  person  deposits  with  the  issuer,  in  Canada 

(a)  the  final  decree  or  judgment  dissolving  or  annulling 
the  marriage  or  a  copy  of  the  final  decree  or  judgment 
or  Act  dissolving  or  annulling  the  marriage,  certified 
by  the  proper  officer;  and 

{b)  such  other  material  as  the  issuer  may  require. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  no  issuer  shall  issue  a  licence  ^iMofution, 
to  a  person  whose  previous  marriage  has  been  dissolved  ^"^ c'^n&^&^^^^ 
annulled  elsewhere  than  in  Canada,  unless  the  authorization 

in  writing  of  the  Minister  is  obtained  upon  the  deposit  of  such 
material  as  he  may  require. 


Review  of 
refusal  to 
issue 
licence 

1971,  c.  48 


(4)  Where  an  issuer  refuses  to  issue  a  licence,  or  the  Minister 
refuses  to  issue  an  authorization  under  subsection  3,  the 
applicant  may  apply  to  the  Supreme  Court  for  judicial 
review  under  The  Judicial  Review  Procedure  Act,  1971  and 
for  an  order  directing  that  a  licence  be  issued  to  him  and  if  the 
court  finds  that  he  is  so  entitled  it  may  make  such  an  order. 


Parties 


(5)  The  applicant,  the  Minister  and  such  other  persons  as 
the  court  may  order  are  parties  to  an  application  under  sub- 
section 4. 


ifcence^  (6)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  files  with  an  issuer, 

under  court     together  with  his  application,  an  order  of  the  Supreme  Court 

made  on  an  application  under  subsection  4  directing  that  a 

licence  be  issued  to  him,  the  issuer  shall  issue  the  licence. 

1971,  c.  50,  s.  55  (1). 

Application        9 — (1)  A   married   person   whose   spouse   is   missing   and 

forpresump-         ,  ,, 

tion  of  death     who  alleges, 

[a)  that  his  spouse  has  been  continuously  absent  for  at 
least  seven  years  immediately  preceding  the  applica- 
tion; 

(6)  that  his  spouse  has  not  been  heard  from  or  heard  of 
during  such  period  by  the  applicant  or  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  applicant  by  any  other  person; 
and 

(c)  that  the  applicant  has  made  reasonable  inquiries 
and  has  no  reason  to  believe  that  his  spouse  is 
living, 

may  apply  to  the  judge  of  a  county  or  district  court  for  an 
order  under  this  section. 

Order  (2)  Upon  being  satisfied  as  to  the  truth  of  the  matters 

alleged,  the  judge  may,  in  his  discretion,  make  an  order 
declaring  that  the  spouse  shall  be  presumed  dead.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  11  (1,  2). 


Remarriage 
authorized 


(3)  Where  an  order  has  been  obtained  under  this  section, 
the  person  in  whose  favour  the  order  was  made  may,  subject 
to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  obtain  a  licence  or  be  married 
under  the  authority  of  publication  of  banns  upon  depositing 
a  copy  of  the  order  with  the  person  issuing  the  licence  or 
solemnizing  the  marriage  together  with  an  affidavit  in  the 
prescribed  form. 


(4)  The  order  has  no  effect   for  any  purpose  other  than  Effect  of 
the  issuance  of  a  licence  under  subsection  3.     R.S.O.   1970, 
c.  261,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 

10.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act,  if  the  Minister  ^^I'^i'^^^^Qj 
considers  that  circumstances  justify  the  issue  of  a  hcence  in^^'^ister 
any  particular  case,  he  may,  in  his  absolute  discretion,  authorize 
the  issue  of  the  licence.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  Marriage  hcences  may  be  issued  by  the  clerk  of  issuers 
every  city,  town  and  village. 

(2)  Where  it  is  considered  expedient  for  the  public  con-  in  townships 
venience,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  unorganized 
as  an  issuer  the  clerk  of  any  township,  or  any  person  resident    ^"^^  °^^ 

in  a  county,  or  in  a  township  adjacent  thereto,  or  in  a  provi- 
sional judicial  district,  or  a  member  of  a  band  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  council  of  the  band.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  30,  amended. 

(3)  An  issuer  may,  with  the  approval  in  writing  of  the  -^1^"^ 
Minister  or  of  the  head  of  the  council  of  the  municipality  of 
which  he  is  clerk,  appoint  in  writing  one  or  more  deputies 

to  act  for  him,  and  any  such  deputy  while  so  acting  has  the 
power  of  the  issuer  appointing  him. 

(4)  The  issuer  shall,  upon  appointing  a  deputy,  forthwith  appointment 
transmit  to  the  Minister  a  notice  of  the  appointment,  and  of  deputy 

of  the  name  and  official  position  of  the  person  by  whom  the 
appointment  has  been  approved,  and  the  Minister  may  at 
any  time  cancel  the  appointment. 

(5)  The  deputy  shall  sign  each  licence  issued  by  him  with  fic^nclg'bJ'^ 
the  name  of  the  issuer  as  well  as  his  own  name  in  the  following  deputy 
manner : 

AB,  Issuer  of  Marriage  Licences,  per  CD,  Deputy  Issuer. 

R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  31. 

12. — (1)  An  issuer  or  the  Minister  may  require  evidence  ^J^^j®°*^|Q°jJ^g 
to  identify  any  applicant  or  to  establish  his  status  and  may 
examine,    under   oath   if   required,    any    applicant    or   other 
person  as  to  any  matter  p)ertaining  to  the  issue  of  a  licence. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  33,  amended. 

(2)  Where  an  issuer  has  reason  to  believe  that  any  informa-  fi°ormation 
tion  set  out  in  an  application  for  a  licence  is  untrue,  he  shall 
not  issue  the  licence  unless,  on  the  production  of  such  further 
evidence  as  he  may  require,  he  is  satisfied  as  to  the  truth  of 
the  information.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  35,  amended. 


iicenc^8°^  13. — (1)  Every  issuer  shall  keep  in  his  office  a  record  of 

the  serial  number  and  the  date  of  issue  of  every  licence 
issued  by  him,  and  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  parties  to 
the  intended  marriage. 


Searches 


(2)  Any  person  is  entitled,  upon  application,  to  have  a 
search  made  respecting  any  licence  issued  within  three  months 
immediately  preceding  the  date  of  application.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  34. 


forwarded  to^      ^^'  ^^ery  issuer  immediately  upon  issuing  a  licence  and 

Registrar       every  person  registered  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage 

upon  publishing  banns  shall  forward  to  the  Registrar  General, 


Oaths 


Indians 


(a)  any  consent  under  section  5; 

(6)  any  judge's  order  under  section  6; 

(c)  any  affidavit  or  judge's  order  under  section  9; 

{d)  any   documentary   or   other   material   filed   on   the 
application  for  a  licence  under  section  8 ; 

{e)  any  affidavit  as  to  age; 

(/)  any  documentary  material  obtained  under  section  12. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  36,  amended. 

1 5.  Issuers  may  administer  oaths  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  37. 

16.  Where  both  parties  to  an  intended  marriage  are  Indians 
ordinarily  resident  on  a  reserve  in  Ontario  or  on  Crown  lands 
in  Ontario  no  fee  shall  be  charged  for  the  licence.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  39,  amended. 


ofbanns"°°  ^'^ • — (^)  ^^cre  a  marriage  is  to  be  solemnized  under  the 
authority  of  publication  of  banns,  the  intention  to  marry  shall 
be  proclaimed  openly  in  an  audible  voice  during  divine  service, 

(a)  where  the  parties  are  in  the  habit  of  attending  worship 
at  the  same  church,  being  within  Canada,  at  that 
church;  or 

(6)  where  the  parties  are  in  the  habit  of  attending  worship 
in  different  churches,  being  within  Canada,  in  each 
such  church. 

ume'of  *°*^         (2)  The  banns  shall  be  published  according  to  the  usage  of 
publication     the  denomination,  faith  or  creed  of  the  church  in  which  they 
are  published  and  during  divine  Sunday  service. 


(3)  Where  the  usage  of  any  denomination,  faith  or  creed  Exception 
substitutes  any  other  day  as  the  usual  and  principal  day  of 

the  week  for  the  celebration  of  divine  service,  the  banns  shall 
be  published  on  such  other  day. 

(4)  The  person  or  persons  who  publish  banns  shall  certify  ^''°°f 
proof  thereof  in  the  prescribed  form.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  15, 
amended. 

18.  Banns   shall    not    be   published   where   either   of   the  where  banns 
parties  to  the  intended  marriage  has  been  married  and  the  p^tJiisiied 
marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  annulled.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 

s.  18,  amended. 

19.  Form  1  respecting  the  prohibited  degrees  of  affinity  degrees  uf 
and  consanguinity  shall  be  endorsed  on  the  licence  and  on  the  ^e  endorsed 
proof  of  publication  of  banns.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  45  (1), 
amended. 

20. — (1)  No  person  shall  solemnize  a  marriage  unless  he  who^ay^ 
is  authorized  by  or  under  section  24  or  is  registered  under  marriage 
this  section  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage. 

(2)  Upon  application  the  Minister  may,  subject  to  subsec-  Application 
tion  3,  register  any  person  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize  registration 
marriage. 

(3)  No  person  shall  be  registered  unless  it  appears  to  the  ^^Pg^^yJ'® 
Minister, 

{a)  that  the  person  has  been  ordained  or  appointed 
according  to  the  rites  and  usages  of  the  religious 
body  to  which  he  belongs,  or  is,  by  the  rules  of  that 
religious  body,  deemed  ordained  or  appointed; 

(6)  that  the  person  is  duly  recognized  by  the  religious 
body  to  which  he  belongs  as  entitled  to  solemnize 
marriage  according  to  its  rites  and  usages; 

(c)  that  the  religious  body  to  which  the  person  belongs 
is  permanently  established  both  as  to  the  continuity 
of  its  existence  and  as  to  its  rites  and  ceremonies ;  and 

{d)  that  the  person  is  resident  in  Ontario  or  has  his  parish 
or  pastoral  charge  in  whole  or  in  part  in  Ontario; 
provided  that  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  is  in 
Ontario  temporarily  and  who,  if  resident  in  Ontario, 
might  be  registered  under  this  section,  the  Minister 
may  register  him  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage 
during  a  period  to  be  fixed  by  the  Minister. 


8 


pM^8on°°  ('*)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  where  it  appears  to  the 

authorized  to  Minister  that  the  doctrines  of  a  religious  body  described  in 

solemnize  r         i  •  t      i  °  .  "^ 

marriage  clause  c  of  subsection  3  do  not  recognize  any  person  as 
authorized  to  solemnize  marriage,  the  Minister  may  register 
a  person  duly  designated  by  the  governing  authority  of  the 
religious  body  who  shall,  in  respect  of  marriages  performed 
according  to  the  rites,  usages  and  customs  of  the  religious 
body,  perform  all  the  duties  imposed  by  this  Act  upon  a 
person  solemnizing  a  marriage,  other  than  solemnizing  the 
marriage. 


Idem 


(5)  Where  a  person  registered  under  subsection  4  performs 
the  duties  imposed  by  subsection  4,  every  marriage  solemnized 
according  to  the  rites,  usages  and  customs  of  the  religious 
body  is  valid.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  22,  amended. 


Register 


21. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  keep  a  register  of  the  name  of 
every  person  registered  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize 
marriage,  the  date  of  such  registration,  and  such  other  par- 
ticulars as  he  considers  advisable. 


Certificate  ^2)  The  Minister  may  issue  a  certificate  of  registration  under 

registration    this  section  in   the  prescribed  form.     R.S.O.    1970,   c.   261, 
s.  23. 


Cancellation       22. — (1)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Minister  that  any  person 
registration    registered  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage  has  ceased  to 
possess  the  qualifications  entitling  him  to  be  so  registered,  or  for 
any  other  cause,  the  Minister  may  cancel  such  registration. 


Notice  of 
change 


(2)  Every  religious  body,  members  of  which  are  registered 
under  this  Act,  shall  notify  the  Minister  of  the  name  of  every 
such  member  so  registered  who  has  died  or  has  ceased  to 
reside  in  Ontario  or  has  ceased  to  be  associated  with  such 
religious  body.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261.  s.  24. 


Publication         23.  When  a  person  is  registered  under  this  Act  as  author- 
registration    ized  to  solemnize  marriage,  and  when  any  such  registration 
cancellation    is  cancelled,  the  Minister  shall  publish  notice  thereof  in  The 
Ontario  Gazette.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  25. 


Civil 
marriage 


Time  and 
place 


24. — (1)  A  judge,  a  justice  of  the  p>eace  or  any  other 
person  of  a  class  designated  by  the  regulations  may 
solemnize  marriages  under  the  authority  of  a  licence. 

(2)  The  solemnization  of  a  marriage  by  a  judge  shall 
take  place  in  the  judge's  office  and  shall  be  performed  between 
the  hours  of  9  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  5  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon. 


Form  of  (3)   No  particular  form  of  ceremony  is  required  except  that 

in  some  part  of  the  ceremony,  in  the  presence  of  the  person 


solemnizing  the  marriage  and  witnesses,  each  of  the  parties 
shall  declare: 

I  do  solemnly  declare  that  I  do  not  know  of  any  lawful  impediment 
why  I,  AB,  may  not  be  joined  in  matrimony  to  CD, 

and  each  of  the  parties  shall  say  to  the  other: 

I  call  upon  these  persons  here  present  to  witness  that  I,  AB,  do 
take  you,  CD,  to  be  my  lawful  wedded  wife  {or  husband), 

after  which  the  person  solemnizing  the  marriage  shall  say: 

I,  EF,  by  virtue  of  the  powers  vested  in  me  by  The  Marriage  Act, 
1977,  do  hereby  pronounce  you  AB  and  CD  to  be  husband  and  wife. 

R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  26,  amended. 

25.  Every  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  in  the  presence  of  o/pt?ulsand 
the  parties  and  at  least  two  witnesses  who  shall  affix  their  witnesses 
names  as  witnesses  to  the  entry  in  the  register  made  under 

section  28.    R.S.O.  1970.  c.  261,  s.  20. 

26.  No  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  under  the  authority  pubucation 
of  publication  of  banns  unless  proof  of  publication  by  the  per- 
son or  persons  publishing  the  banns  has  been  deposited  with 

the  person  solemnizing  the  marriage.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  17. 

27. — (1)  A   marriage  shall  not   be  solemnized  under  the  waiting 
authority  of  a  licence  earlier  than  the  third  day  after  the  under 

llC6n,C6 

date  of  the  issue  of  the  licence,  but  the  Minister  in  his  absolute 
discretion  may  authorize  the  solemnization  of  the  marriage 
earlier  than  such  third  day.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  14,  amended. 

(2)  A  marriage  shall  not  be  solemnized  under  the  authority  uq^^^  banns 
of  publication  of  banns,  earlier  than  the  fifth  day  after  the 

date  of  the  publication  of  banns.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  16, 
amended. 

(3)  A  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  only  within  the  three  ^^hTch^'*^*^^" 
months  immediately  following  the  issue  of  the  licence  or  the  marriage  to 

jt  DG  SOl6ITlIllZ6Q 

pubhcation  of  banns,  as  the  case  may  be.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
s.  19.  amended. 


28. — (1)  Every  person  shall  immediately  after  he  has  solem-  marrTage 
nized  a  marriage,  register 

(a)  where  the  marriage  was  solemnized  in  a  church,  enter 
in  the  church  register  kept  for  the  purpose;  or 


10 


(6)  where  the  marriage  was  solemnized  elsewhere  than  in 
the  church,  enter  in  a  register  kept  by  him  for  the 
purpose, 

the  particulars  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  and  the  entry 
shall  be  authenticated  by  his  signature  and  those  of  the 
parties  and  witnesses.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  27,  amended. 


Marriage 
certificate 


(2)  Every  person  who  solemnizes  a  marriage  shall,  at  the 
time  of  the  marriage,  if  required  by  either  of  the  parties 
thereto,  give  a  certificate  of  the  marriage  specifying  the  names 
of  the  parties,  the  date  of  the  marriage,  the  names  of  the 
witnesses,  and  whether  the  marriage  was  solemnized  under 
the  authority  of  a  licence  or  publication  of  banns.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  21,  amended. 


Supply  oj  29. — (1)  Every    person   or   religious    body   authorized    to 

registers        solemnize  marriages  may  apply  to  the  Minister  for  a  marriage 

register,  and  the  Minister  shall  thereupon  supply  the  register. 

crowif'^^°^         (2)  Every  register  supplied  by  the  Minister  is  the  prof)erty 
of  the  Crown.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  28,  amended. 


Protection 
of  persons 
solemnizing 
marriage  in 
good  faith 


30.  No  person  who  solemnizes  or  purports  to  solemnize  a 
marriage  is  subject  to  any  action  or  liability  by  reason  of 
there  having  been  any  legal  impediment  to  the  marriage 
unless,  at  the  time  he  performed  the  ceremony,  he  was  aware  of 
the  impediment.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  44. 


Marriages 
solemnized 
in  good 
faith 


Breach  of 

promise  of 

marriage 

abolished 

Application 
of  subs.  1 


31.  If  the  parties  to  a  marriage  solemnized  in  good  faith 
and  intended  to  be  in  compliance  with  this  Act  are  not  under 
a  legal  disqualification  to  contract  such  marriage  and  after 
such  solemnization  have  lived  together  and  cohabited  as  man 
and  wife,  such  marriage  shall  be  deemed  a  valid  marriage, 
notwithstanding  that  the  person  who  solemnized  the  marriage 
was  not  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage,  and  notwithstanding 
the  absence  of  or  any  irregularity  or  insufficiency  in  the 
publication  of  banns  or  the  issue  of  the  licence.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  46. 

32. — (1)  No  action  shall  be  brought  for  a  breach  of  a 
promise  to  marry  or  for  any  damages  resulting  therefrom. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  actions  for 
breach  of  promise  to  marry  or  damages  resulting  therefrom 
commenced  before  the  day  on  which  this  Act  comes  into 
force.     New. 


giasmade°fn       ^^'  Where  one  person  makes  a  gift  to  another  in  con- 
contempia-     templation   of  or  conditional   upon   their  marriage   to  each 


marriage 


11 

other  and  the  marriage  fails  to  take  place  or  is  abandoned,  the 
question  of  whether  or  not  the  failure  or  abandonment  was 
caused  by  or  was  the  fault  of  the  donor  shall  not  be  considered 
in  determining  the  right  of  the  donor  to  recover  the  gift. 

New. 

34.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations, 

{a)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use,  and  requiring  any  matter 
therein  to  be  verified  by  affidavit ; 

(6)  prescribing  any  matter  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(c)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  in  respect  of  any 
matter  required  or  authorized  to  be  done  under  this 
Act,  and  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  or  any 
portion  thereof  by  issuers  and  persons  solemnizing 
marriages  or  any  class  of  them  and  for  the  commuta- 
tion of  such  fees ; 

{d)  prescribing  the  duties  of  issuers; 

{e)  requiring  persons  authorized  to  solemnize  marriages 
to  furnish  such  information  and  returns  as  are  pre- 
scribed ; 

(/)  amending  Form  1  to  make  it  conform  to  the  law  for 
the  time  being; 

{g)  designating  classes  of  persons  authorized  to  solem- 
nize marriages  under  section  24.     New. 

35. — (1)  Every   person   who   knowingly   makes   any   false  Penalty- 
statement  in  any  document  required  under  this  Act,  in  addi-  statements 
tion  to  any  other  penalty  or  punishment  to  which  he  may  be 
liable,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprisonment 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  ^^e'^j.^j 
Act  for  which  no  other  penalty  is  provided  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $500.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  ss.  47-52,  amended. 

36.  The  following  are  repealed :  Repeals 

1.  The  Marriage  Act,  being  chapter  261  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 


12 


Commence- 
ment 


2.  The  Marriage  Amendment  Act,  1972,  being  chapter 
32. 

3.  Section  55  of  The  Civil  Rights  Statute  Law  Amend- 
ment Act,  1971,  being  chapter  50. 

4.  Section  44  of  The  Government  Reorganization  Act, 
1972,  being  chapter  1. 

37.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  title  3g,  xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Marriage  Act,  1977. 


FORM  1 


(Section  19) 

Degrees  of  affinity  and  consanguinity  which,  under  the  statutes  in  that 
behalf,  bar  the  lawful  solemnization  of  marriage. 


A  man  may  not  marry  his 

1.  Grandmother 

2.  Grandfather's  wife 

3.  Wife's  grandmother 

4.  Aunt 

5.  Wife's  aunt 

6.  Mother 

7.  Step  mother 

8.  Wife's  mother 

9.  Daughter 

10.  Wife's  daughter 

11.  Son's  wife 

12.  Sister 

13.  Granddaughter 

14.  Grandson's  wife 

15.  Wife's  granddaughter 

16.  Niece 

17.  Nephew's  wife 


A  woman  may  not  marry  her 

1.  Grandfather 

2.  Grandmother's  husband 

3.  Husband's  grandfather 

4.  Uncle 

5.  Husband's  uncle 

6.  Father 

7.  Step  father 

8.  Husband's  father 

9.  Son 

10.  Husband's  son 

11.  Daughter's  husband 

12.  Brother 

13.  Grandson 

14.  Granddaughter's  husband 

15.  Husband's  grandson 

16.  Nephew 

17.  Niece's  husband 


The  relationships  set  forth  in  this  table  include  all  such  relationships, 
whether  by  the  whole  or  half  blood. 


R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  Form  10,  amended. 


\ 


o 


H 

a 

m 

> 

X 

o 

o 

z 

3 

a> 

r^ 

O 

3 

n 

o 

Si. 

a 

w 

H 

W 

«< 

O 

o 

<-»■ 

tvl 

o 

»^ 

1 

a* 

<y> 

* 

•^ 

O 

^ 

1' 

o 
^ 
^ 

^ 

> 

3 

> 
o 


s. 


H 

3* 

> 
o 


BILL  62  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  revise  The  Marriage  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  revises  The  Marriage  Act  for  the  purpose  of  implementing 
some  of  the  recommendations  of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  made 
in  Part  II  of  its  Report  on  Family  Law  (Marriage)  and  also  to  implement 
certain  administrative  improvements. 

The  principal  changes  are: 

1.  The  Act  only  applies  to  the  first  marriage  ceremony  and  permits 
additional  ceremonies  by  the  same  couple,     (s.  1  (2)  ). 

2.  The  requirement  of  fifteen  days  residence  is  deleted. 

3.  The  minimum  age  for  marriage  is  18  years  or  16  years  with  consent 
of  the  parents,     (s.  5). 

4.  The  duty  of  performing  civil  marriages  now  performed  by  provincial 
judges  and  county  and  district  court  judges  is  extended  to  justices 
of  the  peace  and  other  designated  persons,     (s.  24). 

5.  The  action  for  breach  of  promise  of  marriage  is  abolished,     (s.  32) 

6.  The  question  of  fault  is  removed  from  consideration  of  the 
question  of  entitlement  to  gifts  made  in  contemplation  of  or 
conditional  upon  marriage,     (s.  33) 

7.  The  procedural  forms  and  prescribing  of  fees  are  moved  from  the 
Act  to  be  provided  by  regulations. 


J 


BILL  62  1977 


An  Act  to  revise  The  Marriage  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

^    '  tation 

{a)  "band"  means  a  band  as  defined  in  the  Indian  Act  Rsc.  1970, 
(Canada) ; 

{b)  "church"  includes  chapel,  meeting-house  or  place  set 
aside  for  religious  worship; 

(c)  "Indian"  means  a  person  who  is  registered  as  an 
Indian  or  entitled  to  be  registered  as  an  Indian  under 
the  Indian  A  ct  (Canada) ; 

[d]  "issuer"  means  a  person  authorized  under  this  Act 
to  issue  marriage  licences; 

ie)  "judge"  means  a  provincial  judge  or  a  judge  of  a 
county  or  district  court; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  marriage  licence  issued  under  this 
Act; 

{g)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

(A)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(t)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

{j)  "reserve"  means  a  reserve  as  defined  in  the  Indian 
Act  (Canada).  R.S.O.  1970.  c.  261,  s.  1;  1972,  c.  1. 
s.  44  (1-3),  amended. 


Application 
of  Act  to 
subsequent 
ceremonies 


(2)  This  Act  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  ceremony  or 
form  of  marriage  gone  through  by  two  persons  who  are 
married  to  each  other  by  a  marriage  previously  solemnized 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  recognized  as  valid  in  Ontario. 

New. 


Administra- 
tion 


2.  The  administration  of  this  Act  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Minister. 


Delegation 
of  powers 
and  duties 


Authority 
to  marry 


3.  Where,  under  this  Act,  a  power  or  duty  is  granted  to 
or  vested  in  the  Minister,  he  may  in  writing,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  delegate 
that  power  or  duty  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations,  or  to  any  officer  or  officers  of 
the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations,  subject 
to  such  limitations,  restrictions,  conditions  and  requirements 
as  the  Minister  may  set  out  in  his  delegation.  1972,  c.  1, 
s.  44  (3),  amended. 

4.  No  marriage  may  be  solemnized  except  under  the 
authority  of  a  licence  issued  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or 
the  publication  of  banns.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 


Who  may 
marry 


5. — (1)  Any  person  who  is  of  the  age  of  majority  may 
obtain  a  licence  or  be  married  under  authority  of  publication 
of  banns,  provided  no  lawful  cause  exists  to  hinder  the 
solemnization.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  5  (1),  amended. 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  shall  issue  a  licence  to  a  minor,  or  solemnize 
the  marriage  of  a  minor  under  the  authority  of  the  publication 
of  banns,  except  where  the  minor  is  of  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  or  more  and  has  the  consent  in  writing  of  both  parents 
in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Giving  of 
consent 


(3)  The  consent  referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  not  required 
in  respect  of  a  person  who  is  a  widow,  widower  or  divorced. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  one  of  the  parents  of  a  minor  is  dead  or  both 
parents  are  living  apart,  the  consent  required  by  subsection  2 
may  be  given  by  the  parent  having  actual  or  legal  custody 
of  the  minor. 


Idem 
1974,  c.  2 


(5)  Where  both  parents  of  a  minor  are  dead  or  are 
voluntary  or  involuntary  patients  in  a  psychiatric  facility, 
or  are  residents  of  a  facility  under  The  Developmental  Services 
Act,  1974,  the  consent  required  by  subsection  2  may  be  given 
by  a  lawfully  appointed  guardian  or  an  acknowledged 
guardian  who  has  brought  up  or  who  for  the  three  years 
immediately  preceding  the  intended  marriage  has  supported 
the  minor. 


(6)  Where  a  minor  is  made  a  ward  of  someone  other  than^^^™ 
a  parent  by  order  of  a  court  or  under  any  Act,  the  consent 
required  by  subsection  2  may  be  given  by  the  lawful  guardian 
of  the  minor  or  person  responsible  for  exercising  the  rights 
and  duties  of  a  guardian  of  the  minor.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
ss.  7,  8,  amended. 

6. — (1)  Where  a  person  whose  consent  is  required  by  sec- ^P|^^^|^y^" 
tion  5  is  not  available  or  unreasoftably  or  arbitrarily  with- with  consent 
holds  his  consent,  the  person  in  respect  of  whose  marriage 
the  consent  is  required  may  apply  to  a  judge  without  the 
intervention  of  a  next  friend  for  an  order  dispensing  with 
the  consent. 

(2)  The  judge  shall   hear   the   application   in  a  summary  ?^jj^|''^ °^ 
manner  and  may,  in  his  discretion,  make  an  order  dispensing 
with  the  consent  required  by  section  5.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
s.  9,  amended. 


7 .  No   person   shall   issue   a  licence   to   or  solemnize   the  ^®e^n°^^y  jn 
marriage  of  any  person  whom  he  knows  or  has  reasonable  or  under 

III1IU.6IIC6 

grounds  to  believe  lacks  capacity  to  marry  by  reason  of  being 
mentally  ill  or  mentally  defective  or  under  the  influence  of 
intoxicating  liquor  or  drugs.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261 ,  s.  6,  amended. 


8. — (1)  An  applicant  for  a  licence  who  has  been  previously  where  dis- 
married  is  entitled  to  be  issued  a  licence  if  such  marriage  has  former 
been  dissolved  or  annulled  and  such  dissolution  or  annulment  recognized 
is  recognized   under  the  law  of  Ontario  and   the  applicant  ^^ 
otherwise  complies  with  the  requirements  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  no  issuer  shall  issue  a  licence  j^^flfe^'^^jfii 
to  a  person  whose  previous  marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  issuer  where 
annulled  in  Canada  unless  such  person  deposits  with  the  issuer,  in  Canada 

{a)  the  final  decree  or  judgment  dissolving  or  annulling 
the  marriage  or  a  copy  of  the  final  decree  or  judgment 
or  Act  dissolving  or  annulling  the  marriage,  certified 
by  the  proper  officer;  and 

(6)  such  other  material  as  the  issuer  may  require. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  no. issuer  shall  issue  a  licence ^ssoiution, 
to  a  person  whose  previous  marriage  has  been  dissolved  ov  ^^^^^^^^'^^ 
annulled  elsewhere  than  in  Canada,  unless  the  authorization 

in  writing  of  the  Minister  is  obtained  upon  the  deposit  of  such 
material  as  he  may  require. 


Review  of 
refusal  to 
Issue 
licence 

1971,  c.  48 


(4)  Where  an  issuer  refuses  to  issue  a  licence,  or  the  Minister 
refuses  to  issue  an  authorization  under  subsection  3,  the 
appHcant  may  apply  to  the  Supreme  Court  for  judicial 
review  under  The  Judicial  Review  Procedure  Act,  1971  and 
for  an  order  directing  that  a  licence  be  issued  to  him  and  if  the 
court  finds  that  he  is  so  entitled  it  may  make  such  an  order. 


Parties 


(5)  The  applicant,  the  Minister  and  such  other  persons  as 
the  court  may  order  are  parties  to  an  application  under  sub- 
section 4. 


Issue  of 
licence 
under  court 
order 


(6)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  files  with  an  issuer, 
together  with  his  application,  an  order  of  the  Supreme  Court 
made  on  an  application  under  subsection  4  directing  that  a 
licence  be  issued  to  him,  the  issuer  shall  issue  the  licence. 
1971,  c.  50,  s.  55  (1). 


Application        9      (J)  A   married   person   whose  spouse   is   missing   and 

for  presump-         11. 

tion  of  death     who  alleges, 

[a)  that  his  spouse  has  been  continuously  absent  for  at 
least  seven  years  immediately  preceding  the  applica- 
tion; 

(6)  that  his  spouse  has  not  been  heard  from  or  heard  of 
during  such  period  by  the  applicant  or  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  applicant  by  any  other  person; 
and 

(c)  that  the  applicant  has  made  reasonable  inquiries 
and  has  no  reason  to  believe  that  his  spouse  is 
living, 

may  apply  to  the  judge  of  a  county  or  district  court  for  an 
order  under  this  section. 


Order 


(2)  Upon  being  satisfied  as  to  the  truth  of  the  matters 
alleged,  the  judge  may,  in  his  discretion,  make  an  order 
declaring  that  the  spouse  shall  be  presumed  dead.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  11  (1,  2). 


Remarriage         (3)  Where  an  Order  has  been  obtained  under  this  section, 

authorized  ^    ' 

the  person  in  whose  favour  the  order  was  made  may,  subject 
to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  obtain  a  licence  or  be  married 
under  the  authority  of  publication  of  banns  upon  depositing 
a  copy  of  the  order  with  the  person  issuing  the  licence  or 
solemnizing  the  marriage  together  with  an  affidavit  in  the 
prescribed  form. 


(4)  The  order  has  no  effect  for  any  purpose  other  than  Effect  of 
the  issuance  of  a  Hcence  under  subsection  3.     R.S.O.   1970, 
c.  261,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 

10.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act,  if  the  Minister  °^|^p^^°°Qj. 
considers  that  circumstances  justify  the  issue  of  a  Hcence  in'^i'iister 
any  particular  case,  he  may,  in  his  absolute  discretion,  authorize 
the  issue  of  the  licence.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  Marriage  licences  may  be  issued  by  the  clerk  of  issuers 
every  city,  town  and  village. 

(2)  Where  it  is  considered  expedient  for  the  public  con-  in  townships 
venience,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  unorganized 
as  an  issuer  the  clerk  of  any  township,  or  any  person  resident   ^^"^^  °^^ 

in  a  county,  or  in  a  township  adjacent  thereto,  or  in  a  provi- 
sional judicial  district,  or  a  member  of  a  band  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  council  of  the  band.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  30,  amended. 

(3)  An  issuer  may,   with  the  approval  in  writing  of  the  Pliers 
Minister  or  of  the  head  of  the  council  of  the  municipality  of 
which  he  is  clerk,  appoint  in  writing  one  or  more  deputies 

to  act  for  him,  and  any  such  deputy  while  so  acting  has  the 
power  of  the  issuer  appointing  him. 

(4)  The  issuer  shall,  upon  appointing  a  deputy,  forthwith  appointment 
transmit  to  the  Minister  a  notice  of  the  appointment,  and  of  deputy 

of  the  name  and  official  position  of  the  person  by  whom  the 
appointment  has  been  approved,  and  the  Minister  may  at 
any  time  cancel  the  appointment. 

(5)  The  deputy  shall  sign  each  licence  issued  by  him  with  fjclnces^b  °^ 
the  name  of  the  issuer  as  well  as  his  own  name  in  the  following  deputy 
manner: 

AB,  Issuer  of  Marriage  Licences,  per  CD,  Deputy  Issuer. 

R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  31. 

12. — (1)  An  issuer  or  the  Minister  may  require  evidence  f^^^^j^^^l^^jj^g 
to  identify  any  applicant  or  to  establish  his  status  and  may 
examine,    under   oath   if   required,    any    apphcant    or   other 
person  as  to  any  matter  p)ertaining  to  the  issue  of  a  licence. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  33,  amended. 

(2)  Where  an  issuer  has  reason  to  beHeve  that  any  informa-  information 
tion  set  out  in  an  appHcation  for  a  licence  is  untrue,  he  shall 
not  issue  the  licence  unless,  on  the  production  of  such  further 
evidence  as  he  may  require,  he  is  satisfied  as  to  the  truth  of 
the  information.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  35,  amended. 


licences"^  13. — (1)  Every  issuer  shall  keep  in  his  office  a  record  of 

the  serial  number  and  the  date  of  issue  of  every  licence 
issued  by  him,  and  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  parties  to 
the  intended  marriage. 


Searches 


(2)  Any  person  is  entitled,  upon  application,  to  have  a 
search  made  respecting  any  licence  issued  within  three  months 
immediately  preceding  the  date  of  application.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,s.  34. 


forwarded  to^      14.  Evcry  issuer  immediately  upon  issuing  a  licence  and 

Registrar       every  person  registered  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage 

upon  publishing  banns  shall  forward  to  the  Registrar  General, 

(a)  any  consent  under  section  5; 

{b)  any  judge's  order  under  section  6; 

(c)  any  affidavit  or  judge's  order  under  section  9; 

(d)  any    documentary    or   other   material    filed   on    the 
application  for  a  licence  under  section  8 ; 

{e)  any  affidavit  as  to  age; 

(/)  any  documentary  material  obtained  under  section  12. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  36,  amended. 


Oaths 


Indians 


15.  Issuers  may  administer  oaths  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  37. 

1 6.  Where  both  parties  to  an  intended  marriage  are  Indians 
ordinarily  resident  on  a  reserve  in  Ontario  or  on  Crown  lands 
in  Ontario  no  fee  shall  be  charged  for  the  licence.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  39,  amended. 


ofbaiiM ^°"  ^  '^ ' — ( ^ )  Where  a  marriage  is  to  be  solemnized  under  the 
authority  of  publication  of  banns,  the  intention  to  marry  shall 
be  proclaimed  openly  in  an  audible  voice  during  divine  service, 

(a)  where  the  parties  are  in  the  habit  of  attending  worship 
at  the  same  church,  being  within  Canada,  at  that 
church;  or 

(6)  where  the  parties  are  in  the  habit  of  attending  worship 
in  different  churches,  being  within  Canada,  in  each 
such  church. 

tim?of  *°*^         (2)  The  banns  shall  be  published  according  to  the  usage  of 
publication     the  denomination,  faith  or  creed  of  the  church  in  which  they 
are  published  and  during  divine  Sunday  service. 


t 


(3)  Where  the  usage  of  any  denomination,  faith  or  creed  Exception 
substitutes  any  other  day  as  the  usual  and  principal  day  of 

the  week  for  the  celebration  of  divine  service,  the  banns  shall 
be  published  on  such  other  day. 

(4)  The  person  or  persons  who  publish  banns  shall  certify  ^''^o^ 
proof  thereof  in  the  prescribed  form.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  15, 
amended. 

18.  Banns   shall    not    be   published    where   either   of   the  wh^^^e  banns 
parties  to  the  intended  marriage  has  been  married  and  the  published 
marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  annulled.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 

s.  18,  amended. 

19.  Form   1   respecting  the  prohibited  degrees  of  affinity  ^eg^eggtlf 
and  consanguinity  shall  be  endorsed  on  the  licence  and  on  the  be  endorsed 
proof  of  publication  of  banns.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  45  (1), 
amended. 

20. — (1)  No  person  shall  solemnize  a  marriage  unless  he  who^ay^ 
is  authorized  by  or  under  section  24  or  is  registered  under  marriage 
this  section  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage. 

(2)  Upon  application  the  Minister  may,  subject  to  subsec-  Application 
tion  3,  register  any  person  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize  registration 
marriage. 

(3)  No  person  shall  be  registered  unless  it  appears  to  the  ^|9,^^y^^® 
Minister, 

(a)  that  the  person  has  been  ordained  or  appointed 
according  to  the  rites  and  usages  of  the  religious 
body  to  which  he  belongs,  or  is,  by  the  rules  of  that 
religious  body,  deemed  ordained  or  appointed; 

(6)  that  the  person  is  duly  recognized  by  the  religious 
body  to  which  he  belongs  as  entitled  to  solemnize 
marriage  according  to  its  rites  and  usages; 

(c)  that  the  religious  body  to  which  the  person  belongs 
is  permanently  established  both  as  to  the  continuity 
of  its  existence  and  as  to  its  rites  and  ceremonies ;  and 

{d)  that  the  person  is  resident  in  Ontario  or  has  his  parish 
or  pastoral  charge  in  whole  or  in  part  in  Ontario; 
provided  that  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  is  in 
Ontario  temporarily  and  who,  if  resident  in  Ontario, 
might  be  registered  under  this  section,  the  Minister 
may  register  him  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage 
during  a  period  to  be  fixed  by  the  Minister. 


1 


8 

p^son"°  (^)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  where  it  appears  to  the 

authorized  to  Minister  that  the  doctrines  of  a  relierious  body  described  in 

SOl6mi!llZ6 

marriage  clause  c  of  subsection  3  do  not  recognize  any  person  as 
authorized  to  solemnize  marriage,  the  Minister  may  register 
a  person  duly  designated  by  the  governing  authority  of  the 
religious  body  who  shall,  in  respect  of  marriages  performed 
according  to  the  rites,  usages  and  customs  of  the  religious 
body,  perform  all  the  duties  imposed  by  this  Act  upon  a 
person  solemnizing  a  marriage,  other  than  solemnizing  the 
marriage. 

^^®'"  (5)  Where  a  person  registered  under  subsection  4  performs 

the  duties  imposed  by  subsection  4,  every  marriage  solemnized 
according  to  the  rites,  usages  and  customs  of  the  religious 
body  is  valid.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  22,  amended. 

Regrister  21. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  keep  a  register  of  the  name  of 

every  person  registered  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize 
marriage,  the  date  of  such  registration,  and  such  other  par- 
ticulars as  he  considers  advisable. 

Certificate  ^2)  The  Minister  may  issue  a  certificate  of  registration  under 

registration  this  section  in  the  prescribed  form.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
s.  23. 

Cancellation       22. — (1)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Minister  that  any  person 
registration    registered  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage  has  ceased  to 
possess  the  qualifications  entitling  him  to  be  so  registered,  or  for 
any  other  cause,  the  Minister  may  cancel  such  registration. 

^haiute°^  (2)  Every  religious  body,  members  of  which  are  registered 

under  this  Act,  shall  notify  the  Minister  of  the  name  of  every 
such  member  so  registered  who  has  died  or  has  ceased  to 
reside  in  Ontario  or  has  ceased  to  be  associated  with  such 
religious  body.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  24. 

Publication         23.  When  a  person  is  registered  under  this  Act  as  author- 
registration    ized  to  solemnize  marriage,  and  when  any  such  registration 
cancellation   is  cancelled,  the  Minister  shall  publish  notice  thereof  in  The 
Ontario  Gazette.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  25. 

marriage  ^^* — ^^^  ^  judge,   a  justice  of  the  peace  or  any  other 

person  of  a  class  designated  by  the  regulations  may 
solemnize  marriages  under  the  authority  of  a  licence. 

place *°^  (2)  The   solemnization    of   a    marriage    by    a   judge    shall 

take  place  in,  the  judge's  office  and  shall  be  performed  between 
the  hours  of  9  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  5  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon. 

Form  of  (3)   No  particular  form  of  ceremony  is  required  except  that 

c6r©rnonv  \   /  *  ^  *  j. 

in  some  part  of  the  ceremony,  in  the  presence  of  the  person 


solemnizing  the  marriage  and  witnesses,  each  of  the  parties 
shall  declare: 

I  do  solemnly  declare  that  I  do  not  know  of  any  lawful  impediment 
why  I,  AB,  may  not  be  joined  in  matrimony  to  CD, 

and  each  of  the  parties  shall  say  to  the  other: 

I  call  upon  these  persons  here  present  to  witness  that  I,  AB,  do 
take  you,  CD,  to  be  my  lawful  wedded  wife  {or  husband), 

after  which  the  person  solemnizing  the  marriage  shall  say: 

I,  EF,  by  virtue  of  the  powers  vested  in  me  by  The  Marriage  Act, 
1977 ,  do  hereby  pronounce  you  AB  and  CD  to  be  husband  and  wife. 

R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  26,  amended. 

25.  Every  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  in  the  presence  of  owrutsand 
the  parties  and  at  least  two  witnesses  who  shall  affix  their  witnesses 
names  as  witnesses  to  the  entry  in  the  register  made  under 

section  28.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  20. 

26.  No  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  under  the  authority  publication 
of  publication  of  banns  unless  proof  of  publication  by  the  per- 
son or  persons  publishing  the  banns  has  been  deposited  with 

the  person  solemnizing  the  marriage.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  17. 

■< 
27.— (1)  A  marriage  shall  not   be  solemnized   under  the  waiting  | 

authority  of  a  licence  earlier  than  the  third  day  after  the  under  \ 

date  of  the  issue  of  the  licence,  but  the  Minister  in  his  absolute 

discretion  may  authorize  the  solemnization  of  the  marriage 

earlier  than  such  third  day.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261 ,  s.  14,  amended. 

(2)  A  marriage  shall  not  be  solemnized  under  the  authority  JJf™^  jj^^j^^^g 
of  publication  of  banns,  earher  than  the  fifth  day  after  the 

date  of  the  publication  of  banns.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  16, 
amended. 

(3)  A  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  only  within  the  three  ij^hfch^'^^^" 
months  immediately  following  the  issue  of  the  licence  or  the  marriage  to 
publication  of  banns,  as  the  case  may  be.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 

s.  19,  amended. 

28. — (1 )  Every  person  shall  immediately  after  he  has  solem-  Carriage 
nized  a  marriage,  register 

(a)  where  the  marriage  was  solemnized  in  a  church,  enter 
in  the  church  register  kept  for  the  purpose;  or 


10 


{b)  where  the  marriage  was  solemnized  elsewhere  than  in 
the  church,  enter  in  a  register  kept  by  him  for  the 
purpose, 

the  particulars  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  and  the  entry 
shall  be  authenticated  by  his  signature  and  those  of  the 
parties  and  witnesses.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  27.  amended. 


Marriage 
certificate 


(2)  Every  person  who  solemnizes  a  marriage  shall,  at  the 
time  of  the  marriage,  if  required  by  either  of  the  parties 
thereto,  give  a  certificate  of  the  marriage  specifying  the  names 
of  the  parties,  the  date  of  the  marriage,  the  names  of  the 
witnesses,  and  whether  the  marriage  was  solemnized  under 
the  authority  of  a  licence  or  publication  of  banns.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  21,  amended. 


Supply  oj  29. — (1)  Every   person   or   religious   body   authorized   to 

registers        solcmnizc  marriages  may  apply  to  the  Minister  for  a  marriage 

register,  and  the  Minister  shall  thereupon  supply  the  register. 

crowf'^°^         (2)  Every  register  supplied  by  the  Minister  is  the  property 
of  the  Crown.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  28,  amended. 


Protection 
of  persons 
solemnizing 
marriage  in 
good  faith 


30.  No  person  who  solemnizes  or  purports  to  solemnize  a 
marriage  is  subject  to  any  action  or  liability  by  reason  of 
there  having  been  any  legal  impediment  to  the  marriage 
unless,  at  the  time  he  performed  the  ceremony,  he  was  aware  of 
the  impediment.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  44. 


Marriages 
solemnized 
in  good 
faith 


Breach  of 
promise  of 
marriage 
abolished 

Application 
of  subs.  1 


31.  If  the  parties  to  a  marriage  solemnized  in  good  faith 
and  intended  to  be  in  compliance  with  this  Act  are  not  under 
a  legal  disqualification  to  contract  such  marriage  and  after 
such  solemnization  have  lived  together  and  cohabited  as  man 
and  wife,  such  marriage  shall  be  deemed  a  valid  marriage, 
notwithstanding  that  the  person  who  solemnized  the  marriage 
was  not  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage,  and  notwithstanding 
the  absence  of  or  any  irregularity  or  insufficiency  in  the 
publication  of  banns  or  the  issue  of  the  licence.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  46. 

32. — (1)  No  action  shall  be  brought  for  a  breach  of  a 
promise  to  marry  or  for  any  damages  resulting  therefrom. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  actions  for 
breach  of  promise  to  marry  or  damages  resulting  therefrom 
commenced  before  the  day  on  which  this  Act  comes  into 
force.     New. 


5ft^made°fn       ^^'  Where  one  person  makes  a  gift  to  another  in  con- 
contempia-     tcmplation   of  or  conditional   upon   their   marriage   to   each 

marriage 


11 

other  and  the  marriage  fails  to  take  place  or  is  abandoned,  the 
question  of  whether  or  not  the  failure  or  abandonment  was 
caused  by  or  was  the  fault  of  the  donor  shall  not  be  considered 
in  determining  the  right  of  the  donor  to  recover  the  gift. 

New. 

34.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations, 

{a)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use,  and  requiring  any  matter 
therein  to  be  verified  by  affidavit ; 

{b)  prescribing  any  matter  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(c)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  in  respect  of  any 
matter  required  or  authorized  to  be  done  under  this 
Act,  and  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  or  any 
portion  thereof  by  issuers  and  persons  solemnizing 
marriages  or  any  class  of  them  and  for  the  commuta- 
tion of  such  fees ; 

{d)  prescribing  the  duties  of  issuers; 

{e)  requiring  persons  authorized  to  solemnize  marriages 
to  furnish  such  information  and  returns  as  are  pre- 
scribed ; 

(/)  amending  Form  1  to  make  it  conform  to  the  law  for 
the  time  being; 

{g)  designating  classes  of  persons  authorized  to  solem- 
nize marriages  under  section  24.     New. 

35. — (1)  Every   person  who   knowingly  makes  any   false  Peni'ity: 
statement  in  any  document  required  under  this  Act,  in  addi-  statements 
tion  to  any  other  penalty  or  punishment  to  which  he  may  be 
liable,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprisonment 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this^dem^^ 
Act  for  which  no  other  penalty  is  provided  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $500.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  ss.  47-52,  amended. 

36.  The  following  are  repealed:  Repeals 

1.  The  Marriage  Act,  being  chapter  261  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 


12 


Commence- 
ment 


2.  The  Marriage  Amendment  Act,  1972,  being  chapter 
32. 

3.  Section  55  of  The  Civil  Rights  Statute  Law  Amend- 
ment Act,  1971 ,  being  chapter  50. 

4.  Section  44  of   The  Government  Reorganization  Act, 
1972,  being  chapter  1. 

37.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  title  3g,  xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Marriage  Act,  1977. 


FORM  1 


{Section  19) 

Degrees  of  affinity  and  consanguinity  which,  under  the  statutes  in  that 
behalf,  bar  the  lawful  solemnization  of  marriage. 


A  man  may  not  marry  his 

1.  Grandmother 

2.  Grandfather's  wife 

3.  Wife's  grandmother 

4.  Aunt 

5.  Wife's  aunt 

6.  Mother 

7.  Step  mother 

8.  Wife's  mother 

9.  Daughter 

10.  Wife's  daughter 

11.  Son's  wife 

12.  Sister 

13.  Granddaughter 

14.  Grandson's  wife 

15.  Wife's  granddaughter 

16.  Niece 

17.  Nephew's  wife 


A  woman  may  not  marry  her 

1.  Grandfather 

2.  Grandmother's  husband 

3.  Husband's  grandfather 

4.  Uncle 

5.  Husband's  uncle 

6.  Father 

7.  Step  father 

8.  Husband's  father 

9.  Son 

10.  Husband's  son 

11.  Daughter's  husband 

12.  Brother 

13.  Grandson 

14.  Granddaughter's  husband 

15.  Husband's  grandson 

16.  Nephew 

17.  Niece's  husband 


The  relationships  set  forth  in  this  table  include  all  such  relationshifK, 
whether  by  the  whole  or  half  blood. 


R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  Form  10,  amended. 


»- 

8 

o 

»- 

^ 

«> 

«> 

a- 

a: 

^ 

s 

<rH. 

C/) 

^S- 

«> 

n. 

H 

W 

w 

> 

X 

i-t- 

O 
•-1 

o 
a: 

3 

•< 

^ 

O 

3 

o 

»— ^ 

G 

W 

H 

W 

►< 

Uj 

O 

n 
o 

J>^ 

O 
o 

O 

>«» 

:5 

8 

cr 

Oo 

5^ 

ft- 

ft) 

*^ 

00 

>3 

^ 

!-►■ 

S- 

r-t- 

s 

- 

a' 

- 

r5 

Grq 

1-^ 

0^ 

OTQ 

> 

3 
> 


H 

3* 
O) 


p 

OftJ 

n 

> 
n 


BILL  62 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  revise  The  Marriage  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


1 


BILL  62  1977 


An  Act  to  revise  The  Marriage  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

^    '  '  tation 

(a)  "band"  means  a  band  as  defined  in  the  Indian  Act  Rs.c.  i970. 
(Canada) ; 

{h)  "church"  includes  chapel,  meeting-house  or  place  set 
aside  for  religious  worship; 

(c)  "Indian"  means  a  person  who  is  registered  as  an 
Indian  or  entitled  to  be  registered  as  an  Indian  under 
the  Indian  A  ct  (Canada) ; 

{d)  "issuer"  means  a  person  authorized  under  this  Act 
to  issue  marriage  licences; 

{e)  "judge"  means  a  provincial  judge  or  a  judge  of  a 
county  or  district  court; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  marriage  licence  issued  under  this 
Act; 

(g)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

(A)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(t)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

{j)  "reserve"  means  a  reserve  as  defined  in  the  Indian 
Act  (Canada).  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  1;  1972,  c.  1, 
s.  44  (1-3),  amended. 


Application 
of  Act  to 
subsequent 
ceremonies 


(2)  This  Act  does  not  apply  in  resf)ect  of  any  ceremony  or 
form  of  marriage  gone  through  by  two  persons  who  are 
married  to  each  other  by  a  marriage  previously  solemnized 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  recognized  as  valid  in  Ontario. 

New. 


Administra- 
tion 


2.  The  administration  of  this  Act  is  under  the  direction 
of  the  Minister. 


Delegation 
of  powers 
and  duties 


Authority 
to  marry 


3.  Where,  under  this  Act,  a  power  or  duty  is  granted  to 
or  vested  in  the  Minister,  he  may  in  writing,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  delegate 
that  power  or  duty  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  Consumer 
and  Commercial  Relations,  or  to  any  officer  or  officers  of 
the  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations,  subject 
to  such  limitations,  restrictions,  conditions  and  requirements 
as  the  Minister  may  set  out  in  his  delegation.  1972,  c.  1, 
s.  44  (3),  amended. 

4.  No  marriage  may  be  solemnized  except  under  the 
authority  of  a  licence  issued  in  accordance  with  this  Act  or 
the  publication  of  banns.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 


Who  may 
marry 


Idem 


5. — (1)  Any  person  who  is  of  the  age  of  majority  may 
obtain  a  licence  or  be  married  under  authority  of  publication 
of  banns,  provided  no  lawful  cause  exists  to  hinder  the 
solemnization.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  5  (1),  amended. 

(2)  No  person  shall  issue  a  licence  to  a  minor,  or  solemnize 
the  marriage  of  a  minor  under  the  authority  of  the  publication 
of  banns,  except  where  the  minor  is  of  the  age  of  sixteen 
years  or  more  and  has  the  consent  in  writing  of  both  parents 
in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Giving  of 
consent 


(3)  The  consent  referred  to  in  subsection  2  is  not  required 
in  respect  of  a  person  who  is  a  widow,  widower  or  divorced. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  one  of  the  parents  of  a  minor  is  dead  or  both 
parents  are  living  apart,  the  consent  required  by  subsection  2 
may  be  given  by  the  parent  having  actual  or  legal  custody 
of  the  minor. 


Idem 


1974.  c.  2 


(5)  Where  both  parents  of  a  minor  are  dead  or  are 
voluntary  or  involuntary  patients  in  a  psychiatric  facility, 
or  are  residents  of  a  facility  under  The  Developmental  Services 
Act,  1974,  the  consent  required  by  subsection  2  may  be  given 
by  a  lawfully  appointed  guardian  or  an  acknowledged 
guardian  who  has  brought  up  or  who  for  the  three  years 
immediately  preceding  the  intended  marriage  has  supported 
the  minor. 


(6)  Where  a  minor  is  made  a  ward  of  someone  other  thani<i®"i 
a  parent  by  order  of  a  court  or  under  any  Act,  the  consent 
required  by  subsection  2  may  be  given  by  the  lawful  guardian 
of  the  minor  or  person  responsible  for  exercising  the  rights 
and  duties  of  a  guardian  of  the  minor.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
ss.  7,  8,  amended. 

6. — (1)  Where  a  person  whose  consent  is  required  by  sec- ^P|^^^|^y^" 
tion  5  is  not  available  or  unreasonably  or  arbitrarily  with- with  consent 
holds  his  consent,  the  person  in  respect  of  whose  marriage 
the  consent  is  required  may  apply  to  a  judge  without  the 
intervention  of  a  next  friend  for  an  order  dispensing  with 
the  consent. 

(2)  The  judge  shall   hear   the   application   in   a  summary JJIj^l^^  °^ 
manner  and  may,  in  his  discretion,  make  an  order  dispensing 
with  the  consent  required  by  section  5.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 
s.  9,  amended. 

7.  No  person   shall   issue  a  licence   to   or  solemnize   the  ^®g^^°°j^y  ^ 
marriage  of  any  person  whom  he  knows  or  has  reasonable  pr  under 

■1  1     1-  1      1  1  r  1     •        influence 

grounds  to  believe  lacks  capacity  to  marry  by  reason  of  being 
mentally  ill  or  mentally  defective  or  under  the  influence  of 
intoxicating  liquor  or  drugs.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  6,  amended. 


8. — (1)  An  applicant  for  a  licence  who  has  been  previously  where^dis-^ 
married  is  entitled  to  be  issued  a  licence  if  such  marriage  has  former 

,  T,i  111  1  i,-i-  1  marriage 

been  dissolved  or  annulled  and  such  dissolution  or  annulment  recognized 
is  recognized  under  the  law  of  Ontario  and   the  applicant  ^° 
otherwise  complies  with  the  requirements  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  no  issuer  shall  issue  a  licence  bi^flfg^^^fth 
to  a  person  whose  previous  marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  issuer  where 
annulled  in  Canada  unless  such  person  deposits  with  the  issuer,  in  Canada 

{a)  the  final  decree  or  judgment  dissolving  or  annulling 
the  marriage  or  a  copy  of  the  final  decree  or  judgment 
or  Act  dissolving  or  annulling  the  marriage,  certified 
by  the  proper  officer;  and 

[b)  such  other  material  as  the  issuer  may  require. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  no  issuer  shall  issue  a  licence  diMofution, 
to  a  person  whose  previous  marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  ^^^j^^^^^^*'*® 
annulled  elsewhere  than  in  Canada,  unless  the  authorization 

in  writing  of  the  Minister  is  obtained  upon  the  deposit  of  such 
material  as  he  may  require. 


Review  of 
refusal  to 
issue 
licence 

1971,  c.  48 


(4)  Where  an  issuer  refuses  to  issue  a  licence,  or  the  Minister 
refuses  to  issue  an  authorization  under  subsection  3,  the 
appHcant  may  apply  to  the  Supreme  Court  for  judicial 
review  under  The  Judicial  Review  Procedure  Act,  1971  and 
for  an  order  directing  that  a  licence  be  issued  to  him  and  if  the 
court  finds  that  he  is  so  entitled  it  may  make  such  an  order. 


Parties 


(5)  The  applicant,  the  Minister  and  such  other  persons  as 
the  court  may  order  are  parties  to  an  application  under  sub- 
section 4. 


Issue  of 
licence 
under  court 
order 


(6)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  files  with  an  issuer, 
together  with  his  application,  an  order  of  the  Supreme  Court 
made  on  an  application  under  subsection  4  directing  that  a 
licence  be  issued  to  him,  the  issuer  shall  issue  the  licence. 
1971.  c.  50.  s.  55  (1). 


Application         9 — (J)  A    married   person   whose   spouse   is   missing   and 

forpresump-         ,  ,, 

tion  of  death     who  alleges, 

{a)  that  his  spouse  has  been  continuously  absent  for  at 
least  seven  years  immediately  preceding  the  applica- 
tion; 

(6)  that  his  spouse  has  not  been  heard  from  or  heard  of 
during  such  period  by  the  applicant  or  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  applicant  by  any  other  person; 
and 

(c)  that  the  applicant  has  made  reasonable  inquiries 
and  has  no  reason  to  believe  that  his  spouse  is 
living, 

may  apply  to  the  judge  of  a  county  or  district  court  for  an 
order  under  this  section. 

Order  (2)  Upon  being  satisfied  as  to  the  truth  of  the  matters 

alleged,  the  judge  may,  in  his  discretion,  make  an  order 
declaring  that  the  spouse  shall  be  presumed  dead.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  11  (1,2). 


Remarriage         (3)  Where  an  Order  has  been  obtained  under  this  section, 

authorized  ^    '  .  ' 

the  person  in  whose  favour  the  order  was  made  may,  subject 
to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  obtain  a  licence  or  be  married 
under  the  authority  of  publication  of  banns  upon  depositing 
a  copy  of  the  order  with  the  person  issuing  the  licence  or 
solemnizing  the  marriage  together  with  an  affidavit  in  the 
prescribed  form. 


(4)  The  order  has  no  effect  for  any  purpose  other  than  ^ffejj^t  of 
the  issuance  of  a  Hcence  under  subsection  3.     R.S.O.   1970, 
c.  261,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 

10.  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Act,  if  the  Minister ^ryp^owerof 
considers  that  circumstances  justify  the  issue  of  a  licence  in  Minister 
any  particular  case,  he  may,  in  his  absolute  discretion,  authorize 
the  issue  of  the  licence.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  Marriage  licences  may  be  issued  by  the  clerk  ofi^si^ers 
every  city,  town  and  village. 

(2)  Where  it  is  considered  expedient  for  the  pubHc  con-  in  townships 
venience,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  unorganized 
as  an  issuer  the  clerk  of  any  township,  or  any  person  resident    ^^"  °^^ 

in  a  county,  or  in  a  township  adjacent  thereto,  or  in  a  provi- 
sional judicial  district,  or  a  member  of  a  band  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  council  of  the  band.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  30,  amended. 

(3)  An  issuer  may,  with   the  approval  in  writing  of  the  ?|Pgrs 
Minister  or  of  the  head  of  the  council  of  the  municipality  of 
which  he  is  clerk,  appoint  in  writing  one  or  more  deputies 

to  act  for  him,  and  any  such  deputy  while  so  acting  has  the 
power  of  the  issuer  appointing  him. 

(4)  The  issuer  shall,  upon  appointing  a  deputy,  forthwith  appointment 
transmit  to  the  Minister  a  notice  of  the  appointment,  and  of  deputy 

of  the  name  and  official  position  of  the  person  by  whom  the 
appointment  has  been  approved,  and  the  Minister  may  at 
any  time  cancel  the  appointment. 

(5)  The  deputy  shall  sign  each  licence  issued  by  him  with  fjc^nces^b  °^ 
the  name  of  the  issuer  as  well  as  his  own  name  in  the  following  deputy 
manner : 

AB,  Issuer  of  Marriage  Licences,  per  CD,  Deputy  Issuer. 

R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  31. 

12. — (1)  An  issuer  or  the  Minister  may  require  evidence  ^^*^j®^^|Q°jj"g 
to  identify  any  applicant  or  to  establish  his  status  and  may 
examine,    under   oath    if   required,    any    applicant    or   other 
person  as  to  any  matter  pertaining  to  the  issue  of  a  licence. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  33,  amended. 

(2)  Where  an  issuer  has  reason  to  believe  that  any  informa-  information 
tion  set  out  in  an  application  for  a  licence  is  untrue,  he  shall 
not  issue  the  licence  unless,  on  the  production  of  such  further 
evidence  as  he  may  require,  he  is  satisfied  as  to  the  truth  of 
the  information.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  35,  amended. 


Record  of 
licences 


Searches 


13. — (1)  Every  issuer  shall  keep  in  his  office  a  record  of 
the  serial  number  and  the  date  of  issue  of  every  licence 
issued  by  him,  and  the  names  and  addresses  of  the  parties  to 
the  intended  marriage. 

(2)  Any  person  is  entitled,  upon  application,  to  have  a 
search  made  respecting  any  licence  issued  within  three  months 
immediately  preceding  the  date  of  application.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261.  s.  34. 


forwarded°o^      ^'^'  ^very  issuer  immediately  upon  issuing  a  licence  and 

Registrar       evcry  person  registered  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage 

upon  publishing  banns  shall  forward  to  the  Registrar  General, 


Oaths 


Indians 


(a)  any  consent  under  section  5; 

(b)  any  judge's  order  under  section  6; 

(f)  any  affidavit  or  judge's  order  under  section  9; 

{d)  any    documentary   or   other    material    filed   on    the 
application  for  a  licence  under  section  8 ; 

{e)  any  affidavit  as  to  age; 

(/)  any  documentary  material  obtained  under  section  12. 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  36,  amended. 

15.  Issuers  may  administer  oaths  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  37. 

1 6.  Where  both  parties  to  an  intended  marriage  are  Indians 
ordinarily  resident  on  a  reserve  in  Ontario  or  on  Crown  lands 
in  Ontario  no  fee  shall  be  charged  for  the  licence.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  39,  amended. 


of^banns"^"  ^^* — (^)  Where  a  marriage  is  to  be  solemnized  under  the 
authority  of  publication  of  banns,  the  intention  to  marry  shall 
be  proclaimed  openly  in  an  audible  voice  during  divine  service, 

(a)  where  the  parties  are  in  the  habit  of  attending  worship 
at  the  same  church,  being  within  Canada,  at  that 
church ;  or 

[h)  where  the  parties  are  in  the  habit  of  attending  worship 
in  different  churches,  being  within  Canada,  in  each 
such  church. 

time'of  *"^         (2)  The  banns  shall  be  published  according  to  the  usage  of 
publication     the  denomination,  faith  or  creed  of  the  church  in  which  they 
are  published  and  during  divine  Sunday  service. 


(3)  Where  the  usage  of  any  denomination,  faith  or  creed  Exception 
substitutes  any  other  day  as  the  usual  and  principal  day  of 

the  week  for  the  celebration  of  divine  service,  the  banns  shall 
be  published  on  such  other  day. 

(4)  The  person  or  persons  who  publish  banns  shall  certify  Proof 
proof  thereof  in  the  prescribed  form.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  15, 
amended. 

18.  Banns   shall    not    be    published   where   either   of   the  wh^^re  banns 
parties  to  the  intended  marriage  has  been  married  and  the  published 
marriage  has  been  dissolved  or  annulled.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 

s.  18,  amended. 

19.  Form   1  respecting  the  prohibited  degrees  of  affinity  |'e|^ees\o^ 
and  consanguinity  shall  be  endorsed  on  the  licence  and  on  the  ^e  endorsed 
proof  of  publication  of  banns.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  45  (1), 
amended. 

20. — (1)  No  person  shall  solemnize  a  marriage  unless  he  ^ho^ay^ 
is  authorized  by  or  under  section  24  or  is  registered  under  marriage 
this  section  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage. 

(2)  Upon  application  the  Minister  may,  subject  to  subsec-  Application 
tion  3,  register  any  person  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize  registration 
marriage. 

(3)  No  person  shall  be  registered  unless  it  appears  to  the  ^j^^P^^^y^*'® 
Minister, 

(a)  that  the  person  has  been  ordained  or  appointed 
according  to  the  rites  and  usages  of  the  religious 
body  to  which  he  belongs,  or  is,  by  the  rules  of  that 
religious  body,  deemed  ordained  or  appointed ; 

(6)  that  the  person  is  duly  recognized  by  the  religious 
body  to  which  he  belongs  as  entitled  to  solemnize 
marriage  according  to  its  rites  and  usages; 

(c)  that  the  religious  body  to  which  the  person  belongs 
is  permanently  established  both  as  to  the  continuity 
of  its  existence  and  as  to  its  rites  and  ceremonies ;  and 

{d)  that  the  person  is  resident  in  Ontario  or  has  his  parish 
or  pastoral  charge  in  whole  or  in  part  in  Ontario; 
provided  that  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  is  in 
Ontario  temporarily  and  who,  if  resident  in  Ontario, 
might  be  registered  under  this  section,  the  Minister 
may  register  him  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage 
during  a  period  to  be  fixed  by  the  Minister. 


8 


^reno  (4)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  where  it  appears  to  the 

authorized  to  Minister  that  the  doctrines  of  a  reUgious  body  described  in 
marriage  clause  c  of  subsection  3  do  not  recognize  any  person  as 
authorized  to  solemnize  marriage,  the  Minister  may  register 
a  person  duly  designated  by  the  governing  authority  of  the 
religious  body  who  shall,  in  respect  of  marriages  performed 
according  to  the  rites,  usages  and  customs  of  the  religious 
body,  perform  all  the  duties  imposed  by  this  Act  upon  a 
person  solemnizing  a  marriage,  other  than  solemnizing  the 
marriage. 


Idem 


(5)  Where  a  person  registered  under  subsection  4  performs 
the  duties  imposed  by  subsection  4,  every  marriage  solemnized 
according  to  the  rites,  usages  and  customs  of  the  religious 
body  is  valid.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  22,  amended. 


Register  21. — (1)  The  Minister  shall  keep  a  register  of  the  name  of 

every  person  registered  as  a  person  authorized  to  solemnize 
marriage,  the  date  of  such  registration,  and  such  other  par- 
ticulars as  he  considers  advisable. 

Certificate  ^2)  The  Minister  may  issue  a  certificate  of  registration  under 

registration    this  Section   in   the   prescribed   form.      R.S.O.    1970,   c.   261, 
s.  23. 


Cancellation        22. — (1)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Minister  that  any  person 
registration    registered  as  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage  has  ceased  to 
possess  the  qualifications  entitling  him  to  be  so  registered,  or  for 
any  other  cause,  the  Minister  may  cancel  such  registration. 


Notice  of 
change 


(2)  Every  religious  body,  members  of  which  are  registered 
under  this  Act,  shall  notify  the  Minister  of  the  name  of  every 
such  member  so  registered  who  has  died  or  has  ceased  to 
reside  in  Ontario  or  has  ceased  to  be  associated  with  such 
religious  body.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  24. 

Publication         23.  When  a  person  is  registered  under  this  Act  as  author- 
registration    ized  to  solemnize  marriage,  and  when  any  such  registration 
cancellation    is  cancelled,  the  Minister  shall  publish  notice  thereof  in  The 
Ontario  Gazette.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  25. 


Civil 
marriage 


Time  and 
place 


24. — (1)  A  judge,  a  justice  of  the  peace  or  any  other 
person  of  a  class  designated  by  the  regulations  may 
solemnize  marriages  under  the  authority  of  a  licence. 

(2)  The  solemnization  of  a  marriage  by  a  judge  shall 
take  place  in  the  judge's  office  and  shall  be  performed  between 
the  hours  of  9  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  5  o'clock  in  the 
afternoon. 


Form  of 
ceremony 


(3)   No  particular  form  of  ceremony  is  required  except  that 
in  some  part  of  the  ceremony,  in  the  presence  of  the  person 


solemnizing  the  marriage  and  witnesses,  each  of  the  parties 
shall  declare: 

I  do  solemnly  declare  that  I  do  not  know  of  any  lawful  impediment 
why  I,  AB,  may  not  be  joined  in  matrimony  to  CD, 

and  each  of  the  parties  shall  say  to  the  other: 

I  call  upon  these  persons  here  present  to  witness  that  I,  AB,  do 
take  you,  CD,  to  be  my  lawful  wedded  wife  {or  husband), 

after  which  the  person  solemnizing  the  marriage  shall  say: 

I,  EF,  by  virtue  of  the  powers  vested  in  me  by  The  Marriage  Act, 
1977,  do  hereby  pronounce  you  AB  and  CD  to  be  husband  and  wife. 

R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  26,  amended. 

25.  Every  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  in  the  presence  of  of*pI?ues  and 
the  parties  and  at  least  two  witnesses  who  shall  affix  their  witnesses 
names  as  witnesses  to  the  entry  in  the  register  made  under 

section  28.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  20. 

26.  No  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  under  the  authority  p^bncation 
of  publication  of  banns  unless  proof  of  publication  by  the  per- 
son or  persons  publishing  the  banns  has  been  deposited  with 

the  person  solemnizing  the  marriage.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  17. 

27. — (1)  A  marriage  shall   not  be  solemnized   under  the  waiting 
authority  of  a  licence  earlier  than  the  third  day  after  the  under 

ilCGnC6 

date  of  the  issue  of  the  licence,  but  the  Minister  in  his  absolute 
discretion  may  authorize  the  solemnization  of  the  marriage 
earlier  than  such  third  day.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261 ,  s.  14,  amended. 

(2)  A  marriage  shall  not  be  solemnized  under  the  authority  ^^^^l  ^anns 
of  publication  of  banns,  earlier  than  the  fifth  day  after  the 

date  of  the  publication  of  banns.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  16, 
amended. 

(3)  A  marriage  shall  be  solemnized  only  within  the  three  which^*'^^" 
months  immediately  following  the  issue  of  the  licence  or  the  marriage  to 
publication  of  banns,  as  the  case  may  be.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261, 

s.  19,  amended. 

28. — (1 )  Every  person  shall  immediately  after  he  has  solem-  ^^rHage 
nized  a  marriage,  register 

(a)  where  the  marriage  was  solemnized  in  a  church,  enter 
in  the  church  register  kept  for  the  purpose;  or 


10 


(b)  where  the  marriage  was  solemnized  elsewhere  than  in 
the  church,  enter  in  a  register  kept  by  him  for  the 
purpose, 

the  particulars  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  and  the  entry 
shall  be  authenticated  by  his  signature  and  those  of  the 
parties  and  witnesses.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  27,  amended. 


Marriage 
certificate 


(2)  Every  person  who  solemnizes  a  marriage  shall,  at  the 
time  of  the  marriage,  if  required  by  either  of  the  parties 
thereto,  give  a  certificate  of  the  marriage  specifying  the  names 
of  the  parties,  the  date  of  the  marriage,  the  names  of  the 
witnesses,  and  whether  the  marriage  was  solemnized  under 
the  authority  of  a  licence  or  publication  of  banns.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  261,  s.  21,  amended. 


Supply  of  29. — (1)  Every   person   or   religious   body   authorized   to 

registers        solemnize  marriages  may  apply  to  the  Minister  for  a  marriage 


Property  of 
Crown 


register,  and  the  Minister  shall  thereupon  supply  the  register. 

(2)  Every  register  supplied  by  the  Minister  is  the  property 
of  the  Crown.     R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  28,  amended. 


Protection 
of  persons 
solemnizing 
marriage  In 
good  faith 


30.  No  person  who  solemnizes  or  purports  to  solemnize  a 
marriage  is  subject  to  any  action  or  liability  by  reason  of 
there  having  been  any  legal  impediment  to  the  marriage 
unless,  at  the  time  he  performed  the  ceremony,  he  was  aware  of 
the  impediment.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  s.  44. 


Marriages 
solemnized 
in  good 
faith 


Breach  of 
promise  of 
marriage 
abolished 

Application 
of  subs.  1 


31.  If  the  parties  to  a  marriage  solemnized  in  good  faith 
and  intended  to  be  in  compliance  with  this  Act  are  not  under 
a  legal  disqualification  to  contract  such  marriage  and  after 
such  solemnization  have  lived  together  and  cohabited  as  man 
and  wife,  such  marriage  shall  be  deemed  a  valid  marriage, 
notwithstanding  that  the  person  who  solemnized  the  marriage 
was  not  authorized  to  solemnize  marriage,  and  notwithstanding 
the  absence  of  or  any  irregularity  or  insufficiency  in  the 
publication  of  banns  or  the  issue  of  the  licence.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  261,  s.  46. 

32. — (1)  No  action  shall  be  brought  for  a  breach  of  a 
promise  to  marry  or  for  any  damages  resulting  therefrom. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  actions  for 
breach  of  promise  to  marry  or  damages  resulting  therefrom 
commenced  before  the  day  on  which  this  Act  comes  into 
force.     New. 


^ftsmade°[n       ^^'  Where  one  person  makes  a  gift  to  another  in  con- 
contempia-     templation   of  or  conditional   upon   their  marriage   to   each 

marriage 


11 

other  and  the  marriage  fails  to  take  place  or  is  abandoned,  the 
question  of  whether  or  not  the  failure  or  abandonment  was 
caused  by  or  was  the  fault  of  the  donor  shall  not  be  considered 
in  determining  the  right  of  the  donor  to  recover  the  gift. 

New. 

34.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations, 

{a)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use,  and  requiring  any  matter 
therein  to  be  verified  by  affidavit ; 

[b)  prescribing  any  matter  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(c)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  in  respect  of  any 
matter  required  or  authorized  to  be  done  under  this 
Act,  and  providing  for  the  retention  of  fees  or  any 
portion  thereof  by  issuers  and  persons  solemnizing 
marriages  or  any  class  of  them  and  for  the  commuta- 
tion of  such  fees; 

{d)  prescribing  the  duties  of  issuers ; 

{e)  requiring  persons  authorized  to  solemnize  marriages 
to  furnish  such  information  and  returns  as  are  pre- 
scribed ; 

(/)  amending  Form  1  to  make  it  conform  to  the  law  for 
the  time  being; 

{g)  designating  classes  of  persons  authorized  to  solem- 
nize marriages  under  section  24.     New. 

35. — (1)  Every   person   who   knowingly   makes   any   false  Penalty : 
statement  in  any  document  required  under  this  Act,  in  addi-  statements 
tion  to  any  other  penalty  or  punishment  to  which  he  may  be 
liable,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprisonment 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this^^^^^^j 
Act  for  which  no  other  penalty  is  provided  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $500.    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  ss.  47-52,  amended. 

36.  The  following  are  repealed:  Repeals 

1.  The  Marriage  Act,  being  chapter  261  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario.  1970. 


12 


2.  The  Marriage  Amendment  Act,  1972.  being  chapter 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


3.  Section  55  of  The  Civil  Rights  Statute  Law  Amend- 
ment Act,  1971,  being  chapter  50. 

4.  Section   44  of   The  Government  Reorganization  Act, 
1972,  being  chapter  1. 

37.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

38.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Marriage  Act,  1977. 


FORM  1 


[Section  19) 


Degrees  of  affinity  and  consanguinity  which,  under  the  statutes  in  that 
behalf,  bar  the  lawful  solemnization  of  marriage. 


A  man  may  not  marry  his 
1.  Grandmother 

2.  Grandfather's  wife 

3.  Wife's  grandmother 

4.  Aunt 

5.  Wife's  aunt 

6.  Mother 

7.  Step  mother 

8.  Wife's  mother 

9.  Daughter 

10.  Wife's  daughter 

11.  Son's  wife 

12.  Sister 

13.  Granddaughter 

14.  Grandson's  wife 

15.  Wife's  granddaughter 

16.  Niece 

17.  Nephew's  wife 


A  woman  may  not  marry  her 

1.  Grandfather 

2.  Grandmother's  husband 

3.  Husband's  grandfather 

4.  Uncle 

5.  Husband's  uncle 

6.  Father 

7.  Step  father 

8.  Husband's  father 

9.  Son 

10.  Husband's  son 

11.  Daughter's  husband 

12.  Brother 

13.  Grandson 

14.  Granddaughter's  husband 

15.  Husband's  grandson 

16.  Nephew 

17.  Niece's  husband 


The  relationships  set  forth  in  this  table  include  all  such  relationships, 
whether  by  the  whole  or  half  blood. 


R.S.O.  1970,  c.  261,  Form  10.  amended. 


H 

X 

w 

> 

ffi 

o 

1-1 

o 
2: 

!3 

1* 

S 

13 
"-1 

o 

w 

H 

» 

•< 

o 

r-t- 

o 

O 
o 

^ 

c-o 

i^^ 

O 

ki^ 

3 
a* 

a> 

ft 

cr 

■-1 

00 

1 
ft 

a* 

■I 

55. 

ft 

^ 

r-t- 

S 

- 

s 

- 

^ 

^     . 

0^ 

t— ' 

0^ 

1  ■ 

0^ 

^O 

o 

o 

^ 

"^ 

^ 

^ 

"-4 

^ 

> 

3 

> 
n 


H 


p 

OTQ 

> 


BILL  63  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


Aa  Act  respecting 
Motor  Vehicle  Access  to  Property  by  Private  Road 


Mr.  Maeck 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  is  designed  to  protect  the  interests  of  a  person  who  is  dependent 
upon  a  single  private  road  for  motor  vehicle  access  to  his  property.  A 
person  who  wishes  to  close  a  private  road  may  do  so  upon  obtaining  a 
court  order  or  by  meeting  one  of  the  other  exceptions  set  out  in  the  Bill. 
The  Bill  does  not  affect  rights  of  ownership  in  land  but  contemplates  that 
in  the  case  of  a  dispute  concerning  property  rights,  the  road  will  remain 
open  until  the  rights  of  the  parties  are  determined  unless  circumstances 
arise  that  justify  the  making  of  a  closing  order. 


BILL  63  1977 


An  Act  respecting  Motor  Vehicle  Access 
to  Property  by  Private  Road 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  J°terpre- 

(a)  "judge"  means  a  judge  of  a  county  or  district  court; 

(b)  "private  road"  means  a  road,  not  dedicated  or 
deemed  at  law  to  be  a  public  highway,  that  is 
ordinarily  used  as  a  motor  vehicle  thoroughfare. 

2. — (1)  No  person  shall  construct  or  place  a  barrier  or  ^^^^ate^road 
other  obstacle  over  a  private  road  that,  as  a  result,  prevents  closed 
road  access  to  one  or  more  parcels  of  land  unless, 

(a)  the  person  has  obtained  a  court  order  referred  to 
in  section  3; 

(b)  the  closure  is  made  with  the  consent  of  the  persons 
immediately  affected  thereby; 

(c)  the  closure  is  of  a  temporary  nature  for  the  pur- 
poses of  repair  or  maintenance  of  the  road;  or 

{d)  the  closure  is  in  accordance  with  a  final  determination 
of  the  rights  of  the  parties  made  by  a  court  of  law 
or  arising  from  the  settlement  of  an  action. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  person  immediately  i'^®'" 
affected   by   a   road   closure   is   an   owner,    tenant   or   other 
occupant  of  land  served  by  a  private  road  who  would  be 
deprived  of  motor  vehicle  access  to   the  land  if  the  road 
were  closed. 

3. — (1)  An  application  for  an  order  closing  a  private  road  ^losing 
may  be  made  to  a  judge  in  the  county  or  district  in  which 


Notice 


When  judge 
may  grant 
order 


Interim 
closing 
order 


Idem 


the  proposed  place  of  closure  is  located  and  the  application 
shall  include  a  description  of  the  private  road  sought  to  be 
closed,  the  proposed  place  of  closure,  and  the  names  of 
owners  and  tenants  immediately  affected  thereby. 

(2)  At  least  ten  days  notice  of  an  application  for  a  closing 
order  shall  be  given  to  owners  and  tenants  of  land  immediately 
affected  by  the  proposed  closure  and  the  notice  shall  be 
served  personally  or  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  person's 
permanent  residence. 

(3)  A  judge  may  grant  a  closing  order  upon  being  satisfied 
that  the  closure  of  the  private  road  is  reasonably  necessary 
to  prevent  irreparable  damage  or  injury  to  the  interests  of 
the  applicant  or  is  reasonably  necessary  for  some  purpose  in 
the  public  interest. 

(4)  Where  notice  as  required  under  subsection  2  is  not 
given,  the  court  may  grant  an  interim  closing  order  for  a 
period  not  longer  than  thirty  days  upon  being  satisfied  that 
the  delay  required  to  give  notice  would  result  in  irreparable 
damage  or  injury  to  the  interests  of  the  applicant. 

(5)  A  judge  may  make  a  closing  order  or  interim  closing 
order  on  such  terms  and  conditions  and  subject  to  section  4, 
for  such  duration  as  the  judge  deems  proper  in  the  circum- 
stances. 


Setting 

aside 

order 


(6)  An  owner  or  tenant  entitled  to  notice  at  the  time  a 
closing  order  is  made  may  apply  to  a  judge  to  have  the 
order  set  aside  and  the  judge  may  so  order  where  he  deems 
it  proper  in  the  circumstances. 


Saving  4,  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  confer  any 

right  in  respect  of  the  ownership  of  land  where  the  right 
does  not  otherwise  exist  at  law. 


Offence 


Commence- 
ment 


6.  Every  person  who  knowingly  contravenes  section  2  of 
this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  pay  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $2,000  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  7^  fhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Private  Road  Access 

Act,  1977. 


> 
w 
o 


C-0 


>3 


O 

o 

r+ 

t\) 

o 

>>^ 

3 

cr 

«/) 

SV, 

a> 

'^ 

>3 

^ 

& 

i-f- 

^ 

o 
^ 
^ 

^ 

> 

3 

> 
_  o 

o   ^ 

•-I 


"1 

2^. 

<-»• 

3 

'^ 

orq 

O" 

^ 

O 

^ 

o 

■-t 

"I 

i" 

<: 

r* 

o 

rD 

tr 

o  (^ 

°-^ 
o 

(T) 

(/I 


BILL  64  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  Small  Business  in  Ontario 


Mr.  Eakins 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  provide  for  the  preservation  and  expansion 
of  small  business  enterprise  in  Ontario.  The  Bill  provides  for  government 
efforts  relating  to  tendering  policy,  subcontracting,  research  and  develop- 
ment and  small  business  co-operatives  as  a  means  of  providing  support  for 
small  business  enterprise. 


BILL  64  1977 


An  Act  respecting 
Small  Business  in  Ontario 


WHEREAS  the  essence  of  Ontario's  socio-economic  system  Preamble 
is  embodied  in  the  principles  of  free  enterprise,  competi- 
tion and  diversity;  and  whereas  the  preservation  and  expan- 
sion of  these  principles  is  essential  to  the  basic  welfare  and 
security  of  the  people  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  as  well  as 
to  the  growth  of  personal  initiative;  and  whereas  this 
Legislature  wishes  to  grant  formal  recognition  to,  and  give 
fair  and  equitable  support  for  that  sector  of  the  economy 
that  most  effectively  preserves  and  enhances  free,  competitive 
enterprise ; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts 
as  follows: 

1. (1)    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

^    '  tatlon 

(a)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Industry  and 
Tourism ; 

{b)  "small  business"  means  a  business  that  is  inde- 
pendently owned  and  operated  and  is  not  dominant 
in  its  field  of  operation. 

(2)  The  Minister  may  by  regulation  further  define  a  small  Minister  may 
business  having  regard  to  other  criteria  including  the  number  small 

of  employees  and  the  dollar  volume  of  business. 

(3)  Where  the  number  of  employees  is  used  as  one  of  the  i^em 
criteria  referred  to  in  subsection  2,  the  maximum  number 

of  employees  stated  in  the  definition  may  vary  from  industry 
to  industry  to  the  extent  necessary  to  reflect  differing 
characteristics  of  such  industries  and  to  take  proper  account 
of  other  relevant  factors. 


Objects  2. — (1)  The   Government   of   Ontario   shall   aid,   counsel, 

assist  and  protect,  in  so  far  as  possible,  the  interests  of  small 
business. 


Oovernment 
purchases 
from  small 
businesses 


(2)  In  order  to  preserve  free  competitive  enterprise,  the 
Government  of  Ontario  shall, 

(a)  establish  a  target  of  40  per  cent  of  the  total  pur- 
chases and  contracts  or  subcontracts  for  goods, 
services  and  real  property  purchased  or  made  by 
the  Government  to  be  placed  with  small  businesses 
within  three  years  of  the  date  this  Act  comes  into 
force;  and 

(b)  ensure  that  a  fair  proportion  of  the  total  sales  and 
leases  of  Government  property  be  transacted  with 
small  businesses. 


Small 

business 

certificate 


Minister 

issues 

certificate 


Revocation 


Notice  in 

Ontario 

Gazette 


3. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  certificate  known  as  the  Small 
Business  Certificate  to  designate  a  concern,  firm,  person, 
corporation,  partnership,  co-operative  or  other  business 
enterprise  that  is  a  small  business  for  the  purpose  of  this 
Act  that  is  determined  to  be  in  a  sound  financial  and  productive 
position. 

(2)  Upon  application,  the  Minister  shall  issue  a  certificate 
certifying  a  business  as  a  small  business  that  is  in  a  sound 
financial  and  productive  position. 

(3)  A  Small  Business  Certificate  is  subject  to  revocation 
by  the  Minister  when  the  business  covered  thereby  ceases  to 
be  a  small  business  or  is  no  longer  determined  to  be  in  a 
sound  financial  and  productive  position. 

(4)  Notice  shall  be  published  in  The  Ontario  Gazette  within 
thirty  days  of  the  issuance  of  a  Small  Business  Certificate 
or  of  the  giving  of  notice  with  respect  to  revoking  such  a 
certificate. 


Idem 


Idem 


(5)  A  Small  Business  Certificate  is  deemed  to  be  revoked 
within  thirty  days  of  publication  in  The  Ontario  Gazette  of  a 
notice  to  revoke,  provided  that  such  notice  is  also  served 
on  the  small  business  prior  to  publication  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette,  and  attestation  of  such  service  shall  be  given  together 
with  the  notice  to  revoke  when  so  published. 

(6)  Offices  of  the  Government  having  procurement  or 
lending  powers,  or  engaging  in  the  disposal  of  property  or 
allocating  materials  or  supplies,  or  promulgating  regulations 
affecting  the  distribution  of  materials  or  supplies  shall  accept 


as  conclusive  the  Minister's  determination  as  to  which  enter- 
prises are  to  be  designated  as  authorized  and  directed  under 
this  section. 

(7)  An  appeal  from  the  Minister's  decision  to  revoke  under  Appeal 
this  section  involving  questions  of  law  or  jurisdiction  lies  to 

the  Supreme  Court  of  Ontario. 

(8)  An  appeal  from  the  Minister's  decision  to  revoke  under  wem 
this  section  lies  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(9)  Where  the  Minister  revokes  a  Small  Business  Certificate,  written 

^    '  .  '  reasons 

he  shall  provide  written  reasons  for  his  decision. 

4. — (1)  Where  tenders  are  sought  by  the  Government,  ^"^ve^^nient 
any  of  its  ministries  or  agencies,  including  Crown  Corpora- 
tions, for  the  purchase  by  the  Government  of  goods,  services 
or  real  property,  and  in  which  tender  is  included  the  informa- 
tion that  it  holds  a  Small  Business  Certificate,  if  such  tender 
is  not  higher  than  any  other  qualified  tender,  and  it  meets 
all  specified  minimum  requirements  to  qualify  as  a  valid 
tender,  then  such  tender  by  the  small  business  shall  be 
accepted. 

(2)  The  Minister  shall  be  provided  with  notice  of  all  pro- Notice  of 

^    '  '  r        r\  procurements 

posed  procurement  actions  of  value  exceeding  $5,000  from 
any  provincial  ministry,  establishment,  or  agency  engaged  in 
procurement  of  supplies  and  services  in  the  Province  of 
Ontario  and  he  shall  publicize  such  notices  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette,  immediately  after  the  necessity  for  the  procurement 
is  established,  except  that  nothing  herein  shall  require  publica- 
tion of  such  notices  with  respect  to  those  procurements, 

{a)  that  for  security  reasons  are  of  a  classified  nature; 

(b)  that  involve  perishable  subsistence  supplies ; 

(c)  that  are  for  utility  services  and  the  procuring  agency 
in  accordance  with  applicable  law  has  predetermined 
the  utility  concern  to  whom  the  award  will  be  made ; 

(d)  that  are  of  such  unusual  and  compelling  emergency 
that  the  Government  would  be  seriously  injured  if 
bids  or  offers  were  permitted  to  be  made  more  than 
fifteen  days  after  the  issuance  of  the  invitation  for 
bids  or  solicitation  for  proposals; 

{e)  that  are  made  by  an  order  placed  under  an  existing 
contract ; 


(/)  that  are  made  from"  another  Government  ministry 
or  agency,  or  a  mandatory  source  of  supply ; 

(g)  that  are  for  personal  or  professional  services; 

(h)  that  are  for  services  from  educational  institutions; 

(i)  in  which  only  foreign  sources  are  to  be  solicited; 
and 

(j)  for  which  it  is  determined  in  writing  by  the  procur- 
ing agency,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Minister 
that  advance  publicity  is  not  appropriate  or  reason- 
able. 

bSfnesssub-      ^* — ^^^  ^^^    Minister    shall    develop    forthwith    a    small 
contracting    business  subcontracting  program  containing  provisions, 

(a)  to  enable  small  businesses  to  be  considered  fairly 
as  subcontractors  and  suppliers  to  contractors  per- 
forming work  or  rendering  services  as  prime  con- 
tractors or  subcontractors  under  Government  pro- 
curement contracts ;  and 

{b)  to  enable  the  Ministry  to  obtain  from  any  Govern- 
ment procurement  agency  such  available  or  reason- 
ably obtainable  information  and  records  concerning 
subcontracting  by  its  prime  contractors  and  their 
subcontractors  as  the  Ministry  may  deem  necessary. 

Mattere  (2)  Subsection  1  shall  not  be  construed  to  authorize  the 

not  to  be  /   / 

dealt  with      Minister, 

in  program 

(a)  to  prescribe  the  extent  to  which  any  contractor  or 
subcontractor  shall  subcontract; 

(6)  to  specify  the  businesses  to  which  subcontracts  shall 
be  granted;  or 

(c)  to  vest  in  the  Minister  authority  respecting  the 
administration  of  individual  prime  contracts  or 
subcontracts. 

Subcontract-       (3)  x^c  program  shall  provide  that  in  evaluating  bids  or 
favourable      in  selecting  contractors  for  negotiated  contracts  the  extensive 

use   of  subcontractors   by   a   proposed   contractor   shall   be 

considered  a  favourable  factor. 

busfness  ^^^  ^^^  program  shall  provide  that  any  firm  awarded  a 

loans  officer    government   contract   over   $500,000   shall   employ   a   small 


business  liaison  officer,  who  may  already  be  a  member  of 
the  firm,  to  be  responsible  for  subcontracting  portions  of  the 
work  to  small  businesses,  wherever  possible. 

(5)  Every  contract  for  goods,  services  or  real  property,  ^o^^actuai 
including  contracts  for  research  and  development,  mainten- provisions 
ance,  repair  and  construction,  but  not  including  contracts 
to  be  performed  entirely  outside  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
in  excess  of  $500,000,  made  by  a  Government  ministry  or 
agency,  that  in  the  opinion  of  the  procuring  agency  offers 
substantial  subcontracting  possibilities,  shall  require  the 
contractor, 

(a)  to  conform  to  the  small  business  subcontracting 
program;  and 

(b)  to  insert  in  all  subcontracts  and  purchase  orders 
in  excess  of  $250,000  that  offer  substantial  possibili- 
ties for  further  subcontracting  a  provision  requiring 
the  subcontractor  or  supplier  to  conform  to  the  small 
business  subcontracting  program. 

6. — (1)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Minister  and  he  is  Research 
hereby  empowered,  development 

(a)  to  assist  small  businesses  to  obtain  Government 
contracts  for  research  and  development; 

(b)  to  instruct  Government  agencies  and  ministries  to 
contract  out  as  much  research  and  development 
work  as  possible; 

(c)  to  assist  small  business  to  benefit  from  research  and 
development  performed  under  Government  contracts 
or  at  Government  expense; 

(d)  to  provide  technical  assistance  to  small  business 
and  to  simplify  application  procedures  in  order  to 
accomplish  the  purposes  of  this  section ; 

(e)  to  give  preference  to  Canadian  owner-managed 
businesses  in  allocating  research  grants  and  loans; 
and 

(/)  to  publish  information  as  to  facilities  available 
through  small  businesses  for  research  and  develop- 
ment. 

(2)  The    Minister    may    consult    and    co-operate   with    all  wem 
Government  agencies  and  make  studies  and  recommendations 


to  such  agencies,  and  such  agencies  shall  co-operate  with 
the  Minister  in  order  to  carry  out  and  accomplish  the  purposes 
of  this  section. 

Co-operatives  7. — (1)  The  Minister  may  consult  with  any  representative 
of  one  or  more  small  businesses  to  encourage  the  formation  of 
co-operatives  formed  and  capitalized  by  a  group  of  small 
businesses  with  resources  provided  by  them  for  the  provision 
of  central  services,  or  for  the  purjxjse  of  obtaining  for  the 
use  of  such  small  businesses  raw  materials,  equipment,  inven- 
tories, supplies  or  the  benefits  of  research  and  development, 
or  for  establishing  facilities  to  undertake  and  utilize  applied 
research. 

Co-operatives      (2)  The  Minister  may  certify  a  co-operative  as  a  member 
oertifled        of  a  special  class  of  small  business  and  may  issue  the  certi- 
ficate referred  to  in  section  3. 

^^^^  (3)  The  Minister  may  provide  advisory  services,  regarding 

the  mechanics  of  establishing  co-operatives. 

Powers  of  g.  The  Minister  may, 


Minister 


(a)  enter  into  contracts  with  any  provincial  government 
or  the  Government  of  Canada  and  any  ministry, 
agency,  or  officer  thereof  having  procurement  powers 
obligating  the  Minister  to  furnish  articles,  equipment, 
supplies  or  materials  to  Ontario,  and  in  any  case  in 
which  the  Minister  certifies  to  any  officer  of  Ontario 
having  procurement  powers  that  the  Ministry  of 
Industry  and  Tourism  is  competent  to  perform  any 
specific  government  procurement  contract  to  be  let 
by  any  such  officer,  such  officer  shall  be  authorized, 
in  his  discretion,  to  let  such  procurement  contract 
to  the  Ministry  of  Industry  and  Tourism  upon  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  may  be  agreed  upon  between 
the  Minister  and  the  procurement  officer; 

(b)  arrange  for  the  performance  of  such  contracts  by 
negotiating  or  otherwise  letting  subcontracts  to 
small  business  concerns  or  others  for  the  manufac- 
ture, supply,  or  assembly  of  such  articles,  equip- 
ment, supplies,  or  materials  or  parts  thereof,  or 
servicing  or  processing  in  connection  therewith,  or 
such  management  services  as  may  be  necessary  to 
enable  the  Ministry  of  Industry  and  Tourism  to 
perform  such  contracts; 

(c)  provide  technical  and  managerial  aids  to  small 
business  concerns,  by  advising  and  counselling  on 


matters  in  connection  with  Government  procurement 
and  property  disposal  and  on  policies,  principles, 
and  practices  of  good  management,  including  but 
not  limited  to  cost  accounting,  methods  of  financing 
business  insurance,  accident  control,  wage  incentives, 
and  methods  engineering,  by, 

(i)  co-operating  and  advising  with  voluntary 
business,  professional,  educational,  and  other 
non-profit  organizations,  associations  and  in- 
stitutions and  with  other  governmental 
agencies, 

(ii)  maintaining  a  clearinghouse  for  information 
concerning  the  managing,  financing  and  opera- 
tion of  small  business  enterprises, 

(iii)  disseminating  such  information,  and 

(iv)  such  other  activities  as  are  deemed  appro- 
priate by  the  Minister ; 

{d)  co-ordinate  and  ascertain  the  means  by  which  the 
productive  capacity  of  small  businesses  can  be  most 
effectively  utilized; 

(e)  consult  and  co-operate  with  officers  of  the  Govern- 
ment having  procurement  or  property  disposal  powers 
in  order  to  utilize  the  potential  productive  capacity 
of  plants  operated  by  small  businesses; 

(/)  obtain  information  as  to  methods  and  practices 
that  government  prime  contractors  utilize  in  letting 
subcontracts  by  prime  contractors  to  small  businesses 
at  prices  and  on  conditions  and  terms  which  are  fair 
and  equitable; 

{g)  determine  within  any  industry  the  concerns,  firms, 
jjersons,  corporations,  partnerships,  co-operatives, 
or  other  business  enterprises  that  may  be  designated 
as  small  businesses  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act ; 

(A)  serve  as  a  focal  point  to  receive  complaints,  criti- 
cisms and  suggestions  concerning  the  policies  and 
activities  of  the  Ministry  of  Industry  and  Tourism 
and  any  other  government  agency  that  affects  small 
business ; 

(t)  represent  the  views  and  interests  of  small  businesses 
before  other  agencies  whose  policies  and  activities 
may  affect  small  businesses ; 


8 

(j)  enlist  the  co-operation  and  assistance  of  public  and 
private  agencies,  businesses  and  other  organizations 
in  disseminating  information  about  the  programs 
and  services  provided  by  the  Government  that  are 
of  benefit  to  small  businesses  and  information  con- 
cerning the  manner  in  which  small  businesses  can 
participate  in  or  make  use  of  such  programs  and 
services;  and 

(k)  receive  reports  from  Government  agencies  and 
ministries  concerning  the  progress  in  procurement 
and  contracting  to  small  business. 

standing  9,  There  shall  be  a  standing  committee  of  the  Assembly 

to  be  known  as  the  Small  Business  Committee,  that  shall 
report  annually  to  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not, 
at  the  next  ensuing  session,  on  all  aspects  meriting  legislative 
attention  with  respect  to  small  businesses,  and  that  shall 
consider, 

(a)  proposed  legislation  and  legislative  reform ; 

(6)  the  state  of  governmental  and  private  assistance 
available  respecting  training,  manpower  and  manage- 
ment development,  research,  technical  and  scientific 
assistance ; 

(c)  the  competitive  strength  of  small  business; 

(d)  representations  from  small  business  groups; 

(e)  the  proposals  for  changes  in  the  policies  and  activities 
of  any  agency  of  the  Government  that  will  better 
fulfill  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  communicate 
such  proposals  to  the  appropriate  agencies;  and 

(/)  such  other  matters  dealing  with  small  businesses  as 
the  standing  committee  in  its  opinion  considers 
appropriate. 

Regulations  |Q, — (1)  Xhe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  make 
regulations  prescribing  the  criteria  for  determining  whether 
a  small  business  is  in  a  sound  financial  and  productive 
position. 

Mem  (2)  The   Lieutenant   Governor   in   Council   may   prescribe 

regulations  implementing  the  small  business  subcontracting 
program. 


1 1 .  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  construed  to  authorize  confiden- 
any  ministry  or  agency  of  the  Government  to  disseminate 
technical  data  or  processes  developed  by  any  business  under 

this  Act. 

1 2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^°™^®°°®' 
Assent. 

13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Small  Business  /Id,  short  title 
1977. 


cn 


> 


C-0 


t\i 

o 

►^ 

g 

O" 

to 

5^ 

ft) 

>3 

>3 

«> 

"^ 

)& 

& 
^ 

?^ 

(^' 

3 

c  > 

(/>    (T> 

C/)      C/3 

p 
3. 
o 


BILL  65  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  amendment  codifies  the  present  practice  for  the 
surrogate  court  clerk  in  the  Judicial  District  of  York  to  perform  the  duties 
of  the  Surrogate  Clerk  for  Ontario. 


Section  2.  The  designation  of  holidays  on  which  surrogate  court 
offices  will  be  closed  is  rewritten  to  coincide  with  The  Public  Service  Act. 
The  wording  is  the  same  as  in  The  Registry  Act  and  The  Land  Titles  Act. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  adopts  the  same  language  to  refer  to 
members  of  the  armed  forces  on  active  service  as  is  used  in  section  8  of  the 
Bill  to  enact  The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977.  The  provisions  repealed 
and  not  re-enacted  provide  for  true  evaluation  of  the  estate. 


BILL  65  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  Section  12  of  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act,  being  chapter  451  of  amended 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(3)  The  registrar  for  The  Surrogate  Court  of  the  Judicial  surrogate 
District  of  York  is  by  virtue  of  his  office  the  Surrogate  Clerk  Ontario 
for  Ontario. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  16  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by^^i^w^^^^ 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  59,  section  2,  is  repealed 

and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  this  section,  "hoHday"  means,  deflSfeY 

(a)  Saturday; 

{b)  Sunday; 

(c)  a  day  that  is  a  holiday  for  civil  servants  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  under  The  Public  Service'^-^'^^^' 
Act. 

3.  Subsections  3,  4,  5  and  6  of  section  34  of  the  said  Act  are  ^e^g^^^^tg^j 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?eTOai'ed^^' 

(3)  In  subsection   2,   "members  of  the  forces"   means   a  gte^"- 
member  of  a  component  of  the  Canadian  Forces, 

(a)  that    is   referred    to   in    the   National   Defence   Acf^-^^'^^'^- 
(Canada)  as  a  regular  force ;  or 

{b)  while  placed  on  active  service  under  the  National 
Defence  Act  (Canada). 


8.56. 
re-enacted 


Evaluation 


Evaluation 

of 

subsequently 

discovered 

property 


Evaluation 
of  limited 
grant 


4.  Section  56  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

56. — (1)  The  person  applying  for  a  grant  of  probate  or 
administration  shall  before  it  is  granted  make  or  cause  to  be 
made  and  delivered  to  the  registrar  a  true  statement  of  the 
total  value,  verified  by  the  oath  of  the  applicant,  of  all  the 
property  that  belonged  to  the  deceased  at  the  time  of  his 
death. 

(2)  When  after  the  grant  of  probate  or  letters  of  ad- 
ministration any  property  belonging  to  the  deceased  at  the 
time  of  his  death  and  not  included  in  such  statement  of 
total  value  is  discovered  by  the  executor  or  administrator, 
he  shall,  within  six  months  thereafter,  deliver  to  the  regis- 
trar a  true  statement  of  the  total  value,  duly  verified  by 
oath,  of  such  newly  discovered  property. 

(3)  Where  the  application  or  grant  is  limited  to  part  only 
of  the  property  of  the  deceased,  it  is  sufficient  to  set  forth 
in  the  statement  of  value  only  the  property  and  value  there- 
of intended  to  be  affected  by  such  application  or  grant. 


s.  60  (2)  (a), 
re-enacted 


5. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act, 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  19, 
section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


1977,  c. 


(a)  the  net  value  of  the  estate  as  computed  for  the 
purposes  of  section  46  of  The  Succession  Law  Reform 
Act,  1977  does  not  exceed  $75,000;  and 


Application 
of  subs.  1 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  the  administra- 
tion of  the  estate  of  a  person  who  died  before  this  section 
comes  into  force. 


8.76(1). 
amended 


6. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  76  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "as  to  personal  property"  in  the  ninth  and 
tenth  lines. 


8. 76  (3). 
repealed 

Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  76  is  repealed. 
7.-{l 


(2) 


This  Act,  except  sections  5  and  6,  comes  into  force  on 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Sections  5  and  6  come  into  force  on  the  day  The  Succession 
Law  Reform  Act,  1977  comes  into  force. 


Short  title 


8.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Surrogate  Courts  Amendment 
Act,  1977. 


Section  4.  The  amendment  does  away  with  the  filing  of  detailed 
inventory  upon  an  application  for  probate  or  letters  of  administration. 
The  inventory  is  replaced  by  a  statement  of  total  value. 


Section  5.  The  provision  amended  dispenses  with  a  bond  where  the 
administrator  is  the  surviving  spouse  of  the  deceased  and  the  estate  does 
not  exceed  the  preferential  share  on  an  intestacy.  The  amendment  brings 
the  amount  into  line  with  the  preferential  share  under  the  Bill  to  enact 
The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977 . 


Section  6.  The  section  amended  provides  for  resealing  in  Ontario  of 
probate  or  letters  of  administration  granted  outside  Ontario  in  Canada  or  the 
British  Commonwealth.  The  amendments  remove  the  distinction  made 
between  wills  passing  real  property  and  personal  property.  The  criteria  for 
probating  a  foreign  will  is  the  same  for  both  under  section  37  of  the  Bill  to 
enact  The  Succession  Law  Reform  Act,  1977. 


o 

5 


to 


sc 

w 

> 

X 

t-t- 
O 
"I 

o 

3 

» 

s 

s 

o 

s 

P 

c 

w 

H 

JO 

►< 

O 

n 

r-f- 

Kj 

O 

K,^ 

1 

►-1 

Co 

>3 

?0 

Si- 

1' 

r-K 

1' 

sr 

(V 

(/> 

> 

c 

3 

"1 

1 

> 

o 

r-t- 

p 

r* 

l-^ 

fD 

O 

n 

P 

o 

c 

"-t 

3 

s 

C/1 

cu 

> 

o 

BILL  65 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  65  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent   of   the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section  12  of  The  Surrogate  Courts  Act,  being  chapter  451  ofajnended 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(3)  The  registrar  for  The  Surrogate  Court  of  the  Judicial  Surn)^ate 
District  of  York  is  by  virtue  of  his  office  the  Surrogate  Clerk  Ontario 
for  Ontario. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  16  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by^-ieci). 

'  -'  re-enacted 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  59,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  this  section,  "holiday"  means,  de^fln^Y 

(a)  Saturday; 

(6)  Sunday; 

(c)  a  day  that  is  a  holiday  for  civil  servants  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  under  The  Public  Service'^-^'^^^- 
Act. 

3.  Subsections  3,  4,  5  and  6  of  section  34  of  the  said  Act  are  ^^^^,^1^^;^^^ 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  Repeated ^^' 

(3)  In   subsection   2,   "members   of  the   forces"   means   a  ^^^e^re- 
member  of  a  component  of  the  Canadian  Forces, 

(a)  that    is   referred   to   in    the   National   Defence   Act^-^^'^^^- 
(Canada)  as  a  regular  force ;  or 

(6)  while  placed  on  active  service  under  the  National 
Defence  Act  (Canada). 


B.8e, 

re-«nacte<l 


Evaluation 


Evaluation 

of 

subsequently 

discovered 

property 


Evaluation 
of  limited 
grant 


4.  Section  56  of  the  said  Act  is  rej)ealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

56. — (1)  The  person  applying  for  a  grant  of  probate  or 
administration  shall  before  it  is  granted  make  or  cause  to  be 
made  and  delivered  to  the  registrar  a  true  statement  of  the 
total  value,  verified  by  the  oath  of  the  applicant,  of  all  the 
property  that  belonged  to  the  deceased  at  the  time  of  his 
death. 

(2)  When  after  the  grant  of  probate  or  letters  of  ad- 
ministration any  property  belonging  to  the  deceased  at  the 
time  of  his  death  and  not  included  in  such  statement  of 
total  value  is  discovered  by  the  executor  or  administrator, 
he  shall,  within  six  months  thereafter,  deliver  to  the  regis- 
trar a  true  statement  of  the  total  value,  duly  verified  by 
oath,  of  such  newly  discovered  property. 

(3)  Where  the  application  or  grant  is  limited  to  part  only 
of  the  property  of  the  deceased,  it  is  sufficient  to  set  forth 
in  the  statement  of  value  only  the  property  and  value  there- 
of intended  to  be  affected  by  such  application  or  grant. 


B.  60  (2)  (o), 
re-enacted 


5. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act, 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  19, 
section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


1977.  c. 


(a)  the  net  value  of  the  estate  as  computed  for  the 
purposes  of  section  46  of  The  Succession  Law  Reform 
Act,  1977  does  not  exceed  $75,000;  and 


Application 
of  subs.  1 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  the  administra- 
tion of  the  estate  of  a  person  who  died  before  this  section 
comes  into  force. 


8. 76  (1). 
amended 


6. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  76  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "as  to  personal  property"  in  the  ninth  and 
tenth  lines. 


8.  76  (3), 
repealed 

Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  76  is  repealed. 

7. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  5  and  6,  comes  into  force  on 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  5  and  6  come  into  force  on  the  day  The  Succession 
Law  Reform  Act,  1977  comes  into  force. 


Short  title 


8.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Surrogate  Courts  Amendment 
Act,  1977. 


H 
33 
W 

o  o 

3    • 
(^    H-i 
^   p3 

3    O 

■"I  S^ 

p    G 

—  W 

H 

W 


:z: 

o 

O 

o 

o 

o 

< 

i-t- 

r-fr 

fB 

<Ui 

o 

^ 

o 

h^,^ 

3 

^ 

Si- 

cr 

C/l 

•-1 

•I 

1-1 

^ 

1— k 

00 

» 
^ 

(^ 

o 
^ 
^ 

1' 

H 

fD 
C    3 


> 

o 


fD    O 

§  3 

rt-    3 

> 
o 


BILL  66 


Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Education  Act,  1974 


Mr.  Stong 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


This  Bill  defines  "compulsory  school  age"  and  "special  education", 
guarantees  every  child  of  compulsory  school  age  a  right  to  an  education 
and  transfers  the  establishing  of  sf>ecial  education  programs  from  the  dis- 
cretion to  the  duty  of  a  school  board. 


BILL  66  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Education  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection   1  of  section  1  of  The  Education  Act,  1974,  being  iJj^J^Jig^ 
chapter   109,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1976, 
chapter  50,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  paragraphs: 

6a.  "compulsory  school  age"  includes  every  child  who 
attains  the  age  of  six  years  on  or  before  the  first  school  day 
in  September  in  any  year  and  continues  until  he  attains 
the  age  of  sixteen  years; 


62a.  "special  education"  means  a  program  which  includes 
facilities  adequate  to  instruct  a  child  who  exhibits  a  dis- 
order in  one  or  more  of  the  basic  psychological  processes 
involved  in  understanding  or  using  spoken  or  written 
languages. 

2.  The  said   Act   is  amended  by   adding  thereto  the  following  |-^i^^^^ 
section : 

19a.  Every  child  of  compulsory  school  age  has  a  right  toRiK^tto 
an  education.  education 

3.  Section  146  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  ofl^^^j^^g^j 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  50,  section  21,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

17.  establish,  subject  to  the  regulations,  special  edu-^g^^'^Jj^jj 
cation  programs  to  provide  special  education  ser-progrrams 
vices  for  children  who  require  such  services. 

4.  Paragraph  40  of  subsection  1  of  section  147  of  the  said  Act  is^^^^^^^^* 

repealed.  repealed 


2 

Commence- 


Commence-  5^  jj^jj.  ^^^  ^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^^^  ^^^  ^^^  ^^^  j^  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  Q    jhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Education  Amendment  Act 

1977. 


Co 


w 

C/) 
H 

o 
o 


I: 

So 
a- 


Si- 


O 
o 

<-♦■ 

o 
cr 


>3        ^     ^ 


H 
n 

m 

a 

c 

o 


> 
> 


Si 

a- 

I' 


o  o 

a  ° 

r-t-  ft) 

-  3 

— .  CI- 
4^ 


I 


BILL  67  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 


Mr.  Stong 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  G.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This   Bill    defines   hospital   pharmacists   and   establishes   a   bargaining 
unit  of  hospital  pharmacists  as  an  appropriate  unit  for  collective  bargaining. 


BILL  67  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Labour  Relations  Act,  being  l^^^^^^^^ 
chapter   232    of   the    Revised   Statutes    of   Ontario,    1970,    as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  76,  section 

1 ,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause : 

{ha)  "hospital  pharmacist"  means  an  employee  who  is 

licensed   as   a   pharmacist   under    The   Health   Dis- 1^'^^,  c.  47 
ciplines  Act,   1974  and  employed  in  a  hospital  as 
defined  in  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes  A rbitration  ^fd^"  ^^'°" 
^d  in  a  professional  capacity. 

2.  Section  6  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  li^'gjjjjg^ 
Ontario,   1975,  chapter  76,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(5)  A  bargaining  unit  consisting  solely  of  hospital  phar-  "hlrmacists 
macists  shall  be  deemed  by  the  Board  to  be  a  unit  of  em- 
ployees appropriate  for  collective  bargaining,  but  the  Board 
may  include  hospital  pharmacists  in  a  bargaining  unit  with 
other  employees  if  the  Board  is  satisfied  that  a  majority 
of  such  hospital  pharmacists  wish  to  be  included  in  such 
bargaining  unit. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  m'e^t"*""* 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Labour  Relations  Amendment  ^^°^*'^^^^ 
Act,  1977. 


to 


C/) 
H 

o 
z 
o 


a- 


O 

n 

r^ 

tNO 

O 

fc-. 

S 

cr 

Co 

s^ 

ft 

«^ 

>i 

i_^ 

? 

r-t- 

1' 

^ 

H 

sr 

Cb 

f 

> 

p 

3 

cr 

o 

> 

c 

o 

-1 

r* 

W 

O 

2- 

ft 

3 

o' 

re 

3 

3 

C/5 

a 

> 

o 

BILL  68  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 


Mr.  Cassidy 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  is  designed  to  preserve  the  collective  bargaining  rights  of 
employees  of  a  business  that  is  relocated.  In  addition  to  continuing  bargain- 
ing rights  and  collective  agreements  after  the  relocation,  the  Bill  provides 
for  a  sixty  day  p)eriod  from  the  date  of  notice  of  the  relocation  during 
which  an  employee  can  choose  to  continue  his  employment  at  the  new 
location.  Once  the  relocation  has  taken  place,  the  Ontario  Labour  Relations 
Board  has  authority  to  determine  whether  a  new  bargaining  unit  exists. 


BILL  68  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and   consent  of   the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  The  Labour  Relations  Act,  being  chapter  232  of  the  Revised  1^^^^^^^ 
•    Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section : 

55a. — (1)  Where  an  employer  relocates  his  business,  or  a  i^eiocation 
part  thereof,  the  employer  is  bound  by  determinations,  agree- 
ments and  proceedings  made  under  this  Act  before  the  date 
of  the  relocation  until  the  Board  otherwise  declares,  and  the 
determinations,  agreements  and  proceedings  shall  continue  in 
effect  as  if  no  change  had  occurred  except  that  the  description 
of  the  bargaining  unit  contained  in  the  certificate  or  collective 
agreement  is  deemed  to  be  amended  to  include  the  new 
location. 

(2)  An   employer   shall   provide   reasonable   notice   to   his  continuation 
employees  of  any  decision  to  relocate  his  business  and  the  employment 
employer  shall  permit  an  employee  affected  thereby  sixty 

days  from  the  date  of  the  notice  of  relocation  to  accept 
employment  at  the  new  location. 

(3)  An  employer  is  not  required  to  continue  the  employ-  Exception 
ment  of  an  employee  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  where 

the  employer  no  longer  requires  work  of  the  same  nature  or 
similar  skill  requirements  to  work  which  the  employee  per- 
formed prior  to  the  date  of  relocation. 

(4)  Where  a  business  has  been  relocated,  the  Board  may.  Remedial 

'  "^     powers  of 

upon  the  application  of  any  person,  trade  union  or  council  Board 
of  trade  unions, 

(a)  determine  whether  the  employees  at  the  new  location 
constitute  a  bargaining  unit  and  certify  a  trade 
union  or  council  of  trade  unions  as  the  bargaining 
agent  thereof;  and 


(b)  amend,  to  such  extent  as  the  Board  considers 
necessary,  any  certificate  of  a  trade  union  or  council 
of  trade  unions  issued  prior  to  the  relocation. 

Commence-         2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Labour  Relations  Amendment 

Act,  1977. 


n 

> 

(/> 
O 


O 

n 

f*- 

t\) 

o 

»>^ 

1 

ft 

1-1 

C/) 

^ 

>3 

>i 

* 

a 

c^ 

Or<a 

r- 

> 

p 

3 

cr 

o 

> 

c 

o 

•-1 

(-t- 

?0 

o 

12- 

p* 

3 

o' 

rt) 

3 

3 

C/1 

a 

> 

o 


BILL  69  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 


Mr.  Breaugh 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


1 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  prevent  the  hiring  of  strikebreakers  and 
to  control  access  to  a  work  premises  that  is  affected  by  a  strike  or  lock-out. 
The  Bill  prohibits  an  employer  from  hiring  or  using  the  services  of  a  person 
to  do  the  work  of  an  employee  who  is  on  strike  or  locked  out  unless  that 
person  is  specifically  authorized  to  do  so.  Similarly,  when  a  picket  line  is 
established  at  a  place  of  access  to  a  work  premises,  access  is  limited  to  persons 
specifically  authorized  by  the  Bill. 


BILL  69  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
lollows : 

1.  The  Labour  Relations  Act,  being  chapter  232  of  the  Revised  1^^^^^^^^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 

59a.— (1)  In  this  section,  Stf^'"®' 

{a)  "employer"  includes  an  employers'  organization 
and  a  person  acting  on  behalf  of  an  employer  or 
an  employers'  organization; 

{b)  "legal  picket  line"  means  a  moving  formation 
of  two  or  more  persons  belonging  to  a  certified 
bargaining  unit  who  by  means  of  signs  or  posters 
give  notice  that  the  certified  bargaining  unit  is  on 
strike  or  locked  out. 

(2)  No  employer  shall  employ  or  use  the  services  of  any  J^lfioyment 
person  to  perform  the  work  of  an  employee  who  is  exercis- 
ing a  legal  right  to  strike  or  who  is  locked  out  unless, 

(a)  the  person  ordinarily  exercises  managerial  or  super- 
visory functions  and  was  a  full-time  employee  of 
the  employer  on  the  day  the  strike  or  lock-out 
commenced;  or 

(b)  the  person  is  authorized  to  perform  the  work  by 
agreement  between  the  employer  and  representatives 
of  the  certified  bargaining  unit  that  is  on  strike  or 

.  locked  out. 

(3)  Where  a  legal  picket  line  is  formed  in  support  of  a  y^^'*^^"' 
lawful  strike  or  lock-out  at  a  place  of  access  to  a  work  prem- 
ises, no  person  shall  enter  the  premises  unless, 


(a)  the  person  ordinarily  exercises  managerial  and 
supervisory  functions; 

(b)  the  person  is  a  member  of  a  certified  bargaining 
unit  that  is  not  on  strike  or  locked  out  and  is  not 
engaged  in  performing  the  work  of  an  employee 
who  is  on  strike  or  locked  out; 

(c)  the  person  is  a  non-union  employee  who  was  a 
full-time  employee  of  the  employer  on  the  day  the 
strike  or  lock-out  was  commenced  and  is  not  en- 
gaged in  performing  the  work  of  an  employee  who 
is  on  strike  or  locked  out ; 

{d)  the  person  requires  access  to  the  work  premises 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  emergency  services ; 

{e)  the  person  is  authorized  to  enter  the  work  premises 
by  agreement  between  the  employer  and  repre- 
sentatives of  the  bargaining  unit  that  is  on  strike 
or  locked  out. 

Duty^of  (4)  Where  a  picket  line  is  formed  in  support  of  a  lawful 

officer  strike  or  lock-out  at  a  place  of  access  to  a  work  premises, 

it  is  the  duty  of  every  police  officer  stationed  at  that  place 

to  ensure  that   no  person  other  than  a  person  authorized 

under  subsection  3  enters  the  work  premises. 

Trespass  (5)  ^  person  who  enters  the  work  premises  contrary  to 

subsection  3  or  who,  upon  gaining  entry,  performs  work 
contrary  to  subsection  2,  commits  a  trespass  and  is  liable 

RS.o.  1970.  to  proceedings  under  The  Petty  Trespass  Act. 

co^^nience-  2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  3,  Xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Labour  Relations  Amendment 

Act.  1977. 


5- 


t» 


w 
> 

c 
o 


Si. 


O 

o 

(-»■ 

J>> 

o 

K^ 

^ 

a* 

to 

a- 

►1 

>3 

So 

a 
& 

^ 

c^' 

^ 

H 

cr 

r  > 
§■> 

C    o 
-t    "-♦ 

o  2 

> 


BILL  70  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  the 
Occupational  Health  and  Occupational  Safety  of  Workers 


The  Hon.  B.  Stephenson 
Minister  of  Labour 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Section  Page 

Interpretation 1  1 

Part         I :  Application 2,3  5 

Part       II :  Administration 4—12  6 

Delegation  of  powers 4  6 

Appointment  of  inspectors  and 

Directors 5  6 

Certificates  of  appointment 6  6 

Joint  health  and  safety  committees.  .  .  7  6 

Health  and  safety  representatives. ...  8  8 

Workmen's     Compensation     Board, 

statistics  on  injuries 9  10 

Establishment  of  Advisory  Council  on 
Occupational  Health  and  Occupational 

Safety 10  10 

Appointment  by  Minister  of  committees 

or  persons  to  advise 11  11 

Levy  of  assessment  upon  construction 
industry  to  defray  administration  ex- 
penses   12  11 

Part     III:  Duties    of   a    Constructor,    Employer, 
Supervisor,     Worker,     Owner     and 

Supplier 13-19  12 

Constructor's  duties 13  12 

Employer's  duties 14-15  12 

Supervisor's  duties 16  14 

Worker's  duties 17  15 

Owner's   duties  and   plans  of  certain 

work  places 18  16 

Supplier's  duties 19  17 


Section  Pagh 

Part      IV:  Toxic  Substances 20  17 

Part       V:  Refusal    to    Work    Where    Health    or 

Safety  in  Danger 21  20 

Part      VI:  Reprisals  by  Employer  Prohibited. ...  22  22 

Part    VII :  Notices 23-25  23 

Death,  critical  injury 23  23 

Injury,  occupational  disease 24  23 

Accidents,  explosions  at  a  project  site 

or  mine 25  24 

Part  VIII :  Enforcement 26-34  24 

Powers  of  inspector 26  24 

Orders  by  inspector 27  27 

Entry  to  barricaded  areas 28  28 

Injunctions 29  28 

Appeal  from  inspector's  order 30  29 

Obstruction  of  inspector 31  29 

Confidentiality,  compellabiHty 32  30 

Copies  of  inspector's  reports 33  31 

Liability  of  certain  persons  and  the 

Crown 34  31 

Part      IX :  Offences  and  Penalties 35-39  32 

Penalties,  onus  of  proof 35  32 

Proof  of  orders,  service  of  documents  36  32 

Place  of  trial 37  33 

Limitation  on  prosecutions 38  33 


Section  Page 

Part       X :  Regulations 39-42  33 

Power  to  make  regulations 39  33 

Repeals 40  36 

Commencement 41  37 

Short  title 42  37 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  revise  and  consolidate  into  one  Act,  the 
Acts  dealing  with  the  health  and  safety  of  workers  at  work. 

These  Acts  are : 

The  Mining  Act,  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  Part  IX 

The  Silicosis  Act,  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  438 

The  Industrial  Safety  Act,  1971,  c.  43 

The  Construction  Safety  Act,  1973,  c.  47 

The  Employees'  Health  and  Safety  Act,  1976,  c.  79 

The  Bill  provides  that  the  application  of  the  Act  may  be  extended 
to  work  places  not  presently  dealt  with  by  regulation. 

The  Bill  provides  for  the  establishment  of  an  Advisory  Council  on 
Occupational  Health  and  Occupational  Safety  to  make  recommendations 
to  and  advise  the  Minister  on  matters  relating  to  occupational  health  and 
safety. 

The  Bill  further  provides  for  the  regulation  of  the  use  of  and  exposure  to 
substances  which  may  endanger  health  in  a  work  place,  the  monitoring 
of  the  levels  of  such  substances  in  a  work  place  and  requiring  medical 
examinations  of  workers. 


BILL  70  1977 


An  Act  respecting  the 

Occupational  Health  and  Occupational 

Safety  of  Workers 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  Kr 

1.  "committee"  means  a  joint  health  and  safety 
committee  established  under  this  Act;  1976,  c.  79, 
s.  1  (a),  amended. 

2.  "competent  person"  means  a  person  who  is  selected 
by  his  employer  as  being  qualified  because  of  his, 

i.  knowledge,  training  and  experience  to  organize 
the  work  and  its  performance, 

ii.  familiarity  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations  that  apply  to  the  work, 
and 

iii.  knowledge  of  any  potential  or  actual  danger 
to  health  or  safety  in  the  work  place ;    New. 

3.  "construction"  includes  erection,  alteration,  repair, 
dismantling,  demolition,  structural  maintenance, 
painting,  land  clearing,  earth  moving,  grading, 
excavating,  trenching,  digging,  boring,  drilling,  blast- 
ing, or  concreting,  the  installation  of  any  machinery 
or  plant,  and  any  work  or  undertaking  in  connection 
with  a  project;    1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (d),  amended. 

4.  "constructor"  means  a  person  or  owner  who  under- 
takes a  project;    1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  {e),  amended. 

5.  "Deputy  Minister"  means  the  Deputy  Minister  of 
Labour;    1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (/). 


6.  "designated  substance"  means  a  biological,  chemical 
or  physical  agent  or  combination  thereof  prescribed 
as  a  designated  substance  to  which  the  exposure  of  a 
worker  is  prohibited,  regulated,  restricted,  limited  or 
controlled ; 

7.  "Director"  means  an  inspector  who  is  appointed 
under  this  Act  as  a  Director  of  the  Occupational 
Health  and  Safety  Division  of  the  Ministry;  1971, 
c.  43,  s.  1  {da);  1972,  c.  122,  s.  1,  amended. 

8.  "employer"  means  a  person  who  employs  one  or 
more  workers  and  includes,  in  relation  to  a  part  of 
a  project,  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  who  performs 
work  on  the  part  of  the  project  and  a  contractor 
or  subcontractor  who  undertakes  with  an  owner, 
constructor,  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  perform 
work  on  the  part  of  the  project ;  1971,  c.  43,  s.  1  {e) ; 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  {h),  amended. 

9.  "factory"  means, 

i.  a  building  or  place  other  than  a  mine,  mining 
plant  or  place  where  homework  is  carried  on, 
where, 

A.  any  manufacturing  process  or  assem- 
bhng  in  connection  with  the  manu- 
facturing of  any  goods  or  products  is 
carried  on, 

B.  in  preparing,  inspecting,  manufactur- 
ing, finishing,  repairing,  warehousing, 
cleaning  or  adapting  for  hire  or  sale 
any  substance,  article  or  thing,  energy 
is, 

1.  used  to  work  any  machinery  or 
device,  or 

2.  modified  in  any  manner, 

C.  any  work  is  performed  by  way  of  trade 
or  for  the  purposes  of  gain  in  or  in- 
cidental to  the  making  of  any  goods, 
substance,  article  or  thing  or  part 
thereof, 

D.  any  work  is  performed  by  way  of  trade 
or  for  the  purposes  of  gain  in  or  in- 


cidental  to  the  altering,  demolishing, 
repairing,  maintaining,  ornamenting, 
finishing,  storing,  cleaning,  washing  or 
adapting  for  sale  of  any  goods,  sub- 
stance, article  or  thing,  or 

E.  aircraft,  locomotives  or  vehicles  used 
for  private  or  public  transport  are 
maintained, 

ii.  a  laundry  including  a   laundry  operated  in 
conjunction  with, 

A.  a  public  or  private  hospital, 

B.  a  hotel,  or 

C.  a  public  or  private  institution  for 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  pur- 
poses, and 

iii.  a  logging  operation;     1971,  c.  43,  s.   1    (h), 
amended. 

10.  "health  and  safety  representative"  means  a  health 
and  safety  representative  selected  under  this  Act; 
1976,  c.  79,  s.  1  {d),  amended. 

11.  "homework"  means  the  doing  of  any  work  in  the 
manufacture,  preparation,  improvement,  repair, 
alteration,  assembly  or  completion  of  any  article  or 
thing  or  any  part  thereof  by  a  person  for  wages  in 
premises  occupied  primarily  as  living  accommoda- 
tion;    1971,  c.  43,  s.  1  {{). 

12.  "industrial  estabHshment"  means  an  office  building, 
factory,  shop  or  office,  and  any  land,  buildings  and 
structures  appertaining  thereto;  1971,  c.  43,  s.  1  {j)\ 
1974,  c.  104,  s.  1  [i),  amended. 

13.  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  appointed  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  includes  a  Director;  1971, 
c.  43,  s.  1  {k);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (»),  amended. 

14.  "logging"  means  the  operation  of  felling  or  trimming 
trees  for  commercial  or  industrial  purposes  and 
includes  the  measuring,  storing,  transporting  or  float- 
ing of  logs  and  any  such  activities  for  the  clearing 
of  land;  1971.  c.  43,  s.  1  [kb);  1974,  c.  104,  s.  1  (2), 
amended. 


15.  "mine"  means  any  work  or  undertaking  for  the 
purpose  of  opening  up,  proving,  removing  or  extract- 
ing any  metallic  or  non-metallic  mineral  or  mineral- 
bearing  substance,  rock,  earth,  clay,  sand  or  gravel; 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  169  (1)  (d).  amended. 

16.  "mining  plant"  means  any  roasting  or  smelting 
furnace,  concentrator,  mill  or  place  used  for  or  in 
connection  with  washing,  crushing,  grinding,  sifting, 
reducing,  leaching,  roasting,  smelting,  refining,  treat- 
ing or  research  on  any  substance  mentioned  in  para- 
graph 15;    R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  169  (1)  {g),  amended. 

17.  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Labour;  1971,  c.  43, 
s.  1  (/);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (;). 

18.  "Ministry"  means  the  Ministry  of  Labour;    New. 

19.  "owner"  includes  a  trustee,  receiver,  mortgagee  in 
possession,  tenant,  lessee,  or  occupier  of  any  lands 
or  premises  used  or  to  be  used  as  a  work  place,  and 
a  person  who  acts  for  or  on  behalf  of  an  owner  as 
his  agent  or  delegate;  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  1,  par. 
18;  1971,  c.  43,  s.  1  (n) ;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (/),  amended. 

20.  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  a  regulation  made 
under  this  Act;    New. 

21.  "project"  means  the  construction  of  a  building, 
bridge,  structure,  industrial  establishment,  mining 
plant,  shaft,  tunnel,  caisson,  highway,  railway, 
street,  runway,  parking  lot,  cofferdam,  conduit, 
sewer,  watermain,  telegraph,  telephone  or  electrical 
cable,  pif)e  line,  duct  or  well,  or  any  combination 
thereof,  public  or  private,  including  mine  develop- 
ment or  any  work  or  undertaking,  or  any  lands  or 
appurtenances  used  in  connection  with  construction ; 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (w),  amended. 

22.  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act;    1971,  c.  43.  s.  1  [r);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  {o),  amended. 

23.  "shop"  means  a  building,  booth  or  stall  or  a  part  of 
such  building,  booth  or  stall  where  goods  are  handled, 
exposed  or  offered  for  sale  or  where  services  are 
offered  for  sale;    1971,  c.  43,  s.  1  (s),  amended. 

24.  "supervisor"  means  a  foreman,  superintendent  or 
manager  who  has  charge  of  a  work  place  or  authority 
over  a  worker;    New. 


25.  "trade  union"  means  a  trade  union  as  defined  in 

The  Labour  Relations  Act  that  has   the  status  of  ^IgO- ^^''o. 
exclusive  bargaining  agent  under  that  Act  in  respect 
of  any  bargaining  unit  or  units  in  a  work  place; 
1976,  c.  79,  s.  1  (g),  amended. 

26.  "work  place"  includes  any  site,  location,  space, 
water,  vehicle,  aircraft,  equipment,  land,  building, 
shop,  structure  whether  movable  or  not,  mine,  min- 
ing plant,  industrial  establishment,  project  site, 
premises  and  area,  public  or  private,  or  any  part 
thereof,  at,  upon,  in  or  near  which  a  worker  per- 
forms work;     New. 

27.  "worker"  includes  a  person  who  is  in  or  on  a  work 
place  for  any  purpose  in  connection  therewith. 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  1  (/),  amended. 

PART  I 

APPLICATION 

2. — (1)  This   Act    binds    the    Crown    and    applies    to    an  APEiic*"on 

,  .  .  r     1        /^  '°  Crown 

employee  m  the  service  of  the  Crown  or  an  agency,  board, 
commission  or  corporation  that  exercises  any  function 
assigned  or  delegated  to  it  by  the  Crown.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  3; 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  2  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding   anything   in   any  general   or  special  ^jPpJ^^*"°° 
Act,  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  prevail.  Acts 
1976,  c.  79,  s.  11. 

3. — (1)  This  Act  applies  to,  ufwork*^'"" 

places 

(a)  a  project; 

(6)  a  mine; 

(c)  a  mining  plant; 

{d)  an  industrial  establishment ;  and 

{e)  a  work  place  designated  generally  or  specifically  by 
regulation. 

(2)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to,  K'So't'''^ 

apply 

(a)  a  project  being  done  in  person  by  the  owner  or 
occupants  of  a  private  residence  in  relation  to  such 
residence;  and 


(6)  a  work  place  that  is  exempted  generally  or  speci- 
fically by  regulation.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  2;  1973,  c.  47, 
ss.  2  (1),  3,  amended. 

PART  II 

ADMINISTRATION 


Delegation 
of  powers 


Appoint- 
ment of 
Inspectors 
ana 
Directors 


4.  Where  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  any  power  or 
duty  is  granted  to  or  vested  in  the  Minister  or  the  Deputy 
Minister,  the  Minister  or  Deputy  Minister  may  in  writing 
delegate  that  power  or  duty  from  time  to  time  to  any  officer 
or  officers  of  the  Ministry  subject  to  such  limitations,  restric- 
tions, conditions  and  requirements  as  the  Minister  or  Deputy 
Minister  may  set  out  in  the  delegation.    New. 

5. — (1)  Such  persons  as  may  be  necessary  to  administer 
and  enforce  this  Act  and  the  regulations  may  be  appointed  as 
inspectors  by  the  Deputy  Minister  and  the  Deputy  Minister 
may  designate  one  or  more  of  the  inspectors  as  a  Director  or 
Directors.    1971,  c.  43,  s.  6  (1,  2) ;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  4  {\,  2),  amended. 


Director 
may  act  as 
inspector 


Certificate 
of  appoint- 
ment 


Production 

of 

certificate 


(2)  A  Director  may  exercise  any  of  the  powers  or  perform 
any  of  the  duties  of  an  inspector  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations.     New. 

6. — (1)  The  Deputy  Minister  shall  issue  a  certificate  of 
appointment,  bearing  his  signature  or  a  facsimile  thereof,  to 
every  inspector. 

(2)  Every  inspector,  in  the  exercise  of  any  of  his  powers 
or  duties  under  this  Act,  shall  produce  his  certificate  of 
appointment  upon  request.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  7;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  5, 
amended. 


Order 
establish- 
ing joint 
health  and 
safety 
committee 


What 
Minister 
shall 
consider 


7. — (1)  The  Minister  may,  by  order  in  writing,  require  an 
employer,  a  constructor  or  a  group  of  employers  to  establish 
a  joint  health  and  safety  committee  or  committees  for  a 
work  place,  or  any  part  or  parts  thereof,  and,  in  the  order, 
may  provide  for  the  qualifications  and  the  term  of  office  of 
its  members  and  its  practice  and  procedures,  and,  from  time 
to  time,  may  give  such  directions  as  the  Minister  considers 
advisable  concerning  the  carrying  out  of  its  functions. 

(2)  In  exercising  the  power  conferred  by  subsection  1 ,  the 
Minister  shall  consider, 

(a)  the  nature  of  the  work  being  done ; 

(6)  the  number  of  workers  engaged  in  the  work; 


(c)  the  request  of  a  constructor,  an  employer,  a  group 
of  the  workers  or  the  trade  union  or  trade  unions 
representing  the  workers  in  a  work  place; 

(d)  the  frequency  of  illness  or  injury  in  the  work  place 
or  in  the  industry  of  which  the  constructor  or 
employer  is  a  part; 

(e)  the  existence  of  health  and  safety  programs  and 
procedures  in  the  work  place  and  the  effectiveness 
thereof;  and 

(/)  such  other  matters  as  the  Minister  considers  advisable. 

(3)  A  committee  shall  consist  of  such  number  of  persons  ^°J^^°^^' 
as  the  Minister  may  prescribe,  of  whom  half  shall  be  workers  committee 
who  do  not  exercise  managerial  functions,  to  be  selected  by 
the  workers  they  are  to  represent  or,  where  there  is  a  trade 
union  or  trade  unions  representing  such  workers,  by  the  trade 
union  or  trade  unions. 


(4)  It  is  the  function  of  a  committee  and  it  has  power  to,  ^°mm?ttee 

(a)  identify  situations  that  may  be  a  source  of  danger 
or  hazard  to  workers; 

(h)  make  recommendations  to  the  constructor,  employer 
or  group  of  employers,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
workers  for  the  improvement  of  the  health  and 
safety  of  workers ; 

(c)  recommend  to  the  constructor,  employer  or  group 
of  employers,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the  workers, 
the  establishment,  maintenance  and  monitoring  of 
programs,  measures  and  procedures  respecting  the 
health  or  safety  of  workers ;  and 

(d)  obtain  information  from  the  constructor  or  employer 
respecting, 

(i)  the  identification  of  potential  or  existing 
hazards  of  materials,  processes  or  equipment, 
and 

(ii)  health  and  safety  experience  and  work  prac- 
tices and  standards  in  similar  or  other  indus- 
tries of  which  the  employer  has  knowledge. 
1976,  c.  79,  s.  4  (1-4).  amended. 


8 


Minutes  of 

firoceed- 
ngs 


(5)  A  committee  shall  maintain  and  keep  minutes  of  its 
proceedings  and  make  the  same  available  for  examination 
and  review  by  an  inspector.    New. 


Posting  of 
names  and 
work 
locations 


(6)  The  employer,  constructor  or  group  of  employers 
required  by  the  order  of  the  Minister  to  establish  a  committee 
pursuant  to  subsection  1  shall  post  and  keep  posted  at  the 
work  place  the  names  and  work  locations  of  the  committee 
members  in  a  conspicuous  place  or  places  where  they  are 
most  likely  to  come  to  the  attention  of  the  workers. 


Meetings 


(7)  A  committee  shall  meet  at  least  once  every  three  months 
at  the  work  place  and  may  be  required  to  meet  by  order  of 
the  Minister. 


Entitle- 
ment to 
time  from 
work 


(8)  A  member  of  a  committee  is  entitled  to  such  time  from 
his  work  as  is  necessary  to  attend  meetings  of  the  com- 
mittee and  the  time  so  spent  shall  be  deemed  to  be  work  time 
for  which  he  shall  be  paid  by  his  employer  at  his  regular  or 
premium  rate  as  may  be  proper.  1976,  c.  79,  s.  4  (5-7), 
amended. 


Effect  of 
order  on 
collective 
agreement 


(9)  Where  a  committee  is  established  under  this  Act, 
those  provisions  of  a  collective  agreement  providing  for  the 
creation  of  any  committee  of  like  nature  are  suspended  and 
any  committee  formed  under  the  collective  agreement  shall 
be  superseded  by  the  committee  established  under  this  Act. 


Existing 

health  and 

safety 

committees 

under 

collective 

agreements 

continued 


(10)  Any  committee  of  Hke  nature  to  a  committee  that 
may  be  estabhshed  under  this  Act,  created  under  the  provisions 
of  a  collective  agreement  and  not  superseded  by  a  committee 
established  under  this  Act,  has,  in  addition  to  its  functions  and 
powers  under  the  provisions  of  the  collective  agreement,  the 
functions  and  powers  conferred  upon  a  committee  by  sub- 
section 4. 


Existing 
rights  and 
liabilities. 
etc. 


(11)  Subsection  9  does  not  affect  any  right,  privilege, 
obligation  or  liability  acquired,  accrued,  accruing  or  incurred 
prior  to  the  establishment  of  a  committee  under  this  Act. 
New. 


Order 

api>ointing 
health  and 
safety 
representa- 
tives 


8. — (1)  The  Minister  may,  by  order  in  writing,  require  an 
employer,  a  constructor  or  a  group  of  employers  to  cause 
the  selection  of  one  or  more  health  and  safety  representatives 
for  a  work  place  or  a  part  or  parts  thereof  from  among  the 
workers  employed  at  the  work  place  or  in  the  part  or  parts 
thereof  who  do  not  exercise  managerial  functions,  and  may 
provide  in  the  order  for  the  qualifications  of  such  representa- 
tive or  representatives. 


(2)  The  Minister  may  from  time  to  time  give  such  direc-  ^^^"^ 
tions    as    the    Minister    considers    advisable    concerning    the 
carrying  out  of  the  functions  of  a  health  and  safety  repre- 
sentative.    1976,  c.  79,  s.  5  (1),  amended. 

(3)  In  exercising  the  power  conferred  by  subsection  1,  the  ^?^|ter 
Minister  shall  consider  the  matters  set  out  in  subsection  2  of  shaii 

COI1S1Q6I' 

section  7,  and  in  addition  thereto,  the  Minister  shall  consider 
whether  a  committee  has  or  has  not  been  ordered  to  be 
established.     New. 

(4)  The   selection   of   a   health   and   safety   representative  selection 
shall  be  made  by  those  workers  who  do  not  exercise  managerial  representa- 
functions  and  who  will  be  represented  by  the  health  and  safety 
representative  in  the  work  place,  or  the  part  or  parts  thereof, 

as  the  case  may  be,  or,  where  there  is  a  trade  union  or  trade 
unions  representing  such  workers,  by  the  trade  union  or  trade 
unions. 

(5)  A  health   and  safety  representative  may  inspect   the  fe°JJ[|g|nta- 
work  place  or  the  part  or  parts  thereof  for  which  he  has  been  tive 
selected,  as  the  case  may  be,  not  more  often  than  once  a 

month  or  at  such  intervals  as  a  Director  may  direct,  and  it  is 
the  duty  of  the  employer  and  the  workers  to  afford  the  health 
and  safety  representative  such  information  and  assistance  as 
may  be  required  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  inspection. 

(6)  A    health    and    safety    representative    has    power    to  wem 
identify  situations  that  may  be  a  source  of  danger  or  hazard 

to  workers  and  to  make  recommendations  or  report  his 
findings  thereon  to  the  employer,  workers,  a  trade  union  or 
trade  unions  representing  workers  and  a  joint  health  and  safety 
committee,  if  any. 

(7)  Where  a  person  is  killed  or  critically  injured  at  a  work  ac°cident' 
place  from  any  cause,  the  health  and  safety  representative  may,  inspection 

r  J  '  J       r  J  '  jjy  i-epre- 

subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  23,  inspect  the  place  where  sentative 
the  accident  occurred  and  any  machine,  device  or  thing,  and 
shall    report   his   findings   in    writing   to   a   Director   and   a 
committee,  if  any. 

(8)  A  health  and  safety  representative  is  entitled  to  take  ^°ntt®' 
such  time  from  his  work  as  is  necessary  to  carry  out  his  time  from 
duties  under  subsections  5  and  7  and  the  time  so  spent  shall 

be  deemed  to  be  work  time  for  which  he  shall  be  paid  by  his 
employer  at  his  regular  or  premium  rate  as  may  be  proper. 
1976,  c.  79,  s.  5  (2-6),  amended. 

(9)  Where  one  or  more  health  and  safety  representatives  ^^fectwe 
are  selected  under  this  Act,  those  provisions  of  a  collective  agrreement 


10 

agreement  providing  for  the  appointment  of  a  health  and 
safety  representative  or  representatives  of  hke  nature  are 
suspended,  and  a  health  and  safety  representative  or 
representatives  appointed  under  the  collective  agreement 
shall  be  superseded  by  the  health  and  safety  representative 
or  representatives  selected  under  this  Act. 


Existing 
rights  and 
liabilities, 
etc. 


(10)  Subsection  9  does  not  affect  any  right,  privilege, 
obligation  or  liability  acquired,  accrued,  accruing  or  incurred 
prior  to  the  selection  of  a  health  and  safety  representative  or 
representatives  under  this  Act. 


Additional 
power  of 
existing 
health  and 
safety 
representa- 
tive 


(11)  A  health  and  safety  representative  or  representatives 
of  like  nature  appointed  or  selected  under  the  provisions  of  a 
collective  agreement  and  not  superseded  by  a  health  and 
safety  representative  selected  under  this  Act  has,  in  addition 
to  his  functions  and  powers  under  the  provisions  of  the  collective 
agreement,  the  functions  and  powers  conferred  upon  a  health 
and  safety  representative  by  subsections  5,  6  and  7.     New. 


Summary 
to  be 
furnished 


9. — (1)  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Board,  upon  the 
request  of  an  employer,  a  worker  or  a  trade  union,  shall 
send  to  the  employer,  worker  or  trade  union  an  annual 
summary  of  data  relating  to  the  employer  in  respect  of  the 
number  of  work  accident  fatalities,  the  number  of  lost 
workday  cases,  the  number  of  lost  workdays,  the  number  of  non- 
fatal cases  that  required  medical  aid  without  lost  workdays, 
the  number  of  occupational  illnesses,  the  number  of  occupa- 
pational  injuries,  and  such  other  data  as  the  Board  may  con- 
sider necessary  or  advisable. 


Posting  of 
copy  of 
summary 


(2)  Upon  receipt  of  the  annual  summary,  the  employer 
shall  cause  a  copy  thereof  to  be  posted  in  a  conspicuous 
place  or  places  at  the  work  place  where  it  is  most  likely  to 
come  to  the  attention  of  the  workers.  1976,  c.  79,  s.  8, 
amended. 


Advisory 
Council  on 
Occupa- 
tional 
Health  and 
Occupa- 
tional 
Safety 


10. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  council  to  be  known  as  the 
Advisory  Council  on  Occupational  Health  and  Occupational 
Safety  composed  of  not  fewer  than  twelve  and  not  more  than 
twenty  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Minister. 


Term  of 
office  of 
members 


(2)  The  members  of  the  Advisory  Council  shall  be  appointed 
for  such  term  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  deter- 
mines and  shall  be  representative  of  management,  labour 
and  technical  or  professional  f)ersons  and  the  public  who  are 
concerned  with  and  have  knowledge  of  occupational  health 
and  occupational  safety. 


11 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  designate  a  ^^^!j"i^*° 
chairman  and  a  vice-chairman  of  the  Advisory  Council  from  chairman 
among  the  members  appointed. 

(4)  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    fill    any  vacancies 
vacancy   that   occurs   in    the   membership   of   the   Advisory 
Council. 

(5)  The  remuneration  and  expenses  of  the  members  of  the  fionand'^* 
Advisory   Council   shall    be   determined   by    the    Lieutenant  expenses 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  moneys 
appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legislature. 

(6)  The  Advisory  Council,  with  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  Advfs^ry^ 
may  make  rules  and  pass  resolutions  governing  its  procedure,  council 
including   the   calling   of   meetings,    the   establishment   of   a 
quorum,  and  the  conduct  of  meetings. 

(7)  The  function  of  the  Advisory  Council  is  and  it   has  ^^^^ 
p)Ower, 

(a)  to  make  recommendations  to  the  Minister  relating  to 
programs  of  the  Ministry  in  occupational  health  and 
occupational  safety ;  and 

{b)  to  advise  the  Minister  on  matters  relating  to 
occupational  health  and  occupational  safety  which 
may  be  brought  to  its  attention  or  be  referred  to  it. 

New. 

11. — (1)  The   Minister   may   appoint   committees,    which  Advisory 

^    '  -^        *^*^  '  committees 

are  not  committees  as  defined  in  paragraph  1  of  section  1,  or 
persons  to  assist  or  advise  the  Minister  on  any  matter  arising 
under  this  Act  or  to  inquire  into  and  report  to  the  Minister  on 
any  matter  that  the  Minister  considers  advisable. 

(2)  Any  person  appointed  under  subsection  1  who  is  not  an  ^onand"^* 
officer  in  the  public  service  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  may  expenses 
be  paid  such  remuneration  and  expenses  as  may  be  from  time 
to  time  fixed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council.     New. 

12. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon  ^"^e^ay"*^ 
the  recommendation   of  the   Minister,   fix  an   amount   that  expenses 
shall  be  assessed  and  levied  by  the  Workmen's  Compensation 
Board  upon  the  employers  in  Schedule  1  under  The  Work-  f^^  ^^'°" 
men's  Compensation  Ad  engaged  in  projects,  excluding  mine 
development,  or  the  construction  of  a  mining  plant,  to  defray 
the   expenses   of   the   administration    of   this   Act   and    the 
regulations. 


12 


Method  of 
collection 

R.8.0. 1970, 
C.505 


(2)  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Board  shall  add  to  the 
assessment  and  levy  made  under  The  Workmen's  Compensation 
Act  upon  each  employer  in  Schedule  1  under  that  Act 
engaged  in  projects,  excluding  mine  development,  or  the 
construction  of  a  mining  plant,  a  sum  which  shall  be  cal- 
culated as  a  percentage  of  the  said  assessment  and  levy  and 
which  percentage  shall  be  determined  as  the  proportion  that 
the  amount  fixed  under  subsection  1  bears  to  the  total  sum 
that  the  Workmen's  Compensation  Board  fixes  and  deter- 
mines to  be  assessed  for  payment  by  all  employers  in  the  said 
Schedule  1  engaged  in  projects,  excluding  mine  development, 
or  the  construction  of  a  mining  plant,  and  The  Workmen's 
Compensation  Act  applies  to  such  sum  and  to  the  collection 
and  payment  thereof  in  the  same  manner  as  to  an  assessment 
and  levy  made  under  that  Act. 


Idem 


(3)  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Board  shall  collect  the 
assessment  and  levy  imposed  under  this  section  and  shall  pay 
the  amounts  so  collected  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario.  1973, 
c.  47,  s.  29,  amended. 


Duties  of 
constructor 


PART  III 

DUTIES  OF  A  CONSTRUCTOR,   EMPLOYER,   SUPERVISOR, 
WORKER,  OWNER  AND  SUPPLIER 

13. — (1)  A  constructor  shall  ensure  that, 

(a)  the  measures  and  procedures  required  by  this  Act 
and  the  regulations  are  carried  out  on  a  project 
undertaken  by  the  constructor;  and 

{h)  every  employer  and  every  worker  performing  work 
on  a  project  undertaken  by  the  constructor  complies 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations.  1973,  c.  47, 
s.  14  (3),  amended. 


Notice  of 
project 


(2)  Where  so  prescribed,  a  constructor  shall,  before  com- 
mencing any  work  on  a  project,  give  to  a  Director  notice  in 
writing  of  the  project  containing  such  information  as  may 
be  prescribed.     New. 


Duties  of 
employer 


14. — (1)  An  employer  shall  ensure  that, 

(a)  the  equipment,  materials  and  protective  devices  as 
prescribed  are  provided ; 


{h)  the    equipment,    materials    and    protective    devices 
provided  by  him  are, 


I 


13 

(i)  maintained  in  good  condition,  and 
(ii)  used  as  prescribed ; 

(c)  the  measures  and  procedures  prescribed  are  carried 
out  in  the  work  place ;  and 

(d)  a  floor,  roof,  wall,  pillar,  support  or  other  part  of  a 
work  place  is  capable  of  supporting  all  loads  to  which 
it  may  be  subjected  without  causing  the  materials 
therein  to  be  stressed  beyond  the  allowable  unit 
stresses  established  under  The  Building  Code  Act,  19^4, c. 74 
1974. 

(2)  Without    limiting    the    strict    duty    imposed    by    sub-  ^u^^^Jq?*^ 
section  1 ,  an  employer  shall,  employer 

(a)  provide  information,  instruction  and  supervision  to 
a  worker  to  protect  the  health  or  safety  of  the  worker ; 

(6)  appoint  one  or  more  competent  persons  to  be  a 
supervisor  or  supervisors ; 

(c)  acquaint  a  worker  or  a  person  in  authority  over  a 
worker  with  any  hazard  in  the  work  and  in  the 
handling,  storage,  use,  disposal  and  transport  of  any 
article,  device,  equipment  or  a  biological,  chemical  or 
physical  agent ; 

{d)  afford  assistance  and  co-operation  to  a  committee 
and  a  health  and  safety  representative  in  the  carrying 
out  by  the  committee  and  the  health  and  safety 
representative  of  any  of  their  functions ; 

(e)  only  employ  in  or  about  a  work  place  a  person  over 
such  age  as  may  be  prescribed ; 

(/)  not  knowingly  permit  a  person  who  is  under  such 
age  as  may  be  prescribed  to  be  in  or  about  a  work 
place;  and 

(g)  take  every  precaution  reasonable  in  the  circum- 
stances for  the  protection  of  a  worker. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  b  of  subsection  2,  an  employer  i**®*" 
may  appoint  himself  as  a  supervisor  where  the  employer  is 
qualified  because  he  has  the  qualifications  set  out  in  sub- 
paragraphs i,  ii  and  iii  of  paragraph  2  of  section   1.     1971, 

c.  43, ss.  24  (1-3), />ar/,  28  (1,  2);  1973,c.  47,s.  17  {\,  2),  amended. 


14 

w®""  15.  In  addition  to  the  duties  imposed  by  section  14,  an 

employer  shall, 

(a)  establish  an  occupational  health  service  for  workers 
at  a  work  place  as  prescribed ; 

{b)  where  an  occupational  health  service  is  estab- 
lished as  prescribed,  maintain  the  same  according 
to  the  standards  prescribed; 

(c)  keep  and  maintain  accurate  records  of  the  hand- 
ling, storage,  use  and  disposal  of  biological,  chemical 
or  physical  agents  as  prescribed; 

{d)  accurately  keep  and  maintain  such  records  of  the 
exposure  of  a  worker  to  biological,  chemical  or 
physical  agents  as  may  be  prescribed; 

{e)  notify  a  Director  of  the  use  or  introduction  into 
a  work  place  of  such  biological,  chemical  or  physical 
agents  as  may  be  prescribed; 

(/)  monitor  at  such  time  or  times  or  at  such  interval 
or  intervals  the  levels  of  biological,  chemical  or 
physical  agents  in  a  work  place  and  keep  accurate 
records  thereof  as  prescribed; 

ig)  comply  with  a  standard  limiting  the  exposure  of 
a  worker  to  biological,  chemical  or  physical  agents 
as  prescribed; 

{h)  where  so  prescribed,  only  permit  a  worker  to  work 
or  be  in  a  work  place  who  has  undergone  such 
medical  examinations,  tests  or  x-rays  as  prescribed 
and  who  is  found  to  be  physically  fit  to  do  the 
work  in  the  work  place;  and 

(i)  where  so  prescribed,  provide  a  worker  with  written 
instructions  as  to  the  measures  and  procedures  to  be 
taken  for  the  protection  of  a  worker.     New. 

suM^sor  16.— (1)  A  supervisor  shall  ensure  that  a  worker, 

(a)  works  in  the  manner  and  with  the  protective 
devices,  measures  and  procedures  required  by  this 
Act  and  the  regulations;  and 

(b)  uses  or  wears  the  equipment,  protective  devices 
or  clothing  that  his  employer  requires  to  be  used 
or  worn. 


15 

(2)  Without    limiting    the    strict    duty    imposed    by    sub-  ^^^1^^°^^^ 
section  1,  a  supervisor  shall,  supervisor 

(a)  advise  a  worker  of  the  existence  of  any  potential  . 
or   actual   danger   to   the   health   or   safety   of   the 
worker  of  which  the  supervisor  is  aware ; 

{b)  where  so  prescribed,  provide  a  worker  with  written 
instructions  as  to  the  measures  and  procedures  to 
be  taken  for  protection  of  the  worker ;  and 

(c)  take  every  precaution  reasonable  in  the  circum- 
stances for  the  protection  of  a  worker.  R.S.O. 
1970,  c.  274,  s.  177(6);  1971,  c.  43,  s.  26;  1973, 
c.  47,  s.  17  (1,  3),  amended. 

17.  — { 1 )  A  worker  shall ,  Duties  of 

^    '  workers 

(a)  work  in  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations; 

(6)  use  or  wear  the  equipment,  protective  devices  or 
clothing  that  his  employer  requires  to  be  used  or 
worn; 

(c)  report  to  his  employer  or  supervisor  the  absence 
of  or  defect  in  any  equipment  or  protective  device 
of  which  he  is  aware  and  which  may  endanger  him- 
self or  another  worker; 

{d)  report  to  his  employer  or  supervisor  any  con- 
travention of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the 
existence  of  any  hazard  of  which  he  knows ;  and 

(e)  where  so  prescribed,  have,  at  the  expense  of  the 
employer,  such  medical  examinations,  tests  or  x- 
rays,  at-  such  time  or  times  and  at  such  place  or 
places  as  prescribed. 

(2)  No  worker  shall,  ^<*«'" 

{a)  remove  or  make  ineffective  any  protective  device 
required  by  the  regulations  or  by  his  employer, 
without  providing  an  adequate  temporary  protective 
device ; 

(6)  use  or  operate  any  equipment,  machine,  device  or 
thing  or  work  in  a  manner  that  may  endanger 
himself  or  any  other  worker ;  or 


16 

(c)  engage  in  any  prank,  contest,  feat  of  strength, 
unnecessary  running  or  rough  and  boisterous  con- 
duct. 1971.  c.  43,  ss.  27,  29.  31  (3);  1973,  c.  47, 
ss.  18,  19,  20,  amended. 

?w"ere°^  18. — (1)  The  owner  of  a  work  place  that  is  not  a  project 

shall, 

(a)  ensure  that, 

(i)  such    facilities    as    may    be    prescribed    are 
provided, 

(ii)  any  facilities  prescribed  to  be  provided  are 
maintained  as  prescribed, 

(iii)  the  work  place  complies  with  the  regu- 
lations, and 

(iv)  no  work  place  is  constructed,  developed, 
reconstructed,  altered  or  added  to  except  in 
compliance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations ; 
and 

{h)  where  so  prescribed,  furnish  to  a  Director  any 
drawings,  plans  or  specifications  of  any  work  place 
as  prescribed.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  22. 

*JJ^  (2)  The  owner  of  a  mine  shall  cause  drawings,  plans  or 

specifications  to  be  maintained  and  kept  up  to  a  date  not 
more  than  six  months  last  past  on  such  scale  and  showing 
such  matters  or  things  as  may  be  prescribed.  R.S.O.  1970, 
c.  274,  s.  617,  amended. 

Plans  of  (3)  Where  so  prescribed,  an  owner  or  employer  shall, 

places 

(a)  not  begin  any  construction,  development,  recon- 
struction, alteration,  addition  or  installation  to  or 
in  a  work  place  until  the  drawings,  layout  and 
specifications  thereof  and  any  alterations  thereto 
have  been  filed  with  the  Ministry  for  review  by  an 
engineer  for  compliance  with  this  Act  and  the 
regulations,  and  the  same  have  been  reviewed  for 
such  compliance ;  and 

{b)  keep  a  copy  of  the  drawings  as  reviewed  in  a  con- 
venient location  at  or  near  the  work  place  and 
such  drawings  shall  be  produced  by  the  owner  or 
employer  upon  the  request  of  an  inspector  for  his 
examination  and  inspection.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  17  (1,5), 
amended. 


17 

(4)  An   engineer   may   require   the   drawings,    layout   and  ^"foJ-^a^*^ 
specifications  to  be  supplemented  by  the  owner  or  employer  tion 
with    additional    information.     1971,    c.    43,    s.     17  (3)  (b), 
amended. 

(5)  Fees  as  prescribed  for  the  filing  and  review  of  draw-  ^®®8 
ings,  layout  or  specifications  shall  become  due  and  payable 

by  the  owner  or  employer  upon  filing.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  17  (6), 
amended. 

(6)  In  subsections  3  and  4  and.  in  section  34  "engineer"  [^^fog""®' 
means  a  person  employed  by  the  Ministry  who  is  registered 

as    a    professional    engineer    or    licenced    as    a    professional 
engineer  under  The  Professional  Engineers  Act.     New.  ^'^'^^^' 

19.  Every  person  who  supplies  any  machine,  device,  tool  ^JLpffera 
or  equipment  under  any  rental,  leasing  or  similar  arrange- 
ment for  use  in  or  about  a  work  place  shall  ensure, 

(a)  that  the  machine,  device,  tool  or  equipment  is  in 
good  condition; 

{h)  that  the  machine,  device,  tool  or  equipment  com- 
plies with  this  Act  and  the  regulations;  and 

(c)  if  it  is  his  responsibility  under  the  rental,  leasing 
or  similar  arrangement  to  do  so,  that  the  machine, 
device,  tool  or  equipment  is  maintained  in  good 
condition.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  30;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  24  (2). 
amended. 


PART  IV 

TOXIC   SUBSTANCES 

20. — (1)  Where  a  biological,  chemical  or  physical  agent  d^|^o°/ 
or  combination  of  such  agents  used  or  intended  to  be  used 
in  the  work  place,  their  presence  in  the  work  place  or  the 
manner  of  use  is  in  the  opinion  of  a  Director  likely  to  en- 
danger the  health  of  a  worker,  the  Director  may  by  notice 
in  writing  to  the  employer  order  that  the  use,  intended 
use,  presence  or  manner  of  use  be, 

(a)  prohibited; 

(h)  limited  or  restricted  in  such  manner  as  the  Director 
specifies;  or 


18 


(c)  subject  to  such  conditions  regarding  administrative 
control,  work  practices,  engineering  control  and  time 
limits  for  compliance  as  the  Director  specifies. 


Contents  of 
order 


(2)  Where  a  Director  makes  an  order  to  an  employer  under 
subsection  1,  the  order  shall, 


(a)  identify  the  biological,  chemical  or  physical  agent, 
or  combination  of  such  agents,  and  the  manner  of 
use  that  is  the  subject-matter  of  the  order;  and 

(b)  state  the  opinion  of  the  Director  as  to  the  likeli- 
hood of  the  danger  to  the  health  of  a  worker,  and 
his  reasons  in  respect  thereof,  including  the  matters 
or  causes  which  give  rise  to  his  opinion. 


Postinerof  (3)  The  employer  shall  cause  a  copy  of  an  order  made 

under  subsection  1  to  be  posted  in  a  conspicuous  place  in 
the  work  place  where  it  is  most  likely  to  come  to  the  attention 
of  the  workers  who  may  be  affected  by  the  use,  presence  or 
intended  use  of  the  biological,  chemical  or  physical  agent 
or  combination  of  agents. 


Appeal  to 
Minister 


(4)  Where  the  employer,  a  worker  or  a  trade  union  con- 
siders that  he  or  it  is  aggrieved  by  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1,  the  employer,  worker  or  trade  union  may  by 
notice  in  writing  given  within  fourteen  days  of  the  making  of 
the  order  appeal  to  the  Minister. 


Delegation 


(5)  The  Minister  may,  having  regard  to  the  circum- 
stances, direct  that  an  appeal  under  subsection  4  be  deter- 
mined on  his  behalf  by  a  person  appointed  by  him  for  that 
purpose. 


Procedure 


R.S.0. 1970. 
c232 


(6)  The  Minister  or,  where  a  person  has  been  appointed 
under  subsection  5,  the  person  so  appointed,  may  give  such 
directions  and  issue  such  orders  as  he  considers  proper  or 
necessary  concerning  the  procedures  to  be  adopted  or 
followed  and  shall  have  all  the  powers  of  a  chairman  of  a 
board  of  arbitration  under  subsection  7  of  section  37  of  The 
Labour  Relations  Act. 


Substitu- 
tion of 
findings 


(7)  On  an  appeal,  the  Minister  or,  where  a  person  has 
been  appointed  under  subsection  5,  the  person  so  appointed, 
may  substitute  his  findings  for  those  of  the  Director  and 
may  rescind  or  affirm  the  order  appealed  from  or  make  a 
new  order  in  substitution  therefor  and  such  order  shall  stand 


19 

in  the  place  of  and  have  the  Uke  effect  under  this  Act  and 
the  regulations  as  the  order  of  the  Director,  and  such  order 
shall  be  final  and  not  subject  to  appeal  under  this  section. 

(8)  In  making  a  decision  or  order  under  subsection  1  or  ^%"®^^ 
subsection  7,  a  Director,   the  Minister,  or,  where  a  person  considered 
has  been  appointed  under  subsection  5,  the  person  so  ap- 
pointed, shall  consider  as  relevant  factors, 

(a)  the  relation  of  the  agent,  combination  of  agents 
or  by-product  to  a  biological  or  chemical  agent 
that  is  known  to  be  a  danger  to  health; 

{b)  the  quantities  of  the  agent,  combination  of  agents 
or  by-product  used  or  intended  to  be  used  or 
present ; 

(c)  the  extent  of  exposure; 

{d)  the  availability  of  other  processes,  agents  or  equip- 
ment for  use  or  intended  use ; 

(e)  data  regarding  the  effect  of  the  process  or  agent 
on  health;  and 

(/)  any  criteria  or  guide  with  respect  to  the  exposure 
of  a  worker  to  a  biological,  chemical  or  physical 
agent  or  combination  of  such  agents  that  are  adopted 
by  a  regulation  related  to  exposure  to  a  toxic  or 
potentially  toxic  substance. 

(9)  On   an    appeal   under   subsection   4,    the    Minister   or,  o"o?der*by° 
where   a   person   has   been   appointed   under   subsection   5,  Minister, 
the  f)erson  so  appointed,  may  suspend  the  operation  of  the  pending 
order  appealed  from  pending  the  disposition  of  the  appeal.       of  appeal 


on 


(10)  A  person  appointed  under  subsection  5  shall  be  paid  fjo^o?*''*' 
remuneration  and  expenses  at  the  same  rate  as  is  payable  appointee 
to   a  chairman   of  a   conciliation   board   under   The  Labour  J^?^^°- 
Relations  Act. 


(11)  This    section    does    not    apply    to    designated    sub-  fi^^''*'*" 
stances. 

(12)  A  Director  is  not  required  to  hold  or  afford  to  an  J^g^JfrYd"^ 
employer  or  any  other  person  an  opportunity  for  a  hearing  prforto 
before  making  an  order  under  subsection  1.     New.  order 


Duty  to 
report 
unsafe 
conditions 


20 
PART  V 

REFUSAL  TO  WORK  WHERE   HEALTH 
OR   SAFETY   IN   DANGER 

21. — (1)  Where  a  worker  has  cause  to  believe  that, 

(a)  any  equipment,  machine,  device  or  thing  he  is  to 
use  or  operate  is, 

(i)  in   contravention   of   this   Act   or   the   regu- 
lations, and 

(ii)  is    likely    to    endanger    himself    or    another 
worker;  or 

(b)  the  work  place  or  the  part  thereof  in  which  he  is 
to  work  is, 

(i)  in   contravention   of   this   Act   or   the   regu- 
lations, and 

(ii)  likely  to  endanger  himself, 

the  worker  shall,  before  using  or  operating  or  continuing 
to  use  or  operate  the  equipment,  machine,  device  or  thing, 
or  working  in  the  work  place,  report  the  same  to  his  super- 
visor who  shall  investigate  the  matter  and  the  worker  shall 
remain  in  a  safe  place  near  his  work  station  during  the 
investigation.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  31  (1.  2);  1976,  c.  79,  s.  5  (1), 
amended. 


Dispute  of 
super- 
visor's 
report 


(2)  Where  upon  the  investigation  the  worker  disputes 
the  direction  or  finding  of  the  supervisor,  the  supervisor 
shall  cause  the  same  to  be  further  investigated  in  the  presence 
of  the  worker  and  if  there  is  such,  in  the  presence  of  one  of, 

(a)  a  health  and  safety  representative,  if  any; 

(6)  a  committee  member  who  represents  workers,  if 
any;  or 

(c)  a  worker,  who  because  of  his  knowledge,  experi- 
ence and  training,  is  selected  by  a  trade  union 
that  represents  the  worker,  or  if  there  is  no  trade 
union,  is  selected  by  the  workers  to  represent  them, 

and  who  is  reasonably  available  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
employer  or  a  person  other  than  the  supervisor  representing 
the  employer. 


21 

(3)  Where    upon    an    investigation    the    employer    or    the  ^^^(f*^ 
person  representing  the  employer  disputes  the  report  of  the 
worker  or  takes  steps  to  deal  with  the  circumstances  that 
caused  the  worker  to  make  the  report,  the  worker  may  refuse 

to  work  where  the  worker  has  reasonable  grounds  to  believe 
that  the  equipment,  machine,  device  or  thing  the  worker  is 
to  use  or  operate  or  the  work  place  in  which  the  worker  is 
to  work  comes  within  clause  a  or  6  of  subsection  1. 

(4)  Where   a   worker   refuses   to   work    pursuant    to   sub-  refusaito 
section    3,    the    employer    shall    immediately    cause    an    in-  ^^^^ 
sjjector  to  be  notified  thereof. 

(5)  The   worker   who   refuses   to   work   pursuant    to   sub-  ^^^^ 
section  3  or,  if  there  is  such,  the  person  mentioned  in  clause 

a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  2,  may  cause  an  inspector  to  be  notified 
of  the  refusal  to  work. 

(6)  An  inspector  shall  investigate  the  refusal  to  work  in  ^?Jnby^* 
the  presence  of  the  employer  or  a  person  representing  the  inspector 
employer,    the    worker,    and    if    there    is    such,    the    person 
mentioned  in  clause  a,  6  or  c  of  subsection  2. 

(7)  The  inspector  shall,  following  the  investigation  referred  j^g^ctor"^ 
to    in    subsection    6,    decide    whether    the    machine,    device, 

thing  or  the  work  place  or  part  thereof  is  in  contravention 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  and  is  likely  to  endanger  the 
worker  or  another  worker.     1976,  c.  79,  s.  3  (2-4),  amended. 

(8)  The  inspector  shall  give  his  decision,   in   writing,   to  wem 
the  employer,  the  worker,  and,  if  there  is  such,  the  person 
mentioned  in  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  2. 

(9)  Pending  the  investigation  and  decision  of  the  inspector,  worker  to 
the  worker  shall  remain  at  a  safe  place  near  his  work  station  safepiace 
during  his  normal  working  hours  unless  the  employer,  sub-  Slcision 
ject  to  the  provisions  of  a  collective  agreement,  if  any, 

{a)  assigns  the  worker  reasonable  alternative  work 
during  such  hours;  or 

{b)  where  an  assignment  of  reasonable  alternative  work 
is  not  practicable,  gives  other  directions  to  the 
worker. 

(10)  The  time  spent  by  a  person  mentioned  in  clause  a,  ^"ntto 

6  or  c  of  subsection  2  in  accompanying  an  inspector  during  timefrom 
his  investigation,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  work  time  for  which 
the  person  shall  be  paid  by  his  employer  at  his  regular  or 
premium  rate  as  may  be  proper. 


22 


Refusal  to 

work 

without 

reasonable 

grounds 


(11)  A  worker  who  without  reasonable  grounds  exercises 
a  right  conferred  by  this  section  may  be  subject  to  such 
discipline  as  his  employer  may  impose  under  the  terms  or 
conditions  of  employment  that  apply  to  the  worker.     New. 


No 

discipline, 
dismissal, 
etc.,  by 
employer 


Arbitra- 
tion 


Inquiry 

by  Ontario 

Labour 

Relations 

Board 

R.S.0. 1970, 

0.232 


Idem 


OnoBof 
proof 


PART  VI 

REPRISALS   BY   EMPLOYER   PROHIBITED 

22. — (1)  No  employer  shall, 

(a)  dismiss  or  threaten  to  dismiss  a  worker; 

(b)  discipline  or  suspend  or  threaten   to  discipline  or 
suspend  a  worker; 

(c)  impose  any  penalty  upon  a  worker;  or 

{d)  intimidate  or  coerce  a  worker, 

because  the  worker  has  acted  in  compliance  with  this  Act 
or  the  regulations  or  an  order  made  thereunder  or  has  sought 
the  enforcement  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations.  1971,  c.  43, 
s.  24  (5);  1973,  c.  47.  s.  17  (4);  1976,  c.  79,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  worker  complains  that  an  employer  has 
contravened  subsection  1,  the  worker  may  either  have 
the  matter  dealt  with  by  final  and  binding  settlement  by 
arbitration  under  a  collective  agreement,  if  any,  or  file  a 
complaint  with  the  Ontario  Labour  Relations  Board  in 
which  case  any  regulations  governing  the  practice  and  pro- 
cedure of  the  Board  apply,  with  all  necessary  modifications, 
to  the  complaint. 

(3)  The  Ontario  Labour  Relations  Board  may  inquire 
into  any  complaint  filed  under  subsection  2,  and  section  79 
of  The  Labour  Relations  Act,  except  subsection  4a,  applies 
with  all  necessary  modifications,  as  if  such  section,  except 
subsection  4a,  is  enacted  in  and  forms  part  of  this  Act. 

(4)  On  an  inquiry  by  the  Ontario  Labour  Relations  Board 
into  a  complaint  filed  under  subsection  2,  sections  91,  92, 
95,  97  and  98  of  The  Labour  Relations  Act  apply,  with  all 
necessary  modifications. 

(5)  On  an  inquiry  by  the  Ontario  Labour  Relations 
Board  into  a  complaint  filed  under  subsection  2,  the  burden 
of  proof  that  an  employer  did  not  act  contrary  to  subsection 
1  lies  uf>on  the  employer.     1976,  c.  79,  s.  9  (2-5),  amended. 


23 

(6)  The   Ontario   Labour   Relations   Board   shall   exercise  ^j^^^^g^ 
iurisdiction  under  this  section  on  a  complaint  by  a  Crown  complaint 

J  .  by  Crown 

employee    that    the    Crown    has    contravened    subsection    1.  employee 
New. 

PART  VII 

NOTICES 

23. — (1)  Where  a  person  is  killed  or  critically  injured  ^e^athOT^ 
from  any  cause  at  a  work  place,  the  constructor,  if  any,  injury 
and  the  employer  shall  notify  an  inspector  and  a  health  and 
safety  representative,  if  any,  immediately  of  the  occurrence 
by  telephone,  telegram  or  other  direct  means  and  the 
employer  shall,  within  forty-eight  hours  after  the  occurrence, 
send  to  a  Director  a  written  report  of  the  circumstances 
of  the  occurrence  containing  such  information  .and  parti- 
culars as  the  regulations  may  prescribe. 

(2)  Where  a  person  is  killed  or  is  critically  injured  at  a  ^o®ifof^*" 
work  place  no  person  shall,  except  for  the  purpose  of,  wreckage 

(a)  saving  life  or  reheving  human  suffering; 

{h)  maintaining  an  essential  public  utility  service  or  a 
public  transportation  system;  or 

(c)  preventing    unnecessary    damage    to   equipment    or 
other  property, 

interfere  with,  disturb,  destroy,  alter  or  carry  away  any 
wreckage,  article  or  thing  at  the  scene  of  or  connected  with 
the  occurrence  until  permission  so  to  do  has  been  given  by  an 
inspector.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  612;  1971,  c.  43,  s.  33; 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  25,  amended. 

24. — (1)  Where    an    accident,    explosion    or    fire    causes  ^^^j'^j^ln^/ 
injury  to  a  person  at  a  work  place  whereby  he  is  disabled  explosion 
from  jjerforming  his  usual  work  or  requires  medical  attention,  causing 
and  such  occurrence  does  not  cause  death  or  critical  injury  *°-'"'"y 
to  any  person,   the  employer  shall  give  notice  in  writing, 
within  four  days  of  the  occurrence,  to  a  Director  containing 
such    information    and    particulars    as    may    be    prescribed. 
R.S.O    1970.  c.  274.  s.  613;  1971,  c.  43,  s.  34;  1973,  c.  47. 
s.  30.  amended. 

(2)  Where  an  employer  is  advised  by  a  worker  or  by  a  o°cupa-°' 
person   on   behalf  of   the   worker   that   the   worker   has  an  tionai 

■  disease 

occupational  disease,  the  employer  shall  give  notice  in 
writing,  within  four  days  of  being  so  advised,  to  a  Director 


24 


Idem 


Accidents, 
explosions, 
etc..  at  a 
project  site 
or  mine 


containing    such    information    and    particulars    as    may    be 
prescribed.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  34;  part,  amended. 

(3)  Subsection  2  applies,  with  all  necessary  modifications, 
where  an  employer  is  advised  by  a  former  worker  of  the 
employer  or  a  person  on  behalf  of  such  worker,  that  such 
worker  has  or  had  an  occupational  disease.     New. 

25.  Where  a  notice  or  report  is  not  required  under 
section  23  or  24  and  an  accident,  premature  or  unexpected 
explosion,  fire,  flood  or  inrush  of  water,  failure  of  any  equip- 
ment, machine,  device,  article  or  thing,  cave-in,  subsidence, 
rockburst,  or  other  incident  as  prescribed  occurs  at  a  project 
site,  mine  or  mining  plant,  notice  in  writing  of  the  occurrence 
shall  be  given  to  a  Director  by  the  constructor  of  the  project 
or  the  owner  of  the  mine  or  mining  plant,  within  two  days 
of  the  occurrence  containing  such  information  and  parti- 
culars as  may  be  prescribed.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  614, 
amended. 


PART  VIII 


ENFORCEMENT 


Powers  o^f  26. — (1)  An  inspector  may,  for  the  purposes  of  carrying 

out   his  duties   and   powers  under   this   Act   and   the   regu- 
lations. 


[a)  subject  to  subsection  2,  enter  in  or  upon  any  work 
place  at  any  time  without  warrant  or  notice; 

{b)  take  up  or  use  any  machine,  device,  article,  thing, 
material  or  biological,  chemical  or  physical  agent 
or  part  thereof; 

(c)  require  the  production  of  any  drawings,  specifi- 
cations, licence,  document,  record  or  report,  and 
inspect,  examine  and  copy  the  same; 

{d)  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  any  draw- 
ings, specifications,  licence,  document,  record  or 
report  inspected  or  examined  for  the  purpose  of 
making  copies  thereof  or  extracts  therefrom,  and 
upon  making  copies  thereof  or  extracts  therefrom, 
shall  promptly  return  the  same  to  the  person  who 
produced  or  furnished  them ; 

{e)  conduct  or  take  tests  of  any  equipment,  machine, 
device,  article,  thing,  material  or  biological,  chemical 
or  physical  agent  in  or  about  a  work  place  and  for 


25 

such  purposes,  take  and  carry  away  such  samples 
as  may  be  necessary; 

(/)  in  any  inspection,  examination,  inquiry  or  test, 
be  accompanied  and  assisted  by  or  take  with  him 
any  person  or  persons  having  special,  expert  or 
professional  knowledge  of  any  matter,  take  photo- 
graphs, and  take  with  him  and  use  any  equipment 
or  materials  required  for  such  purpose ; 

{g)  make  inquiries  of  any  person  who  is  or  was  in  a 
work  place  either  separate  and  apart  from  another 
person  or  in  the  presence  of  any  other  person  that 
are  or  may  be  relevant  to  an  inspection,  examination, 
inquiry  or  test; 

(A)  require  that  a  work  place  or  part  thereof  not  be 
disturbed  for  a  reasonable  period  of  time  for  the 
purposes  of  carrying  out  an  examination,  investi- 
gation or  test ; 

(i)  require  that  any  equipment,  machine,  device,  article, 
thing  or  process  be  operated  or  set  in  motion  or 
that  a  system  or  procedure  be  carried  out  that  may 
be  relevant  to  an  examination,  inquiry  or  test ; 

(_;')  require  in  writing  an  owner,  constructor  or  em- 
ployer to  provide,  at  the  expense  of  the  owner, 
constructor  or  employer,  a  report  bearing  the  seal 
and  signature  of  a  professional  engineer  stating, 

(i)  the  load  limits  of  a  floor,  roof  or  temporary 
work  or  part  of  a  building,  structure  or 
temporary  work, 

(ii)  that  a  floor,  roof  or  temporary  work  is 
capable  of  supporting  or  withstanding  the 
loads  being  applied  to  it  or  likely  to  be  applied 
to  it,  or 

(iii)  that  a  floor,  roof  or  temporary  work,  or 
part  of  a  building,  structure  or  temporary 
work  is  capable  of  supporting  or  withstanding 
all  loads  to  which  it  may  be  subject  without 
exceeding  the  allowable  unit  stresses  for  the 
materials  used  as  provided  under  The  Build-  i974.c.74 
ing  Code  Act,  1974, 

(k)  require  in  writing  an  owner  of  a  mine  or  part  thereof 
to   provide,    at    his   expense,    a   report    in    writing 


26 

bearing  the  seal  and  signature  of  a  professional 
engineer  stating  that  the  support,  stability  or  rock 
mechanics  of  the  mine  or  part  thereof  is  such  that 
a  worker  is  not  likely  to  be  endangered ;  and 
R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  618  (1)  (a,  6);  1971,  c.  43 
s.  8  (1);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

(/)  require  in  writing  an  employer  to  produce  any 
record  or  information,  or  to  provide,  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  employer,  a  report  or  assessment  made 
or  to  be  made  by  a  person  possessing  such  special, 
expert  or  professional  knowledge  or  qualifications 
as  are  specified  by  the  inspector  of  any  process  or 
biological,  chemical  or  physical  agents  or  com- 
bination of  such  agents  used  or  intended  to  be  used 
in  a  work  place,  and  the  manner  of  use  including, 

(i)  the  ingredients  thereof  and  their  common  or 
generic  name  or  names, 

(ii)  the  composition  and  the  properties  thereof, 

(iii)  the  toxicological  effect  thereof, 

(iv)  the   effect   of   exposure   thereto   whether  by 
contact,  inhalation  or  ingestion, 

(v)  the  protective  measures  used  or  to  be  used 
in  respect  thereof, 

(vi)  the  emergency  measures  used  or  to  be  used 
to  deal  with  exposure  in  respect  thereof,  and 

(vii)  the  effect  of  the  use,  transport  and  disposal 
thereof.     New. 

dweifinKs  (^)  ^^   inspector  shall   only  enter  a  work   place   or  that 

part  of  a  work  place  actually  being  used  as  a  dwelling  with 
the   consent   of   the   occupier   or  under   the   authority   of  a 

^•S^i^o.  search  warrant  issued  under  section  16  of  The  Summary 
Convictions  Act.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  8  (4);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  6  (4). 

Motativeto         (■^)  ^^ere  an   inspector  makes  an   inspection   of  a   work 

accompany     place    Under    the    powers    conferred    upon    him    under   sub- 
inspector        r  r  r 

section  1,  the  constructor,  employer  or  group  of  employers 

shall  allow  a  health  and  safety  representative,  if  any,  or  a 
worker  selected  by  a  trade  union  or  trade  unions,  if  any, 
because  of  his  knowledge,  experience  and  training,  to  repre- 
sent it  or  them  and,  where  there  is  no  trade  union,  a  worker 
selected  by  the  workers  because  of  his  knowledge,  training 


27 

and  experience  to  represent  them,  the  opportunity  to  ac- 
company the  inspector  during  his  physical  inspection  of  a 
work  place,  or  any  part  or  parts  thereof. 

(4)  Where   there   is   no  health   and   safety   representative  P°°^"?^?" 
or  worker  selected  under  subsection  3,   the  inspector  shall  workers 
endeavour  to  consult  during  his  physical  inspection  with  a 
reasonable   number   of    the   workers   concerning   matters   of 
health  and  safety  at  their  work. 

(5)  The  time  spent  by  a  health  and  safety  representative  Entitie- 
or   a   worker   selected   in   accordance   with   subsection   3   in  time  from 
accompanying  an  inspector  during  his   physical  inspection,  ^°^ 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  work  time  for  which  he  shall  be  paid 

by  his  employer  at  his  regular  or  premium  rate  as  may  be 
proper.     1976,  c.  79,  s.  6  (1-3),  amended. 

27. — (1)  Where   an    inspector   finds   that   a   provision    of  [Jfgp^eaors 
this  Act  or  the   regulations   is  being  contravened,  he  may  where  non- 

,,  .        °  .    .  ,  ,  -^    compliance 

order,  orally  or  m  writmg,  the  owner,  constructor,  employer, 
or  person  whom  he  believes  to  be  in  charge  of  a  work  place 
or  the  person  whom  he  believes  to  be  the  contravener  to 
comply  with  the  provision  and  may  require  the  order  to  be 
carried  out  forthwith  or  within  such  period  of  time  as  the 
inspector  specifies.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  618(1).  (c) ; 
1971,  c.  43,  s.  10  (1);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  11  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  an  inspector  makes  an  oral  order  under  sub- 1**®™ 
section  1,  he  shall  confirm  the  order  in  writing  before  leaving 
the  work  place.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  10  (2),  amended. 

(3)  An    order    made    under    subsection    1    shall    indicate  ^^^J^g*®'^'^^  °^ 
generally   the   nature  of   the   contravention   and   where   ap- 
propriate  the   location   of  the  contravention.     1973,   c.   47, 

s.  11.(2),  amended. 

(4)  Where  an  insf)ector  makes  an  order  under  subsection  1  i^g^^tor 
and  finds  that  the  contravention  of  this  Act  or  the  regu-  where 

,      .  .  ,  ,  ,  11.1  r  r        worker en- 

lations  IS  a  danger  or  hazard  to  the  health  or  safety  of  a  dangered 
worker  he  may, 

(a)  order  that  any  place,  equipment,  machine,  device, 
article  or  thing  or  any  process  or  material  shall  not 
be  used  until  the  order  is  complied  with ; 

{h)  order  that  work  at  the  work  place  as  indicated 
in  the  order  shall  stop  until  the  order  is  complied 
with,  or  until  the  order  to  stop  work  is  withdrawn 
or  cancelled  by  an  inspector; 


28 


(c)  order  that  the  work  place  where  the  contravention 
exists  be  cleared  of  workers  and  isolated  by  bar- 
ricades, fencing  or  any  other  means  suitable  to 
prevent  access  thereto  by  a  worker  until  the  danger 
or  hazard  to  the  health  or  safety  of  a  worker  is 
removed.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  10  (3),  amended;  1973, 
c.  47,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 


Posting  of 
notloe 


(5)  Where  an  inspector  makes  an  order  under  this  section, 
he  may  affix  to  the  work  place,  or  to  any  equipment,  machine, 
device,  article  or  thing,  a  copy  thereof  or  a  notice  in  the 
prescribed  form  and  no  person,  except  an  inspector,  shall 
remove  such  copy  or  notice  unless  authorized  to  do  so  by  an 
inspector.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  10(4);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  11(6), 
amended. 


Idem 


No  hearing 
required 
prior  to 
making 
order 


(6)  Where  an  inspector  makes  an  order  in  writing  or  issues 
a  report  of  his  inspection  to  an  owner,  constructor,  em- 
ployer or  person  in  charge  of  the  work  place,  the  owner, 
constructor,  employer  or  person  in  charge  of  the  work  place 
shall  forthwith  cause  a  copy  or  copies  thereof  to  be  posted 
in  a  conspicuous  place  or  places  at  the  work  place  where  it  is 
most  likely  to  come  to  the  attention  of  the  workers  and 
shall  furnish  a  copy  of  such  order  or  report  to  the  health  and 
safety  representative  and  the  committee,  if  any,  and  the 
inspector  shall  cause  a  copy  thereof  to  be  furnished  to  a 
person  who  has  complained  of  a  contravention  of  this  Act 
or  the  regulations.     1976,  c.  79,  s.  7,  amended. 

(7)  An  inspector  is  not  required  to  hold  or  afford  to  an 
owner,  constructor,  employer  or  any  other  person  an  op- 
portunity for  a  hearing  before  making  an  order.     New. 


Entry  into 
barricaded 
area 


28.  Where  an  order  is  made  under  clause  c  of  subsection 
4  of  section  27,  no  owner,  constructor,  employer  or  supervisor 
shall  require  or  permit  a  worker  to  enter  the  work  place 
except  for  the  purpose  of  doing  work  that  is  necessary  or 
required  to  remove  the  danger  or  hazard  and  only  where 
the  worker  is  protected  from  the  danger  or  hazard.  1973, 
c.  47,  s.  11  (4),  part. 


Injunction 
proceed- 
ings 


29.  In  addition  to  any  other  remedy  or  penalty  therefor, 
where  an  order  made  under  subsection  4  of  section  27  is 
contravened,  such  contravention  may  be  restrained  upon  an 
ex  parte  application  to  the  Supreme  Court  made  at  the 
instance  of  a  Director.     1973,  c.  47,  s.  13  (2),  amended. 


Appeals 
from  order 
of  an 
inspector 


30. — (1)  Any    employer,    constructor,    owner,    worker    or 
trade  union  which  considers  himself  or  itself  aggrieved  by 


29 

any  order  made  by  an  inspector  under  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations may,  within  fourteen  days  of  the  making  thereof, 
appeal  to  a  Director  who  shall  hear  and  dispose  of  the  appeal 
as  promptly  as  is  practicable. 

(2)  An    appeal   to   a   Director   may    be   made   in   writing  Method 
or  orally   or   by   telephone,    but    the   Director   may   require 

the  grounds  for  appeal  to  be  specified  in  writing  before  the 
appeal  is  heard. 

(3)  The  appellant,   the  inspector  from  whom   the  appeal  Parties 
is  taken  and  such  other  persons  as  a  Director  may  specify 

are  parties  to  an  appeal  under  this  section. 

(4)  On  an  appeal  under  this  section,  a  Director  may  sub-  o°^®^^ 
stitute  his  findings  for  those  of  the  inspector  who  made  the  Director 
order  appealed  from  and  may  rescind  or  affirm  the  order  or 
make   a   new   order   in   substitution   therefor,   and   for  such 
purpose  has  all  the  powers  of  an  inspector  and  the  order  of 

the  Director  shall  stand  in  the  place  of  and  have  the  like 
effect  under  this  Act  and  the  regulations  as  the  order  of  the 
inspector. 

(5)  In   this  section,   an   order  of  an  inspector  under  this  order 

*  1  1      •  •      1     1  ,  ,      •   •  1     extended 

Act  or  the  regulations  mcludes  any  order  or  decision  made  meaning 
or  given  or  the  imposition  of  any  terms  or  conditions  therein 
by  an  inspector  under  the  authority  of  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations or  the  refusal  to  make  an  order  or  decision  by  an 
inspector. 

(6)  A  decision  of  the  Director  under  this  section  is  final,  ofrector"^ 
1971.  c.  43,  s.  11;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  12,  amended.  final 

(7)  On    an    appeal   under   subsection    1,    a   Director   rn^y  ^uspension 
suspend  the  operation  of  the  order  appealed  from  pending  Director 


the  4isposition  of  the  appeal.  disposition 

of appeal 

(8)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  the  order  of  a  Director  ^j^^"'^*" 
made  under  section  20.     New. 

31. — (1)  No    person    shall    hinder,    obstruct,    molest    or  0^^*-^^- 
interfere   with   or   attempt    to   hinder,   obstruct,    molest   or  inspector 
interfere  with  an  inspector  in  the  exercise  of  a  power  or  the 
performance  of  a  duty  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

(2)  Every    person    shall    furnish    all    necessary   means   in  Assisunce 
his  p>ower  to  facilitate  any  entry,  inspection,  examination,  inspector 
testing  or   inquiry   by  an   inspector   in   the  exercise   of  his 
powers  or  performance  of  his  duties  under  this  Act  or  the 
regulations. 


30 


False 
Informa- 
tion, etc. 


(3)  No  person  shall  knowingly  furnish  an  inspector  with 
false  information  or  neglect  or  refuse  to  furnish  information 
required  by  an  inspector  in  the  exercise  of  his  duties  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  9;  1973,  c.  47, 
s.  7,  amended. 


M^^toring         (4)  No  person  shall  interfere  with  any  monitoring  equip- 
ment or  device  in  a  work  place. 


Obstruc- 
tion of 
committee, 
etc. 


(5)  No  person  shall  knowingly, 

(a)  hinder  or  interfere  with  a  committee,  a  committee 
member  or  a  health  and  safety  representative  in 
the  exercise  of  a  power  or  performance  of  a  duty 
under  this  Act ; 


(b)  furnish  a  committee,  a  committee  member  or  a 
health  and  safety  representative  with  false  infor- 
mation in  the  exercise  of  a  power  or  performance 
of  a  duty  under  this  Act ;  or 

(c)  hinder  or  interfere  with  a  worker  selected  by  a 
trade  union  or  trade  unions  or  a  worker  selected 
by  the  workers  to  represent  them  in  the  exercise 
of  a  power  or  performance  of  a  duty  under  this 
Act.     New. 


tfon""*  32. — (1)  Except   for   the   purposes   of   this   Act   and   the 

confidential  regulations  or  as  required  by  law, 

{a)  an  inspector,  a  person  accompanying  an  inspector 
or  a  person  who,  at  the  request  of  an  inspector, 
makes  an  examination,  test  or  inquiry,  shall  not 
publish,  disclose  or  communicate  to  any  person  any 
information,  material,  statement,  report  or  result 
of  any  examination,  test  or  inquiry  acquired, 
furnished,  obtained,  made  or  received  under  the 
powers  conferred  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 
1971,  c.  43,  s.  13  (1);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  8  (1),  amended. 

{h)  a  committee  member  shall  not  publish,  disclose  or 
communicate  to  any  person  any  secret  manufactur- 
ing process  or  trade  secret  acquired,  furnished, 
obtained,  made  or  received  under  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations;     New. 

(c)  no  person  to  whom  information  is  communicated 
under  this  Act  and  the  regulations  shall  divulge 
the  name  of  the  informant  to  any  person ;  and 
1971,  c.  43,  s.  13  (5);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  8  (5),  amended. 


31 

(d)  no  person  shall  disclose  any  information  obtained 
in  any  medical  examination,  test  or  x-ray  of  a 
worker  made  or  taken  under  this  Act  except  in  a 
form  calculated  to  prevent  the  information  from 
being  identified  with  a  particular  person  or  case. 
New. 

(2)  An  inspector  or  a  person  who,  at  the  request  of  an  ^i^bjii^y 
inspector,  accompanies  an  inspector,  or  a  person  who  makes  civil  suit 
an  examination,  test,  inquiry  or  takes  samples  at  the  request 

of  an  inspector  is  not  a  compellable  witness  in  a  civil  suit 
or  any  proceeding  respecting  any  information,  material, 
statement  or  test  acquired,  furnished,  obtained,  made  or 
received  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations.  1971,  c.  43, 
s.  13  (3);  1973,  c.  47,  s.  8  (3),  amended. 

(3)  A   Director   may   communicate   or   allow   to   be   com-  P9werof 

.  ,.     ,        ■^,    .    r  1  Director 

municated  or  disclosed  information,  material,  statements  or  to  disclose 
the  result  of  a  test  acquired,  furnished,  obtained,  made  or 
received  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations.    1971 ,  c.  43,  s.  13  (4) ; 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  8  (4),  amended. 

33.  A  Director  may,  upon  receipt  of  a  request  in  writing  ^opies^of 
from  the  owner  of  a  work  place  who  has  entered  into  an 
agreement  to  sell  the  same  and  upon  payment  of  the  fee 
or  fees  prescribed,  furnish  to  the  owner  or  a  person  desig- 
nated by  him  copies  of  reports  or  orders  of  an  inspector 
made  under  this  Act  in  respect  of  the  work  place  as  to  its 
compliance  with  subsection  1  of  section  18.  1971,  c.  43, 
s.  14,  amended. 


34. — (1)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  for  damages,  ^j**^|.|.i^jy 
prohibition,  or  mandamus  lies  or  shall  be  instituted  against  persons 
a  Director,  an  inspector,  an  engineer,  a  health  and  safety 
representative,  a  committee  member,  a  worker  selected  by 
a  trade  union  or  trade  unions  or  a  worker  selected  by  the 
workers  to  represent  them  for  an  act  or  an  omission  done 
or  omitted  to  be  done  by  him  in  good  faith  in  the  execution 
or  intended  execution  of  any  power  or  duty  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not,  by  reason  of  subsections  2  and  o/ crown 
4  of  section  5  of   The  Proceedings  Against  the  Crown  /Ir/,  r.s.o.  1970, 
relieve  the  Crown  of  liability  in  respect  of  a  tort  committed  °  ^^ 
by  a  Director,  an  inspector  or  an  engineer  to  which  it  would 
otherwise  be  subject  and  the  Crown  is  liable  under  that  Act 
for  any  such  tort  in  a  like  manner  as  if  subsection   1   had 
not  been  enacted.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  16;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  9,  amended. 


32 
PART  IX 


Penalties 


Onus  of 
proof 


Certified 
copies  of 
documents, 
etc..  as 
evidence 


OFFENCES  AND   PENALTIES 

35. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  or  fails  to  com- 
ply with, 

(a)  a  provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  an  order  or  requirement  of  an  inspector  or  a 
Director;  or 

(c)  an  order  of  the  Minister, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $25,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  twelve  months,  or  to  both. 

(2)  On  a  prosecution  for  a  failure  to  comply  with  clause 
g  of  subsection  2  of  section  14  or  clause  c  of  subsection  2 
of  section  16,  it  shall  be  for  the  accused  to  prove  that  every 
precaution  reasonable  in  the  circumstances  for  the  protection 
of  a  worker  was  taken.  R.S.O.  1970,  c.  274,  s.  625;  1971, 
c.  43,  s.  36;  1973,  c.  47,  s.  26,  amended. 

36. — (1)   In  any  proceeding  or  prosecution  under  this  Act, 

(a)  a  copy  of  an  order  or  decision  purporting  to  have 
been  made  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  and 
purporting  to  have  been  signed  by  the  Minister  or  an 
inspector ; 

(6)  a  document  purporting  to  be  a  copy  of  a  notice, 
drawing,  record  or  other  document,  or  any  extract 
therefrom  given  or  made  under  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations and  purporting  to  be  certified  by  an  in- 
spector ; 

(c)  a  document  purporting  to  certify  the  result  of 
a  test  or  an  analysis  of  a  sample  of  air  and  setting 
forth  the  concentration  or  amount  of  a  biological, 
chemical  or  physical  agent  in  a  work  place  or  part 
thereof  and  purporting  to  be  certified  by  an 
inspector,  or 

is  evidence  of  the  order,  decision,  writing  or  document,  and 
the  facts  appearing  in  the  order,  decision,  writing  or  docu- 
ment without  proof  of  the  signature  or  official  character  of 
the  person  appearing  to  have  signed  the  order  or  the  certifi- 
cate and  without  further  proof.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  41;  1973, 
c.  47,  s.  27,  amended. 


33 

(2)   In    any    proceeding    or    prosecution    under    this    Act,  orderaand 
a  copy  of  an  order  or  decision  purporting  to  have  been  made  decisions 
under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  and  purporting  to  have 
been  signed  by  the  Minister,  a  Director  or  an  inspector  may 
be  served, 

(a)  personally  in  the  case  of  an  individual  or  in  case  of 
a  partnership  upon  a  partner,  and  in  the  case  of  a 
corporation,  upon  the  president,  vice-president, 
secretary,  treasurer  or  a  director,  or  upon  the 
manager  or  person  in  charge  of  the  work  place;  or 

(b)  by  registered  letter  addressed  to  a  person  or  cor- 
poration mentioned  in  clause  a  at  his  or  its  last 
known  place  of  business, 

and  the  same  shall  be  deemed  to  be  good  and  sufficient 
service  thereof.     New. 


37.  An  information  in  respect  of  an  offence  under  this  fj!j^^®°*^ 
Act  may,  at  the  election  of  the  informant,  be  heard,  tried 

and  determined  by  a  justice  of  the  peace  or  a  provincial  court 
judge  of  the  Provincial  Court  (Criminal  Division)  having 
jurisdiction  in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  accused 
is  resident  or  carries  on  business  although  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  information  did  not  arise  in  that  county  or 
district.     1973,  c.  47,  s.  28. 

38.  No   prosecution    under   this   Act   shall   be   instituted  on'^rotecu" 
more  than  one  year  after  the  last  act  or  default  upon  which  tions 

the  prosecution  is  based  occurred.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  37. 


PART  X 

REGULATIONS 

30. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  [jo^g^*" 
such   regulations  as  are  advisable   for  the  health  or  safety 
of  f)ersons  in  or  about  a  work  place.     1971,  c.  43,  s.  45  (1); 
1973,  c.  47,  s.  31  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  subsection   1,   the  ^<^®™ 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regulations, 

1.  defining  any  word  or  expression  used  in  this  Act 
or  the  regulations  that  is  not  defined  in  this  Act 
for  the  purposes  of  the  Act  and  the  regulations; 


34 

2.  designating  or  defining  any  industry,  work  place, 
employer  or  class  of  work  places  or  employers  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  part  of  this  Act,  or  the 
regulations  or  any  provision  thereof; 

3.  designating,  either  generally  or  specifically,  work 
places,  to  which  this  Act  and  the  regulations  apply 
or  do  not  apply; 

4.  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

5.  providing  for  and  prescribing  fees  and  the  pay- 
ment or  refund  of  fees ; 

6.  requiring  and  prescribing  notices  that  shall  be 
posted  in  one  or  more  languages; 

7.  prescribing  the  records  that  shall  be  made  and 
kept  by  owners  and  employers; 

8.  requiring  an  owner,  employer  or  constructor  to 
transmit  to  a  Director  such  notices,  returns  and 
reports  and  such  information  and  particulars  therein 
as  are  prescribed ; 

9.  prescribing  the  kind  of  accident,  explosion,  fire, 
flood  or  inrush  of  water,  failure  of  equipment, 
machine,  device  or  thing,  cave-in,  subsidence,  rock- 
burst  or  other  incident  of  which  notice  is  to  be  given 
under  section  25; 

10.  requiring  the  submission  of  drawings,  specifications, 
reports,  details  of  procedures  and  other  information 
as  are  prescribed  and  prescribing  by  whom  such 
information  shall  be  prepared  or  certified; 

1 1 .  prescribing  the  qualifications  of  any  person  required 
to  prepare  or  certify  such  information  as  may  be 
required  under  a  regulation  made  pursuant  to 
paragraph  10; 

12.  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  installation  or  use  of 
any  machine,  device  or  thing  or  any  class  thereof; 

13.  requiring  that  any  equipment,  machine,  device, 
article  or  thing  used  bear  the  seal  of  approval  of  an 
organization  designated  by  the  regulations  to  test 
and  approve  the  equipment,  machine,  device,  article 
or  thing  and  designating  organizations  for  such 
purposes ; 


35 

14.  requiring  and  regulating  equipment,  materials  and 
protective  devices  or  clothing  for  workers; 

15.  requiring  that  a  worker  shall  be  a  competent 
person ; 

16.  prescribing  measures  and  procedures  to  be  carried 
out  in  a  work  place; 

17.  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  handling  of,  exposure 
to,  use  and  disposal  of  any  material,  biological, 
chemical  or  physical  agent  or  combination  thereof 
or  thing  in  a  work  place; 

18.  respecting  medical  examinations,  tests  or  x-rays 
of  workers  and  the  reports  to  be  made  of  such 
examinations ; 

19.  respecting  the  reporting  by  physicians  and  others 
of  workers  affected  by  any  biological,  chemical  or 
physical  agents  or  combination  thereof; 

20.  regulating  or  prohibiting  atmospheric  conditions, 
to  which  any  worker  may  be  exposed  in  a  work 
place ; 

21.  prescribing  methods,  standards  or  procedures  for 
determining  the  amount,  concentration  or  level 
of  any  atmospheric  condition  or '  any  biological, 
chemical  or  physical  agent,  or  combination  thereof 
in  a  work  place; 

22.  prescribing  any  biological,  chemical  or  physical 
agent  or  combination  thereof  as  a  designated 
substance ; 

23.  prohibiting,  regulating,  restricting,  limiting  or  con- 
trolling the  handling  of,  exposure  to,  or  the  use  and 
disposal  of  a  designated  substance; 

24.  requiring  the  maintenance  and  keeping  of  a  record 
or  records  of  biological,  chemical  or  physical  agents, 
the  use  thereof,  the  disposal  thereof,  and  the  exposure 
of  workers  thereto ; 

25.  requiring  and  regulating  the  establishment  of  an 
occupational  health  service  by  an  employer  or 
person  in  charge  of  a  work  place  and  the  maintenance 
thereof  in  accordance  with  standards  as  prescribed ; 


36 

26.  respecting  the  provision  of  suitable  facilities  for 
medical  treatment  in  cases  of  accident  or  sickness  and 
for  the  supervision  of  the  general  health  of  employees 
during  working  hours; 

27.  respecting  the  prevention  or  control  of  fire  in  a 
work  place  and  protection  therefrom; 

28.  respecting  the  provision  and  maintenance  of  any 
sanitary  convenience  or  welfare  provision  in  a  work 
place ; 

29.  respecting  the  provision  of  suitable  facilities  in  a 
work  place  for  handicapped  persons ; 

30.  adopting  by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such 
changes  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  con- 
siders necessary,  any  code  and  requiring  compliance 
with  any  code  that  is  so  adopted ; 

31.  requiring  and  providing  for  the  registration  of 
employers  of  workers ; 

32.  prescribing  the  minimum  age  for  a  worker  or  person 
in  any  work  place  or  class  of  work  places ; 

33.  requiring  an  employer  or  supervisor  to  provide  a 
worker  with  written  instructions  as  to  the  measures 
and  procedures  to  be  taken  for  the  protection  of  a 
worker ; 

34.  requiring  a  constructor  to  appoint  a  superintendent 
for  a  project  as  prescribed; 

35.  adopting  by  reference  any  criteria  or  guide  in  relation 
to  the  exposure  of  a  worker  to  any  biological, 
chemical  or  physical  agent  or  combination  thereof; 
and 

36.  enabling  the  Director  by  notice  in  writing  to 
designate  that  any  part  of  a  project  shall  be  an 
individual  project  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
the  regulations  and  prescribing  to  whom  notice  shall 
be  given.  1971,  c.  43,  s.  45  (2) ;  1973.  c.  47,  s.  31  (2), 
amended. 


Repeals  ^.q^  j^ie  following  are  repealed : 

1.  The  Construction  Safety  Act,  1973,  being  chapter  47. 


37 

2.  The  Industrial  Safety  Act,  1971 ,  being  chapter  43. 

3.  The  Industrial  Safety  Amendment  Act,  1972,  being 
chapter  122. 

4.  The  Industrial  Safety  Amendment  Act,  1974,  being 
chapter  104. 

5.  Part  IX  of  The  Mining  Act,  except, 

i.  Subsection  1  of  section  176, 

ii.  Clauses  d,  e  and  /  of  subsection  2  of  section 
176,  and 

iii.  Sections  611  and  616, 

being  chapter  274  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970. 

6.  The  Silicosis  Act,  being  chapter  438  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

7.  Section  78  of  The  Civil  Rights  Statute  Law  Amend- 
ment Act,  1971 ,  being  chapter  50. 

8.  The  Employees'  Health  and  Safety  Act,  1976,  being 
chapter  79. 

9.  Section    10  of   The  Ministry  of  Labour  Act,  being 
chapter  117  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

41.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ^°e^t"*°°* 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

42.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Occupational  Health  Short  tiue 
andSafety  Act,  1977. 


o 


Go 


H 
X 

w 
5.  o 
-  w 

o  • 

O    SC 


o 

O 

<-«■ 

^ 

o 

■•^ 

S" 

'^5 

>3 

1:0 
<* 

1' 

00 

& 

Si. 

3 

-vl 

^ 

C 

V 

l-^     )JU    r-h 

^    a>    „ 

O     i—   <T> 

<^   P     O 
O      3      r* 

■^      S     ? 

p 

o' 

9 
P 


BILL  71  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  relieve  Persons  from  Liability  in  respect  of 
voluntary  Emergency  Medical  and  First  Aid  Services 


Mr.  Haggerty 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  reheve  persons  from  liabihty  in  resf)ect 
of  voluntary  emergency  first  aid  assistance  or  medical  services  rendered  at 
or  near  the  scene  of  an  accident  or  other  sudden  emergency. 


BILL  71  1977 


An  Act  to  relieve  Persons  from 

Liability  in  respect  of  voluntary 

Emergency  Medical  and  First  Aid  Services 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


I.  In  this  Act,  l^lfT^' 

'  tation 

(a)  "physician"  means  a  legally  qualified  medical  practi- 
tioner ; 

(6)  "registered  nurse"  has  the  same  meaning  as  defined 

in  section  69  of  The  Health  Disciplines  Act,  1974.       i9V4,c.47 


2.  Where,  in  respect  of  a  person  who  is  ill,  injured  or  f^^^^ 
unconscious  as   the  result   of  an   accident   or  other  sudden  liability 

for 

emergency,  damages 

(a)  a  physician  or  registered  nurse  voluntarily  and 
without  expectation  of  compensation  or  reward 
renders  emergency  medical  services  or  first  aid 
assistance  and  such  services  or  assistance  are  not 
rendered  at  a  hospital  or  other  place  having 
adequate  medical  facilities  and  equipment;  or 

(b)  a  person  other  than  a  person  mentioned  in  clause 
a  voluntarily  renders  emergency  first  aid  assistance 
and  such  assistance  is  rendered  at  the  immediate 
scene  of  the  accident  or  emergency, 

the  physician,  registered  nurse  or  other  person  shall  not 
be  liable  for  damages  for  injuries  to  or  the  death  of  such 
person  alleged  to  have  been  caused  by  an  act  or  omission 
on  his  part  in  rendering  the  medical  services  or  first  aid 
assistance,  unless  such  acts  constitute  wilful  or  wanton 
misconduct  on  his  part. 


Act  does 
not  apply 
to  normal 
medical 
services 


3.  Nothing  in  section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  relieve  a 
physician  from  liability  for  damages  for  injuries  to  or  the 
death  of  any  person  caused  by  an  act  or  omission  on  the  part 
of  the  physician  in  respect  of  medical  services  rendered  by 
him  in  the  normal  and  ordinary  course  of  his  practice  and 
not  under  the  circumstances  set  forth  in  section  2. 


Commence-        4    Xhis  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

ment  ^  j  j 

Assent. 


Short  title  5^  j^e  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Good  Samaritan  Act, 

1977. 


i 


Co 


S 

«*«>. 

^ 

^ 

^ 

«> 

> 

o 
o 

^ 

w 

'♦^ 

» 

oo' 

H 

h^ 

>< 

<-o 


Si 


Ni 

o 

Ki. 

S 

a* 

V) 

S^ 

n 

>i 

l-A 

n> 

00 

Si 

{& 

<-»■ 

S^ 

$:^ 

o* 

J*; 

1—0 

vO 

c^ 

> 

3 
> 


ti?   3  a> 

rn  o 


CD  3    3 


Q  2  <^ 

(T>    3    3 
W5    O    3 

2L^ 


i 


BILL  72  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  preserve  Topsoil  in  Ontario 


The  Hon.  W.  G.  Newman 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  provide  councils  of  municipahties  with  the 
power  to  preserve  and  protect  topsoil  within  the  municipality. 


BILL  72  1977 


An  Act  to  preserve  Topsoil  in  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  ^Z^- 

{a)  "lot"  means  a  parcel  of  land,  described  in  a  deed 
or  other  document  legally  capable  of  conveying 
land,  or  shown  as  a  lot  or  block  on  a  registered  plan 
of  subdivision; 

(b)  "topsoil"  means  that  horizon  in  a  soil  profile,  known 
as  the  "A"  horizon,  containing  organic  material. 

2. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  by-laws  may  be  ^y-^aws^ 
passed  by  the  councils  of  municipalities,  or 

r  J  f  >  prohibltinfir 

removal  of 

(a)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  removal  of  topsoil  in  '°^^° 
the   municipality  or  in  any  area  or  areas  thereof 
defined  in  the  by-law; 

(b)  providing  for  the  issuing  and  renewing  of  permits 
for  the  removal  of  topsoil ; 

(c)  providing  for  the  refusal  to  issue,  refusal  to  renew 
and  revocation  of  permits  on  such  grounds  as  are 
prescribed  in  the  by-law; 

{d)  prohibiting  any  person  from  removing  topsoil  within 
the  area  or  areas  to  which  the  by-law  applies  with- 
out a  permit  therefor; 

{e)  requiring  the  rehabilitation  of  lands  from  which  the 
topsoil  has  been  removed; 

(/)  prescribing  standards  of  rehabilitation  to  be  met  for 
the  pur|X>sei  of  clause  e; 


ig)  prescribing  rehabilitation  procedures  to  be  followed 
for  the  purposes  of  clause  e ;  and 

(h)  exempting  any  land  or  any  p>erson  or  class  of  per- 
sons from  any  or  all  of  the  provisions  of  a  by-law 
passed  pursuant  to  this  subsection. 

Application        (2)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  a 
normal  agricultural  practice  including  such  removal 
as  an  incidental  part  of  sod-farming,  greenhouse 
operations  and  nurseries  for  horticultural  products; 

(b)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  drain 
i97i'c  37                        construction  under  The  Drainage  Act,  1975  or  The 

Tile  Drainage  Act,  1971; 

(c)  the   removal    of   topsoil   as   an   incidental    part   of 
1971.  c.  96                        operations  authorized  under  The  Pits  and  Quarries 

Control  Act,  1971; 

(d)  the   removal    of   topsoil    as   an   incidental   part   of 
f'^ii'^^^'                     operations  authorized  under  The  Mining  Act; 

(e)  the  removal  of  topsoil  by  a  Crown  agency  or 
Ontario  Hydro; 

(/)  in  the  case  of  a  by-law  passed  by  a  local  munici- 
pality, the  removal  of  topsoil  by  a  county  or  regional 
municipality ; 

ig)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  any 

construction  for  which  leave  to  construct  has  been 

f'ii?'^^^'  granted  pursuant  to  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act; 

(h)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  the 
construction  of  any  form  of  underground  services 
where  the  topsoil  is  removed  and  held  for  sub- 
sequent replacement ; 

(t)  the  removal  of  topsoil  where  the  quantity  of  topsoil 
removed  in  any  one  lot  does  not,  in  any  consecutive 
three-month  period,  exceed  five  cubic  metres ;  and 

ij)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  the 
construction  of  a  public  highway. 

w*n»  (3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection   1   does  not  apply 

to  the  extent  that, 


(a)  it  is  inconsistent  with  the  terms  of  any  approval 

or  agreement  under  The  Planning  Act;  or  ^iip'^^'"' 

{h)  it  would  prevent  the  construction  of  any  building, 
structure,  driveway,  loading  or  parking  facilities 
permitted  or  required  on  a  lot  pursuant  to, 

(i)  a  by-law  passed  by  a  municipality  pursuant 
to  section  35  of  The  Planning  Act, 

(ii)  an  order  made  by  the  Minister  of  Housing 
pursuant  to  section  32  of  The  Planning  Act, 

(iii)  a  land  use  regulation  made  by  the  Treasurer 
of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 
Intergovernmental  Affairs  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  The  Parkway  Belt  Planning  and  Develop- 1^'"^-  ^-  ^ 
ment  Act,  1973,  or 

(iv)  a  development  permit  issued  by  the  Minister 

of  Housing  pursuant  to  The  Niagara  E scarp- ^^'^'^■^^ 
ment   Planning  and  Development   Act   or   an 
exemption  granted  pursuant  to  clause  c  of 
section  22a  of  the  said  Act. 

3.  Part    XXI    of    The    Municipal    Act    applies    mutatis^'^^"''''^'^^'^^ 

RSO  1970 

mutandis  to  by-laws  passed  under  this  Act.  c.284 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^o^^®^'^®- 
Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Topsail  Preservation  ^^°'** ""® 
Act,  1977. 


o 


Go 


2-H 

^  w 
o  X 

Orq     ^ 

n    r- 

c 

pro 
c  • 

ft  !z; 

o 
o 
a 


o 

O 

r* 

t\i 

O 

<.. 

s 

u- 

C/) 

«^ 

"1 

>3 

NJ 

o 

S) 

a- 

1' 

*-4 

1' 

H 

> 

o 

3 

-^ 

> 

o 

o 

C^' 

r^ 

_, 

t-t- 

3 

o 

o-^ 

3 

fD 

<-♦ 

t/) 

P 

rD 

•I 

1 

o" 

< 

BILL  72 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  preserve  Topsoil  in  Ontario 


The  Hon.  W.  G.  Newman 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  72  1977 


An  Act  to  preserve  Topsoil  in  Ontario 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.   In  this  Act,  Kr 

(a)  "lot"  means  a  parcel  of  land,  described  in  a  deed 
or  other  document  legally  capable  of  conveying 
land,  or  shown  as  a  lot  or  block  on  a  registered  plan 
of  subdivision; 

(b)  "topsoil"  means  that  horizon  in  a  soil  profile,  known 
as  the  "A"  horizon,  containing  organic  material. 

2. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  by-laws  may  be  ^y-^aws 
passed  by  the  councils  of  municipalities,  or 


regulating 


prohibiting 
removal  of 

(a)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  removal  of  topsoil  in   °^^° 
the  municipality  or  in   any  area  or  areas  thereof 
defined  in  the  by-law; 

(6)  providing  for  the  issuing  and  renewing  of  permits 
for  the  removal  of  topsoil ; 

(f)  providing  for  the  refusal  to  issue,  refusal  to  renew 
and  revocation  of  p)ermits  on  such  grounds  as  are 
prescribed  in  the  by-law; 

(d)  prohibiting  any  person  from  removing  topsoil  within 
the  area  or  areas  to  which  the  by-law  applies  with- 
out a  permit  therefor; 

(e)  requiring  the  rehabilitation  of  lands  from  which  the 
topsoil  has  been  removed; 

(/)  prescribing  standards  of  rehabilitation  to  be  met  for 
the  purposes  of  clause  e; 


(g)  prescribing  rehabilitation  procedures  to  be  followed 
for  the  purposes  of  clause  e ;  and 

(h)  exennpting  any  land  or  any  person  or  class  of  per- 
sons from  any  or  all  of  the  provisions  of  a  by-law 
passed  pursuant  to  this  subsection. 

Application         (2)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  a 
normal  agricultural  practice  including  such  removal 
as  an  incidental  part  of  sod-farming,  greenhouse 
operations  and  nurseries  for  horticultural  products; 

(6)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  drain 
1971c  37  construction  under  The  Drainage  Act,  J 97 5  or  The 

Tile  Drainage  Act,  1971; 

(c)  the   removal   of   topsoil   as   an   incidental    part   of 
1971,0.96  operations  authorized  under  The  Pits  and  Quarries 

Control  Act,  1971; 

{d)  the   removal    of   topsoil    as   an    incidental   part    of 
^■^?'^^^'  operations  authorized  under  The  Mining  Act; 

(e)  the  removal  of  topsoil  by  a  Crown  agency  or 
Ontario  Hydro; 

(/)  in  the  case  of  a  by-law  passed  by  a  local  munici- 
pality, the  removal  of  topsoil  by  a  county  or  regional 
municipality ; 

ig)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  any 

construction  for  which  leave  to  construct  has  been 

^■^^o.isno.  granted  pursuant  to  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act; 

{h)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  the 
construction  of  any  form  of  underground  services 
where  the  topsoil  is  removed  and  held  for  sub- 
sequent replacement ; 

(i)  the  removal  of  topsoil  where  the  quantity  of  topsoil 
removed  in  any  one  lot  does  not,  in  any  consecutive 
three-month  period,  exceed  five  cubic  metres;  and 

(j)  the  removal  of  topsoil  as  an  incidental  part  of  the 
construction  of  a  public  highway. 

M®™  (3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection   1   does  not  apply 

to  the  extent  that, 


(a)  it  is  inconsistent  with  the  terms  of  any  approval 

or  agreement  under  The  Planning  Ad;  or  ^f^P'^^^' 

[b)  it  would  prevent  the  construction  of  any  building, 
structure,  driveway,  loading  or  parking  facilities 
permitted  or  required  on  a  lot  pursuant  to, 

(i)  a  by-law  passed  by  a  municipality  pursuant 
to  section  35  of  The  Planning  Act, 

(ii)  an  order  made  by  the  Minister  of  Housing 
pursuant  to  section  32  of  The  Planning  Act, 

(iii)  a  land  use  regulation  made  by  the  Treasurer 
of  Ontario  and   Minister  of  Economics  and 
Intergovernmental  Affairs  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  The  Parkway  Belt  Planning  and  Develop-  ^^'^^-  °-  ^ 
ment  Act,  1973,  or 

(iv)  a  development  permit  issued  by  the  Minister 

of  Housing  pursuant  to  The  Niagara  Escarp-  ^^'^3,  c.  52 
ment   Planning  and  Development   Act  or   an 
exemption  granted  pursuant   to  clause  c  of 
section  22a  of  the  said  Act. 

3.  Part    XXI    of    The    Municipal    Act    applies    mutatis'^'^^^'^^^^^^^ 

R  S  O  1970 

mutandis  to  by-laws  passed  under  this  Act.  c.284 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^°^^ence- 
Assent. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Topsail  Preservation  ^^°^  ^^^^^ 
Act,  1977. 


: 


3 

H 

K 

(t 

W 

•1 

o 

ffi 

»-h 

o 

> 

•z 

QR5 

2. 
o" 

^ 

C^ 

ft- 

p 

c 

■1 

:z: 

3 

CL  g 

Ti 

> 

Q 

o 

&< 

tz: 

z 

o 

o 

o 

o 

< 

< 

<-t- 

CO 

c-o 

CO 

t\i 

O 

••«. 

3 

3 

•1 

V) 

«««. 

•-1 

>3 

►t 

>i 

to 

>3 

00 

<-»■ 
3* 

8 

00 
r-t- 

1' 

o 

1-^ 

OTQ 

h^ 

»_^ 

tAj 

vO 

vO 

vO 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

»J 

H 

> 

o 

3 

1 

> 

o 

n 

3: 

i-»- 

„. 

r* 

3 

o 

?- 

3 

^ 

P) 

n 

2 

"I 

o' 

< 

a> 

BILL  73  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

General 

The  amendments  proposed  in  this  Bill  provide  for  the  payment  of  a 
monthly  benefit  to  those  who,  by  reason  of  amendments  to  the  Old  Age 
Security  Act  (Canada)  that  took  effect  July  1,  1977,  may  become  entitled 
to  a  monthly  guaranteed  income  supplement  under  that  Act  and  to  a  partial 
monthly  pension  if  they  have  resided  in  Canada  for  less  than  forty  years  but 
for  at  least  ten  years. 

The  amount  of  the  monthly  benefit  will  be  equivalent  to  the  monthly 
increment  that  would  be  payable  to  such  persons  were  they  entitled  to 
receive  a  full  monthly  f>ension  under  the  federal  Act.  The  monthly  benefit 
ia  payable  to  those  who  are  not  eligible  for  an  increment  under  the  Act 
and  who  are  over  age  sixty-five,  are  in  receipt  of  a  monthly  supplement 
and  a  partial  monthly  jjension  under  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada), 
and  who  meet  residency  criteria  modeled  on  those  provided  for  in  the  Old 
Age  Security  Act  (Canada). 

The  residency  criteria  are  that  an  applicant  must  have  resided  in 
Ontario  for  one  full  year  prior  to  his  application  for  a  monthly  benefit, 
and  must  establish  that  he  has,  at  the  time  his  application  is  approved, 
resided  in  Canada  after  attaining  eighteen  years  of  age  for  at  least  10  years 
and  for  not  more  than  forty  years.  In  lieu  of  the  full  year's  residence  in 
Ontario  prior  to  the  approval  of  an  application,  an  applicant  may  establish 
that,  after  attaining  eighteen  years  of  age,  he  has  resided  in  Ontario  for  an 
aggregate  period  of  at  least  twenty  years. 

Other  amendments  are  proposed  in  the  Bill  to  reflect  recent  changes  in 
the  provisions  of  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada),  to  add  provisions  to 
enable  the  Minister  to  investigate  more  fully  the  claims  of  an  applicant 
for  benefits  under  the  Act,  and  to  clarify  the  presentation  of  a  number  of 
formulae  for  calculating  income  contained  in  the  Act. 

Section  1 . — Subsection  1 .  The  sub-subclause  re-enacted  by  the  amend- 
ment will  set  out  more  clearly  the  calculation  of  "basic  monthly  income" 
for  the  class  of  cases  covered  by  subclause  vi.  The  change  corrects  an 
unintended  interpretation  that  might  otherwise  arise  in  the  application  of 
the  formula. 


BILL  73  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the  advice  and   consent   of   the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Sub-subclause  C  of  subclause  vi  of  clause  d  of  section  1  of  rb-enacted^^^' 
The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974,  being 
chapter  58,   as   re-enacted   by   the   Statutes   of   Ontario, 
1976,  chapter  ?>2),  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(C)  where  the  aggregate  of  the  incomes  for 
the  base  calendar  year  of  the  benefi- 
ciary and  his  spouse  is  equal  to  or 
greater  than  the  sum  of  the  amounts 
described  in  paragraph  1 ,  2  or  3  of  sub- 
subclause  B, 

an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of, 

1.  the  amount  equal  to  one-thirty-sixth 
of  the  result  obtained  by  subtracting 
from  the  amount  of  the  aggregate  of 
the  incomes  for  the  base  calendar 
year  of  the  beneficiary  and  his  spouse 
the  sum  of  the  amounts  described  in 
paragraphs  1  and  2  of  sub-subclause 
B  and  $12.00, 

2.  the  amount  of  the  pension  that  is 
authorized  to  be  paid  in  the  month 
under   the   Old  Age   Security   Act^-^^.\m, 


(Canada),  and 

3.  the  maximum  amount  of  the  supple- 
ment that  is  authorized  to  be  paid  in 
the  month  under  the  Old  Age  Security 
Act  (Canada)  to  an  unmarried  person. 


8. 1  (g). 
amended 


(2)  Clause  g  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"a  payment  similar  to  a  supplement  or  a  pension"  in 
the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a  spouse's  allowance,  a  payment  similar  to  a  supple- 
ment, pension  or  spouse's  allowance". 


8.  1  (fe)  (11). 

re-enacted 


(3)  Subclause  ii  of  clause  k  of  the  said  section  1 ,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 


1973, 

0. 211  (Can.) 


(ii)  the  amount  of  any  pension,  supplement, 
sp)ouse's  allowance,  or  allowance  under  the 
Family  Allowances  Act,  1973  (Canada),  and 
the  amount  of  any  similar  payments  made 
under  a  law  of  a  province  of  Canada. 


8.  l(fc)  (IV), 

re-enacted 


(4)  Subclause  iv  of  clause  k  of  the  said  section  1,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


1970-71, 
c.  63  (Can.) 


(iv)  any  amount  required  by  paragraph  b  of  sub- 
section 1  of  section  82  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  to  be  included  in  income,  or 
any  amount  prescribed  for  the  purpose  of 
this  subclause, 


8.1. 

amended 


(5)  The  said  section   1   is  amended  by  adding  thereto   the 
following  clauses: 


[sa)  "spouse"  in  relation  to  a  beneficiary  includes  a 
person  of  the  opposite  sex  who  has  lived  with  the 
beneficiary  for  three  or  more  years  where  there  is 
a  bar  to  their  marriage  or  for  at  least  one  year 
where  there  is  no  such  bar  and  the  beneficiary  and 
that  person  have  publicly  represented  themselves 
as  man  and  wife; 


R.S.C.  1970, 
c.0-6 


{sb)  "spouse's  allowance"  means  a  monthly  payment 
authorized  to  be  paid  under  Part  II.  1  of  the  Old 
Age  Security  Act  (Canada). 


s.  la, 
enacted 


2.  The  said   Act   is   amended   by   adding  thereto  the   following 
section : 


Eligibility 
for 

monthly 
benefit 


\a. — (1)  Subject  to  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  a  monthly 
benefit  may  be  paid  for  any  month  after  the  month  of  June, 
1977  to  every  person  who  is  not  eligible  on  the  30th  day  of 
June,  1977  to  be  paid  an  increment  and  who, 


Subsection  2.     The  amendment  adds  a  reference  to  "spouse's  allowance" 
to  reflect  changes  in  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada). 


Subsection  3.  The  amendment  adds  a  reference  to  a  "spouse's  allow- 
ance" and  to  an  allowance  under  the  Family  Allowances:  Act,  1973  (Canada) 
to  ensure  that  receipt  of  these  payments  by  a  beneficiary  under  the  Act 
will  not  be  taken  into  account  in  determining  his  income  and  the  amount 
of  the  benefits  payable  to  him  under  the  Act. 


Subsection  4.  The  amendment  clarifies  that  the  "gross-up"  of  dividends 
required  by  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  to  be  included  in  taxable  income 
will  not  affect  the  beneficiary's  income  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  increment  to  which  he  is  entitled  under  The  Ontario  Guaranteed 
Annual  Income  Act,  1974. 


Subsection  5.  The  amendment  adds  definitions  of  "spouse"  and 
"spouse's  allowance"  to  correspond  with  those  contained  in  the  Old  Age 
Security  Act  (Canada). 


Section  2.  The  amendment  adds  section  la  to  the  Act  to  provide  for 
the  payment  of  monthly  benefits  to  Ontario  residents  over  sixty-five  years 
of  age  who  are  not  entitled  to  an  increment  under  the  Act  (because  of  a 
residence  of  less  than  forty  years  in  Canada),  and  who  are  entitled  to  receive 
a  supplement  and  a  partial  monthly  [>ension  under  the  Old  Age  Security  Act 
(Canada).  In  addition,  an  applicant  must  have  resided  in  Ontario  for  either 
one  full  year  before  the  approval  of  his  application  or  for  an  aggregate 
period  of  twenty  years  after  attaining  eighteen  years  of  age  and  prior  to  the 
approval  of  his  application,  and  he  must  have  resided  in  Canada  for  at 
least  ten  years  and  for  not  more  than  forty  years  after  attaining  eighteen 
years  of  age. 


i 


Subsection  3  of  the  new  section  la  sets  out  the  method  of  calculating 
the  amount  of  a  monthly  benefit.  The  monthly  benefit  is  equal  to  the  amount 
of  the  increment  paid  to  other  beneficiaries  under  the  Act  who  receive  a 
supplement  under  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada),  but  the  amount  of  the 
monthly  benefit  is  reduced  to  reflect  the  size  of  a  recipient's  private  income 
other  than  amounts  received  under  this  Act  and  the  Old  Age  Security  Act 
(Canada).  The  reduction  of  the  monthly  benefit  corresponds  to  the  reduction 
of  the  monthly  guaranteed  income  supplement  paid  under  the  Old  Age 
Security  Act  (Canada).  That  supplement  is  reduced  by  $1.00  a  month  for 
every  $24.00  of  a  person's  annual  private  income.  Thus,  those  who  receive  a 
partial  monthly  pension  under  the  federal  Act  and  a  full  monthly  guaranteed 
income  supplement  under  that  Act  will  be  entitled  to  the  full  amount  of 
the  monthly  benefit  under  the  provincial  Act,  while  those  whose  private 
income  is  sufficient  to  reduce  the  supplement  payable  to  them  under  the 
federal  Act  will  also  have  the  monthly  benefit  under  the  provincial  Act 
reduced. 


(a)  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  such  lesser 
age  as  may  be  prescribed; 

(b)  is  actually  resident  in  Ontario  and  is  entitled  to 
receive  a  partial  monthly  pension  authorized  to  be 

paid  under  subsection  1.1  of  section  3  of  the  Old  f-^-^-  ^^''°- 
Age  Security  Act  (Canada)  and  to  receive  a  supple- 
ment that  is  paid  to  him  or  to  his  credit  through 
the  Ontario  regional  office  of  the  Income  Security 
Branch  of  the  Department  of  National  Health  and 
Welfare  of  the  Government  of  Canada ; 

(c)  has  resided  in  Canada,  after  attaining  eighteen 
years  of  age  and  prior  to  the  day  on  which  his 
application  is  approved,  for  a  period  or  periods  the 
aggregate  of  which  is  not  less  than  ten  years  and 
not  more  than  forty  years;  and 

(d)  has  resided  in  Ontario  for  a  period  of  one  full  year 
immediately  prior  to  the  date  on  which  his  appli- 
cation is  approved  or,  after  attaining  eighteen 
years  of  age  and  prior  to  the  date  on  which  his 
application  is  approved,  has  resided  in  Ontario  for 
a  continuous  period  of,  or  for  periods  the  aggregate 
of  which  is,  at  least  twenty  years. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  not  entitled  to  an  increment  under  i<*®™ 
this  Act  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June,  1977  is  eligible 

to  be  paid  a  monthly  benefit  under  this  section  only  when 
on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977,  he  becomes  entitled 
to  receive  a  supplement  and  if,  on  the  day  preceding  the 
day  on  which  his  application  is  approved,  he  is  a  Canadian 
citizen  residing  in  Ontario  or,  if  not  a  Canadian  citizen,  is 
then  legally  resident  in  Canada  and  is  residing  in  Ontario. 

(3)  "monthly  benefit"  means  the  payment  authorized  by  J^^^^jU* °^ 
subsection    1    and   is   an    amount   equal    to    the   maximum  benefit 
increment  payable  for  the  month  under  this  Act  to  a  person 

in  receipt  of  a  supplement,  minus  $1.00, 

(fl)  for  every  full  $24.00  of  the  income  for  the  base 
calendar  year  of  the  person  to  whom  the  monthly 
benefit  is  paid,  if  he  is  unmarried; 

{b)  for  every  full  $48.00  of  the  aggregate  of  the  in- 
comes for  the  base  calendar  year  of  the  person  and 
his  spouse,  if  the  person  to  whom  the  monthly 
benefit  is  paid  is  married  to  a  spouse  who  is  entitled 
to  receive  in  the  month  a  monthly  benefit  or  an 
increment  under  this  Act ;  or 


4 


R.S.C.  1970. 
c.0-6 


(c)  for  every  full  $48.00  of  the  amount  by  which  the 
aggregate  of  the  incomes  for  the  base  calendar  year 
of  the  person  and  his  spouse  exceeds  the  product 
of  twelve  times  the  maximum  amount  of  pension 
that  is  authorized  to  be  paid  in  the  month  under 
the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada)  to  an  unmarried 
person,  if  the  person  to  whom  the  monthly  benefit 
is  paid  is  married  either  to  a  spouse  who  is  not 
entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  an  increment, 
a  pension,  a  supplement  or  a  monthly  benefit,  or  to 
a  spouse  who  is  entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  a 
spouse's  allowance. 


Agrreements 
with 
foreign 
countries 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsections  1  to  3,  where  the  result 
of  an  international  agreement  concluded  in  accordance  with 
section  22.2  of  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada)  is  that 
a  person  resident  in  Ontario  becomes  entitled  to  receive  a 
supplement,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  manner  in  which  this  Act  shall 
apply  to  any  such  case  or  class  of  cases  affected  by  the 
agreement,  for  adapting  this  Act  thereto,  and  for  deter- 
mining such  person's  or  class  of  persons'  entitlement  to, 
and  the  amount  of,  a  monthly  benefit  under  this  Act,  as 
appears  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  be  neces- 
sary and  advisable. 


Interpre- 
tation 


(5)  In  clauses  a,  b  and  e  of  section  1  and  in  sections  2  to 
16,  "increment"  shall,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires, 
include  the  monthly  benefit  authorized  to  be  paid  by  this 
section. 


Reflations 


(6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations respecting  the  meaning  of  legal  residence  for  the 
purpose  of  this  section. 


8. 2  (2)  (a), 
re-enacted 


3. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33, 
section  2,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


(a)  subject  to  clause  d,  any  month  more  than  eleven 
months  before  the  month  in  which  the  application 
is  received. 


8.  2  (6), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "a"  where  it  appears  the  first  time  in  the  fourth 
line  and  where  it  appears  the  first  time  in  the  sixth  line 
"full". 


Subsection  4  of  the  new  section  la  empowers  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  to  make  regulations  to  adapt  the  monthly  benefit  provisions  of 
the  Act  to  situations,  as  yet  unknown,  which  may  arise  when  agreements 
between  Canada  and  other  countries  are  made,  as  provided  in  section  22.2 
of  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada),  for  the  payment  of  old  age  security 
benefits. 


Subsection  5  of  the  new  section  la  makes  the  relevant  provisions  of  the 
Act  applicable  to  the  application  for,  payment  of  and  administration  of  the 
monthly  benefit  authorized  by  section  la  of  the  Act. 


Subsection  6  of  the  new  section  la  enables  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  to  define  "legal  residence"  for  the  purpose  of  section  la. 


Section  3. — ^Subsection  1.  The  amendment  changes  to  eleven  months 
the  previous  reference  to  twelve  months,  and  is  made  to  reflect  changes 
in  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada). 


Subsections  2  and  3.  Theadditionof  "full"  before  "pension"  in  the  two 
subsections  being  amended  reflects  changes  in  the  Old  Age  Security  Act 
(Canada),  which  now  provides  for  both  a  full  and  a  partial  pension. 


Section  4.  The  amendment  substitutes  "eleven  months"  for  the 
previous  reference  to  "one  year",  and  reflects  changes  in  the  Old  Age  Security 
Ait  (Canada). 


Section  5.  The  several  amendments  prof>osed  in  this  section  will 
set  out  more  clearly  the  calculation  of  income  when  a  change  of  income 
occurs  during  the  year.  The  changes  correct  an  unintended  interpretation 
that  might  otherwise  arise  in  the  application  of  the  formulae  in  section  5  of 
the  Act. 


(3)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by  inserting  li^ended 
after  "a"  where  it  appears  the  second  time  in  the  first 
Hne  and  after  "the"  in  the  fourth  Hne  "full". 

4.  Subsection   1   of  section  4  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  Ij^^J^^^g^j 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  3,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "one  year"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "eleven  months". 

5. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  5  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  8-5(2). 

^    '  .  .    -^  amended 

Striking  out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following 
"plus"  in  the  twenty-third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof : 

(b)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that  part  of 
that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the  month  in  which 
he  ceased  to  hold  that  office  or  employment  or 
ceased  to  carry  on  that  business,  divided  by  the 
number  of  months  in  that  part  of  that  calendar 
year  and  multiplied  by  twelve, 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  striking  s  5  o) 
out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following  "plus" 

in  the  twentieth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(b)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that  part  of 
that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the  month  next 
before  the  month  in  which  he  suffered  the  loss, 
divided  by  the  number  of  months  in  that  part  of 
that  calendar  year  and  multiplied  by  twelve, 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

(3)  Subsection  4  ot  the  said  section  5  is  amended  Dy  striking  »•  5  (4). 
out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following  "plus" 

in  the  thirty-fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(ii)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that 
part  of  that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the 
month  in  which  he  ceased  to  hold  that  office 
or  employment  or  ceased  to  carry  on  that 
business,  divided  by  the  number  of  months 
in  that  part  of  that  calendar  year  and 
multiplied  by  twelve, 


8.  5  (5), 
amended 


shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

(4)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  striking 
out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following  "plus" 
in  the  thirty-first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(ii)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that 
part  of  that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the 
month  next  before  the  month  in  which  he 
suffered  that  loss,  divided  by  the  number 
of  months  in  that  part  of  that  calendar 
year  and  multiplied  by  twelve, 


8.  7(1)  (ft). 

amended 


shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

6.  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  7  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "except  that  no  payment  shall 
be  made  under  this  clause  where  the  amount  of  such  payment 
is  less  than  $5.00". 


8.8, 

amended 


7.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  4,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Administra- 
tion of  oaths 


(12)  Any  officer  or  employee  in  the  Ministry  of  Com- 
munity and  Social  Services  who  is  authorized  to  administer 
oaths,  take  and  receive  affidavits,  declarations  and  affirma- 
tions and  any  officer  or  employee  in  the  Ministry  of  Revenue 
who  is  authorized  by  the  Minister,  may  administer  oaths, 
take  and  receive  affidavits,  declarations  and  affirmations  for 
the  purposes  of  or  incidental  to  the  administration  or  enforce- 
ment of  this  Act,  and  every  person  so  authorized  has,  with 
respect  to  any  such  oath,  affidavit,  declaration  or  affirmation, 
all  the  powers  of  a  commissioner  for  taking  affidavits. 


8.14, 

re-enacted 


8.  Section  14  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Investigation  J 4 — (J)  ^jjy  person  thereunto  authorized  by  the  Minister 

for  any  purpose  related  to  the  administration  or  enforcement 
of  this  Act  may  at  all  reasonable  times  enter  into  any  premises 
or  place  where  any  business  is  carried  on  or  any  property 
is  kept  or  where  anything  is  done  in  connection  with  any 
business  or  where  any  books  or  records  are  kept  and, 

(a)  audit  or  examine  the  books  and  records  and  any 
account,   voucher,   letter,   telegram   or  other  docu- 


Section  6.  The  amendment  provides  that,  where  an  appUcant  has 
erroneously  shown  more  income  than  he  actually  receives,  his  entitlement  to 
any  additional  payment  under  the  Act  must  exceed  $5.00. 


Section  7.  The  new  subsection  added  by  the  amendment  provides  for 
the  taking  of  affidavits  and  declarations  required  for  the  administration 
of  the  Act. 


Section  8.  The  amendment  adds  to  the  Act  administrative  provisions 
for  investigating  and  obtaining  information  that  are  similar  to  those  in  other 
statutes  administered  by  the  Minister  of  Revenue. 


merit  that  relates  or  may  relate  to  the  information 
that  is  or  should  be  in  the  books  or  records  or  to 
the  amount  of  an  increment  payable  under  this 
Act; 

(6)  examine  property  described  in  any  conveyance  or 
any  property,  process  or  matter,  an  examination 
of  which  may,  in  his  opinion,  assist  him  in  deter- 
mining the  accuracy  of  any  application  required 
by  this  Act  or  in  ascertaining  the  information  that 
is  or  should  be  in  the  books  or  records  or  in  such 
application,  or  the  amount  of  any  increment  payable 
under  this  Act; 

(c)  require  any  person  on  the  premises  to  give  him 
all  reasonable  assistance  with  his  audit  or  examina- 
tion and  to  answer  all  questions  relating  to  the 
audit  or  examination  either  orally  or,  if  he  so  re- 
quires, in  writing,  on  oath  or  by  statutory  declara- 
tion and,  for  that  purpose,  he  may  require  such 
person  to  attend  at  the  premises  or  place  with  him; 
and 

(d)  if  during  the  course  of  any  audit  or  examination 
it  appears  to  him  that  there  has  been  a  violation 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act, 
seize  and  take  away  any  of  the  records,  books, 
accounts,  vouchers,  letters,  telegrams  and  other 
documents  and  retain  them  until  they  are  produced 
in  any  court  proceedings. 

(2)  The   Minister  may,   for   any   purpose  relating   to   the  Production 
administration    or   enforcement    of    this    Act,    by    registered  documents 
letter  or  by  a  demand  served  personally,  require  from  any  records  to 
person    any   information   or   additional    information,   or   t^e^*"^"**"^ 
production,   or   production   on   oath,   of  any   books,   letters, 
accounts,    invoices,    statements    (financial    or   otherwise)    or 

other  documents  within  such  reasonable  time  as  is  stipulated 
therein,  provided  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister  or  of 
the  person  authorized  by  him,  it  is  necessary  to  make  the 
demand  in  order  to  determine  eligibility  or  possible  eligibility 
for  an  increment  under  this  Act. 

(3)  Where  a  book,   record  or  other  document   has   been  5«'p*«8  of 

.     ',  .        ,  ,  ,  ,  ,  .  ,  documents 

seized,  exammed  or  produced  under  this  section,  the  person  and 

rocordfl 

by  whom  it  is  seized  or  examined  or  to  whom  it  is  produced, 
or  any  officer  of  the  Ministry  of  Revenue,  may  make  or 
cause  to  be  made  one  or  more  copies  thereof,  and  a  docu- 
ment purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Minister  or  a  person 


8 


Compliance 


Offence 


thereunto  authorized  by  the  Minister  to  be  a  copy  made 
pursuant  to  this  section  is  admissible  in  evidence  and  has 
the  same  probative  force  as  the  original  document  would 
have  had  if  it  had  been  proven  in  the  ordinary  way. 

(4)  No  person  shall  hinder  or  interfere  with  any  person 
doing  anything  that  he  is  authorized  by  this  section  to  do 
or  shall  prevent  or  attempt  to  prevent  any  person  doing 
any  such  thing,  and  notwithstanding  any  other  law  to  the 
contrary,  every  person  shall,  unless  he  is  unable  to  do  so,  do 
everything  he  is  required  by  this  section  to  do. 

(5)  Every  person  who  has  failed  to  comply  with  or  has 
contravened  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and,  in  ad- 
dition to  any  penalty  otherwise  provided,  is  liable  on  sum- 
mary conviction  to  a  fine  of  $100  or  $25  for  each  day  during 
which  the  default  continues,  whichever  is  the  greater. 


8. 15  (1)  (d). 
amended 


88.  17, 18, 
repealed 

Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


9.  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  15  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "or  14". 

10.  Sections  17  and  18  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

11. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1  to  7,  9  and  10,  comes  into 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1  to  7,  and  9  and  10  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977. 


Short  title        12.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual 
Income  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


Section  9.     The  amendment  is  consequential  on  the  amendment  pro- 
posed in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 

Section  10.     The   sections   repealed   were    required   only   during   the 
initial  months  of  the  Act. 


i 


o 


Co 


H 
X 

m 

X 
So 

2.2 


W 
H 

O 

2 
< 
w 

W 

JO 


I. 


O 

o 

!-*■ 

J>^ 

O 

>>^ 

s 

cr 

C/5 

Sl 

re 

?a 

NJ 

O 

& 

Si- 

t^' 

o 
^ 
^ 

1" 

H 
=r 
ft> 

O 

3    P    ^ 

0  -I    --' 

1  5-> 

n    -^    '-' 
-      3    E 

ol?   2 

> 

3 
3 
C 


BILL  73 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  73  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the  advice   and   consent   of   the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.— (1)  Sub-subclause  C  of  subclause  vi  of  clause  d  of  section  1  of  re-enacted ^^^' 
The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual  Income  Act,  1974,  being 
chapter  58,   as   re-enacted   by   the   Statutes   of  Ontario, 
1976,  chapter  33,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(C)  where  the  aggregate  of  the  incomes  for 
the  base  calendar  year  of  the  benefi- 
ciary and  his  spouse  is  equal  to  or 
greater  than  the  sum  of  the  amounts 
described  in  paragraph  1 ,  2  or  3  of  sub- 
subclause  B, 

an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of, 

1.  the  amount  equal  to  one-thirty-sixth 
of  the  result  obtained  by  subtracting 
from  the  amount  of  the  aggregate  of 
the  incomes  for  the  base  calendar 
year  of  the  beneficiary  and  his  spouse 
the  sum  of  the  amounts  described  in 
paragraphs  1  and  2  of  sub-subclause 
B  and  $12.00, 

2.  the   amount    of   the    pension    that    is 
authorized   to  be  paid  in   the  month 
under    the   Old   Age   Security    Act^-^c.mo, 
(Canada),  and 

3.  the  maximum  amount  of  the  supple- 
ment that  is  authorized  to  be  paid  in 
the  month  under  the  Old  Age  Security 
Act  (Canada)  to  an  unmarried  person. 


B.  l(^). 

amended 


(2)  Clause  g  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"a  payment  similar  to  a  supplement  or  a  pension"  in 
the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"a  spouse's  allowance,  a  payment  similar  to  a  supple- 
ment, pension  or  spouse's  allowance". 


8. 1  (k)  (11). 
re-enacted 


(3)  Subclause  ii  of  clause  k  of  the  said  section  1,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


1973. 

c.  211  (Can.) 


(ii)  the  amount  of  any  pension,  supplement, 
spouse's  allowance,  or  allowance  under  the 
Family  Allowances  Act,  1973  (Canada),  and 
the  amount  of  any  similar  payments  made 
under  a  law  of  a  province  of  Canada. 


8.  1  (fc)  (IV), 

re-enacted 


(4)  Subclause  iv  of  clause  k  of  the  said  section  1,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


1970-71. 
c.  63  (Can.) 


(iv)  any  amount  required  by  paragraph  b  of  sub- 
section 1  of  section  82  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  to  be  included  in  income,  or 
any  amount  prescribed  for  the  purpose  of 
this  subclause, 


8.1. 

amended 


(5)  The  said  section    1    is  amended  by  adding   thereto   the 
following  clauses: 


{sa)  "spouse"  in  relation  to  a  beneficiary  includes  a 
person  of  the  opposite  sex  who  has  lived  with  the 
beneficiary  for  three  or  more  years  where  there  is 
a  bar  to  their  marriage  or  for  at  least  one  year 
where  there  is  no  such  bar  and  the  beneficiary  and 
that  person  have  publicly  represented  themselves 
as  man  and  wife; 


R.S.C.  1970. 
c.O-6 


{sh)  "spouse's   allowance"    means   a   monthly   payment 
authorized  to  be  paid  under  Part   II.  1   of  the  Old 

Age  Security  Act  (Canada). 


8.  la. 
enacted 


2.  The  said   Act   is   amended   by  adding   thereto  the   following 
section : 


Eligibility 
for 

monthly 
benefit 


la. — (1)  Subject  to  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  a  monthly 
benefit  may  be  paid  for  any  month  after  the  month  of  June, 
1977  to  every  person  who  is  not  eligible  on  the  30th  day  of 
June,  1977  to  be  paid  an  increment  and  who. 


(a)  has  attained  sixty-five  years  of  age  or  such  lesser 
age  as  may  be  prescribed; 

(b)  is  actually  resident  in  Ontario  and  is  entitled  to 
receive  a  partial  monthly  pension  authorized  to  be 

paid  under  subsection  1.1  of  section  3  of  the  Old^-^-^-^^^- 
Age  Security  Act  (Canada)  and  to  receive  a  supple- 
ment that  is  paid  to  him  or  to  his  credit  through 
the  Ontario  regional  office  of  the  Income  Security 
Branch  of  the  Department  of  National  Health  and 
Welfare  of  the  Government  of  Canada ; 

(c)  has  resided  in  Canada,  after  attaining  eighteen 
years  of  age  and  prior  to  the  day  on  which  his 
application  is  approved,  for  a  period  or  periods  the 
aggregate  of  which  is  not  less  than  ten  years  and 
not  more  than  forty  years;  and 

(d)  has  resided  in  Ontario  for  a  period  of  one  full  year 
immediately  prior  to  the  date  on  which  his  appli- 
cation is  approved  or,  after  attaining  eighteen 
years  of  age  and  prior  to  the  date  on  which  his 
application  is  approved,  has  resided  in  Ontario  for 
a  continuous  period  of,  or  for  periods  the  aggregate 
of  which  is,  at  least  twenty  years. 

(2)  A  person  who  is  not  entitled  to  an  increment  under  i'^^'" 
this  Act  on  or  before  the  30th  day  of  June,  1977  is  eligible 

to  be  paid  a  monthly  benefit  under  this  section  only  when 
on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977,  he  becomes  entitled 
to  receive  a  supplement  and  if,  on  the  day  preceding  the 
day  on  which  his  application  is  approved,  he  is  a  Canadian 
citizen  residing  in  Ontario  or,  if  not  a  Canadian  citizen,  is 
then  legally  resident  in  Canada  and  is  residing  in  Ontario. 

(3)  "monthly  benefit"  means  the  payment  authorized  by  ^™°^jfj^°*^ 
subsection    1    and    is    an    amount    equal    to    the    maximum  benefit 
increment  payable  for  the  month  under  this  Act  to  a  person 

in  receipt  of  a  supplement,  minus  $1.00, 

(a)  for  every  full  $24.00  of  the  income  for  the  base 
calendar  year  of  the  person  to  whom  the  monthly 
benefit  is  paid,  if  he  is  unmarried; 

(6)  for  every  full  $48.00  of  the  aggregate  of  the  in- 
comes for  the  base  calendar  year  of  the  person  and 
his  spouse,  if  the  f)erson  to  whom  the  monthly 
benefit  is  paid  is  married  to  a  spouse  who  is  entitled 
to  receive  in  the  month  a  monthly  benefit  or  an 
increment  under  this  Act ;  or 


R.S.C.  1970. 
C.  0-6 


for  every  full  $48.00  of  the  amount  by  which  the 
aggregate  of  the  incomes  for  the  base  calendar  year 
of  the  person  and  his  spouse  exceeds  the  product 
of  twelve  times  the  maximum  amount  of  pension 
that  is  authorized  to  be  paid  in  the  month  under 
the  Old  Age  Security  Ad  (Canada)  to  an  unmarried 
person,  if  the  person  to  whom  the  monthly  benefit 
is  paid  is  married  either  to  a  spouse  who  is  not 
entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  an  increment, 
a  pension,  a  supplement  or  a  monthly  benefit,  or  to 
a  spouse  who  is  entitled  to  receive  in  the  month  a 
spouse's  allowance. 


Agrreements 
with 
foreign 
countries 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsections  1  to  3,  where  the  result 
of  an  international  agreement  concluded  in  accordance  with 
section  22.2  of  the  Old  Age  Security  Act  (Canada)  is  that 
a  person  resident  in  Ontario  becomes  entitled  to  receive  a 
supplement,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations  respecting  the  manner  in  which  this  Act  shall 
apply  to  any  such  case  or  class  of  cases  affected  by  the 
agreement,  for  adapting  this  Act  thereto,  and  for  deter- 
mining such  person's  or  class  of  persons'  entitlement  to, 
and  the  amount  of,  a  monthly  benefit  under  this  Act,  as 
appears  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  be  neces- 
sary and  advisable. 


Interpre- 
tation 


(5)  In  clauses  a,  b  and  e  of  section  1  and  in  sections  2  to 
16,  "increment"  shall,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires, 
include  the  monthly  benefit  authorized  to  be  paid  by  this 
section. 


Regulations 


(6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations respecting  the  meaning  of  legal  residence  for  the 
purpose  of  this  section. 


8. 2  (2)  (a), 
re-enacted 


3. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  i^, 
section  2,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


[a]  subject  to  clause  d,  any  month  more  than  eleven] 
months  before  the  month  in  which  the  application 
is  received. 


8.  2  (6), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by  inserting 
after  "a"  where  it  appears  the  first  time  in  the  fourth 
line  and  where  it  appears  the  first  time  in  the  sixth  line 
"full". 


I 


(3)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by  inserting  li^ended 
after  "a"  where  it  appears  the  second  time  in  the  first 
Hne  and  after  "the"  in  the  fourth  Hne  "full". 

4.  Subsection   1   of  section  4  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  ^j^^J^^^ie^ 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  3,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "one  year"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "eleven  months". 


5.- — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  5  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by|^^2Xg^ 
striking  out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following 
"plus"    in    the    twenty-third   Hne   and   inserting   in    lieu 
thereof : 

(6)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that  part  of 
that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the  month  in  which 
he  ceased  to  hold  that  office  or  employment  or 
ceased  to  carry  on  that  business,  divided  by  the 
number  of  months  in  that  part  of  that  calendar 
year  and  multiplied  by  twelve, 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  striking  s- 5  (3), 
out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following  "plus" 

in  the  twentieth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(b)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that  part  of 
that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the  month  next 
before  the  month  in  which  he  suffered  the  loss, 
divided  by  the  number  of  months  in  that  part  of 
that  calendar  year  and  multiplied  by  twelve, 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  striking  l^^^x^^ 
out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following  "plus" 

in  the  thirty-fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(ii)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that 
part  of  that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the 
month  in  which  he  ceased  to  hold  that  office 
or  employment  or  ceased  to  carry  on  that 
business,  divided  by  the  number  of  months 
in  that  part  of  that  calendar  year  and 
multiplied  by  twelve, 


S.  5  (5). 

amended 


8. 7(1)  (6). 
amended 


shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

(4)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  striking 
out  all  that  part  of  the  said  subsection  following  "plus" 
in  the  thirty-first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(ii)  any  defined  income  received  by  him  in  that 
part  of  that  calendar  year  that  is  after  the 
month  next  before  the  month  in  which  he 
suffered  that  loss,  divided  by  the  number 
of  months  in  that  part  of  that  calendar 
year  and  multiplied  by  twelve, 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  his  income  for  the  base  calendar 
year. 

6.  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  7  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "except  that  no  payment  shall 
be  made  under  this  clause  where  the  amount  of  such  payment 
is  less  than  $5.00". 


8.8. 

amended 


7.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  33,  section  4,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Administra- 
tion of  oaths 


(12)  Any  officer  or  employee  in  the  Ministry  of  Com- 
munity and  Social  Services  who  is  authorized  to  administer 
oaths,  take  and  receive  affidavits,  declarations  and  affirma- 
tions and  any  officer  or  employee  in  the  Ministry  of  Revenue 
who  is  authorized  by  the  Minister,  may  administer  oaths, 
take  and  receive  affidavits,  declarations  and  affirmations  for 
the  purposes  of  or  incidental  to  the  administration  or  enforce- 
ment of  this  Act,  and  every  person  so  authorized  has,  with 
respect  to  any  such  oath,  affidavit,  declaration  or  affirmation, 
all  the  powers  of  a  commissioner  for  taking  affidavits. 


s.  14. 
re-enacted 


8.  Section  14  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Investigation  14 — (jj  ^^ly  person  thereunto  authorized  by  the  Minister 

for  any  purpose  related  to  the  administration  or  enforcement 
of  this  Act  may  at  all  reasonable  times  enter  into  any  premises 
or  place  where  any  business  is  carried  on  or  any  property 
is  kept  or  where  anything  is  done  in  connection  with  any 
business  or  where  any  books  or  records  are  kept  and, 

(a)  audit  or  examine  the  books  and  records  and  any 
account,   voucher,   letter,   telegram   or  other  docu- 


ment  that  relates  or  may  relate  to  the  information 
that  is  or  should  be  in  the  books  or  records  or  to 
the  amount  of  an  increment  payable  under  this 
Act; 

(b)  examine  property  described  in  any  conveyance  or 
any  property,  process  or  matter,  an  examination 
of  which  may,  in  his  opinion,  assist  him  in  deter- 
mining the  accuracy  of  any  application  required 
by  this  Act  or  in  ascertaining  the  information  that 
is  or  should  be  in  the  books  or  records  or  in  such 
application,  or  the  amount  of  any  increment  payable 
under  this  Act ; 

(c)  require  any  person  on  the  premises  to  give  him 
all  reasonable  assistance  with  his  audit  or  examina- 
tion and  to  answer  all  questions  relating  to  the 
audit  or  examination  either  orally  or,  if  he  so  re- 
quires, in  writing,  on  oath  or  by  statutory  declara- 
tion and,  for  that  purpose,  he  may  require  such 
person  to  attend  at  the  premises  or  place  with  him ; 
and 

(d)  if  during  the  course  of  any  audit  or  examination 
it  appears  to  him  that  there  has  been  a  violation 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  made  under  this  Act, 
seize  and  take  away  any  of  the  records,  books, 
accounts,  vouchers,  letters,  telegrams  and  other 
documents  and  retain  them  until  they  are  produced 
in  any  court  proceedings. 

(2)  The   Minister   may,    for   any   purpose   relating   to   the  Production 
administration    or   enforcement    of    this    Act,    by   registered  documents 
letter  or  by  a  demand  served  personally,  require  from  anyrecordsto 
person   any   information   or   additional   information,    or   the  *^'°*®*'®'^ 
production,   or  production  on  oath,   of  any  books,   letters, 
accounts,    invoices,    statements    (financial    or   otherwise)    or 

other  documents  within  such  reasonable  time  as  is  stipulated 
therein,  provided  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister  or  of 
the  person  authorized  by  him,  it  is  necessary  to  make  the 
demand  in  order  to  determine  eligibility  or  possible  eligibility 
for  an  increment  under  this  Act. 

(3)  Where  a  book,   record   or  other  document   has   been  Copies  of 

•       .  -1  11  11-  1  documents 

seized,  exammed  or  produced  under  this  section,  the  person  and 
by  whom  it  is  seized  or  examined  or  to  whom  it  is  produced, 
or  any  officer  of  the   Ministry  of  Revenue,   may  make  or 
cause  to  be  made  one  or  more  copies  thereof,  and  a  docu- 
ment purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Minister  or  a  person 


8 


Compliance 


Offenoe 


thereunto  authorized  by  the  Minister  to  be  a  copy  made 
pursuant  to  this  section  is  admissible  in  evidence  and  has 
the  same  probative  force  as  the  original  document  would 
have  had  if  it  had  been  proven  in  the  ordinary  way. 

(4)  No  person  shall  hinder  or  interfere  with  any  person 
doing  anything  that  he  is  authorized  by  this  section  to  do 
or  shall  prevent  or  attempt  to  prevent  any  person  doing 
any  such  thing,  and  notwithstanding  any  other  law  to  the 
contrary,  every  person  shall,  unless  he  is  unable  to  do  so,  do 
everything  he  is  required  by  this  section  to  do. 

(5)  Every  person  who  has  failed  to  comply  with  or  has 
contravened  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and,  in  ad- 
dition to  any  penalty  otherwise  provided,  is  liable  on  sum- 
mary conviction  to  a  fine  of  $100  or  $25  for  each  day  during 
which  the  default  continues,  whichever  is  the  greater. 


8. 15(1)  (d). 
amended 


88.  17. 18. 
repealed 

Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


9.  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  15  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "or  14". 

10.  Sections  17  and  18  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

11. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1   to  7,  9  and  10,  comes  into 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1  to  7,  and  9  and  10  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977. 


Short  title         12.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ontario  Guaranteed  Annual 
Income  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


H 

m 

X 
So 

re    ^ 

^  > 


in 
o 

2 
< 
m 
z 
m 
w 


o 

o 

9 

< 

< 

l-^ 

(X> 

c-0 

re 

Ei^ 

o 

K^ 

3 

s. 

3 
cr 

Si. 

•-1 

05 

0) 

^ 

NJ 

00 

S> 

00 

55, 

o 

& 

(-(- 

p- 

^ 
^ 

1' 

5- 

5' 

1— » 

ffcj 

h-« 

»^ 

y^ 

vO 

o 

o 

•^ 

-J 

^ 

•^ 

^ 

^ 

H 

O 

3 

3      P      ^ 

O    -1    •-' 

n    -1    '-' 

—  :;r  3 

^^    3 

> 

3 
9 

e 

05 


BILL  74 


Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 


Mr.  Williams 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  amendment  would  require  a  person  who  holds  office  as  a  member 
of  a  council  of  a  municipality  and  whose  term  of  office  is  not  yet  three- 
quarters  expired  to  resign  his  office  on  official  nomination  day  if  he  wishes 
to  be  elected  to  the  Assembly. 


HLL  74  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 

■  TER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
lA  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
ollows: 

1.  Section  Sa  of  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act,  being  chapter  240 ^e?^;ja,cted 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  131,  section  1,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

8a. — (1)  In  this  section,  Jatfor®' 

(a)  "nomination  day"  means  the  nomination  day  stated 
in    the   writ    for   election   under   section    7    of    TA^^??.  1970. 

T^,        ■  A  c.  142 

Election  Act; 

(b)  "municipal  office"  means  a  position  as  a  member 
of    the    council    of    any    municipality,    including    a 
district,  area,  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality, 
or  of  a  local   board,  as  defined  in   The  Municipal^fj^-^^'^^- 
Affairs  Act,  of  a  municipality. 

(2)  Subject   to  subsections   3   and   4,   a   person   who   is   a  Candidate 
candidate  for  election  to  or  a  member  of  the  Assembly  is  notjneiigibieto 
eligible  to  hold  municipal  office.  cipai  office 

(3)  Every   person    who   holds   a   municipal    office   and   is^n^^jl^^e 
nominated  as  a  candidate  for  election  to  the  Assembly  forfeits  ineligible 

1  ••!«•  -i  i.ri      onnomlna- 

the  municipal  office  on  nomination  day  unless  the  term  of  thetionday 
office  is  more  than  three-quarters  complete  on  that  day. 

(4)  A  person  who,  while  a  candidate,  continues  to  hold  a^he^^ 

municipal  office  and  is  elected  a  member  of  the  Assembly  candidate 
,     ,  ■         ,  .    .      ,      -~  <i  1  1  ri      inellgrlble 

forfeits  the  municipal  office  on  the  day  that  the  return  of  the 

election  of  that  person  to  the  Assembly  is  published  in  The 

Ontario  Gazette  under  section  127  of  The  Election  Act. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  tlUe 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Amend 
ment  Act,  1977. 


2- 


ft 


^ 


I- 

ft 
ft- 


o 

n 
o 


-t 

>3 

N> 

SJ> 

ft 

C/) 

ft. 

<-t- 

- 

a' 

t-^ 

»Q 

o 
-^ 
^ 


H 

sr 

rt> 

r 

CJ3 

> 

!7i' 

3 

p" 

> 

n 

fC 

r-h 

> 

t/l 

O 
P3 

re 

3 

3 

3 

cr  CL 

*< 

> 

k 


BILL  75  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations  Act 


Mr.  Davison 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  requires  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial 
Relations  to  submit  an  annual  report  to  the  Assembly. 


BILL  75  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ministry  of 
Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of  the   Province  of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows: 

1.  The    Ministry    of   Consumer    and    Commercial    Relations    Act,  %^l^^^ 
being  chapter  113  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 

is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section : 

13.  The  Minister  after  the  close  of  each  year  shall  submit  Annual 
to   the   Lieutenant   Governor   in   Council   an   annual   report 
upon  the  affairs  of  the  Ministry  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
ensuing  session. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,    commence- 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  and  short  title 
Commercial  Relations  Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


2. 


Go 


w 

> 
< 

on 
O 

•z 


Co 

I. 
<*. 


N) 


O 
o 

O 

cr 

n 
■-« 

4^ 


>3 
Si. 
I' 


n 

O 

3 

s 

3 

5' 

> 

a> 
n 

tin' 

(-^ 
"1 

3 
> 

P 

^ 

n 

o 

r* 

J=d 

o 

£. 

O 

ST 

O 

3 

p 

3 

o' 

3 

3 

3 

D- 

> 

a> 
1 

n 

P 

3 

BILL  76  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975 


Mr.  Mancini 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  increase  the  legal  drinking  age  in  Ontario 
from  eighteen  to  nineteen  years  of  age. 

Section  45  as  amended  by  this  Bill,  showing  underlined  the  age  refer- 
ences to  be  changed,  is  set  out  below : 

45. — (/)  No  person  shall  knowingly  sell  or  supply  liquor  to  a  person  under 
the  age  of  nineteen  years. 

(2)  No  liquor  shall  he  sold  or  supplied  to  a  person  who  is  apparently  under 
the  age  of  nnutern  years,  and,  in  any  prosecution  for  a  contrarenttun 
of  this  suL.seiltit,  the  justice  shall  determine  from  the  appauaru, 
of  such  person  and  other  relevant  circumstances  whether  he  is  apparently 
under  the  age  of  nimticn  years. 

(J)  No  person  under  the  age  of  nnuiun  years  shall  have,  consume,  attempt 
to  purchase,  purchase  or  other:,;- i-    Ktain  liquor. 

(-/)  No  person  under  the  age  of  »,«./<>«  years  shall  enter  or  remain  on 
premises  in  which  the  sale  of  Hqtmr  is  authorized  except  those  classes 
of  premises  that  are  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  the  supplying  of  liquor  to  a  person  under 
the  age  of  niiutciH  years  by  the  parent  or  guardian  of  such  person  in  a 
residence  as  defined  in  section  46  or  to  the  consumption  of  liquor 
therein  by  such  person. 

(6)  A  person  who  sells  or  supplies  liquor  to  another  person  shall  be  deemed 
not  to  be  in  contravention  of  subsection  1  or  2  if,  before  hi 
supplies  the  liquor,  a  card  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  ri. 

IS  produced  to  him  by  the  person  to  whom  he  sells  or  supplies  th<  lu/uoi , 
which  purports  to  be  issued  by  the  Board  to  the  person  product n^:  it 
and  if  there  is  no  apparent  inconsistency  on  the  face  of  the  card  or 
between  the  card  and  the  person  producing  it. 

(7)  Any  person  who  is  or  who  becomes  eighteen  years  of  age  on  the  day 
immediately  preceding  the  day  The  Liquor  Licence  Amendment  Act, 
1977 ,  cotrus  into  force  shall  continue  to  have  the  rights  and  privileges 
he  had  under  The  Liquor  Licence  Act.  1975  as  it  existed  on  that  day  and 
while  such  a  person  is  of  the  actual  age  of  eighteen  years  he  shall  for 
the  purposes  of  this  section  be  deemed  to  be  nineteen  years  of  age. 


BILL  76  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975 

HKR   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection    1   of  section   45  of   The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  \^^^^^^ 
1975,    being    chapter    40,    is    amended    by    striking    out 
"eighteen"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"nineteen". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  |,J^J§e(j 
out  "eighteen"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  sixth  line 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "nineteen". 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  Ij^g^^^g^j 
out  "eighteen"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"nineteen". 

(4)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  amended 
out  "eighteen"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"nineteen". 

(5)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  |-^^^^jj^g^ 
out  "eighteen"   in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "nineteen". 

(6)  Section  45  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  amended 
the  following  subsection: 

(7)  Any  person  who  is  or  who  becomes  eighteen  years  of  Transition 
age  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  day  The  Liquor 
Licence  Amendment  Act,  1977  comes  into  force  shall  continue 
to  have  the  rights  and  privileges  he  had  under  The  Liquor 
Licence  Act,  1975  as  it  existed  on  that  day  and  while  such  a 
person  is  of  the  actual  age  of  eighteen  years  he  shall  for  the 
purposes  of  this  section  be  deemed  to  be  nineteen  years  of 
age. 


2 
m«jt"*"^*'         2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1978. 

Short  title  3^  Jhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Liquor  Licence  Amendment 

Act,  1977. 


GO 


50 
> 

n 


o 

o 

r-^ 

U) 

^ 

O 

>*• 

>« 

s 

cr 

'■r. 

Si- 

Ss- 

Jo 

^ 

Ni 

C/1 

!-♦■ 

Si- 

^ 

1' 

o 
^ 
^ 

1' 

H 

sr 
fp 

r 
^■> 

O    , 
-1    > 

I—  <^ 

r!  "^ 

O)      O 

3 

(T>  g 


en 


BILL  77  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  I. — Subsection  1.  The  clause  repealed  provides  for  app>eals 
from  decisions  under  The  Judtaal  Review  Procedure  Act,  1971 .  The  appeals 
are  provided  for  by  section  6  (4)  of  that  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  45,  section  1 . 


Subsection  2.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  2.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  3.     Provision  is  made  for  the  awarding  of  prejudgment  interest. 


BILL  77  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Judicature  Iq^^^J;^^' 
Act,  being  chapter  228  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,   as  re-enacted   by   the   Statutes  of  Ontario,    1971, 
chapter  57,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  17  is  amended  amended^" 
by  striking  out  "in  court  or  in  chambers"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines. 


2.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  29  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-  ai^nde^^- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  57,  section  3, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "in  court  or  in  chambers"  in  the 
second  line. 


3. — (1)  Sections  38  and  39  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  s^^j^^^^^^ 
following  substituted  therefor:  8.39. 

"  repealed 

38. — (1)  In  this  section,   "prime  rate"  means  the  lowest JJj^|^'"a,te 
rate   of   interest   quoted   by   chartered   banks   to   the   most 
credit-worthy  borrowers  for  prime  business  loans,  as  deter- 
mined and  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  establishing  the  prime  rate,  thei**®'" 
periodic   publication   entitled   the   Bank   of  Canada   Review 
purporting  to  be  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada  is  ad- 
missible in  evidence  as  conclusive  proof  of  the  prime  rate  as 

set   out   therein,  without   further  proof  of  the  authenticity 
of  the  publication. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  a  person  who  is  entitled  to  a^^^'^en'^ 
judgment  for  the  payment  of  money  is  entitled  to  claim  and 

have  included  in  the  judgment  an  award  of  interest  thereon, 


special 
damages 


Exclusions 


(a)  at  the  prime  rate  existing  for  the  month  preceding 
the  month  on  which  the  action  was  commenced ;  and 

(6)  calculated, 

(i)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  a  liquidated 
claim,  from  the  date  the  cause  of  action  arose 
to  the  date  of  judgment,  or 

(ii)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  an  un- 
liquidated claim,  from  the  date  the  person 
entitled  gave  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim 
to  the  person  liable  therefor  to  the  date  of  the 
judgment. 

(4)  Where  the  judgment  includes  an  amount  for  special 
damages,  the  interest  calculated  under  subsection  3  shall  be 
calculated  on  the  balance  of  special  damages  incurred  as 
totalled  at  the  end  of  each  six  month  period  following  the 
notice  in  writing  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  sub- 
section 3  and  at  the  date  of  the  judgment. 

(5)  Interest  under  this  section  shall  not  be  awarded, 

(a)  on  exemplary  or  punitive  damages ; 

(b)  on  interest  accruing  under  this  section ; 

(c)  on  an  award  of  costs  in  the  action ; 

(d)  on  that  part  of  the  judgment  that  represents 
pecuniary  loss  arising  after  the  date  of  the  judgment 
and  that  is  identified  by  a  finding  of  the  court ; 

(e)  except  by  consent  of  the  judgment  debtor  where  the 
judgment  is  given  on  consent ; 

(/)  where  interest  is  payable  by  a  right  other  than 
under  this  section. 


Discretion 
ofjadge 


(6)  The  judge  may,  where  he  considers  it  to  be  just  to  do  so 
in  all  the  circumstances, 

(a)  disallow  interest  under  this  section ; 

(b)  fix  a  rate  of  interest  higher  or  lower  than  the  prime 
rate; 

(c)  allow  interest  under  this  section  for  a  period  other 
than  that  provided, 


i 


Sections  4  and  5.  The  amendments  are  to  the  provisions  for  the 
obtaining  and  registering  of  certificates  of  lis  pendens  and  rautions  arising 
from  them.  The  principal  changes  are: 

1.  Persons  who  make  spurious  claims  for  the  purf>ose  of  registering 
a  lis  pendens  are  subject  to  liability  for  damages ; 

2.  Applications  to  vacate  a  lis  pendens  in  the  High  Court   may  be 
dealt  with  by  a  local  judge; 

3.  The  judge  granting  an  order  vacating  a  lis  pendens  may  order  a 
stay  on  registration  for  the  purposes  of  an  appeal. 


in  respect  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  amount  for  which 
judgment  is  given. 

(2)  This   section   appHes   to   the   payment   of   money   under  o/'gPlbs^i^^" 
judgments  dehvered  after  this  section  comes  into  force, 
but  no  interest  shall  be  awarded  under  this  section  for  a 
period  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

4.— (1)  Section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  l^j^^j^^g^j 
the  following  subsections : 

(4)  Any  person  who  registers  a  certificate  or  caution  referred  f^^**'"^*'^ 
to  in  subsection  1  without  a  reasonable  claim  to  title  to  oru°substan- 

tiatea 

interest  in  the  land  is  liable  for  any  damages  sustained  by  claim 
any  person  as  a  result  of  its  registration. 

(5)  The  liability  for  damages  under  subsection  4  and  the  ^f®^°^®^gg 
amount  thereof  may  be  determined  in  an  action  commenced 
therefor  in  the  court  in  which  the  certificate  is  issued  or  by 
application   in   the   proceeding   for  an   order   to   vacate   the 
caution  or  certificate  or  in  the  action  or  proceeding  in  which 

the  question  of  title  to  or  interest  in  the  land  is  determined. 

(2)  This   section   does   not   apply  in   respect   of  cautions   or  Application 
certificates    registered    before    this    section    comes    into 
force. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by » 42(2), 

'  "^  amended 

striking  out  "High  Court"  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  hnes 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "court  in  which  the  action  or 
proceeding  was  commenced". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  42  is  amended  by  striking  amended 
out  "High  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof   "court   in   which   the  action   or   proceeding   was 
commenced". 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  42  is  repealed  and  the  "e^g^^cted 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(5)  The  order  vacating  a  caution  or  certificate  is  subject  Appeal 
to  appeal  according  to  the  practice  in  like  cases  and  may  be 
registered  in  the  same  manner  as  a  judgment  affecting  land, 
except  that  the  judge  granting  the  order  may  order  a  stay 
of  the  registration  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal. 

(4)  The  said  section  42,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  |;^ended 
1974,  chapter  81,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Jurisdiction 
of  local 
jodffe 


s.aB(0). 
amended 


8.»4(1). 

re-enacted 


Holiday 
defined 


(7)  The  jurisdiction  of  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  under 
this  section  and  section  41  may  be  exercised  by  a  local  judge 
of  the  High  Court. 

6.  Subsection  6  of  section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  amended   by 
striking  out  "sitting  in  chambers"  in  the  second  line. 

7.  Subsection  1  of  section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(1)  In  this  section,  "holiday"  means, 

(a)  Saturday; 

(b)  Sunday; 


R.8.0. 1970. 
C.386 


(c)  a  day  that  is  a  holiday  for  civil  servants  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  under  The  Public  Service 
Act. 


B.  114(10)(/). 
amended 


8. — (1)  Clause/ of  subsection  10  of  section  114  of  the  said  Act,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  30, 
section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "in  chambers" 
in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  Hues. 


8. 114  (10). 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  10  of  the  said  section  114,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  57,  section  4  and  1975, 
chapter  30,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause : 

{fa)  providing  for  the  hearing  of  motions  in  private. 


8.115(2). 
amended 


8. 116  (3). 
repealed 

8.125. 
amended 


9.  Subsection  2  of  section  115  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor"  in  the  first  hne  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "Attorney  General". 

10.  Subsection  3  of  section  116  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

11.  Section  125  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  in 
chambers"  in  the  first  and  second  lines. 


Motions  In 
chambers 
deemed 
In  court 


12.  Where,  by  any  Act,  provision  is  made  for  a  proceeding  to  be 
taken  before  a  judge  or  court  by  motion  in  chambers,  such 
provision  shall  be  deemed  to  provide  that  the  proceeding  be  by 
motion  in  court. 


Application 
of  ss.  1  (2).  2. 6. 
8.11.12 


13.  Subsection  2  of  section  1  and  sections  2,  6,  8,  11  and  12  do  not 
apply  in  respect  of  motions  commenced  before  those  sections 
come  into  force. 


Section  6.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  7.     The   definition   of   holiday   is   made   to   accord   with   the 
wording  used  in  respect  of  other  public  offices. 


Section  8.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  9.     The  amendment  requires  the  Council  of  Judges  to  report 
to  the  Attorney  General  instead  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Section  10.  The  provision  deleted  would  prohibit  the  judges  from 
delegating  to  a  committee  the  duty  of  meeting  as  a  Council  of  Judges. 
The  deletion  will  permit  a  committee  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  Council. 

Section  1 1 .     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 

Section  12.  The  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  recommended 
in  chapter  6  of  Part  I  of  its  Report  on  the  Administration  of  Justice  that 
chambers  motions  be  abolished  and  all  motions  be  in  open  court.  In  the 
implementation  of  this  recommendation  this  provision  would  convert 
references  to  motions  in  chambers  whert'  they  occur  in  the  statutes,  to 
motions  in  court. 


14. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  2  of  section  1,  and  sections  6,  m°e^r^°^^ 
8,    11   and   12,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives 
Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  1  and  sections  6,  8,   11  and  12i<*6™ 
come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

15.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Judicature  Amendment  /I  c/,  short  title 
1977. 


Ill 


i1 

11 


H 

X 

w 


o 


tn 


o 

3 

u 
Z 

po 

o 

S 

3 

o 

P 

» 

H 

W 

>< 

o 

n 

t-t- 

t-o 

[>^ 

o 

^* 

:5 

s 

cr 

'■n 

Si- 

A- 

re 

'^ 

5^0 

>3 

So 

en 

1' 

cr 

> 

fD 

3 

:— 1 

> 

C 

o 

a 

(-»■ 

o' 

r-h 

p 

o 

(-► 

C 

p 

S 

3 

(D 

> 

3 

o 

CL 

BILL  77  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsection  1.  The  clause  repealed  provides  for  appeals 
from  decisions  under  The  Judicial  Review  Procedure  Act,  1971.  The  appeals 
are  provided  for  by  section  6  (4)  of  that  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  45,  section  1. 


Subsection  2.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  2.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  3.     Provision  is  made  for  the  awarding  of  prejudgment  interest. 


BILL  77  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Judicature  IJ^^^^J^^^- 
Act,  being  chapter  228  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,   as   re-enacted   by   the   Statutes   of   Ontario,    1971, 
chapter  57,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  17  is  amended  amended^' 
by  striking  out  "in  court  or  in  chambers"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines. 


2.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  29  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-  a^nj^e^^^- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  57,  section  3, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "in  court  or  in  chambers"  in  the 
second  line. 

3. — (1)  Sections  38  and  39  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  s^^j^^^^.^^ 
following  substituted  therefor :  s.  39, 

"  repealed 

38. — (1)  In  this  section,   "prime  rate"   means  the  lowest  ^^^^l^rate 
rate   of   interest   quoted   by   chartered   banks   to   the   most 
credit- worthy  borrowers  for  prime  business  loans,  as  deter- 
mined and  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  establishing  the  prime  rate,  thei<*e™ 
periodic   publication   entitled   the   Bank   of  Canada   Review 
purporting  to  be  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada  is  ad- 
missible in  evidence  as  conclusivu  proof  of  the  prime  rate  as 

set   out   therein,   without   further  proof  of  the  authenticity 
of  the  publication. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  a  person  who  is  entitled  to  a  P|"^l|:»^d^'"ent 
judgment  for  the  payment  of  money  is  entitled  to  claim  and 

have  included  in  the  judgment  an  award  of  interest  thereon, 


Special 
damages 


Elxclusions 


(a)  at  the  prime  rate  existing  for  the  month  preceding 
the  month  on  which  the  action  was  commenced ;  and 

(b)  calculated, 

(i)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  a  liquidated 
claim,  from  the  date  the  cause  of  action  arose 
to  the  date  of  judgment,  6r 

(ii)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  an  un- 
liquidated claim,  from  the  date  the  person 
entitled  gave  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim 
to  the  person  liable  therefor  to  the  date  of  the 
judgment. 

(4)  Where  the  judgment  includes  an  amount  for  special 
damages,  the  interest  calculated  under  subsection  3  shall  be 
calculated  on  the  balance  of  special  damages  incurred  as 
totalled  at  the  end  of  each  six  month  period  following  the 
notice  in  writing  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  sub- 
section 3  and  at  the  date  of  the  judgment. 

(5)  Interest  under  this  section  shall  not  be  awarded, 
(a)  on  exemplary  or  punitive  damages ; 
(6)  on  interest  accruing  under  this  section ; 

(c)  on  an  award  of  costs  in  the  action ; 

{d)  on  that  part  of  the  judgment  that  represents 
pecuniary  loss  arising  after  the  date  of  the  judgment 
and  that  is  identified  by  a  finding  of  the  court ; 

(e)  except  by  consent  of  the  judgment  debtor  where  the 
judgment  is  given  on  consent ; 

if)  where  interest  is  payable  by  a  right  other  than 
under  this  section. 


Discretion 
of  Judge 


(6)  The  judge  may,  where  he  considers  it  to  be  just  to  do  so 
in  all  the  circumstances. 


(a)  disallow  interest  under  this  section ; 

(b)  fix  a  rate  of  interest  higher  or  lower  than  the  prime 
rate; 

(c)  allow  interest  under  this  section  for  a  period  other 
than  that  provided, 


Sections  4  and  5.  The  amendments  are  to  the  provisions  for  the 
obtaining  and  registering  of  certificates  of  lis  pendens  and  cautions  arising 
from  them.  The  princif>al  changes  are : 

1.  Persons  who  make  spurious  claims  for  the  purpose  of  registering 
a  lis  pendens  are  subject  to  liability  for  damages ; 

2.  Applications  to  vacate  a  lis  pendens  in  the  High  Court  may  be 
dealt  with  by  a  local  judge ; 

3.  The  judge  granting  an  order  vacating  a  Its  pendens  may  order  a 
stay  on  registration  for  the  purposes  of  an  apjjeal. 


in  respect  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  amount  for  which 
judgment  is  given. 

(2)  This   section   applies   to   the   payment    of   money   under  ^/'gPjJ,^*^^"'^ 
judgments  deHvered  after  this  section  comes  into  force, 
but  no  interest  shall  be  awarded  under  this  section  for  a 
period  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

4. — (1)  Section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  1^^^^^^^^^ 
the  following  subsections : 

(4)  Any  person  who  registers  a  certificate  or  caution  referred  f^**^^"*^^ 
to  in  subsection  1  without  a  reasonable  claim  to  title  to  or  ^nsjibstan- 

tiatea 

interest  in  the  land  is  liable  for  any  damages  sustamed  by  claim 
any  person  as  a  result  of  its  registration. 

(5)  The  liability  for  damages  under  subsection  4  and  the^f^^°^®^y 
amount  thereof  may  be  determined  in  an  action  commenced 
therefor  in  the  court  in  which  the  certificate  is  issued  or  by 
application   in   the   proceeding   for   an   order   to   vacate   the 
caution  or  certificate  or  in  the  action  or  proceeding  in  which 

the  question  of  title  to  or  interest  in  the  land  is  determined. 

(2)  This  section   does   not   apply   in   respect   of  cautions   or^PP^*^*"°" 
certificates    registered    before    this    section    comes    into 
force. 

5. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  |j^<^2^)^^ 
striking  out  "High  Court"  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "court  in  which  the  action  or 
proceeding  was  commenced". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  42  is  amended  by  striking  |j^|^^)^^ 
out  "High  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof   "court   in   which   the   action   or   proceeding   was 
commenced". 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  42  is  repealed  and  the  re-enacted 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  The  order  vacating  a  caution  or  certificate  is  subject  Appeal 
to  appeal  according  to  the  practice  in  like  cases  and  may  be 
registered  in  the  same  manner  as  a  judgment  affecting  land, 
except  that  the  judge  granting  the  order  may  order  a  stay 
of  the  registration  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal. 

(4)  The  said  section  42,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  Ij^l^ded 
1974,  chapter  81,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


JurisdlotloQ 
of  local 
Judge 


(7)  The  jurisdiction  of  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  under 
this  section  and  section  41  may  be  exercised  by  a  local  judge 
of  the  High  Court. 


B.  69  (6). 
amended 


6.  Subsection  6  of  section   69  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "sitting  in  chambers"  in  the  second  line. 


8.94(1). 
re-enacted 


7.  Subsection  1  of  section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor : 


Holiday 
defined 


(1)   In  this  section,  "holiday"  means, 

(a)  Saturday; 

(b)  Sunday; 


R.S.0. 1970. 
0.386 


(c)  a  day  that  is  a  holiday  for  civil  servants  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  under  The  Public  Service 
Act. 


8. 114  (10)  (/). 
amended 


8. — (1)  Clause/ of  subsection  10  of  section  114  of  the  said  Act,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  30, 
section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "in  chambers" 
in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  lines. 


s.  114  (10). 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  10  of  the  said  section  114,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  57,  section  4  and  1975, 
chapter  30,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause : 


(fa)  prescribing  motions  that  need  not  be  heard  in  open 
court. 


s.  114a, 
enacted 


9.  The  said   Act   is  amended  by  adding   thereto   the   following 
section : 


Motions  In 
open  court 


114a.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  or  any  other 
Act  or  regulation,  all  motions  and  applications  shall  be  heard 
in  open  court,  except  as  provided  by  the  rules.  "^pj 


8. 115  (2). 
amended 


10.  Subsection  2  of  section  115  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor"  in  the  first  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "Attorney  General". 


8. 116  (3), 
repealed 


8.123. 
amended 


11.  Subsection  3  of  section  116  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


12.  Section    123   of  the  said  Act   is  amended  by  inserting  after 
"82"  in  the  fourth  line  "114a". 


Section  6.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  7.     The   definition   of   holiday   is   made   to   accord   with   the 
wording  used  in  respect  of  other  public  offices. 


Section  8.     Complementary  to  section  12  of  this  Bill. 


Section  9.  The  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  recommended 
in  chapter  6  of  Part  I  of  its  Report  on  the  Administration  of  Justice  that 
chambers  motions  be  abolished  and  all  motions  be  in  open  court.  In  the 
implementation  of  this  recommendation,  this  provision  would  convert 
references  to  motions  in  chambers  where  they  occur  in  the  statutes,  to 
motions  in  court. 


Section  10.     The  amendment  requires  the  Council  of  Judges  to  report 
to  the  Attorney  General  instead  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Section  11.  The  provision  deleted  would  prohibit  the  judges  from 
delegating  to  a  committee  the  duty  of  meeting  as  a  Council  of  Judges. 
The  deletion  will  permit  a  committee  to  perform  the  duties  of  the  Council. 


Section  13.     Complementary  to  section  9  of  this  Bill. 


13.  Section  125  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  in  l^jjl^ji^gjj 
chambers"  in  the  first  and  second  lines. 

14.  Subsection  2  of  section  1  and  sections  2,  6,  8,  9,   12  and  13  J^gP^ffl^'^e. 
do  not  apply  in  respect  of  motions  commenced  before  those  8-  n.  12 
sections  come  into  force. 

15. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  2  of  section  1,  and  sections  2,^°^^®°^®- 
6,  8,  9,  12  and  13,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives 
Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  1  and  sections  2,  6,  8,  9,  12  andi*®™ 
13  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

16.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Judicature  Amendment  /I c^,  short  title 
1977. 


Ci 

^ ^ 

o 

>3 

3. 

«M. 

3 

<^ 

«> 

c?" 

^ 

tO 

^ 

& 

^>«. 

l» 

& 

o 

So 

«> 

Sl 

tl3 

^ 

o 

C/5 

r^ 

?s- 

«> 

<^ 

H 
a 
w 


3^ 

H 


Z 

O 

o 

o 

< 

r-t- 

u> 

a> 

t\J 

O 

►-^ 

s. 

3 

a 

a> 

V) 

t^o 

(T> 

>) 

to 

S 
«> 

c^ 

*^ 

«» 

C/1 

& 

!^ 

)— ' 

& 

(-^ 

Si- 

S^ 

C/l 

Sl 

tr 

r* . 

V*  . 

l-f- 

s 

^ 

O 
^ 
^ 

1" 

c^ 

Pi  1-t 

pj  O 

^  i 

>  3 


BILL  77 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  77  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Judicature^^^^ll^l^- 
Act,  being  chapter  228  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,   as   re-enacted   by   the   Statutes   of   Ontario,    1971, 
chapter  57,  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  17  is  amended  Imlnded^' 
by  striking  out  "in  court  or  in  chambers"  in  the  second  and 
third  lines. 


2.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  29  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-  ?-^ll^^?^- 

'  amenaed 

enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  57,  section  3, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "in  court  or  in  chambers"  in  the 
second  line. 


3. — (1)  Sections  38  and  39  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the «  38, 

^    '  .  .  ,     ,         ,  '^  re-enacted, 

followmg  substituted  therefor :  s.  39. 

repealed 

38. — (1)   In   this  section,   "prime  rate"   means  the  lowest Primerate 
rate   of   interest    quoted   by    chartered    banks    to    the   most 
credit-worthy  borrowers  for  prime  business  loans,  as  deter- 
mined and  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  establishing  the  prime  rate,  thei<*e™ 
periodic   publication   entitled   the   Bank   of  Canada   Review 
purporting  to  be  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada  is  ad- 
missible in  evidence  as  conclusive  proof  of  the  prime  rate  as 

>et   out  therein,  without   further  proof  of  the  authenticity 
of  the  publication. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  a  person  who  is  entitled  to  a  P[«j^g<i^Rment 
judgment  for  the  payment  of  money  is  entitled  to  claim  and 

have  included  in  the  judgment  an  award  of  interest  thereon, 


(a)  at  the  prime  rate  existing  for  the  month  preceding 
the  month  on  which  the  action  was  commenced;  and 

(6)  calculated, 

(i)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  a  liquidated 
claim,  from  the  date  the  cause  of  action  arose 
to  the  date  of  judgment,  6r 

(ii)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  an  un- 
liquidated claim,  from  the  date  the  person 
entitled  gave  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim 
to  the  person  liable  therefor  to  the  date  of  the 
judgment. 

damages  (^)  Where  the  judgment  includes  an  amount  for  special 

damages,  the  interest  calculated  under  subsection  3  shall  be 
calculated  on  the  balance  of  special  damages  incurred  as 
totalled  at  the  end  of  each  six  month  period  following  the 
notice  in  writing  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  sub- 
section 3  and  at  the  date  of  the  judgment. 

Exclusions  (5)  Interest  under  this  section  shall  not  be  awarded, 

{a)  on  exemplary  or  punitive  damages ; 

(b)  on  interest  accruing  under  this  section ; 

(c)  on  an  award  of  costs  in  the  action ; 

(d)  on  that  part  of  the  judgment  that  represents 
pecuniary  loss  arising  after  the  date  of  the  judgment 
and  that  is  identified  by  a  finding  of  the  court ; 

(e)  except  by  consent  of  the  judgment  debtor  where  the 
judgment  is  given  on  consent ; 

if)  where  interest  is  payable  by  a  right  other  than 
under  this  section. 

onSd|?°"  (6)  The  judge  may,  where  he  considers  it  to  be  just  to  do  so 

in  all  the  circumstances, 

{a)  disallow  interest  under  this  section ; 

(b)  fix  a  rate  of  interest  higher  or  lower  than  the  prime 
rate; 

(c)  allow  interest  under  this  section  for  a  period  other 
than  that  provided. 


I 


in  respect  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  amount  for  which 
judgment  is  given. 

(2)  This   section    applies    to   the   payment    of   money   under  Amplication 
judgments  delivered  after  this  section  comes  into  force, 
but  no  interest  shall  be  awarded  under  this  section  for  a 
period  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

4. — (1)  Section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  Ij^^-^^j^^ 
the  following  subsections : 

(4)  Any  person  who  registers  a  certificate  or  caution  referred  f^^*''"**^ 
to  in  subsection  1  without  a  reasonable  claim  to  title  to  or  ^pj^bstan- 

tlated 

interest  in  the  land  is  liable  for  any  damages  sustained  by  claim 
any  person  as  a  result  of  its  registration. 

(5)  The  liability  for  damages  under  subsection  4  and  thejecove^y^ 
amount  thereof  may  be  determined  in  an  action  commenced 
therefor  in  the  court  in  which  the  certificate  is  issued  or  by 
application   in   the   proceeding   for  an   order   to   vacate   the 
caution  or  certificate  or  in  the  action  or  proceeding  in  which 

the  question  of  title  to  or  interest  in  the  land  is  determined. 

(2)  This  section   does   not   apply   in   respect   of  cautions   or-^PP"°*"°° 
certificates    registered    before    this    section    comes    into 
force. 

5.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  s- 42(2). 

£LrT16IlQ6Q 

striking  out  "High  Court"  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "court  in  which  the  action  or 
proceeding  was  commenced". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  42  is  amended  by  striking  amended 
out  "High  Court"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  Heu 
thereof   "court   in   which   the   action   or   proceeding   was 
commenced". 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  42  is  repealed  and  the  ^g^g^^^v  a 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  The  order  vacating  a  caution  or  certificate  is  subject  Appeal 
to  appeal  according  to  the  practice  in  like  cases  and  may  be 
registered  in  the  same  manner  as  a  judgment  affecting  land, 
except  that  the  judge  granting  the  order  may  order  a  stay 
of  the  registration  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal. 

(4)  The  said  section  42,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  Ij^en^g^ 
1974,  chapter  81,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Jurisdiction 
of  local 
Judge 


(7)  The  jurisdiction  of  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  under 
this  section  and  section  41  may  be  exercised  by  a  local  judge 
of  the  High  Court. 


8. 69  (6). 
amended 


6.  Subsection  6  of  section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "sitting  in  chambers"  in  the  second  line. 


8.94(1). 
re-«nacted 


7.  Subsection  1  of  section  94  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor : 


Holiday 
defined 


(1)   In  this  section,  "holiday"  means, 
(a)  Saturday; 
{b)  Sunday; 


R.S.0. 1970. 
0.386 


{c)  a  day  that  is  a  holiday  for  civil  servants  as  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations  under  The  Public  Service 
Act. 


8. 114  (10)  (A 
amended 


8. — (1)  Clause /of  subsection  10  of  section  114  of  the  said  Act,  as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  30, 
section  6,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "in  chambers" 
in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  lines. 


8.114(10). 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  10  of  the  said  section  114,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  57,  section  4  and  1975, 
chapter  30,  section  6,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause : 


(fa)  prescribing  motions  that  need  not  be  heard  in  open 
court. 


8. 114a, 
enacted 


9.  The   said  Act   is  amended  by  adding   thereto   the   following 
section ; 


Motions  in 
open  court 


114a.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this  or  any  other 
Act  or  regulation,  all  motions  and  applications  shall  be  heard 
in  open  court,  except  as  provided  by  the  rules. 


8.115(2). 
amended 


10.  Subsection  2  of  section  115  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor"  in  the  first  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "Attorney  General". 


8. 116  (3), 
repealed 


11.  Subsection  3  of  section  116  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


8.123, 
amended 


12.  Section    123  of  the  said  Act   is  amended  by  inserting   after 
"82"  in  the  fourth  line  "114a". 


I 


13.  Section  125  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  in  I^Jj^j^^g^ 
chambers"  in  the  first  and  second  Hnes. 

14.  Subsection  2  of  section  1  and  sections  2,  6,  8,  9,   12  and  13  ^^gPg^f^aTa'^e. 
do  not  apply  in  respect  of  motions  commenced  before  those  8.  n- 12 
sections  come  into  force. 

15. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  2  of  section  1,  and  sections  2,^°^^®°°®- 
6,  8,  9,  12  and  13,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives 
Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  1  and  sections  2,  6,  8,  9,  12  andi^e'" 
13  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

16.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Judicature  Amendment  yld,  short  title 
1977. 


H 
W 
m 

o  o 

H 

W 


^ 

^ 

o 

o 

O 

o 

< 

< 

r-h 

CD 

c-o 

n> 

r\) 

O 

^» 

3 
a- 

s. 

3 

S 
», 

"I 

Co 

•-J 

>0 

CO 

■-1 

>3 

OO 

h- ' 

& 

r-h 

54. 

l-t- 

g- 

1/5 

Si- 

in- 

1— ' 

(^' 

i-t- 

o 

1' 

-o 

vO 

^ 

^ 

■^ 

-^ 

--J 

^ 

CO  3 

O'  r* 

P  O 

>  3 


BILL  78  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendments  make  provision  for  an  Associate  Chief  Judge  of  the 
County  and  District  Courts. 


BILL  78  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  County  Judges  Act,  being  chapter  95  of  the  re-enacted 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

1.  In   addition   to   the   judges   otherwise   provided   for  inju^®^eand 
this  Act,  a  Chief  Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts,  ^§f°^i*^|  e 
herein  referred  to  as  the  chief  judge,  and  an  Associate  Chief 
Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts  may  be  appointed, 
and  they  shall  have  all  the  powers  of  a  judge  throughout 
Ontario. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  5  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  re-enacted 
Statutes  of  Ontario,   1976,  chapter  15,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  chief  judge  has  rank  and  precedence  over  all  other  S^cedemse 
judges  and,  after  the  associate  chief  judge,  the  judges,  junior 
judges  and  supernumerary  judges  have  rank  and  precedence 
among  themselves  according  to  seniority  of  appointment. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  m^^f^®"^®' 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  County  Judges  Amendment  ^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act,  J 977. 


o 


to 


H 

X 

M 

> 

X 

o 

o 

3 

"Z 

r^ 

o 

S 

p 

n 

-t 

P 

G 

W 

H 

» 

►< 

>3 
a- 
I' 


O 
o 

o 

►i 


vO 


H 

^  > 

§> 

3    O 

^  3 

(/I    3 


BILL  78 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  78  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section  1  of  The  County  Judges  Act,  being  chapter  95  of  the  re-enacted 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

1.  In  addition   to   the  judges  otherwise   provided   for  inj^^|^eanci 
this  Act,  a  Chief  Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts,  cMef  Judge 
herein  referred  to  as  the  chief  judge,  and  an  Associate  Chief 
Judge  of  the  County  and  District  Courts  may  be  appointed, 
and  they  shall  have  all  the  powers  of  a  judge  throughout 
Ontario. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  5  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  re-enacted 
Statutes  of  Ontario,   1976,  chapter  15,  section  2,  is  repealed 

and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  chief  judge  has  rank  and  precedence  over  all  other  ^ce(fem;e 
judges  and,  after  the  associate  chief  judge,  the  judges,  junior 
judges  and  supernumerary  judges  have  rank  and  precedence 
among  themselves  according  to  seniority  of  appointment. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  m°e^r^°°* 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  County  Judges  A  mendment  ^^°^^ ""® 
Act,  1977. 


H 
w 

3  • 

—  w 

» 


o 

z 

o 

O 

< 

•< 

3 

Ui 

rD 

K) 

o 

k«. 

;5 

3 

a 

cr 

Co 

cr 

?x, 

cr 

?i. 

O) 

1-^ 

fD 

>3 

•-I 

>3 

tsj 

^ 
«> 

1-^ 

H-. 

C/1 

^ 
^ 

If) 

^ 

s 

p' 

I-* 

Ort) 

>—^ 

0^ 

t-^ 

o 

O 

o 

-^ 

-vl 

^ 

^ 

^J 

^ 

H 

=r 

O  3 

§> 

3    o 


^  3 

c/>    3 


BILL  79  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  offices  of  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  and  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  the  High  Court  are  established.  The  addition  of  the  Associate 
Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  adds  one  justice  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  and  the 
number  of  judges  of  the  High  Court  is  increased  from  a  total  of  thirty-eight 
to  a  total  of  forty-two. 


BILL  79  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  4  of  The  Judicature  Act,  being  |,J^JJ^gjj 
chapter  228  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 
as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  81, 
section  1,  is  further  amended  by  inserting  after  "Ontario" 
in  the  third  line  "an  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  4  is  repealed  and  the  s^^^(5>^pj.gjj 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent  from  Absence  of 
the  Judicial  District  of  York  or  where  he  is  for  any  reason  Justice 
unable  to  act,  his  powers  and  duties  as  president  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  the 
Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  in  his  stead  or,  where 
both  are  absent  or  unable  to  act  by  the  senior  justice  of 
appeal  who  is  able  to  act. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  |jj^j>^g^ 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  86,  section  1, 
is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "and  thirty-seven 
other  judges"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  amendment 
of  1976  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  the  High  Court,  and  forty  other  judges". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed  and  the  %^.^^^^^i 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  is  absent  Absence  o^f^^ 
from  Ontario  or  where  he  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  o'the 

-'  High  Court 

his  powers  shall  be  exercised  and  his  duties  performed  by 
the  Associate  Chief  Justice  o*f  the  High  Court  in  his  stead  or, 
where  both  are  absent  or  unable  to  act,  by  the  senior  judge 
of  the  High  Court  who  is  able  to  act. 


8.8. 

amended 


Idem 


8.8(3). 
amended 


C!ommence- 
ment 


Short  title 


3. — (1)  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statute^ 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  159,  section  3,  is  further  amended* 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(2a)  The  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  has  rank  and 
precedence  next  after  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court 
and  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  has  rank 
and   precedence   next   after   the   Associate   Chief  Justice  ofj 
Ontario. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  8,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  159,  section  3,  is  further 
amended  by  inserting  after  "the"  where  it  occurs  the 
first  time  in  the  second  line  "Associate". 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclama- 
tion of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Judicature  Amendment  Act, 
1977. 


o 


to 


H 

a 

w 

> 

ffi 

o 

3 

o 

pd 

S 

3 

o 

» 

H 

SO 

k; 

ft 
a- 


o 

o 

l-h 

t\> 

O 

^^ 

;» 

cr 

sa. 

ft- 

0) 

t**fc 

>3 

►1 

So 

cx» 

Cn 

ft 

ft 

rt- 

ft. 

ft- 

p- 

^ . 

;i 

1' 

1— » 

CAj 

n 

<-♦ 

P 

o 

^-^ 

c 

p 

s 

3 

a> 

> 

3 

o 

CL 

BILL  79 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  79  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  4  of  The  Judicature  Act,  being  Ij^^^^^^^j 
chapter  228  of  the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970, 
as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  81, 
section  1,  is  further  amended  by  inserting  after  "Ontario" 
in  the  third  line  "an  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  4  is  repealed  and  the  ^e-enacted 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  is  absent  from  Absence  of 
the  Judicial  District  of  York  or  where  he  is  for  any  reason  Justice 
unable  to  act,  his  powers  and  duties  as  president  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal  shall  be  exercised  and  performed  by  the 
Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  in  his  stead  or,  where 
both  are  absent  or  unable  to  act  by  the  senior  justice  of 
appeal  who  is  able  to  act. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  Ij^^J^^^g^ 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  86,  section  1, 
is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "and  thirty-seven 
other  judges"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  amendment 
of  1976  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "an  Associate  Chief 
Justice  of  the  High  Court,  and  forty  other  judges". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed  and  the  re-Jnacted 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  is  absent  JJ|»«°^«o.^^g 
from  Ontario  or  where  he  is  for  any  reason  unable  to  act,  '^^^^ 
his  powers  shall  be  exercised  and  his  duties  performed  by 
the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  in  his  stead  or, 
where  both  are  absent  or  unable  to  act,  by  the  senior  judge 
of  the  High  Court  who  is  able  to  act. 


8.8, 

amended 


Idem 


8. — (1)  Section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  159,  section  3,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(2a)  The  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  has  rank  and 
precedence  next  after  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court 
and  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of  the  High  Court  has  rank 
and  precedence  next  after  the  Associate  Chief  Justice  of 
Ontario. 


8.8(3). 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  8,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  159,  section  3,  is  further 
amended  by  inserting  after  "the"  where  it  occurs  the 
first  time  in  the  second  line  "Associate". 


Commence- 
ment 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclama- 
tion of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 


Short  title 


5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Judicature  Amendment  Act, 
1977. 


H 

X 

w 

^= 

3  ^ 

'--  W 
H 
W 
►<5 


^^ 

Z 

O 

o 

o 

o 

< 

< 

<-^ 

fD 

«-0 

a> 

C\J 

O 

►-« 

3 

^ 

3 

8 

ft- 

a* 

f/5 

cr 

cr 

•-1 

Oi 

>i 

a> 

>3 

to 

•-) 

c» 

"-1 

«> 

C/1 

ft 

t— ^ 

& 

1  - 

S) 

r^ 

ft. 

C/) 

S- 

m 

1^ 

cr 

«>. 

(-»■ 

**. 

^-^ 

s 

^^ 

^ 

•— ' 

1' 

1-^ 

cy<a 

o 

O 

-vl 

^ 

•^ 

-J 

^ 

^ 

> 

n 

3 

— 1 

> 

c 

o 

a 

r-t- 

o' 

r-t- 

P 

O 

r^ 

c 

P 

"1 
re 

3 

<D 

> 

3 

o 

D' 

BILL  80  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Provincial  Courts  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     The  amendment  would  provide  for  an  associate  chief  judge 
in  each  division  of  the  provincial  courts. 


Section  2.     Provision  is  made  for  the  awarding  of  costs  in  the  provincial 
courts  (family  division). 


BILL  80  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Provincial  Courts  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  Provincial  Courts  Act,  being  ^^10^2),^^^ 
chapter  369  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  ^hfe°fj*udges 
judge  as  associate  chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts  (criminal 
division)  and  a  judge  as  associate  chief  judge  of  the  pro- 
vincial courts  (family  division). 

2. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  26  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  l^^^^^^^^j 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(6a)  providing  for  the  taxation  of  costs  and  prescribing 
tariffs  therefor. 

(2)  The  said  section  26  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  li^lndeci 
following  subsection: 

(5)  Section  82  of  The   Judicature  Act  appHes  to  the  pro- cost? 

RSO  1970 

vincial  court  (family  division)  and  to  judges  presiding  in  the  c.228 
court. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  m°e^r*°°^ 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Provincial  Courts  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


o 
<s 

to 


H 

X 

w 

> 

X 

r-f- 
O 

B 

o 

a> 

» 

O 

S 

3 

o 

1-1 

» 

H 

» 

Kj 

C-0 


O 

o 

ft- 

t\J 

o 

K« 

s 

cr 

Co 

Si- 

<T> 

te 

5 

c* 

o> 

C/1 

o 

& 

<-h 

^ 

a- 

cr 

i»: 

^ 

•XJ  > 

S.> 

o    '^ 

o  3 

> 


BILL  80 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Provincial  Courts  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  80  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Provincial  Courts  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  Provincial  Courts  Act,  being  ^^^Oj^^x^^^j 
chapter  369  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  a  ^hfef'judges 
judge  as  associate  chief  judge  of  the  provincial  courts  (criminal 
division)  and  a  judge  as  associate  chief  judge  of  the  pro- 
vincial courts  (family  division). 

2. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  26  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  |j^|^3^>^jj 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{ha)  providing  for  the  taxation  of  costs  and  prescribing 
tariffs  therefor. 

(2)  The  said  section  26  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  amended 
following  subsection: 

(5)  Section  82  of  The  Judicature  Act  appHes  to  the  pro- <^o8ts 
vincial  court  (family  division)  and  to  judges  presiding  in  the  c.  228 
court. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  m°e™t"^"''^ 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Provincial  Courts  Amendment  short  title 
Act.  1977. 


H 

a 

w 

> 

ffi 

ft- 
O 

o 

a> 

» 

S 

3 

o 

"I 

W 

H 

W 

«< 

2: 

'Z 

0 

0 

0 

0 

< 

< 

i-t- 

a> 

c-o 

a> 

t\i 

0 

►». 

3 

^ 

3 

cr 

'A. 

CO 

-1 

>3 

ro 

>3 

t— ' 

^^ 

& 

l-K 

Si- 

w 

s^ 

t/j 

?i- 

3" 

**. 

r-^ 

^  • 

<-»■ 

**. 

s 

►— ' 

c^ 

c^ 

1— » 

c^ 

0 

0 

^ 

■^ 

>-j 

^ 

^ 

--J 

H 

3  =^ 

^.  > 

o    "^ 

o  3 

c   n> 


BILL  81  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Small  Claims  Courts  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 .     Certified  mail  that  has  been  delivered  is  included  in  instances 
where  service  by  registered  mail  is  authorized. 


Section  2.  Provision  is  made  for  the  appointment,  tenure  and 
removal  from  office  of  small  claims  court  judges,  similar  to  the  provisions 
applicable  to  provincial  judges,  including  extending  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  to  small  claims  court  judges. 


BILL  81  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Small  Claims  Courts  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection   1    of  section    1   of   The  Small  Claims   Courts  ^c^,  amended 
being  chapter  439  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 

is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause : 

{la)  "registered    mail"    includes    certified    mail    where 
evidence  of  delivery  is  returned  to  the  sender. 

2.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-  s.  ii, 

.-,,,,,         ,  re-enacted 

stituted  therefor: 

11. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  on  the  recom-  Appointment 
mendation  of  the  Attorney  General  may  appoint  such  small 
claims  court  judges  as  are  considered  necessary. 

(2)  Every  judge  appointed  under  this  section  shall  take  °*'^ 
and  subscribe  the  following  oath  before  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  County  and   District   Courts  or  a  judge  designated  by 
him: 

1 

do  swear  that  I  will  truly  and  faithfully,  according  to  my  skill  and 
knowledge,  execute  the  several  duties,  powers  and  trusts  of  the 
Small  Claims  Courts,  so  help  me  God. 


and  also  the  oath  of  allegiance  as  required  by  The  Public  ^•^■ 
Officers  Act. 


1970, 


(3)  The   oath   of   office   and   oath   of   allegiance   shall   be^2|*^g«f°^ 
transmitted  forthwith  to  the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  and 

shall  be  filed  in  his  office. 

(4)  A  judge  appointed  under  this  section  may  be  removed  ^^'^o^*^ 
from   office   before   attaining   retirement   age   only   for   mis- 
behaviour or   for   inability   to   perform   his  duties   properly 

and  only  if, 


{a)  the  circumstances  respecting  the  misbehaviour  or 
inabihty  are  first  inquired  into;  and 

(b)  the  judge  is  given  reasonable  notice  of  the  time 
and  place  for  the  inquiry  and  is  afforded  an 
opportunity,  by  himself  or  his  counsel,  of  being 
heard  and  of  cross-examining  the  witnesses  and 
of  producing  evidence  on  his  own  behalf. 


Inquiry 


1971,  c.  49 


(5)  For  the  purpose  of  making  an  inquiry  under  sub- 
section 4,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 
one  or  more  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  who  shall  make 
the  inquiry  and  report  thereon,  and  a  judge  so  appointed 
has  the  powers  of  a  Commission  under  Part  II  of  The  Public 
Inquiries  Act,  197 1,  which  Part  applies  to  such  inquiry 
as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


Order  for 
removal 


(6)  An  order  removing  a  judge  from  office  under  this 
section  may  be  made  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  and  the  order  and  the  report  of  the  inquiry  shall 
be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session 
or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  commencement  of 
the  next  ensuing  session. 


Retirement 


Ua. — (1)  Every  judge  appointed   under  section   11   shall 
retire  upon  attaining  the  age  of  sixty-five  years. 


Reappoint- 
ment 


(2)  Upon  attaining  an  age  for  retirement  under  sub- 
section 1,  a  judge  may  be  reappointed  to  hold  office  during 
pleasure  but  shall  not  hold  office  after  attaining  the  age  of 
seventy-five  years. 


Resignation 


(3)  A  judge  may  at  any  time  resign  his  office  in  writing, 
signed  by  him  and  delivered  to  the  Attorney  General. 


Judicial 
Council 


R.S.0. 1970. 


lib.  The  Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  has  the 
same  powers  and  shall  perform  the  same  duties  in  respect 
of  small  claims  court  judges  appointed  under  section  11  as 
it  has  and  performs  under  The  Provincial  Courts  Act  in 
respect  of  provincial  judges. 


•.18. 
amended 


3.  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


Referees 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  may  appoint  a  referee  for 
each  small  claims  court  who  shall  hold  office  during 
pleasure. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  provides  for  the  appointment  of  referees 
who  get  their  powers  and  duties  by  regulation  provided  for  in  section 
20  of  this  Bill. 


Section  4.     The  amendment  raises  the  monetary  jurisdiction  of  small 
claims  courts  from  $400  to  $1,000. 


Section  5.     The  new  provision  provides  for  the  awarding  of  prejudg- 
ment interest. 


4.  Clauses  a  and  h  of  section  54  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  ^g^^^^f^-^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  any  action  where  the  amount  claimed  does  not 
exceed  $1,000  exclusive  of  interest; 

(6)  any  action  of  replevin  where  the  value  of  property 
distrained,  taken  or  detained  does  not  exceed 
$1,000;  and 


5. — (1)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  l^j^^o^g^ 
section : 

54a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "prime  rate"  means  the  lowest  f^^^® 
rate  of  interest  quoted  by  chartered  banks  to  the  most  credit-  defined 
worthy  borrowers  for  prime  business  loans,  as  determined  and 
published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  establishing  the  prime  rate,  the  ^'^®™ 
periodic   publication   entitled   the   Bank   of   Canada   Review 
purporting  to  be  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada  is  admissible 

in  evidence  as  conclusive  proof  of  the  prime  rate  as  set  out 
therein,  without  further  proof  of  the  authenticity  of  the 
publication. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  a  person  who  is  entitled  to  a  f^^'t^jre^^'"®"*' 
judgment  for  the  payment  of  money  is  entitled  to  claim  and 

have  included  in  the  judgment  an  award  of  interest  thereon, 

(a)  at  the  prime  rate  existing  for  the  month  preceding 
the  month  on  which  the  action  was  commenced; 
and 

(6)  calculated, 

(i)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  a  liqui- 
dated claim,  from  the  date  the  cause  of  action 
arose  to  the  date  of  judgment,  or 

(ii)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  an  unhqui- 
dated  claim,  from  the  date  the  person  entitled 
gave  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim  to  the 
person  liable  therefor  to  the  date  of  the 
judgment. 

(4)  Where  the  judgment  includes  an  amount  for  special  fP^^^gg 
damages,  the  interest  calculated  under  subsection  3  shall  be 
calculated  on   the  balance  of  special  damages  incurred  as 
totalled  at  the  end  of  each  six  month  period  following  the 


E^cluslona 


notice  in  writing  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of 
subsection  3  and  at  the  date  of  the  judgment. 

(5)  Interest  under  this  section  shall  not  be  awarded, 

(a)  on  exemplary  or  punitive  damages; 

(b)  on  interest  accruing  under  this  section ; 

(c)  on  an  award  of  costs  in  the  action ; 

{d)  on  that  part  of  the  judgment  that  represents  pecu- 
niary loss  arising  after  the  date  of  the  judgment 
and  that  is  identified  by  a  finding  of  the  court; 

(e)  except  by  consent  of  the  judgment  debtor  where 
the  judgment  is  given  on  consent ; 

(/)  where  interest  is  payable  by  a  right  other  than 
under  this  section. 


Discretion 
of  Judge 


LpplicatJ 
I  subs.  1 


ion 


repealed 


Application 
of  subs.  1 


8.96a. 
enacted 


What  is 
admissible 
in  evidence 
at  a 
hearing 


(6)  The  judge  may,  where  he  considers  it  to  be  just  to  do 
so  in  all  the  circumstances, 

(a)  disallow  interest  under  this  section; 

(b)  fix  a  rate  of  interest  higher  or  lower  than  the  prime 
rate; 

(c)  allow  interest  under  this  section  for  a  period  other 
than  that  provided, 

in  respect  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  amount  for  which 
judgment  is  given. 

(2)  This  section  applies  to  the  payment  of  money  under 
judgments  delivered  after  this  section  comes  into  force, 
but  no  interest  shall  be  awarded  under  this  section  for  a 
period  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

6. — (1)  Section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  actions  com- 
menced before  subsection  1  comes  into  force. 

7.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing section: 

96a. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  the  judge  may 
admit  as  evidence  at  a  hearing,  whether  or  not  given  or 
proven  under  oath  or  affirmation  or  admissible  as  evidence 
in  the  Supreme  Court, 


Section  6.  The  section  repealed  permits  a  creditor  to  sue  in  the 
court  where  the  place  of  payment  is  situate.  The  ref)eal  will  require  the 
action  to  be  brought  in  the  division  where  the  cause  of  action  arose  or 
where  the  defendant  resides. 

Section  7.  The  provision  added  permits  a  judge  to  adopt  less 
technical  procedures  in  a  small  claims  court.  The  provision  is  similar  to 
that  provided  for  by  The  Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act,  1971. 


Section  8.     The  repealed  section  98  permits  books  of  account  to  be 
admitted  in  evidence  within  certain  limits. 

The   repealed  section  99  provides   for   the   authorization   of  affidavit 
evidence  by  an  unavailable  witness. 

Both   provisions  are  replaced  by  the  wider  latitude  as  to  admissible 
evidence  {>ermitted  under  section  96a  as  set  out  in  section  7  of  this  Bill. 

Section  9.     The  amendments  permit  an  award  of  costs  for  counsel 
fee  where  the  party  was  represented  by  an  articled  student. 


Section  10.     The    amendment    raises    the    monetary    limit    for    non- 
appealable cases  from  under  $200  to  under  $500. 


Section  11.  The  amendment  permits  the  Chief  Justice  to  direct  an 
appeal  from  a  small  claims  court  to  be  heard  by  a  single  judge  of  Divisional 
Court. 


(a)  any  oral  testimony ;  and 

{b)  any  document  or  other  thing, 

relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the  proceedings  and  may 
act  on  such  evidence,  but  the  judge  may  exclude  anything 
unduly  repetitious. 

(2)  Nothing  is  admissible  in  evidence  at  a  hearing,  inadmfssibie 

in  evidence 
at  a 

(a)  that    would    be    inadmissible    by    reason    of    any  Clearing 
privilege  under  the  law  of  evidence;  or 

(b)  that  is  inadmissible  by  any  statute. 

(3)  Nothing   in   subsection    1    overrides   the   provisions   of  conflicts 
any   Act   expressly   limiting  the   extent   to  or  purposes   for 
which   any   oral    testimony,    documents   or   things    may    be 
admitted  or  used  in  evidence  in  any  proceedings. 

(4)  Where   the   judge   is   satisfied   as   to   its   authenticity,  copies 
a  copy  of  a  document  or  other  thing  may  be  admitted  as 
evidence  at  a  hearing. 

8.  Sections  98  and  99  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed.  88.98,99, 

'■  repealed 

9. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section   104  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  s.  io4  (i), 

&>m6Il(16Cl 

by  inserting  after  "solicitor"  in  the  third  hne  "or  student 
articled  to  the  solicitor". 

(2)  Subsection   2   of   the   said   section    104   is   amended   by  aji^n(i^;j 
inserting  after  "solicitor"  in  the  third  hne  "or  student 
articled  to  the  solicitor". 

10.  Clauses  a  and  b  of  subsection   1   of  section   108  of  the  said  ^  lo^  (i>/a,  6). 

I*6~6Il&fCL6u 

Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{a)  in  an  action  or  garnishee  proceeding  where  the  sum 
in  dispute  exceeds  $500,  exclusive  of  costs ; 

(b)  in  interpleader  where  the  money  or  the  value  of 
the  goods  or  chattels  claimed  or  proceeds  thereof 
exceed  $500,  or  where  the  damages  claimed  by  or 
awarded  to  either  party  against  the  other  or 
against  a  bailiff  exceeds  the  sum  of  $300. 

1  1.  Subsection  1  of  section  112  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  bv"  "^(i). 

-^  re-enacted 

the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  chapter  439,  section 
112,  subsection  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


Appeal 


(1)  The  appeal  shall  be  made  in  the  time  and  manner 
prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court  and  the  Chief  Justice  of 
the  High  Court  may,  after  the  appeal  is  perfected  and 
where  it  appears  to  him  that  no  issue  of  general  interest  is 
raised  and  that  expedition  and  the  interests  of  the  parties 
would  be  thereby  best  served,  order  that  the  appeal  be 
heard  by  a  single  judge  of  the  Divisional  Court  and  a 
decision  of  the  judge  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  decision  of 
the  Divisional  Court. 


s.  116, 
•mended 


12.  Section  116  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  107,  section  4,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Rate  of 
Interest 
after 
Judgment 


(2a)  The  interest  payable  under  subsection  2  shall  be  at 
the  same  rate  as  may  be  levied  under  a  writ  of  execution 
issued  out  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but  a  judge  may  order  that 
no  interest  is  payable  in  respect  of  moneys  owing  under  a 
consolidation  order  that  is  not  in  default. 


8. 131  (5). 
amended 


13. — (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  131  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "served"  in  the  first  line  "by  mail  or, 
if  directed  by  the  judge,". 


8. 131  (7). 
re-enacted 


(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  131  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Place  of 
examination 


(7)  The  examination  shall  not  be  held  in  open  court  unless 
the  judge  is  satisfied  there  is  good  reason  to  hold  it  in  public. 


8.132(2). 
amended 


14.  Subsection  2  of  section  132  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "served"  in  the  first  line  "by  mail  or,  if  directed 
by  the  judge,". 


a  135(1), 
amended 


15.  Subsection  1  of  section  135  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "registered  mail"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "mail  or  served  personally  as  directed  by  the 
judge". 


8.  151. 

repealed 


Application 
of  sabs.  1 


16. — (1)  Section  151  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  garnishees  issued 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 


II 


a  184. 
re-enacted 


Destruction 
of  documents 


17.  Section    184  of   the  said   Act   is  repealed   and   the   following 
substituted  therefor: 

184.  Where  books,  documents  or  papers  have  been  pre- 
served in  a  small  claims  court  for  so  long  that  it  appears 
that  they  need  not  be  preserved  any  longer,  the  Chief  Judge 


Section  12.  The  amendment  confines  the  interest  payable  after 
judgment  to  be  the  same  as  currently  payable  in  the  Supreme  Court. 
By  rule  548,  this  is  now  5  per  cent. 


Section  13. — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  permits  service  of  a 
summons  to  a  judgment  debtor  to  be  by  mail  while  permitting  the  judge 
to  require  service  to  be  personal. 

Subsection  2.  At  present,  a  judge  may  direct  a  judgment  debtor 
examination  to  be  held  in  public.  The  amendment  requires  the  judge  to 
have  good  reason. 


Section  14.     Service  of  a  show  cause  summons  to  a  judgment  debtor 
is  in  the  same  manner  as  provided  for  the  judgment  summons. 


Section   15.     The  amendment  jjermits  a  judge  to  order  personal  service 
of  a  notice  to  explain  contempt  before  committed. 


Section  16.     The  section  repealed  permits  a  garnishee  to  be  issued 
before  judgment. 


Section  17.  The  amendment  gives  the  Chief  Judge  of  County  and 
District  Courts  the  responsibility  for  authorizing  destruction  of  court  docu- 
ments rather  than  the  judge  of  the  court  and  permits  disposition  other 
than  destruction. 


Section  18.  The  provision  repealed  f>ermits  Supreme  Court  practice 
to  be  applied  in  small  claims  courts  proceedings.  The  rej)ea!  is  comple- 
mentary to  section  7  of  this  Bill. 

Section  19.  The  provision  repealed  prohibits  affidavits  for  use  in 
court  from  being  sworn  before,  or  in  the  office  of,  the  agent  of  a  party  to 
the  action. 

Section  20.  The  amendments  authorize  regulations  setting  out  the 
duties,  responsibilities  and  functions  of  referees.  The  authority  to  make 
regulations  for  the  payment  of  fees  and  for  employing  court  officials  under 
The  Public  Service  Act  is  extended  to  apply  to  referees  in  the  same  way  as 
to  court  clerks.  Provision  is  also  made  for  the  remuneration  and  benefits 
of  small  claims  court  judges  to  be  fixed  by  regulation  in  the  same  manner  as 
for  provincial  judges. 


Section  21.  The  Part  repealed  provides  for  extended  monetary  juris- 
diction in  the  districts.  The  repeal  permits  the  present  extended  jurisdiction 
of  $1,000  to  continue,  being  the  new  limit  enacted  in  section  4  of  this 
BiU. 


of  the  County  and  District  Courts  may  make  an  order 
authorizing  the  Inspector  to  cause  their  destruction  or  other 
disposition. 

18.  Subsection  1  of  section  190  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  repealed 

19.  Subsection  2  of  section  193  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  repealed 

20.— (1)  Clause  aa  of  subsection  1  of  section  195  of  the  said  Act,  |jigjiJ^^°">- 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  107, 
section  7,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "clerks"  in  the 
first  line  "referees". 

(2)  Clause    h    of    subsection    1    of    the    said    section    195    issi95(i)(6), 

111  r  oil,,-  ,         r-  ,.       amended 

amended    by    insertmg    after      clerks      in    the    first    line 
"referees". 

(3)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  195,  as  amended  by  the  |j^|5jj(^>jj 
Statutes   of   Ontario,    1972,    chapter    107,   section    7,    is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

{da)  prescribing  the  duties,  responsibihties  and  functions 
of  referees; 

[dh)  fixing  the  remuneration  of  judges  appointed  under 
section  11  and  providing  for  the  benefits  to  which 
such  judges  are  entitled,  including, 

(i)  leave  of  absence  and  vacations, 

(ii)  sick   leave  credits  and  payments  in  respect 
of  such  credits, 

(iii)  pension  benefits  for  judges  and  their  widows 
and  surviving  children, 

and  for  the  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  benefits 
in  respect  thereof  to  which  persons  appointed  as 
judges  under  section  11  were  entitled  under  ^^^Jc^3?6m?' 
Public  Service  Act  or  The  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Act  at  the  time  of  their  appointment 
under  section  11. 

21.  Part  II  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Revised  Statutes P||rtn^^^^ 
of  Ontario,   1970,  chapter  439,  section   197,  subsection  3,  is  repealed 
repealed. 

22.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  me^t"*"^* 

23.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Small  Claims  Courts  Amend- short ui\t> 
meni  Act,  1977. 


o 
8 


Go 


H 
a 
w 

o  o 

3    • 

O  2 
a>  ^ 
3  o 

p  c 
—  w 

H 


O 
o 


<-0 


o 

•—k 

a* 

V) 

O) 

*■*■ 

•-« 

>} 

NJ 

o> 

Cn 

ft 

r-l- 

?i- 

3*      « 

NO 


H 

3- 

p    3 
^> 

3  o 
(/>  p 

n3 

O   a> 
3    3 

;;  ^ 
> 


BILL  81 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Small  Claims  Courts  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  81  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Small  Claims  Courts  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection    1    of  section    1   of   The  Small  Claims  Courts  ^c^,  amended 
being  chapter  439  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 

is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{la)  "registered    mail"    includes    certified    mail    where 
evidence  of  delivery  is  returned  to  the  sender. 

2.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-  s.  ii, 

Stituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

11. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  on  the  recom-  Appointment 
mendation  of  the  Attorney  General  may  appoint  such  small 
claims  court  judges  as  are  considered  necessary. 

(2)  Every  judge  appointed  under  this  section  shall  take  o**^^ 
and  subscribe  the  following  oath  before  the  Chief  Judge  of 
the  County  and   District   Courts  or  a  judge  designated  by 
him: 

I 

do  swear  that  I  will  truly  and  faithfully,  according  to  my  skill  and 
knowledge,  execute  the  several  duties,  powers  and  trusts  of  the 
Small  Claims  Courts,  so  help  me  God. 

and  also  the  oath  of  allegiance  as  required  by  The  Public  ^-^  '^^^' 
Officers  Act. 

(3)  The   oath    of   office   and   oath   of   allegiance   shall    he^^[*^g«^of 
transmitted  forthwith  to  the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  and 

shall  be  filed  in  his  office. 

(4)  A  judge  appointed  under  this  section  may  be  removed  ^®™°^*^ 
from   office   before   attaining   retirement   age  only   for   mis- 
behaviour or  for  inability  to   p)erform   his  duties   properly 

and  only  if, 


(a)  the  circumstances  respecting   the  misbehaviour  or 
inabihty  are  first  inquired  into;  and 

{b)  the  judge  is  given   reasonable  notice  of  the   time! 
and    place    for    the    inquiry    and    is    afforded    an| 
opportunity,   by   himself   or   his   counsel,   of   beingj 
heard    and   of   cross-examining   the   witnesses   and 
of  producing  evidence  on  his  own  behalf. 


Inquiry 


1971.  c.  49 


Order  for 
removal 


Retirement 


Reappoint- 
ment 


Resignation 


Judicial 
Council 


R.S.0. 1970, 
C.369 


S.18. 
amended 


Referees 


(5)  For  the  purpose  of  making  an  inquiry  under  subl 
section  4,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoini 
one  or  more  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  who  shall  malcf 
the  inquiry  and  report  thereon,  and  a  judge  so  appointee 
has  the  powers  of  a  Commission  under  Part  II  of  The  Publii 
Inquiries  Act,  1971,  which  Part  applies  to  such  inquiry 
as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 

(6)  An  order  removing  a  judge  from  office  under  this] 
section  may  be  made  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  and  the  order  and  the  report  of  the  inquiry  shall 
be  laid  before  the  Legislative  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session 
or,  if  not,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  commencement  of 
the  next  ensuing  session. 

11a. — (1)  Every  judge  appointed  under  section  11  shall 
retire  upon  attaining  the  age  of  sixty-five  years. 

(2)  Upon  attaining  an  age  for  retirement  under  sub- 
section 1,  a  judge  may  be  reappointed  to  hold  office  during 
pleasure  but  shall  not  hold  office  after  attaining  the  age  of 
seventy-five  years. 

(3)  A  judge  may  at  any  time  resign  his  office  in  writing, 
signed  by  him  and  delivered  to  the  Attorney  General. 

116.  The  Judicial  Council  for  Provincial  Judges  has  the 
same  powers  and  shall  perform  the  same  duties  in  respei  t 
of  small  claims  court  judges  appointed  under  section  11  as 
it  has  and  performs  under  The  Provincial  Courts  Act  in 
respect  of  provincial  judges. 

3.  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  may  appoint  a  referee  for  j 
each  small  claims  court  who  shall  hold  office  during  ^ 
pleasure. 


4.  Clauses  a  and  h  of  section  54  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  ^e-eiacted 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  any  action  where  the  amount  claimed  does  not 
exceed  $1,000  exclusive  of  interest; 

{b)  any  action  of  replevin  where  the  value  of  property 
distrained,  taken  or  detained  does  not  exceed 
$1,000;  and 


5. — (1)  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  Ij^^^^^^^ 
section : 

54a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "prime  rate"  means  the  lowest  f^te^® 
rate  of  interest  quoted  by  chartered  banks  to  the  most  credit-  defined 
worthy  borrowers  for  prime  business  loans,  as  determined  and 
published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  establishing  the  prime  rate,   the  ^^®"^ 
periodic   publication   entitled   the   Bank   of   Canada   Review 
purporting  to  be  published  by  the  Bank  of  Canada  is  admissible 

in  evidence  as  conclusive  proof  of  the  prime  rate  as  set  out 
therein,  without  further  proof  of  the  authenticity  of  the 
publication. 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  6,  a  person  who  is  entitled  to  a  I^^^J^ei^'"®"*' 
judgment  for  the  payment  of  money  is  entitled  to  claim  and 

have  included  in  the  judgment  an  award  of  interest  thereon, 

(a)  at  the  prime  rate  existing  for  the  month  preceding 
the  month  on  which  the  action  was  commenced; 
and 

(6)  calculated, 

(i)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  a  liqui- 
dated claim,  from  the  date  the  cause  of  action 
arose  to  the  date  of  judgment,  or 

(ii)  where  the  judgment  is  given  upon  an  unliqui- 
dated claim,  from  the  date  the  person  entitled 
gave  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim  to  the 
person  liable  therefor  to  the  date  of  the 
judgment. 

(4)  Where  the  judgment  includes  an  amount  for  special  f^^^^^U 
damages,  the  interest  calculated  under  subsection  3  shall  be 
calculated  on   the  balance  of  special   damages  incurred  as 
totalled  at  the  end  of  each  six  month  period  following  the 


BzOlOBlODB 


notice  in  writing  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of 
subsection  3  and  at  the  date  of  the  judgment. 

(5)  Interest  under  this  section  shall  not  be  awarded, 
(a)  on  exemplary  or  punitive  damages ; 
{b)  on  interest  accruing  under  this  section ; 

(c)  on  an  award  of  costs  in  the  action ; 

(d)  on  that  part  of  the  judgment  that  represents  pecu- 
niary loss  arising  after  the  date  of  the  judgment 
and  that  is  identified  by  a  finding  of  the  court; 

(e)  except  by  consent  of  the  judgment  debtor  where 
the  judgment  is  given  on  consent ; 

(/)  where  interest  is  payable  by  a  right  other  than 
under  this  section. 


Discretion 
of  judge 


Application 
01  subs.  1 


8.08. 
repealed 


Application 
01  subs.  1 


(6)  The  judge  may,  where  he  considers  it  to  be  just  to  do 
so  in  all  the  circumstances, 

(a)  disallow  interest  under  this  section; 

(b)  fix  a  rate  of  interest  higher  or  lower  than  the  prime 
rate ; 

(c)  allow  interest  under  this  section  for  a  period  othei 
than  that  provided, 

in  respect  of  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  amount  for  which 
judgment  is  given. 

(2)  This  section  applies  to  the  payment  of  money  under 
judgments  delivered  after  this  section  comes  into  force,' 
but  no  interest  shall  be  awarded  under  this  section  for  ai 
period  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

6. — (1)  Section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  actions  com- 
menced before  subsection  1  comes  into  force. 


B.96a. 
enacted 


7.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- 
ing section: 


What  Is 
admissible 
In  evidence 
at  a 
bearing 


96a. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  the  judge  may 
admit  as  evidence  at  a  hearing,  whether  or  not  given  or 
proven  under  oath  or  affirmation  or  admissible  as  evidence 
in  the  Supreme  Court, 


{a)  any  oral  testimony ;  and 

{b)  any  document  or  other  thing, 

relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the  proceedings  and  may 
act  on  such  evidence,  but  the  judge  may  exclude  anything 
unduly  repetitious. 

(2)  Nothing  is  admissible  in  evidence  at  a  hearing,  inadmfssibie 

in  evidence 
at  a 

(a)  that    would    be    inadmissible    by    reason    of    any  Clearing 
privilege  under  the  law  of  evidence;  or 

{b)  that  is  inadmissible  by  any  statute. 

(3)  Nothing  in   subsection    1    overrides   the  provisions   of  conflicts 
any  Act   expressly   limiting   the  extent   to  or   purposes   for 
which    any   oral    testimony,    documents    or   things    may   be 
admitted  or  used  in  evidence  in  any  proceedings. 

(4)  Where   the   judge   is   satisfied   as   to   its   authenticity,  copies 
a  copy  of  a  document  or  other  thing  may  be  admitted  as 
evidence  at  a  hearing. 

8.  Sections  98  and  99  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed.  ss.  98, 99, 

'■  repealed 

9. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  104  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  s.  104  (d, 
by  inserting  after  "solicitor"  in  the  third  line  "or  student 
articled  to  the  solicitor". 

(2)  Subsection    2    of    the   said   section    104   is    amended   hy  ^■'^^^^}\ 

.  .  -  ,..,.,,  -^   amended 

msertmg  after     solicitor     in  the  third  line  "or  student 
articled  to  the  solicitor". 

10.  Clauses  a  and  b  of  subsection   1   of  section   108  of  the  said  ^  losdxa,  6), 

I*  6  ~  6  H  £LC  tj6Q 

Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  in  an  action  or  garnishee  proceeding  where  the  sum 
in  dispute  exceeds  $500,  exclusive  of  costs ; 

{b)  in  interpleader  where  the  money  or  the  value  of 
the  goods  or  chattels  claimed  or  proceeds  thereof 
exceed  $500,  or  where  the  damages  claimed  by  or 
awarded  to  either  party  against  the  other  or 
against  a  bailiff  exceeds  the  sum  of  $300. 

11.  Subsection  1  of  section  112  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  bys^Zd). 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,  chapter  439,  section 

112,  subsection  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


Appeal 


8.  116. 

amended 


(1)  The  appeal  shall  be  made  in  the  time  and  manner 
prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court  and  the  Chief  Justice  of  : 
the  High  Court  may,  after  the  appeal  is  perfected  and 
where  it  appears  to  him  that  no  issue  of  general  interest  is 
raised  and  that  expedition  and  the  interests  of  the  parties 
would  be  thereby  best  served,  order  that  the  appeal  be 
heard  by  a  single  judge  of  the  Divisional  Court  and  a 
decision  of  the  judge  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  decision  of 
the  Divisional  Court. 

12.  Section  116  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  107,  section  4,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Rate  of 
interest 
after 
Judgment 


(2a)  The  interest  payable  under  subsection  2  shall  be  at 
the  same  rate  as  may  be  levied  under  a  writ  of  execution 
issued  out  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but  a  judge  may  order  that 
no  interest  is  payable  in  respect  of  moneys  owing  under  a 
consolidation  order  that  is  not  in  default. 


8. 131  (5). 
amended 


13. — (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  131  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "served"  in  the  first  line  "by  mail  or, 
if  directed  by  the  judge,". 


8. 131  (7). 
re-enacted 


(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  131  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Place  of 
examination 


(7)  The  examination  shall  not  be  held  in  open  court  unless 
the  judge  is  satisfied  there  is  good  reason  to  hold  it  in  public. 


8.132(2). 
amended 


14.  Subsection  2  of  section  132  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "served"  in  the  first  line  "by  mail  or,  if  directed 
by  the  judge,". 


8.135(1). 
amended 


15.  Subsection  1  of  section  135  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "registered  mail"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "mail  or  served  personally  as  directed  by  the 
judge". 


8.  151. 

repealed 


Application 
of  sabe.  1 


16. — (1)  Section  151  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  garnishees  issued 
before  this  section  comes  into  force. 


8.184. 
re-enacted 


Destruction 
of  documents 


17.  Section    184  of  the  said   Act   is   repealed   and   the   following 
substituted  therefor: 

184.  Where  books,  documents  or  papers  have  been  pre- 
served in  a  small  claims  court  for  so  long  that  it  appears 
that  they  need  not  be  preserved  any  longer,  the  Chief  Judge 


of  the  County  and  District  Courts  may  make  an  order 
authorizing  the  Inspector  to  cause  their  destruction  or  other 
disposition. 

18.  Subsection  1  of  section  190  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  repealed 

19.  Subsection  2  of  section  193  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  repealed 

20.— (1)  Clause  aa  of  subsection  1  of  section  195  of  the  said  ^ct,l^^^ll^^''^> 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  107, 
section  7,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "clerks"  in  the 
first  line  "referees". 

(2)  Clause    h    of    subsection    1    of    the    said    section    195    issi95(i)(6), 

diinsriQdi 

amended    by    inserting    after    "clerks"    in    the    first    hne 
"referees". 

(3)  Subsection  1  of  the  said  section  195,  as  amended  by  the  iJ^^^jj^^^jj 
Statutes   of   Ontario,    1972,    chapter    107,    section    7,    is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

[da)  prescribing  the  duties,  responsibilities  and  functions 
of  referees; 

{dh)  fixing  the  remuneration  of  judges  appointed  under 
section  11  and  providing  for  the  benefits  to  which 
such  judges  are  entitled,  including, 

(i)  leave  of  absence  and  vacations, 

(ii)  sick  leave  credits  and  payments  in  respect 
of  such  credits, 

(iii)  pension  benefits  for  judges  and  their  widows 
and  surviving  children, 

and  for  the  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  benefits 
in  respect  thereof  to  which  persons  appointed  as 
judges  under  section  11  were  entitled  under  T'/j^  ^^sxx  mo. 
Public  Service  Act  or  The  Public  Service  Super- 
annuation Act  at  the  time  of  their  appointment 
under  section  11. 

21.  Part  II  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Revised  Statutes  Pjirj^Jjggj 
of  Ontario,   1970,  chapter  439,  section   197,  subsection  3,  is  repealed 
repealed. 

22.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  m°e^^®°*'*' 

23.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Small  Claims  Courts  ^4  m^M<^- short  title 
ment  Act,  1977. 


H 

33 

m 

> 

ft- 

X 

O 

o 

3 

re 

» 

o 

S 

3 

o 

(I 
P. 

50 

H 

» 

xj 

2: 

'Z 

0 
0 

0 

0 

< 

< 

i-f- 

n> 

Oo 

a> 

tNj 

0 

1»^ 

3 

^ 

3 

S 
». 

cr 

CO 

C/5 

(X 

1- 

•-1 

>3 

"1 

?0 

r^- 

if) 

Rk, 

jj* 

«». 

p* 

»-* 

SO 

1' 

1' 

1— * 

^ 

-J 

*-) 

H 

sr 

rD 

cn 

3 

> 

^ 

3 

^-^ 

> 

n 

n 

i-f 

pT 

r-l- 

3 

0 

(/) 

P 

n 

3 

0 

rt 

c 

3 

•-1 

a 

(/) 

> 

0 

" 


BILL  82  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Food  Terminal  Act 


Mr.  Pope 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  authorize  the  Ontario  Food  Terminal  Board 
to  establish  a  branch  operation  in  the  Territorial  District  of  Cochrane. 


BILL  82  1977 


H 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Food  Terminal  Act 

ER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 


follows : 


1.  Clause  e  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Food  Terminal  Act,  being  s-K^^).    ^ 

°   _    ^  >  o  re-enacted 

chapter   313    of   the    Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario,    1970,    is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{g)  "Terminal"  means  the  Ontario  Food  Terminal  and 
includes  all  branches  thereof. 

2.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  4  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  re-enacted 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  to  acquire,  construct,  equip  and  operate  a  whole- 
sale fruit  and  produce  market  to  be  known  as  the 
Ontario  Food  Terminal  and  to  operate  branches 
thereof  in  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto 
or  Regional  Municipality  of  York  and  the  Ter- 
ritorial District  of  Cochrane  and  to  acquire  and 
operate  such  facilities  for  the  transportation  and 
handling  of  fruit  and  produce  as  may  be  necessary 
for  the  purposes  of  the  Terminal;  and 


3.  Subsection  2  of  section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  !le-enac 


following  substituted  therefor: 


re-enacted 


(2)  No  person  shall  establish  or  operate  within  the  Ter-  Markets 
ritorial  District  of  Cochrane  any  market  for  the  sale  by  Cochrane 
wholesale  of  fruit  and  vegetables  except  with  the  approval 
of  the  Board,  but  this  section  does  not  apply  to  any  such 
market  that  was  being  regularly  and  continuously  operated 
on  the  day  The  Ontario  Food  Terminal  Amendment  Act,  1977 , 
comes  into  force  so  long  as  it  is  not  extended  or  enlarged. 


InUrpr*- 
tAtlon 


(3)  In  subsections  1  and  2,  the  expression  "any  market 
for  the  sale  by  wholesale  of  fruit  and  vegetables"  includes 
any  premises  at  which  fruit  or  vegetables  are  purchased  for 
resale. 


Comm«noe- 
ment 


Short  title 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

5.  The   short   title   of   this   Act   is   The   Ontario   Food   Terminal 
Amendment  Act,  1977. 


t» 


o 
w 


Si. 
>} 

a- 
I' 


t\J 

o 

h«i^ 

s 

cr 

Oo 

s^ 

«^ 

>3 
Si- 

>3 

r-f- 

Si. 

1" 

c^ 

H 

o 

o   > 

O 

O      O 

H§ 

ft)    3 

> 
o 


i 


i 


BILL  83  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 


Mr.  Breaugh 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  extend  the  protection  for  accrued  wages, 
overtime  pay  and  termination  pay  under  The  Employment  Standards  Ad, 
1974. 


BILL  83  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section    14   of   The   Employment   Standards   Act,   1974,   being  si4,^^ 
chapter  112,  is  repealed. 

2.  Section  15  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-  re-enacted 
stituted  therefor: 

15. — (1)  Every  employer  shall  be  deemed  to  hold  wages,  d^emed^'^' 
vacation    pay    and    termination    pay    accruing    due    to    an  to  be  held 
employee  in  trust  for  the  employee  and  all  such  amounts 
shall  be  kept  by  the  employer  separate  and  apart  from  his 
own  moneys. 

(2)  Where  an  employer  contravenes  subsection  1  and  the  Me™ 
amounts  deemed  to  be  held  in  trust  for  an  employee  are 
not  kept  separate  and  apart  by  the  employer,  the  amounts 
have  priority  to  the  claims  or  rights  of  all  secured,  preferred 
and  ordinary  or  general  creditors  of  the  employer  including 
the  claims  or  rights  of  the  Crown. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^°^®°*'®' 

4.  The   short   title   of   this   Act    is    The   Employment   Standards  ^^^^^^^^^ 
Amendment  Act,  1977. 


S 

o 


l» 


W 
w 
m 

> 

c 
o 

X 


Si. 


O 

o 

l-t 

t^o 

O 

►^ 

S 

cr 

'•) 

Si- 

a> 

^ 

to 

S) 

en 

& 

Si. 

1' 

'^ 

cr 

fD 

m 

3 

"H- 

o" 
^ 

> 

3 

3 

3 

> 
o 

I-+ 

^-^ 

C/) 

^-^ 

(-♦ 

o 

P 

3 

P 

3 

3 

(/) 

a 

> 

r> 

<-h 

•— » 

vO 

■^ 

4^ 

BILL  84 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Transportation  and 
Highway  Improvement  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 .     Section  20  of  the  Act,  as  recast,  reads  as  follows : 

{20)  The  Minister  and  any  municipality,  including  a  district,  metro- 
politan or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  into  an  agreement  for 
the  preparation  of  a  report  on  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  transportation 
or  highway  system  required  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  municipality 
and  the  Minister  may  direct  payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated 
therefor  by  the  Legislature  of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent  of  the 
cost  of  the  report. 

The  words  underlined  have  been  added  to  make  clear  that  any  reports 
made  pursuant  to  the  section  may  deal  with  highway  systems. 

Subsection  2  has  been  added  to  section  20  of  the  Act  to  authorize  the 
Minister  and  municipalities  to  enter  into  agreements  in  respect  of  experi- 
mental projects  and  it  also  permits  payment  of  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  by  the 
Crown. 


Section  2.     Section  22  (1)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  Where  the  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  him  considers  it  ad- 
visable to  change  the  grade  or  make  other  alterations  upon  a  highway 
intersecting  or  affording  access  to  the  King's  Highway  or  giving  access 
to  private  property,  the  cost  of  the  changes  so  made  shall  he  deemed 
to  be  part  of  the  cost  of  the  construction  of  the  King's  Highway. 

The  provision,  as  recast,  permits  the  Minister  to  relocate  or  alter  a 
road  giving  access  to  a  highway  with  the  consent  of  the  authority  or  person 
having  jurisdiction  over  the  road.  The  cost  of  any  changes  would  be  deemed 
to  be  a  cost  of  construction  of  the  King's  Highway. 

Section  30  of  the  Act  provides  that  the  Ministry  is  resf>orsible  for  the 
maintenance  and  repair  of  the  King's  Highway  and  also  deals  with  Ministry 
liability  in  the  event  of  damage  caused  by  negligence. 


BILL  84  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Transportation 
and  Highway  Improvement  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1 .  Section  20  of  The  Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improve-  re-enacted 
ment  Act,  being  chapter  201  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

20. — (1)  The  Minister  and  any  municipahty,  including  a  J^^^'^^j^jj 
district,  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  ^I^Q^t^^'^'^y 
into  an  agreement  for  the  preparation  of  a  report  on  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  the  transportation  or  highway  system 
required  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  municipality  and  the 
Minister  may  direct  payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated 
therefor  by  the  Legislature  of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent 
of  the  cost  of  the  report. 

(2)  The  Minister  and  any  municipahty,  including  a  district,  ?^*^^^'jqjj 
metropoUtan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  into  an  experimental 
agreement  to  provide  all  or  any  part  of  an  experimental  or 
demonstration  project  related  to  the  transportation  or  high- 
way system  of  the  municipality  and  the  Minister  may  direct 
payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  the 
project. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  ^^^^|^>^^.g^ 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(1)  The   Minister,   with   the  consent   of  the   authority  or^«Jo^^"°"- 
person  having  jurisdiction  and  control  over  the  road,  rn ay  approaches 
relocate,  alter  or  divert  any  public  or  private  road  entering 
or  touching  upon  or  giving  access  to  a  highway  under  the 
jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Minister. 

(la)  The   cost    of   the    changes    made    pursuant    to   sub- p^^^'^l ^.^^ 
section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  the  cost  of  the  con-  deemed  to 

^  be  King's 

Highway 


struction  of  the  King's  Highway  and  during  the  period  when 
the  changes  are  being  made  that  portion  of  the  road  being 
relocated,  altered  or  diverted  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  King's 
Highway  for  the  purposes  of  section  30. 


s.a4. 

amended 


3.  Section  24  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  67,  section  9,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Agrreement 
for  road 
construction 


(la)  The  Minister  may  enter  into  agreements  to  construct 
and  maintain  roads  for  and  on  behalf  of  a  Minister  of  the 
Crown,  an  agency  of  the  Crown  or  Ontario  Hydro. 


s.  30  (9). 
re-enacted 


4.  Subsection  9  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor : 


Action  to 
be  tried 
without  Jury 


(9)  An  action  against  the  Crown  under  this  section  shall  be 
tried  by  a  judge  without  the  intervention  of  a  jury,  and  the 
trial  shall  take  place  in  the  county  in  which  the  default 
occurred  unless  otherwise  ordered  upon  an  application  by  any 
party. 


8.  41  (1), 

amended 


5.  Subsection  1  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "roads"  in  the  fifth  line  "between  the  county  and 
a  region,". 


8.86(1). 
re-enacted 


6.  Subsection  1  of  section  86  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Arrange- 
ments for 
construction 
or 
maintenance 


(1)  The  Minister  may  arrange  with, 
(a)  the  Government  of  Canada ; 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.256 


(b)  the  local  roads  board  elected  under  The  Local  Roads 
Boards  A  ct : 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.445 


(c)  the  roads  commissioners  elected  unde'i   The  Statute 
Labour  A  ct ;  or 


(d)  a  person  who  is  the  owner  of  land, 

for  the  construction  or  maintenance  of  a  road  in  territory 
without  municipal  organization,  and  the  Minister  may  direct 
payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature of  an  amount  equal  to  such  proportion  of  the  cost  of  the 
work  as  he  considers  requisite. 


8. 91a  (2). 
amended 


7. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  91a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  67,  section  22, 


Section  3.     The  provision  is  self-explanatory. 


Section  4.  The  provision  presently  provides  that  all  actions  commenced 
pursuant  to  section  30  shall  take  place  in  the  county  in  which  the  accident 
occurred.  The  provision  as  recast  permits  any  party  to  the  action  to  apply 
for  an  order  changing  the  venue. 

Section  5.     The  provision,  as  amended,  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  A  county  may  by  by-law  adopt  a  plan  of  county  road  construction 
and  maintenance  and  establish  a  county  road  system  by  designating 
the  roads  in  any  municipality  in  the  county  that  are  to  form  the 
system  and  may  include  in  the  system  such  boundary-line  roads  between 
the  county  and  a  region,  between  the  county  and  any  other  county 
or  between  the  county  and  a  city  or  separated  town  as  are  agreed  upon 
by  the  municipalities  interested. 

The  words  underlined  are  the  words  being  added. 

Section  6.  The  provision,  as  recast,  includes  the  Government  of 
Canada  as  a  party  with  whom  the  Minister  may  arrange  for  construction 
or  maintenance  of  roads  in  territory  without  municipal  organization. 

The  provision  has  been  slightly  reworded  to  make  clear  that  it  applies 
only  in  territories  without  municipal  organization. 


Section  7. — Subsection  1.     The  provision  as  amended  would  read  as 
follows : 

(2)  The  Minister  and  a  municipality  or  other  person  may  enter  into  an 
agreement  to  establish,  acquire,  construct,  operate  and  maintain  ferries 
and  to  acquire  lands,  equipment  and  machinery  necessary  and  incidental 
thereto. 

The  words  underlined  are  the  ones  being  added. 


Subsection  2.     The  provision  presently  reads  as  follows : 

(3)  The  Minister  may  pay  to^munictpalijy^  the  whole  or  part  of  expendi- 
tures by  the  municipality  to  establish,  acquire,  construct,  operate  and 
maintain  ferries  and  to  acquire  lands,  equipment  and  machinery 
necessary  and  incidental  thereto. 

The  words  underlined  are  the  ones  being  deleted. 

The  amendments  are  complementary  and  serve  to  permit  the  Minister 
to  enter  into  agreements  to  establish  and  operate  ferry  services  with  author- 
ities other  than  municipalities. 


is  amended  by  inserting  after  "municipality"  in  the  first 
line  "or  other  person". 

(2)  Subsection   3   of   the   said   section   91a   is   amended   by|j^i°^3j^ 
striking  out  "to  a  municipality"  in  the  first  line  and  by 
striking  out  "by  the  municipality"  in  the  second  line. 

I  8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^°^^®°°®" 

I  9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Public  Transportation  and  ^^^^^  ^^^^^ 
Highway  Improvement  Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


3  7^ 

o    > 


H 


p 


o  "-*■ 

3    P    C/) 

p 

3 


Si- 


o 
cr 

•-1 


o 
^ 
^ 


S) 
ft- 
**. 


P 


p 

3 


> 

3 

> 
n 


►a      S      r^ 


BILL  84  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Transportation  and 
Highway  Improvement  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     Section  20  of  the  Act,  as  recast,  reads  as  follows: 

(20)  The  Minister  and  any  municipality,  including  a  district,  metrn- 
polttan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  into  an  agreement  for 
the  preparation  of  a  report  on  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  transportation 
or  highway  system  required  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  municipality 
and  the  Minister  may  direct  payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated 
therefor  by  the  Legislature  of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent  of  the 
cost  of  the  report. 

The  words  underlined  have  been  added  to  make  clear  that  any  reports 
made  pursuant  to  the  section  may  deal  with  highway  systems. 

Subsection  2  has  been  added  to  section  20  of  the  Act  to  authorize  the 
Minister  and  municipalities  to  enter  into  agreements  in  respect  of  experi- 
mental projects  and  it  also  permits  payment  of  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  by  the 
Crown. 


Section  2.     Section  22  (1)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  Where  the  Minister  or  a  person  authorized  by  him  considers  it  ad- 
visable to  change  the  grade  or  make  other  alterations  upon  a  highway 
intersecting  or  affording  access  to  the  King's  Highway  or  giving  access 
to  private  property,  the  cost  of  the  changes  so  made  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  part  of  the  cost  of  the  construction  of  the  King's  Highway. 

The  provision,  as  recast,  permits  the  Minister  to  relocate  or  alter  a 
road  giving  access  to  a  highway  with  the  consent  of  the  authority  or  person 
having  jurisdiction  over  the  road.  The  cost  of  any  changes  would  be  deemed 
to  be  a  cost  of  construction  of  the  King's  Highway. 

Section  30  of  the  Act  provides  that  the  Ministry  is  responsible  for  the 
maintenance  and  repair  of  the  King's  Highway  and  also  deals  with  Ministry 
liability  in  the  event  of  damage  caused  by  negligence. 


BILL  84  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Transportation 
and  Highway  Improvement  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1 .  Section  20  of  The  Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improve-  re-enacted 
ment  Act,  being  chapter  201  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

20. — (1)  The  Minister  and  any  municipality,  including  a  ^^^^^^^^'^^^ 
district,  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  °|®Q^t^*''^**y 
into  an  agreement  for  the  preparation  of  a  report  on  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  the  transportation  or  highway  system 
required  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  municipahty  and  the 
Minister  may  direct  payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated 
therefor  by  the  Legislature  of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent 
of  the  cost  of  the  report. 

(2)  The  Minister  and  any  municipality,  including  a  district,  ?'^^^°^^"jqjj 
metropolitan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  into  an  ®^?fecr^°'*^ 
agreement  to  provide  all  or  any  part  of  an  experimental  or 
demonstration  project  related  to  the  transportation  or  high- 
way system  of  the  municipality  and  the  Minister  may  direct 
payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  the 
project. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  s^^^i^);^^^^ 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(1)  The   Minister,   with   the  consent   of  the  authority  or^«}°^^"°°- 
person  having  jurisdiction  and  control  over  the  road,  "^^ly  api^roa^^s 
relocate,  alter  or  divert  any  public  or  private  road  entering 
or  touching  upon  or  giving  access  to  a  highway  under  the 
jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Minister. 

(la)  The   cost   of   the   changes   made   pursuant    to   sub- d^^i°I|  ^.^^^j 
section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  the  cost  of  the  con-  deemed  to 

'^  be  King  s 

Highway 


struction  of  the  King's  Highway  and  during  the  period  when 
the  changes  are  being  made  that  portion  of  the  road  being 
relocated,  altered  or  diverted  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  King's 
Highway  for  the  purposes  of  section  30. 


B.24. 
amended 


3.  Section  24  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  67,  section  9,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Agreement 
for  road 
construction 


(la)  The  Minister  may  enter  into  agreements  to  construct 
and  maintain  roads  for  and  on  behalf  of  a  Minister  of  the 
Crown,  an  agency  of  the  Crown  or  Ontario  Hydro. 


s.  30  (9). 
re-enacted 


4.  Subsection  9  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor : 


Action  to 
be  tried 
without  Jury 


(9)  An  action  against  the  Crown  under  this  section  shall  be 
tried  by  a  judge  without  the  intervention  of  a  jury,  and  the 
trial  shall  take  place  in  the  county  in  which  the  default 
occurred  unless  otherwise  ordered  upon  an  application  by  any 
party. 


8.41(1). 

amended 


5.  Subsection  1  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "roads"  in  the  fifth  line  "between  the  county  and 
a  region,". 


8.86(1). 
re-enacted 


6.  Subsection  1  of  section  86  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Arrange- 
ments for 
construction 
or 
maintenance 


(1)  The  Minister  may  arrange  with, 
(a)  the  Government  of  Canada ; 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.2S6 


(6)  the  local  roads  board  elected  under  The  Local  Roads 
Boards  Act; 


R.8.0. 1970. 
C.445 


(c)  the  roads  commissioners  elected  under  The  Statute 
Labour  Act;  or 


(d)  a  person  who  is  the  owner  of  land, 

for  the  construction  or  maintenance  of  a  road  in  territory 
without  municipal  organization,  and  the  Minister  may  direct 
payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature of  an  amount  equal  to  such  proportion  of  the  cost  of  the 
work  as  he  considers  requisite. 


s.  91a  (2). 
amended 


7. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  91a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  67,  section  22, 


Section  3.     The  provision  is  self-explanatory. 


Section  4.  The  provision  presently  provides  that  all  actions  commenced 
pursuant  to  section  30  shall  take  place  in  the  county  in  which  the  accident 
occurred.  The  provision  as  recast  permits  any  party  to  the  action  to  apply 
for  an  order  changing  the  venue. 

Section  5.     The  provision,  as  amended,  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  A  county  may  by  by-law  adopt  a  plan  of  county  road  construction 
and  maintenance  and  establish  a  county  road  system  by  designating 
the  roads  in  any  municipality  in  the  county  that  are  to  form  the 
system  and  may  include  in  the  system  such  boundary-line  roads  between 
the  county  and  a  region,  between  the  county  and  any  other  county 
or  between  the  county  and  a  city  or  separated  town  as  are  agreed  upon 
by  the  municipalities  interested. 

The  words  underlined  are  the  words  being  added. 

Section  6.  The  provision,  as  recast,  includes  the  Government  of 
Canada  as  a  party  with  whom  the  Minister  may  arrange  for  construction 
or  maintenance  of  roads  in  territory  without  municipal  organization. 

The  provision  has  been  slightly  reworded  to  make  clear  that  it  applies 
only  in  territories  without  municipal  organization. 


Section  7. — Subsection  1.     The  provision  as  amended  would  read  as 
follows: 

(2)  The  Minister  and  a  municipality  or  other  person  may  enter  into  an 
agreement  to  establish,  acquire,  construct,  operate  and  maintain  ferries 
and  to  acquire  lands,  equipment  and  machinery  necessary  and  incidental 
thereto. 

The  words  underlined  are  the  ones  being  added. 


Subsection  2.     The  provision  presently  reads  as  follows : 

(J)  The  Minister  may  pay  to  a  municipality  the  whole  or  part  of  expendi- 
tures by  the  municipality  to  establish,  acquire,  construct,  operate  and 
maintain  ferries  and  to  acquire  lands,  equipment  and  machinery 
necessary  and  incidental  thereto. 

The  amendments  are  complementary  and  serve  to  permit  the  Minister 
to  enter  into  agreements  to  establish  and  operate  ferry  services  with  author- 
ities other  than  municipalities. 


is  amended  by  inserting  after  "municipality"  in  the  first 
line  "or  other  person". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  91a  is  amended  by  striking  Ij^^'J^^^J^ 
out  "to  a  municipahty"  in  the  first  line  and  by  striking  out 
"by  the  municipality"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "pursuant  to  an  agreement  under  subsection  2"."^^! 

8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  Senr^'^''^ 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Public  Transportation  aw^^  short  title 
Highway  Improvement  Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


n 

^ ^ 

^ 

1 

c^ 

«» 

v2 

«L 

^ 

S> 

«^ 

O) 

>• 

(^ 

& 

^ 

1 

r 

t^«« 

r«> 

^ 

a. 

53^ 

Jk 

s<. 

3  :^§ 

3    3^—1 


2  ^ 


•-I  r^ 

2  o 

3 


2:, 

0 

0 

r> 

< 

r-t- 

Uj 

n 

t\) 

0 

^ 

^ 

a 

3 
cr 

(T) 

5^ 

cr 
n 
►-I 

00 

BILL  84 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Transportation  and 
Highway  Improvement  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


I 


BILL  84  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Transportation 
and  Highway  Improvement  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1 .  Section  20  of  The  Public  Transportation  and  Highway  Improve-  rb^^nacted 
ment  Act,  being  chapter  201  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 

1970,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

20. — (1)  The  Minister  and  any  municipality,  including  aportLtion 
district,  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  n|eds^study 
into  an  agreement  for  the  preparation  of  a  report  on  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  the  transportation  or  highway  system 
required  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  municipality  and  the 
Minister  may  direct  payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated 
therefor  by  the  Legislature  of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent 
of  the  cost  of  the  report. 

(2)  The  Minister  and  any  municipahty,  including  a  district,  port^tion 
metropolitan  or  regional  municipality,  may  enter  into  an  experimental 
agreement  to  provide  all  or  any  part  of  an  experimental  or 
demonstration  project  related  to  the  transportation  or  high- 
way system  of  the  municipality  and  the  Minister  may  direct 
payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature of  a  sum  not  exceeding  75  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  the 
project. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  22  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  ^^^^(1)^^^^ 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(1)  The   Minister,   with   the  consent   of  the  authority  or^®)°^^"°"- 
person  having  jurisdiction  and  control  over  the  road,  "^ay  apK°^^j^^ 
relocate,  alter  or  divert  any  public  or  private  road  entering 
or  touching  upon  or  giving  access  to  a  highway  under  the 
jurisdiction  and  control  of  the  Minister. 

(la)  The   cost   of   the   changes   made   pursuant    to   sub- ^'j^f^J^JI ^.^^^ 
section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  the  cost  of  the  con-  deemed  to 

'  be  King  8 

Highway 


8.24. 
amended 


Agrreement 
for  road 
construction 


struction  of  the  King's  Highway  and  during  the  period  when 
the  changes  are  being  made  that  portion  of  the  road  being 
relocated,  altered  or  diverted  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  King's 
Highway  for  the  purposes  of  section  30. 

3.  Section  24  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario.  1973,  chapter  67,  section  9,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(la)  The  Minister  may  enter  into  agreements  to  construct 
and  maintain  roads  for  and  on  behalf  of  a  Minister  of  the 
Crown,  an  agency  of  the  Crown  or  Ontario  Hydro. 


8.30(9). 
re-enacted 


4.  Subsection  9  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor : 


Action  to 
be  tried 
without  jury 


(9)  An  action  against  the  Crown  under  this  section  shall  be 
tried  by  a  judge  without  the  intervention  of  a  jury,  and  the 
trial  shall  take  place  in  the  county  in  which  the  default 
occurred  unless  otherwise  ordered  upon  an  application  by  any 
party. 


8.  41  (1). 

amended 


5.  Subsection  1  of  section  41  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "roads"  in  the  fifth  line  "between  the  county  and 
a  region,". 


8.86(1). 
re-enacted 


6.  Subsection  1  of  section  86  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Arrangre- 
ments  for 
construction 
or 
maintenance 


(1)  The  Minister  may  arrange  with, 
(a)  the  Government  of  Canada ; 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.256 


(b)  the  local  roads  board  elected  under  The  Local  Roads 
Boards  Ad: 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.445 


(c)  the  roads  commissioners  elected  under  The  Statute 
Labour  Act;  or 


(d)  a  person  who  is  the  owner  of  land, 

for  the  construction  or  maintenance  of  a  road  in  territory 
without  municipal  organization,  and  the  Minister  may  direct 
payment  out  of  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature of  an  amount  equal  to  such  proportion  of  the  cost  of  the 
work  as  he  considers  requisite. 


8. 91a  (2). 
amended 


7. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  91  a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  67,  section  22, 


p 


is  amended  by  inserting  after  "municipality"  in  the  first 
line  "or  other  person". 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  91a  is  amended  by  striking  amended 
out  "to  a  municipality"  in  the  first  line  and  by  striking  out 
"by  the  municipality"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "pursuant  to  an  agreement  under  subsection  2". 

8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  m^e^r^"'^^ 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Public  Transportation  a«^^^°^*^""® 
Highway  Improvement  Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


I 


o  o  a 

C    p 


P 


^ 

'Z 

o 

o 

o 

o 

< 
3 
•-1 

oo 

< 

3 
cr 

CO 

"I 

00 

O 

to 

ft- 

l-f- 

Sc 

f-f- 

^ 

s- 

**. 

p- 

p" 

<s>. 

^ 

o 

1— k 

o 
^ 
^ 

•^ 
^ 

^ 
^ 

H 

X  S* 

i  §-> 

P    ::r:  3 

l-H    ^J    f*^ 

3  ^^ 
"3^  <=> 

<  X»    P 

3  <-♦■  rt 

rt    P    3 

3  cr.  CL 

>=^ 

O     P 

'^  3 


i 


BILL  85  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  Certain  medical  information  is  required  before  certain 
classes  of  drivers'  licences  may  be  issued.  The  subsection  being  enacted 
makes  clear  that  any  such  information  filed  is  privileged  and  not  open  to 
public  inspection. 


Section  2.     Section  15  (2)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

{2)  Section  13  and  any  regulation  made  thereunder  do  not  apply  to  a 
person  for  thirty  days  after  he  has  become  a  resident  of  Ontario  if 
during  such  period  he  holds  a  subsisting  driver's  licence  in  accordance 
with  the  laws  of  the  province,  country  or  state  of  which  he  was  a  resident 
immediately  before  becoming  a  resident  of  Ontario. 

Section  13  of  the  Act  prohibits  the  driving  of  a  motor  vehicle  on  a 
highway  without  a  driver's  licence  issued  under  the  Act. 

Section  3.  Section  18  of  the  Act  is  re-enacted  to  prohibit  {jersons 
under  the  age  of  16  from  driving  or  being  permitted  to  drive  a  self-propelled 
implement  of  husbandry  on  a  highway. 

This  section  in  its  present  form  does  not  refer  to  self-propelled  implements 
of  husbandry. 


BILL  85  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section  13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  Ij^l^^jg^j 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  4,  and  amended 

by  1974,  chapter  123,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(7)  Documents  filed  with  the  Ministry  relating  to  mental Documente 
and  physical,  including  ophthalmic  and  auditory,  examina- 
tions pursuant  to  this  section  are  privileged  for  the  informa- 
tion of  the  Ministry  only  and  shall  not  be  open  for  public 
inspection. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  15  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  |j^|^2^>^^j 
Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter  167,  section  5,  is  further 
amended   by   striking   out    "thirty"    in   the   second   line   and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "sixty". 

3.  Section   18  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  re-enacted 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  8,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

18. — (1)  No  person  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years  shall  ^^^^®''fg 
drive   or   operate   a   motor  vehicle,   road-building   machine,  prohibited 
self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry  or  farm  tractor  on  a 
highway. 

(2)  No  person  shall  employ  or  permit  anyone  under  the  ^mpioyment 
age  of  sixteen  years  to  drive  or  operate  a  motor  vehicle,  ""'^^fj^l^  . 
road-building  machine,  self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry 

or  farm  tractor  on  a  highway. 

(3)  Subsections  1   and  2  do  not  apply  in  respect  of  the  ^'^*^®p"°" 
driving  or  operating  of  a  self-prof)elled  implement  of  husbandry 

or  farm  tractor  directly  across  a  highway. 


, 

^ 

; 


8.ao(i). 

re^naoted 


Stuiwnslon 
on  conviction 
for  certain 
offences 
R.8.C.  1970. 
c.C-34 


4.  Subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by; 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  : 

(1)  The  driver's  licence  of  a  person  who  is  convicted  of 
an  offence  under  section  203,  204  or  219  of  the  Criminal 
Code  (Canada)  committed  by  means  of  a  motor  vehicle  as 
defined  in  this  Act  or  of  an  offence  under  section  233,  234 
or  236  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  committed  while  driv- 
ing or  having  the  care  or  control  of  a  motor  vehicle  as 
defined  in  this  Act  or  of  an  offence  under  section  234.1  or 
235  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  committed  in  relation  to 
the  driving  or  care  or  control  of  a  motor  vehicle  as  defined 
in  this  Act  is  thereupx)n  and  hereby  suspended  for  a  period 
of. 

(a)  upon  the  first  conviction,  three  months;  and 

(6)  upon  a  subsequent  conviction,  six  months, 

provided  that  where  an  order  has  been  made  before  the  26th 
day  of  April,  1976  under  subsection  1  of  section  238  of  the 
Criminal  Code  (Canada)  prohibiting  a  person  from  driving  a 
motor  vehicle  for  any  longer  period,  the  licence  shall  remain 
suspended  during  such  longer  period. 


8.32. 
re-enacted 


5.  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Suspension 
on  appeal 


32.  If  a  person  whose  licence  has  been  suspended  enters 
an  appeal  against  his  conviction  and  serves  notice  of  the 
appeal  on  the  Registrar,  the  suspension  does  not  apply  from 
the  time  notice  is  served  on  the  Registrar  unless  the  convic- 
tion is  sustained  on  appeal. 


8. 37  (3). 
amended 


6.  Subsection  3  of  section  37  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "subsection  1"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "subsections  1,  la  and  16". 


s.  41a. 
enacted 


7.  The  said   Act   is  amended   by  adding  thereto  the   following 
section : 


Extended 
mirrors 


s.  58b  (6). 
re-enacted 


41a.  No  person  shall  ojjerate  or  drive  upon  a  highway  a 
motor  vehicle,  other  than  a  commercial  motor  vehicle,  which 
has  attached  thereto  any  mirror  or  mirrors  which  extend 
more  than  twelve  inches  from  the  side  of  the  vehicle,  except 
when  the  motor  vehicle  is  towing  another  vehicle. 

8.  Subsection  6  of  section  586  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  8,  is  rep>ealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Section  4.  The  re-enactment  is  of  a  housekeeping  nature  in  which  the 
sections  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  are  re-arranged  to  make  clear  that  a 
driver's  Hcence  may  be  suspended  for  refusing  to  take  a  breathalyzer  test. 


Section  5.     Section  32  presently  reads  as  follows : 

32.  If  a  person  whose  licence  has  been  suspended  enters  an  appeal  against 
his  conviction,  the  suspension  does  not  apply  unless  the  conviction  is 
sustained  on  appeal. 

The  re-enactment  is  of  a  housekeeping  nature  and  clarifies  the  time 
during  which  a  suspension  does  not  apply  if  a  conviction  is  appealed. 

Section  6.     Section  37  (3)  presently  reads  as  follows : 

{3)  Lamps  on  the  front  of  a  motor  vehicle  shall  be  so  constructed,  located, 
arranged  and  adjusted  that  when  lighted  as  required  by  subsection  1 
they  produce  under  normal  atmospheric  conditions  and  on  a  level  road  a 
driving  light  sufficient  to  render  clearly  discernible  to  the  operator  of 
the  motor  vehicle  any  person  or  vehicle  on  the  highway  within  a 
distance  of  350  feet  ahead  of  the  motor  vehicle. 

Section  37  (1)  of  the  Act  sets  out  the  lights  required  to  be  displayed  on  a 
motor  vehicle.  Section  37  (la)  and  37  (16)  set  out  the  lights  required  on  a 
motorcycle  and  a  motorcycle  with  a  side  car.  This  is  a  housekeeping  amend- 
ment. 

Section  7.     Self-explanatory. 

Section  8.  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  58*  of  the  Act  require 
safety  standard  certificates  before  a  used  motor  vehicle  may  be  transferred. 

Section  586  (6)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows : 

(6)  Subsections  1 ,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  the  sale  or  transfer  of  a  used 
motor  vehicle  to  a  motor  vehicle  dealer  registered  under  The  Motor 
Vehicle  Dealers  Act. 


Section  9.  Sections  58  to  58/  of  the  Act  deal  with  the  issue  of  safety 
standard  certificates  and  the  licensing  and  o{>eration  of  motor  vehicle 
inspection  stations. 

Section  6  (5)  of  The  Summary  Convictions  Act  provides  that  every 
summons  issued  for  a  contravention  of  any  provision  of  The  Highway 
Traffic  Act,  except  for  certain  specified  sections,  shall  be  served  by  sending 
it  by  prepaid  post  or  by  personal  service  within  twenty-one  days  of  the 
alleged  contravention. 

The  amendment  extends  the  time  for  service  to  six  months  in  respect 
of  the  sections  mentioned. 


Section  10. — Subsection  1.  Section  60  (1)  of  the  Act  authorizes  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  the  matters 
specified  therein.  The  added  clause  expands  the  matters  specified. 

Subsection  2.     The  new  subsection  is  self-explanatory. 

Subsection  3.  The  penalty  subsection  is  made  to  apply  to  offences 
committed  under  the  new  subsection  2a  as  well  as  under  the  regulations. 

The  provision  as  re-enacted  will  read  as  follows : 

(J)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  or 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not 
more  than  $500. 

The  words  underUned  have  been  added. 


Section  U.  Section  69  (1)  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  explosives  and  the 
labelling,  packaging  and  transportation  thereof  on  highways. 


(6)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  the  sale  or  f  *^ns°gj.  to 
transfer  of  a  used  motor  vehicle  to  a  motor  vehicle  dealer  ^otor  veWcie 

w\io  holder  of 

'  exemption 

certificate 

(a)  is  registered  under  The  Motor  Vehicle  Dealers  Act;  or  R.s.o. i970. 

{h)  holds  an  exemption  certificate  issued  by  the  Registrar 
issued  pursuant  to  that  Act. 

9.  Section  58/  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  ofs  ssz, 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  8  and  amended  by  1974, 
chapter  123,  section  16,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection : 

(la)  Notwithstanding   subsection   5   of   section   6   of   The  ofg^^ons 
Summary  Convictions  Act,  every  summons  issued  for  a  con- r.s.o. i970. 
travention  of  any  provision  of  sections  58  to  58/  or  any  ^'  ^^ 
regulation    made    under    section    58m    shall    be    served    by 
sending  it   by   prepaid  post   or  by   personal  service   within 
six  months  of  the  alleged  contravention. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by|j^(ji^>g^ 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  19,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

{d)  providing  for  and  requiring  the  identification  and 
marking  of  vehicles  or  any  class  or  classes  thereof ; 

{e)  prescribing  the  types  or  classes  of  vehicles  to  which 
subsection  2a  applies. 

(2)  The  said  section  60  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the|j^-^^g^ 
following  subsection : 

(2a)  No  person  shall  sell,  offer  or  expose  for  sale  any  new  Pj'o^j*^*<^io" 
vehicle  of  a  type  or  class  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  where  non- 

ri  ■         <      ^  1  1  -11      compliance 

under  clause  e  of  subsection  1  that  does  not  comply  with  the  with 
standards  and  specifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations  or  ^^^^  * 
that  is  not  marked  or  identified  as  prescribed  by  the  regula- 
tions. 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  60  is  amended  by  insert- s  60  O). 

•  r  ••         I.-        1/-         1-        >ri-  •  1.     amended 

ing  after    provisions    m  the  first  line    of  this  section  or  . 

^1.  Section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^j^jj^j^^ 
following  subsection : 

(la)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection  1  may  adopt  codes 
by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the 
Lieutenant    Governor   in    Council    considers   necessary,    any 


8.82(12). 
amended 


code  or  standard,  or  any  regulation  made  by  the  Government 
of  Canada,  and  may  require  compliance  with  any  code, 
standard  or  regulation  that  is  so  adopted. 

12.  Subsection  12  of  section  82  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  19,  section  3,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "city"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "county,  township,  city". 


8.96(20.21). 
re-enacted 


Idem 


Idem 


8. 120  (6). 
amended 


13.  Subsections  20  and  21  of  section  96  of  the  said  Act  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(20)  No  signal-light  traffic  control  system  shall  be  erected 
unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Ministry  or  an 
officer  of  the  Ministry  authorized  by  the  Minister  in  writing 
to  grant  such  approval. 

(21)  Additional  signal-lights  may  be  installed  with  the 
approval  of  the  Ministry  or  an  officer  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 20  for  use  in  conjunction  with  any  signal-light  traffic 
control  system. 

14.  Subsection  6  of  section  120  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  29  and  1975, 
chapter  64,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  clauses: 


is)  prescribing  the  books  and  records  that  shall  be 
kept  by  persons  who  operate  vehicles  used  for  trans- 
porting children  to  and  from  school  and  operated 
by  or  under  contract  with  a  school  board  or  other 
authority  in  charge  of  a  school ; 

(A)  prescribing  the  entries  to  be  made  in  a  book  issued 
by  the  Ministry  and  requiring  the  use  of  such  books 
by  the  driver  and  by  the  operator  of  a  vehicle  used 
for  transporting  children  to  and  from  school  and 
operated  by  or  under  contract  with  a  school  board 
or  other  authority  in  charge  of  a  school ; 

(«')  prescribing  fees  for  the  issue  of  the  books  referred  to 
in  clause  h. 


8.128(2). 
re-enacted 


Prohibiting 

motor 

assisted 

bicycles. 

etc.,  on 

municipal 

higrhways 


15.  Subsection  2  of  section  128  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  31  and 
1975,  chapter  78,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  prohibit 
pedestrians  or  the  use  of  motor  assisted  bicycles,  bicycles. 


Section  12.  Subsection  12  of  section  82  of  the  Act  empowers  the 
council  of  a  city,  town  or  village  to  designate  school  zones  by  by-law  and 
to  regulate  speed  limits  in  those  zones.  The  amendment  extends  this  power 
to  the  councils  of  counties  and  townships. 

Section  13.  Subsections  20  and  21  of  section  96  presently  read  as 
follows : 

(20)  No  signal-light  traffic  control  system  shall  be  erected  unless  the  approval 
of  the  Ministry  has  been  obtained. 

(21)  Additional  signal-lights  may  be  installed  with  the  approval  of  the 
Ministry  for  use  in  conjunction  with  any  signal-light  traffic  control 
system. 

The  amendment  allows  the  Minister  to  delegate  the  power  to  approve 
signal-light  installations  to  one  or  more  officers  of  the  Ministry.  The  amend- 
ment is  housekeeping  in  nature. 


Section  14.  Section  120  (6)  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  the  matters  set  out  in  the 
clauses. 


Section  15.     Section  128  (2)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  prohibit  pedestrians  or 
the  use  of  motor  assisted  bicycles,  bicycles,  wheelchairs  or  animals  on 
any  highway  or  portion  of  a  highway  under  its  jurisdiction  on  which 
thf  maximum  speed  limit  is  50  miles  per  hour  or  more. 

The  words  underlined  are  being  deleted. 

The  amendment  has  the  effect  of  permitting  municipalities  to  prohibit 
pedestrian  and  other  traffic  specified  from  using  highways.  Presently,  this 
can  be  done  only  in  respect  of  highways  where  the  speed  limit  is  50  miles 
per  hour  or  more. 


Section  16.  The  provision  being  repealed  saves  an  owner  or  driver 
of  a  motor  vehicle  harmless  from  civil  liability  for  injury  to  a  gratuitous 
passenger  except  where  the  injury  was  caused  or  contributed  to  by  the  gross 
negligence  of  the  driver. 

The  effect  of  the  repeal  is  to  establish  absence  of  negligence  as  the 
standard  of  care  to  be  exercised  by  drivers  towards  gratuitous  passengers. 

Section  17.  Section  139  of  the  Act  requires  a  person  involved  in  an 
accident  where  property  damage  exceeds  $200  to  report  the  accident.  The 
amount  of  $200  is  being  changed  to  $400. 


Section  18.     Section  142  (1)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  Every  coroner  who  investigates ,  and  every  Crown  attorney  and  police 
officer  having  knowledge  of  a  fatal  accident  in  which  a  motor  vehicle 
is  involved,  shall  secure  such  particulars  of  the  accident,  the  persons 
involved,  and  other  information  as  may  be  necessary  to  complete  a 
written  report  to  the  Registrar  on  the  forms  prescribed  for  that  purpose, 
and  shall  transmit  the  report  forthwith  to  the  Registrar. 


wheelchairs  or  animals  on  any  highway  or  portion  of  a  high- 
way under  its  jurisdiction. 

16. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  132  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.        repealed 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection   1,  the  said  subsection  3  of^x°ep"o° 
section   132  continues  in  force  in  respect  of  a  cause  of 
action  arising  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

17.  Subsection  1  of  section  139  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  bysi^sd). 

-^  amended 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  78,  section  10,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "$200"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$400". 

18.  Subsection   1  of  section   142  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  l^^^^^^j^^ 
striking  out  "Every  coroner  who  investigates,  and"  in  the  first 

line. 

10. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  7  and  17,  comes  into  force  on  m°enr^°*^^ 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  7  and   17  come  into  force  on  the   1st  day  of  '^^^^ 
January,  1978. 

20.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  s^ort title 
Act.  1977. 


bo 


2 

En'  H 

3  Hz 


o  o 


1:0 


o 

o 

(-»- 

r\i 

o 

k^ 

S 

cr 

C/5 

?»- 

<>». 

K) 

>3 

5^ 

^ 

& 

^ 

S- 

s 

- 

J 

c^ 

-J 

Orq 

H 

5^ 

fD 

K 

> 

3 

OTQ 

> 

^ 

o 

P 

o 

H 

p 

•I 

P 

3 

^ 

n 

3 

o 

C- 

> 

o 

BILL  85 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  Certain  medical  information  is  required  before  certain 
classes  of  drivers'  licences  may  be  issued.  The  subsection  being  enacted 
makes  clear  that  any  such  information  filed  is  privileged  and  not  open  to 
public  inspection. 


Section  2.     Section  15  (2)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(2)  Section  13  and  any  regulation  made  thereunder  do  not  apply  to  a 
person  for  thirty  days  after  he  has  become  a  resident  of  Ontario  if 
during  such  period  he  holds  a  subsisting  driver's  licence  in  accordance 
with  the  laws  of  the  province,  country  or  state  of  which  he  was  a  resident 
immediately  before  becoming  a  resident  of  Ontario. 

Section  13  of  the  Act  prohibits  the  driving  of  a  motor  vehicle  on  a 
highway  without  a  driver's  licence  issued  under  the  Act. 

Section  3.  Section  18  of  the  Act  is  re-enacted  to  prohibit  persons 
under  the  age  of  16  from  driving  or  being  permitted  to  drive  a  self-propelled 
implement  of  husbandry  on  a  highway. 

This  section  in  its  present  form  does  not  refer  to  self-propelled  implements 
of  husbandry. 


BILL  85  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
[follows: 

1.  Section  13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  |j^|'jjjjg^ 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  4,  and  amended 
by  1974,  chapter  123,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(7)  Documents  filed  with  the  Ministry  relating  to  mental  documents 
and  physical,  including  ophthalmic  and  auditory,  examina- 
tions pursuant  to  this  section  are  privileged  for  the  informa- 
tion of  the  Ministry  only  and  shall  not  be  open  for  public 
inspection. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  15  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  l^^^^^^^^^j 
Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter  167,  section  5,  is  further 
amended   by   striking   out    "thirty"    in    the   second   line   and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "sixty". 

3.  Section   18  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of^g^^^^^^^^ 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  8,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

18. — (1)  No  person  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years  shall  ^^^^®'"|'g 
drive   or   operate   a   motor   vehicle,    road-building   machine,  prohibited 
self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry  or  farm  tractor  on  a 
highway. 

(2)  No  person  shall  employ  or  permit  anyone  under  the  Employment 
age  of  sixteen  years  to  drive  or  op)erate  a  motor  vehicle,  "°^®j:^.^  , 
road-building  machine,  self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry 
or  farm  tractor  on  a  highway. 

(3)  Subsections  1   and  2  do  not  apply  in  respect  of  the^**'®"""" 
driving  or  operating  of  a  self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry 
or  farm  tractor  directly  across  a  highway. 


1 


s.ao(i). 

re-«iiAot«d 


4.  Subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Suspension 
on  conviction 
for  certain 
offences 
R.8.C.  1970. 
0.C-S4 


8.32. 
re-enacted 


Suspension 
on  appeal 


s.  37  (3). 
amended 


(1)  The  driver's  licence  of  a  person  who  is  convicted  ol 
an  offence  under  section  203,  204  or  219  of  the  Criminal 
Code  (Canada)  committed  by  means  of  a  motor  vehicle  asl 
defined  in  this  Act  or  of  an  offence  under  section  233,  234l 
or  236  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  committed  while  driv- 
ing or  having  the  care  or  control  of  a  motor  vehicle  as 
defined  in  this  Act  or  of  an  offence  under  section  234.1  oi 
235  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  committed  in  relation  t( 
the  driving  or  care  or  control  of  a  motor  vehicle  as  definec 
in  this  Act  is  thereupon  and  hereby  suspended  for  a  perio( 
of, 

(a)  upon  the  first  conviction,  three  months;  and 

(b)  upon  a  subsequent  conviction,  six  months, 

provided  that  where  an  order  has  been  made  before  the  26th 
day  of  April,  1976  under  subsection  1  of  section  238  of  th< 
Criminal  Code  (Canada)  prohibiting  a  person  from  driving 
motor  vehicle  for  any  longer  period,  the  licence  shall  remain 
suspended  during  such  longer  period. 

5.  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

32.  If  a  person  whose  licence  has  been  suspended  enters 
an  appeal  against  his  conviction  and  serves  notice  of  th« 
appeal  on  the  Registrar,  the  suspension  does  not  apply  from 
the  time  notice  is  served  on  the  Registrar  unless  the  convic- 
tion is  sustained  on  appeal. 

6.  Subsection  3  of  section  37  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "subsection  1"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  ii 
lieu  thereof  "subsections  1,  la  and  \b". 


s.  41a. 
enacted 


Ebc  tended 
mirrors 


8.  586  (6). 
re-enacted 


7.  The  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section : 

41a.  No  person  shall  operate  or  drive  upon  a  highway  a 
motor  vehicle,  other  than  a  commercial  motor  vehicle,  which 
has  attached  thereto  any  mirror  or  mirrors  which  extend 
more  than  twelve  inches  from  the  side  of  the  vehicle,  except 
when  the  motor  vehicle  is  towing  another  vehicle. 

8.  Subsection  6  of  section  5Sb  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167.  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Section  4.  The  re-enactment  is  of  a  housekeeping  nature  in  which  the 
sections  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  are  re-arranged  to  make  clear  that  a 
driver's  Hcence  may  be  suspended  for  refusing  to  take  a  breathalyzer  test. 


Section  5.     Section  32  presently  reads  as  follows : 

32.  If  a  person  whose  licence  has  been  suspended  enters  an  appeal  against 
his  conviction,  the  suspension  does  not  apply  unless  the  conviction  is 
sustained  on  appeal. 

The  re-enactment  is  of  a  housekeeping  nature  and  clarifies  the  time 
during  which  a  suspension  does  not  apply  if  a  conviction  is  appealed. 

Section  6.     Section  37  (3)  presently  reads  as  follows : 

(3)  Lamps  on  the  front  of  a  motor  vehicle  shall  be  so  constructed,  located, 
arranged  and  adjusted  that  when  lighted  as  required  by  subsection  1 
they  produce  under  normal  atmospheric  conditions  and  on  a  level  road  a 
driving  light  sufficient  to  render  clearly  discernible  to  the  operator  of 
the  motor  vehicle  any  person  or  vehicle  on  the  highway  within  a 
distance  of  350  feet  ahead  of  the  motor  vehicle. 

Section  37  (1)  of  the  Act  sets  out  the  lights  required  to  be  displayed  on  a 
motor  vehicle.  Section  37  (la)  and  37  (\b)  set  out  the  lights  required  on  a 
motorcycle  and  a  motorcycle  with  a  side  car.  This  is  a  housekeeping  amend- 
ment. 

Section  7.     Self-explanatory. 

Section  8.  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  586  of  the  Act  require 
safety  standard  certificates  before  a  used  motor  vehicle  may  be  transferred. 

Section  586  (6)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows : 

(6)  Subsections  1 ,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  the  sale  or  transfer  of  a  used 
motor  vehicle  to  a  motor  vehicle  dealer  registered  under  The  Motor 
Vehicle  Dealers  Act. 


Section  9.  Sections  58  to  58/  of  the  Act  deal  with  the  issue  of  safety 
standard  certificates  and  the  licensing  and  operation  of  motor  vehicle 
inspection  stations. 

Section  6  (5)  of  The  Summary  Convictions  Act  provides  that  every 
summons  issued  for  a  contravention  of  any  provision  of  The  Highway 
Traffic  Act,  except  for  certain  specified  sections,  shall  be  served  by  sending 
it  by  prepaid  post  or  by  personal  service  within  twenty-one  days  of  the 
alleged  contravention. 

The  amendment  extends  the  time  for  service  to  six  months  in  respect 
of  the  sections  mentioned. 


Section  10.-  Subsection  1.  Section  60  (1)  of  the  Act  authorizes  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  the  matters 
specified  therein.   The  added  clause  expands  the  matters  specified. 

Subsection  2,     The  new  subsection  is  self-explanatory. 

Subsection  3.  The  penalty  subsection  is  made  to  apply  to  offences 
committed  under  the  new  subsection  2a  as  well  as  under  the  regulations. 

The  provision  as  re-enacted  will  read  as  follows : 

(J)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  or 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not 
more  than  $500. 

The  words  underlined  have  been  added. 


Section  11.  Section  69  (1)  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  explosives  and  the 
labelling,  packaging  and  transportation  thereof  on  highways. 


(6)  Subsections   1 ,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  the  sale  or  tmnsfer  to 
transfer  of  a  used  motor  vehicle  to  a  motor  vehicle  dealer  motor  vehicle 

dealer  or 
who  holder  of 

'  exemption 

certificate 

(a)  is  registered  under  The  Motor  Vehicle  Dealers  Act:  or  RS.o. i970, 

^    '  o  c.  475 

{b)  holds  an  exemption  certificate  issued  by  the  Registrar 
issued  pursuant  to  that  Act. 

O.  Section  58/  of  the  said  Act,   as  enacted  bv  the  Statutes  ofsss/. 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  8  and  amended  by  1974, 
chapter  123,  section  16,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection : 

(la)  Notwithstanding   subsection   5    of   section    6   of    The  ofgummons 
Summary  Convictions  Act,  every  summons  issued  for  a  con- r.s.o.  i970, 
travention   of  any   provision   of  sections  58   to  58/  or  any  ^  ^^ 
regulation    made    under    section    58m    shall    be    served    by 
sending  it  by  prepaid  post  or  by  personal  service  within 
six  months  of  the  alleged  contravention. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  1^^^^^)^^^ 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  19,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

{d)  providing  for  and  requiring  the  identification  and 
marking  of  vehicles  or  any  class  or  classes  thereof ; 

(e)  prescribing  the  types  or  classes  of  vehicles  to  which 
subsection  2a  applies. 

(2)  The  said  section  60  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  Ij^j^^g^j 
following  subsection : 

(2a)  No  person  shall  sell,  offer  or  expose  for  sale  any  new  P^oMbition 
vehicle  of  a  type  or  class  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  where  non- 

,  ,  ri  •         4      ^  1  1  11      compliance 

under  clause  e  of  subsection  1  that  does  not  comply  with  the  with 
standards  and  specifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations  or  ^^^^  * 
that  is  not  marked  or  identified  as  prescribed  by  the  regula- 
tions. 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  60  is  amended  by  insert- ^  60  (3), 

•  r         t,  ■   ■         .,  •        1       /■         1-        <</■!•  •  >>     amended 

ing  after    provisions    in  the  first  line    of  this  section  or  . 

1  1 .  Section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  amended 
following  subsection : 

(la)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection  1  may  adopt  codes 
by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the 
Lieutenant    Governor   in   Council   considers   necessary,    any 


4 

code  or  standard,  or  any  regulation  made  by  the  Government 
of  Canada,  and  may  require  compliance  with  any  code, 
standard  or  regulation  that  is  so  adopted. 

amended  ^^*  Subsection  12  of  section  82  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  19,  section  3,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "city"  in  the  first  hne  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "county,  township,  city". 

8.96(20.21).       13.  Subsections  20  and  21   of  section   96  of  the  said   Act   are 

re-enacted 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

J«i«>»  (20)  No  signal-light  traffic  control  system  shall  be  erected 

unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Ministry  or  an 
officer  of  the  Ministry  authorized  by  the  Minister  in  writing 
to  grant  such  approval. 

**•"  (21)  Additional   signal-lights   may   be   installed   with   the 

approval  of  the  Ministry  or  an  officer  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 20  for  use  in  conjunction  with  any  signal-light  traffic 
control  system. 

amended  ^^*  Subsection  6  of  section  120  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 

Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  29  and  1975, 
chapter  64,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  clauses: 

(g)  prescribing  the  books  and  records  that  shall  be 
kept  by  persons  who  operate  vehicles  used  for  trans- 
porting children  to  and  from  school  and  operated 
by  or  under  contract  with  a  school  board  or  other 
authority  in  charge  of  a  school ; 

(h)  prescribing  the  entries  to  be  made  in  a  book  issued 
by  the  Ministry  and  requiring  the  use  of  such  books 
by  the  driver  and  by  the  operator  of  a  vehicle  used 
for  transporting  children  to  and  from  school  and 
operated  by  or  under  contract  with  a  school  board 
or  other  authority  in  charge  of  a  school ; 

(i)  prescribing  fees  for  the  issue  of  the  books  referred  to 
in  clause  h. 

reSnSted  !*•  Subsection  2  of  section  128  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  31  and 
1975,   chapter   78,   section   9,   is   repealed   and   the   following 

Prohibiting  Substituted  therefor: 

motor 
assisted 

ete^on*'  (2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  prohibit 

Sghwa^'  pedestrians  or  the  use  of  motor  assisted  bicycles,  bicycles, 


Section  12.  Subsection  12  of  section  82  of  the  Act  empowers  the 
council  of  a  city,  town  or  village  to  designate  school  zones  by  by-law  and 
to  regulate  speed  limits  in  those  zones.  The  amendment  extends  this  power 
to  the  councils  of  counties  and  townships. 

Section  13.  Subsections  20  and  21  of  section  96  presently  read  as 
follows : 

(20)  No  signal-light  traffic  control  system  shall  be  erected  unless  the  approval 
of  the  Ministry  has  been  obtained. 

(21)  Additional  signal-lights  may  be  installed  with  the  approval  of  the 
Ministry  for  use  in  conjunction  with  any  signal-light  traffic  control 
system. 

The  amendment  allows  the  Minister  to  delegate  the  power  to  approve 
signal-light  installations  to  one  or  more  officers  of  the  Ministty.  The  amend- 
ment is  housekeeping  in  nature. 


Section  14.  Section  120  (6)  of  the  Act  authorizes  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  the  matters  set  out  in  the 
clauses. 


Section  15.     Section  128  (2)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  prohibit  pedestrians  or 
the  use  of  motor  assisted  bicycles,  bicycles,  wheelchairs  or  animals  on 
any  highway  or  portion  of  a  highway  under  its  jurisdiction  on  which 
the  maximum  spud  limit  is  .50  miles  per  hour  or  more. 

The  words  underlined  are  being  deleted. 

The  amendment  has  the  effect  of  permitting  municipalities  to  prohibit 
pedestrian  and  other  traffic  specified  from  using  highways.  Presently,  this 
can  be  done  only  in  respect  of  highways  where  the  speed  limit  is  50  miles 
per  hour  or  more. 


Section  16.  The  provision  being  repK-aled  saves  an  owner  or  driver 
of  a  motor  vehicle  harmless  from  civil  liability  for  injury  to  a  gratuitous 
passenger  except  where  the  injury  was  caused  or  contributed  to  by  the  gross 
negligence  of  the  driver. 

The  effect  of  the  repeal  is  to  establish  absence  of  negligence  as  the 
standard  of  care  to  be  exercised  by  drivers  towards  gratuitous  passengers. 

Section  17.  Section  139  of  the  Act  requires  a  person  involved  in  an 
accident  where  property  damage  exceeds  $200  to  report  the  accident.  The 
amount  of  $200  is  being  changed  to  $400. 


Section  18.     Section  142  (1)  of  the  Act  presently  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  Every  coroner  who  investigates,  and  every  Crown  attorney  and  police 
officer  having  knowledge  of  a  fatal  accident  in  which  a  motor  vehicle 
is  involved,  shall  secure  such  particulars  of  the  accident,  the  persons 
involved,  and  other  information  as  may  be  necessary  to  complete  a 
written  report  to  the  Registrar  on  the  forms  prescribed  for  that  purpose, 
and  shall  transmit  the  report  forthwith  to  the  Registrar. 


wheelchairs  or  animals  on  any  highway  or  portion  of  a  high- 
way under  its  jurisdiction. 

16. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  132  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.        repealed 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection   1,  the  said  subsection  3  of  ^^<^®p**oii 
section  132  continues  in  force  in  respect  of  a  cause  of 
action  arising  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

17.  Subsection  1  of  section  139  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  bysisgg). 

•'  amended 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  78,  section  10,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "$200"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$400". 

18.  Subsection  1  of  section   142  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  I^^^^^^^J^jj 
striking  out  "Every  coroner  who  investigates,  and"  in  the  first 

line. 

19.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  7,  16  and  17,  comes  into  force  ^°™^®°°®" 
on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections   7  and   17  come  into  force  on   the   1st  day   of  i'*®'" 
January,  1978. 

19^    (3)  Section   16  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ^<*®"^ 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  "^PJ 

20.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


H 


2. 


rr> 


8 


t-t- 

a 

o 

•-1 

w 

O 

3 

o 

o 

3 

c 

z 

3 

3 

(— 1 

o' 

(/5 

O 

^ 

►I 

O 

r*- 

3 

P 

C/) 

t/! 

^-^ 

z 

o" 

o 

3 

^ 

p 

3 

D- 

'Z 

O 

o 

o 

< 

t-t- 

U) 

O) 

CNO 

o 

►■^ 

>J 

3 

S 

cr 

'-/J 

Si- 

S^ 

n> 

a* 

"-I 

>3 

NJ 

>3 

S> 

00 

S) 

~-4 

S> 

5a- 

r-t- 

5^ 

3* 

a- 

»». 

3" 

r^  . 

S 

S 

- 

s' 

0^5 

c^ 

1— > 

»Q 

H 

3* 

a» 

X 

> 

3 

orq' 

3^ 

> 

^ 

o 

r-t- 

P 

"< 

o 

H 

p 

p 

3 

3? 

3 

o 

0- 

> 

o 

BILL  85 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  85  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section  13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  l^^l-jj^jg^j 
the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  4,  and  amended 
by  1974,  chapter  123,  section  3,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(7)  Documents  filed  with  the  Ministry  relating  to  mentaPo^cumen^s 
and  physical,  including  ophthalmic  and  auditory,  examina- 
tions pursuant  to  this  section  are  privileged  for  the  informa- 
tion of  the  Ministry  only  and  shall  not  be  open  for  public 
inspection. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  15  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the l^^l^^^j^^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter  167,  section  5,  is  further 
amended   by   striking   out   "thirty"   in   the   second   hne   and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "sixty". 

3.  Section   18  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  ^^^1^^^^.^^ 
Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  8,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

18. — (1)  No  person  under  the  age  of  sixteen  years  shall  ^^Jj^®''^g 
drive   or  operate   a   motor  vehicle,   road-building   machine,  prohibited 
self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry  or  farm  tractor  on  a 
highway. 

(2)  No  person  shall  employ  or  permit  anyone  under  the  Employment 
age  of  sixteen  years  to  drive  or  operate  a  motor  vehicle,  '^°^^[J^  ^ 
road-building  machine,  self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry 
or  farm  tractor  on  a  highway. 

(3)  Subsections  1   and  2  do  not  apply  in  respect  of  the  e*°^p*'^°° 
driving  or  operating  of  a  self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry 
or  farm  tractor  directly  across  a  highway. 


8.30(1). 
re-enacted 


4.  Subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  3,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Susptmion 

on  conviction 
for  certain 
offences 
R.8.C.  1970. 
c.C-34 


(1)  The  driver's  licence  of  a  person  who  is  convicted  of 
an  offence  under  section  203,  204  or  219  of  the  Criminal 
Code  (Canada)  committed  by  means  of  a  motor  vehicle  as 
defined  in  this  Act  or  of  an  offence  under  section  233,  234 
or  236  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  committed  while  driv- 
ing or  having  the  care  or  control  of  a  motor  vehicle  as 
defined  in  this  Act  or  of  an  offence  under  section  234.1  or 
235  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  committed  in  relation  to 
the  driving  or  care  or  control  of  a  motor  vehicle  as  defined 
in  this  Act  is  thereupon  and  hereby  suspended  for  a  period 
of. 

(a)  upon  the  first  conviction,  three  months;  and 

{b)  upon  a  subsequent  conviction,  six  months, 

provided  that  where  an  order  has  been  made  before  the  26th 
day  of  April,  1976  under  subsection  1  of  section  238  of  the 
Criminal  Code  (Canada)  prohibiting  a  person  from  driving  a 
motor  vehicle  for  any  longer  period,  the  licence  shall  remain 
suspended  during  such  longer  period. 


8.32. 
re-enacted 


5.  Section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Suspension 
on  appeal 


32.  If  a  person  whose  licence  has  been  suspended  enters 
an  appeal  against  his  conviction  and  serves  notice  of  the 
appeal  on  the  Registrar,  the  suspension  does  not  apply  from 
the  time  notice  is  served  on  the  Registrar  unless  the  convic- 
tion is  sustained  on  appeal. 


8.  37  (3). 
amended 


6.  Subsection  3  of  section  37  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "subsection  1"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "subsections  1,  \a  and  W\ 


8. 41a. 
enacted 


7.  The  said   Act   is   amended   by  adding   thereto  the   following 
section : 


Extended 
mirrors 


s.  58ft  (6). 
re-enacted 


41a.  No  person  shall  operate  or  drive  upon  a  highway  a 
motor  vehicle,  other  than  a  commercial  motor  vehicle,  which 
has  attached  thereto  any  mirror  or  mirrors  which  extend 
more  than  twelve  inches  from  the  side  of  the  vehicle,  except 
when  the  motor  vehicle  is  towing  another  vehicle. 

8.  Subsection  6  of  section  586  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  8,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(6)  Subsections   1 ,   2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  the  sale  or  transfer  to 
transfer  of  a  used  motor  vehicle  to  a  motor  vehicle  dealer  motor  vehicle 

dealer  or 
who  holder  of 

'  exemption 

certificate 

(a)  is  registered  under  The  Motor  Vehicle  Dealers  Act;  or  R.s.o. i970, 

(b)  holds  an  exemption  certificate  issued  by  the  Registrar 
issued  pursuant  to  that  Act. 

9.  Section  58/  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  ofs-sez. 
Ontario,   1973,  chapter  167,  section  8  and  amended  by  1974, 
chapter  123,  section  16,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection : 

(la)  Notwithstanding   subsection'  5    of   section    6   of    The  ofg^mons 
Summary  Convictions  Act,  every  summons  issued  for  a  con- r.s.o.  1970, 
travention   of  any  provision   of  sections  58   to  58/  or  any  °  ^^° 
regulation    made    under    section    58w    shall    be    served    by 
sending  it   by  prepaid  post   or  by   personal  service   within 
six  months  of  the  alleged  contravention. 

10.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  60  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  byl^^i^^^^j 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  section  19,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses: 

{d)  providing  for  and  requiring  the  identification  and 
marking  of  vehicles  or  any  class  or  classes  thereof ; 

(e)  prescribing  the  types  or  classes  of  vehicles  to  which 
subsection  2a  applies. 


(2)  The  said  section  60  is  amended  by  adding,  thereto  the?-^ 


following  subsection : 


amended 


(2a)  No  person  shall  sell,  offer  or  expose  for  sale  any  new  f/gai^*"°° 
vehicle  of  a  type  or  class  prescribed  by  the  regulations  made  where  non- 
under  clause  e  of  subsection  1  that  does  not  comply  with  the  with 
standards  and  specifications  prescribed  by  the  regulations  or  "^^^^  * 
that  is  not  marked  or  identified  as  prescribed  by  the  regula- 
tions. 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  60  is  amended  bv  insert- s  so  (3). 

•'  amended 

ing  after  "provisions"  in  the  first  line  "of  this  section  or". 

1 1 .  Section  69  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  l^ended 
following  subsection : 

(la)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection  1  may  adopt  codes 
by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the 
Lieutenant    Governor   in    Council    considers   necessary,    any 


■.82(12). 
amMBded 


8.96(20.21). 
re-enacted 


Idem 


Idem 


8.120(6). 
amended 


B.  128  (2). 
re-enacted 


Prohibiting 

motor 

assisted 

bicycles. 

etc..  on 

municipal 

hlgrhways 


code  or  standard,  or  any  regulation  made  by  the  Governmeni 
of  Canada,  and  may  require  compliance  with  any  code 
standard  or  regulation  that  is  so  adopted. 

12.  Subsection  12  of  section  82  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  19,  section  3,  is  furthei 
amended  by  striking  out  "city"  in  the  first  Hne  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "county,  township,  city". 

13.  Subsections  20  and  21  of  section  96  of  the  said  Act  arc 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

(20)  No  signal-light  traffic  control  system  shall  be  erectea 
unless  approval  has  been  obtained  from  the  Ministry  or  an 
officer  of  the  Ministry  authorized  by  the  Minister  in  writing 
to  grant  such  approval. 

(21)  Additional  signal-lights  may  be  installed  with  the 
approval  of  the  Ministry  or  an  officer  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 20  for  use  in  conjunction  with  any  signal-light  traffic 
control  system. 

14.  Subsection  6  of  section  120  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  29  and  1975, 
chapter  64,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  clauses: 

(g)  prescribing  the  books  and  records  that  shall  be 
kept  by  persons  who  operate  vehicles  used  for  trans- 
porting children  to  and  from  school  and  operated 
by  or  under  contract  with  a  school  board  or  other 
authority  in  charge  of  a  school ; 

(h)  prescribing  the  entries  to  be  made  in  a  book  issued 
by  the  Ministry  and  requiring  the  use  of  such  books 
by  the  driver  and  by  the  operator  of  a  vehicle  used 
for  transporting  children  to  and  from  school  and 
operated  by  or  under  contract  with  a  school  board 
or  other  authority  in  charge  of  a  school ; 

■5 

(t)  prescribing  fees  for  the  issue  of  the  books  referred  to 
in  clause  h. 

15.  Subsection  2  of  section  128  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  123,  section  31  and 
1975,  chapter  78,  section  9,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor:  ^ 

I 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  prohibit 
pedestrians  or  the  use  of  motor  assisted  bicycles,  bicycles, 


f 


wheelchairs  or  animals  on  any  highway  or  portion  of  a  high- 
way under  its  jurisdiction. 

16. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  132  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.        repealed 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection   1,   the  said  subsection  3  of^x°®p"o° 
section   132  continues  in  force  in  respect  of  a  cause  of 
action  arising  before  this  section  comes  into  force. 

17.  Subsection  1  of  section  139  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  bv^-^^^^P.. 

-^  amended 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  78,  section  10,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "$200"  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$400". 

18.  Subsection   1   of  section   142  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  |j^|2^(j)^ 
striking  out  "Every  coroner  who  investigates,  and"  in  the  first 

line. 

19. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  7,  16  and  17,  comes  into  force  ^°^^®°°®' 
on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections   7   and   17  come  into   force  on   the   1st   day   of  i^em 
January.  1978. 

(3)  Section   16  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  i^em 
proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

20.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


3 

55'  H 

O    O  hr* 

3    H  Z 


^"S    ^ 


P    CO 

o  o 

3 


^ 

Z 

o 

o 

O 

o 

< 

< 

r^ 

n> 

Ui 

rD 

t\> 

O 

^^ 

3 

^ 

3 

CD 

C/) 

>3 

>3 

tsJ 

Si 

00 

S) 

(-(■ 

8) 

=r 

3" 

s" 

J' 

OTQ 

»— ' 

G^ 

I-* 

0^5 

vO 

vO 

o 

^ 

-^ 

-^ 

^ 

~-J 

^ 

H 
^^ 

■a  (^ 

<  <->■ 

i"  ^ 

^  O 

H  p 

p  3 

3<  3 

o  g, 

> 
n 


BILL  86  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  The  Official  Languages  of  Ontario 


Mr.  Samis 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 


The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  establish  French  and  English  as  the 
official  languages  of  Ontario.  The  Bill  defines  the  extent  to  which  both 
official  languages  are  to  be  used  in  the  Legislative  Assembly  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Ontario  and  in  proceedings  before  judicial  and  quasi-judicial  bodies. 


BILL  86  1977 


An  Act  respecting 
The  Official  Languages  of  Ontario 

WHEREAS  the  English  and  French  languages  are  rec-  Preamble 
ognized  as  official  languages  in  Canada;  and  whereas 
the  Franco-Ontarian  community  has  been  and  continues  to 
be  a  vital  partner  in  the  growth,  development  and  cultural 
enrichment  of  Ontario; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of 
Ontario,  enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "proceedings"  includes,  when  applied  to  a  court  of 
record  or  statutory  tribunal,  all  pleadings  and 
process  in  or  issuing  from  and  written  submissions 
to  and  oral  arguments  before  the  court  or  tribunal; 

{b)  "regulation"  includes  rules,  orders,  and  by-laws; 

(c)  "statutory  tribunal"  means  one  or  more  persons, 
whether  or  not  incorporated  and  however  described, 
upon  which  is  conferred  by  or  under  a  statute  a 
power  or  right  to  make  a  decision  deciding  or 
prescribing, 

(i)  the  legal  rights,  powers,  privileges,  immu- 
nities, duties  or  liabilities  of  any  person  or 
party,  or 

(ii)  the  eligibility  of  any  person  or  party  to 
receive  or  to  the  continuation  of,  a  benefit 
or  licence,  whether  he  is  legally  entitled 
thereto  or  not. 

2.  The    English    and    French    languages    are    the   official  o®8^[u"°° 
languages  of  Ontario  for  all  purposes  to  which  the  authority 


of  the  Legislative  Assembly  extends,  and  possess  and  enjoy 
equality  of  status  and  equal  rights  and  privileges  as  to  their 
use  in  all  institutions  of  the  Assembly  and  Government  of 
Ontario. 


Use  of 

official 

lanvoaares 

InLiBgis- 

latlve 

Assembly 


3, — (1)  Either  of  the  official  languages  may  be  used  by 
any  person  in  proceedings  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  or  a 
committee  thereof  and  the  record  of  debates,  journals  and 
Order  Paper  of  the  Assembly  shall  be  printed  in  both  official 
languages. 


Idem 


(2)  Every  Bill,  resolution,  motion  or  petition  introduced 
in  the  Assembly  may  be  in  either  or  both  of  the  official 
languages. 


Statates 
to  be 
printed  and 

fiublished 
nbotb 
official 
languages 

Regula- 
tions and 
proclama- 
tions 


4. — (1)  The  Statutes  of  Ontario  shall  be  printed  and 
published  in  both  official  languages. 

(2)  Any  regulation  and  proclamation  that  is  made  or 
issued  by  or  under  the  authority  of  any  Act  of  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  and  is  required  to  be  published  in  The 
Ontario  Gazette  shall  be  made  or  issued  and  published 
accordingly  in  both  official  languages. 


Orders  and 

judgments 


(3)  All  orders  and  judgments,  including  any  reasons  given 
therefor,  issued  by  any  court  of  record  or  statutory  tribunal 
established  by  or  pursuant  to  an  Act  of  the  Legislative 
Assembly  of  Ontario  shall  be  issued  in  both  official  languages 
where  the  order  or  judgment  determines  a  question  of  law 
or  policy  of  general  public  interest  or  importance  or  where 
the  proceedings  leading  to  its  issue  were  conducted  in  whole 
or  in  part  in  both  official  languages. 


Construc- 
tion 


(4)  In  construing  an  Act,  regulation  or  proclamation 
that  is  printed  and  published  in  the  official  languages,  both 
versions  are  equally  authentic. 


Where 

versions 

maybe 

issued  at 

different 

times 


(5)  Where  an  authority  responsible  for  the  making  or 
issuance  of  a  regulation,  proclamation,  order  or  judgment 
is  of  the  opinion  that  to  make  or  issue  it  in  both  official 
languages  would  cause  a  delay  prejudicial  to  the  public 
interest  or  result  in  injustice  or  hardship  to  a  person 
affected  thereby,  the  regulation,  proclamation,  order  or 
judgment  may  be  issued  in  the  first  instance  in  one  of  the 
official  languages  and  thereafter,  within  such  time  as  is 
reasonable  in  the  circumstances,  shall  be  issued  in  the  other 
official  language  and  the  latter  version  is  deemed  to  be 
effective  from  the  time  the  first  is  effective. 


5. — (1)  Every    ministry    of    the    Government    of    Ontario  Ministries 
and  every  board,  commission,  corporation  or  other  agency  service  in 
thereof  has  the  duty  to  ensure  that  members  of  the  pubHc  languages 
can    obtain   available   services   from   and   can   communicate 
with  it  in  both  official  languages, 

(a)  at  its  head  or  central  office  location ;  and 

(6)  at  any  other  office  location  where  there  is  a  signifi- 
cant demand  for  services  in  both  official  languages. 

(2)  Every  ministry,  board,  commission,  corporation  or  Report 
other  agency  of  the  Government  of  Ontario  that  is  required 
by  an  Act  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  to  lay  an  annual 
report  before  the  Assembly  shall  include  as  part  of  that 
report  a  description  of  the  extent  to  which  it  provides 
services  to  the  members  of  the  public  in  both  official 
languages. 

6. — (1)  Either  of  the  official  languages  may  be  used  by  aCourteand 
person  in  a  proceeding  before  a  court  of  record  or  statutory 
tribunal  but,  upon  application  by  a  party  to  the  proceedings 
and  subject  to  subsection  2,  a  court  or  statutory  tribunal 
may  order  that  proceedings  be  conducted  wholly  or  partially 
in  one  of  the  official  languages  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
court,  the  balance  of  convenience  favours  such  an  order  and 
no  party  will  be  prejudiced  thereby. 

(2)  Every   court   of  record   or  statutory   tribunal   has   in  Evidence 
any   proceedings   brought   or   taken   before   it   the   duty   to 
ensure   that   any  person  giving  evidence  before  it   may  be 
heard  in  the  official  language  of  his  choice. 

7. — (1)  In  this  section,   "ministry"  means  a  ministry  o^f^^^fon^^ 
the  Government  of  Ontario  and  every  board,  commission, 
corp)oration  or  other  agency  thereof. 

(2)  Where,  upon  the  submission  of  a  Minister,  it  is  estab- where 

1-11  t  ■   r        •  r      A        -w  •  l^  application 

lished   to   the   satisfaction   of   the   Lieutenant   Governor   in  of  Bin 
Council  that  the  immediate  application  of  any  provision  of  deferred  or 
this  Act  to  a  ministry,  court  of  record  or  statutory  tribunal  ^"^^°'*®** 
or  any  service  provided  by  it, 

(a)  would  unduly  prejudice  the  interests  of  the  ministry ; 

(6)  would  unduly  prejudice  the  interests  of  persons 
undertaking  or  affected  by  proceedings  before  a 
court  of  record  or  statutory  tribunal ;  or 


(c)  would  be  seriously  detrimental  to  the  effective 
administration  of  the  ministry,  court  of  record  or 
statutory  tribunal, 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  defer  or 
suspend  the  application  of  this  Act  or  a  part  thereof  to 
the  ministry,  court  of  record  or  statutory  tribunal  for  such 
period  and  to  such  extent  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  deems  necessary  or  expedient. 

Twmaof  (3)  Any  order  made  under  this  section  may  contain  such 

directions  and  be  subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  appropriate 
to  ensure  the  earliest  possible  application  of  any  deferred 
or  suspended  provision  provided  for  in  the  order. 


Order  to 
belaid 
before 
Assembly 


(4)  A  copy  of  an  order  made  under  this  section  shall  be 
laid  before  the  Assembly  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  within 
fifteen  days  of  making  the  order  if  the  Assembly  is  in  session 
or,  if  not,  at  the  commencement  of  the  next  ensuing  session. 


Commence- 
ment 


8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


9.  The   short    title    of   this    Act    is    The   Ontario    Official 
Languages  Act,  1977 . 


to 


CD 
> 


Co 


a. 


O 
o 

r-t- 
O 

a> 


-J 


>3 


> 

O     B' 

ST  ^ 

2.  o 

o 
5' 


BILL  87  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975 


Mr.  Eaton 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  raise  the  legal  age,  in  Ontario,  at  which 
the  drinking  of  alcoholic  beverages  is  allowed,  from  eighteen  to  twenty. 


BILL  87  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province  of  Ontario,   enacts   as 

follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  45  of   The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  li^ended 
1975,    being    chapter   40,    is    amended   by   striking   out 
"eighteen"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"twenty". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  ^^^(2), 

^    '  JO  amended 

out  "eighteen"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  sixth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "twenty". 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  Ij^I^^^^jj 
out  "eighteen"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  heu  thereof 
"twenty". 

(4)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  Imlnied 
out  "eighteen"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"twenty". 

(5)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  45  is  amended  by  striking  Ij^tnded 
out  "eighteen"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  heu 
thereof  "twenty". 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  ment"^"''^ 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Liquor  Licence  Amendment  ^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act.  1977. 


2. 


S 

o 


to 
?5: 


> 

H 
O 


Co 


(^ 


o 

o 

rf- 

J^ 

O 

>->i« 

g 

cr 

</> 

ft- 

n> 

«^ 

•1 

>3 

^ 

00 

9> 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

H 
cr 

0) 
^    > 

O     rt- 
ft>     O 

o.  g 


en 


BILL  88  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  Bill  substantially  re-enacts  Parts  I  and  II  of  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act,  1972,  in  the  interest  of  tax  simplification.  In  addition,  a  number 
of  administrative  amendments  are  made.  With  respect  to  the  tax  simplifica- 
tion measures,  Part  II  of  the  Act  (tax  on  income)  is  entirely  re-enacted  by 
section  8  of  the  Bill  to  provide  a  greater  tie-in  with  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada) ;  in  those  areas  where  the  provisions  of  both  Acts  are  the  same, 
the  sections  of  the  Incorru  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  made  applicable  in  so  far 
as  they  apply  to  corporations,  so  that  such  sections  need  not  be  reproduced 
in  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  and  where  there  are  differences,  special  pro- 
visions are  enacted  to  deal  with  these.  Substantial  amendments  to  Part  I 
of  the  Act,  complementary  to  the  amendments  to  Part  II,  are  also  required. 
Finally,  the  Bill  adds  to  the  Act  a  number  of  provisions  to  provide  for  the 
treatment  of  corporations  that  buy  shares  of  a  corporation  registered  under 
The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977 ,  such  provisions 
to  come  into  force  on  proclamation. 

Section  1.  This  section  re-enacts  section  1  of  the  Act  and  is  com- 
plementary to  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained  in  section  8  of  the 
Bill.  The  interpretations  contained  in  Part  XVII  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  are,  with  certain  exceptions,  adopted  and  made  apphcable  for  the 
purposes  of  the  Act.  Certain  additional  interpretations  are  also  included  for 
the  purposes  of  the  Act.  A  provision  is  included  to  deal  with  the  applicability 
or  non-applicability  of  cross-references  within  the  adopted  sections  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  Also  it  is  provided  in  subsection  6  of  the  new 
section  1  of  the  Act  that  the  applicable  sections  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  are  adopted  as  amended  or  re-enacted  from  time  to  time.  Finally, 
the  adoption  of  the  definition  of  "corporation"  contained  in  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  represents  a  substantive  change  to  the  Act — the  present 
definition  of  "corporation"  does  not  include  corporations  incorporated  without 
share  capital ;  the  new  definition  includes  such  corporations. 

The  adoption  of  the  Federal  definition  of  "gross  revenue"  represents  a 
change  from  the  definition  of  that  term  in  the  present  Act.  This  will 
affect  the  allocation  of  income  to  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario. 

It  should  be  noted  that  this  section  also  reflects  a  change  in  terminology 
which  has  been  adopted  throughout  the  Act,  namely  that  the  expression 
"fiscal  year"  will  now  become  "taxation  year".  Section  26  of  the  Bill 
amends  this  terminology  in  those  sections  of  the  Act  not  otherwise  specifically 
amended  by  the  Bill. 


BILL  88  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province  of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section   1   of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972,  being  chapter ^^^^^^^^^.^^ 
143,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter 
157,  section  1,  1974,  chapter  75,  section  1,  1975,  chapter  17, 
section  1  and  1976,  chapter  32,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

1. — (1)   In  this  Act  and  in  the  application  of  the  provisions  ^"^^^p""®" 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  that  are  by  this  Act  made  r.s.c.  1952, 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  °'^^^ 

(a)  each  of  the  interpretations  contained  in  Part  XVII 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided,  applicable  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act; 

[h)  the  interpretations  contained  in  the  said  Part 
XVII  of  the  expressions  "farming",  "foreign  re- 
source property",  "Minister",  "paid-up  capital", 
"regulations",  "taxable  income",  "taxable  income 
earned  in  Canada"  and  "tax  payable"  do  not  apply 
and  in  heu  thereof  the  following  interpretations 
are  applicable: 

(i)  "farming"  includes  tillage  of  the  soil,  Hve 
stock  raising  or  exhibiting,  maintaining  of 
horses  for  racing,  raising  of  poultry,  fur 
farming,  dairy  farming,  fruit  growing,  and 
the  keeping  of  bees,  but  does  not  include  an 
office  or  employment  under  a  person  engaged 
in  the  business  of  farming  and,  for  the 
purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section  135  only, 
does  not  include  the  maintaining  of  horses 
for  racing, 


(ii)  "foreign  resource  property"  has  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  section  15  of  this 
Act, 

(iii)  "Minister"  means,  unless  otherwise  provided 
in  this  Act,  the  Minister  of  Revenue, 

(iv)  "paid-up    capital"    has    the    meaning    given 

to  that  expression  by  paragraph  c  of  sub- 

c  Ms^**^'  section   1   of  section  89  of  the  Income   Tax 

Act  (Canada),  but  such  meaning  does  not 
apply  for  the  purposes  of  Part  III  of  this 
Act, 

(v)  "regulations"  means  regulations  made  under 
this  Act, 

(vi)  "tax  payable"  by  a  corporation  under  any 
part  of  the  Act  means  the  tax  payable  by 
the  corporation  as  fixed  by  assessment  or 
reassessment  subject  to  variation  on  objection 
or  appeal,  if  any,  in  accordance  with  sections 
154  to  1606,  as  the  case  may  be, 

(vii)  "taxable  income"  has  the  meaning  given  to 
that  expression  by  section  9  of  this  Act, 

(viii)  "taxable  income  earned  in  Canada"  has  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  section 
10  of  this  Act; 

cc^^i^B-4'  (^)  "bank"    means   a   bank    to    which    the    Bank   Act 

(Canada)  or  the  Quebec  Savings  Banks  Act  (Canada) 

applies ;  | 

"j 

(d)  "family    farm    corporation"    means    a    corporation 
that  is  throughout  the  taxation  year  a  corporation, 

(i)  every  share  of  the  capital  stock  of  which 
that  confers  on  the  holder  thereof  the  right 
to  vote  was  owned  by  an  individual  ordinarily 
resident  in  Canada  or  by  any  such  individual 
and  a  member  or  members  of  his  family 
ordinarily  resident  in  Canada  or  by  another 
family  farm  corporation, 

(ii)  95  per  cent  of  the  assets  of  which  were  farm- 
ing assets,  and 


(iii)  which  carried  on  the  business  of  farming 
in  Ontario  through  the  employment  of  a 
shareholder  or  a  member  of  his  family 
actually  engaged  in  the  operation  of  the 
farm; 

{e)  "farming  assets"  of  a  family  farm  corporation 
means, 

(i)  cash,  trade  accounts  receivable,  supplies  and 
inventory  of  commodities  or  things  produced, 
raised  or  grown  through  farming, 

(ii)  land,  buildings,  equipment,  machinery,  and 
live  stock  that  are  used  chiefly  in  the 
operation  of  the  farm  by  the  corporation, 

(iii)  any  right  or  licence  granted  or  issued  under 
any  Act  of  the  Legislature  that  permits  or 
regulates  the  production  or  sale  of  any 
commodity  or  thing  produced,  raised  or 
grown  through  farming, 

(iv)  the  building  in  which  a  shareholder  or 
member  or  members  of  his  family  reside  who 
are  engaged  in  the  operation  of  the  farm  if 
that  building  is  on  land  that  is  used  or  is 
contiguous  to  land  used  by  that  shareholder 
or  member  or  members  of  his  family  in  the 
operation  of  the  farm, 

(v)  shares  in  another  family  farm  corporation; 

(/)  "jurisdiction"  means  a  province  or  territory  of 
Canada  or  a  state  outside  Canada  having  sovereign 
power ; 

{g)  "member  of  his  family"  means,  with  respect  to  an 
individual  referred  to  in  clause  d, 

(i)  his  spouse, 

(ii)  his  child, 

(iii)  his  father,  mother,  brother  or  sister  or  any 
lawful  descendant  of  such  brother  or  sister, 

(iv)  the  brother  or  sister  of  his  father  or  mother 
or  any  lawful  descendant  of  any  such  brother 
or  sister, 


(v)  the  father,  mother  or  any  brother  or  sister 
of  his  spouse  or  any  lawful  descendant  of 
any  such  brother  or  sister, 

(vi)  his  son-in-law  or  daughter-in-law, 

R  s  o  i9'0-  (vii)  a  person  adopted  by  him  under  The  Child 

Welfare   Act   or    the   spouse   or   any   lawful 
descendant  of  such  person,  or 

(viii)  his  grandfather  or  grandmother; 

{h)  "permanent  establishment"  has  the  meaning  given 
to  that  expression  by  section  7; 

(i)  "timber  royalty"  includes  any  consideration  for  a 
right  under  or  pursuant  to  which  a  Tight  to  cut  or 
take  timber  from  a  timber  limit  in  Canada  is 
obtained  or  derived,  to  the  extent  that  such  con- 
sideration is  dependent  upon,  and  computed  by 
reference  to,  the  amount  of  timber  cut  or  taken. 

Idem  t     y        T  T- 

R.S.C.1952.  (2)  In  the  application  of  the  sections  of  the  Income  Tax 

°"®  Act  (Canada)  that  by  this  Act  are  made  applicable  for  the 

purposes  of  this  Act, 

[a)  "capital  cost"  means  the  cost  of  property  as  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

(6)  "undepreciated  capital  cost"  means  the  undepre- 
ciated capital  cost  of  depreciable  property  as  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

(c)  the  references  therein  to, 

(i)  returns  required  to  be  filed  under  section  150 
of  that  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  references 
to  the  returns  required  to  be  filed  under 
section  145  of  this  Act,  and 

(ii)  assessments  to  be  made  under  section  152 
of  that  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  references 
to  assessments  to  be  made  under  section  150 
of  this  Act; 

{d)  where  a  section  of  that  Act  has  been  made  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  reference  is 
made  in  that  section  to  another  provision  (herein- 


after  in  this  clause  referred  to  as  the  "other  pro- 
vision") of  that  Act  which, 

(i)  does  not  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

(ii)  does  not  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act 
because  a  provision  of  this  Act  is  enacted 
to  apply  in  lieu  thereof,  or 

(iii)  in  respect  of  which  the  application  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  differs, 

the  following  rules  apply  in  the  application  of  the 
section  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

(iv)  where  subclause  i  applies,  the  section  (except 
sections  20,  56,  60,  paragraph /of  subsection  1 
of  section  95  and  section  138  of  that  Act) 
shall  be  read  as  if  the  reference  to  the  other 
provision  were  deleted, 

(v)  where  subclause  ii  applies,  the  reference  to 
the  other  provision  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  provision  of  this  Act  that 
applies  in  lieu  thereof,  and 

(vi)  where  subclause  iii  applies,  the  reference  to 
the  other  provision  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  other  provision  as  it  applies 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Notwithstanding   subsection    1 ,    any    regulation    made  Amplication 
pursuant  to  any  provision  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  regulations 
that   is  by   this   Act   made   applicable   for   the   purposes   of  r.s.c.  1952, 
this   Act   shall   apply  with   necessary   modifications   for  the  ^' 
purposes  of  this  Act  unless  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act 

or  by  the  regulations. 

(4)  Any  election  or  designation  by  a  corporation  which  Elections 
has  been  properly  made  for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  ^  f^^-  ^^^^• 
Act  (Canada),  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  that  Act  that 

is  by  this  Act  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  properly  made  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act,  provided  that, 

{a)  where  an  amount  elected  would  be  different  from 
the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  this  Act, 
the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  this  Act 
shall  apply;  and 


Registered 

pension 

funds 


(6)  the  provisions  in  that  Act  imposing  penalties  for 
late  filing  of  such  elections  are  not  applicable  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(5)  Any  registered  pension  fund  or  plan  that  has  been 
accepted  for  registration  by  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  accepted  for 
registration  by  the  Minister  of  Revenue. 


I 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148  applies 
as  amended 
from  time 
to  time 


(6)  The  sections  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  by  this 
Act  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall,  unless 
otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  be  deemed  to  be  applicable 
as  amended  or  re-enacted  from  time  to  time,  and  such  amend- 
ments or  re-enactments  shall  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  in  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  for  the  purposes  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


8.  2  (2), 
amended 


2. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  section  1 
and  1975,  chapter  17,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  c  and  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 


(d)  carried  on  business  in  Ontario, 


s.2(3). 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  section  1  and  1975, 
chapter  17,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  adding  "or" 
at  the  end  of  clause  c  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
clause : 


(d)  carried  on  business  in  Ontario, 


88.  4.  5, 

rei)ealed 


3.  Sections  4  and  5  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 


8.6(1), 

amended 


4.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "stock,  mileage"  in  the  third  hne  and  in  the  fifth  line. 


8.11. 

repealed 

8.12. 

re-enacted 


5.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

6.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Basic 
rules, 
R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148,  8. 3. 
applicable 


12. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  section  3  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  appHcable  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations. 


Section  2.  This  section  amends  subsections  2  and  3  of  section  2  of 
the  Act  to  add  clause  d  to  extend  the  applicability  of  section  2  to  foreign 
corporations  which  carried  on  business  in  Ontario  in  a  taxation  year. 


Section  3.  This  section  repeals  sections  4  and  5  of  the  Act  which 
are  no  longer  necessary  as  a  result  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  adopting 
the  various  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

Section  4.  This  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  Act 
by  striking  out  the  words  "stock,  mileage"  which  became  unnecessary  as  a 
result  of  the  repeal  in  1973  of  sections  138  and  139  of  the  Act. 

Section  5.  This  section  of  the  Bill  repeals  section  1 1  of  the  Act 
which  is  no  longer  necessary  as  a  result  of  the  tax  simplification  measures 
adopting  the  various  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

Section  6.  This  section  re-enacts  section  12  of  the  Act  to  make 
section  3  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  applicable  for  the  purposes  of 
the  Act.  This  is  part  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  adopting  various 
provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  does  not  represent  a  sub- 
stantive change  to  the  Act. 


Section  7.  This  section  re-enacts  section  13  of  the  Act  to  make 
section  4  of  the  Income  Tax  Ad  (Canada)  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Act.  This  amendment  is  part  of  the  tax  simphfication  measures  contained 
in  this  Bill  and  does  not  involve  any  substantive  change  to  the  Act. 


Section  8.  This  section  re-enacts  Part  II  (sections  14  to  122)  of  the 
Act  as  part  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained  in  the  Bill.  As 
indicated  in  the  preamble  to  these  explanatory  notes,  these  provisions 
adopt  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  where 
applicable  and  also  preserve  those  sections  of  the  Act  where  the  Act 
differs  from  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  This  section  of  the  Bill,  enacting 
new  sections  14  to  49  of  the  Act,  also  enacts  some  substantive  changes  to  the 
Act.  The  following  matters  should  be  noted ; 

1.  The  provision  formerly  found  in  clause  /  of  subsection  1  of  section  22 
of  the  Act,  with  respect  to  the  deduction  of  5/12ths  from  the 
amount  otherwise  deductible  as  a  management  fee  in  certain 
circumstances,  is  now  an  inclusion  of  that  amount  in  income  as 
provided  in  subsection  6  of  the  new  section  14. 

2.  Certain  sections  have  been  deleted  as  they  have  become  redundant 
as  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  the  various  provisions  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada).  For  example,  because  of  the  adoption  of 
sections  20  and  60  (deductions)  and  56  (inclusions)  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  sections  of  the  Act  dealing  with  co-operative 
corporations  (section  113)  and  certain  deferred  income  arrangements 
(sections  118,  119  and  120  of  the  Act)  became  redundant  and  are 
no  longer  required. 

3.  Certain  sections  have  been  amended  for  clarification,  for  example, 
clause  c  of  subsection  8  of  the  new  section  14  amends  the  wording 
of  the  former  subsection  2  of  section  22  of  the  Act. 

4.  The  new  section  29  of  the  Act  relating  to  charitable  donations 
and  gifts  to  Her  Majesty  represents  a  change  from  the  former 
section  98  of  the  Act,  in  that  gifts  to  provinces  other  than  Ontario 
will  now  be  fully  deductible,  in  line  with  the  treatment  given  to 
such  gifts  under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  by  the  other 
provinces.  The  former  section  98  limited  this  deduction  to  20 
per  cent  of  the  donor  corporation's  income. 

5.  The  new  section  45  of  the  Act  adds  a  section  adopting  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  deposit 
insurance  corporations. 

6.  The  former  section  115  of  the  Act  relating  to  insurance  companies 
has  been  simplified  as  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  the  various 
other  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  however,  the 
new  section  46  does  not  make  any  substantive  change  in  the 
taxation  of  such  companies. 


(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  section  3  for  the  purposes  ^^fog^®' 
of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  paragraph  c  thereof  to  "sub- 
division e"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  Subdivision 
D  of  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

7.  Section  13  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- ^^13^^^^^^.^^ 
stituted  therefor: 

Income  or 

13.  Except    as    hereinafter    provided,    section    4    of    the  ^°|^,^°^qj. 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  from  sources 

...         .  f  ,  .  ,  .  , .  ^      ^ .  in  a  place 

this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  apphes  to  corporations,      rsc  1952 

c.  148 

8.  Part   II  of  the  said  Act,  exclusive  of  sections  8  to   13a,  as^^Y4-49, 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  sections  re^-enacted), 
3  to  9,  1973,  chapter  157,  sections  2  to  11,  13  to  15  and  17  to  repealed)' 
31,  1974,  chapter  75,  sections  3  to  6  and  8,  1975,  chapter  17, 
sections  4  to  56  and  58  to  63,  1976,  chapter  32,  sections  2  to 

16,  1976,  chapter  63,  section  1,  1976,  chapter  80,  section  1  and 
1977,  chapter  16,  sections  1  and  2,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 


Subdivision  A — income  or  loss  from  a  business 

OR  PROPERTY 

14. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  income  or  loss  ^^p^cation 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  or RS.c.  1952, 
property  shall  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  subdivisions  a  and  b  of  Division  B  of 
Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  said  sub- 
divisions a  and  b  are  applicable  to  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the 
said  subdivisions  apply  to  corporations. 

(2)   In   the  application  of  section   10  of  the  Income  Tax\ll^^°^°^ 
Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  amount  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as 
the  value  of  property  described  in   an   inventory  is  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  except  that, 

(a)  where  land  is  included  in  an  inventory  of  a  cor- 
poration and  the  corporation  has,  in  calculating  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year  or  any  previous  taxation 
year,  deducted  an  amount  referred  to  in  clause  c 
of  subsection  8  in  respect  of  such  land,  the  amount 
so  deducted  shall  not  be  included  in  determining 
the  value  of  the  inventory  for  the  purposes  of  sub- 
section 1 ;  and 

(6)  the  Minister  may  determine  the  value  of  the 
property  described  in  an  inventory  for  the  purposes 


8 


of  assessment  under  this  Act  if  he  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  values  have  been  incorrectly  determined 
by  the  corporation. 


Payment  or 
refund  of  a 
fee  under 
Ontario  Beef 
Calf  Income 
SUbiUsatlon 
Program  to  be 
Included  In 
income 


(3)  In  addition  to  any  other  amount  required  by  virtue 
of  subsection  1  to  be  included  in  computing  the  income  of  a 
corporation  for  a  taxation  year  as  income  from  a  business 
or  property,  there  shall  be  included  any  amount  received 
by  the  corporation  as  a  stabilization  payment  or  refund 
of  a  fee  under  the  Ontario  Beef  Calf  Income  Stabilization 
Program. 


Disposition  of 
depreciable 
property : 


(4)  In  the  application  of  section  13  of  the  Income  Tax 
Ad  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  following 
rules  apply, 


Undepre- 
ciated 
capital  cost 


(a)  subsections  7.1  and  10  of  the  said  section  13  and 
subparagraph  vi  of  paragraph/  of  subsection  21  of 
the  said  section  13  are  not  applicable  in  determining 
the  capital  cost  or  the  undepreciated  capital  cost  of 
depreciable  property  of  a  prescribed  class  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 


Reduction  of 
capital  cost  by 
amount  of 
government 
assistance 


{b)  where  a  corporation  has  received  or  is  entitled  to 
receive  a  grant,  subsidy,  forgivable  loan,  investment 
allowance  or  other  assistance  from  a  government, 
municipality  or  other  public  authority  in  respect  of 
or  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  other  than  an 
amount. 


R.S.C.  1970. 
C.  MO 

1965.  C.  12 
(Can.) 


(i)  authorized  to  be  paid  under  an  Appropriation 
Act  (Canada)  and  on  terms  and  conditions 
approved  by  the  Treasury  Board  of  the 
Government  of  Canada  in  respect  of  scientific 
research  expenditures  incurred  for  the  purpose 
of  advancing  or  sustaining  the  technological 
capability  of  Canadian  manufacturing  or 
other  industry, 

(ii)  authorized  to  be  paid  under  the  Industrial 
Research  and  Development  Incentives  Act 
(Canada)  or  the  Area  Development  Incentives 
Act  (Canada)  and  approved  by  the  Minister, 
or 


R.S.C.  1952, 
0.148 


(iii)  deducted  as  an  allowance  under  section  65 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  section     '• 
19  of  this  Act, 


Subsection  12  of  the  new  section  14  of  the  Act  (non-capital  loss 
on  the  disposition  of  shares  of  a  V.I.C),  subsection  5  of  the  new 
section  15  of  the  Act  (capital  loss  on  disposition  of  shares  of  a 
V.I.C),  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of  the  new  section  16  of  the  Act 
(amounts  to  be  included  in  income  on  the  disposition  of  the  shares 
of  a  V.I.C),  subsection  5  of  the  new  section  25  of  the  Act  (transfer  of 
the  shares  of  a  V.I.C.  on  an  amalgamation  or  winding-up)  and  the  new 
section  31  of  the  Act  (deduction  from  taxable  income  on  acquisi- 
tion of  shares  of  a  V.I.C)  are  all  new  provisions,  contained  in 
section  8  of  the  Bill,  relating  to  the  treatment  of  the  acquisition 
and  disposition  of  shares  of  a  company  registered  under  The  Venture 
Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977,  and  will  come  into 
force  on  proclamation  when  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations 
Registration  Act,  1977,  is  proclaimed  into  force. 

Basically,  a  corporation  will  be  allowed  a  deduction  from 
taxable  income  earned  in  Ontario  equal  to  250  per  cent  of  its 
investment  in  the  shares  of  a  V.I.C,  and  the  amount  eligible  for 
such  deduction  not  used  in  the  year  may  be  carried  forward 
indefinitely.  On  the  disposition  of  such  shares,  250  per  cent  of  the 
proceeds  will  be  included  in  the  investor's  income  for  the  year  of  the 
disj)osition.  Recoveries  in  excess  of  the  original  cost  of  the  shares 
will  be  treated  as  capital  gains.  Non-capital  losses  on  the  disposition 
of  such  shares  will  not  be  allowed,  and  capital  losses  on  such 
dispositions  will  be  limited,  since  the  deferred  taxes  on  the  loss 
portion  of  the  investment  will  not  be  recovered. 


II 


the  capital  cost  of  the  property  to  the  corporation 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount  by  which  the 
aggregate  of, 

(iv)  the  capital  cost  thereof  to  the  corporation, 
otherwise  determined,  and 

(v)  such  part,  if  any,  of  the  assistance  as  has 
been  repaid  by  the  corporation  pursuant  to 
an  obligation  to  repay  all  or  part  of  that 
assistance, 

exceeds, 

(vi)  the  amount  of  assistance. 

(5)  In  the  apphcation  of  section   17  of  the  Income  ^«^  nonresident 
Act   (Canada)    for   the   purposes   of   this   Act,   subsection   2  person 
thereof  does  not  apply  in  determining  whether  an  amount 

shall  be  included  in  the  income  of  a  corporation  in  accord- 
ance with  subsection  1  thereof. 

(6)  Where  an  amount  in  respect  of,  fee^rent^nd* 

similar 

la)  a  management  or  administration  fee  or  charge;         tonon- 

^  °  resident  to  be 

Included  In 

(b)  a  rent,  royalty  or  a  similar  payment;  or  income 

(c)  a  right  in  or  to  the  use  of  motion  picture  film 
or  films  or  video  tapes  for  use  in  connection  with 
television  that  have  been  or  are  to  be  used  or 
reproduced  in  Canada, 

is  paid  or  payable  by  a  corporation  to  a  non-resident  person 
with  whom  it  was  not  dealing  at  arm's  length,  the  cor- 
poration shall  include  5/12ths  of  such  amount  in  com- 
puting its  income  from  a  business  or  property  for  the  taxation 
year  in  which  the  amount  was  subjected  to  tax  under 
paragraph  a,  d  or  e  oi  subsection  1  of  section  212  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  subsection  5  of  that  section, ^f^^-^^^^. 
except  that  clause  h  does  not  apply  where  the  non-resident 
person  to  whom  the  amount  is  paid  or  payable  is  a  corporation 
liable  to  the  taxes  imposed  under  this  Act  by  virtue  of 
clause  b  of  subsection  2  or  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  2. 

(7)  Section   19.1   of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  not  ^^''j;;^^'^*^^^^^^ 
applicable  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  from  aj,°^^*|^j.j 
business  or  property  for  a  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  undertaking 
this  Act. 


10 


D«duotlonB 
allowed 


Capital  coat 
of  property 


Fee  under 
Ontario  Beef 
Calf  Income 
SUbilization 
Progrram 


Certain 
Interest 
and  property 
taxes  on  land 


(8)  Subsection  2  of  section  18  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  and  paragraphs  a  and  v.l  of  subsection  1  of  section 
20  of  that  Act  are  not  applicable  in  computing  the  income 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  or 
property  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in  lieu  thereof 
there  may  be  deducted  such  of  the  following  amounts  as 
are  applicable: 

(a)  such  part  of  the  capital  cost  to  the  corporation  of 
property,  or  such  amount  in  respect  of  the  capital 
cost  to  the  corporation  of  property,  as  is  allowed 
by  regulation; 

(b)  an  amount  paid  by  the  corporation  in  the  taxation 
year  as  a  fee  under  the  Ontario  Beef  Calf  Income 
Stabilization  Program; 

(c)  notwithstanding  paragraph  c  of  subsection  1  of 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made 
applicable  to  this  Act  but  subject  to  subsection  3 
of  section  18  of  the  said  Act,  any  amount  paid  or 
payable  by  the  corporation  in  the  year  and  after 
1971  as,  on  account  or  in  lieu  of  payment  of,  or  in 
satisfaction  of, 

(i)  interest  on  borrowed  money  used  to  acquire 
land  or  on  an  amount  payable  by  the  cor- 
poration for  land,  or 


(ii)  property  taxes,  not  including  income  or 
profits  taxes  or  taxes  computed  by  reference 
to  the  transfer  of  property,  paid  or  payable 
by  the  corporation  in  respect  of  land  to  a 
province  or  a  Canadian  municipality, 

if,  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances,  including 
the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  land  in  relation 
to  its  gross  revenue,  if  any,  therefrom  for  that  or 
any  previous  year,  the  land  can  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  have  been,  in  that  year, 

(iii)  included  in  the  inventory  of  a  business  car- 
ried on  by  the  corporation, 

(iv)  otherwise  used  in,  or  held  in  the  course  of, 
carrying  on  a  business  carried  on  by  the 
corporation,  or 

(v)  held  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  gaining  or 
producing  income  of  the  corporation  from 
the  land  for  that  year, 


11 

and  if  none  of  subclauses  iii,  iv  and  v  is  applicable, 
then  the  deduction  under  this  clause  is  permitted 
only  to  the  extent  that  the  corporation's  gross 
revenue,  if  any,  from  the  land  for  that  year  exceeds 
the  aggregate  of  all  other  amounts  deducted  in 
computing  its  income  from  the  land  for  that  year ; 

(d)  such  amount  as  is  allowed  to  the  corporation  by^®^^^®^ 
regulation    in    respect    of   oil    or   gas   resources   in 
Canada,  as  defined  by  regulation. 

(9)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  n  of  subsection   1  o^no^auo""! 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of 

this  Act, 

(a)  notwithstanding  subsection  8  of  section  20  of  the  NOj.Jg^^tio° 
Income  Tax  A  ct  (Canada) ,  the  said  paragraph  n  does  property  in 
not  apply  to  allow  a  deduction  in  computing  thecircum- 
income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a 
business  in  respect  of  a  property  sold  in  the  course 
of  the  business  if  the  corporation  at  the  end  of  the 
taxation  year  or  at  any  time  in  the  immediately 
following  taxation  year, 

(i)  was  exempt  from   tax  under  any  provision 
of  this  Part,  or 

(ii)  ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment  in 
Canada;  and 

(6)  the  said  paragraph  n  does  not  apply  to  allow  a  [Jj°j,^|^^^^*°° 
deduction  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  of  sale  of  ^^ 
for   a    taxation    year    from    a    business    where    the  security 
corporation  has,  in  the  taxation  year  sold,  pledged,    ^^°^^ 
assigned  or  in  any  way  disposed  of  any  security 
received  by  it  as  payment  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the 
sale  of  property  in  respect  of  which  the  corporation 
has,    in    that    or   a    previous    taxation    year,    been 
allowed  a  deduction  under  that  paragraph  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 

(10)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  s  of  subsection  1  of^^f^P""®" 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes r.sc.  1952. 
of  this   Act,   the   reference   therein   to   "Minister"   shall   be° 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 

for  Canada. 

(11)  Section  27  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)   is  not JJ^^j^t,o„g 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  in  lieu  thereof 

the  following  provisions  shall  apply: 


12 


Prescription 


Where  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  d  of 
subsection  1  of  section  149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  otherwise  exempt  under  section  49  of  this 
Act  and  subsection  1  of  section  135  of  this  Act,  such 
exemptions  do  not  apply  if  the  corporation  is  pre- 
scribed by  regulation. 


Transfers  of 
land  for 
disposition 


2.  Where  land  has  been  transferred  to  a  corporation 
prescribed  in  the  regulations  for  the  purpose  of 
disposition,  the  acquisition  of  the  property  by  the 
corporation  and  any  disposition  thereof  shall  be 
deemed  not  to  have  been  in  the  course  of  the  business 
carried  on  by  the  corporation. 


Lesson 
disposition 
of  snares 
of  a 

Venture 
Investment 
Corporation 
1977;  c.  10 


(12)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  has  incurred 
a  loss,  other  than  a  capital  loss,  from  the  disposition  of 
property  that  is  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation 
registered  under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Re- 
gistration Act,  1977 ,  such  loss  shall  not  be  allowed  in  comput- 
ing the  income  or  loss  of  the  corporation  from  a  business  or 
property  for  the  taxation  year. 


Subdivision  B — taxable  capital  gains  and 
allowable  capital  losses 


Application 

of 

R.S.C.  1952. 

C.148 


Idem 


15. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  taxable  capital 
gains  and  allowable  capital  losses  of  a  corporation  for  a 
taxation  year  from  the  disposition  of  any  property  shall 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  determined  in  accordance 
with  subdivision  c  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  said  subdivision  c  is  applicable 
to  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  subdivision  applies  to  cor- 
porations. 

(2)  Paragraph  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  48  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act. 


Idem 


(3)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  a  of  subsection  2  of 
section  40  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act,  subparagraph  i  thereof  shall  be  read  as  though 
the  words  "was  not  resident"  were  deleted  and  the  words 
"ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment"  were  inserted 
in  lieu  thereof. 


Adjustments 
to  cost  base 


(4)  In  computing  the  adjusted  cost  base  to  a  corporation 
of  property  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  made  appli- 
cable by  subsection  1,  the  following  rules  apply  for  the  pur- 
p)oses  of  this  Act, 


13 

(a)  where  the  property  is  a  foreign  resource  property, 
there  shall  be  added  to  the  cost  of  the  property 
to  the  corporation  that  part  of  the  foreign  explora- 
tion and  development  expenses  incurred  by  the 
corporation  after  1971  with  respect  to  the  property 
that  is  not  allowed  as  a  deduction  from  income  for 
purposes  of  this  Act; 

{b)  clause  B  of  subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  c  of  sub- 
section   2    of   section    53    of   the   Income    Tax   yl c^ Rsc.  1952, 

c.  148 

(Canada)   shall  apply  as  if  the  words  "foreign  ex- 
ploration and  development  expenses"  were  deleted; 

(c)  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  k  of  subsection  2  of 
section  53  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  shall 
apply. 


(i)  as  if  the  words  "deduction  from  tax"  were 
deleted,  and 


(ii)  as  if  the  reference  in  clause  B  thereof  to 
section  65  were  a  reference  to  the  said  section 
65  and  to  section  19  of  this  Act; 

(d)  where  the  property  is  a  foreign  resource  property, 
there  shall  be  deducted  in  respect  of  such  property 
any  amount  that  has  become  receivable  by  the 
corporation  at  a  particular  time  in  a  taxation  year 
as  the  result  of  a  transaction  that  occurred  after 
the  6th  day  of  May,  1974,  in  which  the  consideration 
given  by  the  corporation  for  the  amount  was 
property  or  services  the  original  cost  of  which  may 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  having  been  foreign 
exploration  and  development  expenses. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  the  rules  contained  in  subsection  1  of  Capital  loss 

■         An      e     t^       T  T-  A        ,^  1-    on  disposition 

section  40  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  appli- ofsharesofa 

V6ntu.r6 

cable  by  subsection  1  of  this  section,  a  corporation's  capital  investment 
loss  from  the  disposition  of  property  that  is  shares  in  the  ^°''p°^**'°° 
capital  stock  of  a  corporation  registered  under  The  Venture  ^^'^'^'  ^  ^° 
Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977,  is  the  amount 
by  which, 

(a)  the  capital  loss  in  respect  of  such  disposition, 
otherwise  determined, 

exceeds, 


14 


{b)  the  amount  in  respect  of  such  shares  that  was 
deducted  under  section  31  minus  the  amount  in- 
cluded in  income  under  subsection  4  of  section  16. 


utfon™  ^^)  ^"  ^^^^  Subdivision, 

(a)  "foreign  exploration  and  development  expenses" 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means, 

(i)  any  drilling  or  exploration  expense,  including 
any  general  geological  or  geophysical  expense, 
incurred  by  it  on  or  in  respect  of  exploring  or 
drilling  for  petroleum  or  natural  gas  outside 
Canada, 

(ii)  any  prospecting,  exploration  or  development 
expense  incurred  by  it  in  searching  for 
minerals  outside  Canada, 

(iii)  any  annual  payment  made  by  the  corporation 
for  the  preservation  of  a  foreign  resource 
property,  and 

(iv)  its  share  of  the  foreign  exploration  and 
development  expenses  incurred  by  any  associ- 
ation, partnership  or  syndicate  in  a  fiscal 
period  thereof,  if  at  the  end  of  that  fiscal 
period  it  was  a  member  or  partner  thereof; 

(b)  "foreign  resource  property"  of  a  corporation  means 
any  property  that  would  be  a  Canadian  resource 
property  of  the  corporation  within  the  meaning 
of  paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 

R.s^c.  1952.  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   if  that  paragraph  were 

read  as  if  the  references  therein  to  "in  Canada" 
were  references  to  "outside  Canada"  and  were  read 
without  reference  to  the  words  "after  1971". 


Subdivision  C — other  sources  of  income 

R.8x;.i9e2.  15 — ^ij  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  subdivision  d  of 

apjfiiibie**^  Division  B  of  Part   I  of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   is 

applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said 

subdivision  applies  to  corporations. 


15 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  section  56  of  the  interpre- 
Incotne  Tax  Ad  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  rs.c.  1952. 
reference  in  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  /  thereof  to  "this  '^^^^ 
Act"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  both  the  Income 

Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  this  Act. 

(3)  Section   59  of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   is  not  Disposition 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in  lieu  thereof  property 
the  following  provisions  apply, 

(a)  where  a  corporation  disposes  of,  Amount 

^    '  *  r  '  receivable  as 

consideration 
,..         ^  ,.  ,  for  disposition 

(1)  a  Canadian  resource  property,  or  of  resource 

property 

(ii)  any  right,  licence  or  privilege  described  in 
subsection  12  of  section  58  of  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act,  as  it  read  in  its  application  to 
taxation  years  prior  to  1972,  that  was  acquired 
by  the  corporation, 

(A)  before  1972  in  the  case  of, 

1.  a  corporation  that  is  a  principal- 
business  corporation  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expres- 
sion by  subsection  14  of  section 
20  or  that  was,  at  the  time  it 
acquired  the  property,  such  a 
principal-business  corporation, 
or 

2.  an  association,  partnership  or 
syndicate  described  in  sub- 
section 4  of  section  83A  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  it 
read  in  its  application  to  the 
1971  taxation  year,  and 

(B)  after  April  10,  1962  and  before  1972, 
in  any  other  case, 

under   an    agreement    or   other   contract    or 
arrangement  described  therein, 

the  corporation's  proceeds  of  disposition  therefrom 
shall  be  included  in  computing  the  corporation's 
income  for  the  taxation  year,  to  the  extent  that 
the  proceeds  become  receivable  in  that  year; 

(6)  there  shall  be  included  in  computing  a  corporation's  ^JSyc^^'ji 
income  for  a  taxation  year  any  amount  in  respect  under b.ib 

,  ^  ^  ^  in  preceding 

01 ,  year 


16 


Disposition  of 
resource 
property 
acguired 
before  1972 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


Interpre- 
tation 


(i)  a  Canadian  resource  property,  or 

(ii)  any  property  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of 
clause  a  or  in  clause  c, 

that  has  been  deducted  under  section  18  in  comput- 
ing the  corporation's  income  for  the  immediately 
preceding  taxation  year; 

(c)  where  a  corporation  has  made  a  disposition  of 
property  owned,  or  deemed  to  have  been  owned, 
by  it  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1971  and  there- 
after without  interruption  until  the  date  of  disposi- 
tion that  is  property  described  in  any  of  subpara- 
graphs i  to  vi  of  paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of 
section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  is 
not  property  described  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a, 
the  following  rules  apply, 

(i)  the  relevant  percentage  of  the  corporation's 
proceeds  of  disposition  therefrom  shall  be 
included  in  computing  the  corporation's  in- 
come for  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent  that 
the  proceeds  become  receivable,  and 

(ii)  where  the  corporation  and  the  person  who 
acquired  the  property  were  not  dealing  with 
each  other  at  arm's  length,  for  the  purposes 
of  this  subsection  and  section  20, 

(A)  the  cost  to  that  person  of  the  property 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount 
included  in  the  corporation's  income  by 
virtue  of  subclause  i  in  respect  of  the 
disposition  by  the  corporation  of  the 
property,  and 

(B)  when  that  person  subsequently  disposes 
of  the  property  or  any  right  or  interest 
therein,  that  person  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  owned  the  property  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1971  and  thereafter 
without  interruption  until  the  disposi- 
tion thereof; 

(d)  in  this  subsection, 

(i)  "relevant  percentage"  has  the  meaning  given 
to  that  expression  by  subsection  4  of  section 
59  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 


17 

(ii)  "disposition"  and  "proceeds  of  disposition" 
have  the  meaning  given  to  those  expressions 
by  section  54  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  ^  f^s'^®*^' 

(4)   In  addition  to  any  other  amount  that  is  required  to  q/ |g°feJ°° 
be  included  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  of  a  venture 

iDVGStmGIlt 

taxation  year  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  subdivision  d  corporation 
of  Division  B  of  Part   I   of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada) 
that  are  made  apphcable  by  subsection   1   of  this  section, 
there  shall  be  included  the  following  amounts: 

(a)  where,    in   a   taxation   year,   shares   of   the   capital 

stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered  under  The  ^^^-  ^-  ^° 
Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration    Act, 
1977  have  been  disposed  of  by  the  corporation,  an 
amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  250  per  cent  of  the  lesser  of, 

(A)  the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  said 
shares  disposed  of,  and 

(B)  the  proceeds  of  disposition  of  such 
shares,  and 

(ii)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  determined 
under  subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for 
the  purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable  in- 
come of  the  corporation  for  the  year, 
determined  without  reference  to  this 
section,  exceeds  the  amount  determined 
under  sub-subclause  A ;  and 

(6)  where  at  a  particular  time  in  the  taxation  year 
the  registration  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registra- 
tion Act,  1977  (hereinafter  in  this  subsection  referred 
to  as  the  V.I.C.)  has  been  revoked  pursuant  to 
section  6  of  that  Act  and  at   the  particular  time 


18 


the  corporation  owned  shares  of  the  capital  stock 
of  the  V.I.C,  an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  250  per  cent  of  the  cost  to  the  corporation 
of  the  said  shares,  and 

(ii)  that   proportion   of  the   amount   determined 
under  subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for  the 
purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of. 


Idem 
1977.  c.  10 


Idem 


(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable 
income  of  the  corporation  for  the  year, 
determined  without  reference  to  this 
section,  exceeds  the  amount  deter- 
mined under  sub-subclause  A. 

(5)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  that  owns 
shares  in  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act, 
1977  has  ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment  in  Ontario 
within  the  meaning  of  section  7,  the  corporation  shall  for 
the  purposes  of  subsections  4  and  6  of  this  section  be  deemed 
to  have  disposed  of  the  shares  in  that  year  for  proceeds 
equal  to  the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  shares. 

(6)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  that  owns 
shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act, 
1977  has  disposed  of  or  is  deemed  to  have  disposed  of  any 
of  those  shares,  or  the  registration  of  the  corporation  that 
is  registered  under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Regis- 
tration Act,  1977  has  been  revoked  pursuant  to  section  6  of 
that  Act,  and  all  of  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  reference  to  this  subsection, 
is  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  section  34  to  have  been  earned 
in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario,  the  following  rules 
apply, 

[a]  the  amount  of  the  corporation's  taxable  income  for 
the  year  shall  be  determined  as  if  it  has  no  income 
other  than  the  amount  determined  under  clause 
a  or  6  of  subsection  4,  as  the  case  may  be ; 


19 

(b)  the  only  amounts  deductible  under  this  Act  by  the 
corporation  in  determining  its  taxable  income  for  the 
year  shall  be  its  undeducted  eligible  expenditures, 
within  the  meaning  of  section  31,  as  at  the  end  of 
the  immediately  preceding  taxation  year;  and 

(c)  for  the  purposes  of  section  34,  no  portion  of  the 
corporation's  taxable  income  as  determined  under 
clauses  a  and  b  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  earned 
in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario. 

Subdivision  D — deductions  in 
computing  income 

17. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  section  60  of  the  Amplication 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  RS-C.  1952, 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  0  tatfon'^^ 
of   the   said   section   60   for   the   purposes   of   this   Act,    the 
reference   therein   to   "this  Act"   shall  be  deemed   to  be  a 
reference   to   both   the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   and   this  ^^^^^^2, 
Act. 

(3)  In  addition  to  the  deductions  permitted  by  virtue  of  S[*^'^*'^*°" 
subsection  1 ,  there  may  be  deducted  in  computing  the  income  deductible 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  all  corporation  taxes 
payable  in  the  taxation  year  by  the  corporation. 

(4)  In  this  section,  utfo^^' 

(a)  "corporation  income  tax"  means  a  tax  imposed  by 
the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  by  the  Legislature  of 
a  province  or  by  a  municipality  in  the  province 
that  is  declared  by  the  regulations  to  be  a  tax  of 
general  application  on  the  profits  of  corporations; 

(6)  "corporation  tax"  means  a  tax  imposed  by  the 
Legislature  of  a  province  or  by  a  municipality  in  the 
province  that  is  declared  by  the  regulations  to  be  a 
tax  on  corporations,  but  does  not  include, 

(i)  a  corporation  income  tax,  or 

(ii)  any  other  tax  declared  by  the  regulations  not 
to  be  a  corporation  tax. 

Reserve  In 
respect  of 

18. — (1)  In  computing  a  corporation's  income  for  a  taxa-  fo^dlspSsi^ion 
tion  year,  in  this  subsection  referred  to  as  the  "current  year",  ptoM?ty  not 

where.  Sue  until 

subsequent 
year 


20 


(a)  by  virtue  of  clause  a  or  c  of  subsection  3  of  section 
16,  subsection  11  of  section  20,  or  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 12  of  section  20,  an  amount  has  been  included 
in  computing  the  corporation's  income  for  the  current 
year  or  a  previous  taxation  year;  or 

(b)  an  amount  referred  to  in  paragraph  b  of  subsection  1 
of  section  64  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  has 
been  included  in  computing,  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act,  the  corporation's  income  for  that  previous  taxa- 
tion year, 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


in  respect  of  the  disposition  of  any  property  and  that  amount 
or  a  part  thereof  is  not  due  until  a  day  that  is  after  the  end 
of  the  current  year,  there  may  be  deducted  as  a  reserve  in 
respect  of  that  amount  the  part  thereof  that  is  not  due  until 
a  day  that  is  after  the  end  of  the  current  year,  not  exceeding, 
where  the  property  was  disposed  of  in  a  taxation  year  preced- 
ing the  current  year,  any  amount  deducted  under  this  sub- 
section in  respect  of  the  disposition  of  the  property  in 
computing  the  corporation's  income  for  the  taxation  year 
immediately  preceding  the  current  year,  and  for  greater 
certainty,  no  deduction  may  be  made  in  respect  of  that 
amount  under  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that  paragraph  applies  by 
virtue  of  section  14  of  this  Act. 


Application  of 

SUOB.  1 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  allow  a  deduction  in 
computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
if  the  corporation,  at  any  time  in  the  taxation  year  or  in  the 
immediately  following  taxation  year, 


(a)  ceases  to  be  a  resident  of  Canada; 

(6)  becomes  exempt  from  tax  under  any  provision  of 
this  Part;  or 

(c)  if  a  non-resident,  ceases  to  have  a  permanent  estab- 
lishment in  Canada. 


Application 
of  section 


(3)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1 , 
this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  section  64  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada). 


Allowance  for 
oil  or  ^as  well, 
mine  or 
timber  limit 


19. — (1)  There  may  be  deducted  in  computing  a  corpora- 
tion's income  for  a  taxation  year  such  amount  as  an  allowance, 
if  any,  in  respect  of, 


(a)  an  oil  or  gas  well,  mineral  resource  or  timber  limit ; 
or 


21 

(6)  the  processing,  to  the  prime  metal  stage  or  its 
equivalent,  of  ore  from  a  mineral  resource, 

as  is  allowed  by  regulation. 

(2)  For  greater  certainty  it  is  hereby  declared  that,  in  the  Regulations 
case  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  1, 

{a)  there  may  be  prescribed  by  such  regulation  an 
amount  in  respect  of  any  or  all, 

(i)  oil  or  gas  wells  or  mineral  resources  in  which 
the  corporation  has  an  interest,  or 

(ii)  processing  operations  described  in  clause  b 
of  subsection  1  that  are  carried  on  by  the 
corporation;  and 

(6)  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  contained  in 
this  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may 
prescribe  the  formula  by  which  the  amount  that 
may  be  allowed  to  the  corporation  by  such  regu- 
lation shall  be  determined. 

(3)  Where  a  deduction  is  allowed  under  subsection   1   in  Lessees 

*    '  share  of 

respect  of  a  coal  mine  operated  by  a  lessee,  the  lessor  and  allowance 
lessee  may  agree  as  to  what  portion  of  the  allowance  each 
may  deduct  and,  in  the  event  that  they  cannot  agree,  the 
Minister  may  fix  the  portions. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1 ,  Application 
this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  section  65  of  the  Income  Tax  RS-C  i952. 
Act  (Canada). 

20. — (1)  A  principal-business  corporation  may  deduct,  in  fnldeveVop- 
computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  year,  the  lesser  of,  ment  expenses 

'  "  -^  of  principal- 

business 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Canadian  exploration  ^°^^^^^  °°^ 
and  development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it 

before  the  end  of  the  taxation  year,  to  the  extent 
that  they  were  not  deductible  in  computing  income 
for  a  previous  taxation  year;  and 

(b)  of  that  aggregate,  an  amount  equal  to  its  income 
for  the  taxation  year  if  no  deduction  were  allowed 
under  this  section  or  section  19,  minus  the  deduc- 
tions allowed  for  the  taxation  year  by  subsection  5 
and  by  sections  112  and  113  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this 
Act. 


22 

ExvetMwot  (2)  A  corporation  other  than  a  principal-business  corpora- 

corporationa  tion  may  deduct,   in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation 

year,  the  lesser  of, 

{a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Canadian  exploration 
and  development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it 
before  the  end  of  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent 
they  were  not  deductible  in  computing  its  income 
for  a  previous  taxation  year;  and 

(6)  of  that  aggregate,  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which 
the  greater  of, 

(i)  such  amount  as  the  corporation  may  claim, 
not  exceeding  20  per  cent  of  the  aggregate 
determined  under  clause  a,  and 

(ii)  the  aggregate  of, 

(A)  such  part  of  its  income  for  the  taxation 
year  as  may  reasonably  be  regarded  as 
attributable  to  the  production  of  petro- 
leum or  natural  gas  from  wells  in 
Canada  or  to  the  production  of  minerals 
from  mines  in  Canada, 

(B)  its  income  for  the  taxation  year  from 
royalties  in  respect  of  an  oil  or  gas 
well  in  Canada  or  a  mine  in  Canada, 
and 

(C)  the  aggregate  of  amounts  each  of  which 
is  an  amount,  in  respect  of  a  Canadian 
resource  property  or  a  property  referred 
to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 3  of  section  16  or  clause  c  of 
subsection  3  of  section  16  that  has  been 
disposed  of  by  it,  equal  to  the  amount, 
if  any,  by  which, 

1.  the  amount  included  in  com- 
puting its  income  for  the  taxa- 
tion year  by  virtue  of  subsection 
3  of  section  16  in  respect  of  the 
disposition  of  the  property, 

exceeds, 

2.  the  amount  deducted  under  sec-    ; 
tion  18  in  respect  of  the  property 
in  computing  its  income  for  the 
taxation  year. 


23 


if  no  deductions  were  allowed  under 
section  19, 


exceeds, 

(iii)  the  amount  of  any  deduction  allowed  by  the 
Corporations  Tax  Application  Rules,  1972  in 
respect  of  this  subclause  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year. 

(3)  A  corporation  other  than  a  principal-business  corpora-  e°pior^ation 
tion  may  deduct,   in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  and 

-'  r  o  development 

year,  the  lesser  of,  expenses: 

■^  corporation 

other  than 
a  prlncipal- 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Ontario  exploration  and  corporation 
development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it  before 
the  end  of  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent  that 
they  were  not  deducted  in  computing  its  income  for 
a  previous  year,  minus  that  portion  of  the  deduction 
allowed,  if  any,  in  computing  its  income  for  the 
taxation  year  under  subsection  2  which  is  reason- 
ably attributable  to  Ontario  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses;  and 


(6)  that  portion  of  the  amount  determined  under  clause  a 
equal  to  the  amount  of  its  income  for  the  taxation 
year  if  no  deductions  were  allowed  under  this  section, 
minus, 

(i)  that  portion  of  the  deduction  allowed  for  the 
taxation  year  under  subsection  2  which  is 
reasonably  attributable  to  Ontario  explora- 
tion and  development  expenses,  and 

(ii)  the  deduction  allowed  for  the  taxation  year 

under  sections  112  and  113  of  the  Income  Tax  ??;?-^®^2' 

C.  148 

Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  29 
of  this  Act. 

(4)  Subsection  3  of  section  16,  section  18  and  subsections  Dealers 
2  and  3  do  not  apply  in  computing  the  income  for  a  taxation 
year  under  this  Part  of  a  corporation,  other  than  a  principal- 
business  corporation,  whose  business  includes  trading  or  deal- 
ing in  rights,  licences  or  privileges  to  explore  for,  drill  for  or 
take  minerals,  petroleum,  natural  gas  or  other  related 
hydrocarbons. 


24 


Canadian 

exploration 

and 

development 

expenses 

deductible 

by  successor 

corporation 

and  second 

successor 

corporation 

R.S.C.  1952. 
0.148 


Joint 

exploration 
corporation: 
renunciation 
of  its 

exploration 
and  develop- 
ment expenses 
in  favour 
of  shareholder 
corporation 


(5)  There  may  be  deducted  in  computing  the  income  for  a 
taxation  year  of  a  corporation  that  is  a  successor  corporation 
or  a  second  successor  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be,  within 
the  meaning  of  subsection  6  or  7  of  section  66  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  amount,  if  any,  that  would  be  deduct- 
ible by  it  under  either  of  those  subsections  on  the  basis  that 
the  reference  in  paragraph  b  of  each  of  the  said  subsections, 

(a)  to  "this  section"  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  this 
section  of  this  Act; 

(b)  to  section  65  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  section  19 

of  this  Act ; 

(c)  to  subsection  2  of  section  66.1  does  not  apply;  and 

(d)  to  the  Income  Tax  Application  Rules,  1971,  is 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Corporations  Tax 
Application  Rules,  1972. 

(6)  The  portion,  if  any,  of  its  Canadian  exploration  and 
development  expenses  that  a  joint  exploration  corporation 
may  renounce  in  favour  of  a  shareholder  corporation  shall 
be  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  provided  in  sub- 
section 10  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  paragraphs  a  and  b  of  the  said  subsection  are  applicable, 
except  that  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection, 

(a)  the  references  in  the  said  subsection  to  subsections 
1  and  3  of  that  section  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
references  to  subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section ;  and 

{b)  the  references  in  paragraph  b  of  the  said  subsection 
to  paragraph  a  of  subsection  1  of  that  section  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  clause  a  of  subsec- 
tion 1  of  this  section. 


Control 
change 


(7)  Subsection  11  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  except 
that,  in  its  application  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the 
said  subsection  shall  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 
to  "cumulative  Canadian  exploration  expense,  cumulative 
Canadian  development  expense  and  foreign  exploration  and 
development  expenses". 


Computation 
of  explora- 
tion and 
development 
expenses 


(8)  In  computing  the  Canadian  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses  and  Ontario  exploration  and  development 
expenses  of  a  corporation, 

[a)  there  shall  be  deducted  the  aggregate  of  all  amounts 
paid  to  it  after  1971  and  before  the  25th  day  of  May, 
1976. 


25 

(i)  under  the  Northern  Mineral  Exploration  A  ssist- 
ance  Regulations  (Canada)  made  under  an 
Appropriation  Act  (Canada)  that  provides  for 
payments  in  respect  of  the  Northern  Mineral 
Grants  Program, 

(ii)  pursuant  to  any  agreement  entered  into  be- 
tween the  corporation  and  Her  Majesty  in 
right  of  Canada  under  the  Northern  Mineral 
Grants  Program  or  the  Development  Program 
of  the  Department  of  Indian  Affairs  and 
Northern  Development,  or 

(iii)  under  the  Mineral  Exploration  Assistance  Pro- 
gram (Ontario), 

to  the  extent  that  the  amounts  have  been  expended 
by  the  corporation  as  or  on  account  of  Canadian 
exploration  and  development  expenses  or  Ontario 
exploration  and  development  expenses,  as  the  case 
may  be;  and 

(6)  there  shall  be  included  any  amount,  except  an 
amount  in  respect  of  interest,  paid  by  the  corpora- 
tion, after  1971  in  respect  of  amounts  paid  to  it 
before  the  25th  day  of  May,  1976,  under  the  Regu- 
lations referred  to  in  subclause  i  of  clause  a  to  Her 
Majesty  in  right  of  Canada  and  under  the  Mineral 
Exploration  Assistance  Program  (Ontario)  to  Her 
Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario. 

(9)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section,  where  a  Limitations 
corporation  has  incurred  an  outlay  or  expense  in  respect  of 

which  a  deduction  from  income  is  authorized  under  more 
than  one  provision  of  this  section,  the  corporation  is  not 
entitled  to  make  the  deduction  under  more  than  one  pro- 
vision but  is  entitled  to  select  the  provision  under  which  to 
make  the  deduction. 

(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  9,  a  corporation  that  is  ^<*®'" 
entitled  to  a  deduction  under  both  subsections  2  and  3  may, 

in  addition  to  the  deduction  under  subsection  2,  deduct 
such  additional  amount  as  it  may  claim  in  resp)ect  of  Ontario 
exploration  and  development  expenses  under  subsection  3. 

(11)  Except  as  expressly  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  o/canaduuf 
where,  as  a  result  of  a  transaction  occurring  after  the  6th  exploration 
day  of  May,   1974,  an  amount  has  become  receivable  by  a  ment  expenses 
corf)oration  at  a  particular  time  in  a  taxation  year  and  the 
consideration  given  by  the  corporation  therefor  was  property 

(other  than  a  property  referred  to  in  subsection  3  of  section 


26 


Unltised  oil 
or  gas  field 
in  Canada 


16  or  a  share  or  interest  therein  or  a  right  thereto)  or 
services,  the  original  cost  of  which  to  the  corporation  may 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  having  been  primarily  Canadian 
exploration  and  development  expenses  of  the  corporation 
or  would  have  been  so  regarded  if  they  have  been  incurred 
by  the  corporation  after  1971,  there  shall  be  included  in  its 
income  for  that  taxation  year  the  amount  that  became  receiv- 
able by  it  at  that  time. 

(12)  Where,  pursuant  to  an  agreement  between  a  corpora- 
tion and  another  person  to  unitize  an  oil  or  gas  field  in 
Canada,  an  amount  has  become  receivable  by  the  corpora- 
tion at  a  particular  time  after  the  6th  day  of  May,  1974 
from  that  other  person  in  respect  of  Canadian  exploration 
and  development  expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation,  or 
expenses  that  would  have  been  Canadian  exploration  and 
development  expenses  if  they  had  been  incurred  by  it  after 
1971,  in  respect  of  that  field  or  any  part  thereof,  the  following 
rules  apply. 


Amount 
deemed 
deductible 
under  this 
Subdivision 


(a)  there  shall,  at  that  time,  be  included  in  computing 
the  corporation's  income  for  the  taxation  year  the 
amount  that  became  receivable  by  it ;  and 

(b)  there  shall,  at  that  time,  be  included  by  the  other 
person,  where  that  person  is  a  corporation,  in  its 
drilling  or  exploration  expense  the  amount  that 
became  payable  by  that  person. 

(13)  For  the  purposes  of  section  12,  any  amount  deductible 
under  the  Corporations  Tax  Application  Rules,  1972  in  respect 
of  this  subsection  shall  be  deemed  to  be  deductible  under 
this  Subdivision. 


Interpre- 
tation 
R.S.C.  1952, 
C.  148 


(14)  In  this  section  and  in  the  provisions  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 
section, 


(a)  "agreed  portion"  has  the  meaning  given  to  that 
expression  by  paragraph  a  of  subsection  15  of  section 
66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada); 

(b)  "Canadian  exploration  and  development  expenses" 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means. 


any  drilling  or  exploration  expense,  including 
any  general  geological  or  geophysical  expense, 
incurred  by  the  corporation  after  1971  on  or 
in  respect  of  exploring  or  drilling  for  petro- 
leum or  natural  gas  in  Canada, 


27 

(ii)  any  prospecting,  exploration  or  development 
expense  incurred  by  it  after  1971  in  searching 
for  minerals  in  Canada, 

(ill)  notwithstanding  paragraph  m  of  subsection  1 

of  section  18  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^•f48'-^^^^- 

as  that  section  applies  to  this  Act  by  virtue 

of  section   14  of  this  Act,   the  cost  to  the 

corporation  of  a  Canadian  resource  property, 

but  for  greater  certainty  not  including  any 

payment  made  to  any  of  the  persons  referred 

to  in  any  of  the  subparagraphs  i  to  iii  of  the 

said  paragraph  m  for  the  preservation  of  a 

person's    rights    in    respect    of    a    Canadian 

resource  property  or  a  property  that  would 

have  been  a  Canadian  resource  property  if  it 

had  been  acquired  by  the  corporation  after 

1971,  and  not  including  a  payment  to  which 

the  said  paragraph  m  applied  by  virtue  of 

subparagraph  v  thereof, 

(iv)  the  corporation's  share  of  any  of  the  expenses 
referred  to  in  subclauses  i,  ii  and  iii  incurred 
after  1971  by  any  association,  partnership  or 
syndicate  in  a  fiscal  period  thereof,  if  at  the 
end  of  that  fiscal  period  the  corporation  was 
a  member  or  partner  thereof,  and 

(v)  any  expenses  referred  to  in  subclauses  i,  ii 
and  iii  incurred  after  1971  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  with  another  corporation  under 
which  the  corporation  incurred  the  expense 
solely  in  consideration  for  shares  of  the  capital 
stock  of  the  other  corporation  issued  to  it  by 
the  other  corporation  or  any  interest  in  such 
shares  or  right  thereto, 

but  for  greater  certainty,  does  not  include, 

(vi)  any  consideration  given  by  the  corporation 
for  any  share  or  any  interest  therein  or  right 
thereto,  except  as  provided  by  subclause  v, 
or 

(vii)  any  expense  described  in  subclause  v  incurred 
by  another  person  to  the  extent  that  the 
exp)ense  was,  by  virtue  of  subclause  v,  a 
Canadian  exploration  and  development 
expense  of  that  other  person, 


28 

but  no  amount  of  assistance  or  benefit  that  a  cor- 
poration has  received  or  is  entitled  to  receive  after 
the  25th  day  of  May,  1976  from  a  government, 
municipality  or  other  public  authority  in  respect  of 
or  related  to  its  Canadian  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses,  whether  as  a  grant,  subsidy,  forgiv- 
able loan,  deduction  from  royalty  or  tax,  investment 
allowance  or  any  other  form  of  assistance  or  benefit, 
shall  reduce  the  amount  of  any  of  the  expenses 
described  in  any  of  subclauses  i  to  v; 

(c)  "drilling  or  exploration  expense"  incurred  on  or  in 
respect  of  exploring  or  drilling  for  petroleum  or 
natural  gas  has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression 
by  paragraph  d  of  subsection   15  of  section  66  of 

^■f^'^^^"  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada); 

(d)  "joint  exploration  corporation"  has  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  paragraph  g  of  sub- 
section 15  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada) ; 

(e)  "Ontario  exploration  and  development  expenses" 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means  any  expenses  that 
would  be  Canadian  exploration  and  development 
expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation  if  clause  b  of 
this  subsection  were  read  as  if  the  references  therein 
to. 

(i)  "in  Canada"  were  references  to  "in  Ontario", 

(ii)  "after   1971"   were  references  to   "after  the 
9th  day  of  April,  1974",  and 

(iii)  "Canadian"  were  references  to  "Ontario"; 

(/)  "Ontario  resource  property"  of  a  corporation  means 
any  property  that  would  be  a  Canadian  resource 
property  of  the  corporation  within  the  meaning  of 
paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  if  that  paragraph  were 
read  as  if  the  references  therein  to, 

(i)  "in  Canada"  were  references  to  "in  Ontario", 
and 

(ii)  "after   1971"   were  references  to   "after  the 
9th  day  of  April,  1974"; 


29 

(g)  "principal-business   corporation"    has   the   meaning 
given   to  that   expression  by  paragraph  h  of  sub- 
section   15   of  section   66   of   the   Income   Tax   Act'^-^^'^^^^' 
(Canada) ; 

{h)  "shareholder  corporation"  of  a  joint  exploration  cor- 
poration has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression  • 
by  paragraph  i  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  except  that  subparagraph 
ii  thereof  shall,  in  its  application  for  the  purposes 
of  this  section,  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 
to  "a  Canadian  exploration  expense  or  a  Canadian 
development  expense". 

(15)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  ^pp^**^"°° 
1,  this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  sections  66,  66.1  and  66.2  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

21.  Section  66.3  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  appli- f^^J^^^g 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  that  section  inventory 
applies  to  corporations. 


Subdivision  E — rules  relating  to  computation 
of  income 

22. — (1)  The  rules  provided  in  subdivision  f  of  Division  B^f^^-^^^. 
of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  relating  to  the  Parti (bho, 
computation  of  income  are,  in  so  far  as  the  said  rules  apply 
to   corporations,    applicable   in    computing    income   for   the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)   In  computing  income,  no  deduction  shall  be  made  in  ijmiuwon 
respect   of  an  outlay  or  expense  in   respect  of  which   any  re  expenses 
amount  is  otherwise  deductible  under  this  Act,  except  to  the 
extent   that   the  outlay  or  expense  was  reasonable  in   the 
circumstances. 


23.— (1)  Section  245  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  f/jJiJ^i^Jona 
applicable  in  computing  income  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
except  that, 

(a)  paragraph  h  of  subsection  2  thereof  is  not  applicable ; 
and 

[b)  the  reference  therein  to  Part  I  of  that  Act  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  reference  to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 


30 


Dividend 
stripping 


R.8.C.  1952. 
0.148 


(2)  In  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation 
year  there  shall  be  included  an  amount  that  is  included  in 
computing  the  income  of  the  corporation  under  Part  XVI  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  pursuant  to  section  247  of  that 
Act. 


Subdivision  F — amounts  not  included 
in  computing  income 


Amoants  not 
Included  in 
income: 


federal 
grants 
1965.  c.  12 
(Can.) 
R.S.C.  1970. 
cc.  MO.  R-3 
1970-71-72, 
c.  56  (Can.) 


other 
amoants 


24.  There  shall  not  be  included  in  computing  the  income 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year, 

(a)  an  amount  paid  to  a  corporation  on  account  of  a 
grant  under  the  Area  Development  Incentives  Act 
(Canada),  the  Industrial  Research  and  Development 
Incentives  Act  (Canada),  the  Regional  Development 
Incentives  Act  (Canada),  or  the  Employment  Support 
Act  (Canada);  and 

{b)  an  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
provided  in  paragraphs  b,  c,  I  and  m  of  subsection  1 
of  section  81  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Subdivision  G — corporations  resident  in  Canada 
and  their  shareholders 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 

Part  I  (B)  (h). 
applicable 


Amalga- 
mations 
consideration 
for  resource 

Sroperty 
isposition 


25. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  rules  provided 
in  subdivision  h  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  Heu  of  the  rule  provided  in  paragraph  p  of  sub- 
section 2  of  section  87  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with 
respect  to  amalgamations,  the  following  rule  is  applicable  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act: 

For  the  purpose  of  computing  a  deduction  from  the 
income  of  the  new  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
under  section  18,  any  amount  that  has  been  included 
in  computing  the  income  of  a  predecessor  corpora- 
tion for  its  last  taxation  year  or  a  previous  taxation 
year  by  virtue  of  clause  a  or  c  of  subsection  3  of 
section  16,  or  subsection  11  or  12  of  section  20,  or 
by  virtue  of  subsection  15  or  16  of  section  58  of 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act  as  it  read  in  its  application 
to  the  taxation  years  prior  to  1972,  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  been  included  in  computing  the  income  of 
the  new  corporation  for  a  previous  taxation  year  by 
virtue  thereof. 


I 


31 

(3)  Paragraph  z  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  87  is  ^f^-^- 1^^^, 
not  apphcable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.  s.87('2)(f), 

^*  ^      '^  not  applicable 

(4)  Paragraph   e.l   of  subsection    1    of  section   88   of   the  ^f^^-  ^^^2. 
Income   Tax  Ad   (Canada)   shall,   in  its  application  for  the  s. 88 (i) (e. 2). 
purposes  of  this  Act,  be  read  without  reference  therein  to 
paragraph  z  of  subsection  2  of  section  87  of  the  said  Act, 

and  as  though  the  reference  therein  to  paragraph  p  of  the 
said  subsection  2  were  a  reference  to  subsection  2  of  this 
section. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  of  section   16  and  Transfer  of 
section  31,  where  a  corporation  (hereinafter  in  this  section  shares  on 
referred  to  as  the  "vendor")  has  transferred  shares  of  the  mation 
capital  stock  of  a  corporation  registered  under  The  Venture  1977^°  ^i^g-up 
Investment   Corporations   Registration   Act,    1977   to   another 
corporation    (hereinafter  in   this  section  referred  to  as  the 
"purchaser")  pursuant  to  an  amalgamation  within  the  mean- 
ing of  section  87  of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   or  the 
winding-up  of  a  Canadian  corporation  within  the  meaning  of 

section  88  of  that  Act,  or  the  vendor  and  the  purchaser  have 
jointly  elected  under  section  85  of  that  Act  in  respect  of 
those  shares,  the  following  rules  apply, 

(a)  the  vendor  shall  be  deemed  to  have  disposed  of  the 
shares  for  proceeds  of  disposition  equal  to  the  cost 
to  it  of  the  shares;  and 

(6)  the  purchaser  shall  be  deemed  to  have  acquired  the 
shares  at  a  cost  equal  to  the  amount  determined 
under  clause  a. 

(6)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  h  for  the  "Minister" 

^    '  * '^  deemed  to 

purposes  of  this  Act,  the  references  in  section  84.2,  paragraphs  be  Minister 

'  r         o      r        of  National 

g  and  k  of  subsection  1  of  section  89  and  subsection  3  of  Revenue 
section  89  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  to  "Minister" 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National 
Revenue  for  Canada. 

Subdivision  H — shareholders  of  corporations 
not  resident  in  canada 

26. — (1)  The  provisions  of  subdivision  i  of  Division  B  of  ^f^-^-^^^^. 
Part   I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)   are  applicable  '"  f*''iVcib^J*^' 
computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)   In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  i   for  the  i<*«"» 
purposes  of  this  Act.   the  references  therein  to  "Minister" 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National 
Revenue  for  Canada. 


32 


Subdivision  I — partnerships  and  their  members 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 

Part  KB)  (J), 
applicable 


Exception 


Members  of 

partnerships 

deemed  to 

have 

permanent 

establishment 

in  Ontario 


27. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  rules  provided 
in  subdivision  j  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  partnerships  and  their  members, 
are  appHcable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the 
said  rules  apply  to  corporations. 

(2)  Subsection  1.6  of  section  96  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Where  any  activity  in  Ontario  of  a  partnership  in  a 
taxation  year  is  such  that,  if  it  were  a  corporation,  it  would 
be  subject  to  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  2,  as  the  case  may 
be,  each  corporation  that  is  deemed  to  be  a  member  of  the 
partnership  shall  be  deemed  to  be  subject  to  subsection  2 
or  3  of  section  2,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  that  taxation  year. 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 

PartKBXk). 
applicable 


Idem 


Subdivision  J — beneficiaries  of  trusts 

28. — (1)  In  determining  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the 
income  of  a  corporation  that  is  a  beneficiary  of  a  trust, 
subdivision  k  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  in  so  far  as  the  said  subdivision  applies 
to  corporations  that  are  beneficiaries  of  trusts,  and  any  amount 
included  in  or  deducted  from  the  income  of  a  corporation 
for  a  taxation  year  by  virtue  of  that  subdivision  shall  be 
included  or  deducted,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act, 

(a)  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1  of  this  Act  does 
not  apply;  and 

(b)  the  references  therein  to  "Minister"  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada. 


Division  C — computation  of  taxable  income 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 
Part  I  (C), 
applicable 


29. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  in  this  Division  provided, 
in  computing  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  for  a 
taxation  year,  Division  C  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far 
as  the  said  Division  applies  to  deductions  permitted  to 
corporations. 


33 

(2)  In  the  application  of  paragraphs  a,  b  and  6.1  of  sub- J^^fj^P^^j-j^^f 
section  1  of  section  110  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  r.s.c.  1952, 
the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "receipts"  g"  no  a) 
shall  be  deemed  to  mean  receipts  or  photostatic  reproductions 
thereof. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  "registered  amateur  tatfon'^^ 
athletic  association"  and  "registered  charity"  mean  respec- 
tively an  amateur  athletic  association  or  a  charity  that, 
unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  Minister,  has  been  regis- 
tered by  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue  for  Canada  pur- 
suant to  subsection  8  of  section  110  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  and,  unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  Minister, 
whose  registration  has  not  been  revoked. 

(4)  In   the  application,   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,   of  appffcation of 
subsection  3  of  section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^f^g^-^^^^- 
paragraph  a  thereof  shall  be  read  as  if  subparagraph  ii  thereof  s.'iiio) 
were  deleted. 

30. — (1)  In  computing  a  corporation's  taxable  income  for  contributions 
a  taxation  year,  there  may  be  deducted  the  aggregate  of 
amounts  (the  aggregate  of  which  amounts  is  hereafter  in  this 
subsection  referred  to  as  "the  amount  contributed")  that 
are  contributions  for  the  purposes  of  The  Election  Finances  ^^^'  ^-  ^2 
Reform  Act,  1975  and  that  are  contributed  in  the  taxation 
year,  and  in  any  previous  taxation  year  ending  after  the 
12th  day  of  February,  1975  to  the  extent  that  such  contribu- 
tions have  not  already  been  deducted,  by  the  corporation  to 
registered  candidates  at  an  election  of  a  member  or  members 
to  serve  in  the  Assembly,  to  registered  constituency  associa- 
tions or  to  registered  parties,  provided  that, 

(a)  subject  to  subsection  3,  such  deduction  shall  not 
exceed  the  least  of, 

(i)  the  amount  contributed, 

(ii)  its  taxable  income  computed  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  and 

(iii)  $4,000;  and 

(6)  payment  of  each  amount  that  is  included  in  the 
amount  contributed  is  proven  by  filing  with  the 
Minister  receipts  that  are  signed  by  a  recorded  agent 
of  the  registered  candidate,  registered  constituency 
association  or  registered  party,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  that  contain  the  information  prescribed  to  be 
shown  on  such  receipts. 


34 


interpr*-  (2)  In  this  scction, 


(a)  "recorded  agent"  means  a  person  on  record  with 
the    Commission    on    Election    Contributions    and 
Expenses  as  being  authorized  to  accept  contribu- 
tions on   behalf  of  a  political   party,  constituency 
1^5.  c.  12  association  or  candidate  registered  under  The  Election 

Finances  Reform  Act,  1975; 

{b)  "registered  candidate",  with  respect  to  an  election 
of  a  member  or  members  to  serve  in  the  Assembly, 
means  a  person  who  has  been  registered  as  a  candi- 
date for  such  election  by  the  Commission  on  Election 
Contributions  and  Expenses  and  whose  name  has 
not  been  deleted  from  the  register  of  candidates 
maintained  by  the  Commission  with  respect  to  such 
election ; 

(c)  "registered  constituency  association"  means  a  regis- 
tered constituency  association  within  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  The  Election  Finances 
Reform  Act,  1975; 

[d]  "registered  party"  means  a  registered  party  within 
the  meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  The  Election 
Finances  Reform  Act,  1975. 

Corjwrations  (3)  Jn   respect   of  a   corporation   to   which   section   34   is 

s-3418  applicable,  the  amount  deductible  under  clause  a  of  subsec- 

appllcable  *•         i    •     ^.u  ^        c 

tion  1  IS  the  aggregate  of, 

(a)  the  amount  which  would  otherwise  be  deducted 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1 ;  and 

ih)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  determined  under 
clause  a  that, 

(i)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  that  is 
earned  in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario 
(as  computed  for  the  purposes  of  section  34 
and  without  reference  to  this  section  and 
section  31), 

is  to, 

(ii)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable  income  of 
the  corporation  exceeds  the  amount  referred 
to  in  subclause  i. 


I 


35 

31. — (1)  In  computing  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  ^^^^^^ 
for  a  taxation  year  there  may  be  deducted  the  lesser  of,  ii7e^s?^nt 

Corporation 

{a)  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  the  corporation's  "eligible  expenditure"   for 
the  year  determined  under  subsection  2,  and 

(ii)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  referred  to  in 
subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  proportion  of  the  corporation's  tax- 
able income  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for  the 
purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  corporation's 
taxable  income  for  the  year,  deter- 
mined without  reference  to  this  section, 
exceeds  the  amount  determined  under 
sub-subclause  A;  and 

(6)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the  year 
determined  without  reference  to  this  section  and 
section  30. 

(2)  In  this  section,  a  corporation's  "eligible  expenditure"  tatfon'^* 
for  a  taxation  year  means  the  aggregate  of, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  corporation's  "undeducted  eligible 
expenditure"  determined  under  subsection  3  for  the 
immediately  preceding  taxation  year;  and 

(6)  an  amount  equal  to  250  per  cent  of  the  cost  incurred 
in  the  year  for  the  acquisition  of  shares  of  the  capital 
stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered  under  The  ^^^'  ^-  ^^ 
Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration    Act, 
1977. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  2,  a  corporation's  "un-^^erpre- 
deducted  eligible  expenditures"  means  the  amount  by  which, 

(a)  its  "eligible  expenditure"  for  a  taxation  year  deter- 
mined under  subsection  2, 

exceeds, 


is  of. 


(ii)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  th( 
year. 


36 


(b)  the  amount  deducted  for  that  year  under  subsec 
tion  1  minus  the  proportion  thereof  that, 

! 
(i)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the 
year   that   would   be  deemed   to   have   been 
earned  in  all  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario 
for  the  purposes  of  section  34, 


Division  D — ^taxable  income  earned  in  Canada 

BY   non-residents 


Non- 
residents' 
taxable 
Income 
earned  in 
Canada 


32.  The  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada  for  a  taxation 
year  of  a  corporation  to  which  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  2 
applies  shall  be  computed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  pro- 
vided in  section  115  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  in  so 
far  as  the  said  rules  apply  to  corporations,  except  that  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

{a)  there  shall  be  included  income  from  property  that 
is  real  property  situated  in  Canada  or  any  interest 
therein,  that  arose  from  the  sale  or  rental  thereof  or 
both;  and 

(b)  the  amount  of  the  income  included  in  accordance 
with  the  said  rules  and  clause  a  shall  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

Division  E — Computation  of  income  tax  payable 


Rate 


Deduction 
from  income 
tax 


Porel^  tax 
deduction 


33.  The  tax  payable  by  a  corporation  under  this  Part 
upon  its  taxable  income  or  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada, 
as  the  case  may  be,  in  this  section  referred  to  as  the  "amount 
taxable",  is  12  per  cent  of  the  amount  taxable. 

34.  There  may  be  deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable 
under  this  Part  for  a  taxation  year  by  a  corporation  an 
amount  equal  to  12  per  cent  of  that  portion  of  its  taxable 
income  or  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada,  as  the  case 
may  be,  which  is  earned  in  the  taxation  year  in  each  juris- 
diction other  than  Ontario,  determined  under  rules  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 

35. — (1)  Where  a  corporation  has  a  permanent  establish- 
ment in  Ontario,  and. 


I   K 


w 


37 

(a)  the  corporation  has  included  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year, 

(i)  income  that  was  derived  from  sources  within 
a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada  in  the  form  of 
dividends,  interest,  rents  or  royalties  received 
in  the  year, 

(ii)  income  that  is  deemed  to  have  been  received 
in  the  form  of  dividends  and  interest  from  a 
jurisdiction  outside  Canada  by  virtue  of  the 
provisions  of  subsection  5  of  section  148  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  or  r.s.c.  1952. 

(iii)  the  amount  by  which, 

(A)  the  aggregate  of  that  part  of  the  cor- 
poration's taxable  capital  gains  for  the 
taxation  year  from  the  disposition  of 
property  as  may  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  be  income  from  a  source 
within  a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada, 

exceeds, 

(B)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  cor- 
poration's allowable  capital  losses  for 
the  year  from  the  disposition  of 
property  as  may  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  be  a  loss  from  a  source  within 
that  jurisdiction  outside  Canada, 

hereinafter  in  this  section  referred  to  as  "foreign 
investment  income";  or 

(6)  the  corporation,  having  included  in  its  income  for 
the  taxation  year  foreign  investment  income  from 
sources  within  a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  also 
included  income  from  a  business  carried  on  by  it  in 
that  jurisdiction,  hereinafter  in  this  section  referred 
to  as  "foreign  business  income". 


and  where, 


(c)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section  126  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  such  foreign  investment 
income  has  not  been  included  as  part  of  such  foreign 
business  income,  and,  for  the  purpose  of  allocating 
taxable  income  to  a  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario  in 
accordance  with   the  regulations   made  under  sec- 


38 


tion  34  such  foreign  investment  income  has  been 
excluded  from  the  calculation  of  gross  revenue  or 
any  part  thereof;  and 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


{d)  the  corporation  is  entitled  to  a  deduction  under 
section  126  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  herein- 
after in  this  section  referred  to  as  "foreign  tax 
credit",  with  respect  to  any  income  or  profits  tax 
paid  to  such  jurisdiction  on  such  foreign  investment 
income  or  on  such  foreign  investment  income  and 
foreign  business  income  or  is  deemed  to  have  been 
paid  as  income  or  profits  tax  to  such  jurisdiction  by 
virtue  of  subsection  5  of  section  148  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada), 


the  corporation  may  deduct  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable 
under  this  Part  for  the  taxation  year  an  amount  equal 
to  the  lesser  of. 


Idem 


Small 

business 

incentives 


(e)  12  per  cent  of  that  part  of  such  foreign  investment 
income  that  is  income  that  is  included  in  that 
portion  of  taxable  income  that  remains  after  deduct- 
ing from  such  taxable  income  the  portions  thereof 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  jurisdictions  other 
than  Ontario  for  the  purpose  of  section  34 ;  and 

if)  the  deficiency,  if  any,  between, 

(i)  the  income  or  profits  tax  paid  for  the  taxation 
year  by  the  corporation  to  the  jurisdiction 
outside  Canada  in  respect  of  the  foreign  invest- 
ment income  referred  to  in  clause  e,  and 

(ii)  the  foreign  tax  credit  allowed  for  the  taxation 
year  in  respect  of  such  foreign  investment 
income  under  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

(2)  For  greater  certainty,  where  the  income  of  a  cor- 
poration for  a  taxation  year  is  in  whole  or  in  part  from 
sources  in  more  than  one  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  sub- 
section 1  shall  be  read  as  providing  for  a  separate  deduction 
in  respect  of  each  jurisdiction  outside  Canada. 

36. — (1)  There  may  be  deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise 
payable  under  this  Part  for  a  taxation  year  by  a  corporation 
that,  with  respect  to  that  taxation  year,  is  eligible  for  a 
deduction  under  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
an  amount  equal  to  3  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  under 
subsection  2. 


39 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  1 ,  the  amount  deter-  ^^^^ 
mined  under  this  subsection  is  that  proportion  of  the  least 

of  the  amounts  determined  under  paragraphs  a,  b,  c  and  d  of 
subsection  1  of  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  ^^^^  1^52, 
for  the  taxation  year,  not  exceeding  $150,000,  that, 

(a)  the  amount  of  that  portion  of  its  taxable  income  for 
the  taxation  year  that  is  deemed  to  have  been 
earned  in  Ontario,  measured  in  accordance  with 
paragraph  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  124  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 

bears  to, 

(6)  the  total  amount  of  the  portions  of  its  taxable 
income  for  the  taxation  year  that  are  deemed  to 
have  been  earned  in  the  provinces  of  Canada, 
measured  in  accordance  with  paragraph  a  of  sub- 
section 4  of  section  124  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada) . 

(3)  In  lieu  of  the  deduction  permitted  under  subsection  1 ,  Transitional 

^    '  ■»  '  rule ;  alter- 

for  the  taxation  year  that  ends  after  the  6th  day  of  April,  native 
1976,  and  that  includes  that  day,  there  may  be  deducted 
from  the  tax  otherwise  payable  under  this  Part  for  that 
taxation  year  the  amount  that  would  otherwise  be  deductible 
under  section  106a  as  that  section  stood  on  the  6th  day  of 
April,  1976,  determined  on  the  assumption  that  that  section 
applied  to  the  whole  of  that  taxation  year. 

(4)  Where    a    corporation    has    made    a   deduction    under  Transitional 
subsection   1   for  the  taxation  year  that  ends  after  the  6th  additional 
day  of  April,  1976,  and  that  includes  that  day,  in  addition 

to  the  amount  deducted  under  subsection  1  there  may  be 
deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable  under  this  Part 
for  that  taxation  year  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  under  sub- 
section 2  for  that  taxation  year;  and 

{b)  the  amount  that  would  have  been  deductible  under 
subsection  3  of  section  106a  as  that  section  stood 
on  the  6th  day  of  April,  1976  had  that  section 
applied  to  that  taxation  year. 

(5)  In    this   section,    "tax    otherwise   payable   under   this  [^tfoS'^^ 
Part"  means  the  tax  for  the  taxation  year  otherwise  payable 

by  the  corporation  under  this  Part  after  making  any  deduction 
applicable  under  sections  34  and  35,  but  before  making  any 
deduction  under  this  section. 


40 

Twtonux  37.  Where,  under  a  contract,  will  or  trust,  made  or  created 

before  the  14th  day  of  May,  1953,  a  person  is  required  to 
make  a  payment  to  a  corporation  and  is  required  by  the  terms 
of  the  contract,  will  or  trust  to  pay  an  additional  amount 
measured  by  reference  to  tax  payable  by  such  corporation 

R.ac.i952.  under  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  Part  II 

of  this  Act  by  reason  of  the  payment, 

(a)  the  tax  payable  by  the  corporation  under  Part  II 
of  this  Act  for  the  taxation  year  in  or  in  respect 
of  which  such  payment  is  made  or  becomes  payable 
is  the  amount  that  the  tax  of  the  corporation  under 
Part  II  of  this  Act  would  be  if  no  amount  under 
the  contract  were  included  in  computing  its  income 
for  the  taxation  year  plus, 

(i)  the  amount  by  which  its  tax  under  Part  II 
of  this  Act  would  be  increased  by  including  in 
computing  its  income, 

(A)  the  payment,  and 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  its  tax  under 
Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
would  be  increased  by  including  the 
payment  in  computing  its  income,  and 

(ii)  the  amount  by  which  the  tax  of  the  cor- 
poration under  Part  II  of  this  Act  would  be 
further  increased  by  including,  in  computing 
its  income  for  the  taxation  year,  the  amount 
fixed  by  subclause  i  or  the  additional  payment, 
whichever  is  the  lesser ;  and 

(b)  if  the  person  required  to  make  the  payment  is  a 
corporation  and  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to 
deduct  the  amounts  payable  under  such  a  contract 
in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  year,  such 
corporation  is  not  entitled  to  deduct  the  amount 
determined  under  subclause  ii  of  clause  a. 


Division  F — special  rules  applicable  in 
certain  circumstances 

^^:^^^jQjj  38.  Where  a  corporation  has  become  bankrupt,  as  defined 

bankrapt  in  subsection  3  of  section  128  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 

the  rules  provided  in  the  said  section  128  are  applicable  for  the 

purposes  of  this  Act. 


41 

Investment  Corporations 

39. — (1)  Where  a   corporation   is,   throughout   a   taxation  ^/'gP^j'^^^^^^ 
year,  an  investment  corporation,  other  than  a  mutual  fund 
corporation,   subsections   1,   2   and  3  of  section    131   of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  appHcable  by  section  41  gf^g-^^^^- 
of  this  Act  are  appHcable  in  respect  of  the  corporation  for  the 
taxation  year  as  if, 

(a)  the  corporation  had  been  a  mutual  fund  corporation 
throughout  that  and  all  previous  taxation  years 
ending  after  1971  throughout  which  it  was  an 
investment  corporation ;  and 

(6)  its  capital  gains  redemption  for  that  and  all 
previous  taxation  years  ending  after  1971,  through- 
out which  it  would,  but  for  the  assumption  made  by 
clause  a,  not  have  been  a  mutual  fund  corporation, 
were  nil. 

(2)  Subsection  6  of  section  41  applies  to  a  corporation  to  ^^^^ 
which  this  section  applies. 


Mortgage  Investment  Corporations 

40.  Where  a  corporation  was,  throughout  a  taxation  year,  ^fs^g^^fs^oj 
a  mortgage  investment  corporation,  as  defined  in  subsection  6  applicable 
of  section  130.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  rules 
provided  in  the  said  section  130.1  are  applicable  in  computing 
its  income  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Mutual  Fund  Corporations 

41. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  where  a  corpora- Rsc. i962. 
tion  is  a  mutual  fund  corporation,  section  131  of  the  Income  a.i^il 

&Dl}liC£Ll)l6 

Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  a  ^^^"^ 
of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  131  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "20%"  shall  be  read  as  a 
reference  to  "6%". 

(3)  In  the  application  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  i**®™ 
131   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to 
"this  Act"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  this  Act. 

(4)  In  the  application  of  clause  A  of  subparagraph  i  of  ^^^"^ 
paragraph  a  and  clause  C  of  subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  b, 


42 


Idem 


Apportion- 
ment of 
capital 
gains 
refund 


Exceptions 
R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


Computation 
of  income 


of  subsection  6  of  the  said  section  131,  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act,  the  references  therein  to  "5  times"  shall  be  read  as 
references  to  "16%  times". 

(5)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  d  of  subsection  6  of 
the  said  section  131  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  subparagraph 
i  thereof  shall  be  read  without  reference  to  clause  C  thereof, 
and  the  reference  to  "40%"  in  clauses  A  and  B  of  the  said 
subparagraph  shall  be  read  as  references  to  "12  per  cent". 

(6)  Where  a  corporation  had  a  permanent  establishment 
in  a  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario  during  a  taxation  year  in 
respect  of  which  this  section  applies,  the  capital  gains  refund 
otherwise  determined  hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  that  pro- 
portion thereof  that  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
that  is  deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  jurisdictions  other 
than  Ontario  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of 
section  34  bears  to  its  total  taxable  income  or,  where  its 
taxable  income  is  nil,  the  capital  gains  refund  otherwise 
determined  hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  that  proportion 
thereof  that  the  corporation's  taxable  paid-up  capital  that 
is  deemed  to  have  been  used  in  jurisdictions  outside  Ontario 
for  that  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  section  132  bears 
to  its  total  taxable  paid-up  capital. 

(7)  Subsections  5  and  9  of  section  131  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  and  paragraph  c  of  subsection  6  of  the  said 
section  are  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Non-Resident-Owned  Investment  Corporations 

42. — (1)  The  income  of  a  non-resident-owned  investment 
corporation  for  a  taxation  year  shall  be  computed  as  if  its 
only  income  for  the  year  was  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which 
its  taxable  capital  gains  for  the  year  exceeds  its  allowable 
capital  losses  for  the  year,  from  dispositions  of  taxable  Cana- 
dian property  or  property  that  would  be  taxable  Canadian 
property  if  at  no  time  in  the  year  the  corporation  had  been 
resident  in  Canada. 


Computation 
of taxable 
income 


(2)  The  taxable  income  of  a  non-resident-owned  invest- 
ment corporation  for  a  taxation  year  is  its  income  determined 
under  subsection  1,  minus  its  net  capital  losses  for  taxation 
years  preceding  and  the  taxation  year  immediately  following 
the  taxation  year,  as  determined  in  accordance  with  section 
111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by 
section  29  of  this  Act. 


R.S.C.  1952. 

c.  148. 

8. 133  (5.  7.1.  7.2), 

applicable 


(3)  The  provisions  of  subsections  5,  7.1  and  7.2  of  section 
133  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  for  the 
purposes  of  this  section. 


43 

Patronage  Dividends 

43. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  provisions  of  Rsc.  1952. 
section  135  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  s.  135.' 

1     ,         .  ,  .  .  ,  ,  "^      ^    ,     applicable 

the  deduction  from  income  of  payments  made  pursuant  to 
allocations  in  proportion  to  patronage  and  the  inclusion  in 
income  of  payments  received  pursuant  to  allocations  in  pro- 
portion to  patronage  are,  in  so  far  as  they  apply  to  corpora- 
tions, applicable  in  computing  income  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  135  is  not  applicable  noq-^^^.^^ 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.  ofs.  i36(3) 

Credit  Unions 

44. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  provisions  of ^f^^^^^^- 
section  137  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable s  137' 

,,       .  r  ,-  •  <•  ,  ,  applicable 

in  computing  the  income  of  credit  unions  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  Subsections  3  and  4  of  the  said  section  137  and  para- ^^'^^p*'^^'^^ 
graph   c   of  subsection   6   of   the   said   section    137   are   not 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Deposit  Insurance  Corporations 

45. — (1)  Except   as   hereinafter   provided,    the   provisions  ^-^^C!.  1952. 
of  section  137.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  appli- s.  is?  1, 
cable   in    computing   the   income   of   deposit   insurance   cor- 
porations and  member  institutions  thereof  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  i'*®'" 
137.1   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  para- 
graph a  thereof  to  "this  Part"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  refer- 
ence to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Subsection  9  of  the  said  section   137.1   is  not  appli- ^''^'^p^o^ 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Insurance  Corporations 

46. — (1)  Notwithstanding    any    other    provision    of    this  calculation 
Act,   except   as   hereinafter   provided,   the   taxable   incomes  income 
of  insurance  corporations  that  carry  on  an  insurance  business 
in  Ontario  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be  computed 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  provided  in  sections  138,  140, 
141,  141.1  and  142  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Interpre- 
tation 


Application 
oirules 
under 
R.S.C.  1952. 
C.148 


Amounts  to 
be  Included 
In  computing 
pollcy- 
nolder's 
income 


44 


(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section 
138  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  paragraph 
d  thereof  to  "this  Part"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

47.  The  rules  provided  in  section  139  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada),  with  respect  to  the  conversion  of  a  provincially 
incorporated  life  insurance  corporation  into  a  mutual  cor- 
poration, are  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

48.  Subsection  2  of  section  142  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is,  in  so  far  as  it  applies  to  corporations,  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Division  G — ^exemptions 


Exemptions 


Charities 
and  other 
corporations 


Non-profit 
organizations 


Farmers'  and 

fishermen's 

insurers 


49. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  no  tax  is  payable 
under  this  Part  upon  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  for 
a  period  when  that  corporation  was, 

(a)  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  c,  d,  e,  f,  h.l, 
i,  j,  k,  m,  n  or  0  of  subsection  1  of  section  149 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) ; 

(b)  a  club,  society  or  association  that,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Minister,  was  not  a  charity  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection  1 
of  section  149.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  that  was  organized  and  operated  exclusively 
for  social  welfare,  civic  improvement,  pleasure  or 
recreation  or  for  any  other  purpose  except  profit, 
which  has  not  in  the  taxation  year  or  in  any 
previous  taxation  year  distributed  any  part  of  its 
income  to  any  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder 
thereof,  or  appropriated  any  of  its  funds  or  property 
in  any  manner  whatever  to  or  for  the  benefit  of 
any  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder  thereof, 
unless  the  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder  was  a 
club,  society  or  association,  the  primary  purpose 
and  function  of  which  was  the  promotion  of  amateur 
athletics  in  Canada ;  or 

(c)  an  insurer,  who  was  engaged  during  the  period  iii 
no  business  other  than  insurance,  if,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Minister  on  the  advice  of  the  Superintendent 
of  Insurance,  50  per  cent  of  its  gross  premium 
income  for  the  period  was  in  respect  of  the  insur- 
ance of  farm  property,  property  used  in  fishing  or 
residences  of  farmers  or  fishermen.  . 


45 

(2)  Where   a   corporation    described   in   clause   b   of   sub-^^^^P^Jj^^J.?. 

section   1,  butlonmade 

to  members  or 
shareliolders 

(a)  has  in  the  taxation  year  distributed  any  part  of  its 
income  or  distributed  or  otherwise  appropriated 
any  of  its  funds  or  property  in  any  manner  what- 
ever to  or  for  the  benefit  of  any  proprietor,  mem- 
ber or  shareholder  thereof,  such  corporation  shall 
be  liable  to  the  taxes  imposed  under  this  Act  for 
the  taxation  year  in  which  the  distribution  is  made 
and  for  subsequent  taxation  years,  and  in  com- 
puting its  income  for  the  taxation  year  in  which 
the  distribution  is  made,  it  shall  include  the 
aggregate  of  its  income  of  all  previous  taxation 
years;  or 

(b)  has,  after  1971,  distributed  any  of  its  income  or 
distributed  or  otherwise  appropriated  any  of  its 
funds  or  property  in  any  manner  whatever  to  or  for 
the  benefit  of  any  proprietor,  member  or  share- 
holder thereof  on  the  winding  up  or  discontinuance 
of  its  business,  the  corporation  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  received  income  in  that  taxation  year  equal 
to  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  amount  of  the 
funds  and  the  value  of  the  property  distributed  or 
appropriated,  as  the  case  may  be,  exceeds  the 
aggregate  of, 

(i)  amounts  paid  in  by  proprietors,  members  or 
shareholders  on  account  of  capital,  and 

(ii)  that  part  of  the  corporation's  surplus  that  is 
attributed  to  income  that  was  exempt  under 
this  section  other  than  taxable  capital  gains, 

and  the  corporation  shall  be  liable  for  the  taxes 
imposed  under  this  Act  for  the  taxation  year  in 
which  the  distribution  is  made. 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1,  in  com-  ^*j°"|®J°' 
puting  the  part,  if  any,  of  any  income  that  was  distributed  taxable 

or   otherwise   appropriated   for   the   benefit   of   any   person,  geSna 
the  amount  of  such  income  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount 
thereof  otherwise  determined  less  the  amount  of  any  taxable 
capital  gains  included  therein. 

(4)  The  rules  provided  in  subsections  2,  3,  4,  6,  8,  9  and  10  J/Sies""" 
of  section   149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  'ippli- ^g ^^  1952 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  section.  cms 


46 

wem  (5)  In  the  application  of  subsection  2  of  section  149  of  the 

R.ac.  1962.  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the 

said  subsection  shall  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 

to  paragraph  /. 

a.  126  (IXC).  9 — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the  said  Act  is 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(c)  all  its  reserves,  whether  created  from  income  or 
otherwise,  except  any  reserve  the  creation  of  which 
is  allowed  as  a  deduction  under  the  provisions  of 
Part  II,  except  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  of 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that 
paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of  subsections  1  and  9 
of  section  14  of  this  Act. 

re-enacted^'  (^)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  126,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42, 
section  11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

{d)  all  sums  or  credits  advanced  or  loaned  to  the  cor- 
poration by  its  shareholders  directly  or  indirectly 
or  by  any  person  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders 
or  by  any  other  corporation;  and 


?e-^tld'        10.— (1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  127  of  the  said  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  the  amount  of  the  discount  on  the  issue  or  sale  of 
the  shares  of  the  corporation. 

re^^actid*  ^^^  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  127,  as  amended 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  17, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Investments  (c)  the   amount    that    equals    that    proportion    of    the 

paid-up  capital  remaining  after  the  deduction  of  th< 
amounts  provided  by  clauses  a,  b  and  d  which  th< 
cost  of  the  investments  made  by  the  corporatioi 
in  the  shares  and  bonds  of  other  corporations,  in| 
loans  and  advances  to  other  corporations  and  in  the 
bonds,  debentures  and  other  securities  of  an] 
government,  municipal  or  school  corporation  bears" 
to  the  total  of  the  assets  of  the  corporation  remain- 
ing after  the  deductions  of  the  amounts  provided 
by  clauses  a,  b  and  d,  but. 


Section  9.  Subsection  1  of  this  section  amends  a  cross-reference  in 
clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the  Act.  This  change  is  complementary 
to  the  amendments  made  by  section  8  of  the  Bill.  Subsection  2  of  this 
section  amends  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  126,  which 
section  defines  the  amounts  required  to  be  included  in  the  calculation  of 
paid-up  capital.  Clause  d  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  words  "or  by 
any  person  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders"  to  make  it  clear  that  sums  or 
credits  advanced  or  loaned  to  the  corporation  by  such  persons  are  to  be 
included  in  the  f>aid-up  capital  of  the  corf)oration. 


Section  10.  This  section  amends  section  127  of  the  Act.  The  changes 
contained  in  subsection  1  of  section  127  extend  the  deduction  from  paid-up 
capital  to  all  corporations  which  have  issued  their  share  of  a  discount. 
The  deduction  was  previously  limited  to  Ontario  mining  corporations  incor- 
porated before  1970.  The  changes  contained  in  subsections  3  and  4  of  this 
section  are  amendments  to  cross-references  and  are  complementary  to  the 
amendments  made  by  section  8  of  the  Bill.  Subsection  2  of  this  section 
amends  clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  127  of  the  Act  for  the  purpose  of 
clarification  and  to  make  it  clear  that  the  deduction  permitted  under  that 
clause  shall  not  exceed  the  cost  of  the  investments  with  respect  to  which  the 
deduction  is  claimed. 


Section  1 1 .  This  section  amends  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1 
of  section  128  of  the  Act,  relating  to  the  calculation  of  paid-up  capital 
employed  in  Canada  by  non-resident  corporations.  The  subclause  is  amended 
to  clarify  the  wording  and  to  provide  that  loans  from  banks  and  loans  made 
to  the  corporation  by  "any  person  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders"  will 
be  taxable  in  the  same  way  as  such  amounts  are  taxed  as  part  of  the  paid-up 
capital  of  resident  corporations  under  section  126. 


47 

(i)  the  deduction  under  this  clause  shall  in  no 
case  exceed  the  cost  of  the  investments  in 
respect  of  which  the  deduction  is  claimed, 
and 

(ii)  cash  on  deposit  with  any  corporation  doing 
the  business  of  a  savings  bank  and  amounts 
due  by  a  corporation  with  its  head  office 
outside  Canada  to  a  subsidiary  controlled 
corporation  or  a  subsidiary  wholly-owned 
corporation  taxable  under  this  Part  are 
deemed  not  to  be  loans  and  advances  to 
other  corporations. 

(3)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  127,  as  enacted  \^^ll^^^' 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  17, 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "section  63"  in  the  fifth  fine 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "section  20". 

(4)  Clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  127  is  repealed  re^^acted^' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

{d)  by  which  the  value  of  an  asset  of  a  corporation 
has  been  written  down  and  deducted  from  its  income 
or  undivided  profits  where  such  amount  is  deductible 
under  the  provisions  of  Part  II  except  paragraph  n 
of  subsection    1    of  section   20  of  the  Income   Tax  Rsc.  1952, 

c.  148 

Ad  (Canada)  as  that  paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of 
subsections  1  and  9  of  section  14  of  this  Act. 


1 1.  Subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  128  of  the  3^^128  dxfe) 
said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:        re-enacted 

(ii)  the  amount  of  the  indebtedness  of  the  cor- 
poration relating  to  its  permanent  establish- 
ments in  Canada,  but  excluding  therefrom, 

(A)  all  amounts  that  are  advanced  or 
loaned  to  its  permanent  establishments 
in  Canada  by  the  corporation  itself 
or  by  its  shareholders  directly  or 
indirectly  or  by  any  person  related 
to  any  of  its  shareholders  or  by  any 
other  corporation,  and 

(B)  all  other  indebtedness  that  is  repre- 
sented by  bonds,  bond  mortgages, 
debentures,  income  bonds,  income  de- 
bentures,   mortgages,    lien    notes   and 


48 


any  other  securities  to  which  the 
property  in  Canada  or  any  of  it  is 
subject. 


8.130. 
amended 


8.135. 
re-enacted 


12.  Section  130  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "clause 
c  of  subsection  1  of  section  75"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "paragraph  c  of  subsection 
1  of  section  81  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that 
paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of  section  24  of  this  Act". 

13.  Section  135  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1974,  chapter  75,  section  10,  is  repealed  and  th< 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Idem 


135. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  11  of  section  14, 
every  corporation  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  49, 
other  than  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  m  of 
subsection  1  of  section  149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
shall  not  be  required  to  pay  the  taxes  otherwise  payable 
under  section  131  or  133. 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  every  corporation  referred  to 
in  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  1,  and  sections  40  and 
44  of  this  Act  and  paragraph  m  of  subsection  1  of  section, 
149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  shall,  in  lieu  of  the 
tax  payable  under  section  131  or  133,  pay  a  tax  of  $50. 

(3)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  in  the  case  of  a  cor- 
poration referred  to  in  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  1 
where,  pursuant  to  subsection  2  of  section  31  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  subsection  1  of 
section  14  of  this  Act,  the  Minister  has  determined  that 
the  chief  source  of  income  of  the  corporation  for  a  taxation 
year  is  neither  farming  nor  a  combination  of  farming  and 
some  other  source  of  income. 


8.137. 
amended 


14.  Section  137  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "section 
122"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "section  49". 


8.145. 
amended 


15.  Section  145  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


Trasteee. 
etc. 


(3)  Every  trustee  in  bankruptcy,  assignee,  liquidator, 
curator,  receiver,  trustee  or  committee  and  every  agent  or 
other  person  administering,  managing,  winding-up,  controlling 
or  otherwise  dealing  with  the  property,  business,  estate  or 
income  of  a  corporation  that  has  not  filed  a  return  for  a 


Sections  12  and  14.  These  sections  amend  cross-references  in  sections 
130  and  137  and  are  complementary  to  the  amendments  contained  in 
section  8  of  this  Bill. 


Section  13.  This  section  re-enacts  section  135  of  the  Act  to  amend 
cross-references  and  these  amendments  are  complementary  to  the  amend- 
ments contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill.  In  addition,  subsection  1  of  section  135 
is  amended  to  provide  that  the  corporations  referred  to,  which  were  pre- 
viously required  to  pay  a  tax  of  $5  in  lieu  of  the  paid-up  capital  tax  otherwise 
payable,  will  henceforth  not  be  required  to  pay  any  paid-up  capital  tax. 


Section  15.  This  section  amends  section  145  of  the  Act  by  adding 
thereto  a  new  subsection  3  to  provide  that  trustees  in  bankruptcy,  assignees, 
liquidators,  receivers  and  other  persons  administering  or  managing  the 
property  or  business  of  the  corporation  be  required  to  file  the  annual  return 
where  the  corporation  has  not  done  so.  This  amendment  is  required  as  a 
result  of  the  amendment  to  the  definition  of  corporation,  which  definition 
previously  dealt  with  this  situation. 


Section  16.  This  section  amends  section  148  of  the  Act.  Subsection  1 
of  this  section  amends  subsection  3  of  section  148  of  the  Act,  which  provides 
the  rules  for  the  time  of  payment  of  tax,  in  order  to  parallel  as  much  as 
possible  the  amendment  to  the  corresponding  section  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada).  Clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  148  determines  when  the 
final  payment  of  tax  for  a  taxation  year  is  to  be  made  and  subclause  i 
previously  provided  that  where  a  corporation  had  claimed  the  small  business 
deduction  under  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  previous 
taxation  year,  it  could  make  the  final  payment  on  or  before  the  last  day 
of  the  third  month  following  the  end  of  the  taxation  year  in  question  (all 
other  corporations  are  required  to  make  the  last  payment  on  or  before  the 
last  day  of  the  second  month  following  the  end  of  the  taxation  year). 
The  present  amendment  provides  that  a  corporation  may  make  the  final 
payment  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the  third  month  following  the  end 
of  the  taxation  year  if  it  deducted  an  amount  under  the  federal  section  125 
for  that  year,  even  though  it  may  not  have  made  a  deduction  for  the  previous 
year.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  this  section  amend  cross-references  contained 
in  subsections  5  and  6  of  the  said  section  148  and  are  complementary  to 
the  amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


Section  17.  This  section  of  the  Bill  amends  a  cross-reference  con- 
tained in  subsection  4  of  section  149  of  the  Act  and  is  complementary  to 
the  amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


Section  18.  This  section  amends  section  150  of  the  Act.  Subsection  1 
of  this  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  150  of  the  Act  and  enacts  new 
subsections  la  and  lb,  in  line  with  the  amendments  to  the  corresponding 
section  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  The  amendments  will  require  the 
Minister  to  determine  the  amount  of  the  capital  gains  refunds  to  the  mutual 
fund  corporations,  investment  corporations  and  other  corporations  entitled 
to  such  refunds  (subsection  1  of  section  150)  and  allows  the  Minister  to 
determine  the  amount  of  a  corporation's  non-capital  loss,  net  capital 
loss  or  restricted  farm  loss  (new  subsection  la  of  section  150).  In  addition, 
it  is  provided  that  the  sections  relating  to  objections  and  apj)eals  from 
assessments  are  applicable  to  such  determinations  (new  subsection  16  of 
section  150).  Previously,  a  corporation  could  not  appeal  from  such  deter- 
mination since  they  were  not  "assessments"  to  which  the  appeal  provisions 
would  apply.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  this  section  amend  cross-references  in 
subsections  4  and  5  of  section  150  of  the  Act  and  are  complementary  to  the 
amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


49 

taxation  year  as  required  by  this  section  shall  file  the  return 
required  by  subsection  1  for  that  corporation  for  that  year. 

16. — (1)  Subclause  i  of  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  148  of  re-enicted  ^*^' 
the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1975,  chapter  17,  section  64,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(i)  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the  third  month 
of  the  taxation  year  following  that  in  respect 
of  which  the  tax  is  payable,  where  an  amount 
was  deducted  by  virtue  of  section  125  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  in  computing  the  tax  RS.c.  1952. 
payable  by  the  corporation  under  Part  I  of 
that  Act  for  the  taxation  year  or  the  imme- 
diately preceding  taxation  year,  or 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  148,  as  enacted  |j^^8^(^2^(''>' 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  19, 
is  amended  by  striking  out   "subsections  2   and  2a   of 
section  109"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "section  41". 

(3)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  148,  as  enacted  by  the|^^<^^^ 
Statutes   of   Ontario,    1976,    chapter   32,    section    19,    is 
amended  by  striking  out  "subsections  2  and  2a  of  section 
109"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "section  41". 

'.  Subsection  4  of  section   149  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  |;J^^^^(^J^g^^^ 
striking  out  "section  99"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  twelfth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "section  111 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section 
29  of  this  Act". 

18. — (1)  Subsection   1  of  section  150  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed »  i^(^|>^g^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  Minister  shall  with  all  due  despatch  examine  each  Assessment 

^  *  of  returns 

return  delivered  under  section  145,  shall  assess  the  tax  for 
the  taxation  year  and  the  interest  and  penalties,  if  any, 
payable  and  shall  determine  the  amount  of  refund,  if  any, 
to  which  the  corporation  may  be  entitled  by  virtue  of  section 
39  or  41  for  the  taxation  year. 

(la)  The  Minister  may  determine  the  amount  of  a  corpora-  ^®n®t"jon 
tion's  non-capital  loss,  net-capital  loss  or  restricted  farm  loss  of  loss 
for  a  taxation  year  where,  in  his  opinion,  the  amount  thereof 
is  different  from  the  amount  reported  by  the  corporation  in 
its  return  delivered  under  section  145  for  the  taxation  year. 


50 


Provlslona 
applicable 

R.S.C.  1952. 
0.148 


8.  ISO  (4)  (a) 

(V). 

re-enacted 


8.150(5). 
amended 


(lb)  The  provisions  of  paragraph  /  of  subsection  1  of  sec- 
tion 56  and  paragraph  o  of  section  60  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada),  as  those  paragraphs  apply  by  virtue  of  sections 
16  and  17,  respectively,  of  this  Act,  and  the  provisions  of  this 
Part  shall  apply,  mutatis  mutandis,  to  a  determination  under 
subsection  1  or  la. 

(2)  Subclause  v  of  clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  the  said  section 
150  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(v)  has  claimed  a  deduction  under  paragraph  s 
of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  sec- 
tion 14  of  this  Act;  and 


(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  150  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "section  99"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as 
made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this  Act". 


8. 152  (4), 
amended 


10. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  152  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "section  154"  in  the  first  line  "or  by 
virtue  of  a  decision  made  under  section  1606". 


8. 152  (7). 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  152  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "section  99"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  twelfth 
and  thirteenth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
as  made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this  Act". 


B.  153  (1). 
amended 


20.  Subsection  1  of  section  153  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "to  the  extent  that  interest  has  been  otherwise 
assessed  under  subsection  2  of  section  149  except  that  under 
no  circumstances  shall  the  credit  interest  so  allowed  exceed  the 
interest  otherwise  assessed  under  that  section"  in  the  ninth, 
tenth,  eleventh,  twelfth  and  thirteenth  hnes. 


8.154. 
amended 


21.  Section  154  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  21,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Rea8se88- 
ment, 
additional 
asaessment  or 
deter- 
mination 
does  not  in- 
validate 
objection 
orapi>eal 


(6)  Where  a  corporation  has  served  a  notice  of  objection 
to  an  assessment  in  accordance  with  this  section  or  has 
instituted  an  appeal  in  accordance  with  section  155  and 
thereafter  the  Minister  issues  to  the  corporation, 

(a)  a    reassessment    or    additional    assessment    of    tax, 
interest  or  penalties  under  section  150;  or 


Section  19.  This  section  amends  section  152  of  the  Act.  Subsection  1 
of  this  section  amends  subsection  4  of  the  said  section  152  to  include 
therein  a  reference  to  the  new  section  160ft  enacted  by  section  24  of  the  Bill 
and  is  complementary  to  that  amendment.  Subsection  2  of  this  section 
amends  a  cross-reference  to  subsection  7  of  section  152  and  is  complementary 
to  the  amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


Section  20.  This  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  153  of  the 
Act  to  allow  credit  interest  to  be  paid  on  overpayments  of  tax  instalments. 
Previously  such  credit  interest  could  only  be  used  to  offset  interest  charged 
on  deficient  instalments. 


Section  21.  This  section  of  the  Bill  adds  subsection  6  to  section  154 
of  the  Act  relating  to  objections  to  assessments,  and  provides  that  a  reassess- 
ment, additional  assessment  or  determination  for  the  same  fiscal  year  in 
respect  of  which  a  notice  of  objection  has  already  been  served  or  an  appeal 
taken,  does  not  invalidate  the  notice  of  objection  or  the  appeal.  This  amend- 
ment is  similar  to  the  amendment  to  the  corresponding  section  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Section  22.  This  section  amends  section  155  of  the  Act  relating  to 
appeals  to  the  Supreme  Court. 

Subsection  1  amends  subsection  1  of  section  155  in  order  to  provide 
that  the  apf>eals  shall  not  be  instituted  in  the  Divisional  Court.  Appeals  to 
the  Divisional  Court  are  normally  appeals  from  decisions  of  another  tribunal 
in  which  the  Divisional  Court  considers  the  transcripts  of  evidence  in  the 
other  tribunal  but  does  not  really  hold  a  new  trial,  whereas  appeals  to  the 
Supreme  Court  under  section  155  of  the  Act  are  in  fact  trials  of  the  issues 
and  it  is  more  appropriate,  therefore,  that  these  appeals  should  be  in  the 
High  Court  rather  than  in  the  Divisional  Court. 

Subsection  2  repeals  the  provisions  in  section  155  of  the  Act  requiring 
the  payment  into  court  of  security  for  costs  when  an  appeal  is  instituted. 
Section  155  will  no  longer  require  payment  into  court  of  security  for  costs. 

Section  23.  This  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  157  of  the 
Act  which  provides  that  on  the  filing  in  court  of  a  notice  of  appeal  and  the 
reply  of  the  Minister  the  matter  is  deemed  to  be  an  action  in  the  court  and 
ready  for  hearing.  Because  the  rules  of  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court 
provide  that  once  an  action  is  ready  for  hearing  no  further  interlocutory 
proceedings  may  be  had,  the  phrase  "and,  unless  the  court  otherwise  orders, 
ready  for  hearing"  would  prohibit  any  interlocutory  proceedings  after  the 
filing  of  the  reply  of  the  Minister.  Those  words  are  being  removed  so  that 
such  interlocutory  proceedings  as  might  otherwise  be  possible  will  not  be 
prohibited  by  that  rule. 

Section  24.     This  section  enacts  two  new  sections  to  the  Act. 

Section  160a  is  added  to  the  Act  to  permit  the  Minister  to  extend 
the  time  for  serving  a  notice  of  objection  or  instituting  an  appeal.  Pre- 
viously there  was  no  authority  under  the  Act  for  the  Minister  or  for 
the  Court  to  allow  an  extension  of  the  time,  and  there  have  been  cases  in 
which  an  extension  of  time  could  not  be  given  even  though  there  were 
compelling  reasons  for  such  an  extension.  This  amendment  will  remove  this 
harshness  from  the  Act. 

This  section  also  adds  section  1606  to  the  Act  which  provides  an 
alternative  objection  and  appeal  procedure.  This  section  will  apply  where 
the  assessment  under  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  based  on  similar  sections 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  corporation  wishes  to  object  to 
both  assessments  and  to  raise  the  same  issues  in  both  objections.  In  such 
cases,  the  corporation  may  object  to  the  assessment  under  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act  simply  by  not  filing  the  notice  of  objection  under  section  154. 
This  procedure  will  apply  only  with  resf)ect  to  those  assessments  under 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act  that  state  on  the  face  thereof  that  they  are  made 
pursuant  to  this  section.  Both  the  corporation  and  the  Minister  will  be 
bound  by  the  results  of  the  federal  objection ;  and  the  provisions  of  The 
Corporations  Tax  Act  relating  to  objections  and  appeals  will  not  be  applicable. 
This  procedure  will  therefore  avoid  the  necessity  of  both  a  federal  and 
provincial  appeal  on  the  same  issues,  which  has  in  the  past  been  to  cor- 
porations a  burdensome  duplication  of  effort. 


51 

(b)  a  determination  of  the  amount  of  a  refund  or  loss 
under  subsection  1  or  la  of  section  150, 

for  the  taxation  year  in  respect  of  which  the  notice  of  objec- 
tion was  served  or  the  appeal  instituted,  and  sends  to  the 
corporation  a  notice  of  such  reassessment,  additional  assess- 
ment or  determination, 

(c)  the  reassessment,  additional  assessment  or  deter- 
mination does  not  invalidate  the  notice  of  objection 
or  appeal,  as  the  case  may  be ;  and 

(d)  the  corporation  may,  if  section  160ft  does  not  apply, 
file  an  additional  objection  in  respect  of  any  new 
matters  raised  in  the  reassessments,  additional  assess- 
ment or  determination,  as  the  case  may  be. 

22. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  155  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  Ivnended 
by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  notwithstanding  section 
17  of  The  Judicature  Act  the  appeal  shall  be  heard  and 
determined  by  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  and  not  by  the 
Divisional  Court". 

(2)  Subsections  5  and  6  of  the  said  section  155  are  repealed,  repeaie/^' 

23.  Subsection   1   of  section   157  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  ^■'^^'^^}\ 

..111  1  •  1      r        amended 

strikmg  out     and,  unless  the  court  otherwise  orders,  ready  for 
hearing"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines. 

24.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow-  ^^^^^'^^^' 
ing  sections : 

160a.  The  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  under  o/'tf^l^^" 
subsection  1  of  section  154  or  a  notice  of  appeal  under  sub- 
section 1  of  section  155  is  to  be  served  may  be  extended  by  the 
Minister  if  application  for  extension  is  made  prior  to  the 
expiration  of  the  time  for  service  of  the  notice  of  objection 
or  notice  of  appeal,  as  the  case  may  be. 

1606. — (1)    Where,  objection  and 

^    '  '  appeal 

procedure 

(a)  a  notice  of  assessment  is  issued  to  a  corporation 
under  section  150  that  states  on  the  face  thereof 
that  the  assessment  or  a  designated  part  thereof 
has  been  made  pursuant  to  this  section  (which 
assessment  or  part,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  hereinafter 
referred  to  as  the  designated  assessment) ; 

(6)  a  notice  of  assessment  has  been  issued  to  the  cor- 
poration under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  based  f  f^g ^®°^- 


52 

on  provisions  in  that  Act  corresponding  to  th< 
provisions  in  this  Act  on  which  the  designatec 
assessment  was  based; 

(c)  the  corporation  has  served  a  notice  of  objection  t( 
the  assessment  referred  to  in  clause  b  in  which  th( 
same  issues  have  been  raised  as  would  have  beer 
raised  in  an  objection  to  the  designated  assessment 
and 

(d)  the  corporation  has  not  served  in  accordance  with 
section  154  a  notice  of  objection  to  the  designatec 
assessment, 

this  section  applies  to  the  designated  assessment,  and  in 
any  such  case,  sections  154  to  160  do  not  apply,  but  those 
sections  do  apply  to  the  part,  if  any,  of  the  assessment 
referred  to  in  clause  a  that  is  not  a  designated  assessment. 

Corporation  (2)  The  Corporation  and  the  Minister  shall,  with  respect  to 

bound  a  designated  assessment   to  which   this  section  applies,   be 

bound  by, 

{a)  the  decision     of  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  from  which  no  appeal  is  taken  in  accord- 
R.ac.  1962.  ance  ^ith  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  or 

(b)  where  an  appeal  is  instituted,  the  final  disposition 
of  the  appeal  by  the  Tax  Review  Board  or  any 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction;  or  | 

i 

(c)  any  minutes  of  settlement  of  the  issues  raised  in 
the  notice  of  objection  to  the  assessment  referred 
to  in  cluase  b  of  subsection  1  made  between  the 
corporation  and  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  at  any  stage  of  the  proceedings  following 
the  service  of  that  notice  of  objection,  i 

1 

and  in  any  such  case  the  Minister  shall,  where  necessary^ 
reassess  the  corporation  in  accordance  therewith. 

^**®'"  (3)  Sections  154  to  160  do  not  apply  to  the  reassessmeii| 

referred  to  in  subsection  2. 

reSacSd         ^5.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  167  of  the  said  Act,  as  amende 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  157,  section  32  an< 
1975,  chapter  17,  section  66,  are  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Section  25.  This  section  amends  section  167  of  the  Act  relating  to  the 
statutory  lien  for  taxes  and  other  amounts  owing  under  the  Act. 

Subsection  1  of  section  167  is  re-enacted  to  provide  that  only  such  arrears 
and  other  amounts  for  the  period  commencing  after  December  31,  1972 
will  give  rise  to  the  statutory  lien.  Previously  the  lien  commenced  after 
December  31,  1967 

Subsection  2  of  section  167  is  re-enacted  to  provide  an  automatic 
annual  up>dating  of  the  December  31,  1972  date  for  commencement  of  the 
lien.  Previously  subsection  2  of  section  167  created  a  lien  on  the  property 
of  railway  companies  and  that  provision  is  repealed  because  it  became 
obsolete  and  was  redundant  to  subsection  1  of  section  167.  This  section  also 
enacts  a  new  subsection  2a  to  section  167  to  preserve  the  lien  where  a 
notice  thereof  is  registered  in  the  proper  land  registry  office. 


Section  26.  This  section  is  an  omnibus  amendment  and  changes  the 
term  "fiscal  year"  to  "taxation  year"  wherever  it  occurs  in  the  Act.  This 
amendment  is  complementary  to  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained 
in  the  Bill. 


I   '-^ 


53 

(1)  All  taxes,  interest,  penalties,  costs  and  other  amounts  J^J^^gj."  ^^ 
imposed  under  this  or  any  predecessor  Act  in  respect  of  any  taxes  and 
taxation    year    of   a    corporation    that    commenced    in    any  amour  ts 

ImDOSSd 

calendar  year  ending  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1972 
are  debts  due  to  Her  Majesty  and,  subject  to  the  Bankruptcy  ^J  C-  i97o, 
Act  (Canada),  are  a  first  lien  and  charge  upon  property  in 
Ontario  of  the  corporation  liable  to  pay  such  taxes,  interest, 
penalties,  costs  and  other  amounts. 

(2)  At  the  expiry  of  each  calendar  year  following  \911,f^'^'^°^ 
the  reference  in  subsection  1  to  "1972"  shall  be  advanced 
by  one  year. 

(la)  Subsections  1  and  2  do  not  apply  to  extinguish  or  fe^gi|?ered '^^ 
remove  any  lien  or  charge  that  is  claimed  under  this  or  any  "e°s 
predecessor  Act  in  a  Notice  of  Lien  that  is  registered  in  the 
proper  land  registry  office. 

26.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "fiscal  year"  amended 
wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 
"taxation  year". 

27. — (1)  This  Act,  except  clause  d  of  subsection  8  and  subsection  12  ^"g^tand*^ 
of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of  section  15  of  application 
the  said  Act,  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of  section  16  of  the 
said  Act,  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of 
section  25  of  the  said  Act,  and  section  31  of  the  said  Act, 
all  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  this  Act,  subsection  1  of 
section  19  and  sections  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25  and  26,  of 
this  Act,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent  and  applies  to  corporations  in  respect  of  all 
taxation  years  ending  on  or  after  that  day. 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  8  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act  ^^^^ 
and  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  both  as  enacted  by  sec- 
tion 8  of  this  Act,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into 
force  on  the  20th  day  of  April,  1977  and  apply  to  corpora- 
tions in  respect  of  all  taxation  years  ending  after  the  19th 
day  of  April,  1977. 

(3)  Subsection  12  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  i<*«"" 
of  section  15  of  the  said  Act,  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of 
section  16  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of  section  25  of 
the  said  Act  and  section  31  of  the  said  Act,  all  as  enacted 
by  section  8  of  this  Act,  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  and 
when  in  force,  apply  to  corporations  in  respect  of  all 
taxation   years   ending   on   or   after   the   day   that    The  ^^''-  °  ^° 


54 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 

R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 


1972. 0. 143 


Short  title 


Venture   Investment   Corporations   Registration   Act,    I977\ 
comes  into  force. 

(4)  Subsection  1  of  section  19  and  sections  21,  22,  23,  24 
25  and  26  come  into  force  on  the  day  this  Act  receive* 
Royal  Assent.  j 

(5)  Section  20  of  this  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  thi 
Act  receives  Royal  Assent  and  applies  to  instalments  o 
tax  payable  in  respect  of  all  taxation  years  ending  on  or 
after  that  day. 

(6)  The  amendments  to  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  mad 
by  an  Act  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being  chapter  ■ 
of  the  Statutes  of  Canada,   1976-77,  to  sections  of  that^ 
Act  which  are  by  this  Act  made  applicable  for  the  pur 
poses  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  J 97 2  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  come  into  force  for  the  purposes  of   The  Cor 
porations  Tax  Act,  1972  at  the  same  time  and  to  apply  1 
in  the  same  manner  as  those  amendments  were  brought! 
into  force  and  made  applicable  by  the  said  Act  to  amency 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  1 

28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment j, 
Act,  1977. 


to 


H 

m 

X 
So 

^  > 
w 
w 

H 


O 

w 


ft- 


S 

a- 

ft- 


o 
< 

ro 

3 
cr 


So 

ft 
ft- 


H 

O) 

n 

o 

O    3 


p 

> 

<-•■ 

O 

o' 

'"'■ 

3 

<-»- 

en 

O 

H 

P 

3 

a> 

> 
n 

3 

r* 

1— ^ 

vO 

>-4 

NJ 

BILL  88 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


\ 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  THATCHEk,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  Bill  substantially  re-enacts  Parts  I  and  II  of  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act,  1972,  in  the  interest  of  tax  simplification.  In  addition,  a  number 
of  administrative  amendments  are  made.  With  respect  to  the  tax  simplifica- 
tion measures,  Part  II  of  the  Act  (tax  on  income)  is  entirely  re-enacted  by 
section  8  of  the  Bill  to  provide  a  greater  tie-in  with  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada) ;  in  those  areas  where  the  provisions  of  both  Acts  are  the  same, 
the  sections  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  made  applicable  in  so  far 
as  they  apply  to  corporations,  so  that  such  sections  need  not  be  reproduced 
in  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  and  where  there  are  differences,  special  pro- 
visions are  enacted  to  deal  with  these.  Substantial  amendments  to  Part  I 
of  the  Act,  complementary  to  the  amendments  to  Part  II,  are  also  required. 
Finally,  the  Bill  adds  to  the  Act  a  number  of  provisions  to  provide  for  the 
treatment  of  corporations  that  buy  shares  of  a  corporation  registered  under 
The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977;  such  provisions 
to  come  into  force  on  proclamation. 

Section  1.  This  section  re-enacts  section  1  of  the  Act  and  is  com- 
plementary to  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained  in  section  8  of  the 
Bill.  The  interpretations  contained  in  Part  XVII  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  are,  with  certain  exceptions,  adopted  and  made  applicable  for  the 
purposes  of  the  Act.  Certain  additional  interpretations  are  also  included  for 
the  purposes  of  the  Act.  A  provision  is  included  to  deal  with  the  applicability 
or  non-applicability  of  cross-references  within  the  adopted  sections  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  Also  it  is  provided  in  subsection  6  of  the  new 
section  1  of  the  Act  that  the  applicable  sections  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  are  adopted  as  amended  or  re-enacted  from  time  to  time.  Finally, 
the  adoption  of  the  definition  of  "corporation"  contained  in  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  represents  a  substantive  change  to  the  Act — the  present 
definition  of  "corporation"  does  not  include  corporations  incorporated  without 
share  capital ;  the  new  definition  includes  such  corporations. 

The  adoption  of  the  Federal  definition  of  "gross  revenue"  represents  a 
change  from  the  definition  of  that  term  in  the  present  Act.  This  will 
affect  the  allocation  of  income  to  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario. 

It  should  be  noted  that  this  section  also  reflects  a  change  in  terminology 
which  has  been  adopted  throughout  the  Act,  namely  that  the  expression 
"fiscal  year"  will  now  become  "taxation  year".  Section  26  of  the  Bill 
amends  this  terminology  in  those  sections  of  the  Act  not  otherwise  specifically 
amended  by  the  Bill. 


BILL  88  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 

HP2R   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
'oUows : 

1.  Section   1   of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972,  being  chapter ^^^gj^^^^^^^ 
143,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter 
157,  section  1,  1974,  chapter  75,  section  1,  1975,  chapter  17, 
section  1  and  1976,  chapter  32,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

1. — (1)   In  this  Act  and  in  the  application  of  the  provisions  ^^^®^p^^" 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  that  are  by  this  Act  made r.s.c.  1952, 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  '^^^^ 

(fl)  each  of  the  interpretations  contained  in  Part  XVII 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided,  applicable  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act; 

(6)  the  interpretations  contained  in  the  said  Part 
XVII  of  the  expressions  "farming",  "foreign  re- 
source property",  "Minister",  "paid-up  capital", 
"regulations",  "taxable  income",  "taxable  income 
earned  in  Canada"  and  "tax  payable"  do  not  apply 
and  in  lieu  thereof  the  following  interpretations 
are  applicable: 

(i)  "farming"  includes  tillage  of  the  soil,  Hve 
stock  raising  or  exhibiting,  maintaining  of 
horses  for  racing,  raising  of  poultry,  fur 
farming,  dairy  farming,  fruit  growing,  and 
the  keeping  of  bees,  but  does  not  include  an 
office  or  employment  under  a  person  engaged 
in  the  business  of  farming  and,  for  the 
purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section  135  only, 
does  not  include  the  maintaining  of  horses 
for  racing, 


(ii)  "foreign  resource  property"  has  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  section  15  of  this 
Act, 

(iii)  "Minister"  means,  unless  otherwise  provided 
in  this  Act,  the  Minister  of  Revenue, 

(iv)  "paid-up    capital"    has    the    meaning    given 

to  that  expression  by  paragraph  c  of  sub- 

R.s^c.  1952.  section   1   of  section  89  of  the  Income   Tax 

Act  (Canada),  but  such  meaning  does  not 
apply  for  the  purposes  of  Part  III  of  this 
Act, 

(v)  "regulations"  means  regulations  made  under 
this  Act, 

(vi)  "tax  payable"  by  a  corporation  under  any 
part  of  the  Act  means  the  tax  payable  by 
the  corporation  as  fixed  by  assessment  or 
reassessment  subject  to  variation  on  objection 
or  appeal,  if  any,  in  accordance  with  sections 
154  to  1606,  as  the  case  may  be, 

(vii)  "taxable  income"  has  the  meaning  given  to 
that  expression  by  section  9  of  this  Act, 

(yiii)  "taxable  income  earned  in  Canada"  has  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  section 
10  of  this  Act; 

cc^B^i^B-"'  (^)  "bank"    means    a    bank    to    which    the    Bank   Act 

(Canada)  or  the  Quebec  Savings  Banks  Act  (Canada) 
applies ; 

(d)  "family    farm    corporation"    means    a    corporation 
that  is  throughout  the  taxation  year  a  corporation, 

(i)  every  share  of  the  capital  stock  of  which 
that  confers  on  the  holder  thereof  the  right 
to  vote  was  owned  by  an  individual  ordinarily 
resident  in  Canada  or  by  any  such  individual 
and  a  member  or  members  of  his  family 
ordinarily  resident  in  Canada  or  by  another 
family  farm  corporation, 

(ii)  95  per  cent  of  the  assets  of  which  were  farm- 
ing assets,  and 


(iii)  which  carried  on  the  business  of  farming 
in  Ontario  through  the  employment  of  a 
shareholder  or  a  member  of  his  family 
actually  engaged  in  the  operation  of  the 
farm; 

{e)  "farming  assets"  of  a  family  farm  corporation 
means, 

(i)  cash,  trade  accounts  receivable,  supphes  and 
inventory  of  commodities  or  things  produced, 
raised  or  grown  through  farming, 

(ii)  land,  buildings,  equipment,  machinery,  and 
live  stock  that  are  used  chiefly  in  the 
operation  of  the  farm  by  the  corporation, 

(iii)  any  right  or  licence  granted  or  issued  under 
any  Act  of  the  Legislature  that  permits  or 
regulates  the  production  or  sale  of  any 
commodity  or  thing  produced,  raised  or 
grown  through  farming, 

(iv)  the  building  in  which  a  shareholder  or 
member  or  members  of  his  family  reside  who 
are  engaged  in  the  operation  of  the  farm  if 
that  building  is  on  land  that  is  used  or  is 
contiguous  to  land  used  by  that  shareholder 
or  member  or  members  of  his  family  in  the 
operation  of  the  farm, 

(v)  shares  in  another  family  farm  corporation; 

(/)  "jurisdiction"  means  a  province  or  territory  of 
Canada  or  a  state  outside  Canada  having  sovereign 
power ; 

{g)  "member  of  his  family"  means,  with  respect  to  an 
individual  referred  to  in  clause  d, 

(i)  his  spouse, 

(ii)  his  child, 

(iii)  his  father,  mother,  brother  or  sister  or  any 
lawful  descendant  of  such  brother  or  sister, 

(iv)  the  brother  or  sister  of  his  father  or  mother 
or  any  lawful  descendant  of  any  such  brother 
or  sister, 


(v)  the  father,  mother  or  any  brother  or  sister 
of  his  spouse  or  any  lawful  descendant  of 
any  such  brother  or  sister, 

(vi)  his  son-in-law  or  daughter-in-law,  | 

R.^.o.  1970.  (vii)  a  person  adopted  by  him  under  The  Child 

Welfare   Act   or   the   spouse   or   any   lawful 
descendant  of  such  person,  or 

(viii)  his  grandfather  or  grandmother; 

{h)  "permanent  establishment"  has  the  meaning  given 
to  that  expression  by  section  7; 

[i)  "timber  royalty"  includes  any  consideration  for  a 
right  under  or  pursuant  to  which  a  right  to  cut  or 
take  timber  from  a  timber  limit  in  Canada  is 
obtained  or  derived,  to  the  extent  that  such  con- 
sideration is  dependent  upon,  and  computed  by 
reference  to,  the  amount  of  timber  cut  or  taken. 

Idem 

R.S.C.1952,  (2)  In  the  application  of  the  sections  of  the  Income  Tax 

Act  (Canada)  that  by  this  Act  are  made  applicable  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act, 

(a)  "capital  cost"  means  the  cost  of  property  as  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

(6)  "undepreciated  capital  cost"  means  the  undepre- 
ciated capital  cost  of  depreciable  property  as  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

(c)  the  references  therein  to,  fe 

(i)  returns  required  to  be  filed  under  section  150 
of  that  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  references 
to  the  returns  required  to  be  filed  under 
section  145  of  this  Act,  and 

(ii)  assessments  to  be  made  under  section  152 
of  that  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  references 
to  assessments  to  be  made  under  section  150 
of  this  Act; 

{d)  where  a  section  of  that  Act  has  been  made  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  reference  is 
made  in  that  section  to  another  provision  (herein- 


;f  after  in  this  clause  referred  to  as  the  "other  pro- 

*  vision")  of  that  Act  which, 

(i)  does  not  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

;  (ii)  does  not  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act 

*  because   a  provision   of  this  Act   is  enacted 

to  apply  in  lieu  thereof,  or 

7  (iii)  in  respect  of  which  the  appHcation  for  the 

f  purposes  of  this  Act  differs, 

I  the  following  rules  apply  in  the  application  of  the 

i  section  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

?  (iv)  where  subclause  i  applies,  the  section  (except 

sections  20,  56,  60,  paragraph /of  subsection  1 
of  section  95  and  section   138  of  that  Act) 

?  shall  be  read  as  if  the  reference  to  the  other 

*  provision  were  deleted, 

I  (v)  where  subclause  ii  applies,   the  reference  to 

'  the  other  provision  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 

I  reference  to  the  provision  of  this  Act  that 

t  applies  in  lieu  thereof,  and 

(vi)  where  subclause  iii  applies,  the  reference  to 
the  other  provision  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  other  provision  as  it  applies 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Notwithstanding   subsection    1,    any    regulation    made  ^^p^^^**^^"" 
pursuant  to  any  provision  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  regulations 
that   is   by   this   Act   made   applicable   for   the   purposes   of  r.s.c.  1952, 
this   Act   shall   apply  with   necessary   modifications   for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  unless  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act 

or  by  the  regulations. 

(4)  Any  election   or  designation  by  a  corporation   which  Elections 
has  been  properly  made  for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  ff^^-  ^^^^• 
Act  (Canada),  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  that  Act  that 

is  by  this  Act  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  properly  made  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act,  provided  that, 

(fl)  where  an  amount  elected  would  be  different  from 
the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  this  Act, 
the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  this  Act 
shall  apply;  and 


RegrlBtered 

pension 

funds 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148  applies 
as  amended 
from  time 
to  time 


s.  2  (2)  (c), 
re-enacted 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


8. 2  (3)  (c). 
re-enacted 


ss.  4. 5. 
repealed 


8.6(1), 

amended 


{b)  the  provisions  in  that  Act  impx)sing  penalties  for 
late  filing  of  such  elections  are  not  applicable  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act.  | 

(5)  Any  registered  pension  fund  or  plan  that  has  been 
accepted  for  registration  by  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  accepted  for 
registration  by  the  Minister  of  Revenue.  ; 

(6)  The  sections  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  by  this 
Act  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall,  unless 
otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  be  deemed  to  be  applicable 
as  amended  or  re-enacted  from  time  to  time,  and  such  amend- 
ments or  re-enactments  shall  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act  in  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  for  the  purposes  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


2. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  said  Act, 
as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42, 
section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

(c)  disposed  of  taxable  Canadian  property  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection  1 
of  section  248  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  if 
the  reference  in  that  definition  to  section  2  of  that 
Act  were  a  reference  to  this  section ;  or 

(d)  carried  on  business  in  Ontario, 


(2)  Clause  c  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

(c)  disposed  of  taxable  Canadian  property  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection  1 
of  section  248  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
if  the  reference  in  that  definition  to  section  2  of 
that  Act  were  a  reference  to  this  section;  or  ; 

(d)  carried  on  business  in  Ontario,  ^ 


3.  Sections  4  and  5  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

4.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "stock,  mileage"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fifth  line. 


I 


Section  2.  This  section  amends  subsections  2  and  3  of  section  2  of 
the  Act  by  re-enacting  clause  c  in  each  subsection  to  correct  cross  references 
that  are  required  as  a  result  of  other  amendments.  In  addition,  the  section 
adds  clause  d  to  subsections  2  and  3  to  extend  the  applicability  of  section  2 
to  foreign  corporations  which  carried  on  business  in  Ontario  in  a  taxation 
year. 


Section  3.  This  section  repeals  sections  4  and  5  of  the  Act  which 
are  no  longer  necessary  as  a  result  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  adopting 
the  various  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

Section  4.  This  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  Act 
by  striking  out  the  words  "stock,  mileage"  which  became  unnecessary  as  a 
result  of  the  repeal  in  1973  of  sections  138  and  139  of  the  Act. 


Section  5.  This  section  of  the  Bill  repeals  section  11  of  the  Act 
which  is  no  longer  necessary  as  a  result  of  the  tax  simplification  measures 
adopting  the  various  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

Section  6.  This  section  re-enacts  section  12  of  the  Act  to  make 
section  3  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  applicable  for  the  purposes  of 
the  Act.  This  is  part  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  adopting  various 
provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  does  not  represent  a  sub- 
stantive change  to  the  Act. 

Section  7.  This  section  re-enacts  section  13  of  the  Act  to  make 
section  4  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Act.  This  amendment  is  part  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained 
in  this  Bill  and  does  not  involve  any  substantive  change  to  the  Act. 


Section  8.  This  section  re-enacts  Part  II  (sections  14  to  122)  of  the 
Act  as  part  of  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained  in  the  Bill.  As 
indicated  in  the  preamble  to  these  explanatory  notes,  these  provisions 
adopt  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  where 
applicable  and  also  preserve  those  sections  of  the  Act  where  the  Act 
differs  from  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  This  section  of  the  Bill,  enacting 
new  sections  14  to  49  of  the  Act,  also  enacts  some  substantive  changes  to  the 
Act.  The  following  matters  should  be  noted : 

1.  The  provision  formerly  found  in  clause  /  of  subsection  1  of  section  22 
of  the  Act,  with  respect  to  the  deduction  of  5/12ths  from  the 
amount  otherwise  deductible  as  a  management  fee  in  certain 
circumstances,  is  now  an  inclusion  of  that  amount  in  income  as 
provided  in  subsection  6  of  the  new  section  14. 

2.  Certain  sections  have  been  deleted  as  they  have  become  redundant 
as  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  the  various  provisions  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada).  For  example,  because  of  the  adoption  of 
sections  20  and  60  (deductions)  and  56  (inclusions)  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  sections  of  the  Act  dealing  with  co-operative 
corporations  (section  113)  and  certain  deferred  income  arrangements 
(sections  118,  119  and  120  of  the  Act)  became  redundant  and  are 
no  longer  required. 

3.  Certain  sections  have  been  amended  for  clarification,  for  example, 
clause  c  of  subsection  _7  of  the  new  section  14  amends  the  wording 
of  the  former  subsection  2  of  section  22  of  the  Act. 

4.  The  new  section  29  of  the  Act  relating  to  charitable  donations 
and  gifts  to  Her  Majesty  represents  a  change  from  the  former 
section  98  of  the  Act,  in  that  gifts  to  provinces  other  than  Ontario 
will  now  be  fully  deductible,  in  line  with  the  treatment  given  to 
such  gifts  under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  by  the  other 
provinces.  The  former  section  98  limited  this  deduction  to  20 
per  cent  of  the  donor  corporation's  income. 

5.  The  new  section  45  of  the  Act  adds  a  section  adopting  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  deposit 
insurance  corporations. 

6.  The  former  section  115  of  the  Act  relating  to  insurance  companies 
has  been  simplified  as  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  the  various 
other  provisions  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  however,  the 
new  section  46  does  not  make  any  substantive  change  in  the 
taxation  of  such  companies. 


5.  Section  1 1  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  repealed 

6.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-^g^2^3^^,(.gjj 
stituted  therefor: 

12. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  section  3  of  the^a^^^c 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  apphcable  for  the  purposes  of^f^^g^^g^^' 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations,     applicable 

(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  section  3  for  the  purposes  interpre- 
of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  paragraph  c  thereof  to  "sub- 
division e"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  Subdivision 
D  of  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

7.  Section  13  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-^^i^^^^^^^ 
stituted  therefor: 

Income  or 

13.  Except    as    hereinafter    provided,    section    4    of    the  lo^s  from 

t  tr  '  a  source  or 

Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  from  sources 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations,      rsc  1952 

c.'l48 ' 

8.  Part   II  of  the  said  Act,  exclusive  of  sections  8  to   13a,  as^^.n^^^ 
amended  bv  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  sections  re-enacted), 

(88  50-122 

3  to  9,  1973,  chapter  157,  sections  2  to  11,  13  to  15  and  17  to  repealed)' 
31,  1974,  chapter  75,  sections  3  to  6  and  8,  1975,  chapter  17, 
sections  4  to  56  and  58  to  63,  1976,  chapter  32,  sections  2  to 
16,  1976,  chapter  63,  section  1,  1976,  chapter  80,  section  1  and 
1977,  chapter  16,  sections  1  and  2,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

Subdivision  A — income  or  loss  from  a  business 
OR  property 

14. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  income  or  loss  ^/'p^*^*"^" 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  or RS^c.  1952. 
property  shall  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  subdivisions  a  and  b  of  Division  B  of 
Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  said  sub- 
divisions a  and  b  are  applicable  to  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the 
said  subdivisions  apply  to  corporations. 

(2)   In   the  application  of  section   10  of  the  Income  Ta^c  [°^«°t^ory  of 
Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  amount  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as 
the  value  of  property  described  in   an   inventory  is  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  except  that, 

(a)  where  land  is  included  in  an  inventory  of  a  cor- 
poration and  the  corporation  has,  in  calculating  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year  or  any  previous  taxation 
year,  deducted  an  amount  referred  to  in  clause  c 
of  subsection  _7  in  respect  of  such  land,  the  amount 


Payment  or 
refund  of  a 
fee  under 
Ontario  Beef 
Calf  Income 
Stabilization 
Program  to  be 
included  in 
income 


Disposition  of 
depreciable 
property : 


Undepre- 
ciated 
capital  cost 


Reduction  of 
capital  cost  by 
amount  of 
government 
assistance 


R.S.C.  1970. 
c.  I-IO 

1965.  c.  12 
(Can.) 


8 


so  deducted  shall  not  be  included  in  determining 
the  value  of  the  inventory  for  the  purposes  of  sub- 
section 1 ;  and 

(6)  the  Minister  may  determine  the  value  of  the 
property  described  in  an  inventory  for  the  purposes 
of  assessment  under  this  Act  if  he  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  values  have  been  incorrectly  determined 
by  the  corporation. 

(3)  In  addition  to  any  other  amount  required  by  virtue 
of  subsection  1  to  be  included  in  computing  the  income  of  a 
corporation  for  a  taxation  year  as  income  from  a  business 
or  property,  there  shall  be  included  any  amount  received 
by  the  corporation  as  a  stabilization  payment  or  refund 
of  a  fee  under  the  Ontario  Beef  Calf  Income  Stabilization 
Program. 

(4)  In  the  application  of  section  13  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  following 
rules  apply, 

I 
(a)  subsections  7.1  and  10  of  the  said  section  13  and 
subparagraph  vi  of  paragraph  /  of  subsection  21  of 
the  said  section  13  are  not  applicable  in  determining 
the  capital  cost  or  the  undepreciated  capital  cost  of 
depreciable  property  of  a  prescribed  class  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations;  | 

{b)  where  a  corporation  has  received  or  is  entitled  to 
receive  a  grant,  subsidy,  forgivable  loan,  investment 
allowance  or  other  assistance  from  a  government, 
municipality  or  other  public  authority  in  respect  of 
or  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  other  than  an 
amount, 

(i)  authorized  to  be  paid  under  an  Appropriation 
Act  (Canada)  and  on  terms  and  conditions 
approved  by  the  Treasury  Board  of  the 
Government  of  Canada  in  respect  of  scientific 
research  expenditures  incurred  for  the  purpose 
of  advancing  or  sustaining  the  technological 
capability  of  Canadian  manufacturing  or 
other  industry, 

(ii)  authorized  to  be  paid  under  the  Industrial 
Research  and  Development  Incentives  Act 
(Canada)  or  the  Area  Development  Incentives 
Act  (Canada)  and  approved  by  the  Minister, 
or 


^ 


7.  Subsection  jj^  of  the  new  section  14  of  the  Act  (non-capital  loss 
on  the  disposition  of  shares  of  a  V.I.C),  subsection  5  of  the  new 
section  15  of  the  Act  (capital  loss  on  disposition  of  shares  of  a 
V.I.C),  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of  the  new  section  16  of  the  Act 
(amounts  to  be  included  in  income  on  the  disposition  of  the  shares 
of  a  V.I.C),  subsection  5  of  the  new  section  25  of  the  Act  (transfer  of 
the  shares  of  a  V.I.C.  on  an  amalgamation  or  winding-up)  and  the  new 
section  31  of  the  Act  (deduction  from  taxable  income  on  acquisi- 
tion of  shares  of  a  V.I.C.)  are  all  new  provisions,  contained  in 
section  8  of  the  Bill,  relating  to  the  treatment  of  the  acquisition 
and  disposition  of  shares  of  a  company  registered  under  The  Venture 
Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977,  and  will  come  into 
force  on  proclamation  when  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations 
Registration  Act,  1977 ,  is  proclaimed  into  force. 

Basically,  a  corporation  will  be  allowed  a  deduction  from 
taxable  income  earned  in  Ontario  equal  to  250  per  cent  of  its 
investment  in  the  shares  of  a  V.I.C,  and  the  amount  eligible  for 
such  deduction  not  used  in  the  year  may  be  carried  forward 
indefinitely.  On  the  disposition  of  such  shares,  250  per  cent  of  the 
proceeds  will  be  included  in  the  investor's  income  for  the  year  of  the 
disposition.  Recoveries  in  excess  of  the  original  cost  of  the  shares 
will  be  treated  as  capital  gains.  Non-capital  losses  on  the  disposition 
of  such  shares  will  not  be  allowed,  and  capital  losses  on  such 
dispositions  will  be  limited,  since  the  deferred  taxes  on  the  loss 
portion  of  the  investment  will  not  be  recovered.  V 


(iii)  deducted  as  an  allowance  under  section  65 

of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  section ^s^^- 1^52, 
19  of  this  Act, 

the  capital  cost  of  the  property  to  the  corporation 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount  by  which  the 
aggregate  of, 

(iv)  the  capital  cost  thereof  to  the  corporation, 
otherwise  determined,  and 

(v)  such  part,  if  any,  of  the  assistance  as  has 
been  repaid  by  the  corporation  pursuant  to 
an  obligation  to  repay  all  or  part  of  that 
assistance, 

exceeds, 

(vi)  the  amount  of  assistance. 

(5)  In  the  application  of  section   17  of  the  Income  ^«^ nonresident  \ 
Act   (Canada)    for   the   purposes   of   this   Act,   subsection   2 person 

thereof  does  not  apply  in  determining  whether  an  amount 
shall  be  included  in  the  income  of  a  corporation  in  accord- 
ance with  subsection  1  thereof. 

(6)  Where  an  amount  in  respect  of,  fJe^rent'and^ 

similar 
,    ,  ,      .    .  .         ,  ,  payment 

(a)  a  management  or  administration  fee  or  charge;         tonon- 

°  °  resident  to  be 

included  In 

(b)  a  rent,  royalty  or  a  similar  payment ;  or  income 

(c)  a  right  in  or  to  the  use  of  motion  picture  film 
or  films  or  video  tapes  for  use  in  connection  with 
television  that  have  been  or  are  to  be  used  or 
reproduced  in  Canada, 

is  paid  or  payable  by  a  corporation  to  a  non-resident  person 
with  whom  it  was  not  dealing  at  arm's  length,  the  cor- 
poration shall  include  5/12ths  of  such  amount  in  com- 
puting its  income  from  a  business  or  property  for  the  taxation 
year  in  which  the  amount  was  subjected  to  tax  under 
paragraph  a,  d  or  e  of  subsection  1  of  section  212  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  subsection  5  of  that  section, 
except  that  clause  h  does  not  apply  where  the  non-resident 
person  to  whom  the  amount  is  paid  or  payable  is  a  corporation 
liable  to  the  taxes  imposed  under  this  Act  by  virtue  of 
clause  b  of  subsection  2  or  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  2. 


10 


DeductiOQS 
allowed 

R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


(7)  Subsection  2  of  section  18  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  and  paragraphs  a  and  v.\  of  subsection  1  of  section 
20  of  that  Act  are  not  appHcable  in  computing  the  income 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  or 
property  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in  lieu  thereof 
there  may  be  deducted  such  of  the  following  amounts  as 
are  applicable: 


Capital  co8t 
of  proijerty 


Pee  under 
Ontario  Beef 
Calf  Income 
Stabilization 
Program 


Certain 
interest 
and  property 
taxes  on  land 


(«) 


such  part  of  the  capital  cost  to  the  corporation  of 
property,  or  such  amount  in  respect  of  the  capital 
cost  to  the  corporation  of  property,  as  is  allowed 
by  regulation; 


(b)  an  amount  paid  by  the  corporation  in  the  taxation 
year  as  a  fee  under  the  Ontario  Beef  Calf  Income 
Stabilization  Program ; 

(c)  notwithstanding  paragraph  c  of  subsection  1  of 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made 
applicable  to  this  Act  but  subject  to  subsection  3 
of  section  18  of  the  said  Act,  any  amount  paid  or 
payable  by  the  corporation  in  the  year  and  after 
1971  as,  on  account  or  in  lieu  of  payment  of,  or  in 
satisfaction  of, 

(i)  interest  on  borrowed  money  used  to  acquire 
land  or  on  an  amount  payable  by  the  cor- 
poration for  land,  or 

(ii)  property  taxes,  not  including  income  or 
profits  taxes  or  taxes  computed  by  reference 
to  the  transfer  of  property,  paid  or  payable 
by  the  corporation  in  respect  of  land  to  a 
province  or  a  Canadian  municipality, 

if,  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances,  including 
the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  land  in  relation 
to  its  gross  revenue,  if  any,  therefrom  for  that  or 
any  previous  year,  the  land  can  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  have  been,  in  that  year, 

(iii)  included  in  the  inventory  of  a  business  car- 
ried on  by  the  corporation, 

(iv)  otherwise  used  in,  or  held  in  the  course  of, 
carrying  on  a  business  carried  on  by  the 
corporation,  or 

(v)  held  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  gaining  or 
producing  income  of  the  corporation  from 
the  land  for  that  year, 


11 

and  if  none  of  subclauses  iii,  iv  and  v  is  applicable, 
then  the  deduction  under  this  clause  is  permitted 
only  to  the  extent  that  the  corporation's  gross 
revenue,  if  any,  from  the  land  for  that  year  exceeds 
the  aggregate  of  all  other  amounts  deducted  in 
computing  its  income  from  the  land  for  that  year ; 

{d)  such  amount  as  is  allowed  to  the  corporation  by^j^^^^®g 
regulation    in    respect    of    oil    or   gas    resources    in 
Canada,  as  defined  by  regulation. 

(8)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  ofno^ano°e^ 
secTTon  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  rsc  1952 
this  Act,  ""'^^^ 

(a)  notwithstanding  subsection  8  of  section  20  of  the  NOj.J|J^ctiop 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  said  paragraph  n  does proi^rty in 
not  apply  to  allow  a  deduction  in  computing  thecircum- 
income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a 
business  in  respect  of  a  property  sold  in  the  course 

of  the  business  if  the  corporation  at  the  end  of  the  ^: 

taxation  year  or  at  any  time  in  the  immediately  V 

following  taxation  year,  J: 

(i)  was  exempt   from  tax   under  any  provision 
of  this  Part,  or 

(ii)  ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment  in  f 

Canada;  and 

(6)  the  said  paragraph  n  does  not  apply  to  allow  a  J^°j.J|J^^f *°° 
deduction  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  of  sale  of 

,  .  ^  ,  ,        .  1  .1      property  if 

for  a  taxation  year  from  a  busmess  where  the  security 
corporation  has,  in  the  taxation  year  sold,  pledged, 
assigned  or  in  any  way  disposed  of  any  security 
received  by  it  as  payment  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the 
sale  of  property  in  respect  of  which  the  corporation 
has,  in  that  or  a  previous  taxation  year,  been 
allowed  a  deduction  under  that  paragraph  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 

(9)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  <;  of  subsection   1   of[°^f^P™' 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes 

of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "Minister"  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada. 

(10)  Section  27  of  the  Income  Tax  Act   (Canada)   is  not  Jrc^n^^j^^^ 
appTTcable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  in  lieu  thereof 

the  following  provisions  shall  apply: 


Prescription 


Transfers  of 
land  for 
disposition 


Loss  on 
disposition 
of  shares 
of  a 

Venture 
Investment 
Corporation 
\m,o.  10 


Application 

of 

R.S.C.  1952, 

C.148 


Idem 


Idem 


Adjustments 
to  cost  base 


12 


1.  Where  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  d  of 
subsection  1  of  section  149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  otherwise  exempt  under  section  49  of  this 
Act  and  subsection  1  of  section  135  of  this  Act,  such 
exemptions  do  not  apply  if  the  corporation  is  pre- 
scribed by  regulation. 

2.  Where  land  has  been  transferred  to  a  corporation 
prescribed  in  the  regulations  for  the  purpose  of 
disposition,  the  acquisition  of  the  property  by  the 
corporation  and  any  disposition  thereof  shall  be 
deemed  not  to  have  been  in  the  course  of  the  business 
carried  on  by  the  corporation. 

(11)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  has  incurred 
a  loss,  other  than  a  capital  loss,  from  the  disposition  of 
property  that  is  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation 
registered  under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Re- 
gistration Act,  1977 ,  such  loss  shall  not  be  allowed  in  comput- 
ing the  income  or  loss  of  the  corporation  from  a  business  or 
property  for  the  taxation  year. 


Subdivision  B — taxable  capital  gains  and 
allowable  capital  losses 

15. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  taxable  capital 
gains  and  allowable  capital  losses  of  a  corporation  for  a 
taxation  year  from  the  disposition  of  any  property  shall 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  determined  in  accordance 
with  subdivision  c  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  said  subdivision  c  is  applicable 
to  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  subdivision  applies  to  cor- 
porations. 

(2)  Paragraph  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  48  of  the  Inco 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 

I 

(3)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  a  of  subsection  2  of 
section  40  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purpos 
of  this  Act,  subparagraph  i  thereof  shall  be  read  as  thouglj 
the  words  "was  not  resident"  were  deleted  and  the  won 
"ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment"  were  insert e< 
in  lieu  thereof. 

(4)  In  computing  the  adjusted  cost  base  to  a  corporation 
of  property  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  made  appli- 
cable by  subsection  1,  the  following  rules  apply  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act, 


1 


13 

(a)  where  the  property  is  a  foreign  resource  property, 
there  shall  be  added  to  the  cost  of  the  property 
to  the  corporation  that  part  of  the  foreign  explora- 
tion and  development  expenses  incurred  by  the 
corporation  after  1971  with  respect  to  the  property 
that  is  not  allowed  as  a  deduction  from  income  for 
purposes  of  this  Act; 

(b)  clause  B  of  subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  c  of  sub- 
section   2    of   section    53    of   the    Income    Tax   ^ d R^sc. i952, 

C.  148 

(Canada)  shall  apply  as  if  the  words  "foreign  ex- 
ploration and  development  expenses"  were  deleted; 

(c)  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  k  of  subsection  2  of 
section  53  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  shall 
apply, 

(i)  as  if  the  words  "deduction  from  tax"  were 
deleted,  and 

(ii)  as  if  the  reference  in  clause  B  thereof  to 
section  65  were  a  reference  to  the  said  section 
65  and  to  section  19  of  this  Act; 

(d)  where  the  property  is  a  foreign  resource  property, 
there  shall  be  deducted  in  respect  of  such  property 
any  amount  that  has  become  receivable  by  the 
corporation  at  a  particular  time  in  a  taxation  year 
as  the  result  of  a  transaction  that  occurred  after 
the  6th  day  of  May,  1974,  in  which  the  consideration 
given  by  the  corporation  for  the  amount  was 
property  or  services  the  original  cost  of  which  may 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  having  been  foreign 
exploration  and  development  expenses. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  the  rules  contained  in  subsection  1  of  on'S\^  osition 
section  40  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  appli- ofsharesofa 
cable  by  subsection  1  of  this  section,  a  corporation's  capital  investment 
loss  from  the  disposition  of  property  that  is  shares  in  the   °'^°'"* 
capital  stock  of  a  corporation  registered  under  The  Venture  ^^'''  ^-  ^° 
Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977,  is  the  amount 
by  which, 

(a)  the  capital  loss  in  respect  of  such  disposition, 
otherwise  determined, 

exceeds, 


\ 


14 


(b)  the   amount    in    respect   of   such   shares   that    was 
deducted  under  section  31   minus  the  amount  in 
eluded  in  income  under  subsection  4  of  section  16. 


JSmoS''®'  (6)  In  this  Subdivision, 


tatlon 


(a)  "foreign    exploration    and    development    expenses 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means, 


(i)  any  drilling  or  exploration  expense,  includini 
any  general  geological  or  geophysical  expense 
incurred  by  it  on  or  in  respect  of  exploring  or 
drilling  for  petroleum  or  natural  gas  outside 
Canada, 

(ii)  any  prospecting,  exploration  or  development 
expense  incurred  by  it  in  searching  for 
minerals  outside  Canada, 

(iii)  any  annual  payment  made  by  the  corporation  i 
for  the  preservation  of  a  foreign  resource 
property,  and 

(iv)  its  share  of  the  foreign  exploration  and 
development  expenses  incurred  by  any  associ- 
ation, partnership  or  syndicate  in  a  fiscal 
period  thereof,  if  at  the  end  of  that  fiscal 
period  it  was  a  member  or  partner  thereof; 

(b)  "foreign  resource  property"  of  a  corporation  means 

any  property  that  would  be  a  Canadian  resource 

property    of    the    corporation    within    the    meaning 

of  paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 

RS.C.  1952,  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   if  that  paragraph  were 

read  as  if  the  references  therein  to  "in  Canada" 
were  references  to  "outside  Canada"  and  were  read 
without  reference  to  the  words  "after  1971". 


Subdivision  C — other  sources  of  income 

aMs ^^^'  16- — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  subdivision  d  of 

Parti^BHd)  Division  B  of  Part   I   of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   is 

applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said 

subdivision  applies  to  corporations. 


15 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  section  56  of  the  interpre- 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  rs.c.  1952, 
reference  in  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  /  thereof  to  "this  °"® 
Act"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  both  the  Income 

Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  this  Act. 

(3)  Section   59  of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   is   not  Disposition 

*■    '  ^  '  of  resource 

applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in  lieu  thereof  property 
the  following  provisions  apply, 

(a)  where  a  corporation  disposes  of,  reSSbieas 

consideration 
...         ^  ,.  for  disposition 

(1)  a  Canadian  resource  property,  or  of  resource 

•^      ^        -'  property 

(ii)  any  right,  licence  or  privilege  described  in 
subsection  12  of  section  58  of  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act,  as  it  read  in  its  apphcation  to 
taxation  years  prior  to  1972,  that  was  acquired 
by  the  corporation, 

(A)  before  1972  in  the  case  of, 

1 .  a  corporation  that  is  a  principal-  "^j 
business  corporation  within  the 

meaning  given  to  that  expres- 
sion by  subsection  14  of  section 
20  or  that  was,  at  the  time  it 
acquired  the  property,  such  a 
principal-business  corporation, 
or 

2.  an  association,  partnership  or 
syndicate  described  in  sub- 
section 4  of  section  83A  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  it 
read  in  its  application  to  the 
1971  taxation  year,  and 

(B)  after  April  10,  1962  and  before  1972,  | 
in  any  other  case,                                                                                 - 

under   an    agreement    or   other   contract    or 

arrangement  described  therein,  | 

the  corporation's  proceeds  of  disposition  therefrom 
shall  be  included  in  computing  the  corporation's 
income  for  the  taxation  year,  to  the  extent  that 
the  proceeds  become  receivable  in  that  year; 

(6)  there  shall  be  included  in  computing  a  corporation's  ^g'Syg^e'^j 
income  for  a  taxation  year  any  amount  in  respect  under  s.i8 

.  J  J  '^  In  preceding 

Oi,  year 


16 
(i)  a  Canadian  resource  property,  or 

(ii)  any  property  referred  to  in  subclause  ii  of 
clause  a  or  in  clause  c, 

that  has  been  deducted  under  section  18  in  comput- 
ing the  corporation's  income  for  the  immediately 
preceding  taxation  year;  Jl 

re8oarce°°°^  (c)  where    a    corporation    has    made    a    disposition    of 

acquired  property  owned,  or  deemed  to  have  been  owned, 

before  1972  by  it  on  the  3 1st  day  of  December,  1971  and  there- 

after without  interruption  until  the  date  of  disposi- 
tion that  is  property  described  in  any  of  subpara- 
graphs i  to  vi  of  paragraph  c  of  subsection   15  of 
^ MS ^^*^'  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  is 

not  property  described  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a, 
the  following  rules  apply, 

(i)  the  relevant  percentage  of  the  corporation's 
proceeds  of  disposition  therefrom  shall  be 
included  in  computing  the  corporation's  in- 
come for  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent  thai 
the  proceeds  become  receivable,  and 

(ii)  where  the  corporation  and  the  person  who 
acquired  the  property  were  not  dealing  with 
each  other  at  arm's  length,  for  the  purposes 
of  this  subsection  and  section  20, 

(A)  the  cost  to  that  person  of  the  property 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount 
included  in  the  corporation's  income  by 
virtue  of  subclause  i  in  respect  of  the 
disposition  by  the  corporation  of  the 
property,  and 

(B)  when  that  person  subsequently  disposes 
of  the  property  or  any  right  or  interest 
therein,  that  person  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  owned  the  property  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1971  and  thereafter 
without  interruption  until  the  disposi- 
tion thereof; 

utfon™'  (^)  ^"  ^^^^  subsection, 

(i)  "relevant  percentage"  has  the  meaning  given 
to  that  expression  by  subsection  4  of  section 
59  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 


17 

(ii)  "disposition"  and  "proceeds  of  disposition" 
have  the  meaning  given  to  those  expressions 
by  section  54  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^f^- ^^^^' 

(4)  In  addition  to  any  other  amount  that  is  required  to  Jf  |g°re8°° 
be  included  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  of  a  venture 

\  °f,  ..  ,^,,...  J  Investment 

taxation  year  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  subdivision  d  corporation 
of  Division  B  of  Part   I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
that  are  made  appUcable  by  subsection   1   of  this  section, 
there  shall  be  included  the  following  amounts : 

(a)  where,   in   a   taxation   year,   shares   of   the   capital 

stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered  under  The  i^'''-  ^- 1° 
Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration    Act, 
1977  have  been  disposed  of  by  the  corporation,  an 
amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  250  per  cent  of  the  lesser  of, 

(A)  the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  said 

shares  disposed  of,  and  V 

(B)  the   proceeds   of   disposition    of   such 

shares,  and  ( 

(ii)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  determined 
under  subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for 
the  purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable  in- 
come of  the  corporation  for  the  year, 
determined  without  reference  to  this 
section,  exceeds  the  amount  determined 
under  sub-subclause  A ;  and 

(6)  where  at  a  particular  time  in  the  taxation  year 
the  registration  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registra- 
tion Act,  1977  (hereinafter  in  this  subsection  referred 
to  as  the  V.I.C.)  has  been  revoked  pursuant  to 
section  6  of  that  Act  and  at  the  particular  time 


18 


the  corporation  owned  shares  of  the  capital  stock 
of  the  V.I.C,  an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  250  per  cent  of  the  cost  to  the  corporation 
of  the  said  shares,  and 

(ii)  that   proportion   of  the  amount  determined 
under  subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for  the 
purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable 
income  of  the  corporation  for  the  year, 
determined  without  reference  to  this 
section,  exceeds  the  amount  deter- 
mined under  sub-subclause  A. 


Idem 


1977,  c.  10 


Idem 


(5)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  that  owns 
shares  in  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act, 
1977  has  ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment  in  Ontario 
within  the  meaning  of  section  7,  the  corporation  shall  for 
the  purposes  of  subsections  4  and  6  of  this  section  be  deemed 
to  have  disposed  of  the  shares  in  that  year  for  proceeds 
equal  to  the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  shares. 

(6)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  that  owns 
shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act, 
1977  has  disposed  of  or  is  deemed  to  have  disposed  of  any 
of  those  shares,  or  the  registration  of  the  corporation  that 
is  registered  under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Regis- 
tration Act,  1977  has  been  revoked  pursuant  to  section  6  of 
that  Act,  and  all  of  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  reference  to  this  subsection, 
is  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  section  34  to  have  been  earned 
in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario,  the  following  rules 
apply, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  corporation's  taxable  income  for 
the  year  shall  be  determined  as  if  it  has  no  income 
other  than  the  amount  determined  under  clause 
a  or  6  of  subsection  4,  as  the  case  may  be ; 


19 

(b)  the  only  amounts  deductible  under  this  Act  by  the 
corporation  in  determining  its  taxable  income  for  the 
year  shall  be  its  undeducted  eligible  expenditures, 
within  the  meaning  of  section  31,  as  at  the  end  of 
the  immediately  preceding  taxation  year;  and 

(c)  for  the  purposes  of  section  34,  no  portion  of  the 
corporation's  taxable  income  as  determined  under 
clauses  a  and  b  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  earned 
in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario. 

Subdivision  D — deductions  in 
computing  income 

17. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  section  60  of  the  Amplication 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  is  appUcable  for  the  purposes  of  ^fvp- -^^^^• 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  o  tatfon^^ 
of  the   said  section   60   for   the   purposes  of  this   Act,   the 
reference   therein   to   "this  Act"   shall   be   deemed   to   be   a 

reference  to  both  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   and   this  ^-^^^  i^^^,  "^r 

Act.  ■  5 

(3)  In  addition  to  the  deductions  permitted  by  virtue  of  ^°^g°^*"°°  ( 
subsection  1 ,  there  may  be  deducted  in  computing  the  income  deductible 

of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  all  corporation  taxes 
payable  in  the  taxation  year  by  the  corporation. 

(4)  In  this  section,  tatfon''®' 

(a)  "corporation  income  tax"  means  a  tax  imposed  by 
the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  by  the  Legislature  of 
a  province  or  by  a  municipality  in  the  province 
that  is  declared  by  the  regulations  to  be  a  tax  of 
general  application  on  the  profits  of  corporations; 

(b)  "corporation  tax"  means  a  tax  imposed  by  the 
Legislature  of  a  province  or  by  a  municipality  in  the 
province  that  is  declared  by  the  regulations  to  be  a 
tax  on  corporations,  but  does  not  include, 

(i)  a  corporation  income  tax,  or 

(ii)  any  other  tax  declared  by  the  regulations  not 
to  be  a  corporation  tax. 

Reserve  in 
respect  of 

18. — (1)  In  computing  a  corporation's  income  for  a  taxa-  for°di8po8iu°o°n 
tion  year,  in  this  subsection  referred  to  as  the  "current  year",  property  mjt 

where.  due  until 

subsequent 
year 


20 


(a)  by  virtue  of  clause  a  or  c  of  subsection  3  of  section 
16,  subsection  11  of  section  20,  or  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 12  of  section  20,  an  amount  has  been  included 
in  computing  the  corporation's  income  for  the  current 
year  or  a  previous  taxation  year;  or 

(6)  an  amount  referred  to  in  paragraph  b  of  subsection  1 
of  section  64  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  has 
been  included  in  computing,  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act,  the  corporation's  income  for  that  previous  taxa- 
tion year, 


R.S.C.  1952, 
C.148 


in  respect  of  the  disposition  of  any  property  and  that  amount 
or  a  part  thereof  is  not  due  until  a  day  that  is  after  the  end 
of  the  current  year,  there  may  be  deducted  as  a  reserve  in 
respect  of  that  amount  the  part  thereof  that  is  not  due  until 
a  day  that  is  after  the  end  of  the  current  year,  not  exceeding, 
where  the  property  was  disposed  of  in  a  taxation  year  preced- 
ing the  current  year,  any  amount  deducted  under  this  sub- 
section in  respect  of  the  disposition  of  the  property  in 
computing  the  corporation's  income  for  the  taxation  year 
immediately  preceding  the  current  year,  and  for  greater 
certainty,  no  deduction  may  be  made  in  respect  of  that 
amount  under  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that  paragraph  applies  by 
virtue  of  section  14  of  this  Act. 


Application  of 
subs.  1 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  allow  a  deduction  in 
computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
if  the  corporation,  at  any  time  in  the  taxation  year  or  in  the 
immediately  following  taxation  year, 


{a)  ceases  to  be  a  resident  of  Canada; 

{b)  becomes  exempt  from  tax  under  any  provision  of 
this  Part;  or 

(c)  if  a  non-resident,  ceases  to  have  a  permanent  estab- 
hshment  in  Canada. 


Application 
oisection 


(3)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1 , 
this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  section  64  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada). 


Allowance  for 
oil  or  gas  well, 
mine  or 
timber  limit 


19. — (1)  There  may  be  deducted  in  computing  a  corpora- 
tion's income  for  a  taxation  year  such  amount  as  an  allowance, 
if  any,  in  respect  of. 


(a)  an  oil  or  gas  well,  mineral  resource  or  timber  limit; 
or 


21 

(6)  the  processing,  to  the  prime  metal  stage  or  its 
equivalent,  of  ore  from  a  mineral  resource, 

as  is  allowed  by  regulation. 

(2)  For  greater  certainty  it  is  hereby  declared  that,  in  the  Regulations 
case  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  1, 

(a)  there  may  be  prescribed  by  such  regulation  an 
amount  in  respect  of  any  or  all, 

(i)  oil  or  gas  wells  or  mineral  resources  in  which 
the  corporation  has  an  interest,  or 

(ii)  processing  operations  described  in  clause  b 
of  subsection  1  that  are  carried  on  by  the 
corporation;  and 

{b)  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  contained  in 
this  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may 
prescribe  the  formula  by  which  the  amount  that 
may  be  allowed  to  the  corporation  by  such  regu- 
lation shall  be  determined. 

(3)  Where  a  deduction  is  allowed  under  subsection   1   in  ^^|^|®f 
respect  of  a  coal  mine  operated  by  a  lessee,  the  lessor  and  allowance 
lessee  may  agree  as  to  what  portion  of  the  allowance  each 

may  deduct  and,  in  the  event  that  they  cannot  agree,  the 
Minister  may  fix  the  portions. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1 ,  Application 
this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  section  65  of  the  Income  Tax  Rsc. i952. 

*^^  c.  148 

Ad  (Canada). 

20. — (1)  A  principal-business  corporation  may  deduct,  ^'^  ^^S^^eveiop- 
computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  year,  the  lesser  of,  ment  expenses 

'^  "  •'  of  principal- 

business 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Canadian  exploration  °°''p°''* 
and  development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it 
before  the  end  of  the  taxation  year,  to  the  extent 

that  they  were  not  deductible  in  computing  income 
for  a  previous  taxation  year;  and 

(b)  of  that  aggregate,  an  amount  equal  to  its  income 
for  the  taxation  year  if  no  deduction  were  allowed 
under  this  section  or  section  19,  minus  the  deduc- 
tions allowed  for  the  taxation  year  by  subsection  5 
and  by  sections  112  and  113  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this 
Act. 


exceeds, 


22 

Expenses  of  (2)  A  corporation  other  than  a  principal-business  corpora- 

corporations  tion  may  deduct,  in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation 

year,  the  lesser  of, 

{a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Canadian  exploration 
and  development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it 
before  the  end  of  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent 
they  were  not  deductible  in  computing  its  income 
for  a  previous  taxation  year;  and 

(b)  of  that  aggregate,  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which 
the  greater  of, 

(i)  such  amount  as  the  corporation  may  claim, 
not  exceeding  20  per  cent  of  the  aggregate 
determined  under  clause  a,  and 

(ii)  the  aggregate  of, 

(A)  such  part  of  its  income  for  the  taxation  • 
year  as  may  reasonably  be  regarded  as 
attributable  to  the  production  of  petro- 
leum or  natural  gas  from  wells  in 
Canada  or  to  the  production  of  minerals 
from  mines  in  Canada, 

(B)  its  income  for  the  taxation  year  from  i 
royalties  in  respect  of  an  oil  or  gas 
well  in  Canada  or  a  mine  in  Canada, 
and 

(C)  the  aggregate  of  amounts  each  of  which 
is  an  amount,  in  respect  of  a  Canadian 
resource  property  or  a  property  referred 
to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 3  of  section  16  or  clause  c  of 
subsection  3  of  section  16  that  has  been 
disposed  of  by  it,  equal  to  the  amount, 
if  any,  by  which, 

1.  the   amount   included   in   com- 
puting its  income  for  the  taxa- 
tion year  by  virtue  of  subsection  1 
3  of  section  16  in  respect  of  the 
disposition  of  the  property, 


the  amount  deducted  under  sec- 
tion 18  in  respect  of  the  property 
in  computing  its  income  for  the 
taxation  year. 


23 


if  no  deductions  were  allowed  under 
section  19, 


exceeds, 

(iii)  the  amount  of  any  deduction  allowed  by  the 
Corporations  Tax  Application  Rules,  1972  in 
respect  of  this  subclause  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year. 

(3)  A  corporation  other  than  a  principal-business  corpora-  expkfration 
tion  may  deduct,  in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  ^^^^j^  ^^^^ 
year,  the  lesser  of,  expenses- 

•^  corporation 

other  than 
a  principal- 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Ontario  exploration  and  corporation 
development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it  before 
the  end  of  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent  that 
they  were  not  deducted  in  computing  its  income  for 
a  previous  year,  minus  that  portion  of  the  deduction 
allowed,  if  any,  in  computing  its  income  for  the 
taxation  year  under  subsection  2  which  is  reason- 
ably attributable  to  Ontario  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses;  and 


[h)  that  portion  of  the  amount  determined  under  clause  a 
equal  to  the  amount  of  its  income  for  the  taxation 
year  if  no  deductions  were  allowed  under  this  section, 
minus, 

(i)  that  portion  of  the  deduction  allowed  for  the 
taxation  year  under  subsection  2  which  is 
reasonably  attributable  to  Ontario  explora- 
tion and  development  expenses,  and 

(ii)  the  deduction  allowed  for  the  taxation  year 

under  sections  112  and  113  of  the  Income  Tax  ^f48'^^^^' 
Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  29 
of  this  Act. 

(4)  Subsection  3  of  section  16,  section  18  and  subsections  oeaie™ 
2  and  3  do  not  apply  in  computing  the  income  for  a  taxation 
year  under  this  Part  of  a  corporation,  other  than  a  principal- 
business  corporation,  whose  business  includes  trading  or  deal- 
ing in  rights,  licences  or  privileges  to  explore  for,  drill  for  or 
take  minerals,  petroleum,  natural  gas  or  other  related 
hydrocarbons. 


Canadian 

exploration 

and 

development 

expenses 

deductible 

by  successor 

corporation 

anasecond 

successor 

corporation 

R.S.C.  1952. 
0.148 


Joint 

exploration 
corporation: 
renunciation 
of  its 

exploration 
and  develop- 
ment expenses 
in  favour 
of  shareholder 
corporation 


24 


(5)  There  may  be  deducted  in  computing  the  income  for  a 
taxation  year  of  a  corporation  that  is  a  successor  corporation 
or  a  second  successor  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be,  within 
the  meaning  of  subsection  6  or  7  of  section  66  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  amount,  if  any,  that  would  be  deduct- 
ible by  it  under  either  of  those  subsections  on  the  basis  that 
the  reference  in  paragraph  b  of  each  of  the  said  subsections, 

(a)  to  "this  section"  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  this 
section  of  this  Act; 

(b)  to  section  65  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  section  19, 

of  this  Act;  | 

(c)  to  subsection  2  of  section  66.1  does  not  apply;  and 

{d)  to  the  Income  Tax  Application  Rules,  1971,  is 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Corporations  Tax^ 
Application  Rules,  1972.  i 

(6)  The  portion,  if  any,  of  its  Canadian  exploration  and 
development  expenses  that  a  joint  exploration  corporation 
may  renounce  in  favour  of  a  shareholder  corporation  shall 
be  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  provided  in  sub- 
section 10  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  paragraphs  a  and  b  of  the  said  subsection  are  applicable, 
except  that  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection, 

(a)  the  references  in  the  said  subsection  to  subsections 
1  and  3  of  that  section  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
references  to  subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section ;  and 

(6)  the  references  in  paragraph  b  of  the  said  subsection 
to  paragraph  a  of  subsection  1  of  that  section  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  clause  a  of  subsec- 
tion 1  of  this  section. 


Control 
change 


Computation 
of  explora- 
tion and 
development 
expenses 


(7)  Subsection  11  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  except 
that,  in  its  application  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the 
said  subsection  shall  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 
to  "cumulative  Canadian  exploration  expense,  cumulative 
Canadian  development  expense  and  foreign  exploration  and 
development  expenses". 

(8)  In  computing  the  Canadian  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses  and  Ontario  exploration  and  development 
expenses  of  a  corporation, 

(a)  there  shall  be  deducted  the  aggregate  of  all  amounts 
paid  to  it  after  1971  and  before  the  25th  day  of  May, 
1976, 


25 

(i)  under  the  Northern  Mineral  Exploration  A  ssist- 
ance  Regulations  (Canada)  made  under  an 
Appropriation  Act  (Canada)  that  provides  for 
payments  in  respect  of  the  Northern  Mineral 
Grants  Program, 

(ii)  pursuant  to  any  agreement  entered  into  be- 
tween the  corporation  and  Her  Majesty  in 
right  of  Canada  under  the  Northern  Mineral 
Grants  Program  or  the  Development  Program 
of  the  Department  of  Indian  Affairs  and 
Northern  Development,  or 

(iii)  under  the  Mineral  Exploration  Assistance  Pro- 
gram (Ontario, 

to  the  extent  that  the  amounts  have  been  expended 
by  the  corporation  as  or  on  account  of  Canadian 
exploration  and  development  expenses  or  Ontario 
exploration  and  development  expenses,  as  the  case 
may  be;  and 

{b)  there  shall  be  included  any  amount,  except  an 
amount  in  respect  of  interest,  paid  by  the  corpora- 
tion, after  1971  in  respect  of  amounts  paid  to  it 
before  the  25th  day  of  May,  1976,  under  the  Regu- 
lations referred  to  in  subclause  i  of  clause  a  to  Her 
Majesty  in  right  of  Canada  and  under  the  Mineral 
Exploration  Assistance  Program  (Ontario)  to  Her 
Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario. 

(9)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section,  where  a  Limitations 
corporation  has  incurred  an  outlay  or  expense  in  respect  of 

which  a  deduction  from  income  is  authorized  under  more 
than  one  provision  of  this  section,  the  corporation  is  not 
entitled  to  make  the  deduction  under  more  than  one  pro- 
vision but  is  entitled  to  select  the  provision  under  which  to 
make  the  deduction. 

(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  9,  a  corporation  that  is  ^**®'" 
entitled  to  a  deduction  under  both  subsections  2  and  3  may, 

in  addition  to  the  deduction  under  subsection  2,  deduct 
such  additional  amount  as  it  may  claim  in  respect  of  Ontario 
exploration  and  development  expenses  under  subsection  3. 

(11)  Except  as  expressly  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  of  Canadian* 
where,  as  a  result  of  a  transaction  occurring  after  the  6th  exploration 

,  '-,  tn-,.  11  -i^it  anddevelop- 

day  of  May,   1974,  an  amount  has  become  receivable  by  a  ment  expenses 
corporation  at  a  particular  time  in  a  taxation  year  and  the 
consideration  given  by  the  corporation  therefor  was  property 
(other  than  a  property  referred  to  in  subsection  3  of  section 


26 


Unitized  oil 
or  gas  field 
in  Canada 


16  or  a  share  or  interest  therein  or  a  right  thereto)  or 
services,  the  original  cost  of  which  to  the  corporation  may, 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  having  been  primarily  Canadiai 
exploration  and  development  expenses  of  the  corporation] 
or  would  have  been  so  regarded  if  they  have  been  incurred] 
by  the  corporation  after  1971,  there  shall  be  included  in  its] 
income  for  that  taxation  year  the  amount  that  became  receive 
able  by  it  at  that  time. 

(12)  Where,  pursuant  to  an  agreement  between  a  corpora- 
tion and  another  person  to  unitize  an  oil  or  gas  field  in 
Canada,  an  amount  has  become  receivable  by  the  corpora- 
tion at  a  particular  time  after  the  6th  day  of  May,  1974 
from  that  other  person  in  respect  of  Canadian  exploration 
and  development  expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation,  or 
expenses  that  would  have  been  Canadian  exploration  and 
development  expenses  if  they  had  been  incurred  by  it  after 
1971,  in  respect  of  that  field  or  any  part  thereof,  the  following 
rules  apply. 


Amount 
deemed 
deductible 
under  this 
Subdivision 


(a)  there  shall,  at  that  time,  be  included  in  computing 
the  corporation's  income  for  the  taxation  year  the 
amount  that  became  receivable  by  it ;  and 

(6)  there  shall,  at  that  time,  be  included  by  the  other 
person,  where  that  person  is  a  corporation,  in  its 
drilling  or  exploration  expense  the  amount  that 
became  payable  by  that  person. 

(13)  For  the  purposes  of  section  12,  any  amount  deductible    I 
under  the  Corporations  Tax  Application  Rules,  1972  in  respect 
of  this  subsection  shall  be  deemed  to  be  deductible  under 
this  Subdivision. 


Interpre- 
tation 
R.S.C.  1952. 
C.148 


(14)  In  this  section  and  in  the  provisions  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 
section. 


{a)  "agreed  portion"  has  the  meaning  given  to  that 
expression  by  paragraph  a  of  subsection  15  of  section 
66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada); 

[h]  "Canadian  exploration  and  development  expenses  ' 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means, 

(i)  any  drilling  or  exploration  expense,  including 
any  general  geological  or  geophysical  expense, 
incurred  by  the  corporation  after  1971  on  or 
in  respect  of  exploring  or  drilling  for  petro- 
leum or  natural  gas  in  Canada, 


27 

(ii)  any  prospecting,  exploration  or  development 
expense  incurred  by  it  after  1971  in  searching 
for  minerals  in  Canada, 

(iii)  notwithstanding  paragraph  m  of  subsection  1 

of  section  18  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^■f48-^*^^' 
as  that  section  applies  to  this  Act  by  virtue 
of  section  14  of  this  Act,  the  cost  to  the 
corporation  of  a  Canadian  resource  property, 
but  for  greater  certainty  not  including  any 
payment  made  to  any  of  the  persons  referred 
to  in  any  of  the  subparagraphs  i  to  iii  of  the 
said  paragraph  m  for  the  preservation  of  a 
person's  rights  in  respect  of  a  Canadian 
resource  property  or  a  property  that  would 
have  been  a  Canadian  resource  property  if  it 
had  been  acquired  by  the  corporation  after 
1971,  and  not  including  a  payment  to  which 
the  said  paragraph  m  applied  by  virtue  of 
subparagraph  v  thereof, 

(iv)  the  corporation's  share  of  any  of  the  expenses 
referred  to  in  subclauses  i,  ii  and  iii  incurred 
after  1971  by  any  association,  partnership  or 
syndicate  in  a  fiscal  period  thereof,  if  at  the 
end  of  that  fiscal  period  the  corporation  was 
a  member  or  partner  thereof,  and 

(v)  any  expenses  referred  to  in  subclauses  i,  ii 
and  iii  incurred  after  1971  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  with  another  corporation  under 
which  the  corporation  incurred  the  expense 
solely  in  consideration  for  shares  of  the  capital 
stock  of  the  other  corporation  issued  to  it  by 
the  other  corporation  or  any  interest  in  such 
shares  or  right  thereto, 

but  for  greater  certainty,  does  not  include, 

(vi)  any  consideration  given  by  the  corporation 
for  any  share  or  any  interest  therein  or  right 
thereto,  except  as  provided  by  subclause  v, 
or 

(vii)  any  expense  described  in  subclause  v  incurred 
by  another  person  to  the  extent  that  the 
expense  was,  by  virtue  of  subclause  v,  a 
Canadian  exploration  and  development 
expense  of  that  other  person. 


^ 


28 

but  no  amount  of  assistance  or  benefit  that  a  cor 
poration  has  received  or  is  entitled  to  receive  after 
the   25th   day   of   May,    1976   from   a  government 
municipality  or  other  public  authority  in  respect  of 
or  related  to  its  Canadian  exploration  and  develop 
ment  exf)enses,  whether  as  a  grant,  subsidy,  forgiv- 
able loan,  deduction  from  royalty  or  tax,  investment 
allowance  or  any  other  form  of  assistance  or  benefit, 
shall   reduce   the   amount   of  any  of  the  expenses 
described  in  any  of  subclauses  i  to  v; 

(c)  "drilling  or  exploration  expense"  incurred  on  or  in 

respect    of   exploring   or   drilling   for   petroleum   or 

natural  gas  has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression 

by  paragraph  d  of  subsection   15  of  section  66  of 

^■fw^^^^'  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada); 

{d)  "joint  exploration  corporation"  has  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  paragraph  g  of  sub- 
section 15  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada) ; 

{e)  "Ontario  exploration  and  development  expenses" 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means  any  expenses  that 
would  be  Canadian  exploration  and  development 
expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation  if  clause  h  of 
this  subsection  were  read  as  if  the  references  therein 
to. 

(i)  "in  Canada"  were  references  to  "in  Ontario", 

(ii)  "after   1971"   were  references  to   "after  the 
9th  day  of  April,  1974",  and 

(iii)  "Canadian"  were  references  to  "Ontario"; 

(/)  "Ontario  resource  property"  of  a  corporation  means 
any  property  that  would  be  a  Canadian  resource 
property  of  the  corporation  within  the  meaning  of 
paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  if  that  paragraph  were 
read  as  if  the  references  therein  to, 

(i)  "in  Canada"  were  references  to  "in  Ontario", 
and 


(ii)  "after   1971"   were  references  to   "after  the      | 
9th  day  of  April,  1974"; 


29 

{g)  "principal-business   corporation"    has   the   meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  paragraph  h  of  sub- 
section   15   of  section   66   of   the   Income   Tax   ^ c^ ^s^^!.  1952, 
(Canada) ; 

[h]  "shareholder  corporation"  of  a  joint  exploration  cor- 
poration has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression 
by  paragraph  i  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  except  that  subparagraph 
ii  thereof  shall,  in  its  application  for  the  purposes 
of  this  section,  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 
to  "a  Canadian  exploration  expense  or  a  Canadian 
development  expense". 

(15)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  ^pp^^^^^^^o^ 
1,  this  section  apphes  in  heu  of  sections  66,  66.1  and  66.2  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

21.  Section  66.3  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  appli- ^^^^^^g 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  that  section  inventory 
applies  to  corporations.  y 


Subdivision  E — rules  relating  to  computation 
of  income 

22. — (1)  The  rules  provided  in  subdivision  f  of  Division  B^^^-^-^^^^, 
of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  relating  to  the  Part i (B) (o, 
computation  of  income  are,  in  so  far  as  the  said  rules  apply 
to   corporations,    applicable   in    computing    income    for   the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  computing  income,  no  deduction  shall  be  made  in  Ji^itauon 
resjject  of  an  outlay  or  expense  in  respect  of  which  any  re  expenses 
amount  is  otherwise  deductible  under  this  Act,  except  to  the 
extent   that   the  outlay  or  expense  was  reasonable   in   the 
circumstances. 


23.— (1)  Section  245  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)   is  f/j^ij^jajo^g 
applicable  in  computing  income  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
except  that, 

(a)  paragraph  h  of  subsection  2  thereof  is  not  applicable ; 
and 

(6)  the  reference  therein  to  Part  I  of  that  Act  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  reference  to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 


30 


Dividend 
stripping 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


(2)  In  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation 
year  there  shall  be  included  an  amount  that  is  included  in 
computing  the  income  of  the  corporation  under  Part  XVI  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  pursuant  to  section  247  of  that 
Act. 


Subdivision  F — amounts  not  included 

IN  COMPUTING  income 


Amounts  not 
Included  In 
Income: 


federal 
grants 
1965,  c.  12 
(Can.) 
R.S.C.  1970. 
cc.  I-IO,  R-3 
1970-71-72. 
c.  56  (Can.) 


other 
amounts 


24.  There  shall  not  be  included  in  computing  the  income 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year, 

[a]  an  amount  paid  to  a  corporation  on  account  of  a 
grant  under  the  Area  Development  Incentives  Act 
(Canada),  the  Industrial  Research  and  Development 
Incentives  Act  (Canada),  the  Regional  Development 
Incentives  Act  (Canada),  or  the  Employment  Support 
A  ct  (Canada) ;  and 

[b)  an  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
provided  in  paragraphs  h,  c,  I  and  m  of  subsection  1 
of  section  81  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Subdivision  G — corporations  resident  in  Canada 
and  their  shareholders 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 

Part  I  (B)  (h), 
applicable 


Amalga- 
mations 
consideration 
for  resource 

Sroperty 
isposition 


25. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  rules  provided 
in  subdivision  h  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  heu  of  the  rule  provided  in  paragraph  p  of  sub- 
section 2  of  section  87  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with 
respect  to  amalgamations,  the  following  rule  is  applicable  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act: 

For  the  purpose  of  computing  a  deduction  from  the 
income  of  the  new  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
under  section  18,  any  amount  that  has  been  included 
in  computing  the  income  of  a  predecessor  corpora- 
tion for  its  last  taxation  year  or  a  previous  taxation 
year  by  virtue  of  clause  a  or  c  of  subsection  3  of 
section  16,  or  subsection  11  or  12  of  section  20,  or 
by  virtue  of  subsection  15  or  16  of  section  58  of 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act  as  it  read  in  its  application 
to  the  taxation  years  prior  to  1972,  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  been  included  in  computing  the  income  of 
the  new  corporation  for  a  previous  taxation  year  by 
virtue  thereof. 


31 

(3)  Paragraph  z  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  87  is  ^f^^- ^^^2, 
not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.  s.  8?  (2)  (2), 

^  ^  ^      ^  not  applicable 

(4)  Paragraph   e.2   of  subsection    1    of  section   88   of   the  ff^^-  ^^^^' 
Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   shall,   in  its  application   for  the  s- 88 (i) (e. 2). 
purposes  of  this  Act,  be  read  without  reference  therein  to 
paragraph  z  of  subsection  2  of  section  87  of  the  said  Act, 

and  as  though  the  reference  therein  to  paragraph  p  of  the 
said  subsection  2  were  a  reference  to  subsection  2  of  this 
section. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  of  section   16  and  Transfer  of 
section  31,  where  a  corporation  (hereinafter  in  this  section  shares  on 
referred  to  as  the  "vendor")  has  transferred  shares  of  the  mation 
capital  stock  of  a  corporation  registered  under  The  Venture  197^^°  ^ing-"P 
Investment   Corporations   Registration   Act,   1977   to   another 
corporation   (hereinafter  in  this  section  referred  to  as  the 
"purchaser")  pursuant  to  an  amalgamation  within  the  mean- 
ing of  section  87  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  the 
winding-up  of  a  Canadian  corporation  within  the  meaning  of 

section  88  of  that  Act,  or  the  vendor  and  the  purchaser  have 
jointly  elected  under  section  85  of  that  Act  in  respect  of 
those  shares,  the  following  rules  apply, 

[a)  the  vendor  shall  be  deemed  to  have  disposed  of  the 
shares  for  proceeds  of  disposition  equal  to  the  cost 
to  it  of  the  shares;  and 

(6)  the  purchaser  shall  be  deemed  to  have  acquired  the 
shares  at  a  cost  equal  to  the  amount  determined 
under  clause  a. 

(6)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  h  for  the  "Minister" 

...  '^r  ,  ,  .  ■        r, ,  ^  deemed  to 

purposes  of  this  Act,  the  references  m  section  84.2,  paragraphs  be  Minister 
g  and  k  of  subsection   1  of  section  89  and  subsection  3  of  Revenue 
section  89  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  to  "Minister" 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National 
Revenue  for  Canada. 

Subdivision  H — shareholders  of  corporations 

NOT  resident  in  CANADA 

26. — (1)  The  provisions  of  subdivision  i  of  Division  B  of  ^f^^- ^^^2. 
Part   I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  in  a^'^fi^ble^^' 
computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  i   for  the  wem 
purposes  of  this  Act,   the  references  therein  to  "Minister" 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National 
Revenue  for  Canada. 


32 


Subdivision  I — partnerships  and  their  members 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148, 

Part  KB)  (J), 
applicable 


Ezoeptlon 


Members  of 

partnerships 

deemed  to 

have 

permanent 

establishment 

in  Ontario 


27. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  rules  provided 
in  subdivision  j  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  partnerships  and  their  members, 
are  appHcable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the 
said  rules  apply  to  corporations. 

(2)  Subsection  1.6  of  section  96  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Where  any  activity  in  Ontario  of  a  partnership  in  a 
taxation  year  is  such  that,  if  it  were  a  corporation,  it  would 
be  subject  to  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  2,  as  the  case  may 
be,  each  corporation  that  is  deemed  to  be  a  member  of  the 
partnership  shall  be  deemed  to  be  subject  to  subsection  2 
or  3  of  section  2,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  that  taxation  year. 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148. 

Parti  (B)(k), 
applicable 


Idem 


Subdivision  J — beneficiaries  of  trusts 

28. — (1)  In  determining  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the 
income  of  a  corporation  that  is  a  beneficiary  of  a  trust, 
subdivision  k  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  in  so  far  as  the  said  subdivision  applies 
to  corporations  that  are  beneficiaries  of  trusts,  and  any  amount 
included  in  or  deducted  from  the  income  of  a  corporation 
for  a  taxation  year  by  virtue  of  that  subdivision  shall  be 
included  or  deducted,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act, 


(a)  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1  of  this  Act  does 
not  apply;  and 

(6)  the  references  therein  to  "Minister"  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada. 


Division  C — computation  of  taxable  income 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148, 
Part  KG), 
applicable 


29. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  in  this  Division  provided, 
in  computing  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  for  a 
taxation  year.  Division  C  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far 
as  the  said  Division  applies  to  deductions  permitted  to 
corporations. 


33 

(2)  In  the  application  of  paragraphs  a,  b  and  b.l  of  sub-^^^f/P^^^^j^Q^^f 
section  1  of  section  110  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  r.s.c.  1952, 
the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "receipts"  s.no'd) 
shall  be  deemed  to  mean  receipts  or  photostatic  reproductions 
thereof. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  "registered  amateur  tatf^^^ 
athletic  association"  and  "registered  charity"  mean  respec- 
tively an  amateur  athletic  association  or  a  charity  that, 
unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  Minister,  has  been  regis- 
tered by  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue  for  Canada  pur- 
suant to  subsection  8  of  section  110  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  and,  unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  Minister, 
whose  registration  has  not  been  revoked. 

(4)  In   the  application,   for  the   purposes  of  this  Act,   of  appfication of 
subsection  3  of  section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^•^g'-^^^^- 
paragraph  a  thereof  shall  be  read  as  if  subparagraph  ii  thereof  s.iii'(3) 
were  deleted. 


30. — (1)  In  computing  a  corporation's  taxable  income  for  contributions 
a  taxation  year,  there  may  be  deducted  the  aggregate  of 
amounts  (the  aggregate  of  which  amounts  is  hereafter  in  this 
subsection  referred  to  as  "the  amount  contributed")  that 
are  contributions  for  the  purposes  of  The  Election  Finances '^^^'^■'^^ 
Reform  Act,  1975  and  that  are  contributed  in  the  taxation 
year,  and  in  any  previous  taxation  year  ending  after  the 
12th  day  of  February,  1975  to  the  extent  that  such  contribu- 
tions have  not  already  been  deducted,  by  the  corporation  to 
registered  candidates  at  an  election  of  a  member  or  members 
to  serve  in  the  Assembly,  to  registered  constituency  associa- 
tions or  to  registered  parties,  provided  that, 

{a)  subject  to  subsection  3,  such  deduction  shall  not 
exceed  the  least  of, 

(i)  the  amount  contributed, 

(ii)  its  taxable  income  computed  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  and 

(iii)  $4,000;  and 

(6)  payment  of  each  amount  that  is  included  in  the 
amount  contributed  is  proven  by  filing  with  the 
Minister  receipts  that  are  signed  by  a  recorded  agent 
of  the  registered  candidate,  registered  constituency 
association  or  registered  party,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  that  contain  the  information  prescribed  to  be 
shown  on  such  receipts. 


34 

intfnpre-  (2)  In  this  section, 

(a)  "recorded  agent"  means  a  person  on  record  with 
the  Commission  on  Election  Contributions  and 
Expenses  as  being  authorized  to  accept  contribu- 
tions on  behalf  of  a  political   party,  constituency 

1975.  c.  12  association  or  candidate  registered  under  The  Election 

Finances  Reform  Act,  1975; 

{h)  "registered  candidate",  with  respect  to  an  election 
of  a  member  or  members  to  serve  in  the  Assembly, 
means  a  person  who  has  been  registered  as  a  candi- 
date for  such  election  by  the  Commission  on  Election 
Contributions  and  Expenses  and  whose  name  has 
not  been  deleted  from  the  register  of  candidates 
maintained  by  the  Commission  with  respect  to  such 
election ; 

(c)  "registered  constituency  association"  means  a  regis- 
tered constituency  association  within  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  The  Election  Finances 
Reform  Act,  1975; 

[d]  "registered  party"  means  a  registered  party  within 
the  meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  The  Election 
Finances  Reform  Act,  1975. 

Corporations  (3)  In   respect   of  a   corporation   to   which   section   34  is 

8.3418  applicable,  the  amount  deductible  under  clause  a  of  subsec- 

applicable  4.-         i    •     ^.v,  *        x 

tion  1  IS  the  aggregate  of, 

{a)  the  amount  which  would  otherwise  be  deducted 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1 ;  and 

[b)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  determined  under 
clause  a  that, 

(i)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  that  is 
earned  in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario 
(as  computed  for  the  purposes  of  section  34 
and  without  reference  to  this  section  and_ 
section  31), 


is  to, 


(ii)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable  income  ol 
the  corporation  exceeds  the  amount  referred 
to  in  subclause  i. 


35 

31. — (1)  In  computing  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  ofYha^es 
for  a  taxation  year  there  may  be  deducted  the  lesser  of,  li^stm^nt 

Corporation 

(a)  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  the  corporation's  "eligible  expenditure"   for 
the  year  determined  under  subsection  2,  and 

(ii)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  referred  to  in 
subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  proportion  of  the  corporation's  tax- 
able income  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for  the 
purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  corporation's 
taxable  income  for  the  year,  deter- 
mined without  reference  to  this  section, 
exceeds  the  amount  determined  under 
sub-subclause  A;  and 

{b)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the  year 
determined  without  reference  to  this  section  and 
section  30. 

(2)  In  this  section,  a  corporation's  "eligible  expenditure"  t^tfon^^ 
for  a  taxation  year  means  the  aggregate  of, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  corporation's  "undeducted  eligible 
expenditure"  determined  under  subsection  3  for  the 
immediately  preceding  taxation  year;  and 

(b)  an  amount  equal  to  250  per  cent  of  the  cost  incurred 
in  the  year  for  the  acquisition  of  shares  of  the  capital 
stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered  under  The  ^^^'  ^-  ^^ 
Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration    Act, 

1977.  ■ 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  2,  a  corporation's  "un-i°^erpre- 
deducted  eligible  expenditures"  means  the  amount  by  which, 

(a)  its  "eligible  expenditure"  for  a  taxation  year  deter- 
mined under  subsection  2, 

exceeds, 


36 


(b)  the  amount  deducted  for  that  year  under  subsec- 
tion 1  minus  the  proportion  thereof  that, 

(i)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the 
year  that  would  be  deemed  to  have  been 
earned  in  all  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario 
for  the  purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of. 


Non- 
residents' 
taxable 
income 
earned  In 
Canada 


(ii)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the 
year. 

Division  D — ^taxable  income  earned  in  Canada 
by  non-residents 

32.  The  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada  for  a  taxation 
year  of  a  corporation  to  which  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  2 
applies  shall  be  computed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  pro- 
vided in  section  115  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  in  so 
far  as  the  said  rules  apply  to  corporations,  except  that  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

{a)  there  shall  be  included  income  from  property  that 
is  real  property  situated  in  Canada  or  any  interest 
therein,  that  arose  from  the  sale  or  rental  thereof  or 
both;  and 

(b)  the  amount  of  the  income  included  in  accordance 
with  the  said  rules  and  clause  a  shall  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

Division  E — Computation  of  income  tax  payable 


Rate 


Deduction 
from  income 
tax 


Foreign  tax 
deduction 


33.  The  tax  payable  by  a  corporation  under  this  Part 
upon  its  taxable  income  or  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada, 
as  the  case  may  be,  in  this  section  referred  to  as  the  "amount 
taxable",  is  12  per  cent  of  the  amount  taxable. 

34.  There  may  be  deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable 
under  this  Part  for  a  taxation  year  by  a  corporation  an 
amount  equal  to  12  per  cent  of  that  portion  of  its  taxable 
income  or  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada,  as  the  case 
may  be,  which  is  earned  in  the  taxation  year  in  each  juris- 
diction other  than  Ontario,  determined  under  rules  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 

35. — (1)  Where  a  corporation  has  a  permanent  establish- 
ment in  Ontario,  and. 


37 

(a)  the  corporation  has  included  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year, 

(i)  income  that  was  derived  from  sources  within 
a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada  in  the  form  of 
dividends,  interest,  rents  or  royalties  received 
in  the  year, 

(ii)  income  that  is  deemed  to  have  been  received 
in  the  form  of  dividends  and  interest  from  a 
jurisdiction  outside  Canada  by  virtue  of  the 
provisions  of  subsection  5  of  section  148  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  or  r.s^c.  1952, 

(iii)  the  amount  by  which, 

(A)  the  aggregate  of  that  part  of  the  cor- 
poration's taxable  capital  gains  for  the 
taxation  year  from  the  disposition  of 
property  as  may  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  be   income   from   a  source 

within  a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  A 

exceeds, 

(B)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  cor- 
poration's allowable  capital  losses  for 
the  year  from  the  disposition  of 
property  as  may  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  be  a  loss  from  a  source  within 
that  jurisdiction  outside  Canada, 

hereinafter  in   this  section  referred  to  as   "foreign 
investment  income";  or 

(b)  the  corporation,  having  included  in  its  income  for 
the  taxation  year  foreign  investment  income  from 
sources  within  a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  also 
included  income  from  a  business  carried  on  by  it  in 
that  jurisdiction,  hereinafter  in  this  section  referred 
to  as  "foreign  business  income". 


and  where, 


(c)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section  126  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  such  foreign  investment 
income  has  not  been  included  as  part  of  such  foreign 
business  income,  and,  for  the  purpose  of  allocating 
taxable  income  to  a  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario  in 
accordance  with   the  regulations  made  under  sec- 


38 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


tion  34  such  foreign  investment  income  has  been 
excluded  from  the  calculation  of  gross  revenue  or 
any  part  thereof;  and 

(d)  the  corporation  is  entitled  to  a  deduction  under 
section  126  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  herein- 
after in  this  section  referred  to  as  "foreign  tax 
credit",  with  respect  to  any  income  or  profits  tax 
paid  to  such  jurisdiction  on  such  foreign  investment 
income  or  on  such  foreign  investment  income  and 
foreign  business  income  or  is  deemed  to  have  been 
paid  as  income  or  profits  tax  to  such  jurisdiction  by 
virtue  of  subsection  5  of  section  148  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada), 


the  corporation  may  deduct  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable 
under  this  Part  for  the  taxation  year  an  amount  equal 
to  the  lesser  of. 


Idem 


Small 

business 

incentives 


{e)  12  per  cent  of  that  part  of  such  foreign  investment 
income  that  is  income  that  is  included  in  that 
f)ortion  of  taxable  income  that  remains  after  deduct- 
ing from  such  taxable  income  the  portions  thereof 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  jurisdictions  other 
than  Ontario  for  the  purpose  of  section  34 ;  and 

if)  the  deficiency,  if  any,  between, 

(i)  the  income  or  profits  tax  paid  for  the  taxation 
year  by  the  corporation  to  the  jurisdiction 
outside  Canada  in  respect  of  the  foreign  invest- 
ment income  referred  to  in  clause  e,  and 

(ii)  the  foreign  tax  credit  allowed  for  the  taxation 
year  in  respect  of  such  foreign  investment 
income  under  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

(2)  For  greater  certainty,  where  the  income  of  a  cor- 
poration for  a  taxation  year  is  in  whole  or  in  part  from 
sources  in  more  than  one  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  sub- 
section 1  shall  be  read  as  providing  for  a  separate  deduction 
in  respect  of  each  jurisdiction  outside  Canada. 

36. — (1)  There  may  be  deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise 
payable  under  this  Part  for  a  taxation  year  by  a  corporation 
that,  with  respect  to  that  taxation  year,  is  eligible  for  a 
deduction  under  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
an  amount  equal  to  3  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  under 
subsection  2. 


I 


39 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection   1,  the  amount  deter- ^^®™ 
mined  under  this  subsection  is  that  proportion  of  the  least 

of  the  amounts  determined  under  paragraphs  a,  b,  c  and  d  of 
subsection  1  of  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  ^  f^g ^^^^• 
for  the  taxation  year,  not  exceeding  $150,000,  that, 

{a)  the  amount  of  that  portion  of  its  taxable  income  for 
the  taxation  year  that  is  deemed  to  have  been 
earned  in  Ontario,  measured  in  accordance  with 
paragraph  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  124  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 

bears  to, 

(6)  the  total  amount  of  the  portions  of  its  taxable 
income  for  the  taxation  year  that  are  deemed  to 
have  been  earned  in  the  provinces  of  Canada, 
measured  in  accordance  with  paragraph  a  of  sub- 
section 4  of  section  124  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada). 

(3)  In  lieu  of  the  deduction  permitted  under  subsection  1 .  J,[i*° ^ite °*^ 
for  the  taxation  year  that  ends  after  the  6th  day  of  April,  native 
1976,  and  that  includes  that  day,  there  may  be  deducted 

from  the  tax  otherwise  payable  under  this  Part  for  that 
taxation  year  the  amount  that  would  otherwise  be  deductible 
under  section  106a  as  that  section  stood  on  the  6th  day  of 
April,  1976,  determined  on  the  assumption  that  that  section 
applied  to  the  whole  of  that  taxation  year. 

(4)  Where    a    corporation    has    made    a    deduction    under  ^^j^'^^^'^Q^*^ 
subsection   1   for  the  taxation  year  that  ends  after  the  6th  additional 

,  r     .       •,      </-v-?^  11  11  1  1  •  II-        deduction 

day  of  April,  1976,  and  that  includes  that  day,  in  addition 
to  the  amount  deducted  under  subsection  1  there  may  be 
deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable  under  this  Part 
for  that  taxation  year  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  under  sub- 
section 2  for  that  taxation  year;  and 

(6)  the  amount  that  would  have  been  deductible  under 
subsection  3  of  section  106a  as  that  section  stood 
on  the  6th  day  of  April,  1976  had  that  section 
applied  to  that  taxation  year. 

(5)  In    this   section,    "tax    otherwise   payable   under   this  [at?^"^^ 
Part"  means  the  tax  for  the  taxation  year  otherwise  payable 

by  the  corporation  under  this  Part  after  making  any  deduction 
applicable  under  sections  34  and  35,  but  before  making  any 
deduction  under  this  section. 


40 

Tax  on  tax  37.  Where,  under  a  contract,  will  or  trust,  made  or  created 

before  the  14th  day  of  May,  1953,  a  person  is  required  to 
make  a  payment  to  a  corporation  and  is  required  by  the  terms 
of  the  contract,  will  or  trust  to  pay  an  additional  amount 
measured  by  reference  to  tax  payable  by  such  corporation 

^HS^^^^'  under  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  Part  II 

of  this  Act  by  reason  of  the  payment, 

(a)  the  tax  payable  by  the  corporation  under  Part  II 
of  this  Act  for  the  taxation  year  in  or  in  respect 
of  which  such  payment  is  made  or  becomes  payable 
is  the  amount  that  the  tax  of  the  corporation  under 
Part  II  of  this  Act  would  be  if  no  amount  under- 
the  contract  were  included  in  computing  its  income 
for  the  taxation  year  plus, 

(i)  the  amount  by  which  its  tax  under  Part  II 
of  this  Act  would  be  increased  by  including  in 
computing  its  income, 

(A)  the  payment,  and 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  its  tax  under 
Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
would  be  increased  by  including  the 
payment  in  computing  its  income,  and 

(ii)  the  amount  by  which  the  tax  of  the  cor- 
poration under  Part  II  of  this  Act  would  be 
further  increased  by  including,  in  computing 
its  income  for  the  taxation  year,  the  amount 
fixed  by  subclause  i  or  the  additional  payment, 
whichever  is  the  lesser;  and 

(6)  if  the  person  required  to  make  the  payment  is  a 
corporation  and  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to 
deduct  the  amounts  payable  under  such  a  contract 
in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  year,  such 
corporation  is  not  entitled  to  deduct  the  amount 
determined  under  subclause  ii  of  clause  a. 


Division  F — special  rules  applicable  in 

CERTAIN  circumstances 

co^%ration  ^^-  ^^ere  a  corporation  has  become  bankrupt,  as  defined 

bankrupt  in  subsection  3  of  section  128  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 

the  rules  provided  in  the  said  section  128  are  applicable  for  the 

purposes  of  this  Act. 


41 

Investment  Corporations 

39. — (1)  Where   a   corporation   is,   throughout   a   taxation  ^fPgP^^j^^'^°° 
year,  an  investment  corporation,  other  than  a  mutual  fund 
corporation,   subsections   1,   2   and  3  of  section    131    of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  41  cf48-^^^^' 
of  this  Act  are  applicable  in  respect  of  the  corporation  for  the 
taxation  year  as  if, 

(a)  the  corporation  had  been  a  mutual  fund  corporation 
throughout  that  and  all  previous  taxation  years 
ending  after  1971  throughout  which  it  was  an 
investment  corporation ;  and 

(6)  its  capital  gains  redemption  for  that  and  all 
previous  taxation  years  ending  after  1971,  through- 
out which  it  would,  but  for  the  assumption  made  by 
clause  a,  not  have  been  a  mutual  fund  corporation, 
were  nil. 

(2)  Subsection  6  of  section  41  applies  to  a  corporation  to  i<*®™ 
which  this  section  applies. 


Mortgage  Investment  Corporations 

40.  Where  a  corporation  was,  throughout  a  taxation  year,  ^  fgg' g^^i^Jj  i 
a  mortgage  investment  corporation,  as  defined  in  subsection  6  applicable 
of  section  130.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  rules 
provided  in  the  said  section  130.1  are  applicable  in  computing 
its  income  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Mutual  Fund  Corporations 

41. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  where  a  corpora- Rsc.  1952, 
tion  is  a  mutual  fund  corporation,  section  131  of  the  Income  B.m, 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  a  ^^^^ 
of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  131  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "20%"  shall  be  read  as  a 
reference  to  "6%". 

(3)  In  the  application  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  ^^^"^ 
131   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to 
"this  Act"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  this  Act. 

(4)  In  the  application  of  clause  A  of  subparagraph  i  of  ^<*«'" 
paragraph  a  and  clause  C  of  subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  b, 


42 


Idem 


Apportion- 
ment of 
capital 
gains 
refund 


Exceptions 
R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


Computation 
of  income 


of  subsection  6  of  the  said  section  131,  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act,  the  references  therein  to  "5  times"  shall  be  read  as 
references  to  "16%  times". 

(5)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  d  of  subsection  6  oi 
the  said  section  131  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  subparagraph 
i  thereof  shall  be  read  without  reference  to  clause  C  thereof, 
and  the  reference  to  "40%"  in  clauses  A  and  B  of  the  said 
subparagraph  shall  be  read  as  references  to  "12  per  cent". 

(6)  Where  a  corporation  had  a  permanent  establishment 
in  a  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario  during  a  taxation  year  in 
respect  of  which  this  section  applies,  the  capital  gains  refund 
otherwise  determined  hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  that  pro- 
portion thereof  that  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
that  is  deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  jurisdictions  other 
than  Ontario  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of 
section  34  bears  to  its  total  taxable  income  or,  where  its 
taxable  income  is  nil,  the  capital  gains  refund  otherwise 
determined  hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  that  proportion 
thereof  that  the  corporation's  taxable  paid-up  capital  that 
is  deemed  to  have  been  used  in  jurisdictions  outside  Ontario 
for  that  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  section  132  bears 
to  its  total  taxable  paid-up  capital. 

(7)  Subsections  5  and  9  of  section  131  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  and  paragraph  c  of  subsection  6  of  the  said 
section  are  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Non-Resident-Owned  Investment  Corporations 

42. — (1)  The  income  of  a  non-resident-owned  investment 
corporation  for  a  taxation  year  shall  be  computed  as  if  its 
only  income  for  the  year  was  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which 
its  taxable  capital  gains  for  the  year  exceeds  its  allowable 
capital  losses  for  the  year,  from  dispositions  of  taxable  Cana- 
dian property  or  property  that  would  be  taxable  Canadian 
property  if  at  no  time  in  the  year  the  corporation  had  been 
resident  in  Canada. 


''t  I 


Computation 
of  taxable 
income 


(2)  The  taxable  income  of  a  non-resident-owned  invest- 
ment corporation  for  a  taxation  year  is  its  income  determined 
under  subsection  1,  minus  its  net  capital  losses  for  taxation 
years  preceding  and  the  taxation  year  immediately  following 
the  taxation  year,  as  determined  in  accordance  with  section 
111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by 
section  29  of  this  Act. 


R.S.C  1952. 

0. 148. 

s.  133  (5,  7.1.  7.2). 

applicable 


(3)  The  provisions  of  subsections  5,  7.1  and  7.2  of  section 
133  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  for  the 
purposes  of  this  section. 


43 

Patronage  Dividends 

43. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  provisions  of  ^s^c.  1952, 
section  135  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  s.  135,' 

,     ,         .  ,  .  ,  ,  ,  ^      ^    ^     applicable 

the  deduction  from  income  of  payments  made  pursuant  to 
allocations  in  proportion  to  patronage  and  the  inclusion  in 
income  of  payments  received  pursuant  to  allocations  in  pro- 
portion to  patronage  are,  in  so  far  as  they  apply  to  corpora- 
tions, applicable  in  computing  income  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  135  is  not  applicable  ^on-^^^.^^ 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.  ofs.isso) 

Credit  Unions 

44. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  provisions  of ^f^^- ^^^2, 
section  137  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  s  137'  ^, 

..         ,,       .  ,  J.,         \  ,      '  ,  ^^  applicable 

in  computing  the  income  of  credit  unions  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  Subsections  3  and  4  of  the  said  section  137  and  para- ^''''^p*^^''^^ 
graph   c   of  subsection   6   of   the   said   section    137   are   not 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Deposit  Insurance  Corporations 

45. — (1)  Except   as   hereinafter   provided,    the   provisions  ^^^c  i952, 
of  section  137.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  appH- s. i37.'i, 

...  *•  i.u       ■  /    J  •*     •  applicable 

cable  m  computing  the  income  of  deposit  insurance  cor- 
porations and  member  institutions  thereof  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  i<*®™ 
137.1   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  para- 
graph a  thereof  to  "this  Part"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  refer- 
ence to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Subsection  9  of  the  said  section   137.1   is  not  appli- Exception 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Insurance  Corporations 

46. — (1)  Notwithstanding    any    other    provision    of    this  ^*Jcuiation 
Act,   except   as   hereinafter   provided,   the   taxable   incomes  income 
of  insurance  corporations  that  carry  on  an  insurance  business 
in  Ontario  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be  computed 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  provided  in  sections  138,  140, 
141,  141.1  and  142  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


44 


Interpre- 
tation 


(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section 
138  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  paragraph 
d  thereof  to  "this  Part"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 


Application 
of  rules 
under 
R.S.C.  1952, 
0.148 


Amounts  to 
be  included 
in  computing 

golicy- 
older's 
income 


Exemptions 


Charities 
and  other 
corporations 


Non-profit 
organizations 


47.  The  rules  provided  in  section  139  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada),  with  respect  to  the  conversion  of  a  provincial  I  y 
incorporated  life  insurance  corporation  into  a  mutual  cor- 
poration, are  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

48.  Subsection  2  of  section  142  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is,  in  so  far  as  it  applies  to  corporations,  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Division  G — ^exemptions 

49. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  no  tax  is  payable 
under  this  Part  upon  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  for 
a  period  when  that  corporation  was, 

{a)  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  c,  d,  e,f,  hA, 
i,  j,  k,  m,  n  OT  0  of  subsection  1  of  section  149 
of  the  Income  Tax  A  ct  (Canada) ; 

(6)  a  club,  society  or  association  that,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Minister,  was  not  a  charity  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection  1 
of  section  149.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  that  was  organized  and  operated  exclusively 
for  social  welfare,  civic  improvement,  pleasure  or 
recreation  or  for  any  other  purpose  except  profit, 
which  has  not  in  the  taxation  year  or  in  any 
previous  taxation  year  distributed  any  part  of  its 
income  to  any  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder 
thereof,  or  appropriated  any  of  its  funds  or  property 
in  any  manner  whatever  to  or  for  the  benefit  of 
any  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder  thereof, 
unless  the  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder  was  a 
club,  society  or  association,  the  primary  purpose 
and  function  of  which  was  the  promotion  of  amateur 
athletics  in  Canada;  or 


Farmers'  and 

fishermen's 

insurers 


(c)  an  insurer,  who  was  engaged  during  the  period  in 
no  business  other  than  insurance,  if,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Minister  on  the  advice  of  the  Superintendent 
of  Insurance,  50  per  cent  of  its  gross  premium 
income  for  the  period  was  in  respect  of  the  insur- 
ance of  farm  property,  property  used  in  fishing  or 
residences  of  farmers  or  fishermen. 


45 


irable 


(2)  Where   a   corporation    described   in   clause   h   of   sub- ^|[^^P*^^g^^j.j_ 

section   1,  butlonmade 

'  to  members  or 

shareholders 

(a)  has  in  the  taxation  year  distributed  any  part  of  its 
income  or  distributed  or  otherwise  appropriated 
any  of  its  funds  or  property  in  any  manner  what- 
ever to  or  for  the  benefit  of  any  proprietor,  mem- 
ber or  shareholder  thereof,  such  corporation  shall 
be  liable  to  the  taxes  imposed  under  this  Act  for 
the  taxation  year  in  which  the  distribution  is  made 
and  for  subsequent  taxation  years,  and  in  com- 
puting its  income  for  the  taxation  year  in  which 
the  distribution  is  made,  it  shall  include  the 
aggregate  of  its  income  of  all  previous  taxation 
years;  or 

{h)  has,  after  1971,  distributed  any  of  its  income  or 
distributed  or  otherwise  appropriated  any  of  its 
funds  or  property  in  any  manner  whatever  to  or  for 
the  benefit  of  any  proprietor,  member  or  share- 
holder thereof  on  the  winding  up  or  discontinuance 

of  its  business,  the  corporation  shall  be  deemed  to  A 

have  received  income  in  that  taxation  year  equal 
to  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  amount  of  the 
funds  and  the  value  of  the  property  distributed  or 
appropriated,  as  the  case  may  be,  exceeds  the 
aggregate  of, 

(i)  amounts  paid  in  by  proprietors,  members  or 
shareholders  on  account  of  capital,  and 

(ii)  that  part  of  the  corporation's  surplus  that  is 
attributed  to  income  that  was  exempt  under 
this  section  other  than  taxable  capital  gains, 

and  the  corporation  shall  be  liable  for  the  taxes 
imposed  under  this  Act  for  the  taxation  year  in 
which  the  distribution  is  made. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  h  of  subsection  1,  in  com-  ^°'j°^®J°*^ 
puting  the  part,  if  any,  of  any  income  that  was  distributed  taxable 

or   otherwise   appropriated    for   the   benefit    of   any   person,  gafns  ' 

the  amount  of  such  income  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount 
thereof  otherwise  determined  less  the  amount  of  any  taxable 
capital  gains  included  therein. 

(4)  The  rules  provided  in  subsections  2,  3,  4,  6,  8,  9  and  10  ^^rffis""" 
of  section   149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  ^PP^i- ^g c"  1952 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  section.  c.i48 


Idem 

R.S.C.  1952. 
0.148 


8. 126(1)  (c). 
re-enacted 


8. 126(1)  (d), 
re-enacted 


46 


(5)  In  the  application  of  subsection  2  of  section  149  of  th« 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  th( 
said  subsection  shall  be  read  without  the  reference  thereii; 
to  paragraph  /. 

0. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the  said  Act  ^ 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(c)  all  its  reserves,  whether  created  from  income  oi 
otherwise,  except  any  reserve  the  creation  of  whicl 
is  allowed  as  a  deduction  under  the  provisions  ol 
Part  II,  except  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  o) 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  thai 
paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of  subsections  1  and  J 
of  section  14  of  this  Act.  I 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  126,  as  re| 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42, 
section  11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

(d)  all  sums  or  credits  advanced  or  loaned  to  the  cor- 
poration by  its  shareholders  directly  or  indirectly 
or  by  any  person  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders 
or  by  any  other  corporation;  and 


8. 127(1)  (6), 
re-enacted 


10. 


8. 127(1)  (c), 
re-enacted 


Inve8tment8 


(1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  127  of  the  said  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  the  amount  of  the  discount  on  the  issue  or  sale  of 
the  shares  of  the  corporation. 

(2)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  127,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  17, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(c)  the  amount  that  equals  that  proportion  of  the 
paid-up  capital  remaining  after  the  deduction  of  the 
amounts  provided  by  clauses  a,  b  and  d  which  the 
cost  of  the  investments  made  by  the  corporation 
in  the  shares  and  bonds  of  other  corporations,  in 
loans  and  advances  to  other  corporations  and  in  the 
bonds,  debentures  and  other  securities  of  any 
government,  municipal  or  school  corporation  bears 
to  the  total  of  the  assets  of  the  corporation  remain- 
ing after  the  deductions  of  the  amounts  provided 
by  clauses  a,  b  and  d,  but, 


Section  9.  Subsection  1  of  this  section  amends  a  cross-reference  in 
clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the  Act.  This  change  is  complementary 
to  the  amendments  made  by  section  8  of  the  Bill.  Subsection  2  of  this 
section  amends  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  126,  which 
section  defines  the  amounts  required  to  be  included  in  the  calculation  of 
paid-up  capital.  Clause  d  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  words  "or  by 
any  person  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders"  to  make  it  clear  that  sums  or 
credits  advanced  or  loaned  to  the  corporation  by  such  persons  are  to  be 
included  in  the  paid-up  capital  of  the  corporation. 


Section  10.  This  section  amends  section  127  of  the  Act.  The  changes 
contained  in  subsection  1  of  section  127  extend  the  deduction  from  paid-up 
capital  to  all  corporations  which  have  issued  their  share  of  a  discount. 
The  deduction  was  previously  limited  to  Ontario  mining  corporations  incor- 
porated before  1970.  The  changes  contained  in  subsections  3  and  4  of  this 
section  are  amendments  to  cross-references  and  are  complementary  to  the 
amendments  made  by  section  8  of  the  Bill.  Subsection  2  of  this  section 
amends  clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  127  of  the  Act  for  the  purpose  of 
clarification  and  to  make  it  clear  that  the  deduction  permitted  under  that 
clause  shall  not  exceed  the  cost  of  the  investments  with  respect  to  which  the 
deduction  is  claimed. 


Section  1 1 .  This  section  amends  subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1 
of  section  128  of  the  Act,  relating  to  the  calculation  of  paid-up  capital 
employed  in  Canada  by  non-resident  corporations.  The  subclause  is  amended 
to  clarify  the  wording  and  to  provide  that  loans  from  banks  and  loans  made 
to  the  corporation  by  "any  f>erson  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders"  will 
be  taxable  in  the  same  way  as  such  amounts  are  taxed  as  part  of  the  paid-up 
capital  of  resident  corporations  under  section  126. 


47 

(i)  the  deduction  under  this  clause  shall  in  no 
case  exceed  the  cost  of  the  investments  in 
respect  of  which  the  deduction  is  claimed, 
and 

(ii)  cash  on  deposit  with  any  corporation  doing 
the  business  of  a  savings  bank  and  amounts 
due  by  a  corporation  with  its  head  office 
outside  Canada  to  a  subsidiary  controlled 
corporation  or  a  subsidiary  wholly-owned 
corporation  taxable  under  this  Part  are 
deemed  not  to  be  loans  and  advances  to 
other  corporations. 

(3)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  127,  as  enacted  s.  i27(i)(d), 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  17, 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "section  63"  in  the  fifth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "section  20". 

(4)  Clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  127  is  repealed  re-enacted^' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

{d)  by  which  the  value  of  an  asset  of  a  corporation 
has  been  written  down  and  deducted  from  its  income 
or  undivided  profits  where  such  amount  is  deductible 
under  the  provisions  of  Part  II  except  paragraph  n 
of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  R  S-C- 1952, 
Act  (Canada)  as  that  paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of 
subsections  1  and  8  of  section  14  of  this  Act. 


11.  Subclause  ii  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  128  of  the  8.i28(i)(&) 
said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:        re-enacted 

(ii)  the  amount  of  the  indebtedness  of  the  cor- 
poration relating  to  its  permanent  establish- 
ments in  Canada,  but  excluding  therefrom, 

(A)  all  amounts  that  are  advanced  or 
loaned  to  its  permanent  establishments 
in  Canada  by  the  corporation  itself 
or  by  its  shareholders  directly  or 
indirectly  or  by  any  person  related 
to  any  of  its  shareholders  or  by  any 
other  corporation,  and 

(B)  all  other  indebtedness  that  is  repre- 
sented by  bonds,  bond  mortgages, 
debentures,  income  bonds,  income  de- 
bentures,   mortgages,    lien    notes   and 


48 


any  other  securities  to  which  the 
property  in  Canada  or  any  of  it  is 
subject, 


S.130, 
amended 


8.186, 
re-enacted 


Idem 


12.  Section  130  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "clause 
c  of  subsection   1   of  section  75"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth, 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "paragraph  c  of  subsection 

1    of  section   81    of   the   Income    Tax  Act   (Canada)    as   that 
paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of  section  24  of  this  Act". 

13.  Section  135  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1974,  chapter  75,  section  10,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

135. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  ^0  of  section  14, 
every  corporation  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  49, 
other  than  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  m  of 
subsection  1  of  section  149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
shall  not  be  required  to  pay  the  taxes  otherwise  payable 
under  section  131  or  133. 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  every  corporation  referred  to 
in  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  1,  and  sections  40  and 
44  of  this  Act  and  paragraph  m  of  subsection  1  of  section   | 
149  of  the  Income   Tax  Act  (Canada)  shall,  in  lieu  of  th^ 
tax  payable  under  section  131  or  133,  pay  a  tax  of  $50.  fl 

(3)  Subsection   2   does   not   apply   in   the  case   of  a   cor- 
poration referred  to  in  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  1    I 
where,  pursuant  to  subsection  2  of  section  31  of  the  Income   j 
Tax  Act   (Canada)   as  made  applicable  by  subsection   1   of   I 
section    14  of   this   Act,   the   Minister  has   determined   that 
the  chief  source  of  income  of  the  corporation  for  a  taxation 
year  is  neither  farming  nor  a  combination  of  farming  and   | 
some  other  source  of  income.  i 


8. 137, 
amended 


14.  Section  137  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "section 
122"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "section  49". 


8.145, 
amended 


15.  Section  145  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


Trustees, 
etc. 


(3)  Every  trustee  in  bankruptcy,  assignee,  liquidator, 
curator,  receiver,  trustee  or  committee  and  every  agent  or 
other  person  administering,  managing,  winding-up,  controlling 
or  otherwise  dealing  with  the  property,  business,  estate  or 
income  of  a  corporation  that  has  not  filed  a  return  for  a 


Sections  12  and  14.  These  sections  amend  cross-references  in  sections 
130  and  137  and  are  complementary  to  the  amendments  contained  in 
section  8  of  this  Bill. 


Section  13.  This  section  re-enacts  section  135  of  the  Act  to  amend 
cross-references  and  these  amendments  are  complementary  to  the  amend- 
ments contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill.  In  addition,  subsection  1  of  section  135 
is  amended  to  provide  that  the  corporations  referred  to,  which  were  pre- 
viously required  to  pay  a  tax  of  $5  in  lieu  of  the  paid-up  capital  tax  otherwise 
payable,  will  henceforth  not  be  required  to  pay  any  paid-up  capital  tax. 


Section  15.  This  section  amends  section  145  of  the  Act  by  adding 
thereto  a  new  subsection  3  to  provide  that  trustees  in  bankruptcy,  assignees, 
liquidators,  receivers  and  other  persons  administering  or  managing  the 
property  or  business  of  the  corporation  be  required  to  file  the  annual  return 
where  the  corporation  has  not  done  so.  This  amendment  is  required  as  a 
result  of  the  amendment  to  the  definition  of  corporation,  which  definition 
previously  dealt  with  this  situation. 


Section  16.  This  section  amends  section  148  of  the  Act.  Subsection  1 
of  this  section  amends  subsection  3  of  section  148  of  the  Act,  which  provides 
the  rules  for  the  time  of  payment  of  tax,  in  order  to  parallel  as  much  as 
possible  the  amendment  to  the  corresponding  section  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada).  Clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  148  determines  when  the 
final  payment  of  tax  for  a  taxation  year  is  to  be  made  and  subclause  i 
previously  provided  that  where  a  corporation  had  claimed  the  small  business 
deduction  under  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  previous 
taxation  year,  it  could  make  the  final  payment  on  or  before  the  last  day 
of  the  third  month  following  the  end  of  the  taxation  year  in  question  (all 
other  corporations  are  required  to  make  the  last  payment  on  or  before  the 
last  day  of  the  second  month  following  the  end  of  the  taxation  year). 
The  present  amendment  provides  that  a  corporation  may  make  the  final 
payment  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the  third  month  following  the  end 
of  the  taxation  year  if  it  deducted  an  amount  under  the  federal  section  125 
for  that  year,  even  though  it  may  not  have  made  a  deduction  for  the  previous 
year.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  this  section  amend  cross-references  contained 
in  subsections  5  and  6  of  the  said  section  148  and  are  complementary  to 
the  amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


Section  17.  This  section  of  the  Bill  amends  a  cross-reference  con- 
tained in  subsection  4  of  section  149  of  the  Act  and  is  complementary  to 
the  amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


Section  18.  This  section  amends  section  150  of  the  Act.  Subsection  1 
of  this  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  150  of  the  Act  and  enacts  new 
subsections  la  and  ib,  in  line  with  the  amendments  to  the  corresponding 
section  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada).  The  amendments  will  require  the 
Minister  to  determine  the  amount  of  the  capital  gains  refunds  to  the  mutual 
fund  corf)orations,  investment  corporations  and  other  corporations  entitled 
to  such  refunds  (subsection  1  of  section  150)  and  allows  the  Minister  to 
determine  the  amount  of  a  corporation's  non-capital  loss,  net  capital 
loss  or  restricted  farm  loss  (new  subsection  la  of  section  150).  In  addition, 
it  is  provided  that  the  sections  relating  to  objections  and  appeals  from 
assessments  are  applicable  to  such  determinations  (new  subsection  16  of 
section  150).  Previously,  a  corporation  could  not  appeal  from  such  deter- 
mination since  they  were  not  "assessments"  to  which  the  appeal  provisions 
would  apply.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  this  section  amend  cross-references  in 
subsections  4  and  5  of  section  150  of  the  Act  and  are  complementary  to  the 
amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


49 

taxation  year  as  required  by  this  section  shall  file  the  return 
required  by  subsection  1  for  that  corporation  for  that  year. 

16. — (1)  Subclause  i  of  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  148  of  ^g^^^(3Hb)  (D, 
the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1975,  chapter  17,  section  64,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(i)  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the  third  month 
of  the  taxation  year  following  that  in  respect 
of  which  the  tax  is  payable,  where  an  amount 
was  deducted  by  virtue  of  section  125  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  in  computing  the  tax  R.s.c.  1952. 
payable  by  the  corporation  under  Part  I  of 
that  Act  for  the  taxation  year  or  the  imme- 
diately preceding  taxation  year,  or 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  148,  as  enacted  |j^^8^<^^j|''>' 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  19, 

is   amended   by   striking   out    "subsections   2   and   2a   of  -, 

section  109"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "section  41". 

(3)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  148,  as  enacted  by  the  |J^48^(6^)^ 
Statutes    of    Ontario,    1976,    chapter   32,    section    19,    is 
amended  by  striking  out  "subsections  2  and  2a  of  section 

109"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "section  41". 

17.  Subsection  4  of  section   149  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by Ij^^^jj^^j^J^ 
striking  out  "section  99"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  twelfth 
line  and  inserting  in  heu  thereof  in  each  instance  "section  111 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section 
29  of  this  Act". 

18. — (1)  Subsection   1  of  section  150  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  s^i^J^J^^^^^j 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  Minister  shall  with  all  due  despatch  examine  each  Assessment 
return  delivered  under  section  145,  shall  assess  the  tax  for 
the  taxation  year  and  the  interest  and  penalties,  if  any, 
payable  and  shall  determine  the  amount  of  refund,  if  any, 
to  which  the  corporation  may  be  entitled  by  virtue  of  section 
39  or  41  for  the  taxation  year. 

(la)  The  Minister  may  determine  the  amount  of  a  corpora-  ^j^tion 
tion's  non-capital  loss,  net-capital  loss  or  restricted  farm  loss  of  loss 
for  a  taxation  year  where,  in  his  opinion,  the  amount  thereof 
is  different  from  the  amount  reported  by  the  corporation  in 
its  return  delivered  under  section  145  for  the  taxation  year. 


50 


Provisions 
applicable 

R.S.C.  1952, 
C.148 


8. 150  (4)  (a) 

(V). 

re-enacted 


s.  ISO  (5). 
amended 


(16)  The  provisions  of  paragraph  /  of  subsection  1  of  seq 
tion  56  and  paragraph  o  of  section  60  of  the  Income  Tai 
Act  (Canada),  as  those  paragraphs  apply  by  virtue  of  sections 
16  and  17,  respectively,  of  this  Act,  and  the  provisions  of  this 
Part  shall  apply,  mutatis  mutandis,  to  a  determination  under 
subsection  1  or  la. 

i 
(2)  Subclause  v  of  clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  the  said  sectioii 

150  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:    | 

(v)  has  claimed  a  deduction  under  paragraph 
of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  Incomd 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  sec-^l 
tion  14  of  this  Act;  and  |l 


(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  150  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "section  99"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  Hex 
thereof  "section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
made  apphcable  by  section  29  of  this  Act". 


8. 152  (4), 
amended 


8. 152  (7). 
amended 


19. 


8.153(1). 
amended 


20. 


— (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  152  of  the  said  Act  is  amende 
by  inserting  after  "section  154"  in  the  first  line  "or  byv 
virtue  of  a  decision  made  under  section  1606". 

(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  152  is  amended  by  striking! 
out  "section  99"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  twelfth! 
and  thirteenth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each' 
instance  "section   HI  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
as  made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this  Act".  ; 

Subsection  1  of  section  153  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "to  the  extent  that  interest  has  been  otherwise; 
assessed  under  subsection  2  of  section  149  except  that  under 
no  circumstances  shall  the  credit  interest  so  allowed  exceed  the 
interest  otherwise  assessed  under  that  section"  in  the  ninth, 
tenth,  eleventh,  twelfth  and  thirteenth  lines. 


8.154. 
amended 


Reassess- 
ment, 
additional 
Eissessment  or 
deter- 
mination 
does  not  in- 
validate 
objection 
or  appeal 


21. 


I 


Section  154  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  o 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  21,  is  further  amended  byj 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(6)  Where  a  corporation  has  served  a  notice  of  objectionl 
to   an   assessment   in   accordance   with   this   section   or   has. 
instituted   an   appeal   in   accordance   with   section    155   and 
thereafter  the  Minister  issues  to  the  corporation. 


(a)  a    reassessment    or    additional    assessment 
interest  or  penalties  under  section  150 ;  or 


of    tax, 


\ 


Section  19.  This  section  amends  section  152  of  the  Act.  Subsection  1 
of  this  section  amends  subsection  4  of  the  said  section  152  to  include 
therein  a  reference  to  the  new  section  1606  enacted  by  section  24  of  the  Bill 
and  is  complementary  to  that  amendment.  Subsection  2  of  this  section 
amends  a  cross-reference  to  subsection  7  of  section  152  and  is  complementary 
to  the  amendments  contained  in  section  8  of  the  Bill. 


Section  20.  This  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  153  of  the 
Act  to  allow  credit  interest  to  be  paid  on  overpayments  of  tax  instalments. 
Previously  such  credit  interest  could  only  be  used  to  offset  interest  charged 
on  deficient  instalments. 


Section  21.  This  section  of  the  Bill  adds  subsection  6  to  section  154 
of  the  Act  relating  to  objections  to  assessments,  and  provides  that  a  reassess- 
ment, additional  assessment  or  determination  for  the  same  fiscal  year  in 
respect  of  which  a  notice  of  objection  has  already  been  served  or  an  appeal 
taken,  does  not  invalidate  the  notice  of  objection  or  the  appeal.  This  amend- 
ment is  similar  to  the  amendment  to  the  corresponding  section  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Section  22.  This  section  amends  section  155  of  the  Act  relating  to 
appeals  to  the  Supreme  Court. 

Subsection  1  amends  subsection  1  of  section  155  in  order  to  provide 
that  the  appeals  shall  not  be  instituted  in  the  Divisional  Court.  Appeals  to 
the  Divisional  Court  are  normally  appeals  from  decisions  of  another  tribunal 
in  which  the  Divisional  Court  considers  the  transcripts  of  evidence  in  the 
other  tribunal  but  does  not  really  hold  a  new  trial,  whereas  appeals  to  the 
Supreme  Court  under  section  155  of  the  Act  are  in  fact  trials  of  the  issues 
and  it  is  more  appropriate,  therefore,  that  these  appeals  should  be  in  the 
High  Court  rather  than  in  the  Divisional  Court. 

Subsection  2  repeals  the  provisions  in  section  155  of  the  Act  requiring 
the  payment  into  court  of  security  for  costs  when  an  appeal  is  instituted. 
Section  155  will  no  longer  require  payment  into  court  of  security  for  costs. 

Section  23.  This  section  amends  subsection  1  of  section  157  of  the 
Act  which  provides  that  on  the  filing  in  court  of  a  notice  of  appeal  and  the 
reply  of  the  Minister  the  matter  is  deemed  to  be  an  action  in  the  court  and 
ready  for  hearing.  Because  the  rules  of  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court 
provide  that  once  an  action  is  ready  for  hearing  no  further  interlocutory 
proceedings  may  be  had,  the  phrase  "and,  unless  the  court  otherwise  orders, 
ready  for  hearing"  would  prohibit  any  interlocutory  proceedings  after  the 
filing  of  the  reply  of  the  Minister.  Those  words  are  being  removed  so  that 
such  interlocutory  proceedings  as  might  otherwise  be  possible  will  not  be 
prohibited  by  that  rule. 

Section  24.     This  section  enacts  two  new  sections  to  the  Act. 

Section  160a  is  added  to  the  Act  to  permit  the  Minister  to  extend 
the  time  for  serving  a  notice  of  objection  or  instituting  an  appeal.  Pre- 
viously there  was  no  authority  under  the  Act  for  the  Minister  or  for 
the  Court  to  allow  an  extension  of  the  time,  and  there  have  been  cases  in 
which  an  extension  of  time  could  not  be  given  even  though  there  were 
compelling  reasons  for  such  an  extension.  This  amendment  will  remove  this 
harshness  from  the  Act. 

This  section  also  adds  section  1606  to  the  Act  which  provides  an 
alternative  objection  and  appeal  procedure.  This  section  will  apply  where 
the  assessment  under  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  based  on  similar  sections 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  corporation  wishes  to  object  to 
both  assessments  and  to  raise  the  same  issues  in  both  objections.  In  such 
cases,  the  corporation  may  object  to  the  assessment  under  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act  simply  by  not  filing  the  notice  of  objection  under  section  154. 
This  procedure  will  apply  only  with  respect  to  those  assessments  under 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act  that  state  on  the  face  thereof  that  they  are  made 
pursuant  to  this  section.  Both  the  corporation  and  the  Minister  will  be 
bound  by  the  results  of  the  federal  objection ;  and  the  provisions  of  The 
Corporations  Tax  Act  relating  to  objections  and  appeals  will  not  be  applicable. 
This  procedure  will  therefore  avoid  the  necessity  of  both  a  federal  and 
provincial  appeal  on  the  same  issues,  which  has  in  the  past  been  to  cor- 
porations a  burdensome  duplication  of  effort. 


51 

(b)  a  determination  of  the  amount  of  a  refund  or  loss 
under  subsection  1  or  la  of  section  150, 

for  the  taxation  year  in  respect  of  which  the  notice  of  objec- 
tion was  served  or  the  appeal  instituted,  and  sends  to  the 
corporation  a  notice  of  such  reassessment,  additional  assess- 
ment or  determination, 

(c)  the  reassessment,  additional  assessment  or  deter- 
mination does  not  invahdate  the  notice  of  objection 
or  appeal,  as  the  case  may  be ;  and 

(d)  the  corporation  may,  if  section  1606  does  not  apply, 
file  an  additional  objection  in  respect  of  any  new 
matters  raised  in  the  reassessments,  additional  assess- 
ment or  determination,  as  the  case  may  be. 

22. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  155  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  Im^ded 
by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  notwithstanding  section 
17  of  The  Judicature  Act  the  appeal  shall  be  heard  and 
determined  by  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  and  not  by  the 
Divisional  Court". 

(2)  Subsections  5  and  6  of  the  said  section  155  are  repealed,  repwiie/^' 

23.  Subsection  1   of  section   157  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  bv  ^■^^''^^^u 

J    amended 

strikmg  out     and,  unless  the  court  otherwise  orders,  ready  for 
hearing"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines. 

24.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow-  Inacted^^"''" 
ing  sections : 

160a.  The  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  under  of'tf°|*°° 
subsection  1  of  section  154  or  a  notice  of  appeal  under  sub- 
section 1  of  section  155  is  to  be  served  may  be  extended  by  the 
Minister  if  application  for  extension  is  made  prior  to  the 
expiration  of  the  time  for  service  of  the  notice  of  objection 
or  notice  of  appeal,  as  the  case  may  be. 

1606. — (1)    Where,  objection  and 

^    '  '  appeal 

procedure 

{a)  a  notice  of  assessment  is  issued  to  a  corporation 
under  section  150  that  states  on  the  face  thereof 
that  the  assessment  or  a  designated  part  thereof 
has  been  made  pursuant  to  this  section  (which 
assessment  or  part,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  hereinafter 
referred  to  as  the  designated  assessment) ; 

(6)  a  notice  of  assessment  has  been  issued  to  the  cor- 
poration under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  based  ^f^g-^®^^' 


.•.■! 


52 

on  provisions  in  that  Act  corresponding  to  tl 
provisions  in  this  Act  on  which  the  designate 
assessment  was  based ; 

(c)  the  corporation  has  served  a  notice  of  objection  U 
the  assessment  referred  to  in  clause  b  in  which  thj 
same  issues  have  been  raised  as  would  have  beei 
raised  in  an  objection  to  the  designated  assessmen 
and 

(d)  the  corporation  has  not  served  in  accordance  wit 
section  154  a  notice  of  objection  to  the  designate 
assessment, 

this  section   applies   to  the  designated  assessment,   and 
any  such  case,  sections  154  to  160  do  not  apply,  but  thoi 
sections  do   apply   to   the   part,   if  any,   of  the   assessment 
referred  to  in  clause  a  that  is  not  a  designated  assessment,      i 

an?Mini8ter  ^^^  ^^^  corporation  and  the  Minister  shall,  with  respect  to 

bound  a  designated  assessment   to  which   this  section  applies,   b^ 

bound  by, 

[a)  the  decision     of  the  Minister  of  National  Reveni 
for  Canada  from  which  no  appeal  is  taken  in  accorc 
^hb'^^^^"  ^'^^^  ^^th  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada);  or  * 

{b)  where  an  appeal  is  instituted,  the  final  disposition 
of  the  appeal  by  the  Tax  Review  Board  or  any 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction;  or 


(c)  any  minutes  of  settlement  of  the  issues  raised  ill 
the  notice  of  objection  to  the  assessment  referred 
to  in  cluase  b  of  subsection  1  made  between  the 
corporation  and  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  at  any  stage  of  the  proceedings  following 
the  service  of  that  notice  of  objection, 

J 

and  in  any  such  case  the  Minister  shall,  where  necessarw 
reassess  the  corporation  in  accordance  therewith.  d 


^^^^  (3)  Sections  154  to  160  do  not  apply  to  the  reassessmei 

referred  to  in  subsection  2. 


I 


re-enacted  ^^'  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  167  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  157,  section  32  and 
1975,  chapter  17,  section  66,  are  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Section  25.  This  section  amends  section  167  of  the  Act  relating  to  the 
statutory  Hen  for  taxes  and  other  amounts  owing  under  the  Act. 

Subsection  1  of  section  167  is  re-enacted  to  provide  that  only  such  arrears 
and  other  amounts  for  the  period  commencing  after  December  31,  1972 
will  give  rise  to  the  statutory  lien.  Previously  the  lien  commenced  after 
December  31,  1967. 


Subsection  2  of  section  167  is  re-enacted  to  provide  an  automatic 
annual  updating  of  the  December  31,  1972  date  for  commencement  of  the 
lien.  Previously  subsection  2  of  section  167  created  a  lien  on  the  property 
of  railway  companies  and  that  provision  is  repealed  because  it  became 
obsolete  and  was  redundant  to  subsection  1  of  section  167.  This  section  also 
enacts  a  new  subsection  2a  to  section  167  to  preserve  the  lien  where  a 
notice  thereof  is  registered  in  the  proper  land  registry  office. 


Section  26.  This  section  is  an  omnibus  amendment  and  changes  the 
term  "fiscal  year"  to  "taxation  year"  wherever  it  occurs  in  the  Act.  This 
amendment  is  complementary  to  the  tax  simplification  measures  contained 
in  the  Bill. 


53 

(1)  All  taxes,  interest,  penalties,  costs  and  other  amounts  J^®^g^^.^ ^^ 
imposed  under  this  or  any  predecessor  Act  in  respect  of  any  q^^|^^°^ 
taxation    year   of   a    corporation    that    commenced   in    any  amounts 

u  iinT)OS6Q 

calendar  year  ending  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1972 
are  debts  due  to  Her  Majesty  and,  subject  to  the  Bankruptcy  f-^-^-^^'^^- 
Act  (Canada),  are  a  first  lien  and  charge  upon  property  in 
Ontario  of  the  corporation  Hable  to  pay  such  taxes,  interest, 
penalties,  costs  and  other  amounts. 

(2)  At  the  expiry  of  each  calendar  year  following  1977,  ^en^'"^°^ 
the  reference  in  subsection  1  to  "1972"  shall  be  advanced 

by  one  year. 

(2a)  Subsections   1   and  2  do  not  apply  to  extinguish  or  re'^g^l^ered  ^^ 
remove  any  lien  or  charge  that  is  claimed  under  this  or  any  ^^^^^ 
predecessor  Act  in  a  Notice  of  Lien  that  is  registered  in  the 
proper  land  registry  office. 

26.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "fiscal  year"  amended 
wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 
"taxation  year". 

ti27. — (1)  This  Act,  except  clause  d  of  subsection _7_ and  subsection  j_l  ^°n^n°d^®' 
of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of  section  15  of  application 
the  said  Act,  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of  section  16  of  the 
said  Act,  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of 
section  25  of  the  said  Act,  and  section  31  of  the  said  Act, 
all  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  this  Act,  subsection  1  of 
section  19  and  sections  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25  and  26,  of 
this  Act,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent  and  applies  to  corporations  in  respect  of  all 
taxation  years  ending  on  or  after  that  day. 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  2  o^  section  14  of  the  said  Act  i^^m 
and  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  both  as  enacted  by  sec- 
tion 8  of  this  Act,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into 
force  on  the  20th  day  of  April,  1977  and  apply  to  corpora- 
tions in  respect  of  all  taxation  years  ending  after  the  19th 
day  of  April,  1977. 

(3)  Subsection  n_  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  ^^^^ 
of  section  15  of  the  said  Act,  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of 
section  16  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of  section  25  of 

the  said  Act  and  section  31  of  the  said  Act,  all  as  enacted 
by  section  8  of  this  Act,  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  and 
when  in  force,  apply  to  corporations  in  respect  of  all 
taxation   years   ending   on   or   after   the   day   that    The  ^^''  °-  ^° 


Idem 


Idem 


54 


Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration   Act,    J 977 
comes  into  force.  . 

(4)  Subsection  1  of  section  19  and  sections  21,  22,  23,  2^ 
25  and  26  come  into  force  on  the  day  this  Act  receivef 
Royal  Assent. 

(5)  Section  20  of  this  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  thi$ 
Act  receives  Royal  Assent  and  applies  to  instalments  of 
tax  payable  in  respect  of  all  taxation  years  ending  on  or 
after  that  day. 


Idem 

R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148. 


1972,  c.  143 


Short  title 


(6)  The  amendments  to  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  made 

by. 

(a)  an  Act  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
106  of  the  Statutes  of  Canada,  1974-75-76;  and 

{b)  an  Act  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being  chapter 
4  of  the  Statutes  of  Canada,  1976-77, 

to  sections  of  that  Act  which  are  by  this  Act  made 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act, 
J 97 2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  for  the 
purposes  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972  at  the  same 
time  and  to  apply  in  the  same  manner  as  those  amend- 
ments were  brought  into  force  and  made  applicable  by 
the  said  Acts  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1977. 


A 


•I 


O) 

^ ^ 

>3 

rSi. 

^. 

<?». 

S 

c5" 

<^ 

cS" 

a- 

iP 

^ 

s> 

t*«- 

05 

^ 

«> 

S) 

1 

r^^ 

r<i 

c^ 

?i- 

^ 

00 

*-•. 

»• 

^ 

«» 

H 

X 

w 
So 


> 

> 
m 

H 

CD 
O 
W 

w 
z 

w 


C-o 


o 
< 

3 
cr 

►-» 


VO 


0 

< 

t\i 

O) 

*«.,« 

8 
ft- 

3 

cr 

C/5 

ft 
ft- 

-4 

1' 

H 

i^- 

ft) 

n 

0 

•-I 

> 

0 

3 

i-i 

P 

> 

r-t 

n 

0' 

^-^ 

3 

<-► 

If 

0 

H 

p 

X 

3 

a> 

> 
0 

3 

r-t- 

t— ' 

0 

^ 

NJ 

BILL  88 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


I 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  88  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and   consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 

ollows: 

1.  Section   1   of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972,  being  chapter ^^i^^^^^^^^^ 
143,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter 
157,  section  1,  1974,  chapter  75,  section!,  1975,  chapter  17, 
section  1  and  1976,  chapter  32,  section  1,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor:  ^ 

1. — (1)  In  this  Act  and  in  the  application  of  the  provisions  ^^^®^p^®- 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  that  are  by  this  Act  made  r.s.c.  1952, 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  °^^^ 

[a]  each  of  the  interpretations  contained  in  Part  XVII 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided,  applicable  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act; 

{b)  the  interpretations  contained  in  the  said  Part 
XVII  of  the  expressions  "farming",  "foreign  re- 
source property",  "Minister",  "paid-up  capital", 
"regulations",  "taxable  income",  "taxable  income 
earned  in  Canada"  and  "tax  payable"  do  not  apply 
and  in  lieu  thereof  the  following  interpretations 
are  applicable: 

(i)  "farming"  includes  tillage  of  the  soil,  live 
stock  raising  or  exhibiting,  maintaining  of 
horses  for  racing,  raising  of  poultry,  fur 
farming,  dairy  farming,  fruit  growing,  and 
the  keeping  of  bees,  but  does  not  include  an 
office  or  employment  under  a  person  engaged 
in  the  business  of  farming  and,  for  the 
purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section  135  only, 
does  not  include  the  maintaining  of  horses 
for  racing, 


(ii)  "foreign  resource  property"  has  the  meani 
given  to  that  expression  by  section  15  of  th» 
Act, 


(iii)  "Minister"  means,  unless  otherwise  providej 
in  this  Act,  the  Minister  of  Revenue, 

(iv)  "paid-up    capital"    has    the    meaning    give 

to  that  expression   by  paragraph   c  of  sul 

R.s^c.i952.  section   1   of  section   89  of  the  Income  Td 


Act  (Canada),  but  such  meaning  does  nC| 
apply  for  the  purposes  of  Part  III  of  tls| 
Act, 


I 


(v)  "regulations"  means  regulations  made  unde 
this  Act, 

(vi)  "tax  payable"  by  a  corporation  under  a 
part  of  the  Act  means  the  tax  payable  b| 
the  corporation  as  fixed  by  assessment  ol 
reassessment  subject  to  variation  on  objectiof 
or  appeal,  if  any,  in  accordance  with  sectio; 
154  to  1606,  as  the  case  may  be, 

(vii)  "taxable  income"  has  the  meaning  given  fe 
that  expression  by  section  9  of  this  Act, 

(viii)  "taxable  income  earned  in  Canada"  has  th< 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  sectioj 
10  of  this  Act; 

cc^B^i^B-4  (^)  "bank"    means    a    bank    to    which    the    Bank    Ac 

(Canada)  or  the  Quebec  Savings  Banks  Act  (Canada 
applies ; 

(d)  "family    farm    corporation"    means    a    corporatioi 
that  is  throughout  the  taxation  year  a  corporation 

(i)  every  share  of  the  capital  stock  of  whicl 
that  confers  on  the  holder  thereof  the  righ 
to  vote  was  owned  by  an  individual  ordinarih 
resident  in  Canada  or  by  any  such  individua 
and  a  member  or  members  of  his  famih 
ordinarily  resident  in  Canada  or  by  anothe 
family  farm  corporation, 

(ii)  95  per  cent  of  the  assets  of  which  were  farm 
ing  assets,  and 


(hi)  which  carried  on  the  business  of  farming 
in  Ontario  through  the  employment  of  a 
shareholder  or  a  member  of  his  family 
actually  engaged  in  the  operation  of  the 
farm; 

(e)  "farming  assets"  of  a  family  farm  corporation 
means, 

(i)  cash,  trade  accounts  receivable,  supplies  and 
inventory  of  commodities  or  things  produced, 
raised  or  grown  through  farming, 

(ii)  land,  buildings,  equipment,  machinery,  and 
live  stock  that  are  used  chiefly  in  the 
operation  of  the  farm  by  the  corporation, 

(iii)  any  right  or  licence  granted  or  issued  under 
any  Act  of  the  Legislature  that  permits  or 
regulates  the  production  or  sale  of  any 
commodity  or  thing  produced,  raised  or 
grown  through  farming,  A 

(iv)  the  building  in  which  a  shareholder  or 
member  or  members  of  his  family  reside  who 
are  engaged  in  the  operation  of  the  farm  if 
that  building  is  on  land  that  is  used  or  is 
contiguous  to  land  used  by  that  shareholder 
or  member  or  members  of  his  family  in  the 
operation  of  the  farm, 

(v)  shares  in  another  family  farm  corporation; 

(/)  "jurisdiction"  means  a  province  or  territory  of 
Canada  or  a  state  outside  Canada  having  sovereign 
power ; 

(g)  "member  of  his  family"  means,  with  respect  to  an 
individual  referred  to  in  clause  d, 

(i)  his  spouse, 

(ii)  his  child, 

(iii)  his  father,  mother,  brother  or  sister  or  any 
lawful  descendant  of  such  brother  or  sister, 

(iv)  the  brother  or  sister  of  his  father  or  mother 
or  any  lawful  descendant  of  any  such  brother 
or  sister. 


(v)  the  father,  mother  or  any  brother  or  siste 
of  his  spouse  or  any  lawful  descendant  c 
any  such  brother  or  sister, 

(vi)  his  son-in-law  or  daughter-in-law, 

R.s^.o.  1970.  (yij)  a  person  adopted  by  him   under  The  Chil 

Welfare   Act   or    the   spouse   or   any    lawfi 
descendant  of  such  person,  or 

(viii)  his  grandfather  or  grandmother; 

[h]  "permanent  establishment"  has  the  meaning  give 
to  that  expression  by  section  7; 

(?)  "timber  royalty"  includes  any  consideration  for 
right  under  or  pursuant  to  which  a  right  to  cut  ( 
take    timber    from    a    timber    limit    in    Canada 
obtained  or  derived,  to  the  extent  that  such  coi 
sideration   is   dependent   upon,    and   computed 
reference  to,  the  amount  of  timber  cut  or  taken 

Idem 

R.s.c.  1952.  (2)   In  the  application  of  the  sections  of  the  Income  To 

Act  (Canada)  that  by  this  Act  are  made  applicable  for  t\ 
purposes  of  this  Act, 

[a)  "capital  cost"  means  the  cost  of  property  as  dete 
mined  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

{b)  "undepreciated  capital  cost"  means  the  undepr 
ciated  capital  cost  of  depreciable  property  as  dete 
mined  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act; 

(c)  the  references  therein  to, 

(i)  returns  required  to  be  filed  under  section  1 
of  that  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  referenc 
to  the  returns  required  to  be  filed  und 
section  145  of  this  Act,  and 

(ii)  assessments  to  be  made  under  section  1. 
of  that  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  referenc 
to  assessments  to  be  made  under  section  1 
of  this  Act ; 

[d)  where  a  section  of  that  Act  has  been  made  app 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  reference 
made  in  that  section  to  another  provision  (herei 


i 


after  in  this  clause  referred  to  as  the  "other  pro- 
vision") of  that  Act  which, 

(i)  does  not  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

(ii)  does  not  apply  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act 
because  a  provision  of  this  Act  is  enacted 
to  apply  in  lieu  thereof,  or 

(iii)  in  respect  of  which  the  application  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  differs, 

the  following  rules  apply  in  the  appHcation  of  the 
section  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

(iv)  where  subclause  i  applies,  the  section  (except 
sections  20,  56,  60,  paragraph /of  subsection  1 
of  section  95  and  section  138  of  that  Act) 
shall  be  read  as  if  the  reference  to  the  other 
provision  were  deleted, 

(v)  where  subclause  ii  applies,  the  reference  to 
the  other  provision  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  provision  of  this  Act  that 
applies  in  lieu  thereof,  and 

(vi)  where  subclause  iii  applies,  the  reference  to 
the  other  provision  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  other  provision  as  it  applies 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Notwithstanding   subsection    1 ,    any    regulation    made  Application 
pursuant  to  any  provision  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  regulations 
that   is   by   this   Act   made   applicable   for   the   purposes   of  r.s.c.  1952, 
this   Act   shall   apply   with   necessary   modifications   for   the  ^' 
purposes  of  this  Act  unless  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act 

or  by  the  regulations. 

(4)  Any  election   or  designation   by  a  corporation   which  Eiectiona 
has  been  properly  made  for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  ^f^- ^^^'^' 
Act  (Canada),  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  that  Act  that 

is  by  this  Act  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  properly  made  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act,  provided  that, 

(a)  where  an  amount  elected  would  be  different  from 
the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  this  Act, 
the  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  this  Act 
shall  apply;  and 


Registered 

pension 

funds 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148  applies 
as  amended 
from  time 
to  time 


(6)  the  provisions  in  that  Act  imposing  penalties  f< 
late  filing  of  such  elections  are  not  applicable  f 
the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(5)  Any  registered  pension  fund  or  plan  that  has  be* 
accepted  for  registration  by  the  Minister  of  National  Revem 
for  Canada  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  accepted  ^ 
registration  by  the  Minister  of  Revenue. 


8.2(2)(c). 
re-enacted 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


s.2(3)(c). 
re-enacted 


ss.  4, 5, 
repealed 


8.6(1). 

amended 


(6)  The  sections  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  bv  th 
Act  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  shall,  unle 
otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  be  deemed  to  be  applicab 
as  amended  or  re-enacted  from  time  to  time,  and  such  ameni 
ments  or  re-enactments  shall  apply  for  the  purposes  of  th 
Act  in  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  for  the  purposes  i 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

2. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  the  said  Ac 
as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  4! 
section  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substitute 
therefor : 

(c)  disposed  of  taxable  Canadian  property  within  tl 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection 
of  section  248  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
the  reference  in  that  definition  to  section  2  of  thi 
Act  were  a  reference  to  this  section ;  or 

{d)  carried  on  business  in  Ontario, 


(2)  Clause  c  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amendf 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  section  j 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  | 

(c)  disposed  of  taxable  Canadian  property  within  tl 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection| 
of  section  248  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (CanacB 
if  the  reference  in  that  definition  to  section  2  J 
that  Act  were  a  reference  to  this  section;  or 

(d)  carried  on  business  in  Ontario, 


3.  Sections  4  and  5  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

4.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  strikifli| 
out  "stock,  mileage"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fifth  line. 


i.S 


U 


5.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  repealed 

6.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-^g}2j^^jjj.g^ 
stituted  therefor: 

12. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  section  3  of  the^^j^^^ 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  ofRs.c.  1952, 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations,     applicable 

(2)   In  the  application  of  the  said  section  3  for  the  purposes  interpre- 
of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  paragraph  c  thereof  to  "sub- 
division e"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  Subdivision 
D  of  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

7.  Section  13  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-^^^^^^^^^^^ 
stituted  therefor: 

Income  or 

13.  Except    as    hereinafter    provided,    section    4    of    the  ^o^s from 

"  ^  a  source  or 

Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  from  sources 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations,      r  s  c  1952 

c.'l48 ' 

8.  Part   II  of  the  said  Act,   exclusive  of  sections  8  to   13a,  asPt.ii, 

(ss.  14-49, 

amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42,  sections  re-enacted),  -^ 

3  to  9,  1973,  chapter  157,  sections  2  to  11,  13  to  15  and  17  to  repealed)" 
31,  1974,  chapter  75,  sections  3  to  6  and  8,  1975,  chapter  17, 
sections  4  to  56  and  58  to  63,  1976,  chapter  32,  sections  2  to 
16,  1976,  chapter  63,  section  1,  1976,  chapter  80,  section  1  and 
1977,  chapter  16,  sections  1  and  2,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

Subdivision  A — income  or  loss  from  a  business 

OR  PROPERTY 

14. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  income  or  loss  ^^p^*'^**'^"^ 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  or RS-C.  1952, 
property  shall  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  subdivisions  a  and  b  of  Division  B  of 
Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  said  sub- 
divisions a  and  b  are  applicable  to  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the 
said  subdivisions  apply  to  corporations. 

(2)   In   the  application  of  section    10  of  the  Income   7a:^:  J°^entory  of 
Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  amount  deter- 
mined for  the  purposes  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as 
the  value  of  property  described  in   an   inventory  is  appli- 
cable for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  except  that, 

{a)  where  land  is  included  in  an  inventory  of  a  cor- 
poration and  the  corporation  has,  in  calculating  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year  or  any  previous  taxation 
year,  deducted  an  amount  referred  to  in  clause  c 
of  subsection  7  in  respect  of  such  land,  the  amount 


8 


Payment  or 
refund  of  a 
fee  under 
Ontario  Beef 
Calf  Income 
Stabilization 
Program  to  be 
included  in 
income 


Disposition  of 
depreciable 
property : 


SO  deducted  shall  not  be  included  in  determiniiif,' 
the  value  of  the  inventory  for  the  purposes  of  sub- 
section 1 ;  and 

(6)  the  Minister  may  determine  the  value  of  tlie 
property  described  in  an  inventory  for  the  purpo^^  s 
of  assessment  under  this  Act  if  he  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  values  have  been  incorrectly  determined 
by  the  corporation. 

(3)  In  addition  to  any  other  amount  required  by  virtue 
of  subsection  1  to  be  included  in  computing  the  income  of  a 
corporation  for  a  taxation  year  as  income  from  a  business 
or  property,  there  shall  be  included  any  amount  receiv«(l 
by  the  corporation  as  a  stabilization  payment  or  refund 
of  a  fee  under  the  Ontario  Beef  Calf  Income  Stabilization 
Program. 

(4)  In  the  application  of  section  13  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  following 
rules  apply, 


Undepre- 
ciated 
capital  cost 


subsections  7.1  and  10  of  the  said  section  13  and 
subparagraph  vi  of  paragraph  /  of  subsection  2 1  of 
the  said  section  13  are  not  applicable  in  determining 
the  capital  cost  or  the  undepreciated  capital  cost  of 
depreciable  property  of  a  prescribed  class  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 


Reduction  of 
capital  cost  by 
amount  of 
government 
assistance 


(b)  where  a  corporation  has  received  or  is  entitled  to 
receive  a  grant,  subsidy,  forgivable  loan,  investment 
allowance  or  other  assistance  from  a  government, 
municipality  or  other  public  authority  in  respect  of 
or  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  other  than  an 
amount. 


R.S.C.  1970, 
c.  MO 

1965,  c.  12 
(Can.) 


(i)  authorized  to  be  paid  under  an  Appropriation 
Act  (Canada)  and  on  terms  and  conditions 
approved  by  the  Treasury  Board  of  the 
Government  of  Canada  in  respect  of  scientific 
research  expenditures  incurred  for  the  purpose 
of  advancing  or  sustaining  the  technological 
capability  of  Canadian  manufacturing  or 
other  industry, 

(ii)  authorized  to  be  paid  under  the  Industrial 
Research  and  Development  Incentives  Act 
(Canada)  or  the  Area  Development  Incentives 
Act  (Canada)  and  approved  by  the  Minister, 
or 


(iii)  deducted  as  an  allowance  under  section  65 

of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  section ^s^^.  1952, 
19  of  this  Act, 

the  capital  cost  of  the  property  to  the  corporation 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount  by  which  the 
aggregate  of, 

(iv)  the  capital  cost  thereof  to  the  corporation, 
otherwise  determined,  and 

(v)  such  part,  if  any,  of  the  assistance  as  has 
been  repaid  by  the  corporation  pursuant  to 
an  obligation  to  repay  all  or  part  of  that 
assistance, 

exceeds, 

(vi)  the  amount  of  assistance. 

(5)   In   the  application  of  section   17  of  the  Income   T ax}^°^^\°^^^^^ 
Act    (Canada)    for   the   purposes   of   this   Act,    subsection    2 person 
thereof  does  not  apply  in  determining  whether  an  amount 
shall  be  included  in  the  income  of  a  corporation  in  accord- 
ance with  subsection  1  thereof. 


(6)  Where  an  amount  in  respect  of,  ffe^rent'and* 

similar 
,    ,  ,      .    .  .         ,  ,  payment 

[a)  a  management  or  administration  fee  or  charge;         tonon- 

resident  to  be 
included  in 

[h]  a  rent,  royalty  or  a  similar  payment;  or  income 

(c)  a  right  in  or  to  the  use  of  motion  picture  film 
or  films  or  video  tapes  for  use  in  connection  with 
television  that  have  been  or  are  to  be  used  or 
reproduced  in  Canada, 


is  paid  or  payable  by  a  corporation  to  a  non-resident  person 
with  whom  it  was  not  dealing  at  arm's  length,  the  cor- 
poration shall  include  5/12ths  of  such  amount  in  com- 
puting its  income  from  a  business  or  property  for  the  taxation 
year  in  which  the  amount  was  subjected  to  tax  under 
paragraph  a,  d  or  e  ol  subsection  1  of  section  212  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  or  subsection  5  of  that  section, 
except  that  clause  b  does  not  apply  where  the  non-resident 
person  to  whom  the  amount  is  paid  or  payable  is  a  corporation 
liable  to  the  taxes  imposed  under  this  Act  by  virtue  of 
clause  b  of  subsection  2  or  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  2. 


Deductions 
allowed 

R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


Capital  cost 
of  property 


Fee  under 
Ontario  Beef 
Calf  Income 
Stabilization 
Program 


Certain 
interest 
and  property 
taxes  on  land 


10 


(7)  Subsection  2  of  section  18  of  the  Income  Tax  Ac 
(Canada)  and  paragraphs  a  and  v.\  of  subsection  1  of  sectioi 
20  of  that  Act  are  not  appHcable  in  computing  the  income 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  oi 
property  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in  heu  thereo 
there  may  be  deducted  such  of  the  following  amounts  ai 
are  applicable: 

(a)  such  part  of  the  capital  cost  to  the  corporation  o 
property,  or  such  amount  in  respect  of  the  capita 
cost  to  the  corporation  of  property,  as  is  allowec 
by  regulation; 

(b)  an  amount  paid  by  the  corporation  in  the  taxatioi 
year  as  a  fee  under  the  Ontario  Beef  Calf  Incomi 
Stabilization  Program ; 

{c)  notwithstanding    paragraph    c    of   subsection    1    o 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  mad 
applicable  to  this  Act  but  subject  to  subsection 
of  section  18  of  the  said  Act,  any  amount  paid  o: 
payable  by  the  corporation  in  the  year  and  after| 
1971  as,  on  account  or  in  lieu  of  payment  of,  or  iif 
satisfaction  of,  i 


(i)  interest  on  borrowed  money  used  to  acquirl 
land  or  on  an  amount  payable  by  the  cor^ 
poration  for  land,  or 

(ii)  property    taxes,    not    including    income 
profits  taxes  or  taxes  computed  by  reference 
to  the  transfer  of  property,  paid  or  payable^ 
by  the  corporation  in  respect  of  land  to  <| 
province  or  a  Canadian  municipality,  m 

if,  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances,  including 
the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  land  in  relation 
to  its  gross  revenue,  if  any,  therefrom  for  that  or 
any  previous  year,  the  land  can  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  have  been,  in  that  year, 

(iii)  included  in  the  inventory  of  a  business  car-- 
ried  on  by  the  corporation, 

(iv)  otherwise  used  in,  or  held  in  the  course  o 
carrying   on    a   business   carried   on   by   t 
corporation,  or 

(v)  held  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  gaining  of 
producing  income  of  the  corporation  from 
the  land  for  that  year. 


11 

and  if  none  of  subclauses  iii,  iv  and  v  is  applicable, 
then  the  deduction  under  this  clause  is  permitted 
only  to  the  extent  that  the  corporation's  gross 
revenue,  if  any,  from  the  land  for  that  year  exceeds 
the  aggregate  of  all  other  amounts  deducted  in 
computing  its  income  from  the  land  for  that  year ; 

(d)  such  amount  as  is  allowed  to  the  corporation  by^®^^^^®^ 
regulation    in    respect    of    oil    or    gas    resources    in 
Canada,  as  defined  by  regulation. 

(8)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  of  Deductions 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  rsc  1952 
this  Act,  ^'"8" 

(a)  notwithstanding  subsection  8  of  section  20  of  the  NOj.J|J^ction 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  said  paragraph  n  does  property  in 
not  apply  to  allow  a  deduction  in  computing  thecircum- 
income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  from  a 
business  in  respect  of  a  property  sold  in  the  course 

of  the  business  if  the  corporation  at  the  end  of  the 
taxation  year  or  at  any  time  in  the  immediately 
following  taxation  year, 

(i)  was  exempt   from   tax  under  any  provision 
of  this  Part,  or 

(ii)  ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment  in 
Canada;  and 

(b)  the   said   paragraph   n  does  not   apply  to   allow  a  ?^°j.^|^^^**°° 
deduction  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  of  sale  of 

r  ^         ^-  £  X.       ■  u  i.u     property  If 

for  a  taxation  year  from  a  business  where  the  security 
corporation  has,  in  the  taxation  year  sold,  pledged,  ^^°^^ 
assigned  or  in  any  way  disposed  of  any  security 
received  by  it  as  payment  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the 
sale  of  property  in  respect  of  which  the  corporation 
has,  in  that  or  a  previous  taxation  year,  been 
allowed  a  deduction  under  that  paragraph  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 

(9)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  s  of  subsection   1   of^^^f^P'"®" 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes 

of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "Minister"  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada. 

(10)  Section  27  of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   is  not c^r^n^^i^ns 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  in  lieu  thereof 

the  following  provisions  shall  apply : 


Prescription 


Transfers  of 
land  for 
disposition 


Loss  on 
disposition 
of  snares 
of  a 

Venture 
Investment 
Corporation 
\m,c.  10 


Application 

R.S.C.  1952, 
0.148 


Idem 


Idem 


Adjustments 
to  cost  base 


12 


1.  Where  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  d  of 
subsection  1  of  section  149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  otherwise  exempt  under  section  49  of  this 
Act  and  subsection  1  of  section  135  of  this  Act,  such 
exemptions  do  not  apply  if  the  corporation  is  pre- 
scribed by  regulation. 

2.  Where  land  has  been  transferred  to  a  corporation 
prescribed  in  the  regulations  for  the  purpose  of 
disposition,  the  acquisition  of  the  property  by  the 
corporation  and  any  disposition  thereof  shall  be 
deemed  not  to  have  been  in  the  course  of  the  business 
carried  on  by  the  corporation. 

(11)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  has  incurred 
a  loss,  other  than  a  capital  loss,  from  the  disposition  of 
property  that  is  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation 
registered  under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Re- 
gistration Act,  1977,  such  loss  shall  not  be  allowed  in  comput- 
ing the  income  or  loss  of  the  corporation  from  a  business  or 
property  for  the  taxation  year. 


Subdivision  B — taxable  capital  gains  and 

allowable  capital  losses  | 

15. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  taxable  capital 
gains  and  allowable  capital  losses  of  a  corporation  for  a 
taxation  year  from  the  disposition  of  any  property  shall 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  be  determined  in  accordance 
with  subdivision  c  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  the  said  subdivision  c  is  applicable 
to  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  subdivision  applies  to  cor- 
porations. 

(2)  Paragraph  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  48  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act. 

(3)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  a  of  subsection  2  of 
section  40  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act,  subparagraph  i  thereof  shall  be  read  as  though 
the  words  "was  not  resident"  were  deleted  and  the  words 
"ceased  to  have  a  permanent  estabhshment"  were  inserted 
in  lieu  thereof. 


(4)  In  computing  the  adjusted  cost  base  to  a  corporation 
of  property  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  made  appli- 
cable by  subsection  1,  the  following  rules  apply  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act, 


i 


13 

{a)  where  the  property  is  a  foreign  resource  property, 
there  shall  be  added  to  the  cost  of  the  property 
to  the  corporation  that  part  of  the  foreign  explora- 
tion and  development  expenses  incurred  by  the 
corporation  after  1971  with  respect  to  the  property 
that  is  not  allowed  as  a  deduction  from  income  for 
purposes  of  this  Act; 

{b)  clause  B  of  subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  c  of  sub- 
section   2    of   section    53    of   the    Income    Tax   ^4 c^ i^sc.  1952, 

c.  148 

(Canada)  shall  apply  as  if  the  words  "foreign  ex- 
ploration and  development  expenses"  were  deleted; 

(c)  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  k  of  subsection  2  of 
section  53  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  shall 
apply, 

(i)  as  if  the  words  "deduction  from  tax"  were 
deleted,  and 

(ii)  as  if  the  reference  in  clause  B  thereof  to 
section  65  were  a  reference  to  the  said  section 
65  and  to  section  19  of  this  Act; 


{d)  where  the  property  is  a  foreign  resource  property, 
there  shall  be  deducted  in  respect  of  such  property 
any  amount  that  has  become  receivable  by  the 
corporation  at  a  particular  time  in  a  taxation  year 
as  the  result  of  a  transaction  that  occurred  after 
the  6th  day  of  May,  1974,  in  which  the  consideration 
given  by  the  corporation  for  the  amount  was 
property  or  services  the  original  cost  of  which  may 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  having  been  foreign 
exploration  and  development  expenses. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  the  rules  contained  in  subsection  1  of  Capital  loss 

•  tn         r       ^  T  t^  j  /^  i-      00  disposition 

section  40  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  appli- ofsharesofa 

Ventur© 

cable  by  subsection  1  of  this  section,  a  corporation's  capital  investment 
loss  from  the  disposition  of  property  that  is  shares  in  the  *^o''P°r*'^°° 
capital  stock  of  a  corporation  registered  under  The  Venture  ^^'^'^'  ^-  ^^ 
Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  1977,  is  the  amount  * 
by  which, 

(a)  the  capital  loss  in  respect  of  such  disposition, 
otherwise  determined, 

exceeds, 


14 


(b)  the   amount    in   respect   of   such    shares   that    wa 
deducted  under  section  31   minus  the  amount  in-i 
eluded  in  income  under  subsection  4  of  section  16. 

utfoS""*"  (6)   In  this  Subdivision, 

(a)  "foreign    exploration    and    development    expenses' 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means, 

(i)  any  drilling  or  exploration  expense,  including 
any  general  geological  or  geophysical  expense^ 
incurred  by  it  on  or  in  respect  of  exploring  or 
drilling  for  petroleum  or  natural  gas  outside 
Canada, 

(ii)  any  prospecting,  exploration  or  development 
expense  incurred  by  it  in  searching  for 
minerals  outside  Canada, 

(iii)  any  annual  payment  made  by  the  corporation 
for  the  preservation  of  a  foreign  resource 
property,  and 

(iv)  its  share  of  the  foreign  exploration  and 
development  expenses  incurred  by  any  associ- 
ation, partnership  or  syndicate  in  a  fiscal 
period  thereof,  if  at  the  end  of  that  fiscal 
period  it  was  a  member  or  partner  thereof; 

(b)  "foreign  resource  property"  of  a  corporation  means 
any  property  that  would  be  a  Canadian  resource 
property  of  the  corporation  within  the  meaning 
of  paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 

R.S.C.  1952.  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)   if  that  paragraph  were 

read  as  if  the  references  therein  to  "in  Canada" 
were  references  to  "outside  Canada"  and  were  read 
without  reference  to  the  words  "after  1971". 


Subdivision  C^ — other  sources  of  income 

R.s^c.i952.  16 — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  subdivision  d  of 

rSficabiy"*^  Division  B  of  Part   I   of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   is 

applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said 

subdivision  applies  to  corporations. 


15 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  section  56  of  the  interpre- 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  r.s.c.  1952, 
reference  in  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  /  thereof  to  "this  °"^ 
Act"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  both  the  Income 

Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  this  Act. 

(3)  Section   59   of   the   Income    Tax   Act    (Canada)    is   not  Disposition 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in  lieu  thereof  property 
the  following  provisions  apply, 

ia)  where  a  corporation  disposes  of.  Amount 

^    '  ^  r  >  receivable  as 

consideration 
r\         r^  ^^  .  for  disposition 

(1)  a  Canadian  resource  property,  or  of  resource 

property 

(ii)  any  right,  licence  or  privilege  described  in 
subsection  12  of  section  58  of  The  Corporations 
Tax  Act,  as  it  read  in  its  application  to 
taxation  years  prior  to  1972,  that  was  acquired 
by  the  corporation, 

(A)  before  1972  in  the  case  of, 

1 .  a  corporation  that  is  a  principal- 
business  corporation  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expres- 
sion by  subsection  14  of  section 
20  or  that  was,  at  the  time  it 
acquired  the  property,  such  a 
principal-business  corporation, 
or 

2.  an  association,  partnership  or 
syndicate  described  in  sub- 
section 4  of  section  83A  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  it 
read  in  its  application  to  the 
1971  taxation  year,  and 

(B)  after  April  10,  1962  and  before  1972, 
in  any  other  case, 

under   an    agreement    or   other   contract    or 
arrangement  described  therein, 

the  corporation's  proceeds  of  disposition  therefrom 
shall  be  included  in  computing  the  corporation's 
income  for  the  taxation  year,  to  the  extent  that 
the  proceeds  become  receivable  in  that  year; 

(b)  there  shall  be  included  in  computing  a  corporation's  ^'2°"/*^ 
income  for  a  taxation  year  any  amount  in  respect  under s.ia 

,  •'  -'  "^  in  preceding 

01,  year 


16 


Disposition  of 
resource 
property 
acquired 
before  1972 


R.S.C.  1952. 
0.148 


(i)  a  Canadian  resource  property,  or 

(ii)  any  property  referred  to  in  subclause  ii   of 
clause  a  or  in  clause  c, 

that  has  been  deducted  under  section  18  in  comput- 
ing the  corporation's  income  for  the  immediately 
preceding  taxation  year; 

(c)  where  a  corporation  has  made  a  disposition  of 
property  owned,  or  deemed  to  have  been  owned, 
by  it  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1971  and  there- 
after without  interruption  until  the  date  of  disposi- 
tion that  is  property  described  in  any  of  subpara- 
graphs i  to  vi  of  paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of 
section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  is 
not  property  described  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a, 
the  following  rules  apply, 


(i)  the  relevant  percentage  of  the  corporation's 
proceeds  of  disposition  therefrom  shall  be 
included  in  computing  the  corporation's  in- 
come for  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent  that 
the  proceeds  become  receivable,  and 

(ii)  where  the  corporation  and  the  person  who 
acquired  the  property  were  not  dealing  with 
each  other  at  arm's  length,  for  the  purposes 
of  this  subsection  and  section  20, 

(A)  the  cost  to  that  person  of  the  property 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount 
included  in  the  corporation's  income  by 
virtue  of  subclause  i  in  respect  of  the 
disposition  by  the  corporation  of  the 
property,  and 

(B)  when  that  person  subsequently  disposes 
of  the  property  or  any  right  or  interest 
therein,  that  person  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  owned  the  property  on  the  31st 
day  of  December,  1971  and  thereafter 
without  interruption  until  the  disposi- 
tion thereof; 


Interpre- 
tation 


{d)  in  this  subsection. 


(i)  "relevant  percentage"  has  the  meaning  given 
to  that  expression  by  subsection  4  of  section 
59  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 


17 

(ii)  "disposition"  and  "proceeds  of  disposition" 
have  the  meaning  given  to  those  expressions 
by  section  54  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ff^f- ^^^^• 

(4)   In  addition  to  any  other  amount  that  is  required  to  q/ |gare^g°° 
be  included  in  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  of  a  venture 

IllV6Stiin6Iltj 

taxation  year  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of  subdivision  d  corporation 
of  Division  B  of  Part   I   of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada) 
that  are  made   apphcable  by  subsection   1   of  this  section, 
there  shall  be  included  the  following  amounts: 

(a)  where,   in   a   taxation   year,   shares   of  the   capital 

stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered  under  The  i^'^'^-  ^  ^° 
Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration    Act, 
1977  have  been  disposed  of  by  the  corporation,  an 
amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  250  per  cent  of  the  lesser  of, 

(A)  the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  said 
shares  disposed  of,  and 

(B)  the  proceeds  of  disposition  of  such 
shares,  and 

(ii)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  determined 
under  subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for 
the  purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable  in- 
come of  the  corporation  for  the  year, 
determined  without  reference  to  this 
section,  exceeds  the  amount  determined 
under  sub-subclause  A ;  and 

{b)  where  at  a  particular  time  in  the  taxation  year 
the  registration  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registra- 
tion Act,  1977  (hereinafter  in  this  subsection  referred 
to  as  the  V.I.C.)  has  been  revoked  pursuant  to 
section  6  of  that  Act  and  at  the  particular  time 


A 


18 


the  corporation  owned  shares  of  the  capital  stock 
of  the  V.l.C,  an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  250  per  cent  of  the  cost  to  the  corporation 
of  the  said  shares,  and 

(ii)  that   proportion   of  the   amount   determined 
under  subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for  the 
purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable 
income  of  the  corporation  for  the  year, 
determined  without  reference  to  this 
section,  exceeds  the  amount  deter- 
mined under  sub-subclause  A. 


Idem 


1977.  c.  10 


Idem 


(5)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  that  owns 
shares  in  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act, 
1977  has  ceased  to  have  a  permanent  establishment  in  Ontario 
within  the  meaning  of  section  7,  the  corporation  shall  for 
the  purposes  of  subsections  4  and  6  of  this  section  be  deemed 
to  have  disposed  of  the  shares  in  that  year  for  proceeds 
equal  to  the  cost  to  the  corporation  of  the  shares. 

(6)  Where  in  a  taxation  year  a  corporation  that  owns 
shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered 
under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act, 
1977  has  disposed  of  or  is  deemed  to  have  disposed  of  any 
of  those  shares,  or  the  registration  of  the  corporation  that 
is  registered  under  The  Venture  Investment  Corporations  Regis- 
tration Act,  1977  has  been  revoked  pursuant  to  section  6  of 
that  Act,  and  all  of  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
for  the  year,  determined  without  reference  to  this  subsection, 
is  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  section  34  to  have  been  earned 
in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario,  the  following  rules 
apply, 

{a)  the  amount  of  the  corporation's  taxable  income  for 
the  year  shall  be  determined  as  if  it  has  no  income 
other  than  the  amount  determined  under  clause 
a  or  6  of  subsection  4,  as  the  case  may  be; 


19 


(b)  the  only  amounts  deductible  under  this  Act  by  the 
corporation  in  determining  its  taxable  income  for  the 
year  shall  be  its  undeducted  eligible  expenditures, 
within  the  meaning  of  section  31,  as  at  the  end  of 
the  immediately  preceding  taxation  year;  and 

(c)  for  the  purposes  of  section  34,  no  portion  of  the 
corporation's  taxable  income  as  determined  under 
clauses  a  and  b  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  earned 
in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario. 

Subdivision  D — deductions  in 
computing  income 


17. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  section  60  of  the  A^piicatic 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  ^fvP^^I/? 
this  Act  in  so  far  as  the  said  section  applies  to  corporations. 


(2)  In  the  application  of  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  o  t^tf^^^ 
of   the   said   section   60   for   the   purposes   of  this   Act,    the 
reference   therein   to   "this  Act"   shall   be   deemed   to   be   a 
reference   to  both  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   and  this  ^-f^^- 1^^^, 
Act. 

(3)  In  addition  to  the  deductions  permitted  by  virtue  of  ^axe8°^**^^°° 
subsection  1,  there  may  be  deducted  in  computing  the  income  deductible 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  all  corporation  taxes 
payable  in  the  taxation  year  by  the  corporation. 

(4)  In  this  section,  tetfoS'"®" 

(a)  "corporation  income  tax"  means  a  tax  imposed  by 
the  Parliament  of  Canada  or  by  the  Legislature  of 
a  province  or  by  a  municipality  in  the  province 
that  is  declared  by  the  regulations  to  be  a  tax  of 
general  application  on  the  profits  of  corporations; 

(6)  "corporation  tax"  means  a  tax  imposed  by  the 
Legislature  of  a  province  or  by  a  municipality  in  the 
province  that  is  declared  by  the  regulations  to  be  a 
tax  on  corporations,  but  does  not  include, 

(i)  a  corporation  income  tax,  or 

(ii)  any  other  tax  declared  by  the  regulations  not 
to  be  a  corporation  tax. 

Reserve  In 
respect  of 

18. — (1)  In  computing  a  corporation's  income  for  a  taxa-  for^SsJosition 
tion  year,  in  this  subsection  referred  to  as  the  "current  year",  °ro**rtym)t 

where,  Sue  until 

subsequent 
year 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


Application  of 
subs.  1 


Application 
ofsection 


Allowance  for 
oil  or  gas  well, 
mine  or 
timber  limit 


20 


{a)  by  virtue  of  clause  a  or  c  of  subsection  3  of  section 
16,  subsection  11  of  section  20,  or  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 12  of  section  20,  an  amount  has  been  included 
in  computing  the  corporation's  income  for  the  current 
year  or  a  previous  taxation  year;  or 

(b)  an  amount  referred  to  in  paragraph  b  of  subsection  1 
of  section  64  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  has 
been  included  in  computing,  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Act,  the  corporation's  income  for  that  previous  taxa- 
tion year, 

in  respect  of  the  disposition  of  any  property  and  that  amount 
or  a  part  thereof  is  not  due  until  a  day  that  is  after  the  end 
of  the  current  year,  there  may  be  deducted  as  a  reserve  in 
respect  of  that  amount  the  part  thereof  that  is  not  due  until 
a  day  that  is  after  the  end  of  the  current  year,  not  exceeding, 
where  the  property  was  disposed  of  in  a  taxation  year  preced- 
ing the  current  year,  any  amount  deducted  under  this  sub- 
section in  respect  of  the  disposition  of  the  property  in 
computing  the  corporation's  income  for  the  taxation  year 
immediately  preceding  the  current  year,  and  for  greater 
certainty,  no  deduction  may  be  made  in  respect  of  that 
amount  under  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that  paragraph  applies  by 
virtue  of  section  14  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  allow  a  deduction  in 
computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
if  the  corporation,  at  any  time  in  the  taxation  year  or  in  the 
immediately  following  taxation  year, 

(a)  ceases  to  be  a  resident  of  Canada; 

{b)  becomes  exempt  from  tax  under  any  provision  of 
this  Part;  or 

(c)  if  a  non-resident,  ceases  to  have  a  permanent  estab- 
lishment in  Canada. 

(3)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1, 
this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  section  64  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada). 

19. — (1)  There  may  be  deducted  in  computing  a  corpora- 
tion's income  for  a  taxation  year  such  amount  as  an  allowance, 
if  any,  in  respect  of,  ^ 

(a)  an  oil  or  gas  well,  mineral  resource  or  timber  limit; 
or 


21 

(6)  the  processing,  to  the  prime  metal  stage  or  its 
equivalent,  of  ore  from  a  mineral  resource, 

as  is  allowed  by  regulation. 

(2)  For  greater  certainty  it  is  hereby  declared  that,  in  the  Regulations 
case  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  1, 

(a)  there  may  be  prescribed  by  such  regulation  an 
amount  in  respect  of  any  or  all, 

(i)  oil  or  gas  wells  or  mineral  resources  in  which 
the  corporation  has  an  interest,  or 

(ii)  processing  operations  described  in  clause  b 
of  subsection  1  that  are  carried  on  by  the 
corporation;  and 

(b)  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  contained  in 
this  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may 
prescribe  the  formula  by  which  the  amount  that 
may  be  allowed  to  the  corporation  by  such  regu- 
lation shall  be  determined. 

(3)  Where  a  deduction  is  allowed  under  subsection   1   in  Lessee's 

^    '  share  of 

respect  of  a  coal  mine  operated  by  a  lessee,  the  lessor  and  allowance 
lessee  may  agree  as  to  what  portion  of  the  allowance  each 
may  deduct  and,  in  the  event  that  they  cannot  agree,  the 
Minister  may  fix  the  portions. 

(4)  For  the  purpose  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1 ,  Application 
this  section  applies  in  lieu  of  section  65  of  the  Income  Tax  Rsc.  1952, 
Act  (Canada). 

20. — (1)  A  principal-business  corporation  may  deduct,  in  anc?deveVo°- 
computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  year,  the  lesser  of,  ment  expenses 

business 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Canadian  exploration  ''°'"p°^* 
and  development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it 
before  the  end  of  the  taxation  year,  to  the  extent 
that  they  were  not  deductible  in  computing  income 
for  a  previous  taxation  year;  and 

(6)  of  that  aggregate,  an  amount  equal  to  its  income 
for  the  taxation  year  if  no  deduction  were  allowed 
under  this  section  or  section  19,  minus  the  deduc- 
tions allowed  for  the  taxation  year  by  subsection  5 
and  by  sections  112  and  113  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this 
Act. 


22 

Expenses  of  (2)  A  Corporation  other  than  a  principal-business  corpora- 

corporations  tion  may  deduct,   in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation 

year,  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Canadian  exploration 
and  development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it 
before  the  end  of  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent 
they  were  not  deductible  in  computing  its  income 
for  a  previous  taxation  year;  and 

(b)  of  that  aggregate,  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which 
the  greater  of, 

(i)  such  amount  as  the  corporation  may  claim,  _ 
not  exceeding  20  per  cent  of  the  aggregate  I 
determined  under  clause  a,  and 

(ii)  the  aggregate  of, 

(A)  such  part  of  its  income  for  the  taxation 
year  as  may  reasonably  be  regarded  as 
attributable  to  the  production  of  petro- 
leum or  natural  gas  from  wells  in 
Canada  or  to  the  production  of  minerals 
from  mines  in  Canada, 

(B)  its  income  for  the  taxation  year  from 
royalties  in  respect  of  an  oil  or  gas 
well  in  Canada  or  a  mine  in  Canada, 
and 

(C)  the  aggregate  of  amounts  each  of  which 
is  an  amount,  in  respect  of  a  Canadian 
resource  property  or  a  property  referred 
to  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  sub- 
section 3  of  section  16  or  clause  c  of 
subsection  3  of  section  16  that  has  been 
disposed  of  by  it,  equal  to  the  amount, 
if  any,  by  which, 

1.  the  amount  included  in  com- 
puting its  income  for  the  taxa- 
tion year  by  virtue  of  subsection 
3  of  section  16  in  respect  of  the 
disposition  of  the  property. 


exceeds, 


the  amount  deducted  under  sec- 
tion 1 8  in  respect  of  the  property 
in  computing  its  income  for  the 
taxation  year,  1 


23 


if  no  deductions  were  allowed  under 
section  19, 


exceeds, 

(iii)  the  amount  of  any  deduction  allowed  by  the 
Corporations  Tax  Application  Rules,  1972  in 
respect  of  this  subclause  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year. 

(3)  A  corporation  other  than  a  principal-business  corpora-  e^pkfration 
tion  may  deduct,   in  computing  its  income   for  a  taxation  ^^^ , 

•^  r  o  development 

year,  the  lesser  of,  expenses: 

•'  corporation 

other  than 
a  prlnclpal- 

(a)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  its  Ontario  exploration  and  corporation 
development  expenses  as  were  incurred  by  it  before 
the  end  of  the  taxation  year  to  the  extent  that 
they  were  not  deducted  in  computing  its  income  for 
a  previous  year,  minus  that  portion  of  the  deduction 
allowed,  if  any,  in  computing  its  income  for  the 
taxation  year  under  subsection  2  which  is  reason- 
ably attributable  to  Ontario  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses;  and 


{b)  that  portion  of  the  amount  determined  under  clause  a 
equal  to  the  amount  of  its  income  for  the  taxation 
year  if  no  deductions  were  allowed  under  this  section, 
minus, 

(i)  that  portion  of  the  deduction  allowed  for  the 
taxation  year  under  subsection  2  which  is 
reasonably  attributable  to  Ontario  explora- 
tion and  development  expenses,  and 


the  deduction  allowed  for  the  taxation  year 

under  sections  112  and  113  of  the  Income  Tax  Rsc.  1952. 

c.  148 

Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section  29 
of  this  Act. 


(4)  Subsection  3  of  section  16,  section  18  and  subsections  Dealers 
2  and  3  do  not  apply  in  computing  the  income  for  a  taxation 
year  under  this  Part  of  a  corporation,  other  than  a  principal- 
business  corporation,  whose  business  includes  trading  or  deal- 
ing in  rights,  licences  or  privileges  to  explore  for,  drill  for  or 
take  minerals,  petroleum,  natural  gas  or  other  related 
hydrocarbons. 


24 


Canadian 

exploration 

and 

development 

expenses 

deductible 

by  successor 

corporation 

and  second 

successor 

corporation 

R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148 


Joint 

exploration 
corporation  : 
renunciation 
of  its 

exploration 
and  develop- 
ment exi>enses 
in  favour 
of  shareholder 
corporation 


Control 
change 


Computation 
of  explora- 
tion and 
development 
expenses 


(5)  There  may  be  deducted  in  computing  the  income  for 
taxation  year  of  a  corporation  that  is  a  successor  corporati( 
or  a  second  successor  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be,  with 
the  meaning  of  subsection  6  or  7  of  section  66  of  the  Incor 
Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  amount,  if  any,  that  would  be  deduc 
ible  by  it  under  either  of  those  subsections  on  the  basis  th 
the  reference  in  paragraph  h  of  each  of  the  said  subsectior 

(a)  to  "this  section"  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  th 
section  of  this  Act; 

[h)  to  section  65  is  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  section 
of  this  Act; 

(c)  to  subsection  2  of  section  66.1  does  not  apply;  ar 

{d)  to    the    Income    Tax    Application    Rules,    1971, 
deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Corporations  Ti 
Application  Rules,  1972. 

(6)  The  portion,  if  any,  of  its  Canadian  exploration  ai 
development  expenses  that  a  joint  exploration  corporati( 
may  renounce  in  favour  of  a  shareholder  corporation  sh; 
be  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  provided  in  su 
section  10  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canad 
and  paragraphs  a  and  b  of  the  said  subsection  are  applicab 
except  that  for  the  purposes  of  this  subsection, 

(a)  the  references  in  the  said  subsection  to  subsectiD 
1    and   3   of   that   section   shall   be   deemed   to    i; 
references  to  subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section;  aii 

(6)  the  references  in  paragraph  b  of  the  said  subserti( 
to  paragraph  a  of  subsection  1  of  that  section  sh; 
be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  clause  a  of  subsci- 
tion  1  of  this  section. 

(7)  Subsection    11   of  section   66  of  the  Income   Tax 
(Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  ex*  < 
that,  in  its  apphcation  for  the  purposes  of  this  section,  t 
said  subsection  shall  be  read  without  the  reference  then  i 
to   "cumulative   Canadian   exploration   expense,   cumulati  ■ 
Canadian  development  expense  and  foreign  exploration  ail 
development  expenses". 

(8)  In  computing  the  Canadian  exploration  and  develo 
ment  expenses  and  Ontario  exploration  and  developme: 
expenses  of  a  corporation, 

(a)  there  shall  be  deducted  the  aggregate  of  all  amount 
paid  to  it  after  1971  and  before  the  25th  day  of  Ma, 
1976. 


25 

(i)  under  the  Northern  Mineral  Exploration  A  ssist- 
ance  Regulations  (Canada)  made  under  an 
Appropriation  Act  (Canada)  that  provides  for 
payments  in  respect  of  the  Northern  Mineral 
Grants  Program, 

(ii)  pursuant  to  any  agreement  entered  into  be- 
tween the  corporation  and  Her  Majesty  in 
right  of  Canada  under  the  Northern  Mineral 
Grants  Program  or  the  Development  Program 
of  the  Department  of  Indian  Affairs  and 
Northern  Development,  or 

(iii)  under  the  Mineral  Exploration  Assistance  Pro- 
gram (Ontario), 

to  the  extent  that  the  amounts  have  been  expended 
by  the  corporation  as  or  on  account  of  Canadian 
exploration  and  development  expenses  or  Ontario 
exploration  and  development  expenses,  as  the  case 
may  be;  and 

(6)  there  shall  be  included  any  amount,  except  an 
amount  in  respect  of  interest,  paid  by  the  corpora- 
tion, after  1971  in  respect  of  amounts  paid  to  it 
before  the  25th  day  of  May,  1976,  under  the  Regu- 
lations referred  to  in  subclause  i  of  clause  a  to  Her 
Majesty  in  right  of  Canada  and  under  the  Mineral 
Exploration  Assistance  Program  (Ontario)  to  Her 
Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario. 

(9)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  section,  where  a  Limitations 
corporation  has  incurred  an  outlay  or  expense  in  respect  of 

which  a  deduction  from  income  is  authorized  under  more 
than  one  provision  of  this  section,  the  corporation  is  not 
entitled  to  make  the  deduction  under  more  than  one  pro- 
vision but  is  entitled  to  select  the  provision  under  which  to 
make  the  deduction. 

(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  9,  a  corporation  that  is  i*^*"" 
entitled  to  a  deduction  under  both  subsections  2  and  3  may, 

in  addition  to  the  deduction  under  subsection  2,  deduct 
such  additional  amount  as  it  may  claim  in  respect  of  Ontario 
exploration  and  development  expenses  under  subsection  3. 

(11)  Except  as  expressly  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  of  Canadian" 
where,  as  a  result  of  a  transaction  occurring  after  the  6th  exploration 

-111.  and  devel  op- 

day  of  May,  1974,  an  amount  has  become  receivable  by  a  ment expenses 

corporation  at  a  particular  time  in  a  taxation  year  and  the 

consideration  given  by  the  corporation  therefor  was  property 

(other  than  a  property  referred  to  in  subsection  3  of  section 


Unitized  oil 
or  gas  field 
in  Canada 


Amount 
deemed 
deductible 
under  this 
Subdivision 


Interpre- 
tation 
R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


26 


16  or  a  share  or  interest  therein  or  a  right  thereto) 
services,  the  original  cost  of  which  to  the  corporation  ma 
reasonably  be  regarded  as  having  been  primarily  Canadia 
exploration  and  development  expenses  of  the  corporatio 
or  would  have  been  so  regarded  if  they  have  been  incurre 
by  the  corporation  after  1971,  there  shall  be  included  in  it 
income  for  that  taxation  year  the  amount  that  became  recei\ 
able  by  it  at  that  time. 

(12)  Where,  pursuant  to  an  agreement  between  a  corpora 
tion  and  another  person  to  unitize  an  oil  or  gas  field  i 
Canada,  an  amount  has  become  receivable  by  the  corporj 
tion  at  a  particular  time  after  the  6th  day  of  May,  197 
from  that  other  person  in  respect  of  Canadian  exploratio 
and  development  expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation,  c 
expenses  that  would  have  been  Canadian  exploration  an 
development  expenses  if  they  had  been  incurred  by  it  aft( 
1971,  in  respect  of  that  field  or  any  part  thereof,  the  followin 
rules  apply, 

(a)  there  shall,  at  that  time,  be  included  in  computin 
the  corporation's  income  for  the  taxation  year  th 
amount  that  became  receivable  by  it ;  and 

(b)  there  shall,  at  that  time,  be  included  by  the  oth 
person,  where  that  person  is  a  corporation,  in  it 
drilling   or   exploration   expense   the   amount    th£ 
became  payable  by  that  person. 

(13)  For  the  purposes  of  section  12,  any  amount  deductibl 
under  the  Corporations  Tax  Application  Rules,  1972  in  respec 
of  this  subsection  shall  be  deemed  to  be  deductible  undc 
this  Subdivision. 

(14)  In  this  section  and  in  the  provisions  of  the  Incotr, 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  made  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  th 
section, 

(a)  "agreed  portion"  has  the  meaning  given  to  ths 
expression  by  paragraph  a  of  subsection  15  of  sectio 
66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada); 

(6)  "Canadian  exploration  and  development  expenses 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means, 

(i)  any  drilling  or  exploration  expense,  includin 
any  general  geological  or  geophysical  expens 
incurred  by  the  corporation  after  1971  on  c 
in  respect  of  exploring  or  drilling  for  petn 
leum  or  natural  gas  in  Canada, 


27 

(ii)  any  prospecting,  exploration  or  development 
expense  incurred  by  it  after  1971  in  searching 
for  minerals  in  Canada, 

(iii)  notwithstanding  paragraph  m  of  subsection  1 

of  section  18  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^^48^'^^^^' 

as  that  section  applies  to  this  Act  by  virtue 

of  section    14  of   this   Act,   the  cost   to   the 

corporation  of  a  Canadian  resource  property, 

but  for  greater  certainty  not  including  any 

payment  made  to  any  of  the  persons  referred 

to  in  any  of  the  subparagraphs  i  to  iii  of  the 

said  paragraph  m  for  the  preservation  of  a 

person's    rights    in    respect    of    a    Canadian 

resource  property  or  a  property  that  would 

have  been  a  Canadian  resource  property  if  it 

had  been  acquired  by  the  corporation  after 

1971,  and  not  including  a  payment  to  which 

the  said  paragraph  m  applied  by  virtue  of 

subparagraph  v  thereof, 

(iv)  the  corporation's  share  of  any  of  the  expenses 
referred  to  in  subclauses  i,  ii  and  iii  incurred 
after  1971  by  any  association,  partnership  or 
syndicate  in  a  fiscal  period  thereof,  if  at  the 
end  of  that  fiscal  period  the  corporation  was 
a  member  or  partner  thereof,  and 

(v)  any  expenses  referred  to  in  subclauses  i,  ii 
and  iii  incurred  after  1971  pursuant  to  an 
agreement  with  another  corporation  under 
which  the  corporation  incurred  the  expense 
solely  in  consideration  for  shares  of  the  capital 
stock  of  the  other  corporation  issued  to  it  by 
the  other  corporation  or  any  interest  in  such 
shares  or  right  thereto, 

but  for  greater  certainty,  does  not  include, 

(vi)  any  consideration  given  by  the  corporation 
for  any  share  or  any  interest  therein  or  right 
thereto,  except  as  provided  by  subclause  v, 
or 

(vii)  any  expense  described  m  subclause  v  incurred 
by  another  person  to  the  extent  that  the 
expense  was,  by  virtue  of  subclause  v,  a 
Canadian  exploration  and  development 
expense  of  that  other  person, 


28 

but  no  amount  of  assistance  or  benefit  that  a  cor- 
poration has  received  or  is  entitled  to  receive  after 
the  25th  day  of  May,  1976  from  a  government, 
municipahty  or  other  pubHc  authority  in  respect  of 
or  related  to  its  Canadian  exploration  and  develop- 
ment expenses,  whether  as  a  grant,  subsidy,  forgiv- 
able loan,  deduction  from  royalty  or  tax,  investment 
allowance  or  any  other  form  of  assistance  or  benefit, 
shall  reduce  the  amount  of  any  of  the  expenses 
described  in  any  of  subclauses  i  to  v; 

(c)  "drilling  or  exploration  expense"  incurred  on  or  in 

respect   of   exploring   or   drilling   for   petroleum    or 

natural  gas  has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression 

by  paragraph  d  of  subsection   15  of  section  66  of 

^Me''^^*^'  t^^  Income  Tax  Ad  (Canada); 

{d)  "joint  exploration  corporation"  has  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  paragraph  g  of  sub- 
section 15  of  section  66  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada) ; 

{e)  "Ontario  exploration  and  development  expenses" 
incurred  by  a  corporation  means  any  expenses  that 
would  be  Canadian  exploration  and  development 
expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation  if  clause  h  of 
this  subsection  were  read  as  if  the  references  therein 
to. 

(i)  "in  Canada"  were  references  to  "in  Ontario" 

(ii)  "after   1971"   were   references  to   "after   the 
9th  day  of  April,  1974",  and 

(iii)  "Canadian"  were  references  to  "Ontario"; 

(/)  "Ontario  resource  property"  of  a  corporation  means 
any  property  that  would  be  a  Canadian  resource 
property  of  the  corporation  within  the  meaning  o\ 
paragraph  c  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  if  that  paragraph  were 
read  as  if  the  references  therein  to, 

(i)  "in  Canada"  were  references  to  "in  Ontario" 
and 

(ii)  "after   1971"   were  references  to   "after  the 
9th  day  of  April,  1974"; 


29 

{g)  "principal-business   corporation"    has   the   meaning 
given   to   that   expression   by  paragraph  h  of  sub- 
section   15   of  section   66   of   the   Income   Tax   /I  d  ^^  s^c.  1952, 
(Canada) ; 

(h)  "shareholder  corporation"  of  a  joint  exploration  cor- 
poration has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression 
by  paragraph  i  of  subsection  15  of  section  66  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  except  that  subparagraph 
ii  thereof  shall,  in  its  application  for  the  purposes 
of  this  section,  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 
to  "a  Canadian  exploration  expense  or  a  Canadian 
development  expense". 

(15)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section ''^pp^^''**^°° 
1,  this  section  apphes  in  lieu  of  sections  66,  66.1  and  66.2  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

21.  Section  66.3  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  appli- ^^^J^g  "A 

cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  that  section  inventory 
applies  to  corporations. 


Subdivision  E — rules  relating  to  computation 
of  income 

22. — (1)  The  rules  provided  in  subdivision  f  of  Division  B^p^^  1^52, 
of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  relating  to  the Paru (B) (f), 
computation  of  income  are,  in  so  far  as  the  said  rules  apply 
to   corporations,    applicable    in    computing   income    for   the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)   In  computing  income,  no  deduction  shall  be  made  in  J^mitaUon 
respect   of  an   outlay   or  expense   in   respect   of  which   any  ^  expenses 
amount  is  otherwise  deductible  under  this  Act,  except  to  the 
extent   that   the  outlay   or  expense   was  reasonable   in   the 
circumstances. 


23. — (1)  Section  245  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  transactions 
applicable  in  computing  income  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act, 
except  that, 

(a)  paragraph  b  of  subsection  2  thereof  is  not  applicable ; 
and 

(b)  the  reference  therein  to  Part  I  of  that  Act  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  reference  to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 


30 


Dividend 
stripping 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


(2)  In  computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation 
year  there  shall  be  included  an  amount  that  is  included  in 
computing  the  income  of  the  corporation  under  Part  XVI  of 
the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  pursuant  to  section  247  of  that 
Act. 


Amounts  not 
included  in 
income: 


federal 
grants 
1965,  c.  12 
(Can.) 
R.S.C.  1970. 
cc.  I-IO.  R-3 
1970-71-72. 
c.  56  (Can.) 


other 
amounts 


Subdivision  F — amounts  not  included 
IN  computing  income 

24.  There  shall  not  be  included  in  computing  the  income 
of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year, 

(a)  an  amount  paid  to  a  corporation  on  account  of  a 
grant  under  the  Area  Development  Incentives  Act 
(Canada),  the  Industrial  Research  and  Development 
Incentives  Act  (Canada),  the  Regional  Development 
Incentives  Act  (Canada),  or  the  Employment  Support 
Act  (Canada);  and 

(b)  an  amount  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
provided  in  paragraphs  b,  c,  I  and  m  of  subsection  1 
of  section  81  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Subdivision  G — corporations  resident  in  canada 
and  their  shareholders 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 

Part  I  (B)  (h), 
applicable 


Amalga- 
mations 
consideration 
for  resource 

Sroperty 
isposition 


25. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  rules  provided 
in  subdivision  h  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  lieu  of  the  rule  provided  in  paragraph  p  of  sub- 
section 2  of  section  87  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with 
respect  to  amalgamations,  the  following  rule  is  appUcable  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act: 

For  the  purpose  of  computing  a  deduction  from  the 
income  of  the  new  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
under  section  18,  any  amount  that  has  been  included 
in  computing  the  income  of  a  predecessor  corpora- 
tion for  its  last  taxation  year  or  a  previous  taxation 
year  by  virtue  of  clause  a  or  c  of  subsection  3  of 
section  16,  or  subsection  11  or  12  of  section  20,  or 
by  virtue  of  subsection  15  or  16  of  section  58  of 
The  Corporations  Tax  Act  as  it  read  in  its  application 
to  the  taxation  years  prior  to  1972,  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  been  includeci  in  computing  the  income  of 
the  new  corporation  for  a  previous  taxation  year  by 
virtue  thereof. 


31 

(3)  Paragraph  z  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  87  is  ^f^- ^^^^' 
not  appUcable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.  s.  87  ("2)  (z), 

^^  ^      ^  not  applicable 

(4)  Paragraph   e.2   of  subsection    1    of  section   88   of   the  ^f^^- 1^^^, 
Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   shall,   in  its  application  for  the  s. 88 (i) (e. 2), 

f     1  •       *  1  1-1  r  1         •  applicable 

purposes  of  this  Act,  be  read  without  reference  therein  to 
paragraph  z  of  subsection  2  of  section  87  of  the  said  Act, 
and  as  though  the  reference  therein  to  paragraph  p  of  the 
said  subsection  2  were  a  reference  to  subsection  2  of  this 
section. 

(5)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  4  of  section   16  and  Tfj^gsfer  of 
section  31,  where  a  corporation  (hereinafter  in  this  section  shares  on 
referred  to  as  the  "vendor")  has  transferred  shares  of  the  mation 
capital  stock  of  a  corporation  registered  under  The  Venture  197^^°  ^^e-'^'o 
Investment    Corporations   Registration   Act,    1977   to   another 
corporation   (hereinafter  in   this  section  referred  to  as   the 
"purchaser")  pursuant  to  an  amalgamation  within  the  mean- 
ing of  section  87  of  the  Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)  or  the 
winding-up  of  a  Canadian  corporation  within  the  meaning  of 

section  88  of  that  Act,  or  the  vendor  and  the  purchaser  have 
jointly  elected  under  section  85  of  that  Act  in  respect  of 
those  shares,  the  following  rules  apply, 

[a]  the  vendor  shall  be  deemed  to  have  disposed  of  the 
shares  for  proceeds  of  disposition  equal  to  the  cost 
to  it  of  the  shares ;  and 

[h]  the  purchaser  shall  be  deemed  to  have  acquired  the 
shares  at  a  cost  equal  to  the  amount  determined 
under  clause  a. 

(6)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  h  for  the  "Minister" 

,    ,  .  *^r  ,  /•  •  •        o  J  ^  deemed  to 

purposes  of  this  Act,  the  references  in  section  84.2,  paragraphs  be  Minister 
g  and  k  of  subsection  1  of  section  89  and  subsection  3  of  Revenue 
section  89  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  to  "Minister" 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National 
Revenue  for  Canada. 

Subdivision  H — shareholders  of  corporations 
not  resident  in  canada 


26. — (1)  The  provisions  of  subdivision  i  of  Division  B  of  ^•f^^^®^^, 

~  ~  Parti(B)(l 

applicable 


Part   I   of  the  Income  Tax  Act   (Canada)   are  applicable  inP"U(B)(i), 


computing  the  income  of  a  corporation  for  a  taxation  year 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision   i   for  the  i^em 
purposes  of  this  Act,   the  references  therein  to  "Minister" 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National 
Revenue  for  Canada. 


32 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 

PartKBXj). 
applicable 


Exception 


Members  of 

Sartnerships 
eemed  to 
have 

permanent 
establishment 
in  Ontario 


Subdivision  I — partnerships  and  their  members 

27. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  rules  provided 
in  subdivision  j  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  partnerships  and  their  members, 
are  appUcable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far  as  the 
said  rules  apply  to  corporations. 

(2)  Subsection  1.6  of  section  96  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Where  any  activity  in  Ontario  of  a  partnership  in  a 
taxation  year  is  such  that,  if  it  were  a  corporation,  it  would 
be  subject  to  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  2,  as  the  case  may 
be,  each  corporation  that  is  deemed  to  be  a  member  of  the 
partnership  shall  be  deemed  to  be  subject  to  subsection  2 
or  3  of  section  2,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  that  taxation  year. 


R.S.C.  1952, 
c.  148, 

PartI(B)(k), 
applicable 


Idem 


Subdivision  J — beneficiaries  of  trusts 

28. — (1)  In  determining  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the 
income  of  a  corporation  that  is  a  beneficiary  of  a  trust, 
subdivision  k  of  Division  B  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  in  so  far  as  the  said  subdivision  applies 
to  corporations  that  are  beneficiaries  of  trusts,  and  any  amount 
included  in  or  deducted  from  the  income  of  a  corporation 
for  a  taxation  year  by  virtue  of  that  subdivision  shall  be 
included  or  deducted,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  the  said  subdivision  for  the  pur- 
poses of  this  Act, 

(a)  clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  1  of  this  Act  does 
not  apply;  and 

(b)  the  references  therein  to  "Minister"  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  references  to  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada. 


Division  C — computation  of  taxable  income 


R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148, 
Part  I  (C), 
applicable 


29. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  in  this  Division  provided, 
in  computing  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  for  a 
taxation  year.  Division  C  of  Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  in  so  far 
as  the  said  Division  applies  to  deductions  permitted  to 
corporations. 


33 

(2)  In  the  application  of  paragraphs  a,  b  and  6.1  of  sub-f^^fjJP^^Q^Qf 
section  1  of  section  110  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  r.s.c.  1952, 
the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "receipts"  gJio'd) 
shall  be  deemed  to  mean  receipts  or  photostatic  reproductions 
thereof. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  "registered  amateur  tatfon'^^ 
athletic  association"  and  "registered  charity"  mean  respec- 
tively an  amateur  athletic  association  or  a  charity  that, 
unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  Minister,  has  been  regis- 
tered by  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue  for  Canada  pur- 
suant to  subsection  8  of  section  110  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada)  and,  unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  Minister, 
whose  registration  has  not  been  revoked. 

(4)  In   the  application,   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,   of  appffcation of 
subsection  3  of  section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  ^i48'^^^^- 
paragraph  a  thereof  shall  be  read  as  if  subparagraph  ii  thereof  s.iiio) 
were  deleted. 

30. — (1)  In  computing  a  corporation's  taxable  income  for  contributions 
a  taxation  year,  there  may  be  deducted  the  aggregate  of 
amounts  (the  aggregate  of  which  amounts  is  hereafter  in  this 
subsection  referred  to  as  "the  amount  contributed")  that 
are  contributions  for  the  purposes  of  The  Election  Finances  i975,c.i2 
Reform  Act,  1975  and  that  are  contributed  in  the  taxation 
year,  and  in  any  previous  taxation  year  ending  after  "the 
12th  day  of  February,  1975  to  the  extent  that  such  contribu- 
tions have  not  already  been  deducted,  by  the  corporation  to 
registered  candidates  at  an  election  of  a  member  or  members 
to  serve  in  the  Assembly,  to  registered  constituency  associa- 
tions or  to  registered  parties,  provided  that, 

(a)  subject  to  subsection  3,  such  deduction  shall  not 
exceed  the  least  of, 

(i)  the  amount  contributed, 

(ii)  its  taxable  income  computed  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  and 

(iii)  $4,000;  and 

(6)  payment  of  each  amount  that  is  included  in  the 
amount  contributed  is  proven  by  filing  with  the 
Minister  receipts  that  are  signed  by  a  recorded  agent 
of  the  registered  candidate,  registered  constituency 
association  or  registered  party,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  that  contain  the  information  prescribed  to  be 
shown  on  such  receipts. 


34  f 

I 


interpre-  (2)  In  this  scction, 


tation 


1975.  c.  12 


(a)  "recorded  agent"  means  a  person  on  record  with 
the  Commission  on  Election  Contributions  and 
Expenses  as  being  authorized  to  accept  contribu- 
tions on  behalf  of  a  political  party,  constituency 
association  or  candidate  registered  under  The  Election 
Finances  Reform  Act,  1975; 

{b)  "registered  candidate",  with  respect  to  an  election 
of  a  member  or  members  to  serve  in  the  Assembly, 
means  a  person  who  has  been  registered  as  a  candi- 
date for  such  election  by  the  Commission  on  Election 
Contributions  and  Expenses  and  whose  name  has 
not  been  deleted  from  the  register  of  candidates 
maintained  by  the  Commission  with  respect  to  such 
election ; 

(c)  "registered  constituency  association"  means  a  regis- 
tered constituency  association  within  the  meaning 
given  to  that  expression  by  The  Election  Finances 
Reform  Act,  1975; 

(d)  "registered  party"  means  a  registered  party  within 
the  meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  The  Election 
Finances  Reform  Act,  1975. 

towhich"°°^  (3)   In   respect   of  a   corporation   to   which   section   34   is 

8- 34 is  applicable,  the  amount  deductible  under  clause  a  of  subsec- 

applicable  i-         i         ..u  ^        x 

tion  1  IS  the  aggregate  of, 

{a)  the  amount  which  would  otherwise  be  deducted 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  1 ;  and 

(6)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  determined  under 
clause  a  that, 

(i)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  that  is 
earned  in  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario 
(as  computed  for  the  purposes  of  section  34 
and  without  reference  to  this  section  and 
section  31), 

is  to, 

(ii)  the  amount  by  which  the  taxable  income  of 
the  corporation  exceeds  the  amount  referred 
to  in  subclause  i. 


35 

31.^ — (1)   In  computing  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  of^^a^e® 
for  a  taxation  year  there  may  be  deducted  the  lesser  of,  inX^s^ment 

Corporation 

(a)  the  aggregate  of, 

(i)  the  corporation's  "eligible  expenditure"   for 
the  year  determined  under  subsection  2,  and 

(ii)  that  proportion  of  the  amount  referred  to  in 
subclause  i  that, 

(A)  the  proportion  of  the  corporation's  tax- 
able income  determined  without  refer- 
ence to  this  section,  that  would  be 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  all 
jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario  for  the 
purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  the  corporation's 
taxable  income  for  the  year,  deter- 
mined without  reference  to  this  section, 
exceeds  the  amount  determined  under 
sub-subclause  A;  and 

{b)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the  year 
determined  without  reference  to  this  section  and 
section  30. 

(2)  In  this  section,  a  corporation's  "eligible  expenditure"  ^atfon^* 
for  a  taxation  year  means  the  aggregate  of, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  corporation's  "undeducted  eligible 
expenditure"  determined  under  subsection  3  for  the 
immediately  preceding  taxation  year;  and 

(b)  an  amount  equal  to  250  per  cent  of  the  cost  incurred 
in  the  year  for  the  acquisition  of  shares  of  the  capital 
stock  of  a  corporation  that  is  registered  under  The  i^'''-  ^-  ^^ 
Venture    Investment    Corporations    Registration    Act, 

1977. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  2,  a  corporation's  "uri^  tatfon'^^ 
deducted  eligible  exp>enditures"  means  the  amount  by  which, 

(a)  its  "eligible  expenditure"  for  a  taxation  year  deter- 
mined under  subsection  2, 

exceeds, 


A 


36 


Non- 
residents' 
taxable 
income 
earned  in 
Canada 


(b)  the  amount  deducted  for  that  year  under  subsec- 
tion 1  minus  the  proportion  thereof  that, 

(i)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  the 
year  that  would  be  deemed  to  have  been 
earned  in  all  jurisdictions  other  than  Ontario 
for  the  purposes  of  section  34, 

is  of, 

(ii)  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation  for  th( 
year. 

Division  D — ^taxable  income  earned  in  Canada 

BY   non-residents 

32.  The  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada  for  a  taxation 
year  of  a  corporation  to  which  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  2 
applies  shall  be  computed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  pro- 
vided in  section  115  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  in  so 
far  as  the  said  rules  apply  to  corporations,  except  that  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act, 

(a)  there  shall  be  included  income  from  property  that 
is  real  property  situated  in  Canada  or  any  interest 
therein,  that  arose  from  the  sale  or  rental  thereof  or 
both;  and 

(b)  the  amount  of  the  income  included  in  accordance 
with  the  said  rules  and  clause  a  shall  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  this  Act. 


Rate 


Deduction 
from  income 
tax 


Foreign  tax 
deduction 


Division  E — Computation  of  income  tax  payable 

33.  The  tax  payable  by  a  corporation  under  this  Part 
upon  its  taxable  income  or  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada, 
as  the  case  may  be,  in  this  section  referred  to  as  the  "amount 
taxable",  is  12  per  cent  of  the  amount  taxable. 

34.  There  may  be  deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable' 
under  this  Part  for  a  taxation  year  by  a  corporation  an 
amount  equal  to  12  per  cent  of  that  portion  of  its  taxable 
income  or  taxable  income  earned  in  Canada,  as  the  case 
may  be,  which  is  earned  in  the  taxation  year  in  each  juris- 
diction other  than  Ontario,  determined  under  rules  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 

35. — (1)  Where  a  corporation  has  a  permanent  establish- 
ment in  Ontario,  and. 


37 

(a)  the  corporation  has  included  in  computing  its 
income  for  the  taxation  year, 

(i)  income  that  was  derived  from  sources  within 
a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada  in  the  form  of 
dividends,  interest,  rents  or  royalties  received 
in  the  year, 

(ii)  income  that  is  deemed  to  have  been  received 
in  the  form  of  dividends  and  interest  from  a 
jurisdiction  outside  Canada  by  virtue  of  the 
provisions  of  subsection  5  of  section  148  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  or  r.s.c.  1952, 

\  "  c.  148 

(iii)  the  amount  by  which, 

(A)  the  aggregate  of  that  part  of  the  cor- 
poration's taxable  capital  gains  for  the 
taxation  year  from  the  disposition  of 
property  as  may  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  be  income  from  a  source 
within  a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada, 

exceeds, 

(B)  the  aggregate  of  such  of  the  cor- 
poration's allowable  capital  losses  for 
the  year  from  the  disposition  of 
property  as  may  reasonably  be  con- 
sidered to  be  a  loss  from  a  source  within 
that  jurisdiction  outside  Canada, 

hereinafter  in   this  section  referred   to  as   "foreign 
investment  income";  or 

(6)  the  corporation,  having  included  in  its  income  for 
the  taxation  year  foreign  investment  income  from 
sources  within  a  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  also 
included  income  from  a  business  carried  on  by  it  in 
that  jurisdiction,  hereinafter  in  this  section  referred 
to  as  "foreign  business  income". 


and  where, 


(c)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  2  of  section  126  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  such  foreign  investment 
income  has  not  been  included  as  part  of  such  foreign 
business  income,  and,  for  the  purpose  of  allocating 
taxable  income  to  a  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario  in 
accordance  with   the  regulations  made  under  sec- 


38 


tion  34  such   foreign  investment  income  has  been 
excluded  from  the  calculation  of  gross  revenue  or] 
any  part  thereof;  and 


R.S.C.  1952, 
C.148 


(d)  the  corporation  is  entitled  to  a  deduction  under 
section  126  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  herein- 
after in  this  section  referred  to  as  "foreign  tax 
credit",  with  respect  to  any  income  or  profits  tax 
paid  to  such  jurisdiction  on  such  foreign  investment 
income  or  on  such  foreign  investment  income  and^ 
foreign  business  income  or  is  deemed  to  have  been 
paid  as  income  or  profits  tax  to  such  jurisdiction  by 
virtue  of  subsection  5  of  section  148  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada), 


I 


the  corporation  may  deduct  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable 
under  this  Part  for  the  taxation  year  an  amount  equal 
to  the  lesser  of, 


Idem 


{e)  12  per  cent  of  that  part  of  such  foreign  investment 
income  that  is  income  that  is  included  in  that 
portion  of  taxable  income  that  remains  after  deduct- 
ing from  such  taxable  income  the  portions  thereof 
deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  jurisdictions  other 
than  Ontario  for  the  purpose  of  section  34 ;  and 

(/)  the  deficiency,  if  any,  between, 

(i)  the  income  or  profits  tax  paid  for  the  taxation 
year  by  the  corporation  to  the  jurisdiction 
outside  Canada  in  respect  of  the  foreign  invest- 
ment income  referred  to  in  clause  e,  and 

(ii)  the  foreign  tax  credit  allowed  for  the  taxation 
year  in  respect  of  such  foreign  investment 
income  under  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

(2)  For  greater  certainty,  where  the  income  of  a  cor- 
poration for  a  taxation  year  is  in  whole  or  in  part  from 
sources  in  more  than  one  jurisdiction  outside  Canada,  sub- 
section 1  shall  be  read  as  providing  for  a  separate  deduction 
in  respect  of  each  jurisdiction  outside  Canada. 


Small 

business 

incentives 


36. — (1)  There  may  be  deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise 
payable  under  this  Part  for  a  taxation  year  by  a  corporation 
that,  with  respect  to  that  taxation  year,  is  eligible  for  a 
deduction  under  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
an  amount  equal  to  3  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  under 
subsection  2. 


39 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection   1,  the  amount  deter- ^'^®'" 
mined  under  this  subsection  is  that  proportion  of  the  least 

of  the  amounts  determined  under  paragraphs  a,  h,  c  and  d  of 
subsection  1  of  section  125  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  ^f^^- 1952. 
for  the  taxation  year,  not  exceeding  $150,000,  that, 

[a)  the  amount  of  that  portion  of  its  taxable  income  for 
the  taxation  year  that  is  deemed  to  have  been 
earned  in  Ontario,  measured  in  accordance  with 
paragraph  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  124  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 

bears  to, 

{h)  the  total  amount  of  the  portions  of  its  taxable 
income  for  the  taxation  year  that  are  deemed  to 
have  been  earned  in  the  provinces  of  /Canada, 
measured  in  accordance  with  paragraph  a  of  sub- 
section 4  of  section  124  of  the  Income  Tax  Act 
(Canada).  ^ 

(3)  In  Heu  of  the  deduction  permitted  under  subsection  1 ,  Transitional 

^  ^  rule;  alter- 

for  the  taxation  year  that  ends  after  the  6th  day  of  April,  native 
1976,  and  that  includes  that  day,  there  may  be  deducted 
from  the  tax  otherwise  payable  under  this  Part  for  that 
taxation  year  the  amount  that  would  otherwise  be  deductible 
under  section  106a  as  that  section  stood  on  the  6th  day  of 
April,  1976,  determined  on  the  assumption  that  that  section 
applied  to  the  whole  of  that  taxation  year. 

(4)  Where   a   corporation    has   made    a   deduction    under  ^^[j*°^*^*°°*^ 
subsection   1   for  the  taxation  year  that  ends  after  the  6th  additional 
day  of  April,  1976,  and  that  includes  that  day,  in  addition 

to  the  amount  deducted  under  subsection  1  there  may  be 
deducted  from  the  tax  otherwise  payable  under  this  Part 
for  that  taxation  year  the  lesser  of, 

(a)  3  per  cent  of  the  amount  determined  under  sub- 
section 2  for  that  taxation  year;  and 

(6)  the  amount  that  would  have  been  deductible  under 
subsection  3  of  section  106a  as  that  section  stood 
on  the  6th  day  of  April,  1976  had  that  section 
applied  to  that  taxation  year. 

(5)  In    this   section,    "tax    otherwise   payable   under   this  ["^fon'^*' 
Part"  means  the  tax  for  the  taxation  year  otherwise  payable 

by  the  corporation  under  this  Part  after  making  any  deduction 
applicable  under  sections  34  and  35,  but  before  making  any 
deduction  under  this  section. 


40 

Tax  on  tax  37.  Where,  under  a  contract,  will  or  trust,  made  or  created 

before  the  14th  day  of  May,  1953,  a  person  is  required  to 
make  a  payment  to  a  corporation  and  is  required  by  the  terms 
of  the  contract,  will  or  trust  to  pay  an  additional  amount 
measured  by  reference  to  tax  payable  by  such  corporation 

?f« ^^^^'  under  Part   I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  Part  II 

of  this  Act  by  reason  of  the  payment, 

(a)  the  tax  payable  by  the  corporation  under  Part  II 
of  this  Act  for  the  taxation  year  in  or  in  respect 
of  which  such  payment  is  made  or  becomes  payable 
is  the  amount  that  the  tax  of  the  corporation  under 
Part  II  of  this  Act  would  be  if  no  amount  under 
the  contract  were  included  in  computing  its  income 
for  the  taxation  year  plus, 

(i)  the  amount  by  which  its  tax  under  Part  II 
of  this  Act  would  be  increased  by  including  in 
computing  its  income, 

(A)  the  payment,  and 

(B)  the  amount  by  which  its  tax  under 
Part  I  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
would  be  increased  by  including  the 
payment  in  computing  its  income,  and 

(ii)  the  amount  by  which  the  tax  of  the  cor- 
poration under  Part  II  of  this  Act  would  be 
further  increased  by  including,  in  computing 
its  income  for  the  taxation  year,  the  amount 
fixed  by  subclause  i  or  the  additional  payment, 
whichever  is  the  lesser ;  and 

(b)  if  the  person  required  to  make  the  payment  is  a 
corporation  and  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to 
deduct  the  amounts  payable  under  such  a  contract 
in  computing  its  income  for  a  taxation  year,  such 
corporation  is  not  entitled  to  deduct  the  amount 
determined  under  subclause  ii  of  clause  a. 


Division  F — special  rules  applicable  in 

CERTAIN  circumstances 

Where  3g    Where  a  corporation  has  become  bankrupt,  as  defined 

corporation  "  ^ 

bankrupt  in  subsection  3  of  section  128  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 

the  rules  provided  in  the  said  section  128  are  applicable  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act. 


41 

Investment  Corporations 

39. — (1)  Where   a   corporation   is,   throughout   a   taxation  ^jPgP^^^^^"°° 
year,  an  investment  corporation,  other  than  a  mutual  fund 
corporation,   subsections   1,   2   and  3  of  section   131   of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  apphcable  by  section  41  ^■f48'^^^^- 
of  this  Act  are  applicable  in  respect  of  the  corporation  for  the 
taxation  year  as  if, 

(a)  the  corporation  had  been  a  mutual  fund  corporation 
throughout  that  and  all  previous  taxation  years 
ending  after  1971  throughout  which  it  was  an 
investment  corporation ;  and 

(b)  its  capital  gains  redemption  for  that  and  all 
previous  taxation  years  ending  after  1971,  through- 
out which  it  would,  but  for  the  assumption  made  by 
clause  a,  not  have  been  a  mutual  fund  corporation, 
were  nil. 


(2)  Subsection  6  of  section  41  applies  to  a  corporation  to 
which  this  section  applies. 


Idem 


Mortgage  Investment  Corporations 

40.  Where  a  corporation  was,  throughout  a  taxation  year,  ^fgg's^^mj i 
a  mortgage  investment  corporation,  as  defined  in  subsection  6  applicable 
of  section  130.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  the  rules 
provided  in  the  said  section  130.1  are  applicable  in  computing 
its  income  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Mutual  Fund  Corporations 

41. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  where  a  corpora- Rsc.  1952, 
tion  is  a  mutual  fund  corporation,  section  131  of  the  Income  sish 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.      *^^ 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subparagraph  i  of  paragraph  a  ^^^"^ 
of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  131   for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to  "20%"  shall  be  read  as  a 
reference  to  "6%". 

(3)  In  the  application  of  subsection  3  of  the  said  section  i^®*" 
131   for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  therein  to 
"this  Act"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  this  Act. 

(4)  In  the  application  of  clause  A  of  subparagraph  i  of  ^<^®'" 
paragraph  a  and  clause  C  of  subparagraph  ii  of  paragraph  b, 


42 


Idem 


Apportion- 
ment of 
capital 
gains 
refund 


Exceptions 
R.S.C.  1952. 
C.148 


Computation 
of  Income 


of  subsection  6  of  the  said  section  131,  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act,  the  references  therein  to  "5  times"  shall  be  read  as 
references  to  "16%  times". 

(5)  In  the  application  of  paragraph  d  of  subsection  6  of 
the  said  section  131  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  subparagraph 
i  thereof  shall  be  read  without  reference  to  clause  C  thereof, 
and  the  reference  to  "40%"  in  clauses  A  and  B  of  the  said 
subparagraph  shall  be  read  as  references  to  "12  per  cent". 

(6)  Where  a  corporation  had  a  permanent  establishment 
in  a  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario  during  a  taxation  year  in 
respect  of  which  this  section  applies,  the  capital  gains  refund 
otherwise  determined  hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  that  pro- 
portion thereof  that  the  taxable  income  of  the  corporation 
that  is  deemed  to  have  been  earned  in  jurisdictions  other 
than  Ontario  for  the  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of 
section  34  bears  to  its  total  taxable  income  or,  where  its 
taxable  income  is  nil,  the  capital  gains  refund  otherwise 
determined  hereunder  shall  be  reduced  by  that  proportion 
thereof  that  the  corporation's  taxable  paid-up  capital  that 
is  deemed  to  have  been  used  in  jurisdictions  outside  Ontario 
for  that  taxation  year  for  the  purposes  of  section  132  bears 
to  its  total  taxable  paid-up  capital. 

(7)  Subsections  5  and  9  of  section  131  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada)  and  paragraph  c  of  subsection  6  of  the  said 
section  are  not  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Non-Resident-Owned  Investment  Corporations 

42. — (1)  The  income  of  a  non-resident-owned  investment 
corporation  for  a  taxation  year  shall  be  computed  as  if  its 
only  income  for  the  year  was  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which 
its  taxable  capital  gains  for  the  year  exceeds  its  allowable 
capital  losses  for  the  year,  from  dispositions  of  taxable  Cana- 
dian property  or  property  that  would  be  taxable  Canadian 
property  if  at  no  time  in  the  year  the  corporation  had  been 
resident  in  Canada. 


Computation 
of  taxable 
Income 


(2)  The  taxable  income  of  a  non-resident-owned  invest-! 
ment  corporation  for  a  taxation  year  is  its  income  determined] 
under  subsection  1,  minus  its  net  capital  losses  for  taxationl 
years  preceding  and  the  taxation  year  immediately  following* 
the  taxation  year,  as  determined  in  accordance  with  section 
111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by 
section  29  of  this  Act. 


R.S.C.  1952. 

c.  148. 

8. 133  (5.  7.1.  7.2). 

applicable 


(3)  The  provisions  of  subsections  5,  7.1  and  7.2  of  section 
133  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable  for  the 
purposes  of  this  section. 


43 

Patronage  Dividends 

43. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  provisions  of  Rs^c.  1952. 
section  135  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  with  respect  to  s.  135,' 
the  deduction  from  income  of  payments  made  pursuant  to 
allocations  in  proportion  to  patronage  and  the  inclusion  in 
income  of  payments  received  pursuant  to  allocations  in  pro- 
portion to  patronage  are,  in  so  far  as  they  apply  to  corpora- 
tions, applicable  in  computing  income  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  135  is  not  applicable  Jo^-.^^g^^j^jj 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.  ofs.  i35(3) 

Credit  Unions 

44. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the  provisions  of ^f^^^^^^, 
section  137  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  applicable s  137'  ^, 

,       .  f  ..  .  .  ,  ^^  applicable 

m  computmg  the  mcome  of  credit  unions  for  the  purposes  of 
this  Act. 

(2)  Subsections  3  and  4  of  the  said  section  137  and  para- ^^^®p"°°^  A 

graph  c  of  subsection  6  of  the  said  section  137  are  not 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Deposit  Insurance  Corporations 

45. — (1)  Except    as    hereinafter    provided,    the    provisions  ^-^^c  i952. 
of  section  137.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  appH- s.  137.1, 

...  ..•  i.u       •  f    J  -4.     •  applicable 

cable  in  computing  the  income  of  deposit  insurance  cor- 
porations and  member  institutions  thereof  for  the  purposes 
of  this  Act. 

(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  i<iem 
137.1    for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,   the  reference  in  para- 
graph a  thereof  to  "this  Part"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  refer- 
ence to  Part  II  of  this  Act. 

(3)  Subsection  9  of  the  said  section    137.1   is  not   appli- Exception 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Insurance  Corporations 

46. — (1)  Notwithstanding    any    other    provision    of    this  Calculation 
Act,   except   as   hereinafter   provided,   the   taxable   incomes  income 
of  insurance  corporations  that  carry  on  an  insurance  business 
in  Ontario  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  be  computed 
in  accordance  with  the  rules  provided  in  sections  138,  140, 
141,  141.1  and  142  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Interpre- 
tation 


Application 
of rules 
under 
R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148 


Amounts  to 
be  Included 
In  computing 

goUcy- 
older's 
Income 


Exemptions 


Charities 
and  other 
corporations 


Non-profit 
organizations 


Farmers'  and 

fishermen's 

insurers 


44 


(2)  In  the  application  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section 
138  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  reference  in  paragraph 
d  thereof  to  "this  Part"  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference 
to  Part  II  of  this  Act.  , 

I 

47.  The  rules  provided  in  section  139  of  the  Income  Tax 
Act  (Canada),  with  respect  to  the  conversion  of  a  provincially 
incorporated  life  insurance  corporation  into  a  mutual  cor- 
poration, are  applicable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

48.  Subsection  2  of  section  142  of  the  Income  Tax  Ac^ 
(Canada)  is,  in  so  far  as  it  applies  to  corporations,  appli-1 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 


Division  G — ^exemptions 

49. — (1)  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  no  tax  is  payable 
under  this  Part  upon  the  taxable  income  of  a  corporation  for 
a  period  when  that  corporation  was,  ; 

{a)  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  c,  d,  e,f,  h.\^ 
i,  j,  k,  m,  n  or  0  of  subsection  1  of  section  149! 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) ; 

[b)  a  club,  society  or  association  that,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Minister,  was  not  a  charity  within  the 
meaning  given  to  that  expression  by  subsection  1 
of  section  149.1  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) 
and  that  was  organized  and  operated  exclusively 
for  social  welfare,  civic  improvement,  pleasure  or 
recreation  or  for  any  other  purpose  except  profit, 
which  has  not  in  the  taxation  year  or  in  any 
previous  taxation  year  distributed  any  part  of  its 
income  to  any  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder 
thereof,  or  appropriated  any  of  its  funds  or  property 
in  any  manner  whatever  to  or  for  the  benefit  of 
any  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder  thereof, 
unless  the  proprietor,  member  or  shareholder  was  a 
club,  society  or  association,  the  primary  purpose 
and  function  of  which  was  the  promotion  of  amateur 
athletics  in  Canada ;  or 

(c)  an  insurer,  who  was  engaged  during  the  period  in 
no  business  other  than  insurance,  if,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Minister  on  the  advice  of  the  Superintendent 
of  Insurance,  50  per  cent  of  its  gross  premium  \ 
income  for  the  period  was  in  respect  of  the  insur- 
ance of  farm  property,  property  used  in  fishing  or 
residences  of  farmers  or  fishermen. 


45 

(2)  Where   a   corporation    described   in   clause   b   of   sub-^^^^*J^^^J.f. 

bution  made 
to  members  o 
shareholders 


section   1,  bution  made 

'  to  members  or 


(a)  has  in  the  taxation  year  distributed  any  part  of  its 
income  or  distributed  or  otherwise  appropriated 
any  of  its  funds  or  property  in  any  manner  what- 
ever to  or  for  the  benefit  of  any  proprietor,  mem- 
ber or  shareholder  thereof,  such  corporation  shall 
be  liable  to  the  taxes  imposed  under  this  Act  for 
the  taxation  year  in  which  the  distribution  is  made 
and  for  subsequent  taxation  years,  and  in  com- 
puting its  income  for  the  taxation  year  in  which 
the  distribution  is  made,  it  shall  include  the 
aggregate  of  its  income  of  all  previous  taxation 
years;  or 

(6)  has,  after  1971,  distributed  any  of  its  income  or 
distributed  or  otherwise  appropriated  any  of  its 
funds  or  property  in  any  manner  whatever  to  or  for 
the  benefit  of  any  proprietor,  member  or  share- 
holder thereof  on  the  winding  up  or  discontinuance 
of  its  business,  the  corporation  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  received  income  in  that  taxation  year  equal 
to  the  amount,  if  any,  by  which  the  amount  of  the 
funds  and  the  value  of  the  property  distributed  or 
appropriated,  as  the  case  may  be,  exceeds  the 
aggregate  of, 

(i)  amounts  paid  in  by  proprietors,  members  or 
shareholders  on  account  of  capital,  and 

(ii)  that  part  of  the  corporation's  surplus  that  is 
attributed  to  income  that  was  exempt  under 
this  section  other  than  taxable  capital  gains, 

and  the  corporation  shall  be  liable  for  the  taxes 
imposed  under  this  Act  for  the  taxation  year  in 
which  the  distribution  is  made. 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  clause  b  of  subsection  1,  in  com-  income  not 
puting  the  part,  if  any,  of  any  income  that  was  distributed  taxable 

or   otherwise   appropriated    for   the   benefit   of   any   person,  geSns 
the  amount  of  such  income  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  amount 
thereof  otherwise  determined  less  the  amount  of  any  taxable 
capital  gains  included  therein. 

(4)  The  rules  provided  in  subsections  2,  3,  4,  6,  8,  9  and  10  J^Pjies""" 
of  section   149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  are  appli- under 
cable  for  the  purposes  of  this  section.  c.  i48 


A 


46 

^**®'"  (5)  In  the  application  of  subsection  2  of  section  149  of  thai 

R.s^c.  1952,  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the 

said  subsection  shall  be  read  without  the  reference  therein 

to  paragraph  /. 

re-enacted^'  ®' — ^^^  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  the  said  Act  ii 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(c)  all  its  reserves,  whether  created  from  income  or 
otherwise,  except  any  reserve  the  creation  of  whichj 
is  allowed  as  a  deduction  under  the  provisions  ot] 
Part  II,  except  paragraph  n  of  subsection  1  ofi 
section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that? 
paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of  subsections  1  and 
of  section  14  of  this  Act. 

re-en«!tff'  (2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  126,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  42^ 
section  11,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substitute( 
therefor : 

(d)  all  sums  or  credits  advanced  or  loaned  to  the  corl 
poration  by  its  shareholders  directly  or  indirectly 
or  by  any  person  related  to  any  of  its  shareholders^ 
or  by  any  other  corporation ;  and 


[ 


re-enacted^'        ^^* — ^^)  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  127  of  the  said  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(b)  the  amount  of  the  discount  on  the  issue  or  sale  o| 
the  shares  of  the  corporation.  | 

re-enacted'  ^^^  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  127,  as  amended 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  17, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Investments  (c)  the   amount    that    equals    that    proportion    of    the 

paid-up  capital  remaining  after  the  deduction  of  the 
amounts  provided  by  clauses  a,  b  and  d  which  the 
cost  of  the  investments  made  by  the  corporation 
in  the  shares  and  bonds  of  other  corporations,  ill 
loans  and  advances  to  other  corporations  and  in  the 
bonds,  debentures  and  other  securities  of  any 
government,  municipal  or  school  corporation  bears 
to  the  total  of  the  assets  of  the  corporation  remain- 
ing after  the  deductions  of  the  amounts  provided 
by  clauses  a,  b  and  d,  but,  1 


47 

(i)  the  deduction  under  this  clause  shall  in  no 
case  exceed  the  cost  of  the  investments  in 
respect  of  which  the  deduction  is  claimed, 
and 

(ii)  cash  on  deposit  with  any  corporation  doing 
the  business  of  a  savings  bank  and  amounts 
due  by  a  corporation  with  its  head  office 
outside  Canada  to  a  subsidiary  controlled 
corporation  or  a  subsidiary  wholly-owned 
corporation  taxable  under  this  Part  are 
deemed  not  to  be  loans  and  advances  to 
other  corporations. 

(3)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  127,  as  enacted  s.i27(i)(d). 

1         1       o  r  y-»  ■        *  /-w-T/'       1  or*  •         4  ^    amended 

by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  17, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "section  63"  in  the  fifth  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "section  20". 

(4)  Clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  127  is  repealed  re-enacted^' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

{d)  by  which  the  value  of  an  asset  of  a  corporation 
has  been  written  down  and  deducted  from  its  income 
or  undivided  profits  where  such  amount  is  deductible 
under  the  provisions  of  Part  II  except  paragraph  n 
of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  Income  Tax  ^■f&  ^^^2' 
Act  (Canada)  as  that  paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of 
subsections  1  and  8  of  section  14  of  this  Act. 


1 1.  Subclause  ii  of  clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  128  of  the  8^^128  (d  (6) 
said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:        re-enacted 

(ii)  the  amount  of  the  indebtedness  of  the  cor- 
poration relating  to  its  permanent  establish- 
ments in  Canada,  but  excluding  therefrom, 

(A)  all  amounts  that  are  advanced  or 
loaned  to  its  permanent  establishments 
in  Canada  by  the  corporation  itself 
or  by  its  shareholders  directly  or 
indirectly  or  by  any  person  related 
to  any  of  its  shareholders  or  by  any 
other  corporation,  and 

(B)  all  other  indebtedness  that  is  repre- 
sented by  bonds,  bond  mortgages, 
debentures,  income  bonds,  income  de- 
bentures,   mortgages,    lien    notes   and 


8.130. 
amended 


8.135. 
re-enacted 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


48 


any  other  securities  to  which  the 
property  in  Canada  or  any  of  it  is 
subject, 


12.  Section  130  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "clause 
c  of  subsection  1  of  section  75"  in  the  seventh  and  eighth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "paragraph  c  of  subsection 
1  of  section  81  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  that 
paragraph  applies  by  virtue  of  section  24  of  this  Act". 

13.  Section  135  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1974,  chapter  75,  section  10,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

135. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  10  of  section  14, 
every  corporation  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  49, 
other  than  a  corporation  referred  to  in  paragraph  m  of 
subsection  1  of  section  149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
shall  not  be  required  to  pay  the  taxes  otherwise  payable 
under  section  131  or  133. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  every  corporation  referred  to 
in  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  1,  and  sections  40  and 
44  of  this  Act  and  paragraph  m  of  subsection  1  of  section 
149  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  shall,  in  lieu  of  the 
tax  payable  under  section  131  or  133,  pay  a  tax  of  $50. 

(3)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  in  the  case  of  a  cor- 
poration referred  to  in  clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  1 
where,  pursuant  to  subsection  2  of  section  31  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  subsection  1  of 
section  14  of  this  Act,  the  Minister  has  determined  that 
the  chief  source  of  income  of  the  corporation  for  a  taxation 
year  is  neither  farming  nor  a  combination  of  farming  and  ^ 
some  other  source  of  income. 


8. 137. 
amended 


s.  145. 
amended 


Trustees, 
etc. 


14.  Section  137  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "section 
122"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "section  49". 

16.  Section  145  of  the. said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 

(3)  Every  trustee  in  bankruptcy,  assignee,  liquidator, 
curator,  receiver,  trustee  or  committee  and  every  agent  or 
other  person  administering,  managing,  winding-up,  controUing 
or  otherwise  dealing  with  the  property,  business,  estate  or 
income  of  a  corporation  that  has  not  filed  a  return  for  a 


49 

taxation  year  as  required  by  this  section  shall  file  the  return 
required  by  subsection  1  for  that  corporation  for  that  year. 

16. — (1)  Subclause  i  of  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  148  of  ^g^jjw^wd), 
the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1975,  chapter  17,  section  64,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(i)  on  or  before  the  last  day  of  the  third  month 
of  the  taxation  year  following  that  in  respect 
of  which  the  tax  is  payable,  where  an  amount 
was  deducted  by  virtue  of  section  125  of  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  in  computing  the  tax  RS.c.  1952, 
payable  by  the  corporation  under  Part  I  of 
that  Act  for  the  taxation  year  or  the  imme- 
diately preceding  taxation  year,  or 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  5  of  the  said  section  148,  as  enacted  |j^*^(^^^(*>' 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  19, 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsections  2  and  2a  of 
section  109"  in  the  second  and  third  lines  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "section  41". 

(3)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  148,  as  enacted  bv  the^  i^s^s). 
Statutes    of    Ontario,    1976,    chapter   32,    section    19,    is 
amended  by  striking  out  "subsections  2  and  2a  of  section 

109"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "section  41". 

17.  Subsection  4  of  section   149  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  ^Yl^^^j^^l^ 
striking  out  "section  99"  in  the  second  hne  and  in  the  twelfth 
hne  and  inserting  in  Heu  thereof  in  each  instance  "section  111 
of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  section 
29  of  this  Act". 

18. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  150  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  s- iso  (i). 

1     1       i-   11        •  1       •  1     1         r  re-enacted 

and  the  lollowmg  substituted  therefor: 
(1)  The  Minister  shall  with  all  due  despatch  examine  each  Assessment 

.  *  of  returns 

return  delivered  under  section  145,  shall  assess  the  tax  for 
the  taxation  year  and  the  interest  and  penalties,  if  any, 
payable  and  shall  determine  the  amount  of  refund,  if  any, 
to  which  the  corporation  may  be  entitled  by  virtue  of  section 
39  or  41  for  the  taxation  year. 

(la)  The  Minister  may  determine  the  amount  of  a  corpora-  ^^n^^ion 
tion's  non-capital  loss,  net-capital  loss  or  restricted  farm  loss  of  loss 
for  a  taxation  year  where,  in  his  opinion,  the  amount  thereof 
is  different  from  the  amount  reported  by  the  corporation  in 
its  return  delivered  under  section  145  for  the  taxation  year. 


A 


50 


Pro  visions 
applicable 

R.S.C.  1962. 
0.148 


(16)  The  provisions  of  paragraph  /  of  subsection  1  of  s< 
tion  56  and  paragraph  o  of  section  60  of  the  Income  7  i 
Act  (Canada),  as  those  paragraphs  apply  by  virtue  of  sectioi 
16  and  17,  respectively,  of  this  Act,  and  the  provisions  of  tin-. 
Part  shall  apply,  mutatis  mutandis,  to  a  determination  un(l(  r 
subsection  1  or  la. 


s.  150  (4)  (a) 

(V). 

re-enacted 


(2)  Subclause  v  of  clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  the  said  section 
150  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


has  claimed  a  deduction  under  paragraph  ^ 
of  subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  Income 
Tax  Act  (Canada)  as  made  applicable  by  sec- 
tion 14  of  this  Act;  and 


8. 150  (5). 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  150  is  amended  by  strikint^^ 
out  "section  99"  in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lit  u 
thereof  "section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  a> 
made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this  Act". 


8. 152  (4). 
amended 


10. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  152  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "section  154"  in  the  first  line  "or  by 
virtue  of  a  decision  made  under  section  1606". 


3. 152  (7), 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  152  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "section  99"  in  the  second  line  and  in  the  twelfth 
and  thirteenth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "section  111  of  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada), 
as  made  applicable  by  section  29  of  this  Act". 


8.153(1), 
amended 


20.  Subsection  1  of  section  153  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "to  the  extent  that  interest  has  been  otherwise 
assessed  under  subsection  2  of  section  149  except  that  under 
no  circumstances  shall  the  credit  interest  so  allowed  exceed  the 
interest  otherwise  assessed  under  that  section"  in  the  ninth, 
tenth,  eleventh,  twelfth  and  thirteenth  lines. 


8.154, 
amended 


21.  Section  154  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  32,  section  21,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Reassess- 
ment, 
additional 
assessment  or 
deter- 
mination 
does  not  in- 
validate 
objection 
or  appeal 


(6)  Where  a  corporation  has  served  a  notice  of  objection' 
to  an  assessment  in  accordance  with  this  section  or  has 
instituted  an  appeal  in  accordance  with  section  155  and 
thereafter  the  Minister  issues  to  the  corporation, 

(a)  a    reassessment    or    additional    assessment    of    tax, 
interest  or  penalties  under  section  150;  or 


51 

(b)  a  determination  of  the  amount  of  a  refund  or  loss 
under  subsection  1  or  la  of  section  150, 

for  the  taxation  year  in  respect  of  which  the  notice  of  objec- 
tion was  served  or  the  appeal  instituted,  and  sends  to  the 
corporation  a  notice  of  such  reassessment,  additional  assess- 
ment or  determination, 

(c)  the  reassessment,  additional  assessment  or  deter- 
mination does  not  invahdate  the  notice  of  objection 
or  appeal,  as  the  case  may  be ;  and 

{d)  the  corporation  may,  if  section  1606  does  not  apply, 
file  an  additional  objection  in  respect  of  any  new 
matters  raised  in  the  reassessments,  additional  assess- 
ment or  determination,  as  the  case  may  be. 

22. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  155  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  amended 
by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  notwithstanding  section 
17  of  The  Judicature  Act  the  appeal  shall  be  heard  and 
determined  by  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  and  not  by  the 
Divisional  Court". 

(2)  Subsections  5  and  6  of  the  said  section  155  are  repealed,  repeaie/^' 

23.  Subsection   1   of  section   157  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  1;^^^^^^^ 
striking  out  "and,  unless  the  court  otherwise  orders,  ready  for 
hearing"  in  the  sixth  and  seventh  lines. 

24.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow-  Inac^d^^*' 
ing  sections : 

160a.  The  time  within  which  a  notice  of  objection  under  of^^f^l*"" 
subsection  1  of  section  154  or  a  notice  of  appeal  under  sub- 
section 1  of  section  155  is  to  be  served  may  be  extended  by  the 
Minister  if  apphcation  for  extension  is  made  prior  to  the 
expiration  of  the  time  for  service  of  the  notice  of  objection 
or  notice  of  appeal,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Alternative 

1606.— (1)  Where,  2SfeV°°*°'^ 

procedure 

(a)  a  notice  of  assessment  is  issued  to  a  corporation 
under  section  150  that  states  on  the  face  thereof 
that  the  assessment  or  a  designated  part  thereof 
has  been  made  pursuant  to  this  section  (which 
assessment  or  part,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  hereinafter 
referred  to  as  the  designated  assessment) ; 

{b)  a  notice  of  assessment  has  been  issued  to  the  cor- 
poration under  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  based  ^f48^®^^' 


52 

on  provisions  in  that  Act  corresponding  to  the 
provisions  in  this  Act  on  which  the  designated 
assessment  was  based ; 

(c)  the  corporation  has  served  a  notice  of  objection  to 
the  assessment  referred  to  in  clause  b  in  which  the 
same  issues  have  been  raised  as  would  have  been 
raised  in  an  objection  to  the  designated  assessment ; 
and 

{d)  the  corporation  has  not  served  in  accordance  with 
section  154  a  notice  of  objection  to  the  designated 
assessment, 

this  section  applies  to  the  designated  assessment,  and  in 
any  such  case,  sections  154  to  160  do  not  apply,  but  those 
sections  do  apply  to  the  part,  if  any,  of  the  assessment 
referred  to  in  clause  a  that  is  not  a  designated  assessment. 

JndffiSter  ^^)  ^^^  Corporation  and  the  Minister  shall,  with  respect  to 

^'oiio**  a  designated  assessment   to  which   this  section  applies,   be 

bound  by, 

(a)  the  decision     of  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  from  which  no  appeal  is  taken  in  accord- 
R.s^c.  1952.  aj^(,g  ^j^j^  ^jjg  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada) ;  or 

{b)  where  an  appeal  is  instituted,  the  final  disposition 
of  the  appeal  by  the  Tax  Review  Board  or  any 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction;  or 

(c)  any  minutes  of  settlement  of  the  issues  raised  in 
the  notice  of  objection  to  the  assessment  referred 
to  in  cluase  b  of  subsection  1  made  between  the 
corporation  and  the  Minister  of  National  Revenue 
for  Canada  at  any  stage  of  the  proceedings  following 
the  service  of  that  notice  of  objection, 

and  in  any  such  case  the  Minister  shall,  where  necessary, 
reassess  the  corporation  in  accordance  therewith. 


Idem 


(3)  Sections  154  to  160  do  not  apply  to  the  reassessment 
referred  to  in  subsection  2. 


?e-^acSd         2^*  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  167  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended f| 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  157,  section  32  andj 
1975,  chapter  17,  section  66,  are  repealed  and  the  following  y 
substituted  therefor: 


53 

(1)  All  taxes,  interest,  penalties,  costs  and  other  amounts  ^Jg®^g|,^Qj. 
imposed  under  this  or  any  predecessor  Act  in  respect  of  any  t^^xes  and 
taxation    year    of    a    corporation    that    commenced    in    any  amounts 
calendar  year  ending  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1972  ^^^°^^ 
are  debts  due  to  Her  Majesty  and,  subject  to  the  Bankruptcy  f%^-  ^^'^^' 
Act  (Canada),  are  a  first  lien  and  charge  upon  property  in 
Ontario  of  the  corporation  liable  to  pay  such  taxes,  interest, 
penalties,  costs  and  other  amounts. 

(2)  At  the  expiry  of  each  calendar  year  following   1977,  ^en^''^°^ 
the  reference  in  subsection   1   to  "1972"  shall  be  advanced 
by  one  year. 

{2a)  Subsections   1   and  2  do  not  apply  to  extinguish  or  re^g^|?ered  ^^ 
remove  any  lien  or  charge  that  is  claimed  under  this  or  any  li^ns 
predecessor  Act  in  a  Notice  of  Lien  that  is  registered  in  the 
proper  land  registry  office. 

J6.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "fiscal  year"  amended 
wherever  it  occurs  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 
"taxation  year".  ^ 

27. — (1)  This  Act,  except  clause  d  of  subsection  7  and  subsection  11  commence- 

'  ^  ment  and 

of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of  section  15  of  application 
the  said  Act,  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of  section  16  of  the 
said  Act,  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of 
section  25  of  the  said  Act,  and  section  31  of  the  said  Act, 
all  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  this  Act,  subsection  1  of 
section  19  and  sections  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,  25  and  26,  of 
this  Act,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent  and  applies  to  corporations  in  respect  of  all 
taxation  years  ending  on  or  after  that  day. 

(2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  7  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act  i^®™ 
and  section  19  of  the  said  Act,  both  as  enacted  by  sec- 
tion 8  of  this  Act,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into 
force  on  the  20th  day  of  April,  1977  and  apply  to  corpora- 
tions in  respect  of  all  taxation  years  ending  after  the  19th 
day  of  April,  1977. 

(3)  Subsection  11  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  ^^^^ 
of  section  15  of  the  said  Act,  subsections  4,  5  and  6  of 
section  16  of  the  said  Act,  subsection  5  of  section  25  of 

the  said  Act  and  section  31  of  the  said  Act,  all  as  enacted 
by  section  8  of  this  Act,  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  and 
when  in  force,  apply  to  corporations  in  respect  of  all 
taxation    years   ending    on    or    after    the    day    that    The  ^^'^^  ^  ^® 


54 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 

R.S.C.  1952. 
c.  148. 


1972.  c.  143 


Short  title 


Venture  Investment  Corporations  Registration  Act,  J 977 
comes  into  force. 

(4)  Subsection  1  of  section  19  and  sections  21,  22,  23,  J\. 
25  and  26  come  into  force  on  the  day  this  Act  reccur. 
Royal  Assent. 

(5)  Section  20  of  this  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  tins 
Act  receives  Royal  Assent  and  applies  to  instalments  of 
tax  payable  in  respect  of  all  taxation  years  ending  on  or 
after  that  day. 

(6)  The  amendments  to  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  made 
by.  r 

(a)  an  Act  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being  chapt* 
106  of  the  Statutes  of  Canada.  1974-75-76;  and 

(6)  an  Act  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act,  being  chapt* 
4  of  the  Statutes  of  Canada,  1976-77, 

to  sections  of  that  Act  which  are  by  this  Act  made 
applicable  for  the  purposes  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act, 
1972  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  for  the 
purposes  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  1972  at  the  same 
time  and  to  apply  in  the  same  manner  as  those  amend- 
ments were  brought  into  force  and  made  applicable  by 
the  said  Acts  to  amend  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada). 

28.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1977. 


A 


I 


A 


II 


H 

a 
w 

So 

O 
> 

m 

H 


en 
o 

< 
w 

w 


0 

0 
< 

3 

■-1 

'Z 

CD 

0 

0 
CD 

Uj 

tNO 

< 

CO 

^^ 

3 
cr 

"-1 

1' 

3 

cr 

fD 

ON 

i-t- 

1' 

\o 

I—' 

vO 

-^ 

0 

^ 

^ 

^ 
^ 

^ 

H 
is- 

O 

o 


p 

> 

I-*- 

n 

0' 

^-^ 

13 

i-t 

C/l 

0 

H 

P 

X 

3 

n> 

> 

3 

i 


BILL  89  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Planning  Act 


Mr.  Cureatz 


'\ 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  provide  a  statement  of  the  specific 
criteria  that  should  guide  a  committee  of  adjustment,  land  division  com- 
mittee or  the  Minister  when  deciding  whether  to  give  a  consent  under 
section  29  of  The  Planning  Act. 

Section  1.  The  existing  section  29  (12)  of  The  Planning  Act  invokes 
considerations  relating  to  subdivision  agreements  and  applies  them  to  the 
giving  of  consents.  The  section  as  amended  contains  a  list  of  criteria  that 
have  particular  reference  to  consents.  Most  of  the  considerations  are 
developed  from  a  list  contained  in  section  33  (4)  of  The  Planning  Act. 
Another  consideration  is  drawn  from  section  42  (3).  The  amendment  also 
requires  the  committee  of  adjustment,  land  division  committee  and  the 
Minister  to  consider  the  community  needs  for  housing  and  commercial 
and  industrial  development. 


BILL  89  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Planning  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,    enacts   as 
.ollows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection  12  of  section  29  of  The  Planning  Act,  being  s^^^^^j^^^ 
chapter  349  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(12)  A  committee  of  adjustment,  a  land  division  committee  b^^^^^rded 
and  the  Minister,  in  determining  whether  a  consent  is  to  be  indeter- 

,,,..,  ,,  ,  ..         ,  ■,  ■,.     niining 

given,    shall    decide   whether   the    consent    is   in    the   pubhc  consent 
interest  and  shall  have  regard  to, 

(a)  the  health,  safety,  convenience  and  welfare  of  the 
future  inhabitants; 

[h)  the  official  plan  and  adjacent  plans  of  subdivision, 
if  any; 

(c)  the  community's  needs  for  housing  and  commercial 
and  industrial  development ; 

{d)  the  restrictions  or  proposed  restrictions,  if  any,  on 
the  land,  buildings  and  structures  proposed  to  be 
erected  thereon  and  the  restrictions,  if  any,  on 
adjoining  lands; 

{e)  the  dimensions  and  shape  of  the  lot  or  lots  and  the 
geographic  character  of  the  surrounding  land; 

(/)  the  adequacy  of  utilities  and  municipal  services ; 

{g)  the  adequacy  of  school  sites; 

(A)  the  conservation  of  natural  resources  and  flood 
control ; 


8.29. 
amended 


Power  to 

Impose 

conditions 


8.  42  (3), 
re-enacted 


Power  of 
committee 
to  give 
consent 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(t)  whether  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section  33  ofc 
the  land  described  in  the  application  is  necessary'^ 
for    the    proper   and    orderly    development    of    the 
municipality. 

(2)  The  said  section  29,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1971,  chapter  2,  section  1,  1972,  chapter  118,  section  3^ 
1973,  chapter  168,  section  6,  1974,  chapter  53,  section 
and  1976,  chapter  38,  section  2,  is  further  amended  b] 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(126)  A  committee  of  adjustment,  a  land  division  committee 
and  the  Minister  have  the  same  powers  with  respect  to  a 
consent  as  the  Minister  has  with  respect  to  an  approval  of  a 
plan  of  subdivision  under  subsections  5  and  8  of  section  33, 
and  shall  require  that  all  conditions  imposed  be  fulfilled  prior 
to  the  granting  of  a  consent. 

2.  Subsection  3  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  th©; 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  In  addition  to  its  powers  under  subsections  1  and  2 
and  subject  to  section  30,  the  committee,  upon  the  applica- 
tion of  the  owner  of  any  land  or  any  person  authorized  in 
writing  by  such  owner,  may,  notwithstanding  any  other  Actj; 
give  a  consent  as  mentioned  in  section  29. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Planning  Amendment  Act,  J 977. 


i 


Subsection   126  is  a  re-enactment  of  the  latter  portion  of  the  existing 
section  29  (12)  concerning  the  attachment  of  conditions  to  consents. 


Section  2.  The  amendment  deletes  the  words  "provided  that  the 
committee  is  satisfied  that  a  plan  of  subdivision  under  section  33  of  the 
land  described  in  the  application  is  not  necessary  for  the  proper  and  orderly 

development  of  the  municipality"  in  section  42  (3).   The  phrase  is  unnecessary  "\ 

because  it   has  been  included  as  one  of  the  considerations  listed  in   the 
amended  section  29  (12). 


A 


ba 


O 

a 
» 

> 

H 
N 


C-0 

Si 


•z 

o 

< 

^ 

n> 

»».» 

8 
5^ 

3 

'yi 

w 

■v4 

^ 

p 

3 
3 

5' 
> 


BILL  90  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  Toxic  and  Hazardous  Substances 


A 


Mr.  Lewis 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 
The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is, 

(1)  to  require  that  every  new  substance  or  new  process  be  tested  for 
toxic  or  hazardous  characteristics  by  an  independent  research 
organization  before  it  is  introduced  into  the  work  place. 

(2)  to  enable  the  Minister  of  Labour  to  require  any  substance  or 
process  already  in  use  be  tested  for  toxic  or  hazardous  characteristics 
by  an  independent  research  organization  when  the  effect  on  the 
health  of  the  employees  is  in  question. 

(3)  where  toxic  or  hazardous  characteristics  are  found  through  the 
testing  procedure,  the  Minister  can  prohibit,  severely  limit  or  place 
conditions  on  its  introduction. 

(4)  to  require  an  annual  audit  of  the  use  by  amount  of  toxic  or  hazardous 
substances  and  mixtures  in  each  work  place. 


BILL  90  1977 


An  Act  respecting 
Toxic  and  Hazardous  Substances 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  1?^?;:^®" 

'  tation 

(a)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Labour; 

(b)  "substance"  means  any  solid,  liquid,  gaseous  or 
other  substance  or  any  component  thereof  and 
includes  any  combination,  blending  or  mixture  of 
substances ; 

(c)  "process"  means  any  chemical,  mechanical,  elec- 
trical, catalytic  or  other  process  or  any  component 
thereof  and  includes  any  combination  of  chemical, 
mechanical,  electrical,  catalytic  or  other  processes; 

(d)  "new  substance"  means  any  substance  not  in  com- 
mercial use  on  or  before  the  date  this  Act  comes 
into  force; 

(e)  "new  process"  means  any  process  not  in  com- 
mercial use  on  or  before  the  date  this  Act  comes 
into  force; 

(/)  "manufacturer"  includes  any  enterprise  engaged  in 
the  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  any  substance  or 
process,  whether  manufactured,  purchased  or  im- 
ported in  whole  or  in  part  by  the  enterprise; 

{g)  "research  organization"  includes  any  independent 
research  organization  approved  by  the  Minister. 


A 


2.  No    manufacturer    shall    use,    distribute    or    sell    any  mLsKSn 
new  substance  or  new  process,  whether  manufactured,  pur- new  sub 

*^  '  '    ^         stance  o 


must  approve 


stance  or 
process 


Notice  to 
Minister 


chased  or  imported  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the  manufacturer 
without  the  approval  of  the  Minister. 

3.  A  manufacturer  who  proposes  to  use,  distribute  or 
sell  a  new  substance  or  a  new  process,  whether  manu- 
factured, purchased  or  imported  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the 
manufacturer,  shall  give  notice  of  intention  in  writing  to 
the  Minister  in  the  prescribed  form. 


Power  of  the 
Minister  to 
approve  or       shall, 
order  tests 


4.  The   Minister  upon  receiving  any  notice  of  intention 


(a)  approve  the  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  the  new 
substance  or  new  process  whether  manufactured, 
purchased  or  imported  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the 
manufacturer,  which  is  known  to  the  Minister  to  be 
non-toxic  or  otherwise  non-hazardous  to  any  em- 
ployee in  a  workplace;  or 

(6)  designate  the  research  organization  to  test  the 
new  substance  or  new  process  whether  manufactured, 
purchased  or  imported  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the 
manufacturer  which  is  not  known  to  the  Minister 
to  be  non-toxic  or  otherwise  non-hazardous  to  any 
employee  in  a  workplace. 

S^nStion       5' — (1)  The  research  organization  designated  by  the  Min- 
t^g'jndertake  jgter  under  section  4  (6)  to  test  the  new  substance  or  new 
process    shall    undertake    the    prescribed    tests    and    shall 
report  to  the  Minister  and  to  the  manufacturer, 

(a)  the  results  of  the  tests;  and 


Costs  of 
testing 


(b)  the  conclusions  about  the  extent  to  which  the  new 
substance  or  new  process  is  toxic  or  otherwise 
hazardous  to  human  beings;  and 

(c)  the  recommendations  about  the  use,  distribution 
or  sale  of  the  new  substance  or  new  process  and 
the  conditions  of  its  use,  distribution  or  sale. 

(2)  The  reasonable  costs  incurred  by  the  research  organi- 
zation designated  under  section  4  (b)  for  testing  the  new 
substance  or  new  process  and  reporting  thereon  to  the 
Minister  and  the  manufacturer  shall  be  borne  by  the  manu- 
facturer. 


Where 
Minister  ma; 


Minister  may      ^' — (M  Where   the   results   of   the   tests    provided   for   in 
give  approval  section  4  (6)  indicate  that  the  new  substance  or  new  pro- 
cess is  not  likely  to  be  toxic  or  otherwise  hazardous  to  the 


health  of  any  employee  in  a  work  place,  the  Minister  may 
forthwith  approve  the  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  the  new 
substance  or  process. 

(2)  Where  the  results  of  the  tests  provided  for  in  section  where 

./,/.,.  ,  ,  ,  ^  ,       Minister  may 

4  (b)  mdicate  that  the  new  substance  or  new  process  may  be  nmit  use  of 
toxic  or  otherwise  hazardous  to  the  health  of  any  employee 
in  a  work  place,  the  Minister  shall  make  such  order  as,  in 
his  opinion,  is  necessary  to  provide  for  the  safety  of  such 
employees  including  one  or  more  of  the  following, 

(a)  prohibiting  the  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  the  new 
substance  or  new  process; 

(b)  limiting  the  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  the  new 
substance  or  new  process  to  a  particular  amount, 
use,  concentration  or  emission  level;  or 

(c)  requiring  that  the  new  substance  or  new  process 
be  marked  with  or  accompanied  by  clear  warnings 
and  instructions  concerning  its  use  and  disposal. 

7.  Notwithstanding  that   a  substance  or  process  was  in  ^0^3^^°°*^ 
use,   distributed   or   sold   before   this   Act   came   into   force,  Minister  to 
or  has  been  approved  by  the  Minister  under  this  Act,  the 
Minister  may  order  tests  on  any  substance  or  process  where, 

in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  such  testing  or  further  testing 
is  required  in  the  interests  of  the  safety  of  employees  in 
contact  with  the  substance  or  process,  and  where  such  tests 
are  ordered  under  this  section,  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the  substance  or  process  as  if  it 
were  a  new  substance  or  new  process. 

8.  Every  manufacturer  shall  prepare  and  file  an  annual  ^g^g^t^ 
report  in  prescribed  form  in  respect  of  the  use  of  substances 

and  processes  with  toxic  or  hazardous  characteristics. 

9.  Nothing   in   this   Act   shall   be   construed   to   alter   orcivii, 

„  L       1-    1  -I-  1       1  1-         •  /•      ,  r  liability 

aiiect   the   liability  and  obligation  of  the  manufacturer  as  not  affected 
now  exists  in  law. 

10. — (1)  Every  p)erson  who,  offence 

(a)  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act ; 

(b)  fails  to  comply  with  an  order  made  under  this  Act ; 
or 

(c)  contravenes  any  provision  of  the  regulations, 


and  every  director  or  officer  who  knowingly  concurs  in 
such  contravention  or  failure  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$25,000. 

Idem  (2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 

subsection  1,  the  maximum  fine  that  may  be  imposed  is 
$100,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 

RaflroiAtions        n^  jhe    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  tests  to  be  carried  out  on  new  sub- 
stances or  new  processes; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to 
carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this 
Act. 


Commence- 
ment 


12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Toxic  and  Hazardous 

Substances  Act,  1977. 


A 


H 
o 

X 


Co 


Si. 
ft 


Z 

o 

J^ 

< 

»>« 

3 

05 

>3 

n 

5^3 

S> 
Si- 

(/) 

1 

<«4  . 

t— ^ 
vO 

^ 

s  > 

p   n 

c 


^'S 


.(TO 


BILL  91  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 


A 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  addition  of  clause  d  to  section  86  of  the  Act  will 
jxjstpone  from  1977  to  1978  the  return  of  assessments  at  market  value. 
The  addition  of  subsection  2  to  section  86  of  the  Act  will  ensure  that 
vacant  buildings  and  structures,  or  portions  thereof,  that  have  not  com- 
menced to  be  used  in  1977  will  be  included  in  the  assessment  for  taxation 
in  1978  where  the  construction  or  improvement  has  increased  the  value 
of  the  real  property  by  at  least  $2,500.  This  will  prevent  the  exclusion 
from  assessment  and  taxation  of  significant  amounts  of  real  prof)erty  that, 
although  of  considerable  value,  remain  vacant  and  outside  the  provisions 
of  clause  a  of  section  43  of  the  Act. 

The  remaining  amendments  in  section  1  of  the  Bill  are  consequential 
on  the  postp>onement  of  market  value  assessments. 


BILL  91  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

follows : 

1.  Section   86  of   The  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  32  of  the|-^|j^^g^ 
Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario,    1970,    as    re-enacted    by    the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  65,  section  1,  is  amended, 

[a]  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  h  and  by  ""x 

adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  c; 

(6)  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause; 

{d)  subject  to  subsection  2,  the  assessment  roll  of  a 
municipality  to  be  returned  in  the  year  1977  shall 
be  the  assessment  of  all  real  property  as  set  forth 
in  the  assessment  roll  returned  for  the  year  1976 
for  taxation  in  the  year  1977  as  amended,  added 
to  or  otherwise  altered  up  to  the  third  Tuesday 
following  the  1st  day  of  December,  1977, 


(c)  by  striking  out  "1975  or  1976"  in  the  twenty-eighth 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1975,  1976  or  1977"; 
and 

(d)  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(2)  Where  the  erection,  alteration,  enlargement  or  improve- ^°°J|^q®^^° 
ment  of  any  building,  structure,   machinery,  equipment  or  added  to 
fixture  or  any   portion   thereof  increases  the  value  of  anyrou 
real  property  in  a  municipality  or  locality  by  at  least  $2,500, 
and  where  such  increase  in  value  has  not  been,  or  is  not 
liable  to  be,  assessed  pursuant  to  section  43,  such  increase 
in  value  shall  be  assessed  and  included  in  the  assessment  roll 
to  be  returned  in   the   municipality  or  locality  next   after 


8.96. 
re-enacted 


Application 


S.96. 
re-enacted 


Application 


Idem 


8.97(1), 
amended 


8. 97  (2). 
amended 


8. 97  (5). 
amended 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Short  title 


such  increase  comes  to  the  attention  of,  and  the  amount  thereo 
has  been  determined  by,  the  Assessment  Commissioner. 

2.  Section  95  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  o 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  65,  section  2,  is  repealed  and  thi 
following  substituted  therefor: 

95.  Section  90  ceases  to  be  in  force  on  the  19th  day  o 
December,  1978,  but  shall  continue  in  force  for  the  purpose 
of  any  pending  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or  action  whicl 
will  affect  taxes  for  the  years  1971  to  and  including  1978. 

3.  Section  96  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  o 
Ontario,  1974,  chapter  41,  section  31  and  amended  by  1976 
chapter  65,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substitutec 
therefor : 

96. — (1)  Subject  to  section  97,  subsection  6  of  section  3^ 
continues  to  be  not  in  force  and  remains  inoperative  unti 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1978. 

(2)  Section  71  continues  to  be  not  in  force  and  remains 
inoperative  until  the  1st  day  of  January,  1979. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  97  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  161,  section  2 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "93,  94  or"  in  the  seventeentl" 
line. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  97,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  2 
section  3,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "1977" 
as  inserted  in  the  third  line  by  the  said  amendment 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1979". 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  97,  as  amended  by  th€ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  148,  section  5,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "section  72"  in  the  first  line 
and  in  the  fifteenth  line  and  inserting  in  heu  thereof  in 
each  instance  "section  507  of  The  Municipal  Act" . 

5. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day 
of  December,  1977. 

(2)  Section  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1977. 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Assessment  Amendment  Act,\ 
1977. 


Section  2.     The  changes  made  in  the  re-enactment  of  section  95  are 
consequential  on  the  postponement  of  market  value  assessments. 

Section  95  now  reads : 

95.  Section  90  ceases  to  be  in  force  on  the  20th  day  of  December,  1977 , 
but  shall  continue  in  force  for  the  purpose  of  any  pending  complaint, 
appeal,  proceeding  or  action  which  will  affect  taxes  for  the  years  1971 
to  and  including  1977 . 

Section  3.     The  changes  made  in  section  96  are  consequential  on  the 
postponement  of  market  value  assessments. 

Section  96  now  reads : 

96. — (/)  Subject  to  section  97 ,  subsection  6  of  section  33  continues  to  be  not  in 
force  and  remains  inoperative  until  the  1st  day  of  January,  1977. 

(2)  Section  71  continues  to  be  not  in  force  and  remains  inoperative  until 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1978. 

\ 


Section  4. — Subsection  1.     The  amendment  deletes  references  to  sec- 
tions that  were  earlier  repealed. 


Subsection  2.  The  amendment  is  consequential  on  the  postponement 
of  market  value  assessments  and  the  amendments  to  section  96  by  section  3 
of  this  Bill. 


Subsection  3.  The  amendment  reflects  the  repeal  of  section  72  of 
The  Assessment  Act  and  the  enactment  of  similar  provisions  in  section  507  of 
The  Municipal  Act,  effective  January  1st,  1976. 


A 


Co 


H 

a 
w 

X 

So 

> 

o 
> 

m 

H 


I. 


CD 
O 

< 
m 


o 
< 

3     ^ 

Ota 


H 

=r 

> 

a> 

3 

> 

> 

C/l 

o 

n 

r* 

(/) 

(-t- 

3 

3 

o 
3 

(-^ 

O) 

> 

3 

a. 

BILL  91 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 


A 


The  Hon.  Margaret  Scrivener 
Minister  of  Revenue 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  91  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of   the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section   86  of   The  Assessment  Act,  being  chapter  32  of  the |j^|.^^g^ 
Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario,    1970,    as    re-enacted    by    the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  65,  section  1,  is  amended, 

(a)  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  h  and  by  "v 

adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  c; 

{h)  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause; 

[d]  subject  to  subsection  2,  the  assessment  roll  of  a 
municipahty  to  be  returned  in  the  year  1977  shall 
be  the  assessment  of  all  real  property  as  set  forth 
in  the  assessment  roll  returned  for  the  year  1976 
for  taxation  in  the  year  1977  as  amended,  added 
to  or  otherwise  altered  up  to  the  third  Tuesday 
following  the  1st  day  of  December,  1977, 


(c)  by  striking  out  "1975  or  1976"  in  the  twenty-eighth 
Hne  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1975,  1976  or  1977"; 
and 

{d)  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(2)  Where  the  erection,  alteration,  enlargement  or  improve- ^°°^|^jj®^° 
ment  of  any  building,  structure,  machinery,  equipment  or  added  to 
fixture  or  any   portion   thereof  increases  the   value  of  anyrou 
real  property  in  a  municipality  or  locality  by  at  least  $2,500, 
and  where  such  increase  in  value  has  not  been,  or  is  not 
liable  to  be,  assessed  pursuant  to  section  43,  such  increase 
in  value  shall  be  assessed  and  included  in  the  assessment  roll 
to  be  returned  in   the   municipality  or  locality  next   after 


8.95. 
re-enacted 


Application 


8.96. 
re-enacted 


such  increase  comes  to  the  attention  of,  and  the  amount  thereof 
has  been  determined  by,  the  Assessment  Commissioner. 

2.  Section  95  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  65,  section  2,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

95.  Section  90  ceases  to  be  in  force  on  the  19th  day  of 
December,  1978,  but  shall  continue  in  force  for  the  purpose 
of  any  pending  complaint,  appeal,  proceeding  or  action  which 
will  affect  taxes  for  the  years  1971  to  and  including  1978. 

3.  Section  96  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1974,  chapter  41,  section  31  and  amended  by  1976, 
chapter  65,  section  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


Application 


Idem 


8.97(1). 
amended 


4. 


96. — (1)  Subject  to  section  97,  subsection  6  of  section  33 
continues  to  be  not  in  force  and  remains  inoperative  until 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1978. 

(2)  Section  71  continues  to  be  not  in  force  and  remains 
inoperative  until  the  1st  day  of  January,  1979. 

(1)  Subsection  1  of  section  97  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted 
by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  161,  section  2, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "93,  94  or"  in  the  seventeenth 
Une. 


8.97(2), 
amended 


8. 97  (5). 

amended 


(Commence- 
ment 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  97,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  2, 
section  3,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "1977", 
as  inserted  in  the  third  line  by  the  said  amendment, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1979". 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  97,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  148,  section  5,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "section  72"  in  the  first  line 
and  in  the  fifteenth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in 
each  instance  "section  507  of  The  Municipal  Act" . 

5. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day 
of  December,  1977. 


Idem 


Short  title 


(2)  Section  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  January,  1977. 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Assessment  Amendment  Act, 
1977. 


A 


A 


H 
a 
w 

X 
So 

^  > 


m 

H 
CO 

o 
2 

w 

z 
w 


o 

o 

3 

< 

< 

ft) 

3 

s: 

rt) 
3 

^ 

C/5 

•I 

to 

CO 

>-• 

Si. 
S) 

(1 

p. 

1" 

H^ 

H-» 

o 

^0 

vO 

-^ 

^ 

-^ 

^ 

--J 

»-J 

H 

^> 

f6 

3 

> 

> 

Ul 

o 

(D 

r+ 

f^ 

t-t- 

C/) 

3 

3 

o 
p 
3 

!->■ 

(t 

3 

BILL  92  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


A 


Mr.  Nixon 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  make  it  a  requirement  that  a  motor 
vehicle  registered  in  Ontario  be  insured  under  a  motor  vehicle  liability 
policy.  The  Bill  requires  that  every  owner  provide  proof  of  insurance 
protection  at  the  time  a  motor  vehicle  permit  is  issued  or  validated. 

In  addition,  the  Registrar  of  Motor  Vehicles  must  receive  notice  of 
every  cancellation  of  a  motor  vehicle  liability  f)olicy  and  may  request  an 
owner  to  provide  further  proof  of  insurance  protection. 


ILL  92  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

[JER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
'■■■-  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
)llows : 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  l^^^^^^g^j 
chapter   202    of   the    Revised   Statutes   of   Ontario,    1970,    as 
amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1973,  chapter  45,  sec- 
tion 1,  1973,  chapter  167,  section  1,  1974,  chapter  123,  section 

1,  1975,  chapter  78,  section  1,  1976,  chapter  37,  section  1  and  \ 

1977,   chapter   19,   section    1,   is   further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  paragraph: 

17a.  "motor    vehicle    hability    pohcy"    means    a    motor 

vehicle    liability    policy    in    accordance    with    The^f^-^^^- 
Insurance  Act. 

2.  Subsection  3  of  section  6  of  the  said  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  s  6(3), 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  66,  section  2,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where  the  owner  of  a  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  pays  ^r'^hfdes 
the  fee  prescribed  by  the  regulations  and  provides  proof, 
as  prescribed  in  the  regulations,  that  the  motor  vehicle  is 
insured  under  a  valid  and  subsisting  motor  vehicle  liability 
policy,  the  Ministry  or  any  person  authorized  by  the  Minister 
shall. 

(a)  issue  for  the  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  a  numbered 
permit  and  a  number  plate  or  number  plates,  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations,  bearing  the  number 
of  the  permit;  or 

(6)  validate  the  permit  issued  for  the  motor  vehicle  or 
trailer  and  provide  such  evidence  of  the  validation 
for  display  upon  the  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  as  may 
be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


8.6a. 
•UMted 


Motor 
vehicle 
insurance 
required 


Notice  of 
cancellation 
to  Registrar 


Where  policy 
deemed  in 
force 


Idem 


Uninsured 
motor  vehicle 
fee 

R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  281 


3.  The  said  Act   is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  followii 
section : 

6a. — (1)  The  owner  of  a  motor  vehicle  shall  not  drive  t^ 
motor  vehicle  or  cause  or  permit  the  motor  vehicle  to  % 
driven  on  a  highway  unless  a  valid  and  subsisting  mot^ 
vehicle  liability  policy  exists  in  respect  of  the  motor  vehiclj 

(2)  An  insurer  shall  notify  the  Registrar  of  the  cancella 
tion  of  a  motor  vehicle  liability  policy  at  least  fifteen  day 
in  advance  of  the  day  the  policy  lapses  or  is  terminated  b 
the  insurer,  but  where  the  motor  vehicle  liability  policy  I 
terminated  by  an  insured  owner,  the  insurer  shall  notify  tti 
Registrar  of  the  cancellation  forthwith. 

(3)  Where  an  insurer  fails  to  notify  the  Registrar  of  t! 
cancellation  of  a  motor  vehicle  liability  policy,  the  liabilit 
of  the  insurer  under  the  motor  vehicle  liability  policy  sha 
be  deemed  to  continue  until  the  Registrar  is  notified  of  tft 
cancellation. 

(4)  The  Registrar  may  at  any  time  request  a  person 
provide  proof  that  a  motor  vehicle  liability  policy  exists  I 
respect  of  a  motor  vehicle  owned  by  that  person. 

(5)  A  permit  held  by  an  owner  at  the  time  this  Act  come 
into  force,  by  reason  of  having  paid  the  uninsured  mote 
vehicle  fee  under  The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Ac 
shall  continue  in  operation  until  the  period  for  which  the  fe 
was  paid  expires  and  thereafter  the  permit  shall  not  b 
validated  or  replaced  unless  the  owner  provides  to  th 
Minister  proof  as  prescribed  in  the  regulations  that  ther 
exists  a  valid  and  subsisting  motor  vehicle  liability  policy  i 
respect  of  the  motor  vehicle. 


Regulations 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


I 


(6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regi' 
lations  prescribing  the  form  of  providing  proof  to  the  Ministc 
and  the  Registrar  that  a  valid  and  subsisting  motor  vehicl 
liability  policy  exists  in  respect  of  the  motor  vehicle. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assam 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendmet 
Act.  1977. 


A 


A 


to 


«■ 

A 

««. 

f 

<^ 

s 

"Z 

o 

«1 

>< 

O 

Co"* 

25 

2: 

0 

< 

t\) 

n> 

•^ 

>3 

3 
•I 

Co 

1 

1 

CL 

3 

1' 

1—' 
SO 

-J 

c^ 

sr 

a> 

X 

> 

3 

0"5 

> 

^ 

n 

i-t- 

p 

^ 

r-t- 
0 

H 

P 

"1 

3 

B 

rD 
3 

n 

a 

> 

0 

BILL  93  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 


A 


Mr.  O'Neil 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


w^ 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  increase  the  time  for  notice  to  an 
employee  whose  employment  is  to  be  terminated  where  the  employer  plans 
to  terminate  the  employment  of  fifty  or  more  employees  within  a  short 
period  of  time.  The  Bill  also  requires  the  employer,  when  requested,  to 
confer  with  the  Minister  and  any  trade  union  that  represents  the  employees 
to  discuss  alternative  methods  of  reducing  the  number  of  terminations. 


piLL  93  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  40  of  The  Employment  ^^(^f^dards  ^^-^^^^^cteA 
Act,  1974,  being  chapter  112,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  the  notice  required  byNot^c|of 
an  employer  to  terminate  the  employment  of  fifty  or  more 
employees  in  any  period  of  twelve  weeks  or  less  shall  be  not 
less  than, 

[a]  sixteen  weeks  notice  if  the  employment  of  fifty  or 
more  persons  and  fewer  than  200  persons  is  to  be 
terminated  at  an  establishment; 

[h)  twenty-four  weeks  notice  if  the  employment  of  200 
or  more  persons  and  fewer  than  500  persons  is  to 
be  terminated  at  an  establishment ;  and 

(c)  thirty-two  weeks  notice  if  the  employment  of  500 
or  more  persons  is  to  be  terminated  at  an  establish- 
ment, 

and  until  the  expiry  of  such  notice  the  termination  shall  not 
take  effect. 

(2)  The  said  section  40  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thes^o-^^^^ 
following  subsection: 

(2a)  In  the  event  of  a  termination  referred  to  in  subsec-  ^^^yjf> 

^      '  confer 

tion  2,  an  employer  shall  give  notice  at  the  same  time  that 
notice  is  given  under  subsection  2  to  the  Minister  and  any 
trade  union  that  represents  employees  whose  employment 
the  employer  proposes  to  terminate  indicating, 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


(a)  the  number  of  employees  whose  employment   wil 
be  terminated; 

(b)  a  statement  of  the  reasons  for  the  terminations, 

and,  where  the  Minister  or  a  trade  union  so  requests,  tl 
employer  shall  confer  with  the  Minister  or  trade  union  or 
representative  thereof  with  a  view  to  considering  in  goal 
faith  alternative  plans  to  reduce  the  number  of  termination 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assen 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Employment  Standards  A  mendi 
ment  Act.  1977. 


A 


A 


to 


Si. 


Z 

o 

< 

S' 

3 

<» 

»- 

cr 

«H. 

>0 

?0 

OJ 

S> 

Si 

1' 

o 
-^ 
•^ 

^ 

H 

cr 

rt 

W 

3 

"S- 

o" 
^ 

> 

3 

3 

3 

> 

r-h 

(-»■ 

C/) 

r+ 

l-t- 

o 

p 

3 

P 

3 

C/) 

3 

> 

o 

r* 

^^ 

vO 

^ 

>^ 

BILL  94  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Negligence  Act 


A 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  provisions  being  repealed  save  a  driver  or  owner  of  a  motor  vehicle 
harmless  from  civil  liability  for  injuries  to  a  gratuitous  passenger  except 
where  the  injuries  were  caused  by  the  gross  negligence  of  the  driver.  The 
effect  of  the  appeal  is  to  re-establish  absence  of  negligence  as  a  standard  of 
care  to  be  exercised  by  drivers  of  motor  vehicles  towards  gratuitous  passengers. 

The  amendment  to  section  2  (1)  of  the  Act  is  of  a  housekeeping  nature 
to  reflect  the  repeal  of  subsections  2  and  3  of  section  2  of  the  Act. 

Section  2  of  the  Bill  serves  to  clarify  that  the  right  of  action  is  preserved 
where  the  cause  of  action  arose  before  this  Bill  comes  into  force. 


JILL  94 


1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Negligence  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
,  Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enact>   as 

[follows : 


1. 


2. 


(1)  Subsection   1   of  section  2  of   The  Negligence  Act,  being |j^(J>^g^j 
chapter  296  of  the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "except  as  provided  by  sub- 
sections 2,  3  and  4"  in  the  fourth  line. 


(2)  Subsections  2  and  3  of  the  said  section  2  are  repealed. 


8. 2  (2,  3), 
repealed 


A 


Section  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  action  brought  when  s.i 
for  any  loss  or  damage  resulting  from  bodily  injury  to,  or  apply 
the  death  of  any  person  being  carried  in,  or  upon,  or  entering, 
or  getting  on  to,  or  alighting  from  a  motor  vehicle  other 
than  a  vehicle  operated  in  the  business  of  carrying  passengers 
for  compensation,  where  the  cause  of  action  arose  before  this 
Act  comes  into  force. 


8.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^°™^®°'^®" 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Negligence  Amendment  /l^-/^  short  title 
1977. 


i4 


o 


Ca 


H 

a: 

w 

> 

X 

O 
"-1 

o 

3 

?o 

o 

(T) 

S 

3 

o 

S 

£L 

G 

33 

H 

» 

>< 

Ca> 


Si 


z 

o 

< 

o 

fc^ 

3 

C/5 

cr 

>3 

4^ 

1. 

3- 

(yQ 

h'"^ 

vO 

-vj 

^ 

^^ 

fD     O 

/S"  "^ 
n>  ^ 
3    p 

S  3 
>S  a 

o   O- 


BILL  94  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Negligence  Act 


A 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


[Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


r^ 


Explanatory  Note 

The  provisions  being  repealed  save  a  driver  or  owner  of  a  motor  vehicle 
harmless  from  civil  liability  for  injuries  to  a  gratuitous  passenger  except 
where  the  injuries  were  caused  by  the  gross  negligence  of  the  driver.  The 
effect  of  the  appeal  is  to  re-establish  absence  of  negligence  as  a  standard  of 
care  to  be  exercised  by  drivers  of  motor  vehicles  towards  gratuitous  passengers. 

The  amendment  to  section  2  (1)  of  the  Act  is  of  a  housekeeping  nature 
to  reflect  the  repeal  of  subsections  2  and  3  of  section  2  of  the  Act. 

Section  2  of  the  Bill  serves  to  clarify  that  the  right  of  action  is  preserved 
where  the  cause  of  action  arose  before  this  Bill  comes  into  force. 


BILL  94  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Negligence  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.— (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  2  of  The  Negligence  Act,  being  l^^^^^^g^ 
chapter  296  of  the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "except  as  provided  by  sub- 
sections 2,  3  and  4"  in  the  fourth  line. 

(2)  Subsections  2  and  3  of  the  said  section  2  are  repealed.       re^^lied  "\ 

2.  Section  1  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  action  brought  when  s.  i 
for  any  loss  or  damage  resulting  from  bodily  injury  to,  or  apply 
the  death  of  any  person  being  carried  in,  or  upon,  or  entering, 
or  getting  on  to,  or  alighting  from  a  motor  vehicle  other 
than  a  vehicle  operated  in  the  business  of  carrying  passengers 
for  compensation,  where  the  cause  of  action  arose  before  this 
Act  comes  into  force. 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclarna-  commence- 
tion  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  "^PC 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Negligence  Amendment  /If/,  short  title 
7977. 


o 

3 

«> 

rn. 

«l 

«> 

vO 

A- 

^ 

& 

««t^ 

Oo 

»- 

CO 

& 

s 

^ 

^ 

**^ 

c^ 

<^ 

5^ 

^ 

s 

r<«k 

C/) 

s- 

c^ 

a 

H 

X 

w 

> 

ffi 

ft- 
o 

o 

2: 

3 

» 

O 

S 

3 

o 

CO 

s 

p 

G 

^~ 

» 

H 

W 

«< 

o 

o 

< 

Uj 

(V 

t\J 

O) 

h^^ 

S. 

B 
cr 

s 

3 

00 

>2 

►-1 

>3 

i 

Si 

ON 

S) 

>^ 

S) 

^ 

ft- 

Si- 

i-K 

A- 

tr 

2^ 

sr 

OTQ 

I— k 

o 
^ 
^ 

<y<5 

H 

3- 

> 

ft) 

3 

tz:> 

0) 

o 

Cd 

r+ 

crq' 

t-t- 
O 

3 

P 

o 

3 

rt> 

> 

3 

O 

CL 

BILL  94 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Negligence  Act 


A 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


JILL  94  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Negligence  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario,   enacts  as 
ollows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  2  of  The  Negligence  Act,  being l^^^j^^^^^ 
chapter  296  of  the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "except  as  provided  by  sub- 
sections 2,  3  and  4"  in  the  fourth  line. 

(2)  Subsections  2  and  3  of  the  said  section  2  are  repealed.       repealed  A 

2.  Section    1   does  not  apply  in  respect  of  any  action  brought  when  s.  i 
for  any  loss  or  damage  resulting  from  bodily  injury  to,   or  apply 
the  death  of  any  person  being  carried  in,  or  upon,  or  entering, 

or  getting  on  to,  or  alighting  from  a  motor  vehicle  other 
than  a  vehicle  operated  in  the  business  of  carrying  passengers 
for  compensation,  where  the  cause  of  action  arose  before  this 
Act  comes  into  force. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclama-  commence- 
tion  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Negligence  Amendment  /If/,  short  title 
7977. 


H 

X 

w 

> 

r-f- 

K 

O 
•1 

o 
z 

3 

pd 

o 

fD 

S 

3 

o 

•1 

s 

£L 

c 

» 

H 

W 

►< 

a> 

'Z 

o 
< 

n 

O 

(I 

rti 

t\) 

ft) 

k>^ 

3 

3 
cr 

1 

3 

t/) 

•-1 

>3 

>3 

-1 

o\ 

«i 

Ov 

& 

>^ 

i-f- 

^ 

It- 

a- 

(-^ 

p* 

p- 

1— » 

5:; 

1' 

S 

vO 

vO 

^ 

-4 

-v| 

*j 

^ 

^ 

H 

> 

a> 

3 

:z:> 

a> 

o 

°S- 

<-»■ 

(-♦■ 

orq 

o 

a> 

3 

v> 

o 

CD 

3 

a> 

> 

3 

o 

O- 

BILL  95  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 


A 


Mr.  Leluk 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  provides  an  exemption  from  municipal  taxation  for  additions 
and  improvements  to  real  property  that  are  designed  to  aid  persons  who  are 
physically  disabled. 


ILL  95  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Assessment  Act 

TER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
^  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
Hows : 

1.  Section   3   of   The   Assessment  Act,   being   chapter  32   of   the|-^'g^^g^ 
Revised    Statutes    of    Ontario,     1970,    as    amended    by    the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,    1973,   chapter  26,   section    1    and   1974, 
chapter  41,  section  2,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 

the  following  paragraph:  "X 

21.  All    equipment,    devices,    installations    and    structures  Equipment 
located  in  or  on  lands  and  buildings  that  are  designed  for  Physically 
use  by  persons  who  are  physically  disabled  and  are  affixed, 
installed  or  built  for  the  purpose  of  enhancing  the  use  and 
enjoyment  of  the  land  and  buildings  by  such  persons. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  co^^mence- 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Assessment  Amendment  ^c^,  short  title 
7977. 


to 


» 

r 

m 
r 

a 


Uj 


>3 


5i 

o 

< 

S' 

3 

05 

sl 

cr 

«^ 

>i 

•I 

>3 

St 

-vl 

» 

o 

^ 

^ 

c/) 


BILL  96  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  register 
Condominium  Property  Management  Firms 


A 


Mr.  Leluk 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This   Bill   provides    for   the   registration,   bonding   and   inspection   of 
condominium  property  management  firms. 


BILL  96  1977 


An  Act  to  register 
Condominium  Property  Management  Firms 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act.  gterpre- 

(a)  "Minister"    means   the    Minister   of   Consumer   and 

Commercial  Relations;  '\ 

(6)  "registrant"  means  a  condominium  property  man- 
agement firm  registered  under  this  Act; 

{c)  "Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  appointed  under 
section  2; 

(d)  "Tribunal"    means    The    Commercial    Registration 

Appeal  Tribunal  under  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  ff^^-  ^^^' 

and  Commercial  Relations  Act.  \ 


2. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  of  Condominium  Prop- ^^sristrar 
erty    Management    Firms    who    shall    be    appointed    by    the 
Lieutenant   Governor   in   Council    for   the   purposes   of   this 
Act. 

(2)  The    Registrar    may    exercise    the    powers    and    shall  duties 
perform   the  duties  conferred  or  imposed  upon  him  by  or 
under  this  Act. 

3.  No    condominium    property    management    firm    shall  cond^lnium 
manage    a    condominium    property    unless    it    is    registered  property 

t         ■,       -n      •  ,i.»  managrement 

by  the  Registrar  under  this  Act.  firm 

4. — (1)  An  applicant  is  entitled  to  registration  or  renewal  ^jP^ristration 
of    registration    as    a    condominium    property    management  ^rms 
firm  by  the  Registrar  except  where, 


(a)  the  past  conduct  of  the  applicant  affords  reason- 
able grounds  for  the  belief  that  it  will  not  carry  on 
business  in  accordance  with  law  and  with  integrity 
and  honesty;  or 

(b)  the  applicant  is  carrying  on  activities  that  are, 
or  will  be,  if  the  applicant  is  registered,  in  con- 
travention of  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 


Conditions 

of 

registration 


Notice  of 
proposal  to 
refuse  or 
revoke 


Notice 

requiring 

hearing 


Powers  of 
Registrar 
where  no 
hearing 


(2)  A  registration  is  subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions 
to  give  effect  to  the  purposes  of  this  Act  as  are  consented 
to  by  the  applicant,  imposed  by  the  Tribunal  or  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 

5. — (1)  Where  the  Registrar  proposes  to  refuse  to  grant 
or  renew  a  registration  or  proposes  to  suspend  or  revoke  a 
registration,  he  shall  serve  notice  of  his  proposal,  together 
with  written  reasons  therefor,  on  the  applicant  or  registrant. 

(2)  A  notice  under  subsection  1  shall  inform  the  applicant 
or  registrant  that  it  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  by  the  Tribunal 
if  it  mails  or  delivers,  within  fifteen  days  after  the  notice 
under  subsection  1  is  served  on  it,  notice  in  writing  requiring 
a  hearing  to  the  Registrar  and  the  Tribunal,  and  it  may  so 
require  such  a  hearing. 

(3)  Where  an  applicant  or  registrant  does  not  require 
a  hearing  by  the  Tribunal  in  accordance  with  subsection  2, 
the  Registrar  may  carry  out  the  proposal  stated  in  his  notice 
under  subsection  1. 


Powers  of 
Tribunal 


Conditions 
of  order 


Parties 


(4)  Where  an  applicant  or  registrant  requires  a  hearing 
by  the  Tribunal  in  accordance  with  subsection  2,  the 
Tribunal  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and, 
on  the  application  of  the  Registrar  at  the  hearing,  may  by 
order  direct  the  Registrar  to  carry  out  his  proposal  or 
refrain  from  carrying  out  his  proposal  and  to  take  such 
action  as  the  Tribunal  considers  the  Registrar  ought  to  take 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  and  for 
such  purposes  the  Tribunal  may  substitute  its  opinion  for 
that  of  the  Registrar. 

(5)  The  Tribunal  may  attach  such  terms  and  conditions 
to  its  order  or  to  the  registration  as  it  considers  proper 
to  give  effect  to  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(6)  The  Registrar,  the  applicant  or  registrant  who  has 
required  the  hearing  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Tribunal 
may  specify  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Tribunal 
under  this  section. 


(7)  Notwithstanding    subsection     1,    the    Registrar    may  J^^o^^nt|^|'^jj 
cancel   a   registration   upon    the   request    in    writing   of   the 
registrant  in  the  prescribed  form  surrendering  its  registration. 

6.  Where   the   Registrar   proposes   to   suspend   or   revoke  gugpe^ion 
a    registration,    the    Registrar    may,    where    the    Registrar 
considers  it  to  be  necessary  in  the  pubhc  interest,  by  order 
temporarily   suspend    the    registration    and    the    order   shall 

take  effect  immediately  and  where  a  hearing  is  required, 
the  order  expires  fifteen  days  from  the  date  of  the  notice 
requiring  the  hearing  unless  the  hearing  is  commenced  in 
which  case  the  Tribunal  holding  the  hearing  may  extend 
the  time  of  expiration  until  the  hearing  is  concluded. 

7 .  Notwithstanding    that    a    registrant    appeals    from    an  ^^^^^^^^ 
order  of  the  Tribunal,  the  order  takes  effect  immediately,  stay 
but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  disposition  of  the 
appeal. 

8.  Where,    within    the    time    prescribed    therefor    or,    i^^ndSg*'^^® 
no  time   is   prescribed,   before   expiry  of  its  registration,   a  renewal 
registrant    has   applied    for   renewal   of   its   registration,    its 
registration  shall  be  deemed  to  continue, 

{a)  until  the  renewal  is  granted;  or 

(b)  where  it  is  served  with  notice  that  the  Registrar 
proposes  to  refuse  to  grant  the  renewal,  until  the 
time  for  giving  notice  requiring  a  hearing  has 
expired  and,  where  a  hearing  is  required,  until  the 
Tribunal  has  made  its  order. 

9.  A  registration  is  not  transferable.  Registration 

transferable 

10.  Every  registrant  shall  file  with  the  Registrar,  Bond 

(a)  a  personal  bond  accompanied  by  collateral  security; 

(b)  a  bond  of  a  guarantee  company  approved   under 

The  Guarantee  Companies  Securities  Act;  or  ^fge*'^^"' 

(c)  a  bond  of  a  guarantor,  other  than  a  guarantee 
company,  accompanied  by  collateral  security, 

in  such  form,  for  terms,  and  $5,000  or  such  other  amount 
as  the  Registrar  determines. 

1 1 .  Where    the    Registrar    believes    on    reasonable    and  advertising 
probable   grounds   that   a   condominium    projjerty   manage- 
ment  firm   is  making  false,   misleading  or  deceptive  state- 


merits  in  any  advertisement,  or  that  the  advertisement  is 
in  contravention  of  the  regulations,  the  Registrar  may 
order  the  immediate  cessation  of  the  use  of  such  advertising, 
but  the  Tribunal  may  grant  a  stay  until  the  Registrar's 
order  becomes  final. 

unregistered  ^^'  ^^  pcrson  shall  knowingly  engage  or  use  the  services 
condominium  of  a  condominium  property  management  firm  that  is  not 
management   registered  Under  this  Act. 

Arm  ° 

Inspection  13, — (J)  The    Registrar    or    any    person    designated    by 

him  in  writing  may  at  any  reasonable  time  enter  upon  the 
business  premises  of  a  registrant  to  make  an  inspection  to 
ensure  that  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
are  being  complied  with. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  Registrar  has  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  to  believe  that  any  person  is  acting  as  a  con- 
dominium property  management  firm  without  being  regis- 
tered, the  Registrar  or  any  person  designated  by  him  in 
writing  may  at  any  reasonable  time  enter  upon  such  firm's 
business  premises  to  make  an  inspection  for  the  purpose  of 
determining  whether  or  not  the  firm  is  in  contravention  of 
section  3. 


Powers 

on 

Insiwctlon 


(3)  Upon    an    inspection    under    this   section,    the    person 
inspecting, 

{a)  is  entitled  to  free  access  to  all  books  of  account, 
cash,  documents,  bank  accounts,  vouchers,  cor- 
respondence and  records  of  the  firm  being  inspected 
that  are  relevant  for  the  purposes  of  the  inspection ; 
and 


Admissi- 
bility of 
copies 


{b)  may,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  any 
material  referred  to  in  clause  a  that  relates  to  the 
purpose  of  the  inspection  for  the  purpose  of  making 
a  copy  thereof,  provided  that  such  copying  is 
carried  out  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  material 
in  question  is  promptly  therafter  returned  to  the 
firm  being  inspected, 

and  no  person  shall  obstruct  the  person  inspecting  or 
withhold  or  destroy,  conceal  or  refuse  to  furnish  any  in- 
formation or  thing  required  by  the  person  inspecting  for 
the  purposes  of  the  inspection. 

(4)  Any    copy    made    as    provided    in    subsection    3    and 
purporting    to    be    certified    by    an    inspector    is    admissible 


in  evidence  in  any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecution  as 
prima  facie  proof  of  the  original. 

14. — (1)  Where  the  Registrar  receives  a  written  complaint  investigation 
in   respect    of   a   registrant    and   so   directs   in    writing,    the  complaints 
registrant  shall  furnish  the  Registrar  with  such  information 
respecting    the    matter    complained    of    as    the    Registrar 
requires. 

(2)  The   direction   under  subsection    1    shall   indicate   the  ^^®™ 
nature  of  the  complaint  involved. 

(3)  For   the   purposes   of  subsection    1,    the   Registrar  or  wem 
any  person  designated  in  writing  by  him  may  on  notice  at 
any  reasonable   time   enter  upon   the   business   premises   of 

the  registrant  to  make  an  inspection  in  relation  to  the 
complaint. 

15.  The    Minister    may   by    order    appoint    a    person    to  investigation 

-'         -^  "^  '^  on  order 

make  an  investigation  into  any  matter  to  which  this  Act  of 

Miiilst6r 

applies  as  may  be  specified  in  the  Minister's  order  and 
the  person  appointed  shall  report  the  result  of  his  investi- 
gation to  the  Minister,  and  for  the  purposes  of  the  investi- 
gation, the  person  making  it  has  the  powers  of  a  commission 
under  Part  II  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971,  which  ^^'^^' ^- '*^ 
Part  applies  to  such  investigation  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry 
under  that  Act. 

16. — (1)  Where,  upon  a  statement  made  under  oath,  the  investigation 
Registrar  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds  that  Registrar 
any  firm  or  person  has, 

(a)  contravened  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or 
the  regulations;  or 

(6)  committed    an    offence    under    the    Criminal    Code  ^§-34^^^°' 
(Canada)  or  under  the  law  of  any  jurisdiction  that 
is    relevant    to    his    fitness    for    registration    under 
this  Act, 

the  Registrar  may  by  order  appoint  one  or  more  persons  to 
make  an  investigation  to  ascertain  whether  such  a  con- 
travention of  the  Act  or  regulation  or  the  commission  of 
such  an  offence  has  occurred  and  the  person  appointed 
shall  report  the  result  of  his  investigation  to  the  Registrar. 

(2)  For   purposes   relevant    to   the   subject-matter   of   an  Powers 
investigation   under   this  section,   the   person   appointed   to  investigator 
make  the  investigation  may  inquire  into  and  examine  the 


1971.  c.  49 


affairs  of  the  firm  or  person  in  respect  of  whom  the  investi- 
gation is  being  made  and  may, 

(a)  upon  production  of  his  appointment,  enter  at  any 
reasonable  time  the  business  premises  of  such  firm  or 
person  and  examine  books,  papers,  documents, 
consumer  files  and  things  relevant  to  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  investigation ;  and 

(b)  inquire  into  negotiations,  transactions,  loans,  bor- 
rowings made  by  or  on  behalf  of  or  in  relation  to 
such  firm  or  person  and  into  property,  assets  or 
things  owned,  acquired  or  alienated  in  whole  or  in 
part  by  it  or  him  or  any  person  acting  on  its  or  his 
behalf  that  are  relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of 
the  investigation, 

and  for  the  purposes  of  the  inquiry,  the  person  making  the 
investigation  has  the  powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II 
of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971,  which  Part  applies  to 
such  inquiry  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


Obstruction        (3)  a^q  person  shall  obstruct  a  person  appointed  to  make 
Investigator    an  investigation  under  this  section  or  withhold   from  him 
or  conceal  or  destroy  any  books,  papers,  documents  or  things 
relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the  investigation. 


Entry  and 
search 


(4)  Where  a  provincial  judge  is  satisfied,  upon  an  ex 
parte  application  by  the  person  making  an  investigation 
under  this  section,  that  the  investigation  has  been  ordered 
and  that  such  person  has  been  appointed  to  make  it  and 
that  there  is  reasonable  ground  for  believing  there  are  in 
any  building,  dwelling,  receptacle  or  place  any  books, 
papers,  documents  or  things  relating  to  the  firm  or  person 
whose  affairs  are  being  investigated  and  to  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  investigation,  the  provincial  judge  may, 
whether  or  not  an  inspection  has  been  made  or  attempted 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  2,  issue  an  order  authorizing 
the  person  making  the  investigation,  together  with  such 
police  officer  or  officers  as  he  calls  upon  to  assist  him,  to 
enter  and  search,  if  necessary  by  force,  such  building, 
dwelling,  receptacle  or  place  for  such  books,  papers,  docu- 
ments or  things  and  to  examine  them,  but  every  such  entry 
and  search  shall  be  made  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless 
the  provincial  judge,  by  the  order,  authorizes  the  person 
making  the  investigation  to  make  the  search  at  night. 

SSoks^'etc!^  (5)  Any  person  making  an  investigation  under  this  section 
may,  upon  giving  a  receipt  therefor,  remove  any  books, 
papers,   documents   or   things   examined   under  clause   a  of 


subsection  2  or  subsection  4  relating  to  the  firm  or  person 
whose  affairs  are  being  investigated  and  to  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  investigation  for  the  purpose  oi  making  copies 
of  such  books,  papers  or  documents,  but  such  copying  shall 
be  carried  out  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  books,  papers 
or  documents  in  question  shall  be  promptly  thereafter 
returned  to  the  firm  or  person  whose  affairs  are  being  in- 
vestigated. 

(6)  Any    copy    made    as    provided    in    subsection    5    and  go^igg®* 
certified  to  be  a  true  copy  by  the  person  making  the  in- 
vestigation is  admissible  in  evidence  in  any  action,  proceed- 
ing or  prosecution  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  original  book, 
paper  or  document  and  its  contents. 

(7)  The  Minister  or  Registrar  may  appoint  any  expert  to  Appointment 
examine    books,    papers,    documents    or    things    examined  expert 
under  clause  a  of  subsection  2  or  under  subsection  4. 

17. — (1)  Every  person  employed  in  the  administration  of  ^^^^1^^^..^^^ 
this  Act,  including  any  person  making  an  inquiry,  inspection  -a 

or  an  investigation  under  section  13,  14,  15  or  16  shall  pre- 
serve secrecy  in  respect  of  all  matters  that  come  to  his 
knowledge  in  the  course  of  his  duties,  employment,  in- 
quiry, inspection  or  investigation  and  shall  not  communi- 
cate any  such  matters  to  any  other  person  except, 

{a)  as  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  ad- 
ministration of  this  Act  and  the  regulations  or 
any  proceedings  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations ; 

{b)  to  his  counsel;  or 

(c)  with  the  consent  of  the  firm  or  person  to  whom  the 
information  relates. 

(2)  No   person    to   whom    subsection    1    applies   shall    be  ^®c"i^°"^ 
required  to  give  testimony  in  any  civil  suit  or  proceeding  suit 
with  regard  to  information  obtained  by  him  in  the  course 
of  his   duties,   employment,    inquiry,   inspection   or   investi- 
gation except  in  a  proceeding  under  this  Act  or  the  regu- 
lations. 

18. — (1)  Any  notice  or  order  required  to  be  given,  ^®''^*=® 
delivered  or  served  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  is 
sufficiently  given,  delivered  or  served  if  delivered  personally 
or  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  firm  or  person 
to  whom  delivery  or  service  is  required  to  be  made  at  its 
or  his  last-known  address. 


8 


(2)  Where  service  is  made  by  mail,  the  service  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  made  on  the  third  day  after  the  day  of  mailing 
unless  the  firm  or  person  on  whom  service  is  being  made 
establishes  that  it  or  he  did  not,  acting  in  good  faith,  through 
absence,  accident,  illness  or  other  cause  beyond  its  or  his 
control  receive  the  notice  or  order  until  a  later  date. 


^training  19^ — (J)  Where  it  appears  to  the  Registrar  that  any  firm 
or  person  does  not  comply  with  any  provision  of  this  Act, 
the  regulations  or  an  order  made  under  this  Act,  notwith- 
standing the  imposition  of  any  j)enalty  in  respect  of  such 
non-compliance  and  in  addition  to  any  other  rights  it 
or  he  may  have,  the  Registrar  may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the 
High  Court  for  an  order  directing  such  firm  or  person  to  com- 
ply with  such  provision,  and  upon  the  application,  the 
judge  may  make  such  order  or  such  other  order  as  the  judge 
thinks  fit. 

Appeal  (2)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Supreme  Court  from  an  order 

made  under  subsection  1. 

Offences  20. — (1)  Every  person  who, 

(a)  knowingly  furnishes  false  information  in  any  appli- 
cation under  this  Act  or  in  any  statement  or 
return  required  to  be  furnished  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations; 

{b)  fails  to  comply  with  any  order  made  under  this 
Act;  or 

(f)  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations, 

and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  corporation  who  knowingly 
concurs  in  such  furnishing,  failure  or  contravention  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $2,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both. 

Corporations  (2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
subsection  1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed 
upon  the  corporation  is  $25,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 


Limitation 


(3)  No  proceeding  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  shall 
be  commenced  more  than  one  year  after  the  facts  upon 
which  the  proceeding  is  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge 
of  the  Registrar. 


(4)  No   proceeding   under   clause   6   or  f   of  subsection    1  ^^^^ 
shall  be  commenced  more  than  two  years  after  the  time  when 
the  subject-matter  of  the  proceeding  arose. 

21. — (1)  A  statement  as  to,  certificate 

evidence 

(a)  the  registration  or  non-registration  of  any  firm; 

(b)  the  filing  or  non-filing  of  any  document  or  material 
required  or  permitted  to  be  filed  with  the  Registrar; 

(f)  the  time  when  the  facts  upon  which  proceedings 
are  based  first  came  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
Registrar;  or 

{d)  any  other  matter  pertaining  to  such  registration, 
non-registration,  filing  or  non-filing, 

purporting  to  be  certified  by  the  Registrar  is,  without  proof 
of  the  office  or  signature  of  the  Registrar,  receivable  in 
evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts  stated  therein 
for  all  purposes  in  any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecution.  ^ 

(2)  Any  document  under  this  Act  purporting  to  be  signed  ^irdster's 
by  the  Minister,  or  any  certified  copy  thereof,  is  receivable  signature 
in  evidence  in  any  action,  prosecution  or  other  proceeding 
as  prima  facie  proof  that   the   document   is  signed  by   the 
Minister   without    proof   of    the   office   or   signature   of    the 
Minister. 

22.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make  Regulations  / 

regulations, 

(a)  exempting  any  class  of  condominium  property 
management  firm  from  this  Act  or  the  regulations 
or  any  provision  thereof; 

(6)  governing  applications  for  registration  or  renewal 
of  registration  and  prescribing  terms  and  conditions 
of  registration ; 

(f)  providing  for  the  expiration  and  renewal  of  regis- 
trations ; 

{d)  requiring  condominium  property  management  firms 
or  any  class  thereof  to  be  bonded  in  such  form 
and  terms  and  with  such  collateral  security  as  are 


10 


Commence- 
ment 


prescribed,  and  providing  for  the  forfeiture  of  bonds 
and  the  disposition  of  the  proceeds; 

{e)  governing  the  form  and  content  of  advertising 
by  condominium  property  management  firms; 

(/)  requiring  and  governing  the  books,  accounts  and 
records  relating  to  the  due  compHance  with  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  that  shall  be  kept  by  con- 
dominium property  management  firms; 

ig)  prescribing  further  procedures  respecting  the  con- 
duct of  matters  coming  before  the  Tribunal; 

(A)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use;  and 

(i)  requiring  any  information  required  to  be  furnished 
or  contained  in  any  form  or  return  to  be  verified 
by  affidavit. 

23.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  24.  The    short    title    of    this    Act    is    The    Condominium 

Property  Management  Firms  Act,  J 977. 


2. 


to 


m 
c 


>3 


'Z 

o 

< 

^ 

a> 

^^ 

s 

3 

on 

a- 

»««. 

>3 

50 

^ 
^ 

n 

S3  > 

^  3  > 

g    3  !4- 

<^     3  O 

3    3^ 

r-t-  -I 

3  fD  2 

t/3       --I  "^ 


BILL  97  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  the  Sandwich, 
Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway 


A 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  effect  of  the  Bill  is  to  change  the  name  of  the  company  that  operates 
the  public  transp>ortation  system  in  the  City  of  Windsor. 


BILL  97  1977 


An  Act  respecting  the  Sandwich, 
Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  The    body    corporate    and    politic    created    and    con-  corporation 

■^  '    ^  »  continued 

stituted    by    section    3    of    The    Sandwich,     Windsor    andnnaer 
Amherstburg    Railway   Act,    1930,    being   chapter    17,    under  "Transit 
the    name    of    the    "Sandwich,    Windsor    and    Amherstburg  ^^^'^^"'^  '\ 

Railway  Company"  and  re-created  under  that  name  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1939,  chapter  43,  section  3,  is  con- 
tinued as  a  body  corporate  under  the  name  of  "Transit 
Windsor". 

2.  A  reference  in  any  general  or  special  Act,  or  in  any  References 
by-law,  regulation,  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  etc. 

to  the  Sandwich,  Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway  Com- 
pany shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  Transit  Windsor. 

i 

3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  ^°e^t"^°°*"  ^ 
the  15th  day  of  October,  1977. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Sandwich,   Windsor  ^^'^^^^^^^^ 
and  Amherstburg  Railway  Act,  1977. 


3  5 


to 


H 

^  EC 


O    "^ 


3    W 

a>   o 

3    3 

r+    O 

3-  3 


=-o^ 


o 

P 

3 

s; 

2 

3 

w 

o 

«> 

Si 
Si. 

I' 


•z 

o 

< 

t^o 

O) 

>>^ 

S 

3 
a* 

on 

S^ 

»^ 

>i 

^ 

?0 

Si 
Si. 

00 

3" 

^ 

3    3 
3    fD 

>^ 
3  ?. 

3"    3; 


a*  <v 

B.  ^ 

Orq    p 

?d  a. 


BILL  97 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  the  Sandwich, 
Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  97  1977 


An  Act  respecting  the  Sandwich, 
Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 .  The    body    corporate    and    politic    created    and    con-  con^°nued°° 
stituted    bv    section    3    of    The    Sandwich,     Windsor    and  under 

ZlftIH6 

Amherstburg  Railway  Act,  1930,  being  chapter  17,  under  "Transit 
the  name  of  the  "Sandwich,  Windsor  and  Amherstburg 
Railway  Company"  and  re-created  under  that  name  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1939,  chapter  43,  section  3,  is  con- 
tinued as  a  body  corporate  under  the  name  of  "Transit 
Windsor". 

2.  A  reference  in  any  general  or  special  Act,  or  in  any  Jlf^^t"'^^^ 
by-law,  regulation,  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  etc. 

to  the  Sandwich,  Windsor  and  Amherstburg  Railway  Com- 
pany shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  Transit  Windsor. 

3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  ment"*°^* 
the  15th  day  of  October,  1977. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Sandwich,   l^misoy  ^^^^^ ""« 
and  Amherstburg  Railway  Act,  1977. 


3  5' 


H 

"-I  ' ' 


orq 

Cb 

c 

U 

O 

<-i 

•-1 

2 

3 
3 

O 

w 

n> 
►I 

o 

^ 

o 
o 

O 

P 

3 

3 

3 

O 

3 

P5 

S 

•-1 

o 

> 

o 

O 

J^ 

3? 

P 

M 

P 

p 

3 

o 

^' 

3 

CL 

O 

'Z 

^ 

•z 

o 

o 

o 

< 

< 

< 

3 

c-0 

3 

S' 

rD 

3 

cr 

C/5 

cr 

?^ 

cr 

s*- 

*>. 

•-1 

3- 

>3 

"I 

to 

(-♦ 
3- 

>3 
1' 

•-1 

OO 
(-^ 

3- 

" 

(?Q 

OfQ 

h- » 

t— ' 

H^ 

O 

vO 

vO 

-vl 

^ 

^ 

-vl 

^ 

^ 

3 

2 

Cl 

w 
O 

> 

-1 

P 

-n 

3 

a 

a 

> 

n 

3 

sr 

5' 

(X> 

OQ 

•-t 

t/> 

r-»- 

i-t- 

3- 

cr 

C 

c 

•-1 

cr> 

orq 

p 

3 

PO 

D- 

p_ 

^ 

p 

^ 

BILL  98  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 


A 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  revises  the  existing  Municipal  Elections  Act,  enacted  in  1972 
and  extensively  amended  in  1974. 

Among  the  principal  changes  incorporated  in  the  Bill  are  the  following: 

1.  When  any  proceeding  relating  to  an  election  falls  to  be  taken  on 
a  holiday  as  defined  in  The  Interpretation  Act,  the  proceeding  shall 
be  taken  instead  on  the  next  preceding  day  that  is  not  a  holiday, 
(s.  l.par.  15;  s.  120). 

2.  It  is  made  clear  that  a  candidate  in  an  election  is  not  eligible  to 
be  appointed  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  a  poll  clerk,     (s.  4  (1)  ). 

3.  The  clerk  is  empowered  to  delegate  certain  of  his  statutory  duties 
and  authority  to  his  election  assistants,     (s.  4  (6)  ). 

4.  Polling  day  is  changed  from  the  first  Monday  in  December  to  the 
second  Monday  in  November,     (s.  11). 

5.  All  qualified  electors  are  entitled  to  vote  on  money  by-laws, 
rather  than  only  owners  of  land  and  long-term  tenants;  the  right 
of  corporate  nominees  to  vote  on  money  by-laws  is  removed. 
(s.  16). 

6.  Nomination  day  is  fixed  as  the  Monday  three  weeks  before  polling 
day;  in  addition  nominations  may  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk 
during  the  week  immediately  preceding  nomination  day.     (s.  35). 

7.  The  occupation  of  a  candidate  will  no  longer  be  shown  on  nomination 
papers  or  ballots,     (ss.  36,  43). 

8.  The  requirement  for  the  use  of  a  poll  book  is  removed  and  a  duplicate 
polling  list  is  to  be  used  by  the  poll  clerk  in  its  stead,     (s.  55). 

9.  Voting  proxy  certificates  may  be  obtained  from  the  clerk  up  to 
the  Friday  preceding  polling  day.     (s.  67  (5)  ). 

10.  The  clerk  is  given  powers  to  adopt  any  necessary  procedures  for 
the  conduct  of  the  p)oll  when  an  emergency  situation  arises  on 
polling  day.     (s.  69). 

11.  Certain  technical  changes  are  made  in  respect  of  the  procedure  on 
recounts,     (s.  83). 

12.  Notices  required  under  the  Act,  may,  at  the  option  of  the  munici- 
pality, be  printed  in  the  French  language  in  addition  to  the  English 
language,     (s.  119). 

13.  Amendments  are  made  to  The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975  to  provide 
that  the  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977  apply  to 
the  taking  of  a  vote  under  the  first-mentioned  Act.  At  present, 
while  the  taking  of  a  vote  is  generally  to  be  held  on  the  same  day 
as  the  vote  is  taken  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  the 
provisions  of  The  Election  Act  (that  govern  elections  to  the 
Assembly)  apply  in  respect  of  such  matters  as  the  preparation 
and  revision  of  the  lists,  the  time  and  manner  of  holding  of  the 
poll,  the  forms  and  oaths  to  be  used  and  administered  and  the 
powers  and  duties  of  returning  officers.  Confusion  will  be  avoided 
if  the  same  procedures  apply  in  respect  of  the  taking  of  the  vote 
in  both  cases,     (ss.  121-124). 


BILL  98  1977 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

'  tation 

1.  "advance  poll"  means  a  poll  held  under  section  66; 

2.  "assessment  commissioner"  in  relation  to  a  munici- 
pality means  the  assessment  commissioner  appointed 
under  The  Assessment  Act  for  the  assessment  region  in  ^12^"  ^^^°' 
which  the  municipality  is  situate ; 

3.  "assistant  returning  officer"  means  a  person  appointed 
by  the  clerk  to  assist  him  in  the  conduct  of  the 
election ; 

4.  "assistant  revising  officer"  means  a  person  appointed 
by  the  clerk  to  assist  him  in  the  revision  of  the  list  of 

electors ;  \ 


\ 


5.  "candidate"  means  a  person  who  is  nominated  for 
election  to  office  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and 
whose  nomination  is  certified  by  the  clerk ; 

6.  "clerk"  with  respect  to  a  municipality  means  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality ; 

7.  "constable"  means  a  constable  or  a  person  appointed 
as  a  constable  by  the  clerk  or  the  deputy  returning 
officer  to  maintain  peace  and  order  at  an  election ; 

8.  "corrupt   practice"   means  any  act  or  omission  in 
connection  with  an  election  in  respect  of  which  an 
offence  is  provided  under  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  ^§-34 ^^^°" 
or  which  is  a  corrupt  practice  under  this  Act ; 

9.  "deputy  returning  officer"  means  a  deputy  returning 
officer  appointed  for  a  polling  place  under  this  Act ; 


2 

10.  "election"  means  an  election  governed  by  this  Act; 

11.  "election  assistant"  means  a  person  appointed  by  the 
clerk  to  assist  in  the  conduct  of  an  election ; 

12.  "election  year"  means  a  year  in  which  a  regular 
election  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  this  Act; 

13.  "elector"  means  a  person  entitled  under  this  Act  to 
vote  in  an  election; 

R.S.0. 1970.  14    "enumerated"  means  enumerated  under  The  Assess- 

0.32 

ment  Act; 

^m  ^^°'  ^^-  "holiday"  means  a  holiday  as  defined  in  The  Interpre- 

tation Act; 

16.  "local   board"   means   a  local   board   as  defined  in 
R.S.0. 1970,  The  Municipal  Affairs  A  ct ; 

17.  "locality"  means  territory  without  municipal  organ- 
ization that  is  deemed  a  district  municipahty  under 

1974. c.  109  The  Education  Act,  1974; 

18.  "Minister"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and 
Minister  of  Economics  and  Intergovernmental  Affairs ; 

19.  "municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village  or  town- 
ship; 

20.  "new  election"  means  an  election  other  than  a  regular 
election ; 

21.  "nomination  day"  means  the  last  day  for  filing 
nominations ; 

22.  "oath"  includes  an  affirmation; 

23.  "office"  means  an  office,  the  election  to  which  is 
governed  by  this  Act ; 

24.  "owner  or  tenant"  means  a  person  enumerated  as 
owner  or  tenant  of  land  separately  assessed  or  liable 
to  be  separately  assessed  under  The  Assessment  Act; 

25.  "polling  day"  means  the  day  on  which  the  poll  is  to 
be  taken  under  this  Act ; 

26.  "polling  list"  means  the  list  of  electors  for  each 
polling  subdivision  revised  and  certified  by  the  clerk ; 


27.  "polling  place"  means  the  area  designated  by  the 
clerk  in  which  the  facilities  for  the  conduct  of  the 
poll  are  situate ; 

28.  "polling  subdivision"  means  a  polhng  subdivision 
established  by  the  clerk  under  this  Act ; 

29.  "prehminary  list"  means  a  preliminary  list  of 
electors ; 

30.  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  Minister; 

31.  "public  school  elector"  means  an  elector  who  is  not  a 
separate  school  elector ; 

32.  "quorum"  means  a  majority  of  the  members  of 
council  or  of  a  local  board  or  the  trustees  of  a  police 
village,  as  the  case  may  be; 

33.  "regular  election"  means  an  election  required  to  be 
held  under  section  10  of  this  Act; 

34.  "residence",  and  similar  expressions  used  in  relation 
to  a  person,  means  his  true,  fixed,  permanent  home 
or  lodging  place  to  which  whenever  he  is  absent  he 
has  the  intention  of  returning,  subject  to  the 
following  rules : 

{a)  The  place  where  a  person's  family  resides  shall 
be  his  residence  unless  he  takes  up  or  continues 
his  residence  at  some  other  place  with  the  in- 
tention of  remaining  there,  in  which  case  he 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  of  such 
other  place . 

{b)  The  place  where  a  person  occupies  a  room  or 
part  of  a  room  as  a  regular  lodger  or  to  which 
he  habitually  returns  not  having  any  other 
permanent  lodging  place,  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  his  residence ; 

35.  "scrutineer"  means  any  person  appointed  as  a 
scrutineer  by  a  candidate  or  by  a  council  under 
section  6; 

36.  "separate  schnol  elector"  means  an  elector  who  is  a 
Roman  Catholic  separate  school  supporter  or  who  is 
a  Roman  Catholic  and  the  spouse  of  such  supporter 
and  any  person  entitled  to  be  a  separate  school  elector 
under  The  Education  Act,  1974.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  I;i974.c.i09 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  1,  amended. 


'\ 


4 

APPLICATION  OF  ACT 

Application        2.  Notwithstanding    any    other    general    or    special    Act, 
this  Act  applies  to  and  governs  all  elections, 

{a)  to  the  offices  of, 

(i)  member  of  the  council  of  a  municipality, 

(ii)  member  of  the  council  of  a  regional  munici- 
pality where  such  office  is  required  to  be 
filled  by  a  vote  of  the  electors  of  an  area 
municipality, 

(iii)  trustee  of  a  police  village, 

(iv)  member  of  a  local  board  whose  members  are 
to  be  elected  at  elections  required  by  law  to 
be  conducted  by  the  same  officers  and  in  the 
same  manner  as  elections  of  members  of  the 
council  of  a  municipality; 

(b)  to  obtain  the  assent  of  electors  on  any  by-law 
required  or  authorized  by  law  to  be  submitted  for 
their  assent  at  an  election ;  and 

(c)  to  obtain  the  opinion  of  the  electors  on  any  question 
required  or  authorized  by  law  to  be  submitted  to 
the  electors  at  an  election.  1975,  c.  95,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 


ELECTION    OFFICIALS 

Returning         3.— (1)  Subject   to  subsections   2   and  3,   the   clerk   of  a 
raising        municipality  is  the  returning  officer  and  revising  officer  for 
the  purpose  of  the  conduct  of  elections  within  the  munici- 
pality or  a  part  thereof. 

offlceHn"*"'  (^^  ^^^  ^^^   purpose  of  elections  of  trustees  of  a  police 

police  village,   the  clerk  of  the   municipality  in   which   the   police 

village  is  located  shall  be  the  returning  officer  for  the  election 

and    where    the    police    village   is    located    in    two   or    more 

municipalities, 

{a)  the  nominations  for  trustees  shall  be  filed  with  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality  having  the  largest  number 
of  electors  of  the  police  village  who  shall  send  to  the 
clerk  of  each  municipality  concerned  by  registered 
mail  within  forty-eight  hours  after  the  closing  of 
nominations  the  names  of  the  candidates ;  and 


(b)  the  clerk  of  each  other  municipality  in  which  part 
of  the  police  village  is  located  shall  be  the  returning 
officer  for  the  vote  to  be  recorded  in  his  munici- 
pality and  he  shall  forthwith  report  the  vote  recorded 
to  the  returning  officer  referred  to  in  clause  a  who 
shall  prepare  the  final  summary  and  announce  the 
vote. 

(3)  The  clerks  of  municipalities  to  which  subsections  23  9^®J^^ 
and  28  of  section  57  and  subsection  21  of  section  110  of  The  relation  to 
Education    Act,    1974    apply    shall    perform    the    duties    as  boards 
returning  officers  for  the  purposes  of  an  election  under  this  '^^^'  °-  ^^ 
Act  as  are  specified  in  those  provisions.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  3, 
amended. 

4. — (1)  The  clerk  of  every  municipality  shall  for  the  pur-  °-^°,-^u.^ 
poses  of  an  election  appoint  a  deputy  returning  officer  and  a 
poll  clerk  for  each  polling  place  established  in  the  municipality 
and,  as  far  as  is  practicable,  the  deputy  returning  officers 
and  poll  clerks  shall  be  appointed  for  polling  places  for  the 
polling  subdivisions  in  which  they  reside  but  no  candidate  is 
eligible  to  be  appointed  as  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll 
clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 

(2)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  signifies  to  the^h^^^e^ 
clerk  that  he  will  not  act,   the  clerk  shall  appoint  another  to  act 
person  to  act  in  his  place. 

(3)  If  a  deputy   returning   officer  or  poll  clerk   does   not  Non-^^^^^^ 
attend  at   the  opening  of  the  poll,   the  clerk  shall  appoint  of  dr^o^ 
another  person  to  act  in  his  place. 

(4)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  through  illness  or  for  any  other  fo°act^fo''r'^ 
reason  becomes  unable  to  perform  his  duties  on  polling  day.ORO. 
the  clerk  shall  appoint  another  person  to  act  in  his  place. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (2-4),  amended. 

(5)  The  clerk   may   appoint   election   assistants,   assistant  Assistants 
returning  officers  and  assistant  revising  officers  to  assist  him 

in  the  performance  of  his  duties  and  provide  for  such  clerical 
and  other  assistance  as  is  necessary  for  such  purpose,  but  no 
candidate  is  eligible  for  any  such  appointment.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  4  (5),  amended. 

(6)  The  clerk  may,  in  writing,  delegate  to  the  assistant  b®ifj|r"°° 
returning   officers   and   assistant   revising   officers   appointed 

under  subsection  5,  such  of  his  statutory  rights  and  duties 
in  relation  to  the  preparation  for  and  conduct  of  the  election 
as  he  considers  necessary.     New. 


'\ 


Duties  of 
poll  clerk 


Oath 


Oath  of 
D.R.O. 


(7)  The  poll  clerk  and  an  election  assistant,  if  any,  shall 
assist  the  deputy  returning  officer  in  the  performance  of  the 
duties  of  his  office  and  shall  obey  his  orders.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  4  (6). 

(8)  Every  returning  officer,  deputy  returning  officer,  poll 
clerk,  election  assistant,  assistant  returning  officer,  assistant 
revising  officer,  scrutineer,  constable  and  other  person  author- 
ized to  attend  at  a  polling  place  shall,  before  entering  upon 
his  duties,  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (7);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  2. 

(9)  The  appointment  and  oath  of  the  deputy  returning 
officer  under  subsection  8  shall  be  endorsed  upon  or  attached 
to  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  for  the  polling 
place  for  which  he  is  appointed.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (8),  amended. 


administer         ®* — ^^^  Except  where  otherwise  provided,  an  oath  may  be 
oaths  administered  by  any  person  authorized  by  law  to  administer 

oaths  in  Ontario. 


Idem 


No  chargre 


(2)  The  clerk  may  administer  any  oath  required  by  this  Act, 
and  deputy  returning  officers  and  poll  clerks  may  administer 
any  such  oath  except  an  oath  to  be  taken  by  the  clerk. 

(3)  Every  person  administering  an  oath  under  or  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  shall  administer  the  oath  gratuitously. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  5. 


appoiri°ed'by      ^' — ^^)  Each    Candidate    may    appoint    in    writing    such 

candidate      number  of  persous  who  are  at  least  sixteen  years  of  age  as  he 

considers    advisable    as    scrutineers    to    represent    him    in    a 

p)olling  place  and  at  the  counting  of  votes  under  this  Act. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 


Limit  on 

number 

present 


Scrutineers 
appointed 
by  council 


(2)  Not  more  than  one  scrutineer  representing  each  can- 
didate may  be  present  for  any  of  the  purposes  specified  in 
subsection  1  at  any  time.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  6  (2). 

(3)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may,  if  requested  to 
do  so,  by  resolution  appoint  as  scrutineers  in  relation  to 
voting  on  any  by-law  or  question  submitted  to  the  electors 
at  an  election  two  persons  to  attend  at  the  final  summing 
up  of  the  votes  by  the  clerk  and  two  persons  to  attend  at  each 
polling  place,  one  such  person  in  each  case  on  behalf  of  the 
persons  interested  in  and  desirous  of  promoting  the  proposed 
by-law  or  voting  in  the  affirmative  on  the  question  and  the 
other  such  person  on  behalf  of  the  persons  interested  in  and 
desirous  of  opposing  the  proposed  by-law  or  voting  in  the 
negative  on  the  question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  7  (1). 


7.  A  person   appointed  as  a  scrutineer  under  section  6,  Production 
before  being  admitted  to  a  polling  place  shall,  if  so  requested,  appointment 
produce  and  show  his  appointment  to  the  deputy  returning 
officer  for  the  polling  place.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  4,  amended. 

COSTS    OF    ELECTION 

8. — (1)  Except   where  otherwise  specifically  provided  by  cost  ?f 
this   or  any   other  special   or  general   Act,   the   cost   of  an 
election  shall  be  borne  by  the  municipality  in  which  it  is  held. 

(2)  The  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  a  clerk  or  any  other  of^^'Jfel-s 
officer   for   printing,    providing   ballot   boxes,    ballot   papers, 
materials  for  marking  ballot  paper,  and  balloting  compart- 
ments, and  for  the  transmission  of  packets,  and  reasonable 

fees  and  for  allowances  for  services  rendered  under  this  Act  or 
otherwise  on  account  of  an  election  shall  be  paid  by  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  to  the  persons  entitled  thereto. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  8(1,  2). 

(3)  Where  the  clerk  of  a  municipality  is  required  to  conduct  Expenses  of 

^    '  r         J  ~i  by-election 

an  election  of  a  member  or  members  of  a  local  board  other  of  locai 
than  at  a  regular  election,  the  board  shall  forthwith  reim- 
burse the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  for  the  cost  of  em- 
ploying deputy  returning  officers,  poll  clerks  and  other  election 
officials  and  for  the  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  the  clerk 
or  any  other  officer  of  the  municipality  for  advertising  the 
times  and  places  for  nomination  and  of  polls,  for  printing, 
for  providing  ballot  boxes,  ballot  papers,  materials  for  marking 
ballot  papers,  and  balloting  compartments,  for  the  trans- 
mission of  packets,  and  for  reasonable  costs  including  the 
cost  of  printing  and  distribution  of  but  not  preparation  other- 
wise of  the  polling  list.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  8  (3),  amended. 

TEKM   OF  OFFICE 

9. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other  general  or  special  Act  ^g^^'^^*'" 
and  except  where  otherwise  specifically  provided  in  this  Act,  the 
term  of  office  of  all  offices,  the  election  to  which  is  governed 
by  this  Act,  shall  be  two  years,  commencing  on  the  first  day 
of  December  in  an  election  year.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  holders  of  offices  hold  office  until  their  successors  untiinew 

^    '  council 

are  elected  and  the  newly  elected  council  or  local  board  is  organized 
organized.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  9  (2). 

BIENNIAL   ELECTIONS 

10. — (1)  An  election  shall  be  held  in  accordance  with  this  Election 

vGftr 

Act   in   each   municipality   in   the  year   1978  and   in   every 


8 


Vote  on 

question. 

etc. 


1976.  c.  40 


second  year  thereafter  for  the  purpose  of  electing  persons 
to  offices.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  10  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  by-law  requires  the  assent  or  a  question  is 
authorized  or  required  to  be  submitted  to  obtain  the  opinion 
of  the  electors,  the  vote  thereon  shall  be  taken  at  the  next 
regular  election  unless  otherwise  provided  by  order  of  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  or  in  the  case  of  a  question  sub- 
mitted under  The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975,  unless  the  Liquor 
Licence  Board  approves  the  taking  of  the  vote  on  some  other 
day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  10  (4),  amended. 


Polling 
day 


POLLING   DAY 

11.  Polling  day  in  a  regular  election  shall  be  the  second 
Monday  in  November  in  each  election  year.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  11,  amended. 


QUALIFICATION  OF  ELECTORS 


Electors, 
resident 


Electors, 
non-resident 


12.  A  person  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality 
if  he  is  not  disqualified  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or 
otherwise  prohibited  by  law  from  voting  in  the  election  and 
if.  at  any  time  during  the  period  commencing  on  the  Tuesday 
following  the  first  Monday  in  September  and  ending  on  the 
second  Tuesday  in  October  in  an  election  year,  he, 

[a)  is  a  resident  in  such  municipality ; 

[b)  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject ;  and 

{c)  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  or  on  or  before 
polling  day  will  attain  the  age  of  eighteen  years. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part. 

13.  A  person  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality 
if  he  is  not  disqualified  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or  other- 
wise prohibited  by  law  from  voting  in  the  election  and  is  not 
resident  in  such  municipality  at  any  time  during  the  period 
commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first  Monday  in 
September  and  ending  on  the  second  Tuesday  in  October  in 
an  election  year,  but  at  any  time  during  such  period,  he. 

{a)  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  the  municipality 
or  the  spouse  of  such  an  owner  or  tenant ; 

(6)  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject;  and 

[c)  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  or  on  or  before 
polling  day  will  attain  the  age  of  eighteen  years. 
1974.  c.  32,  s.  5,  part. 


14.  No  judge  of  any  court  is  qualified  to   vote  in  any  Judges  not 
election.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part.  to  vote 

15.  For  the  purpose  of  sections   12  and   13,  a  statutory  ^Y^^^^'^^.^f 

1,  ■         ,  I-  1         ,•  /-,•  ••  citizenship 

declaration  by  a  person  claiming  that  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject  is  prima  facie  proof  of  the  fact 
declared  to.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  14. 

QUALIFICATION    OF    ELECTORS    TO    VOTE    ON    MONEY    BY-LAWS 

1 6.  Every  person  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality  ^^J"  ^^^ 
under  section  12,  13  or  33  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  to  vote  on  ^^^faws 
a  money  by-law  submitted  for  the  assent  of  the  electors  of  the 
municipality.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  15,  part. 

POLLING   SUBDIVISIONS 

17.  Subject    to    section    18,    the    clerk    shall    divide    the  Po^Jjif^fgio^s 
municipahty   into   polling   subdivisions   and   shall   not   later 

than  the  first  day  of  April  in  an  election  year  inform  the 

assessment    commissioner   of    the    boundaries    of   each    sub-  "A^ 

division.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  17  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  8,  amended. 

18.  A  polling  subdivision  shall  not,  so  far  as  is  practicable,  size 

(a)  contain  more  than  350  electors;  or 

{b)  extend  beyond  the  boundaries  of  one  ward  or  of  an 
electoral  district  established  for  the  purposes  of  the 
election  of  members  to  the  Assembly.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  17  (2). 

PREPARATION   OF   PRELIMINARY    LIST   OF   ELECTORS 

19.  An  assessment  commissioner  shall,  during  the  period  p^ch  mi  nary 
commencing  on   the  Tuesday   following  the  first    Monday   in  electors 
September  and  ending  on  the  30th  day  of  September  in  an 
election  year,  from  an  enumeration  taken  during  that  period, 
compile  for  each  polling  subdivision  in  each  municipality  and 
locality  in  his  assessment  region  a  list  containing  the  name 

and  address  of  each  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for 
an  elector  under  section  12  or  13  and  such  list  shall  signify 
opposite  the  name  of  an  elector, 

(fl)  who  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality,  that  he 
does  not  so  reside ; 

[b)  who  is  enumerated  as  a  Roman  Catholic  separate 
school  supporter,  that  he  is  a  separate  school 
elector ; 


10 


1974,  c.  109 


For  polling 
subdivision 
where  no 
wards 


(c)  who  is  a  Roman  Catholic  and  the  spouse  of  a  Roman 
Cathohc  separate  school  supporter,  that  such  spouse 
is  a  separate  school  elector ; 

(d)  who  is  enumerated  as  a  separate  school  elector  in 
accordance  with  The  Education  Act,  1974,  that  he  is 
a  separate  school  elector; 

(e)  who  is  an  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  the  municipality, 
that  he  is  such  an  owner  or  tenant.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  18;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  9,  amended. 

20. — (1)  In  a  municipality  or  locality  that  is  not  divided 
into  wards,  the  name  of  an  elector  shall  be  entered  on  the 
preliminary  list, 

(a)  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  the  elector 
resides ;  or 

(6)  if  the  elector  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality 
or  locality,  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  he  or 
his  spouse  is  owner  or  tenant  of  land. 


For  one 
polling 
subdivision 
only 


(2)  The  name  of  an  elector  shall  not  be  entered  under  this 
section  on  the  preliminarv  list  for  more  than  one  polling  sub- 
division.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  19. 


subdivision        ^^  ' — ^^^  ^"  ^  municipality  that  is  divided  into  wards,  the 
where  wards    name  of  an  elector  shall  be  entered  in  the  preliminary  list, 

{a)  where  he  resides  in  the  municipality,  for  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  resides;  or 

[b)  where  he  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality,  for  a 
polling  subdivision  of  a  ward  in  which  he  or  his 
spouse  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land. 

poHiiur  ^^^  ^^*-'  "^"^^  of  an  elector  shall  not  be  entered  under  this 

subdivision     section   in   the   preliminary   list   for  more   than   one   polling 
subdivision.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  20. 


List 

delivered 
to  clerk 


22.  The  assessment  commissioner  shall  deliver  the  list  of 
electors  prepared  by  him  under  sections  19,  20  and  21  to  the 
clerk  and,  in  respect  of  a  locality,  to  the  secretary  of  the  school 
board  on  or  before  the  thirty-first  day  after  the  commence- 
ment date  of  the  enumeration  period  in  an  election  year. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  21,  amended. 


of°ffif*°°  23.  Where  it  is  apparent   to  the  clerk  or  the  secretary 

manifest        of  the  school  board  that  the  list  or  part  thereof  delivered  to 

errors  in  it 

him  under  section  22  is  not  in  conformity  with  the  require- 


11 

ments  for  the  polling  subdivisions  or  that  the  list  contains 
gross  or  manifest  errors,  the  clerk  or  the  secretary,  as  the 
case  may  be  may,  prior  to  the  printing  or  reproduction  of 
the  list  required  under  section  24,  correct  the  Hst  or  part 
thereof  and  shall  forthwith  notify  the  assessment  commissioner 
of  such  corrections.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  10,  amended. 


PRELIMINARY   LIST  OF  ELECTORS 

24.   Immediately    after    receipt    of    the    list    of    electors  q/"|P^*°^ 
delivered  by  the  assessment  commissioner  under  section  22, 
the  clerk  or  secretary  of  the  school  board  referred  to  in  the 
said  section  22,  after  making  corrections,  if  any,  under  sec- 
tion 23,  shall, 

(a)  cause  the  list  to  be  printed  or  reproduced  and  such 
list  shall  be  the  preliminary  list  of  electors ; 

{b)  fix  the  places  at  which  and  the  times  when  revision  \ 

of  the  list  will  be  undertaken,  and  such  revision 
shall  commence  no  later  than  fourteen  days  after 
delivery  of  the  list  to  the  clerk  under  section  22 ; 

(c)  post  notice  of  the  date  of  the  posting  of  the  list, 
the  last  day  for  filing  applications  for  revision  of 
the  list  for  the  purpose  of  including  names  of  electors 
who  have  not  been  included  or  of  making  additions 

or  corrections  to  or  deletions  from  the  list,  and  the  / 

places  and  times  at  which  the  revision  of  the  hst  ' 

will  be  undertaken  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places 
in  the  municipality,  and  where  there  is  a  newspaper 
having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality, 
publish  the  notice  in  such  newspaper.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  11 ,  amended. 


REVISION  OF  PRELIMINARY   LIST  OF   ELECTORS 


25. — (1)  Immediately  after  the  printing  or  reproduction  ^^j^^^ion 
of  the  preliminary  list  of  electors,  the  clerk  shall  post  one 
copy  of  the  list  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  his  office  and  in  at 
least  two  other  conspicuous  public  places  in  the  municipality. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  23  (1);  1974.  c.  32,  s.  12  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  day  of  posting  copies  of  the  preliminary  list  and  of  Jo^fn""" 
publishing  the  notice  under  subsection  1  shall  be  at  least  five 


12 


Last  day 
for  flling 
applications 
for  revision 
of  prelimin- 
ary list 


days  before  the  last  day  for  filing  applications  for  revision. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  23  (2);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  12  (2),  amended. 

(3)  The  last  day  for  the  filing  of  applications  for  revision 
of  the  preliminary  list  shall  be  the  seventeenth  day  im- 
mediately preceding  polling  day  and  such  applications  may 
be  filed  with  the  clerk  during  his  normal  office  hours.  1974, 
c.  32,  s.  12  (3),  amended. 


Notice 
affixed 
to  list 


(4)  The  clerk  shall  affix  to  the  outside  or  cover  of  each  copy 
of  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  an  election  a  notice  in 
prescribed  form,  over  his  name. 


Copies 
of  list 


(a)  stating  that  the  list  is  a  preliminary  list  of  all 
electors  for  the  election  or  is  a  preliminary  list  of 
all  electors  for  the  polling  subdivision,  as  the  case 
may  be,  prepared  as  required  by  this  Act ; 

{b)  setting  forth  the  date  on  which  the  list  was  posted  up 
in  the  office  of  the  clerk ; 

(c)  giving  notice  to  all  electors  to  examine  the  list  for  the 
purposes  of  making  additions  or  corrections  to  or 
deletions  from  the  list ;  and 

[d]  stating  the  last  day  for  filing  applications  concerning 
such  inclusions,  additions,  corrections  or  deletions. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  23  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  12  (4). 

(5)  At  the  time  of  posting  a  notice  under  subsection  1,  the 
clerk  shall  deliver  or  mail  one  copy  of  the  preliminary  list  to, 

{a)  the  assessment  commissioner ; 

{h)  every  member  of  the  council  of  the  municipality  and 
every  trustee  of  a  police  village  all  or  part  of  which 
is  in  the  municipality ; 

(c)  the  secretary  of  every  local  board  the  members  of 
which  are  required  to  be  elected  at  an  election  to  be 
conducted  by  the  clerk ; 

[d)  the  clerk  of  the  council  of  the  county  or  of  the  district, 
regional  or  metropolitan  municipality  in  which  the 
municipality  is  situate ; 


(e)  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  responsible  for  con- 
ducting the  elections  in  any  combined  area  for  school 
board  purposes; 


13 

(/)  the  member  of  the  House  of  Commons  and  the 
member  of  the  Assembly  representing  the  electoral 
district  in  which  the  municipality  or  any  part  thereof 
is  situate. 

(6)  Every  candidate  for  any  office  in  an  election  is  entitled  entitied^^^ 
to  be  furnished  by  the  clerk  with  two  copies  of  the  preliminary  to  copies 
list  of  electors  entitled  to  vote  in  an  election  to  such  office. 
1972,c.  95,  s.  23(4.5). 

26. — (1)  The  clerk  or  an  assistant  revising  officer  shall  ^f®jY||i°° 
attend  at  the  revision  of  the  preliminary  list  and  shall  con- 
tinue to  do  so  from  day  to  day  or  as  required  until  all 
applications  filed  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  filing  appli- 
cations for  revision  of  the  list  have  been  disposed  of.  1974, 
c.  32,  s.  13,  part,  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  that  the  time  for  filing  applications  whe°,g^,.j^j^g 
for  revision  of  the  preliminary  list  under  section  25  has  not  ^^^j^g^ed 
expired,  the  clerk  may  proceed  to  consider  such  applications 
as  from  time  to  time  may  be  received  and  may  determine 
and  dispose  of  them.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  13,  part. 

27. — (1)  A  person  whose  name  has  not  been  included  in  the  fj'l'nte^'name 
prehminary  list  for  a  polling  subdivision  in  a  municipality  insist  or 
or  whose  name  has  been  included  therein  but  the  informa-  information 
tion   relating  to  him   set  out   therein   is  incorrect  or  whose 
name  has  been  included  therein  as  a  non-resident  and  who 
is  qualified  to  be  an  elector  in  more  than  one  ward  in  the 
municipality  may  apply  to  the  clerk  or  assistant   revising 
officer  of  the  municipality  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  filing 
applications  for  revision  of  the  list  to  have  his  name  included 
on  the  list  or  to  have  such  information  corrected  or  to  have 
his  name  deleted  from  the  list  and  to  have  it  entered  in  the 
list  of  another  ward  in  which  he  or  his  spouse  is  the  owner 
(H   tenant  of  land. 

(2)  Every  person  applying  under  this  section  shall  sign  Application 
an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  in  which  all  the  informa-  declaration 
tion  shall  be  sufficiently  filled  in,  either  by  the  applicant 
personally  or  by  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  at  the 
applicant's  request  and  shall  declare  that  he  understands 
the  effect  of  the  statements  in  the  application  and  that  he 
is  an  elector  entitled  to  have  his  name  included  on  the  list 
or  to  have  the  list  corrected  pursuant  to  his  request  before 
the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  enters  his  name  on  the 
list  or  corrects  the  preliminary  list,  as  the  case  may  be. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  25(1,  2). 


14 


Application 
filed  person- 
ally or  by 
agent 


(3)  An  application  made  under  this  section  and  duly 
signed  by  the  applicant  may  be  filed  by  the  applicant  or  by 
his  agent  on  his  behalf.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  14. 


Interpreter  (4)  When  the  language  of  an  applicant  under  this  section  is 
not  understood  by  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer,  an 
interpreter  provided  by  the  applicant  may  be  sworn  and  may 
act,  but  in  the  event  of  inability  to  secure  an  interpreter,  the 
application  may  be  refused. 


Decision 
to  amend 
list 


Refusal  to 
amend  list 


Application 
for  deletion 
of  name 


(5)  If  it  appears  to  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer 
that  an  applicant  under  this  section  understands  the  effect  of 
the  statements  in  the  application  and  that  the  applicant  is  an 
elector  whose  name  should  be  included  in  the  polling  list  or 
that  the  amendment  thereof  that  he  requests  should  be  made,  he 
shall  certify  accordingly  by  signing  the  application. 

(6)  If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising 
officer,  the  statements  made  by  an  applicant  in  his  applica- 
tion under  this  section  do  not  show  that  the  applicant  is  an 
elector  entitled  to  have  his  name  included  in  the  polling  list  or  to 
have  the  list  amended  as  requested,  he  shall  inform  the 
applicant  that  his  application  is  refused,  stating  the  reasons 
for  such  refusal,  which  reasons  he  shall  endorse  on  the 
application  form.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  25  (3-5). 

28. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  posting  of  the  preliminary 
list  of  electors  for  a  municipality  and  until  the  last  day  for 
filing  applications  for  revision  thereof,  any  person  may  file 
with  the  clerk  an  application,  in  the  prescribed  form,  for 
deletion  from  the  list  of  the  name  of  a  person  who  is  not 
entitled  as  an  elector  to  have  his  name  entered  thereon. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  26  (1);  1974.  c.  32,  s.  15  (1). 


Notice  to 
person 
where  name 
objected  to 


Copy  of 
application 
to  be  served 


Notice  to 
applicant 


Decision  of 
clerk,  etc. 


(2)  The  clerk,  upon  receipt  of  an  application  under  this 
section,  shall  forthwith  cause  to  be  served  personally  on  or 
sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  person  concerning  whom  the 
apphcation  is  made  at  the  address  given  in  the  prehminary 
list  and  at  such  other  address,  if  any,  as  may  be  mentioned 
in  the  application,  a  notice  of  hearing  requiring  such 
person  to  appear  in  person  or  by  his  representative  on  a  day 
and  at  a  time  to  be  fixed  in  the  notice. 

(3)  A  copy  of  the  application  shall  accompany  a  notice 
served  or  sent  under  subsection  2. 

(4)  The  clerk  shall  notify  the  applicant  of  the  time  and 
place  of  the  hearing. 

(5)  On  the  day  for  the  hearing  fixed  in  a  notice  given 
under   this  section,   the   person   filing   the   application   shall 


15 

attend  before  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  to 
establish  the  validity  of  such  application  and  the  clerk  or 
assistant  revising  officer,  after  reviewing  an  explanation  of 
the  facts  alleged  and  after  hearing  what  is  alleged  by  the 
person  concerning  whom  the  application  was  made  or  by  his 
representative,  may  delete  the  name  from  the  preliminary 
list  if  the  clerk  is  satisfied  of  the  validity  of  the  application. 

(6)  Where  a  person  concerning  whom  an  apphcation  where  person 
has  been  made  under  this  section  or  his  representative  does  does  not 
not  attend  before  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  on  the 
day  of  hearing  fixed  in  the  notice  and  the  clerk  or  assistant 
revising  officer  is  satisfied  that  due  notice  of  application 
has  been  given  to  the  person  or  that  he  could  not  be  found 
and  the  registered  notice  could  not  be  delivered,  the  clerk 
or  assistant  revising  officer  may  delete  the  name  of  such 
person  from  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  but  shall  not 
do  so  except  upon  evidence  under  oath  which  satisfies  him 
that  the  name  should  not  have  been  included  in  the  list. 
1974,  c.  32.  s.  15  (2). 

20.  Subject  to  section  33  or  56,  the  decision  of  the  clerk  or  flnaP*°"  "\ 

assistant  revising  officer  to  enter  on  or  delete  the  name  of  a 
person  as  an  elector  from  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  is  final 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  27. 

30.  Upon  determination  of  all  applications  for  revision  of  ff chanl"^ 
the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  a  municipality  filed  on  or 
before    the    last    day    for    filing    applications    for    revision 
thereof,   the  clerk  shall   compile   a  statement   of   inclusions 

in,  additions  and  changes  to  and  deletions  from  the  list, 
bearing  the  full  name  and  address  of  each  person  who  is 
the  subject  of  the  inclusion,  addition,  change  or  deletion, 
and  shall  send  a  certified  copy  of  such  statement  to  each 
person  specified  in  subsections  5  and  6  of  section  25. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  16,  amended. 

POLLING   LIST 

31.  After    compilation    of    the    statement    of    additions,  po"*"^"^'^ 
changes  and  deletions  required  under  section  30,  the  clerk  shall 
prepare  the  polling  list  of  electors  for  each  polling  subdivision 

in  his  municipality  by  making  the  appropriate  changes  in  the 
prehminary  list  in  accordance  with  the  statement  and  shall 
certify  the  list  as  so  revised.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  29  (1). 

32.  Except  as  provided  in  sections  33,  51  and  56  no  per-  p^i^ons 
son  is  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  unless  his  name  appears  '"H"^  ^ 

,  ...         ,.  •/-     1  1  •  -«.  entitled 

in  the  polling  list  certified  under  section  31   for  the  polling  to  vote 
subdivision  in  which  he  tenders  his  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  30. 


16 


Entry  of  name     33^ — ^j)  jf  a  person  whosc  name  is  omitted  from  a  polling 
D.R.o.  list  certified  under  section  31,  at  any  time  after  preparation  of 

the  polling  list  and  prior  to  the  closing  of  the  poll,  satisfies 
the  clerk  of  the  municipality  on  oath  that  he  was  entitled 
to  be  an  elector  under  section  12  or  13  and  to  have  his 
name  entered  on  the  preliminary  list  for  the  municipality, 
the  clerk  may  issue  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form  author- 
izing the  deputy  returning  officer  for  the  proper  polling  sub- 
division to  enter  the  name  of  the  elector  on  the  polling  list 
for  the  subdivision  and  to  permit  such  person  to  vote,  but 
such  vote  must  be  cast  before  the  closing  of  the  poll. 

wem  (2)  Where  the  name  of  a  person  is  omitted  from  the  polling 

list  as  finally  revised  and  such  person  satisfies  the  clerk  of  the 
municipality  on  oath  that  he  was  under  section  12  or  13 
otherwise  entitled  to  be  an  elector  and  to  be  entered  on  the 
preliminary  list  except  that  he  was  not  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject,  if  such  person  produces  for  the 
inspection  of  the  clerk  his  certificate  of  naturalization  or  other 
conclusive  evidence  that  he  has  become  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject,  the  clerk  may  issue  a  certificate 
authorizing  the  proper  deputy  returning  officer  to  enter  the 
name  of  such  person  on  the  polling  list  to  entitle  him  to  vote 
as  if  his  name  had  been  entered  thereon  before  the  list  was 
revised.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  18  (1). 

tobe'*^*'^  (3)  A  person  is  not  entitled  to  vote  under  this  section  unless 

produced        at  the  time  he  requests  a  ballot  he  produces  and  files  with  the 

deputy  returning  officer  the  certificate  given  by  the  clerk  under 

subsection  1  or  2.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  31  (3) ;  1974,  c.  32.  s.  18  (2). 

ass^L*ment         ("*)  '^^^  clerk  shall  furnish  a  copy  of  each  certificate  issued 
com-  under   this   section    to   the   assessment    commissioner   before 

missioner 

the  first  Monday  in  December.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  18  (3),  part, 
amended. 


Entry  on 

f tolling 
ist 


(5)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered  on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk 
opposite  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  voting  under 
the  authority  of  a  certificate  issued  under  this  section,  the 
words  "Voted  under  section  33  certificate". 


(6)  The   deputy   returning   officer   shall   enclose   all   certi- 


Certiflcates 
to  be  kept 

in  separate     ficatcs  to  which  this  scction  applies  in  one  envelope.     1974, 

envelope  ->o  10   /ox     a      ..  j    j 

c.  32,  s.  18  (3),  part,  amended. 


NOMINATIONS 


Who  may  be 
nominated 


34.  Any  person  who  is  qualified  to  hold  an  office  under  the 
Act  constituting  the  office  may  be  nominated  as  a  candidate 
for  such  office.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  32. 


17 

35. — (1)  Nomination  day  for  a  regular  election  shall  be  domination 
Monday,    the    twenty-first    day    before    polling    day.     1972, 
c.  95,  s.  33(1). 

(2)  Persons    may    be    nominated    as    candidates    in    an  ^^"°*^ 
election   between   9  o'clock   in   the   forenoon   and   5  o'clock  nomination 
in   the   afternoon   of   nomination   day,   but   nothing  in   this 
section   prevents   a  person   from   filing  a  nomination   paper 

with  the  clerk  during  his  normal  office  hours  in  the  week 
immediately  prior  to  nomination  day.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  19  (2), 
part,  amended. 

(3)  The  clerk  shall,  at  least  six  days  prior  to  nomination  ^^^}^^ 
day,  post  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places  in  the  munici- for  filing 
pality  notice  of  the  date  and  times  for  filing  nominations 

and  of  the  offices  for  which  persons  may  be  nominated  as 
candidates  in  the  election,  "and,  where  there  is  a  newspaper 
having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality,  publish  at 
least  six  days  prior  to  nomination  day  the  notice  in  such 
newspaper.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  19  (2),  part,  amended. 

36. — (1)  A  person  may  be  nominated  as  a  candidate  for  nominated 
an  office  by  filing  in  the  office  of  the  clerk,  on  the  days  and 
during  the  hours  specified  in  subsection  2  of  section  35,  a 
nomination  paper  in  prescribed  form  which, 

(fl)  shall  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  electors  whose  names 
are  entered,  or  entitled  to  be  entered  under  section 
33,  in  the  polling  lists  of  electors  entitled  to  vote 
in  an  election  to  such  office; 

{b)  shall  state  the  name  and  address  of  the  person 
nominated  in  such  manner  as  will  identify  him  and 
the  office  for  which  he  is  nominated;  and 

(c)  shall  state  the  name  and  address  of  each  elector 
signing  the  nomination  paper  and,  where  the  office 
for  which  the  person  is  nominated  is  a  member  of  a 
school  board,  that  such  nominator  is  a  public  school 
elector  or  a  separate  school  elector,  as  the  fact  is. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (1),  amended. 

(2)  No  nomination  is  valid  unless  there  is  filed  with  the  consentand 

.         .  .......  declaration 

nomination  paper  a  consent  in  writing  to  the  nomination  and  tobeflied 
a  declaration  of  qualification  in  the  prescribed  form  by  the 
person  nominated.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (2). 

(3)  A  nomination  paper  nominating  a  person  for  an  f>fficc  ^^.^''J^^ 
the  holder  of  which  is  required  to  be  elected  by  public  school  nominators 
electors  shall  be  signed  by  pjublic  school  electors  only.     1972, 

c.  95,  s.  34  (3) ;  1974.  c.  32,  s.  20  (2). 


18 


Separate 
school 


(4)  A  nomination  paper  nominatinf,'  a  person  for  an  office 
nominators     the  holder  of  which  is  required  to  be  elected  by  separate  school 
electors   shall    be   signed    by   separate   school    electors   only. 
1072.  c.  95.  s.  34  (4);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (3). 


Separate 

nomination 

papers 


(5)  Each  person  to  be  nominated  for  election  to  an  office 
shall  be  nominated  by  a  separate  nomination  paper,  but  an 
elector  may  sign  more  than  one  nomination  paper  for  the 
same  person  and  the  nomination  papers  of  more  than  one 
person.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (5),  amended. 


(6)  After  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  with  the  clerk  it  shall 


Clerk 
to  Iteep 

nomination    remain  in  the  possession  of  the  clerk. 

paper  '^ 


Onus  on 

person 

nominated 


(7)  The  onus  is  on  the  person  nominated  for  election  to  an 
office  to  file  a  bona  fide  nomination  paper.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  34  (6,  7). 


Endoraation  37^ — (!)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 
clerk,  the  clerk  or  his  assistant  returning  officer  shall  endorse 
upon  it  the  date  and  time  of  its  filing.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (1). 

ofcierk**^^  (2)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 

clerk  prior  to  nomination  day,  the  paper  shall  be  examined 
by  the  clerk  and,  if  he  is  satisfied  that  the  requisite  number 
of  the  nominators  whose  signatures  appear  on  the  nomination 
paper  are  electors  entitled  to  vote  for  the  office,  he  shall  so 
certify  in  writing.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (2) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  21  (1). 

Posting  (3)  When  the  nomination  papers  have  been  certified  by 

the  clerk  he  shall  cause  the  name  and  address  of  each 
candidate  nominated  and  the  office  for  which  the  candidate 
is  nominated  to  be  posted  up  in  his  office  or  other  con- 
spicuous place  open  to  inspection  by  the  public.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  35  (3),  amended. 


flied'on  ^^^  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 

nomination     clerk  on  nomination  day, 

day  ■^ 

(a)  the  clerk  shall  accept  the  nomination  paper  and 
cause  the  name  of  the  person  nominated  to  be  posted 
up  in  accordance  with  subsection  3 ; 

(6)  if,  on  examination  of  the  nomination  paper  prior  to 
4  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  on  the  day  following 
nomination  day.  it  appears  to  the  clerk  that  the 
requisite  number  of  nominators  whose  signatures 
appear  on  the  nomination  paper  are  not  electors 
entitled  to  vote  for  the  office,  he  shall  reject  the 
nomination    and   give   notice   of  the   rejection   im- 


19 

mediately  by  registered  mail  to  the  person  nominated 
and  all  candidates  for  that  office,  but  if  he  is  satisfied 
that  the  nominators  meet  such  requirements,  he 
shall  so  certify  in  writing.  1072,  c.  95,  s.  35  (4); 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 

(5)  Certification  by  the  clerk  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  by^c"erk^*°" 
or  4  with  respect  to  a  nomination  paper  shall  be  conclusive 
evidence   of   the   facts   certified   and   shall   not    be   open   to 
challenge  thereafter.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (5),  amended. 

(6)  The  clerk  shall  establish  and  maintain  in  his  office  a  ^indfiates 
list  setting  out  the  name  and  residence  of  every  candidate 

whose  nomination  has  been  certified  under  this  section  for  the 
respective  offices  for  which  persons  may  be  nominated  in  the 
order  of  certification  and  copies  of  this  list  shall  be  promin- 
ently displayed  in  one  or  more  locations  and  the  list  shall 
be  completed  no  later  than  4  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
day  following  nomination  day.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (6);  1974, 
c.  32,  s.  21  (3),  amended. 

DEATH   OF  A  CANDIDATE 

38.  If  as  a  result  of  a  candidate  nominated  for  election  to  flection  on 

deatn  of 

an  office  dying  before  the  close  of  the  poll  for  the  election,      candidate 

{a)  a  person  would  be  elected  by  acclamation  to  such 
office,  the  election  to  such  office  is  void  and  a  new 
election  shall  be  held  to  fill  such  office ;  or 

(6)  no  person  would  be  elected  by  acclamation  to  such 
office,  the  name  of  the  deceased  candidate  shall  be 
omitted  from  the  ballots  or  if  the  ballots  have  already 
been  printed,  the  clerk  shall  cause  notice  of  the  death 
of  the  candidate  to  be  posted  up  in  a  conspicuous 
place  in  every  polling  place  and  the  election  shall  be 
proceeded  with  as  if  the  deceased  candidate  had  not 
been  nominated.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  36. 

WITHDRAWAL   OF   NOMINATIONS 

39. — (1)  A  person  nominated  as  a  candidate  in  an  election  Jj.^^5^*^**^ 
may  withdraw  his  nomination  by  instrument  in  writing,  verified  "on 
by  his  affidavit  and  delivered  to  the  clerk  before  5  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination  day. 

(2)  Where  a  person  has  been  nominated  for  more  than  one  dominated 
office,  he  may  withdraw  in  respect  of  one  or  more  offices  for  [nmore 

-^  »  than  one 

which  he  is  nominated  by  filing  his  withdrawal  in  writing  with  office 
the  clerk  in  his  office  before  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
day   following  nomination  day  and  in  default   he  shall   be 


20 


deemed  to  be  nominated  for  the  office  for  which  he  was  first 
nominated  and  to  have  withdrawn  his  nomination  for  any 
other  office.     1<^72.  c.  95,  s.  37.      . 


Acclamation 


Idem 


ACCLAMATIONS 

40. — (1)  If  no  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  any  office 
than  the  number  to  be  elected,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith  after 
5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination  day 
declare  that  candidate  or  those  candidates  duly  elected. 

(2)  If  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  an  office  than  the 
number  to  be  elected  but  one  or  more  candidates  withdraws 
his  nomination  so  that  the  number  remaining  is  no  more  than  the 
number  required  to  be  elected,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith 
after  5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination 
day  declare  the  remaining  candidate  or  candidates  to  be  duly 
elected. 


Vacancy 


Where 
quorum  not 
elected 


(3)  If  the  number  of  candidates  declared  to  be  elected  to  an 
office  under  subsection  1  or  2  is  less  than  the  number  to  be 
elected  to  such  office  so  that  there  is  a  vacancy,  a  new  election 
shall  be  held  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

(4)  Where  in  any  election  the  total  number  of  jT)embers  of  the 
council  of  a  municipality  or  of  a  local  board,  as  the  case  may 
be,  declared  elected  under  this  section  and  those  elected  as  a 
result  of  the  poll  in  the  election  is  less  than  a  quorum  of  the 
council  or  of  the  local  board,  the  council  or  local  board  in 
office  for  the  preceding  year  shall  continue  in  office  until  a  new 
election  under  subsection  3  is  held  and  the  number  of  members 
of  the  council  or  local  board  equals  or  exceeds  the  quorum. 
1972.  c.  95,  s.  38. 


NOTICE   OF   POLL 


Poll 
required 


41 . — (1)  Where  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  election 
to  an  office  than  the  number  required  to  fill  that  office,  the 
clerk  shall  hold  a  poll  to  elect  the  holder  of  that  office. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  39  (1). 


Notice 
of  poll 


(2)  Notice  of  the  time  for  the  holding  of  the  poll  in  an 
election,  including  the  advance  poll,  and  notice  of  the  last 
day  for  making  application  to  the  clerk  for  a  certificate  to 
vote  by  proxy,  shall  be  given  by  the  clerk  forthwith  after  it 
has  been  determined  that  a  poll  is  required,  by  posting  the 
notice  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places  in  the  municipality, 
and,  where  there  is  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation 
in    the    municipahty,    by    publishing    the    notice    in    such 


21 

newspaper.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  39(2);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  22, 
amended. 

VOTING   BY   BALLOT 

42. — (1)  Where  a  poll  is  held  in  an  election,  the  votes  shall  ^vbaiiot 
be  given  by  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  40  (1) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (1). 

(2)  In   place  of  using  ballot   papers   under  this  Act,   the  ^°^J^^es 
council  of  a  municipality  may,  by  by-law  passed  on  or  before  etc. 

the  1st  day  of  April  in  an  election  year,  authorize  the  use  at 
elections  of  voting  machines,  voting  recorders  or  other  voting 
devices,  and  a  copy  of  any  such  by-law  shall  be  forwarded 
by  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  to  the  Minister  forthwith 
after  it  is  passed.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (2),  part,  amended. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  2  or  a  predecessor  ^y.^|^^°^ 
thereof  shall  remain  in  force  until  repealed  by  the  council  of 

the  municipality,  but  no  such  repealing  by-law  shall  take 
effect  for  the  purposes  of  the  election  next  following  its 
passage  unless  the  repealing  by-law  is  passed  on  or  before 
the  1st  day  of  April  in  the  year  in  which  the  election  is  held. 
New. 

(4)  Where   a   municipality   authorizes   the   use   of   voting Mimsters 
machines,    voting    recorders    or    other    voting    devices,    the 
Minister  shall,  by  order,  provide  for  procedures  which  may 

be  necessary  to  conduct  the  election  by  the  use  of  such 
machines,  recorders  or  devices  and  the  municipality  shall 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  order.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (2), 
part,  amended. 

PREPARATION   AND  FORM  OF   BALLOT 

43. — (1)  A   clerk  who  is  required  to  hold  a  poll   under  ^^i^^^^^ 
section  41  shall  prepare  and  cause  to  be  printed  a  sufficient 
number  of  ballots  in  the  prescribed  form  for  use  in  the  election. 

(2)  The  name  of  a  person  shall  not  be  included  in  a  ballot  o/'^ndtdate 
as  a  candidate  for  office  unless  his  nomination  as  a  candidate  niu?tbe 

C6t*Li  ii6Q 

for  such  office  has  been  certified  by  the  clerk  under  section  37. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (1,2). 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  the  names  of  the  candidates  n^mes^^ 
shall  be  shown  on  a  ballot  in  order  of  their  surnames  alpha- 
betically arranged,  with  given  names  preceding  the  surnames, 

and  with  the  surnames  in  bold  type.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (3), 
amended. 

(4)  Where  there  are  two  or  more  candidates  for  election  to  ^dresses 
an  office  whose  given  and  surnames  are  identical  or  so  nearly  to  be  shown 


22 


Nicknames 
and  titles 


Space  for 

indicating 

vote 


identical  as  to  create  the  possibility  of  confusion,  the  address 
of  all  candidates  for  election  to  such  office  shall  be  shown 
on  the  face  of  the  ballot  for  such  office  immediately  under 
their  names  an  J  in  sufficient  detail  as  to  identify  each 
candidate.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (4),  amended. 

(5)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  4,  no  identification  such 
as  a  title,  honour,  decoration  or  degree  shall  be  included  with 
any  candidate's  name  on  a  ballot  to  be  used  in  an  election, 
but  a  name  commonly  called  a  nickname  or  any  other  name 
by  which  a  candidate  is  commonly  known  may  be  used  on 
the  ballot  as  the  name  or  part  of  the  name  of  the  candidate. 

(6)  There  shall  appear  on  the  ballot  to  the  right  of  each 
candidate's  name  a  circle  or  a  circular  space  suitable  for  the 
marking  of  the  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (5,  6). 


Ballots 
for  same 
ofRce  to 
be  alike 


Number  of 
candidates 
and  name 
of  office 


(7)  All  ballots  for  election  to  the  same  office  shall  be  of 
the  same  description  and  as  nearly  alike  as  possible,  and 
the  names,  and  the  addresses  if  given,  of  the  candidates, 
the  circle  or  circular  space,  the  instructions  referred  to  in 
subsection  8,  and  any  lines  on  the  ballot  shall  be  in  one 
colour  and  the  remainder  of  the  face  of  the  ballot  shall  be 
another  colour,  but  different  colours  may  be  used  for  ballots 
to  be  used  for  election  to  different  offices.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  25, 
part,  amended. 

(8)  A  ballot  shall  contain  instructions  as  to  the  number 
of  candidates  for  which  an  elector  may  vote  and  the  name  of 
the  office  for  which  the  election  is  being  held.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  25,  part,  amended. 


questions  (^)  ^^^  ballot  papers  for  voting  to  obtain  the  assent  or  the 

opinion  of  electors  on  any  by-law  or  question  shall  be  in  the 
prescribed  form.     1072,  c.  95.  s.  41  (9). 


Wards  in 
municipality 


44. — (1)  For  an  election  in  a  municipahty  in  which  the 
members  of  council  are  elected  by  wards,  there  shall  be  pre- 
pared one  set  of  ballots  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  mayor, 
another  set  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  containing  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  reeve,  or  reeve  and 
deputy  reeve,  and  another  set  for  each  ward  containing  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman  or  councillor 
for  the  ward. 


vote^'n^  (2)  For  an  election  in  a  city  or  town  in  which  the  members  of 

city  or  town    council  are  elected  by  general  vote,  there  shall  be  prepared  for 

all  the  polling  subdivisions  one  set  of  ballots  containing  the 

names  of  the  candidates  for  the  offices  of  mayor,  or  mayor  and 


23 

reeve,  or  mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve,  and  another  set  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman 
or  councillor. 

(3)  For  an  election  in  a  township  that  constitutes  a  borough  ^°^^°^^*^  ^"^ 
within  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  one  set  of  Toronto 
ballots  shall  be  prepared  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  mayor, 
another  set  of  ballots  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  containing 

the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  controller  and 
another  set  for  each  ward  containing  the  names  of  the 
candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman. 

(4)  For  an  election  in  a  village  or  township  there  shall  be  yj"nfbip^ 
prepared   one   set   of   ballots   containing   the   names   of   the 
candidates  for  the  office  of  reeve  or  of  reeve  and  deputy  reeve, 

and  for  the  office  of  councillor. 

(5)  The  council  of  a  town  may  by  by-law  provide  that  the  ^^^1^^^^^^^ 
ballots  for  an  election   to  the  offices  of  mayor,   reeve  and  fo{ separate 

-'  sets 

deputy  reeve  shall  be  prepared  in  separate  sets  and,  the  council 
of  a  village  or  township  may,  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
ballots  for  an  election  to  the  offices  of  reeve,  deputy  reeve 
and  councillor  shall  be  in  separate  sets.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (1-5). 

(6)  A  by-law  for  the  purposes  mentioned  in  subsection  5  ^glg^  °  ^® 
shall  be  passed  not  later  in  the  election  year  than  the  1st 

day  of  October  and  remains  in  force  until  repealed,  and 
while  in  force  the  prescribed  ballots  shall  be  prepared 
accordingly.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (6),  amended. 

(7)  There  shall  also  be  separate  sets  of  ballots,  separate  sets 

controller, 

(a)  containing  the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of,  by-iaws,etc. 

(i)  controller, 

(ii)  member  of  a  local  board, 

(iii)  trustee  of  a  police  village, 

(iv)  member  of  the  council  of  a  regional  munici- 
pality, or 

(v)  member  of  the  counc  il  of  both  an  area  muni- 
cipality and  a  regional  inuni(  ij)ality ; 

(b)  for  obtaining  the  assent  of  the  electors  on  any  by-law 
or  the  opinion  of  the  electors  on  any  question  re- 


A 


24 


quired  or  authorized  to  be  submitted  to  them  at  an 
election.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  42  (7) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  26. 


More  than 
one  by-law. 
etc. 


(8)  Where  more  than  one  by-law  or  question  is  to  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  electors  at  one  election,  all  of  such  by-laws  or 
questions  may  be  placed  on  one  ballot  paper.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  42  (8). 


Composite 
ballots 


Contents 


Not  to  be 
given  to 
elector  not 
entitled  to 
vote  for 
office  on 
ballot 

By-law  in 
force  until 
repealed 


45. — (1)  In  place  of  using  separate  ballots  under  this  Act, 
the  council  of  a  municipality  may,  by  by-law  passed  prior 
to  the  first  day  of  October  in  an  election  year,  authorize 
the  use  at  a  municipal  election  of  composite  ballots  in  such 
form  subject  to  subsections  1  to  8  of  section  43,  as  the  by-law 
prescribes.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  43  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  27,  amended. 

(2)  A  composite  ballot  may  contain, 

(a)  the  names  of  candidates  for  the  offices  of  member  of 
council,  member  of  a  school  board,  member  of  a  public 
utility  commission  or  member  of  any  other  board, 
commission  or  body  the  members  of  which  are  required 
to  be  elected  by  the  electors  of  the  municipality  or 
for  any  one  or  more  of  such  offices ;  and 

{h)  any  by-law  or  question  authorized  or  required  by 
law  to  be  submitted  to  the  electors  for  their  assent 
or  opinion. 

(3)  No  elector  shall  be  given  a  composite  ballot  containing 
the  names  of  candidates  for  an  office  or  containing  a  question 
or  by-law  for  which  he  is  not  entitled  to  vote. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  remains  in  force  from 
year  to  year  until  repealed.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  43  (2-4). 


Polling 
place 


Idem 


POLLING    PLACES 

46. — (1)  Subject  to  section  47,  the  clerk  shall  provide  for 
each  election  at  least  one  polling  place  for  each  polling  sub- 
division in  a  place  that  is  most  central  or  most  convenient 
for  the  electors  and  is  furnished  with  light  and  heat  and  such 
other  accommodation  and  furniture  as  may  be  required,  but  the 
p>olling  place  may  be  provided  outside  the  limits  of  the  polling 
subdivision. 

(2)  Every'  polling  place  for  an  election  in  a  municipality 
shall  be  situate  in  the  municipality,  except  that  where  a 
polling  subdivision  in  a  township  adjoins  an  urban  munici- 
pality, the  polling  place  for  the  polling  subdivision  may  be 
within  the  limits  of  the  urban  municipality.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  44(1,  2). 


25 

(3)  Every    polling    place    shall    be    furnished    with    com-  ^°^^s*''^' 
partments  in  which  electors  may  mark  their  ballots  without 

other  persons  being  able  to  see  how  they  are  marked  and  it 
is  the  duty  of  the  clerk  and  the  deputy  returning  officer 
respectively  to  ensure  that  a  sufficient  number  of  com- 
partments is  provided  at  each  polling  place.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  44  (3),  amended. 

(4)  The  clerk   may  unite  two  or  more  adjoining  polling  ^°ij^?visi 
subdivisions   and  provide  one   polling  place   for   the  united 
subdivisions.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  44  (4). 

(5)  The  clerk  may  provide  such  additional  polling  places  "^j^ce"""*^ 
in  any  polling  subdivisions  as  are  required  having  regard  to 

the  extent  of  the  subdivision,  the  remoteness  of  any  number 
of  its  electors  from  the  polling  place  and  number  of  electors 
that  may  conveniently  vote  at  one  polling  place.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  44  (5),  amended. 

(6)  Where  there  are  two  or  more  polling  places  in  a  polling  of^plfces^^"" 
subdivision,  each  polling  place  shall  be  designated  by  the 
numbers  of  the  lots  and  concessions  or  the  numbers  and  names 

of  the  streets  at  which  the  electors  reside  or  that  designate 
the  properties  in  respect  of  which  the  electors  are  qualified 
to  vote  therein,  or  by  the  initial  letters  of  the  surnames  of 
the  electors  who  are  qualified  to  vote  therein,  that  is  to  say, 
A  to  M  and  N  to  Z,  or  as  the  case  may  be,  and  an  elector  is  entitled 
to  vote  at  the  appropriate  pxjlling  place  designated  accordingly. 

(7)  In    municipalities    having   more   than   5,000   electors,  ^°ation^of 
the  clerk  shall  mail  or  cause  to  be  delivered  to  each  dwelling  ^°^^^^ 
unit  in  the  municipality  a  notice  advising  the  elector  or  electors 
therein  of  the  location  of  the  polling  place  in  which  that  elector 

or  those  electors  is  or  are  to  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  44  (6,  7). 

47. — (1)  Where  in  a  municipality  there  is  situate  a  hospital  ^,°cL^n 
or  other  institution  for  the  reception,  treatment  or  vocational  institutions 
training  of  persons  who  have  served  or  are  serving  in  the 
Canadian  Forces  or  the  armed  forces  of  any  member  of  the 
Commonwealth,  or  who  are  blind  or  deaf,  a  Workmen's 
ComjDensation  hospital  or  a  home  for  the  aged,  a  polling  place 
shall  be  provided  in  such  institution  or  upon  the  premises, 
and  may  be  provided  in  a  nursing  home  or  other  institution 
of  twenty  beds  or  more  in  which  chronically  ill  or  infirm 
persons  reside,  and  for  the  purpose  of  polling,  the  institution 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  polling  place,  and  every  person 
resident  in  the  institution  who  is  entered  in  the  polling  list 
is  entitled  to  vote  at  such  polling  place  only.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  28(1). 


26 


Attendance 
upon  patientt< 
to  take 
vote 


(2)  Where  a  patient  of  such  a  hospital  or  other  institution  is 
bed-ridden  or  is  unable  to  walk,  it  is  lawful  for  the  deputy 
returning  officer  and  poll  clerk  with  the  candidates  or  their 
scrutineers  to  attend  upon  such  person  for  the  purpose  of 
receiving  his  ballot,  but  no  candidate  or  scrutineer  shall  be 
present  where  the  ballot  of  any  such  voter  is  marked  under 
section  63.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  45  (2). 


SUPPLIES  AND   EQUIPMENT  FOR   POLLING   PLACES 

suj^piiesfor^       4g, — (1)  The  clerk  shall,  before  polling  day,  cause  to  be 
delivered  to  every  deputy  returning  officer  in  his  municipality, 

(a)  a  ballot  box  for  his  polling  place ; 

{h)  a  sufficient  number  of  ballots  to  supply  the  electors  in 
the  polling  list  of  his  polling  place; 

(c)  a  sufficient  number  of  the  prescribed  directions  for 
the  guidance  of  electors  for  the  purposes  of  the 
polling  place; 

{d)  two  copies  of  the  polling  list  for  the  polling  place ; 

(e)  all  materials  necessary  for  electors  to  mark  their 
ballots;  and 

(/)  such  other  materials  as  are  prescribed.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  46  (1).  amended. 


Ballot  box 


Clerk  to 
certify 
number  of 
ballots 


(2)  A  ballot  box  shall  be  made  of  durable  material,  provided 
with  lock  and  key,  and  so  constructed  that  the  ballots  can 
be  deposited  therein  and  cannot  be  withdrawn  without  un- 
locking the  box. 

(3)  When  delivering  the  ballots  for  a  polling  place  to  a  deputy 
returning  officer  the  clerk  shall  certify  the  number  of  ballots 
so  delivered  and  upon  receiving  them  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  make  a  count  of  the  ballots  and  forward  the 
prescribed  receipt  therefor  to  the  clerk,  and  shall  keep  the 
certificate  for  return  to  the  clerk  with  the  other  documents 
required  to  be  returned  to  him  under  section  78. 


Directions 
to  be 
placarded 


(4)  Every  deputy  returning  officer  before  opening  the  p>oll, 
or  immediately  after  he  has  received  the  printed  directions 
from  the  clerk  if  they  were  not  received  before  opening  the 
poll,  shall  cause  them  to  be  placarded  outside  the  polling 
place  and  in  everv  compartment  of  the  polling,'  place,  and  shall 
see  that  they  remain  so  placarded  until  the  close  of  the  polling. 
1972.  c.  95,  s.  46  (2-4). 


27 

WHERE  AND   HOW  OFTEN   ELECTORS   MAY  VOTE 

49.  An  elector  whose  name  appears  in  the  polHng  Hst  for  a  ofVStes 
polline  subdivision  or  who  presents  a  certificate  to  vote  there  that 

r  <J  r  ma.V  DC 

under  section  33,  50  or  56,  is  entitled  to  vote  in  an  election  given  by 
in  such  subdivision  in  accordance  with  the  following  rules: 

1.  He  is  entitled  to  vote  once  only  for  one  candidate 
for  mayor,  reeve  or  deputy  reeve. 

2.  He  is  entitled  to  vote  for  as  many  candidates  for 
controller  as  there  are  controllers  to  be  elected  but 
once  only  for  each  candidate. 

3.  Where  the  election  of  aldermen,  councillors,  trustees 
or  members  of  local  boards  is  by  general  vote,  he  is 
entitled  to  vote  for  as  many  candidates  for  such  offices 
as  there  are  candidates  to  be  elected  but  once  only  for 
each  candidate. 

4.  Where  the  aldermen,  councillors,  trustees  or  members  '\ 
of  local  boards  are  elected  by  wards,  he  is  entitled  to 

vote, 

i.  if  resident  in  the  municipality,  in  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  resides ;  or 

ii.  if  not  resident  in  the  municipality,  in  the 
polling  subdivision  in  which  his  name  appears 
on  the  polling  list, 

for  as  many  candidates  for  such  offices  as  there  are  / 

candidates  to  be  elected  for  the  ward  but  once  only  * 

for  each  candidate. 

5.  Where  the  election  is  to  the  office  of  member  of  a 
school  board  to  be  elected  by  public  school  electors 
in  a  municipality  or  a  part  thereof,  or  in  a  combination 
of  municipalities,  in  which  the  polling  subdivision  is 
located,  a  public  school  elector  is  entitled  to  as  many 
votes  as  there  are  members  to  be  elected  by  the 
public  school  electors  in  such  municipality  or  part, 
or  combination  of  municipalities,  as  the  case  may  be, 
but  may  not  give  more  than  one  vote  to  any  one 
candidate. 

6.  Where  the  election  is  to  the  office  of  member  of  a 
school  board  to  be  elected  by  separate  school  electors 
in  a  municipality  or  in  a  part  thereof,  or  in  a  com- 
bination of  municipalities,  in  which  the  polling  sub- 
division is  located,  a  separate  school  elector  is  entitled 


28 


to  as  many  votes  as  there  are  members  to  be  elected 
by  the  separate  school  electors  in  such  municipality 
or  part,  or  combination  of  municipalities,  as  the  case 
may  be,  but  may  not  give  more  than  one  vote  to  any 
one  candidate. 

An  elector  who  is  entitled  to  vote  in  respect  of  any 
by-law  or  question  authorized  or  required  by  law  to  be 
submitted  for  the  assent  or  opinion  of  the  electors 
is  entitled  to  vote  once  only  with  respect  to  such 
by-law  or  question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  47. 


Votlnffof 
D.R.O.  and 
poll  clerk, 
etc..  where 
employed 


50. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  at  the  request  of  a  person 
whose  name  is  entered  on  the  polling  list  for  a  polling  place 
in  a  municipality  who  has  been  appointed  a  deputy  returning 
officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assistant  or  constable  at  another 
polling  place,  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  shall  give  him  a 
certificate  that  he  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  polling  place  at 
which  he  is  stationed  during  the  polling  day. 


municipality      (^)  ^^  Certificate  shall  be  issued  under  this  section  entitling 
divided  into    an  elector  in  a  municipality  that  is  divided  into  wards  to  vote 

WCLFQS 

at  a  polling  subdivision  in  a  ward  different  from  the  ward  in 
which  the  polling  place  at  which  the  elector  is  otherwise 
entitled  to  vote  is  situate. 


When 
certificate 
may  be 
given 


(3)  The  clerk  shall  not  give  a  certificate  under  this  section 
until  he  has  ascertained  by  reference  to  the  polling  list  or  to  a 
certificate  under  section  33  that  the  applicant  is  entitled  to 
vote,  and  after  giving  the  certificate  he  shall  forthwith  give 
notice  in  writing  thereof  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  for  the 
polling  place  at  which  the  applicant  is  by  the  polling  list  or 
certificate  under  section  33  to  be  entitled  to  vote,  and  the 
person  to  whom  the  certificate  has  been  given  is  not  thereafter 
entitled  to  vote  at  such  polling  place. 


Certificate  (4)  The  Certificate  shall  designate  the  polling  place  at  which 

the  person  is  to  be  permitted  to  vote. 


List  of 
certificates 


(5)  The  clerk  shall  keep  a  list  in  which  he  shall  enter  before 
he  delivers  a  certificate  under  this  section, 

(a)  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  to  whom  he 
gives  the  certificate; 

{b)  the  polling  place  at  which  the  person  is  authorized 
to  vote  under  the  certificate ; 

(c)  the  polling  place  at  which  the  person  appears  by  the 
polling  list  to  be  entitled  to  vote; 


29 

(d)  whether  the  certificate  is  granted  to  such  person 
as  deputy  returning  officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assist- 
ant or  constable;  and 

(e)  if  a  certificate  is  refused,  the  name  of  the  person 
applying  for  the  certificate  with  the  grounds  of 
refusal, 

and  the  list  shall  be  open  to  inspection  by  any  candidate 
scrutineer  or  elector.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  48. 

51.— (1)  A  person  who  produces  a  certificate  given  to  him  ^^^[^pg<=g*te 
under  section  50  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  polling  place  desig-  person  to 
nated  therein,  but  the  certificate  does  not  entitle  him  to  vote 
there  unless  he  has  been  actually  engaged  there  as  a  deputy 
returning  officer,   poll  clerk,   election  assistant  or  constable 
during  polling  day.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  49  (1). 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be  ^oiii^°° 
entered   on    the   poUing   list    maintained   by   the   poll   clerk  fist 
opposite  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  voting  under 

the  authority  of  a  certificate,  the  words  "Voted  under  Certi- 
ficate".   1972,  c.  95,  s.  49  (2),  amended. 

(3)  A  person  voting  under  the  authority  of  a  certificate  shall  SbL^given 
deliver  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  before  receiving  his  ^°  d.r.o. 
ballot. 

(4)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enclose  all  certificates  {^"em^efP'^e 
to  which  this  section  applies  in  one  envelope.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  49  (3,  4). 

PROCEDURE  AT  POLL 

52.  Every  polling  place  shall  be  open  for  the  purpose  of  ^o°^^p°" 
taking  the  poll  at  every  election  from  11  o'clock  in  the  fore-  open 
noon  until  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  polling  day.     1972, 
c.  95,  s.  50. 

53. — (1)  A  deputy  returning  officer  shall  attend  at   the  ^^^^  ^^ 
polling  place   for  which  he  was  appointed   at   least   fifteen  attend  poii 
minutes  before  the  hour  fixed  for  opening  the  poll. 

(2)  During  the  period  of  fifteen  minutes  before  the  opening  [,°f{^g'{,°^o°e 
of  the  poll,  the  scrutineers  who  are  entitled  to  be  present  in  a  opening  of 
polling   place  during   polling   hours   are   entitled   to   inspect 
the  ballots  and  all  other  papers,  forms  and  documents  relating 
to  the  poll.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  51. 

54.  A  deputy  returning  officer  shall,  immediately  before  aeiffngof"" 
opening  the  poll  at  his  polling  place,  show  the  ballot  box  to  baiiotbox 


A 


30 

such  persons  as  are  present  in  the  polling  place,  so  that 
they  may  see  if  it  is  empty,  and  he  shall  then  lock  the  box 
and  place  his  seal  upon  it  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  it  being 
opened  without  breaking  the  seal,  and  he  shall  keep  the  box 
on  a  desk,  counter  or  table  or  otherwise  so  that  it  is  raised 
above  the  floor  in  full  view  of  all  present,  and  shall  keep  the 
box  so  locked  and  sealed  until  the  box  is  required  to  be  opened 
for  the  purpose  of  counting  the  votes  under  section  71.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  52. 

Ell o* on  ^** — (^)  Where   a   person   enters   the   polling   place   and 

tender  of        requests  a  ballot  paper,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
proceed  as  follows: 

1.  He  shall  ascertain  that  the  name  of  such  person  or 
a  name  apparently  intended  for  it  is  entered  in  the 
polling  list  for  the  polling  subdivision  or  that  such 
person  is  entitled  to  vote  under  a  certificate  issued 
by  the  clerk  pursuant  to  section  33  or  50  and  the 
poll  clerk  shall,  on  a  separate  polling  list,  delete 
the  name  of  the  said  person  on  such  polling  list. 

2.  The  poll  clerk  shall  indicate  on  his  polling  list 
opposite  the  person's  name  the  numerical  order  in 
which  the  person  was  given  his  ballot  paper. 

3.  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  satisfied  that  such 
person  is  the  person  designated  in  the  polling  list 
or  in  a  certificate  mentioned  in  paragraph  1  and  is 
otherwise  entitled  to  vote  and  if  no  candidate  or 
scrutineer  objects  to  voting  by  such  person,  the 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  put  his  initials  on  the 
back  of  a  ballot  paper,  so  placed  that  when  the 
ballot  is  folded  they  can  be  seen  without  opening 
it  and  shall  deliver  the  ballot  paper  to  such  person. 

4.  If  voting  by  such  person  is  objected  to  by  any 
candidate  or  scrutineer,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  enter  the  objection  or  cause  it  to  be  entered 
on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk,  by 
writing  opposite  the  name  of  such  person  the  words 
"Objected  to"  and  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
require  such  person  to  take  the  prescribed  oath, 
which  oath  shall  indicate  the  name  of  the  candidate 
by  or  on  whose  behalf  the  objection  was  made. 

5.  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  not  satisfied  that 
such  person  is  the  person  designated  in  the  polling 
list  or  in  a  certificate  mentioned  in  paragraph  1 
and    is    otherwise    entitled    to    vote,    although    no 


31 

candidate  or  scrutineer  has  objected,  he  may  require 
such  person  to  take  the  prescribed  oath. 

6.  If  such  a  person  having  been  required  to  take  the 
oath  refuses  to  do  so,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  enter  or  cause  it  to  be  entered  opposite  the 
name  of  such  person  on  the  polling  list  maintained 
by  the  poll  clerk  the  words  "Refused  to  be  sworn" 
or  "Refused  to  affirm"  according  to  the  fact  and  a 
ballot  paper  shall  not  be  delivered  to  such  person. 

7.  If  such  person  takes  the  oath,  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be  entered  opposite 
such  person's  name  on  the  polling  list  maintained 
by  the  clerk  the  word  "Sworn"  or  "Affirmed"  accord- 
ing to  the  fact,  shall  put  his  initials  on  the  back  of 
a  ballot  paper,  so  placed  that  when  the  ballot  is 
folded  they  can  be  seen  without  opening  it,  and 
shall  deliver  the  ballot  paper  to  such  person. 

8.  The  deputy  returning  officer  may,  and  upon  request  ^ 
shall,  either  personally  or  through  the  poll  clerk,  ^ 
explain  to  the  elector  as  concisely  as  possible  the 

mode  of  voting.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  53  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  person  who  on  polling  day  is  a  prisoner  in  a  penal  or  ^{f^"* ^'^'^*" 
reform  institution,  or  a  patient  in  a  mental  hospital,  or  who  prisoners, 
has  been  transferred  from  a  mental  hospital  to  a  home  for  etc. 
special  care  as  mentally  incompetent  is  disqualified  from  voting 

at  any  election  and  no  ballot  shall  be  furnished  to  such  a 
person. 

(3)  Every  elector  qualified  to  vote  at  a  polling  place  who  is  pofiJn°'' '° 
inside  the  polling  place  at  the  time  fixed  for  closing  the  poll  p}ace  at 
is  entitled  to  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  53  (2,  3).  °  °'  ""^ 

56. — (1)  If  a  person  representing  himself  to  be  an  elector  namTon 
applies  to  a  deputy  returning  officer  at  a  polling  place  for  a  g^^^.o**' 
ballot  and  his  name  does  not  appear  on  the  polling  list  or  in  a 
certificate  issued  under  section  33  or  50  as  entitled  to  vote  at 
the  polling  place,  he  is  entitled  to  have  his  name  entered  on 
such  polling  list  and  to  receive  a  ballot  and  to  vote  if  he 
takes  a  declaration  in  the  prescribed  form  and  otherwise 
establishes  his  identity  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer. 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be  "em 
entered  on  the  |X)lling  list  and  on  the  polling  list  maintained 


32 


by  the  poll  clerk  the  name  of  the  elector. 
amended. 


1972,  c.  95,  s.  54. 


(3)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  furnish  a  copy  of  each 
such  declaration  to  the  clerk  who  shall,  in  turn,  furnish  it 


December  in  an  election  year. 


Copy  to 
clerk  and 
assessment 

miMioner       to  the  assessment  commissioner  before  the  first  Monday  in 

1974,  c.  32,  s.  29,  amended. 


When  It 
appears 
person  voted 
in  place 
of  elector, 
etc. 


57.  Where  an  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  a  polling  place 
applies  for  a  ballot  paper  and  it  appears  that  another  person 
has  voted  as  such  elector  or  that  an  entry  has  been  made  in  the 
polling  list  in  error  that  such  elector  has  polled  his  vote,  if 
such  person  takes  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form  and  otherwise 
establishes  his  identity  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer  he  is  entitled  to  receive  a  ballot  paper.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  55  (1). 


Inquiry 


Procedure 
on  receipt 
of  ballot 


Duty  of 
D.R.O.  on 
receipt  of 
ballot 


58.  No  inquiry  shall  be  made  of  an  elector  who  is  required 
to  take  the  oath  under  section  55  or  57  except  with  respect  to 
the  matters  required  to  be  stated  in  the  oath  or  to  ascertain 
if  he  is  the  person  intended  to  be  designated  in  the  polling 
list.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  56  (2) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  30  (2). 

50.  Upon  delivery  to  him  of  a  ballot  paper  by  a  deputy 
returning  officer,  the  person  receiving  it  shall, 

{a)  forthwith  proceed  into  the  compartment  providrd  for 
the  purpose  and  shall  then  and  there  mark  his  ballot 
paper  with  a  cross  or  other  mark  with  a  pen  or  pencil 
within  the  circle  or  circular  space  to  the  right  of 
the  name  of  a  candidate  for  whom  he  intends  to  vote ; 

(b)  then  fold  the  ballot  paper  so  as  to  conceal  the  names 
of  the  candidates  and  the  marks  upon  the  face  of  it 
and  so  as  to  expose  the  initials  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer ; 

(c)  then  leave  the  compartment  without  delay,  and 
without  showing  the  face  of  the  ballot  paper  to 
anyone,  or  so  displaying  it  as  to  make  known  how 
he  has  marked  it ;  and 

(d)  then  deliver  the  ballot  paper  so  folded  to  the  deputy 
returning  officer.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  57. 

60. — (1 )  Upon  delivery  of  a  ballot  paper  to  him  by  an  elector, 
the  deputy  returning  officer,  without  unfolding  the  ballot 
paper,  or  in  any  way  disclosing  the  names  of  the  candidates  or 
the  marks  made  by  the  elector,  shall  verify  his  own  initials, 
and  at  once  deposit  the  ballot  paper  in  the  ballot  box  in  the 


33 

presence  of  all  persons  entitled  to  be  present  and  then  present 
in  the  polling  place,  and  the  elector  shall  forthwith  leave  the 
polling  place. 

(2)  A  person  whose  ballot  has  been  placed  in  the  ballot  box  ^^'"^'^ 
by  the  deputy  returning  ofhcer  shall  be  deemed  to  have  voted,  to  have 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  58  (1,  2).  """'"^ 

61  .—{1)  A  person  who  has  received  a  ballot  from  a  deputy  fo^[ake"°' 
returning  officer  shall  not  take  it  out  of  the  polling  place,  and  a  Fallot 

1  1     11  11  1  11-  1  from  polling 

person  who  receives  a  ballot  and  leaves  the  polling  place  place 
without  returning  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer,  or  returns 
his  ballot  declining  to  vote,  forfeits  his  right  to  vote,  and 
the  deputy  returning  officer,  shall  make  an  entry  on  the  polling 
list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  "Forfeited  Vote"  opposite 
the  person's  name,  and  in  the  case  where  a  person  returns 
his  ballot  declining  to  vote,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  immediately  write  the  word  "Declined"  upon  the  ballot 
and  preserve  it  to  be  returned  to  the  clerk.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  59  (1),  amended. 

(2)  An  elector  who  has  inadvertently  dealt  with  his  ballot  in  Baiiot 

^    '  .  -^  .  accidentally 

such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  conveniently  used,  upon  spoiled 
returning  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer,  is  entitled  to 
obtain  another  ballot,  and  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
immediately  write  the  word  "Cancelled"  upon  the  first- 
mentioned  ballot  and  preserve  it  to  be  returned  to  the  clerk. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  59  (2). 

62.  Subject  to  section  63,  while  an  elector  is  in  a  compart-  No  other 

t  1  r  1  •         1  ■      1     11  1         person  in 

ment  for  the  purpose  of  marking  his  ballot  paper,  no  other  compartment 

whilG  elector 

person  shall  be  allowed  to  enter  the  compartment  or  to  be  in  a  marking 
position  from  which  he  can  see  how  the  elector  marks  his 
ballot  paper.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  60. 

63. — (1)  On  the  application  of  any  elector  who  is  unable  to  hindicapped 
read  or  is  handicapped  by  blindness  or  other  physical  cause  by  blindness, 
from  voting  in  accordance  with  the  other  provisions  of  this 
Act,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  require  the  elector 
making  the  application  to  take  an  oath  of  his  inability  to 
vote  without  assistance,  and  shall  thereafter  assist  the  elector 
by  marking  his  ballot  in  the  manner  directed  by  the  elector 
in  the  presence  of  the  poll  clerk  and  of  no  other  person  and 
place  the  ballot  in  the  ballot  box.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  61  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  either  deal  with  an  "ecK^s^^^*^ 
elector  mentioned  in  subsection   1   in  the  manner  provided  baiiot 

,  .  ,  ,  ,       ,  111  marked  by 

therem  or,  at  the  request  of  any  such  elector  who  has  taken  mend 
the  prescribed  oath  and  is  accompanied  by  a  friend,  shall 


34 


permit  the  friend  to  accompany  the  elector  into  the  voting 
compartment  and  mark  the  elector's  ballot  for  him. 


Oath  of 
fliend 


(3)  Any  friend  who  is  permitted  to  mark  the  ballot  of  an 
elector  under  subsection  2  shall  first  be  required  to  take  the 
prescribed  oath  that  he  will  keep  secret  the  manner  in  which 
the  elector  voted. 


May  act 
as  friend 
only 
once 


(4)  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  act  as  the  friend  of  more 
than  one  elector  at  any  polling  place  other  than  a  polling 
place  estabhshed  under  section  47.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  61  (2-4). 


Elector  who 
cannot 
understand 
English 


64.  Where  the  deputy  returning  officer  does  not  under- 
stand the  language  of  the  elector,  an  interpreter  provided  by 
the  elector  may  be  sworn  in  the  prescribed  form  to  translate  the 
necessary  oaths  as  well  as  any  lawful  questions  necessarily 
put  to  the  elector  and  his  answers,  but  in  the  event  of  inability 
to  secure  an  interpreter,  the  elector  shall  be  refused  a  ballot. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  62. 


Who  may 
remain  in 
polling 
place 


65. — (1)  The  returning  officer,  the  assistant  returning 
officer,  the  deputy  returning  officer,  the  poll  clerk,  the  election 
assistant,  the  constable  or  constables,  any  candidate  or,  in  his 
absence,  his  scrutineer,  any  scrutineer  appointed  by  the 
council  in  relation  to  any  by-law  or  question,  and  no  others 
shall  be  permitted  to  remain  in  the  polling  place  during  the 
time  the  poll  is  open  or  to  be  in  the  polling  place  at  the  counting 
of  the  votes.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  63;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  31. 


iiterature^fn        ('^)  ^°  Campaign  material  or  literature  of  any  nature  what- 
poiiing  place   soever  of  any  candidate  in  the  election  shall  be  displayed 
within  the  polling  place.    New. 


ADVANCE  POLLS 


Advance  qq^ — ^j^  -pj^g  clerk  shall  hold  an  advance  poll  in  accordance 

with  this  section  on  the  Saturday  nine  days  before  polling 
day  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  votes  of  electors  who  expect 
to  be  unable  to  vote  on  polling  day  in  the  polling  subdivisions 
for  which  their  names  appear  on  the  polling  lists  or  who  are 
entitled  to  vote  either  under  a  certificate  issued  by  the  clerk 
under  section  32>  or  who  become  entitled  to  vote  under 
section  56.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (1),  part. 

advance"poii       (2)  ^^^  couucll  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  passed 
before  nomination  day  provide  for  the  holding  by  the  clerk 


35 

of  additional  advance  polls  for  the  same  purposes  as  provided 
in  subsection  1.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (1),  part. 

(3)  The  advance  poll  shall  be  open  from  9  o'clock  in  the  ^*itfe°^°^^ 
forenoon  until  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  on  each  day  it  is  open 
held  and  polling  shall  be  held  so  far  as  possible  in  the  same 
manner  as  polhng  at  a  regular  election.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (2) ; 

1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (2),  amended. 

(4)  The  clerk  shall  provide  as  many  polling  places  for  an  Pouingr 
advance  poll  as  he  considers  necessary  and  shall  appoint  a 
deputy  returning  officer  and  poll  clerk  for  each  such  polling 
place.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (3). 

(5)  Forthwith  after  the  close  of  the  advance  poll  on  each  List  of 

\    '  i  persons 

day  it  is  held,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  make  up  voting 
and  deliver  to  the  clerk  a  list  of  the  names  of  all  persons 
who  have  voted  showing  in  each  case  the  number  of  the 
polling  subdivision  in  which  the  elector  is  entered  in  the 
polling  list  and  the  clerk  shall,  at  the  request  of  any  candidate, 
furnish  him  with  a  copy  of  such  list. 

(6)  Upon  receiving  the  list  mentioned  in  subsection  5,  the  ^lerkon^ 

clerk  shall,  receiving 

'  list 

(a)  make  an  entry  in  the  polling  list  to  be  supplied  to 
each  deputy  returning  officer  on  polling  day  opposite 
the  name  of  each  elector  whose  name  appears  in  such 
list  and  whose  vote  has  been  received  at  an  advance 
poll,  showing  that  such  elector  has  voted ;  or 

(6)  make  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form  for  each 
polling  subdivision,  showing  the  name  and  address  of 
each  elector  listed  in  the  polling  list  for  such  polling 
subdivision  who  has  voted  at  an  advance  poll,  and 
shall  furnish  such  certificate  before  the  opening  of  the 
poll  on  polling  day  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  of 
the  polling  subdivision,  and  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  before  opening  the  poll  make  an  entry 
in  the  polling  list  supplied  to  him,  opposite  the 
name  of  each  elector  whose  name  appears  on  the 
certificate,  showing  that  such  elector  has  voted.  1972, 
c,  95,  s.  64  (5.  6). 

(7)  Forthwith  after  the  close  of  the  advance  poll  on  each  day  of*o°* 
it  is  held  the  deputy  returning  officer  and  any  candidate  or 
scrutineer  present  who  desires  to  do  so  shall  affix  his  seal  to  the 
ballot  box  in  such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  op)ened  or  any 


A 


36 


ballots  be  deposited  in  it  without  breaking  the  seals  and  the 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  forthwith  deliver  it,  along  with 
all  other  election  documents  used  at  the  poll,  personally  to 
the  clerk  for  safe  keeping.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (7),  amended. 


Opening  of 
ballot  boxes 
for  advance 
poll 


(8)  On  the  regular  polling  day  for  an  election,  after  the 
close  of  polling,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall,  in  the 
presence  of  such  candidates  for  office  at  the  election  and 
their  scrutineers  as  are  present  at  the  hour  fixed  for  the 
closing  of  the  poll,  open  the  ballot  boxes  for  the  advance 
poll,  count  the  votes  and  perform  all  other  duties  required  of 
deputy  returning  officers  by  this  Act.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (8). 


PROXY  VOTING 


Who  may 
vote  by 
proxy 


67. — (1)  Any  person  whose  name  is  entered  in  the  polling 
list  for  a  polling  subdivision  or  who  has  obtained  a  certificate 
under  section  33  entitling  him  to  vote  and  who  is, 

(a)  a  person  other  than  one  described  in  section  47  and 
who  is  certified  by  a  legally  qualified  medical  prac- 
titioner, by  certificate  filed  with  the  clerk,  to  be 
physically  incapable  of  attending  a  polling  place; 

(6)  a  person  absent  from  his  regular  residence  by  reason 
of  attending  an  educational  institution  and  who  is 
entered  in  the  list  for  the  polling  subdivision  in 
which  he  normally  resides  and  who  expects  by  reason 
of  such  absence  to  be  unable  to  vote  at  the  advance 
poll  or  on  polling  day ;  or 


(c)  a  person  who  expects  to  be  absent  from  his  polling 
subdivision  during  the  election  f)eriod  including  the 
advance  poll  and  polling  day  by  reason  of  his  being 
engaged  for  hire  or  reward  in  the  business  of  trans- 
portation by  railway,  air,  water  or  motor  vehicle. 


may  vote  by  proxy  in  that  polling  subdivision, 
s.  65  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  3Z  (1). 


1972,  c.  95, 


proxy"*^**^  (2)  Any  person  who  is  entitled  to  vote  by  proxy  pursuant 
to  subsection  1  may  appoint  in  writing  in  the  prescribed  form 
as  his  voting  proxy  any  other  person  who  is  eligible  as  an 
elector  in  the  municipahty.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (2),  amended. 


proxyonce  (^)  ^  voting  proxy  may  not  act  as  a  voting  proxy   for 

only  more  than   one  person   voting  by  proxy  except   where  the 


37 

person  voting  by  proxy  is  the  parent,  grandparent,  child, 
grandchild,  brother,  sister,  husband  or  wife  of  the  voting 
proxy,  in  which  case  a  voting  proxy  may  act  for  more  than 
one  such  person  voting  by  proxy.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (3); 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (2). 

(4)  An  appointment  of  a  person  as  a  voting  proxy  is  not  Term  of 
valid  unless  it  is  made  after  nomination  day  and  does  not 
remain  in  force  after  polling  day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (4). 

(5)  A  person  who  has  been  appointed  a  voting  proxy  may  f^PPgrUflcate 
apply  to  the  clerk  not  later  than  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  to  vote  by 

DFOXV 

of  the  Friday  preceding  polling  day  to  receive  a  certificate  to 
vote  by  proxy  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  the  person 
appointing  the  voting  proxy  is  entitled  to  vote.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  65  (5),  amended. 

(6)  The  clerk  may  take  evidence  on  oath  as  to  the  right  of  the  ^^tJAcate 

person  appointing  the  voting  proxy  to  vote  in  the  polling  sub-  to  be  given  --y 

division  upon  the  list  for  which  his  name  is  entered  and  as  to 

the  qualification  of  the  voting  proxy,  and,  if  he  finds  that  the 

person  appointing  the  voting  proxy  is  duly  qualified  and  that 

the  voting  proxy  is  authorized  to  act  for  the  person  appointing 

him,  he  shall  give  a  certificate  in  prescribed  form  across  the  face 

of  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  to  that  effect.     1972, 

c.  95,  s.  65  (6);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (3),  amended. 

(7)  Not  more  than  one  voting  proxy  may  be  appointed  on  Not  more 
behalf  of  any  person  at  any  election.  proxy 

(8)  A  ballot  shall  not  be  delivered  to  a  person  who  claims  Oath  on 

•  II  1  .  •  voting 

to  vote  as  a  votmg  proxy  unless  he  produces  his  appomtment 
as  a  voting  proxy  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  with  the 
certificate  of  the  clerk  thereon  as  provided  in  subsection  6  and 
takes  the  prescribed  oath.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (7,  8). 

(9)  Where  a  voting  proxy  has  voted,  the  deputy  returning  ^oy°''*'°o3j 
officer  shall  file  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  and 

the  certificate  of  his  app>ointment  given  by  the  clerk  with 
the  election  papers  and  return  them  to  the  clerk  in  the 
envelope  provided  for  that  purpose.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (9), 
amended. 

(10)  A  person  who  has  been  appointed  as  a  voting  proxy  is  yotefn'"*^ 
entitled  to  vote  in  his  own  right   in  the  municipality  not- own  right 
withstanding  that  he  has  voted  as  a  voting  proxy.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  65  (10). 


38 


KEEPING  OF  peace:  EMERGENCY  SITUATIONS 


Assistance  of 
constables 


68.  A  clerk  or  a  deputy  returning  officer  may  require  the 
assistance  of  constables  and  other  persons  to  aid  him  in  main- 
taining peace  and  order  at  the  election  and  may  swear  in  as 
many  constables  as  he  considers  necessary.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  66. 


Declaration 
of  emergency 
by  clerk 


60. — (1)  If  any  circumstances  arise  in  the  municipality, 
that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  clerk  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to 
prevent  or  delay  the  opening  of  any  polling  place  or  cause 
the  discontinuance  of  polling  at  any  polling  place,  the  clerk 
may  declare  an  emergency  situation  to  be  in  effect  and  such 
emergency  situation  shall  continue  until  the  clerk  otherwise 
declares. 


Arrange- 
ments Dy 
clerk 


(2)  Where  an  emergency  situation  is  declared  under  sub- 
section 1,  the  clerk  shall  make  such  arrangements  as  he 
considers  advisable  for  the  conduct  of  the  poll,  the  safe- 
keeping of  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  election  documents  and 
the  counting  of  the  votes. 


?o°'ue8t°on  (^)  ^^^  arrangements  made  by  the  clerk   under  subsec- 

tion 2,  in  good  faith,  shall  not  be  open  to  question,  or  be 
quashed,  set  aside  or  declared  invalid  on  account  of  their 
unreasonableness  or  supposed  unreasonableness.     New. 


COUNTING  THE  VOTES 

D^Ro^after         '^^'  Immediately  after  the  close  of  the  poll,  the  deputy 
close  of  poll     returning  officer  at  each  polling  place  shall, 

[a)  place  all  the  cancelled,  declined  and  unused  ballots 
in  separate  sealed  envelopes ; 

[h)  count  the  number  of  electors  whose  names  appear 
on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  to 
have  voted  and  make  en  entry  at  the  end  thereof: — 
"The  number  of  electors  who  voted  at  this  election 
in  this  polling  place  is  (stating  the  number)"  and 
sign  his  name  thereto.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  68,  amended. 


5o?^"'*°'         71. — (1)  After   compliance   with   section   70,    the   deputy 
returning  officer  shall,  in  the  presence  and  in  full  view  of  the 


39 

persons  entitled  to  be  present,  open  the  ballot  box  for  the 
polling  place  and  proceed  to  count  the  numbers  of  votes  for 
each  candidate,  giving  full  opportunity  to  those  present  to 
examine  each  ballot. 

(2)  In  counting  the  votes,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall ^ejecuon of 
reject  all  ballots, 

(a)  that  have  not  been  supplied  by  him ; 

(b)  that  contain  the  names  of  candidates  for  one  office 
only  and  in  which  votes  have  been  cast  for  more 
candidates  than  are  to  be  elected  to  the  office ; 

(c)  that  are  separate  ballots  submitting  a  by-law  for  the 
assent  or  a  question  for  the  opinion  of  the  electors, 
and  votes  are  cast  for  both  the  affirmative  and  the 
negative  on  the  by-law  or  question  ;  or 

{d)  upon  which  there  is  any  writing  or  mark  by  which  \ 

the  elector  can  be  identified,  or  that  has  been  so  torn, 
defaced  or  otherwise  dealt  with  by  the  elector  that  he 
can  thereby  be  identified, 

but  no  word,  letter,  or  mark  written  or  made  or  omitted  to  be 
written  or  made  by  the  deput}'  returning  officer  on  a  ballot 
voids  it  or  warrants  its  rejection. 

(3)  Where  a  ballot  contains  the  names  of  candidates  for^**^"" 
more  than  one  office  and  votes  are  cast  on  such  ballot  for 
more  candidates  for  any  office  than  are  to  be  elected  to  such 
office,  such  votes  are  void  and  shall  be  rejected,  but  unless 
such  ballot  is  rejected  under  subsection  2,  the  votes  for  any 
other  office  in  respect  of  which  the  elector  has  not  voted  for 
more  candidates  than  are  to  be  elected  shall  be  counted. 

(4)  Where  in  a  composite  ballot,  baiTote^'''* 

(a)  votes  are  cast  for  more  candidates  for  any  office  than 
are  to  be  elected  to  such  office ;  or 

(h)  votes  are  cast  for  both  the  affirmative  and  negative 
on  any  by-law  or  question, 

the  votes  for  such  candidates  or  with  regard  to  the  by-law  or 
question,  as  the  case  may  be,  are  void  and  shall  be  rejected 
but.  unless  such  ballot  is  rejected  under  subsection  2,  the 


40 


votes  for  any  other  offices,  by-law  or  question  in  respect  of 
which  votes  are  correctly  indicated  shall  be  counted. 


Where  part 
of  votes 
rejected 


(5)  Where  part  of  the  votes  cast  in  any  ballot  are  rejected 
under  subsection  3  or  4,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
note  such  fact  on  the  back  of  the  ballot  and  initial  the 
note,  and  where  all  the  votes  on  the  ballot  are  rejected 
under  either  or  both  of  such  subsections,  the  ballot  shall  be 
treated  as  a  rejected  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  69. 


Objection 
by  candidate, 
etc. 


72. — (1)  A  candidate  or  a  scrutineer  at  a  polling  place  may 
object  to  a  ballot  or  to  the  counting  of  votes  in  any  ballot 
in  whole  or  in  part  on  the  ground  that  the  ballot  or  such 
votes  should  be  rejected  under  section  71  and  the  deputy 
returning  officer  at  the  polling  place  shall  decide  the  objection, 
subject  to  review  on  a  recount  or  in  a  proceeding  questioning 
the  validity  of  the  election. 


Obiections  to 
be  listed 


(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  list  all  objections 
under  subsection  1  to  the  counting  of  ballots  or  of  votes 
therein  and  number  such  objections  and  shall  place  the 
number  of  an  objection  on  the  back  of  the  ballot  objected  to 
and  initial  the  number.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  70. 


How  votes 
counted 


73.  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  count  all  votes  cast 
at  his  polling  place  that  are  not  rejected  and  shall  keep  an 
account  of  the  number  of  votes  so  cast  and  allowed  for 
each  candidate  and  with  respect  to  each  by-law  or  question. 
1972.  c.  95.  s.  71. 


be"ia^ed°  ^**  Fallowing  count  of  the  votes  at  his  polling  place,  a 

In  separate     deputy  returning  officer  shall  place  in  separate  sealed  packets, 

P&CK6lS 

(a)  all  used  ballots  that  have  not  been  objected  to  and 
have  been  counted  in  whole  or  in  part ; 

(b)  all  used  ballots  that  have  been  objected  to  but  which 
have  been  counted  in  whole  or  in  part ; 

(c)  all  rejected  ballots ; 

{d)  all  ballots  used  but  unmarked.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  72. 


D.R.O.  to 

endorse 

packets 


75.  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  endorse  every 
packet  of  ballots  made  up  by  him  under  clause  a  of  section  70 
or  section  74  so  as  to  indicate  its  contents  and  any  candidate 
or  scrutineer  present  may  write  his  name  on  the  packet. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  73. 


41 

76.  The  poll  clerk,  immediately  after  the  completion  of  the  pofi^^.j'lj.k 
counting,  of  the  votes,  shall  take  and  subscribe  the  prescribed 
oath.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  74. 

STATEMENT  AND  MATERIALS  RETURNED  TO  CLERK 

7  7. — (1)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  make  out  a^tat^ment 
statement  in  duplicate  of  the  number  of, 

{a)  ballots  received  from  the  clerk  ; 

(b)  votes  given  for  each  candidate ; 

(c)  votes  given  for  and  against  a  by-law  or  question; 

(d)  used  ballots  that  have  not  been  objected  to  and  have 
been  counted; 

{e)  ballots  that  have  been  objected  to  in  whole  or  in  part 
but  which  have  been  counted ; 

(/)  rejected  ballots; 

(g)  cancelled  ballots ; 

(/?)  ballots  used  but  unmarked ; 

{i)  declined  ballots ; 

ij)  unused  ballots ; 

(k)  electors  whose  ballots  have  been  marked  by  the 
deputy  returning  officer  under  sections  47  and  63. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  75  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  duplicate  statement  shall  be  attached  to  the  ftfac^dlo 
polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  and  the  original  pouingiist 
statement  enclosed  in  a  special  packet  shall  be  delivered  to 

the  clerk  as  provided  herein.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  75  (2),  amended. 

(3)  The  statement  shall  be  signed  by  the  deputy  returning  fj^^'ldby * 
officer  and  the  poll  clerk  and  such  of  the  candidates  or  their  D!R.o.,etc. 
scrutineers  as  are  present  and  desire  to  sign  it. 

(4)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  deliver  to  such  of  the  re^anots^ 
candidates  or  their  scrutineers  as  are  present,  if  requested  to  counted  and 
do  so,    a  certificate  of   the   number  of   ballots   counted   for 

each  candidate,  and  of  the  rejected  ballots.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  75 

(3.  4). 

78. — (1)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  place  in  the  what^to^be 
ballot  box,  the  polling  lists,  the  packets  containing  the  ballots  ballot  box 
and  all  other  documents  or  packets  that  served  at  the  election, 
except, 

(a)  the  original  statement; 

(6)  the  oath  of  the  poll  clerk ; 


42 


Box  to  be 
locked,  etc. 


(c)  the  oath  of  the  person,  if  any,  chosen  to  deliver  the 
ballot  box  to  the  clerk ;  and 

(d)  the  copies  of  the  declaration  required  to  be  furnished 
to  the  clerk  under  subsection  3  of  section  56.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  76  (1);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  34,  amended. 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  then  lock  and  seal 
the  ballot  box  and  forthwith  deliver  it  and  the  documents 
enumerated  in  subsection  1  personally  to  the  clerk. 


Oath  of 
D.R.O. 


Delivery  of 
ballot  box, 
etc.,  to 
clerk 


Right  of 
candidate, 
etc.,  to  be 
present 


(3)  Forthwith  thereafter,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
take  and  subscribe  the  prescribed  oath  and  shall  personally 
deliver  it  or  transmit  it  by  registered  mail  to  the  clerk. 

(4)  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  unable  personally  to 
deliver  the  ballot  box  and  documents  enumerated  in  sub- 
section 1  owing  to  illness  or  other  cause,  he  shall  deliver  them 
to  the  poll  clerk  for  delivery  to  the  clerk,  or,  where  the  poll 
clerk  is  unable  to  act,  to  some  person  chosen  by  the  deputy 
returning  officer  for  the  purpose  of  delivering  them  to  the  clerk, 
who  shall  take  the  prescribed  oath  to  do  so  and  the  deputy 
returning  officer  shall  thereon,  or  on  a  ticket  attached  thereto, 
write  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  the  box  was  delivered 
and  shall  take  a  receipt  therefor,  and  the  poll  clerk  or  person  so 
chosen  shall  forthwith  personally  deliver  them  to  the  clerk  and 
shall  take  before  him  the  prescribed  oath. 

(5)  The  candidates,  or  their  scrutineers,  are  entitled  to  be 
present  when  the  ballot  box  and  documents  for  a  polling  place 
are  delivered  to  the  clerk  pursuant  to  this  section.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  76  (2-5). 


D.R.O.  not  to 
take  box  to 
home,  etc. 


(6)  Subject  to  section  69,  a  deputy  returning  officer,  after 
the  close  of  the  poll,  shall  not  under  any  circumstances  take, 
or  allow  to  be  taken,  the  ballot  box  to  his  home,  house, 
office  or  place  of  business,  or  to  any  house  or  place  except  the 
office  of  the  clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  76  (6),  amended. 


Clerk  to  add 
up  votes 


Declaration 
of  result 


70. — (1)  The  clerk,  after  he  has  received  the  ballot  boxes 
and  other  documents  referred  to  in  section  78,  shall,  without 
opening  any  of  the  ballot  boxes,  cast  up  from  the  original 
statements  showing  the  number  of  votes  for  each  candidate 
and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question 
at  each  polling  place  the  total  number  of  votes  for  each 
candidate  and  the  total  number  of  votes  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  77  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  After  casting  up  the  total  number  of  votes  cast  at  an 
election,  the  clerk  shall,  at  the  town  hall  or,  if  there  is  no 


43 

town  hall,  at  the  clerk's  office  at  noon  on  the  Thursday 
following  the  day  on  which  the  polling  is  held,  publicly 
declare  to  be  elected  the  candidate  or  candidates  having 
the  highest  number  of  votes,  and  declare  the  result  of  the 
vote  With  respect  to  any  by-law  or  question  and  he  shall 
also  post  up  in  some  conspicuous  place  a  statement  under 
his  hand  showing  the  number  of  votes  for  each  candidate 
and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  the  by-law  or  question. 

(3)  If  for  any  cause,  the  clerk  cannot,  at  the  day  and  hour  Delay  in 

,  ctQQins'  up 

appointed  by  him  for  adding  up  the  votes,  ascertain  the  votes 
number  of  votes  given  for  each  candidate,  or  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question  he  may  adjourn  to  a 
future  day  and  hour  the  adding  up  of  the  votes  and  so  on 
from  time  to  time,  such  adjournment  or  adjournments  not 
in  the  aggregate  to  exceed  fourteen  days.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  77 
(2.  3). 

80.— (1)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  clerk,  upon  ffbox^and"^ 
the  receipt  of  a  ballot  box,  and  the  documents  referred  to  in  documents 
section  78,  shall  take  every  precaution  for  their  safekeeping  and 
for  preventing  any  other  person  from  having  access  to  them, 
and  shall  immediately  on  receipt  of  the  ballot  box  seal  it  with 
his  own  seal  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  be  opened  without 
his  seal  being  broken,  and  that  any  other  seals  affixed  to  it 
are  not  effaced  or  covered.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (1). 

(2)  Where  the  documents  specified  in  subsection  1  of  section  opening  of 

^    '  "  box  when 

78  are  in  error  placed  in  the  ballot  box,  the  clerk  may  open  documents 
such   ballot   box   or  boxes   in   the   presence   of  the   deputy  box  in 
returning  officer  concerned  and,   after  having  recovered  or  ^'^^^^ 
ascertained  the  meaning  of  the  statement,  as  the  case  may  be, 
the  box  shall  be  resealed  by  the  deputy  returning  officer  in 
the  presence  of  the  clerk  and  by  the  clerk.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (2), 
amended. 

(3)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  has  not  delivered  the  state-  f^f^'^ d.r.o. 
ment  of  the  ballots  counted  by  him  to  the  clerk  as  required  by  deliver 
section  78,  the  clerk  shall  after  notification  to  the  candidates  ^  *  ^'"^^ 
or  their  scrutineers,  who  may  be  present,  open  the  appro- 
priate ballot  box  for  the  purpose  of  counting  the  votes  and 

shall  count  the  votes.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (3). 

81 .  If  a  ballot  box  for  any  polling  place  has  been  destroyed  bLxYost*^'"*^ 
or  lost,  or.  for  any  other  reason,  is  not  forthcoming  by  the  ^^^ 
time  fixed  for  adding  up  the  votes,  the  clerk  shall  ascertain 
the  cause  and,  if  the  statement  of  the  votes  cast  and  certificates, 
or  any  of  them  or  copies  of  them,  cannot  be  procured,  the 
clerk  shall  ascertain  by  such  evidence  as  he  is  able  to  obtain, 
the  total  number  of  votes  given  for  each  candidate  at  the 
polling  place  and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  any  by-law  or 


44 


question,  and  may  summon  any  deputy  returning  officer,  poll 
clerk,  election  assistant  or  other  person  to  appear  before  him 
at  a  time  and  place  to  be  named  by  him,  and  the  clerk  shall 
notify  the  candidates  of  the  intended  proceedings  and  may 
examine  on  oath  such  deputy  returning  officer,  poll  clerk, 
election  assistant  or  other  person  respecting  the  matter  in 
question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  79. 


Equality 
of  votes 


AppUcatlon 
of  ss.  83-90 


82. — (1)  If,  upon  the  casting  up  of  the  votes,  two  or  more 
candidates  have  an  equal  number  of  votes  where  both  or  all  of 
such  candidates  cannot  be  elected,  or  the  votes  for  the 
affirmative  and  negative  on  a  by-law  or  question  are  equal, 
the  clerk  shall  publicly  declare  the  result  and  post  up  in  a 
conspicuous  place  a  statement  showing  the  number  of  votes 
for  each  candidate  and  for  and  against  the  by-law  or  question 
and  shall  forthwith  notify  a  judge  of  the  result  and  the 
judge  shall  thereupon  appoint  a  time  and  place  to  recount  the 
votes  cast  up  for  such  candidates  or  concerning  such  by-law  or 
question. 

(2)  In  such  proceedings,  sections  83  to  90  apply  mutatis 
mutandis.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  80. 


RECOUNT 


Interpre- 
tation 


83. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  84  to  86,  "judge" 
means  the  judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  in  which  the 
municipahty  or  part  thereof  or  the  administrative  or  head 
office  of  the  local  board  is  situate.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (1). 


Where 

recount 

desirable 


(2)  If,  within  fourteen  days  after  the  declaration  by  a  clerk 
of  the  result  of  an  election,  upon  an  application  of  an  elector 
it  is  made  to  appear  by  affidavit  to  a  judge  that  the  votes 
have  been  improperly  counted  or  any  ballot  paper  has  been 
improperly  rejected  or  that  an  incorrect  statement  of  the 
number  of  votes  cast  for  any  candidate  or  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question  has  been  made  or  that 
the  votes  have  been  improperly  added  up,  and  if  within  that 
time  the  apphcant  has  given  security  for  the  costs  in  connec- 
tion with  the  recount  or  final  addition  of  any  candidate 
declared  elected  in  the  amount  of  $100  in  legal  tender,  or  if  at 
any  time  within  four  weeks  after  such  declaration  the  council 
of  a  municipality  or  a  school  board  has  by  resolution  declared 
that  a  recount  or  final  addition  is  desirable  in  the  public 
interest,  the  judge  shall  appoint  a  date  and  time  and  place 
to  recount  or  make  a  final  addition  of  the  votes  cast  at  the 
election,  and  shall  notify  in  writing  the  clerk  who  made  the 
declaration  at  least  ten  days  prior  to  the  date  set  for  the 
recount  or  final  addition.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (2);  1974,  c.  32. 
s.  35,  amended. 


45 

(3)  At  least  six  days  notice  in  writing  of  the  time  and  Notice  of 
place  appointed  shall  be  given  by  the  clerk  to  the  candidates 

and  to  the  applicant,  and  the  clerk  or  a  person  appointed  by 
the  clerk  for  the  purpose  shall  attend  the  recount  or  final 
addition  with  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  documents  relating  to 
the  election.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (3),  amended. 

(4)  The  judge,  the  clerk,  a  person  appointed  by  the  clerk,  ^esen*^^^ 
each  candidate  and  his  scrutineer  appointed  to  attend  the 
recount  or  final  addition,  and  such  other  persons  as  the  council 

may  appoint  where  the  recount  or  final  addition  relates  to  a 
by-law  or  question,  but  no  other  person,  except  with  the 
approval  of  the  judge,  is  entitled  to  be  present  at  the  recount. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (4). 

(5)  Where  a  recount  relates  to  the  election  of  a  candidate,  what  ballots 

^    '  '  involved  in 

the  recount  shall  be  of  the  votes  cast  respectively  for  the  recount 

candidate  declared  elected  when  one  only  is  to  be  elected  or 

in  other  cases  for  the  candidate  who  received  the  lowest  number 

of  votes  of  those  declared  elected  by  the  clerk  and  for  the 

defeated  candidate  who  received  the  highest  number  of  votes  for 

the  same  office  unless  any  other  candidate  in  writing  requires  A, 

the  votes  cast  for  him  to  be  recounted  or  the  votes  cast  for 

him  to  be  finally  added.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (5),  amended. 

(6)  Notwithstanding   subsection   5,    the   judge   conducting  J^^^^e may 

^    '  "  f     ,  r  order  recount, 

the  recount  may  order  the  recount  of  the  votes  cast  for  any  etc..  of  votes 
other  candidate  whose  election  or  right  to  any  other  office  candidates 
may  be  affected  in  any  way  by  the  recount  conducted  under 
subsection  5.     New. 

(7)  At  the  date,  time  and  place  appointed,  and  in  the  presence  b'^'ju®,*!"™ 
of  such  of  the  persons  entitled  to  be  present  as  may  attend, 

the  judge  conducting  a  recount  or  final  addition  of  the  votes 
cast  at  an  election  shall  make  such  final  addition  from  the  state- 
ments returned  to  the  clerk  by  the  deputy  returning  officers,  or 
recount  all  the  ballots  received  by  the  clerk  from  the  deputy 
returning  officers  and  the  number  of  votes  counted  at  the 
election  and  shall  for  the  purposes  of  the  recount  open  the 
sealed  packets  containing  the  used  ballots  that  were  not  objected 
to  and  were  counted,  the  ballots  that  were  objected  to  but 
which  were  counted,  the  rejected  ballots,  the  cancelled  ballots, 
the  ballots  that  were  used  but  were  unmarked,  the  declined 
ballots  and  the  unused  ballots.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (6),  amended. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsection  9,  the  judge  shall  proceed  according  Rules  to 

to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  for  the  counting  of  the  ballots  proceedings 
and  of  the  vote  at  the  close  of  the  poll  by  a  deputy  returning 
officer,  and  shall  verify  and  correct  the  statement  of  the  poll. 


46 


Judge  may  (9)  If  for  any  reason  it  appears  desirable  to  do  so  the  judge, 

evidence         uDon  the  appHcation  of  any  party  to  a  recount,  may  hear  such 

necessary  for      ^.  ,  ^f"  .  ,  t       ^u  t         %  • 

proper  evidence  as  he  considers  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  making  a 

recount  j^jj  ^^^  proper  recount  of  the  ballots,  and,  without  restricting 

the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  he  may,  if  the  recount  results 
in  any  of  the  candidates  for  any  office  being  declared  to  have 
received  the  same  number  of  votes  as  any  other  candidate  or 
candidates  who  were  parties  to  the  recount,  hear  such  evidence 
as  he  considers  necessary  to  determine  who  was  elected 
to  that  office.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (7,  8). 

'^"ti^*c°erk  (^^)  Upon  the  completion  of  a  recount,  or  final  addition, 
of  result  of  the  judge  shall  forthwith  notify  in  writing  the  result  of  the 
final  addition  recount  or  final  addition  to  the  clerk  and  announce  the 
results  to  persons  present  at  the  recount,  and,  immediately 
after  the  expiry  of  the  appeal  period  specified  in  section  88, 
all  the  ballots  and  statements  shall  be  sealed  in  separate 
packets  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  judge.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  81  (9),  amended. 


Clerk  of 
court 


(11)  The  judge  may  require  the  clerk  of  the  county  or 
district  court  to  be  present  at  the  time  and  place  appointed. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (10). 

cierirS)^*^"        ^^'  ^^  ^^  notice  of  appeal  is  given  to  the  judge  within  two 
declare  days  after  the  completion  of  a  recount  or  his  final  addition, 

the  judge  shall  certify  forthwith  the  result  to  the  clerk  who 
shall  then  declare  the  candidate  having  the  greatest  number 
of  votes  to  be  elected  or  certify  to  the  council  the  result  of 
the  vote  with  respect  to  a  by-law  or  question.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  82  (2). 

voboB^^^°^  85. — (1)  In  the  case  of  an  equality  of  votes  for  candidates 
for  any  office  for  which  one  person  only  is  to  be  elected,  or 
for  which  the  holding  of  any  other  office  is  to  be  determined 
as  a  result  of  a  recount  or  final  addition,  the  successful 
candidate  shall  be  determined  by  lot  conducted  by  the  clerk. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  83,  amended. 


Method  of 

conducting 

lot 


Costs  of 
recount 


Awarding 
of  costs 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "lot"  means  the 
method  of  determining  the  successful  candidate  by  placing 
the  names  of  the  candidates  on  equal  size  pieces  of  paper 
placed  in  a  box  and  one  name  being  drawn  by  a  person 
chosen  by  the  clerk.    New. 

86. — (1)  The  costs  of  a  recount  under  section  83  are  in  the 
discretion  of  the  judge  making  the  recount  who  may  order  by 
whom,  to  whom  and  in  what  manner  the  costs  shall  be  paid. 
1972.  c.  95,  s.  84  (1). 

(2)  The  judge  may  in  his  discretion  award  costs  of  a  recount 
or  final  addition  to  or  against  any  person  who  is  a  party 


47 

to  it  and  may  fix  the  amount  thereof  or  order  that  they  be 
taxed  by  the  clerk  of  the  district  or  county  court  on  a  scale 
following  as  nearly  as  may  be  the  tariff  of  costs  of  the  county 
court.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (2),  amended. 

(3)  Where  the  judge  makes  no  provision  as  to  the  costs  of  a  where  no 

^       1      1  1  •    •  11-1  11  provision  as 

recount  or  final  addition,  the  disbursements  made  or  authorized  to  costs 
to  be  made  by  the  clerk  shall  be  paid  by  the  municipality 
except  where  the  recount  or  final  addition  has  been  held  at 
the  instance  of  a  school  board,  in  which  case  the  disburse- 
ments made  by  the  clerk  shall  be  paid  by  the  board.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  84  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  36  (1). 

(4)  Where  costs  are  directed  to  be  paid  by  the  applicant  for  ^e^™f°'°*^ 
a  recount  or  final  addition,  the  money  deposited  as  security 

for  costs  under  section  83  shall  be  paid  out  to  the  party 
entitled  to  such  costs,  so  far  as  necessary. 

(5)  Payment  of  the  costs  awarded  under  this  section  may  be  of°paym«ft°* 
enforced  by  execution  to  be  issued  from  any  county  or  district  of  costs 
court,  upon  filing  therein  the  order  of  the  judge  and  a  certi- 
ficate showing  the  amount  at  which  the  costs  were  taxed  and  an 
affidavit  of  the  non-payment  of  them.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (4,  5). 

(6)  The  judge  is  entitled  to  receive  from  the  municipality  ^^penses  of 
the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  in  attending  at  the  place 
designa-ted   by  him   for  a  recount  or  final   addition   except 

where  the  recount  or  final  addition  has  been  held  at  the 
instance  of  a  school  board,  in  which  case  the  expenses  shall 
be  paid  by  the  board.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (6);  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  36  (2). 

87. — (1)  Upon  expiry  of  the  time  for  appeal  from  a  deci-  ^^^i°° 
sion  of  a  judge  on  a  recount  or  final  addition  if  no  appeal  packets  to 
has   been    taken,    the   judge   shall   cause   packets,   sealed   in  to  clerk 
accordance  with  subsection  10  of  section  83,  to  be  returned 
to  the  custody  of  the  clerk. 

(2)  If  an  appeal  is  taken  from  the  decision  of  a  judge  on  a  not  required 
recount  or  final  addition,  the  judge  shall  cause  such  of  the  on  appeal 
packets  of  ballots  and  such  of  the  original  statements  as  are 
not  required  for  the  purpose  of  the  appeal  to  be  returned 
to  the  custody  of  the  clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  85,  amended. 


APPEAL  FROM  DECISION  ON  RECOUNT  OR  FINAL  ADDITION 

88. — (1)  Any  party  may  appeal  from  the  decision  of  the  Appeal  from 

J  L  1  1  /-111..  1  1  decision  of 

judge  who  conducted  a  recount  or  final  addition  other  than  a  Judge 


48 


decision  on  a  recount  or  final  addition  of  votes  in  relation  to 
any  by-law  or  question,  by  giving  notice  in  writing  within 
two  days  after  the  completion  of  the  recount  or  final  addi- 
tion to  the  other  parties  and  to  the  judge  of  his  intention  to 
appeal,  and  he  may  by  the  notice  limit  the  appeal  to  specified 
ballots. 


Service  of 
notice 


(2)  The  notice  may  be  served  upon  the  other  parties  per- 
sonally, or  as  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  86  (1,  2). 


Ballots,  etc., 
to  be  for- 
warded to 
Registrar 
of  Supreme 
Court 


(3)  Where  the  appeal  is  limited,  the  judge  who  conducted 
the  recount  or  final  addition  shall  forward  the  sealed  packets 
of  the  ballots  or  statements  that  are  the  subject  of  appeal, 
together  with  the  notice  and  a  certificate  showing  his  findings 
as  to  the  ballots  in  dispute,  by  registered  mail  to  the  Registrar 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  but,  if  the  appeal  is  not  limited  the 
judge  shall  forward  all  the  ballots  and  other  papers  to  the 
Registrar,  and  in  either  case  he  shall  await  the  result  of  the 
appeal  before  sending  his  certificate  under  section  83  to  the 
clerk.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  86  (3),  amended. 


Appointment 
for  hearing 


(4)  On  receipt  of  the  ballots  and  notice,  the  Registrar  shall 
forthwith  obtain  an  appointment  from  a  judge  of  the  Supreme 
Court  for  hearing  the  appeal  and  shall  notify  the  parties  or 
their  solicitors  of  the  time  so  appointed. 


gocedureon  (5)  ^t  the  time  appointed,  the  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
shall  recount  the  ballots  or  such  of  them  as  are  the  subject  of 
appeal,  or  review  the  final  addition,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
shall  forthwith  certify  his  decision  to  the  judge  who  conducted 
the  recount  or  final  addition,  whose  duty  it  is  to  conform 
to  the  decision  and  to  certify  the  result  without  delay  to 
the  clerk. 


Costs  of 
appeal 


(6)  The  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct  by  and  to 
whom,  the  costs  of  the  appeal  shall  be  paid. 


Idem 


(7)  Where  the  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  makes  no  provision 
as  to  costs,  the  disbursements  made  or  authorized  to  be  made 
by  the  clerk,  shall  be  paid  by  the  municipality.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  86  (4-7). 


DISPOSITION  OF  ELECTION  RECORDS 


Disi>osition 
of  ballots 


80. — (1)  The  clerk  shall  retain  in  his  possession  for  ninety 
days  from  the  date  of  the  poll  for  an  election  all  the  ballots  in  the 
election  and,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  an  order  of  a  judge 
or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  inquire  as  to  the  validity  of 


49 

the  election,  shall  then  destroy  them  in  the  presence  of  two 
witnesses,  who  shall  make  a  statutory  declaration  that  they 
witnessed  the  destruction  of  them  and  such  declaration  shall 
be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection   1,  the  clerk  shall  retain  in  his  Disposition 

.       •"      ,,  .         .  ,.~         .  of  other 

possession   all  oaths,   nommations,   qualification   documents,  documents 
statements  of  the  votes  cast,  and  other  documents  relating  to 
an  election  until  the  successors  to  the  persons  elected  at  such 
election  have  taken  office,  and  may  then  destroy  them.     1972, 
c.  95,  s.  87. 

90. — (1)  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  inspect  the  contents  ofbaliots" 
of  a  ballot  box  in  the  custody  of  the  clerk  except  under  the 
order  of  a  judge.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  37. 

(2)  The  order  may  be  made  on  the  judge  being  satisfied  by  prderof 
affidavit  or  other  evidence  that  the  inspection  is  required  for 
the  purpose  of  maintaining  a  prosecution  for  an  offence,  or 
corrupt  practice,  or  of  taking  proceedings  for  contesting  the 
election  or  return.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  88  (2).  '\ 

0 1 .  Where  an  order  is  made  for  the  production  by  the  clerk  Production 

...  .  .   ^.  ,        •  t      of  documents 

of  any  document  m  his  possession  relating  to  an  election,  the  bycierk 
production  of  it  by  him  in  such  manner  as  may  be  directed  by 
the  order  is  evidence  that  the  document  relates  to  the  election, 
and  any  endorsement  appearing  on  any  packet  of  ballots  so 
produced  is  evidence  that  the  contents  are  what  they  are 
stated  to  be  by  the  endorsement.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  89. 


NEW   ELECTIONS 

02. — (1)  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  the  ^ew^^^^ 
authority  of  this  or  any  other  Act  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  any 
office  by  an  election  other  than  a  regular  election,  the  clerk  of 
the  municipality  who  is  the  returning  officer  with  whom 
nominations  may  be  filed  shall  set  the  date  of  the  nomination 
day  which  shall  be  within  forty-five  days  of  the  day  on 
which, 

(a)  a  directive  is  given  in  any  judicial  proceedings; 

(b)  the  council  of  the  municipality  passes  a  by-law;  or 

(c)  the  clerk  receives  from   the  secretary  of  a  school 
board  notice, 

that   such   an   election   is   required.     1972,   c.   95,   s.   90  (1), 
amended. 


50 

Procedure  (2)  The  procedure  including  the  period  for  fihng  nominations 

at  a  new  election  shall  be  the  procedure  and  period  appli(  able 
at  a  regular  election  of  the  municipality  and  polling  day  shall 
be  not  less  than  eighteen  and  not  more  than  twenty-one 
days  after  nomination  day. 


Polling 


List  of 
electors 


(3)  The  polling  required  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  an  office  by  thi> 
section  shall  so  far  as  possible  be  held  in  the  same  manner  and 
by  the  same  officers  and  take  place  at  the  same  places,  in  so  far 
as  practicable,  at  which  the  polling  took  place  at  the  last 
regular  election.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  90  (2,  3). 

(4)  Unless  a  new  preliminary  list  of  electors  has  been 
furnished  by  the  assessment  commissioner  under  subsection 
5,  the  preliminary  list  to  be  used  for  preparation  of  the  polling 
list  for  a  new  election  shall  be  the  polling  list  prepared  for 
the  last  regular  election,  which  shall  be  subject  to  revision 
as  if  it  were  a  preliminary  list  of  electors  and  sections  24  to 
30  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the  printing  or  reproduction 
of  the  list  and  to  the  revision  of  the  list,  subject  to  the 
following  rules: 

1.  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  clause  a  of 
section  38  or  subsection  3  of  section  40,  the  period 
during  which  a  person  may  qualify  as  an  elector  for 
the  office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the  period  of  quali- 
fication specified  under  section  12  or  13  and  the 
period  following  such  qualification  period  terminating 
on  the  Thursday  following  the  polling  day  for  the 
last  regular  election. 

2.  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  section  111, 
the  period  during  which  a  person  may  qualify  as 
an  elector  for  the  office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the 
period  of  qualification  specified  under  section  12  or 
13  and  the  period  following  such  qualification  period 
terminating  on  the  date  of  the  receipt  by  the  clerk 
of  the  municipahty  of  the  copy  of  the  judgment 
under  subsection  6  of  section  111. 

3.  Where  a  vacancy  otherwise  occurs  and  the  council 
of  the  municipality  or  a  school  board  for  which  the 
clerk  is  required  to  hold  elections  requires  an  elec- 
tion to  be  held  to  fill  the  vacancy,  the  period  during 
which  a  person  may  qualify  as  an  elector  for  the 
office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the  period  of  quali- 
fication specified  under  section  12  or  13  and  the 
period  following  such  qualification  period  terminat- 
ing on  the  date  of  the  directive,  by-law  or  notice 
specified  in  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  1. 


51 

4.  Where  a  by-law  or  question  is  to  be  submitted  to 
the  electors,  the  period  during  which  a  person  may 
qualify  as  an  elector  entitled  to  vote  on  the  by-law 
or  question,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  the  period 
of  qualification  specified  under  section  12  or  13  and 
the  period  following  such  qualification  period  ter- 
minating on  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Ontario 
Municipal  Board  given  under  section  262  of  The  ^fg^- ^^''^• 
Municipal  Act.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (1),  amended. 

(5)  Where  in  the  year  following  an  election  year  the  annual  ^^^^ 
enumeration  under  The  Assessment  Act  has,  prior  to  the  holding  ^fj^-  ^^^' 
of  the  new  election,  been  completed  for  the  municipality  or 
municipalities  in  which  the  new  election  is  to  be  held,  the 
assessment  commissioner  shall,  within  fourteen  days  of  a  request 

bv  the  clerk  or  clerks  of  such  municipality  or  municipalities, 
furnish  a  new  preliminary  list  of  electors  based  on  such  annual 
enumeration  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
Act  pertaining  to  the  preparation  of  such  lists  and  such 
preliminary  list  shall  for  all  purposes,  including  revision  by  the 
clerk,  be  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  the  new  election. 
1972.  c.  95.  s.  90  (5).  \ 

(6)  The  preliminary  list  for  a  new  election,  when  revised,  offfsf*^*""" 
shall  be  subject  to  certification  by  the  clerk  under  section  31 

and  to  entry  of  names  in  the  list  under  sections  33  and  56. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (2).  part. 

(7)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  in  any  office  and  an  election  is  o/i^g'Jjj^^e^ 
to  be  held  to  fill  such  vacancy,  a  person  holding  any  other  to  be 
office  is  not  eligible  to  be  a  candidate  for  the  vacant  office  for  other 
unless  he  has,  before  the  nomination  day  for  the  new  election.  ° 

filed  with  the  clerk  a  certified  copy  of  his  resignation  from 
the  office  that  he  then  holds  with  evidence  satisfactory  to  the 
clerk  that  such  resignation  has  been  filed  as  required  by 
legislation  governing  the  office  that  he  then  holds.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  90  (6). 

(8)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  or  any  other  general  vacancy 
or  special   Act,   a  new  election   shall   not   be  held   to  fill  aMarchsist 
vacancy  where  the  vacancy  occurs  after  the  31st  day  of  March  year 

of  an  election  year.    1972,  c.  95.  s.  90  (7). 

(9)  If  election  to  the  office  for  which  a  new  election  is  ^^^tf^nlst^ 
required  is  to  be  by  ward  or  other  form  of  division  of  the 
municipality  it  is  necessary  to  revise  only  that  portion  of  the 
preliminary  list  applicable  to  such  ward  or  other  part  of  the 
municipality.    1974,  c.  32.  s.  38  (2),  part. 


52 

Council  may        93    Notwithstanding  that  a  new  election  becomes  necessary, 

meet  not-  .  ,      ,  o,  1        ,     1  ,    •/■  ,      , 

withstanding  meetings  of  the  council  may  be  held  if  a  quorum  of  the 
vacancy         council  is  present.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  91. 

EFFECT  OF  IRREGULARITIES 

irrepiarttiea      94    No  election  shall  be  declared  invalid, 

not  to  offset  *'^»  > 

result 

(a)  by  reason  of  any  irregularity  on  the  part  of  the  clerk 
or  in  any  of  the  proceedings  preliminary  to  the  poll ; 

(b)  by  reason  of  a  failure  to  hold  a  poll  at  any  place 
appointed  for  holding  a  poll ; 

(c)  by  reason  of  non-compliance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  as  to  the  taking  of  the  poll,  as  to  the  counting 
of  the  votes  or  as  to  limitations  of  time;  or 

(d)  by  reason  of  any  mistake  in  the  use  of  the  prescribed 
forms, 

if  it  appears  to  the  court  having  cognizance  of  the  matter  that 
the  election  was  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of 
this  Act  and  that  the  irregularity,  failure,  non-compliance  or 
mistake  did  not  affect  the  result  of  the  election.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  92. 

SECRECY  OF  PROCEEDINGS 

procledin^  ^^' — (^)  Every  persou  in  attendance  at  a  polling  place  or 
at  the  counting  of  the  votes  shall  maintain  and  aid  in  main- 
taining the  secrecy  of  the  voting. 


Interference 

with 

elector 


(2)  No  person  shall  interfere  or  attempt  to  interfere  with  an 
elector  when  marking  his  ballot  paper,  or  obtain  or  attempt 
to  obtain  at  the  polling  place  information  as  to  how  an  elector 
is  about  to  vote  or  has  voted. 


tio^as^to^*         ^^)  ^^  person  shall  communicate  any  information  obtained 
voting  at  a  polling  place  as  to  how  an  elector  at  such  polling  place 

is  about  to  vote  or  has  voted. 


Inducing 
person  to 
show  ballot 


(4)  No  person  shall,  directly  or  indirectly,  induce  or  attempt 
to  induce  an  elector  to  show  his  ballot  paper  after  he  has 
marked  it  so  as  to  make  known  to  anv  person  how  he  has  voted. 


Voter  not 
to  show 

tMlllOt 


(5)  Subject  to  section  63,  an  elector  shall  not  show  his 
ballot  paper,  when  marked,  to  any  person  so  as  to  make  known 
how  he  voted. 


53 

(6)  No  person  who  has  voted  at  an  election  shall,  in  any  No  one  com- 

,         ,  ^  ,.  •  ,         1        •  ,  •       ,  pellable  to 

legal  proceeding  to  question  the  election  or  return,  be  required  disclose 
to  state  how  or  for  whom  he  has  voted.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  93. 


OFFENCES,    PENALTIES   AND   ENFORCEMENT 

06.  Every  person  who,  at  an  election,  not^n"faHfiftd 

(a)  not  being  qualified  to  vote,  votes ; 


not  qualified, 
etc. 


{b)  being  qualified  to  vote,  votes  more  times  than  he  is 
authorized  to  vote  by  this  Act ;  or 

(c)  votes  in  a  polling  subdivision  other  than  one  in  which 
he  is  entitled  to  vote  by  this  Act, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  94. 

97.  Every  person  who,  voun^^b"^ 

proxy 

{a)  having  appointed  a  voting  proxy  to  vote  at  an  election, 
attempts  to  vote  at  the  election  otherwise  than  by 
means  of  such  voting  proxy  while  the  voting  proxy 
is  in  force ;  or 

{b)  having  been  appointed  a  voting  proxy  at  an  election, 
votes  or  attempts  to  vote  at  the  election  under  the 
authority  of  the  proxy  when  he  knows  or  has  reasonable 
grounds  for  supposing  that  his  appointment  has  been 
cancelled  or  that  the  elector  who  made  the  appoint- 
ment is  dead  or  is  no  longer  entitled  to  vote, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $  1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  95. 

98.  Every  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  who  wilfully  discount 
miscounts  the  ballots  or  otherwise  wilfully  makes  up  a  false  of  ballots 
statement  of  the  p)oll  is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for 

a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  96. 

99.  Every  clerk,  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  who  Neglect  of 
refuses  or  neglects  to  perform  any  of  the  duties  imposed  upon 

him  by  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  97. 


54 

Offences  ^^        100.  Every  person  who, 

ballot 

(a)  without  authority,  suppHes  a  ballot  to  any  person  ; 

{h)  places  in  a  ballot  box  a  paper  other  than  the  ballot 
that  he  is  authorized  by  law  to  place  therein ; 

(c)  delivers  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  to  be 
placed  in  the  ballot  box  any  other  paper  than  the 
ballot  given  to  him  by  the  deputy  returning  officer; 

{d)  takes  a  ballot  out  of  the  polling  place ; 

{e)  without  authority,  takes,  opens  or  otherwise  inter- 
feres with  a  ballot  box  or  books  or  packet  of  ballots 
or  a  ballot  in  use  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  an 
election ; 

(/)  being  a  deputy  returning  officer,  knowingly  puts  his 
initials  on  the  back  of  any  paper  that  is  not  a  ballot, 
purports  to  be  or  is  capable  of  being  used  as  a  ballot 
at  an  election ;  or 

ig)  attempts  to  commit  any  offence  mentioned  in  this 
section, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  98. 

information  101.  Every  person  who  knowingly  furnishes  false  or  mis- 
to  authorized  leading  information  to  any  person  who  by  this  Act  is  authorized 
to  obtain  information  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000,  or  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  99. 

?nteng°uV       102.  Every  person  who. 

qualifled 

or'pubii^hes'*  (^)  induces  or  procures  any  person  to  vote  knowing  that 

false  state-  that  person  has  no  right  to  vote ;  or 

mentofwith-  '^  "^ 

drawal  of 

{b)  before  or  during  an  election  knowingly  publishes  a 
false  statement  of  the  withdrawal  of  a  candidate, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $  1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  100. 

Bribery;  io3,_(i)  Every  person  who, 

bribing 

elector  or  (a)  dircctlv  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on 

procuring  .-./.f  ,,  ^         ■  i       j 

bribery  by  his  behalf,  gives,  lends  or  agrees  to  give  or  lend,  or 


55 

offers  or  promises  any  money  or  valuable  consideration , 
or  promises  to  procure  or  to  endeavour  to  procure 
any  money  or  valuable  consideration  to  or  for  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  person  on  behalf  of  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  person  in  order  to  induce 
any  elector  to  vote  or  refrain  from  voting,  or 
corruptly  does  any  such  act  on  account  of  any 
elector  having  voted  or  refrained  from  voting  at  an 
election ;  or 

(b)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on  Q^g^^^'j."'" 
his  behalf,  gives  or  procures  or  agrees  to  give  or  pro-  promise  of 

„  "^  .  rr  1  employment 

cure,  or  oiiers  or  promises  any  omce,  place  or 
employment,  or  promises  to  procure  or  to  endeavour  to 
procure  any  office,  place  or  employment  to  or  for  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  other  person  in  order  to 
induce  any  elector  to  vote  or  refrain  from  voting, 
or  corruptly  does  any  such  act  on  account  of  any 
elector  having  voted  or  refrained  from  voting  at  an 
election ;  or 

(c)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  anyoneTo 
on  his  behalf,  makes  any  such  gift,  loan,  offer,  promise,  procure 

e  .     return  of 

procurement  or  agreement,  to  or  for  any  person,  in  candidate 

,        ,      .      ,  ,  .  J  or  endeavour 

order  to  induce  such  person  to  procure  or  endeavour  to  procure 
to  procure  the  return  of  any  candidate,  or  the  vote  of 
any  elector  at  an  election ;  or 

(d)  upon  or  in  consequence  of  any  such  gift,  loan,  offer,  bribe^to^ 
promise,  procurement  or  agreement,  procures  or  en-  Pg°u"n^of 
gages,  promises  or  endeavours  to  procure  the  return  of  candidate 
any   candidate,   or   the   vote  of  any  elector  at   an 
election ;  or 

{e)  advances  or  pays,  or  causes  to  be  paid,  money  to  or  to  ^^^^^^^^ 
the  use  of  any  other  person,  with  the  intent  that  such  be  spent 

r  •       1     11  1  11-  i  '°  corrupt 

money  or  any  part  of  it  shall  be  expended  in  corrupt  practices 
practices  at  an  election,  or  who  knowingly  pays  or 
causes  to  be  paid  money  to  any  person  in  discharge  or 
repayment  of  money  wholly  or  in  part  expended  in 
corrupt  practices  at  an  election ;  or 

(/)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on  fifr^money 
his  behalf,  on  account  of  and  as  payment  for  voting  or  °[en'^fn°^' 
for  having  voted,  or  for  illegally  agreeing  or  having  considera- 
agreed  to  vote  for  any  candidate  at  an  election,  or  on  voting 
account  of  and  as  payment  for  having  illegally  assisted 
or  agreed  to  assist  any  candidate  at  an  election,  applies 
to  such  candidate  for  the  gift  or  loan  of  any  money 
or  valuable  consideration,  or  for  the  promise  of  the 


56 


gift  or  loan  of  any  money  or  valuable  consideration, 
or  for  any  office,  place  or  employment,  or  the 
promise  of  any  office,  place  or  employment ;  or 


receiving 
money, 
uttlce,  etc.. 
Tor  having 
voted 


receiving 

money 

corruptly 

after 

election 


giving  or 
promising 
otflce  to 
candidate 
to  stand  or 
withdraw 


{g)  before  or  during  an  election,  directly  or  indirectly, 
himself  or  by  any  other  person  on  his  behalf,  receives, 
agrees  or  contracts  for  any  money,  gift,  loan  or 
valuable  consideration,  office,  place  or  employment, 
for  himself  or  any  other  person,  for  voting  or 
agreeing  to  vote,  or  for  refraining  or  agreeing  to 
refrain  from  voting  at  an  election ;  or 

{h)  after  an  election,  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by 
any  other  person  on  his  behalf,  receives  any  money  or 
valuable  consideration  for  having  voted  or  refrained 
from  voting,  or  for  having  induced  any  other  person  to 
vote  or  refrain  from  voting  at  an  election ;  or 

{i)  in  order  to  induce  a  person  to  allow  himself  to  be 
nominated  as  a  candidate,  or  to  refrain  from  becoming 
a  candidate,  or  to  withdraw  if  he  has  become  a 
candidate,  gives  or  procures  any  office,  place  or 
employment,  or  agrees  to  give  or  procure  or  offers  or 
promises  to  procure,  or  endeavours  to  procure  any 
office,  place  or  employment  for  such  person,  or  for  any 
other  person. 


is  guilty  of  bribery,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  $200,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both,  and  is  disqualified  from  voting  at 
any  election  for  four  years. 


Personal 
expenses  of 
candidate 


(2)  The  actual  personal  expenses  of  a  candidate,  his 
reasonable  expenses  for  actual  professional  services  performed, 
and  bona  fide  payments  for  the  fair  cost  of  printing  and 
advertising  and  other  lawful  and  reasonable  expenses  in 
connection  with  the  election,  incurred  by  the  candidate  in  good 
faith  and  without  any  corrupt  intent,  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
expenses  lawfully  incurred,  and  the  payment  thereof  is  not  a 
contravention  of  this  Act. 


Posting  of  (3)  Xhe  clerk  shall  furnish  every  deputy  returning  officer 

as  to  corrupt  with   at    least   two   copies   of   this  section,  and   the   deputy 

practices  ^         .  „  ,     ,,  ,  .  .    ,  i 

returning  officer  shall  jwst  them  in  conspicuous  places  at  the 
polling  place.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  101. 


General 
offence 


104.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  Act,  for  which  contravention  no  penalty  is  otherwise 
provided,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  102. 


57 

105. — (1)  Where  a  candidate  at  an  election  is  convicted  of  Disquaim- 

11  r  •  1        •      •       1-    -1  1     cation  Of 

bribery  or  oi  committing  a  corrupt  practice,  he  is  ineligible  persons 
to  be  nominated  and  stand  as  a  candidate  at  any  election  up  corrupt 
to  and  including  the  next  regular  election,  or  to  hold  any  office  '^^^^  ^°® 
at  the  nomination  of  a  municipal  council  or  local  board  for  four 
years  following  the  date  of  the  poll. 

(2)  If,  when  the  candidate  is  convicted  of  committing  a  Limitation 
corrupt  practice,  the  presiding  judge  finds  that  the  act 
constituting  in  law  a  corrupt  practice  was  committed  without 
any  corrupt  intent,  the  candidate  is  not  subject  to  the 
penalties  and  disabilities  provided  by  subsection  1.  1972, 
c.  95.S.  103. 

CORRUPT   PRACTICES  AND  CONTROVERTED  ELECTIONS 

106. — (1)  The  validity  of  an  election  or  of  the  election  vaudity  of 
of  any  person  to  any  office  at  such  an  election  or  whether  etc.. 

•^     ^  .■'.,,  .  .         determined 

or  not  any  person  is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  respecting  by  action 
an    election    shall    be    tried    and    determined   by    an    action 
commenced  by  issuing  a  writ  in  the  county  or  district  court 
for  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  municipality  or  the 
administrative  or  head  office  of  the  local  board  is  situated. 

(2)  Where  the  county  or  district  court  determines  that  a  j^^j-Torru^ ,. 
person  has  committed  a  corrupt  practice  it  may,  in  addition  practice 
to  any  other  penalty  or  order,  impose  the  penalties  provided 
therefor  under  sections  96  to  102.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (1,  2). 

(3)  Any  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  referred  to  ^^iJl^y 

^    '  -'  commence 

in  subsection  1  may  commence  an  action  under  this  section  in  action 
relation  to  such  election.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (3),  amended. 

(4)  No  action  shall  be  commenced  after  the  expiration  of  Time  for 

^    '  *  commencing 

ninety  days  following  the  date  of  the  poll  at  the  election  action 
referred  to  in  subsection  1.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (4). 

107. — (1)  The  judge  shall,  in  a  summary  manner  and^^®^^ 
without  formal  pleadings,  hear  and  determine  the  questions 
raised  by  or  upon  an  action  under  section  106  and  may  give 
directions  as  to  the  conduct  thereof  and  may  inquire  into  the 
facts  on  affidavit,  by  oral  testimony,  or  by  trying  an  issue 
framed  by  him,  or  by  one  or  more  of  those  means. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1  and  where  not  otherwise  provided  ^^^^ 
in  this  Act,  the  practice  and  procedure  of  the  county  or  district 
court  apply  to  an  action  commenced  under  section  106. 

(3)  The  action  shall  be  tried  by  a  judge  without  a  jury,  ^"t^gyt 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  105.  iury 


A 


58 


Security 
for  costs 


108. — (1)  At  the  time  of  the  commencement  of  an  action, 
security  shall  be  given  on  behalf  of  the  plaintiff  to  be  applied 
towards  payment  of  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses,  if  any, 
that  may  become  payable  by  the  plaintiff,  including  the  costs 
and  charges  of  the  clerk  incurred  in  the  publication  of  notices 
in  the  municipality  in  respect  of  the  writ  of  the  action  or 
proceedings  therein. 


Idem 


(2)  The  security  shall  be  in  the  amount  of  $400  and  shall  be 
given  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  cases  where  a  plaintiff 
resides  out  of  Ontario.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  106. 


Abatement 
of  action 


109. — (1)  An  action  abates  on  the  death  of  a  sole  plaintiff 
or  the  survivor  of  several  plaintiffs. 


Liability 
for  costs 


(2)  The  abatement  of  an  action  does  not  affect  any  liability 
for  costs  previously  incurred. 


Substitution 
of  plaintiff 


(3)  On  the  abatement  of  an  action  any  person  who  might 
have  been  a  plaintiff  may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  court  or,  during 
the  trial,  to  the  trial  judge  to  be  substituted  as  the  plaintiff. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  107. 


Substitution 
for 

unqualified 
person 


110.  Where  a  plaintiff  is  not  qualified  to  be  a  plaintiff  in 

an  action  under  this  Act,  the  action  shall  not  on  that  account 
be  dismissed  if,  within  such  time  as  a  judge  of  the  court  or. 
during  the  trial,  the  trial  judge  allows  for  that  purpose,  anotlur 
plaintiff  is  substituted  and  substitution  shall  be  made  on  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  judge  considers  proper.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  108. 


candf^te^         111 . — ( 1 )  Where  it  is  determined  that  a  successful  candidate 
guilty  of        is  guilty  of  bribery  or  of  a  corrupt  practice,  the  court  may 
practi'ce        declare  his  election  void  and  his  office  shall  thereupon  become 
vacant. 


Unseating 
and  seating 
of  another 
elected 
candidate 


(2)  Where  the  election  of  any  person  is  declared  void,  the 
court  may  order  that  he  be  removed  from  office  and,  if  it  is 
determined  that  any  other  person  would  have  been  elected 
but  for  th(>  corrupt  practice  that  he  be  admitted  to  take  his 
seat  in  the  council  or  board  or,  if  it  is  determined  that  no 
other  person  is  elected,  a  new  election  shall  be  held. 


Where  (3)  Where  it  is  determined  that  any  person  isguilty  of  bribery 

commission  ,                                     .                               ,                     ■•           r    i      ,     -i 

of  corrupt  or  oi  a  corrupt  practice  and  that  the  commission  of  the  bribery 

affected  3r  corrupt  practice  affected  the  result  of  the  election,  the  court 

efecti'o?  "lay  declare  the  election  void  and  a  new  election  shall  be  held. 


59 

(4)  Where  it  is  determined  that  any  act  or  omission  of  an  where  act  of 

^  election 

election  official  affected  the  result  of  an  election,  the  court  official 
may  declare  the  election  void  and  a  new  election  shall  be  held,  result  of 

election 

(5)  Where  a  new  election  is  to  be  held,  the  court  may  make  compensation 
such  order  as  it  considers  iust  aeainst  any  person  who  is  found  where 

..^  ,  „  f  1      1  ,  ,•  1       election  void 

guilty  of  an  otience  or  of  bribery  or  a  corrupt  practice  under 
this  Act  for  the  compensation  of  candidates  at  the  void 
election  not  exceeding  $2,000  per  candidate. 

(6)  The  clerk  of  the  court  shall  forward  a  copy  of  the  judg-  tocfeTk"^ 
ment  and  the  reasons  for  judgment  to  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  109. 

1 12.— (1)  If  the  court  determines  that  a  member  was  not  Section  set 
duly  elected,  notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  from  the  deci-  ^^'^^g^^j"^ 
sion   is   pending,   he  is   not   entitled   to   sit   or   vote  on   the  entered 
council   or   board   until   the   appeal   is   disposed  of  and   the 
judgment  of  the  court  on  appeal  is  received  by  the  council  or 
local  board,  but  where  the  court  determines  that  some  other 

person  was  elected  or  is  entitled  to  the  seat,  such  person  is,  \ 

notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  is  pending,  entitled  to  take  his 
seat  and  to  sit  and  vote  until  the  appeal  is  disposed  of  and 
the  judgment  of  the  court  on  appeal  is  received  by  the  council 
or  local  board.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  110. 

(2)  The  decisions  of  a  council  reached  with  the  participa-  ^^^^^^^^^ 
tion  of  a  member  or  members  who  is  or  are  subsequently  not  affected 

^  -^    by  reason 

declared  to  be  not  entitled  to  sit  on  council  shall  not  in  any  ofsubseouent 

way  be  affected  on  the  grounds  of  the  participation  of  such  cat?on 

member  or  members.    New.  i 


113.  A   new   election   shall   not   be   held   until   after   the  JJew^eiection 
expiration  of  the  time  limited  for  appeal  from  the  determination  held  pending 

/••  .  1  1-  -i  ^       t  1-    appeal 

of  the  court  that  the  election  is  void  and,  if  an  appeal  is 
brought,  the  election  shall  not  be  held  pending  the  appeal. 
1972.C.  95.  s.  111. 


114. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  judgment  of  the  county  DfJi|*Jn°i 
or  district  court  to  the  Divisional  Court  in  accordance  with  court 
the  rules  of  court. 

(2)  The  Divisional  Court  may  give  any  judgment  that  ought  or  new  trial 
to  have  been  pronounced  or  may  grant  a  new  trial  for  the 
purpose  of  taking  evidence  or  additional  evidence  and  may  remit 
the  case  to  the  trial  judge  or  to  another  judge  and,  subject 
to  any  directions  of  the  Divisional  Court,  the  case  shall 
thereafter  be  proceeded  with  as  if  there  had  been  no  appeal. 


60 


Appeal  from         (3)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  decision  of  the  trial  judge  to  whom 
new  trial         the  case  was  remitted  by  the  Divisional  Court  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  section.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  112. 

Disclaimer  115.  Any  person  elected  may,  at  any  time  after  the  election 

complaint       and   before  it   is  complained  of,  deliver  to  the  clerk  of  the 

municipality  a  disclaimer,  signed  by  him,  to  the  following 

effect : 

"I,  A.B.,  hereby  disclaim  all  right  to  the  office  of 

for  the of 

in    the of 

and  all  defence  of  any  right  I  may 

have  to  the  same.    Dated day  of 

19....  A.B." 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  113. 


Disclaimer 

after 

complaint 


1 1 6.  A  person  whose  election  is  complained  of,  unless  it  is 
complained  of  on  the  ground  of  bribery  or  of  a  corrupt  practice 
on  his  part,  may,  within  one  week  after  service  on  him  of  the 
writ,  transmit  by  registered  mail,  or  deliver  to  the  judge  of 
the  court,  and  to  the  applicant  or  his  solicitor,  a  disclaimer 
signed  by  him  to  the  following  effect: 

"I,  A.B.,  upon  whom  a  writ,  authorized  by  The 
Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972,  has  been  served  for 
the   purpose   of  contesting  my   right   to   the  office 

of in  the  county  (or  district) 

of hereby  disclaim  the  office,  and 

all  defence  of  any  right  I  may  have  to  the  same. 

Dated day    of ,    19 

A.B." 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  114. 


Duplicate 
of  disclaimer 
to  clerk 


1 17. — (1)  A  person  disclaiming  shall  deliver  a  duplicate  of 
his  disclaimer  to  the  clerk  of  the  municipality,  and  the  clerk 
shall  forthwith  communicate  it  to  the  council  or  to  the 
secretary  of  the  local  board,  as  the  case  requires.  1972, 
c.  95.  s.'llS  (1);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  39. 


61 

(2)  A  disclaimer  in   accordance  with  section   115  or   116°^®gnauon 
operates  as  a  resignation. 

(3)  A  disclaimer  in  accordance  with  section   116  relieves  Relief  from 

costs 

the  person  making  it  from  all  liability  for  costs  in  an  action 
under  section  104.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  115  (2,  3). 

118.  Proceedings  for  the  removal  from  office  of  a  person  fybstitSted 
whose  election  is  alleged  to  have  been  undue  or  illegal,  or  who  for  quo 
is  alleged  not  to  have  been  duly  elected,  and  proceedings  to  proceedings 
have  the  right  of  a  person  to  sit  in  a  council  or  as  trustee 
of  a  police  village  or  as  member  of  a  local  board,  as  the  case 
may  be,  determined  shall  be  had  and  taken  only  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  116;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  40, 
amended. 

119. — (1)  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  forms  ^0"''"^ 
required   for   the   purposes   of   this    Act,    which    forms   may 
be  in  both  the  English  and  French  languages.    1975,  c.  23,  s.  1, 
part. 

(2)  Any  notices  required  to  be  posted,  published  or  mailed  No^t^ces  in  "\ 
under   this   Act   may,   in   addition   to   being   printed   in   the  language 

English  language,  be  printed  in  the  French  language. 

(3)  The  use  in  a  municipality  of  forms  prescribed  in  the  Pi®^®'"'"^°*" 
French  language  under  subsection  1  or  the  printing  of  notices  by  council 
in  the  French  language  under  subsection  2  shall  be  deter-  language 
mined  by  by-law  of  the  council  of  the  municipality.     New.       °'"'"^'®  ^■ 

120.  Where  any  day  specified  in  this  Act  for  the  under- "°"<**ys 
taking  of  any  proceeding  pertaining  to  an  election  falls  on  a 
holiday,  the  day  specified  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  immediately 
preceding  day  which  is  not  a  Sunday  or  a  holiday.    New. 

121.  Subsection  1  of  section  27  of  The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  g^27(i);*°' 
1975,  being  chapter  40,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-  re-enacted 
stituted  therefor: 

(1)  The  council  of  a  municipahty  may  submit  one  or  g^J^J^sion 
more  of  the  questions  prescribed  by  the  regulations  to  vote 
respecting  the  authorization  for  the  sale  of  liquor  in 
the  municipality  to  a  vote. 

(la)  The  council  of  a   municipality   shall  submit   to  a  ^**®'" 
vote  such  questions  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
respecting  the  authorization  for  the  sale  of  liquor  in 
the  municipality  as  are  requested  by  {petition  signed 
by  at  least  25  per  cent  of  the  persons  appearing  on 


62 


the   list   of  electors,   as   revised,   prepared   for   the 
previous  municipal  election. 


1975.  c.  40, 

S.30. 

repealed 


122.  Section  30  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 


123.  Sections  31,  32  and  33  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 


1975.  c.  40. 
88  31-33 

re-enacted      and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Day  of 
polllngr 
1977,  c.  . 


31.  The  day  fixed  for  taking  the  vote  on  any  question 
or  questions  shall  be  the  day  upon  which,  under  The 
Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 ,  a  poll  would  be  held 
at  the  election  of  members  of  the  council  of  the 
municipahty  unless  the  council,  with  the  approval 
of  the  Board,  fixes  some  other  day  and  notifies 
the  clerk  of  the  municipality  to  that  effect,  but  a 
poll  shall  not  be  held  on  any  such  question  or 
questions  until  after  the  expiration  of  two  months 
from  the  passing  of  a  by-law  for  submitting  the 
question  or  questions  where  the  council  submits  the 
question  or  questions  without  a  petition,  nor  until 
after  the  expiration  of  two  months  from  the  filing 
of  the  petition,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Who  may 
vote 


1977,  c. 


32. — (1)  The  persons  qualified  to  vote  upon  a  question 
or  questions  are  such  persons  as  would  be  eligible 
to  vote  at  an  election  held  on  that  day  pursuant  to 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 . 


Qualification 
period  for 
determining 
eligibility 
of  electors 


(2)  Where  the  vote  is  held  on  a  day  other  than  the  date 
set  for  the  election  of  members  to  the  council  of  the 
municipality,  the  termination  of  the  qualification 
period  for  determining  the  eligibiUty  of  electors 
under  paragraph  4  of  subsection  4  of  section  92  of 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977  is  the  date  of  the 
approval  given  by  the  Board  as  required  by  sec- 
tion 31. 


Application 
1977.  c 


^Z.  The  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 
apply  to  the  taking  of  a  vote  under  this  Act. 


Return  to 
Board 


33a.  The  returning  officer  shall  make  his  return  to  the 
Board  showing  the  number  of  votes  polled  for  the 
affirmative  and  negative  on  the  question  or  questions 
submitted  and,  upon  the  receipt  of  such  return,  the 
Board  shall  give  notice  thereof  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette  showing  the  total  number  of  votes  polled  in 
the  municipality  for  the  affirmative  and  negative 
upon  the  question  or  questions. 


63 

1 24.  Subsection  2  of  section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  8^34  (2)^°' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(2)  The  persons  qualified  to  sign  a  petition  pursuant  to  who  entitled 
section    27    or    28    are    the    persons    whose    names  petition 
appeared  on   the   list   of  electors,   as   revised,   pre- 
pared for  the  previous  municipal  election  held  in  the 
municipality  amalgamated  or  municipahty  or  part 
annexed,  as  the  case  may  be. 

(3)  The  persons  qualified  to  vote  upon  a  question  or^^9^jg^ 
questions  are  the  persons  who  would  be  ehgible  tojo^ote 
vote  at  an  election  held  in  the  municipahty  amal- 
gamated or  municipality  or  part  annexed,  as  the 

case    may    be,    held    pursuant    to    The    Municipal 
Elections  Act,  1977 . 

125.  The  following  are  repealed :  Repeals 

1.  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972,  being  chapter  95. 

2.  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Act,  1974,  being  '  \ 
chapter  32. 

3.  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Act,  1975,  being 
chapter  23. 

126.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  Commence- 
1978. 

127.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Elections  ^^°^^^^^^^ 

Act,  1977.  j 

f 


o 


to 


3    hT! 


•-1    c/5    p 


2  c 


3  ^'2 


W 
o 
o 

3 

SLg 


•I 

o 

:^ 

>-K 

oo 

3 

r-t- 

s 

2 

o 
5^ 

p 

w 

3 

o 

Cl  G 

o 

s 

o 


Ui 

t\3 

(t 

••«« 

s 

s 

3 

V5 

a- 

5^ 

?0 

CD 

1-1 

>3 

& 
S- 

00 

5^ 

•i" 

s 

jir 

^3 

0^5 

OTQ 

H 

3" 

fD 

S 

C 

3 

o' 

> 

3 

•5' 

Si 

> 

o 

w 

r-<- 

o 

r-t- 

o 

r^ 

■-1 

o' 

n> 

3 

< 

C/l 

on' 

> 

O) 

O 

(-f 

^^ 

\o 

■^ 

NJ 

BILL  98  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 


A 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  revises  the  existing  Municipal  Elections  Act,  enacted  in  1972 
and  extensively  amended  in  1974. 

Among  the  principal  changes  incorporated  in  the  Bill  are  the  following: 

1.  When  any  proceeding  relating  to  an  election  falls  to  be  taken  on 
a  holiday  as  defined  in  The  Interpretation  Act,  the  proceeding  shall 
be  taken  instead  on  the  next  preceding  dav  that  is  not  a  holiday. 

But  spe   note  4  below  for  special   provision  re  pulling  day       (s.    1 
par   15;s   120) 

2.  It  is  made  clear  that  a  candidate  in  an  election  is  not  eligible  to 
be  appointed  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  a  poll  clerk,     (s.  4  (1)  ). 

3.  The  clerk  is  empowered  to  delegate  certain  of  his  statutory  duties 
and  authority  to  his  election  assistants,     (s.  4  (6)  ). 

4.  Polling  day  is  changed  from  the  first  Monday  in  December  to  the 
second  Monday  in  November :  howevei ,  it  that  Monday  is  a  holiday, 
polling  da}- shall  be  the  ne.\t  lollowing  day,     (s.  11). 

5.  All  qualified  electors  are  entitled  to  vote  on  money  by-laws, 
rather  than  only  owners  of  land  and  long-term  tenants;  the  right 
of  corporate  nominees  to  vote  on  money  by-laws  is  removed, 
(s.  16). 

6.  Nomination  day  is  fixed  as  the  Monday  three  weeks  before  polling 
day:  in  addition  nominations  may  be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk 
during  the  week  immediately  preceding  nomination  day.     (s.  35). 


7  \\  here  insufficient  nominations  are  received  by  the  end  of  nomination 
day  to  fill  vacancies  to  which  candidates  may  be  elected,  additional 
nominations  may  be  received  by  the  clerk  up  to  5  p.m  un  tin. 
Wednesday  following  nomination  day.     (s.  37  (5)  ).  "^HJ 

8.  The  occupation  of  a  candidate  will  no  longer  be  shown  on  nomination 
naiKTs  or  ballots,     (ss.  36,  43). 

''     Employees  must  be  afforded  3  consecutive  hours  off  work  whiK   \ 
polls  are  open  for  voting,     (s.  49  (2,  3)  ). 


A 


10.  The  requirement  for  the  use  of  a  poll  book  is  removed  and  a  duplicate 
polling  list  is  to  be  used  by  the  poll  clerk  in  its  stead,     (s.  55). 

11.  Voting  proxy  certificates  may  be  obtained  from  the  clerk  up  to 
5  p.m.  un  polling  day.     (s.  67  (5)  ). 

12.  The  clerk  is  given  powers  to  adopt  any  necessary  procedures  for 
the  conduct  of  the  poll  when  an  emergency  situation  arises  on 
polling  day.     (s.  69). 

13.  Certain  technical  changes  are  made  in  respect  of  the  procedure  on 
recounts,     (s.  83). 

14.  Notices  required  under  the  Act,  may,  at  the  option  of  the  munici- 
pality, be  printed  in  the  French  language  in  addition  to  the  English 
language,     (s.  119). 


15.  Munici(>alities  may  provide  for  limitations  on  election  expenditures 
and  require  disclosure  of  contributions,     (s.  121).  *^^| 

16.  Amendments  are  made  to  The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975  to  provide 
that  the  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  J977  apply  to 
the  taking  of  a  vote  under  the  first-mentioned  Act.  At  present, 
while  the  taking  of  a  vote  is  generally  to  be  held  on  the  same  day 
as  the  vote  is  taken  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  the 
provisions  of  The  Election  Act  (that  govern  elections  to  the 
Assembly)  apply  in  respect  of  such  matters  as  the  preparation 
and  revision  of  the  lists,  the  time  and  manner  of  holding  of  the 
poll,  the  forms  and  oaths  to  be  used  and  administered  and  the 
powers  and  duties  of  returning  officers.  Confusion  will  be  avoided 
if  the  same  procedures  apply  in  respect  of  the  taking  of  the  vote 
in  both  cases,     (ss.  122-125). 


BILL  98  1977 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

1.  "advance  poll"  nieans  a  poll  held  under  section  66; 

2.  "assessment  commissioner"  in  relation  to  a  munici-  \ 
pality  means  the  assessment  commissioner  appointed 

under  The  Assessment  Act  for  the  assessment  region  in  ^f2°  ^^'°' 
which  the  municipality  is  situate ; 

3.  "assistant  returning  officer' '  means  a  person  appointed 
by  the  clerk  to  assist  him  in  the  conduct  of  the 
election ; 

4.  "assistant  revising  officer"  means  a  person  appointed 
by  the  clerk  to  assist  him  in  the  revision  of  the  list  of 
electors ; 

5.  "candidate"  means  a  person  who  is  nominated  for 
election  to  office  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and 
whose  nomination  is  certified  by  the  clerk ; 

6.  "clerk"  with  respect  to  a  municipality  means  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality ; 

7.  "constable"  means  a  constable  or  a  person  appointed 
as  a  constable  by  the  clerk  or  the  deputy  returning 
officer  to  maintain  peace  and  order  at  an  election ; 

8.  "corrupt   practice"   means  any  act   or  omission   in 
connection  with  an  election  in  respect  of  which  an 
offence  is  provided  under  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  f  c-m^*^**' 
or  which  is  a  corrupt  practice  under  this  Act ; 

9.  "deputy  returning  officer"  means  a  deputy  returning 
officer  appointed  for  a  polling  place  under  this  Act ; 


2 

10.  "election"  means  an  election  governed  by  this  Act; 

11.  "election  assistant"  means  a  person  appointed  by  the 
clerk  to  assist  in  the  conduct  of  an  election ; 

12.  "election  year"  means  a  year  in  which  a  regular 
election  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  this  Act; 

13.  "elector"  means  a  person  entitled  under  this  Act  to 
vote  in  an  election ; 

R.S.0. 1970,  14.   "enumerated'    means  enumerated  under  T/jg  .4 .ss^ii- 

c.  32  . 

ment  Act; 

^'z^'  ^^°"  ^^-  "holiday"  means  a  holiday  as  defined  in  The  Interpre- 

tation Act; 

16.  "local   board"   means   a  local   board   as  defined  in 
R.S.0. 1970,  The  Municipal  Affairs  A  ct ; 

17.  "locality"  means  territory  without  municipal  organ- 
ization that  is  deemed  a  district  municipality  under 

1974,  c.  109  The  Education  A  ct,  1974 ; 

18.  "Minister"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and 
Minister  of  Economics  and  Intergovernmental  Affairs ; 

19.  "municipahty"  means  a  city,  town,  village  or  town- 
ship; 

20.  "new  election"  means  an  election  other  than  a  regular 
election ; 

21.  "nomination  day"  means  the  last  day  for  filing 
nominations ; 

22.  "oath"  includes  an  affirmation; 

23.  "office"  means  an  office,  the  election  to  which  is 
governed  by  this  Act ; 

24.  "owner  or  tenant"  means  a  person  enumerated  as 
owner  or  tenant  of  land  separately  assessed  or  liable 
to  be  separately  assessed  under  The  Assessment  Act; 

25.  "polling  day"  means  the  day  on  which  the  poll  is  to 
be  taken  under  this  Act ; 

26.  "polling  list"  means  the  list  of  electors  for  each 
polling  subdivision  revised  and  certified  by  the  clerk ; 


27.  "polling  place"  means  the  area  designated  by  the 
clerk  in  which  the  facilities  for  the  conduct  of  the 
poll  are  situate ; 

28.  "polling  subdivision"  means  a  polling  subdivision 
established  by  the  clerk  under  this  Act ; 

29.  "preliminary  list"  means  a  preliminary  list  of 
electors ; 

30.  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  Minister; 

31.  "public  school  elector"  means  an  elector  who  is  not  a 
separate  school  elector ; 

32.  "quorum"  means  a  majority  of  the  members  of 
council  or  of  a  local  board  or  the  trustees  of  a  police 
village,  as  the  case  may  be; 

33.  "regular  election"  means  an  election  required  to  be 
held  under  section  10  of  this  Act; 

34.  "residence",  and  similar  expressions  used  in  relation 
to  a  person,  means  his  true,  fixed,  permanent  home 
or  lodging  place  to  which  whenever  he  is  absent  he 
has  the  intention  of  returning,  subject  to  the 
following  rules: 

{a)  The  place  where  a  person's  family  resides  shall 
be  his  residence  unless  he  takes  up  or  continues 
his  residence  at  some  other  place  with  the  in- 
tention of  remaining  there,  in  which  case  he 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  of  such 
other  place . 

(6)  The  place  where  a  person  occupies  a  room  or 
part  of  a  room  as  a  regular  lodger  or  to  which 
he  habitually  returns  not  having  any  other 
permanent  lodging  place,  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  his  residence ; 

35.  "scrutineer"  means  any  person  appointed  as  a 
scrutineer  by  a  candidate  or  by  a  council  under 
section  6 ; 


36.  "separate  school  elector"  means  an  elector  who  is  a 
Roman  Catholic  separate  school  supporter  or  who  is 
a  Roman  Catholic  and  the  spouse  of  such  supporter 
and  any  person  entitled  to  be  a  separate  school  elector 
under  The  Education  Act,  1974.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  I;m4.c.i09 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  1,  amended. 


APPLICATION  OF  ACT 

^jPjf^cation       2.  Notwithstanding    any    other    general    or    special    Act, 
this  Act  applies  to  and  governs  all  elections, 

(a)  to  the  offices  of, 

(i)  member  of  the  council  of  a  municipality, 

(ii)  member  of  the  council  of  a  regional  munici- 
pality where  such  office  is  required  to  be 
filled  by  a  vote  of  the  electors  of  an  area 
municipality, 

(iii)  trustee  of  a  police  village, 

(iv)  member  of  a  local  board  whose  members  are 
to  be  elected  at  elections  required  by  law  to 
be  conducted  by  the  same  officers  and  in  the 
same  manner  as  elections  of  members  of  the 
council  of  a  municipality; 

(b)  to  obtain  the  assent  of  electors  on  any  by-law 
required  or  authorized  by  law  to  be  submitted  for 
their  assent  at  an  election  ;  and 

(c)  to  obtain  the  opinion  of  the  electors  on  any  question 
required  or  authorized  by  law  to  be  submitted  to 
the  electors  at  an  election.  1975,  c.  95,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 


ELECTION    OFFICIALS 

Returning         3.— (1)  Subject   to  subsections   2   and  3,   the   clerk   of  a 
raising        municipality  is  the  returning  officer  and  revising  officer  for 
the  purpose  of  the  conduct  of  elections  within  the  munici- 
pality or  a  part  thereof. 

officeHn"^  (2)  FoT  the  purposc  of  elections  of  trustees  of  a  police 

police  village,   the  clerk   of  the   municipality  in   which   the  police 

village  is  located  shall  be  the  returning  officer  for  the  election 

and    where    the    police    village   is    located    in    two   or    more 

municipalities, 

(a)  the  nominations  for  trustees  shall  be  filed  with  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality  having  the  largest  number 
of  electors  of  the  fX)lice  village  who  shall  send  to  the 
clerk  of  each  municipality  concerned  by  registered 
mail  within  forty-eight  hours  after  the  closing  of 
nominations  the  names  of  the  candidates ;  and 


{b)  the  clerk  of  each  other  municipahty  in  which  part 
of  the  poHce  village  is  located  shall  be  the  returning 
officer  for  the  vote  to  be  recorded  in  his  munici- 
pality and  he  shall  forthwith  report  the  vote  recorded 
to  the  returning  officer  referred  to  in  clause  a  who 
shall  prepare  the  final  summary  and  announce  the 
vote. 

(3)  The  clerks  of  municipalities  to  which  subsections  23  9^®^^^ 
and  28  of  section  57  and  subsection  21  of  section  110  of  The  relation  to 
Education    Act,    1974    apply    shall    perform    the    duties    as  boards 
returning  officers  for  the  purposes  of  an  election  under  this  ^^'^'^-  ^-  ^°^ 
Act  as  are  specified  in  those  provisions.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  3, 
amended. 

4. — (1)  The  clerk  of  every  municipality  shall  for  the  pur-  ^o^cfer^** 
poses  of  an  election  appoint  a  deputy  returning  officer  and  a 
poll  clerk  for  each  polling  place  established  in  the  municipality 
and,  as  far  as  is  practicable,   the  deputy  returning  officers 
and  poll  clerks  shall  be  appointed  for  polling  places  for  the 

polling  subdivisions  in  which  they  reside  but  no  candidate  is  -\ 

eligible  to  be  appointed  as  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll 
clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 

(2)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  signifies  to  the^^^^^re 
clerk  that  he  will  not  act,  the  clerk  shall  appoint  another  to  act 
person  to  act  in  his  place. 

(3)  If  a   deputy  returning  officer  or  poll   clerk   does  not  No^n-^^^^^^ 
attend  at  the  opening  of  the  poll,  the  clerk  shall  appoint  of  d.rxj^ 
another  person  to  act  in  his  place. 

(4)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  through  illness  or  for  any  other  fo^^ct  fo'r^ 
reason  becomes  unable  to  perform  his  duties  on  polling  day,D.R.o. 
the  clerk  shall  appoint  another  person  to  act  in  his  place. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (2-4),  amended. 

(5)  The  clerk   may   appoint   election   assistants,   assistant  Assistants 
returning  officers  and  assistant  revising  officers  to  assist  him 

in  the  performance  of  his  duties  and  provide  for  such  clerical 
and  other  assistance  as  is  necessary  for  such  purpose,  but  no 
candidate  is  eligible  for  any  such  appointment.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  4  (5),  amended. 

(6)  The  clerk  may,  in  writing,  delegate  to  the  assistant  fy clerk °° 
returning   officers   and   assistant   revising   officers   appointed 

under  subsection  5,  such  of  his  statutory  rights  and  duties 
in  relation  to  the  preparation  for  and  conduct  of  the  election 
as  he  considers  necessary.     New. 


Duties  of 
poll  clerk 


(7)  The  poll  clerk  and  an  election  assistant,  if  any,  shall 
assist  the  deputy  returning  officer  in  the  performance  of  the 
duties  of  his  office  and  shall  obey  his  orders.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  4  (6). 


o»th  (8)  Every  returning  officer,  deputy  returning  officer,  poll 

clerk,  election  assistant,  assistant  returning  officer,  assistant 
revising  officer,  scrutineer,  constable  and  other  person  author- 
ized to  attend  at  a  polling  place  shall,  before  entering  upon 
his  duties,  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (7);  1974.  c.  32,  s.  2. 


Oath  of 
D.R.O. 


(9)  The  appointment  and  oath  of  the  deputy  returning 
officer  under  subsection  8  shall  be  endorsed  upon  or  attached 
to  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  for  the  polling 
place  for  which  he  is  appointed.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (8),  amended. 


^dm"\ster         ^* — ^^^  Except  where  otherwise  provided,  an  oath  may  be 
oaths  administered  by  any  person  authorized  by  law  to  administer 

oaths  in  Ontario. 


Idem 


No  charge 


(2)  The  clerk  may  administer  any  oath  required  by  this  Act, 
and  deputy  returning  officers  and  poll  clerks  may  administer 
any  such  oath  except  an  oath  to  be  taken  by  the  clerk. 

(3)  Every  person  administering  an  oath  under  or  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  shall  administer  the  oath  gratuitously. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  5. 


Scrutineers        Q^ — (1)  Each    candidate    may    appoint    in    writing    such 

candidate      number  of  persons  who  are  at  least  sixteen  years  of  age  as  he 

considers    advisable    as    scrutineers    to    represent    him    in    a 

polling  place  and  at  the  counting  of  votes  under  this  Act. 

1972.  c.  95.  s.  6  (1).  amended. 


Limit  on 

number 

present 


Scrutineers 
appointed 
by  council 


(2)  Not  more  than  one  scrutineer  representing  each  can- 
didate may  be  present  for  any  of  the  purposes  specified  in 
subsection  1  at  any  time.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  6  (2). 

(3)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may,  if  requested  to 
do  so,  by  resolution  appoint  as  scrutineers  in  relation  to 
voting  on  any  by-law  or  question  submitted  to  the  electors 
at  an  election  two  persons  to  attend  at  the  final  summing 
up  of  the  votes  by  the  clerk  and  two  persons  to  attend  at  each 
polling  place,  one  such  person  in  each  case  on  behalf  of  the 
persons  interested  in  and  desirous  of  promoting  the  proposed 
by-law  or  voting  in  the  affirmative  on  the  question  and  the 
other  such  person  on  behalf  of  the  persons  interested  in  and 
desirous  of  opposing  the  proposed  by-law  or  voting  in  the 
negative  on  the  question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  7  (1). 


7.  A   person  appointed  as  a  scrutineer  under  section  6,  Production 
before  being  admitted  to  a  polling  place  shall,  if  so  requested,  appointment 
produce  and  show  his  appointment  to  the  deputy  returning 
officer  for  the  polling  place.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  4,  amended. 

COSTS    OF    ELECTION 

8. — (1)   Except   where  otherwise  specifically  provided  by  cost  of 
this   or   any   other   special   or  general   Act,   the   cost   of  an 
election  shall  be  borne  by  the  municipality  in  which  it  is  held. 

(2)  The  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  a  clerk  or  any  other  of^'^n^^el-^s 
officer    for   printing,    providing   ballot    boxes,    ballot   papers, 
materials  for  marking  ballot  paper,  and  balloting  compart- 
ments, and  for  the  transmission  of  packets,  and  reasonable 

fees  and  for  allowances  for  services  rendered  under  this  Act  or 
otherwise  on  account  of  an  election  shall  be  paid  by  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  to  the  persons  entitled  thereto. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  8(1,  2). 

(3)  Where  the  clerk  of  a  municipality  is  required  to  conduct  Expenses  of 

^    '         .  r         J  n  by-election 

an  election  of  a  member  or  members  of  a  local  board  other  of  locai  \ 

than  at  a  regular  election,  the  board  shall  forthwith  reim- 
burse the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  for  the  cost  of  em- 
ploying deputy  returning  officers,  poll  clerks  and  other  election 
officials  and  for  the  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  the  clerk 
or  any  other  officer  of  the  municipality  for  advertising  the 
times  and  places  for  nomination  and  of  polls,  for  printing, 
for  providing  ballot  boxes,  ballot  papers,  materials  for  marking 
ballot  papers,  and  balloting  compartments,  for  the  trans- 
mission of  packets,  and  for  reasonable  costs  including  the 
cost  of  printing  and  distribution  of  but  not  preparation  other- 
wise of  the  polling  list.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  8  (3),  amended. 

TERM   OF  OFFICE 

9.— (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other  general  or  special  Act  ^p^^-^'-'*'' 
and  except  where  otherwise  specifically  provided  in  this  Act,  the 
term  of  office  of  all  offices,  the  election  to  which  is  governed 
by  this  Act.  shall  be  two  years,  commencing  on  the  first  day 
of  December  in  an  election  year.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  holders  of  offices  hold  office  until  their  successors  co"uncn^* 
are  elected  and  the  newly  elected  council  or  local  board  is  organized 
organized.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  9  (2). 

BIENNIAL   ELECTIONS 

10. — (1)  An  election  shall  be  held  in  accordance  with  this  Election 

'  y6fl.r 

Act   in   each   municipality   in   the  year    1978  and   in  every" 


Vote  on 

question, 

etc. 


1975.  c.  40 


Polling 
day 


Idem 


6 

second  year  thereafter  for  the  purpose  of  electing  persons 
to  offices.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  10  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  by-law  requires  the  assent  or  a  question  is 
authorized  or  required  to  Ix.^  submitted  to  obtain  the  opinion 
of  the  electors,  the  vote  thereon  shall  be  taken  at  the  next 
regular  election  unless  otherwise  provided  by  order  of  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  or  in  the  case  of  a  question  sub- 
mitted under  The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975,  unless  the  Liquor 
Licence  Board  approves  the  taking  of  the  vote  on  some  other 
day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  10  (4),  amended. 


POLLING   DAY 


11. — (1)  Polhng  day  in  a  regular  election  shall  be  the 
second  Monday  in  November  in  each  election  year.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  11.  amended. 


(2)  Where  polling  day  as  specified  in  subsection  1  falls  on 
a  hohday.  polhng  day  shall  be  the  next  succeeding  day  that 
is  not  a  hohday.  but  the  day  for  the  undertaking  of  any 
other  proceeding  pertaining  to  the  election  shall  not  be 
affected  thereby.     New.  '"'W^ 


Electors, 
resident 


Electors, 
non-resident 


QUALIFICATION  OF  ELECTORS 

12.  A  person  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality 

if  he  is  not  disqualified  under  this  or  any  other  .\ct  or 
otherwise  prohibited  by  law  from  voting  in  the  election  and 
if,  at  any  time  during  the  period  conimenring  on  the  Tuesday 
following  the  first  Monday  in  September  in  an  election  year 
and  ending  on  the  Friday  in  October  that  precedes  polling 
day  by  seventeen  days,  he, 

[a)  is  a  resident  in  such  municipality; 

[b)  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject ;  and 

[c)  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  or  on  or  before 
polling  day  will  attain  the  age  of  eighteen  years. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part,  amended. 

13.  A  person  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality 
if  he  is  not  disqualified  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or  other- 
wise prohibited  by  law  from  voting  in  the  election  and  is  not 
resident  in  such  municipality  at  any  time  during  the  period 
commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first  Monday  in 
September  in  an  election  year  and  ending  on  the  Friday  in 
October  that  precedes  polling  day  by  seventeen  days,  but 
at  any  time  during  such  period,  he, 

(a)  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  the  municipality 
or  the  spouse  of  such  an  owner  or  tenant ; 


(6)  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject;  and 

(c)  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  or  on  or  before 
polling  day  will  attain  the  age  of  eighteen  years. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part,  amended. 

14.  No  judge  of  any   court   is  qualified  to  vote  in  any  J^^^.^s  not 
election.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part.  to  vote 

15.  For  the  purpose  of  sections  12  and   13,  a  statutory  ^^j^|[jce  of 
declaration  by  a  person  claiming  that  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen 

or  other  British  subject  is  prima  facie  proof  of  the  fact 
declared  to.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  14. 

QUALIFICATION    OF    ELECTORS   TO   VOTE   ON    MONEY    BY-LAWS 

1 6.  Every  person  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality  ^teoif^ 
under  section  12,  13  or  33  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  to  vote  on  money 

DV~l3,WS 

a  money  by-law  submitted  for  the  assent  of  the  electors  of  the 
municipaUty.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  15,  part. 

POLLING   SUBDIVISIONS 

17.  Subject    to    section    18,    the    clerk    shall    divide    the  Polling  "\ 
municipahty   into   polling   subdivisions   and   shall   not   later  '^^ 

than  the  first  day  of  April  in  an  election  year  inform  the 
assessment  commissioner  of  the  boundaries  of  each  sub- 
division.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  17  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  8,  amended. 

18.  A  polling  subdivision  shall  not,  so  far  as  is  practicable,  ^*^® 
(a)  contain  more  than  350  electors ;  or 

{h)  extend  beyond  the  boundaries  of  one  ward  or  of  an 

electoral  district  established  fpr  the  purposes  of  the  / 

election  of  members  to  the  Assembly.     1972,  c.  95,  ^ 

s.  17  (2). 

PREPARATION    OF    PRELIMINARY    LIST  OF   ELECTORS 

10.  An  assessment  commissioner  shall,  during  the  period  j^^['j|p'"*''y 
commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first  Monday  in  eioctons 
September  and  ending  on  the  30th  day  of  September  in  an 
election  year,  from  an  enumeration  taken  during  that  period, 
compile  for  each  polling  subdivision  in  each  municipality  and 
locality  in  his  assessment  region  a  list  containing  the  name 
and  address  of  each  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for 
an  elector  under  section  12  or  13  and  such  list  shall  signify 
opposite  the  name  of  an  elector, 

(a)  who  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality,  that  he 
does  not  so  reside ; 

(6)  who  is  enumerated  as  a  Roman  Catholic  separate 
school  supporter,  that  he  is  a  separate  school 
elector ; 


10 


1974.  c.  109 


For  polling 
subdivision 
where  no 
wards 


(c)  who  is  a  Konian  Catholic  and  the  sjxnise  of  a  Roman 
Cathohc  separate  school  supporter,  that  such  s[)()iise 
is  a  separate  school  elector ; 

(d)  who  is  enumerated  as  a  separate  school  elector  in 
accordance  with  The  Education  Act,  1974,  that  he  is 
a  separate  school  elector; 

{e)  who  is  an  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  the  municipalitv. 
that  he  is  such  an  owner  or  tenant.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  18;  1974,  c.  32.  s.  9,  amended. 

20. — (1)  In  a  municipahty  or  locality  that  is  not  divia«  .; 
into  wards,  the  name  of  an  elector  shall  be  entered  on  the 
preliminary  list, 

{a)  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  the  elector 
resides ;  or 

{b)  if  the  elector  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality 
or  locality,  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  he  or 
his  spouse  is  owner  or  tenant  of  land. 


poHing  (^^  ^^*^  name  of  an  elector  shall  not  be  entered  under  this 

subdivision     section  on  the  preliminary  list  for  more  than  one  |X)lling  sub- 
""'^  division.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  i9. 

f^o^'poiiinR         21. — (1)  In  a  municipality  that  is  divided  into  wards,  the 

subdivision  —     •       \    /  r         j 

where  wards    name  of  an  elector  shall  be  entered  in  the  preliminary  list, 

(a)  where  he  resides  in  the  municipality,  for  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  resides;  or 

{h)  where  he  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality,  for  a 
polling  subdivision  of  a  ward  in  which  he  or  his 
spouse  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land. 

poHinT  ^^^  ^^^  name  of  an  elector  shall  not  be  entered  under  this 

subdivision     section   in   the   preliminary   list    for   more   than   one   polling 
subdivision.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  20. 


List 

delivered 
to  clerk 


22.  The  assessment  commissioner  shall  deliver  the  list  of 
electors  prepared  by  him  under  sections  19,  20  and  21  to  the 
clerk  and,  in  respect  of  a  locality,  to  the  secretary  of  the  school 
board  on  or  before  the  thirty-first  day  after  the  commence- 
ment date  of  the  enumeration  period  in  an  election  year. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  21,  amended. 


ofTisu"°°  23.  Where  it  is  apparent   to  the  clerk  or  the  secretary 

manifest        of  the  school  board  that  the  list  or  part  thereof  delivered  to 

errors  in  iti 

him  under  section  22  is  not  in  conformity  with  the  require- 


11 

ments  for  the  polling  subdivisions  or  that  the  list  contains 
gross  or  manifest  errors,  the  clerk  or  the  secretary,  as  the 
case  may  be  may,  prior  to  the  printing  or  reproduction  of 
the  list  required  under  section  24,  correct  the  list  or  part 
thereof  and  shall  forthwith  notify  the  assessment  commissioner 
of  such  corrections.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  10,  amended. 

PRELIMINARY   LIST  OF   ELECTORS 

24.  Immediately    after    receipt    of    the    list    of    electors  Pointing 
delivered  by  the  assessment  commissioner  under  section  22, 
the  clerk  or  secretary  of  the  school  board  referred  to  in  the 
said  section  22,  after  making  corrections,  if  any,  under  sec- 
tion 23,  shall, 

{a)  cause  the  list  to  be  printed  or  reproduced  and  such 
list  shall  be  the  preliminary  list  of  electors ; 

{b)  fix  the  places  at  which  and  the  times  when  revision 
of  the  list  will  be  undertaken,  and,  subject  to  sub- 
section  2  of  section  25,  such  revision  shall  com- 
mence  no  later  than  fourteen  days  after  dehvery  of 
the  list  to  the  clerk  under  section  22; 

(c)  post  notice  of  the  date  of  the  posting  of  the  list, 
the  last  day  for  filing  applications  for  revision  of 
the  hst  for  the  purpose  of  including  names  of  electors 
who  have  not  been  included  or  of  making  additions 
or  corrections  to  or  deletions  from  the  list,  and  the 
places  and  times  at  which  the  revision  of  the  list 
will  be  undertaken  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places 
in  the  municipality,  and  where  there  is  a  newspaper 
having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality, 
publish  the  notice  in  such  newspaper.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  11 ,  amended. 


REVISION   OF   PRELIMINARY   LIST  OF   ELECTORS 

25. — (1)   Immediately  after  the  printing  or  reproduction  J^y^^ion 
of  the  preliminary  list  of  electors,  the  clerk  shall  post  one 
cop)y  of  the  list  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  his  office  and  in  at 
least  two  other  conspicuous  public  places  in  the  municipality. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  23  (1) :  1974,  c.  32.  s.  12  (1),  amended. 


\2)  The  day  of  posting  copies  of  the  preliminary  list  under  Jo^fn"'" 
subsection  1  and  of  giving  notice  under  section  24  shall  be 
at  least  five  days  before  the  last  day  for  filing  applications 
for  revision.     1972.  c.  95.  s.  23(2);   1974.  c.  32.  s.    12  (2K 
amended.  '^■B 


12 

fol^flun^  (3)  The  last  day  for  the  filing  of  applications  for  revision 

applications    of   the   preliminary   list   shall   be   the   seventeenth   day   im- 

for  rovision  *  ■/  ■' 

ofpreiimin-     mediately  preceding  polling  day  and  such  applications  may 
"^  '  be  filed  with  the  clerk  during  his  normal  office  hours.     1974, 

c.  32,  s.  12  (3),  amended. 


^^^11  (4)  The  clerk  shall  affix  to  the  outside  or  cover  of  each  copy 

to  list  of  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  an  election  a  notice  in 

prescribed  form,  over  his  name, 


(a)  stating  that  the  list  is  a  preliminary  list  of  all 
electors  for  the  election  or  is  a  preliminary  hst  of 
all  electors  for  the  polling  subdivision,  as  the  case 
may  be,  prepared  as  required  by  this  Act; 

{h)  setting  forth  the  date  on  which  the  list  was  posted  up 
in  the  office  of  the  clerk ; 

{c)  giving  notice  to  all  electors  to  examine  the  list  for  the 
purposes  of  making  additions  or  corrections  to  or 
deletions  from  the  list ;  and 

[d]  stating  the  last  day  for  filing  applications  concerning 
such  inclusions,  additions,  corrections  or  deletions. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  23  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  12  (4). 

Copies  (5)  At  the  time  of  posting  a  notice  under  subsection  1,  the 

clerk  shall  deliver  or  mail  one  copy  of  the  preliminary  list  to, 

[a]  the  assessment  commissioner; 

[h)  every  member  of  the  council  of  the  municipality  and 
every  trustee  of  a  police  village  all  or  part  of  which 
is  in  the  municipality ; 

(c)  the  secretary  of  every  local  board  the  members  of 
which  are  required  to  be  elected  at  an  election  to  be 
conducted  by  the  cirrk ; 

{d)  the  clerk  of  the  council  of  the  county  or  of  the  district, 
regional  or  metropolitan  municipality  in  which  the 
municipality  is  situate ; 

[e]  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  responsible  for  con- 
ducting the  elections  in  any  combined  area  for  school 
board  purposes; 


13 

(/)  the  member  of  the  House  of  Commons  and  the 
member  of  the  Assembly  representing  the  electoral 
district  in  which  the  municipality  or  any  part  thereof 
is  situate. 

(6)  Every  candidate  for  any  office  in  an  election  is  entitled  enutied'^^ 
to  be  furnished  by  the  clerk  with  two  copies  of  the  preliminary  to  copies 
list  of  electors  entitled  to  vote  in  an  election  to  such  office. 
1972,c.95,s.  23(4,  5). 

26. — (1)  The  clerk  or  an  assistant  revising  officer  shall  Jf®y^g^*°° 
attend  at  the  revision  of  the  preliminary  list  and  shall  con- 
tinue to  do  so  from  day  to  day  or  as  required  until  all 
applications  filed  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  filing  appli- 
cations for  revision  of  the  list  have  been  disposed  of.  1974, 
c.  32,  s.  13,  part,  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  that  the  time  for  filing  applications  ^pp^fcations 
for  revision  of  the  preliminary  list  under  section  25  has  not  maybe 

1111  1  -1  1-         •  considered 

expired,  the  clerk  may  proceed  to  consider  such  applications 

as  from  time  to  time  may  be  received  and  may  determine  \ 

and  dispose  of  them.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  13,  part. 

27. — (1)  A  person  whose  name  has  not  been  included  in  the  APp''/it"°"  „ 

^    '  r  to  enter  name 

preliminary  list   for  a  polling  subdivision  in  a  municipality '"^i^toi" 

or  whose  name  has  been  included  therein  but  the  informa-  information 

tiJn  relating  to  him  set  out   therein  is  incorrect  or  whose 

name  has  been  included  therein  as  a  non-resident  and  who 

is  qualified  to  be  an  elector  in  more  than  one  ward  in  the 

municipality  may  apply   to   the  clerk  or  assistant   revising 

officer  of  the  municipality  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  filing  / 

applications  for  revision  of  the  list  to  have  his  name  included 

on  the  list  or  to  have  such  information  corrected  or  to  have 

his  name  deleted  from  the  list  and  to  have  it  entered  in  the 

list  of  another  ward  in  which  he  or  his  spouse  is  the  owner 

or  tenant  of  land. 

(2)  Every  person  applying  under  this  section  shall  sign  Ap|itcation 
an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  in  which  all  the  informa-  declaration 
tion  shall  be  sufficiently  filled  in,  either  by  the  applicant 
personally  or  by  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  at  the 
applicant's  request  and  shall  declare  that  he  understands 
the  effect  of  the  statements  in  the  application  and  that  he 
is  an  elector  entitled  to  have  his  name  included  on  the  list 
or  to  have  the  list  corrected  pursuant  to  his  request  before 
the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  enters  his  name  on  the 
list  or  corrects  the  preliminary  list,  as  the  case  may  be. 
1972,0.  95,  s.  25(1.  2). 


14 


Application 
filed  person- 
ally or  by 
agent 


(3)  An  application  made  under  this  section  and  duly 
signed  by  the  applicant  may  be  filed  by  the  applicant  or  by 
his  agent  on  his  behalf.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  14. 


Interpreter 


(4)  When  the  language  of  an  applicant  under  this  section  is 
not  understood  by  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer,  an 
interpreter  provided  by  the  applicant  may  be  sworn  and  may 
act,  but  in  the  event  of  inability  to  secure  an  interpreter,  the 
application  may  be  refused. 


Decision 
to  amend 
list 


Refusal  to 
amend  list 


Application 
for  deletion 
of  name 


(5)  If  it  appears  to  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer 
that  an  applicant  under  this  section  understands  the  effect  of 
the  statements  in  the  application  and  that  the  applicant  is  an 
elector  whose  name  should  be  included  in  the  polling  list  or 
that  the  amendment  thereof  that  he  requests  should  be  made,  he 
shall  certify  accordingly  by  signing  the  application. 

(6)  If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising 
officer,  the  statements  made  by  an  applicant  in  his  applica- 
tion under  this  section  do  not  show  that  the  applicant  is  an 
elector  entitled  to  have  his  name  included  in  the  polling  list  or  to 
have  the  list  amended  as  requested,  he  shall  inform  the 
applicant  that  his  application  is  refused,  stating  the  reasons 
for  such  refusal,  which  reasons  he  shall  endorse  on  the 
application  form.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  25  (3-5). 

28. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  posting  of  the  preliminary 
list  of  electors  for  a  municipality  and  until  the  last  day  for 
filing  applications  for  revision  thereof,  any  person  may  file 
with  the  clerk  an  application,  in  the  prescribed  form,  for 
deletion  from  the  list  of  the  name  of  a  person  who  is  not 
entitled  as  an  elector  to  have  his  name  entered  thereon. 
1972.  c.  95,  s.  26  (1);  1974.  c.  32,  s.  15  (1). 


Notice  to 
person 
where  name 
objected  to 


Copy  of 
application 
to  be  served 


Notice  to 
applicant 


Decision  of 
clerk,  etc. 


(2)  The  clerk,  upon  receipt  of  an  application  under  this 
section,  shall  forthwith  cause  to  be  served  personally  on  or 
sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  person  concerning  whom  the 
application  is  made  at  the  address  given  in  the  prehminary 
list  and  at  such  other  address,  if  any,  as  may  be  mentioned 
in  the  application,  a  notice  of  hearing  requiring  such 
person  to  appear  in  person  or  by  his  representative  on  a  day 
and  at  a  time  to  be  fixed  in  the  notice. 

(3)  A  copy  of  the  application  shall  accompany  a  notice 
served  or  sent  under  subsection  2. 

(4)  The  clerk  shall  notify  the  applicant  of  the  time  and 
place  of  the  hearing. 

(5)  On  the  day  for  the  hearing  fixed  in  a  notice  given 
under  this  section,   the   person   filing   the   application  shall 


15 

attend  before  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  to 
establish  the  validity  of  such  application  and  the  clerk  or 
assistant  revising  officer,  after  reviewing  an  explanation  of 
the  facts  alleged  and  after  hearing  what  is  alleged  by  the 
person  concerning  whom  the  application  was  made  or  by  his 
representative,  may  delete  the  name  from  the  preliminary 
list  if  the  clerk  is  satisfied  of  the  validity  of  the  application. 

(6)  Where  a  person  concerning  whom  an  application  ^^|cted^to°" 
has  been  made  under  this  section  or  his  representative  does  does  not 
not  attend  before  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  on  the 
day  of  hearing  fixed  in  the  notice  and  the  clerk  or  assistant 
revising  officer  is  satisfied  that  due  notice  of  application 
has  been  given  to  the  person  or  that  he  could  not  be  found 
and  the  registered  notice  could  not  be  delivered,  the  clerk 
or  assistant  revising  officer  may  delete  the  name  of  such 
person  from  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  but  shall  not 
do  so  except  upon  evidence  under  oath  which  satisfies  him 
that  the  name  should  not  have  been  included  in  the  list. 
1074.  c.  32,  s.  15  (2). 

Where  for  any  reason  the  name  of  a  person  is  deleted  ^^g®  ^ 

from  a  preliminary  list  of  electors,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith  deleted  from 

,  ,  11  111   preliminary 

cause  to  be  served  personally  on  or  sent  by  registered  mail  list 
to  that  person  at  the  address  given  in  the  preliminary  list 
a  notice  indicating  the  reasons  for  which  the  person's  name 
was  deleted  from  the  preliminary  Hst  and  advising  of  the 
voting  procedures  under  sections  33  and  56.     New.         ""^1 

29.  Subject  to  section  33  or  56,  the  decision  of  the  clerk  or  flnai**°° 
assistant  revising  officer  to  enter  on  or  delete  the  name  of  a 
person  as  an  elector  from  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  is  final 

for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.      1072,  c.  05,  s.  27. 

30.  Upon  determination  of  all  applications  for  revision  of  ffchan'^e' 
the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  a  municipality  tiled  on  or 

before  the  last  day  for  filing  applications  for  revision 
thereof,  the  clerk  shall  compile  a  statement  of  inclusions 
in,  additions  and  changes  to  and  deletions  from  the  list, 
bearing  the  full  name  and  address  of  each  person  who  is 
the  subject  of  the  inclusion,  addition,  change  or  deletion, 
and  shall  send  a  certified  copy  of  such  statement  to  each 
person  specified  in  subsections  5  and  6  of  section  25. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  16,  amended. 


POLLING   LIST 

31.  After    compilation    of    the    statement    of    additions,  p°"">«"»'' 
changes  and  deletions  required  under  section  30,  the  clerk  shall 


16 


prepare  the  polling  list  of  electors  for  each  polling  subdivision 
in  his  municipality  by  making  the  appropriate  changes  in  the 
preliminary  list  in  accordance  with  the  statement  and  shall 
certify  the  list  as  so  revised.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  29  (1). 


Only 
persons 
in  list 
entitled 
to  vote 


32.  Except  as  provided  in  sections  33,  51  and  56  no  per- 
son is  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  unless  his  name  appears 
in  the  polling  list  certified  under  section  31  for  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  tenders  his  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  30. 


onifs^tbv"*"^^     33. — (1)  If  a  person  whose  name  is  omitted  from  a  polling 
D.R.o.  list  certified  under  section  31,  at  any  time  after  preparation  of 

the  polling  list  and  prior  to  the  closing  of  the  poll,  satisfies 
the  clerk  of  the  municipality  on  oath  that  he  was  entitled 
to  be  an  elector  under  section  12  or  13  and  to  have  his 
name  entered  on  the  preliminary  list  for  the  municipality, 
the  clerk  may  issue  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form  author- 
izing the  deputy  returning  officer  for  the  proper  polling  sub- 
division to  enter  the  name  of  the  elector  on  the  polling  list 
for  the  subdivision  and  to  permit  such  person  to  vote,  but 
such  vote  must  be  cast  before  the  closing  of  the  poll. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  name  of  a  person  is  omitted  from  the  polling 
hst  as  finally  revised  and  such  person  satisfies  the  clerk  of  the 
municipality  on  oath  that  he  was  under  section  12  or  13 
otherwise  entitled  to  be  an  elector  and  to  be  entered  on  the 
preliminary  list  except  that  he  was  not  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject,  if  such  person  produces  for  the 
inspection  of  the  clerk  his  certificate  of  naturalization  or  other 
conclusive  evidence  that  he  has  become  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject,  the  clerk  may  issue  a  certificate 
authorizing  the  proper  deputy  returning  officer  to  enter  the 
name  of  such  person  on  the  polling  list  to  entitle  him  to  vote 
as  if  his  name  had  been  entered  thereon  before  the  list  was 
revised.      1974.  c.  32,  ^.  18  (1). 


tobe*^^*'^  (3)  A  person  is  not  entitled  to  vote  under  this  section  unless 

produced         at  the  time  he  requests  a  ballot  he  produces  and  files  with  the 

deputy  returning  officer  the  certificate  given  by  the  clerk  under 

subsection  1  or  2.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  31  (3) ;  1074.  c.  32.  s.  18  (2). 

ass^ss'ment         ^^^  ^^^  clerk  shall  furnish  a  copy  of  each  certificate  issued 
com-  under   this   section    to   the   assessment   commissioner   before 

the  first   Monday  in   December  in   an  election  year.     1974, 

c.  32,  s.  18  (3),  part,  amended. 


Entry  on 

polling 

list 


(5)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered   on   the   polling   hst   maintained   by   the   poll   clerk 


17 

opposite  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  voting  under 
the  authority  of  a  certificate  issued  under  this  section,  the 
words  "Voted  under  section  33  certificate". 

(6)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enclose  all  certi-  ^^ [,e  k^*t^^ 
ficates  to  which  this  section  applies  in  one  envelope.  1974,  in  separate 
c.  32,  s.  18  (3),  part,  amended.  ^"^^  °^^ 


NOMINATIONS 

34.  Any  person  who  is  qualified  to  hold  an  office  under  the  )J[,^i^at^ed^ 
Act  constituting  the  office  may  be  nominated  as  a  candidate 
for  such  office.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  32. 


35. — (1)  Nomination  day  for  a  regular  election  shall  be  Nomination 
Monday,    the    twenty-first    day    before    polling    day.     1972, 
c.  95,  s.  33  (1). 

(2)  Persons    may    be    nominated    as    candidates    in    an  J^^^°^ 
election   between   9  o'clock   in   the   forenoon   and  5  o'clock  nomination 
in   the  afternoon   of  nomination   day,   but   nothing  in   this 
section  prevents  a  person  from  filing  a  nomination   paper 

with  the  clerk  during  his  normal  office  hours  in  the  week 
immediately  prior  to  nomination  day.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  19  (2), 
part,  amended. 

(3)  The  clerk  shall,  at  least  seven  days  prior  to  nomination  ^°^l^^ 
day,  post  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places  in  the  munici-  forfliine 

Tioiniii&ijioiifi 

pahty  notice  of  the  date  and  times  for  fihng  nominations 
and  of  the  offices  for  which  persons  may  be  nominated  as 
candidates  in  the  election,  and,  where  there  is  a  newspaper 
having  general  circulation  in  the  municipahty,  publish  at 
least  seven  days  prior  to  nomination  day  the  notice  in  such 
newspaper.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  19  (2),  part,  amended. 

36. — (1)  A  person  may  be  nominated  as  a  candidate  for  nominated 
an  office  by  filing  in  the  office  of  the  clerk,  on  the  days  and 
during  the  hours  specified  in  subsection  2  of  section  35,  a 
nomination  paper  in  prescribed  form  which, 

[a)  shall  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  electors  whose  names 
are  entered,  or  entitled  to  be  entered  under  section 
33,  in  the  polling  lists  of  electors  entitled  to  vote 
in  an  election  to  such  office; 


A 


18 

(6)  shall  state  the  name  and  address  of  the  person 
nominated  in  such  manner  as  will  identify  him  and 
the  office  for  which  he  is  nominated;  and 

((•)  shall  state  the  name  and  address  of  each  elector 
signing  the  nomination  paper  and,  where  the  office 
for  which  the  person  is  nominated  is  a  member  of  a 
school  board,  that  such  nominator  is  a  public  school 
elector  or  a  separate  school  elector,  as  the  fact  is. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (1),  amended. 

deciamtimf         ^^^   '^^  nomination  is  valid  unless  there  is  filed  with  the 
to  be  filed        nomination  paper  a  consent  in  writing  to  the  nomination  and 

a  declaration  of  qualification  in  the  prescribed  form  by  the 

person  nominated.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (2). 

Puj'iic  (3)  A  nomination  paper  nominating  a  person  for  an  office 

nominators     the  holder  of  which  is  required  to  be  elected  by  public  school 

electors  shall  be  signed  by  public  school  electors  only.     1972, 

c.  95,  s.  34  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (2). 

schoof^^  (4)  A  nomination  paper  nominating  a  person  for  an  office 

nominators     the  holder  of  which  is  required  to  be  elected  by  separate  school 

electors   shall    be   signed   by   separate   school    electors   only. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (4);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (3). 

Separate  (5)  Each  person  to  be  nominated  for  election  to  an  office 

nomination  \    /  r 

papers  shall  be  nommated  by  a  separate  nommation  paper,  but  an 

elector  may  sign  more  than  one  nomination  paper  for  the 
same  person  and  the  nomination  papers  of  more  than  one 
person.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (5),  amended. 

pef*«  (6)  After  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  with  the  clerk  it  shall 

to  keep  ^    ' .      .        .  .  ,     ,         ,     , 

nomination     remam  m  the  possession  of  the  clerk. 

paper  *^ 

Onus  on  (7)  The  onus  is  on  the  person  nominated  for  election  to  an 

DGrson  ^ 

nominated  office  to  file  a  bona  fide  nomination  paper.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  34  (6,  7). 

byc?erk''°"  ^'^ ' — (^)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 
clerk,  the  clerk  or  his  assistant  returning  officer  shall  endorse 
upon  it  the  date  and  time  of  its  filing.      1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (1). 

ofcierk*^^  (2)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 

clerk  prior  to  nomination  day,  the  paper  shall  be  examined 


19 

by  the  clerk  and,  if  he  is  satisfied  that  the  requisite  number 
of  the  nominators  whose  signatures  appear  on  the  nomination 
paper  are  electors  entitled  to  vote  for  the  office,  he  shall  so 
certify  in  writing.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (2) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  21  (1). 

(3)  When  the  nomination  papers  have  been  certified  by  Posting 
the    clerk    he   shall    cause    the    name    and    address   of   each 
candidate  nominated  and  the  office  for  which  the  candidate 

is  nominated  to  be  posted  up  in  his  office  or  other  con- 
spicuous place  open  to  inspection  by  the  public.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  35  (3),  amended. 

(4)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a  fl^ie^^'o^ 
clerk  on  nomination  day,  nomination 

•^  day 

(a)  the  clerk  shall  accept  the  nomination  paper  and 
cause  the  name  of  the  person  nominated  to  be  posted 
up  in  accordance  with  subsection  3 ; 

(b)  if,  on  examination  of  the  nomination  paper  prior  to 
4  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  on  the  day  following 
nomination  day,  it  appears  to  the  clerk  that  the 
requisite  number  of  nominators  whose  signatures 
appear  on  the  nomination  paper  are  not  electors 
entitled  to  vote  for  the  office,  he  shall  reject  the 
nomination  and  give  notice  of  the  rejection  im- 
mediately by  registered  mail  to  the  person  nominated 
and  all  candidates  for  that  office,  but  if  he  is  satisfied 
that  the  nominators  meet  such  requirements,  he 
shall  so  certify  in  writing.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (4); 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 

(5)  Where  the  number  of  candidates  for  an  office  who  are  ^^^tferof 
nominated  at  the  end  of  nomination  day  is  not  sufficient  to  candidates 

1-11  11  nominated 

fill  the  number  of  vacancies  to  which  the  candidates  may  be  insufficient 
elected,  on  the  Wednesday  following  nomination  day  the 
clerk  may,  between  the  hours  of  9.00  o'clock  in  the  forenoon 
and  5.00  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  receive  and  certify 
additional  nominations  for  the  office  in  respect  of  which 
there  was  an  insufficient  number  of  candidates.     New.   "^K 

(6)  Certification  by  the  clerk  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  Sy'c^erk ''°" 
or  4  with  respect  to  a  nomination  paper  shall  be  conclusive 
evidence   of   the   facts   certified   and   shall   not   be   open   to 
challenge  thereafter.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (5),  amended. 

(7)  The  clerk  shall  establish  and  maintain  in  his  office  a  ^n^idates 
list  setting  out  the  name  and  residence  of  every  candidate 
whose  nomination  has  been  certified  under  this  section  for  the 
respective  offices  for  which  persons  mav  be  nominated  in  the 


\ 


20 


order  of  certification  and  copies  of  this  list  shall  be  promin- 
ently displayed  in  one  or  more  locations  and  the  list  shall 
be  completed  no  later  than  4  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
day  following  nomination  day  provided  that  where  tiic  clerk 
has  received  additional  nominations  under  subsection  5,  a 
list  showing  the  names  of  the  additional  candidates  nominated 
shall  be  completed  and  posted  by  the  clerk  no  later  than 
4.00  o'clock  in 
nomination  day. 
a  >n  end  I'd. 


'f 


the    afternoon    oi    the    Thursday    following 
1^72.  c.  05,  s.  :i5  (6J ;  1074.  c.  h,  s.  21  (M, 


DEATH   OF  A   CANDIDATE 


38.  If  as  a  result  of  a  candidate  nominated  for  election  to 


Election  on 
death  of 

candidate       an  office  dying  before  the  close  of  the  poll  for  the  election, 


(a)  a  person  would  be  elected  by  acclamation  to  such 
office,  the  election  to  such  office  is  void  and  a  new 
election  shall  be  held  to  fill  such  office ;  or 

(b)  no  person  would  be  elected  by  acclamation  to  such 
office,  the  name  of  the  deceased  candidate  shall  be 
omitted  from  the  ballots  or  if  the  ballots  have  already 
been  printed,  the  clerk  shall  cause  notice  of  the  death 
of  the  candidate  to  be  posted  up  in  a  conspicuous 
place  in  every  polling  place  and  the  election  shall  be 
proceeded  with  as  if  the  deceased  candidate  had  not 
been  nominated.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  36. 


Withdrawal 
of  nomina- 
tion 


Where 
nominated 
in  more 
than  one 
office 


WITHDRAWAL   OF    NOMINATIONS 

39. — (1)  A  person  nominated  as  a  candidate  in  an  election 
may  withdraw  his  nomination  by  instrument  in  writing,  verified 
by  his  affidavit  and  delivered  to  the  clerk  before  5  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination  day. 

(2)  Where  a  person  has  been  nominated  for  more  than  one 
office,  he  may  withdraw  in  respect  of  one  or  more  offices  for 
which  he  is  nominated  by  filing  his  withdrawal  in  writing  with 
the  clerk  in  his  office  before  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
day  following  nomination  day  and  in  default  he  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  nominated  for  the  office  for  which  he  was  first 
nominated  and  to  have  withdrawn  his  nomination  for  any 
other  office.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  37. 


Acclamation 


ACCLAMATIONS 


40. — (1)  If  no  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  any  office 
than  the  number  to  be  elected,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith  after 
5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination  day 
declare  that  candidate  or  those  candidates  dulv  elected. 


21 

(2)  If  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  an  office  tlian  the  ^^^"^ 
number  to  be  elected  but  one  or  more  candidates  withdraws 

his  nomination  so  that  the  number  remaining  is  no  more  than  the 
number  required  to  be  elected,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith 
after  5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination 
day  declare  the  remaining  candidate  or  candidates  to  be  duly 
elected. 

(3)  If  the  number  of  candidates  declared  to  be  elected  to  an  vacancy 
office  under  subsection  1  or  2  is  less  than  the  number  to  be 
elected  to  such  office  so  that  there  is  a  vacancy,  a  new  election 

shall  be  held  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

(4)  Where  in  any  election  the  total  number  of  members  of  the  where 

..      ,  .■^.,.  ,  quorum  not 

council  of  a  municipality  or  of  a  local  board,  as  the  case  may  elected 

be,  declared  elected  under  this  section  and  those  elected  as  a 

result  of  the  poll  in  the  election  is  less  than  a  quorum  of  the 

council  or  of  the  local  board,  the  council  or  local  board  in 

office  for  the  preceding  year  shall  continue  in  office  until  a  new 

election  under  subsection  3  is  held  and  the  number  of  members 

of  the  council  or  local  board  equals  or  exceeds  the  quorum. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  38.  ^ 

NOTICE   OF   POLL 

41 . — (1)  Where  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  election  fe°"ired 
to  an  office  than  the  number  required  to  fill  that  office,  the 
clerk  shall   hold   a   poll   to   elect    the   holder   of   that   office. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  39  (1). 

(2)  Notice  of  the  time  for  the  holding  of  the  poll  in  an  NoUce 
election,  including  the  advance  poll,  and  notice  of  the  last 
day  for  making  application  to  the  clerk  for  a  certificate  to 
vote  by  proxy,  shall  be  given  by  the  clerk  forthwith  after  it 
has  been  determined  that  a  poll  is  required,  by  posting  the 
notice  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places  in  the  municipality, 
and,  where  there  is  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation 
in  the  municipality,  by  publishing  the  notice  in  such 
newspaper.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  39  (2);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  22. 
amended. 

VOTING    BY   BALLOT 

42. — (1)  Where  a  poll  is  held  in  an  election,  the  votes  shall  bybaifot 
be  given  by  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  40  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (1). 

(2)  In   place  of  using  ballot   papers  under  this  Act,   the  Jf,achine8. 
council  of  a  municipality  may,  by  by-law  passed  on  or  before  etc 
the  1st  day  of  April  in  an  election  year,  authorize  the  use  at 
elections  of  voting  machines,  voting  recorders  or  other  voting 


22 


Repealing 
by-law 


Minister's 
order 


devices,  and  a  copy  of  any  such  by-law  shall  be  forwarded 
by  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  to  the  Minister  forthwith 
after  it  is  passed.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (2),  part,  amended. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  2  or  a  predecessor 
thereof  shall  remain  in  force  until  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  municipality,  but  no  such  repealing  by-law  shall  take 
effect  for  the  purposes  of  the  election  next  following  its 
passage  unless  the  repealing  by-law  is  passed  on  or  before 
the  1st  day  of  April  in  the  year  in  which  the  election  is  held. 
New. 

(4)  Where  a  municipality  authorizes  the  use  of  voting 
machines,  voting  recorders  or  other  voting  devices,  the 
Minister  shall,  by  order,  provide  for  procedures  which  may 
be  necessary  to  conduct  the  election  by  the  use  of  such 
machines,  recorders  or  devices  and  the  municipality  shall 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  order.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (2), 
part,  amended. 


Ballots 


Nomination 
of  candidate 
must  be 
certified 


Order  of 
names 


Where 
addresses 
to  be  shown 


PREPARATION   AND   FORM  OF   BALLOT 

43.— (1)  A  clerk  who  is  required  to  hold  a  poll  under 
section  41  shall  prepare  and  cause  to  be  printed  a  sufficient 
number  of  ballots  in  the  prescribed  form  for  use  in  the  election. 

(2)  The  name  of  a  person  shall  not  be  included  in  a  ballot 
as  a  candidate  for  office  unless  his  nomination  as  a  candidate 
for  such  office  has  been  certified  by  the  clerk  under  section  37. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (1,2). 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  the  names  of  the  candidates 
shall  be  shown  on  a  ballot  in  order  of  their  surnames  alpha- 
betically arranged,  with  given  names  preceding  the  surnames, 
and  with  the  surnames  in  bold  type.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (3), 
amended. 

(4)  Where  there  are  two  or  more  candidates  for  election  to 
an  office  whose  given  and  surnames  are  identical  or  so  nearly 
identical  as  to  create  the  possibility  of  confusion,  the  address 
of  all  candidates  for  election  to  such  office  shall  be  shown 
on  the  face  of  the  ballot  for  such  office  immediately  under 
their  names  and  in  sufficient  detail  as  to  identify  each 
candidate.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (4),  amended. 


Nicknames 
and  titles 


(5)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  4,  no  identification  such 
as  a  title,  honour,  decoration  or  degree  shall  be  included  with 
any  candidate's  name  on  a  ballot  to  be  used  in  an  election, 
but  a  name  commonly  called  a  nickname  or  any  other  name 
by  which  a  candidate  is  commonly  known  may  be  used  on 
the  ballot  as  the  name  or  part  of  the  name  of  the  candidate. 


23 

(6)  There  shall  appear  on  the  ballot  to  the  right  of  t^ach  f^Pj^^® [°^ 
candidate's  name  a  circle  or  a  circular  space  suitable  for  the  vote 
marking  of  the  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (5,  6). 

(7)  All  ballots  for  election  to  the  same  office  shall  be  of?^""^^ 

,,  ...  -  ,  ,.,  for  same 

the  same  description  and  as  nearly  alike  as  possible,  and  office  to 
the  names,  and  the  addresses  if  given,  of  the  candidates, 
the  circle  or  circular  space,  the  instructions  referred  to  in 
subsection  8,  and  any  lines  on  the  ballot  shall  be  in  one 
colour  and  the  remainder  of  the  face  of  the  ballot  shall  be 
another  colour,  but  different  colours  may  be  used  for  ballots 
to  be  used  for  election  to  different  offices.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  25, 
part,  amended. 

(8)  A  ballot  shall  contain  instructions  as  to  the  number  ^a^ndufates 
of  candidates  for  which  an  elector  may  vote  and  the  name  of  q" q^*^** 
the  office  for  which  the  election  is  being  held.     1974,  c.  32, 

s.  25,  part,  amended. 

(9)  The  ballot  papers  for  voting  to  obtain  the  assent  or  the  ^ues°ion® 
opinion  of  electors  on  any  by-law  or  question  shall  be  in  the 
prescribed  form.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (9). 

44. — (1)  For  an  election  in  a  municipality  in  which  the  munlc/paiity 
members  of  council  are  elected  by  wards,  there  shall  be  pre- 
pared one  set  of  ballots  for  all  the  polHng  subdivisions  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  mayor, 
another  set  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  containing  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  reeve,  or  reeve  and 
deputy  reeve,  and  another  set  for  each  ward  containing  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman  or  councillor 
for  the  ward. 

(2)  For  an  election  in  a  city  or  town  in  which  the  members  of  ^q^\'^ 
council  are  elected  by  general  vote,  there  shall  be  prepared  for  city  or  town 
all  the  polling  subdivisions  one  set  of  ballots  containing  the 

names  of  the  candidates  for  the  offices  of  mayor,  or  mayor  and 
reeve,  or  mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve,  and  another  set  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman 
or  councillor. 

(3)  For  an  election  in  a  township  that  constitutes  a  borough  mXo^*'*" 
within  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  one  set  of  Toronto 
ballots  shall  be  prepared  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  mayor, 
another  set  of  ballots  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  containing 

the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  controller  and 
another  set  for  each  ward  containing  the  names  of  the 
candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman. 


■\ 


24 


Village  or 
township 


(4)  For  an  election  in  a  village  or  township  there  shall  be 
prepared  one  set  of  ballots  containing  the  names  of  the 
candidates  for  the  office  of  reeve  or  of  reeve  and  deputy  reeve, 
and  for  the  office  of  councillor. 


By-law 
providing 
for  separate 
sets 


When  to  be 
passed 


(5)  The  council  of  a  town  may  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
ballots  for  an  election  to  the  offices  of  mayor,  reeve  and 
drputy  reeve  shall  be  prepared  in  separate  sets  and,  the  council 
of  a  village  or  township  may,  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
ballots  for  an  election  to  the  offices  of  reeve,  deputy  reeve 
and  councillor  shall  be  in  separate  sets.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (1-5). 

(6)  A  by-law  for  the  purposes  mentioned  in  subsection  5 
shall  be  passed  not  later  in  the  election  year  than  the  1st 
day  of  October  and  remains  in  force  until  repealed,  and 
while  in  force  the  prescribed  ballots  shall  be  prepared 
accordingly.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (6),  amended. 


Separate  sets       (7)  There  shall  also  be  separate  sets  of  ballots, 

controller, 

local  board,  ...  ,,  ,.,  e        \         cr  c 

by-laws,  etc.  [a)  containing  the  names  of  the  candidates  tor  the  office  oi , 

(i)  controller, 

(ii)  member  of  a  local  board. 

(iii)   trustee  of  a  police  village, 

(iv)  member  of  the  council  of  a  regional  munici- 
pality, or 

(v)  member  of  the  council  of  both  an  area  muni- 
cipality and  a  regional  municipality; 

{h)  for  obtaining  the  assent  of  the  electors  on  any  by-law 
or  the  opinion  of  the  electors  on  any  question  re- 
quired or  authorized  to  be  submitted  to  them  at  an 
election.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (7);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  26. 

oneby-*ilw.  (^^  Where  more  than  one  by-law  or  question  is  to  be  sub- 

^^-  mitted  to  the  electors  at  one  election,  all  of  such  by-laws  or 

questions  mav  be  placed  on  one  ballot  paper.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  42  (8). 


Composite 
ballots 


45. — (1)  In  place  of  using  separate  ballots  under  this  Act, 
the  council  of  a  municipality  may,  by  by-law  passed  prior 
to  the  first  day  of  October  in  an  election  year,  authorize 
the  use  at  a  municipal  election  of  composite  ballots  in  such 
form  subject  to  subsections  1  to  8  of  section  43,  as  the  by-law 
prescribes.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  43  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  27,  amended. 


25 
(2)  A  composite  ballot  may  contain,  contents 

{a)  the  names  of  candidates  for  the  offices  of  member  of 
council,  member  of  a  school  board,  member  of  a  public 
utility  commission  or  member  of  any  other  board, 
commission  or  body  the  members  of  which  are  required 
to  be  elected  by  the  electors  of  the  municipality  or 
for  any  one  or  more  of  such  offices ;  and 

(/;)  any  by-law  or  question  authorized  or  required  by 
law  to  be  submitted  to  the  electors  for  their  assent 
or  opinion. 

XT         1  1      ti   1  •  •        1      11  Not  to  be 

(J)  >«o  elector  shall  be  given  a  composite  ballot  containing  given  to 
the  names  of  candidates  for  an  office  or  containing  a  question  entitled  to 
or  by-law  for  which  he  is  not  entitled  to  vote.  office^on 

ballot 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  remains  in  force  from  ^^"J^un";! 
year  to  year  until  repealed.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4v3  (2-4).  repealed 

POLLING    PL.ACES 

46. — (1)  Subject  to  section  47,  the  clerk  shall  provide  for  ^Sc^^  ^ 

each  election  at  least  one  polling  place  for  each  polling  sub- 
division in  a  place  that  is  most  central  or  most  convenient 
for  the  electors  and  is  furnished  with  light  and  heat  and  such 
other  accommodation  and  furniture  as  may  be  required,  but  the 
polling  place  may  be  provided  outside  the  limits  of  the  polling 
subdivision. 

(2)  Every  polling  place  for  an  election  in  a  municipality  ^'^^"^ 
shall   be  situate  in   the  municipality,   except   that  where  a 
polling  subdivision  in  a  township  adjoins  an  urban  munici- 
pality, the  polling  place  for  the  polling  subdivision  may  be 
within  the  limits  of  the  urban  municipality.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  44(1,  2). 

(3)  Every    polling    place    shall    be    furnished    with    com-  ^°^^s*'^^ 
partments  in  which  electors  may  mark  their  ballots  without 
other  persons  being  able  to  see  how  they  are  marked  and  it 

is  the  duty  of  the  clerk  and  the  deputy  returning  officer 
respectively  to  ensure  that  a  sufficient  number  of  com- 
partments is  provided  at  each  polling  place.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  44  (3),  amended. 

(4)  The  clerk  may  unite   two  or  more  adjoining  polling  ^Jbdwisions 
subdivisions  and  provide  one   polling  place   for   the  united 
subdivisions.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  44  (4). 

(5)  The  clerk  may  provide  such  additional  polling  places  J,acM°"*' 
in  any  polling  subdivisions  as  are  required  having  regard  to 


26 

the  extent  of  the  subdivision,  the  remoteness  of  any  number 
of  its  electors  from  the  polHng  place  and  number  of  electors 
that  may  conveniently  vote  at  one  polling  place.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  44  (5),  amended. 

DesigrnaUon  (6)  Where  there  are  two  or  more  polling  places  in  a  polling 
subdivision,  each  polling  place  shall  be  designated  by  the 
numbers  of  the  lots  and  concessions  or  the  numbers  and  names 
of  the  streets  at  which  the  electors  reside  or  that  designate 
the  properties  in  respect  of  which  the  electors  are  qualified 
to  vote  therein,  or  by  the  initial  letters  of  the  surnames  of 
the  electors  who  are  qualified  to  vote  therein,  that  is  to  say, 
A  to  M  and  N  to  Z,  or  as  the  case  may  be,  and  an  elector  is  entitled 
to  vote  at  the  appropriate  polling  place  designated  accordingly. 


Notice  of 
locatloa  of 
poUing 
place 


(7)  In  municipalities  having  more  than  5,000  electors, 
the  clerk  shall  mail  or  cause  to  be  delivered  to  each  dwelling 
unit  in  the  municipality  a  notice  advising  the  elector  or  electors 
therein  of  the  location  of  the  polling  place  in  which  that  elector 
or  those  electors  is  or  are  to  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  44  (6,  7). 


Polling 
places  in 
institutions 


47. — (1)  Where  in  a  municipahty  there  is  situate  a  hospital 

or  other  institution  for  the  reception,  treatment  or  vocational 
training  of  persons  who  have  served  or  are  serving  in  the 
Canadian  Forces  or  the  armed  forces  of  any  member  of  the 
Commonwealth,  or  who  are  blind  or  deaf,  a  Workmen's 
Compensation  hospital  or  a  home  for  the  aged,  a  polling  place 
shall  be  provided  in  such  institution  or  upon  the  premises, 
and  may  be  provided  in  a  nursing  home  or  other  institution 
of  twenty  beds  or  more  in  which  chronically  ill  or  infirm 
persons  reside,  and  for  the  purpose  of  polling,  the  institution 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  polling  place,  and  every  person 
resident  in  the  institution  who  is  entered  in  the  polling  list 
is  entitled  to  vote  at  such  polling  place  onlv-  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  28  (1). 


Attendance 
upon  patients 
to  take 
vote 


(2)  Where  a  patient  of  such  a  hospital  or  other  institution  is 
bed-ridden  or  is  unable  to  walk,  it  is  lawful  for  the  deputy 
returning  officer  and  poll  clerk  with  the  candidates  or  their 
scrutineers  to  attend  upon  such  person  for  the  purpose  of 
receiving  his  ballot,  but  no  candidate  or  scrutineer  shall  be 
present  where  the  ballot  of  any  such  voter  is  marked  under 
section  63.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  45  (2). 


Supplies  for 
polling  place 


SUPPLIES  AND  EQUIPMENT  FOR   POLLING   PLACES 

48. — (1)  The  clerk  shall,  before  polling  day,  cause  to  be 
delivered  to  every  deputy  returning  officer  in  his  municipahty, 


27 

{a)  a  ballot  box  for  his  polling  place ; 

{b)  a  sufficient  number  of  ballots  to  supply  the  electors  in 
the  polling  list  of  his  polling  place ; 

(c)  a  sufficient  number  of  the  prescribed  directions  for 
the  guidance  of  electors  for  the  purposes  of  the 
polling  place; 

{d)  two  copies  of  the  polling  list  for  the  polling  place ; 

{e)  all  materials  necessary  for  electors  to  mark  their 
ballots;  and 

(/)  such  other  materials  as  are  prescribed.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  46  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  ballot  box  shall  be  made  of  durable  material,  provided  Baiiotbox 
with  lock  and  key,  and  so  constructed  that  the  ballots  can 

be  deposited  therein  and  cannot  be  withdrawn  without  un- 
locking the  box. 

(3)  When  delivering  the  ballots  for  a  polling  place  to  a  deputy  ^^^[|^  ^° 
returning  officer  the  clerk  shall  certify  the  number  of  ballots  number  of 

so  delivered  and  upon  receiving  them  the  deputy  returning  \ 

officer  shall  make  a  count  of  the  ballots  and  forward  the 
prescribed  receipt  therefor  to  the  clerk,  and  shall  keep  the 
certificate  for  return  to  the  clerk  with  the  other  documents 
required  to  be  returned  to  him  under  section  78. 

(4)  Every  deputy  returning  officer  before  opening  the  poll,  ^oifj^*'""^ 
or  immediately  after  he  has  received  the  printed  directions  placarded 
from  the  clerk  if  they  were  not  received  before  opening  the 

poll,  shall  cause  them  to  be  placarded  outside  the  polling 

place  and  in  every  compartment  of  the  polling  place,  and  shall  j 

see  that  they  remain  so  placarded  until  the  close  of  the  polling.  / 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  46  (2-4). 


WHERE   AND   HOW  OFTEN   ELECTORS   MAY  VOTE 

40. — (1)  An  elector  whose  name  appears  in  the  polling  list  of^J^J'es^ 
for  a  polling  subdivision  or  who  presents  a  certificate  to  vote  that 

•  °  »  may  be 

there  under  section  33,  50  or  56,  is  entitled  to  vote  in  an  given  by 
election  in  such  subdivision  in  accordance  with  the  following 
rules: 

1.  He  is  entitled  to  vote  once  only  for  one  candidate 
for  mayor,  reeve  or  deputy  reeve. 

2.  He  is  entitled  to  vote  for  as  many  candidates  for 
controller  as  there  are  controllers  to  be  elected  but 
once  only  for  each  candidate. 


28 

3.  Where  the  election  of  aldermen,  councillors,  trustees 
or  members  of  local  boards  is  by  general  vote,  he  is 
entitled  to  vote  for  as  many  candidates  for  such  offices 
as  there  are  candidates  to  be  elected  but  once  only  for 
each  candidate. 

4.  Where  the  aldermen,  councillors,  trustees  or  members 
of  local  boards  are  elected  by  wards,  he  is  entitled  to 
vote, 

i.  if  resident  in  the  municipality,  in  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  resides ;  or 

ii.  if  not  resident  in  the  municipality,  in  the 
polling  subdivision  in  which  his  name  appears 
on  the  polling  list, 

for  as  many  candidates  for  such  offices  as  there  are 
candidates  to  be  elected  for  the  ward  but  once  only 
for  each  candidate. 

5.  Where  the  election  is  to  the  office  of  member  of  a 
school  board  to  be  elected  by  public  school  electors 
in  a  municipality  or  a  part  thereof,  or  in  a  combination 
of  municipalities,  in  which  the  polling  subdivision  is 
located,  a  public  school  elector  is  entitled  to  as  many 
votes  as  there  are  members  to  be  elected  by  the 
public  school  electors  in  such  municipality  or  part, 
or  combination  of  municipalities,  as  the  case  may  be, 
but  may  not  give  more  than  one  vote  to  any  one 
candidate. 

6.  Where  the  election  is  to  the  office  of  member  of  a 
school  board  to  be  elected  by  separate  school  electors 
in  a  municipality  or  in  a  part  thereof,  or  in  a  com- 
bination of  municipalities,  in  which  the  polling  sub- 
division is  located,  a  separate  school  elector  is  entitled 
to  as  many  votes  as  there  are  members  to  be  elected 
by  the  separate  school  electors  in  such  municipality 
or  part,  or  combination  of  municipalities,  as  the  case 
may  be,  but  may  not  give  more  than  one  vote  to  any 
one  candidate. 

7.  An  elector  who  is  entitled  to  vote  in  respect  of  any 
by-law  or  question  authorized  or  required  by  law  to  be 
submitted  for  the  assent  or  opinion  of  the  electors 
is  entitled  to  vote  once  only  with  respect  to  such 
by-law  or  question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  47. 

tohav/^^*  (2)  Where,  by  reason  of  the  hours  of  his  employment,  an 

coMecutive     employee   who    is   a   qualified   elector   will    not    have    three 
voti^g^^'^        consecutive   hours   to   vote   while   the   polls  are   open   on   a 


29 


polling  day  at  an  election,  his  employer  shall,  at  the  con- 
venience of  the  employer,  allow  the  employee  such  time  for 
voting  as  is  necessary  to  provide  the  three  consecutive  hours. 


(3)  No  employer  shall  make  any  deduction  from  the  pay^o^p^y" 
of  any  such  employee  or  exact  from  him  any  penalty  by  prohibited 
reason  of  absence  from  his  work  during  the  time  allowed  by 
the  employer  for  voting.     New. 


60. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  at  the  request  of  a  person  cji^o^and 
whose  name  is  entered  on  the  polling  list  for  a  polling  place  poiicierk. 
in  a  municipality  who  has  been  appointed  a  deputy  returning  emijioyed 
officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assistant  or  constable  at  another 
polling  place,  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  shall  give  him  a 
certificate  that  he  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  polling  place  at 
which  he  is  stationed  during  the  polling  day. 


(2)  No  certificate  shall  be  issued  under  this  section  entitling  municipality 
an  elector  in  a  municipality  that  is  divided  into  wards  to  vote  divided  into 

*  -^  wards 

at  a  polling  subdivision  in  a  ward  different  from  the  ward  in 
which  the  polling  place  at  which  the  elector  is  otherwise 
entitled  to  vote  is  situate. 


\ 


(3)  The  clerk  shall  not  give  a  certificate  under  this  section  J^^^f^cate 
until  he  has  ascertained  by  reference  to  the  polling  list  or  to  a  maybe 
certificate  under  section  33  that  the  applicant  is  entitled  to 

vote,  and  after  giving  the  certificate  he  shall  forthwith  give 
notice  in  writing  thereof  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  for  the 
polling  place  at  which  the  applicant  is  by  the  polling  list  or 
certificate  under  section  33  to  be  entitled  to  vote,  and  the 
person  to  whom  the  certificate  has  been  given  is  not  thereafter 
entitled  to  vote  at  such  polling  place. 

(4)  The  certificate  shall  designate  the  polling  place  at  which  certificate 
the  person  is  to  be  permitted  to  vote. 

(5)  The  clerk  shall  keep  a  list  in  which  he  shall  enter  before  JJrtiflcateK 
he  delivers  a  certificate  under  this  section, 

(a)  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  to  whom  he 
gives  the  certificate; 

{h)  the  polling  place  at  which  the  person  is  authorized 
to  vote  under  the  certificate; 


(c)  the  polling  place  at  which  the  jjerson  appears  by  the 
jxjjling  list  to  be  entitled  to  vote; 


30 


{d)  whether  the  certificate  is  granted  to  such  person 
as  deputy  returning  officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assist- 
ant or  constable;  and 

{e)  if  a  certificate  is  refused,  the  name  of  the  person 
applying  for  the  certificate  with  the  grounds  of 
refusal, 

and  the  list   shall  be  open   to  inspection  by  any  candidate 
scrutineer  or  elector.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  48. 


Certificate 
entitles 
person  to 
vote 


51, — (1)  A  person  who  produces  a  certificate  given  to  him 
under  section  50  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  polling  place  desig- 
nated therein,  but  the  certificate  does  not  entitle  him  to  vote 
there  unless  he  has  been  actually  engaged  there  as  a  deputy 
returning  officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assistant  or  constable 
during  polUng  day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  49  (1). 


Entry  on 

polling 

list 


(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered  on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk 
opposite  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  voting  under 
the  authority  of  a  certificate,  the  words  "Voted  under  Certi- 
ficate".   1972,  c.  95,  s.  49  (2),  amended. 


Certificate 
to  be  given 
to  D.R.O. 


(3)  A  person  voting  under  the  authority  of  a  certificate  shall 
deliver  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  before  receiving  his 
ballot. 


i^°em;efope  (^)  ^^^  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enclose  all  certificates 
to  which  this  section  applies  in  one  envelope.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  49  (3,  4). 

PROCEDURE  AT  POLL 


Hours  poll 
to  be 
open 


52.  Every  polling  place  shall  be  open  for  the  purpose  of 
taking  the  p)oll  at  every  election  from  11  o'clock  in  the  fore- 
noon until  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  polling  day.  1972, 
c.  95.  s.  50. 


DiRo  to  ^^' — (^)  ^  deputy  returning  officer  shall   attend  at   the 

attend  poll      polling  place   for  which   he  was   appointed   at   least   fifteen 

minutes  before  the  hour  fixed  for  opening  the  poll. 

balFotebefore       (2)  During  the  period  of  fifteen  minutes  before  the  opening 

opening  of       of  the  poll,  the  Scrutineers  who  are  entitled  to  be  present  in  a 

polling   place   during   polling  hours   are   entitled   to   inspect 

the  ballots  and  all  other  papers,  forms  and  documents  relating 

to  the  poll.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  51. 


seai*rng'of"'         ^^'  ^  deputy  returning  officer  shall,  immediately  before 
ballot  box       opening  the  poll  at  his  polling  place,  show  the  ballot  box  to 


31 


such  persons  as  are  present  in  the  polhng  place,  so  that 
they  may  see  if  it  is  empty,  and  he  shall  then  lock  the  box 
and  place  his  seal  upon  it  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  it  being 
opened  without  breaking  the  seal,  and  he  shall  keep  the  box 
on  a  desk,  counter  or  table  or  otherwise  so  that  it  is  raised 
above  the  floor  in  full  view  of  all  present,  and  shall  keep  the 
box  so  locked  and  sealed  until  the  box  is  required  to  be  opened 
for  the  purpose  of  counting  the  votes  under  section  71.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  52. 

55.— (1)  Where  a  person  enters  the  polling  place  and  g^*®^ ^^ 
requests  a  ballot  paper,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  tender  of 
proceed  as  follows: 

1.  He  shall  ascertain  that  the  name  of  such  person  or 
a  name  apparently  intended  for  it  is  entered  in  the 
polling  list  for  the  polling  subdivision  or  that  such 
person  is  entitled  to  vote  under  a  certificate  issued 
by  the  clerk  pursuant  to  section  33  or  50  and  the 
poll  clerk  shall,  on  a  separate  polling  list,  delete 
the  name  of  the  said  person  on  such  polling  list. 

2.  The  poll  clerk  shall  indicate  on  his  polling  list 
opposite  the  person's  name  the  numerical  order  in 
which  the  person  was  given  his  ballot  paper. 

3.  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  satisfied  that  such 
person  is  the  person  designated  in  the  polling  list 
or  in  a  certificate  mentioned  in  paragraph  1  and  is 
otherwise  entitled  to  vote  and  if  no  candidate  or 
scrutineer  objects  to  voting  by  such  person,  the 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  put  his  initials  on  the 
back  of  a  ballot  paper,  so  placed  that  when  the 
ballot  is  folded  they  can  be  seen  without  opening 
it  and  shall  deliver  the  ballot  paper  to  such  person. 

4.  If  voting  by  such  person  is  objected  to  by  any 
candidate  or  scrutineer,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  enter  the  objection  or  cause  it  to  be  entered 
on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk,  by 
writing  opposite  the  name  of  such  person  the  words 
"Objected  to"  and  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
require  such  person  to  take  the  prescribed  oath, 
which  oath  shall  indicate  the  name  of  the  candidate 
by  or  on  whose  behalf  the  objection  was  made. 

5.  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  not  satisfied  that 
such  person  is  the  person  designated  in  the  polling 
list  or  in  a  certificate  mentioned  in  paragraph  1 
and    is    otherwise    entitled    to    vote,    although    no 


\ 


32 


candidate  or  scrutineer  has  objected,  he  may  require 
such  person  to  take  the  prescribed  oath. 

6.  If  such  a  person  having  been  required  to  take  the 
oath  refuses  to  do  so,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  enter  or  cause  it  to  be  entered  opposite  the 
name  of  such  person  on  the  polling  list  maintained 
by  the  poll  clerk  the  words  "Refused  to  be  sworn" 
or  "Refused  to  affirm"  according  to  the  fact  and  a 
ballot  paper  shall  not  be  delivered  to  such  person. 

7.  If  such  person  takes  the  oath,  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be  entered  opposite 
such  person's  name  on  the  polling  list  maintained 
by  the  clerk  the  word  "Sworn"  or  "Affirmed"  accord- 
ing to  the  fact,  shall  put  his  initials  on  the  back  of 
a  ballot  paper,  so  placed  that  when  the  ballot  is 
folded  they  can  be  seen  without  opening  it,  and 
shall  deliver  the  ballot  paper  to  such  person. 

8.  The  deputy  returning  officer  may,  and  upon  request 
shall,  either  personally  or  through  the  poll  clerk, 
explain  to  the  elector  as  concisely  as  possible  the 
mode  of  voting.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  53  (1),  amended. 


Disqualifica- 
tion of 
prisoners, 
mentally  ill. 
etc. 


(2)  A  person  who  on  polling  day  is  a  prisoner  in  a  penal  or 
reform  institution,  or  a  patient  in  a  mental  hospital,  or  who 
has  been  transferred  from  a  mental  hospital  to  a  home  for 
special  care  as  mentally  incompetent  is  disqualified  from  voting 
at  any  election  and  no  ballot  shall  be  furnished  to  such  a 
person. 


Elector  in 
polling 
place  at 
closing 


(3)  Every  elector  qualified  to  vote  at  a  polling  place  who  is 
inside  the  polling  place  at  the  time  fixed  for  closing  the  poll 
is  entitled  to  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  53  (2,  3). 


Entry  of 
name  on 
polling  list 
by  D.R.O. 


56. — (1)  If  a  person  representing  himself  to  be  an  elector 
applies  to  a  deputy  returning  officer  at  a  polling  place  for  a 
ballot  and  his  name  does  not  appear  on  the  polling  list  or  in  a 
certificate  issued  under  section  2)?)  or  50  as  entitled  to  vote  at 
the  polling  place,  he  is  entitled  to  have  his  name  entered  on 
such  polling  list  and  to  receive  a  ballot  and  to  vote  if  he 
takes  a  declaration  in  the  prescribed  form  and  otherwise 
establishes  his  identity  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer. 


Idem 


(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered  on  the  polling  list  and  on  the  polling  list  maintained 


33 


by  the  poll  clerk  the  name  of  the  elector. 

amended. 


1972,  c.  95,  s.  54, 


(3)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  furnish  a  copy  of  each  cierkand 
such  declaration  to  the  clerk  who  shall,  in  turn,  furnish  it  assessment 
to  the  assessment  commissioner  before  the  first  Monday  in  missioner 
December  in  an  election  year.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  29,  amended. 

57.  Where  an  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  a  polling  place  ^^®^^*^ 
applies  for  a  ballot  paper  and  it  appears  that  another  person  person  voted 
has  voted  as  such  elector  or  that  an  entry  has  been  made  in  the  of  elector. 

etc 

polling  list  in  error  that  such  elector  has  polled  his  vote,  if 
such  person  takes  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form  and  otherwise 
establishes  his  identity  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer  he  is  entitled  to  receive  a  ballot  paper.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  55  (1). 


58.  No  inquiry  shall  be  made  of  an  elector  who  is  required  inquiry 
to  take  the  oath  under  section  55  or  57  except  with  respect  to 
the  matters  required  to  be  stated  in  the  oath  or  to  ascertain 
if  he  is  the  person  intended  to  be  designated  in  the  polling 
list.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  56  (2) ;  1974,  c.  32.  s.  30  (2). 


\ 


59.  Upon  delivery  to  him  of  a  ballot  paper  by  a  deputy  ^^^^^^jy*^ 
returning  officer,  the  person  receiving  it  shall,  of  ballot 

{a)  forthw  ith  proceed  into  the  compartment  provided  for 
the  purpose  and  shall  then  and  there  mark  his  ballot 
paper  with  a  cross  or  other  mark  with  a  pen  or  pencil 
within  the  circle  or  circular  space  to  the  right  of 
the  name  of  a  candidate  for  whom  he  intends  to  vote ; 

(6)  then  fold  the  ballot  paper  so  as  to  conceal  the  names 
of  the  candidates  and  the  marks  upon  the  face  of  it 
and  so  as  to  expose  the  initials  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer ; 

(c)  then  leave  the  compartment  without  delay,  and 
without  showing  the  face  of  the  ballot  paper  to 
anyone,  or  so  displaying  it  as  to  make  known  how 
he  has  marked  it ;  and 

{d)  then  deliver  the  ballot  paper  so  folded  to  the  deputy 
returning  officer.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  57. 

eo. — ( 1 )  Upon  delivery  of  a  ballot  paper  to  him  by  an  elector ,  B jt.o°on 
the  deputy  returning  officer,   without   unfolding  the  ballot  bl^fo?'"*^ 
paper,  or  in  any  way  disclosing  the  names  of  the  candidates  or 
the  marks  made  by  the  elector,  shall  verify  his  own  initials, 
and  at  once  deposit  the  ballot  paper  in  the  ballot  box  in  the 


34 


presence  of  all  persons  entitled  to  be  present  and  then  present 
in  thf  polling  place,  and  the  elector  shall  forthwith  leave  the 
polling  place. 


Person 
deemed 
to  have 
voted 


(2)  A  person  whose  ballot  has  been  placed  in  the  ballot  box 
by  tlie  deputy  returning  officer  shall  be  deemed  to  have  voted. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  58  (1,  2). 


Person  not 
to  take 
ballot 

from  polling 
place 


61 . — (1)  A  person  who  has  received  a  ballot  from  a  deputy 
returning  officer  shall  not  take  it  out  of  the  polling  place,  and  a 
person  who  receives  a  ballot  and  leaves  the  polling  place 
without  returning  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer,  or  returns 
his  ballot  declining  to  vote,  forfeits  his  right  to  vote,  and 
the  deputy  returning  officer,  shall  make  an  entry  on  the  polling 
list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  "Forfeited  Vote"  opposite 
the  person's  name,  and  in  the  case  where  a  person  returns 
his  ballot  declining  to  vote,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  immediately  write  the  word  "Declined"  upon  the  ballot 
and  preserve  it  to  be  returned  to  the  clerk.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  59  (1),  amended. 


Ballot 

accidentally 

spoiled 


(2)  An  elector  who  has  inadvertently  dealt  with  his  ballot  in 
such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  conveniently  used,  upon 
returning  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer,  is  entitled  to 
obtain  another  ballot,  and  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
immediately  write  the  word  "Cancelled"  upon  the  first- 
mentioned  ballot  and  preserve  it  to  be  returned  to  the  clerk. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  59  (2). 


personin  ®2.  Subject  to  section  63,  while  an  elector  is  in  a  compart- 

w°h?ieYiector'  meut  for  the  purpose  of  marking  his  ballot  paper,  no  other 
marking        person  shall  be  allowed  to  enter  the  compartment  or  to  be  in  a 

position  from  which  he  can  see  how  the  elector  marks  his 

ballot  paper.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  60. 


ballot 


Elector 
blind  or 
handicapped 


63. — (1)  On  the  application  of  any  elector  who  is  unable  to 
read  or  is  blind  or  is  handicapped  by  other  physical  cause 
from  voting  in  accordance  with  the  other  provisions  of  this 
Act,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  require  the  elector 
making  the  application  to  take  an  oath  of  his  inability  to 
vote  without  assistance,  and  shall  thereafter  assist  the  elector 
by  marking  his  ballot  in  the  manner  directed  by  the  elector 
in  the  presence  of  the  poll  clerk  and  of  no  other  person  and 
place  the  ballot  in  the  ballot  box.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  61  (1), 
amended. 


eiectir*"^**^       ^^)  ^^^  deputy  returning  officer  shall  either  deal  with  an 
***"?' ^v       elector  mentioned  in  subsection   1   in  the  manner  provided 

marked  by        , ,         .  ,  ,  ,       ,  111 

friend  therein  or,  at  the  request  of  any  such  elector  who  has  taken 

the  prescribed  oath  and  is  accompanied  by  a  friend,  shall 


35 

permit  the  friend  to  accompany  the  elector  into  the  voting 
compartment  and  mark  the  elector's  ballot  for  him.  ' 

(3)  Any  friend  who  is  permitted  to  mark  the  ballot  of  an  path  of 
elector  under  subsection  2  shall  first  be  required  to  take  the 
prescribed  oath  that  he  will  keep  secret  the  manner  in  which 

the  elector  voted. 

(4)  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  act  as  the  friend  of  more  May  act 

^  '^  as  friend 

than  one  elector  at  any  polling  place  other  than  a  polling  only 
place  established  under  section  47.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  61  (2-4). 

64.  Where  the  deputy  returning  ofhcer  does  not  under-  ^^nn'T*^" 
stand  the  language  of  the  elector,  an  interpreter  provided  by  understand 
the  elector  may  be  sworn  in  the  prescribed  form  to  translate  the 
necessary  oaths  as  well  as  any  lawful  questions  necessarily 
put  to  the  elector  and  his  answers,  but  in  the  event  of  inability 
to  secure  an  interpreter,  the  elector  shall  be  refused  a  ballot. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  62. 

65. — (1)  The    returning    officer,    the    assistant    returning  ^to^may  'A^ 

officer,  the  deputy  returning  officer,  the  poll  clerk,  the  election  ppiung 
assistant,  the  constable  or  constables,  any  candidate  or,  in  his 
absence,  his  scrutineer,  any  scrutineer  appointed  by  the 
council  in  relation  to  any  by-law  or  question,  and  no  others 
shall  be  permitted  to  remain  in  the  polling  place  during  the 
time  the  poll  is  open  or  to  be  in  the  polling  place  at  the  counting 
of  the  votes.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  63;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  31. 

(2)  No  campaign  material  or  literature  of  any  nature  what-  nteratureY" 
soever  of  any  candidate  in  the  election  shall  be  displayed  poning  place  / 

within  the  polling  place.     New. 


ADVANCE  POLLS 

66. — (1)  The  clerk  shall  hold  an  advance  poll  in  accordance  Advance 
with  this  section  on  the  Saturday  nine  days  before  polling 
day  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  votes  of  electors  who  expect 
to  be  unable  to  vote  on  polling  day  in  the  polling  subdivisions 
for  which  their  names  appear  on  the  polling  lists  or  who  are 
entitled  to  vote  either  under  a  certificate  issued  by  the  clerk 
under  section  33  or  who  become  entitled  to  vote  under 
section  56.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (1),  pari. 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  passed  Addituma^^^ 
before  nomination  day  provide  for  the  holding  by  the  clerk 


36 


of  additional  advance  polls  for  the  same  purposes  as  provided 
in  subsection  1.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (1),  part. 


When  poll 
to  be 
open 


(3)  The  advance  poll  shall  be  open  from  9  o'clock  in  the 
forenoon  until  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  on  each  day  it  is 
held  and  polling  shall  be  held  so  far  as  possible  in  the  same 
manner  as  poHing  at  a  regular  election.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (2) ; 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (2),  amended. 


Polling 
places 


(4)  The  clerk  shall  provide  as  many  polling  places  for  an 
advance  poll  as  he  considers  necessary  and  shall  appoint  a 
deputy  returning  officer  and  poll  clerk  for  each  such  polling 
place.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (3). 


List  of 

persons 

voting 


(5)  Forthwith  after  the  close  of  the  advance  poll  on  each 
day  it  is  held,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  make  up 
and  deliver  to  the  clerk  a  list  of  the  names  of  all  persons 
who  have  voted  showing  in  each  case  the  number  of  the 
polling  subdivision  in  which  the  elector  is  entered  in  the 
polling  list  and  the  clerk  shall,  at  the  request  of  any  candidate, 
furnish  him  with  a  copy  of  such  list. 


Duties  of 
clerk  on 
receiving 
list 


(6)  Upon  receiving  the  list  mentioned  in  subsection  5,  the 
clerk  shall, 

(fl)  make  an  entry  in  the  polling  list  to  be  supplied  to 
each  deputy  returning  officer  on  polling  day  opposite 
the  name  of  each  elector  whose  name  appears  in  such 
list  and  whose  vote  has  been  received  at  an  advance 
poll,  showing  that  such  elector  has  voted ;  or 

{b)  make  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form  for  each 
polling  subdivision,  showing  the  name  and  address  of 
each  elector  listed  in  the  polling  list  for  such  polling 
subdivision  who  has  voted  at  an  advance  poll,  and 
shall  furnish  such  certificate  before  the  opening  of  the 
poll  on  polling  day  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  of 
the  polling  subdivision,  and  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  before  opening  the  poll  make  an  entry 
in  the  polling  list  supplied  to  him,  opposite  the 
name  of  each  elector  whose  name  appears  on  the 
certificate,  showing  that  such  elector  has  voted.  1972, 
c,  95,  s.  64  (5,  6). 


Sealing 
of  box 


(7)  Forthwith  after  the  close  of  the  advance  poll  on  each  day 
it  is  held  the  deputy  returning  officer  and  any  candidate  or 
scrutineer  present  who  desires  to  do  so  shall  affix  his  seal  to  the 
ballot  box  in  such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  opened  or  any 


37 

ballots  be  deposited  in  it  without  breaking  the  seals  and  the 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  forthwith  deliver  it,  along  with 
all  other  election  documents  used  at  the  poll,  personally  to 
the  clerk  for  safe  keeping.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (7),  amended. 

(8)  On  the  regular  polling  day  for  an  election,  after  the  bauSt^ifoxes 
close  of  polling,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall,  in  the  for  advance 
presence  of  such  candidates  for  office  at  the  election  and 
their  scrutineers  as  are  present  at  the  hour  fixed  for  the 
closing  of  the  poll,  open  the  ballot  boxes  for  the  advance 
poll,  count  the  votes  and  perform  all  other  duties  required  of 
deputy  returning  officers  by  this  Act.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (8). 


PROXY  VOTING 

67. — (1)  Any  person  whose  name  is  entered  in  the  polling  ^Jtebv^'' 
list  for  a  polling  subdivision  or  who  has  obtained  a  certificate  proxy' 
under  section  33  entitling  him  to  vote  and  who  is, 

(a)  a  person  other  than  one  described  in  section  47  and 
who  is  certified  by  a  legally  qualified  medical  prac- 
titioner, by  certificate  filed  with  the  clerk,  to  be 
physically  incapable  of  attending  a  polling  place; 

(b)  a  person  absent  from  his  regular  residence  by  reason 
of  attending  an  educational  institution  and  who  is 
entered  in  the  list  for  the  polling  subdivision  in 
which  he  normally  resides  and  who  expects  by  reason 
of  such  absence  to  be  unable  to  vote  at  the  advance 
poll  or  on  polling  day ;  or 

(c)  a  person  who  expects  to  be  absent  from  his  polling 
subdivision  during  the  election  period  including  the 
advance  poll  and  polling  day  by  reason  of  his  being 
engaged  for  hire  or  reward  in  the  business  of  trans- 
portation by  railwav,  air,  water  or  motor  vehicle, 

may  vote  by  proxy  in  that  polling  subdivision.     1972,  c.  95, 
s.  65  (1);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  33  (1). 

(2)  Any  person  who  is  entitled  to  vote  by  proxy  pursuant  ^ho  may  be 
to  subsection  1  may  appoint  in  writing  in  the  prescribed  form 

as  his  voting  proxy  any  other  person  who  is  eligible  as  an 
elector  in  the  municipality.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (2),  amended. 

(3)  A  voting  proxy  may  not  act  as  a  voting  proxy   for  JJoxy  once 
more  than  one  person   voting  by  proxy  except   where  the  only 


•\ 


38 


person  voting  by  proxy  is  the  parent,  grandparent,  child, 
grandchild,  brother,  sister,  husband  or  wife  of  the  voting 
proxy,  in  which  case  a  voting  proxy  may  act  for  more  than 
one  such  person  voting  by  proxy.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (3); 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (2). 


Term  of  (4)  ^^  appointment  of  a  person  as  a  voting  proxy  is  not 

valid  unless  it  is  made  after  nomination  day  and  does  not 
remain  in  force  after  polling  day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (4). 


Application 
for  certificate 
to  vote  by 
proxy 


(5)  A  person  who  has  been  appointed  a  voting  proxy  may 
apply  to  the  clerk  not  later  than  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
of  polling  day  to  receive  a  certificate  to  vote  by  proxy  for 
the  polling  subdivision  in  which  the  person  appointing  the 
voting  proxy  is  entitled  to  vote.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (F)], 
amended.  '^H 


When 
certificate 
to  be  given 


(6)  The  clerk  may  take  evidence  on  oath  as  to  the  right  of  the 
person  appointing  the  voting  proxy  to  vote  in  the  polling  sub- 
division upon  the  list  for  which  his  name  is  entered  and  as  to 
the  qualification  of  the  voting  proxy,  and,  if  he  finds  that  the 
person  appointing  the  voting  proxy  is  duly  qualified  and  that 
the  voting  proxy  is  authorized  to  act  for  the  person  appointing 
him,  he  shall  give  a  certificate  in  prescribed  form  across  the  face 
of  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  to  that  effect.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  65  (6);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (3),  amended. 


thaVomf  (^)  ^^^  more  than  one  voting  proxy  may  be  appointed  on 

proxy  behalf  of  any  person  at  any  election. 


Oath  on 
voting 


(8)  A  ballot  shall  not  be  delivered  to  a  person  who  claims 
to  vote  as  a  voting  proxy  unless  he  produces  his  appointment 
as  a  voting  proxy  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  with  the 
certificate  of  the  clerk  thereon  as  provided  in  subsection  6  and 
takes  the  prescribed  oath.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (7,  8). 


Record  of 
voting  proxy 


(9)  Where  a  voting  proxy  has  voted,  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  file  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  and 
the  certificate  of  his  appointment  given  by  the  clerk  with 
the  election  papers  and  return  them  to  the  clerk  in  the 
envelope  provided  for  that  purpose.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (9), 
amended. 


Proxy  may 
vote  in 
own  right 


(10)  A  person  who  has  been  appointed  as  a  voting  proxy  is 
entitled  to  vote  in  his  own  right  in  the  municipality  not- 
withstanding that  he  has  voted  as  a  voting  proxy.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  65  (10). 


39 

KEEPING  OF  peace:  EMERGENCY  SITUATIONS 

68.  A  clerk  or  a  deputy  returning  officer  may  require  the  ^o^nstawes  °^ 
assistance  of  constables  and  other  persons  to  aid  him  in  main- 
taining peace  and  order  at  the  election  and  may  swear  in  as 
many  constables  as  he  considers  necessary.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  66. 

60. — (1)  If  any  circumstances  arise  in  the  municipality,  P,®?j[f''*"°" 

^    '  -'  r         J  >  of  emergency 

that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  clerk  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  by  clerk 
prevent  or  delay  the  opening  of  any  polling  place  or  cause 
the  discontinuance  of  polling  at  any  polling  place,  the  clerk 
may  declare  an  emergency  situation  to  be  in  effect  and  such 
emergency  situation  shall  continue  until  the  clerk  otherwise 
declares. 

(2)  Where  an  emergency  situation  is  declared  under  sub-  ^^^^^' 
section    1,   the   clerk   shall   make   such   arrangements   as   he  clerk 
considers   advisable   for   the   conduct   of   the   poll,   the  safe- 
keeping of  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  election  documents  and 

the  counting  of  the  votes.  -x 

(3)  The  arrangements  made  by  the  clerk   under  subsec-  ^o^quJ's^^on 
tion  2,  in  good  faith,  shall  not  be  open  to  question,  or  be 
quashed,  set  aside  or  declared  invalid  on  account  of  their 
unreasonableness  or  supposed  unreasonableness.     New. 


COUNTING  THE  VOTES 

70.  Immediately  after  the  close  of  the  poll,  the  deputy  §)R*a after 
returning  officer  at  each  polling  place  shall,  close  of  poii 

(a)  place  all  the  cancelled,  declined  and  unused  ballots 
in  separate  sealed  envelopes ; 

(b)  count  the  number  of  electors  whose  names  appear 
on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  to 
have  voted  and  make  en  entry  at  the  end  thereof: — 
"The  number  of  electors  who  voted  at  this  election 
in  this  polling  place  is  (stating  the  number)"  and 
sign  his  name  thereto.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  68,  amended. 

71. — (1)  After   compliance   with   section   70,    the   deputy  comiUnK  of 
returning  officer  shall,  in  the  presence  and  in  lull  view  ol  the 


40 


persons  entitk'd  to  bo  present,  open  the  ballot  box  for  the 
polling'  place  and  proceed  to  count  the  numbers  of  votes  for 
each  candidate,  ^ivin^  full  opportunity  to  those  present  to 
examine  each  ballot. 


Rejection  of 
ballots 


(2)   In  counting  the  votes,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
reject  all  ballots, 


(«)  that  have  not  been  supplied  by  him ; 

(b)  that  contain  the  names  of  candidates  for  one  office 
only  and  in  which  votes  have  been  cast  for  more 
candidates  than  are  to  be  elected  to  the  office ; 

(c)  that  are  separate  ballots  submitting  a  by-law  for  the 
assent  or  a  question  for  the  opinion  of  the  electors, 
and  votes  are  cast  for  both  the  affirmative  and  the 
negative  on  the  by-law  or  question  ;  or 

(d)  upon  which  there  is  any  writing  or  mark  by  which 
the  elector  can  be  identified,  or  that  has  been  so  torn, 
defaced  or  otherwise  dealt  with  by  the  elector  that  he 
can  thereby  be  identified, 

but  no  word,  letter,  or  mark  written  or  made  or  omitted  to  be 
written  or  made  by  the  deputy  returning  officer  on  a  ballot 
voids  it  or  warrants  its  rejection. 


Idem 


(3)  Where  a  ballot  contains  the  names  of  candidates  for 
more  than  one  office  and  votes  are  cast  on  such  ballot  for 
more  candidates  for  any  office  than  are  to  be  elected  to  such 
office,  such  votes  are  void  and  shall  be  rejected,  but  unless 
such  ballot  is  rejected  under  subsection  2,  the  votes  for  any 
other  office  in  respect  of  which  the  elector  has  not  voted  for 
more  candidates  than  are  to  be  elected  shall  be  counted. 


Composite 
ballots 


(4)  Where  in  a  composite  ballot, 


(a)  votes  are  cast  for  more  candidates  for  any  office  than 
are  to  be  elected  to  such  office  ;  or 

{b)  votes  are  cast  for  both  the  affirmative  and  negative 
on  any  by-law  or  question. 


the  votes  for  such  candidates  or  with  regard  to  the  by-law  or 
question,  as  the  case  may  be,  are  void  and  shall  be  rejected 
but,  unless  such  ballot  is  rejected  under  subsection  2,  the 


41 

votes  for  any  other  offices,  by-law  or  question  in  respect  of 
which  votes  are  correctly  indicated  shall  be  counted. 

(5)  Where  part  of  the  votes  cast  in  any  ballot  are  rejected  where  part 

.  ,  .  -,  J  of  votes 

under  subsection  3  or  4,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  rejected 
note  such    fact   on    the   back   of  the   ballot   and   initial   the 
note,   and   where   all    the   votes   on   the   ballot   are   rejected 
under  either  or  both  of  such  subsections,  the  ballot  shall  be 
treated  as  a  rejected  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  69. 

72.— (1)  A  candidate  or  a  scrutineer  at  a  polling  place  may  bylfandwate, 
object  to  a  ballot  or  to  the  counting  of  votes  in  any  ballot  ^tc. 
in  whole  or  in  part  on  the  ground  that  the  ballot  or  such 
votes  should  be  rejected  under  section  71  and  the  deputy 
returning  officer  at  the  polling  place  shall  decide  the  objection, 
subject  to  review  on  a  recount  or  in  a  proceeding  questioning 
the  validity  of  the  election. 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  list  all  objections  ^^j^^^'^°"^'° 
under  subsection    1    to  the  counting  of  ballots  or  of  votes 

therein    and    number   such    objections   and   shall    place   the  ^ 

number  of  an  objection  on  the  back  of  the  ballot  objected  to 
and  initial  the  number.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  70. 

73.  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  count  all  votes  cast  coJ^ted^^ 
at  his  polling  place  that  are  not  rejected  and  shall  keep  an 
account   of   the   number   of   votes  so   cast   and  allowed   for 

each  candidate  and  with  respect  to  each  by-law  or  question. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  71. 

74.  Following  count  of  the  votes  at  his  polling  place,  a  bepKed' 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  place  in  separate  sealed  packets,  '^^^P^g*^® 

(a)  all  used  ballots  that  have  not  been  objected  to  and 
have  been  counted  in  whole  or  in  part ; 

(6)  all  used  ballots  that  have  been  objected  to  but  which 
have  been  counted  in  whole  or  in  part ; 

(c)  all  rejected  ballots ; 

{d)  all  ballots  used  but  unmarked.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  72. 

75.  The    deputy    returning    officer    shall    endorse    every  ^nJo^e" 
packet  of  ballots  made  up  by  him  under  clause  a  of  section  70  packets 
or  section  74  so  as  to  indicate  its  contents  and  any  candidate 

or  scrutineer  present   may  write  his  name  on   the  packet. 
1972.  c.  95.  s.  73. 


42 


Oath  of 
poll  clerk 


76.  The  poll  clerk,  immediately  after  the  completion  of  the 
counting  of  the  votes,  shall  take  and  subscribe  the  prescribed 
oath.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  74. 


statement 
ofD.R.O. 


Statement 
attached  to 
polling  list 


Statement 
signed  by 
D.R.O.,  etc. 


Certificate 
re  ballots 
counted  and 
rejected 


What  to  be 

E laced  in 
allot  box 


STATEMENT  AND  MATERIALS  RETURNED  TO  CLERK 

7  7. — (1)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  make  out  a 
statement  in  duplicate  of  the  number  of, 

(a)  ballots  received  from  the  clerk ; 

{h)   votes  given  for  each  candidate  ; 

((•)  votes  given  for  and  against  a  by-law  or  question ; 

{d)  used  ballots  that  have  not  been  objected  to  and  have 
been  counted; 

(e)  ballots  that  have  been  objected  to  in  whole  or  in  j)art 
but  which  have  been  counted; 

(/)  rejected  ballots; 

(g)  cancelled  ballots ; 

(h)  ballots  used  but  unmarked  ; 

(/)  declined  ballots ; 

{j)  unused  ballots ; 

{k)  electors  whose  ballots  have  be(m  marked  by  the 
deputy  returning  officer  under  sections  47  and  63. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  75  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  duplicate  statement  shall  be  attached  to  the 
polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  and  the  original 
statement  enclosed  in  a  special  packet  shall  be  delivered  to 
the  clerk  as  provided  herein.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  75  (2),  amended. 

(3)  The  statement  shall  be  signed  by  the  deputy  returning 
officer  and  the  poll  clerk  and  such  of  the  candidates  or  their 
scrutineers  as  are  present  and  desire  to  sign  it. 

(4)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  deliver  to  such  of  tiie 
candidates  or  their  scrutineers  as  are  present,  if  requested  to 
do  so,  a  certificate  of  the  number  of  ballots  counted  for 
each  candidate,  and  of  the  rejected  ballots.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  75 
(3.  4). 

78. — (1)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  place  in  the 
ballot  box,  the  polling  lists,  the  packets  containing  the  ballots 
and  all  other  documents  or  packets  that  served  at  the  election, 
except, 

(a)  the  original  statement; 

(6)  the  oath  of  the  poll  clerk ; 


43 

(c)  the  oath  of  the  person,  if  any,  chosen  to  deliver  the 
ballot  box  to  the  clerk ;  and 

{d)  the  copies  of  the  declaration  required  to  be  furnished 
to  the  clerk  under  subsection  3  of  section  56.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  76  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  34,  amended. 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  thrn  lock  and  seal  j^^ked'^etc 
the  ballot  box  and  forthwith  deliver  it  and  the  documents 
enumerated  in  subsection  1  personally  to  the  clerk. 

(3)  Forthwith  thereafter,  the  deputy  returning  of^cer  shall  S*^^q°^ 
take  and  subscribe  the  prescribed  oath  and  shall  personally 
deliver  it  or  transmit  it  by  registered  mail  to  the  clerk. 

(4)  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  unable  personally  to  baiVofbox*^ 
deliver   the   ballot   box   and  documents  enumerated   in   sub-  etc.  to 

clerk 

section  1  owing  to  illness  or  other  cause,  he  shall  deliver  them 

to  the  poll  clerk  for  delivery  to  the  clerk,  or,  where  the  poll 

clerk  is  unable  to  act,  to  some  person  chosen  by  the  deputy 

returning  officer  for  the  purpose  of  delivering  them  to  the  clerk, 

who  shall  take  the  prescribed  oath  to  do  so  and  the  deputy  \ 

returning  officer  shall  thereon,  or  on  a  ticket  attached  thereto, 

write  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  the  box  was  delivered 

and  shall  take  a  receipt  therefor,  and  the  poll  clerk  or  person  so 

chosen  shall  forthwith  personally  deliver  them  to  the  clerk  and 

shall  take  before  him  the  prescribed  oath. 

(5)  The  candidates,  or  their  scrutineers,  are  entitled  to  be  ^*^^f  °f^ 

^    '  '  '  candidate, 

present  when  the  ballot  box  and  documents  for  a  polling  place  etc.,  to  be 
are  delivered  to  the  clerk  pursuant  to  this  section.    1972,  c.  95, 
s.  76  (2-5). 

(6)  Subject  to  section  69,  a  deputy  returning  officer,  after  Pake^o"x°to'° 
the  close  of  the  poll,  shall  not  under  any  circumstances  take,  home.  etc. 
or  allow   to  be  taken,   the  ballot  box  to  his  home,   house, 

office  or  place  of  business,  or  to  any  house  or  place  except  the 
office  of  the  clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  76  (6),  amended. 

70.— (1)  The  clerk,  after  he  has  received  the  ballot  boxes  ^Jf^Jt^g^^'^^ 
and  other  documents  referred  to  in  section  78,  shall,  without 
opening  any  of  the  ballot  boxes,  cast  up  from  the  original 
statements  showing  the  number  of  votes  for  each  candidate 
and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question 
at  each  polling  place  the  total  number  of  votes  for  each 
candidate  and  the  total  number  of  votes  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  77  (1), 
amended. 

(2)   After  casting  up  the  total  nimiber  of  votes  cast  at  an  Jfr^Jsuft""" 
election,  the  clerk  shall,  at  the  town  hall  or,  if  there  is  no 


44 


town  hall,  at  the  clerk's  office  at  noon  on  the  Thursday 
following  the  day  on  which  the  polling  is  held,  {)ublicly 
declare  to  be  elected  the  candidate  or  candidates  having 
the  highest  number  of  votes,  and  declare  the  result  of  the 
vote  With  respect  to  any  by-law  or  question  and  he  shall 
also  post  up  in  some  conspicuous  place  a  statement  under 
his  hand  showing  the  number  of  votes  for  each  candidate 
and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  the  by-law  or  question. 


Delay  In 
adding  up 
votes 


Safekeeping: 
of  box  and 
documents 


Opening  of 
box  when 
documents 
placed  in 
box  in 


(3)  If  for  any  cause,  the  clerk  cannot,  at  the  day  and  hour 
appointed  by  him  for  adding  up  the  votes,  ascertain  the 
number  of  votes  given  for  each  candidate,  or  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question  he  may  adjourn  to  a 
future  day  and  hour  the  adding  up  of  the  votes  and  so  on 
from  time  to  time,  such  adjournment  or  adjournments  not 
in  the  aggregate  to  exceed  fourteen  days.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  77 
(2.  3). 

80. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  clerk,  upon 
the  receipt  of  a  ballot  box,  and  the  documents  referred  to  in 
section  78,  shall  take  every  precaution  for  their  safekeeping  and 
for  preventing  any  other  person  from  having  access  to  them, 
and  shall  immediately  on  receipt  of  the  ballot  box  seal  it  with 
his  own  seal  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  be  opened  without 
his  seal  being  broken,  and  that  any  other  seals  affixed  to  it 
are  not  effaced  or  covered.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (1). 

(2)  Where  the  documents  specified  in  subsection  1  of  section 
78  are  in  error  placed  in  the  ballot  box,  the  clerk  may  open 
such  ballot  box  or  boxes  in  the  presence  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer  concerned  and,  after  having  recovered  or 
ascertained  the  meaning  of  the  statement,  as  the  case  may  be, 
the  box  shall  be  resealed  by  the  deputy  returning  officer  in 
the  presence  of  the  clerk  and  by  the  clerk.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (2), 
amended. 


Where  D.R.O. 
fails  to 
deliver 
statement 


(3)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  has  not  delivered  the  state- 
ment of  the  ballots  counted  by  him  to  the  clerk  as  required  by 
section  78,  the  clerk  shall  after  notification  to  the  candidates 
or  their  scrutineers,  who  may  be  present,  open  the  appro- 
priate ballot  box  for  the  purpose  of  counting  the  votes  and 
shall  count  the  votes.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (3). 


Where  ballot       8| ,  If  a  ballot  box  for  any  polling  place  has  been  destroyed 
etc.  or  lost,  or.  for  any  other  reason,  is  not  forthcoming  by  the 

time  fixed  for  adding  up  the  votes,  the  clerk  shall  ascertain 
the  cause  and,  if  the  statement  of  the  votes  cast  and  certificates, 
or  any  of  them  or  copies  of  them,  cannot  be  procured,  the 
clerk  shall  ascertain  by  such  evidence  as  he  is  able  to  obtain, 
the  total  number  of  votes  given  for  each  candidate  at  the 
polling  place  and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  any  by-law  or 


45 

question,  and  may  summon  any  deputy  returning  officer,  poll 
clerk,  election  assistant  or  other  person  to  appear  before  him 
at  a  time  and  place  to  be  named  by  him,  and  the  clerk  shall 
notify  the  candidates  of  the  intended  proceedings  and  may 
examine  on  oath  such  deputy  returning  officer,  poll  clerk, 
election  assistant  or  other  person  respecting  the  matter  in 
question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  79. 

82.— (1)  If,  upon  the  casting  up  of  the  votes,  two  or  more  ^^^^Hl^ 
candidates  have  an  equal  number  of  votes  where  both  or  all  of 
such  candidates  cannot  be  elected,  or  the  votes  for  the 
affirmative  and  negative  on  a  by-law  or  question  are  equal, 
the  clerk  shall  publicly  declare  the  result  and  post  up  in  a 
conspicuous  place  a  statement  showing  the  number  of  votes 
for  each  candidate  and  for  and  against  the  by-law  or  question 
and  shall  forthwith  notify  a  judge  of  the  result  and  the 
judge  shall  thereupon  appoint  a  time  and  place  to  recount  the 
votes  cast  up  for  such  candidates  or  concerning  such  by-law  or 
question. 

(2)  In  such  proceedings,  sections  83  to  90  apply  mutatis  o^^s^^^"^^^  ->. 

mutandis.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  80.  '  ^ 

RECOUNT 

83. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  84  to  86,  "judge"  [atf^" 
means  the  judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  in  which  the 
municipality  or  part  thereof  or  the  administrative  or  head 
office  of  the  local  board  is  situate.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (1). 

(2)  If,  within  fourteen  days  after  the  declaration  by  a  clerk  l^count  / 

of  the  result  of  an  election,  upon  an  application  of  an  elector  desirable  ^ 

it  is  made  to  appear  by  affidavit  to  a  judge  that  the  votes 
have  been  improperly  counted  or  any  ballot  paper  has  been 
improperly  rejected  or  that  an  incorrect  statement  of  the 
number  of  votes  cast  for  any  candidate  or  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question  has  been  made  or  that 
the  votes  have  been  improperly  added  up,  and  if  within  that 
time  the  applicant  has  given  security  for  the  costs  in  connec- 
tion with  the  recount  or  final  addition  of  any  candidate 
declared  elected  in  the  amount  of  $100  in  legal  tender,  or  if  at 
any  time  within  four  weeks  after  such  declaration  the  council 
of  a  municipality  or  a  school  board  has  by  resolution  declared 
that  a  recount  or  final  addition  is  desirable  in  the  public 
interest,  the  judge  shall  appoint  a  date  and  time  and  place 
to  recount  or  make  a  final  addition  of  the  votes  cast  at  the 
election,  and  shall  notify  in  writing  the  clerk  who  made  the 
declaration  at  least  ten  days  prior  to  the  date  set  for  the 
recount  or  final  addition.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (2);  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  35,  amended. 


46 


Notice  of 
recount 


(3)  At  least  six  days  notice  in  writing  of  the  time  and 
place  appointed  shall  be  given  by  the  clerk  to  the  candidates 
and  to  the  applicant,  and  the  clerk  or  a  person  appointed  by 
the  clerk  for  the  purpose  shall  attend  the  recount  or  final 
addition  with  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  documents  relating  to 
the  election.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (3),  amended. 


prese^f^*'^  (4)  The  judge,  the  clerk,  a  person  appointed  by  the  clerk, 
each  candidate  and  his  scrutineer  appointed  to  attend  the 
recount  or  final  addition,  and  such  other  persons  as  the  council 
may  appoint  where  the  recount  or  final  addition  relates  to  a 
by-law  or  question,  but  no  other  person,  except  with  the 
approval  of  the  judge,  is  entitled  to  be  present  at  the  recount. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (4). 


What  ballots 
Involved  in 


(5)  Where  a  recount  relates  to  the  election  of  a  candidate, 
the  recount  shall  be  of  the  votes  cast  respectively  for  the 
candidate  declared  elected  when  one  only  is  to  be  elected  or 
in  other  cases  for  the  candidate  who  received  the  lowest  number 
of  votes  of  those  declared  elected  by  the  clerk  and  for  the 
defeated  candidate  who  received  the  highest  number  of  votes  for 
the  same  office  unless  any  other  candidate  in  writing  requires 
the  votes  cast  for  him  to  be  recounted  or  the  votes  cast  for 
him  to  be  finally  added.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (5),  amended. 


onfe^r^ecxmnt      ^^^  Notwithstanding   subsection   5,    the   judge   conducting 
etc.,  of  votes    the  recount  may  order  the  recount  of  the  votes  cast  for  any 

c&SL  lor  olIigi* 

candidates  Other  candidate  whose  election  or  right  to  any  other  office 
may  be  affected  in  any  way  by  the  recount  conducted  under 
subsection  5.     New. 

byludge'^^  (7)  At  the  date,  time  and  place  appointed,  and  in  the  presence 

of  such  of  the  persons  entitled  to  be  present  as  may  attend, 
the  judge  conducting  a  recount  or  final  addition  of  the  votes 
cast  at  an  election  shall  make  such  final  addition  from  the  state- 
ments returned  to  the  clerk  by  the  deputy  returning  officers,  or 
recount  all  the  ballots  received  by  the  clerk  from  the  deputy 
returning  officers  and  the  number  of  votes  counted  at  the 
election  and  shall  for  the  purposes  of  the  recount  open  the 
sealed  packets  containing  the  used  ballots  that  were  not  objected 
to  and  were  counted,  the  ballots  that  were  objected  to  but 
which  were  counted,  the  rejected  ballots,  the  cancelled  ballots, 
the  ballots  that  were  used  but  were  unmarked,  the  declined 
ballots  and  the  unused  ballots.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (6),  amended. 


govern"  (8)  Subject  to  subsection  9,  the  judge  shall  proceed  according 

proceedings    to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  for  the  counting  of  the  ballots 

and  of  the  vote  at  the  close  of  the  poll  by  a  deputy  returning 

officer,  and  shall  verify  and  correct  the  statement  of  the  poll. 


47 

(9)  If  for  any  reason  it  appears  desirable  to  do  so  the  judge  J "^^se  may 

.  ,..,'^^  JO    'hear  any 

upon  the  apphcation  ot  any  party  to  a  recount,  may  hear  such  evidence 
evidence  as  he  considers  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  proper*"^^ 
full  and  proper  recount  of  the  ballots,  and,  without  restricting  ''®'^°""' 
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  he  may,  if  the  recount  results 
in  any  of  the  candidates  for  any  office  being  declared  to  have 
received  the  same  number  of  votes  as  any  other  candidate  or 
candidates  who  were  parties  to  the  recount,  hear  such  evidence 
as   he    considers    necessary    to    determine    who   was   elected 
to  that  office.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  81  (7,  8). 

(10)  Upon  the  completion  of  a  recount,  or  final  addition,  not^y clerk 
the  i  udge  shall  forthwith  notify  in  writing  the  result  of  the  of  result  of 

rccoimt  or 

recount  or  final  addition  to  the  clerk  and  announce  the  final  addition 
results  to  persons  present  at  the  recount,  and,  immediately 
after  the  expiry  of  the  appeal  period  specified  in  section  88, 
all  the  ballots  and  statements  shall  be  sealed  in  separate 
packets  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  judge.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  81  (9),  amended. 

(11)  The  judge  may  require  the  clerk  of  the  county  or^^^^kof 
district  court  to  be  present  at  the  time  and  place  appointed. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (10). 

84.  If  no  notice  of  appeal  is  given  to  the  judge  within  two  cierirtcf^*^' 
days  after  the  completion  of  a  recount  or  his  final  addition,  declare 
the  judge  shall  certify  forthwith  the  result  to  the  clerk  who 
shall  then  declare  the  candidate  having  the  greatest  number 
of  votes  to  be  elected  or  certify  to  the  council  the  result  of 
the  vote  with  respect  to  a  by-law  or  question.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  82  (2). 

85. — (1)  In  the  case  of  an  equahty  of  votes  for  candidates  ^^^'^^"'^y °^ 
for  any  office  for  which  one  person  only  is  to  be  elected,  or 
for  which  the  holding  of  any  other  office  is  to  be  determined 
as  a  result  of  a  recount  or  final  addition,  the  successful 
candidate  shall  be  determined  by  lot  conducted  by  the  clerk. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  83,  amended. 

(2)  For    the    purposes    of    this   section,    "lot"    means    the  ^^'^^^^.f^^ 
method  of  determining  the  successful  candidate  by  placing  1°' 
the  names  of  the  candidates  on  equal  size  pieces  of  paper 
placed  in  a  box  and  one  name  being  drawn  by  a  person 
chosen  by  the  clerk.    New. 

86. — (1)  The  costs  of  a  recount  under  section  83  are  in  the  r°count 
discretion  of  the  judge  making  the  recount  who  may  order  by 
whom,  to  whom  and  in  what  manner  the  costs  shall  be  paid. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (1). 

(2)  The  judge  may  in  his  discretion  award  costs  of  a  recount  Jf**^!"* 
or  final  addition  to  or  against  any  person  who  is  a  party 


48 


to  it  and  may  fix  the  amount  thereof  or  order  that  they  be 
taxed  by  the  clerk  of  the  district  or  county  court  on  a  scale 
following  as  nearly  as  may  be  the  tariff  of  costs  of  the  county 
court.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (2),  amended. 


prov^ion  as        (^)  ^^ere  the  judge  makes  no  provision  as  to  the  costs  of  a 
to  costs  recount  or  final  addition,  the  disbursements  made  or  authorized 

to  be  made  by  the  clerk  shall  be  paid  by  the  municipality 
except  where  the  recount  or  final  addition  has  been  held  at 
the  instance  of  a  school  board,  in  which  case  the  disburse- 
ments made  by  the  clerk  shall  be  paid  by  the  board.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  84  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  36  (1). 

deposft"'  °^  (4)  Where  costs  are  directed  to  be  paid  by  the  applicant  for 
a  recount  or  final  addition,  the  money  deposited  as  security 
for  costs  under  section  83  shall  be  paid  out  to  the  party 
entitled  to  such  costs,  so  far  as  necessary. 


Enforcement 
of  payment 
of  costs 


(5)  Payment  of  the  costs  awarded  under  this  section  may  be 
enforced  by  execution  to  be  issued  from  any  county  or  district 
court,  upon  filing  therein  the  order  of  the  judge  and  a  certi- 
ficate showing  the  amount  at  which  the  costs  were  taxed  and  an 
affidavit  of  the  non-payment  of  them.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (4.  5). 


Expenses  of 
Judgre 


(6)  The  judge  is  entitled  to  receive  from  the  municipality 
the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  in  attending  at  the  place 
designated  by  him  for  a  recount  or  final  addition  except 
where  the  recount  or  final  addition  has  been  held  at  the 
instance  of  a  school  board,  in  which  case  the  expenses  shall 
be  paid  by  the  board.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (6);  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  36  (2). 


Where  no 
appeal. 

gackets  to 
e  returned 
to  clerk 


Documents 
not  required 
on  appeal 


87. — (1)  Upon  expiry  of  the  time  for  appeal  from  a  deci- 
sion of  a  judge  on  a  recount  or  final  addition  if  no  appeal 
has  been  taken,  the  judge  shall  cause  packets,  sealed  in 
accordance  with  subsection  10  of  section  83,  to  be  returned 
to  the  custody  of  the  clerk. 

(2)  If  an  appeal  is  taken  from  the  decision  of  a  judge  on  a 
recount  or  final  addition,  the  judge  shall  cause  such  of  the 
packets  of  ballots  and  such  of  the  original  statements  as  are 
not  required  for  the  purpose  of  the  appeal  to  be  returned 
to  the  custody  of  the  clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  85,  amended. 


APPEAL  FROM  DECISION  ON  RECOUNT  OR  FINAL  ADDITION 


deSlSn'of"        ^^' — (^)  ^"y  P^rty  may  appeal  from  the  decision  of  the 
judge  judge  who  conducted  a  recount  or  final  addition  other  than  a 


49 

decision  on  a  recount  or  final  addition  of  votes  in  relation  to 
any  by-law  or  question,  by  giving  notice  in  writing  within 
two  days  after  the  completion  of  the  recount  or  final  addi- 
tion to  the  other  parties  and  to  the  judge  of  his  intention  to 
appeal,  and  he  may  by  the  notice  limit  the  appeal  to  specified 
ballots. 

(2)  The  notice  may  be  served  upon  the  other  parties  per-  service  of 
sonally,  or  as  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct.    1972, 

c.  95,  s.  86  (1,  2). 

(3)  Where  the  appeal  is  limited,  the  judge  who  conducted  fo*be°for^*^'^" 
the  recount  or  final  addition  shall  forward  the  sealed  packets  warded  to 

xv6?ist<r3.r 

of  the  ballots  or  statements  that  are  the  subject  of  appeal,  of  supreme 

Court 

together  with  the  notice  and  a  certificate  showing  his  findings 
as  to  the  ballots  in  dispute,  by  registered  mail  to  the  Registrar 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  but,  if  the  appeal  is  not  limited  the 
judge  shall  forward  all  the  ballots  and  other  papers  to  the 
Registrar,  and  in  either  case  he  shall  await  the  result  of  the 
appeal  before  sending  his  certificate  under  section  83  to  the 
clerk.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  86  (3),  amended. 

(4)  On  receipt  of  the  ballots  and  notice,  the  Registrar  shall  f^PPhirS"' 
forthwith  obtain  an  appointment  from  a  judge  of  the  Supreme 

Court  for  hearing  the  appeal  and  shall  notify  the  parties  or 
their  solicitors  of  the  time  so  appointed. 

(5)  At  the  time  appointed,  the  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  fp^|i^'^"°'^ 
shall  recount  the  ballots  or  such  of  them  as  are  the  subject  of 

appeal,  or  review  the  final  addition,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
shall  forthwith  certify  his  decision  to  the  judge  who  conducted 
the  recount  or  final  addition,  whose  duty  it  is  to  conform 
to  the  decision  and  to  certify  the  result  without  delay  to 
the  clerk. 

(6)  The  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct  by  and  to  J°J^|,°^ 
whom,  the  costs  of  the  appeal  shall  be  paid. 

(7)  Wherethejudgeof  the  Supreme  Court  makes  no  provision  ^**®™ 
as  to  costs,  the  disbursements  made  or  authorized  to  be  made 

by  the  clerk,  shall  be  paid  by  the  municipality.  1972.  c.  95, 
s.  86  (4-7). 

DISPOSITION  OF  ELECTION  RECORDS 

80.— {1)  The  clerk  shall  retain  in  his  possession  for  ninety  g?^P^S^i°" 
days  from  the  date  of  the  poll  for  an  election  all  the  ballots  in  the 
election  and,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  an  order  of  a  judge 
or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  inquire  as  to  the  validity  of 


50 


the  election,  shall  then  destroy  them  in  the  presence  of  two 
witnesses,  who  shall  make  a  statutory  declaration  that  they 
witnessed  the  destruction  of  them  and  such  declaration  shall 
be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk. 


Disposition 
of  other 
documents 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1,  the  clerk  shall  retain  in  his 
possession  all  oaths,  nominations,  qualification  documents, 
statements  of  the  votes  cast,  and  other  documents  relating  to 
an  election  until  the  successors  to  the  persons  elected  at  such 
election  have  taken  office,  and  may  then  destroy  them.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  87. 


Inspection 
of  ballots 


90. — (1)  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  inspect  the  contents 
of  a  ballot  box  in  the  custody  of  the  clerk  except  under  the 
order  of  a  judge.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  37. 


Order  of 
judge 


Production 
of  documents 
by  clerk 


(2)  The  order  may  be  made  on  the  judge  being  satisfied  by 
affidavit  or  other  evidence  that  the  inspection  is  required  for 
the  purpose  of  maintaining  a  prosecution  for  an  offence,  or 
corrupt  practice,  or  of  taking  proceedings  for  contesting  the 
election  or  return.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  88  (2). 

0 1 .  Where  an  order  is  made  for  the  production  by  the  clerk 
of  any  document  in  his  possession  relating  to  an  election,  the 
production  of  it  by  him  in  such  manner  as  may  be  directed  by 
the  order  is  evidence  that  the  document  relates  to  the  election, 
and  any  endorsement  appearing  on  any  packet  of  ballots  so 
produced  is  evidence  that  the  contents  are  what  they  are 
stated  to  be  by  the  endorsement.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  89. 


New 
election 


.NEW   ELECTIONS 

92. — (1)  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  the 
authority  of  this  or  any  other  Act  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  any 
office  by  an  election  other  than  a  regular  election,  the  clerk  of 
the  municipality  who  is  the  returning  officer  with  whom 
nominations  may  be  filed  shall  set  the  date  of  the  nomination 
day  which  shall  be  within  forty-five  days  of  the  day  on 
which, 

(a)  a  directive  is  given  in  any  judicial  proceedings; 

{b)  the  council  of  the  municipality  passes  a  by-law;  or 

(c)  the  clerk  receives  from   the  secretary  of  a  school 
board  notice, 

that   such   an   election   is   required.     1972,   c.   95,   s.   90  (1), 
amended. 


51 

(2)  The  procedure  including  the  period  for  fihng  nominations  Procedure 
at  a  new  election  shall  be  the  procedure  and  period  applicable 

at  a  regular  election  of  the  municipality  and  polling  day  shall 
be  not  less  than  eighteen  and  not  more  than  twenty-one 
days  after  nomination  day. 

(3)  The  polling  required  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  an  office  by  this  Polling 
section  shall  so  far  as  possible  be  held  in  the  same  manner  and 

by  the  same  officers  and  take  place  at  the  same  places,  in  so  far 
as  practicable,  at  which  the  polling  took  place  at  the  last 
regular  election.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  90  (2,  3). 

(4)  Unless   a   new   preliminary    list    of   electors   has   been  ^/|g^°rs 
furnished  by  the  assessment  commissioner  under  subsection 

5,  the  preliminary  list  to  be  used  for  preparation  of  the  polling 
list  for  a  new  election  shall  be  the  polling  list  prepared  for 
the  last  regular  election,  which  shall  be  subject  to  revision 
as  if  it  were  a  preliminary  list  of  electors  and  sections  24  to 
30  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the  printing  or  reproduction 
of  the  list  and  to  the  revision  of  the  list,  subject  to  the 
following  rules: 

1.  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  clause  a  of 
section  38  or  subsection  3  of  section  40,  the  period 
during  which  a  person  may  qualify  as  an  elector  for 
the  office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the  period  of  quali- 
fication specified  under  section  12  or  13  and  the 
period  following  such  qualification  period  terminating 
on  the  Thursday  following  the  polling  day  for  the 
last  regular  election. 

2.  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  section  111, 
the  period  during  which  a  person  may  qualify  as 
an  elector  for  the  office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the 
period  of  qualification  specified  under  section  12  or 
13  and  the  period  following  such  qualification  period 
terminating  on  the  date  of  the  receipt  by  the  clerk 
of  the  municipality  of  the  copy  of  the  judgment 
under  subsection  6  of  section  111. 

3.  Where  a  vacancy  otherwise  occurs  and  the  council 
of  the  municipality  or  a  school  board  for  which  the 
clerk  is  required  to  hold  elections  requires  an  elec- 
tion to  be  held  to  fill  the  vacancy,  the  period  during 
which  a  person  may  qualify  as  an  elector  for  the 
office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the  period  of  quali- 
fication specified  under  section  12  or  13  and  the 
period  following  such  qualification  period  terminat- 
ing on  the  date  of  the  directive,  by-law  or  notice 
specified  in  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  1. 


\ 


I 


52 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.284 


Where  a  by-law  or  question  is  to  be  submitted  to 
the  electors,  the  period  during  which  a  person  may 
qualify  as  an  elector  entitled  to  vote  on  the  by-law 
or  question,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  the  period 
of  qualification  specified  under  section  12  or  13  and 
the  period  following  such  qualification  period  ter- 
minating on  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Ontario 
Municipal  Board  given  under  section  262  of  The 
Municipal  Act.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (1),  amended. 


Idem 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.32 


(5)  Where  in  the  year  following  an  election  year  the  annual 
enumeration  under  The  Assessment  Act  has,  prior  to  the  holding 
of  the  new  election,  been  completed  for  the  municipality  or 
municipalities  in  which  the  new  election  is  to  be  held,  the 
assessment  commissioner  shall,  within  fourteen  days  of  a  request 
by  the  clerk  or  clerks  of  such  municipality  or  municipalities, 
furnish  a  new  preliminary  list  of  electors  based  on  such  annual 
enumeration  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
Act  pertaining  to  the  preparation  of  such  lists  and  such 
preliminary  list  shall  for  all  purposes,  including  revision  by  the 
clerk,  be  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  the  new  election. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  90  (5). 


Certification 
of  list 


(6)  The  preliminary  list  for  a  new  election,  when  revised, 
shall  be  subject  to  certification  by  the  clerk  under  section  31 
and  to  entry  of  names  in  the  list  under  sections  Z^  and  56. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (2),  part. 


Eligibility 
of  member 
to  be 

candidate 
for  other 
office 


(7)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  in  any  office  and  an  election  is 
to  be  held  to  fill  such  vacancy,  a  person  holding  any  other 
office  is  not  eligible  to  be  a  candidate  for  the  vacant  office 
unless  he  has,  before  the  nomination  day  for  the  new  election, 
filed  with  the  clerk  a  certified  copy  of  his  resignation  from 
the  office  that  he  then  holds  with  evidence  satisfactory  to  the 
clerk  that  such  resignation  has  been  filed  as  required  by 
legislation  governing  the  office  that  he  then  holds.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  90  (6). 


Vacancy 
after 

March  3l8t 
of  election 
year 


(8)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  or  any  other  general 
or  special  Act,  a  new  election  shall  not  be  held  to  fill  a 
vacancy  where  the  vacancy  occurs  after  the  31st  day  of  March 
of  an  election  year.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  90  (7). 


Revision  of 
partial  list 


(9)  If  election  to  the  office  for  which  a  new  election  is 
required  is  to  be  by  ward  or  other  form  of  division  of  the 
municipality  it  is  necessary  to  revise  only  that  portion  of  the 
preliminary  list  applicable  to  such  ward  or  other  part  of  the 
municipality.    1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (2),  part. 


53 

93.  Notwithstanding  that  a  new  election  becomes  necessary,  m°eet  not^*^ 
meetings  of  the   council  may  be  held  if  a  quorum  of  the  withstanding 
council  is  present.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  91. 

EFFECT  OF  IRREGULARITIES 

94.  No  election  shall  be  declared  invalid,  irregularities 

'  not  to  onset 

result 

(a)  by  reason  of  any  irregularity  on  the  part  of  the  clerk 
or  in  any  of  the  proceedings  preliminary  to  the  poll ; 

(b)  by  reason  of  a  failure  to  hold  a  poll  at  any  place 
appointed  for  holding  a  poll ; 

(c)  by  reason  of  non-compliance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  as  to  the  taking  of  the  poll,  as  to  the  counting 
of  the  votes  or  as  to  limitations  of  time ;  or 

(d)  by  reason  of  any  mistake  in  the  use  of  the  prescribed 

forms,  .^     /*ir 

if  it  appears  to  the  court  having  cognizance  of  the  matter  that 
the  election  was  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of 
this  Act  and  that  the  irregularity,  failure,  non-compliance  or 
mistake  did  not  affect  the  result  of  the  election.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  92. 

SECRECY  OF  PROCEEDINGS 

95. — (1)  Every  person  in  attendance  at  a  polling  place  or  proceedings 
at  the  counting  of  the  votes  shall  maintain  and  aid  in  main-  / 

taining  the  secrecy  of  the  voting.  ' 

(2)  No  person  shall  interfere  or  attempt  to  interfere  with  an  interference 
elector  when  marking  his  ballot  paper,  or  obtain  or  attempt  elector 

to  obtain  at  the  polling  place  information  as  to  how  an  elector 
is  about  to  vote  or  has  voted. 

(3)  No  person  shall  communicate  any  information  obtained  f,on  M^to*^* 
at  a  polling  place  as  to  how  an  elector  at  such  polling  place  voting 

is  about  to  vote  or  has  voted. 

(4)  No  person  shall,  directly  or  indirectly,  induce  or  attempt  [,°5^^i"fo 
to  induce  an  elector  to  show  his  ballot  paper  after  he  has  show  baiiot 
marked  it  so  as  to  make  known  to  any  person  how  he  has  voted. 

(5)  Subject  to  section  63,  an  elector  shall  not  show  his  ^0"^^^°°*^ 
ballot  paper,  when  marked,  to  any  person  so  as  to  make  known  ballot 
how  he  voted. 


54 

NOjOne^com-        (5)  jsjo  person  who  has  voted  at  an  election  shall,  in  any 
o^sciose  legal  proceeding  to  question  the  election  or  return,  bo  required 

to  state  how  or  for  whom  he  has  voted.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  93. 


Voting  when 
not  qualified, 
etc. 


OFFENCES,    PENALTIES  AND  ENFORCEMENT 

06.  Every  person  who,  at  an  election, 

(a)  not  being  qualified  to  vote,  votes; 

{b)  being  qualified  to  vote,  votes  more  times  than  he  is 
authorized  to  vote  by  this  Act ;  or 

(c)  votes  in  a  polling  subdivision  other  than  one  in  which 
he  is  entitled  to  vote  by  this  Act, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  94. 


Improper 
voting  by 
proxy 


97.  Every  person  who, 

(a)  having  appointed  a  voting  proxy  to  vote  at  an  election, 
attempts  to  vote  at  the  election  otherwise  than  by 
means  of  such  voting  proxy  while  the  voting  proxy 
is  in  force ;  or 


Wilful 
miscount 
of  ballots 


(b)  having  been  appointed  a  voting  proxy  at  an  election, 
votes  or  attempts  to  vote  at  the  election  under  the 
authority  of  the  proxy  when  he  knows  or  has  reasonable 
grounds  for  supposing  that  his  appointment  has  been 
cancelled  or  that  the  elector  who  made  the  appoint- 
ment is  dead  or  is  no  longer  entitled  to  vote, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $  1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  95. 

08.  Every  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  who  wilfully 
miscounts  the  ballots  or  otherwise  wilfully  makes  up  a  false 
statement  of  the  poll  is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for 
a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  96. 


Neglect  of 
duties 


90.  Every  clerk,  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  who 
refuses  or  neglects  to  perform  any  of  the  duties  imposed  upon 
him  by  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  97. 


55 


100.  Every  person  who, 


{a)  without  authority,  supphes  a  ballot  to  any  person ; 

lb)  places  in  a  ballot  box  a  paper  other  than  the  ballot 
that  he  is  authorized  by  law  to  place  therein ; 

(c)  delivers  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  to  be 
placed  in  the  ballot  box  any  other  paper  than  the 
ballot  given  to  him  by  the  deputy  returning  officer; 

{d)  takes  a  ballot  out  of  the  polling  place ; 

{e)  without  authority,  takes,  opens  or  otherwise  inter- 
feres with  a  ballot  box  or  books  or  packet  of  ballots 
or  a  ballot  in  use  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  an 
election ; 

if)  being  a  deputy  returning  officer,  knowingly  puts  his 
initials  on  the  back  of  any  paper  that  is  not  a  ballot, 
purports  to  be  or  is  capable  of  being  used  as  a  ballot 
at  an  election ;  or 

{g)  attempts  to  commit  any  offence  mentioned  in  this 
section, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  98. 


Offences 
relating  to 
ballot 
papers 


\ 


101.  Every  person  who  knowingly  furnishes  false  or  mis- information 
leading  information  to  any  person  who  by  this  Act  is  authorized  pe^3on*^s°"''*** 
to  obtain  information  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000,  or  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  99. 


102.  Every  person  who, 


Offences  of 
Inducing  un- 
qualified 

(«)  induces  or  procures  any  person  to  vote  knowing  that  ^rpubushes*^* 
that  person  has  no  right  to  vote ;  or  mLlft^of wTth- 

drawal  of 


(b)  before  or  during  an  election  knowingly  publishes  a 
false  statement  of  the  withdrawal  of  a  candidate, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $  1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  100. 


candidate 


103. — (1)  Every  person  who, 


Hi'ibery: 
bribing 


(a)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on  «j.«^^u°1n^ 
his  behalf,  gives,  lends  or  agrees  to  give  or  lend,  or  bribery  by 


money 


56 


offers  or  promises  any  money  or  valuable  consideration , 
or  promises  to  procure  or  to  endeavour  to  procure 
any  money  or  valuable  consideration  to  or  for  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  person  on  behalf  of  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  person  in  order  to  induce 
any  elector  to  vote  or  refrain  from  voting,  or 
corruptly  does  any  such  act  on  account  of  any 
elector  having  voted  or  refrained  from  voting  at  an 
election ;  or 


by  gift  or 
offer  or 
promise  of 
employment 


(b)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  jjerson  on 
his  behalf,  gives  or  procures  or  agrees  to  give  or  pro- 
cure, or  offers  or  promises  any  office,  place  or 
employment,  or  promises  to  procure  or  to  endeavour  to 
procure  any  office,  place  or  employment  to  or  for  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  other  person  in  order  to 
induce  any  elector  to  vote  or  refrain  from  voting, 
or  corruptly  does  any  such  act  on  account  of  any 
elector  having  voted  or  refrained  from  voting  at  an 
election ;  or 


to  induce 
anyone  to 
procure 
return  of 
candidate 
or  endeavour 
to  procure 


(c)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person 
on  his  behalf,  makes  any  such  gift,  loan,  offer,  promise, 
procurement  or  agreement,  to  or  for  any  person,  in 
order  to  induce  such  person  to  procure  or  endeavour 
to  procure  the  return  of  any  candidate,  or  the  vote  of 
any  elector  at  an  election ;  or 


receiving 
bribe  to 
procure 
return  of 
candidate 


(d)  upon  or  in  consequence  of  any  such  gift,  loan,  offer, 
promise,  procurement  or  agreement,  procures  or  en- 
gages, promises  or  endeavours  to  procure  the  return  of 
any  candidate,  or  the  vote  of  any  elector  at  an 
election ;  or 


advancing 
money  to 
be  spent 
in  corrupt 
practices 


{e)  advances  or  pays,  or  causes  to  be  paid,  money  to  or  to 
the  use  of  any  other  person,  with  the  intent  that  such 
money  or  any  part  of  it  shall  be  expended  in  corrupt 
practices  at  an  election,  or  who  knowingly  pays  or 
causes  to  be  paid  money  to  any  person  in  discharge  or 
repayment  of  money  wholly  or  in  part  expended  in 
corrupt  practices  at  an  election ;  or 


applying 
for  money 
or  employ- 
ment In 
considera- 
tion of 
voting 


(/)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on 
his  behalf,  on  account  of  and  as  payment  for  voting  or 
for  having  voted,  or  for  illegally  agreeing  or  having 
agreed  to  vote  for  any  candidate  at  an  election,  or  on 
account  of  and  as  payment  for  having  illegally  assisted 
or  agreed  to  assist  any  candidate  at  an  election,  applies 
to  such  candidate  for  the  gift  or  loan  of  any  money 
or  valuable  consideration,  or  for  the  promise  of  the 


57 


gift  or  loan  of  any  money  or  valuable  consideration, 
or  for  any  office,  place  or  employment,  or  the 
promise  of  any  office,  place  or  employment ;  or 

[g)  before  or  during  an  election,  directly  or  indirectly,  receiving 
himself  or  by  any  other  person  on  his  behalf,  receives,  office,  etc., 
agrees  or   contracts   for   any   money,   gift,   loan  or  voted 
valuable  consideration,  office,  place  or  employment, 
for    himself    or    any    other    person,    for    voting    or 
agreeing  to  vote,  or  for  refraining  or  agreeing  to 
refrain  from  voting  at  an  election ;  or 

{h)  after  an  election,  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  J^oney"^ 
any  other  person  on  his  behalf,  receives  any  money  or  corruptly 
valuable  consideration  for  having  voted  or  refrained  election 
from  voting,  or  for  having  induced  any  other  person  to 
vote  or  refrain  from  voting  at  an  election ;  or 

(t)  in  order  to  induce  a  person  to  allow  himself  to  be  srivin^  or 

\    '  r  promising 

nominated  as  a  candidate,  or  to  refrain  from  becoming  office  to 

C£LIlQlQd>tr6 

a  candidate,  or  to  withdraw  if  he  has  become  a  to  stand  or 
candidate,  gives  or  procures  any  office,  place  or 
employment,  or  agrees  to  give  or  procure  or  offers  or 
promises  to  procure,  or  endeavours  to  procure  any 
office,  place  or  employment  for  such  person,  or  for  any 
other  person. 


withdraw 


\ 


is  guilty  of  bribery,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  $200,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both,  and  is  disqualified  from  voting  at 
any  election  for  four  years. 

(2)  The    actual    personal    expenses    of    a    candidate,    his  ^^^"gga  ^f 
reasonable  expenses  for  actual  professional  services  performed,  candidate 
and   bona  fide  payments   for  the  fair  cost   of  printing  and 
advertising    and   other    lawful    and    reasonable   expenses   in 
connection  with  the  election,  incurred  by  the  candidate  in  good 

faith  and  without  any  corrupt  intent,  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
expenses  lawfully  incurred,  and  the  payment  thereof  is  not  a 
contravention  of  this  Act. 

(3)  The  clerk  shall  furnish  every  deputy  returning  officer  p°o*vi?ion8 
with   at    least    two   copies   of   this   section,  and   the   deputy  as  to  corrupt 
returnmg  officer  shall  post  them  m  conspicuous  places  at  the 

polling  place.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  101 . 


1 04.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ^^^^If 
of  this  Act,  for  which  contravention  no  penalty  is  otherwise 
provided,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  102. 


58 


Disqualifi- 
cation of 
persons 
guilty  of 
corrupt 
practice 


Limitation 


105. — (1)  Where  a  candidate  at  an  election  is  convicted  of 
l)ribery  or  of  committing  a  corrupt  practice,  he  is  ineHgible 
to  be  nominated  and  stand  as  a  candidate  at  any  election  up 
to  and  including  the  next  regular  election,  or  to  hold  any  office 
at  the  nomination  of  a  municipal  council  or  local  board  for  four 
years  following  the  date  of  the  poll. 

(2)  If,  when  the  candidate  is  convicted  of  committing  a 
corrupt  practice,  the  presiding  judge  finds  that  the  act 
constituting  in  law  a  corrupt  practice  was  committed  without 
any  corrupt  intent,  the  candidate  is  not  subject  to  the 
penalties  and  disabilities  provided  by  subsection  1.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  103. 


CORRUPT  PRACTICES  AND  CONTROVERTED  ELECTIONS 


Validity  of 
election, 
etc.. 

determined 
by  action 


106. — (1)  The  validity  of  an  election  or  of  the  election 
of  any  person  to  any  office  at  such  an  election  or  whether 
or  not  any  person  is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  respecting 
an  election  shall  be  tried  and  determined  by  an  action 
commenced  by  issuing  a  writ  in  the  county  or  district  court 
for  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  municipality  or  the 
administrative  or  head  office  of  the  local  board  is  situated. 


Penalties 
for  corrupt 
practice 


Who  may 

commence 

action 


(2)  Where  the  county  or  district  court  determines  that  a 
person  has  committed  a  corrupt  practice  it  may,  in  addition 
to  any  other  penalty  or  order,  impose  the  penalties  provided 
therefor  under  sections  96  to  102.    1972,  c.  95.  s.  104  (1,  2). 

(3)  Any  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  referred  to 
in  subsection  1  may  commence  an  action  under  this  section  in 
relation  to  such  election.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (3),  amended. 


Time  for 

commencing 

action 


(4)  No  action  shall  be  commenced  after  the  expiration  of 
ninety  days  following  the  date  of  the  poll  at  the  election 
referred  to  in  subsection  1.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (4). 


Mode  of 
trial 


107. — (1)  The  judge  shall,  in  a  summary  manner  and 
without  formal  pleadings,  hear  and  determine  the  questions 
raised  by  or  upon  an  action  under  section  106  and  may  give 
directions  as  to  the  conduct  thereof  and  may  inquire  into  the 
facts  on  affidavit,  by  oral  testimony,  or  by  trying  an  issue 
framed  by  him,  or  by  one  or  more  of  those  means. 


Idem 


Judge 

without 

jury 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1  and  where  not  otherwise  provided 
in  this  Act,  the  practice  and  procedure  of  the  county  or  district 
court  apply  to  an  action  commenced  under  section  106. 

(3)  The  action  shall  be  tried  by  a  judge  without  a  jury. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  105. 


59 


108. — (1)  At  the  time  of  the  commencement  of  an  action ,  f^®^<^^^^^y 
security  shall  be  given  on  behalf  of  the  plaintiff  to  be  applied 
towards  payment  of  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses,  if  any, 
that  may  become  payable  by  the  plaintiff,  including  the  costs 
and  charges  of  the  clerk  incurred  in  the  publication  of  notices 
in  the  municipality  in  respect  of  the  writ  of  the  action  or 
proceedings  therein. 

(2)  The  security  shall  be  in  the  amount  of  $400  and  shall  be  ^^^"^ 
given  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  cases  where  a  plaintiff 
resides  out  of  Ontario.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  106. 

100. — (1)  An  action  abates  on  the  death  of  a  sole  plaintiff  ^^^^S^^ 
or  the  survivor  of  several  plaintiffs. 

(2)  The  abatement  of  an  action  does  not  affect  any  liability  pJ,*cosu 
for  costs  previously  incurred. 

(3)  On  the  abatement  of  an  action  any  person  who  might  f  "^fa/ntiiT°" 

have  been  a  plaintiff  may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  court  or,  during  a 

the  trial,  to  the  trial  judge  to  be  substituted  as  the  plaintiff. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  107. 

110.  Where  a  plaintiff  is  not  quahfied  to  be  a  plaintiff  in  substitution 
an  iu  lion  under  this  Act,  the  action  shall  not  on  that  account  pe^son'**^** 
be  dismissed  if,  within  such  time  as  a  judge  of  the  court  or, 
during  the  trial,  the  trial  judge  allows  for  that  purpose,  another 
plaintiff  is  substituted  and  substitution  shall  be  made  on  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  judge  considers  proper.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  108. 

Ill . — (1 )  Where  it  is  determined  that  a  successful  candidate  fandfdate^ 
is  guilty  of  bribery  or  of  a  corrupt  practice,  the  court  may  gruiityof 
declare  his  election  void  and  his  ofhce  shall  thereupon  become  practice 
vacant. 

(2)  Where  the  election  of  any  person  is  declared  void,  the  ^^m^'^^g 
court  may  order  that  he  be  removed  from  office  and,  if  it  is  of  another 
determined  that  any  other  person  would  have  been  elected  candidate 
but  for  the  corrupt  practice  that  he  be  admitted  to  take  his 

seat  in  the  council  or  board  or,  if  it  is  determined  that  no 
other  person  is  elected,  a  new  election  shall  b(;  held. 

(3)  Where  it  is  determined  that  any  person  is  guilty  of  bribery  ^n®{^,g„jon 
or  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  that  the  commission  of  the  bribery  of  corrupt 
Dr  corrupt  practice  affected  the  result  of  the  election,  the  court  affected 
may  declare  the  election  void  and  a  new  election  shall  be  held.  e?ectio^ 


60 


where^actof        (4)  Where  it  is  determined  that  any  act  or  omission  of  an 
official  election  official  affected  the  result  of  an  election,  the  court 

result  of         may  declare  the  election  void  and  a  new  election  shall  be  held. 

election 

Compensation     (5)  Where  a  new  election  is  to  be  held,  the  court  may  make 

of  candidates         ^    '  ...  .  i       ■     i-  i 

where  such  Order  as  it  considers  lust  against  any  person  who  is  found 

Blfiction  void  jo  ^    r 

guilty  of  an  offence  or  of  bribery  or  a  corrupt  practice  under 
this  Act  for  the  compensation  of  candidates  at  the  void 
election  not  exceeding  $2,000  per  candidate. 

tocferk"'  (6)  The  clerk  of  the  court  shall  forward  a  copy  of  the  judg- 

ment and  the  reasons  for  judgment  to  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  109. 


Where 
election  set 
aside  and 
appeal 
entered 


1 12. — (1)  If  the  court  determines  that  a  member  was  not 
duly  elected,  notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  from  the  deci- 
sion is  pending,  he  is  not  entitled  to  sit  or  vote  on  the 
council  or  board  until  the  appeal  is  disposed  of  and  the 
judgment  of  the  court  on  appeal  is  received  by  the  council  or 
local  board,  but  where  the  court  determines  that  some  other 
person  was  elected  or  is  entitled  to  the  seat,  such  person  is, 
notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  is  pending,  entitled  to  take  his 
seat  and  to  sit  and  vote  until  the  appeal  is  disposed  of  and 
the  judgment  of  the  court  on  appeal  is  received  by  the  council 
or  local  board.    1972,  c.  95.  s.  110. 


Decisions  (2)  The  declslons  of  a  council  reached  with  the  participa- 

not affected     tion  of  a  member  or  members  who  is  or  are  subsequently 

DV  F6&S0I1 

ofsubseauent  declared  to  be  not  entitled  to  sit  on  council  shall  not  in  any 
cation  way  be  affected  on  the  grounds  of  the  participation  of  such 

member  or  members.    New. 


New  election 
not  to  he 
held  pending 
appeal 


1 1 3.  A  new  election  shall  not  be  held  until  after  the 
expiration  of  the  time  limited  for  appeal  from  the  determination 
of  the  court  that  the  election  is  void  and,  if  an  appeal  is 
brought,  the  election  shall  not  be  held  pending  the  appeal. 
1972,c.  95,  s.  111. 


Appeal  to 

Divisional 

Court 


114. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  judgment  of  the  county 
or  district  court  to  the  Divisional  Court  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  of  court. 


Judgment 
or  new  trial 


(2)  The  Divisional  Court  may  give  any  judgment  that  ought 
to  have  been  pronounced  or  may  grant  a  new  trial  for  the 
purpose  of  taking  evidence  or  additional  evidence  and  may  remit 
the  case  to  the  trial  judge  or  to  another  judge  and,  subject 
to  any  directions  of  the  Divisional  Court,  the  case  shall 
thereafter  be  proceeded  with  as  if  there  had  been  no  appeal. 


61 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  decision  of  the  trial  judge  to  whom  Appeal  from 

^    '  *  *  JO  decision  on 

the  case  was  remitted  by  the  Divisional  Court  in  accordance  new  trial 
with  the  provisions  of  this  section.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  112. 

115.  Any  person  elected  may,  at  any  time  after  the  election  ^Jfor^''"^'^ 
and  before  it  is  complained  of,  deliver  to  the  clerk  of  the  complaint 
municipality  a  disclaimer,  signed  by  him,  to  the  following 

effect : 

"I,  A.B.,  hereby  disclaim  all  right  to  the  office  of 

for  the of 

in    the . of 

and  all  defence  of  any  right  I  may 

have  to  the  same.    Dated day  of 

19....  A.B." 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  113.  ^ 

1 1 6.  A  person  whose  election  is  complained  of,  unless  it  is  ^aer**'"®'^ 
complained  of  on  the  ground  of  bribery  or  of  a  corrupt  practice  complaint 
on  his  part,  may,  within  one  week  after  service  on  him  of  the 

writ,  transmit  by  registered  mail,  or  deliver  to  the  judge  of 
the  court,  and  to  the  applicant  or  his  solicitor,  a  disclaimer 
signed  by  him  to  the  following  effect: 

"I,  A.B.,  upon  whom  a  writ,  authorized  by  The 
Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972,  has  been  served  for 
the   purpose   of  contesting   my   right   to   the  office 

of in  the  county  (or  district) 

of hereby  disclaim  the  office,  and 

all  defence  of  any  right  I  may  have  to  the  same. 

Dated day    of ,    19 

A.B." 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  114. 

1 17. — (1)  A  person  disclaiming  shall  deliver  a  duplicate  of  S^^JiTCia'mer 
his  disclaimer  to  the  clerk  of  the  municipality,  and  the  clerk   o  clerk 
shall    forthwith    communicate    it    to    the   council    or    to    the 
secretary   of   the   local    board,   as   the   case   re(juires.      1972, 
c.  95.  s.'llS  (1):  1974.  c.  32.  s.  39. 


62 

?e^KnftUon  (^)  ^   disclaimer  in   accordance  with  section    115  or   116 

operates  as  a  resignation. 


Relief  from 
costs 


(3)  A  disclaimer  in  accordance  with  section  116  relieves 
the  person  making  it  from  all  liability  for  costs  in  an  action 
under  section  104.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  115  (2,  3). 


Procedure 
substituted 
for  fluo 
warranto 
proceedings 


118.  Proceedings  for  the  removal  from  office  of  a  person 
whose  election  is  alleged  to  have  been  undue  or  illegal,  or  who 
is  alleged  not  to  have  been  duly  elected,  and  proceedings  to 
have  the  right  of  a  person  to  sit  in  a  council  or  as  trustee 
of  a  police  village  or  as  member  of  a  local  board,  as  the  case 
may  be,  determined  shall  be  had  and  taken  only  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  116;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  40, 
amended. 


Forms 


119. — (1)  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  forms 
required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  which  forms  may 
be  in  both  the  English  and  French  languages.  1975,  c.  23,  s.  1, 
part. 


Notices  in 

French 

language 


Determina- 
tion 

by  council 
of  French- 
language 
forms,  etc. 


(2)  Any  notices  required  to  be  posted,  published  or  mailed 
under  this  Act  may,  in  addition  to  being  printed  in  the 
English  language,  be  printed  in  the  French  language. 

(3)  The  use  in  a  municipality  of  forms  prescribed  in  the 
French  language  under  subsection  1  or  the  printing  of  notices 
in  the  French  language  under  subsection  2  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  by-law  of  the  council  of  the  municipality.     New. 


Holidays 


Limitation 
on  election 
expenditures 


1975.  c.  40. 
s.  27(1). 
re-enacted 


120.  Subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  11,  where  any  day 
specified  in  this  Act  for  the  undertaking  of  any  proceeding 
pertaining  to  an  election  falls  on  a  holiday,  the  day  specified 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  immediately  preceding  day  which 
is  not  a  Sunday  or  a  holiday.     New. 


121.  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-lavy 
provide  for  limitations  on  elections  expenditures  by  or  on 
behalf  of  a  candidate  and  require  the  disclosure  by  a  candi- 
date of  all  election  contributions  to  his  campaign  in  excess  of 
$100  in  the  form  of  money  and  goods  and  services.     Ncu. 


122.  Subsection  1  of  section  27  of  The  Liquor  Licemc  Ad, 
1975,  being  chapter  40,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor : 


Submission 
by  council 
to  vote 


(1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  submit  one  or 
more  of  the  questions  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
respecting  the  authorization  for  the  sale  of  liquor  in 
the  municipahty  to  a  vote. 


63 

(la)  The  council  of  a  municipality  shall  submit  to  a.^^^^ 
vote  such  questions  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
respecting  the  authorization  for  the  sale  of  liquor  in 
the  municipahty  as  are  requested  by  petition  signed 
by  at  least  25  per  cent  of  the  persons  appearing  on 
the  list  of  electors,  as  revised,  prepared  for  the 
previous  municipal  election. 

123.  Section  30  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  s^3o'^^°" 

repealed 

124.  Sections  31,  32  and  33  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  S^33°" 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

31.  The  day  fixed  for  taking  the  vote  on  any  question  ^^y°^ 
or  questions  shall  be  the  day  upon  which,  under  The  1977,0. 
Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977,  a  poll  would  be  held 
at  the  election  of  members  of  the  council  of  the 
municipality  unless  the  council,  with  the  approval 
of  the  Board,  fixes  some  other  day  and  notifies 
the  clerk  of  the  municipahty  to  that  effect,  but  a 

poll   shall   not    be   held   on   any   such   question    or  . 

questions  until  after  the  expiration  of  two  months 
from  the  passing  of  a  by-law  for  submitting  the 
question  or  questions  where  the  council  submits  the 
question  or  questions  without  a  petition,  nor  until 
after  the  expiration  of  two  months  from  the  filing 
of  the  petition,  as  the  case  may  be. 

32. — (1)  The  persons  qualified  to  vote  upon  a  question  ^^'"^y 
or  questions  are  such  persons  as  would  be  eligible 
to  vote  at  an  election  held  on  that  day  pursuant  to 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 . 

(2)  Where  the  vote  is  held  on  a  day  other  than  the  date  ^e'nodfor""" 
set  for  the  election  of  members  to  the  council  of  the  determining 

....  ,  .         .  ,      ,  !•£      X-         eligibility 

municipahty,  the  termination  of  the  quahncation  of  electors 
period  for  determining  the  eligibility  of  electors 
under  paragraph  4  of  subsection  4  of  section  92  of 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977  is  the  date  of  the 
approval  given  by  the  Board  as  required  by  sec- 
tion 31. 

33.  The  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977  Application 
apply  to  the  taking  of  a  vote  under  this  Act.  1977.0. ... 

33a.  The  returning  officer  shall  make  his  return  to  the  g^^Jl^"  ^° 
Board  showing  the  number  of  votes  polled  for  the 
affirmative  and  negative  on  the  question  or  questions 
submitted  and,  upon  the  receipt  of  such  return,  the 


64 


1975.  c.  40. 

B.34(2). 

re-enacted 


Board  shall  give  notice  thereof  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette  showing  the  total  number  of  votes  polled  in 
the  municipality  for  the  affirmative  and  negative 
upon  the  question  or  questions. 

125.  Subsection  2  of  section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Who  entitled 
to  sigrn 
petition 


Who 
entitled 
to  vote 


1977.  c.  . . . 


Repeals 


Commence- 
ment 


(2)  The  persons  quahfied  to  sign  a  petition  pursuant  to 
section  27  or  28  are  the  persons  whose  names 
appeared  on  the  list  of  electors,  as  revised,  pre- 
pared for  the  previous  municipal  election  held  in  the 
municipality  amalgamated  or  municipality  or  part 
annexed,  as  the  case  may  be. 

(3)  The  persons  qualified  to  vote  upon  a  question  or 
questions  are  the  persons  who  would  be  eligible  to 
vote  at  an  election  held  in  the  municipality  amal- 
gamated or  municipality  or  part  annexed,  as  the 
case  may  be,  held  pursuant  to  The  Municipal 
Elections  Act,  1977 . 

126.  The  following  are  repealed: 

1.  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972,  being  chapter  95. 

2.  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Act,  1974,  being 
chapter  32. 

3.  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Act,  1975,  being 
chapter  23. 

127.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1978. 


Short  title 


128.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Elections 
Act,  1977. 


\ 


Cl 

04 

2 

«-«. 

s 

<^ 

cxi 

c5" 

?x, 

o 

■"-s 

& 

^^ 

V) 

^ 

r^i 

& 

§ 

Si. 

:a: 

^ 

o 

S 

V) 

»■ 

w> 

<r» 

H 

1—1 
3 

g 

H  w 

r*- 

g' 

•-1 

a> 
"1 

on' 

Orq 

l-^ 

c/)    0 

0 
■< 

^ 

S  ? 

a> 
i-i 

0 

0    > 

3 

3 

w 

0 

00 

3 

3 

3    • 

2i 

0 

3. 

2  0 

> 

0' 

o'  J?^ 

Et! 

w 

p   w 

3 

3    0 

a  a 

w 

CL 

0 

0 

'Z 

< 

0 

a> 

< 

3 
cr 

Si- 

3 

cr 

"i 

>} 

re 

a 

to 

r^ 

s^ 

3 

ft 
Si. 

00 

1' 

CL 

1' 

3^ 

-4 

SO 

S> 

a. 
I' 


H 

3* 

ft) 

s 

c 

3 

0' 

> 

3 

-5' 

£L 

> 

n 

m 

a> 

l-K 

0 

^-^ 

r^ 

■-1 

0' 

ft 

3 

<^ 

t/) 

(T' 

> 

n 

n 

<-»■ 

,_^ 

0 

^ 

Ni 

BILL  98 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 


\ 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  98  1977 


An  Act  to  revise 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

1.  "advance  poll"  means  a  poll  held  under  section  66; 

2.  "assessment  commissioner"  in  relation  to  a  munici- 
pality means  the  assessment  commissioner  appointed 

under  The  Assessment  Act  for  the  assessment  region  in  ^•f2°"  ^^^°' 
which  the  municipality  is  situate ; 

3.  "assistant  returning  officer"  means  a  person  appointed 
by  the  clerk  to  assist  him  in  the  conduct  of  the 
election ; 

4.  "assistant  revising  officer"  means  a  person  appointed 
by  the  clerk  to  assist  him  in  the  revision  of  the  list  of 
electors ; 

5.  "candidate"  means  a  person  who  is  nominated  for 
election  to  office  in  accordance  with  this  Act  and 
whose  nomination  is  certified  by  the  clerk ; 

6.  "clerk"  with  respect  to  a  municipality  means  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality ; 

7.  "constable"  means  a  constable  or  a  person  appointed 
as  a  constable  by  the  clerk  or  the  deputy  returning 
oflficer  to  maintain  peace  and  order  at  an  election ; 

8.  "corrupt   practice"   means  any  act  or  omission  in 
connection  with  an  election  in  respect  of  which  an 
offence  is  provided  under  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada)  ^  ci^^^^^' 
or  which  is  a  corrupt  practice  under  this  Act ; 

9.  "deputy  returning  oflficer"  means  a  deputy  returning 
oflficer  appointed  for  a  polling  place  under  this  Act ; 


2 

10.  "election"  means  an  election  governed  by  this  Act; 

11.  "election  assistant"  means  a  person  appointed  by  the 
clerk  to  assist  in  the  conduct  of  an  election ; 

12.  "election  year"  means  a  year  in  which  a  regular 
election  is  held  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  this  Act ; 

13.  "elector"  means  a  person  entitled  under  this  Act  to 
vote  in  an  election ; 

R.so.  1970,  14    "enumerated"  means  enumerated  under  The  Assess- 

c.  32  . 

ment  Act; 

^1^  1970.  15    "holiday"  means  a  holiday  as  defined  in  The  Interpre- 

tation Act; 

16.  "local   board"   means  a  local   board  as  defined  in 
R.s.o.  1970.  The  Municipal  Affairs  A  ct ; 

17.  "locality"  means  territory  without  municipal  organ- 
ization that  is  deemed  a  district  municipality  under 

1974. c.  109  The  Education  Act,  1974; 

18.  "Minister"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and 
Minister  of  Economics  and  Intergovernmental  Affairs ; 

19.  "municipa:lity"  means  a  city,  town,  village  or  town-, 
ship; 

20.  "new  election"  means  an  election  other  than  a  regular 
election; 

21.  "nomination  day"  means  the  last  day  for  filing 
nominations; 

22.  "oath"  includes  an  affirmation; 

23.  "office"  means  an  office,  the  election  to  which  is 
governed  by  this  Act ; 

24.  "owner  or  tenant"  means  a  person  enumerated  as 
owner  or  tenant  of  land  separately  assessed  or  liable 
to  be  separately  assessed  under  The  Assessment  Act; 

25.  "polling  day"  means  the  day  on  which  the  poll  is  to 
be  taken  under  this  Act ; 

26.  "polling  list"  means  the  list  of  electors  for  each 
polling  subdivision  revised  and  certified  by  the  clerk ; 


27.  "polling  place"  means  the  area  designated  by  the 
clerk  in  which  the  facilities  for  the  conduct  of  the 
poll  are  situate ; 

28.  "polling  subdivision"  means  a  polling  subdivision 
established  by  the  clerk  under  this  Act ; 

29.  "preliminary  list"  means  a  preliminary  list  of 
electors ; 

30.  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  Minister; 

31.  "public  school  elector"  means  an  elector  who  is  not  a 
separate  school  elector ; 

32.  "quorum"  means  a  majority  of  the  members  of 
council  or  of  a  local  board  or  the  trustees  of  a  police 
village,  as  the  case  may  be ; 

33.  "regular  election"  means  an  election  required  to  be 
held  under  section  10  of  this  Act; 

34.  "residence",  and  similar  expressions  used  in  relation 
to  a  person,  means  his  true,  fixed,  permanent  home 
or  lodging  place  to  which  whenever  he  is  absent  he 
has  the  intention  of  returning,  subject  to  the 
following  rules : 

(a)  The  place  where  a  person's  family  resides  shall 
be  his  residence  unless  he  takes  up  or  continues 
his  residence  at  some  other  place  with  the  in- 
tention of  remaining  there,  in  which  case  he 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  resident  of  such 
other  place . 

{b)  The  place  where  a  person  occupies  a  room  or 
part  of  a  room  as  a  regular  lodger  or  to  which 
he  habitually  returns  not  having  any  other 
permanent  lodging  place,  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  his  residence ; 

35.  "scrutineer"  means  any  person  appointed  as  a 
scrutineer  by  a  candidate  or  by  a  council  under 
section  6 ; 

36.  "separate  school  elector"  means  an  elector  who  is  a 
Roman  Catholic  separate  school  supporter  or  who  is 
a  Roman  Catholic  and  the  spouse  of  such  supporter 
and  any  person  entitled  to  be  a  separate  school  elector 
under  The  Education  Act,  1974.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  1;  i974.c.i09 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  1,  amended. 


APPLICATION  OF  ACT 

Application        2.  Notwithstanding    any    other    general    or    special    Act, 
this  Act  appHes  to  and  governs  all  elections, 

(a)  to  the  offices  of , 

(i)  member  of  the  council  of  a  municipality, 

(ii)  member  of  the  council  of  a  regional  munici- 
pality where  such  office  is  required  to  be 
filled  by  a  vote  of  the  electors  of  an  area 
municipality, 

(iii)  trustee  of  a  police  village, 

(iv)  member  of  a  local  board  whose  members  are 
to  be  elected  at  elections  required  by  law  to 
be  conducted  by  the  same  officers  and  in  the 
same  manner  as  elections  of  members  of  the 
council  of  a  municipality; 

(h)  to  obtain  the  assent  of  electors  on  any  by-law 
required  or  authorized  by  law  to  be  submitted  for 
their  assent  at  an  election ;  and 

(c)  to  obtain  the  opinion  of  the  electors  on  any  question 
required  or  authorized  by  law  to  be  submitted  to 
the  electors  at  an  election.  1975,  c.  95,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 


ELECTION    OFFICIALS 

Returning         3^ — (1)  Subject   to  subsections   2   and  3.   the   clerk   of  a 
revising        municipality  is  the  returning  officer  and  revising  officer  for 
the  purpose  of  the  conduct  of  elections  within  the  munici- 
pality or  a  part  thereof. 

offlcer"in"^  (2)  For  the   purpose  of  elections  of  trustees  of  a   police 

police^  village,   the  clerk  of  the  municipality  in   which   the   police 

village  is  located  shall  be  the  returning  officer  for  the  election 
and  where  the  police  village  is  located  in  two  or  more 
municipalities, 

(a)  the  nominations  for  trustees  shall  be  filed  with  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality  having  the  largest  number 
of  electors  of  the  police  village  who  shall  send  to  the 
clerk  of  each  municipality  concerned  by  registered 
mail  within  forty-eight  hours  after  the  closing  of 
nominations  the  names  of  the  candidates ;  and 


village 


(b)  the  clerk  of  each  other  municipaHty  in  which  part 
of  the  pohce  village  is  located  shall  be  the  returning 
officer  for  the  vote  to  be  recorded  in  his  munici- 
pality and  he  shall  forthwith  report  the  vote  recorded 
to  the  returning  officer  referred  to  in  clause  a  who 
shall  prepare  the  final  summary  and  announce  the 
vote. 

(3)  The  clerks  of  municipalities  to  which  subsections  23  cierks 
and  28  of  section  57  and  subsection  21  of  section  110  of  The  relation  to 
Education    Act,    1974    apply    shall    perform    the    duties    as  boards 
returning  officers  for  the  purposes  of  an  election  under  this  ^^'^^^  ^-  ^^^ 
Act  as  are  specified  in  those  provisions.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  3, 
amended. 

4. — (1)  The  clerk  of  every  municipality  shall  for  the  pur-  °-^-°j- ^k^ 
poses  of  an  election  appoint  a  deputy  returning  officer  and  a 
poll  clerk  for  each  polling  place  established  in  the  municipality 
and,  as  far  as  is  practicable,   the  deputy  returning  officers 
and  poll  clerks  shall  be  appointed  for  polling  places  for  the 

polling  subdivisions  in  which  they  reside  but  no  candidate  is  \ 

eligible  to  be  appointed  as  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll 
clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 

(2)   If  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  signifies  to  theWh^ere^ 
clerk  that  he  will  not  act,  the  clerk  shall  appoint  another  to  act 
person  to  act  in  his  place. 


(3)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  does  not  Non-^^^^^^ 
attend  at  the  opening  of  the  poll,  the  clerk  shall  appoint  of  d-R^Oj^ 
another  person  to  act  in  his  place. 


(4)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  through  illness  or  for  any  other  |^o°act'fo''r'^ 
reason  becomes  unable  to  perform  his  duties  on  polling  day,DRO. 
the  clerk  shall  appoint  another  person  to  act  in  his  place. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (2-4),  amended. 

(5)  The  clerk   may  appoint   election   assistants,   assistant  Assistants 
returning  officers  and  assistant  revising  officers  to  assist  him 

in  the  performance  of  his  duties  and  provide  for  such  clerical 
and  other  assistance  as  is  necessary  for  such  purpose,  but  no 
candidate  is  eligible  for  any  such  appointment.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  4  (5),  amended. 

(6)  The  clerk  may,  in  writing,  delegate  to  the  assistant  fy  c1e?k°" 
returning  officers   and   assistant   revising   officers   appointed 

under  subsection  5,  such  of  his  statutory  rights  and  duties 
in  relation  to  the  preparation  for  and  conduct  of  the  election 
as  he  considers  necessary.     New. 


Duties  of  (7)  The  poll  clerk  and  an  election  assistant,  if  any,  shall 

poll  clerk       ^g^jg^  ^^^  deputy  returning  officer  in  the  performance  of  the 

duties  of  his  office  and  shall  obey  his  orders.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  4  (6). 


Oath 


(8)  Every  returning  officer,  deputy  returning  officer,  poll 
clerk,  election  assistant,  assistant  returning  officer,  assistant 
revising  officer,  scrutineer,  constable  and  other  person  author- 
ized to  attend  at  a  polling  place  shall,  before  entering  upon 
his  duties,  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (7);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  2. 

(9)  The  appointment  and  oath  of  the  deputy  returning 
officer  under  subsection  8  shall  be  endorsed  upon  or  attached 
to  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  for  the  polling 
place  for  which  he  is  appointed.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  4  (8),  amended. 

Who  may  5, — (1)  Exccpt  where  otherwise  provided,  an  oath  may  be 

oaths  administered  by  any  person  authorized  by  law  to  administer 

oaths  in  Ontario. 


Oath  of 
D.R.O. 


Idem 


No  charge 


(2)  The  clerk  may  administer  any  oath  required  by  this  Act, 
and  deputy  returning  officers  and  poll  clerks  may  administer 
any  such  oath  except  an  oath  to  be  taken  by  the  clerk. 

(3)  Every  person  administering  an  oath  under  or  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act  shall  administer  the  oath  gratuitously. 
1972,c.  95,s.  5. 


scruuneere       Q^ — (1)  Each    candidate    may    appoint    in    writing    such 

candidate      number  of  persons  who  are  at  least  sixteen  years  of  age  as  he 

considers   advisable   as   scrutineers    to   represent   him   in    a 

polling  place  and  at  the  counting  of  votes  under  this  Act. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

^*mbe°°  (^)  ^^^  more  than  one  scrutineer  representing  each  can- 

present         didate  may  be  present  for  any  of  the  purposes  specified  in 
subsection  1  at  any  time.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  6  (2). 


Scrutineers 
appointed 
by  council 


(3)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may,  if  requested  to 
do  so,  by  resolution  appoint  as  scrutineers  in  relation  to 
voting  on  any  by-law  or  question  submitted  to  the  electors 
at  an  election  two  persons  to  attend  at  the  final  summing 
up  of  the  votes  by  the  clerk  and  two  persons  to  attend  at  each 
jwlling  place,  one  such  person  in  each  case  on  behalf  of  the 
persons  interested  in  and  desirous  of  promoting  the  proposed 
by-law  or  voting  in  the  affirmative  on  the  question  and  the 
other  such  person  on  behalf  of  the  persons  interested  in  and 
desirous  of  opposing  the  proposed  by-law  or  voting  in  the 
negative  on  the  question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  7  (1). 


7.  A  person  appointed  as  a  scrutineer  under  section  6,  Production 
before  being  admitted  to  a  polling  place  shall,  if  so  requested,  appointment 
produce  and  show  his  appointment  to  the  deputy  returning 
officer  for  the  polling  place.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  4,  amended. 

COSTS    OF    ELECTION 

8. — (1)  Except  where  otherwise  specifically  provided  by  cost  of 
this   or   any   other   special   or  general   Act,   the   cost   of  an 
election  shall  be  borne  by  the  municipality  in  which  it  is  held. , 

(2)  The  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  a  clerk  or  any  other  of'offlce^rs 
officer   for   printing,    providing   ballot   boxes,   ballot   papers, 
materials  for  marking  ballot  paper,  and  balloting  compart- 
ments, and  for  the  transmission  of  packets,  and  reasonable 

fees  and  for  allowances  for  services  rendered  under  this  Act  or 
otherwise  on  account  of  an  election  shall  be  paid  by  the 
treasurer  of  the  municipality  to  the  persons  entitled  thereto. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  8(1,  2). 

(3)  Where  the  clerk  of  a  municipality  is  required  to  conduct  Expenses  of 

1-  r  1  iriii  1,         by-election 

an  election  of  a  member  or  members 'of  a  local  board  other  of  locai 
than  at  a  regular  election,  the  board  shall  forthwith  reim- 
burse the  treasurer  of  the  municipality  for  the  cost  of  em- 
ploying deputy  returning  officers,  poll  clerks  and  other  election 
officials  and  for  the  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  the  clerk 
or  any  other  officer  of  the  municipality  for  advertising  the 
times  and  places  for  nomination  and  of  polls,  for  printing, 
for  providing  ballot  boxes,  ballot  papers,  materials  for  marking 
ballot  papers,  and  balloting  compartments,  for  the  trans- 
mission of  packets,  and  for  reasonable  costs  including  the 
cost  of  printing  and  distribution  of  but  not  preparation  other- 
wise of  the  polling  list.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  8  (3),  amended. 

TEKM   OF  OFFICE 

9. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other  general  or  special  Act  j^^^'^®*'' 
and  except  where  otherwise  specifically  provided  in  this  Act,  the 
term  of  office  of  all  offices,  the  election  to  which  is  governed 
by  this  Act,  shall  be  two  years,  commencing  on  the  first  day 
of  December  in  an  election  year.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  9  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  holders  of  offices  hold  office  until  their  successors  untii  new 

^    '  council 

are  elected  and  the  newly  elected  council  or  local  board  is  organized 
organized.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  9  (2). 

BIENNIAL   ELECTIONS 

10. — (1)  An  election  shall  be  held  in  accordance  with  this  Election 
Act   in   each   municipality   in   the  year    1978   and  in   every 


Vote  on 

queBtlon. 

•to. 


1975.  c.  40 


Polling 
day 


Idem 


8 

second  year  thereafter  for  the  purpose  of  electing  persons 
to  offices.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  10  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  by-law  requires  the  assent  or  a  question  is 
authorized  or  required  to  be  submitted  to  obtain  the  opinion 
of  the  electors,  the  vote  thereon  shall  be  taken  at  the  next 
regular  election  unless  otherwise  provided  by  order  of  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  or  in  the  case  of  a  question  sub- 
mitted under  The  Liquor  Licence  Act,  1975,  unless  the  Liquor 
Licence  Board  approves  the  taking  of  the  vote  on  some  other 
day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  10  (4),  amended. 

POLLING   DAY 

11. — (1)  PoUing  day  in  a  regular  election  shall  be  the 
second  Monday  in  November  in  each  election  year.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  11,  amended. 

(2)  Where  poUing  day  as  specified  in  subsection  1  falls  on 
a  holiday,  poUing  day  shall  be  the  next  succeeding  day  that 
is  not  a  holiday,  but  the  day  for  the  undertaking  of  any 
other  proceeding  pertaining  to  the  election  shall  not  be 
affected  thereby.     New. 


Electors, 
resident 


Electors, 
non-resident 


QUALIFICATION  OF  ELECTORS 

12.  A  person  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality 
if  he  is  not  disqualified  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or 
otherwise  prohibited  by  law  from  voting  in  the  election  and 
if,  at  any  time  during  the  period  commencing  on  the  Tuesday 
following  the  first  Monday  in  September  in  an  election  year 
and  ending  on  the  Friday  in  October  that  precedes  polling 
day  by  seventeen  days,  he, 

[a)  is  a  resident  in  such  municipality; 

(6)  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject;  and 

(f)  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  or  on  or  before 
polling  day  will  attain  the  age  of  eighteen  years. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part,  amended. 

13.  A  person  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality 
if  he  is  not  disqualified  under  this  or  any  other  Act  or  other- 
wise prohibited  by  law  from  voting  in  the  election  and  is  not 
resident  in  such  municipality  at  any  time  during  the  period 
commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first  Monday  in 
September  in  an  election  year  and  ending  on  the  Friday  in 
October  that  precedes  polling  day  by  seventeen  days,  but 
at  any  time  during  such  period,  he, 

(a)  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  the  municipality 
or  the  spouse  of  such  an  owner  or  tenant ; 


{b)  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject ;  and 

(c)  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  or  on  or  before 
polling  day  will  attain  the  age  of  eighteen  years. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part,  amended. 

14.  No  judge  of  any  court  is  qualified  to   vote  in  ^-^y  •^^^fj|^g5°*^ 
election.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  5,  part.  to  vote 

15.  For  the  purpose  of  sections   12  and   13,  a  statutory  EvJ^^n^e  of 
declaration  by  a  person  claiming  that  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen 

or  other  British  subject  is  prima  facie  proof  of  the  fact 
declared  to.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  14. 

QUALIFICATION    OF   ELECTORS   TO   VOTE   ON    MONEY    BY-LAWS 

1 6.  Every  person  entitled  to  be  an  elector  in  a  municipality  ^^°  "^^^ 
under  section  12,  13  or  33  is  entitled  to  be  an  elector  to  vote  on  money 

a  money  by-law  submitted  for  the  assent  of  the  electors  of  the 
municipahty.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  15,  part. 

POLLING   SUBDIVISIONS 

17.  Subject    to    section    18,    the    clerk    shall    divide    the  Pouing  V 
municipality   into   polling   subdivisions   and   shall   not   later  ^" 

than  the  first  day  of  April  in  an  election  year  inform  the 
assessment  commissioner  of  the  boundaries  of  each  sub- 
division.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  17  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  8,  amended. 

18.  A  polling  subdivision  shall  not,  so  far  as  is  practicable,  ^^^^ 
(a)  contain  more  than  350  electors;  or 

{b)  extend  beyond  the  boundaries  of  one  ward  or  of  an  . 

electoral  district  established  for  the  purposes  of  the  .' 

election  of  members  to  the  Assembly.     1972,  c.  95, 
s.  17  (2). 

PREPARATION   OF   PRELIMINARY    LIST  OF   ELECTORS 

19.  An  assessment  commissioner  shall,  during  the  period  ,^^^'^f"'"^''y 
commencing  on  the  Tuesday  following  the  first   Monday  in  electors 
September  and  ending  on  the  30th  day  of  September  in  an 
election  year,  from  an  enumeration  taken  during  that  period, 
compile  for  each  polling  subdivision  in  each  municipality  and 
locality  in  his  assessment  region  a  list  containing  the  name 

and  address  of  each  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for 
an  elector  under  section  12  or  13  and  such  list  shall  signify 
opposite  the  name  of  an  elector, 

(a)  who  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality,  that  he 
does  not  so  reside ; 

(6)  who  is  enumerated  as  a  Roman  Catholic  separate 
school  supporter,  that  he  is  a  separate  school 
elector; 


1974.  c.  109 


For  polling 
subdivision 
where  no 
wardH 


10 

(c)  who  is  a  Roman  Catholic  and  the  spouse  of  a  Roman 
Catholic  separate  school  supporter,  that  such  spouse 
is  a  separate  school  elector; 

(d)  who  is  enumerated  as  a  separate  school  elector  in 
accordance  with  The  Education  Act,  1974,  that  he  is 
a  separate  school  elector; 

{e)  who  is  an  owner  or  tenant  of  land  in  the  municipalitv. 
that  he  is  such  an  owner  or  tenant.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  18;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  9,  amended. 

20. — (1)  In  a  municipality  or  locality  that  is  not  divided 
into  wards,  the  name  of  an  elector  shall  be  entered  on  the 
[preliminary  list, 

{a)  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  the  elector 
resides ;  or 

(b)  if  the  elector  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality 
or  locality,  for  the  polling  subdivision  in  which  he  or 
his  spouse  is  owner  or  tenant  of  land. 


For  one 
polling 
subdivision 
only 


(2)  The  name  of  an  elector  shall  not  be  entered  under  this 
section  on  the  preliminary  list  for  more  than  one  polling  sub- 
division.    1972,  c.  95.  s.  i9. 


8ub<^vision        ^^  ' — ^^^  ^"  ^  municipality  that  is  divided  into  wards,  the 
where  wards    name  of  an  elector  shall  be  entered  in  the  preliminary  list, 

(a)  where  he  resides  in  the  municipality,  for  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  resides;  or 

(6)  where  he  does  not  reside  in  the  municipality,  for  a 
polling  subdivision  of  a  ward  in  which  he  or  his 
spouse  is  the  owner  or  tenant  of  land. 

pouinir  (^)  ^^^'  ^^^^  of  ^^  elector  shall  not  be  entered  under  this 

subdivision     section   in    the   preliminary   list    for   more   than   one   polling 
subdivision.      1972,  c.  95,  s.  20. 


List 

delivered 
to  clerk 


22.  The  assessment  commissioner  shall  deliver  the  list  of 
electors  prepared  by  him  under  sections  19,  20  and  21  to  the 
clerk  and,  in  respect  of  a  locality,  to  the  secretary  of  the  school 
board  on  or  before  the  thirty-first  day  after  the  commence- 
ment date  of  the  enumeration  period  in  an  election  year. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  21,  amended. 


onuuf*°"  23.  Where  it  is  apparent   to  the  clerk  or  the  secretary 

manifest        of  the  school  board  that  the  list  or  part  thereof  delivered  to 

errors  in  it  .         ^^^   .  ,  .  •  i       i 

him  under  section  22  is  not  in  conformity  with  the  require- 


11 

merits  for  the  polling  subdivisions  or  that  the  list  contains 
gross  or  manifest  errors,  the  clerk  or  the  secretary,  as  the 
case  may  be  may,  prior  to  the  printing  or  reproduction  of 
the  list  required  under  section  24,  correct  the  list  or  part 
thereof  and  shall  forthwith  notify  the  assessment  commissioner 
of  such  corrections.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  10,  amended. 

PRELIMINARY   LIST  OF   ELECTORS 

24.   Immediately    after    receipt    of    the    list    of    electors  ^/j?""^ 
delivered  by  the  assessment  commissioner  under  section  22, 
the  clerk  or  secretary  of  the  school  board  referred  to  in  the 
said  section  22,  after  making  corrections,  if  any,  under  sec- 
tion 23,  shall, 

{a)  cause  the  list  to  be  printed  or  reproduced  and  such 
list  shall  be  the  preliminary  list  of  electors ; 

(6)  fix  the  places  at  which  and  the  times  when  revision 
of  the  list  will  be  undertaken,  and,  subject  to  sub- 
section 2  of  section  25,  such  revision  shall  com- 
mence no  later  than  fourteen  days  after  dehvery  of 
the  Hst  to  the  clerk  under  section  22; 

(c)  post  notice  of  the  date  of  the  posting  of  the  list, 
the  last  day  for  fihng  applications  for  revision  of 
the  list  for  the  purpose  of  including  names  of  electors 
who  have  not  been  included  or  of  making  additions 
or  corrections  to  or  deletions  from  the  list,  and  the 
places  and  times  at  which  the  revision  of  the  Hst 
will  be  undertaken  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places 
in  the  municipality,  and  where  there  is  a  newspaper 
having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality, 
publish  the  notice  in  such  newspaper.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  11,  amended. 


REVISION  OF  PRELIMINARY  LIST  OF  ELECTORS 


25. — (1)  Immediately  after  the  printing  or  reproduction  ^®j^^|*°° 
of  the  preliminary  list  of  electors,  the  clerk  shall  post  one 
copy  of  the  list  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  his  office  and  in  at 
least  two  other  conspicuous  public  places  in  the  municipality. 
1972.  c.  95,  s.  23  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  12  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  day  of  posting  copies  of  the  preliminary  list  under  po^^ng'^ 
subsection  1  and  of  giving  notice  under  section  24  shall  be 
at  least  five  days  before  the  last  day  for  filing  applications 
for  revision.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  23(2);   1974,  c.  32.  s.   12(2), 
amended. 


12 

L*atday  (3)  jhc  last  day  for  the  filing  of  applications  for  revision 

•ppiioationB  of  the  preliminary  list  shall  be  the  seventeenth  day  im- 
ofpreiimin-  mediately  preceding  polling  day  and  such  applications  may 
**'^""  be  filed  with  the  clerk  during  his  normal  office  hours.     1974, 

c.  32,  s.  12  (3),  amended. 


affixed  (^)  ^^^  clerk  shall  affix  to  the  outside  or  cover  of  each  copy 

to  list  of  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  an  election  a  notice  in 

prescribed  form,  over  his  name, 


(a)  stating  that  the  list  is  a  preliminary  list  of  all 
electors  for  the  election  or  is  a  preliminary  list  of 
all  electors  for  the  polling  subdivision,  as  the  case 
may  be,  prepared  as  required  by  this  Act; 

(6)  setting  forth  the  date  on  which  the  list  was  posted  up 
in  the  office  of  the  clerk ; 

(c)  giving  notice  to  all  electors  to  examine  the  list  for  the 
purposes  of  making  additions  or  corrections  to  or 
deletions  from  the  list ;  and 

{d)  stating  the  last  day  for  filing  applications  concerning 
such  inclusions,  additions,  corrections  or  deletions. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  23  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  12  (4). 

o°/i8t^  ^^)  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^  °^  posting  a  notice  under  subsection  1,  the 

clerk  shall  deliver  or  mail  one  copy  of  the  preliminary  list  to, 

(a)  the  assessment  commissioner; 

(b)  every  member  of  the  council  of  the  municipality  and 
every  trustee  of  a  police  village  all  or  part  of  which 
is  in  the  municipality ; 

(c)  the  secretary  of  every  local  board  the  members  of 
which  are  required  to  be  elected  at  an  election  to  be 
conducted  by  the  clerk ; 

(d)  the  clerk  of  the  council  of  the  county  or  of  the  district, 
regional  or  metropolitan  municipality  in  which  the 
municipality  is  situate ; 

(e)  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  responsible  for  con- 
ducting the  elections  in  any  combined  area  for  school 
board  purposes; 


13 

(/)  the  member  of  the  House  of  Commons  and  the 
member  of  the  Assembly  representing  the  electoral 
district  in  which  the  municipality  or  any  part  thereof 
is  situate. 

(6)  Every  candidate  for  any  office  in  an  election  is  entitled  enutied*^^^ 
to  be  furnished  by  the  clerk  with  two  copies  of  the  preliminary  to  copies 
list  of  electors  entitled  to  vote  in  an  election  to  such  office. 
1972,c.  95,  s.  23(4,5). 

26. — (1)  The  clerk  or  an  assistant  revising  officer  shall  ^f®jY^|*°° 
attend  at  the  revision  of  the  preliminary  list  and  shall  con- 
tinue to  do  so  from  day  to  day  or  as  required  until  all 
applications  filed  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  filing  appli- 
cations for  revision  of  the  list  have  been  disposed  of.  1974, 
c.  32,  s.  13,  part,  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  that  the  time  for  filing  applications  when^^^.^j^g 
for  revision  of  the  preliminary  list  under  section  25  has  not  maybe 

1      .  1  1  1  I-  considered 

expired,  the  clerk  may  proceed  to  consider  such  applications 
as  from  time  to  time  may  be  received  and  may  determine 
and  dispose  of  them.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  13,  part. 

27. — (1)  A  person  whose  name  has  not  been  included  in  the  fcflnter^name 
preliminary  list  for  a  polling  subdivision  in  a  municipality  ^"list  or 

correct 

or  whose  name  has  been  included  therein  but  the  informa-  information 

tion.  relating  to  him  set  out  therein  is  incorrect  or  whose 

name  has  been  included  therein  as  a  non-resident  and  who 

is  qualified  to  be  an  elector  in  more  than  one  ward  in  the 

municipality  may  apply   to  the  clerk  or  assistant   revising 

officer  of  the  municipality  on  or  before  the  last  day  for  filing 

applications  for  revision  of  the  list  to  have  his  name  included 

on  the  list  or  to  have  such  information  corrected  or  to  have 

his  name  deleted  from  the  list  and  to  have  it  entered  in  the 

list  of  another  ward  in  which  he  or  his  spouse  is  the  owner 

or  tenant  of  land. 

(2)  Every  f)erson  applying  under  this  section  shall  sign  and^*'^*'^*°° 
an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  in  which  all  the  informa-  declaration 
tion  shall  be  sufficiently  filled  in,  either  by  the  applicant 
personally  or  by  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  at  the 
applicant's  request  and  shall  declare  that  he  understands 
the  effect  of  the  statements  in  the  application  and  that  he 
is  an  elector  entitled  to  have  his  name  included  on  the  list 
or  to  have  the  list  corrected  pursuant  to  his  request  before 
the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  enters  his  name  on  the 
list  or  corrects  the  preliminary  list,  as  the  case  may  be. 
1972.  c.  95,  s.  25(1,  2). 


14 


Application 
filed  peraon- 
»lly  orby 
a^ent 


Interpreter 


(3)  An  application  made  under  this  section  and  duly 
signed  by  the  applicant  may  be  filed  by  the  applicant  or  by 
his  agent  on  his  behalf.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  14. 

(4)  When  the  language  of  an  applicant  under  this  section  is 
not  understood  by  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer,  an 
interpreter  provided  by  the  applicant  may  be  sworn  and  may 
act,  but  in  the  event  of  inability  to  secure  an  interpreter,  the 
application  may  be  refused. 


Decision 
to  amend 
list 


Refusal  to 
amend  list 


Application 
for  deletion 
of  name 


(5)  If  it  appears  to  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer 
that  an  applicant  under  this  section  understands  the  effect  of 
the  statements  in  the  application  and  that  the  applicant  is  an 
elector  whose  name  should  be  included  in  the  polling  list  or 
that  the  amendment  thereof  that  he  requests  should  be  made,  he 
shall  certify  accordingly  by  signing  the  application. 

(6)  If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising 
officer,  the  statements  made  by  an  applicant  in  his  applica- 
tion under  this  section  do  not  show  that  the  applicant  is  an 
elector  entitled  to  have  his  name  included  in  the  polling  list  or  to 
have  the  list  amended  as  requested,  he  shall  inform  the 
applicant  that  his  application  is  refused,  stating  the  reasons 
for  such  refusal,  which  reasons  he  shall  endorse  on  the 
application  form.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  25  (3-5). 

28. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  posting  of  the  preliminary 
list  of  electors  for  a  municipality  and  until  the  last  day  for 
filing  applications  for  revision  thereof,  any  person  may  file 
with  the  clerk  an  application,  in  the  prescribed  form,  for 
dcU'tion  from  the  list  of  the  name  of  a  person  who  is  not 
entitled  as  an  elector  to  have  his  name  entered  thereon. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  26  (1);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  15  (1). 


Notice  to 
person 
where  name 
objected  to 


Copy  of 
application 
to  be  served 


Notice  to 
applicant 


Decision  of 
clerk,  etc. 


(2)  The  clerk,  upon  receipt  of  an  application  under  this 
section,  shall  forthwith  cause  to  be  served  personally  on  or 
sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  person  concerning  whom  the 
application  is  made  at  the  address  given  in  the  preliminary 
list  and  at  such  other  address,  if  any,  as  may  be  mentioned 
in  the  application,  a  notice  of  hearing  requiring  such 
person  to  appear  in  person  or  by  his  representative  on  a  day 
and  at  a  time  to  be  fixed  in  the  notice. 

(3)  A  copy  of  the  application  shall  accompany  a  notice 
served  or  sent  under  subsection  2. 

(4)  The  clerk  shall  notify  the  applicant  of  the  time  and 
place  of  the  hearing. 

(5)  On  the  day  for  the  hearing  fixed  in  a  notice  given 
under   this  section,   the   person   filing   the   appUcation   shall 


15 

attend  before  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  to 
establish  the  validity  of  such  application  and  the  clerk  or 
assistant  revising  officer,  after  reviewing  an  explanation  of 
the  facts  alleged  and  after  hearing  what  is  alleged  by  the 
person  concerning  whom  the  application  was  made  or  by  his 
representative,  may  delete  the  name  from  the  preliminary 
list  if  the  clerk  is  satisfied  of  the  validity  of  the  application. 

(6)  Where    a    person    concerning    whom    an    application  ^^|cted^to°" 
has  been  made  under  this  section  or  his  representative  does  does  not 
not  attend  before  the  clerk  or  assistant  revising  officer  on  the 

day  of  hearing  fixed  in  the  notice  and  the  clerk  or  assistant 
revising  officer  is  satisfied  that  due  notice  of  application 
has  been  given  to  the  person  or  that  he  could  not  be  found 
and  the  registered  notice  could  not  be  delivered,  the  clerk 
or  assistant  revising  officer  may  delete  the  name  of  such 
person  from  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  but  shall  not 
do  so  except  upon  evidence  under  oath  which  satisfies  him 
that  the  name  should  not  have  been  included  in  the  list. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  15  (2). 

(7)  Where  for  any  reason  the  name  of  a  person  is  deleted  j^g® 
from  a  preHminary  list  of  electors,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith  deleted  from 

^,  ,  ,,  1  •  1  •,   preliminary 

cause  to  be  served  personally  on  or  sent  by  registered  mail  fist 
to  that  person  at  the  address  given  in  the  preliminary  list 
a  notice  indicating  the  reasons  for  which  the  person's  name 
was  deleted  from  the  preliminary  Hst  and  advising  of  the 
voting  procedures  under  sections  33  and  56.     New. 

29.  Subject  to  section  33  or  56,  the  decision  of  the  clerk  or  g®ai^'°° 
assistant  revising  officer  to  enter  on  or  delete  the  name  of  a 
person  as  an  elector  from  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  is  final 

for  the  purposes  of  this  Act.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  27. 

30.  Upon  determination  of  all  applications  for  revision  of  ff chang"^ 
the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  a  municipality  tiled  on  or 

before  the  last  day  for  filing  applications  for  revision 
thereof,  the  clerk  shall  compile  a  statement  of  inclusions 
in.  additions  and  changes  to  and  deletions  from  the  list, 
bearing  the  full  name  and  address  of  each  person  who  is 
the  subject  of  the  inclusion,  addition,  change  or  deletion, 
and  shall  send  a  certified  copy  of  such  statement  to  each 
person  specified  in  subsections  5  and  6  of  section  25. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  16,  amended. 


POLLING   LIST 

31.  After    compilation    of    the    statement    of    additions,  p°"*"8^"»' 
changes  and  deletions  required  under  section  30,  the  clerk  shall 


\, 


16 


prepare  the  polling  list  of  electors  for  each  polling  subdivision 
in  his  municipality  by  making  the  appropriate  changes  in  the 
preliminary  list  in  accordance  with  the  statement  and  shall 
certify  the  list  as  so  revised.     1072.  c.  95,  s.  29  (1). 


Only 

persons 
in  list 
entitled 
to  vote 


32.  Except  as  provided  in  sections  33,  51  and  56  no  per- 
son is  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  unless  his  name  appears 
in  the  polling  list  certified  under  section  31  for  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  tenders  his  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  30. 


on  list  by"*'"^     33. — (1)  If  a  person  whose  name  is  omitted  from  a  polling 
D.R.o.  list  certified  under  section  31,  at  any  time  after  preparation  of 

the  polling  list  and  prior  to  the  closing  of  the  poll,  satisfies 
the  clerk  of  the  municipality  on  oath  that  he  was  entitled 
to  be  an  elector  under  section  12  or  13  and  to  have  his 
name  entered  on  the  preliminary  list  for  the  municipality, 
the  clerk  may  issue  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form  author- 
izing the  deputy  returning  officer  for  the  proper  polling  sub- 
division to  enter  the  name  of  the  elector  on  the  polling  list 
for  the  subdivision  and  to  permit  such  person  to  vote,  but 
such  vote  must  be  cast  before  the  closing  of  the  poll. 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  name  of  a  person  is  omitted  from  the  polling 
list  as  finally  revised  and  such  person  satisfies  the  clerk  of  the 
municipality  on  oath  that  he  was  under  section  12  or  13 
otherwise  entitled  to  be  an  elector  and  to  be  entered  on  the 
preliminary  list  except  that  he  was  not  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject,  if  such  person  produces  for  the 
inspection  of  the  clerk  his  certificate  of  naturalization  or  other 
conclusive  evidence  that  he  has  become  a  Canadian  citizen 
or  other  British  subject,  the  clerk  may  issue  a  certificate 
authorizing  the  proper  deputy  returning  officer  to  enter  the 
name  of  such  person  on  the  polling  list  to  entitle  him  to  vote 
as  if  his  name  had  been  entered  thereon  before  the  list  was 
revised.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  18  (1). 


Certificate 
to  be 
produced 


(3)  A  person  is  not  entitled  to  vote  under  this  section  unless 
at  the  time  he  requests  a  ballot  he  produces  and  files  with  the 
deputy  returning  officer  the  certificate  given  by  the  clerk  under 
subsection  1  or  2.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  31  (3);  1974.  c.  32,  s.  18  (2). 


^^ssment         ^^)  "^^^  clcrk  shall  furnish  a  copy  of  each  certificate  issued 
missioner       uri^^r   this   section    to   the   assessment   commissioner   before 

the  first  Monday  in  December  in  an  election  year.     1974, 

c.  32,  s.  18  (3),  pari,  amended. 


Entry  on 

poll! 

list 


(5)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered   on   the   polling   list   maintained   by   the   poll   clerk 


17 

opposite  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  voting  under 
the  authority  of  a  certificate  issued  under  this  section,  the 
words  "Voted  under  section  33  certificate". 


(6)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enclose  all  certi-  ^^  ^e  ke^t^^ 
ficates  to  which  this  section  applies  in  one  envelope.  1974,  in  separate 
c.  32,  s.  18  (3),  part,  amended. 


NOMINATIONS 

34.  Any  person  who  is  qualified  to  hold  an  office  under  the  JJ^'J^i^at^ed^ 
Act  constituting  the  office  may  be  nominated  as  a  candidate 
for  such  office.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  32. 


35. — (1)  Nomination  day  for  a  regular  election  shall  be  Nomination 
Monday,    the    twenty-first    day    before    polling    day.     1972, 
c.  95,  s.  33  (1). 

(2)  Persons    may    be    nominated    as    candidates    in    an  J^^^°^ 
election   between   9  o'clock   in   the   forenoon   and   5  o'clock  nomination 
in   the   afternoon   of   nomination   day,   but   nothing   in   this 
section   prevents   a  person   from   filing  a  nomination   paper 

with  the  clerk  during  his  normal  office  hours  in  the  week 
immediately  prior  to  nomination  day.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  19  (2), 
part,  amended. 

(3)  The  clerk  shall,  at  least  seven  days  prior  to  nomination  ^f°^Yme 
day,  post  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places  in  the  munici-  forming 
pality  notice  of  the  date  and  times  for  filing  nominations 

and  of  the  offices  for  which  persons  may  be  nominated  as 
candidates  in  the  election,  and,  where  there  is  a  newspaper 
having  general  circulation  in  the  municipality,  publish  at 
least  seven  days  prior  to  nomination  day  the  notice  in  such 
newspaper.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  19  (2),  part,  amended. 

36. — (1)  A  person  may  be  nominated  as  a  candidate  for  "o^jnated 
an  office  by  filing  in  the  office  of  the  clerk,  on  the  days  and 
during  the  hours  specified  in  subsection  2  of  section  35,  a 
nomination  paper  in  prescribed  form  which, 

(a)  shall  be  signed  by  at  least  ten  electors  whose  names 
are  entered,  or  entitled  to  be  entered  under  section 
i^,  in  the  polling  lists  of  electors  entitled  to  vote 
in  an  election  to  such  office; 


\ 


18 


(6)  shall  state  the  name  and  address  of  the  person 
nominated  in  such  manner  as  will  identify  him  and 
the  office  for  which  he  is  nominated ;  and 


(f)  shall  state  the  name  and  address  of  each  elector 
signing  the  nomination  paper  and,  where  the  office 
for  which  the  person  is  nominated  is  a  member  of  a 
school  board,  that  such  nominator  is  a  public  school 
elector  or  a  separate  school  elector,  as  the  fact  is. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (1),  amended. 


d°ciaMitkuf         ^^^   ^°  nomination  is  valid  unless  there  is  filed  with  the 
to  be  filed        nomination  paper  a  consent  in  writing  to  the  nomination  and 

a  declaration  of  qualification  in  the  prescribed  form  by  the 

person  nominated.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (2). 


Public 
school 
nominators 


(3)  A  nomination  paper  nominating  a  person  for  an  office 
the  holder  of  which  is  required  to  be  elected  by  public  school 
electors  shall  be  signed  by  public  school  electors  only.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  34  (3);  1974.  c.  32,  s.  20  (2). 


BcSoof^  (4)  A  nomination  paper  nominating  a  person  for  an  office 

nominators     the  holder  of  which  is  required  to  be  elected  by  separate  school 

electors   shall    be   signed   by   separate   school    electors   only. 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (4);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  20  (3). 


Separate 

nomination 

papers 


(5)  Each  person  to  be  nominated  for  election  to  an  office 
shall  be  nominated  by  a  separate  nomination  paper,  but  an 
elector  may  sign  more  than  one  nomination  paper  for  the 
same  person  and  the  nomination  papers  of  more  than  one 
person.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  34  (5),  amended. 


(6)  After  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  with  the  clerk  it  shall 


Clerk 
to  keep 

nomination     remain  in  the  possession  of  the  clerk. 

paper  ^ 


Onus  on 

person 

nominated 


(7)  The  onus  is  on  the  person  nominated  for  election  to  an 
office  to  file  a  bona  fide  nomination  paper.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  34  (6,  7). 


by??e7k"°"  37.— (1)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 
clerk,  the  clerk  or  his  assistant  returning  officer  shall  endorse 
upon  it  the  date  and  time  of  its  filing.      1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (1 ). 


Sfcie?k*^  (2)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a 

clerk  prior  to  nomination  day,  the  paper  shall  be  examined 


19 

by  the  clerk  and,  if  he  is  satisfied  that  the  requisite  number 
of  the  nominators  whose  signatures  appear  on  the  nomination 
paper  are  electors  entitled  to  vote  for  the  office,  he  shall  so 
certify  in  writing.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (2) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  21  (1). 

(3)  When  the  nomination   papers  have  been   certified  by  Posting 
the    clerk    he   shall    cause    the    name    and    address    of   each 
candidate  nominated  and  the  office  for  which  the  candidate 

is  nominated  to  be  posted  up  in  his  office  or  other  con- 
spicuous place  open  to  inspection  by  the  public.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  35  (3),  amended. 

(4)  Where  a  nomination  paper  is  filed  in  the  office  of  a  Ajg^^oj, 
clerk  on  nomination  day,  nomination 

{a)  the  clerk  shall  accept  the  nomination  paper  and 
cause  the  name  of  the  person  nominated  to  be  posted 
up  in  accordance  with  subsection  3 ; 

(b)  if,  on  examination  of  the  nomination  paper  prior  to 
4   o'clock    in    the   afternoon   on    the   day    following 

nommation  day,   it  appears  to  the  clerk  that  the  '^- 

requisite  number  of  nominators  whose  signatures 
appear  on  the  nomination  paper  are  not  electors 
entitled  to  vote  for  the  office,  he  shall  reject  the 
nomination  and  give  notice  of  the  rejection  im- 
mediately by  registered  mail  to  the  person  nominated 
and  all  candidates  for  that  office,  but  if  he  is  satisfied 
that  the  nominators  meet  such  requirements,  he 
shall  so  certify  in  writing.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (4); 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 

(5)  Where  the  number  of  candidates  for  an  office  who  are^,^^^®   „, 

*    '  number  of 

nominated  at  the  end  of  nomination  day  is  not  sufficient  to  candidates 

_,,,  ,  ,  .  I'll  Ti  nominatea 

fill  the  number  of  vacancies  to  which  the  candidates  may  be  insufficient 
elected,  on  the  Wednesday  following  nomination  day  the 
clerk  may,  between  the  hours  of  9.00  o'clock  in  the  forenoon 
and  5.00  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  receive  and  certify 
additional  nominations  for  the  office  in  respect  of  which 
there  was  an  insufficient  number  of  candidates.     New. 

(6)  Certification  by  the  clerk  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  bv'c/erif*^'"" 
or  4  with  respect  to  a  nomination  paper  shall  be  conclusive 
evidence   of   the   facts   certified   and   shall   not   be   open   to 
challenge  thereafter.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (5),  amended. 

(7)  The  clerk  shall  establish  and  maintain  in  his  office  a  ^ist  of 

candidates 
list  setting  out  the  name  and  residence  of  every  candidate 

whose  nomination  has  been  certified  under  this  section  for  the 

respective  offices  for  which  persons  mav  be  nominated  in  the 


20 

order  of  certification  and  copies  of  this  list  shall  he  promin- 
ently displayed  in  one  or  more  locations  and  the  list  shall 
be  completed  no  later  than  4  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
day  following  nomination  day  provided  that  where  the  clerk 
has  received  additional  nominations  under  subsection  5,  a 
list  showing  the  names  of  the  additional  candidates  nominated 
shall  be  completed  and  posted  by  the  clerk  no  later  than 
4.00  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the  Thursday  following 
nomination  day.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  35  (6);  1974,  c.  32.  s.  21  (3), 
amended. 

DEATH   OF   A   CANDIDATE 

Ba^raon         3g^  If  as  a  result  of  a  candidate  nominated  for  election  to 
candidate       an  office  dying  before  the  close  of  the  poll  for  the  election, 

(a)  a  person  would  be  elected  by  acclamation  to  such 
office,  the  election  to  such  office  is  void  and  a  new 
election  shall  be  held  to  fill  such  office ;  or 

(b)  no  person  would  be  elected  by  acclamation  to  such 
office,  the  name  of  the  deceased  candidate  shall  be 
omitted  from  the  ballots  or  if  the  ballots  have  already 
been  printed,  the  clerk  shall  cause  notice  of  the  death 
of  the  candidate  to  be  posted  up  in  a  conspicuous 
place  in  every  polling  place  and  the  election  shall  be 
proceeded  with  as  if  the  deceased  candidate  had  not 
been  nominated.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  36. 


withdrawal 
of  nomina- 
tion 


Where 
nominated 
in  more 
than  one 
office 


WITHDRAWAL   OF   NOMINATIONS 

30. — (1)  A  person  nominated  as  a  candidate  in  an  election 
may  withdraw  his  nomination  by  instrument  in  writing,  verified 
by  his  affidavit  and  delivered  to  the  clerk  before  5  o'clock 
in  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination  day. 

(2)  Where  a  person  has  been  nominated  for  more  than  one 
office,  he  may  withdraw  in  respect  of  one  or  more  offices  for 
which  he  is  nominated  by  filing  his  withdrawal  in  writing  with 
the  clerk  in  his  office  before  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
day  following  nomination  day  and  in  default  he  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  nominated  for  the  office  for  which  he  was  first 
nominated  and  to  have  withdrawn  his  nomination  for  any 
other  office.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  37. 


Acclamation 


ACCLAMATIONS 


40. — (1)  If  no  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  any  office 
than  the  number  to  be  elected,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith  after 
5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination  day 
declare  that  candidate  or  those  candidates  duly  elected. 


21 

(2)  If  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  an  office  than  the  ^^^^ 
number  to  be  elected  but  one  or  more  candidates  withdraws 

his  nomination  so  that  the  number  remaining  is  no  more  than  the 
number  required  to  be  elected,  the  clerk  shall  forthwith 
after  5  o'clock  on  the  afternoon  of  the  day  following  nomination 
dav  declare  the  remaining  candidate  or  candidates  to  be  duly 
elected. 

(3)  If  the  number  of  candidates  declared  to  be  elected  to  an  vacancy 
office  under  subsection  1  or  2  is  less  than  the  number  to  be 
elected  to  such  office  so  that  there  is  a  vacancy,  a  new  election 

shall  be  held  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

(4)  Where  in  any  election  the  total  number  of  niembers  of  the  ^J^frmn  not 
council  of  a  municipality  or  of  a  local  board,  as  the  case  may  elected 
be,  declared  elected  under  this  section  and  those  elected  as  a 

result  of  the  poll  in  the  election  is  less  than  a  quorum  of  the 
council  or  of  the  local  board,  the  council  or  local  board  in 
office  for  the  preceding  year  shall  continue  in  office  until  a  new 
election  under  subsection  3  is  held  and  the  number  of  members 
of  the  council  or  local  board  equals  or  exceeds  the  quorum. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  38.  \ 

NOTICE   OF   POLL 

41 . — (1)  Where  more  candidates  are  nominated  for  election  fg°y{j.ed 
to  an  office  than  the  number  required  to  fill  that  office,  the 
clerk  shall   hold   a   poll   to   elect   the   holder  of   that   office. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  39  (1). 

(2)   Notice  of  the  time  for  the  holding  of  the  poll  in  an  0°"^® 
election,  including  the  advance  poll,  and  notice  of  the  last 
day  for  making  application  to  the  clerk  for  a  certificate  to 
vote  by  proxy,  shall  be  given  bv  the  clerk  forthwith  after  it 
has  been  determined  that  a  poll  is  required,  by  posting  the 

notice  in  at  least  two  conspicuous  places  in  the  municipality, 

and,  where  there  is  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation 

in    the    municipality,    by    publishing    the    notice    in    such 

newspaper.      1972,  c.   95,  s.   39(2);   1974,  c.   32,  s.   22, 

amended. 

VOTING    BY   BALLOT 

42. — (1)  Where  a  poll  is  held  in  an  election,  the  votes  shall  ^ybaUot 
be  given  by  ballot.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  40  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (1). 

(2)   In   place  of  using  ballot   papers   under   this  Act,   the  machines 
council  of  a  municipality  may,  by  by-law  passed  on  or  before  etc. 
the  1st  day  of  April  in  an  election  year,  authorize  the  use  at 
elections  of  voting  machines,  voting  recorders  or  other  voting 


Repeal 
by-law 


22 

devices,  and  a  copy  of  any  such  by-law  shall  be  forwarded 
by  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  to  the  Minister  forthwith 
after  it  is  passed.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (2),  part,  amended. 

i°K  (3)  A  by-law  passed  under  subsection  2  or  a  predecessor 

thereof  shall  remain  in  force  until  repealed  by  the  council  of 
the  municipality,  but  no  such  repealing  by-law  shall  take 
effect  for  the  purposes  of  the  election  next  following  its 
passage  unless  the  repealing  by-law  is  passed  on  or  before 
the  1st  day  of  April  in  the  year  in  which  the  election  is  held. 
New. 

MiniBter'8  ^4^  Where   a   municipality   authorizes   the   use   of   voting 

machines,  voting  recorders  or  other  voting  devices,  the 
Minister  shall,  by  order,  provide  for  procedures  which  may 
be  necessary  to  conduct  the  election  by  the  use  of  such 
machines,  recorders  or  devices  and  the  municipality  shall 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  order.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  23  (2), 
part,  amended. 


Ballots 


Nomination 
of  candidate 
must  be 
certified 


Order  of 
names 


Where 
addresses 
to  be  shown 


Nicknames 
and  titles 


PREPARATION   AND   FORM  OF   BALLOT 

43.— (1)  A  clerk  who  is  required  to  hold  a  poll  under 
section  41  shall  prepare  and  cause  to  be  printed  a  sufficient 
number  of  ballots  in  the  prescribed  form  for  use  in  the  election. 

(2)  The  name  of  a  person  shall  not  be  included  in  a  ballot 
as  a  candidate  for  office  unless  his  nomination  as  a  candidate 
for  such  office  has  been  certified  by  the  clerk  under  section  37. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (1,2). 

(3)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  the  names  of  the  candidates 
shall  be  shown  on  a  ballot  in  order  of  their  surnames  alpha- 
betically arranged,  with  given  names  preceding  the  surnames, 
and  with  the  surnames  in  bold  type.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (3), 
amended. 

(4)  Where  there  are  two  or  more  candidates  for  election  to 
an  office  whose  given  and  surnames  are  identical  or  so  nearly 
identical  as  to  create  the  possibility  of  confusion,  the  address 
of  all  candidates  for  election  to  such  office  shall  be  shown 
on  the  face  of  the  ballot  for  such  office  immediately  under 
their  names  and  in  sufficient  detail  as  to  identify  each 
candidate.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (4),  amended. 

(5)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  4,  no  identification  such 
as  a  title,  honour,  decoration  or  degree  shall  be  included  with 
any  candidate's  name  on  a  ballot  to  be  used  in  an  election, 
but  a  name  commonly  called  a  nickname  or  any  other  name 
by  which  a  candidate  is  commonly  known  may  be  used  on 
the  ballot  as  the  name  or  part  of  the  name  of  the  candidate. 


23 

(6)  There  shall  appear  on  the  ballot  to  the  right  of  each  fif^caung 
candidate's  name  a  circle  or  a  circular  space  suitable  for  the  vote 
marking  of  the  ballot.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  41  (5,  6). 

(7)  All  ballots  for  election  to  the  same  office  shall  be  ofBai^o'^^ 
the  same  description  and  as  nearly  ahke  as  possible,  and  office  to 
the  names,   and  the  addresses  if  given,   of  the  candidates, 

the  circle  or  circular  space,  the  instructions  referred  to  in 
subsection  8,  and  any  lines  on  the  ballot  shall  be  in  one 
colour  and  the  remainder  of  the  face  of  the  ballot  shall  be 
another  colour,  but  different  colours  may  be  used  for  ballots 
to  be  used  for  election  to  different  offices.  1974,  c.  32,  s.  25, 
part,  amended. 

(8)  A  ballot  shall  contain  instructions  as  to  the  number  camiidates 
of  candidates  for  which  an  elector  may  vote  and  the  name  of  and  name 

•^  ofornce 

the  office  for  which  the  election  is  being  held.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  25,  part,  amended. 

(9)  The  ballot  papers  for  voting  to  obtain  the  assent  or  the  ®uestionl 
opinion  of  electors  on  any  by-law  or  question  shall  be  in  the 
prescribed  form.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  41  (9). 

44. — (1)  For  an  election  in  a  municipahty  in  which  the  municipality 
members  of  council  are  elected  by  wards,  there  shall  be  pre- 
pared one  set  of  ballots  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  mayor, 
another  set  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  containing  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  reeve,  or  reeve  and 
deputy  reeve,  and  another  set  for  each  ward  containing  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman  or  councillor 
for  the  ward. 

(2)  For  an  election  in  a  city  or  town  in  which  the  members  of  yo^^f*^ 
council  are  elected  by  general  vote,  there  shall  be  prepared  for  city  or  town 
all  the  polling  subdivisions  one  set  of  ballots  containing  the 

names  of  the  candidates  for  the  offices  of  mayor,  or  mayor  and 
reeve,  or  mayor,  reeve  and  deputy  reeve,  and  another  set  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman 
or  councillor. 

(3)  For  an  election  in  a  township  that  constitutes  a  borough  Metro***'" 
within  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto,  one  set  of  Toronto 
ballots  shall  be  prepared  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  mayor, 
another  set  of  ballots  for  all  the  polling  subdivisions  containing 

the  names  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  controller  and 
another  set  for  each  ward  containing  the  names  of  the 
candidates  for  the  office  of  alderman. 


24 


village  or 
township 


(4)  For  an  election  in  a  village  or  township  there  shall  be 
prepared  one  set  of  ballots  containing  the  names  of  the 
candidates  for  the  office  of  reeve  or  of  reeve  and  deputy  reeve, 
and  for  the  office  of  councillor. 


By-law 
providing 
for  separate 
sets 


(5)  The  council  of  a  town  may  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
ballots  for  an  election  to  the  offices  of  mayor,  reeve  and 
deputy  reeve  shall  be  prepared  in  separate  sets  and,  the  council 
of  a  village  or  township  may,  by  by-law  provide  that  the 
ballots  for  an  election  to  the  offices  of  reeve,  deputy  reeve 
and  councillor  shall  be  in  separate  sets.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (1-5). 


when^tobe  (6)  A  by-law  for  the  purposes  mentioned  in  subsection  5 

shall  be  passed  not  later  in  the  election  year  than  the  1st 
day  of  October  and  remains  in  force  until  repealed,  and 
while  in  force  the  prescribed  ballots  shall  be  prepared 
accordingly.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  42  (6),  amended. 

Separate  sets       (7)  Jherc  shall  also  be  separate  sets  of  ballots, 

controller, 

by-laws.  etc.  (a)  containing  the  names  of  the  Candidates  for  the  officeof, 

(i)  controller, 

(ii)  member  of  a  local  board, 

(iii)  trustee  of  a  police  village, 

(iv)  member  of  the  council  of  a  regional  munici- 
pality, or 

(v)  member  of  the  council  of  both  an  area  muni- 
cipality and  a  regional  municipality; 

{b)  for  obtaining  the  assent  of  the  electors  on  any  by-law 
or  the  opinion  of  the  electors  on  any  question  re- 
quired or  authorized  to  be  submitted  to  them  at  an 
election.     1972.  c.  95,  s.  42  (7) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  26. 

onebyStw.  (^^   Where  more  than  one  by-law  or  question  is  to  be  sub- 

^^-  mitted  to  the  electors  at  one  election,  all  of  such  by-laws  or 

questions  may  be  placed  on  one  ballot  paper.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  42  (8). 


Composite 
ballots 


45. — (1)  In  place  of  using  separate  ballots  under  this  Act, 
the  council  of  a  municipality  may,  by  by-law  passed  prior 
to  the  first  day  of  October  in  an  election  year,  authorize 
the  use  at  a  municipal  election  of  composite  ballots  in  such 
form  subject  to  subsections  1  to  8  of  section  43,  as  the  by-law 
prescribes.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  43  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  27,  amended. 


25 

(2)  A  composite  ballot  may  contain,  contents 

{a)  the  names  of  candidates  for  the  offices  of  member  of 
council,  member  of  a  school  board,  member  of  a  public 
utility  commission  or  member  of  any  other  board, 
commission  or  body  the  members  of  which  are  required 
to  be  elected  by  the  electors  of  the  municipality  or 
for  any  one  or  more  of  such  offices ;  and 

{h)  any  by-law  or  question  authorized  or  required  by 
law  to  be  submitted  to  the  electors  for  their  assent 
or  opinion. 

Not  to  be 

(3)  No  elector  shall  be  given  a  composite  ballot  contammg  given  to 

,  r  ,.  ,  r  /v  .     ■    •  i-         elector  not 

the  names  of  candidates  for  an  office  or  contammg  a  question  entitled  to 
or  by-law  for  which  he  is  not  entitled  to  vote.  office  on 

ballot 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  remains  in  force  from  ^^'Jl'un"}! 
year  to  year  until  repealed.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  43  (2-4).  repealed 

POLLING    PLACES 

46.— (1)  Subject  to  section  47,  the  clerk  shall  provide  for  Ji°c^°^ 
each  election  at  least  one  polling  place  for  each  polhng  sub- 
division in  a  place  that  is  most  central  or  most  convenient 
for  the  electors  and  is  furnished  with  light  and  heat  and  such 
other  accommodation  and  furniture  as  may  be  required,  but  the 
polling  place  may  be  provided  outside  the  limits  of  the  polling 
subdivision. 

(2)  Every  polling  place  for  an  election  in  a  municipality  ^^^"^ 
shall   be  situate  in   the  municipality,   except   that   where  a 
polling  subdivision  in  a  township  adjoins  an  urban  munici- 
pality, the  polling  place  for  the  polling  subdivision  may  be 
within  the  limits  of  the  urban  municipality.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  44(1,  2). 

(3)  Every    polling    place    shall    be    furnished    with    com-  ^°  ^ts*'^^ 
partments  in  which  electors  may  mark  their  ballots  without 
other  persons  being  able  to  see  how  they  are  marked  and  it 

is  the  duty  of  the  clerk  and  the  deputy  returning  officer 
respectively  to  ensure  that  a  sufficient  number  of  com- 
partments is  provided  at  each  polling  place.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  44  (3),  amended. 

(4)  The  clerk   may  unite  two  or  more  adjoining  polling  ^Jbd^viBions 
subdivisions  and  provide  one   polling  place   for  the  united 
subdivisions.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  44  (4). 

(5)  The  clerk  may  provide  such  additional  polling  places  piacej°"*^ 
in  any  polling  subdivisions  as  are  required  having  regard  to 


26 


DMUmatlon 
of  places 


the  extent  of  the  subdivision,  the  remoteness  of  any  number 
of  its  electors  from  the  polling  place  and  number  of  electors 
that  may  conveniently  vote  at  one  polling  place.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  44  (5),  amended. 

(6)  Where  there  are  two  or  more  polling  places  in  a  pjolling 
subdivision,  each  polling  place  shall  be  designated  by  the 
numbers  of  the  lots  and  concessions  or  the  numbers  and  names 
of  the  streets  at  which  the  electors  reside  or  that  designate 
the  prop>erties  in  respect  of  which  the  electors  are  qualified 
to  vote  therein,  or  by  the  initial  letters  of  the  surnames  of 
the  electors  who  are  qualified  to  vote  therein,  that  is  to  say, 
A  to  M  and  N  to  Z,  or  as  the  case  may  be,  and  an  elector  is  entitled 
to  vote  at  the  appropriate  polling  place  designated  accordingly. 


Notice  of 
location  of 
polling 
place 


(7)  In  municipalities  having  more  than  5,000  electors, 
the  clerk  shall  mail  or  cause  to  be  delivered  to  each  dwelling 
unit  in  the  municipality  a  notice  advising  the  elector  or  electors 
therein  of  the  location  of  the  polling  place  in  which  that  elector 
or  those  electors  is  or  are  to  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  44  (6,  7). 


Polling  47, — (1)  Where  in  a  municipality  there  is  situate  a  hospital 

institutions  or  other  institution  for  the  reception,  treatment  or  vocational 
training  of  persons  who  have  served  or  are  serving  in  the 
Canadian  Forces  or  the  armed  forces  of  any  member  of  the 
Commonwealth,  or  who  are  blind  or  deaf,  a  Workmen's 
Compensation  hospital  or  a  home  for  the  aged,  a  polling  place 
shall  be  provided  in  such  institution  or  upon  the  premises, 
and  may  be  provided  in  a  nursing  home  or  other  institution 
of  twenty  beds  or  more  in  which  chronically  ill  or  infirm 
persons  reside,  and  for  the  purpose  of  polling,  the  institution 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  polling  place,  and  every  person 
resident  in  the  institution  who  is  entered  in  the  polling  list 
is  entitled  to  vote  at  such  polling  place  only.  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  28  (1). 


Attendance 
upon  patients 
to  take 
vote 


(2)  Where  a  patient  of  such  a  hospital  or  other  institution  is 
bed-ridden  or  is  unable  to  walk,  it  is  lawful  for  the  deputy 
returning  officer  and  poll  clerk  with  the  candidates  or  their 
scrutineers  to  attend  upon  such  person  for  the  purpose  of 
receiving  his  ballot,  but  no  candidate  or  scrutineer  shall  be 
present  where  the  ballot  of  any  such  voter  is  marked  under 
section  63.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  45  (2). 


SUPPLIES  AND  EQUIPMENT  FOR  POLLING   PLACES 


Supplies  f 
polling  pi 


for 
ace 


48. — (1)  The  clerk  shall,  before  polling  day,  cause  to  be 
delivered  to  every  deputy  returning  officer  in  his  municipality, 


27 

{a)  a  ballot  box  for  his  polling  place ; 

(b)  a  sufficient  number  of  ballots  to  supply  the  electors  in 
the  polling  list  of  his  polling  place ; 

(c)  a  sufficient  number  of  the  prescribed  directions  for 
the  guidance  of  electors  for  the  purposes  of  the 
polling  place; 

{d)  two  copies  of  the  polling  list  for  the  polling  place ; 

(e)  all  materials  necessary  for  electors  to  mark  their 
ballots;  and 

(/)  such  other  materials  as  are  prescribed.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  46  (1),  amended. 

(2)  A  ballot  box  shall  be  made  of  durable  material,  provided  Ballot  box 
with  lock  and  key,  and  so  constructed  that  the  ballots  can 

be  deposited  therein  and  cannot  be  withdrawn  without  un- 
locking the  box. 

(3)  When  delivering  the  ballots  for  a  polling  place  to  a  deputy  ^irtify" 
returning  officer  the  clerk  shall  certify  the  number  of  ballots  number  of 

1    .-  1  1  •    ■  111  ballots 

SO  delivered  and  upon  receiving  them  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  make  a  count  of  the  ballots  and  forward  the 
prescribed  receipt  therefor  to  the  clerk,  and  shall  keep  the 
certificate  for  return  to  the  clerk  with  the  other  documents 
required  to  be  returned  to  him  under  section  78. 

(4)  Every  deputy  returning  officer  before  opening  the  poll,  °JbT**°"^ 
or  immediately  after  he  has  received  the  printed  directions  placarded 
from  the  clerk  if  they  were  not  received  before  opening  the 

px)ll,  shall  cause  them  to  be  placarded  outside  the  polling 
place  and  in  every  compartment  of  the  polling  place,  and  shall 
see  that  they  remain  so  placarded  until  the  close  of  the  polling. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  46  (2-4). 


WHERE   AND   HOW  OFTEN   ELECTORS   MAY  VOTE 

49. — (1)  An  elector  whose  name  appears  in  the  polling  list  ^f^J^teJ 
for  a  polling  subdivision  or  who  presents  a  certificate  to  vote  that 

*  "  '  may  be 

there  under  section '33,  50  or  56,  is  entitled  to  vote  in  an  given  by 
election  in  such  subdivision  in  accordance  with  the  following 
rules: 

1.  He  is  entitled  to  vote  once  only  for  one  candidate 
for  mayor,  reeve  or  deputy  reeve. 

2.  He  is  entitled  to  vote  for  as  many  candidates  for 
controller  as  there  are  controllers  to  be  elected  but 
once  only  for  each  candidate. 


28 

3.  Where  the  election  of  aldermen,  councillors,  trustees 
or  members  of  local  boards  is  by  general  vote,  he  is 
entitled  to  vote  for  as  many  candidates  for  such  offices 
as  there  are  candidates  to  be  elected  but  once  only  for 
each  candidate. 

4.  Where  the  aldermen,  councillors,  trustees  or  members 
of  local  boards  are  elected  by  wards,  he  is  entitled  to 
vote, 

i.  if  resident  in  the  municipality,  in  the  polling 
subdivision  in  which  he  resides ;  or 

ii.  if  not  resident  in  the  municipality,  in  the 
polling  subdivision  in  which  his  name  appears 
on  the  polling  list, 

for  as  many  candidates  for  such  offices  as  there  are 
candidates  to  be  elected  for  the  ward  but  once  only 
for  each  candidate. 

5.  Where  the  election  is  to  the  office  of  member  of  a 
school  board  to  be  elected  by  public  school  electors 
in  a  municipality  or  a  part  thereof,  or  in  a  combination 
of  municipalities,  in  which  the  polling  subdivision  is 
located,  a  public  school  elector  is  entitled  to  as  many 
votes  as  there  are  members  to  be  elected  by  the 
public  school  electors  in  such  municipality  or  part, 
or  combination  of  municipalities,  as  the  case  may  be, 
but  may  not  give  more  than  one  vote  to  any  one 
candidate. 

6.  Where  the  election  is  to  the  office  of  member  of  a 
school  board  to  be  elected  by  separate  school  electors 
in  a  municipality  or  in  a  part  thereof,  or  in  a  com- 
bination of  municipalities,  in  which  the  polling  sub- 
division is  located,  a  separate  school  elector  is  entitled 
to  as  many  votes  as  there  are  members  to  be  elected 
by  the  separate  school  electors  in  such  municipality 
or  part,  or  combination  of  municipalities,  as  the  case 
may  be,  but  may  not  give  more  than  one  vote  to  any 
one  candidate. 

• 

7.  An  elector  who  is  entitled  to  vote  in  respect  of  any 
by-law  or  question  authorized  or  required  by  law  to  be 
submitted  for  the  assent  or  opinion  of  the  electors 
is  entitled  to  vote  once  only  with  respect  to  such 
by-law  or  question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  47. 

tohlav/*'**  (2)  Where,  by  reason  of  the  hours  of  his  employment,  an 

conaecutive    employee   who   is   a   qualified   elector   will   not   have   three 
vo^g'*"^        consecutive  hours  to   vote   while   the   polls  are   open   on   a 


29 

polling  day  at  an  election,  his  employer  shall,  at  the  con- 
venience of  the  employer,  allow  the  employee  such  time  for 
voting  as  is  necessary  to  provide  the  three  consecutive  hours. 

(3)  No  employer  shall  make  any  deduction  from  the  pay^o^p^y" 
of  any  such  employee  or  exact   from  him  any  penalty  by  prohibited 
reason  of  absence  from  his  work  during  the  time  allowed  by 
the  employer  for  voting.     New. 


50. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  at  the  request  of  a  person  nlR^o^and 
whose  name  is  entered  on  the  polling  list  for  a  polling  place  poiicierk. 
in  a  municipality  who  has  been  appointed  a  deputy  returning  employed 
officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assistant  or  constable  at  another 
polling  place,  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  shall  give  him  a 
certificate  that  he  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  polling  place  at 
which  he  is  stationed  during  the  polling  day. 

(2)  No  certificate  shall  be  issued  under  this  section  entitling  ^Snicipaiity 
an  elector  in  a  municipality  that  is  divided  into  wards  to  vote  divided  into 
at  a  polling  subdivision  in  a  ward  different  from  the  ward  in 

which   the   polling  place   at   which   the  elector  is  otherwise 
entitled  to  vote  is  situate. 

(3)  The  clerk  shall  not  give  a  certificate  under  this  section  ^rtmcate 
until  he  has  ascertained  by  reference  to  the  polling  list  or  to  a  may  be 
certificate  under  section  33  that  the  applicant  is  entitled  to  ^'^^" 
vote,  and  after  giving  the  certificate  he  shall  forthwith  give 
notice  in  writing  thereof  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  for  the 
polling  place  at  which  the  applicant  is  by  the  polling  list  or 
certificate  under  section  33  to  be  entitled  to  vote,  and  the 
person  to  whom  the  certificate  has  been  given  is  not  thereafter 
entitled  to  vote  at  such  polling  place. 

(4)  The  certificate  shall  designate  the  polling  place  at  which  certificate 
the  person  is  to  be  permitted  to  vote. 

(5)  The  clerk  shall  keep  a  list  in  which  he  shall  enter  before  certificates 
he  delivers  a  certificate  under  this  section, 

(a)  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  to  whom  he 
gives  the  certificate ; 

(6)  the  polling  place  at  which  the  person  is  authorized 
to  vote  under  the  certificate; 

(c)  the  polling  place  at  which  the  person  appears  by  the 
polling  list  to  be  entitled  to  vote; 


30 


(d)  whether  the  certificate  is  granted  to  such  person 
as  deputy  returning  officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assist- 
ant or  constable;  and 

(e)  if  a  certificate  is  refused,  the  name  of  the  person 
applying  for  the  certificate  with  the  grounds  of 
refusal, 

and   the  list  shall  be  open   to  inspection  by  any  candidate 
scrutineer  or  elector.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  48. 


Certificate 
entitles 
person  to 
vote 


51. — (1)  A  person  who  produces  a  certificate  given  to  him 
under  section  50  is  entitled  to  vote  at  the  polling  place  desig- 
nated therein,  but  the  certificate  does  not  entitle  him  to  vote 
there  unless  he  has  been  actually  engaged  there  as  a  deputy 
returning  officer,  poll  clerk,  election  assistant  or  constable 
during  polHng  day.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  49  (1). 


Entry  on 

polling 

list 


(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered  on  the  polling  hst  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk 
opposite  the  name  and  residence  of  the  person  voting  under 
the  authority  of  a  certificate,  the  words  "Voted  under  Certi- 
ficate".   1972,  c.  95,  s.  49  (2),  amended. 


Certificate 
to  bejriven 
toD.R.O. 


(v3)  A  person  voting  under  the  authority  of  a  certificatr  shall 
deliver  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  before  receiving  his 
ballot. 


uTe'nvefo*^         ^^)  '^^^  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enclose  all  certificates 
to  which  this  section  applies  in  one  envelope.     1972,  c.  95, 

s.  49  (3,  4). 

PROCEDURE  AT  POLL 


Hours  poll 
to  be 
open 


52.  Every  polling  place  shall  be  open  for  the  purpose  of 
taking  the  poll  at  every  election  from  11  o'clock  in  the  fore- 
noon until  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  polling  day.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  50. 


DiRo  to  *^* — ^^)  ^  deputy  returning  officer  shall  attend  at  the 

attend  poll      polling  place   for  which   he  was  appointed   at   least   fifteen 

minutes  before  the  hour  fixed  for  opening  the  poll. 

batiotolSifore       (2)  During  the  period  of  fifteen  minutes  before  the  opening 

opening  of       ^f  the  poll,  the  scrutineers  who  are  entitled  to  be  present  in  a 

polling   place   during   polling   hours   are   entitled   to   inspect 

the  ballots  and  all  other  papers,  forms  and  documents  relating 

to  the  poll.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  51. 


Inspection, 
sealing  of 
ballotbox 


54.  A  deputy  returning  officer  shall,  immediately  before 
opening  the  poll  at  his  polling  place,  show  the  ballot  box  to 


31 

such  persons  as  are  present  in  the  polHng  place,  so  that 
they  may  see  if  it  is  empty,  and  he  shall  then  lock  the  box 
and  place  his  seal  upon  it  in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  it  being 
opened  without  breaking  the  seal,  and  he  shall  keep  the  box 
on  a  desk,  counter  or  table  or  otherwise  so  that  it  is  raised 
above  the  floor  in  full  view  of  all  present,  and  shall  keep  the 
box  so  locked  and  sealed  until  the  box  is  required  to  be  opened 
for  the  purpose  of  counting  the  votes  under  section  71.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  52. 

55. — (1)  Where  a  person  enters  the  polling  place  and  °'^*^^  °^ 
requests  a  ballot  paper,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  tender  of 
proceed  as  follows: 

1.  He  shall  ascertain  that  the  name  of  such  person  or 
a  name  apparently  intended  for  it  is  entered  in  the 
polling  list  for  the  polling  subdivision  or  that  such 
person  is  entitled  to  vote  under  a  certificate  issued 
by  the  clerk  pursuant  to  section  33  or  50  and  the 
poll  clerk  shall,  on  a  separate  polling  list,  delete 
the  name  of  the  said  person  on  such  polling  list. 

2.  The  poll  clerk  shall  indicate  on  his  polling  list 
opposite  the  person's  name  the  numerical  order  in 
which  the  person  was  given  his  ballot  paper. 

3.  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  satisfied  that  such 
person  is  the  person  designated  in  the  polling  list 
or  in  a  certificate  mentioned  in  paragraph  1  and  is 
otherwise  entitled  to  vote  and  if  no  candidate  or 
scrutineer  objects  to  voting  by  such  person,  the 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  put  his  initials  on  the 
back  of  a  ballot  paper,  so  placed  that  when  the 
ballot  is  folded  they  can  be  seen  without  opening 
it  and  shall  deliver  the  ballot  paper  to  such  person. 

4.  If  voting  by  such  person  is  objected  to  by  any 
candidate  or  scrutineer,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  enter  the  objection  or  cause  it  to  be  entered 
on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk,  by 
writing  opposite  the  name  of  such  person  the  words 
"Objected  to"  and  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
require  such  person  to  take  the  prescribed  oath, 
which  oath  shall  indicate  the  name  of  the  candidate 
by  or  on  whose  behalf  the  objection  was  made. 

5.  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  not  satisfied  that 
such  person  is  the  person  designated  in  the  polling 
list  or  in  a  certificate  mentioned  in  paragraph  1 
and    is    otherwise    entitled    to    vote,    although    no 


32 


candidate  or  scrutineer  has  objected,  he  may  require 
such  person  to  take  the  prescribed  oath. 

6.  If  such  a  person  having  been  required  to  take  the 
oath  refuses  to  do  so,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  enter  or  cause  it  to  be  entered  opposite  the 
name  of  such  person  on  the  polling  list  maintained 
by  the  poll  clerk  the  words  "Refused  to  be  sworn" 
or  "Refused  to  affirm"  according  to  the  fact  and  a 
ballot  paper  shall  not  be  delivered  to  such  person. 

7.  If  such  person  takes  the  oath,  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be  entered  opposite 
such  person's  name  on  the  polling  list  maintained 
by  the  clerk  the  word  "Sworn"  or  "Affirmed"  accord- 
ing to  the  fact,  shall  put  his  initials  on  the  back  of 
a  ballot  paper,  so  placed  that  when  the  ballot  is 
folded  they  can  be  seen  without  opening  it,  and 
shall  deliver  the  ballot  paper  to  such  person. 

8.  The  deputy  returning  officer  may,  and  upon  request 
shall,  either  personally  or  through  the  poll  clerk, 
explain  to  the  elector  as  concisely  as  possible  the 
mode  of  voting.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  53  (1),  amended. 


Disqualiflca- 
tion  of 
prisoners, 
mentally  ill, 
etc. 


(2)  A  person  who  on  polling  day  is  a  prisoner  in  a  penal  or 
reform  institution,  or  a  patient  in  a  mental  hospital,  or  who 
has  been  transferred  from  a  mental  hospital  to  a  home  for 
special  care  as  mentally  incompetent  is  disqualified  from  voting 
at  any  election  and  no  ballot  shall  be  furnished  to  such  a 
person. 


Elector  in 
polling 
place  at 
closing 


(3)  Every  elector  qualified  to  vote  at  a  polling  place  who  is 
inside  the  polling  place  at  the  time  fixed  for  closing  the  poll 
is  entitled  to  vote.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  53  (2,  3). 


Entry  of 
name  on 

g oiling  list 
y  D.R.O. 


56. — (1)  If  a  person  representing  himself  to  be  an  elector 
applies  to  a  deputy  returning  officer  at  a  polling  place  for  a 
ballot  and  his  name  does  not  appear  on  the  polling  list  or  in  a 
certificate  issued  under  section  33  or  50  as  entitled  to  vote  at 
the  polling  place,  he  is  entitled  to  have  his  name  entered  on 
such  polling  list  and  to  receive  a  ballot  and  to  vote  if  he 
takes  a  declaration  in  the  prescribed  form  and  otherwise 
establishes  his  identity  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer. 


Idem 


(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  enter  or  cause  to  be 
entered  on  the  polling  list  and  on  the  polling  list  maintained 


33 

by  the  poll  clerk  the  name  of  the  elector.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  54, 

amended. 

(3)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  furnish  a  copy  of  each  cierkand 
such  declaration  to  the  clerk  who  shall,  in  turn,  furnish  it  assessment 
to  the  assessment  commissioner  before  the  first  Monday  in  missioner 
December  in  an  election  year.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  29,  amended. 

57.  Where  an  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  a  polling  place  ^p^^^' 
applies  for,  a  ballot  paper  and  it  appears  that  another  person  person  voted 
has  voted  as  such  elector  or  that  an  entry  has  been  made  in  the  of  elector, 
polling  list  in  error  that  such  elector  has  polled  his  vote,  if 

such  person  takes  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form  and  otherwise 
establishes  his  identity  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer  he  is  entitled  to  receive  a  ballot  paper.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  55  (1). 

58.  No  inquiry  shall  be  made  of  an  elector  who  is  required  inquiry 
to  take  the  oath  under  section  55  or  57  except  with  respect  to 

the  matters  required  to  be  stated  in  the  oath  or  to  ascertain 
if  he  is  the  person  intended  to  be  designated  in  the  polling 
list.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  56  (2) ;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  30  (2). 

59.  Upon  delivery  to  him  of  a  ballot  paper  by  a  deputy  ^^°^^^F® 
returning  officer,  the  person  receiving  it  shall,  ofbaiiot 

{a)  forthwith  proceed  into  the  compartment  provided  for 
the  purpose  and  shall  then  and  there  mark  his  ballot 
paper  with  a  cross  or  other  mark  with  a  pen  or  pencil 
within  the  circle  or  circular  space  to  the  right  of 
the  name  of  a  candidate  for  whom  he  intends  to  vote ; 

{b)  then  fold  the  ballot  paper  so  as  to  conceal  the  names 
of  the  candidates  and  the  marks  upon  the  face  of  it 
and  so  as  to  expose  the  initials  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer; 

(c)  then  leave  the  compartment  without  delay,  and 
without  showing  the  face  of  the  ballot  paper  to 
anyone,  or  so  displaying  it  as  to  make  known  how 
he  has  marked  it ;  and 

[d)  then  deliver  the  ballot  paper  so  folded  to  the  deputy 
returning  officer.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  57. 

60. — ( 1 )  Upon  delivery  of  a  ballot  paper  to  him  by  an  elector,  D.R.o°on 
the  deputy  returning  officer,   without   unfolding  the  ballot  b|^fo?^°^ 
paper,  or  in  any  way  disclosing  the  names  of  the  candidates  or 
the  marks  made  by  the  elector,  shall  verify  his  own  initials, 
and  at  once  deposit  the  ballot  papx^r  in  the  ballot  box  in  the 


34 


presence  of  all  persons  entitled  to  be  present  and  then  present 
in  the  polling  place,  and  the  elector  shall  forthwith  leave  the 
polling  place. 


Person 
deemed 
to  have 
voted 


Persoti  not 
to  take 
ballot 

from  polling 
place 


(2)  A  person  whose  ballot  has  been  placed  in  the  ballot  box 
by  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  be  deemed  to  have  voted. 
1972.  c.  95.  s.  58  (1,  2). 

61 . — (1)  A  person  who  has  received  a  ballot  from  a  deputy 
returning  officer  shall  not  take  it  out  of  the  polling  place,  and  a 
person  who  receives  a  ballot  and  leaves  the  polling  place 
without  returning  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer,  or  returns 
his  ballot  declining  to  vote,  forfeits  his  right  to  vote,  and 
the  deputy  returning  officer,  shall  make  an  entry  on  the  polling 
list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  "Forfeited  Vote"  opposite 
the  person's  name,  and  in  the  case  where  a  person  returns 
his  ballot  declining  to  vote,  the  deputy  returning  officer 
shall  immediately  write  the  word  "Declined"  upon  the  ballot 
and  preserve  it  to  be  returned  to  the  clerk.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  59  (1),  amended. 


accidenuiiy  (^)  "^^  elector  who  has  inadvertently  dealt  with  his  ballot  in 
spoiled  such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  conveniently  used,  upon 

returning  it  to  the  deputy  returning  officer,  is  entitled  to 
obtain  another  ballot,  and  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
immediately  write  the  word  "Cancelled"  upon  the  first- 
mentioned  ballot  and  preserve  it  to  be  returned  to  the  clerk. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  59  (2). 

peraonln  ^^'  Subject  to  scction  63,  while  an  elector  is  in  a  compart- 

whTieYiecto"'^  meut  for  the  purpose  of  marking  his  ballot  paper,  no  other 
marking        person  shall  be  allowed  to  enter  the  compartment  or  to  be  in  a 

position  from  which  he  can  see  how  the  elector  marks  his 

ballot  paper.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  60. 


Elector 
blind  or 
handicapped 


63. — (1)  On  the  application  of  any  elector  who  is  unable  to 
read  or  is  bhnd  or  is  handicapped  by  other  physical  cause 
from  voting  in  accordance  with  the  other  provisions  of  this 
Act.  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  require  the  elector 
making  the  application  to  take  an  oath  of  his  inability  to 
vote  without  assistance,  and  shall  thereafter  assist  the  elector 
by  marking  his  ballot  in  the  manner  directed  by  the  elector 
in  the  presence  of  the  poll  clerk  and  of  no  other  person  and 
place  the  ballot  in  the  ballot  box.  1972,  c.  95.  s.  61  (1), 
amended. 


eiecto^^s'^'***^       (2)  ^^^  deputy  returning  officer  shall  either  deal  with  an 
5?"?.'..».       elector  mentioned  in  subsection   1   in  the  manner  provided 

marked  by  ,         .  111 

fwend  therein  or,  at  the  request  of  any  such  elector  who  has  taken 

the  prescribed  oath  and  is  accompanied  by  a  friend,  shall 


35 

permit  the  friend  to  accompany  the  elector  into  the  voting 
compartment  and  mark  the  elector's  ballot  for  him. 

(3)  Any  friend  who  is  permitted  to  mark  the  ballot  of  anOa|h^of 
elector  under  subsection  2  shall  first  be  required  to  take  the 
prescribed  oath  that  he  will  keep  secret  the  manner  in  which 

the  elector  voted. 

(4)  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  act  as  the  friend  of  more  ^^j-^jI^^ 
than  one  elector  at  any  polling  place  other  than  a  polling  only 
place  established  under  section  47.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  61  (2-4). 

64.  Where  the  deputy  returning  officer  does  not  under-  ^annoT^*^° 
stand  the  language  of  the  elector,  an  interpreter  provided  by  understand 
the  elector  may  be  sworn  in  the  prescribed  form  to  translate  the 
necessary  oaths  as  well  as  any, lawful  questions  necessarily 
put  to  the  elector  and  his  answers,  but  in  the  event  of  inability 
to  secure  an  interpreter,  the  elector  shall  be  refused  a  ballot. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  62. 


65. — (1)  The  returning  officer,  the  assistant  returning  ]!)^^g^^*y 
officer,  the  deputy  returning  officer,  the  poll  clerk,  the  election  polling 
assistant,  the  constable  or  constables,  any  candidate  or,  in  his 
absence,  his  scrutineer,  any  scrutineer  appointed  by  the 
council  in  relation  to  any  by-law  or  question,  and  no  others 
shall  be  permitted  to  remain  in  the  polling  place  during  the 
time  the  f)oll  is  open  or  to  be  in  the  polling  place  at  the  counting 
of  the  votes.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  63;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  31. 

(2)  No  campaign  material  or  literature  of  any  nature  what-  ii°ertture*fn 
soever  of  any  candidate  in  the  election  shall  be  displayed  polling  place 
within  the  polling  place.     New. 


ADVANCE  POLLS 

66. — (1)  The  clerk  shall  hold  an  advance  poll  in  accordance  Advance 
with  this  section  on  the  Saturday  nine  days  before  polling 
day  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  votes  of  electors  who  expect 
to  be  unable  to  vote  on  p)olling  day  in  the  polling  subdivisions 
for  which  their  names  appear  on  the  polling  lists  or  who  are 
entitled  to  vote  either  under  a  certificate  issued  by  the  clerk 
under  section  33  or  who  become  entitled  to  vote  under 
section  56.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (1),  paH. 

(2)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  by  by-law  passed  advance"*' ii 
before  nomination  day  provide  for  the  holding  by  the  clerk 


36 


of  additional  advance  polls  for  the  same  purposes  as  provided 
in  subsection  1.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  32  (1),  part. 


When  poll 
to  be 
open 


(3)  The  advance  poll  shall  be  open  from  9  o'clock  in  the 
forenoon  until  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  on  each  day  it  is 
held  and  polling  shall  be  held  so  far  as  possible  in  the  same 
manner  as  polling  at  a  regular  election.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (2); 
1974,  c.  32.  s.  32  (2),  amended. 


Polling 
places 


(4)  The  clerk  shall  provide  as  many  polling  places  for  an 
advance  poll  as  he  considers  necessary  and  shall  appoint  a 
deputy  returning  officer  and  poll  clerk  for  each  such  polling 
place.    1972.  c.  95,  s.  64  (3). 


List  of 

persons 

voting 


(5)  Forthwith  after  the  close  of  the  advance  poll  on  each 
day  it  is  held,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  make  up 
and  deliver  to  the  clerk  a  list  of  the  names  of  all  persons 
who  have  voted  showing  in  each  case  the  number  of  the 
polling  subdivision  in  which  the  elector  is  entered  in  the 
polling  list  and  the  clerk  shall,  at  the  request  of  any  candidate, 
furnish  him  with  a  copy  of  such  list. 


Duties  of 
clerk  on 
receiving 
list 


(6)  Upon  receiving  the  list  mentioned  in  subsection  5,  the 
clerk  shall, 

{a)  make  an  entry  in  the  polling  list  to  be  supplied  to 
each  deputy  returning  officer  on  polling  day  opposite 
the  name  of  each  elector  whose  name  appears  in  such 
list  and  whose  vote  has  been  received  at  an  advance 
poll,  showing  that  such  elector  has  voted;  or 

{b)  make  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form  for  each 
polling  subdivision,  showing  the  name  and  address  of 
each  elector  listed  in  the  polling  list  for  such  polling 
subdivision  who  has  voted  at  an  advance  poll,  and 
shall  furnish  such  certificate  before  the  opening  of  the 
poll  on  polling  day  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  of 
the  polling  subdivision,  and  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  before  opening  the  poll  make  an  entry 
in  the  polling  list  supplied  to  him,  opposite  the 
name  of  each  elector  whose  name  appears  on  the 
certificate,  showing  that  such  elector  has  voted.  1972, 
c,  95.  s.  64  (5,  6). 


Sealing 
of  box 


(7)  Forthwith  after  the  close  of  the  advance  ix)ll  on  each  day 
it  is  held  the  deputy  returning  officer  and  any  candidate  or 
scrutineer  present  who  desires  to  do  so  shall  affix  his  seal  to  the 
ballot  box  in  such  a  manner  that  it  cannot  be  opened  or  any 


37 

ballots  be  deposited  in  it  without  breaking  the  seals  and  the 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  forthwith  deliver  it,  along  with 
all  other  election  documents  used  at  the  poll,  personally  to 
the  clerk  for  safe  keeping.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (7),  amended. 

(8)  On  the  regular  polling  day  for  an  election,  after  the  bafiStToxes 
close  of  polling,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall,  in  the  foradvance 
presence  of  such  candidates  for  office  at  the  election  and 
their  scrutineers  as  are  present  at  the  hour  fixed  for  the 
closing  of  the  poll,  open  the  ballot  boxes  for  the  advance 
poll,  count  the  votes  and  perform  all  other  duties  required  of 
deputy  returning  officers  by  this  Act.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  64  (8). 


PROXY  VOTING 

67. — (1)  Any  person  whose  name  is  entered  in  the  polling  ^J^°  ^^^ 
list  for  a  polling  subdivision  or  who  has  obtained  a  certificate  proxy 
under  section  33  entitling  him  to  vote  and  who  is, 

{a)  a  person  other  than  one  described  in  section  47  and 
who  is  certified  by  a  legally  qualified  medical  prac- 
titioner, by  certificate  filed  with  the  clerk,  to  be 
physically  incapable  of  attending  a  polling  place ; 

{h)  a  person  absent  from  his  regular  residence  by  reason 
of  attending  an  educational  institution  and  who  is 
entered  in  the  list  for  the  polling  subdivision  in 
which  he  normally  resides  and  who  expects  by  reason 
of  such  absence  to  be  unable  to  vote  at  the  advance 
poll  or  on  polling  day ;  or 

(c)  a  person  who  expects  to  be  absent  from  his  polling 
subdivision  during  the  election  period  including  the 
advance  poll  and  polling  day  by  reason  of  his  being 
engaged  for  hire  or  reward  in  the  business  of  trans- 
portation by  railwax .  air,  water  or  motor  vehicle, 

may  vote  by  proxy  in  that  polling  subdivision.     1972,  c.  95, 
s.  65  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (1). 

(2)  Any  person  who  is  entitled  to  vote  by  proxy  pursuant  ^j.'J^o'"*^^® 
to  subsection  1  may  appoint  in  writing  in  the  prescribed  form 

as  his  voting  proxy  any  other  person  who  is  eligible  as  an 
elector  in  the  municipality.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (2),  amended. 

(3)  A  voting  proxy  may  not  act  as  a  voting  proxy   for  Sfpoxy  once 
more  than   one   jx-rson   voting  by  proxy  except   where   the  only 


38 

person  voting  by  proxy  is  the  parent,  grandparent,  child, 
grandchild,  brother,  sister,  husband  or  wife  of  the  voting 
proxy,  in  which  case  a  voting  proxy  may  act  for  more  than 
one  such  person  voting  by  proxy.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (3); 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (2). 


Termor  (4)  An  appointment  of  a  person  as  a  voting  proxy  is  not 

valid  unless  it  is  made  after  nomination  day  and  does  not 
remain  in  force  after  polling  day.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (4). 


proxy 


Application  (5)  A  pcrson  who  has  been  appointed  a  voting  proxy  may 
to  vote  by  apply  to  the  clerk  not  later  than  5  o'clock  in  the  afternoon 
of  polling  day  to  receive  a  certificate  to  vote  by  proxy  for 
the  polling  subdivision  in  which  the  person  appointing  the 
voting  proxy  is  entitled  to  vote.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (5), 
amended. 


When 

ce  III  flea  te 

to  be  ffiven 


(6)  The  clerk  may  take  evidence  on  oath  as  to  the  right  of  the 
person  appointing  the  voting  proxy  to  vote  in  the  polling  sub- 
division upon  the  list  for  which  his  name  is  entered  and  as  to 
the  qualification  of  the  voting  proxy,  and,  if  he  finds  that  the 
person  appointing  the  voting  proxy  is  duly  qualified  and  that 
the  voting  proxy  is  authorized  to  act  for  the  person  appointing 
him,  he  shall  give  a  certificate  in  prescribed  form  across  the  face 
of  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  to  that  effect.  1972, 
c.  95.  s.  65  (6);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  33  (3),  amended. 


Not  more 
than  one 
proxy 


(7)  Not  more  than  one  voting  proxy  may  be  appointed  on 
behalf  of  any  person  at  any  election. 


Oath  on 
voting 


(8)  A  ballot  shall  not  be  delivered  to  a  person  who  claims 
to  vote  as  a  voting  proxy  unless  he  produces  his  appointment 
as  a  voting  proxy  to  the  deputy  returning  officer  with  the 
certificate  of  the  clerk  thereon  as  provided  in  subsection  6  and 
takes  the  prescribed  oath.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (7,  8). 


Record  of 
voting  proxy 


(9)  Where  a  voting  proxy  has  voted,  the  deputy  returning 
officer  shall  file  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  and 
the  certificate  of  his  appointment  given  by  the  clerk  with 
the  election  papers  and  return  them  to  the  clerk  in  the 
envelope  provided  for  that  purpose.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  65  (9), 
amended. 


Proxy  may 
vote  In 
own  right 


(10)  A  person  who  has  been  appointed  as  a  voting  proxy  is 
entitled  to  vote  in  his  own  right  in  the  municipality  not- 
withstanding that  he  has  voted  as  a  voting  proxy.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  65  (10). 


39 

KEEPING  OF  peace:  EMERGENCY  SITUATIONS 

68.  A  clerk  or  a  deputy  returning  officer  may  require  the  ^(fnstawes°^ 
assistance  of  constables  and  other  persons  to  aid  him  in  main- 
taining peace  and  order  at  the  election  and  may  swear  in  as 
many  constables  as  he  considers  necessary.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  66. 

69. — (1)  If  any  circumstances  arise  in  the  municipality,  Jf^g^er^^enc 
that,  in  the  opinion  of  the  clerk  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  by  clerk 
prevent  or  delay  the  opening  of  any  polling  place  or  cause 
the  discontinuance  of  polHng  at  any  polling  place,  the  clerk 
may  declare  an  emergency  situation  to  be  in  effect  and  such 
emergency  situation  shall  continue  until  the  clerk  otherwise 
declares. 

(2)  Where  an  emergency  situation  is  declared  under  sub-  Arrange- 

^  /  o         .7  mentsby 

section    1,   the   clerk   shall   make   such   arrangements   as   he  cierk 
considers   advisable   for  the   conduct   of   the   poll,   the  safe- 
keeping of  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  election  documents  and 
the  counting  of  the  votes. 

(3)  The   arrangements   made  by   the  clerk   under  subsec-  ^o°*uJ'g\°on 
tion  2,  in  good  faith,  shall  not  be  open  to  question,  or  be 
quashed,  set  aside  or  declared  invalid  on  account  of  their 
unreasonableness  or  supposed  unreasonableness.     New. 


COUNTING  THE  VOTES 

70.  Immediately  after  the  close  of  the  poll,  the  deputy  DRo^°/ter 
returning  officer  at  each  polling  place  shall,  close  of  poii 

(fl)  place  all  the  cancelled,  declined  and  unused  ballots 
in  separate  sealed  envelopes ; 

{b)  count  the  number  of  electors  whose  names  appear 
on  the  polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  to 
have  voted  and  make  en  entry  at  the  end  thereof: — 
"The  number  of  electors  who  voted  at  this  election 
in  this  polling  place  is  (stating  the  number)"  and 
sign  his  name  thereto.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  68,  amended. 

71. — (1)  After   compliance   with   section   70,   the  deputy  coiyi ting  or 
returning  officer  shall,  in  the  presence  and  in  full  view  of  the 


40 


persons  entitled  to  be  present,  open  the  ballot  box  for  the 
polling  place  and  proceed  to  count  the  numbers  of  votes  for 
each  candidate,  giving  full  opportunity  to  those  present  to 
examine  each  ballot. 


Rejection  of 
ballots 


(2)   In  counting  the  votes,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall 
reject  all  ballots, 


(a)  that  have  not  been  supplied  by  him ; 

(b)  that  contain  the  names  of  candidates  for  one  office 
only  and  in  which  votes  have  been  cast  for  more 
candidates  than  are  to  be  elected  to  the  office ; 

(c)  that  are  separate  ballots  submitting  a  by-law  for  the 
assent  or  a  question  for  the  opinion  of  the  electors, 
and  votes  are  cast  for  both  the  affirmative  and  the 
negative  on  the  by-law  or  question ;  or 

{d)  upon  which  there  is  any  writing  or  mark  by  which 
the  elector  can  be  identified,  or  that  has  been  so  torn, 
defaced  or  otherwise  dealt  with  by  the  elector  that  he 
can  thereby  be  identified, 

but  no  word,  letter,  or  mark  written  or  made  or  omitted  to  be 
written  or  made  by  the  deputy  returning  officer  on  a  ballot 
voids  it  or  warrants  its  rejection. 


Idem 


(3)  Where  a  ballot  contains  the  names  of  candidates  for 
more  than  one  office  and  votes  are  cast  on  such  ballot  for 
more  candidates  for  any  office  than  are  to  be  elected  to  such 
office,  such  votes  are  void  and  shall  be  rejected,  but  unless 
such  ballot  is  rejected  under  subsection  2,  the  votes  for  any 
other  office  in  respect  of  which  the  elector  has  not  voted  for 
more  candidates  than  are  to  be  elected  shall  be  counted. 


Composite 
baUots 


(4)  Where  in  a  composite  ballot. 


(a)  votes  are  cast  for  more  candidates  for  any  office  than 
are  to  be  elected  to  such  office  ;  or 

(6)  votes  are  cast  for  both  the  affirmative  and  negative 
on  any  by-law  or  question, 


the  votes  for  such  candidates  or  with  regard  to  the  by-law  or 
question,  as  the  case  may  bv,  are  void  and  shall  be  rejected 
but.  unless  such  ballot  is  rejected  under  subsection  2.  the 


41 

votes  for  any  other  offices,  by-law  or  question  in  respect  of 
which  votes  are  correctly  indicated  shall  be  counted. 

(5)  Where  part  of  the  votes  cast  in  any  ballot  are  rejected  ^vous^"^*^ 
under  subsection  3  or  4,   the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  rejected 
note  such   fact   on    the   back   of   the   ballot   and   initial   the 
note,   and   where   all   the   votes   on   the   ballot   are   rejected 
under  either  or  both  of  such  subsections,  the  ballot  shall  be 
treated  as  a  rejected  ballot.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  69. 

72. — (1)  A  candidate  or  a  scrutineer  at  a  polling  place  may  by^fandMate 
object  to  a  ballot  or  to  the  counting  of  votes  in  any  ballot  ®tc. 
in  whole  or  in  part  on  the  ground  that  the  ballot  or  such 
votes  should  be  rejected  under  section  71  and  the  deputy 
returning  officer  at  the  polling  place  shall  decide  the  objection, 
subject  to  review  on  a  recount  or  in  a  proceeding  questioning 
the  validity  of  the  election. 

(2)  The  deputy   returning  officer  shall   list   all   objections  behstJd"^^° 
under  subsection    1    to   the  counting  of  ballots  or  of  votes 
therein    and    number   such   objections   and   shall    place   the 
number  of  an  objection  on  the  back  of  the  ballot  objected  to 
and  initial  the  number.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  70. 

73.  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  count  all  votes  cast  co,^ted*^ 
at  his  polling  place  that  are  not  rejected  and  shall  keep  an 
account   of  the   number  of   votes  so  cast   and  allowed   for 

each  candidate  and  with  respect  to  each  by-law  or  question. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  71. 

74.  Following  count  of  the  votes  at  his  polling  place,  a  bepi°c^e^° 
deputy  returning  officer  shall  place  in  separate  sealed  packets,  in  separate 

(a)  all  used  ballots  that  have  not  been  objected  to  and 
have  been  counted  in  whole  or  in  part ; 

(h)  all  used  ballots  that  have  been  objected  to  but  which 
have  been  counted  in  whole  or  in  part ; 

(c)  all  rejected  ballots ; 

(d)  all  ballots  used  but  unmarked.     1972.  c.  95.  s.  72. 

75.  The    deputy    returning    officer    shall    endorse    every  indorse" 
packet  of  ballots  made  up  by  him  under  clause  a  of  section  70  packets 
or  section  74  so  as  to  indicate  its  contents  and  any  candidate 

or  scrutineer  present   may   write  his  name  on   the  packet. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  73. 


42 


Oath  of 
poll  clerk 


76.  The  poll  clerk,  immediately  after  the  completion  of  the 
counting  of  the  votes,  shall  take  and  subscribe  the  prescribed 
oath.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  74. 


statement 
ofD.R.O. 


Statement 
attached  to 
polling  list 


Statement 
signed  by 
Dll.O..  etc. 


Certificate 
re  ballots 
counted  and 
rejected 


What  to  be 
placed  in 
ballot  box 


STATEMENT  AND  MATERIALS  RETURNED  TO  CLERK 

77. — (1)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  make  out  a 
statement  in  duplicate  of  the  number  of, 

(a)  ballots  received  from  the  clerk ; 

{b)  votes  given  for  each  candidate ; 

(c)  votes  given  for  and  against  a  by-law  or  question; 

{d)  used  ballots  that  have  not  been  objected  to  and  have 
been  counted; 

{e)  ballots  that  have  been  objected  to  in  whole  or  in  part 
but  which  have  been  counted ; 

(/)  rejected  ballots ; 

ig)  cancelled  ballots ; 

{h)  ballots  used  but  unmarked; 

{i)  declined  ballots ; 

(j)  unused  ballots; 

(k)  electors  whose  ballots  have  been  marked  by  the 
deputy  returning  officer  under  sections  47  and  63. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  75  (1),  amended. 

(2)  The  duplicate  statement  shall  be  attached  to  the 
polling  list  maintained  by  the  poll  clerk  and  the  original 
statement  enclosed  in  a  special  packet  shall  be  delivered  to 
the  clerk  as  provided  herein.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  75  (2),  amended. 

(s3)  The  statement  shall  be  signed  by  the  deputy  returning 
officer  and  the  poll  clerk  and  such  of  the  candidates  or  their 
scrutineers  as  are  present  and  desire  to  sign  it. 

(4)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  deliver  to  such  of  the 
candidates  or  their  scrutineers  as  are  present,  if  requested  to 
do  so,  a  certificate  of  the  number  of  ballots  counted  for 
each  candidate,  and  of  the  rejected  ballots.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  75 

(3.  4). 

78. — (1)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  place  in  the 
ballot  box,  the  polling  lists,  the  packets  containing  the  ballots 
and  all  other  documents  or  packets  that  served  at  the  election, 
except, 

(a)  the  original  statement; 

(6)  the  oath  of  the  poll  clerk ; 


43 

(c)  the  oath  of  the  person,  if  any,  chosen  to  deliver  the 
ballot  box  to  the  clerk ;  and 

{d)  the  copies  of  the  declaration  required  to  be  furnished 
to  the  clerk  under  subsection  3  of  section  56.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  76  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  34,  amended. 

(2)  The  deputy  returning  officer  shall  then  lock  and  seal  ^clced^etc 
the  ballot  box  and  forthwith  deliver  it  and  the  documents 
enumerated  in  subsection  1  personally  to  the  clerk. 

(3)  Forthwith  thereafter,  the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  q^^^^q"*^ 
take  and  subscribe  the  prescribed  oath  and  shall  personally 
deliver  it  or  transmit  it  by  registered  mail  to  the  clerk. 

(4)  If  the  deputy  returning  officer  is  unable  personally  to  ^ano^box^ 
deliver  the   ballot   box  and  documents  enumerated   in   sub-  ^[^-j^^^^ 
section  1  owing  to  illness  or  other  cause,  he  shall  deliver  them 

to  the  poll  clerk  for  delivery  to  the  clerk,  or,  where  the  poll 
clerk  is  unable  to  act,  to  some  person  chosen  by  the  deputy 
returning  officer  for  the  purpose  of  delivering  them  to  the  clerk, 
who  shall  take  the  prescribed  oath  to  do  so  and  the  deputy 
returning  officer  shall  thereon,  or  on  a  ticket  attached  thereto, 
write  the  name  of  the  person  to  whom  the  box  was  delivered 
and  shall  take  a  receipt  therefor,  and  the  poll  clerk  or  person  so 
chosen  shall  forthwith  personally  deliver  them  to  the  clerk  and 
shall  take  before  him  the  prescribed  oath. 

(5)  The  candidates,  or  their  scrutineers,  are  entitled  to  be  ^*^5^°l 

,,       ,  '  ...  candidate, 

present  when  the  ballot  box  and  documents  for  a  pollmg  place  etc.,  to  be 
are  delivered  to  the  clerk  pursuant  to  this  section.    1972,  c.  95, 
s.  76  (2-5). 

(6)  Subject  to  section  69,  a  deputy  returning  officer,  after  °ake^ox°to^° 
the  close  of  the  poll,  shall  not  under  any  circumstances  take,  home.  etc. 
or  allow  to  be  taken,   the  ballot  box  to  his  home,  house, 

office  or  place  of  business,  or  to  any  house  or  place  except  the 
office  of  the  clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  76  (6),  amended. 

70. — (1)  The  clerk,  after  he  has  received  the  ballot  boxes  ^|f^^j_^°***** 
and  other  documents  referred  to  in  section  78,  shall,  without 
opening  any  of  the  ballot  boxes,  cast  up  from  the  original 
statements  showing  the  number  of  votes  for  each  candidate 
and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question 
at  each  polling  place  the  total  number  of  votes  for  each 
candidate  and  the  total  number  of  votes  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  77  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  After  casting  up  the  total  number  of  votes  cast  at  an  o®re8uf"°" 
election,  the  clerk  shall,  at  the  town  hall  or,  if  there  is  no 


44 


town  hall,  at  the  cle 
following  the  day  on 
declare  to  be  elected 
the  highest  number  o 
vote  w'ith  respect  to 
also  post  up  in  some 
his  hand  showing  the 
and  for  the  affirmative 


rk's  office  at   noon   on   the  Thursday 

which   the   polling   is   held,   publicly 

the  candidate  or  candidates  having 

f  votes,  and  declare  the  result  of  the 

any  by-law  or  question  and  he  shall 

conspicuous  place  a  statement  under 

number  of  votes  for  each  candidate 

or  negative  on  the  by-law  or  (juestion. 


Delay  In 
addinfr  up 
voles 


Safekeeping 
of  box  and 
documents 


Opening  of 
box  when 
documents 

Elaced  in 
ox  in 
error 


Where  D.R.O. 
fails  to 
deliver 
statement 


(3)  If  for  any  cause,  the  clerk  cannot,  at  the  day  and  hour 
appointed  by  him  for  adding  up  the  votes,  ascertain  the 
number  of  votes  given  for  each  candidate,  or  for  the  afhrmati\e 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question  he  may  adjourn  to  a 
future  day  and  hour  the  adding  up  of  the  votes  and  so  on 
from  time  to  time,  such  adjournment  or  adjournments  not 
in  the  aggregate  to  exceed  fourteen  days.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  77 
(2.  3). 

80. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  this  section,  the  clerk,  upon 
the  receipt  of  a  ballot  box,  and  the  documents  referred  to  in 
section  78,  shall  take  every  precaution  for  their  safekeeping  and 
for  preventing  any  other  person  from  having  access  to  them, 
and  shall  immediately  on  receipt  of  the  ballot  box  seal  it  with 
his  own  seal  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  be  opened  without 
his  seal  being  broken,  and  that  anv  other  seals  affixed  to  it 
are  not  effaced  or  covered.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (1). 

(2)  Where  the  documents  specified  in  subsection  1  of  section 
78  are  in  error  placed  in  the  ballot  box,  the  clerk  may  open 
such  ballot  box  or  boxes  in  the  presence  of  the  deputy 
returning  officer  concerned  and,  after  having  recovered  or 
ascertained  the  meaning  of  the  statement,  as  the  case  may  be, 
the  box  shall  be  resealed  by  the  deputy  returning  officer  in 
the  presence  of  the  clerk  and  by  the  clerk.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (2), 
amended. 

(3)  If  a  deputy  returning  officer  has  not  delivered  the  state- 
ment of  the  ballots  counted  by  him  to  the  clerk  as  required  by 
section  78,  the  clerk  shall  after  notification  to  the  candidates 
or  their  scrutineers,  who  may  be  present,  open  the  appro- 
priate ballot  box  for  the  purpwDse  of  counting  the  votes  and 
shall  count  the  votes.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  78  (3). 


S)x*i™8t*"°*^      81.  If  a  ballot  box  for  any  polling  place  has  been  destroyed 
etc.  or  lost,  or,  for  any  other  reason,  is  not  forthcoming  by  the 

time  fixed  for  adding  up  the  votes,  the  clerk  shall  ascertain 
the  cause  and,  if  the  statement  of  the  votes  cast  and  certificates, 
or  any  of  them  or  copies  of  them,  cannot  be  procured,  the 
clerk  shall  ascertain  by  such  evidence  as  he  is  able  to  obtain, 
the  total  number  of  votes  given  for  each  candidate  at  the 
polling  place  and  for  the  affirmative  or  negative  on  any  by-law  or 


45 

question,  and  may  summon  any  deputy  returning  officer,  poll 
clerk,  election  assistant  or  other  person  to  appear  before  him 
at  a  time  and  place  to  be  named  by  him,  and  the  clerk  shall 
notify  the  candidates  of  the  intended  proceedings  and  may 
examine  on  oath  such  deputy  returning  officer,  poll  clerk, 
election  assistant  or  other  person  respecting  the  matter  in 
question.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  79. 

82. — (1)  If,  upon  the  casting  up  of  the  votes,  two  or  more  ^^^^lll^ 
candidates- have  an  equal  number  of  votes  where  both  or  all  of 
such  candidates  cannot  be  elected,  or  the  votes  for  the 
affirmative  and  negative  on  a  by-law  or  question  arc  equal, 
the  clerk  shall  publicly  declare  the  result  and  post  up  in  a 
conspicuous  place  a  statement  showing  the  number  of  votes 
for  each  candidate  and  for  and  against  the  by-law  or  question 
and  shall  forthwith  notify  a  judge  of  the  result  and  the 
judge  shall  thereupon  appoint  a  time  and  place  to  recount  the 
votes  cast  up  for  such  candidates  or  concerning  such  by-law  or 
question. 

(2)  In  such  proceedings,  sections  83  to  90  apply  mutatis  o^^^^^^^^ 
mutandis.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  80. 

RECOUNT 

83. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  sections  84  to  86,  "judge"  [atfr' 
means  the  judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  in  which  the 
municipality  or  part  thereof  or  the  administrative  or  head 
office  of  the  local  board  is  situate.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (1). 

(2)  If,  within  fourteen  days  after  the  declaration  by  a  clerk  )!^count 
of  the  result  of  an  election,  upon  an  application  of  an  elector  <iesirabie 
it  is  made  to  appear  by  affidavit  to  a  judge  that  the  votes 
have  been  improperly  counted  or  any  ballot  paper  has  been 
improperly  rejected  or  that  an  incorrect  statement  of  the 
number  of  votes  cast  for  any  candidate  or  for  the  affirmative 
or  negative  on  any  by-law  or  question  has  been  made  or  that 
the  votes  have  been  improperly  added  up,  and  if  within  that 
time  the  applicant  has  given  security  for  the  costs  in  connec- 
tion with  the  recount  or  final  addition  of  any  candidate 
declared  elected  in  the  amount  of  $100  in  legal  tender,  or  if  at 
any  time  within  four  weeks  after  such  declaration  the  council 
of  a  municipality  or  a  school  board  has  by  resolution  declared 
that  a  recount  or  final  addition  is  desirable  in  the  public 
interest,  the  judge  shall  appoint  a  date  and  time  and  place 
to  recount  or  make  a  final  addition  of  the  votes  cast  at  the 
election,  and  shall  notify  in  writing  the  clerk  who  made  the 
declaration  at  least  ten  days  prior  to  the  date  set  for  the 
recount  or  final  addition.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (2);  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  35,  amended. 


46 


Notice  of 
recount 


(3)  At  least  six  days  notice  in  writing  of  the  time  and 
place  appointed  shall  be  given  by  the  clerk  to  the  candidates 
and  to  the  applicant,  and  the  clerk  or  a  person  appointed  by 
the  clerk  for  the  purpose  shall  attend  the  recount  or  final 
addition  with  the  ballot  boxes  and  all  documents  relating  to 
the  election.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (3),  amended. 


^rmevit^^  (4)  The  judgc,  the  clerk,  a  person  appointed  by  the  clerk, 
each  candidate  and  his  scrutineer  appointed  to  attend  the 
recount  or  final  addition,  and  such  other  persons  as  the  council 
may  appoint  where  the  recount  or  final  addition  relates  to  a 
by-law  or  question,  but  no  other  person,  except  with  the 
approval  of  the  judge,  is  entitled  to  be  present  at  the  recount. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (4). 

invow^d"in*^*  (^)  Where  a  recount  relates  to  the  election  of  a  candidate, 
recount  the  Tccount  shall  be  of  the  votes  cast  respectively  for  the 
candidate  declared  elected  when  one  only  is  to  be  elected  or 
in  other  cases  for  the  candidate  who  received  the  lowest  number 
of  votes  of  those  declared  elected  by  the  clerk  and  for  the 
defeated  candidate  who  received  the  highest  number  of  votes  for 
the  same  office  unless  any  other  candidate  in  writing  requires 
the  votes  cast  for  him  to  be  recounted  or  the  votes  cast  for 
him  to  be  finally  added.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (5),  amended. 

orde^r%e«)unt      ^^^  Notwithstanding   subsection    5,    the   judge   conducting 
etc..  of  votes    the  recount  may  order  the  recount  of  the  votes  cast  for  any 

cast  for  other       ,  tii,-  -i  ,  «- 

candidates  Other  candidate  whose  election  or  right  to  any  other  office 
may  be  affected  in  any  way  by  the  recount  conducted  under 
subsection  5.     New. 

by*judge™  ^^  At  the  date,  time  and  place  appointed,  and  in  the  presence 

of  such  of  the  persons  entitled  to  be  present  as  may  attend, 
the  judge  conducting  a  recount  or  final  addition  of  the  votes 
cast  at  an  election  shall  make  such  final  addition  from  the  state- 
ments returned  to  the  clerk  by  the  deputy  returning  officers,  or 
recount  all  the  ballots  received  by  the  clerk  from  the  deputy 
returning  officers  and  the  number  of  votes  counted  at  the 
election  and  shall  for  the  purposes  of  the  recount  open  the 
sealed  packets  containing  the  used  ballots  that  were  not  objected 
to  and  were  counted,  the  ballots  that  were  objected  to  but 
which  were  counted,  the  rejected  ballots,  the  cancelled  ballots, 
the  ballots  that  were  used  but  were  unmarked,  the  declined 
ballots  and  the  unused  ballots.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (6),  amended. 


govern°  (8)  Subject  to  subsection  9,  the  judge  shall  proceed  according 

proceedings    to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  for  the  counting  of  the  ballots 

and  of  the  vote  at  the  close  of  the  poll  by  a  deputy  returning 

officer,  and  shall  verify  and  correct  the  statement  of  the  poll. 


47 

(9)  If  for  any  reason  it  appears  desirable  to  do  so  the  judge  Judge  may 
upon  the  apphcation  of  any  party  to  a  recount,  may  hear  such  evidence 

*.,  'f  .,  '^    ^  e       ^\  c         1-  necessary  for 

evidence  as  he  considers  necessary  tor  the  purpose  oi  making  a  proper 
full  and  proper  recount  of  the  ballots,  and,  without  restricting  ^®'^°"'^ 
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  he  may,  if  the  recount  results 
in  any  of  the  candidates  for  any  office  being  declared  to  have 
received  the  same  number  of  votes  as  any  other  candidate  or 
candidates  who  were  parties  to  the  recount,  hear  such  evidence 
as  he  considers  necessary  to  determine  who  was  elected 
to  that  office.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  81  (7,  8). 

(10)  Upon  the  completion  of  a  recount,  or  final  addition,  ^^^^^'^^^.j^ 
the  judge  shall  forthwith  notify  in  writing  the  result  of  the  of  result  of 

.  •'  111  recount  or 

recount  or  final  addition  to  the  clerk  and  announce  the  final  addition 
results  to  persons  present  at  the  recount,  and,  immediately 
after  the  expiry  of  the  appeal  period  specified  in  section  88, 
all  the  ballots  and  statements  shall  be  sealed  in  separate 
packets  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  judge.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  81  (9),  amended. 

(11)  The  judge  may  require   the  clerk  of  the  county  or'^^^^^°^ 
district  court  to  be  present  at  the  time  and  place  appointed. 
1972,  c.  95.  s.  81  (10). 

84.  If  no  notice  of  appeal  is  given  to  the  judge  within  two  cierVtc?^*^' 
days  after  the  completion  of  a  recount  or  his  final  addition,  declare 
the  judge  shall  certify  forthwith  the  result  to  the  clerk  who 
shall  then  declare  the  candidate  having  the  greatest  number 
of  votes  to  be  elected  or  certify  to  the  council  the  result  of 
the  vote  with  respect  to  a  by-law  or  question.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  82  (2). 

85. — (1)  In  the  case  of  an  equality  of  votes  for  candidates  ^^^^^"^y  °^ 
for  any  office  for  which  one  person  only  is  to  be  elected,  or 
for  which  the  holding  of  any  other  office  is  to  be  determined 
as  a  result  of  a  recount  or  final  addition,  the  successful 
candidate  shall  be  determined  by  lot  conducted  by  the  clerk. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  83,  amended. 

(2)  For   the   purposes   of   this   section,    "lot"    means   the  ^^'^"^^f^^ 
method  of  determining  the  successful  candidate  by  placing  lot 
the  names  of  the  candidates  on  equal  size  pieces  of  paper 
placed  in  a  box  and  one  name  being  drawn  by  a  person 
chosen  by  the  clerk.    New. 

86. — (1)  The  costs  of  a  recount  under  section  83  are  in  the  costs  of 

.  ,     ,       .  recount 

discretion  of  the  judge  making  the  recount  who  may  order  by 
whom,  to  whom  and  in  what  manner  the  costs  shall  be  paid. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (1). 

(2)  The  judge  may  in  his  discretion  award  costs  of  a  recount  ^^^^^* 
or  final  addition  to  or  against  any  person  who  is  a  party 


48 


to  it  and  may  fix  the  amount  thereof  or  order  that  they  be 
taxed  by  the  clerk  of  the  district  or  county  court  on  a  scale 
following  as  nearly  as  may  be  the  tariff  of  costs  of  the  county 
court.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (2),  amended. 


Where  no 
provision  aa 
to  costs 


(3)  Where  the  judge  makes  no  provision  as  to  the  costs  of  a 
recount  or  final  addition,  the  disbursements  made  or  authorized 
to  be  made  by  the  clerk  shall  be  paid  by  the  municipality 
except  where  the  recount  or  final  addition  has  been  held  at 
the  instance  of  a  school  board,  in  which  case  the  disburse- 
ments made  by  the  clerk  shall  be  paid  by  the  board.  1972, 
c.  95.  s.  84  (3);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  36  (1). 


deposft"'^^'  (4)  Where  costs  are  directed  to  be  paid  by  the  applicant  for 

a  recount  or  final  addition,  the  money  deposited  as  security 
for  costs  under  section  83  shall  be  paid  out  to  the  party 
entitled  to  such  costs,  so  far  as  necessary. 


Enforcement 
of  payment 
of  costs 


(5)  Payment  of  the  costs  awarded  under  this  section  may  be 
enforced  by  execution  to  be  issued  from  any  county  or  district 
court,  upon  filing  therein  the  order  of  the  judge  and  a  certi- 
ficate showing  the  amount  at  which  the  costs  were  taxed  and  an 
affidavit  of  the  non-payment  of  them.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (4,  5). 


Expenses  of 
Judge 


Where  no 
appeal, 
packets  to 
be  returned 
to  clerk 


Documents 
not  required 
on  appeal 


(6)  The  judge  is  entitled  to  receive  from  the  municipality 
the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  in  attending  at  the  place 
designated  by  him  for  a  recount  or  final  addition  except 
where  the  recount  or  final  addition  has  been  held  at  the 
instance  of  a  school  board,  in  which  case  the  expenses  shall 
be  paid  by  the  board.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  84  (6);  1974,  c.  32, 
s.  36  (2). 

87. — (1)  Upon  expiry  of  the  time  for  appeal  from  a  deci- 
sion of  a  judge  on  a  recount  or  final  addition  if  no  appeal 
has  been  taken,  the  judge  shall  cause  packets,  sealed  in 
accordance  with  subsection  10  of  section  83,  to  be  returned 
to  the  custody  of  the  clerk. 

(2)  If  an  appeal  is  taken  from  the  decision  of  a  judge  on  a 
recount  or  final  addition,  the  judge  shall  cause  such  of  the 
packets  of  ballots  and  such  of  the  original  statements  as  are 
not  required  for  the  purpose  of  the  appeal  to  be  returned 
to  the  custody  of  the  clerk.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  85,  amended. 


APPEAL  FROM  DECISION  ON  RECOUNT  OR  FINAL  ADDITION 


dJ'cuSn™'"        ^®* — (^)  Any  party  may  appeal  from  the  decision  of  the 
judge  judge  who  conducted  a  recount  or  final  addition  other  than  a 


49 

decision  on  a  recount  or  final  addition  of  votes  in  relation  to 
any  by-law  or  question,  by  giving  notice  in  writing  within 
two  days  after  the  completion  of  the  recount  or  final  addi- 
tion to  the  other  parties  and  to  the  judge  of  his  intention  to 
appeal,  and  he  may  by  the  notice  limit  the  appeal  to  specified 
ballots. 

(2)  The  notice  may  be  served  upon  the  other  parties  per-  ^Q^J^^g®"^ 
sonally,  or  as  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct.    1972, 

c.  95,  s.  86  (1,  2). 

(3)  Where  the  appeal  is  limited,  the  judge  who  conducted  fo^be^foi-^*^'^' 
the  recount  or  final  addition  shall  forward  the  sealed  packets  warded  to 

^  Registrar 

of  the  ballots  or  statements  that  are  the  subject  of  appeal,  of  Supreme 
together  with  the  notice  and  a  certificate  showing  his  findings 
as  to  the  ballots  in  dispute,  by  registered  mail  to  the  Registrar 
of  the  Supreme  Court,  but,  if  the  appeal  is  not  limited  the 
judge  shall  forward  all  the  ballots  and  other  papers  to  the 
Registrar,  and  in  either  case  he  shall  await  the  result  of  the 
appeal  before  sending  his  certificate  under  section  83  to  the 
clerk.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  86  (3),  amended. 

(4)  On  receipt  of  the  ballots  and  notice,  the  Registrar  shall  f^^^l^'^^l^^ 
forthwith  obtain  an  appointment  from  a  judge  of  the  Supreme 

Court  for  hearing  the  appeal  and  shall  notify  the  parties  or 
their  solicitors  of  the  time  so  appointed. 

(5)  At  the  time  appointed,  the  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  fppe|f"'"®°° 
shall  recount  the  ballots  or  such  of  them  as  are  the  subject  of 

appeal,  or  review  the  final  addition,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
shall  forthwith  certify  his  decision  to  the  judge  who  conducted 
the  recount  or  final  addition,  whose  duty  it  is  to  conform 
to  the  decision  and  to  certify  the  result  without  delay  to 
the  clerk. 

(6)  The  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct  by  and  to  appelf*^ 
whom,  the  costs  of  the  appeal  shall  be  paid. 

(7)  Where  the  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  makes  no  provision  ^^^"^ 
as  to  costs,  the  disbursements  made  or  authorized  to  be  made 

by  the  clerk,  shall  be  paid  by  the  municipality.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  86  (4-7). 

DISPOSITION  OF  ELECTION  RECORDS 

89. — (1)  The  clerk  shall  retain  in  his  possession  for  ninety  o/baTSts"" 
days  from  the  date  of  the  poll  for  an  election  all  the  ballots  in  the 
election  and,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  an  order  of  a  judge 
or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  inquire  as  to  the  validity  of 


50 


the  election,  shall  then  destroy  them  in  the  presence  of  two 
witnesses,  who  shall  make  a  statutory  declaration  that  they 
witnessed  the  destruction  of  them  and  such  declaration  shall 
be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  clerk. 


DiapoBltlon 
of other 
documents 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1,  the  clerk  shall  retain  in  his 
possession  all  oaths,  nominations,  qualification  documents, 
statements  of  the  votes  cast,  and  other  documents  relating  to 
an  election  until  the  successors  to  the  persons  elected  at  such 
election  have  taken  office,  and  may  then  destroy  them.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  87. 


Inspection 
of  bkUots 


Order  of 
Judge 


Production 
of  documents 
by  clerk 


90. — (1)  No  person  shall  be  allowed  to  inspect  the  contents 
of  a  ballot  box  in  the  custody  of  the  clerk  except  under  the 
Order  of  a  judge.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  37. 

(2)  The  order  may  be  made  on  the  judge  being  satisfied  by 
affidavit  or  other  evidence  that  the  inspection  is  required  for 
the  purpose  of  maintaining  a  prosecution  for  an  offence,  or 
corrupt  practice,  or  of  taking  proceedings  for  contesting  the 
election  or  return.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  88  (2). 

0 1 .  Where  an  order  is  made  for  the  production  by  the  clerk 
of  any  document  in  his  possession  relating  to  an  election,  the 
production  of  it  by  him  in  such  manner  as  may  be  directed  by 
the  order  is  evidence  that  the  document  relates  to  the  election, 
and  any  endorsement  appearing  on  any  packet  of  ballots  so 
produced  is  evidence  that  the  contents  are  what  they  are 
stated  to  be  by  the  endorsement.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  89. 


New 
election 


NEW   ELPZCTIONS 

92. — (1)  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  the 
authority  of  this  or  any  other  Act  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  any 
office  by  an  election  other  than  a  regular  election,  the  clerk  of 
the  municipality  who  is  the  returning  officer  with  whom 
nominations  may  be  filed  shall  set  the  date  of  the  nomination 
day  which  shall  be  within  forty-five  days  of  the  day  on 
which, 

(a)  a  directive  is  given  in  any  judicial  proceedings; 

(6)  the  council  of  the  municipality  passes  a  by-law;  or 

(c)  the  clerk  receives  from  the  secretary  of  a  school 
board  notice, 

that  such   an   election   is   required.     1972,   c.   95,   s.   90  (1), 
amended. 


51 

(2)  The  procedure  including  the  period  for  fihng  nominations  Procedure 
at  a  new  election  shall  be  the  procedure  and  period  applicable 

at  a  regular  election  of  the  municipality  and  polling  day  shall 
be  not  less  than  eighteen  and  not  more  than  twenty-one 
days  after  nomination  day. 

(3)  The  polling  required  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  an  office  by  this  Polling 
section  shall  so  far  as  possible  be  held  in  the  same  manner  and 

by  the  same  officers  and  take  place  at  the  same  places,  in  so  far 
as  practicable,  at  which  the  polling  took  place  at  the  last 
regular  election.     1972,  c.  95.  s.  90  (2,  3). 

(4)  Unless   a   new    preliminary   list   of   electors    has   been  ^/gctors 
furnished  by  the  assessment  commissioner  under  subsection 

5,  the  preliminary  list  to  be  used  for  preparation  of  the  polling 
list  for  a  new  election  shall  be  the  polling  list  prepared  for 
the  last  regular  election,  which  shall  be  subject  to  revision 
as  if  it  were  a  preliminary  list  of  electors  and  sections  24  to 
30  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the  printing  or  reproduction 
of  the  list  and  to  the  revision  of  the  list,  subject  to  the 
following  rules: 

1.  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  clause  a  of 
section  38  or  subsection  3  of  section  40,  the  period 
during  which  a  person  may  qualify  as  an  elector  for 
the  office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the  period  of  quali- 
fication specified  under  section  12  or  13  and  the 
period  following  such  qualification  period  terminating 
on  the  Thursday  following  the  polling  day  for  the 
last  regular  election. 

2.  Where  a  new  election  is  required  under  section  111, 
the  period  during  which  a  person  may  qualify  as 
an  elector  for  the  office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the 
pehod  of  qualification  specified  under  section  12  or 
13  and  the  period  following  such  qualification  period 
terminating  on  the  date  of  the  receipt  by  the  clerk 
of  the  municipality  of  the  copy  of  the  judgment 
under  subsection  6  of  section  111. 

3.  Where  a  vacancy  otherwise  occurs  and  the  council 
of  the  municipality  or  a  school  board  for  which  the 
clerk  is  required  to  hold  elections  requires  an  elec- 
tion to  be  held  to  fill  the  vacancy,  the  period  during 
which  a  person  may  qualify  as  an  elector  for  the 
office  to  be  elected  shall  be  the  period  of  quali- 
fication sf)ecified  under  section  12  or  13  and  the 
period  following  such  qualification  period  terminat- 
ing on  the  date  of  the  directive,  by-law  or  notice 
specified  in  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  1. 


52 


R.8.0. 1970, 
C.284 


4.  Where  a  by-law  or  question  is  to  be  submitted  to 
the  electors,  the  period  during  which  a  person  may 
qualify  as  an  elector  entitled  to  vote  on  the  by-law 
or  question,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  the  period 
of  qualification  specified  under  section  12  or  13  and 
the  f>eriod  following  such  qualification  period  ter- 
minating on  the  date  of  the  order  of  the  Ontario 
Municipal  Board  given  under  section  262  of  The 
Municipal  Act.     1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (1),  amended. 


Idem 

R.S.0. 1970. 
C.32 


(5)  Where  in  the  year  following  an  election  year  the  annual 
enumeration  under  The  Assessment  Act  has,  prior  to  the  holding 
of  the  new  election,  been  completed  for  the  municipality  or 
municipalities  in  which  the  new  election  is  to  be  held,  the 
assessment  commissioner  shall,  within  fourteen  days  of  a  request 
by  the  clerk  or  clerks  of  such  municipality  or  municipalities, 
furnish  a  new  preliminary  list  of  electors  based  on  such  annual 
enumeration  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
Act  pertaining  to  the  preparation  of  such  lists  and  such 
preliminary  list  shall  for  all  purposes,  including  revision  by  the 
clerk,  be  the  preliminary  list  of  electors  for  the  new  election. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  90  (5). 


Certification 
of  list 


(6)  The  preliminary  list  for  a  new  election,  when  revised, 
shall  be  subject  to  certification  by  the  clerk  under  section  31 
and  to  entry  of  names  in  the  list  under  sections  33  and  56. 
1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  {2),  part. 


Eligibility 
of  member 
to  be 

candidate 
for  other 
ofnce 


(7)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  in  any  office  and  an  election  is 
to  be  held  to  fill  such  vacancy,  a  person  holding  any  other 
office  is  not  eligible  to  be  a  candidate  for  the  vacant  office 
unless  he  has,  before  the  nomination  day  for  the  new  election, 
filed  with  the  clerk  a  certified  copy  of  his  resignation  from 
the  office  that  he  then  holds  with  evidence  satisfactory  to  the 
clerk  that  such  resignation  has  been  filed  as  required  by 
legislation  governing  the  office  that  he  then  holds.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  90  (6). 


Vacancy 
after 

March  Slst 
of  election 
year 


(8)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  or  any  other  general 
or  special  Act,  a  new  election  shall  not  be  held  to  fill  a 
vacancy  where  the  vacancy  occurs  after  the  31st  day  of  March 
of  an  election  year.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  90  (7). 


Revision  of 
partial  list 


(9)  If  election  to  the  office  for  which  a  new  election  is 
required  is  to  be  by  ward  or  other  form  of  division  of  the 
municipality  it  is  necessary  to  revise  only  that  portion  of  the 
preliminary  list  applicable  to  such  ward  or  other  part  of  the 
municipality.    1974,  c.  32,  s.  38  (2),  part. 


53 

93.  Notwithstanding  that  a  new  election  becomes  necessary,  m°eetnot^*^ 
meetings  of  the   council  may  be  held  if  a  quorum  of  the  withstanding 

o  J  n.  vacancy 

council  is  present.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  91. 

EFFECT  OF  IRREGULARITIES 

94.  No  election  shall  be  declared  invalid,  SoTtoSfSt^^ 

result 

(a)  by  reason  of  any  irregularity  on  the  part  of  the  clerk 
or  in  any  of  the  proceedings  preliminary  to  the  poll; 

{b)  by  reason  of  a  failure  to  hold  a  poll  at  any  place 
appointed  for  holding  a  poll ; 

(c)  by  reason  of  non-compliance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  as  to  the  taking  of  the  poll,  as  to  the  counting 
of  the  votes  or  as  to  limitations  of  time ;  or 

(d)  by  reason  of  any  mistake  in  the  use  of  the  prescribed 
forms, 

if  it  appears  to  the  court  having  cognizance  of  the  matter  that 
the  election  was  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of 
this  Act  and  that  the  irregularity,  failure,  non-compliance  or 
mistake  did  not  affect  the  result  of  the  election.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  92. 

SECRECY  OF  PROCEEDINGS 


proceedings 


95. — (1)  Every  person  in  attelidance  at  a  polling  place  or  nroceedinL 
at  the  counting  of  the  votes  shall  maintain  and  aid  in  main- 
taining the  secrecy  of  the  voting. 


(2)  No  person  shall  interfere  or  attempt  to  interfere  with  an  interference 
elector  when  marking  his  ballot  paper,  or  obtain  or  attempt  elector 

to  obtain  at  the  polling  place  information  as  to  how  an  elector 
is  about  to  vote  or  has  voted. 

(3)  No  person  shall  communicate  any  information  obtained  tion  as^to^* 
at  a  polling  place  as  to  how  an  elector  at  such  polling  place  voting 

is  about  to  vote  or  has  voted. 

(4)  No  person  shall,  directly  or  indirectly,  induce  or  attempt  J^J^^i°fo 
to  induce  an  elector  to  show  his  ballot  paper  after  he  has  show  ballot 
marked  it  so  as  to  make  known  to  any  person  how  he  has  voted. 

(5)  Subject  to  section  63,   an  elector  shall  not  show  his  ^o°Bhow°' 
ballot  paf)er,  when  marked,  to  any  person  so  as  to  make  known  baiiot 
how  he  voted. 


54 


No  one  com-        (5)  No  Dcrson  who  has  voted  at  an  election  shall,  in  any 

pellable  to  ^    '  «  -ii,-  i  -j 

diBciose  legal  proceeding  to  question  the  election  or  return,  be  required 

to  state  how  or  for  whom  he  has  voted.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  93. 


his  vote 


VotinB  when 
nolQualifled. 
etc. 


OFFENCES,   PENALTIES  AND  ENFORCEMENT 

96.  Every  person  who,  at  an  election, 

(a)  not  being  qualified  to  vote,  votes; 

{h)  being  qualified  to  vote,  votes  more  times  than  he  is 
authorized  to  vote  by  this  Act ;  or 

(c)  votes  in  a  polling  subdivision  other  than  one  in  which 
he  is  entitled  to  vote  by  this  Act, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  94. 


Improper 
votinR  by 
proxy 


07.  Every  person  who, 

(a)  having  appointed  a  voting  proxy  to  vote  at  an  election, 
attempts  to  vote  at  the  election  otherwise  than  by 
means  of  such  voting  proxy  while  the  voting  proxy 
is  in  force ;  or 


Wilful 
miscount 
of  ballots 


(b)  having  been  appointed  a  voting  proxy  at  an  election, 
votes  or  attempts  to  vote  at  the  election  under  the 
authority  of  the  proxy  when  he  knows  or  has  reasonable 
grounds  for  supposing  that  his  appointment  has  been 
cancelled  or  that  the  elector  who  made  the  appoint- 
ment is  dead  or  is  no  longer  entitled  to  vote, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $  1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  95. 

08.  Every  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  who  wilfully 
miscounts  the  ballots  or  otherwise  wilfully  makes  up  a  false 
statement  of  the  poll  is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for 
a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both.  1972,  c.  95, 
s.  96. 


Neglect  of 
duties 


00.  Every  clerk,  deputy  returning  officer  or  poll  clerk  who 
refuses  or  neglects  to  perform  any  of  the  duties  imposed  upon 
him  by  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  97. 


55 


100.  Every  person  who,  l4iS|to 

ballot 
papers 

(a)  without  authority,  suppHes  a  ballot  to  any  person ; 

{b)  places  in  a  ballot  box  a  paper  other  than  the  ballot 
that  he  is  authorized  by  law  to  place  therein ; 


be 
the 


(c)  delivers    to    the    deputy    returning    officer    to 
placed  in  the  ballot  box  any  other  paper  than  the 
ballot  given  to  him  by  the  deputy  returning  officer; 

[d)  takes  a  ballot  out  of  the  polling  place ; 

{e)  without  authority,  takes,  opens  or  otherwise  inter- 
feres with  a  ballot  box  or  books  or  packet  of  ballots 
or  a  ballot  in  use  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  an 
election ; 

if)  being  a  deputy  returning  officer,  knowingly  puts  his 
initials  on  the  back  of  any  paper  that  is  not  a  ballot, 
purports  to  be  or  is  capable  of  being  used  as  a  ballot 
at  an  election ;  or 

(g)  attempts  to  commit  any  offence  mentioned  in  this 
section, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more 
than  $1,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  98. 

101.  Every  person  who  knowingly  furnishes  false  or  mis- [Jj^Jfrmation 
leading  information  to  any  person  who  by  this  Act  is  authorized  pereons°'^^^^*^ 
to  obtain  information  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000,  or  to 
imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 

1972.  c.  95,  s.  99. 

102.  Every  person  who,  ffiS^un- 

qualified 

(a)  induces  or  procures  any  person  to  vote  knowing  that  §?^pubushes^^ 
that  person  has  no  right  to  vote ;  or  mL^nt^ofwTth- 

drawal  of 

(b)  before  or  during  an  election  knowingly  publishes  a 
false  statement  of  the  withdrawal  of  a  candidate, 

is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $  1 ,000,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  100. 

103.— (1)  Every  person  who,  Bribery: 

bribing 

(«)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on  ®J.®^'jf/t  °J 
his  behalf,  gives,  lends  or  agrees  to  give  or  lend,  or  Bribery  by 


56 


offers  or  promises  any  money  or  valuable  consideration , 
or  promises  to  procure  or  to  endeavour  to  procure 
any  money  or  valuable  consideration  to  or  for  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  person  on  behalf  of  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  person  in  order  to  induce 
any  elector  to  vote  or  refrain  from  voting,  or 
corruptly  does  any  such  act  on  account  of  any 
elector  having  voted  or  refrained  from  voting  at  an 
election ;  or 


by  gift  or 
offer  or 
promise  of 
employment 


(b)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on 
his  behalf,  gives  or  procures  or  agrees  to  give  or  pro- 
cure, or  offers  or  promises  any  office,  place  or 
employment,  or  promises  to  procure  or  to  endeavour  to 
procure  any  office,  place  or  employment  to  or  for  any 
elector,  or  to  or  for  any  other  person  in  order  to 
induce  any  elector  to  vote  or  refrain  from  voting, 
or  corruptly  does  any  such  act  on  account  of  any 
elector  having  voted  or  refrained  from  voting  at  an 
election ;  or 


to  induce 
anyone  to 
procure 
return  of 
candidate 
or  endeavour 
to  procure 


(c)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person 
on  his  behalf,  makes  any  such  gift,  loan,  offer,  promise, 
procurement  or  agreement,  to  or  for  any  person,  in 
order  to  induce  such  person  to  procure  or  endeavour 
to  procure  the  return  of  any  candidate,  or  the  vote  of 
any  elector  at  an  election ;  or 


receiving 
bribe  to 
procure 
return  of 
candidate 


advancing 
money  to 
be  spent 
in  corrupt 
practices 


applying 
for  money 
or  employ- 
ment In 
considera- 
tion of 
voting 


(d)  upon  or  in  consequence  of  any  such  gift,  loan,  offer, 
promise,  procurement  or  agreement,  procures  or  en- 
gages, promises  or  endeavours  to  procure  the  return  of 
any  candidate,  or  the  vote  of  any  elector  at  an 
election ;  or 

{e)  advances  or  pays,  or  causes  to  be  paid,  money  to  or  to 
the  use  of  any  other  person,  with  the  intent  that  such 
money  or  any  part  of  it  shall  be  expended  in  corrupt 
practices  at  an  election,  or  who  knowingly  pays  or 
causes  to  be  paid  money  to  any  person  in  discharge  or 
repayment  of  money  wholly  or  in  part  expended  in 
corrupt  practices  at  an  election ;  or 

(/)  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  any  other  person  on 
his  behalf,  on  account  of  and  as  payment  for  voting  or 
for  having  voted,  or  for  illegally  agreeing  or  having 
agreed  to  vote  for  any  candidate  at  an  election,  or  on 
account  of  and  as  payment  for  having  illegally  assisted 
or  agreed  to  assist  any  candidate  at  an  election,  applies 
to  such  candidate  for  the  gift  or  loan  of  any  money 
or  valuable  consideration,  or  for  the  promise  of  the 


57 

gift  or  loan  of  any  money  or  valuable  consideration, 
or  for  any  office,  place  or  employment,  or  the 
promise  of  any  office,  place  or  employment ;  or 

{g)  before  or  during  an  election,  directly  or  indirectly,  [^oney^°^ 
himself  or  bv  any  other  person  on  his  behalf,  receives,  ^^^^^y^^' 
agrees   or   contracts   for   any   money,   gift,   loan   or  voted 
valuable  consideration,  office,  place  or  employment, 
for    himself    or    any    other    person,    for    voting    or 
agreeing  to  vote,  or  for  refraining  or  agreeing  to 
refrain  from  voting  at  an  election ;  or 

(h)  after  an  election,  directly  or  indirectly,  himself  or  by  ^oney^'^^ 
any  other  person  on  his  behalf,  receives  any  money  or  corruptly 
valuable  consideration  for  having  voted  or  refrained  election 
from  voting,  or  for  having  induced  any  other  person  to 
vote  or  refrain  from  voting  at  an  election ;  or 

(i)  in  order  to  induce  a  person  to  allow  himself  to  be  ^i7*°??i 

^    '  r  promising 

nominated  as  a  candidate,  or  to  refrain  from  becoming  office  to 
a  candidate,  or  to  withdraw  if  he  has  become   a  to  stand  or 

witlidr3.w 

candidate,  gives  or  procures  any  office,  place  or 
employment,  or  agrees  to  give  or  procure  or  offers  or 
promises  to  procure,  or  endeavours  to  procure  any 
office,  place  or  employment  for  such  person,  or  for  any 
other  person, 

is  guilty  of  bribery,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  $200,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both,  and  is  disqualified  from  voting  at 
any  election  for  four  years. 

(2)  The    actual    personal    expenses    of    a    candidate,    his  p®''!^^^^  ^^ 
reasonable  expenses  for  actual  professional  services  performed,  candidate 
and  bona  fide  payments   for  the   fair  cost   of  printing  and 
advertising   and   other   lawful    and    reasonable   expenses    in 
connection  with  the  election,  incurred  by  the  candidate  in  good 

faith  and  without  any  corrupt  intent,  shall  be  deemed  to  be 
exf>enses  lawfully  incurred,  and  the  payment  thereof  is  not  a 
contravention  of  this  Act. 

(3)  The  clerk  shall  furnish  every  deputy  returning  officer  ^°o^y|°j|°g 
with   at   least   two  copies   of   this  section,  and   the   deputy  as  to  corrupt 

1     ti  1  •  1  1      practices 

returnmg  officer  shall  post  them  m  conspicuous  places  at  the 
polling  place.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  101. 

104.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  o^ence' 
of  this  Act,  for  which  contravention  no  penalty  is  otherwise 
provided,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  102. 


58 


Dlsqmtllfl- 

oatlonof 

persona 

ffullty  of 

corrupt 

practice 


105. — (1)  Where  a  candidate  at  an  election  is  convicted  of 
bribery  or  of  committing  a  corrupt  practice,  he  is  ineligible 
to  be  nominated  and  stand  as  a  candidate  at  any  election  up 
to  and  including  the  next  regular  election,  or  to  hold  any  office 
at  the  nomination  of  a  municipal  council  or  local  board  for  four 
years  following  the  date  of  the  poll. 


Limitation 


(2)  If,  when  the  candidate  is  convicted  of  committing  a 
corrupt  practice,  the  presiding  judge  finds  that  the  act 
constituting  in  law  a  corrupt  practice  was  committed  without 
any  corrupt  intent,  the  candidate  is  not  subject  to  the 
penalties  and  disabilities  provided  by  subsection  1.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  103. 


CORRUPT   PRACTICES   AND  CONTROVERTED  ELECTIONS 


Validity  of 
election, 
etc.. 

determined 
by  action 


106. — (1)  The  validity  of  an  election  or  of  the  election 
of  any  person  to  any  office  at  such  an  election  or  whether 
or  not  any  person  is  guilty  of  a  corrupt  practice  respecting 
an  election  shall  be  tried  and  determined  by  an  action 
commenced  by  issuing  a  writ  in  the  county  or  district  court 
for  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  municipality  or  the 
administrative  or  head  office  of  the  local  board  is  situated. 


Penalties 
for  corrupt 
practice 


Who  may 

commence 

action 


Time  for 

commencing 

action 


Mode  of 
trial 


(2)  Where  the  county  or  district  court  determines  that  a 
person  has  committed  a  corrupt  practice  it  may,  in  addition 
to  any  other  penalty  or  order,  impose  the  penalties  provided 
therefor  under  sections  96  to  102.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (1,  2). 

(3)  Any  elector  entitled  to  vote  at  an  election  referred  to 
in  subsection  1  may  commence  an  action  under  this  section  in 
relation  to  such  election.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (3),  amended. 

(4)  No  action  shall  be  commenced  after  the  expiration  of 
ninety  days  following  the  date  of  the  poll  at  the  election 
referred  to  in  subsection  1.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  104  (4). 

107. — (1)  The  judge  shall,  in  a  summary  manner  and 
without  formal  pleadings,  hear  and  determine  the  questions 
raised  by  or  upon  an  action  under  section  106  and  may  give 
directions  as  to  the  conduct  thereof  and  may  inquire  into  the 
facts  on  affidavit,  by  oral  testimony,  or  by  trying  an  issue 
framed  by  him,  or  by  one  or  more  of  those  means. 


Idem 


Judge 

without 

jury 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1  and  where  not  otherwise  provided 
in  this  Act,  the  practice  and  procedure  of  the  county  or  district 
court  apply  to  an  action  commenced  under  section  106. 

(3)  The  action  shall  be  tried  by  a  judge  without  a  jury. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  105. 


59 

108. — (1)  At  the  time  of  the  commencement  of  an  action,  fo^jPcogts 
security  shall  be  given  on  behalf  of  the  plaintiff  to  be  applied 
towards  payment  of  all  costs,  charges  and  expenses,  if  any, 
that  may  become  payable  by  the  plaintiff,  including  the  costs 
and  charges  of  the  clerk  incurred  in  the  publication  of  notices 
in  the  municipality  in  respect  of  the  writ  of  the  action  or 
proceedings  therein. 

(2)  The  security  shall  be  in  the  amount  of  $400  and  shall  be  i^^em 
given  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  cases  where  a  plaintiff 
resides  out  of  Ontario.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  106. 

109. — (1)  An  action  abates  on  the  death  of  a  sole  plaintiff  J/'|c'ti?n''* 
or  the  survivor  of  several  plaintiffs. 

(2)  The  abatement  of  an  action  does  not  affect  any  liability  ['J^costs' 
for  costs  previously  incurred. 

(3)  On  the  abatement  of  an  action  any  person  who  might  of*^^fa/ntiir°" 
have  been  a  plaintiff  may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  court  or,  during 

the  trial,  to  the  trial  judge  to  be  substituted  as  the  plaintiff. 
1972,  c.  95,  s.  107. 

110.  Where  a  plaintiff  is  not  quahfied  to  be  a  plaintiff  in  substitution 
an  action  under  this  Act,  the  action  shall  not  on  that  account  ^P^Ji*"^®** 
be  dismissed  if,  within  such  time  as  a  judge  of  the  court  or, 
during  the  trial,  the  trial  judge  allows  for  that  purpose,  another 
plaintiff  is  substituted  and  substitution  shall  be  made  on  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  judge  considers  proper.  1972, 
c.  95,  s.  108. 


Ill . — ( 1 )  Where  it  is  determined  that  a  successful  candidate  fandfllt? 
is  guilty  of  bribery  or  of  a  corrupt  practice,  the  court  may  guutyof 
declare  his  election  void  and  his  office  shall  thereupon  become  practice 
vacant. 


(2)  Where  the  election  of  any  person  is  declared  void,  the  unseating 
court  may  order  that  he  be  removed  from  office  and,  if  it  is  of  another 
determined  that  any  other  person  would  have  been  elected  candidate 
but  for  the  corrupt  practice  that  he  be  admitted  to  take  his 

seat  in  the  council  or  board  or,  if  it  is  determined  that  no 
other  person  is  elected,  a  new  election  shall  be  held. 

(3)  Where  it  is  determined  that  any  person  is  guilty  of  bribery  Where 
or  of  a  corrupt  practice  and  that  the  commission  of  the  bribery  of  corrupt 
^r  corrupt  practice  affected  the  result  of  the  election,  the  court  Sffecte'd 
may  declare  the  election  void  and  a  new  election  shall  be  held.  e?ecUo*n 


60 


(4)  When*  it  is  determined  that  any  act  or  omission  of  an 


Where  act  of 

election  /v-    •    •       /-^  i         r  i        •  i 

offlciai  I'lection  official  affected  the  result  of  an  election,  the  court 

result  of         may  declare  the  election  void  and  a  new  election  shall  be  held, 
election 


Compensation     (5)  Where  a  new  election  is  to  be  held,  the  court  may  make 

of  candidates        \'  ...  i       •     r  i 

where  such  order  as  it  considers  just  agamst  any  person  who  is  found 

guilty  of  an  offence  or  of  bribery  or  a  corrupt  practice  under 
this  Act  for  the  compensation  of  candidates  at  the  void 
election  not  exceeding  $2,000  per  candidate. 


Judgment 
to  clerk 


(6)  The  clerk  of  the  court  shall  forward  a  copy  of  the  judg- 
ment and  the  reasons  for  judgment  to  the  clerk  of  the  munici- 
pality.    1972,  c.  95,  s.  109. 


Where 
election  set 
aside  and 
appeal 
entered 


1 12. — (1)  If  the  court  determines  that  a  member  was  not 
duly  elected,  notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  from  the  deci- 
sion is  pending,  he  is  not  entitled  to  sit  or  vote  on  the 
council  or  board  until  the  appeal  is  disposed  of  and  the 
judgment  of  the  court  on  appeal  is  received  by  the  council  or 
local  board,  but  where  the  court  determines  that  some  other 
person  was  elected  or  is  entitled  to  the  seat,  such  person  is, 
notwithstanding  that  an  appeal  is  pending,  entitled  to  take  his 
seat  and  to  sit  and  vote  until  the  appeal  is  disposed  of  and 
the  judgment  of  the  court  on  appeal  is  received  by  the  council 
or  local  board.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  110. 


of^council  (^)  '^^^  decisions  of  a  council  reached  with  the  participa- 

notafTected     tion  of  a  member  or  members  who  is  Or  are  subsequently 

by  reason  j      i  i  i  •   i     ,  •  -i      i     n  • 

ofsubseauent  declared  to  be  not  entitled  to  sit  on  council  shall  not  in  any 
cation  way  be  affected  on  the  grounds  of  the  participation  of  such 

member  or  members.    New. 


ifot*tob^"°°       113.  A   new   election   shall   not   be   held   until   after   the 

heid^nding   expiration  of  the  time  limited  for  appeal  from  the  determination 

of  the  court  that  the  election  is  void  and,  if  an  appeal  is 

brought,  the  election  shall  not  be  held  pending  the  appeal. 

1972,c.  95,  s.  111. 


Appeal  to 
Divisional 
Court 


1 14. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  judgment  of  the  county 
or  district  court  to  the  Divisional  Court  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  of  court. 


Judgment 
or  new  trial 


(2)  The  Divisional  Court  may  give  any  judgment  that  ought 
to  have  been  pronounced  or  may  grant  a  new  trial  for  the 
purpose  of  taking  evidence  or  additional  evidence  and  may  remit 
the  case  to  the  trial  judge  or  to  another  judge  and,  subject 
to  any  directions  of  the  Divisional  Court,  the  case  shall 
thereafter  be  proceeded  with  as  if  there  had  been  no  appeal. 


61 

(3)  An  appeal  lies  from  the  decision  of  the  trial  judge  to  whom  ^J'^^gfon'""^ 
the  case  was  remitted  by  the  Divisional  Court  in  accordance  new  trial 
with  the  provisions  of  this  section.     1972,  c.  95,  s.  112. 

115.  Any  person  elected  may,  at  any  time  after  the  election  bifore*'"^^ 
and  before  it  is  complained  of,  deliver  to  the  clerk  of  the  complaint 
municipality  a  disclaimer,  signed  by  him,  to  the  following 

effect : 

"I,  A.B.,  hereby  disclaim  all  right  to  the  office  of 

for  the of 

in    the of 

and  all  defence  of  any  right  I  may 

have  to  the  same.    Dated day  of 

19....  A.B." 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  113. 

1 1 6.  A  person  whose  election  is  complained  of,  unless  it  is  aft^g^r*^'^^'^ 
complained  of  on  the  ground  of  bribery  or  of  a  corrupt  practice  complaint 
on  his  part,  may,  within  one  week  after  service  on  him  of  the 

writ,  transmit  by  registered  mail,  or  deliver  to  the  judge  of 
the  court,  and  to  the  applicant  or  his  solicitor,  a  disclaimer 
signed  by  him  to  the  following  effect: 

"I,   A.B.,   upon   whom   a  writ,  authorized  by   The  i 

Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972,  has  been  served  for  / 

the   purpose  of  contesting   my   right   to   the  office 

of in  the  county  (or  district) 

of ,  hereby  disclaim  the  office,  and 

all  defence  of  any  right  I  may  have  to  the  same. 

Dated day    of ,    19 

A.B." 

1972,  c.  95,  s.  114. 

117. — (1)  A  person  disclaiming  shall  deliver  a  duplicate  of  ^f"J|g'cia'irner 
his  disclaimer  to  the  clerk  of  the  municipality,  and  the  clerk  ^o clerk 
shall    forthwith    communicate    it  -to    the   council    or   to    the 
secretary   of   the   local   board,   as   the   case   requires.      1972, 
c.  95,  s.  115  (1);  1974,  c.  32,  s.  39. 


62 

^gJ'JJM  (2)  A  disclaimer   in   accordance  with  section    115  or   116 

operates  as  a  resignation. 


Ralief  from 
costs 


(3)  A  disclaimer  in  accordance  with  section  116  reHeves 
the  person  making  it  from  all  liability  for  costs  in  an  action 
under  section  104.    1972,  c.  95.  s.  115  (2.  3). 


Procedure 
substituted 
for  quo 
warranto 
proceed! ngs 


118.  Proceedings  for  the  removal  from  office  of  a  person 
whose  election  is  alleged  to  have  been  undue  or  illegal,  or  who 
is  alleged  not  to  have  been  duly  elected,  and  proceedings  to 
have  the  right  of  a  person  to  sit  in  a  council  or  as  trustee 
of  a  police  village  or  as  member  of  a  local  board,  as  the  case 
may  be,  determined  shall  be  had  and  taken  only  under  the 
provisions  of  this  Act.  1972,  c.  95,  s.  116;  1974,  c.  32,  s.  40, 
amended. 


Forms 


Notices  in 

French 

language 


Determina- 
tion 

by  council 
of  French- 
lan^age 
forms,  etc. 


119. — (1)  The  Minister  may  by  order  prescribe  the  forms 
required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  which  forms  may 
be  in  both  the  English  and  French  languages.  1975,  c.  23,  s.  1, 
part. 

(2)  Any  notices  required  to  be  posted,  published  or  mailed 
under  this  Act  may,  in  addition  to  being  printed  in  the 
English  language,  be  printed  in  the  French  language. 

(3)  The  use  in  a  municipality  of  forms  prescribed  in  the 
French  language  under  subsection  1  or  the  printing  of  notices 
in  the  French  language  under  subsection  2  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  by-law  of  the  council  of  the  municipaHty.     New. 


Holidays  120.  Subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  11,  where  any  day 

specified  in  this  Act  for  the  undertaking  of  any  proceeding 
pertaining  to  an  election  falls  on  a  holiday,  the  day  specified 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  immediately  preceding  day  which 
is  not  a  Sunday  or  a  holiday.     New. 

on'^ection  121.  The    council    of    a    municipahty    may    by    by-law 

expenditures  provide  for  limitations  on  elections  expenditures  by  or  on 
behalf  of  a  candidate  and  require  the  disclosure  by  a  candi- 
date of  all  election  contributions  to  his  campaign  in  excess  of 
$100  in  the  form  of  money  and  goods  and  services.     New. 


1975.  c.  40. 

8.27(1). 

re-enacted 


122.  Subsection  1  of  section  27  of  The  Liquor  Licence  Act. 
1975,  being  chapter  40,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor : 


Submission 
by  council 
to  vote 


(1)  The  council  of  a  municipality  may  submit  one  or 
more  of  the  questions  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
respecting  the  authorization  for  the  sale  of  liquor  ir 
the  municipahty  to  a  vote. 


63 

(la)  The  council  of  a  municipality  shall  submit  to  a^^®"^ 
vote  such  questions  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
respecting  the  authorization  for  the  sale  of  liquor  in 
the  municipality  as  are  requested  by  petition  signed 
by  at  least  25  per  cent  of  the  persons  appearing  on 
the  list  of  electors,  as  revised,  prepared  for  the 
previous  municipal  election. 

123.  Section  30  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  s^30 '"'°' 

repealed 

124.  Sections  31,  32  and  33  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  ^f|i?33^°' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  re-enacted 

31.  The  day  fixed  for  taking  the  vote  on  any  question  Day  of 
or  questions  shall  be  the  day  upon  which,  under  The  1977,0. 
Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 ,  a  poll  would  be  held 
at  the  election  of  members  of  the  council  of  the 
municipahty  unless  the  council,  with  the  approval 
>  of   the   Board,    fixes   some   other   day   and   notifies 

the  clerk  of  the  municipality  to  that  effect,  but  a 
poll  shall  not  be  held  on  any  such  question  or 
questions  until  after  the  expiration  of  two  months 
from  the  passing  of  a  by-law  for  submitting  the 
question  or  questions  where  the  council  submits  the 
question  or  questions  without  a  petition,  nor  until 
after  the  expiration  of  two  months  from  the  fihng 
of  the  petition,  as  the  case  may  be. 

32. — (1)  The  persons  qualified  to  vote  upon  a  question  who  may 
or  questions  are  such  persons  as  would  be  eligible 
to  vote  at  an  election  held  on  that  day  pursuant  to 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977 . 

(2)  Where  the  vote  is  held  on  a  day  other  than  the  date  Qualification 

^    '  -^  period  for 

set  for  the  election  of  members  to  the  council  of  the  determining 
municipahty,  the  termination  of  the  qualification  of  electors 
period  for  determining  the  eligibility  of  electors 
under  paragraph  4  of  subsection  4  of  section  92  of 
The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977  is  the  date  of  the 
approval  given  by  the  Board  as  required  by  sec- 
tion 31. 

33.  The  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1977  Amplication 
apply  to  the  taking  of  a  vote  under  this  Act.  1977. c. ... 

33a.  The  returning  officer  shall  make  his  return  to  thel^^^^'o 
Board  showing  the  number  of  votes  polled  for  the 
affirmative  and  negative  on  the  question  or  questions 
submitted  and,  upon  the  receipt  of  such  return,  the 


64 


1975.  c.  40. 
B.  34  (2). 
re-enacted 


Who  entitled 
to  si^n 
petition 


Who 
entitled 
to  vote 


1977.  c. 


Repeals 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


Board  shall  give  notice  thereof  in  The  Ontario 
Gazette  showing  the  total  number  of  votes  polled  in 
the  municipality  for  the  affirmative  and  negative 
upon  the  question  or  questions. 

125.  Subsection  2  of  section  34  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  persons  qualified  to  sign  a  petition  pursuant  to 
section  27  or  28  are  the  persons  whose  names 
appeared  on  the  list  of  electors,  as  revised,  pre- 
pared for  the  previous  municipal  election  held  in  the 
municipality  amalgamated  or  municipality  or  part 
annexed,  as  the  case  may  be. 

(3)  The  persons  qualified  to  vote  upon  a  question  or 
questions  are  the  persons  who  would  be  eligible  to 
vote  at  an  election  held  in  the  municipality  amal- 
gamated or  municipality  or  part  annexed,  as  the 
case  may  be,  held  pursuant  to  The  Municipal 
Elections  Act,  1977 . 

126.  The  following  are  repealed: 

1.  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972,  being  chapter  95. 

2.  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Act,  1974,  being 
chapter  32. 

3.  The  Municipal  Elections  Amendment  Act,  1975,  being 
chapter  23. 

127.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1978. 

128.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Elections 
Act,  1977. 


S.  rt) 
r+   en 

2  c 


o 


w 

o 
o 

3 
<-»■  o 

^1 

p   P 
c/1    Ou 


?:S^ 


3    • 

P    ^ 

3  <^ 
o  J;c5 
p   w 

3    O 
O 

a 


o 

O 
CD 

3 

o 
< 

n 

3 

>3 

cr 

•-t 

_l 

ro 

to 

r-f- 

NO 

3 

P' 

s 

a 

" 

(>t5 

-J 

-J 

^ 

O 

< 

tSJ 

(T) 

»>.. 

S 

3 
cr 

e/5 

A. 

Ol. 

CD 

■-1 

00 

I-*- 
3- 

>3 

s 

•     1 

c 

3 

o" 

> 

3 

*5' 

£L 

> 

o 

W 

r-*- 

^ 

o 

r* 

■^ 

o" 

n> 

3 

< 

(/) 

55' 

> 

(T> 

n 

^-^ 

h- » 

SO 

*J 

N3 

BILL  99 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  regulate  the 
Discounting  of  Income  Tax  Refunds 


The  Hon.  L.  Grossman 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  regulate  the  assignment  of  anticipated 
income  tax  refunds  in  return  for  an  amount  less  than  the  amount  of  the 
refund. 

The  Bill  provides  that  the  discounter  must  pay  to  the  taxpayer- 
assignor  at  least  95  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  anticipated  tax  refund. 
This  percentage  amount  may  be  increased  by  regulation. 

The  Bill  further  provides  that  the  discounter  shall  maintain  records 
of  his  dealings  and  file  with  the  Minister  information  specified  in  the  Bill. 
A  notice  for  the  information  of  the  taxpayer-assignor  shall  be  exhibited  by 
the  discounter. 


BILL  99  1977 


An  Act  to  regulate  the 
Discounting  of  Income  Tax  Refunds 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act.  Jf-P- 

(a)  "discounter"  means  a  person,  including  an  agent 
or  broker,  who,  acting  in  the  course  of  business, 
acquires  from  a  taxpayer  the  taxpayer's  right  to  a 
refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the 
taxpayer ; 

(b)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

(c)  "refund"  means  the  amount  which  an  individual  is 
entitled  to  receive, 

(i)  as  an  overpayment  of  the  income  tax  paid 

by  him  or  on  his  behalf  under  The  Income  Tax  ^  f^^p  ^^°' 
Act   or   the   Income    Tax   Act    (Canada)    and  RS.c.  1952, 

,  ,         ^  '  c.  148 

mterest  on  the  overpayment, 

(ii)  as  an  overpayment  of  unemployment  insur- 
ance premiums  paid  by  him  or  on  his  behalf 
under  the  Unemployment  Insurance  Act,  1971  c^8'(Can') 
(Canada), 


(iii)  as  an  overpayment  of  contributions  paid  by 
him  0 
Plan, 


him  or  on  his  behalf  under  the  Canada  Pension  ?^  c.  1970. 

c.  C-5 


(iv)  as  a  tax  credit  under  section  (A  of  The  Income 
Tax  Act,  or 

(v)  as  a  grant  or  refund  under  an  Act  of  Canada, 
Ontario  or  of  any  other  province; 


(d)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

(e)  "taxpayer"  means  an  individual  other  than  a  dis- 
counter who  has  the  right  to  receive  a  refund. 

Mauere  2.  Before  a  discounter  may  acquire  from  a  taxpayer  the 

specified  by  right  to  receive  a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due 
to  the  taxpayer,  the  discounter  shall  specify  in  writing  to  the 
taxpayer  the  terms  of  the  acquisition  including, 

(a)  the  amount  of  the  refund  that  the  discounter  believes 
is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the  taxpayer; 

(6)  the  amount  to  be  paid  by  the  discounter  for  the 
refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due;  and 

(c)  the  difference  between  the  amounts  referred  to  in 
clauses  a  and  b,  which  is  the  amount  that  the  tax- 
payer will  forego  as  a  result  of  the  discounting 
agreement. 

Maximum  3^  Nq  acquisition  by  a  discounter  of  a  right  to  receive  a 

refund  from  a  taxpayer  shall  be  valid  if  the  actual  con- 
sideration given  for  the  right  by  the  discounter  to  the  tax- 
payer is  less  than  95  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  refund 
which  is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the  taxpayer,  or  such 
greater  amount  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

wvice^°'^  4.  No  discounter  shall  make  an  unreasonable  charge  for 

any  service,  including  the  completing  of  the  income  tax 
return  of  a  taxpayer,  and,  in  determining  whether  a  charge 
is  unreasonable,  consideration  shall  be  given  to  the  time  spent 
completing  the  return  and  the  complexity  of  the  return  and 
the  necessity  of  the  service  to  facilitate  the  taxpayer  receiving 
a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due. 

eSsl""*^         5.  Where,  in  respect  of  a  taxpayer,  a  discounter  receives 
payment       an  amount  which  exceeds  the  amount  referred  to  in  clause  a 
of  section  2, 


(a)  the  excess  amount  shall  be  remitted  forthwith  by 
the  discounter  to  the  taxpayer;  or 

(6)  if  the  discounter  is  not  able  to  locate  the  taxpayer 
and  remit  the  excess  to  the  taxpayer,  the  discounter 
shall,  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  of  receipt 
of  the  excess,  remit  the  excess  to  the  Receiver  General 
of  Canada  to  be  credited  to  the  taxpayer's  account. 


e.  The  taxpayer  may  recover  from  the  discounter  as  a  Recovery 

01  6XCGSS 

simple  contract  debt  the  excess  amount  required  to  be  paid  payment 
by  section  5  which  has  not  been  paid  by  the  discounter  as 
required  by  section  5. 

7.  A  discounter  shall,  by  the  31st  day  of  July  of  each  ^^^^^^ 
year,  file  with  the  Minister  in  the  prescribed  form,  discounter 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  each  taxpayer  whose  refund 
was  acquired ; 

{b)  the  amount  of  the  refund ; 

(c)  the  amount  that  was  paid  to  the  taxpayer ;  and 

{d)  the    amount    actually    received    by    the    discounter 
pursuant  to  the  refund  acquired, 

for  the  year  ending  with  the  30th  day  of  June. 

8.  Every  discounter  who  acquires   from   a  taxpayer  the  f°^l^^ 
right  to  receive  a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due  posted 
shall  keep  posted  in  a  prominent  location  on  his  business 
premises  a  notice  informing  the  taxpayer  of  the  provisions  of 

this  Act,  and  the  form  and  wording  of  the  notice  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

9.  The  discounter  shall  retain  in  his  place  of  business  ^®,g°'''^^ 
proper  records  and  books  of  account  showing  moneys  kept  by 
disbursed  and  received,  the  name  of  every  person  who  has 

had  his  return  or  right  to  a  return  acquired  by  a  discounter, 
and  the  last  known  address  of  every  such  person. 

10. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  this  Act  or  the  Penalty 
regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 

(2)  Where    a    person    is    convicted    of    an    offence    under  ^lon^n"^* 
section  4  or  5,  the  provincial  judge  making  the  conviction  addition 
shall,    in    addition    to    the    fine   imposed   pursuant    to   sub- 
section 1,  order  that  the  person  convicted  pay  the  taxpayer 

any  amount  that  the  provincial  judge  finds  is  owing  to  the 
taxpayer. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  ^t^'^®'"^- 
Act  or  the  regulations,  an  officer,  director  or  agent  of  the  nabie 
corporation  or  a  person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such  capacity 

who  authorizes,  permits  or  acquiesces  in  the  contravention 
is  a  party  to  and  guilty  of  the  offence  and  is  liable  on  con- 
viction to  the  penalty  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or 
not  the  corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted. 


Onosof  (4)  In  determining  whether  for  the  purposes  of  subsec- 

^"***  tion  3  an  officer,  director  or  agent  of  the  corporation  or  a 

person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such  capacity  authorized, 
p)ermitted  or  acquiesced  in  the  contravention  of  any  pro- 
vision of  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  it  shall  be  for  the  officer, 
director  or  agent  or  person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such 
capacity  to  prove  that  he  did  not  authorize,  p>ermit  or 
acquiesce  in  the  contravention. 

c^ermay  (5)  An  Order  for  payment  under  subsection  2  may  be  filed 
by  the  taxpayer  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  and 
thereupon  the  order  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  order  of  that 
court  for  the  purposes  of  enforcement. 

Regulations  1 1 .  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  requiring  that  the  discounter  file  with  the  Minister, 
copies  of  all  agreements,  forms  and  other  docu- 
ments that  he  intends  to  use  in  acting  as  a  dis- 
counter ; 

(6)  prescribing  anything  that  by  this  Act  is  to  be 
prescribed ; 

(c)  prescribing  the  form  and  wording  of  notice  required 
by  section  8  and  the  manner  of  exhibiting  the 
notice ; 

(d)  prescribing  the  percentage  amount  of  the  con- 
sideration in  respect  of  an  assignment  of  a  refund 
for  the  purposes  of  section  3 ;  and 

{e)  exempting  any  class  of  persons  from  the  provisions 
of  this  Act. 

me?t"*°*^*  12.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives 
Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  13,  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Income  Tax  Dis- 
counters Act,  1977. 


o 


bo 


o  K 

i-K    W 

P  X 

3    C 

pj.  3  r 

EI.  O)     • 
cr    g    W 

il 

fD 
i-» 
O 

P* 


Oj 


Si 
Si- 


'Z 
o 
< 

3 

OO 


o 
■^ 
^ 


>3 

Oi 


C/) 

o 

o 

C 

3 

> 

3 

5' 

QTQ 

> 

O 

o 

<-K 

r-h 

3 

o 

o 

►1 

o 

n> 

3 

0"5 

CD 

pT 

H 

CD 

X 

i-t- 

3- 

?d 

n> 

(T> 

>-K 

c 

3 

a 

BILL  99  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  regulate  the 
Discounting  of  Income  Tax  Refunds 


The  Hon.  L.  Grossman 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  regulate  the  assignment  of  anticipated 
income  tax  refunds  in  return  for  an  amount  less  than  the  amount  of  the 
refund. 

The  Bill  provides  that  the  discounter  must  pay  to  the  taxpayer- 
assignor  at  least  95  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  anticipated  tax  refund. 
This  percentage  amount  may  be  increased  by  regulation. 

The  Bill  further  provides  that  the  discounter  shall  maintain  records 
of  his  dealings  and  file  with  the  Minister  information  specified  in  the  Bill. 
A  notice  for  the  information  of  the  taxpayer-assignor  shall  be  exhibited  by 
the  discounter. 


BILL  99  1977 


An  Act  to  regulate  the 
Discounting  of  Income  Tax  Refunds 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  gte^-P^- 

{a)  "discounter"  means  a  person,  including  an  agent 
or  broker,  who,  acting  in  the  course  of  business, 
acquires  from  a  taxpayer  the  taxpayer's  right  to  a 
refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the 
taxpayer ; 

(b)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

(c)  "refund"  means  the  amount  which  an  individual  is 
entitled  to  receive, 

(i)  as  an  overpayment  of  the  income  tax  paid 

by  him  or  on  his  behalf  under  The  Income  Tax  ^  ff^  ^^''°' 
Act   or   the   Income   Tax  Act   (Canada)   and  RS.c.  1952, 

,  ^  '  c.  148 

mterest  on  the  overpayment, 

(ii)  as  an  overpayment  of  unemployment  insur- 
ance premiums  paid  by  him  or  on  his  behalf 
under  the  Unemployment  Insurance  Act,  1971  ^^^Jo^n) 
(Canada), 


(iii)  as  an  overpayment  of  contributions  paid  by 
him  0 
Plan, 


him  or  on  his  behalf  under  the  Canada  Pension  ^  s.c.  1970, 

c.  C-5 


(iv)  as  a  tax  credit  under  section  66  of  The  Income 
Tax  Act,  or 

(v)  as  a  grant  or  refund  under  an  Act  of  Canada, 
Ontario  or  of  any  other  province; 


{d)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

(e)  "taxpayer"  means  an  individual  other  than  a  dis- 
counter who  has  the  right  to  receive  a  refund. 

M^»™  2.  Before  a  discounter  may  acquire  from  a  taxpayer  the 

specified  by    right  to  receive  a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due 

discounter  ,  it  in  t- 

to  the  taxpayer,  the  discounter  shall  specify  in  writing  to  the 
taxpayer  the  terms  of  the  acquisition  including, 

{a)  the  amount  of  the  refund  that  the  discounter  believes 
is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the  taxpayer; 

{b)  the  amount  to  be  paid  by  the  discounter  for  the 
refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due;  and 

(f)  the  difference  between  the  amounts  referred  to  in 
clauses  a  and  b,  which  is  the  amount  that  the  tax- 
payer will  forego  as  a  result  of  the  discounting 
agreement. 

discount"  ^*  "^^  acquisition  by  a  discounter  of  a  right  to  receive  a 

refund  from  a  taxpayer  shall  be  valid  if  the  actual  con- 
sideration given  for  the  right  by  the  discounter  to  the  tax- 
payer is  less  than  95  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  refund 
which  is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the  taxpayer,  or  such 
greater  amount  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

se^ce^""^  4.  No  discounter  shall  make  an  unreasonable  charge  for 
any  service,  including  the  completing  of  the  income  tax 
return  of  a  taxpayer,  and,  in  determining  whether  a  charge 
is  unreasonable,  consideration  shall  be  given  to  the  time  spent 
completing  the  return  and  the  complexity  of  the  return  and 
the  necessity  of  the  service  to  facilitate  the  taxpayer  receiving 
a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due. 

McTss""^         5.  Where,  in  respect  of  a  taxpayer,  a  discounter  receives 
payment       an  amount  which  exceeds  the  amount  referred  to  in  clause  a 
of  section  2, 

(a)  the  excess  amount  shall  be  remitted  forthwith  by 
the  discounter  to  the  taxpayer ;  or 

(6)  if  the  discounter  is  not  able  to  locate  the  taxpayer 
and  remit  the  excess  to  the  taxpayer,  the  discounter 
shall,  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  of  receipt 
of  the  excess,  remit  the  excess  to  the  Receiver  General 
of  Canada  to  be  credited  to  the  taxpayer's  account. 


6.  The  taxpayer  may  recover  from  the  discounter  as  a  Recovery 

r    J  J  .  .      of  excess 

simple  contract  debt  the  excess  amount  required  to  be  paid  payment 
by  section  5  which  has  not  been  paid  by  the  discounter  as 
required  by  section  5. 

7.  A  discounter  shall,  by  the  31st  day  of  July  of  each  ^^^^^ 
year,  file  with  the  Minister  in  the  prescribed  form,  discounter 

{a)  the  name  and  address  of  each  taxpayer  whose  refund 
was  acquired ; 

(6)  the  amount  of  the  refund ; 

(c)  the  amount  that  was  paid  to  the  taxpayer;  and 

{d)  the    amount    actually    received    by    the    discounter 
pursuant  to  the  refund  acquired, 

for  the  year  ending  with  the  30th  day  of  June. 

8.  Every  discounter  who  acquires   from  a  taxpayer  the  ^°^^^ 
right  to  receive  a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due  posted 
shall  keep  posted  in  a  prominent  location  on  his  business 
premises  a  notice  informing  the  taxpayer  of  the  provisions  of 

this  Act,  and  the  form  and  wording  of  the  notice  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

9.  The   discounter  shall   retain   in   his   place   of  business  ^^^e^*^^ 
proper    records    and    books    of    account    showing    moneys  kept  by 

QiscouritjGr 

disbursed  and  received,  the  name  of  every  person  who  has 
had  his  return  or  right  to  a  return  acquired  by  a  discounter, 
and  the  last  known  address  of  every  such  person. 

lO. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  this  Act  or  the  Penalty 
regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 

(2)  Where    a    person    is    convicted    of    an    offence    under  compensa- 
section  4  or  5,  the  provincial  judge  making  the  conviction  addition 
shall,    in    addition    to   the    fine   imposed   pursuant    to   sub- 
section 1,  order  that  the  person  convicted  pay  the  taxpayer 

any  amount  that  the  provincial  judge  finds  is  owing  to  the 
taxpayer. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  ^^^°®"* 
Act  or  the  regulations,  an  officer,  director  or  agent  of  the  liable 
corporation  or  a  person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such  capacity 

who  authorizes,  p>ermits  or  acquiesces  in  the  contravention 
is  a  party  to  and  guilty  of  the  offence  and  is  liable  on  con- 
viction to  the  penalty  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or 
not  the  corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted. 


onusof  (4)  In  determining  whether  for  the   purposes  of  subsec- 

tion 3  an  officer,  director  or  agent  of  the  corporation  or  a 
person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such  capacity  authorized, 
permitted  or  acquiesced  in  the  contravention  of  any  pro- 
vision of  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  it  shall  be  for  the  officer, 
director  or  agent  or  person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such 
capacity  to  prove  that  he  did  not  authorize,  permit  or 
acquiesce  in  the  contravention. 

boflted"*^  (5)  An  order  for  payment  under  subsection  2  may  be  filed 
by  the  taxpayer  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  and 
thereupon  the  order  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  order  of  that 
court  for  the  purposes  of  enforcement. 

Regruiations  n.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  requiring  that  the  discounter  file  with  the  Minister, 
copies  of  all  agreements,  forms  and  other  docu- 
ments that  he  intends  to  use  in  acting  as  a  dis- 
counter ; 

{b)  prescribing  anything  that  by  this  Act  is  to  be 
prescribed ; 

(c)  prescribing  the  form  and  wording  of  notice  required 
by  section  8  and  the  manner  of  exhibiting  the 
notice;  and 


Commence- 
ment 


{d)  prescribing  the  percentage  amount  of  the  con- 
sideration in  respect  of  an  assignment  of  a  refund 
for  the  purposes  of  section  3. 

12.  This   Act   comes   into   force   on   the   day   it   receives 
Royal  Assent. 


Short  title 


13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is   The  Income  Tax  Dis- 
counters Act,  1977. 


«> 

«> 

^ 

o 

-^ 

»> 

^*fc. 

C/> 

r 

& 

r 

5' 

55' 
<->■ 

5  H 
o  w 

pj.  3  r 
'^  .3  2 

3  i 

3 
ft> 
•-I 
o 


:zj 

'Z 

o 

o 

< 

< 

Co 

3 

3 

Co 

Sl 

cr 

ft. 

cr 

'^ 

?y 

•-t 

^ 

•-1 

a 

«> 

& 

^■^ 

S) 

00 

§ 

5^ 

^ 

^ 

ft. 

w 

o 

O 

c 

3 
1-*- 

> 

3 

5' 

(TO 

> 

O 

o 

"+> 

r-t- 

3 

O 

o 

"-t 

O 

n> 

3 

orq 

c 

O) 

pT 

H 

X 

(-^ 

:r 

?d 

CO 

(D 

i-K 

c 

3 

a 

i 


BILL  99 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  regulate  the 
Discounting  of  Income  Tax  Refunds 


The  Hon.  L.  Grossman 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  99 


1977 


An  Act  to  regulate  the 
Discounting  of  Income  Tax  Refunds 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act, 

(a)  "discounter"  means  a  person,  including  an  agent 
or  broker,  who,  acting  in  the  course  of  business, 
acquires  from  a  taxpayer  the  taxpayer's  right  to  a 
refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the 
taxpayer ; 

(6)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

(c)  "refund"  means  the  amount  which  an  individual  is 
entitled  to  receive. 


Interpre- 
tation 


(i)  as  an  overpayment  of  the  income  tax  paid 

by  him  or  on  his  behalf  under  The  Income  Tax  ^  fvP  ^^'"'• 
Act  or  the  Income  Tax  Act  (Canada)  and  Rs.c.  1952, 
mterest  on  the  overpayment, 

(ii)  as  an  overpayment  of  unemployment  insur- 
ance premiums  paid  by  him  or  on  his  behalf 
under  the  Unemployment  Insurance  Act,  1971  c^gfca'n) 
(Canada) , 

(iii)  as  an  overpayment  of  contributions  paid  by 

him  or  on  his  behalf  under  the  Canada  Pension  ^  s.c.  1970, 

_ .  c.  0-0 

Plan, 

(iv)  as  a  tax  credit  under  section  66  of  The  Income 
Tax  Act,  or 


(v)  as  a  grant  or  refund  under  an  Act  of  Canada, 
Ontario  or  of  any  other  province; 


(d)  "regulations"    means   the   regulations   made   under 
this  Act; 

(e)  "taxpayer"  means  an  individual  other  than  a  dis- 
counter who  has  the  right  to  receive  a  refund. 


Matters 
to  be 

specified  by 
discounter 


2.  Before  a  discounter  may  acquire  from  a  taxpayer  the 
right  to  receive  a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due 
to  the  taxpayer,  the  discounter  shall  specify  in  writing  to  the 
taxpayer  the  terms  of  the  acquisition  including, 

{a)  the  amount  of  the  refund  that  the  discounter  believes 
is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the  taxpayer; 

(6)  the  amount  to  be  paid  by  the  discounter  for  the 
refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due;  and 

(c)  the  difference  between  the  amounts  referred  to  in 
clauses  a  and  b,  which  is  the  amount  that  the  tax- 
payer will  forego  as  a  result  of  the  discounting 
agreement. 


discount"  ^*  ^°  acquisition  by  a  discounter  of  a  right  to  receive  a 

refund  from  a  taxpayer  shall  be  valid  if  the  actual  con- 
sideration given  for  the  right  by  the  discounter  to  the  tax- 
payer is  less  than  95  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  refund 
which  is  due  or  will  become  due  to  the  taxpayer,  or  such 
greater  amount  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Charge  for 
service 


4.  No  discounter  shall  make  an  unreasonable  charge  for 
any  service,  including  the  completing  of  the  income  tax 
return  of  a  taxpayer,  and,  in  determining  whether  a  charge 
is  unreasonable,  consideration  shall  be  given  to  the  time  spent 
completing  the  return  and  the  complexity  of  the  return  and 
the  necessity  of  the  service  to  facilitate  the  taxpayer  receiving 
a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due. 


fx^cTss**"^         5.  Where,  in  respect  of  a  taxpayer,  a  discounter  receives 
payment       an  amount  which  exceeds  the  amount  referred  to  in  clause  a 


of  section  2, 


(a)  the  excess  amount  shall  be  remitted  forthwith  by 
the  discounter  to  the  taxpayer;  or 

(b)  if  the  discounter  is  not  able  to  locate  the  taxpayer 
and  remit  the  excess  to  the  taxpayer,  the  discounter 
shall,  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  of  receipt 
of  the  excess,  remit  the  excess  to  the  Receiver  General 
of  Canada  to  be  credited  to  the  taxpayer's  account. 


6.  The  taxpayer  may  recover  from  the  discounter  as  a  Recovery 

.         ,  ,   ,         ,  •       1  ,  •  1  of  excess 

Simple  contract  debt  the  excess  amount  required  to  be  paid  payment 
by  section  5  which  has  not  been  paid  by  the  discounter  as 
required  by  section  5. 

7.  A  discounter  shall,  by  the  31st  day  of  July  of  each  ^^^^l^ 
year,  file  with  the  Minister  in  the  prescribed  form,  discounter 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  each  taxpayer  whose  refund 
was  acquired ; 

(6)  the  amount  of  the  refund ; 

(c)  the  amount  that  was  paid  to  the  taxpayer;  and 

{d)  the    amount    actually   received   by   the   discounter 
pursuant  to  the  refund  acquired, 

for  the  year  ending  with  the  30th  day  of  June. 

8.  Every  discounter  who  acquires  from  a  taxpayer  the  ^°^^°® 
right  to  receive  a  refund  which  is  due  or  will  become  due  posted 
shall  keep  posted  in  a  prominent  location  on  his  business 
premises  a  notice  informing  the  taxpayer  of  the  provisions  of 

this  Act,  and  the  form  and  wording  of  the  notice  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

9.  The   discounter   shall   retain   in   his   place   of  business  ^®jg°'''^^ 
proper    records    and    books    of    account    showing    moneys  kept  by 

discouritGi' 

disbursed  and  received,  the  name  of  every  person  who  has 
had  his  return  or  right  to  a  return  acquired  by  a  discounter, 
and  the  last  known  address  of  every  such  person. 

10. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  this  Act  or  the  Penalty 
regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 

(2)  Where    a    person    is    convicted    of    an    offence    under  tio^?n°^* 
section  4  or  5,  the  provincial  judge  making  the  conviction  addition 
shall,    in    addition    to    the    fine   imposed   pursuant    to   sub- 
section 1,  order  that  the  person  convicted  pay  the  taxpayer 

any  amount  that  the  provincial  judge  finds  is  owing  to  the 
taxpayer. 

(3)  Where  a  corporation  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  ^^^°®"'' 
Act  or  the  regulations,  an  officer,  director  or  agent  of  the  nawe 
corporation  or  a  person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such  capacity 

who  authorizes,  permits  or  acquiesces  in  the  contravention 
is  a  party  to  and  guilty  of  the  offence  and  is  liable  on  con- 
viction to  the  penalty  provided  for  the  offence  whether  or 
not  the  corporation  has  been  prosecuted  or  convicted. 


onusof  (4)  In  determining  whether  for  the  purposes  of  subsec- 

tion 3  an  officer,  director  or  agent  of  the  corporation  or  a 
person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such  capacity  authorized, 
permitted  or  acquiesced  in  the  contravention  of  any  pro- 
vision of  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  it  shall  be  for  the  officer, 
director  or  agent  or  person  purporting  to  act  in  any  such 
capacity  to  prove  that  he  did  not  authorize,  permit  or 
acquiesce  in  the  contravention. 

beflted"*^  (5)  An  order  for  payment  under  subsection  2  may  be  filed 
by  the  taxpayer  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  and 
thereupon  the  order  shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  order  of  that 
court  for  the  purposes  of  enforcement. 

Regruiations  n.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
regulations, 

(a)  requiring  that  the  discounter  file  with  the  Minister, 
copies  of  all  agreements,  forms  and  other  docu- 
ments that  he  intends  to  use  in  acting  as  a  dis- 
counter ; 

(6)  prescribing  anything  that  by  this  Act  is  to  be 
prescribed ; 

(c)  prescribing  the  form  and  wording  of  notice  required 
by  section  8  and  the  manner  of  exhibiting  the 
notice;  and 


Commence- 
ment 


(d)  prescribing  the  percentage  amount  of  the  con- 
sideration in  respect  of  an  assignment  of  a  refund 
for  the  purposes  of  section  3. 

12.  This   Act   comes   into   force   on   the   day   it   receives 
Royal  Assent. 


Short  title 


13.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Income  Tax  Dis- 
counters Act,  1977. 


5' 


o  a 
pj.  3  r 

U)    g    » 

il 

o 


?d 


:z: 

:z: 

'Z 

o 

o 
< 

o 
< 

a> 

3 

3 

S- 

a> 

3 

00 

^ 

a. 

cr 

S^ 

cr 

<^ 

CO 
•-1 

So 

>3 

a> 
•-1 

?a 

to 

3 

en 

00 

i-t- 
3* 

1 

flu 

s 

ET 

;i 

.^ 

ona 

"• 

W3 

1— » 

►— ' 

t-* 

o 

vO 

^ 
^ 

-J 

o 
o 

^   > 

(7<3    > 
^    O 


3 

rt) 

p* 

H 
p 

r-t- 

X 

rt- 

tr 

>d 

n 

a» 

i-H 

C 

3 

D- 

BILL   100  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975 


Mr.  McGuigan 


I 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  for  legal  and  technical  assistance  to 
certain  citizens'  groups  in  the  preparation  of  written  submissions  and 
participation  in  proceedings  before  the  Environmental  Assessment  Board. 


3ILL  100  1977 


I  An  Act  to  amend 

^        The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975 

f  TER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
*-  -'-  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
rOllows : 

I'    1.  Section  7  of  The  Environmental  Assessment  Act,  1975,  beings''-    ,  , 
I  chapter  69,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sub- 

t  section : 

I  {2a)  Where    an    unincorporated    association    representing  Assistance 

I  residents  of  a  municipality  in  which  an  undertaking  is  being  citizens' 

i  or  is  proposed  to  be  carried  out, 

{a)  notifies    the    Minister   of   its   intention    to   make   a 
written  submission  referred  to  in  subsection  2 ;  and 

(b)  requests  the  Minister  for  legal  and  technical  assist- 
ance in  the  preparation  of  its  submission, 

the  Minister  shall  arrange  for  such  assistance  to  be  provided 
to  the  association  or  associations  without  cost  from  the  legal 
and  technical  resources  of  the  Ministry  and,  for  this  purpose, 
may  designate  one  or  more  employees  of  the  Ministry  or 
other  person  or  persons  to  give  legal  and  technical  counsel 
to  the  association  or  associations  in  the  preparation  of  the 
submission. 

2.  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thesi^'  .  . 

,,,.,.  JO  amended 

following  subsection: 

(16a)  Where   an    unincorpxjrated   association    representing  Assistance 
residents  of  a  municipality  in  which  an  undertaking  is  being  citizens* 
or  is  proposed  to  be  carried  out  is  a  party  to  proceedings  ^^°^^ 
before   the   Board   and   requests   the   Minister  for  legal   and 
technical   assistance   in   the   proceedings,   the   Minister  shall 
arrange  for  such  assistance  to  be  provided  to  the  association 
or  associations  without  cost   from   the  legal  and  technical 
resources  of  the  Ministry  and,  for  this  purpose,  the  Ministry 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


may  designate  one  or  more  employees  of  the  Ministry 
other  person  or  persons  to  give  legal  and  technical  couns^ 
to  the  association  or  associations  in  respect  of  the  proceeding! 
before  the  Board. 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Asse 


4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Environmental  Assessme 
Amendment  Act,  1977. 


^dV 


1 


Co 


w 

o 
O 

> 
2; 


Ui 

tNO 

>« 

S 

Sv. 

». 

5^ 

>3 

«4 

cri 

s> 

s> 

?i. 

$x. 

«* . 

** . 

^ 

^ 

0^ 

c^ 

o 
< 

3 


a. 
I' 


H 

W 

?  > 

>§  > 

(^  3  2. 

H-  3  O 

re  O- 


U^ 


re 
(/) 

3 

3 


BILL  101  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Petty  Trespass  Act 


Mr.  Eaton 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  remove  requirements  from  the  Act  that 
land  be  enclosed  or  that  land  must  be  posted  before  one  can  be  considered 
a  trespasser.  It  places  the  onus  on  persons  to  ask  permission  to  enter 
another  p>erson's  land  and  increases  the  maximum  fine  to  $1,000  from  the 
present  $100.  It  removes  liability  from  a  property  owner  for  trespassers 
unless  deliberate  intent  to  do  harm  to  the  trespasser  is  involved. 


BILL  101  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Petty  Trespass  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Petty  Trespass  Act,  being  chapter  347  of  the  ^g^^j^^^^^^j 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

1. — (1)  Every  person  who  unlawfully  enters  or  in  any  other  oj^e^ce  of 
way  trespasses  upon  another  person's  land  without  written  trespass 
permission    and    whether    or    not    any    damage    has    been 
occasioned  thereby    is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000. 

(2)  Where  an  offence  under  subsection  1  is  committed  bv '^'■^^p*®!.^^ 

^    '  -'  means  of 

means  of  a  motor  vehicle  or  any  type  of  recreational  vehicle,  motor 

VBuicls 

the  driver  of  the  vehicle,  not  being  the  owner,  is  liable  to 
the  fine  provided  under  subsection  1  and  the  owner  of  the 
vehicle  is  also  liable  to  the  fine  provided  under  subsection  1 
unless  at  the  time  the  offence  was  committed  the  vehicle 
was  in  the  possession  of  a  person  other  than  the  owner  or  his 
chauffeur  without  the  owner's  consent. 

2.  The  said   Act   is  amended  by   adding   thereto   the   following l^^^^^^^ 
section : 

6.  An  occupier  of  land  owes  no  duty  of  care  toward  a^^J^ijier 
person  who  is  a  trespasser  except  the  duty  to  not  create  a 
danger  with  the  deliberate  intent  of  doing  harm  or  damage 
to  the  trespasser  or  do  a  wilful  act  with  reckless  disregard  of 
the  presence  of  the  trespasser. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. ^°^^®"°«- 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Petty  Trespass  Amendment^^o^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1977. 


f<!ii 


Go 


> 

H 
O 


U> 


o 

I-   s 


H 

sr 

n> 

> 

^ 

S 

fD 

<-♦■ 

> 
o 

^ 

t-t- 

-1 

o 

fD 

t/) 

p 

-0 

3 

0) 

C/1 

3 

CL 

> 

o 

i 


BILL    102  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Farm  Products  Marketing  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  Newman 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


I 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     Clause  e  of  section  1  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

(c)  "marketing"    means    buying,    selling,    and    offering   for    sale,  and 

includes    advertising,   financing,    assembling,    storing,    packing  and 

shipping    and   transporting    in    any    manner    by    any   person,  and 
"market"  and  "marketed"  have  corresponding  meanings. 

"marketing"  is  redefined  to  bring  the  definition  into  line  with  current 
marketing  practices  under  the  Act. 


Section  2.     Clause  g  of  subsection  1  of  section  4  of  the  Act  now  reads 
as  follows: 


(/)  The  Board  may, 


(g)  appoint  persons  to  inspect  the  books,  records,  documents,  lands 
and  premises  and  any  regulated  product  of  persons  engaged  in 
producing  or  marketing  the  regulated  product. 

The    amendment    enlarges    the    duties    of    persons    appointed    under 
clause  g. 


Section  3.  Section  7  of  the  Act  now  provides  for  the  production  of 
records,  etc.,  makes  it  an  offence  to  hinder  or  obstruct  persons  appointed 
by  the  Board  in  the  carrying  out  of  their  duties  and  provides  that  the 
production  of  a  certificate  of  his  appointment  by  any  such  person  is 
prima  facie  proof  of  his  appointment. 

The  re-enactment  of  section  7  is  complementary  to  section  2  of  the 
BiU. 


3ILL  102  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Farm  Products  Marketing  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent   of   the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
ollows : 

1.  Clause  e  of  section   1   of  The  Farm  Products  Marketing'  ylc/,  si(e), 
being  chapter  162  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

[e)  "marketing"  includes  advertising,  assembling,  buy- 
ing, financing,  offering  for  sale,  packing,  processing, 
selling,  shipping,  storing  and  transporting  and 
"market"  and  "marketed"  have  corresponding 
meanings. 


2.  Clause  g  of  subsection  1  of  section  4  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  ^^^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{g)  appoint  persons  to, 

(i)  inspect  the  books,  records,  documents,  lands 
and  premises  and  any  regulated  product  of 
persons  engaged  in  producing  or  marketing 
the  regulated  product,  and 

(ii)  enter  on  lands  or  premises  used  for  the 
producing  of  any  regulated  product  and 
measure  the  area  of  land  used  to  produce 
the  regulated  product  or  perform  a  count  of 
the  regulated  product. 

li.  Section    7    of    the   said    Act    is    repealed    and    the    following  ![•'[, 


(i)(5). 

re-enacted 


substituted  therefor: 


re-enacted 


7. — (1)  Every  person  when  requested  to  do  so  by  a  per- Production 
son,  appointed  by  the  Board  or  a  local  board  to  carry  out  etc. 
the  duties  referred  to  in  clause  g  or  h  oi  subsection  1  of  section 


Obstruction 


Certificate 

of 

appointment 


8.8(1), 

amended 


4  respecting  a  regulated  product,  shall,  in  respect  of  tha 
regulated  product,  produce  such  books,  records  and  docu- 
ments and  permit  inspection  thereof  and  supply  extract 
therefrom,  permit  inspection  of  such  lands  or  premises  an< 
regulated  product  and  permit  such  measurement  of  the  arei 
of  land  used  to  produce  the  regulated  product  or  the  per 
formance  of  such  count  of  the  regulated  product. 


(2)  No  person  shall  hinder  or  obstruct  a  person,  appointee 
by   the    Board   or   a   local   board   to   carry   out    the   duties 
referred  to  in  clause  g  or  h  oi  subsection  1  of  section  4,  in  thm  I 
course  of  his  duties  or  refuse  to  permit  him  to  carry  out  hi»  ^ 
duties  or  refuse  to  furnish  him  with  information  or  furnisW 
him  with  false  information.  J 

(3)  The  production  by  any  person  of  a  certificate  of  his 
appointment  by  the  Board  or  a  local  board  under  clause  a 
or  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  4,  purporting  to  be  signed  b^ 
the  chairman  and  secretary  of  the  Board  or  the  local  board,* 
shall  be  accepted  by  any  person  engaged  in  the  producing, 
or  marketing  of  the  regulated  product  as  prima  facie  proo^ 
of  such  appointment. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  bj 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  156,  section  1,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  para^ 
graphs : 

13a.  authorizing  a  local  board, 

i.  to    require    that    a    regulated    product 
produced  on  a  quota  basis, 

ii.  to  prohibit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has 
not  been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing/ 
of  a  regulated  product  or  whose  quota  ha^ 
been   cancelled   from   producing  any  of  th 
regulated  product, 

iii.  to  prohibit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has 
been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing  of  a 
regulated  product  from  producing  any  of  thej 
regulated  product  in  excess  of  such  quota 
and 


IV. 


to  prohibit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has' 
been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing  of  ay 
regulated  product  on  lands  or  premises  iii 
respect  of  which  such  quota  was  fixed  andn 
allotted  from  producing  any  of  the  regulated? 


Section  4. — Subsection  1.  Subsection  1  of  section  8  of  the  Act 
authorizes  the  Board  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  the  matters  set 
out. 

The  amendment  enlarges  the  authority  to  make  regulations  to  provide 
for  the  producing  of  regulated  products  on  a  quota  basis. 


Subsection  2.     Paragraph  21  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  8  now 
reads  as  follows : 

21.  providing  for  the  establishment  in  connection  with  any  plan,  negotiating 
agencies  that  may  be  empowered  to  adopt  or  settle  by  agreement  any 
or  all  of  the  following  matters: 

i.  minimum  prices  for  the  regulated  product  or  for  any  class, 
variety,  grade  or  size  of  the  regulated  product, 

a.  terms,    conditions    and  forms   of  agreements    relating   to   the 
producing  or  marketing  of  the  regulated  product. 

Hi.  any  charges,  costs  or  expenses  relating  to  the  production  or 
marketing  of  the  regulated  product. 

The  amendment  empowers  negotiating  agencies  to  negotiate  rents  for 
lands  rented  for  the  production  of  a  regulated  product. 

Subsection  3.     Subsection   7   of  section   8   of   the   Act   now   reads   as 
follows : 

(7)  Everything  that  is  done  by  a  local  board  under  the  authority  of 
paragraph  13  of  subsection  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  of  an  administra- 
tive and  not  of  a  legislative  nature. 

The  amendment  is  complementary  to  subsection  1 . 


product    other    than    the    regulated    product 
produced  on  such  lands  or  premises; 

136.  authorizing  a  local  board, 

i.  to  fix  and  allot  to  persons  quotas  for  the 
producing  of  a  regulated  product  on  such 
basis  as  the  local  board  considers  proper, 

ii.  to  refuse  to  fix  and  allot  to  any  person  a 
quota  for  the  producing  of  a  regulated 
product  for  any  reason  that  the  local  board 
considers  proper, 

iii.  to  cancel  or  reduce,  or  refuse  to  increase,  a 
quota  fixed  and  allotted  to  any  person  for 
producing  a  regulated  product  for  any  reason 
that  the  local  board  considers  proper,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  fore- 
going, to  cancel  or  reduce  any  such  quota 
as  a  penalty  where  the  local  board  believes 
on  reasonable  grounds  that  the  person  to 
whom  the  quota  was  fixed  and  allotted  has 
contravened  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  and 

iv.  to  permit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has 
been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing  of 
a  regulated  product  to  produce  any  of  the 
regulated  product  in  excess  of  such  quota  on 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  local  board 
considers  proper. 

(2)  Paragraph   21    of  subsection    1    of  the  said   section   8  is  par^2i, 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subparagraph :  amended 

iv.  the  minimum  amount  of  rental  to  be  paid  by 
or  on  behalf  of  a  person  engaged  in  pro- 
cessing a  regulated  product  to  lease  land  from 
an  owner  or  tenant  for  the  production  of 
the  regulated  product  and  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  lease  that  shall  apply  in  respect 
of  the  leasing  of  any  such  land. 

(3)  Subsection   7  of  the  said  section  8,   as  enacted  by  the  "e^enacted 
Statutes   of   Ontario,    1972,    chapter    156,    section    1,    is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Acts  of 

(7)  Everything  that  is  done  by  a  local  board  under  the  ^°^^^^*'''* 
authority  of  paragraph   13  or  136  of  subsection   1  shall  be  Adminis- 


deemed  to  be  of  an  administrative  and  not  of  a  legislative 
nature. 


s.  12. 
re-enaoted 


5.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Producer- 
processor 


12. — (1)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  processor  of 
a  regulated  product  is  entitled  in  his  respective  capacities 
as  a  producer  and  as  a  processor  to  all  the  rights  and 
privileges  and  is  subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a 
producer  and  a  processor. 


Idem 


(2)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  processor  of  a 
regulated  product  shall  be  deemed  to  have  received  in  his 
capacity  as  a  processor  from  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a 
producer  the  regulated  product  produced  by  him  that  he 
processes  and  to  have  contracted  in  that  capacity  with 
himself  in  his  capacity  as  a  producer  for  the  sale  thereof 
upon  the  condition  that  the  regulations,  orders,  directions, 
agreements  and  awards  and  the  renegotiated  agreements 
and  awards  made  under  this  Act  apply. 


Producer 
deemed  to 
be  a 

producer- 
processor 


(3)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them- 
selves, or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are 
members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for 
the  processing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  processor,  of 
any  regulated  product  produced  by  him  or  them,  he  or  they 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  producer  and  processor  or  producers 
and  processors  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2. 


Producer 
and  person 
marketing 
regulated 
product 


(4)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  person  engaged 
in  marketing  a  regulated  product  is  entitled  in  his  respective 
capacities  as  a  producer  and  as  a  person  engaged  in  marketing 
the  regulated  product  to  all  the  rights  and  privileges  and  is 
subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a  producer  and 
a  person  engaged  in  marketing  the  regulated  product. 


Idem 


(5)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  person  engaged, 
in  marketing  a  regulated  product  shall  be  deemed  to  have] 
received  in  his  capacity  as  a  person  engaged  in  marketing] 
the  regulated  product  from  himself  in  his  capacity  as  al 
producer  the  regulated  product  produced  by  him  that  he| 
engages  in  marketing  and  to  have  contracted  in  that' 
capacity  with  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a  producer  for 
the  sale  thereof  upon  the  condition  that  the  regulations,; 
orders,  directions,  agreements  and  awards  and  the  re-j 
negotiated  agreements  and  awards  made  under  this  Act< 
apply.  \ 


Section  5.  Section  12  of  the  Act  now  provides  that  producers  who 
operate  in  two  capacities,  by  producing  and  processing  or  producing  and 
marketing,  are  entitled  to  the  separate  rights  and  are  subject  to  the  separate 
obligations  attributable  to  each  capacity. 

The  amendment  re-enacts  the  section  to  add  provisions  which  deem  a 
sale  to  have  taken  place  where  a  producer  operates  in  such  a  double  capacity 
regardless  of  whether  his  processing  or  marketing  operations  are  carried 
out  by  himself  or  through  the  agency  of  another. 


(6)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them- ^^°^^^®^q 
selves,   or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are  ^^  person 

11,1,  1  r      marketing 

members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for  regulated 
the  marketing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  person  engaged  ^^°  ^^ 
in  marketing,  of  any  regulated  product  produced  by  him  or 
them,  he  or  they  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  producer  and 
person    engaged    in    marketing    or    producers    and    persons 
engaged  in  marketing  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  4  and  5. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  ^"enr^^'^^ 

7 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Farm  Products  Marketing  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


<?1 

o 

Go 


^  w 

>  o 

cfT  '^ 

3.' 

o 
o 


C-o 


50 


'Z 

o 

<; 

t\> 

3 

►«.• 

1. 

Co 

50 

1-1 

So 

<^ 

i_k 

ft 

ft 

Si- 

en 

ft- 

1' 

H 

=r 

p 
■-I 

3  > 

S3 
3' 

> 

n 


BILL  102 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Farm  Products  Marketing  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  Newman 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


3ILL  102  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Farm  Products  Marketing  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

ollows: 

1.  Clause  e  of  section   1   of   The  Farm  Products  Marketing  ^^^.  re^nacted 
being  chapter  162  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 

is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(e)  "marketing"  includes  advertising,  assembling,  buy- 
ing, financing,  offering  for  sale,  packing,  processing, 
selling,  shipping,  storing  and  transporting  and 
"market"  and  "marketed"  have  corresponding 
meanings. 

2.  Clause  g  of  subsection  1  of  section  4  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  %*.^^J^^^^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{g)  appoint  persons  to, 

(i)  inspect  the  books,  records,  documents,  lands 
and  premises  and  any  regulated  product  of 
persons  engaged  in  producing  or  marketing 
the  regulated  product,  and 

(ii)  enter  on  lands  or  premises  used  for  the 
producing  of  any  regulated  product  and 
measure  the  area  of  land  used  to  produce 
the  regulated  product  or  perform  a  count  of 
the  regulated  product. 

3.  Section    7    of    the    said    Act    is    repealed    and    the    following  ^^'^^^j^^^.g^ 
substituted  therefor: 

7. — (1)  Every  person  when  requested  to  do  so  by  a  P^r- ^/"^^g^o^"® ° 
son,  appointed  by  the  Board  or  a  local  board  to  carry  out  etc. 
the  duties  referred  to  in  clause  ^  or  A  of  subsection  1  of  section 


Obstruction 


Certificate 

of 

appointment 


8.8(1). 

amended 


4  respecting  a  regulated  product,  shall,  in  respect  of  that 
regulated  product,  produce  such  books,  records  and  docu- 
ments and  permit  inspection  thereof  and  supply  extracts 
therefrom,  permit  inspection  of  such  lands  or  premises  and 
regulated  product  and  permit  such  measurement  of  the  area 
of  land  used  to  produce  the  regulated  product  or  the  per- 
formance of  such  count  of  the  regulated  product.  j 

(2)  No  person  shall  hinder  or  obstruct  a  person,  appointed 
by  the  Board  or  a  local  board  to  carry  out  the  duties 
referred  to  in  clause  g  or  h  oi  subsection  1  of  section  4,  in  the 
course  of  his  duties  or  refuse  to  permit  him  to  carry  out  his 
duties  or  refuse  to  furnish  him  with  information  or  furnish 
him  with  false  information.  ] 

(3)  The  production  by  any  person  of  a  certificate  of  his 
appointment  by  the  Board  or  a  local  board  under  clause  g 
or  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  4,  purporting  to  be  signed  by 
the  chairman  and  secretary  of  the  Board  or  the  local  board, 
shall  be  accepted  by  any  person  engaged  in  the  producing 
or  marketing  of  the  regulated  product  as  prima  facie  proof 
of  such  appointment. 

4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  8  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  156,  section  1,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  para- 
graphs : 

13a.  authorizing  a  local  board, 

i.  to    require    that    a    regulated    product     be 
produced  on  a  quota  basis, 


n. 


ni. 


to  prohibit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has 
not  been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing 
of  a  regulated  product  or  whose  quota  has 
been  cancelled  from  producing  any  of  the 
regulated  product, 

to  prohibit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has 
been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing  of  a 
regulated  product  from  producing  any  of  the 
regulated  product  in  excess  of  such  quota, 
and 


IV. 


to  prohibit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  ha^ 
been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing  of  a 
regulated  product  on  lands  or  premises  in 
respect  of  which  such  quota  was  fixed  and 
allotted  from  producing  any  of  the  regulated 


1 


product    other    than    the    regulated    product 
produced  on  such  lands  or  premises; 

136.  authorizing  a  local  board, 

i.  to  fix  and  allot  to  persons  quotas  for  the 
producing  of  a  regulated  product  on  such 
basis  as  the  local  board  considers  proper, 

ii.  to  refuse  to  fix  and  allot  to  any  person  a 
quota  for  the  producing  of  a  regulated 
product  for  any  reason  that  the  local  board 
considers  proper, 

iii.  to  cancel  or  reduce,  or  refuse  to  increase,  a 
quota  fixed  and  allotted  to  any  person  for 
producing  a  regulated  product  for  any  reason 
that  the  local  board  considers  proper,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  fore- 
going, to  cancel  or  reduce  any  such  quota 
as  a  penalty  where  the  local  board  believes 
on  reasonable  grounds  that  the  person  to 
whom  the  quota  was  fixed  and  allotted  has 
contravened  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  and 

iv.  to  permit  any  person  to  whom  a  quota  has 
been  fixed  and  allotted  for  the  producing  of 
a  regulated  product  to  produce  any  of  the 
regulated  product  in  excess  of  such  quota  on 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  local  board 
considers  proper.  / 

(2)  Paragraph   21    of  subsection    1    of  the  said   section   8  iSpa^j.^21, 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subparagraph :  amended 

iv.  the  minimum  amount  of  rental  to  be  paid  by 
or  on  behalf  of  a  person  engaged  in  pro- 
cessing a  regulated  product  to  lease  land  from 
an  owner  or  tenant  for  the  production  of 
the  regulated  product  and  the  terms  and 
conditions  of  lease  that  shall  apply  in  respect 
of  the  leasing  of  any  such  land. 

(3)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  8,  as  enacted  by  the  ^e^inacted 
Statutes   of   Ontario,    1972,    chapter    156,    section    1,    is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Acts  of 

(7)  Everything  that  is  done  by  a  local  board  under  the  locai  board 
authority  of  paragraph   13  or  136  of  subsection   1   shall  be  Adminio- 


deemed  to  be  of  an  administrative  and  not  of  a  legislative 
nature. 


8.12, 

re-enacted 


5.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Producer- 
processor 


12. — (1)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  processor  of 
a  regulated  product  is  entitled  in  his  respective  capacities 
as  a  producer  and  as  a  processor  to  all  the  rights  and 
privileges  and  is  subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a 
producer  and  a  processor. 


Idem 


(2)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  processor  of  a 
regulated  product  shall  be  deemed  to  have  received  in  his 
capacity  as  a  processor  from  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a 
producer  the  regulated  product  produced  by  him  that  he 
processes  and  to  have  contracted  in  that  capacity  with 
himself  in  his  capacity  as  a  producer  for  the  sale  thereof 
upon  the  condition  that  the  regulations,  orders,  directions, 
agreements  and  awards  and  the  renegotiated  agreements 
and  awards  made  under  this  Act  apply. 


Producer 
deemed  to 
bea 

producer- 
processor 


(3)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them- 
selves, or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are 
members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for 
the  processing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  processor,  of 
any  regulated  product  produced  by  him  or  them,  he  or  they 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  producer  and  processor  or  producers 
and  processors  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2. 


Producer 
and  person 
marketing 
regulated 
product 


(4)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  person  engaged 
in  marketing  a  regulated  product  is  entitled  in  his  respective 
capacities  as  a  producer  and  as  a  person  engaged  in  marketing 
the  regulated  product  to  all  the  rights  and  privileges  and  is 
subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a  producer  and 
a  person  engaged  in  marketing  the  regulated  product. 


Idem 


(5)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  person  engaged 
in  marketing  a  regulated  product  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
received  in  his  capacity  as  a  person  engaged  in  marketing 
the  regulated  product  from  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a 
producer  the  regulated  product  produced  by  him  that  he 
engages  in  marketing  and  to  have  contracted  in  that 
capacity  with  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a  producer  for 
the  sale  thereof  upon  the  condition  that  the  regulations, 
orders,  directions,  agreements  and  awards  and  the  re- 
negotiated agreements  and  awards  made  under  this  Act 
apply. 


' 


(6)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them- ^^^^^^e^^ 
selves,  or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  thev  are  ^^  person 

.  11111  1  ,.      marketing 

members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for  regulated 
the  marketing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  person  engaged  ^'^°  ^^ 
in  marketing,  of  any  regulated  product  produced  by  him  or 
them,   he  or  they  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  producer  and 
person    engaged    in    marketing    or    producers    and    persons 
engaged  in  marketing  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  4  and  5. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^°™r^°^^ 

7 .  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Farm  Products  Marketing  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


ft- 

H 

a> 

X 

o 

l-K 

X 

> 

o 

QTQ 

5; 

3. 

o 

i^ 

r-t- 

-1 

a> 

2: 

P) 

^ 

3 

S 

O- 

> 

2: 

^ 

o 

o 

a 

0 

0 

0 

O) 

CD 

< 

0 

0 

0 

3 

3 

1 

3 
cr 

n 

Si- 

r-t- 

1— k 

to 

>-l 

ON 

p- 

S3 

1' 

►-1 

p— ' 

cr 

vO 

*o 

I—' 

^ 

^ 

0 

^ 

^ 

^ 
-^ 

H 

cr 

a> 

^ 

P 

•-t 

3 

> 

^ 

3 

•-1 
0 

> 

a 

0 

c 

0 

r-t- 

»-»■ 

0 

C/5 

S^3 

p 

a> 

"-I 

?«r 
0 

3 

0- 

rf- 

5' 

orq 

> 

0 

BILL   103  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  Newman 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     Paragraph  15  of  section  1  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

15.  "marketing"  means  buying,  selling  and  offering  for  sale,  and  includes 
advertising,  assembling,  storing,  distributing,  financing,  packing  and 
shipping  and  transporting  in  any  manner  by  any  person,  and  "market" 
and  "marketed"  have  corresponding  meanings. 

"marketing"  is  redefined  to  bring  the  definition  into  line  with  current 
marketing  practices  under  the  Act. 

Section  2.     Section  1 1  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

//. — (/)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  distributor  is  entitled  in  his 
respective  capacities  as  a  producer  and  as  a  distributor  to  all  the  rights 
and  privileges  and  is  subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a  pro- 
ducer and  of  a  distributor. 

(2)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  distributor  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
received  in  his  capacity  as  a  distributor  from  himself  in  his  capacity 
as  a  producer  the  milk  produced  by  him  that  he  distributes  and  to 
have  contracted  in  that  capacity  with  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a 
producer  for  the  marketing  thereof  upon  the  condition  that  the  regula- 
tions, orders,  directions,  agreements  and  awards  and  the  renegotiated 
agreements  and  awards  made  under  this  Act  apply. 

The  amendment  adds  a  new  subsection  3  to  ensure  that  subsections  1 
and  2  apply  regardless  of  whether  a  producer  acts  as  a  distributor  by  himself 
or  through  the  agency  of  another. 

Section  3.     Section  12  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

12. — (/)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  processor  is  entitled  in  his 
respective  capacities  as  a  producer  and  as  a  processor  to  all  the  rights 
and  privileges  and  is  subject  to  all  the  duties  and  obligations  of  a 
producer  and  of  a  processor. 

(2)  Any  person  who  is  a  producer  and  a  processor  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
received  in  his  capacity  as  a  processor  from  himself  in  his  capacity 
as  a  producer  the  milk  produced  by  him  that  he  processes  and  to  have 
contracted  in  that  capacity  with  himself  in  his  capacity  as  a  producer 
for  the  marketing  thereof  upon  the  condition  that  the  regulations, 
orders,  directions,  agreements  and  awards  and  the  renegotiated  agree- 
ments and  awards  made  under  this  Act  apply. 

The  amendment  adds  a  new  subsection  3  to  ensure  that  subsections  1 
and  2  apply  regardless  of  whether  a  producer  acts  as  a  processor  by  himself 
or  through  the  agency  of  another. 


BILL  103  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of  the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts  as 

follows : 

1.  Paragraph  15  of  section  1  of  The  Milk  Act,  being  chapter  273  s^i^p|r^^i^5^ 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

15.  "marketing"  includes  advertising,  assembhng,  buy- 
ing, distributing,  financing,  offering  for  sale,  pack- 
ing, processing,  selling,  shipping,  storing  and 
transporting  and  "market"  and  "marketed"  have 
corresponding  meanings. 


2.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thesn 


following  subsection: 


amended 


(3)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them-i^^"i 
selves,  or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are 
members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for 
the  distributing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  distributor 
of  any  milk  produced  by  him  or  them,  he  or  they  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  producer  and  distributor  or  producers  and 
distributors  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2. 

3.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  1^^!^^^^^ 
following  subsection: 

(3)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them-i^em 
selves,  or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are 
members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for 
the  processing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  processor,  of 
any  milk  produced  by  him  or  them,  he  or  they  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  producer  and  processor  or  producers  and 
processors  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^°^^®°°®" 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Milk  Amendment  Act,  / 977.  short  title 


o 


to 


ft- 

H 

■I 

o 

H-K 

ffi 

> 

o 

orq 

"Z 

2. 

C 

^ 

<->■ 

c 

1-1 

'Z 

s 

w 

p 

^ 

s 

s 

a< 

> 

z 

o 

o 

p.! 

5: 

o 

< 

3 

54- 

cr 

>3 

1-1 

«i 

1— 1> 

Si 

C/1 

^ 

1— » 
so 

^ 

> 


>  3 


BILL  103 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  Newman 
Minister  of  Agriculture  and  Food 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  103  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

{follows : 

1.  Paragraph  15  of  section  1  of  The  Milk  Act,  being  chapter  273  ^  i. par. i5. 

"    _r  'or  re-enacted 

of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

15.  "marketing"  includes  advertising,  assembUng,  buy- 
ing, distributing,  financing,  offering  for  sale,  pack- 
ing, processing,  selling,  shipping,  storing  and 
transporting  and  "market"  and  "marketed"  have 
corresponding  meanings. 

2.  Section  11  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^  n.  ,  , 

.  .  j^  o  amended 

followmg  subsection: 

(3)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them-i**®'" 
selves,  or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are 
members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for 
the  distributing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  distributor 
of  any  milk  produced  by  him  or  them,  he  or  they  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  producer  and  distributor  or  producers  and 
distributors  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2. 

3.  Section  12  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  1^12.^^^^ 
following  subsection: 

(3)  Where  a  producer  or  producers,  by  himself  or  them-^^®"" 
selves,  or  through  a  corporation  of  which  he  or  they  are 
members  or  shareholders,  or  through  an  agent,  arrange  for 
the  processing,  on  his  or  their  account,  by  a  processor,  of 
any  milk  produced  by  him  or  them,  he  or  they  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  producer  and  processor  or  producers  and 
processors  for  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  ^'^^t"*"''* 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Milk  Amendment  Act,  / 977.  short  title 


5' 
^  w 

>  <^ 

►-1    ■ 

(-+ 
^  ^^ 

o 
o 


o 

o 

o 

O) 

n> 

< 

o 

o 

fD 

3 

Co 

3 

3 
cr 

•-1 

>3 

rt! 
■-1 

>3 

1-1 

1— k 

ON 
f-t- 
p- 

»— ' 

O 

O 

'— ' 

^ 

^ 

o 

--a 

^ 

->4 

> 

==^  > 
<^   o 

^° 

>  3 


BILL  104  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Hospitals  Act 


Mr.  Williams 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  several  requirements  relating  to  the  composition 
of  the  boards  of  public  hospitals.  The  Bill  provides  that  the  number  of 
apf)ointed  directors  who  have  a  vote  shall  not  exceed  one-quarter  of  the 
elected  directors.  In  addition,  the  Bill  establishes  certain  criteria  for  member- 
ship in  a  hospital  corporation  and  guarantees  a  member's  right  to  vote  in  the 
hospital  corporation. 


»LL  104  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Hospitals  Act 

TTER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice  and  consent   of  the 
t^  Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 

dIIows: 

1.   The  Public  Hospitals  Act,  being  chapter  378  of  the  Revised  |-^^^'^.g^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section: 

8a.— (1)  In  this  section,  tatfoS'"^" 

(a)  "local  municipality"  means  a  city,  borough,  town, 
village  and  township ; 

(6)  "locahty"  means  a  territory  without  municipal 
organization ; 

(c)  "resident"  means  a  person  who  is  actually  resident 
in  a  local  municipality  or  locality. 

(2)  Subject  to  section  9  and  the  regulations  under  this  J^o^^d^  j^y 
Act,  the  board  of  a  hospital  shall  be  elected  from  among  members 
the  members  of  the  hospital  corporation. 

(3)  A   person   is   eligible   to   be   a   member  of  a   hospital  EUeribnity 
corporation  if  that  person  is,  ^®™^®''' 

{a)  a  resident  of  the  local  municipality  or  locality  in 
which  the  hospital  is  situated; 

(6)  a  resident  of  a  local  municipality  or  locality 
adjacent  to  the  local  municipality  or  locality  in 
which  the  hospital  is  situated. 

(4)  Where  payment  of  a  membership  fee  is  required  ^or^tpVee'^' 
membership  in  a  hospital  corporation,  the  fee  shall  be  the 

same  for  all  members  and  shall  not  exceed  ten  dollars  per 
annum. 


One  class 
of  member 


Limit  on 

HtafT 

directors 


Conflict 


R.S.0. 1970. 
0.89 


S.9. 

re-enacted 


By-laws 


Idem 


Idem 


Election  of 
directors 


Appointed 
directors 


(5)  A  hospital  corporation  shall  have  one  class  of  member 
and  each  member  shall  have  one  vote. 

(6)  The  number  of  directors,  whether  elected  or  appointed 
who  are  members  of  the  medical,  dental,  nursing  or  ad- 
ministrative staffs  of  the  hospital,  or  who  enjoy  hospita 
privileges  at  the  hospital,  shall  not  exceed  at  any  time 
one-quarter  of  the  number  of  directors  of  the  hospital. 

(7)  In  the  event  of  a  conflict  between  any  provision  oi 
this  section  and  any  provision  of  The  Corporations  Act,  the 
provision  of  this  section  applies. 

2.  Section  9  of  the  said  Act,   as  amended  by  the  Statutes  o 
Ontario,    1972,    chapter   90,    section    8,    is   repealed   and   the; 
following  substituted  therefor: 

9. — (1)  A  hospital  shall  pass  by-laws  prescribed  by  the 
regulations,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister. 

(2)  A  hospital  shall  pass,  amend  or  revise  its  by-laws  an( 
submit  them  to  the  Minister  after  receiving  notice  to  do 
as  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

(3)  No  by-law,  or  amendment  to  or  revision  of  a  by-law 
made  under  subsection  2,  has  any  force  or  effect  until  it  i 
approved  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  upon  th< 
recommendation  of  the  Minister. 

(4)  Notwithstanding  The  Corporations  Act,  a  hospital  may^ 
provide  by  by-law  for  the  election  and  retirement  of  directors,] 
but  the  election  of  directors  shall  take  place  in  each  year  at  an 
general  meeting  of  members  and  the  terms  of  office  of  the 
elected  directors  shall  be  for  a  period  extending  to  the  day 
of  the  general  meeting  in  the  following  year.  £ 

I 

(5)  Notwithstanding  The  Corporations  Act,  a  hospital  may 

by  by-law  provide  for  the  appointment  by  its  board  of  one^ 
or  more  classes  of  directors  and  in  any  such  by-law  th« 
board  may  fix  the  number,  qualifications  and  tenure  or 
office  of  the  directors  in  each  class  and  shall  state  whether 
the  directors  in  each  class  have  voting  rights,  but  where  af 
by-law  provides  an  appointed  director  with  a  right  to  vote, 
the  director  may  vote  in  person  but  not  by  proxy. 


Limitation 


(6)  The  number  of  directors  with  a  right  to  vote  appointed 
by  the  board  shall  not  exceed  at  any  time  one-eighth  the 
number  of  elected  directors  of  the  board.  s  * 


(7)  Notwithstanding  The  Corporations  Act,  upon  the  recom-  ^os^^ta/*^ 
mendation    of    the    Minister,    the    Lieutenant    Governor    in  representa- 
Council  may  appoint  one  or  more  provincial  hospital  repre-  r so.  1970, 
sentatives  to  the  board  of  a  hospital  for  a  term  of  office  of  not  ^  ^^ 
more  than  three  years  and  such  provincial  hospital  repre- 
sentatives shall  have   all   the  rights   and   responsibilities  of 
elected  directors. 

(8)  The  number  of  directors  with  voting  rights  appointed  Limitation 
by    the    board    plus    the    number    of    provincial    hospital 
representatives   appointed   by   the   Lieutenant    Governor   in 
Council  shall  not  exceed  at  any  time  one-quarter  the  number 

of  elected  directors. 

(9)  Members  of  the  board  who  are  members  by  virtue  of  directors 
their  office  shall  not  have  a  right  to  vote. 

(10)  Any  director  who  is  serving  as  an  appointed  director '^'^^^si^^io'^ 
on  the  day  preceding  the  day  The  Public  Hospitals  Amend- 
ment Act,  1977  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  have  the 

rights  and  privileges  attached  to  the  appointment  and  such 
director  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a  member  of  the  board 
for  the  purposes  of  this  section  until  the  term  of  appoint- 
ment expires. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  procla-  ^^^^^^^' 
mation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Public  Hospitals  Amendment  ^^°^^^^^^ 
Act,  1977. 


s 

w 


to 


s: 

o 

< 

3 

C/5 

s^ 

J^ 

cr 

«. 

>i 

>3 

a> 

5:0 

^ 

Si- 

1' 

I— » 

*4 

^ 

H 

tr 

?^ 

o  ° 
'I 

> 
n 


BILL   105  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


I  An  Act  to  establish  the  Ontario  Gommission  on 

Waste  Management  and  Resource  Recovery  Systems 


Mr.  Cunningham 


I 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  the  Ontario  Commission  on  Waste  Management  and 
Resource  Recovery  Systems  to  have  authority  in  matters  concerning 
disposal,  reclamation  and  recycling  of  waste  materials  and  to  provide  aid  to 
local  governments  that  desire  to  develop  waste  disposal  systems  of  their 
own. 


BILL  105  1977 


An  Act  to  establish  the  Ontario 

Commission  on  Waste  Management 

and  Resource  Recovery  Systems 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows; 

1.   In  this  Act,  aSfoT'- 

{a)  "Commission"  means  the  Ontario  Commission  on 
Waste  Management  and  Resource  Recovery  Sys- 
tems; 

(b)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  the  Environment. 
2. — (1)  A    commission    to    be    known    as    the    "Ontario  Com- 

inlssioxi 

Commission  on  Waste  Management  and  Resource  Recovery  established 
Systems"  is  hereby  established. 

(2)  The  Commission  shall  be  composed  of  not  fewer  than  ^^^"^ 
thirteen  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council. 

(3)  The  members  of  the  Commission  shall  be  representative  ^'^®™ 
of  Ontario    Hydro,   the   Ministry   of   the   Environment   and 
business  and  industry  and  representatives  of  business  and 
industry  shall  at  all  times  constitute  a  majority  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Commission. 


3.  Eight  members  of  the  Commission  constitute  a  quorum.  Quorum 

4.  The  objects  of  the  Commission  are  and  it  has  power,      ^n)^'^^^ 

powers 

(a)  to  provide  solid  waste  disposal  and  reclamation 
services  throughout  the  province  including  inciner- 
ation and  landfill; 


(b)  to  develop  procedures  and  establish  plants  for  the 
reclamation  and  recycling  of  paper,  metal,  glass  and 
other  materials; 


By-laws 


Annual 
report 


(c)  to  study  methods  of  marketing  reclaimed  materials; 

{d)  to  provide  programs  of  information  and  technical 
assistance  to  local  government; 

{e)  to  study  alternate  systems  of  waste  disposal,  waste 
management  and  resource  recovery;  and 

(/)  to  enter  into  co-operative  arrangements  for  the 
provision  of  waste  management  and  resource  re- 
covery systems  with  representatives  of  private 
industry. 

5.  The  Commission  may  make  such  by-laws  as  are  con- 
sidered expedient  for  its  constitution  and  the  administration 
of  its  affairs,  and  may  do  other  things  as  are  considered 
necessary  or  advisable  to  carry  out  its  objectives. 

6.  The  Commission  shall  make  a  report  annually  to  the 
Minister  who  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before 
the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing 
session. 


me^t"*°°*"         '^'  T^^^  ^^^  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  g^  fhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Ontario  Commission 

on    Waste  Management  and  Resource  Recovery  Systems  Act, 
1977. 


00 


o 

G 

•z 
•z 

O 
X 
> 


<-0 

Si- 


z 

O 

< 

^ 

3 

05 

Sc 

(T 

'^ 

>3 

•1 

ro 

^^ 

S) 

» 

Cn 

s^ 

g- 

<->■ 

ri. 

tj' 

s 

S' 

Orq 

0^ 

n 
^3 


2-> 


$:^  5)  55 


CD 


(/)  3 

3  ^ 


Si- 


o 

3 


BILL  106  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 


Mr.  Mackenzie 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  reduce  the  standard  work  week  from 
forty-eight  hours  to  forty  hours  and  to  require  employers  to  pay  overtime 
rates  for  work  done  in  excess  of  forty  hours  per  week  rather  than  forty- four 
hours. 

The  sections  of  the  Act  as  amended  by  this  Bill  are  set  out  below  with 
the  amended  portions  shown  underlined. 

Section  1.  Subsection  2  of  section  11,  as  amended,  would  read  as 
follows : 

(2)  Subclause  in  of  clause  a_  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  in  respect 
of  the  salaried  employees  of  an  employer  who  perform  work  of  a 
clerical  or  administrative  nature  where  the  employer  makes  and  keeps 
a  record  showing  the  number  of  hours  worked  by  such  employees  in 
excess  of  eight  hours  a  day  and  forty  hours  a  week. 

Section  2.     Section  17,  as  amended,  would  read  as  follows: 

17.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Part,  and  subject  to  any  schedule 
in  force  under  The  Industrial  Standards  .Act,  the  hours  of  work  of  an 
employee  shall  not  exceed  eight  in  the  day  andfo-ty  in  the  week. 

Section  3.     Section  18,  as  amended,  would  read  as  follows: 

18.  An  employer  may,  with  the  approved  of  the  Director,  and  upon  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  Director  prescribes,  adopt  a  regular  day 
of  work  in  excess  of  eight  hours  but  not  in  excess  of  twelve  hours, 
provided  that  the  total  hours  of  work  of  each  employee  shall  not  exceed 
f^rly  hours  in  a  week. 

Section  4.  Subsection  3  of  section  20,  as  amended,  would  read  as 
follows :  ^ 

(J)  The  issuance  of  a  permit  under  this  section  does  not  require  an 
employee  to  work  any  hours  in  excess  of  those  prescribed  by  section  17 
or  approved  under  section  18  without  the  consent  or  agreement  of 
the  employee  or  his  agent  to  hours  in  excess  of  eight  in  the  day  or  forty 
in  the  week. 

Section  5.  Subsection  1  of  section  25,  as  amended,  would  read  as 
follows : 

(7)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  the  regulations,  where  an  employee 
works  for  an  employer  in  excess  of  forty  hours  in  any  week,  he  shall 
be  paid  for  each  hour  worked  in  excess  uf  forty  hours  overtime  pay  at  an 
amount  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  limes  the  regular  rate  of  the 
employee. 


BILL  106  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1974 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  11  of  The  Employment  Standards  Act,  Ij^inded 
1974,  being  chapter  112,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "forty-four" 

in  the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "forty". 

2.  Section  17  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "forty-  si^. 

SLIT16I1Q6Q 

eight"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "forty". 

3.  Section  18  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "forty-  |jj^|n^g(j 
eight"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "forty". 

4.  Subsection  3  of  section   20  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  Ij^g^^jjed 
striking  out  "forty-eight"  in  the  fifth  Une  and  inserting  in  Heu 
thereof  "forty". 

5.  Subsection   1   of  section  25  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  amended  / 
striking  out  "forty-four"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fourth 

line  and  inserting  in  Heu  thereof  in  each  instance  "forty". 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.    m°e^t"^'^'^^ 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Employment  Standards  Amend-  short  title 
ment  Act,  1977 . 


> 
o 

m 


<-0 


to 


'Z 

0 

< 

3 

?i- 

cr 

'^*- 

>i 

ft 

Si. 

1' 

1— » 

» 

^ 
^ 

1—' 

vO 

-J 

"vi 

H 

0) 

W 
3 

3  == 


en  rt- 
3  p 


> 


4^ 


BILL  107 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Parts  VI  and  VII  of  the  Act  regulate  the  size  and  weight  of  vehicles  on 
the  highways. 

Part  VI  as  recast,  has  all  references  to  weight  restrictions  removed. 
The  weight  restrictions  will  now  be  found  in  Part  VII. 

The  matters  that  remain  in  Part  VI  are  vehicle  dimension  restrictions 
(width,  height,  length),  the  authority  to  issue  special  permits  for  over- 
dimensional  vehicles  and  the  authority  to  make  regulations  in  resjject  of  the 
transportation  of  dangerous  materials.  The  length  permitted  without  a  special 
permit  is  being  increased  from  65  feet  to  68  feet  10  inches. 

Special  permits  issued  under  Part  VI  apply  to  oversized  vehicles  as 
regulated  by  Part  VI  and  to  overweight  vehicles  as  regulated  by  Part  VII. 

Over-dimensional  farm  vehicles  are  excluded  from  the  basic  provisions 
of  Part  VI,  but  authority  is  given  to  deal  with  them  by  regulation. 

Part  VII  now  will  contain  the  overall  weight  restrictions.  The  emphasis 
is  on  axle  weight  requirements  which  relate  to  distribution  of  load  over 
axles  as  opposed  to  gross  loading  on  vehicles.  The  departure  from  the  present 
Act  is  in  the  simplification  in  determining  the  weight  that  may  be  carried 
on  axles  by  eliminating  the  need  for  the  equation  presently  found  in  sec- 
tion 74  of  the  Act  and  by  p)ermitting  the  reduction  of  the  number  of  Tables 
contained  in  the  Regulations. 

In  addition,  there  are  changes  in  the  weights  and  measures  found  in 
both  Parts  to  allow  for  an  easy  future  conversion  to  metric  equivalents. 


BILL  107  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Part  VI  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  f8fS4Y7^oa) 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  re-enacted 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  sections  21,  23  and  24, 
1974,  chapter  123,  sections  17,  18  and  19,  1974,  chapter  130, 
section  1,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  6,  section  8  and  1976, 
chapter  37,  sections  8,  9  and  10,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


PART  VI 

LOAD  AND  DIMENSIONS 

64.  In  this  Part,  Jo^j?™" 

'  tation 

{a)  "over-dimensional  farm  vehicle"  means  a  farm 
tractor,  self-prof>elled  implement  of  husbandry,  im- 
plement of  husbandry,  or  any  combination  of  them, 
having  a  weight,  width,  length  or  height  in  excess 
of  the  limits  provided  in  this  Part  or  Part  VII ; 

(6)  "semi-trailer"  means  a  trailer  designed  to  be  operated 
with  the  forward  part  of  its  body  or  chassis  resting 
upon  the  body  or  chassis  of  a  towing  vehicle. 

65. — (1)  Subject   to  section  66,   no  vehicle  shall  have  a  ^^^ic^^' 
greater  width  than  102  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

{a)  traction  engines,  which  may  have  a  total  width  not 
exceeding  110  inches;  or 

(6)  motor  vehicles  and  road  maintenance  machines, 
operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  municipality  or  other 
authority    having    jurisdiction    and    control    of    a 


width  of 
load 


highway,  where  such  vehicles  are  engaged  in  road 
maintenance,  including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a 
highway. 

(2)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  load  on  a  vehicle  shall  have  a 
greater  width  than  102  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

(a)  loads  of  raw  forest  products  which  shall  not  exceed 
a  total  width  of  102  inches  at  point  of  origin  and  which 
shall  not  exceed  a  total  width  of  110  inches  at  any 
time  during  transit ;  or 

(6)  loads  of  loose  fodder. 


Rear  vision 
mirrors  and 
lamps  not 
Included 


(3)  Where  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  is  equipped  with 
one  or  more  rear  vision  mirrors  that  extend  in  whole  or 
in  part  beyond  either  side  of  the  vehicle,  or  one  or  more 
lamps,  required  by  this  Act,  that  extend  in  whole  or  in  part 
beyond  either  side  of  the  vehicle,  the  amount  of  such 
extension  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  maximum 
width  of  the  vehicle  under  subsection  1 . 


Load 
coveiinf 
mechanism 
not  Included 
in  width 


(4)  Where  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  is  equipped 
with  a  load  covering  mechanism,  extensions  in  the  width  of 
such  vehicle  caused  by  the  mechanism  shall  not  be  included 
in  determining  the  width  of  the  vehicle  under  subsection  1 
where  the  mechanism  does  not  extend  the  width  of  the 
vehicle  on  either  side  by  more  than  four  inches. 


Length  of 
vehicle  or 
combina- 
tion 


(5)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle,  other  than  a  fire 
apparatus,  a  semi-trailer,  or  a  bus,  including  load,  shall 
exceed  the  length  of  36  feet  1  inch  while  on  a  highway, 
and  no  combination  of  vehicles,  including  load,  coupled 
together  shall  exceed  the  total  length  of  68  feet  10  inches 
while  on  a  highway. 


Length  of 
semi- 
trailer 


(6)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  semi-trailer,  other  than  a 
semi-trailer  designed  for  the  carriage  of  vehicles,  shall 
exceed  the  length  of  45  feet  10  inches  while  on  a  highway 
and  any  extension  in  the  length  of  a  semi-trailer  caused  by 
auxiliary  equipment  or  machinery  that  is  not  designed  for  the 
transportation  of  goods  shall  not  be  included  in  determining 
the  length  thereof. 


Length 
of  bus 


(7)  No  bus  shall  exceed  the  length  of  41  feet  while  on  a 
highway,  but  an  increase  in  the  length  of  a  bus  caused  by 
the  addition  of  a  liquid  filled  or  other  energy-absorbing 
bumper  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  length  of 
the  bus. 


(8)  The   council   of  a   city   may   by   by-law   prohibit   the  J^n^J^th^of"*^ 
operation  of  a  combination  of  vehicles  having  a  total  length,  combina- 
including  load,  in  excess  of  50  feet  while  on  a  highway  or  a  vehicles 
portion  thereof  under  its  jurisdiction  designated  in  the  by-law. 

(9)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  including  load,  shall  He^^ht  of 
have   a   greater  height    than    13   feet   7   inches   while   on   a 
highway. 

(10)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of   this   section   is   guilty   of   an    offence    and   on   summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not 
more  than  $500  and,  in  addition,  the  permit  issued  for  the 
vehicle  under  section  6  may  be  suspended  for  not  more  than 

six  months. 

66. — (1)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  p®^™^*^ 
having  jurisdiction  over  the  highway  may,  upon  application 
in  writing,  grant  a  permit  for  the  moving  of  heavy  vehicles, 
loads,  objects  or  structures  in  excess  of  the  dimensional 
hmits  set  out  in  section  65  or  the  weight  limits  set  out  in 
Part  VII. 

(2)  The  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  general,  g^^^^^^j. 
or  may  limit  the  time  and  the  particular  highway  that  may  limited 
be  used,  and  may  contain  conditions  relating  to  the  protection 

of  persons  and  property  from  injury  or  damage  and  the 
municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  may  require  a 
bond  or  other  security  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing 
any  possible  damage  to  the  highway. 

(3)  The    council    of   any    municipality    may,    by    by-law,  J^^g'^^y 
provide  that  a  p)ermit  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  issued 

by  an  officer  of  the  corporation  named  therein. 

(4)  In  the  case  of  a  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  is  required  J^^p'J^itby 
under  this  section  in  order  to  pass  over  a  highway  or  high-  Ministry 
ways  under  the  jurisdiction  of  two  or  more  municipalities  or 

other  authorities,  the  permit  so  to  do  may  be  issued  by  the 
Ministry,  which  permit  is  in  lieu  of  the  several  permits  to  be 
otherwise  obtained  from  the  municipal  corporations  or  other 
authorities,  and  the  permit  may  limit  the  time  and  the 
particular  highway  or  highways  that  may  be  used,  and  may 
contain  any  special  conditions  or  provisions  that  may  be 
considered  necessary  to  protect  the  highways  from  damage, 
and  the  Ministry  may  require  a  bond  or  other  security 
sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing  possible  damage  to 
the  highway. 


Responsi- 
bility for 
damaees 
caused  to 
highway 


Condition 
of  permit 


Penalty 


Over- 
hanging 
load 


Loading  of 
commercial 
vehicle,  etc. 


(5)  The  owner,  operator  or  mover  of  a  heavy  vehicle, 
load,  object  or  structure  in  respect  of  which  a  p)ermit  is 
granted  under  this  section  is  nevertheless  responsible  for  all 
damages  that  may  be  caused  to  the  highway  by  reason  of 
the  driving,  operating  or  moving  of  any  such  heavy  vehicle, 
load,  object  or  structure. 

(6)  It  is  a  condition  of  every  permit  issued  under  this 
section  that  the  original  of  the  permit  be  carried  in  the  vehicle 
for  which  the  permit  was  issued  and  be  produced  when 
demanded  by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(7)  Every  person  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  contrary  to  any  of 
the  conditions  of  the  permit  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 
and  not  more  than  $500  and,  in  addition,  if  the  condition 
contravened  is  in  respect  of  any  weight  allowed  under  the 
permit,  a  fine  shall  be  imposed  as  if  the  person  had  not  been 
issued  a  permit  under  this  section  and  had  been  convicted 
of  an  offence  under  section  72,  73  or  74  in  respect  of  any 
gross  vehicle  weight,  axle  unit  weight  or  axle  group  weight 
in  excess  of  the  maximum  allowable  weights  permitted  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

67. — (1)  Every  vehicle  carrying  a  load  which  overhangs 
the  rear  of  the  vehicle  to  the  extent  of  4  feet  10  inches  or 
more  while  on  a  highway  shall  display  upon  such  over- 
hanging load  at  the  extreme  rear  end  thereof  at  any  time 
from  one-half  hour  after  sunset  to  one-half  hour  before 
sunrise,  or  at  any  other  time  when  there  is  insufficient  light 
or  unfavourable  atmospheric  conditions,  a  red  light,  and  at 
all  other  times  a  red  flag  or  a  red  marker  sufficient  to 
indicate  the  projection  of  the  load. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  or  permit  to  be  operated 
uf)on  a  highway  any  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer 
unless  the  load  that  the  vehicle  or  trailer  is  carrying  is  firmly 
bound,  sufficiently  covered,  or  otherwise  secured  or  loaded, 
in  such  manner  that  no  portion  of  the  load  may  become 
dislodged  or  fall  from  the  commercial  motor  vehicle  or 
trailer. 


Regulations 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions. 


{a)  prescribing  the  manner  of  loading,  and  of  covering 
and  securing  loads  on  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles 
operated  on  highways  or  classes  of  highways ; 


(b)  designating  the  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles  and 
the  highways  or  classes  of  highways  to  which  any 
loading,  covering  or  securing  provisions  are  to  apply ; 
and 

(c)  prescribing  classes  of  vehicles,  highways  and  loads 
for  the  purposes  of  clauses  a  and  b. 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  this  section  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  3 
is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100  and, 
in  addition,  his  driver's  licence  issued  under  section  13  and 
his  permit  issued  under  section  6  may  be  suspended  for  a 
period  of  not  more  than  sixty  days. 

68. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  "lake  J^^^^ia^Jons 
regulations,  of  ,    , 

o  '  explosives, 

etc. 

{a)  classifying  and  defining  explosives  and  dangerous 
materials; 

(b)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  transportation  of 
explosives  and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  by  a  vehicle  on  a  highway ; 

(c)  regulating  the  preparation  and  packaging  of  ex- 
plosives and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  to  be  transported  by  a  vehicle  on  a  highway ; 
and 

{d)  requiring  the  labelling  of  packages  and  containers 
of  explosives  and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  and  prescribing  the  labels  to  be  attached  to 
such  packages  and  containers. 

(2)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection   1   may  adopt  ^"ay^j®*^*'- 
bv  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the  adopted  by 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  necessary  any  code 

or  standard,  or  any  regulation  made  by  the  Government  of 
Canada,  and  may  require  compliance  with  any  code,  standard 
or  regulation  that  is  so  adopted. 

(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence 

and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term 
of  not  more  than  three  months,  or  to  both. 


dimensional  ^^' — ^^^  ^^^  provisions  of  this  Part,  other  than  regulatioi 

farm  made  under  this  section,  do  not  apply  to  over-dimensioni 

vehicles  .  ...  rr  j 

exempt  farm  vehicles. 

Regruiations  (2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  reguU 

tions, 

(a)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  movement  of  over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles  or  classes  thereof  on  a 
highway  or  on  classes  of  highways ; 

(6)  requiring  that  escort  vehicles  or  classes  of  escort 
vehicles  accompany  over-dimensional  farm  vehicles 
or  classes  thereof  on  a  highway  or  classes  of  high 
ways; 

(c)  prescribing  the  types,  specifications  and  location 
of  markings,  signs  and  lights  that  shall  be  carried  by| 
over-dimensional  farm  vehicles  and  escort  vehicles| 
or  classes  of  either  or  both  of  them  on  a  highway* 
or  classes  of  highways ; 

{d)  prescribing  conditions  for  the  movement  of  over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles  on  a  highway  or  classes  ol 
highways  relating  to  the  protection  of  persons  and| 
property  from  injury  or  damage. 

fsfvSi)  2.  Part  VII   of  the  said  Act,   as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 

se-enacted  Ontario,   1973,  chapter  45,  sections  25,  26,  27  and  28,   1974, 

chapter  123,  section  20,  1974,  chapter  130,  section  2  and  1976, 

chapter  37,  sections  11  and  12,  and  1977,  chapter  1,  section  1, 

is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

PART  VII 

WEIGHT 

uffoT"  70.-{l)  In  this  Part, 

{a)  "axle"  means  an  assembly  of  two  or  more  wheels 
whose  centres  are  in  one  transverse  vertical  plane 
and  which  are  transmitting  weight  to  the  highway ;     | 

{h)  "axle  group  weight"  means  that  part  of  the  gross  > 
vehicle  weight  in  pounds  transmitted  to  the  highway 
by  a  two  axle  group,  three  axle  group  or  four  axle 
group; 

(c)  "axle  unit"  means  any  single  axle,  dual  axle  or  triple  f 
axle; 


(d)  "axle  unit  weight"  means  that  part  of  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  in  pounds  transmitted  to  the  high- 
way by  an  axle  unit ; 

(e)  "Class  A  Highway"  means  a  highway  designated  as 
such  by  the  Minister; 

(/)  "Class  B  Highway"  means  a  highway  not  designated 
by  the  Minister  as  a  Class  A  Highway ; 

{g)  "dual  axle"  means  any  two  consecutive  axles  whose 
centres  are  more  than  39.5  inches  apart  and  that, 

(i)  are  articulated  from  a  common  attachment  to 
the  vehicle,  or 

(ii)  are   designed  to  automatically  equalize   the 
load  between  the  two  axles ; 

(h)  "four  axle  group"  means  four  consecutive  axles,  not 
including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor  vehicle 
or  trailer  or  semi-trailer,  and 

(ii)  in    which    the    spacings    between    the    con- 
secutive axles  do  not  exceed  98.5  inches; 

(i)  "front  axle"  means  the  front  axle  unit  of  a  motor 
vehicle ; 

(J)  "gross  vehicle  weight"  means  the  total  weight  in 
pounds  transmitted  to  the  highway  by  a  vehicle,  or 
combination  of  vehicles,  and  load; 

{k)  "over-dimensional  farm  vehicles"  means  the  same 
as  it  does  in  Part  VI ; 

(/)  "semi-trailer"  means  the  same  as  it  does  in  Part  VI; 

(w)  "single  axle"  means  one  or  more  axles  whose 
centres  are  included  between  two  parallel  trans- 
verse vertical  planes  39.5  inches  apart ; 

(«)  "tank-truck"  means  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  to 
which  there  is  attached  or  upon  which  there  has 
been  placed  either  permanently  or  otherwise  a 
closed  tank  having  a  capacity  of  500  gallons  or 
more; 


8 

(o)  "three  axle  group"  means  three  consecutive  axles,i 
not  including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that  do  not   form   a  triple  axle  within   the 
meaning  of  clause  p, 

(ii)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor  vehicle 
or  trailer  or  semi-trailer, 

.  (iii)  in  which  the  spacings  between  the  con- 
secutive axles  do  not  exceed  98.5  inches, 
and 

(iv)  which  are  not  included  in  a  four  axle  group 
within  the  meaning  of  clause  h ; 

[p)  "triple   axle"   means   any   three   consecutive   axles 
that, 

(i)  have  their  consecutive  centres  equally  spaced, 
and 

(ii)  have  their  consecutive  centres  more  than 
39.5  inches  apart, 

and  that, 

•(iii)  are  articulated  from  an  attachment  to  the 
vehicle  common  to  the  consecutive  axles,  or 

(iv)  are  designed  to  automatically  equalize  the 
load  between  the  three  axles  under  all  con- 
ditions of  loading; 

{q)  "two   axle   group"    means   two   consecutive   single 
axles,  not  including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that    are    entirely    within    either    a    motor 
vehicle  or  trailer  or  semi-trailer, 

(ii)  in  which  the  spacing  between  the  consecutive 
axles  is  less  than  78.5  inches,  and 

(iii)  which  are  not  included  in  a  three  axle 
group  within  the  meaning  of  clause  o  or  a 
four  axle  group  within  the  meaning  of  clause 
h. 

byMfSfs^er"  (^)  ^^^  Minister  may  designate  a  highway  as  a  Class  A 

Highway. 


(3)  The   provisions   of   this    Part   do   not   apply   to   over-  dimensional 
dimensional  farm  vehicles.  farm 

vehicles 

(4)  Where    three    consecutive    axles    that    are    articulated  consecutive 
from   an   attachment    to   the   vehicle   common   to   the   con- 
secutive axles  are  not  a  triple  axle  within  the  meaning  of 

clause  p  of  subsection  1  because  their  consecutive  centres 
are  not  equally  spaced,  that  one  of  the  three  consecutive 
axles  that  is  most  remote  from  the  centre  axle  of  the  con- 
secutive axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  single  axle  and  the 
other  two  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  dual  axle. 

(5)  Where  three  consecutive  axles  that  are  not  articulated  ^'^^"^ 
from   an   attachment    to   the   vehicle   common   to   the   con- 
secutive axles  are  not  a  triple  axle  within  the  meaning  of 
clause  p  of  subsection   1   because  their  consecutive  centres 

are  not  equally  spaced,  any  two  of  the  axles  that  are  articu- 
lated from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the 
two  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  dual  axle  and  the  third  of 
the  three  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  single  axle. 

(6)  The   spacing   between    axles    is   the   shortest    distance  f|f^gg^ 
between  the  centre  of  rotation  of  one  axle  and  the  centre  of  axies 
rotation  of  the  other. 

(7)  For  the  purposes  of  Tables  1  and  2,  the  axle  spacing  ^^l^^^ 
is  the  distance  measured  between  the  outer  axles  forming  an  distance 
axle  unit. 

(8)  For  the  purposes  of  Tables  3,  4  and  5,  the  axle  group  i<*®i" 
spacing  is  the  distance  measured  between  the  outer  axles 
forming  a   two  axle  group,   three  axle  group  or  four  axle 
group. 

71. — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle,  Restiictions 

\    I  i  as  to  weight 

on  tiies 

{a)  equipped  with  tires  of  less  than  5.9  inches  in 
width  where  the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width 
of  the  tire  exceeds  504  pounds ;  or 

[h)  equipped  with  tires  of  5.9  inches  or  more  in  width 
where  the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width  of  the 
tire  exceeds  616  pounds, 

shall  be  operated  on  a  highway. 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  this  section,  where  a  tire  width  "fj^^*"* 
has  been  marked  thereon  by  the  manufacturer,  the  width  ascertained 
of  the  tire  shall  be  deemed  to  be  as  so  marked. 


10 


Maximum 
allowable 
axle  unit 
weights 


72, — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination! 
of  vehicles,  unless  exempted  under  the  regulations,  shall  be; 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  the  axle  unit  weight 
on  an  axle  unit,  whether  or  not  part  of  any  axle  group, 
exceeds, 

(a)  for  a  single  axle  with  single  tires,  19,800  pounds; 

{b)  for  a  single  axle  with  dual  tires,  22,000  pounds; 

(c)  for  a  dual  axle,  that  weight  shown  in  Column  2 
opposite  the  corresponding  axle  spacing  shown  in 
Column  1  of  Table  1 ;  or 


Restriction 
of  weights 
allowed 
under  subs.  1 


Idem 


Idem 


Maximum 
allowable 
axle  group 
weights 


(d)  for  a  triple  axle,  that  weight  shown  in  Column  2 
opposite  the  corresponding  axle  spacing  shown 
in  Column  1  of  Table  2. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  the  maximum  allowable 
axle  unit  weight  for  a  dual  axle  shall  not  exceed  39,600 
pounds  unless  the  axle  is  equipped  with  dual  tires. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  the  maximum  allowable 
axle  unit  weight  for  a  triple  axle  shall  not  exceed  59,400 
pounds  unless  the  axle  is  equipped  with  dual  tires. 

(4)  Subject  to  subsection  1,  the  maximum  allowable 
axle  unit  weight  for  a  single  front  axle  shall  not  exceed 
11,000  pounds  unless  the  driver  of  a  vehicle  or  combination 
of  vehicles  produces  verification  in  writing  as  to  the  manu- 
facturer's gross  axle  weight  rating  for  such  single  front  axle, 
and  in  such  case  the  maximum  allowable  axle  unit  weight 
on  such  single  front  axle  shall  not  exceed  the  manu- 
facturer's gross  axle  weight  rating. 

73.  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles,  unless  exempted  under  the  regulations,  shall  be 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  any  axle  group  weight 
exceeds, 

(a)  for  a  two  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in  Column 
2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group  spacing 
shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  3 ; 

(b)  for  a  three  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in 
Column  2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group 
spacing  shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  4 ;  or 

(c)  for  a  four  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in  Column 
2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group  spacing 
shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  5. 


11 

74.  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  o^^f^^TbiT 
vehicles,    unless   exempted   under   the   regulations,   shall   be  gross 
operated   on   a   Class   A   Highway   where   the  gross   vehicle  weights 
weight  exceeds  the  least  of, 

{a)  the  axle  unit  weight  on  the  front  axle,  not  exceed- 
ing the  maximum  weight  permitted  on  such  axle 
under  section  72,  plus  the  sum  of  the  maximum 
allowable  weights  for  all  other  axle  units  of  the 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  as  set  out  in 
section  72; 

(b)  the  axle  unit  weight  on  the  front  axle,  not  exceed- 
ing the  maximum  weight  permitted  on  such  axle 
under  section  72,  plus  the  sum  of  the  maximum 
allowable  weights  for  any  two  axle  groups,  three 
axle  groups  or  four  axle  groups,  or  any  com- 
bination thereof,  as  set  out  in  section  73,  plus  the 
maximum  allowable  weight  for  any  axle  unit  or 
units  excluding  the  front  axle  and  excluding  any 
axle  unit  or  units  which  are  part  of  an  axle  group, 
as  set  out  in  section  72;  or 

(c)  that  weight  prescribed  in  the  regulations. 

75.— (1)  Notwithstanding   sections    72,    73,    74   and   sub-g^^forest 
section    1    of   section    77,    during    freeze-up    the    maximum  allowance 
allowable  gross  vehicle  weight  for  a  vehicle  or  combination  freeze-up 
of  vehicles,  while  used  exclusively  for  the  transportation  of 
raw  forest  products,  shall  be  110  per  cent  of  that  weight  for 
which   a   permit   has   been   issued   for   the   vehicle  or  com- 
bination of  vehicles  in  accordance  with  section  6,  provided 
no   axle   unit    weight,    axle   group   weight   or   gross    vehicle 
weight  exceeds  by  more  than   10  per  cent  that  weight  pre- 
scribed in   this  Act  or  the  regulations   for  such  vehicle  or 
combination  of  vehicles. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "freeze-up"  shall  be  ^^^^ernated 
such  period  of  time  as  designated  by  the  Minister  and  the  Minister 
Minister  may  so  designate. 

(3)  No  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  having  a  weight  Prohibition 
in    excess    of    that    authorized    in    subsection    1    shall    be 
operated  on  a  highway. 

76.  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of  ^  operation 
vehicles  shall  be  operated  on  a  Class  B  Highway  where  theondassB 
weight  upon  one  axle  exceeds  17,600  pounds,  or,  if  the  axles 
are  spaced  less  than  7  feet  10  inches  apart,  where  the  weight 
upon  one  axle  exceeds  12,100  pounds. 


12 


Operating: 
within 
permitted 
weight 

R.S.0. 1970, 
C.392 


77. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  1  of  section  16  of  The 
Public  Vehicles  Act,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles 
having  a  permit  issued  in  accordance  with  section  6  of  this 
Act,  the  fee  for  which  is  based  upon  gross  vehicle  weight, 
shall  be  of)erated  on  any  highway  where  the  gross  vehicle 
weight  exceeds  that  for  which  the  permit  was  issued. 


Permit  to 
be  carried  re 
commercial 
motor 
vehicle 


R.S.0. 1970. 
C.375 


(2)  The  permit  issued  for  a  commercial  motor  vehicle 
and  for  every  trailer  drawn  by  it,  or  a  true  copy  thereof, 
shall,  whenever  the  vehicle  is  on  a  highway,  be  carried  by 
the  driver  thereof  or  placed  in  some  readily  accessible 
position  in  the  vehicle  and  shall  be  produced  when  demanded 
by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for  carrying  out 
the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  The  Public  Commercial  Vehicles 
Act. 


Exception 

to  SUDS.  1 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  and  subject  to  sections 
72,  73  and  74,  where  a  conversion  unit  is  used  to  convert 
a  two  axle  tractor  into  a  three  axle  tractor  and  the  fee  pre- 
scribed in  the  regulations  in  respect  of  the  conversion  unit 
is  paid,  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  to  which  the 
conversion  unit  is  attached  may  operate  on  a  highway  at  a 
maximum  gross  vehicle  weight  of  15,400  pounds  in  excess  of 
the  gross  vehicle  weight  for  which  a  permit  was  issued  for 
the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  in  accordance  with 
section  6  and  the  Ministry  shall  issue  a  receipt  for  the  fee 
so  prescribed  and  paid. 


Receipt  re 
excess 
weight 
payment  to 
oe  carried 


(4)  The  receipt  issued  by  the  Ministry  in  accordance  with 
subsection  3  shall,  whenever  a  vehicle  is  on  a  highway  with 
the  conversion  unit  referred  to  in  subsection  3  attached,  be 
carried  by  the  driver  of  the  vehicle  or  placed  in  some  readily 
accessible  position  in  the  vehicle  and  shall  be  produced  when 
demanded  by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  The  Public  Com- 
mercial Vehicles  Act. 


Weight  of 
loadduring 
March  and 
April 


(5)  Subject  to  section  66,  during  the  months  of  March 
and  April  no  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer,  other  than 
a  public  vehicle,  or  a  two  axle  tank-truck  or  two  axle  truck 
while  either  is  used  as  referred  to  in  subsection  6,  shall  be 
operated  or  drawn  on  any  portion  of  the  King's  Highway 
to  which  the  provisions  of  this  subsection  are  declared 
applicable  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  upon 
any  other  highway  not  within  a  city  or  separated  town, 
where  any  axle  of  such  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer 
transmits  to  the  highway  a  weight  in  excess  of  11,000  pounds, 
and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  declare  this 
subsection  to  apply. 


13 


(6)  Subject   to  section  66,   during  the  months  of  March  "em 
and   April  no  two  axle  tank-truck,   while  used  exclusively 

for  the  transportation  of  liquid  or  gaseous  heating  fuel,  and 
no  two  axle  truck,  while  used  exclusively  for  the  trans- 
portation of  live  stock  feed,  shall  be  operated  on  any  portion 
of  the  King's  Highway  to  which  the  provisions  of  sub- 
section 5  are  declared  applicable  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  or  upon  any  other  highway  not  within  a  city  or 
separated  town,  where  any  axle  transmits  to  the  highway  a 
weight  in  excess  of  16,500  pounds. 

(7)  Subject   to  section  66,   during  the  months  of  March  ^e™ 
and  April  no  vehicle  having  a  carrying  capacity  in  excess 

of  2,200  pounds,  other  than  a  motor  vehicle  or  trailer,  shall 
be  operated  on  any  portion  of  the  King's  Highway  to  which 
the  provisions  of  this  subsection  are  declared  to  be  appli- 
cable by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  upon  any 
other  highway  not  within  a  city  or  separated  town,  where 
the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width  of  tire  exceeds  280 
pounds,  and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  declare 
this  subsection  to  apply. 


(8)  Subsections  5  and  7  do  not  apply  to, 

(a)  a  vehicle  operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  munici 
pality  or  other  authority  having  jurisdiction  and 
control  of  a  highway,  where  such  vehicle  is  engaged 
in  highway  maintenance,  including  the  carriage  and 
application  of  abrasives  or  chemicals  to  the  highway, 
the  stockpiling  of  abrasives  or  chemicals  for  use 
on  a  highway,  or  engaged  in  the  removal  of  snow 
from  a  highway;  or 

(6)  vehicles  used  exclusively  for  the  transportation  of 
milk. 


Vehicles 
exempt  from 
provisions 
of  Bubss.  5,  7 


(9)  In  the  case  of  the  King's  Highway  and  highways  in  ExtenBion  of 
territory    without    municipal    organization,    the    Lieutenant  Kings 
Governor   in    Council   may   declare   the   provisions   of   sub-  etc.  ^^^' 
sections  5,  7  and  13  to  apply  during  any  period  of  the  year. 

(10)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  having  ^p'j®^^^°°  °' 
jurisdiction  over  any  highway  may  declare  the  provisions  of  municipality 
subsections  5,   7   and    13   to  apply   to  highways   under  its 
jurisdiction  during  any  period  of  the  year. 

(11)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ||^j'J}*"°°8 
lations  limiting  the  gross  vehicle  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  weight 
any  class  thereof  passing  over  a  bridge  forming  part  of  the  over  bridge 
King's  Highway  or  a  highway  in  territory  without  municipal 


14 


By-laws 
limiting 
weight 
passing 
over  bridge 


Penalty 


Power  of 
officer  to 
have  load 
weighed 


Production 

of 

inventory 


Power  of 
officer  to 
have  load 
weighed 


Power  of 
officer  to 
measure 
axle  space 


organization  and  notice  of  the  limit  of  the  weights  fixed  by 
such  regulation,  legibly  printed,  shall  be  posted  up  in  a  con- 
spicuous place  at  each  end  of  the  bridge. 

(12)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  having 
jurisdiction  over  a  bridge  may  by  by-law  limit  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  any  class  thereof  passing 
over  such  bridge,  and  the  requirements  of  subsection  1 1  with 
respect  to  the  posting  up  of  notice  apply  thereto. 

(13)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  1,  5,  6  or  7  or  of  a  regulation  made  under 
subsection  11  or  a  by-law  made  under  section  12  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
as  if  he  had  been  convicted  under  section  79  and,  in  addition, 
if  the  conviction  is  for  a  contravention  under  subsection  1, 
the  Registrar  may  suspend  the  permit  issued  under  section 
6  for  the  vehicle  or  vehicles  involved,  and  such  suspension 
shall  continue  until  a  new  permit  at  the  maximum  gross 
vehicle  weight  allowable  has  been  issued  for  the  vehicle  or 
vehicles  and  the  fee  therefor  has  been  paid. 

78. — (1)  Where  a  police  officer  or  officer  appointed  for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  has  reasonable  and 
probable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  gross  vehicle  weight 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the 
limits  permitted  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  a  permit 
issued  for  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles,  he  may 
weigh  the  same,  by  means  of  either  portable  or  stationary 
scales,  and  may  require  that  the  vehicle  or  combination 
of  vehicles  be  driven  to  the  nearest  weigh  scales. 

(2)  Subsection  t  does  not  apply  where  the  driver  of  a  com- 
mercial motor  vehicle  produces  an  inventory  showing  the  true 
gross  vehicle  weight  of  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles. 

(3)  Where  a  police  officer  or  officer  appointed  for  carrying 
out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  has  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  to  question  the  validity  of  any  documents  produced 
in  accordance  with  subsection  2,  or  to  believe  the  axle  unit 
weight  or  axle  group  weight  of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the  limits  permitted  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations  or  a  permit  issued  for  the  vehicle  or  com- 
bination of  vehicles,  he  may  weigh  the  same,  by  means  of 
either  portable  or  stationary  scales,  and  may  require  that 
the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  be  driven  to  the  nearest 
weigh  scales. 

(4)  To  determine  whether  the  gross  vehicle  weight,  axle 
unit  weight  or  axle  group  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  com- 


15 

bination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the  Hmits  permitted  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the  permit  issued  for  the  vehicle 
or  combination  of  vehicles,  the  police  officer  or  officer 
appointed  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  may 
conduct  such  examination  as  is  necessary  to  ascertain  the 
distance  between  the  axles  of  the  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles. 

(5)  Where  it  is  found  that  the  gross  vehicle  weight  of  any  0^^!^  °o 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  that  per-  require  part 
mitted  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the  permit  issued  removed 
for  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles,  the  police  officer 

or  officer  appointed  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this 
Act  may  require  the  driver  to  remove  so  much  of  the  load  as 
is  necessary  to  ensure  compliance  with  this  Act,  the  regu- 
lations and  the  permit. 

(6)  Every  driver  who,  Penalty 

(a)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  1  or  3,  to 
proceed  to  a  weighing  machine  refuses  or  fails  to  do 
so; 

(b)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  5,  to  remove 
part  of  a  load  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  or  to  make 
arrangements  to  do  so;  or 

(c)  obstructs  any  weighing,  measuring  or  examination 
authorized  by  this  section, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

79.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection   1  of  section  71,  sections  72,  73  and  74,  sub- 
section 3  of  section  75  or  section  76  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of, 

(a)  $0.91  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  less  than 
11,000  pounds,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  fine  be  less 
than  $50; 

(b)  $1.82  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  11,000 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  16,500  pounds; 


16 


(c)  $2.73  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  16,500 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  22,000  pounds; 


{d)  $3.64  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  22,000 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  33,000  pounds; 
and 

(e)  $4.55  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  33,000 
pounds  or  more. 


Over-  80.  Every  consignor  of  goods,  or  his  agent  or  employee, 

consignor  who  causes  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  not  owned 

by  the  consignor  to  be  loaded, 

(a)  knowing  that  so  loaded  the  weight  of  the  vehicle, 
or  combination  of  vehicles,  and  load  when  operated 
on  a  highway  exceeds  the  limits  for  weight  in  any 
of  the  provisions  of  subsection  1  of  section  71, 
section  74  or  75,  or  in  the  regulations,  or  in  a  permit 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  77 ;  and 


(6)  intending  that  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles 
so  loaded  be  operated  on  a  highway, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  as  if  he  had  been  convicted  under  section  79. 

Regruiations  gj    fhc  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 

lations, 

{a)  prescribing  maximum  allowable  gross  vehicle 
weights ; 

{b)  designating  classes  of  vehicles  which  are  exempt 
from  the  provisions  of  sections  72,  73  and  74  and 
prescribing  the  weights  applicable  for  the  vehicles  so 
exempted;  and 

(c)  prescribing  markings  to  be  placed  on  vehicles. 


17 
TABLE  1 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
DUAL  AXLE 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 

(Pounds) 

39.5  to  less  than  47.0 
47.0  to  less  than  51.0 
51.0  to  less  than  55.0 
55.0  to  less  than  59.0 
59.0  to  less  than  63.0 
63.0  to  less  than  67.0 
67.0  to  less  than  71.0 
71.0  or  more 

34.000 
37.000 
37.900 
38,600 
39,500 
40,300 
41,200 
42.100 

TABLE  2 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
TRIPLE  AXLE 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

78.5  to  less  than    94.5 

94.5  to  less  than  110.0 

110.0  to  less  than  114.0 

114.0  to  less  than  118.0 

118.0  to  less  than  122.0 
122.0  to  less  than  126.0 
126.0  to  less  than  130.0 
130.0  to  less  than  134.0 
134.0  to  less  than  138.0 
138.0  to  less  than  141.5 
141.5  to  less  than  145.5 
145.5  to  less  than  149.5 
149.5  to  less  than  153.5 
153.5  to  less  than  157.7 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 
161.5  to  less  than  165.5 
165.5  to  less  than  169.5 
169.5  to  less  than  173.0 
173.0  to  less  than  177.0 
177.0  to  less  than  181.0 
181.0  to  less  than  185.0 
185.0  to  less  than  189.0 
189.0  or  more 

43,000 
47,000 
47,800 
48.500 

49,400 
50,000 
50,900 
51,600 
52,500 
53.100 
53,800 
54,700 
55.300 
56.200 

56.900 
57,800 
58,400 
59,300 
60,000 
60,800 
61,500 
62.400 
63.000 

18 


TABLE  3 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
TWO  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

39.5  to  less  than  47.0 
47.0  to  less  than  51.0 
51.0  to  less  than  55.0 
55.0  to  less  than  59.0 
59.0  to  less  than  63.0 
63.0  to  less  than  67.0 
67.0  to  less  than  71.0 
71.0  to  less  than  75.0 
75.0  to  less  than  78.5 

33.100 
35.900 
36.800 
37.500 
38,400 
39,200 
40.100 
41.000 
42.100 

TABLE  4 


MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
THREE  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

78.5  to  less  than    94.5 

94.5  to  less  than  102.5 

102.5  to  less  than  110.0 

110.0  to  less  than  114.0 

114.0  to  less  than  118.0 

118.0  to  less  than  122.0 
122.0  to  less  than  126.0 
126.0  to  less  than  130.0 
130.0  to  less  than  134.0 
134.0  to  less  than  138.0 
138.0  to  less  than  141.5 
141.5  to  less  than  145.5 
145.5  to  less  than  149.5 
149.5  to  less  than  153.5 
153.5  to  less  than  157.5 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 
161.5  to  less  than  165.5 
165.5  to  less  than  169.5 
169.5  to  less  than  173.0 
173.0  to  less  than  177.0 
177.0  to  less  than  181.0 
181.0  to  less  than  185.0 
185.0  to  less  than  189.0 
189.0  to  less  than  193.0 
193.0  to  less  than  197.0 
197.0  or  more 

41.900 
45.000 
46.300 
47.200 
47.800 

48.500 
49.400 
50.000 
50.700 
51.600 
52.200 
52.900 
53.800 
54.500 
55.100 

56.000 
56.700 
57,300 
58.200 
58,900 
59.500 
60.400 
61,100 
61.700 
62.400 
63.000 

19 


TABLE  5 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
FOUR  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 

(Inches) 

(Pounds) 

less  than  141.5 

51.800 

141.5  to  less  than  145.5 

52,700 

145.5  to  less  than  149.5 

53,400 

149.5  to  less  than  153.5 

54,200 

153.5  to  less  than  157.5 

54,900 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 

55,800 

161.5  to  less  than  165.5 

56,700 

165.5  to  less  than  169.5 

57,300 

169.5  to  less  than  173.0 

58,200 

173.0  to  less  than  177.0 

58,900 

177.0  to  less  than  181.0 

59,700 

181.0  to  less  than  185.0 

60,600 

185.0  to  less  than  189.0 

61,300 

189.0  to  less  than  193.0 

62,200 

193.0  to  less  than  197.0 

62,800 

197.0  to  less  than  201.0 

63.700 

201.0  to  less  than  204.5 

64,600 

204.5  to  less  than  208.5 

65.300 

208.5  to  less  than  212.5 

66.100 

212.5  to  less  than  216.5 

66.800 

216.5  to  less  than  220.5 

67,700 

220.5  to  less  than  224.5 

68.600 

224.5  to  less  than  228.5 

69.200 

228.5  to  less  than  232.5 

70.100 

232.5  to  less  than  236.0 

70.800 

236.0  to  less  than  240.0 

71.600 

240.0  to  less  than  244.0 

72.500 

244.0  to  less  than  248.0 

73.200 

248.0  to  less  than  252.0 

74.100 

252.0  to  less  than  256.0 

74.700 

256.0  to  less  than  260.0 

75.600 

260.0  to  less  than  264.0 

76.500 

264.0  to  less  than  267.5 

77,200 

267.5  to  less  than  271.5 

78,000 

271.5  to  less  than  275.5 

78,700 

275.5  to  less  than  279.5 

79.600 

279.5  to  less  than  283.5 

80.500 

283.5  to  less  than  287.5 

81.100 

287.5  to  less  than  291.5 

82,000 

291.5  to  less  than  295.5 

82.900 

295.5  or  more 

83.800 

20 

m°ent"*°*^*"  ^' — ^^^  ^^^^  ^^^'  ^^^ept  subsection  4  of  section  72  as  re-enacted 
by  section  2,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1978. 

"®™  (2)  Subsection  4  of  section  72,  as  re-enacted  by  section  2, 

comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1978. 

Short  title  4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

Act,  1977. 


o 


to 


3_ 

H 

r-t- 

a 

n 

CD 

■I 

w 

O 

3 
3 

O 

H 

o 

c 

p 

3_ 

3 

«— 1 

p 

1-1- 

O 
"-1 

:^ 

o' 

<-^ 

3 

P 

C/5 

3 


I' 


tz: 

o 

< 

(t 

3 

05 

54. 

v 

>i 

r^ 

1— » 

s> 

<-t- 

^ 

c^ 

H 

3* 

O) 

ffi 

> 

3 

cfq' 
3* 

> 

^ 

P 

t-*- 

*< 

o 

H 

p 

•-I 

3 

3? 

3 

o 

a 

> 

o 

< 


BILL   107  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

Parts  VI  and  VII  of  the  Act  regulate  the  size  and  weight  of  vehicles  on 
the  highways. 

Part  VI  as  recast,  has  all  references  to  weight  restrictions  removed. 
The  weight  restrictions  will  now  be  found  in  Part  VII. 

The  matters  that  remain  in  Part  VI  are  vehicle  dimension  restrictions 
(width,  height,  length),  the  authority  to  issue  special  permits  for  over- 
dimensional  vehicles  and  the  authority  to  make  regulations  in  respect  of  the 
transportation  of  dangerous  materials.  The  length  permitted  without  a  special 
permit  is  being  increased  from  65  feet  to  68  feet  10  inches. 

Special  permits  issued  under  Part  VI  apply  to  oversized  vehicles  as 
regulated  by  Part  VI  and  to  overweight  vehicles  as  regulated  by  Part  VII. 

Over-dimensional  farm  vehicles  are  excluded  from  the  basic  provisions 
of  Part  VI,  but  authority  is  given  to  deal  with  them  by  regulation. 

Part  VII  now  will  contain  the  overall  weight  restrictions.  The  emphasis 
is  on  axle  weight  requirements  which  relate  to  distribution  of  load  over 
axles  as  opposed  to  gross  loading  on  vehicles.  The  departure  from  the  present 
Act  is  in  the  simplification  in  determining  the  weight  that  may  be  carried 
on  axles  by  eliminating  the  need  for  the  equation  presently  found  in  sec- 
tion 74  of  the  Act  and  by  permitting  the  reduction  of  the  number  of  Tables 
contained  in  the  Regulations. 

In  addition,  there  are  changes  in  the  weights  and  measures  found  in 
both  Parts  to  allow  for  an  easy  future  conversion  to  metric  equivalents. 


BILL  107  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice  and   consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Part  VI  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  P|i-tvi^^^ 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  re-enacted 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  sections  21,  23  and  24, 
1974,  chapter  123,  sections  17,  18  and  19,  1974,  chapter  130, 
section  1,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  6,  section  8  and  1976, 
chapter  37,  sections  8,  9  and  10,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


PART  VI 

LOAD  AND  DIMENSIONS 

64.    In  this  Part,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "over-dimensional  farm  vehicle"  means  a  farm 
tractor,  self-prop>elled  implement  of  husbandry,  im- 
plement of  husbandry,  or  any  combination  of  them, 
having  a  weight,  width,  length  or  height  in  excess 
of  the  limits  provided  in  this  Part  or  Part  VII ; 

{b)  "semi-trailer"  means  a  trailer  designed  to  be  operated 
with  the  forward  part  of  its  body  or  chassis  resting 
upon  the  body  or  chassis  of  a  towing  vehicle. 

65. — (1)  Subject   to  section   66,   no  vehicle  shall  have  a  ^^101°^ 
greater  width  than  102  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

(a)  traction  engines,  which  may  have  a  total  width  not 
exceeding  110  inches;  or 

{b)  motor  vehicles  and  road  maintenance  machines, 
operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  municipality  or  other 
authority    having    jurisdiction    and    control    of    a 


width  of 
load 


highway,  where  such  vehicles  are  engaged  in  road 
maintenance,  including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a 
highway. 

(2)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  load  on  a  vehicle  shall  have  a 
greater  width  than  102  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

(a)  loads  of  raw  forest  products  which  shall  not  exceed 
a  total  width  of  102  inches  at  point  of  origin  and  which 
shall  not  exceed  a  total  width  of  110  inches  at  any, 
time  during  transit ;  or  • 

(b)  loads  of  loose  fodder. 


Rear  vision 
mirrors  and 
lamps  not 
included 


(3)  Where  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  is  equipped  with 
one  or  more  rear  vision  mirrors  that  extend  in  whole  or 
in  part  beyond  either  side  of  the  vehicle,  or  one  or  more 
lamps,  required  by  this  Act,  that  extend  in  whole  or  in  part  ^ 
beyond  either  side  of  the  vehicle,  the  amount  of  such 
extension  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  maximum  1 
width  of  the  vehicle  under  subsection  1 . 


Load 
covering 
mechanism 
not  included 
in  width 


(4)  Where  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  is  equipped 
with  a  load  covering  mechanism,  extensions  in  the  width  of 
such  vehicle  caused  by  the  mechanism  shall  not  be  included 
in  determining  the  width  of  the  vehicle  under  subsection  1 
where  the  mechanism  does  not  extend  the  width  of  the 
vehicle  on  either  side  by  more  than  four  inches. 


Lengrth  of 
vehicle  or 
combina- 
tion 


(5)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle,  other  than  a  fire 
apparatus,  a  semi-trailer,  or  a  bus,  including  load,  shall 
exceed  the  length  of  35  feet  while  on  a  highway,  and  no 
combination  of  vehicles,  including  load,  coupled  together 
shall  exceed  the  total  length  of  68  feet  10  inches  while  on  a 
highway. 


Length  of 
semi- 
trailer 


Length 
of  bos 


(6)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  semi-trailer,  other  than  a 
semi-trailer  designed  for  the  carriage  of  vehicles,  shall 
exceed  the  length  of  45  feet  while  on  a  highway  and  any 
extension  in  the  length  of  a  semi-trailer  caused  by  auxiliary 
equipment  or  machinery  that  is  not  designed  for  the  trans- 
portation of  goods  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the 
length  thereof. 

(7)  No  bus  shall  exceed  the  length  of  40  feet  while  on  a 
highway,  but  an  increase  in  the  length  of  a  bus  caused  by 
the  addition  of  a  hquid  filled  or  other  energy-absorbing 
bumper  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  length  of 
the  bus. 


(8)  The   council   of  a   city   may   by   by-law   prohibit    the  J^n^^^'^of^^ 
operation  of  a  combination  of  vehicles  having  a  total  length,  combina- 
including  load,  in  excess  of  50  feet  while  on  a  highway  or  a  vehicles 
portion  thereof  under  its  jurisdiction  designated  in  the  by-law. 

(9)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  including  load,  shall  ^^^^^^°^ 
have   a   greater  height   than    13    feet   6   inches   while   on   a 
highway. 

(10)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of   this   section    is   guilty   of   an    offence   and   on   summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not 
more  than  $500  and,  in  addition,  the  permit  issued  for  the 
vehicle  under  section  6  may  be  suspended  for  not  more  than 

six  months. 

66. — (1)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  Permits 
having  jurisdiction  over  the  highway  may,  upon  application 
in  writing,  grant  a  permit  for  the  moving  of  heavy  vehicles, 
loads,  objects  or  structures  in  excess  of  the  dimensional 
limits  set  out  in  section  65  or  the  weight  limits  set  out  in 
Part  VII. 

(2)  The  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  general,  !'|n^aTor 
or  may  limit  the  time  and  the  particular  highway  that  may  limited 
be  used,  and  may  contain  conditions  relating  to  the  protection 

of  persons  and  property  from  injury  or  damage  and  the 
municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  may  require  a 
bond  or  other  security  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing 
any  possible  damage  to  the  highway. 

(3)  The    council    of    any    municipality    may,    by    by-law,  ]^°g'"*y 
provide  that  a  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  issued 

by  an  officer  of  the  corporation  named  therein. 

(4)  In  the  case  of  a  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  is  required  J^rmitby 
under  this  section  in  order  to  pass  over  a  highway  or  high-  Ministry 
ways  under  the  jurisdiction  of  two  or  more  municipalities  or 

other  authorities,  the  pjermit  so  to  do  may  be  issued  by  the 
Ministry,  which  permit  is  in  lieu  of  the  several  permits  to  be 
otherwise  obtained  from  the  municipal  corporations  or  other 
authorities,  and  the  permit  may  limit  the  time  and  the 
particular  highway  or  highways  that  may  be  used,  and  may 
contain  any  special  conditions  or  provisions  that  may  be 
considered  necessary  to  protect  the  highways  from  damage, 
and  the  Ministry  may  require  a  bond  or  other  security 
sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing  possible  damage  to 
the  highway. 


Responsi- 
bility for 
damages 
caused  to 
highway 


Condition 
of  permit 


Penalty 


Over- 
hanging 
load 


Loading  of 
commercial 
vehicle,  etc. 


(5)  The  owner,  operator  or  mover  of  a  heavy  vehicle, 
load,  object  or  structure  in  respect  of  which  a  permit  is 
granted  under  this  section  is  nevertheless  responsible  for  all 
damages  that  may  be  caused  to  the  highway  by  reason  of 
the  driving,  operating  or  moving  of  any  such  heavy  vehicle, 
load,  object  or  structure. 

(6)  It  is  a  condition  of  every  permit  issued  under  this 
section  that  the  original  of  the  permit  be  carried  in  the  vehicle 
for  which  the  permit  was  issued  and  be  produced  when 
demanded  by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(7)  Every  person  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  contrary  to  any  of 
the  conditions  of  the  permit  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 
and  not  more  than  $500  and,  in  addition,  if  the  condition 
contravened  is  in  respect  of  any  weight  allowed  under  the 
permit,  a  fine  shall  be  imposed  as  if  the  person  had  not  been 
issued  a  permit  under  this  section  and  had  been  convicted 
of  an  offence  under  section  72,  73  or  74  in  respect  of  any 
gross  vehicle  weight,  axle  unit  weight  or  axle  group  weight 
in  excess  of  the  maximum  allowable  weights  permitted  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

67. — (1)  Every  vehicle  carrying  a  load  which  overhangs 
the  rear  of  the  vehicle  to  the  extent  of  4  feet  10  inches  or 
more  while  on  a  highway  shall  display  upon  such  over- 
hanging load  at  the  extreme  rear  end  thereof  at  any  time 
from  one-half  hour  after  sunset  to  one-half  hour  before 
sunrise,  or  at  any  other  time  when  there  is  insufficient  light 
or  unfavourable  atmospheric  conditions,  a  red  light,  and  at 
all  other  times  a  red  flag  or  a  red  marker  sufficient  to 
indicate  the  projection  of  the  load. 


(2)  No  person  shall  operate  or  permit  to  be  operated ; 
upon  a  highway  any  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer 
unless  the  load  that  the  vehicle  or  trailer  is  carrying  is  firmly 
bound,  sufficiently  covered,  or  otherwise  secured  or  loaded, 
in  such  manner  that  no  portion  of  the  load  may  become 
dislodged  or  fall  from  the  commercial  motor  vehicle  or 
trailer. 


Regulations 


(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions, 

(a)  prescribing  the  manner  of  loading,  and  of  covering 
and  securing  loads  on  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles 
operated  on  highways  or  classes  of  highways ; 


(b)  designating  the  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles  and 
the  highways  or  classes  of  highways  to  which  any 
loading,  covering  or  securing  provisions  are  to  apply ; 
and 

(f)  prescribing  classes  of  vehicles,  highways  and  loads 
for  the  purposes  of  clauses  a  and  b. 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  this  section  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  3 
is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100  and, 
in  addition,  his  driver's  licence  issued  under  section  13  and 
his  permit  issued  under  section  6  may  be  suspended  for  a 
period  of  not  more  than  sixty  days. 

68.— (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  ^^uiations 

^    '  -^  re  carnage 

regulations,  of 

°  explosives. 

etc. 

(a)  classifying  and  defining  explosives  and  dangerous 
materials ; 

(b)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  transportation  of 
explosives  and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  by  a  vehicle  on  a  highway ; 

(c)  regulating  the  preparation  and  packaging  of  ex- 
plosives and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  to  be  transported  by  a  vehicle  on  a  highway ; 
and 

(d)  requiring  the  labelling  of  packages  and  containers 
of  explosives  and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  and  prescribing  the  labels  to  be  attached  to 
such  packages  and  containers. 

(2)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection   1   may  adopt  ^^^•^■• 
by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the  adopted  by 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  necessary  any  code 

or  standard,  or  any  regulation  made  by  the  Government  of 
Canada,  and  may  require  compliance  with  any  code,  standard 
or  regulation  that  is  so  adopted. 

(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Pen»ity 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence 

and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term 
of  not  more  than  three  months,  or  to  both. 


Over- 
dimensional 
farm 
vehicles 
exempt 


69. — (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Part,  other  than  regulations 
made  under  this  section,  do  not  apply  to  over-dimensional 
farm  vehicles. 


Regulations 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions, 


8.65(1.2.5.6, 
7.  9), 
re-enacted 


Width  of 
vehicle 


Width  of 
load 


{a)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  movement  of  over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles  or  classes  thereof  on  a 
highway  or  on  classes  of  highways ; 

(b)  requiring  that  escort   vehicles  or  classes  of  escort 
vehicles  accompany  over-dimensional  farm  vehicles 
or  classes  thereof  on  a  highway  or  classes  of  high-  ^ 
ways; 

(c)  prescribing  the  types,  specifications  and  locations 
of  markings,  signs  and  lights  that  shall  be  carried  by 
over-dimensional  farm  vehicles  and  escort  vehicles 
or  classes  of  either  or  both  of  them  on  a  highway 
or  classes  of  highways ; 

(d)  prescribing  conditions  for  the  movement  of  over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles  on  a  highway  or  classes  of 
highways  relating  to  the  protection  of  persons  and 
property  from  injury  or  damage. 


2.  On  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  subsections  1,  2,  5,  6,  7  and  9 
of  section  65  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  1  of  this  Act,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

(1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  shall  have  a  greater 
width  than  102-23/64  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

{a)  traction  engines,  which  may  have  a  total  width  not 
exceeding  110-15/64  inches;  or 

(b)  motor  vehicles  and  road  maintenance  machines, 
operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  municipality  or  other 
authority  having  jurisdiction  and  control  of  a  high- 
way, where  such  vehicles  are  engaged  in  road  main- 
tenance, including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a 
highway. 

(2)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  load  on  a  vehicle  shall  have 
a  greater  width  than  102-23/64  inches  while  on  a  highway 
except, 


(a)  loads  of  raw  forest  products  which  shall  not  exceed 
a  total  width  of  102-23/64  inches  at  point  of  origin 
and  which  shall  not  exceed  a  total  width  of  1 10-15/64 
inches  at  any  time  during  transit ;  or 

(b)  loads  of  loose  fodder. 


(5)  Subject   to  section  66,   no  vehicle,   other  than  a   fire  length  of 

^    '  J  ...  vehicle  or 

apparatus,    a   semi-trailer,    or   a   bus,   including   load,    shall  combination 
exceed  the  length  of  36  feet  1-1/16  inches  while  on  a  highway, 
and   no   combination    of   vehicles,    including   load,    coupled 
together  shall  exceed  the  total  length  of  68  feet   10-49/64 
inches  while  on  a  highway. 

(6)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  semi-trailer,  other  than  a  semi-  ^emf-\^aner 
trailer  designed  for  the  carriage  of  vehicles,  shall  exceed  the 

length  of  45  feet  11-11/64  inches  while  on  a  highway  and  any 
extension  in  the  length  of  a  semi-trailer  caused  by  auxiliary 
equipment  or  machinery  that  is  not  designed  for  the  trans- 
portation of  goods  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the 
length  thereof. 

(7)  No  bus  shall  exceed  the  length  of  41  feet  ^  inch  while  ^ength 
on  a  highway,  but  an  increase  in  the  length  of  a  bus  caused 

by  the  addition  of  a  hquid  filled  or  other  energy-absorbing 
bumf)er  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  length  of 
the  bus. 


(9)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  including  load,  shall  ^^1^^^^°^ 
have  a  greater  height  than   13  feet  7%  inches  while  on  a 
highway.  "^Pl 

3.  Part   VII   of  the  said  Act,   as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Pa""!^  vj}, 
Ontario,   1973,  chapter  45,  sections  25,  26,  27  and  28,   1974,  re-enacted 
chapter  123,  section  20,  1974,  chapter  130,  section  2  and  1976, 
chapter  37,  sections  11  and  12,  and  1977,  chapter  1,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

PART  VII 

WEIGHT 

70.-(l)  In  this  Part,  [Ht^^^- 

(a)  "axle"  means  an  assembly  of  two  or  more  wheels 
whose  centres  are  in  one  transverse  vertical  plane 
and  which  are  transmitting  weight  to  the  highway ; 


8 


(b)  "axle  group  weight"  means  that  part  of  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  in  pounds  transmitted  to  the  highway 
by  a  two  axle  group,  three  axle  group  or  four  axle 
group ; 

(c)  "axle  unit"  means  any  single  axle,  dual  axle  or  triple 
axle; 

(d)  "axle  unit  weight"  means  that  part  of  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  in  pounds  transmitted  to  the  high- 
way by  an  axle  unit ; 

(e)  "Class  A  Highway"  means  a  highway  designated  as 
such  by  the  Minister; 

(/)  "Class  B  Highway"  means  a  highway  not  designated 
by  the  Minister  as  a  Class  A  Highway ; 

(g)  "dual  axle"  means  any  two  consecutive  axles  whose 
centres  are  more  than  39.5  inches  apart  and  that, 

(i)  are  articulated  from  a  common  attachment  to 
the  vehicle,  or 

(ii)  are   designed  to  automatically  equalize   the 
load  between  the  two  axles ; 

(h)  "four  axle  group"  means  four  consecutive  axles,  not 
including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor  vehicle 
or  trailer  or  semi-trailer,  and 

(ii)  in    which    the    spacings    between    the    con- 
secutive axles  do  not  exceed  98.5  inches ; 

(i)  "front  axle"  means  the  front  axle  unit  of  a  motor 
vehicle ; 

(j)  "gross  vehicle  weight"  means  the  total  weight  in 
pounds  transmitted  to  the  highway  by  a  vehicle,  or 
combination  of  vehicles,  and  load; 

(k)  "over-dimensional  farm  vehicles"  means  the  same 
as  it  does  in  Part  VI ; 

(/)  "semi-trailer"  means  the  same  as  it  does  in  Part  VI ; 

(w)  "single  axle"  means  one  or  more  axles  whose 
centres  are  included  between  two  parallel  trans- 
verse vertical  planes  39.5  inches  apart; 


(«)  "tank-truck"  means  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  to 
which  there  is  attached  or  upon  which  there  has 
been  placed  either  permanently  or  otherwise  a 
closed  tank  having  a  capacity  of  500  gallons  or 
more; 

(o)  "three  axle  group"  means  three  consecutive  axles, 
not  including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that   do  not   form   a  triple  axle  within   the 
meaning  of  clause  p, 

(ii)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor  vehicle 
or  trailer  or  semi-trailer, 

(iii)  in  which  the  spacings  between  the  con- 
secutive axles  do  not  exceed  98.5  inches, 
and 

(iv)  which  are  not  included  in  a  four  axle  group 
within  the  meaning  of  clause  h ; 


ip)  "triple   axle"    means   any   three   consecutive   axles 
that, 

(i)  have  their  consecutive  centres  equally  spaced, 
and 

(ii)  have  their  consecutive  centres  more  than 
39.5  inches  apart, 

and  that, 

(iii)  are  articulated  from  an  attachment  to  the 
vehicle  common  to  the  consecutive  axles,  or 

(iv)  are  designed  to  automatically  equalize  the 
load  between  the  three  axles  under  all  con- 
ditions of  loading; 

{q)  "two    axle    group"    means    two   consecutive   single 
axles,  not  including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor 
vehicle  or  trailer  or  semi-trailer, 

(ii)  in  which  the  spacing  between  the  consecutive 
axles  is  less  than  78.5  inches,  and 


10 


(iii)  which  are  not  included  in  a  three  axle 
group  within  the  meaning  of  clause  o  or  a 
four  axle  group  within  the  meaning  of  clause 
h. 


Desi&rnation 
by  Minister 


(2)  The  Minister  may  designate  a  highway  as  a  Class  A 
Highway. 


Over- 

dlmenslonal 
farm 
vehicles 


Consecutive 
axles 


(3)  The   provisions   of   this   Part   do   not   apply   to   over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles. 


(4)  Where  three  consecutive  axles  that  are  articulated 
from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the  con- 
secutive axles  are  not  a  triple  axle  within  the  meaning  of 
clause  p  of  subsection  1  because  their  consecutive  centres 
are  not  equally  spaced,  that  one  of  the  three  consecutive 
axles  that  is  most  remote  from  the  centre  axle  of  the  con- 
secutive axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  single  axle  and  the 
other  two  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  dual  axle. 


Idem 


(5)  Where  three  consecutive  axles  that  are  not  articulated 
from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the  con- 
secutive axles  are  not  a  triple  axle  within  the  meaning  of 
clause  p  of  subsection  1  because  their  consecutive  centres 
are  not  equally  spaced,  any  two  of  the  axles  that  are  articu- 
lated from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the 
two  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  dual  axle  and  the  third  of 
the  three  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  single  axle. 


Spacing 
between 
axles 


(6)  The  spacing  between  axles  is  the  shortest  distance 
between  the  centre  of  rotation  of  one  axle  and  the  centre  of 
rotation  of  the  other. 


Axle 

spacing 

distance 


(7)  For  the  purposes  of  Tables  1  and  2,  the  axle  spacing 
is  the  distance  measured  between  the  outer  axles  forming  an 
axle  unit. 


Idem 


(8)  For  the  purposes  of  Tables  3,  4  and  5,  the  axle  group 
spacing  is  the  distance  measured  between  the  outer  axles 
forming  a  two  axle  group,  three  axle  group  or  four  axle 
group. 


Restrictions 
as  to  weight 
on  tires 


71. — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle, 

(a)  equipped  with  tires  of  less  than  5.9  inches  in 
width  where  the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width 
of  the  tire  exceeds  504  pounds ;  or 


11 

(b)  equipped  with  tires  of  5.9  inches  or  more  in  width 
where  the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width  of  the 
tire  exceeds  616  pounds, 

shall  be  operated  on  a  highway. 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  this  section,   where  a  tire  width  ^f^^*""® 
has  been  marked  thereon  by  the  manufacturer,  the  width  ascertained 
of  the  tire  shall  be  deemed  to  be  as  so  marked. 

72. — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  ^f^^^^,^ 
of  vehicles,  unless  exempted  under  the  regulations,  shall  beaxieunit 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  the  axle  unit  weight 
on  an  axle  unit,  whether  or  not  part  of  any  axle  group, 
exceeds, 

(a)  for  a  single  axle  with  single  tires,  19,800  pounds; 
{b)  for  a  single  axle  with  dual  tires,  22,000  pounds; 

(c)  for  a  dual  axle,  that  weight  shown  in  Column  2 
opposite  the  corresponding  axle  spacing  shown  in 
Column  1  of  Table  1 ;  or 

(d)  for  a  triple  axle,  that  weight  shown  in  Column  2 
opposite    the    corresponding    axle    spacing    shown 

.  in  Column  1  of  Table  2. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  the  maximum  allowable  Jf®^*e?°^J°° 
axle  unit   weight   for  a  dual  axle  shall  not  exceed  39,600  auowed 
pounds  unless  the  axle  is  equipped  with  dual  tires. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  the  maximum  allowable  ^^^^ 
axle  unit  weight  for  a  triple  axle  shall  not  exceed  59,400 
pounds  unless  the  axle  is  equipped  with  dual  tires. 

(4)  Subject    to    subsection    1,    the    maximum    allowable  ^*^®"^ 
axle   unit   weight   for  a  single   front   axle  shall   not   exceed 
11,000  pounds  unless  the  driver  of  a  vehicle  or  combination 

of  vehicles  produces  verification  in  writing  as  to  the  manu- 
facturer's gross  axle  weight  rating  for  such  single  front  axle, 
and  in  such  case  the  maximum  allowable  axle  unit  weight 
on  such  single  front  axle  shall  not  exceed  the  manu- 
facturer's gross  axle  weight  rating. 

73.  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of  JjfoiabiT 
vehicles,   unless   exempted   under   the   regulations,   shall   be  *g\^|[^"P 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  any  axle  group  weight 
exceeds, 


12 


Maximum 

allowable 

gross 

vehicle 

weights 


(a)  for  a  two  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in  Column 
2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group  spacinj,' 
shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  3 ; 

{b)  for  a  three  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in 
Column  2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group 
spacing  shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  4 ;  or 

(c)  for  a  four  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in  Column 
2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group  spacing 
shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  5. 

74. — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles,  unless  exempted  under  the  regulations,  shall  be 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  the  gross  vehicle 
weight  exceeds  the  least  of,  ^ 

(a)  the  axle  unit  weight  on  the  front  axle,  not  exceed- 
ing the  maximum  weight  permitted  on  such  axle' 
under  section  72,  plus  the  sum  of  the  maximum 
allowable  weights  for  all  other  axle  units  of  the 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  as  set  out  in 
section  72; 

{b)  the  axle  unit  weight  on  the  front  axle,  not  exceed- 
ing the  maximum  weight  permitted  on  such  axle 
under  section  72,  plus  the  sum  of  the  maximum 
allowable  weights  for  any  two  axle  groups,  three 
axle  groups  or  four  axle  groups,  or  any  com- 
bination thereof,  as  set  out  in  section  73,  plus  the 
maximum  allowable  weight  for  any  axle  unit  or 
units  excluding  the  front  axle  and  excluding  any 
axle  unit  or  units  which  are  part  of  an  axle  group, 
as  set  out  in  section  72 ;  or 


Exception 

to  SUDS.  1 


Where 
subs.  2 
does  not 
apply 


{c)  that  weight  prescribed  in  the  regulations. 


(2)  Where  the  weight  permitted  under  clause  c  of  sub- 
section 1  is  the  least  and  where  the  weight  permitted  a 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  under  this  subsection  as 
it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1977  exceeds  by  1,000 
pounds  or  more  the  weight  permitted  under  subsection  1  on 
or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1978,  the  Minister  may 
grant  a  special  gross  vehicle  weight  authority  permitting  the 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  to  operate  on  a  Class  A 
Highway  at  the  gross  vehicle  weight  set  out  in  the  authority, 
but  no  authority  issued  under  this  subsection  shall  permit 
a  gross  vehicle  weight  in  excess  of  140,000  pounds.  I 

(3)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply,  | 


13 

{a)  in  respect  of  a  single  commercial  motor  vehicle, 
other  than  a  tractor,  which  was  manufactured  after 
the  31st  day  of  March,  1978;  or 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  combination  of  a  tractor  and  other 
vehicles,  the  vehicle  directly  attached  to  the  tractor, 
which  was  manufactured  after  the  31st  day  of 
March,  1978. 

(4)  An  application  for  an  authority  under  subsection  2  shall  f^^^  uthorit 
be  made  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  pre- 
scribed by  regulation  and  shall  be  made  not  later  than  the 

30th  day  of  June,  1978. 

(5)  The   driver  of  a   vehicle   or  combination   of  vehicles  Driver  to 

^    '  ,  .    1  1        •         •  1  produce 

bemg  operated  on  a  highway  under  an  authority  issued  pur-  authority 
suant   to  subsection  2   shall  produce,  when  demaned  by  a 
police  officer  or  an   officer  appointed  for  carrying  out   the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  the  authority  or  a  true  copy  thereof. 

(6)  Every  person  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation  Penalty 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  under  an  authority 
issued  pursuant  to  subsection  2  where  the  gross  vehicle  weight 
exceeds  the  gross  vehicle  weight  permitted  by  the  authority 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  a  fine 
shall  be  imposed  as  if  the  person  had  not  been  issued  the 
authority  and  had  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under  sub- 
section 1  in  respect  of  any  gross  vehicle  weight  in  excess  of 
the  weight  permitted  under  subsection  1. 

(7)  Where  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  for  which  ^^ho^i-jty 
an  authority  is  issued  pursuant  to  subsection  2  is  operated  ^oes  not 
upon  a  highway  while  the  weight  on  the  front  axle  of  the 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  varies  by  more  than  1,000 
pounds  from  the  weight  specified  for  the  front  axle  on  the 
authority,  then  the  authority  shall  be  deemed  not  to  apply. 

(8)  An  authority  issued  under  subsection  2  expires  with  authority 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(9)  The  Lieutenant  Govemor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing, 

(a)  the  manner  in  which  an  application  may  be  sub- 
mitted and  the  information  to  be  provided ; 

{b)  the  conditions  precedent  to  the  issuance  of  an 
authority  pursuant  to  this  section; 


14 


(c)  conditions  attaching  to  an  authority  issued  pursuant 
to  this  section; 


(d)  fees  for  processing  appHcations;  and 

(e)  the  gross  vehicle  weights  to  be  set  out  in  any 
authority  issued  pursuant  to  this  section  and  the 
method  of  calculating  such  weight. 


Raw  forest 
products 
allowance 
during 
freeze- up 


Designated 

by 

Minister 


Prohibition 


Prohibition 
re  operation 
on  Class  B 
Highway 


75, — (1)  Notwithstanding  sections  72,  73,  74  and  sub- 
section 1  of  section  77,  during  freeze-up  the  maximum 
allowable  gross  vehicle  weight  for  a  vehicle  or  combination 
of  vehicles,  while  used  exclusively  for  the  transportation  of 
raw  forest  products,  shall  be  110  per  cent  of  that  weight  for 
which  a  permit  has  been  issued  for  the  vehicle  or  com- 
bination of  vehicles  in  accordance  with  section  6,  provided 
no  axle  unit  weight,  axle  group  weight  or  gross  vehicle 
weight  exceeds  by  more  than  10  per  cent  that  weight  pre- 
scribed in  this  Act  or  the  regulations  for  such  vehicle  or 
combination  of  vehicles. 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  Minister  may 
designate  by  regulation  the  date  on  which  a  "freeze-up"  shall 
commence  and  the  date  on  which  a  "freeze-up"  shall  terminate. 


(3)  No  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  having  a  weight 


in    excess    of    that    authorized    in    subsection 
operated  on  a  highway. 


1    shall    be 


76.  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles  shall  be  operated  on  a  Class  B  Highway  where  the 
weight  upon  one  axle  exceeds  18,000  pounds,  or,  if  the  axles 
are  spaced  less  than  7  feet  10  inches  apart,  where  the  weight 
upon  one  axle  exceeds  12,100  pounds. 


Operating 
within 
permitted 
weight 

R.S.0. 1970. 
C.392 


77. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  1  of  section  16  of  The 
Public  Vehicles  Act,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles 
having  a  permit  issued  in  accordance  with  section  6  of  this 
Act,  the  fee  for  which  is  based  upon  gross  vehicle  weight, 
shall  be  operated  on  any  highway  where  the  gross  vehicle 
weight  exceeds  that  for  which  the  permit  was  issued. 


Permit  to 
be  carried  re 
commercial 
motor 
vehicle 


(2)  The  permit  issued  for  a  commercial  motor  vehicle 
and  for  every  trailer  drawn  by  it,  or  a  true  copy  thereof, 
shall,  whenever  the  vehicle  is  on  a  highway,  be  carried  by 
the  driver  thereof  or  placed  in  some  readily  accessible 
position  in  the  vehicle  and  shall  be  produced  when  demanded 
by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for  carrying  out 


15 

the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  The  Public  Commercial  Vehicles  ^fj^-  ^^''°' 
Ad. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  and  subject  to  sections  |^^^®g^^°° 
72,  73  and  74,  where  a  conversion  unit  is  used  to  convert 

a  two  axle  tractor  into  a  three  axle  tractor  and  the  fee  pre- 
scribed in  the  regulations  in  respect  of  the  conversion  unit 
is  paid,  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  to  which  the 
conversion  unit  is  attached  may  operate  on  a  highway  at  a 
maximum  gross  vehicle  weight  of  15,400  pounds  in  excess  of 
the  gross  vehicle  weight  for  which  a  permit  was  issued  for 
the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  in  accordance  with 
section  6  and  the  Ministry  shall  issue  a  receipt  for  the  fee 
so  prescribed  and  paid. 

(4)  The  receipt  issued  by  the  Ministry  in  accordance  with  Excess '^'^^ 
subsection  3  shall,  whenever  a  vehicle  is  on  a  highway  with  weight 

1  •  •  r  1  •  1  •'•111       payment  to 

the  conversion  unit  referred  to  in  subsection  3  attached,  be  be  carried 
carried  by  the  driver  of  the  vehicle  or  placed  in  some  readily 
accessible  position  in  the  vehicle  and  shall  be  produced  when 
demanded  by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  The  Public  Com- 
mercial Vehicles  Act. 

(5)  Subject  to  section  66,  during  the  months  of  March  i^l^^uring 
and  April  no  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer,  other  than  March  and 
a  public  vehicle,  or  a  two  axle  tank-truck  or  two  axle  truck 

while  either  is  used  as  referred  to  in  subsection  6,  shall  be 
operated  or  drawn  on  any  portion  of  the  King's  Highway 
to  which  the  provisions  of  this  subsection  are  declared 
applicable  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  upon 
any  other  highway  not  within  a  city  or  separated  town, 
where  any  axle  of  such  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer 
transmits  to  the  highway  a  weight  in  excess  of  11,000  pounds, 
and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  declare  this 
subsection  to  apply. 

(6)  Subject   to  section  66,   during  the  months  of  March  ^<*«™ 
and   April  no   two  axle   tank-truck,   while  used  exclusively 

for  the  transportation  of  liquid  or  gaseous  heating  fuel,  and 
no  two  axle  truck,  while  used  exclusively  for  the  trans- 
portation of  live  stock  feed,  shall  be  operated  on  any  portion 
of  the  King's  Highway  to  which  the  provisions  of  sub- 
section 5  are  declared  applicable  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  or  upon  any  other  highway  not  within  a  city  or 
separated  town,  where  any  axle  transmits  to  the  highway  a 
weight  in  excess  of  16,500  pounds. 

(7)  Subject   to  section  66,   during  the  months  of  March  i**®" 
and  April  no  vehicle  having  a  carrying  capacity  in  excess 


Vehicles 
exempt  from 
provisions 
of  sabss.  5. 7 


16 


of  2,200  pounds,  other  than  a  motor  vehicle  or  trailer,  shall 
be  operated  on  any  portion  of  the  King's  Highway  to  which 
the  provisions  of  this  subsection  are  declared  to  be  appli- 
cable by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  upon  any 
other  highway  not  within  a  city  or  separated  town,  where 
the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width  of  tire  exceeds  280 
pounds,  and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  declare 
this  subsection  to  apply. 

(8)  Subsections  5  and  7  do  not  apply  to, 

(a)  a  vehicle  operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  munici- 
pality or  other  authority  having  jurisdiction  and 
control  of  a  highway,  where  such  vehicle  is  engaged 
in  highway  maintenance,  including  the  carriage  and 
application  of  abrasives  or  chemicals  to  the  highway, 
the  stockpiling  of  abrasives  or  chemicals  for  use 
on  a  highway,  or  engaged  in  the  removal  of  snow 
from  a  highway;  or 


(b)  vehicles  used  exclusively  for  the  transportation  of 
milk. 


Extension  of 
period  on 
King's 
Highway, 
etc. 


(9)  In  the  case  of  the  King's  Highway  and  highways  in 
territory  without  municipal  organization,  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  may  declare  the  provisions  of  sub- 
sections 5,  7  and  13  to  apply  during  any  period  of  the  year. 


Extension  of 
period  by 
municipality 


(10)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  having 
jurisdiction  over  any  highway  may  declare  the  provisions  of 
subsections  5,  7  and  13  to  apply  to  highways  under  its 
jurisdiction  during  any  period  of  the  year. 


Regulations 
limiting 
weight 
passing 
over  bridge 


By-laws 
limiting 
weight 
passing 
over  bridge 


Penalty 


(11)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations limiting  the  gross  vehicle  weight  of  any  vehicle  or 
any  class  thereof  passing  over  a  bridge  forming  part  of  the 
King's  Highway  or  a  highway  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization  and  notice  of  the  limit  of  the  weights  fixed  by 
such  regulation,  legibly  printed,  shall  be  posted  up  in  a  con- 
spicuous place  at  each  end  of  the  bridge. 

(12)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  having 
jurisdiction  over  a  bridge  may  by  by-law  limit  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  any  class  thereof  passing 
over  such  bridge,  and  the  requirements  of  subsection  11  with 
respect  to  the  posting  up  of  notice  apply  thereto. 

(13)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  1,  5,  6  or  7  or  of  a  regulation  made  under 
subsection   11  or  a  by-law  made  under  section  12  is  guilty 


17 

of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
as  if  he  had  been  convicted  under  section  79  and,  in  addition, 
if  the  conviction  is  for  a  contravention  under  subsection  1, 
the  Registrar  may  suspend  the  permit  issued  under  section 
6  for  the  vehicle  or  vehicles  involved,  and  such  suspension 
shall  continue  until  a  new  permit  at  the  maximum  gross 
vehicle  weight  allowable  has  been  issued  for  the  vehicle  or 
vehicles  and  the  fee  therefor  has  been  paid. 

78.— (1)  Where  a  police  officer  or  officer  appointed  for  ^^^^°^ 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  has  reasonable  and  have  load 

weiehed 

probable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  gross  vehicle  weight 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the 
limits  permitted  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  a  permit 
issued  for  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles,  he  may 
weigh  the  same,  by  means  of  either  portable  or  stationary 
scales,  and  may  require  that  the  vehicle  or  combination 
of  vehicles  be  driven  to  the  nearest  weigh  scales. 

(2)  Subsection  t  does  not  apply  where  the  driver  of  a  com-  Production 
mercial  motor  vehicle  produces  an  inventory  showing  the  true  inventory 
gross  vehicle  weight  of  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles. 

(3)  Where  a  police  officer  or  officer  appointed  for  carrying  p^^|J  °^ 
out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  has  reasonable  and  probable  have  load 
grounds  to  question  the  validity  of  any  documents  produced 

in  accordance  with  subsection  2,  or  to  believe  the  axle  unit 
weight  or  axle  group  weight  of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the  limits  permitted  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations  or  a  permit  issued  for  the  vehicle  or  com- 
bination of  vehicles,  he  may  weigh  the  same,  by  means  of 
either  portable  or  stationary  scales,  and  may  require  that 
the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  be  driven  to  the  nearest 
weigh  scales. 

(4)  To  determine  whether  the  gross  vehicle  weight,  axle  p^'^IJ; °f 
unit  weight  or  axle  group  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  com-  measure 
bination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the  hmits  permitted  under 

this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the  permit  issued  for  the  vehicle 
or  combination  of  vehicles,  the  police  officer  or  officer 
apix)inted  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  may 
conduct  such  examination  as  is  necessary  to  ascertain  the 
distance  between  the  axles  of  the  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles. 

(5)  Where  it  is  found  that  the  gross  vehicle  weight  of  any  Pow|rof 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  that  per-  reouire  part 

,  ,         ,  .      .  ,  ,      .  ,  .     .    '^      .  of  load 

mitted  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the  permit  issued  removed 
for  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles,  the  police  officer 
or  officer  appointed  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this 


18 

Act  may  require  the  driver  to  remove  so  much  of  the  load  as 
is  necessary  to  ensure  comphance  with  this  Act,  the  regu- 
lations and  the  permit. 

Pen»i^y  (6)  Every  driver  who, 

(a)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  1  or  3,  to 
proceed  to  a  weighing  machine  refuses  or  fails  to  do 
so; 

(b)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  5,  to  remove 
part  of  a  load  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  or  to  make 
arrangements  to  do  so;  or 

(c)  obstructs  any  weighing,  measuring  or  examination 
authorized  by  this  section, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

Penalty  79    Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  1  of  section  71,  sections  72,  73  and  74,  sub- 
section 3  of  section  75  or  section  76  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of, 

(a)  $0.91  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  less  than 
11,000  pounds,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  fine  be  less 
than  $50; 

(b)  $1.82  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  11,000 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  16,500  pounds; 


(c)  $2.73  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  16,500 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  22,000  pounds; 


{d)  $3.64  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  22,000 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  33,000  pounds; 
and 


19 

{e)  $4.55  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  33,000 
pounds  or  more. 


80.  Every  consignor  of  goods,  or  his  agent  or  employee,  j^^®^^  ^ 
who  causes  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  not  owned  consignor 
by  the  consignor  to  be  loaded, 

(a)  knowing  that  so  loaded  the  weight  of  the  vehicle, 
or  combination  of  vehicles,  and  load  when  operated 
on  a  highway  exceeds  the  limits  for  weight  in  any 
of  the  provisions  of  subsection  1  of  section  71, 
section  74  or  75,  or  in  the  regulations,  or  in  a  permit 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  77 ;  and 


(6)  intending  that  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles 
so  loaded  be  operated  on  a  highway, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  as  if  he  had  been  convicted  under  section  79. 

81.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ^^^*"°°^ 
lations, 

(a)  prescribing  maximum  allowable  gross  vehicle 
weights ; 

(6)  designating  classes  of  vehicles  which  are  exempt 
from  the  provisions  of  sections  72,  73  and  74  and 
prescribing  the  weights  applicable  for  the  vehicles  so 
exempted;  and 

(c)  prescribing  markings  to  be  placed  on  vehicles. 


20 
TABLE  1 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
DUAL  AXLE 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

39.5  to  less  than  47.0 
47.0  to  less  than  51.0 
51.0  to  less  than  55.0 
55.0  to  less  than  59.0 
59.0  to  less  than  63.0 
63.0  to  less  than  67.0 
67.0  to  less  than  71.0 
71.0  or  more 

34.000 
37.000 
37,900 
38,600 
39,500 
40,300 
41,200 
42,100 

TABLE  2 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
TRIPLE  AXLE 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

78.5  to  less  than    94.5 

94.5  to  less  than  110.0 

110.0  to  less  than  114.0 

114.0  to  less  than  118.0 

118.0  to  less  than  122.0 
122.0  to  less  than  126.0 
126.0  to  less  than  130.0 
130.0  to  less  than  134.0 
134.0  to  less  than  138.0 
138.0  to  less  than  141.5 
141.5  to  less  than  145.5 
145.5  to  less  than  149.5 
149.5  to  less  than  153.5 
153.5  to  less  than  157.7 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 
161.5  to  less  than  165.5 
165.5  to  less  than  169.5 
169.5  to  less  than  173.0 
173.0  to  less  than  177.0 
177.0  to  less  than  181.0 
181.0  to  less  than  185.0 
185.0  to  less  than  189.0 
189.0  or  more 

43,000 
47,000 
47,800 
48.500 

49.400 
50,000 
50,900 
51,600 
52,500 
53,100 
53,800 
54,700 
55,300 
56,200 

56,900 
57.800 
58.400 
59.300 
60.000 
60.800 
61.500 
62.400 
63,000 

21 


TABLE  3 


MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
TWO  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

39.5  to  less  than  47.0 
47.0  to  less  than  51.0 
51.0  to  less  than  55.0 
55.0  to  less  than  59.0 
59.0  to  less  than  63.0 
63.0  to  less  than  67.0 
67.0  to  less  than  71.0 
71.0  to  less  than  75.0 
75.0  to  less  than  78.5 

33,100 
35,900 
36.800 
37,500 
38,400 
39,200 
40,100 
41,000 
42,100 

TABLE  4 


MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
THREE  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

78.5  to  less  than    94.5 

94.5  to  less  than  102.5 

102.5  to  less  than  110.0 

110.0  to  less  than  114.0 

114.0  to  less  than  118.0 

118.0  to  less  than  122.0 
122.0  to  less  than  126.0 
126.0  to  less  than  130.0 
130.0  to  less  than  134.0 
134.0  to  less  than  138.0 
138.0  to  less  than  141.5 
141.5  to  less  than  145.5 
145.5  to  less  than  149.5 
149.5  to  less  than  153,5 
153.5  to  less  than  157.5 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 
161.5  to  less  than  165.5 
165.5  to  less  than  169.5 
169.5  to  less  than  173.0 
173.0  to  less  than  177.0 
177.0  to  less  than  181.0 
181.0  to  less  than  185.0 
185.0  to  less  than  189.0 
189.0  to  less  than  193.0 
193.0  to  less  than  197.0 
197.0  or  more 

41,900 
45,000 
46,300 
47,200 
47,800 

48,500 
49,400 
50,000 
50,700 
51,600 
52,200 
52,900 
53,800 
54,500 
55,100 

56,000 
56,700 
57,300 
58.200 
58.900 
59,500 
60,400 
61,100 
61,700 
62,400 
63,000 

22 
TABLE  5 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
FOUR  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 

(Inches) 

(Pounds) 

less  than  141.5 

51,800 

141.5  to  less  than  145.5 

52,700 

145.5  to  less  than  149.5 

53,400 

149.5  to  less  than  153.5 

54,200 

153.5  to  less  than  157.5 

54,900 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 

55.800 

161.5  to  less  than  165.5 

56,700 

165.5  to  less  than  169.5 

57,300 

169.5  to  less  than  173.0 

58,200 

173.0  to  less  than  177.0 

58,900 

177.0  to  less  than  181.0 

59,700 

181.0  to  less  than  185.0 

60,600 

185.0  to  less  than  189.0 

61,300 

189.0  to  less  than  193.0 

62,200 

193.0  to  less  than  197.0 

62,800 

197.0  to  less  than  201.0 

63,700 

201.0  to  less  than  204.5 

64,600 

204.5  to  less  than  208.5 

65,300 

208.5  to  less  than  212.5 

66,100 

212.5  to  less  than  216.5 

66,800 

216.5  to  less  than  220.5 

67,700 

220.5  to  less  than  224.5 

68,600 

224.5  to  less  than  228.5 

69,200 

228.5  to  less  than  232.5 

70,100 

232.5  to  less  than  236.0 

70.800 

236.0  to  less  than  240.0 

71,600 

240.0  to  less  than  244.0 

72,500 

244.0  to  less  than  248.0 

73,200 

248.0  to  less  than  252.0 

74,100 

252.0  to  less  than  256.0 

74,700 

256.0  to  less  than  260.0 

75,600 

260.0  to  less  than  264.0 

76,500 

264.0  to  less  than  267.5 

77,200 

267.5  to  less  than  271.5 

78,000 

271.5  to  less  than  275.5 

78,700 

275.5  to  less  than  279.5 

79,600 

279.5  to  less  than  283.5 

80,500 

283.5  to  less  than  287.5 

81,100 

287.5  to  less  than  291.5 

82,000 

291.5  to  less  than  295.5 

82,900 

295.5  or  more 

83.800 

23 

4. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  4  of  section  72  as  re-enacted  ^°^^®°^®' 
by  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1978. 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  section  72,  as  re-enacted  by  section  3,  ^^^^ 
comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1978. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


r> 

^_^ 

a. 

3. 

St 

;$ 

^ 

r*. 

<s» 

r«» 

^0 

«^ 

^ 

& 

«>■. 

OO 

»• 

«» 

S> 

O 

«, 

^ 

15: 

^ 

8 

Co 

««•. 

*- 

«» 

«> 

2  ^ 


p 


2  o 

3 


o 

s: 

S^ 

o 

o 

<; 

2* 

(I 

3 

Si- 

3 

►-^ 

?4- 

cr 

T 

C/5 

>3 

ft 
■-1 

Jo 

55- 

•-t 

I— ' 

r-K 

a" 

S' 

3- 

,^ 

OTQ 

" 

" 

OTQ 

H^> 

1— k 

vO 

\o 

-J 

^ 

-^ 

-vj 

3- 

(V 

X 

> 
3 

0^' 
3* 

> 

^ 

o 

P 
^ 

O 

H 

PJ 

-1 

3 

35 

3 

n 

CL 

> 

n 


K 


BILL  107 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  W.  Snow 
Minister  of  Transportation  and  Communications 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  107  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Part  VI  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  Partvi^^ 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  re-enacted 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1973,  chapter  45,  sections  21,  23  and  24, 
1974,  chapter  123,  sections  17,  18  and  19,  1974,  chapter  130, 
section  1,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  6,  section  8  and  1976, 
chapter  37,  sections  8,  9  and  10,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


PART  VI 

LOAD  AND  DIMENSIONS 

64.  In  this  Part,  utfoS''®" 

{a)  "over-dimensional  farm  vehicle"  means  a  farm 
tractor,  self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry,  im- 
plement of  husbandry,  or  any  combination  of  them, 
having  a  weight,  width,  length  or  height  in  excess 
of  the  limits  provided  in  this  Part  or  Part  VII ; 

(6)  "semi-trailer"  means  a  trailer  designed  to  be  operated 
with  the  forward  part  of  its  body  or  chassis  resting 
upon  the  body  or  chassis  of  a  towing  vehicle. 

65. — (1)  Subject   to  section   66,   no   vehicle  shall   have  a  width  of 
greater  width  than  102  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

{a)  traction  engines,  which  may  have  a  total  width  not 
exceeding  110  inches;  or 

(6)  motor  vehicles  and  road  maintenance  machines, 
operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  municipality  or  other 
authority    having    jurisdiction    and    control    of    a 


width  of 
load 


Rear  vision 
mirrors  and 
lami)s  not 
included 


Load 
covering 
mechanism 
not  included 
in  width 


Length  of 
vehicle  or 
combina- 
tion 


Length  of 
semi- 
trailer 


highway,  where  such  vehicles  are  engaged  in  road  i 
maintenance,  including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a' 
highway. 

(2)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  load  on  a  vehicle  shall  have  a 
greater  width  than  102  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

{a)  loads  of  raw  forest  products  which  shall  not  exceed 
a  total  width  of  102  inches  at  point  of  origin  and  which 
shall  not  exceed  a  total  width  of  110  inches  at  any  1 
time  during  transit;  or 

{b)  loads  of  loose  fodder. 

(3)  Where  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  is  equipped  with 
one  or  more  rear  vision  mirrors  that  extend  in  whole  or 
in  part  beyond  either  side  of  the  vehicle,  or  one  or  more  | 
lamps,  required  by  this  Act,  that  extend  in  whole  or  in  part  j 
beyond  either  side  of  the  vehicle,  the  amount  of  such  | 
extension  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  maximum  " 
width  of  the  vehicle  under  subsection  1. 


(4)  Where  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer  is  equipped 
with  a  load  covering  mechanism,  extensions  in  the  width  of 
such  vehicle  caused  by  the  mechanism  shall  not  be  included 
in  determining  the  width  of  the  vehicle  under  subsection  1  ] 
where  the  mechanism  does  not  extend  the  width  of  the  J 
vehicle  on  either  side  by  more  than  four  inches.  J 

(5)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle,  other  than  a  fire 
apparatus,  a  semi-trailer,  or  a  bus,  including  load,  shall 
exceed  the  length  of  35  feet  while  on  a  highway,  and  no 
combination  of  vehicles,  including  load,  coupled  together 
shall  exceed  the  total  length  of  68  feet  10  inches  while  on  a 
highway. 

(6)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  semi-trailer,  other  than  a 
semi-trailer  designed  for  the  carriage  of  vehicles,  shall 
exceed  the  length  of  45  feet  while  on  a  highway  and  any 
extension  in  the  length  of  a  semi-trailer  caused  by  auxiliary 
equipment  or  machinery  that  is  not  designed  for  the  trans- 
portation of  goods  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the 
length  thereof. 


Length 
of  bus 


(7)  No  bus  shall  exceed  the  length  of  40  feet  while  on  a 
highway,  but  an  increase  in  the  length  of  a  bus  caused  by 
the  addition  of  a  liquid  filled  or  other  energy-absorbing 
bumper  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  length  of 
the  bus. 


(8)  The   council   of  a   city   may   by   by-law   prohibit    the  j^n^^^^of"^ 
operation  of  a  combination  of  vehicles  having  a  total  length,  combina- 
including  load,  in  excess  of  50  feet  while  on  a  highway  or  a  vehicles 
portion  thereof  under  its  jurisdiction  designated  in  the  by-law. 

(9)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  including  load,  shall  Height  of 
have   a  greater  height   than   13   feet  6   inches  while  on   a 
highway. 

(10)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of   this   section    is   guilty   of   an    offence   and   on   summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not 
more  than  $500  and,  in  addition,  the  permit  issued  for  the 
vehicle  under  section  6  may  be  suspended  for  not  more  than 

six  months. 

66.— (1)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  Permits 
having  jurisdiction  over  the  highway  may,  upon  application 
in  writing,  grant  a  permit  for  the  moving  of  heavy  vehicles, 
loads,  objects  or  structures  in  excess  of  the  dimensional 
limits  set  out  in  section  65  or  the  weight  limits  set  out  in 
Part  VII. 

(2)  The  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  general,  gln^afoj. 
or  may  limit  the  time  and  the  particular  highway  that  may  limited 
be  used,  and  may  contain  conditions  relating  to  the  protection 
of  persons  and  property  from  injury  or  damage  and  the 
municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  may  require  a 
bond  or  other  security  sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing 
any  possible  damage  to  the  highway.  i 


(3)  The  council  of  any  municipahty  may,  by  by-law,  i^°e'"*y 
provide  that  a  permit  referred  to  in  subsection  1  may  be  issued 

by  an  officer  of  the  corporation  named  therein. 

(4)  In  the  case  of  a  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  is  required  I^^rmitby 
under  this  section  in  order  to  pass  over  a  highway  or  high-  Ministry 
ways  under  the  jurisdiction  of  two  or  more  municipalities  or 

other  authorities,  the  permit  so  to  do  may  be  issued  by  the 
Ministry,  which  permit  is  in  lieu  of  the  several  permits  to  be 
otherwise  obtained  from  the  municipal  corporations  or  other 
authorities,  and  the  permit  may  limit  the  time  and  the 
particular  highway  or  highways  that  may  be  used,  and  may 
contain  any  special  conditions  or  provisions  that  may  be 
considered  necessary  to  protect  the  highways  from  damage, 
and  the  Ministry  may  require  a  bond  or  other  security 
sufficient  to  cover  the  cost  of  repairing  possible  damage  to 
the  highway. 


I 


Responsi- 
bility for 
damages 
caused  to 
highway 


Condition 
of  permit 


Penalty 


(5)  The   owner,    operator   or   mover   of   a   heavy   vehicle,* 
load,   object   or  structure  in  respect  of  which   a  permit   is 
granted  under  this  section  is  nevertheless  responsible  for  all 
damages  that  may  be  caused  to  the  highway  by  reason  of 
the  driving,  operating  or  moving  of  any  such  heavy  vehicle, | 
load,  object  or  structure. 

(6)  It   is  a  condition   of  every  permit   issued  under  this! 
section  that  the  original  of  the  permit  be  carried  in  the  vehicle 
for   which   the   permit   was   issued   and   be   produced   when 
demanded   by   a   police   officer   or  an   officer   appointed   for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

(7)  Every  person  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  contrary  to  any  of 
the  conditions  of  the  permit  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 
and  not  more  than  $500  and,  in  addition,  if  the  condition 
contravened  is  in  respect  of  any  weight  allowed  under  the 
permit,  a  fine  shall  be  imposed  as  if  the  person  had  not  been 
issued  a  permit  under  this  section  and  had  been  convicted 
of  an  offence  under  section  72,  73  or  74  in  respect  of  any 
gross  vehicle  weight,  axle  unit  weight  or  axle  group  weight 
in  excess  of  the  maximum  allowable  weights  permitted  under 
this  Act  or  the  regulations.  , 


Over- 
hanging 
load 


Loading  of 
commercial 
vehicle,  etc. 


Regulations 


67. — (1)  Every  vehicle  carrying  a  load  which  overhangs  **  * 
the  rear  of  the  vehicle  to  the  extent  of  4  feet  10  inches  or 
more  while  on  a  highway  shall  display  ujxjn  such  over-  : 
hanging  load  at  the  extreme  rear  end  thereof  at  any  time 
from  one-half  hour  after  sunset  to  one-half  hour  before 
sunrise,  or  at  any  other  time  when  there  is  insufficient  light 
or  unfavourable  atmospheric  conditions,  a  red  light,  and  at 
all  other  times  a  red  flag  or  a  red  marker  sufficient  to 
indicate  the  projection  of  the  load. 


I 


(2)  No  person  shall  operate  or  permit  to  be  operated 
upon  a  highway  any  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer 
unless  the  load  that  the  vehicle  or  trailer  is  carrying  is  firmly 
bound,  sufficiently  covered,  or  otherwise  secured  or  loaded, 
in  such  manner  that  no  portion  of  the  load  may  become 
dislodged  or  fall  from  the  commercial  motor  vehicle  or 
trailer. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions, 

{a)  prescribing  the  manner  of  loading,  and  of  covering 
and  securing  loads  on  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles 
operated  on  highways  or  classes  of  highways ; 


(b)  designating  the  vehicles  or  classes  of  vehicles  and 
the  highways  or  classes  of  highways  to  which  any 
loading,  covering  or  securing  provisions  are  to  apply ; 
and 

(c)  prescribing  classes  of  vehicles,  highways  and  loads 
for  the  purposes  of  clauses  a  and  b. 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  this  section  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  subsection  3 
is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100  and, 
in  addition,  his  driver's  licence  issued  under  section  13  and 
his  permit  issued  under  section  6  may  be  suspended  for  a 
period  of  not  more  than  sixty  days. 

68. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  ^^ee^^iations 

^    '  -'re  carriage 

regulations,  of 

"  explosives. 

etc. 

(a)  classifying  and  defining  explosives  and  dangerous 
materials ; 

(6)  regulating  or  prohibiting  the  transportation  of 
explosives  and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  by  a  vehicle  on  a  highway ; 

(c)  regulating  the  preparation  and  packaging  of  ex- 
plosives and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  to  be  transported  by  a  vehicle  on  a  highway ; 
and 

(d)  requiring  the  labelling  of  packages  and  containers 
of  explosives  and  dangerous  materials  or  any  class 
thereof  and  prescribing  the  labels  to  be  attached  to 
such  packages  and  containers. 

(2)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection   1   may  adopt  ^"^^A®^*^  • 
by  reference,  in  whole  or  in  part,  with  such  changes  as  the  adopted  by 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  considers  necessary  any  code 

or  standard,  or  any  regulation  made  by  the  Government  of 
Canada,  and  may  require  compliance  with  any  code,  standard 
or  regulation  that  is  so  adopted. 

(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  oflfence 

and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $  1 00  and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term 
of  not  more  than  three  months,  or  to  both. 


Over- 
dimensional 
farm 
vehicles 
exempt 


Regralations 


69. — (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Part,  other  than  regulation* 
made  under  this  section,  do  not  apply  to  over-dimensionaji 
farm  vehicles. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions, 

(a)  regulating   or  prohibiting   the   movement   of  over-; 
dimensional  farm  vehicles  or  classes  thereof  on 
highway  or  on  classes  of  highways ; 


(6) 


(c) 


requiring  that  escort  vehicles  or  classes  of  escort 
vehicles  accompany  over-dimensional  farm  vehicles 
or  classes  thereof  on  a  highway  or  classes  of  high- 
ways ;  i 

prescribing  the  types,  specifications  and  locations 
of  markings,  signs  and  lights  that  shall  be  carried  by 
over-dimensional  farm  vehicles  and  escort  vehicles 
or  classes  of  either  or  both  of  them  on  a  highway 
or  classes  of  highways ; 


(d) 


i 


prescribing  conditions  for  the  movement  of  over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles  on  a  highway  or  classes  of 
highways  relating  to  the  protection  of  persons  and 
property  from  injury  or  damage.  I 


8.  65  n.  2.  5,6, 
7.  9). 
re-enacted 


Width  of 
vehicle 


Width  of 
load 


2.  On  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  subsections  1,  2,  5,  6,  7  and  9 
of  section  65  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  1  of  this  Act,  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

(1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  shall  have  a  greater 
width  than  102-23/64  inches  while  on  a  highway  except, 

(a)  traction  engines,  which  may  have  a  total  width  not 
exceeding  110-15/64  inches;  or 

{b)  motor  vehicles  and  road  maintenance  machines, 
operated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  municipahty  or  other 
authority  having  jurisdiction  and  control  of  a  high- 
way, where  such  vehicles  are  engaged  in  road  main 
tenance,  including  the  removal  of  snow  from  a| 
highway. 

(2)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  load  on  a  vehicle  shall  have 
a  greater  width  than  102-23/64  inches  while  on  a  highway 
except. 


{a)  loads  of  raw  forest  products  which  shall  not  exceed 
a  total  width  of  102-23/64  inches  at  point  of  origin 
and  which  shall  not  exceed  a  total  width  of  110-15/64 
inches  at  any  time  during  transit;  or 

{b)  loads  of  loose  fodder. 


(5)  Subject   to  section  66,   no  vehicle,   other  than  a  fire  length  of 

y    '  J  '  '  vehicle  or 

apparatus,    a   semi-trailer,    or   a   bus,   including   load,    shall  combination 
exceed  the  length  of  36  feet  1-1/16  inches  while  on  a  highway, 
and    no    combination    of    vehicles,    including    load,    coupled 
together  shall  exceed  the  total  length  of  68   feet    10-49/64 
inches  while  on  a  highway. 

(6)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  semi-trailer,  other  than  a  semi-  ^e^mf-\^aner 
trailer  designed  for  the  carriage  of  vehicles,  shall  exceed  the 

length  of  45  feet  11-11/64  inches  while  on  a  highway  and  any 
extension  in  the  length  of  a  semi-trailer  caused  by  auxiliary 
equipment  or  machinery  that  is  not  designed  for  the  trans- 
portation of  goods  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the 
length  thereof. 

(7)  No  bus  shall  exceed  the  length  of  41  feet  Ys  inch  while  ^f^f^*^ 
on  a  highway,  but  an  increase  in  the  length  of  a  bus  caused 

by  the  addition  of  a  liquid  filled  or  other  energy-absorbing 
bumper  shall  not  be  included  in  determining  the  length  of 
the  bus. 


(9)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  including  load,  shall  J|JfJi^e°^ 
have  a  greater  height  than   13  feet  7%  inches  while  on  a 
highway. 

3.  Part  VII   of  the  said  Act,   as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  ^a^t vii^ 
Ontario,   1973,  chapter  45,  sections  25,  26,  27  and  28,   1974,  re-enacted 
chapter  123,  section  20,  1974,  chapter  130,  section  2  and  1976, 
chapter  37,  sections  11  and  12,  and  1977,  chapter  1,  section  1, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

PART  VII 

WEIGHT 

70.-(l)  In  this  Part.  SW" 

(a)  "axle"  means  an  assembly  of  two  or  more  wheels 
whose  centres  are  in  one  transverse  vertical  plane 
and  which  are  transmitting  weight  to  the  highway ; 


8 


{b)  "axle  group  weight"  means  that  part  of  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  in  pounds  transmitted  to  the  highway 
by  a  two  axle  group,  three  axle  group  or  four  axle 
group; 

(c)  "axle  unit"  means  any  single  axle,  dual  axle  or  triple 
axle; 

{d)  "axle  unit  weight"  means  that  part  of  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  in  pounds  transmitted  to  the  high- 
way by  an  axle  unit ; 

(e)  "Class  A  Highway"  means  a  highway  designated  as 
such  by  the  Minister ; 

(/)  "Class  B  Highway"  means  a  highway  not  designated 
by  the  Minister  as  a  Class  A  Highway ; 

(g)  "dual  axle"  means  any  two  consecutive  axles  whose 
centres  are  more  than  39.5  inches  apart  and  that, 

(i)  are  articulated  from  a  common  attachment  to 
the  vehicle,  or 

(ii)  are   designed   to   automatically   equalize   the 
load  between  the  two  axles ; 

{h)  "four  axle  group"  means  four  consecutive  axles,  not 
including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor  vehicle 
or  trailer  or  semi-trailer,  and 

(ii)  in    which    the    spacings    between    the    con- 
secutive axles  do  not  exceed  98.5  inches; 

(i)  "front  axle"  means  the  front  axle  unit  of  a  motor 
vehicle ; 

{j)  "gross  vehicle  weight"  means  the  total  weight  in 
pounds  transmitted  to  the  highway  by  a  vehicle,  or 
combination  of  vehicles,  and  load; 

(k)  "over-dimensional  farm  vehicles"  means  the  same 
as  it  does  in  Part  VI ; 

(l)  "semi-trailer"  means  the  same  as  it  does  in  Part  VI ; 

{m)  "single  axle"  means  one  or  more  axles  whose 
centres  are  included  between  two  parallel  trans- 
verse vertical  planes  39.5  inches  apart ; 


(«)  "tank-truck"  means  a  commercial  motor  vehicle  to 
which  there  is  attached  or  upon  which  there  has 
been  placed  either  permanently  or  otherwise  a 
closed  tank  having  a  capacity  of  500  gallons  or 
more; 

(o)  "three  axle  group"  means  three  consecutive  axles, 
not  including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that   do  not   form   a  triple  axle  within   the 
meaning  of  clause  p, 

(ii)  that  are  entirely  within  either  a  motor  vehicle 
or  trailer  or  semi-trailer, 

(iii)  in  which  the  spacings  between  the  con- 
secutive axles  do  not  exceed  98.5  inches, 
and 

(iv)  which  are  not  included  in  a  four  axle  group 
within  the  meaning  of  clause  h ; 


[p)  "triple   axle"    means   any   three   consecutive   axles 
that, 

(i)  have  their  consecutive  centres  equally  spaced, 
and 

(ii)  have    their    consecutive    centres    more    than 
39.5  inches  apart, 

and  that, 

(iii)  are  articulated  from  an  attachment  to  the 
vehicle  common  to  the  consecutive  axles,  or 

(iv)  are  designed  to  automatically  equalize  the 
load  between  the  three  axles  under  all  con- 
ditions of  loading; 

{q)  "two   axle   group"    means   two   consecutive   single 
axles,  not  including  the  front  axle  of  a  motor  vehicle, 

(i)  that    are    entirely    within    either    a    motor 
vehicle  or  trailer  or  semi-trailer, 

(ii)  in  which  the  spacing  between  the  consecutive 
axles  is  less  than  78.5  inches,  and 


10 


(iii)  which  are  not  included  in  a  three  axle 
group  within  the  meaning  of  clause  o  or  a 
four  axle  group  within  the  meaning  of  clause 
h. 


Designation 
by  MtnlBt«r 


(2)  The  Minister  may  designate  a  highway  as  a  Class  A 
Highway. 


Over- 

dlmenslonal 

farm 

vehicles 


(3)  The   provisions   of   this   Part   do   not   apply   to   over- 
dimensional  farm  vehicles. 


Conseoatlve 
azlM 


(4)  Where  three  consecutive  axles  that  are  articulated 
from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the  con- 
secutive axles  are  not  a  triple  axle  within  the  meaning  of 
clause  p  of  subsection  1  because  their  consecutive  centres 
are  not  equally  spaced,  that  one  of  the  three  consecutive 
axles  that  is  most  remote  from  the  centre  axle  of  the  con- 
secutive axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  single  axle  and  the 
other  two  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  dual  axle. 


Idem 


(5)  Where  three  consecutive  axles  that  are  not  articulated 
from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the  con- 
secutive axles  are  not  a  triple  axle  within  the  meaning  of 
clause  p  of  subsection  1  because  their  consecutive  centres 
are  not  equally  spaced,  any  two  of  the  axles  that  are  articu- 
lated from  an  attachment  to  the  vehicle  common  to  the 
two  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  dual  axle  and  the  third  of 
the  three  axles  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  single  axle. 


Spacing 
between 
axles 


(6)  The  spacing  between  axles  is  the  shortest  distance 
between  the  centre  of  rotation  of  one  axle  and  the  centre  of 
rotation  of  the  other. 


Axle 

spacing 

distance 


(7)  For  the  purposes  of  Tables  1  and  2,  the  axle  spacing 
is  the  distance  measured  between  the  outer  axles  forming  an 
axle  unit. 


Idem 


(8)  For  the  purposes  of  Tables  3,  4  and  5,  the  axle  group 
spacing  is  the  distance  measured  between  the  outer  axles 
forming  a  two  axle  group,  three  axle  group  or  four  axle 
group. 


Restrictions 
as  to  weight 
on  tires 


71. — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle, 

(a)  equipped  with  tires  of  less  than  5.9  inches  in 
width  where  the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width 
of  the  tire  exceeds  504  pounds ;  or 


11 

(b)  equipped  with  tires  of  5.9  inches  or  more  in  width 
where  the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width  of  the 
tire  exceeds  616  pounds, 

shall  be  operated  on  a  highway. 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  this  section,  where  a  tire  width  ^f^j]^^^^® 
has  been  marked  thereon  by  the  manufacturer,  the  width  ascertained 
of  the  tire  shall  be  deemed  to  be  as  so  marked. 

72. — (1)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  ^f^^^^j^ 
of  vehicles,  unless  exempted  under  the  regulations,  shall  beaxieunit 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  the  axle  unit  weight 
on  an  axle  unit,   whether  or  not  part  of  any  axle  group, 
exceeds, 

{a)  for  a  single  axle  with  single  tires,  19,800  pounds; 
{b)  for  a  single  axle  with  dual  tires,  22,000  pounds; 

(c)  for  a  dual  axle,  that  weight  shown  in  Column  2 
opposite  the  corresponding  axle  spacing  shown  in 
Column  1  of  Table  1  ;  or 

(d)  for  a  triple  axle,  that  weight  shown  in  Column  2 
opposite  the  corresponding  axle  spacing  shown 
in  Column  1  of  Table  2. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  the  maximum  allowable  Jf^^'/ig'^^Jg" 
axle  unit   weight   for  a  dual  axle  shall   not   exceed  39,600  allowed 

,  ,        *=",  ,     .  1       •   1^    J       1     •  under  subs.  1 

pounds  unless  the  axle  is  equipped  with  dual  tires. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1 ,  the  maximum  allowable  ^^^"^ 
axle  unit  weight  for  a  triple  axle  shall  not  exceed  59,400 
j)Ounds  unless  the  axle  is  equipped  with  dual  tires. 

(4)  Subject    to    subsection    1 ,    the    maximum    allowable  ''^®'" 
axle   unit   weight   for  a  single  front   axle  shall   not   exceed 
11,000  pounds  unless  the  driver  of  a  vehicle  or  combination 

of  vehicles  produces  verification  in  writing  as  to  the  manu- 
facturer's gross  axle  weight  rating  for  such  single  front  axle, 
and  in  such  case  the  maximum  allowable  axle  unit  weight 
on  such  single  front  axle  shall  not  exceed  the  manu- 
facturer's gross  axle  weight  rating. 

73.  Subject   to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of  jJIfoiabiT 
vehicles,   unless   exempted   under   the   regulations,   shall   be  *^\®g[JJ"'' 
operated  on  a  Class  A  Highway  where  any  axle  group  weight 
exceeds, 


12 

(a)  for  a  two  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in  Column 
2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group  spacing 
shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  3 ; 

(b)  for  a  three  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in 
Column  2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group 
spacing  shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  4 ;  or 

(c)  for  a  four  axle  group,  that  weight  shown  in  Column 
2  opposite  the  corresponding  axle  group  spacing 
shown  in  Column  1  of  Table  5. 

aiiowTb™  ^^- — (^)  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of 

^o8s^  vehicles,   unless   exempted   under   the   regulations,   shall   be 

weights  operated   on   a  Class   A   Highway   where   the  gross  vehicle 

weight  exceeds  the  least  of, 

(a)  the  axle  unit  weight  on  the  front  axle,  not  exceed- 
ing the  maximum  weight  permitted  on  such  axle 
under  section  72,  plus  the  sum  of  the  maximum 
allowable  weights  for  all  other  axle  units  of  the 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  as  set  out  in 
section  72 ; 

(6)  the  axle  unit  weight  on  the  front  axle,  not  exceed- 
ing the  maximum  weight  permitted  on  such  axle 
under  section  72,  plus  the  sum  of  the  maximum 
allowable  weights  for  any  two  axle  groups,  three 
axle  groups  or  four  axle  groups,  or  any  com- 
bination thereof,  as  set  out  in  section  73,  plus  the 
maximum  allowable  weight  for  any  axle  unit  or 
units  excluding  the  front  axle  and  excluding  any 
axle  unit  or  units  which  are  part  of  an  axle  group, 
as  set  out  in  section  72;  or 

(c)  that  weight  prescribed  in  the  regulations. 

tosuSs*!"  (^)  W^^re  the  weight  permitted  under  clause  c  of  sub- 

section 1  is  the  least  and  where  the  weight  permitted  a 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  under  this  subsection  as 
it  existed  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1977  exceeds  by  1,000 
pounds  or  more  the  weight  permitted  under  subsection  1  on 
or  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1978,  the  Minister  may 
grant  a  special  gross  vehicle  weight  authority  permitting  the 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  to  operate  on  a  Class  A 
Highway  at  the  gross  vehicle  weight  set  out  in  the  authority, 
but  no  authority  issued  under  this  subsection  shall  permit 
a  gross  vehicle  weight  in  excess  of  140,000  pounds. 

Where 

doMnot  (^)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply. 


13 

(a)  in  respect  of  a  single  commercial  motor  vehicle, 
other  than  a  tractor,  which  was  manufactured  after 
the  31st  day  of  March,  1978;  or 

(6)  in  respect  of  a  combination  of  a  tractor  and  other 
vehicles,  the  vehicle  directly  attached  to  the  tractor, 
which  was  manufactured  after  the  31st  day  of 
March.  1978. 

(4)  An  application  for  an  authority  under  subsection  2  shall  f^'J^"  t^orit 
be  made  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  pre- 
scribed by  regulation  and  shall  be  made  not  later  than  the 

30th  day  of  June,  1978. 

(5)  The   driver  of  a   vehicle   or   combination   of   vehicles  Driver  to 

^    '  .  produce 

being  operated  on  a  highway  under  an  authority  issued  pur-  authority 
suant  to  subsection  2  shall  produce,   when  demaned  by  a 
poHce  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for  carrying  out  the 
provisions  of  this  Act,  the  authority  or  a  true  copy  thereof. 

(6)  Every  person  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation  Penalty 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  under  an  authority 
issued  pursuant  to  subsection  2  where  the  gross  vehicle  weight 
exceeds  the  gross  vehicle  weight  permitted  by  the  authority 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  a  fine 
shall  be  imposed  as  if  the  person  had  not  been  issued  the 
authority  and  had  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under  sub- 
section 1  in  respect  of  any  gross  vehicle  weight  in  excess  of 
the  weight  permitted  under  subsection  1. 

(7)  Where  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  for  which  ^Im-jty  / 
an  authority  is  issued  pursuant  to  subsection  2  is  operated  ^oes  no*  / 
ujx)n  a  highway  while  the  weight  on  the  front  axle  of  the 

vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  varies  by  more  than  1,000 
pounds  from  the  weight  specified  for  the  front  axle  on  the 
authority,  then  the  authority  shall  be  deemed  not  to  apply. 

(8)  An  authority  issued  under  subsection  2  expires  with  authority 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1986. 

(9)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  Regulations 
lations  prescribing, 

(a)  the  manner  in  which  an  application  may  be  sub- 
mitted and  the  information  to  be  provided; 

(6)  the  conditions  precedent  to  the  issuance  of  an 
authority  pursuant  to  this  section ; 


14 


(c)  conditions  attaching  to  an  authority  issued  pursuant 
to  this  section; 

(d)  fees  for  processing  applications;  and 

(e)  the  gross  vehicle  weights  to  be  set  out  in  any 
authority  issued  pursuant  to  this  section  and  the 
method  of  calculating  such  weight. 


Raw  forest 
products 
allowance 
during 
freeze- up 


75. — (1)  Notwithstanding  sections  72,  73,  74  and  sub- 
section 1  of  section  77,  during  freeze-up  the  maximum 
allowable  gross  vehicle  weight  for  a  vehicle  or  combination 
of  vehicles,  while  used  exclusively  for  the  transjwrtation  of 
raw  forest  products,  shall  be  110  per  cent  of  that  weight  for 
which  a  permit  has  been  issued  for  the  vehicle  or  com- 
bination of  vehicles  in  accordance  with  section  6,  provided 
no  axle  unit  weight,  axle  group  weight  or  gross  vehicle 
weight  exceeds  by  more  than  10  per  cent  that  weight  pre- 
scribed in  this  Act  or  the  regulations  for  such  vehicle  or 
combination  of  vehicles. 


Designated 


Sfi 


inister 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  Minister  may 
designate  by  regulation  the  date  on  which  a  "freeze-up"  shall 
commence  and  the  date  on  which  a  "freeze-up"  shall  terminate. 


Prohibition 


Prohibition 
re  operation 
on  Class  B 
Highway 


(3)  No  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  having  a  weight 
in  excess  of  that  authorized  in  subsection  1  shall  be 
operated  on  a  highway. 

76.  Subject  to  section  66,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles  shall  be  operated  on  a  Class  B  Highway  where  the 
weight  upon  one  axle  exceeds  18,000  pounds,  or,  if  the  axles 
are  spaced  less  than  7  feet  10  inches  apart,  where  the  weight 
upon  one  axle  exceeds  12,100  pounds. 


Operating 
within 
permitted 
weight 

R.S.0. 1970. 
C.382 


77. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  1  of  section  16  of  The 
Public  Vehicles  Act,  no  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles 
having  a  permit  issued  in  accordance  with  section  6  of  this 
Act,  the  fee  for  which  is  based  upon  gross  vehicle  weight, 
shall  be  operated  on  any  highway  where  the  gross  vehicle 
weight  exceeds  that  for  which  the  permit  was  issued. 


Permit  to 
be  carried  re 
commercial 
motor 
vehicle 


(2)  The  permit  issued  for  a  commercial  motor  vehicle 
and  for  every  trailer  drawn  by  it,  or  a  true  copy  thereof, 
shall,  whenever  the  vehicle  is  on  a  highway,  be  carried  by 
the  driver  thereof  or  placed  in  some  readily  accessible 
position  in  the  vehicle  and  shall  be  produced  when  demanded 
by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for  carrying  out 


15 

the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  The  Public  Commercial  Vehicles  ^fj^-  ^^°' 
Act. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1  and  subject  to  sections  ^^^®g^'°" 
72,  73  and  74,  where  a  conversion  unit  is  used  to  convert 

a  two  axle  tractor  into  a  three  axle  tractor  and  the  fee  pre- 
scribed in  the  regulations  in  respect  of  the  conversion  unit 
is  paid,  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  to  which  the 
conversion  unit  is  attached  may  operate  on  a  highway  at  a 
maximum  gross  vehicle  weight  of  15,400  pounds  in  excess  of 
the  gross  vehicle  weight  for  which  a  permit  was  issued  for 
the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  in  accordance  with 
section  6  and  the  Ministry  shall  issue  a  receipt  for  the  fee 
so  prescribed  and  paid. 

(4)  The  receipt  issued  by  the  Ministry  in  accordance  with  Excess  *^^^ 
subsection  3  shall,  whenever  a  vehicle  is  on  a  highway  with  weight 

1  •  <•  1  •  1  •         -.  1      1     ,      payment  to 

the  conversion  unit  referred  to  in  subsection  3  attached,  be  be  carried 
carried  by  the  driver  of  the  vehicle  or  placed  in  some  readily 
accessible  position  in  the  vehicle  and  shall  be  produced  when 
demanded  by  a  police  officer  or  an  officer  appointed  for 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  or  The  Public  Com- 
mercial Vehicles  Act. 

(5)  Subject   to  section  66,  during  the  months  of  March  J^l^durine 
and  April  no  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer,  other  than  March  and 
a  public  vehicle,  or  a  two  axle  tank-truck  or  two  axle  truck 

while  either  is  used  as  referred  to  in  subsection  6,  shall  be 
operated  or  drawn  on  any  portion  of  the  King's  Highway 
to  which  the  provisions  of  this  subsection  are  declared 
applicable  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  upon 
any  other  highway  not  within  a  city  or  separated  town, 
where  any  axle  of  such  commercial  motor  vehicle  or  trailer 
transmits  to  the  highway  a  weight  in  excess  of  11,000  pounds, 
and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  declare  this 
subsection  to  apply. 

(6)  Subject   to  section  66,   during  the  months  of   March  ^**«'" 
and  April  no  two  axle  tank-truck,   while  used  exclusively 

for  the  transportation  of  liquid  or  gaseous  heating  fuel,  and 
no  two  axle  truck,  while  used  exclusively  for  the  trans- 
portation of  live  stock  feed,  shall  be  operated  on  any  portion 
of  the  King's  Highway  to  which  the  provisions  of  sub- 
section 5  are  declared  applicable  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  or  upon  any  other  highway  not  within  a  city  or 
separated  town,  where  any  axle  transmits  to  the  highway  a 
weight  in  excess  of  16,500  pounds. 

(7)  Subject   to  section  66,   during  the   months  of  March"*™ 
and  April  no  vehicle  having  a  carrying  capacity  in  excess 


16 


Vehicles 
exempt  from 
provisions 
of  subss.  5,  7 


of  2,200  pounds,  other  than  a  motor  vehicle  or  trailer,  shall 
be  operated  on  any  portion  of  the  King's  Highway  to  which 
the  provisions  of  this  subsection  are  declared  to  be  appli- 
cable by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  upon  any 
other  highway  not  within  a  city  or  separated  town,  where 
the  weight  upon  any  inch  in  the  width  of  tire  exceeds  280 
pounds,  and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  declare 
this  subsection  to  apply. 

(8)  Subsections  5  and  7  do  not  apply  to, 

(a)  a  vehicle  op>erated  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  munici- 
pality or  other  authority  having  jurisdiction  and 
control  of  a  highway,  where  such  vehicle  is  engaged 
in  highway  maintenance,  including  the  carriage  and 
application  of  abrasives  or  chemicals  to  the  highway, 
the  stockpiling  of  abrasives  or  chemicals  for  use 
on  a  highway,  or  engaged  in  the  removal  of  snow 
from  a  highway;  or 


{b)  vehicles  used  exclusively  for  the  transportation  of 
milk. 


Extension  of 
period  on 
Kinar's 
Hignway, 
etc. 


(9)  In  the  case  of  the  King's  Highway  and  highways  in 
territory  without  municipal  organization,  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  may  declare  the  provisions  of  sub- 
sections 5,  7  and  13  to  apply  during  any  period  of  the  year. 


Extension  of 
period  by 
manlcipality 


Regulations 
limiting 
weight 
passing 
over  bridge 


By-laws 
limiting 
weight 
passing 
over  bridge 


Penalty 


(10)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  having 
jurisdiction  over  any  highway  may  declare  the  provisions  of 
subsections  5,  7  and  13  to  apply  to  highways  under  its 
jurisdiction  during  any  period  of  the  year. 

(11)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations limiting  the  gross  vehicle  weight  of  any  vehicle  or 
any  class  thereof  passing  over  a  bridge  forming  part  of  the 
King's  Highway  or  a  highway  in  territory  without  municipal 
organization  and  notice  of  the  limit  of  the  weights  fixed  by 
such  regulation,  legibly  printed,  shall  be  posted  up  in  a  con- 
spicuous place  at  each  end  of  the  bridge. 

(12)  The  municipal  corporation  or  other  authority  having 
jurisdiction  over  a  bridge  may  by  by-law  limit  the  gross 
vehicle  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  any  class  thereof  passing 
over  such  bridge,  and  the  requirements  of  subsection  1 1  with 
respect  to  the  posting  up  of  notice  apply  thereto. 

(13)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  1,  5,  6  or  7  or  of  a  regulation  made  under 
subsection  11  or  a  by-law  made  under  section  12  is  guilty 


17 

of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
as  if  he  had  been  convicted  under  section  79  and,  in  addition, 
if  the  conviction  is  for  a  contravention  under  subsection  1, 
the  Registrar  may  suspend  the  permit  issued  under  section 
6  for  the  vehicle  or  vehicles  involved,  and  such  suspension 
shall  continue  until  a  new  permit  at  the  maximum  gross 
vehicle  weight  allowable  has  been  issued  for  the  vehicle  or 
vehicles  and  the  fee  therefor  has  been  paid. 

78. — (1)  Where  a  police  officer  or  officer  appointed  for  Power  of 
carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  has  reasonable  and  have  load 

weljrhed 

probable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  gross  vehicle  weight 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the 
limits  permitted  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  a  permit 
issued  for  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles,  he  may 
weigh  the  same,  by  means  of  either  portable  or  stationary 
scales,  and  may  require  that  the  vehicle  or  combination 
of  vehicles  be  driven  to  the  nearest  weigh  scales. 

(2)  Subsection  t  does  not  apply  where  the  driver  of  a  com-  Production 
mercial  motor  vehicle  produces  an  inventory  showing  the  true  inventory 
gross  vehicle  weight  of  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles. 

(3)  Where  a  police  officer  or  officer  appointed  for  carrying  P^^|r  of 
out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  has  reasonable  and  probable  have  load 
grounds  to  question  the  validity  of  any  documents  produced 

in  accordance  with  subsection  2,  or  to  believe  the  axle  unit 
weight  or  axle  group  weight  of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the  limits  permitted  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations  or  a  permit  issued  for  the  vehicle  or  com- 
bination of  vehicles,  he  may  weigh  the  same,  by  means  of 
either  portable  or  stationary  scales,  and  may  require  that 
the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  be  driven  to  the  nearest 
weigh  scales. 

(4)  To  determine  whether  the  gross  vehicle  weight,  axleP^^lj:^^ 
unit  weight  or  axle  group  weight  of  any  vehicle  or  com-  measure 
bination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  the  limits  permitted  under 

this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the  permit  issued  for  the  vehicle 
or  combination  of  vehicles,  the  police  officer  or  officer 
appointed  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act  may 
conduct  such  examination  as  is  necessary  to  ascertain  the 
distance  between  the  axles  of  the  vehicle  or  combination  of 
vehicles. 

(5)  Where  it  is  found  that  the  gross  vehicle  weight  of  any  Jo^eroj 
vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  is  in  excess  of  that  per-  ""eauire  part 
mitted  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  the  permit  issued  removed 
for  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles,  the  police  officer 

or  officer  appointed  for  carr\ing  out  the  provisions  of  this 


18 

Act  may  require  the  driver  to  remove  so  much  of  the  load  as 
is  necessary  to  ensure  compliance  with  this  Act,  the  regu- 
lations and  the  permit. 

Penalty  (6)  Every  driver  who, 

(a)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  1  or  3,  to 
proceed  to  a  weighing  machine  refuses  or  fails  to  do 
so; 

(6)  when  required,  pursuant  to  subsection  5,  to  remove 
part  of  a  load  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  or  to  make 
arrangements  to  do  so;  or 

(c)  obstructs  any  weighing,  measuring  or  examination 
authorized  by  this  section, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

Penalty  79    Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  1  of  section  71,  sections  72,  73  and  74,  sub- 
section 3  of  section  75  or  section  76  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of, 

(a)  $0.91  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act  or 
the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  less  than 
11,000  pounds,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  fine  be  less 
than  $50; 

(6)  $1.82  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  11,000 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  16,500  pounds; 


(c)  $2.73  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  16,500 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  22,000  pounds; 


(d)  $3.64  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  22,000 
pounds  or  more  but  is  less  than  33,000  pounds; 
and 


\ 


19 

(e)  $4.55  per  hundredweight,  or  part  thereof,  for  any 
weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  under  this  Act 
or  the  regulations,  where  the  overweight  is  33,000 
pounds  or  more. 

80.  Every  consignor  of  goods,  or  his  agent  or  employee,  fj^^^^  i, 
who  causes  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  not  owned  consignor 
by  the  consignor  to  be  loaded, 

(a)  knowing  that  so  loaded  the  weight  of  the  vehicle, 
or  combination  of  vehicles,  and  load  when  operated 
on  a  highway  exceeds  the  limits  for  weight  in  any 
of  the  provisions  of  subsection  1  of  section  71, 
section  74  or  75,  or  in  the  regulations,  or  in  a  permit 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  77 ;  and 

(6)  intending  that  the  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles 
so  loaded  be  operated  on  a  highway, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  as  if  he  had  been  convicted  under  section  79. 

81.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ^*^^*"°°^ 
lations, 

(a)  prescribing  maximum  allowable  gross  vehicle 
weights ; 

(b)  designating  classes   of  vehicles  which   are   exempt  / 
from  the  provisions  of  sections  72,  73  and  74  and 

prescribing  the  weights  applicable  for  the  vehicles  so 
exempted;  and 

(c)  prescribing  markings  to  be  placed  on  vehicles. 


20 
TABLE  1 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
DUAL  AXLE 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

39.5  to  less  than  47.0 
47.0  to  less  than  51.0 
51.0  to  less  than  55.0 
55.0  to  less  than  59.0 
59.0  to  less  than  63.0 
63.0  to  less  than  67.0 
67.0  to  less  than  71.0 
71.0  or  more 

34,000 
37,000 
37,900 
38,600 
39,500 
40,300 
41,200 
42.100 

TABLE  2 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
TRIPLE  AXLE 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

78.5  to  less  than    94.5 

94.5  to  less  than  110.0 

110.0  to  less  than  114.0 

114.0  to  less  than  118.0 

118.0  to  less  than  122.0 
122.0  to  less  than  126.0 
126.0  to  less  than  130.0 
130.0  to  less  than  134.0 
134.0  to  less  than  138.0 
138.0  to  less  than  141.5 
141.5  to  less  than  145.5 
145.5  to  less  than  149.5 
149.5  to  less  than  153.5 
153.5  to  less  than  157.7 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 
161.5  to  less  than  165.5 
165.5  to  less  than  169.5 
169.5  to  less  than  173.0 
173.0  to  less  than  177.0 
177.0  to  less  than  181.0 
181.0  to  less  than  185.0 
185.0  to  less  than  189.0 
189.0  or  more 

43,000 
47,000 
47,800 
48,500 

49,400 
50,000 
50.900 
51,600 
52,500 
53,100 
53,800 
54,700 
55,300 
56,200 

56.900 
57.800 
58.400 
59,300 
60.000 
60.800 
61.500 
62,400 
63.000 

21 


TABLE  3 


MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
TWO  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

39.5  to  less  than  47.0 
47.0  to  less  than  51.0 
51.0  to  less  than  55.0 
55.0  to  less  than  59.0 
59.0  to  less  than  63.0 
63.0  to  less  than  67.0 
67.0  to  less  than  71.0 
71.0  to  less  than  75.0 
75.0  to  less  than  78.5 

33.100 
35,900 
36,800 
37,500 
38,400 
39,200 
40,100 
41,000 
42,100 

TABLE  4 


MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
THREE  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 
(Inches) 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 
(Pounds) 

78.5  to  less  than    94.5 

94.5  to  less  than  102.5 

102.5  to  less  than  110.0 

110.0  to  less  than  114.0 

114.0  to  less  than  118.0 

118.0  to  less  than  122.0 
122.0  to  less  than  126.0 
126.0  to  less  than  130.0 
130.0  to  less  than  134.0 
134.0  to  less  than  138.0 
138.0  to  less  than  141.5 
141.5  to  less  than  145.5 
145.5  to  less  than  149.5 
149.5  to  less  than  153.5 
153.5  to  less  than  157.5 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 
161.5  to  less  than  165.5 
165.5  to  less  than  169.5 
169.5  to  less  than  173.0 
173.0  to  less  than  177.0 
177.0  to  less  than  181.0 
181.0  to  less  than  185.0 
185.0  to  less  than  189.0 
189.0  to  less  than  193.0 
193.0  to  less  than  197.0 
197.0  or  more 

41,900 
45,000 
46,300 
47,200 
47,800 

48,500 
49,400 
50,000 
50,700 
51,600 
52.200 
52.900 
53,800 
54,500 
55.100 

56,000 
56,700 
57,300 
58,200 
58,900 
59,500 
60,400 
61,100 
61.700 
62.400 
63,000 

22 

TABLE  5 

MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE  WEIGHT  FOR 
FOUR  AXLE  GROUP 


Column  One 

Column  Two 

Axle  Group  Spacing 

Maximum  Allowable  Weight 

(Inches) 

(Pounds) 

less  than  141.5 

51,800 

141.5  to  less  than  145.5 

52.700 

145.5  to  less  than  149.5 

53,400 

149.5  to  less  than  153.5 

54,200 

153.5  to  less  than  157.5 

54.900 

157.5  to  less  than  161.5 

55,800 

161.5  to  less  than  165.5 

56.700 

165.5  to  less  than  169.5 

57.300 

169.5  to  less  than  173.0 

58,200 

173.0  to  less  than  177.0 

58,900 

177.0  to  less  than  181.0 

59,700 

181.0  to  less  than  185.0 

60.600 

185.0  to  less  than  189.0 

61.300 

189.0  to  less  than  193.0 

62.200 

193.0  to  less  than  197.0 

62.800 

197.0  to  less  than  201.0 

63.700 

201.0  to  less  than  204.5 

64.600 

204.5  to  less  than  208.5 

65.300 

208.5  to  less  than  212.5 

66,100 

212.5  to  less  than  216.5 

66,800 

216.5  to  less  than  220.5 

67.700 

220.5  to  less  than  224.5 

68.600 

224.5  to  less  than  228.5 

69.200 

228.5  to  less  than  232.5 

70.100 

232.5  to  less  than  236.0 

70,800 

236.0  to  less  than  240.0 

71,600 

240.0  to  less  than  244.0 

72,500 

244.0  to  less  than  248.0 

73.200 

248.0  to  less  than  252.0 

74,100 

252.0  to  less  than  256.0 

74.700 

256.0  to  less  than  260.0 

75,600 

260.0  to  less  than  264.0 

76,500 

264.0  to  less  than  267.5 

77,200 

267.5  to  less  than  271.5 

78.000 

271.5  to  less  than  275.5 

78,700 

275.5  to  less  than  279.5 

79,600 

279.5  to  less  than  283.5 

80,500 

283.5  to  less  than  287.5 

81.100 

287.5  to  less  than  291.5 

82.000 

291.5  to  less  than  295.5 

82,900 

295.5  or  more 

83,800 

23 

4. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  4  of  section  72  as  re-enacted  ^°^^®°°®" 
by  section  3,  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1978. 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  section  72,  as  re-enacted  by  section  3,  ^*®"^ 
comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1978. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1977. 


la 

3  :^z 

3    3  «— I 

!.=  « 

3 


o 

o 

*z 

fD 

<t 

O 

O 

Q 

< 

ft 

fD 

rt> 

3 

t-0 

3 

3 

C/5 

1" 

5 

3* 

pr 

H-k 

t-^ 

^■* 

vO 

vO 

vO 

^ 

-vl 

^ 

-vl 

-J 

^ 

H 

3' 


(TO 

3- 

P 


> 

3 

> 

o 


P 

3? 

o 

> 


I 


BILL   108  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 


Mr.  Leluk 


TORONTO 
Pkinteo  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


I 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  give  priority  to  the  lien  that  a  condominium 
corporation  holds  against  a  condominium  unit  when  a  unit  owner  defaults 
in  the  payment  of  common  expenses. 


BILL  108  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the   advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of  the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection  4  of  section   13  of   The  Condominium  Act,  being ^^^^w^^^ 
chapter  77  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  as  re- 
enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1974,  chapter   133,  sec- 
tion 10,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  Where  an  owner  defaults  in  his  obligation  to  con-  ^*®° 
tribute  to  the  corporation  towards  the  common  expenses  in 
the  proportion  allocated  to  his  unit,  the  corporation  has  a 
lien  for  the  unpaid  amount  against  that  unit  and  its 
appurtenant  common  interest  and  the  lien  of  the  corporation 
has  priority  to  every  other  claim  against  the  unit  and 
appurtenant  common  interest  except  a  lien  for  arrears  of 
municipal  taxes. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  menr®"*'*' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Condominium  Amendment  ^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act.  1977. 


HOI    J.i 


IIUkU 


,rT  I. 


"a 
ft 

55- 


S 
o 


Co 


m 

r 

7i 


'Z 

o 

< 

3 

S^ 

«^ 

cr 

'^ 

t^o 

>3 

►1 

>3 

Ok 

1-^ 

H 

sr 

O  3 

3  o 
5  s" 

3  3 

O 


I 


BILL  109  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  Special  Education  Programs 


Ms.  GiGANTES 


T  ()  k  (>  N  T  O 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  guarantees  access  to  education  to  all  children  of  compulsory 
school  age  who  suffer  from  any  kind  of  chronic  physical  disability,  or  any 
kind  of  learning  disability  including  the  blind,  deaf,  autistic,  mentally 
handicapped  and  perceptually  handicapped,  or  for  children  who  are 
exceptionally  gifted. 


BILL  109  1977 


An  Act  respecting 
Special  Education  Programs 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  In   this   Act,    "board"   means   a   board   of  education ,  I^'erpre- 

tation 

public  school  board,  secondary  school  board,  Roman  Catholic 
separate  school  board  or  Protestant  separate  school  board. 

2.  Every  board  shall,  Board  t^o^ 

special 
,  ,.  ,  ....  .  ,    education 

{a)  establish    special    education    programs    to    provide  programs 
special  education  services  to  pupils  who  require  such 
services  in  order  to  make  educational  progress  and 
who   have   a   right   to   attend   a   school   under   the 
jurisdiction  of  the  board; 

(b)  establish  special  education  programs  to  provide 
special  education  services  to  gifted  pupils  who 
require  such  services  in  order  to  realize  their  full 
learning  potential; 

(c)  establish  and  administer  tests  for  the  purpose  of 
testing  the  children,  with  parents'  or  guardian's 
consent,  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  board  in  order 
to  determine  those  children  who  are  likely  to  benefit 
from  special  education  programs  provided  by  the 
board. 

3.  The  fact  that  a  child  is  chronically  physically  disabled,  Jju^^fonal 
blind,  deaf,  autistic,  mentally  handicapp)ed  or  suffers  from  a  services 
perceptual  handicap  or  other  learning  disability,  or  that  a 

child  is  exceptionally  gifted  does  not  release  a  board  from  its 
duty  under  this  Act  to  provide  special  education  services  to 
that  child  unless  the  child's  parent  or  guardian  consents  to  the 
placing  of  that  child  in  and  the  child  is  admitted  to  a  school 
or  class  for  trainable  retarded  children,  the  Ontario  School 


Costs  to 
be  borne 
by  board 


for  the   Blind,   an   Ontario  School   for  the  Deaf,   or  other 
educational  institution  adequate  to  meet  the  child's  needs. 

4.  Where  a  child  receives  special  education  services 
from  a  board  or  other  educational  institution  referred  to  in 
section  3,  any  additional  transportation,  food  and  accommo- 
dation costs  incurred  as  a  result  of  that  child  receiving  such 
services  shall  be  paid, 

(a)  by  the  board  that  has  jurisdiction  over  the  child; 
or 


Consent 
required 


Commence- 
ment 


(6)  where  the  child  attends  an  educational  institution 
not  under  board  jurisdiction,  by  the  board  that 
would  have  jurisdiction  over  the  child  if  that  child 
was  not  receiving  special  education  services. 

5.  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  authorize  a  board 
to  place  a  child  in  a  special  education  program  without  the 
consent  of  the  parent  or  guardian  of  that  child  and  where 
a  parent  or  guardian  refuses  to  provide  such  consent,  the 
board  is  under  a  duty  to  integrate  the  child  into  the  regular 
school  program  and  to  make  all  reasonable  effort  to  help  the 
child  make  educational  progress  in  that  program. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is   The  Special  Education 
Programs  Act,  1977 . 


/ 


bo 


o 

o 
> 

H 

m 


a. 


2: 

0 

< 

1 

re 

3 
a* 

5c 

1 

ft- 

ro 

ft 

3 

ft- 
1' 

1' 

p- 

i_< 

SO 

"^ 

^ 

(/) 

"O 

a> 

0 

E 

> 

3 

> 

0 

0 

p 

"-I 

(-»• 

fD 

C/l 

o' 

TS 

3 

O) 

r> 

•13 

l-^ 

-1 
0 

3' 

orq 

orq 

BILL   110  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Planning  Act 


The  Hon.  J.  R.  Rhodes 
Minister  of  Housing 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Sections  1,  2,  3,  4  and  5.  The  amendments  contained  in  sections 
1  to  5  of  the  Bill  are  complementary  to  the  amendments  contained  in 
section  7.  Section  7  repeals  the  present  subsections  13  to  20  of  section  42 
of  the  Act  and  replaces  them  with  new  subsections  13  to  25.  Consequently, 
it  is  necessary  to  change  certain  references  to  those  subsections  in  other 
sections  of  the  Act  (sections  29,  30,  30a,  30b  and  32)  to  provide  the  correct 
reference. 


Section  6.  Subsections  24  to  28  of  section  35  of  the  Act  provide  a 
procedure  whereby  a  zoning  by-law  may  come  into  effect  without  the 
approval  of  the  Municipal  Board  where  no  person  objects.  The  re-enactment 
of  subsection  28  will  deem  such  by-laws  to  conform  to  the  municipality's 
official  plan  as  is  now  the  case  where  a  zoning  by-law  is  approved  by  the 
Board.  Set  out  below  is  subsection  28  as  proposed  to  be  re-enacted  showing 
underlined  the  words  to  be  added : 

(28)  Any  by-law  approved  by  the  Municipal  Board  under  this  section 
and  any  by-law  that  row<  v  mln  effect  under  subsicttpn  25  shall  be 
conclusively  deemed  to  be  in  conformity  with  the  official  plan  then  in 
effect  in  the  municipality . 

The  re-enactment  of  subsection  26  brings  its  wording  into  conformity 
with  subsection  9.  Set  out  below  is  subsection  26  as  it  now  reads  showing 
underlined  the  words  to  be  changed  by  the  re-enactment: 

(26)  Where  an  official  plan  is  in  effect  in  a  municipality  and  notice  is 
given  m  the  manner  and  form  and  to  the  persons  prescribed  by  the 
regulations  and  a  notice  of  objection  has  been  filed  with  the  clerk  of 
the  municipality  within  the  time  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  the 
by-law  does  not  come  into  effect  until  approved  hy  the  Municipal 
Board. 


BILL  110  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Planning  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection  6  of  section  29  of  The  Planning  Act,  being  chapter  |j^^^^^^^ 
349  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  2,  section  1,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "20"  in  the  sixth  hne  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "25". 

2.  Subsection  4  of  section  30  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by|^(j^^>^^ 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  2,  section  2,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "3  to  20"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "3  to  25". 

3.  Subsection  3  of  section  30a  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  bvs30a(3) 

-'  amended 

the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  64,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "3  to  20"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "3  to  25". 

4.  Subsection  4  of  section  306  of  the  said  Act,  as  enacted  by  l-^^^g^^  / 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1976,  chapter  64,  section  1,  is  amended                                             ' 
by  striking  out  "3  to  20"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  . 

in  lieu  thereof  "3  to  25". 

5.  Subsection  2  of  section  32  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by|j^^2)^jj 
striking  out  "4  to  19"  in  the  sixth  hne  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "4  to  24". 

6. — (1)  Subsection  26  of  section  35  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  Jl^^^Jj^^^^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(26)  Where  an  oflficial  plan  is  in  effect  in  a  municipality  J^^^^^^ 
and  notice  is  given  in  the  manner  and  form  and  to  the  objection 
persons  prescribed  by  the  regulations  and  a  notice  of 
objection  has  been  filed  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality 
within  the  time  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  the  by-law 
does  not  come  into  effect  without  the  approval  of  the 
Municipal  Board. 


8.35(28). 
re-enacted 


Aporoved 
by-law 
deemed  to 
conform 
to  plan 


1.42. 

Bubss.  (13-20). 
re-enacted 


Appeal 


Idem 


R.8.0. 1970. 
C.323 


(2)  Subsection  28  of  the  said  section  35  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(28)  Any  by-law  approved  by  the  Municipal  Board  under 
this  section  and  any  by-law  that  comes  into  effect  under 
subsection  25  shall  be  conclusively  deemed  to  be  in  con- 
formity with  the  official  plan  then  in  effect  in  the  munici- 
pality. 

7.  Section  42  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out, 

(a)  subsection    13,    as   re-enacted   by   the   Statutes   of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  118,  section  10; 

(6)  subsection    13a,    as    enacted    by    the    Statutes    of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  118,  section  10; 

(f)  subsection    14,    as    amended    by    the    Statutes    of 
Ontario,  1972,  chapter  118,  section  10; 

(d)  subsection    15,    as   re-enacted    by   the   Statutes   of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  64,  section  6; 

{e)  subsections  16  and  17; 

(/)  subsection    18,    as   re-enacted   by   the   Statutes   of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  64,  section  6; 

(g)  subsection    19,    as   re-enacted   by   the    Statutes   of 
Ontario,  1976,  chapter  64,  section  6;  and 

(A)  subsection  20, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof: 

(13)  An  appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  from  a  decision 
of  the  committee  may  be  brought  if  leave  to  appeal   the 
decision  is  granted  by  the  Municipal  Board  as  hereinafter  in  ^ 
this  section  provided. 

(14)  The  applicant,  the  Minister  or  any  other  person  who 
has  an  interest  in  the  matter  may  apply  for  leave  to  appeal 
to  the  Municipal  Board  against  the  decision  of  the  com- 
mittee by  serving  personally  on  or  sending  by  registered 
mail  to  the  secretary-treasurer  of  the  committee  notice  of 
the  application  for  leave  to  appeal  specifying  the  grounds  of 
appeal,  accompanied  by  payment  to  the  secretary-treasurer 
of  the  fee  prescribed  by  the  Municipal  Board  under  The 
Ontario  Municipal  Board  ^4^/  as  payable  on  an  appeal  from  a 
committee  of  adjustment  to  the  Board,  within  twenty-one j 
days  after  the  sending  of  the  notice  under  subsection  11. 


Section  7.  Subsections  13  to  20  of  section  42  of  the  Act  provide 
for  the  right  to  appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  from  any  decision  of  a 
committee  of  adjustment  and  for  other  matters  related  to  any  such  appeal. 
These  provisions  also  apply  to  the  decisions  made  by  land  division  com- 
mittees and  by  planning  boards  delegated  the  consent-granting  function  in 
the  territorial  districts. 

Under  the  subsections  as  re-enacted,  an  appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board 
will  lie  only  if  leave  to  appeal  has  first  been  obtained  from  the  Municipal 
Board.  The  Municipal  Board  is  empowered  to  deal  with  an  application 
for  leave  to  appeal  without  holding  a  public  hearing,  but  the  application 
to  the  Board  must  be  accompanied  by  an  affidavit  setting  out  the  facts 
in  support  of  the  appeal.  Where  the  Board  refuses  leave  to  appeal,  it 
shall  give  reasons  therefor. 

In  addition,  the  amendments  provide  that  the  decision  or  order  of  the 
Municipal  Board  on  an  application  for  leave  to  appeal  and  on  the  appeal 
itself  is  not  subject  to  petition  to  the  Executive  Council  under  section  94 
of  The  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act. 

Subsections  13  to  20  as  they  now  appear  are  set  out  below : 

{13}  The  applicant,  the  Minister  or  any  other  person  who  has  an  interest 
in  the  matter  may  appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  against  the  decision 
of  the  committee  by  serving  personally  on  or  sending  by  registered 
mail  to  the  secretary-treasurer  of  the  committee  notice  of  appeal 
accompanied  by  payment  to  the  secretary-treasurer  of  the  fee  pre- 
scribed by  the  Municipal  Board  under  The  Ontario  Municipal  Board 
Act  as  payable  on  an  appeal  from  a  committee  of  adjustment  to  the 
Board,  within  twenty-one  days  after  the  sending  of  the  notice  under 
subsection  11. 

(13a)  The  secretary-treasurer  of  a  committee,  upon  receipt  of  a  notice  of 
appeal  served  or  sent  to  him  under  subsection  13  shall  forthwith 
forward  the  notice  of  appeal  and  the  amount  of  the  fee  mentioned  in 
subsection  13  to  the  Municipal  Board  by  registered  mail  together 
with  all  papers  and  documents  filed  with  the  committee  of  adjustment 
relating  to  the  matter  appealed  from  and  such  other  documents  and 
papers  as  may  be  required  by  the  Municipal  Board. 

(14)  If  within  such  twenty-one  days  no  notice  of  appeal  is  given,  the 
decision  of  the  committee  is  final  and  binding,  and  the  secretary- 
treasurer  shall  notify  the  applicant  and  shall  file  a  certified  copy  of  the 
decision  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality . 

(15)  On  an  appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board,  the  Municipal  Board  shall 
hf)ld  a  hearing  of  which  notice  shall  be  given  to  the  applicant,  the 
appellant,  the  secretary-treasurer  of  the  committee  and  to  such  other 
persons  and  in  such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may  deter- 
mine. 

(16)  The  Municipal  Board  may  dismiss  the  appeal  and  may  make  any 
decision  that  the  committee  could  have  made  on  the  original  applica- 
tion. 

(17)  The  costs  an  the  appeal  are  m  tht  discretion  of  the  Municipal  Board. 

(18)  When  the  Municipal  Board  makes  an  order  on  an  appeal,  the 
secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  shall  send  a  copy  thereof  to  the 
applicant,  the  appellant  and  the  secretary-treasurer  of  the  committee. 


(19)  The  secretary-treasurer  shall  file  a  copy  of  the  order  of  the  Municipal 
Board  with  the  clerk  of  the  mumcipality . 

{20)  When  a  consent  has  been  granted  on  an  application  under  sub- 
section 3,  the  secretary-treasurer  shall,  after  the  decision  of  the  com- 
mittee is  final  and  binding  under  subsection  14,  give  a  certificate  to 
the  applicant  stating  that  such  consent  has  been  given,  and  the  certi- 
ficate is  conclusive  evidence  that  such  consent  was  given  and  that  the 
provisions  of  thts  Act  leading  to  such  consent  have  been  complied 
with. 


(15)  The    notice    of   an    application    for   leave    to    appeal ''^^'**^^* 
shall  be  accompanied  by  an  affidavit  setting  out  the  facts 

in  support  of  the  appeal. 

(16)  The  secretary-treasurer  of  a  committee,  upon  receipt  ^^'^^/ry- 
of  a  notice  of  an  application  for  leave  to  appeal  served  or  treasurer 
sent   to   him   under   subsection    14   shall    forthwith    forward 

the  appUcation  for  leave  to  appeal  and  the  amount  of  the 
fee  mentioned  in  subsection  14  to  the  Municipal  Board  by 
registered  mail  together  with  a  certified  copy  of  the  decision 
setting  out  the  reasons  for  the  decision,  all  papers  and 
documents  filed  with  the  committee  of  adjustment  relating 
to  the  matter  appealed  from  and  such  other  documents  and 
papers  as  may  be  required  by  the  Municipal  Board. 

(17)  If  within   such   twenty-one   days  no   application   for^bereno 
leave  to  appeal  is  made,  the  decision  of  the  committee  is 

final  and  binding,  and  the  secretary- treasurer  shall  notify 
the  applicant  and  shall  file  a  certified  copy  of  the  decision 
with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality. 

(18)  In  making  the  determination  on  an  application  forl^^^^^^^f 
leave  to  appeal,  the  Municipal  Board  shall  not  be  required  to  application 

^  for  16£LV6 

hold  a  hearing  and  the  decision  or  order  of  the  Board  is  not  to  appeal 
subject  to  petition  under  section  94  of  The  Ontario  Municipalff.^-^^''^- 
Board  Act. 

(19)  The    Municipal    Board    shall    notify    in    writing    the  Notice 
person  who  applied  for  leave  to  appeal  of  the  decision  of  the 
Board  on  the  application,  including,  in  the  case  where  leave 

to  appeal  is  refused,  reasons  for  the  decision,  and  the  Board 
shall    likewise    notify    the    secretary-treasurer   of   the    com- 
mittee of  adjustment  as  well  as  the  person  who  made  the  j 
application  to  the  committee  where  such  person  is  not  the 
same  person  who  applied  for  leave  to  appeal. 

(20)  Where   leave    to    app)eal    is   granted,    the    Municipal  bearing 
Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  of  the  appeal  of  which  notice 
shall  be  given  to  the  applicant,  the  appellant,  the  secretary- 
treasurer  of  the  committee  and  to  such  other  persons  and  in 
such  manner  as  the  Municipal  Board  may  determine. 

(21)  The  Municipal   Board   may  dismiss   the  appeal   and  ^°]J^^'^o' 
may    make   any   decision    that    the   committee   could   haveapp«fti 
made  on  the  original  application  and  the  decision  or  order 

of  the  Board  is  not  subject  to  petition  under  section  94  of 
The  Ontario  Municipal  Board  Act. 

(22)  The   costs   on   the   appeal   are   in   the   discretion   of^°»'» 
the  Municipal  Board. 


Notice  of 
decision 


(23)  When  the  Municipal  Board  makes  an  order  on  an 
appeal,  the  secretary  of  the  Municipal  Board  shall  send  a 
copy  thereof  to  the  applicant,  the  apjpellant  and  the  secretary- 
treasurer  of  the  committee. 


Idem 


Certificate 
that  con- 
sent eriven 


(24)  The  secretary-treasurer  shall  file  a  copy  of  the  order 
of  the  Municipal  Board  with  the  clerk  of  the  municipality. 

(25)  When  a  consent  has  been  granted  on  an  application 
under  subsection  3,  the  secretary-treasurer  shall,  after  the 
decision  of  the  committee  is  final  and  binding  under  sub- 
section 17,  give  a  certificate  to  the  applicant  stating  that 
such  consent  has  been  given,  and  the  certificate  is  conclusive 
evidence  that  such  consent  was  given  and  that  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  leading  to  such  consent  have  been  complied 
with,  provided  that  where  a  consent  has  been  granted  on  an 
appeal  to  the  Municipal  Board  the  order  made  by  the 
Municipal  Board  has  the  same  force  and  effect  as  a  certifi- 
cate. 


Commence- 
ment 


8. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  7,  comes  into 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


Idem 


Short  title 


(2)  Sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  7  come  into  force  on  the  1st 
day  of  January,  1978. 

9.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Planning  Amendment  Act, 
1977. 


n 


/ 


o 


to 


H 

s 

^  w 

o 
•z 


n 


X 
o 

c 

(/) 

5' 
en 


X 

o 

D 

w 

en 


'Z 

o 

< 

^ 

ft) 
3 

Si. 

cr 

>i 

•1 

NJ 

S) 

c^ 

H> 

i^- 

3 

a> 

15 

> 
o 

p" 

f-*- 

3 

<-*■ 

3 

o 

5' 

pj 

(TO 

3 

> 
o 

t-t- 

3 

^ 


BILL  111  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro -Electric  Service 
in  the  County  of  Oxford 


The  Hon.  J.  A.  Taylor 
Minister  of  Energy 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  new  municipal  electric  power  supply  commissions 
for  the  area  municipalities  in  the  County  of  Oxford. 

A  transitional  period  of  up  to  three  months  is  provided  before  the 
new  commissions  become  fully  operational. 

The  members  of  each  commission  will  be  the  mayor  of  the  area  muni- 
cipality and  additional  members  who  are  qualified  as  municipal  electors 
in  the  municipality  and  who  are  customers  of  the  commissions. 

The  council  of  each  area  municipality  will  determine  whether,  after 
December  31st,  1978,  the  members  of  its  commissions  should  be  elected 
or  appointed. 

Commencing  the  1st  day  of  January,  1978,  customers  within  Tillson- 
burg  presently  served  by  Ontario  Hydro's  rural  retail  f>ower  distribution 
system  will  be  supplied  with  power  by  the  new  Tillsonburg  commission. 

Customers  within  a  township  presently  served  by  Ontario  Hydro  will 
continue  to  be  served  by  Ontario  Hydro. 

The  supply  of  retail  power  will  be  reviewed  every  five  years  by  an 
Oxford  Power  Supply  Review  Committee. 

Provision  is  made  for  the  transfer  of  employees  and  the  protection 
of  their  salaries  and  benefits. 


BILL  111  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for 

Municipal  Hydro- Electric  Service 

in  the  County  of  Oxford 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion 
of  the  equity  accumulated  through  debt  retire- 
ment appropriations  recorded  for  the  Rural  Power 
District  relating  to  Ontario  Hydro's  rural  retail  sys- 
tem plus  the  portion  of  the  balance  recorded  for 
rural  retail  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of  Rates 
and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of  Ontario 
Hydro ; 

(6)  "area  municipality"   has  the  same  meaning  as  in 

The  County  of  Oxford  Act,  1974',  i974. c. 57 

(c)  "County"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The  County 
of  Oxford  Act,  1974] 

{d)  "County  Council"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The 
County  of  Oxford  Act,  1974; 

(e)  "electrical  service  area"  means  an  area  supplied 
with  retail  power  by  a  commission  established  by 
section  2; 

(/)  "hydro-electric  commission"  means, 

(i)  a  hydro-electric  commission  or  public  utility 
commission  or  public  utilities  commission 
entrusted  with  the  control  and  management 
of  works  for  the  retail  supply  of  power  and 
established  or  deemed  to  be  established  under 
Part  in  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  and  R8X).»970. 

0.  380 


(ii)  a  committee  of  the  council  of  a  municipality 
entrusted  with  the  control  and  management 
of  works  for  the  retail  supply  of  power  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1974; 

{g)  "Minister"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and 
Minister  of  Economics  and  Intergovernmental  Affairs ; 

(h)  "power"  means  electrical  power  and  includes  electrical 
energy ; 

{{)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act ; 

ij)  "retail  distribution  facilities"  means  works  for  the 
transmission  and  supply  of  power  at  voltages  less 
than  50  kilovolts  other  than  works  located  within  a 
transformer  station  that  transforms  pxDwer  from 
voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts  to  voltages  less 
than  50  kilovolts. 


Com- 
missions 
established 


R.S.0. 1970. 
cc.  390.  354 


Com- 

Dosition. 

Woodstock 

Public 

Utility 

Commission 

1972.  c.  95 


Idem. 

Ingersoll 

Public 

Utility 

Commission 


Idem. 

Tillsonbuiv 

Public 

Utility 

Commission 


2. — (1)  On  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  a  hydro- 
electric commission  for  each  of  the  City  of  Woodstock,  the 
Town  of  Ingersoll,  the  Town  of  Tillsonburg,  the  Township 
of  Blandford-Blenheim,  the  Township  of  East  Zorra-Tavistock, 
the  Township  of  Norwich,  the  Township  of  South- West 
Oxford  and  the  Township  of  Zorra  is  hereby  established, 
and  each  commission  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  commission 
established  under  Part  III  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  and  a 
municipal  commission  within  the  meaning  of  The  Power 
Corporation  Act. 

(2)  The  commission  for  the  City  of  Woodstock  established 
by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Woodstock  Public 
Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the 
City  of  Woodstock  and  four  additional  members  who  are 
qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in 
the  City  of  Woodstock. 

(3)  The  commission  for  the  Town  of  Ingersoll  established 
by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Ingersoll  Public 
Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the 
Town  of  Ingersoll  and  four  additional  members  who  are 
qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in 
the  Town  of  Ingersoll. 

(4)  The  commission  established  for  the  Town  of  Tillsonburg 
by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Tillsonburg  Public 
Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the 
Town  of  Tillsonburg  and  four  additional  members  who  are 


qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in  i972.c.95 
the  Town  of  Tillsonburg. 

(5)  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of  Bil^dford- 
Blandford-Blenheim  by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Blenheim 

Public 

Blandford-Blenheim    Public    Utility    Commission    and    shall  utility 
consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  Blandford-Blenheim    °'"'"'^^*°" 
and  four  additional  members  who  are  qualified  electors  under 
The    Municipal    Elections    Act,    1972    in    the    Township    of 
Blandford-Blenheim , 

(a)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Drumbo ; 

(h)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Platts- 
ville ; 

(c)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Prince- 
ton; and 

{d)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  one 
of  the  electrical  service  areas  commonly  known  as 
Drumbo,  Plattsville  and  Princeton. 

(6)  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of  EasTzorra- 
East   Zorra-Tavistock   by  subsection    1   shall   be   known   as  Tavistock 

Public 

the    East   Zorra-Tavistock    Public   Utility   Commission   and  utility 

shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  East  Zorra-    "'""^ 

Tavistock   and   two   additional   members   who   are   qualified  j 

electors    under    The   Municipal   Elections   Act,    1972   in    the  i 

Township  of  East  Zorra-Tavistock  and  who  are  customers 

of  the  commission. 

(7)  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of  Jf^^wjch 
Norwich   by  subsection    1    shall   be   known  as   the   Norwich  P"'^i|c 
Public  Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  commission 
the  Township  of  Norwich  and  four  additional  members  who  are 
qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in 

the  Township  of  Norwich, 

{a)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Burgess- 
ville; 

{b)  two  of  whom  are  customers  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Norwich ; 
and 


(c)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Otter- 
ville. 

L**'?i. «,   .        (8)  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of 

South-West     _    ^    ,    -,,  ^    ,       ,    .  1  4      ,     II    1       1  1 

Oxford  South-West  Oxford  by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the 

utility  South-West    Oxford    Public    Utility    Commission    and   shall 

Commission  ^^j^^^^^  ^f  ^^g  mayor  of  the  Township  of  South-West  Oxford 

and  two  additional  members  who  are  qualified  electors  under 
1972,0.96        Xhe    Municipal    Elections    Act,    1972   in    the    Township    of 

South-West  Oxford  and  who  are  customers  of  the  commission. 

wem.  (9)  The  commission  established  for  the  Township  of  Zorra 

utility  by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Zorra  Public  Utility 

Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  Township 
of  Zorra  and  four  additional  members  who  are  qualified 
electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in  the 
Township  of  Zorra, 

(a)  two  of  whom  are  customers  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Embro; 
and 

(6)  two  of  whom  are  customers  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Thames- 
ford. 

menibere*of        (^^)  ^°^  *^^  *^""  expiring  with  the  31st  day  of  December, 
am  com-       1978,  the  additional  members, 

missions 

(a)  of  the  Ingersoll  Public  Utility  Commission  established 
by  subsection  1  shall  be, 

(i)  the  two  members  who  are  not  ex  officio  mem- 
bers of  the  Ingersoll  Public  Utilities  Com- 
mission immediately  before  the  coming  into 
force  of  this  Act,  and 

(ii)  two  persons  appointed  by  the  council  of  the 
Town  of  Ingersoll ; 

(6)  of  the  Tillsonburg  Public  Utility  Commission 
established  by  subsection  1  shall  be  the  members, 
other  than  the  mayor,  of  the  Tillsonburg  Public 
Utilities  Commission  immediately  before  the  coming 
into  force  of  this  Act ;  and 

(c)  of  the  Woodstock  Public  Utility  Commission 
established  by  subsection  1  shall  be  the  members, 
other  than   the   mayor,   of  the  Woodstock   Public 


Utilities  Commission  immediately  before  the  coming 
into  force  of  this  Act. 

(11)  For  the  term  expiring  with  the  31st  day  of  December,  ^^^^ 
1978,  the  additional  members  of  each  of  the  Blandford- 
Blenheim  Public  Utility  Commission,  the  East  Zorra-Tavistock 
Public  Utility  Commission,  the  Norwich  Public  Utility 
Commission,  the  South- West  Oxford  Public  Utility  Com- 
mission and  the  Zorra  Public  Utility  Commission,  established 
under  subsection  1,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  council  of 
the  area  municipality  served  by  each  such  commission  from 
the  members  of  the  hydro-electric  commissions  that  serve 
the  area  municipality  immediately  before  the  coming  into  force 

of  this  Act. 

(12)  For  terms  commencing  after  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  Additional 

ir^-ir.  11--         I  /•  1  ■•         members  of 

ber,    1978,    the    additional    members    of    each    commission  subsequent 
estabhshed  by  subsection   1   shall  be  elected  by  a  general  missions 
vote  of  the  electors  of  the  area  municipality  served  by  the 
commission,   unless  before  the   1st  day  of  July,    1978,   the 
council  of  the  area  municipality  provides  by  by-law  that  the 
additional  members  shall  be  appointed  by  the  council. 

(13)  Members  of  the  council  of  an  area  municipality  served  o/^^embera 
by  a  commission  established  by  subsection  1  may  be  appointed  of  council 
as   members   of   the   commission,   but   the   members   of   the 
council  shall  not  form  a  majority  of  the  commission. 

(14)  A    member    of    a    commission    established    by    sub-  o^f^"^ 
section  1  shall  hold  office  for  the  same  term  as  the  members 

of  council  or  until  his  successor  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(15)  The   council   of   an   area   municipahty   served   by   a  Delegates 
commission   established   by   subsection    1    may,    by   by-law 
passed  with  the  written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a 
delegate  from  among  the  members  of  the  council  to  represent 

the  mayor  on  the  commission. 

(16)  The  salaries  of  the  members  of  the  commissions  1^^^^°*^ 
established  by  subsection  1  for  the  term  expiring  with  the  missions 
31st  day  of  December,  1978  shall  be  fixed  on  or  before  the 

1st  day  of  April,  1978  in  an  amount  that  does  not  exceed 
the  highest  salary  paid  to  members  of  hydro-electric  com- 
missions operating  in  the  County  of  Oxford  on  the  1st  day 
of  September,  1977. 

(17)  A   resignation   from   the  council   of  a   member  of  a  Resignation 
council  who  is  a  member  of  a  commission  established  by 
subsection  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  resignation  from  both 

the  commission  and  the  council. 


Powers 
of  com- 
missions 

R.S.0. 1970. 
C.390 


Idem 


R.S.0. 1970, 
C.312 


R.8.0. 1970. 
0.284 

Where 
Ontario 
Hydro  to 
continue  to 
supply 
power 


3. — (1)  Except  as  herein  provided,  all  the  powers,  rights, 
authorities  and  privileges  that  are  conferred  by  The  Public 
Utilities  Act  on  a  municipal  corporation  with  respect  to 
power,  shall,  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  be 
exercised  on  behalf  of  each  area  municipality  by  the  com- 
mission established  by  section  2  in  respect  of  that  area 
municipality  and  not  by  the  council  of  any  municipality  or  any 
other  body. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  5  and  to  any  subsisting 
contracts  for  the  supply  of  power  to  customers  within  the 
meaning  of  section  37a  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  on 
and  after  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  each  commission 
established  by  section  2  has  the  sole  right  to  supply  power 
within  the  area  municipality  in  respect  of  which  it  is 
established,  and,  on  behalf  of  the  area  municipality,  may 
contract  with  Ontario  Hydro  for  the  transmission  and 
supply  to  the  commission  of  power  to  be  distributed  and 
sold  within  the  municipality,  without  electoral  assent  or  other 
approval  or  authorization  and  such  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  an  agreement  within  the  meaning  of  clause  s  of  sub- 
section 2  of  section  293  of  The  Municipal  Act. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  but  subject  to  section  4, 
Ontario  Hydro  shall  continue  to  supply  power  in  those 
areas  of  the  townships  of  Blandford-Blenheim,  East  Zorra- 
Tavistock,  Norwich,  South-West  Oxford,  and  Zorra  that  it 
served  immediately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act, 
and  subsections  8  and  9  and  section  7  do  not  apply. 


Application 

or 

R.S.0. 1970. 

0.354 


(4)  Except  where  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  the  provisions  of  The  Power  Corporation  Act  appHcable 
to  a  municipal  corporation  that  has  entered  into  a  contract 
with  Ontario  Hydro  for  the  supply  of  power  to  the  municipal 
corporation  apply  to  each  of  the  commissions  established  by 
section  2. 


Direct 
customers 


(5)  With  the  consent  of  a  commission  established  by 
section  2,  Ontario  Hydro  may  supply  power  directly  to 
customers  within  the  municipality  in  respect  of  which  the 
commission  is  established. 


Tran- 
sitional 


(6)  Such  management  and  control  of  works  for  the  dis- 
tribution and  supply  of  power  within  the  area  municipahties 
as  are  exercised  by  hydro-electric  commissions  and  Ontario 
Hydro  immediately  before  this  Act  comes  into  force  remain 
entrusted  to  them  to  and  including  the  31st  day  of  March, 
1978,  but,  subject  to  subsections  7  and  8,  any  of  the  assets, 
pjowers  and  responsibilities  of  such  commissions  may  by 
agreement  be  transferred  before  that  date  to  a  commission 
established  by  section  2. 


(7)  On  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  all  assets  under  the  control  Jj'^e^fand*^ 
and    management    of    and    all    Habihties    of    hydro-electric  liabilities 
commissions  distributing  and  selling  power  in  an  area  munici- 
pality to  the  extent  that  they  pertain  to  the  distribution 

and  supply  of  power  in  the  municipality,  are,  without  com- 
pensation, assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and 
liabilities  of  the  commission  established  by  section  2  in  respect 
of  the  municipality. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  5,  section  4  and  the  regu-  ^}^^^^^f^ 
lations,    each    commission    established    by    section    2    shall  distribu- 
acquire,  on  behalf  of  the  area  municipality  served  by  the  facilities 
commission,    the    retail    distribution    facihties    within    the  Ontario 
municipahty   used  by   Ontario   Hydro   on   the  31st  day  of  ^^^^° 
March,   1978,  in  the  retail  distribution  of  power,  including 
equipment    leased    by    Ontario    Hydro    to    retail    customers 
within  the  municipality  for  the  use  of  such  power,  and  the 

price  of  the  facilities  shall  be  equal  to  the  original  cost  of 
the  facilities  less  the  sum  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity  of  the  customers  supplied  with  power  through  the 
facilities  and  the  accumulated  depreciation  associated  with 
the  facilities. 

(9)  If  the  price  of  the  facilities  referred  to  in  subsection  ^^b/^P^grf 
8  has  not  been  determined  by  the  parties  before  the  1st  day  of  mined  by 
July,  1978,  the  price  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration  by  a 

single  arbitrator  pursuant  to  The  Arbitrations  Act  in  accord-  R^o. i970, 
ance  with  subsection  8  and  the  regulations,  and  the  decision 
of  the  arbitrator  shall  not  be  subject  to  appeal. 

(10)  The  references  to  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978  in  sub-  Tiiiaonburg 
sections  1,  2  and  7  and  sections  7  and  8  shall  be  deemed 

to  refer  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1978  and  the  references 
to  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978  in  subsections  6  and  8  and 
section  7  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1977  both  in  respect  of  the  Town  of  Tillsonburg. 

4. — (1)  This  section  applies  when  retail  power  is  supplied  ^^gP^^}°*J^o" 
in  any  area  municipality  by  both  Ontario  Hydro  and  a  com- 
mission established  by  section  2. 

(2)  At    least    once    in    every    five    years,    there    shall    be  Oxford 
appointed  a  committee  to  be  known  as  the  Oxford  Power  l^pp^'y 
Supply    Review    Committee    composed    of    eight    members,  committee 
one  of  whom  shall  be  appointed  by  the  council  of  each  area 
municipality. 

(3)  The  Committee  shall  review  the  retail  supply  of  power  Dutie» 
in  the  County  and  shall  include  in  its  review  an  evaluation  of, 


/ 


8 

(a)  the  supply  of  power  throughout  the  County  by  a 
single  hydro-electric  commission;  and 

(b)  the  supply  of  power  throughout  an  area  munici- 
pality by  a  commission  established  by  section  2. 

Report  (4)  Each  Committee  shall  complete  its  review  within  twelve 

months  from  the  date  that  it  is  fully  constituted  and  shall 
file  its  report  forthwith  with  Ontario  Hydro  and  send  copies 
of  the  report  to  the  clerk  of  the  County,  to  the  clerk  of  each 
area  municipality  and  to  each  commission  established  by 
section  2. 

Vesting  5. — (1)  All  real  property  transferred  pursuant  to  section  3 

property  to  the  control  and  management  of  a  commission  established 
by  section  2  or  otherwise  acquired  by  or  for  the  commission, 
shall  be  vested  in  the  area  municipality  served  by  the  com- 
mission. 

pisposi-  (2)  Where  a  commission  established  by  section  2  is  of  the 

tlon  of  real  )    {  ,  ,      ,  ,  i      •  ,  i 

property  opmion,  and  so  declares  by  resolution,  that  any  real  property 
under  its  control  and  management  is  not  required  for  its 
purposes,  unless  otherwise  agreed  upon  by  the  commission 
and  the  area  municipality  served  by  the  commission,  the 
real  property  may  be  disposed  of  as  follows: 

1.  In  the  event  that  the  area  municipality  served 
by  the  commission  wishes  in  good  faith  to  retain 
the  real  property  for  a  municipal  purpose,  it  shall 
compensate  the  commission  for  the  real  property  at 
its  actual  cost,  less  accrued  depreciation  as  shown 
on  the  books  of  the  commission  or  the  assessed 
value  of  the  real  property,  whichever  is  the  greater 
and  the  area  municipality  may  sell,  lease  or  other- 
wise dispose  of  the  real  property  without  the  assent 
of  Ontario  Hydro  and  may  retain  the  proceeds  of 
the  sale,  lease  or  disposition  as  municipal  funds. 

2.  In  the  event  that  the  area  municipality  served  by 
the  commission  does  not  wish  to  retain  the  real 
prop)erty  in  accordance  with  paragraph  1,  the  area 
municipahty  shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  sell, 
lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  real  property  at 
fair  market  value  on  behalf  of  the  municipality, 
and  the  net  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale,  lease 
or  other  disposition  of  the  real  property  or  the 
compensation  paid  therefor  pursuant  to  this  sub- 
section shall  be  paid  over  to  the  commission  and 

?  M?^^°'  ^^'^^^   ^^   applied   in    accordance   with    The   Public 

Utilities  Act. 


e.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  sections  91  Borrowing 
to  112  of  The  County  of  Oxford  Act,  1974  apply  with  neces- 19^2, c. 57 
sary  modifications  to  any  borrowing  for  the  purposes  of  a 
commission  estabhshed  by  section  2. 

7. — (1)  In   this   section,    "transfer  date",   when   used   in  J^je^pre- 

,  fill-  ••  tatlon 

respect  of  an  employee  of  a  hydro-electric  commission  or 
Ontario  Hydro,  means  the  date  on  which  a  commission 
established  by  section  2  assumes  liability  for  the  payment 
of  the  wages  or  salary  of  the  employee. 

(2)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978,  each  hydro- Transfer  of 

,.  ..  .         ,  -^  ..,..  ,^.     employees 

electnc  commission  m  the  area  municipalities  and  Ontario 
Hydro  shall  designate  those  of  their  full-time  employees 
who  were  employed  in  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power 
in  the  municipalities  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1977,  and 
who  continued  such  employment  until  the  31st  day  of 
March,  1978  or  until  their  transfer  dates,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  the  commissions  established  by  section  2  in  respect  of 
those  municipalities  shall  offer  employment  to  the  employees 
so  designated. 

(3)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  ^*f®feg'' 
is  entitled  to  receive,  for  a  period  of  one  year  commencing 

on  the  transfer  date,  a  wage  or  salary  not  less  than  the 
wage  or  salary  he  was  receiving  on  the  day  nine  months 
before  the  transfer  date. 

(4)  Each   commission   established   by   section   2   shall   be  P*l[j<^Jcipa- 
deemed  to  have  elected  to  participate  in  the  Ontario  Muni-  o.m.e.r.s. 
cipal   Employees  Retirement  System  on   the  day  this  Act 
comes   into   force,   and   a  person   who   accepts  employment 
under  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  continue  or  to  become 

a    member   of   the    System,    as    the   case    requires,    on    his 
transfer  date,  and  The  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retire- ^^^^^^' 
ment  System  Act  applies  to  such  person  as  a  member  of  the 
System. 

(5)  Where  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  ^"P^'^frV 
section    with    a    commission    established    by    section    2    is  agrreements 
entitled  to  the  benefit  of  a  supplementary  agreement  between 

a  hydro-electric  commission  operating  within  an  area  munici- 
pality and  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement 
Board  immediately  before  his  transfer  date,  the  commission 
shall  assume,  in  respect  of  the  person,  all  rights  and 
obligations  under  the  supplementary  agreement  as  if  the 
commission  had  been  a  party  to  the  agreement  in  the  place 
of  the  hydro-electric  commission. 

(6)  Where  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  thisJJ^J^rof 
section  is  a  contributor  to  The  Pension  and  Insurance  Fund  credit«jrom 

Hydro  plan 


10 


of  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before  his  transfer  date,  the 
present  value  of  the  pension  earned  by  the  person  in  The 
Pension  and  Insurance  Fund  of  Ontario  Hydro  at  the 
transfer  date  or  the  contributions  of  the  person  in  the  Fund 
with  interest  accumulated  and  credited  to  the  person  in  the 
Fund,  whichever  is  the  greater,  shall  be  transferred  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Fund  and  the 
person  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Ontario  Municipal  Em- 
ployees Retirement  System  for  a  period  of  service  equal  to 
the  period  of  service  for  which  he  was  given  credit  in  The 
Ontario  Hydro  Pension  and  Insurance  Plan. 

guarantee  i"^)  Notwithstanding  subsection  5,  a  person  who  accepts 

employment  under  this  section  with  a  commission  estab- 
lished by  section  2  and  who, 

(a)  was  employed  by  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before 
his  transfer  date;  and 


Group  life 
insurance 


Idem 


(b)  continues  in  the  employment  of  the  commission 
until  he  or  his  beneficiary  becomes  entitled  to  a 
pension  benefit, 

is  entitled  to  at  least  the  pension  benefit  to  which  he  would 
have  been  entitled  under  The  Ontario  Hydro  Pension  and 
Insurance  Plan  if  his  years  of  continuous  service  with  the 
commission  had  been  additional  years  of  continuous  service 
with  Ontario  Hydro  and  if  there  had  been  no  change  in  the 
Plan  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1977,  calculated  on 
the  basis  of  the  wage  or  salary  paid  to  the  person  by  Ontario 
Hydro  and  the  commission,  and  the  cost,  if  any,  of  the 
pension  benefit  over  the  cost  of  the  pension  benefit  to  which 
the  person  is  entitled  under  subsection  5  shall  be  apportioned 
and  paid  as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

(8)  A  f)erson  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 
is  entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  continue  as  a 
member  of  the  group  life  insurance  plan  in  which  he  was  a 
member  with  his  former  employer  until  the  effective  date  of 
a  common  group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all  eligible 
employees  of  his  new  employer. 

(9)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1979,  each 
commission  established  by  section  2  shall  provide  a  com- 
mon group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all  of  the  eligible 
employees  of  the  commission,  and  the  plan  shall  provide  to 
any  person  accepting  employment  under  this  section,  by 
option  or  otherwise,  insurance  coverage  not  inferior  to  the 
insurance  coverage  to  which  the  employee  was  entitled  im- 
mediately before  his  transfer  date. 


11 

(10)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  f^^^^ 
shall  continue  to  enjoy  as  a  term  of  his  employment   the 
rights  and  benefits  of  sick  leave  entitlements  or  sick  leave 
insurance    provided    by    his    former    employer    immediately 
before  the  transfer  date  until  the  new  employer  establishes 

a  sick  leave  entitlement  plan  or  sick  leave  insurance  plan, 
and  thereupon  the  person  shall  receive  allowance  or  credit 
for  any  accrued  sick  leave  rights  or  benefits. 

(11)  The  commissions  established  bv  section  2  shall  con- M^® 

.,  ..  ,,.,.  -^  .  .  insurance 

tmue  the  provision  of  life  insurance  to  pensioners  formerly  provided  to 
employed  in  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power  in   the 
area  municipalities  by  hydro-electric  commissions. 

(12)  Nothing  in  this  section  prevents  an  employer  from  ^jermi^na- 
terminating  the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause.  cause 

(13)  Where,    under    this    section,    an    employee,    in    the^^^^ia' 
opinion  of  the  Minister,  experiences  any  difficulty  or  hard- stances 
ship  with  regard  to  life  insurance  benefits,  pension  rights, 
pension  benefits  or  sick  leave  rights  or  benefits,  the  Minister 

by  order  may  do  anything  necessary  to  remedy  or  alleviate 
such  difficulty  or  hardship. 

8.  For    the    purposes    of   section    134   of    The   County   f^/oflx°8ting° 
Oxford  Act,  1974,  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978  is  the  date  deter- com- 

■^  .-'  fii  -i-i      missions 

mined  by  the  Minister  in  respect  of  all  areas  withm  the  1974.  c.  57 
County,  and  on  that  date  the  municipal  hydro-electric 
commissions  supplying  electrical  power  and  energy  in  the 
County  are  dissolved  and  the  by-laws  establishing  them 
passed  pursuant  to  section  38  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act^f^-^^^' 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  repealed  and  the  assent  of  the  munici- 
pal electors  is  not  required. 

9.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ^«»iia"°°* 
lations, 

(a)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection   8  of  section   3   in 
respect  of, 

(i)  the  method  of  determining  the  original  cost 
of  the  facilities  or  of  any  facility  or  of  any 
part  of  any  facility, 

(ii)  the  allocation  of  the  original  cost  of  the 
facilities  or  of  any  facility  or  of  any  part  of 
any  facility, 

(iii)  the  method  of  determining  the  amount  of 
any  component  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity, 


12 

(iv)  the  allocation  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity  or  any  component  of  the  accumulated 
net  retail  equity, 

(v)  the  method  of  calculating  accumulated  de- 
preciation or  any  component  of  accumulated 
depreciation, 

(vi)  the  allocation  of  accumulated  depreciation 
or  any  component  of  accumulated  deprecia- 
tion, 

(yii)  the  method  of  payment  of  the  price  of  the 
facilities ; 

(6)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  8  of  section  7,  in 
respect  of  the  apportionment  of  the  excess  cost  of 
any  benefit  referred  to  in  the  subsection  and  the 
payment  of  the  excess  cost  or  any  part  thereof. 

Commence-        \Q    Jhis   Act   comes   into   force   on   the   day  it   receives 

ment  t-.         i    a 

Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  jj^  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Oxford  Municipal 

Hydro- Electric  Service  Act,  1977 . 


i 


to 


H 

X 

2 

w 

2. 

X 

(75 

o 

t-t- 

^ 

(i 

re   H 
"    > 

r 
o 
» 


U) 


Si 


2 

O 
< 

3 
cr 

•1 

to 


Co 


3 

o  «<    '^ 
3    -1    O 


o 

o 


W3 

o- -« 
CO  -1 

^. 
o 


BILL  111 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for  Municipal  Hydro- Electric  Service 
in  the  County  of  Oxford 


The  Hon.  J.  A.  Taylor 
Minister  of  Energy 


/ 


1  ( )  K  ( )  N   I  (  » 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  111  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for 

Municipal  Hydro- Electric  Service 

in  the  County  of  Oxford 

TTER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 

-■^  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

{a)  "accumulated  net  retail  equity"  means  the  portion 
of  the  equity  accumulated  through  debt  retire- 
ment appropriations  recorded  for  the  Rural  Power 
District  relating  to  Ontario  Hydro's  rural  retail  sys- 
tem plus  the  portion  of  the  balance  recorded  for 
rural  retail  customers  in  the  Stabilization  of  Rates 
and  Contingencies  Account,  in  the  books  of  Ontario 
Hydro; 

(6)  "area  municipality"   has  the  same  meaning  as  in 

The  County  of  Oxford  A  d,  1974 ;  i974.  c.  s? 

/ 
(c)  "County"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The  County  j 

of  Oxford  Act,  1974; 

{d)  "County  Council"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  The 
County  of  Oxford  Act,  1974; 

{e)  "electrical  service  area"  means  an  area  supplied 
with  retail  power  by  a  commission  established  by 
section  2; 

if)  "hydro-electric  commission"  means, 

(i)  a  hydro-electric  commission  or  public  utility 
commission  or  public  utilities  commission 
entrusted  with  the  control  and  management 
of  works  for  the  retail  supply  of  f)ower  and 
established  or  deemed  to  be  established  under 
Part  III  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  and  R.ap.i97o. 

0.  3vU 


(ii)  a  committee  of  the  council  of  a  municipality 
entrusted  with  the  control  and  management 
of  works  for  the  retail  supply  of  power  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1974; 

(g)  "Minister"  means  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  and 
Minister  of  Economics  and  Intergovernmental  Affairs ; 

(A)  "power"  means  electrical  power  and  includes  electrical 
energy; 

(i)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act ; 

(j)  "retail  distribution  facilities"  means  works  for  the 
transmission  and  supply  of  power  at  voltages  less 
than  50  kilovolts  other  than  works  located  within  a 
transformer  station  that  transforms  power  from 
voltages  greater  than  50  kilovolts  to  voltages  less 
than  50  kilovolts. 


Com- 
missions 
established 


R.S.0. 1970. 
cc.  390.  354 


Com- 
position, 
Woodstock 
Public 
Utility 
Commission 

1972.  c.  95 


Idem, 

Ingereoll 

Public 

Utility 

Commission 


Idem. 

Tlllsonburg: 

Public 

Utility 

Commission 


2. — (1)  On  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  a  hydro- 
electric commission  for  each  of  the  City  of  Woodstock,  the 
Town  of  Ingersoll,  the  Town  of  Tillsonburg,  the  Township 
of  Blandford-Blenheim,  the  Township  of  East  Zorra-Tavistock, 
the  Township  of  Norwich,  the  Township  of  South-West 
Oxford  and  the  Township  of  Zorra  is  hereby  established, 
and  each  commission  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  commission 
established  under  Part  III  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act,  and  a 
municipal  commission  within  the  meaning  of  The  Power 
Corporation  Act. 

(2)  The  commission  for  the  City  of  Woodstock  established 
by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Woodstock  Public 
Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the 
City  of  Woodstock  and  four  additional  members  who  are 
qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  J 97 2  in 
the  City  of  Woodstock. 

(3)  The  commission  for  the  Town  of  Ingersoll  established 
by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Ingersoll  Public 
Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the 
Town  of  Ingersoll  and  four  additional  members  who  are 
qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in 
the  Town  of  Ingersoll. 

(4)  The  commission  established  for  the  Town  of  Tillsonburg 
by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Tillsonburg  Public 
Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the 
Town  of  Tillsonburg  and  four  additional  members  who  are 


qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in  i972.c.95 
the  Town  of  Tillsonburg. 

(5)  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of  Bi|n^foj.d- 
Blandford-Blenheim  by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Blenheim 

Public 

Blandford-Blenheim    Public    Utility    Commission    and    shall  utility 
consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  Blandford-Blenheim    °^^  ^^  °° 
and  four  additional  members  who  are  qualified  electors  under 
The    Municipal    Elections    Act,    1972    in    the    Township    of 
Blandford-Blenheim , 

(a)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Drumbo ; 

(6)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Platts- 
ville ; 

(c)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Prince- 
ton ;  and 

{d)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  one 
of  the  electrical  service  areas  commonly  known  as 
Drumbo,  Plattsville  and  Princeton. 

(6)^  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of  g^g'^-gorra- 
East   Zorra-Tavistock   by  subsection    1   shall   be   known   as  Tavistock 

Public 

the    East    Zorra-Tavistock    Public    Utility    Commission    and  utility 

shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  Township  of  East  Zorra-    "'"'^ 

Tavistock   and   two  additional   members   who  are  qualified 

electors    under    The   Municipal   Elections   Act,    1972   in    the  / 

Township  of  East  Zorra-Tavistock  and  who  are  customers  f 

of  the  commission. 

(7)  The    commission    established    for    the    Township    of  Jf^^'^j^.^ 
Norwich  by  subsection   1   shall  be  known  as  the  Norwich  J^f}})^ 
Public  Utility  Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  commiBsion 
the  Township  of  Norwich  and  four  additional  members  who  are 
qualified  electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in 
the  Township  of  Norwich, 

(a)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Burgess- 
ville; 

(jb)  two  of  whom  are  customers  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Norwich ; 
and 


(c)  one  of  whom  is  a  customer  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Otter- 
ville. 

south-west        (^)  ^^^    commission    established    for    the    Township    of 
Oxford  South-West  Oxford  by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the 

Public 

Utility  South-West    Oxford    Public    Utility    Commission    and    shall 

omm  88  on  ^Qj^^jgj  qj  ^jjg  mayor  of  the  Township  of  South-West  Oxford 

and  two  additional  members  who  are  qualified  electors  under 

1972,0.95        xhe    Municipal    Elections    Act,    1972    in    the    Township    of 

South- West  Oxford  and  who  are  customers  of  the  commission. 

zorra  Public       ^^  ^^^  commission  established  for  the  Township  of  Zorra 
utility  by  subsection  1  shall  be  known  as  the  Zorra  Public  Utility 

Commission  and  shall  consist  of  the  mayor  of  the  Township 
of  Zorra  and  four  additional  members  who  are  qualified 
electors  under  The  Municipal  Elections  Act,  1972  in  the 
Township  of  Zorra, 

{a)  two  of  whom  are  customers  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Embro; 
and 

{b)  two  of  whom  are  customers  of  the  commission  in  the 
electrical  service  area  commonly  known  as  Thames- 
ford. 

membera*of        ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^  t^rui  expiring  with  the  31st  day  of  December, 
flretcom-       1978,  the  additional  members, 

missions 

(a)  of  the  Ingersoll  Public  Utility  Commission  established 
by  subsection  1  shall  be, 

(i)  the  two  members  who  are  not  ex  officio  mem- 
bers of  the  Ingersoll  Public  Utilities  Com- 
mission immediately  before  the  coming  into 
force  of  this  Act,  and 

(ii)  two  persons  apjx)inted  by  the  council  of  the 
Town  of  Ingersoll ; 

(6)  of  the  Tillsonburg  Public  Utility  Commission 
established  by  subsection  1  shall  be  the  members, 
other  than  the  mayor,  of  the  Tillsonburg  Public 
Utilities  Commission  immediately  before  the  coming 
into  force  of  this  Act ;  and 

(c)  of  the  Woodstock  Public  Utility  Commission 
established  by  subsection  1  shall  be  the  members, 
other   than   the   mayor,   of  the  Woodstock   Public 


Utilities  Commission  immediately  before  the  coming 
into  force  of  this  Act. 

(11)  For  the  term  expiring  with  the  31st  day  of  December,  i<*«™ 
1978,  the  additional  members  of  each  of  the  Blandford- 
Blenheim  Public  Utility  Commission,  the  East  Zorra-Tavistock 
Public  Utility  Commission,  the  Norwich  Public  Utility 
Commission,  the  South- West  Oxford  Public  Utility  Com- 
mission and  the  Zorra  Public  Utility  Commission,  established 
under  subsection  1,  shall  be  appointed  by  the  council  of 
the  area  municipality  served  by  each  such  commission  from 
the  members  of  the  hydro-electric  commissions  that  serve 
the  area  municipality  immediately  before  the  coming  into  force 

of  this  Act. 

(12)  For  terms  commencing  after  the  31st  day  of  Decem-  Additional 
ber,    1978,    the    additional    members    of    each    commission  subsequent 
established  by  subsection   1   shall  be  elected  by  a  general  missions 
vote  of  the  electors  of  the  area  municipality  served  by  the 
commission,   unless  before   the   1st   day  of  July,    1978,   the 
council  of  the  area  municipality  provides  by  by-law  that  the 
additional  members  shall  be  appointed  by  the  council. 

(13)  Members  of  the  council  of  an  area  municipality  served  of  members 
by  a  commission  established  by  subsection  1  may  be  appointed  of  council 
as   members   of   the   commission,   but   the   members   of   the 
council  shall  not  form  a  majority  of  the  commission. 

(14)  A    member    of    a    commission    established    by    sub-  ^fff^"*^ 
section  1  shall  hold  office  for  the  same  term  as  the  members 

of  council  or  until  his  successor  is  elected  or  appointed. 

(15)  The   council   of   an   area   municipality   served   by   a  Delegates 
commission   established   by   subsection    1    may,    by   by-law 
passed  with  the  written  consent  of  the  mayor,  appoint  a 
delegate  from  among  the  members  of  the  council  to  represent 

the  mayor  on  the  commission. 

(16)  The    salaries    of    the    members    of    the    commissions  1*]?';^°*^ 

^      '  nrat  com- 

established  by  subsection  1  for  the  term  expiring  with  the  missions 
31st  day  of  December,  1978  shall  be  fixed  on  or  before  the 
1st  day  of  April,  1978  in  an  amount  that  does  not  exceed 
the  highest  salary  paid  to  members  of  hydro-electric  com- 
missions operating  in  the  County  of  Oxford  on  the  1st  day 
of  September,  1977. 

(17)  A   resignation   from   the  council   of  a   member  of  a  R«»«»nation 
council  who  is  a  member  of  a  commission  established  by 
subsection  1  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  resignation  from  both 

the  commission  and  the  council. 


/ 


Powers 
of  com- 
missions 
R.S.0. 1970. 
C.390 


Idem 


R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  312 


R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284 

Where 
Ontario 
Hydro  to 
continue  to 
supply 
power 


3. — (1)  Except  as  herein  provided,  all  the  powers,  rights, 
authorities  and  privileges  that  are  conferred  by  The  Public 
Utilities  Act  on  a  municipal  corporation  with  respect  to 
power,  shall,  on  and  after  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  be 
exercised  on  behalf  of  each  area  municipality  by  the  com- 
mission established  by  section  2  in  respect  of  that  area 
municipality  and  not  by  the  council  of  any  municipality  or  any 
other  body. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  5  and  to  any  subsisting 
contracts  for  the  supply  of  power  to  customers  within  the 
meaning  of  section  37a  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  on 
and  after  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  each  commission 
established  by  section  2  has  the  sole  right  to  supply  power 
within  the  area  municipality  in  respect  of  which  it  is 
estabhshed,  and,  on  behalf  of  the  area  municipality,  may 
contract  with  Ontario  Hydro  for  the  transmission  and 
supply  to  the  commission  of  power  to  be  distributed  and 
sold  within  the  municipality,  without  electoral  assent  or  other 
approval  or  authorization  and  such  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  an  agreement  within  the  meaning  of  clause  s  of  sub- 
section 2  of  section  293  of  The  Municipal  Act. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  but  subject  to  section  4, 
Ontario  Hydro  shall  continue  to  supply  power  in  those 
areas  of  the  townships  of  Blandford-Blenheim,  East  Zorra- 
Tavistock,  Norwich,  South-West  Oxford,  and  Zorra  that  it 
served  immediately  before  the  coming  into  force  of  this  Act, 
and  subsections  8  and  9  and  section  7  do  not  apply. 


Application 

or 

R.S.0. 1970. 

C.354 


(4)  Except  where  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  the  provisions  of  The  Power  Corporation  Act  applicable 
to  a  municipal  corporation  that  has  entered  into  a  contract 
with  Ontario  Hydro  for  the  supply  of  power  to  the  municipal 
corporation  apply  to  each  of  the  commissions  estabhshed  by 
section  2. 


Direct 
customers 


Tran- 
sitional 


(5)  With  the  consent  of  a  commission  established  by 
section  2,  Ontario  Hydro  may  supply  power  directly  to 
customers  within  the  municipality  in  respect  of  which  the 
commission  is  established. 

(6)  Such  management  and  control  of  works  for  the  dis- 
tribution and  supply  of  power  within  the  area  municipalities 
as  are  exercised  by  hydro-electric  commissions  and  Ontario 
Hydro  immediately  before  this  Act  comes  into  force  remain 
entrusted  to  them  to  and  including  the  31st  day  of  March, 
1978,  but,  subject  to  subsections  7  and  8,  any  of  the  assets, 
powers  and  responsibilities  of  such  commissions  may  by 
agreement  be  transferred  before  that  date  to  a  commission 
established  by  section  2. 


(7)  On  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978,  all  assets  under  the  control  Transferor 
and    management    of    and    all    liabilities    of    hydro-electric  liabilities 
commissions  distributing  and  selhng  power  in  an  area  munici- 
pality to  the  extent  that  they  pertain  to  the  distribution 

and  supply  of  power  in  the  municipality,  are,  without  com- 
pensation, assets  under  the  control  and  management  of  and 
liabilities  of  the  commission  established  by  section  2  in  respect 
of  the  municipality. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsections  3  and  5,  section  4  and  the  regu-  Purchase 
lations,    each    commission    established    by    section    2    shall  distribu- 
acquire,  on  behalf  of  the  area  municipality  served  by  the  facilities 
commission,    the    retail    distribution    facilities    within    the  Ontario 
municipahty   used  by   Ontario   Hydro   on   the  31st   day  of  ^^^^^ 
March,   1978,  in  the  retail  distribution  of  power,  including 
equipment    leased    by    Ontario    Hydro    to    retail    customers 
within  the  municipality  for  the  use  of  such  p>ower,  and  the 

price  of  the  facilities  shall  be  equal  to  the  original  cost  of 
the  facilities  less  the  sum  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity  of  the  customers  supplied  with  power  through  the 
facilities  and  the  accumulated  depreciation  associated  with 
the  facilities. 

(9)  If  the  price  of  the  facilities  referred  to  in  subsection  ^^^deter-^ 
8  has  not  been  determined  by  the  parties  before  the  1st  day  of  mined  by 
July,  1978,  the  price  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration  by  a 

single  arbitrator  pursuant  to  The  Arbitrations  Act  in  accord-  ^fs^'^^*'' 
ance  with  subsection  8  and  the  regulations,  and  the  decision 
of  the  arbitrator  shall  not  be  subject  to  appeal. 

(10)  The  references  to  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978  in  sub-  Tiusonburg 
sections  1,  2  and  7  and  sections  7  and  8  shall  be  deemed 

to  refer  to  the  1st  day  of  January,  1978  and  the  references 
to  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978  in  subsections  6  and  8  and 
section  7  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1977  both  in  respect  of  the  Town  of  Tillsonburg. 

4. — (1)  This  section  applies  when  retail  power  is  supplied  ^^^P^^cauon 
in  any  area  municipality  by  both  Ontario  Hydro  and  a  com- 
mission established  by  section  2. 

(2)  At    least    once    in    every    five    years,    there    shall    be  gjJ*J^J 
appointed  a  committee  to  be  known  as  the  Oxford  Power  |"ppjy 
Supply    Review    Committee    composed    of    eight    members,  committee 
one  of  whom  shall  be  appointed  by  the  council  of  each  area 
municipahty. 

(3)  The  Committee  shall  review  the  retail  supply  of  power  Dutie» 
in  the  County  and  shall  include  in  its  review  an  evaluation  of, 


/ 


8 

(a)  the  supply  of  power  throughout  the  County  by  a 
single  hydro-electric  commission;  and 

(6)  the  supply  of  power  throughout   an   area  munici- 
pality by  a  commission  established  by  section  2. 

Report  (4)  Each  Committee  shall  complete  its  review  within  twelve 

months  from  the  date  that  it  is  fully  constituted  and  shall 
file  its  repjort  forthwith  with  Ontario  Hydro  and  send  copies 
of  the  report  to  the  clerk  of  the  County,  to  the  clerk  of  each 
area  municipality  and  to  each  commission  established  by 
section  2. 

Vesting  5. — (1)  All  real  property  transferred  pursuant  to  section  3 

property  to  the  control  and  management  of  a  commission  established 
by  section  2  or  otherwise  acquired  by  or  for  the  commission, 
shall  be  vested  in  the  area  municipality  served  by  the  com- 
mission. 

tionofreal  ^^^  Where  a  commission  established  by  section  2  is  of  the 
property  opinion,  and  so  declares  by  resolution,  that  any  real  property 
under  its  control  and  management  is  not  required  for  its 
purposes,  unless  otherwise  agreed  upon  by  the  commission 
and  the  area  municipahty  served  by  the  commission,  the 
real  property  may  be  disposed  of  as  follows: 

1.  In  the  event  that  the  area  municipality  served 
by  the  commission  wishes  in  good  faith  to  retain 
the  real  property  for  a  municipal  purpose,  it  shall 
compensate  the  commission  for  the  real  property  at 
its  actual  cost,  less  accrued  depreciation  as  shown 
on  the  books  of  the  commission  or  the  assessed 
value  of  the  real  property,  whichever  is  the  greater 
and  the  area  municipality  may  sell,  lease  or  other- 
wise dispose  of  the  real  property  without  the  assent 
of  Ontario  Hydro  and  may  retain  the  proceeds  of 
the  sale,  lease  or  disposition  as  municipal  funds. 

2.  In  the  event  that  the  area  municipality  served  by 
the  commission  does  not  wish  to  retain  the  real 
property  in  accordance  with  paragraph  1,  the  area 
municipality  shall,  as  soon  as  practicable,  sell, 
lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the  real  property  at 
fair  market  value  on  behalf  of  the  municipality, 
and  the  net  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale,  lease 
or  other  disposition  of  the  real  property  or  the 
compensation  paid  therefor  pursuant  to  this  sub- 
section shall  be  paid  over  to  the  commission  and 

f^^^^'  shall   be   applied   in    accordance   with    The   Public 

Utilities  Act. 


6.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  sections  91  Borrowing 
to  112  of  The  County  of  Oxford  Act,  1974  apply  with  neces-  i972.c.57 
sary  modifications  to  any  borrowing  for  the  purposes  of  a 
commission  established  by  section  2. 

7. — (1)  In    this   section,    "transfer   date",    when    used   in  Jnterpre- 

^       r  1  rill-  ••  tation 

respect  oi  an  employee  of  a  hydro-electric  commission  or 
Ontario  Hydro,  means  the  date  on  which  a  commission 
established  by  section  2  assumes  liability  for  the  payment 
of  the  wages  or  salary  of  the  employee. 

(2)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978,  each  hydro- Transfer  of 

,      /  .  .      .  .       , ,  -^  .....  ,    ^  •     employees 

electric  commission  in  the  area  municipalities  and  Ontario 
Hydro  shall  designate  those  of  their  full-time  employees 
who  were  employed  in  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power 
in  the  municipalities  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1977,  and 
who  continued  such  employment  until  the  31st  day  of 
March,  1978  or  until  their  transfer  dates,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  the  commissions  established  by  section  2  in  respect  of 
those  municipalities  shall  offer  employment  to  the  employees 
so  designated. 

(3)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  ^i'f®jgg'' 
is  entitled  to  receive,  for  a  period  of  one  year  commencing 

on  the  transfer  date,  a  wage  or  salary  not  less  than  the 
wage  or  salary  he  was  receiving  on  the  day  nine  months 
before  the  transfer  date. 

(4)  Each   commission   established   by   section    2   shall   be  fjQn"^  p*' 
deemed  to  have  elected  to  participate  in  the  Ontario  Muni-  o.m.e.r.s. 
cipal  Employees   Retirement  System  on   the  day  this  Act 
comes  into   force,   and   a  person  who  accepts  employment 

under  this  section  shall  be  deemed  to  continue  or  to  become  / 

a    member   of    the    System,    as    the   case    requires,    on    his  / 

transfer  date,  and  The  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retire-  ^fj^  ^^''^ 
ment  System  Act  applies  to  such  person  as  a  member  of  the 
System. 

(5)  Where  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  ^^^P^JfrV 
section    with    a    commission    established    by    section    2    is  agreements 
entitled  to  the  benefit  of  a  supplementary  agreement  between 

a  hydro-electric  commission  operating  within  an  area  munici- 
pality and  the  Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement 
Board  immediately  before  his  transfer  date,  the  commission 
shall  assume,  in  respect  of  the  person,  all  rights  and 
obligations  under  the  supplementary  agreement  as  if  the 
commission  had  been  a  party  to  the  agreement  in  the  place 
of  the  hydro-electric  commission. 

(6)  Where  a  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  JJ^SSS'^*'' 
section  is  a  contributor  to  The  Pension  and  Insurance  Fund  credits  fj^m 

Ontario 
Hydro  plan 


10 

of  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before  his  transfer  date,  the 
present  value  of  the  pension  earned  by  the  person  in  The 
Pension  and  Insurance  Fund  of  Ontario  Hydro  at  the 
transfer  date  or  the  contributions  of  the  person  in  the  Fund 
with  interest  accumulated  and  credited  to  the  person  in  the 
Fund,  whichever  is  the  greater,  shall  be  transferred  to  the 
Ontario  Municipal  Employees  Retirement  Fund  and  the 
person  shall  be  given  credit  in  the  Ontario  Municipal  Em- 
ployees Retirement  System  for  a  period  of  service  equal  to 
the  period  of  service  for  which  he  was  given  credit  in  The 
Ontario  Hydro  Pension  and  Insurance  Plan. 

guarantee  (^)  Notwithstanding  subsection  5,  a  person  who  accepts 

employment  under  this  section  with  a  commission  estab- 
lished by  section  2  and  who, 

(a)  was  employed  by  Ontario  Hydro  immediately  before 
his  transfer  date;  and 


{b)  continues  in  the  employment  of  the  commission 
until  he  or  his  beneficiary  becomes  entitled  to  a 
pension  benefit, 

is  entitled  to  at  least  the  pension  benefit  to  which  he  would 
have  been  entitled  under  The  Ontario  Hydro  Pension  and 
Insurance  Plan  if  his  years  of  continuous  service  with  the 
commission  had  been  additional  years  of  continuous  service 
with  Ontario  Hydro  and  if  there  had  been  no  change  in  the 
Plan  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1977,  calculated  on 
the  basis  of  the  wage  or  salary  paid  to  the  person  by  Ontario 
Hydro  and  the  commission,  and  the  cost,  if  any,  of  the 
pension  benefit  over  the  cost  of  the  pension  benefit  to  which 
the  person  is  entitled  under  subsection  5  shall  be  apportioned 
and  paid  as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

Insurance  (^)  ^  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section 

is  entitled  as  a  term  of  his  employment  to  continue  as  a 
member  of  the  group  life  insurance  plan  in  which  he  was  a 
member  with  his  former  employer  until  the  effective  date  of 
a  common  group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all  eligible 
employees  of  his  new  employer. 


Idem 


(9)  On  or  before  the  31st  day  of  December,  1979,  each 
commission  established  by  section  2  shall  provide  a  com- 
mon group  life  insurance  plan  covering  all  of  the  eligible 
employees  of  the  commission,  and  the  plan  shall  provide  to 
any  person  accepting  employment  under  this  section,  by 
option  or  otherwise,  insurance  coverage  not  inferior  to  the 
insurance  coverage  to  which  the  employee  was  entitled  im- 
mediately before  his  transfer  date. 


11 

(10)  A  person  who  accepts  employment  under  this  section  pj^k^ 
shall  continue  to  enjoy  as  a  term  of  his  employment   the 
rights  and  benefits  of  sick  leave  entitlements  or  sick  leave 
insurance    provided    by    his    former    employer    immediately 
before  the  transfer  date  until  the  new  employer  establishes 

a  sick  leave  entitlement  plan  or  sick  leave  insurance  plan, 
and  thereupon  the  person  shall  receive  allowance  or  credit 
for  any  accrued  sick  leave  rights  or  benefits. 

(11)  The  commissions  established  bv  section  2  shall  con- H^e 

.,  ..  ,,.,.  -^  .  .  insurance 

tmue  the  provision  of  life  insurance  to  pensioners  formerly  provided  to 
employed  in  the  distribution  and  supply  of  power  in  the  ^°°  °^^^ 
area  municipalities  by  hydro-electric  commissions. 

(12)  Nothing  in  this  section  prevents  an  employer  from  ^^ermi^na- 
terminating  the  employment  of  an  employee  for  cause.  cause 

(13)  Where,    under    this    section,    an    employee,    in    the  sp^^iai 

\       /  '  '  r     J       '  clrcum- 

opinion  of  the  Minister,  experiences  any  difficulty  or  hard- stances 
ship  with  regard  to  life  insurance  benefits,  pension  rights, 
pension  benefits  or  sick  leave  rights  or  benefits,  the  Minister 
by  order  may  do  anything  necessary  to  remedy  or  alleviate 
such  difficulty  or  hardship. 

8.  For    the    purposes    of   section    134   of    The    County   c>/D*|8oiuUon 
Oxford  Act,  1974,  the  1st  day  of  April,  1978  is  the  date  deter- com- 

•        11.        -^r-    •  ■  f      n  ■  1  ■  missions 

mined   by  the   Minister   in   respect   of  all   areas  within    the  1974.  c.  57 

County,    and    on    that    date    the    municipal    hydro-electric 

commissions  supplying  electrical  power  and  energy  in  the 

County   are   dissolved   and   the   by-laws   establishing   them 

passed   pursuant   to  section  38  of   The  Public   Utilities  ^clffo^-^^^' 

shall  be  deemed  to  be  repealed  and  the  assent  of  the  munici-  / 

pal  electors  is  not  required.  / 

9.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ^s^i^tionB  ^ 
lations, 

(a)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection   8  of  section   3   in 
respect  of, 

(i)  the  method  of  determining  the  original  cost 
of  the  facilities  or  of  any  facility  or  of  any 
part  of  any  facility, 

(ii)  the  allocation  of  the  original  cost  of  the 
facilities  or  of  any  facility  or  of  any  part  of 
any  facility, 

(iii)  the  method  of  determining  the  amount  of 
any  component  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity. 


12 

(iv)  the  allocation  of  the  accumulated  net  retail 
equity  or  any  component  of  the  accumulated 
net  retail  equity, 

(v)  the  method  of  calculating  accumulated  de- 
preciation or  any  component  of  accumulated 
depreciation, 

(vi)  the  allocation  of  accumulated  depreciation 
or  any  component  of  accumulated  deprecia- 
tion, 

(yii)  the  method  of  payment  of  the  price  of  the 
facilities ; 

(b)  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  8  of  section  7,  in 
respect  of  the  apportionment  of  the  excess  cost  of 
any  benefit  referred  to  in  the  subsection  and  the 
payment  of  the  excess  cost  or  any  part  thereof. 

m°ent"*°°*         10.  This   Act   comes   into   force   on   the   day   it   receives 
Royal  Assent. 

Short  title  11.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Oxford  Municipal 

Hydro- Electric  Service  Act,  1977. 


H 

s 

s 

w 

5" 

ffi 

on' 

o 

<-t- 

_z 

a> 

i-( 

C— 1 

o 

i-S 

W 

_> 

3 

n> 

H 

(^3 

> 

O 

O 

'Z 

ft) 

(D 

o 

o 

O 

<: 

3 

i: 

ft) 

3 

3 

cr 

cr 

a- 

cr 

««•. 

O) 

>3 

>3 

ft) 
"-I 

to 

S) 

r^ 

{^ 

t-t- 

5^ 

U1 

ft- 

ET 

S 

=r 

s" 

rl' 

1    . 

(^ 

,_^ 

C^ 

(7«5 

SO 

o 

^ 
^ 

•^ 
^ 

c 

9 

nffi  o 
o  ^  '^ 

3    ►-t    O 


M 


o 

X   3. 

-.  o 
►1    (/) 

CL  O) 


BILL   112  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  John  P.  MacBeth 
Solicitor  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  make  it  an  offence  to  drive  on  a  highway  a 
motor  vehicle  that  is  equipped  with  or  that  carries  or  contains  a  radar 
warning  device. 


BILL  112  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  Revised ^jj^^j^^j 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section : 

52a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "radar  warning  device"  means  J^^^^p""®" 
any  device  or  equipment  designed  or  intended  for  use  in  a 
motor  vehicle  to  warn  the  driver  of  the  presence  of  radar 
sf)eed  measuring  equipment  in  the  vicinity  and  includes  any 
device  or  equipment  designed  or  intended  for  use  in  a  motor 
vehicle  to  interfere  with  the  transmissions  of  radar  speed 
measuring  equipment. 

(2)  No  person  shall  drive  on  a  highway  a  motor  vehicle  ^^*[jj^ 
that  is  equipped  with  or  that  carries  or  contains  a  radar  device  ^^^^ 
warning  device. 

(3)  A  police  officer  may  at  any  time,  without  a  warrant,  ^0*0^^°*^  / 
enter  and  search  a   motor  vehicle   that   he  has  reasonable  officer                                 / 
grounds  to  believe  is  equipped  with  or  carries  or  contains  a 

radar  warning  device  contrary  to  subsection  2  and  may  seize  \ 

and  take  away  any  radar  warning  device  found  in  or  upon 
the  motor  vehicle. 

(4)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this J'ojJ**'^'^" 
section,  any  device  seized  under  subsection  3  by  means  of 
which  the  offence  was  committed  is  forfeited  to  the  Crown. 

(5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2  is  guilty  of  Penalty 
an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 

not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $500. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  S^St"*"''*' 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment^^''^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1977. 


o 

Co 


H 

X 

m 

K 
m  o 
2.  z 


•1   X 

o 
W 
w 

H 

X 


'Z 

o 

< 

1 

3 
a* 

C/) 

>3 

•-1 

i 

1' 

H 

cf5' 


o 

> 


BILL   112  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  John  P.  MacBeth 
Solicitor  General 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  make  it  an  offence  to  drive  on  a  highway  a 
motor  vehicle  that  is  equipped  with  or  that  carries  or  contains  a  radar 
warning  device. 


BILL  112  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1.  The  Highway   Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  Revised |jj5^j.g^j 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  section : 

52a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "radar  warning  device"  nieans  J^^^^p'"®" 
any  device  or  equipment  designed  or  intended  for  use  in  a 
motor  vehicle  to  warn  the  driver  of  the  presence  of  radar 
speed  measuring  equipment  in  the  vicinity  and  includes  any 
device  or  equipment  designed  or  intended  for  use  in  a  motor 
vehicle  to  interfere  with  the  transmissions  of  radar  speed 
measuring  equipment. 

(2)  No  person  shall  drive  on  a  highway  a  motor  vehicle  ^^*[jj 
that  is  equipped  with  or  that  carries  or  contains  a  radar  device  ^^^^ 
warning  device. 

(3)  A  police  officer  may  at  any  time,  without  a  warrant,  po  were  of  / 
stop,  enter  and  search  a  motor  vehicle  that  he  has  reasonable  officer                                    / 
grounds  to  believe  is  equipped  with  or  carries  or  contains  a 
radar  warning  device  contrary  to  subsection  2  and  may  seize 
and  take  away  any  radar  warning  device  found  in  or  upon 
the  motor  vehicle. 

(4)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  forfeiture 
section,  any  device  seized  under  subsection  3  by  means  of 
which  the  offence  was  committed  is  forfeited  to  the  Crown. 

(5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2  is  guilty  oivt>n^\ty 
an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $500. 


(6)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  to  a  person  who  is  trans-  Exception 
porting  radar  warning  devices  in  sealed  packages  in  a  motor 
vehicle  from  a  manufacturer  to  a  consignee. 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act.  1977. 


I 


/ 


o 

o 

^ 

Oi 

3 

?t 

a' 

CO 

a 

r?" 

$^ 

lO 

^ 

Si 

^^ 

Co 

»- 

«> 

S) 

3 

r^ 

Sc 

:i: 

^ 

o 

in 

c*«>. 

»- 

o» 

o» 

H 

X 

w 

ffi 

C/5  O 

O^ 

z 

o 

(— 1 

o 

o 

"-I 

X 

O 

z 

re 
3 

y 

n 

3 

S 

> 

o 

W 

m 

H 

X 

o 

"Z 

ft 

o 

o 

< 

3 

1 

3 

sl 

cr 

a* 

^ 

>3 

"1 

I—' 
-J 

1' 

1- 
1' 

H 

cfq'  ►j^ 

3?S 


> 

n 


BILL  112 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


The  Hon.  John  P.  MacBeth 
Solicitor  General 


/ 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


enacted 


BILL  112  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice   and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the    Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1.   The  Highway   Traffic  Act,  being  chapter  202  of  the  Revised |jf^^, 
Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  is  amended  by  addmg  thereto  the 
following  section : 

52a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "radar  warning  device"  means  [^tf^'"®' 
any  device  or  equipment  designed  or  intended  for  use  in  a 
motor  vehicle  to  warn  the  driver  of  the  presence  of  radar 
speed  measuring  equipment  in  the  vicinity  and  includes  any 
device  or  equipment  designed  or  intended  for  use  in  a  motor 
vehicle  to  interfere  with  the  transmissions  of  radar  speed 
measuring  equipment. 

(2)  No  person  shall  drive  on  a  highway  a  motor  vehicle  ^^^1"^^ 
that  is  equipped  with  or  that  carries  or  contains  a  radar  device 

^     r^  prohibited 

warnmg  device. 

(3)  A  poHce  officer  may  at  any  time,  without  a  warrant,  Powers  of  f 
stop,  enter  and  search  a  motor  vehicle  that  he  has  reasonable  officer                                   ' 
grounds  to  believe  is  equipped  with  or  carries  or  contains  a 

radar  warning  device  contrary  to  subsection  2  and  may  seize  ■ 

and  take  away  any  radar  warning  device  found  in  or  upon 
the  motor  vehicle. 

(4)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under  this  Fprfe'ture 

•  ,      •  1  1  L        .  T    t_  ,  of  device 

section,  any  device  seized  under  subsection  3  by  means  of 
which  the  offence  was  committed  is  forfeited  to  the  Crown. 

(5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2  is  guilty  of  Penalty 
an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 

not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $500. 

(6)  Subsection  2  does  not  apply  to  a  person  who  is  trans-  Exception 
porting  radar  warning  devices  in  sealed  packages  in  a  motor 
vehicle  from  a  manufacturer  to  a  consignee. 


2 

Commence-  2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


ment 


Short  title  3^  xhe  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

Act,  1977. 


H 

a 

w 

X 

m  o 

o^ 

"Z 

n 

(— 1 

O 

•-1 

o 

o 

z 

3 

r^ 

<t> 

3 

s 

> 

o 

W 

w 

H 

S 

o 

n 

o 

< 

3 
cr 

CO 

3 

a- 

1 

a> 

3 

cr 

"-1 

50 

►1 

>3 

•-1 

5^ 

1' 

p* 

1' 

to 

sO 

1' 

.    . 

1— » 

H"* 

vO 

vO 

O 

-vj 

"^ 

-^ 

^ 

--J 

^ 

sr 

fD 

X 

> 

3 

cJq' 

> 

^ 

o 

p 

^-^ 

*< 

O 

H 

P 

"-I 

3 

3? 

fD 

3 

o 

D- 

> 

o 

BILL   113  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Police  Act 


The  Hon.  John  P.  MacBeth 
Solicitor  General 


/ 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1. — Subsection  1.     Subsection  2  of  section  8  of  the  Act  now 
reads  as  follows : 

(2)  The  board,  except  as  provided  in  subsection  3,  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  head  of  the  council  ; 

(b)  a  judge   of  any   county   or   district   court   designated   by   the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council;  and 

(c)  such   person    as    the    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may 
designate. 

The  requirement  that  one  of  the  members  of  a  board  of  police  com- 
missioners shall  be  a  county  or  district  court  judge  is  removed. 

Subsection  2.     Subsections  3  and  4  of  section  8  of  the  Act  now  read 
as  follows : 


(J)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  on  the  board  by  reason  of  the  death  of  a 
member  designated  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  or  where 
such  member  is  unable  to  carry  cm  his  duties  as  a  member  of  the 
board  by  reason  of  his  illruss  or  absence,  the  Solicitor  General  may 
in  writing  appoint  some  other  judge  or  person,  as  the  case  may  be, 
to  act  as  a  member  of  the  board  for  a  period  of  six  months  from  the 
date  of  such  appointment,  unless  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
sooner  appoints  another  member. 

{4)  The  council  shall  provide  for  the  payment  of  a  reasonable  remunera- 
tion, not  being  less  than  the  minimum  prescribed  by  the  regulations, 
to  the  members  of  the  board  designated  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  or  appointed  by  the  Solicitor  General  and  may  provide 
for  the  payment  of  an  allowance  to  the  head  of  the  council. 

The  re-enactment  of  the  subsections  is  complementary  to  subsection  1. 


BILL  113  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Police  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province  of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1, — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  8  of  The  Police  Act,  being  chapter  re-enacted 
351  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  The  board,  except  as  provided  in  subsection  3,  shall  onboard "°° 
consist  of, 

{a)  the  head  of  the  council;  and 

(6)  two  persons  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council. 

(2)  Subsections  3  and  4  of  the  said  section  8,  as  amended  by  Jl^^J^^*^^^^ 
the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  1,  section  97,  are 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  j 

I 

(3)  Where  a  vacancy  occurs  on  the  board  by  reason  of  the  vacancies 

death  of  a  member  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  i 

in  Council,  or  where  such  member  is  unable  to  carry  on  his 

duties  as  a  member  of  the  board  by  reason  of  his  illness  or 

absence,  the  Solicitor  General  may  in  writing  appoint  some 

other  person  to  act  as  a  member  of  the  board  for  a  period  of 

six  months  from  the  date  of  such  appointment,  unless  the 

Lieutenant    Governor   in    Council   sooner   appoints   another 

member. 

(4)  The  council  shall  provide  for  the  payment  of  a  reason-  5^^"°"*' 
able  remuneration,  not  being  less  than  the  minimum  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations,  to  the  members  of  the  board 
appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  the 
Solicitor  General  and  may  provide  for  the  payment  of  an 
allowance  to  the  head  of  the  council. 


B.  9  (2), 
re-enaoted 


2.  Subsection  2  of  section  9  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Composition 
of  board 


(2)  A   joint    board   established   under   subsection    1    shall 
consist  of, 

{a)  the  head  of  the  council  of  each  of  the  municipalities ; 
and 

(6)  such  other  persons  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  appoint. 


8.13. 

re-enacted 


8.  Section  13  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Powers  of 
council  or 
board 


1971.  c.  49 


13.  A  council  of  a  municipality  or,  where  there  is  a  board, 
the  board  may  investigate  and  inquire  into  any  matter  con- 
nected with  the  execution  of  its  duties  under  this  Act  and 
for  the  purposes  of  an  inquiry  the  council  or  board  has  the 
powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II  of  The  Public  Inquiries 
Act,  197 J,  which  Part  applies  to  such  inquiry  as  if  it  were 
an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


s.  14  (1), 
amended 


4. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  14  of  the  said  Act  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "subsection  3  and  to"  in  the  first  line. 


B.11 

amended 


Idem 


(2)  The  said  section   14  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the| 
following  subsection: 

(2a)  The  council  may  include  in  its  estimates  the  sums 
estimated  to  be  required  by  the  board  under  subsection  2, 
or  such  greater  or  lesser  sums  as  the  council  may  determine. 


s.  14  (3). 
re-enacted 


Commission 
may  order 
council  to 
provide 
additional 
moneys 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  14  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Where  the  board  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  council  has 
failed  to  make  adequate  provision  in  its  estimates  for  the 
proper  discharge  of  the  responsibilities  referred  to  in  sub- 
section 1,  the  board  may  appeal  to  the  Commission  which 
may,  after  a  hearing,  order  that  additional  moneys  be  pro- 
vided where  essential  for  providing  and  maintaining  an 
adequate  police  force  in  accordance  with  the  police  needs  of 
the  municipality. 


s.  16. 
re-enacted 


5.  Section  16  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 


Regrulations 
by  council 
or  board 


16. — (1)  A  council  of  a  municipality  or,  where  there  is  a 
board,  the  board  may  by  by-law  make  regulations  not  in- 
consistent with  the  regulations  under  section  72  for  the  govern- 


Section  2.     Subsection  2  of  section  9  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

(2)  A  joint  board  established  under  subsection  1  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  the  head  of  the  council  of  each  of  the  municipalities  ; 

(b)  such  judge  and  such  other  persons  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  may  designate. 

The  re-enactment  is  complementary  to  section  1  of  the  Bill. 

Section  3.     Section  13  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

/3.  A  board  has  the  same  power  to  summon  and  examine  witnesses  on 
oath  as  to  any  matter  connected  with  the  execution  of  its  duties,  to 
enforce  their  attendance,  and  to  compel  them  to  give  evidence,  as  is  vested 
in  any  court  of  law  in  civil  cases. 

The  authority  of  a  board  to  investigate  and  inquire  into  any  matter 
connected  with  the  execution  of  its  duties  and  its  powers  on  an  inquiry 
are  revised  and  updated  and  the  section  is  made  to  apply  to  a  council. 

Section  4. — Subsection  1.  Subsection  1  of  section  14  of  the  Act  now 
reads  as  follows : 

(/)  Subject  to  subsection  3  and  to  clause  g  of  section  41 ,  the  police  force 
in  a  municipality  having  a  board  shall  consist  of  a  chief  of  police 
and  such  other  police  officers  and  such  constables,  assistants  and 
civilian  employees  as  the  board  considers  adequate,  and  shall  be 
provided  with  such  accommodation,  arms,  equipment,  clothing  and 
other  things  as  the  board  considers  adequate. 

The  amendment  is  complementary  to  subsection  3. 

Subsection  2.  The  new  subsection  clarifies  the  authority  of  a  council 
to  vary  the  estimates  submitted  by  a  board. 

Subsection  3.  Subsection  3  of  section  14  of  the  Act  now  reads  as 
follows : 

(3)  Where  the  council  does  not  agree  with  the  board  on  the  estimates  or 
on  the  adequacy  of  the  number  of  members  of  the  police  force  or 
the  accommodation,  arms,  equipment  or  other  things  for  the  use  and 
maintenance  of  the  force,  the  Commission  shall  determine  the  question 
after  a  hearing. 

The  subsection  as  re-enacted  authorizes  a  board  to  appeal  to  the 
Ontario  Police  Commission  where  it  is  dissatisfied  with  the  estimates  of  the 
council. 

Section  5.     Section  16  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

16.  A  board  may  by  by-law  make  regulations  not  inconsistent  with  the 
regulations  under  section  72  for  the  government  of  the  police  force, 
for  preventing  neglect  or  abuse,  and  for  rendering  it  efficient  tn  the 
discharge  of  its  duties. 

The  re-enactment  of  section  16  clarifies  the  authority  of  a  council 
to  make  regulations.  The  new  subsections  provide  that  regulations  made 
by  a  council  or  board  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Ontario  Police  Com- 
mission and  shall  be  filed  with  the  Commission  and  made  available  for 
public  ins{>ection. 


/ 


Section  6.     Subsection  1  of  section  20  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

(/)  Where  a  municipality  thai  has  established  a  police  force  does  not 
have  a  board,  the  council  shall  appoint  the  members  of  the  police 
force. 

The  re-enactment  clarifies  the  authority  of  a  council   to  govern  the 
members  of  its  police  force. 


Section  7.  The  new  section  24a  empowers  the  council  of  a  munici- 
pality to  pay  legal  costs  incurred  by  a  member  of  a  police  force  in  respect 
of  an  inquiry  where  the  conduct  of  the  member  is  the  subject-matter  of 
the  inquiry. 

The  new  section  246  deals  with  the  reducing  of  the  size  of  a  police 
force,  the  probationary  period  of  a  police  officer  and  the  retirement  of  the 
members  of  a  pwlice  force. 


ment  of  the  police  force,  for  preventing  neglect  or  abuse,  and 
for  rendering  it  efficient  in  the  discharge  of  its  duties. 

(2)  Regulations   made   under   subsection    1    shall   be   filed  ^^^^ 
with  and  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Commission. 

(3)  The  council  or  board  and  the  Commission  shall  make  Regulations 
available  for  public  inspection  regulations  made  under  sub-  available 

section    1.  inspection 

(4)  Regulations  heretofore  made  under  subsection  1  that  ^ontinue°°^ 
are  in  force  when  this  subsection  comes  into  force  shall  within  in  force 
thirty  days  thereafter  be  submitted  to  the  Commission  for 
approval  and  shall  continue  in  force  unless  disapproved  by 

the  Commission. 

6.  Subsection   1   of  section  20  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  re^nacted 
the  following  substituted  therefor : 

(1)  Where  a   municipality   that   has  established   a  police  Appointment 

^    '  f         J  f  of  members 

force  does  not  have  a  board,  the  council  shall  appoint  the  where  no 
members  of  the  police  force  and  such  members  are  subject 
to  the  government  of  the  council  and  shall  obey  its  lawful 
directions. 

7 .  The  said   Act   is   amended   by  adding   thereto   the   following  Inacted**' 
sections : 

24a. — (1)  The    council    of   a    municipality    may,    to   such  ^^^'^'^^^'y 
extent  as  it  thinks  fit,   pay  the  legal  costs  incurred  by  ai®«»ico8t8 
member  of  the  police  force  maintained  by  the  council  in 

respect  of  an  inquiry  held  by  a  commission  under  Part  II  / 

of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971  where  the  subject-matter  ^^^•'^^^  / 

of  the  inquiry  includes  in  whole  or  in  part  the  conduct  of 

the  member  in  the  performance  or  purported  performance  , 

of  his  duties. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  "municipality"  includes  {"tfog'"*'" 
a  district,  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality  that  main- 
tains a  police  force. 

246.  The  council  of  a  municipality  or,  where  there  is  a  J°*jfcUor 
board,  the  board  may,  board 

(a)  without  a  hearing  but  subject  to  the  consent  of  the 
Commission,  dispense  with  the  services  of  any 
member  of  the  police  force  for  the  purpose  of  reducing 
the  size  of  or  abolishing  the  police  force,  where  the 
reduction  or  abolition  is  not  in  contravention  of  this 
Act; 


(b)  without  a  hearing  dispense  with  the  services  of  any 
pohce  officer  within  eighteen  months  of  his  becoming 
a  pohce  officer ;  and 

(c)  make  rules  or  regulations,  not  inconsistent  with  an 
agreement  made  under  section  29,  30  or  31  or  a 
decision  or  award  of  an  arbitrator  made  under  sec- 
tion 32,  for  the  retirement  of  members  of  the  police 
force  who  are  entitled  to  a  pension  under  a  pension 
plan  established  for  the  members  of  the  police  force 
and,  without  a  hearing,  may  retire  the  members  in 
accordance  with  those  rules  or  regulations. 


8.  42  (3). 
re-enacted 


Powers  of 
Commission. 
Com- 
missioner 
and  deputy 
commissioner 


1971.  c.  49 


8.  Subsection  3  of  section  42  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor : 

(3)  The  Commission,  the  Commissioner  or  a  deputy  commis- 
sioner may  investigate  and  inquire  into  the  conduct  of  any 
member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  or  of  any 
employee  connected  therewith  and  for  the  purposes  of  an 
inquiry  has  the  powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II  of 
The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971,  which  Part  applies  to  such 
inquiry  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


8.  476. 
enacted 


9.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
section : 


Payment 
of  legal 
costs 


476.  The  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may,  to  such  extent  as  he 
thinks  fit,  pay  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund  the 
legal  costs  incurred  by  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial 
Police  Force  in  respect  of  an  inquiry  held  by  a  commission 
under  Part  II  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971  where  the 
subject-matter  of  the  inquiry  includes  in  whole  or  in  part  the 
conduct  of  the  member  in  the  performance  or  purported 
performance  of  his  duties. 


8. 56  (3). 
re-enacted 


10. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  56  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Powers  on 
inquiry 


(3)  For  the  purpose  of  an  inquiry  under  this  section,  the 
Commission  has  the  powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II 
of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971 ,  which  Part  applies  to  such 
inquiry  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


8. 56  (6). 
re-enacted 


(2)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  56  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Powers  of 
council  or 
board 


(6)  Where  the  Commission  reports  that  a  police  officer  has 
misconducted  himself  or  is  not  performing  or  is  incapable  of 
performing  his  duties  in  a  manner  that  satisfies  the  require- 


Section  8.     Subsection  3  of  section  42  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows : 

(J)  The  Commission,  the  Commissioner  or  a  deputy  commissioner  may 
hold  an  inquiry  into  the  conduct  of  any  member  of  the  Ontario 
Provincial  Police  Force  or  of  any  employee  connected  therewith  and 
upon  such  inquiry  it  or  he  has  and  may  exercise  all  the  powers  and 
authority  that  may  be  conferred  upon  a  person  appointed  under  The 
Public  Inquiries  Act. 

The  authority  of  the  Commission,  the  Commissioner  of  the  Ontario 
Provincial  Police  Force  or  a  deputy  commissioner  to  inquire  into  the 
conduct  of  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force  and  its  and  his 
powers  on  an  inquiry  are  revised  and  updated. 

Section  9.  The  new  section  476  empowers  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario 
to  pay  legal  costs  incurred  by  a  member  of  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police 
Force  in  respect  of  an  inquiry  where  the  conduct  of  the  member  is  the 
subject-matter  of  the  inquiry. 


Section  10. — Subsection  1.     Subsection  3  of  section  56  of  the  Act  now  / 

reads  as  follows : 

(J)   The    Commission    or    person    holding    an    investigation    under    this  * 

section  has  and  may  exercise  all  the  powers  and  authority  that  may 
be  conferred  upon  a  person  appointed  under  The  Public  Inquiries 
Act. 

The  powers  of  the  Ontario  Police  Commission  on  an  inquiry  are  revised 
and  updated. 

Subsection  2.     Subsection  6  of  section  56  of  the  Act  now  reads  as 
follows : 

(6)  The  Commission  may  grant  to  a  person  attending  to  give  evidence 
at  an  inquiry  or  investigation  under  this  section  such  fees  and  expenses 
as  are  set  out  in  the  Schedule  to  The  Crown  Witnesses  Act. 

The  repeal  of  the  subsection  is  complementary  to  the  re-enactment  of 
subsection  3  of  section  56.  The  new  subsection  sets  out  the  powers  of  a  council 
or  board  following  a  report  of  the  Ontario  Police  Commission. 


/ 


Section  11.  Section  57  of  the  Act  deab  with  inquiries  by  the 
Ontario  Police  Commission. 

The  re-enactment  revises  and  updates  the  powers  of  the  Ontario  Police 
Commission  on  an  inquiry  and  removes  provisions  that  are  no  longer 
applicable  by  reason  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971 . 


Section  12.     Section  58  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows : 

58.  The  chairman  of  the  Commission  may  authorize  one  or  more  members 
of  the  Commission  to  exercise  the  powers  and  perform  the  duties 
of  the  Commission  under  section  41  or  57 . 

The  amendment  is  editorial. 


ments  of  his  position,  the  council  or,  where  there  is  a  board, 
the  board  may,  without  a  hearing, 

{a)  reduce  the  poHce  officer  in  rank  or  gradation  of 
rank  and  in  pay  in  accordance  with  the  rank  to 
which  he  is  reduced;  or 

(b)  where  the  report  so  recommends,  dismiss  the  pohce 
officer  or  place  him  on  retirement  if  he  is  entitled 
thereto. 

11.  Subsections  2  to  10  of  section  57  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  ^^^7^2^^)^^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  a  57  (5-10), 

"^  repealed 

(2)  For  the  purpose  of  an  inquiry  under  this  section,  the  i^°^i^°° 
Commission  has  the  powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II  1971,0.49 
of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971 ,  which  Part  applies  to  such 
inquiry  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 

(3)  Sections  3  to  6  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971  apply  ^^^icauon 
with  necessary  modifications  to  an  inquiry  under  this  section. 

(4)  Where  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  is  satisfied  ^e™ 
that  it  is  necessary  to  achieve  the  purposes  of  an  inquiry,  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  in  the  order  in  council 
directing  the  inquiry,  or  by  a  subsequent  order  in  council, 
declare  that  Part  III  of  The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971  applies 

to  the  inquiry  and  to  the  Commission. 

12.  Section  58  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "41"  |,5Jnaea 
in  the  third  line  "56". 

/ 

13.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  Sj°^^®°°®"  / 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

14.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Police  Amendment  Act,  1977.    short  title 


o 
to 


H 

w 

X 
c/>  o 


►-I    33 

O^ 
(t  hrt 
3    • 

•-»  2 

£L  > 

n 

W 

w 

H 


^ 


>3 


'Z 

0 

< 

g 

ft) 
3 
a* 

1:0 

"-1 

>3 

hO 

S) 

^ 

0 

!-♦■ 

^ 

(^ 

> 

3 

> 
O 


O 
P 

3 

ft) 

3 

CL 

H 

3- 
fe 

o 


> 
o 


BILL   114  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Police  Act 


The  Hon.  John  P.  MacBeth 
Solicitor  General 


/ 


T  (;  K  ()  N  T  (; 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     A  new  Part  (Part  V-A)  is  added  to  The  Police  Act  and 
deals  with  citizen  complaints  and  (>oIice  discipline. 

The  major  provisions  of  the  Part  are  as  follows : 

1.  Section  536  provides  for  the  manner  in  which  a  chief  of  police 
or  a  council  or  board  shall  deal  with  a  citizen  complaint. 

2.  Provision  is  made  for  the  appointment  of  a  Commissioner  of  Citizen 
Complaints  and  his  general  powers  are  set  out.     (Section  53f). 

3.  Sections  53d,  53c,  53/,  53g  and  53A  deal  with  the  powers  of  investiga- 
tion conferred  on  the  Complaints  Commissioner. 

4.  Section  53i  provides  for  the  review  by  the  Complaints  Com- 
missioner of  a  decision  made  on  a  disciplinary  proceeding. 

5.  Section  53;  establishes  the  Citizen  Complaints  and  Police  Discipline 
Review  Board  and  provides  for  its  membership,  its  quorum  and  its 
sittings. 

6.  Section  53^  determines  the  parties  to  a  hearing  by  the  Review 
Board  held  on  the  direction  of  the  Complaints  Commissioner  and 
empowers  the  Review  Board  to  impose  disciplinary  penalties  on  a 
police  officer. 

7.  Section  53/  empowers  a  chief  of  police  to  suspend  a  police  officer 
from  duty  pending  an  investigation  into  the  conduct  or  per- 
formance of  the  officer  and  confers  a  similar  power  on  the  chairman 
of  a  board  or  the  head  of  council  in  respect  of  an  investigation 
into  the  conduct  or  performance  of  a  chief  of  pwlice. 

8.  Section  53m  deals  with  disciplinary  proceedings  by  a  chief  of 
police  and  sets  out  the  procedures  for  such  proceedings  and  the 
penalties  that  may  be  imposed  thereafter. 

The  provisions  of  the  section  also  apply  with  the  necessary 
modifications  to  a  proceeding  by  a  council  or  board  in  respect 
of  the  conduct  or  f)erformance  of  a  chief  of  police. 

9.  Section  53n  provides  for  a  review  by  a  council  or  board  of  a 
decision  of  a  chief  of  police  on  a  disciplinary  proceeding. 


10.  Sections  53o  and  53^  provide  for  appeals  to  the  Ontario  Police 
Commission  and  set  out  procedures  thereon. 

11.  Section  53^  provides  for  a  hearing  by  the  Review  Board  where 
required  by  a  police  officer. 

12.  Section  53r  provides  for  an  appeal  to  the  Divisional  Court  on  a 
question  of  law. 

13.  Section  53s  deals  with  the  giving  or  serving  of  notices  required 
under  Part  V-A. 

14.  Section  53/  provides  a  limitation  period  of  eighteen  months  in  respect 
of  disciplinary  proceedings. 

15.  Sections  53«,  53v  and  531*  are  self-explanatory. 

Section  2.  Obstruction  of  a  person  making  an  investigation  under 
the  new  section  53d  is  made  an  offence  and  a  penalty  therefor  is  provided. 

Section  3.  Subsection  1  of  section  72  of  the  Act  authorizes  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  to  make  regulations  respecting  the  matters 
set  out  in  the  clauses. 

The  amendment  is  complementary  to  the  new  Part  V-A. 


/ 


BILL  114  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Police  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province  of  Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1.  The  Police  Act,  being  chapter  351  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  ^85^.53^) 
Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  Part:  enacted 

PART  V-A 

CITIZEN   COMPLAINTS  AND  POLICE  DISCIPLINE 

53a.    In  this  Part,  interpre- 

tation 

[a)  "chief  of  pohce",  except  where  the  context  other- 
wise requires,  includes  the  Commissioner  of  the 
Ontario  Provincial  Police  Force ; 

(6)  "Complaints  Commissioner"  means  the  Commissioner 

of  Citizen  Complaints ;  / 

/ 

(c)  "police  force"  includes  the  Ontario  Provincial  Police 
Force ; 

{d)  "Review  Board"  means  the  Citizen  Complaints  and 
Police  Discipline  Review  Board. 

536. — (1)  Where  a  chief  of  police  receives  a  complaint  complaints 
from  any  person  concerning  the  conduct  of  or  the  performance 
of  duties  by  any  pK)lice  officer  on  his  police  force,  he  shall 
record  the  complaint  in  the  prescribed  manner  and  investi- 
gate it  forthwith  and  shall  forward  a  copy  of  the  recorded 
complaint  to  the  Complaints  Commissioner. 

(2)  Where  a  chief  of  p>olice  receives  a  complaint  from  any  ^l^'^l°l 
person   concerning   his  conduct   or   the   performance  of  his 
duties,  he  shall  forthwith  refer  the  complaint  to  the  Com- 


plaints  Commissioner  and  give  notice  of  such  referral  to  the 
council  or,  where  there  is  a  board,  the  board. 


Idem 


(3)  Where  a  council  or  board  receives  a  complaint  from 
any  person  concerning  the  conduct  of  the  chief  of  police  or 
the  performance  of  his  duties,  it  shall  forthwith  refer  the 
complaint  to  the  Complaints  Commissioner. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  a  council  or  board  receives  a  complaint  from 
any  person  concerning  the  conduct  of  or  the  performance  of 
duties  by  any  police  officer  on  its  police  force,  other  than 
the  chief  of  police,  it  shall  forthwith  refer  the  complaint 
to  the  chief  of  police  and  such  complaint  is  deemed  to  be  a 
complaint  received  under  subsection  1. 


Idem 


(5)  Where  a  complaint  is  referred  to  the  Complaints 
Commissioner  under  subsection  2  or  3,  the  Complaints  Com- 
missioner shall  forthwith  give  notice  thereof  in  writing  to 
the  complainant. 


Resolution 
of  complaint 


(6)  Where  the  chief  of  p>olice  is  of  the  opinion  that  a 
complaint  received  under  subsection  1  involves  an  allegation 
of  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  by  a  police 
officer  that  is  of  a  minor  nature,  he  may  attempt  to  resolve 
the  complaint  informally  or  may  approve  any  informal 
resolution  that  has  taken  place  and  shall  report  thereon  to 
the  Complaints  Commissioner  and  the  complainant. 


How 

complaint 
to  be  dealt 
with 


(7)  Where  the  chief  of  police  is  of  the  opinion  that  a 
complaint  received  under  subsection  1  involves  an  allegation 
of  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  by  a  police  officer 
that  is  of  a  serious  nature,  he, 


{a)  shall  cause  disciplinary  proceedings  to  be  commenced 
under  section  53w;  or 

(b)  shall  refer  the  report  of  the  investigation   to  the 
Complaints  Commissioner, 

and  may  refer  the  report  of  the  investigation  to  the  Crown 
attorney  who  shall  consider  whether  a  criminal  or  other 
offence  may  have  been  committed. 


No 

disciplinary 
proceedings, 
etc..  until 
notice  to 
I>ollce  officer 


(8)  No  disciplinary  proceedings  shall  be  commenced  under 
section  53m  and  no  reference  to  a  complaint  dealt  with 
under  subsection  6  shall  be  entered  in  the  personal  record 
of  a  poHce  officer  who  is  the  subject  of  a  complaint  unless 
the  officer  has  been  notified  of  the  complaint  and  given  at 


least  seven  days  in  which  to  submit  in  writing  any  explana- 
tions or  representations  he  may  wish  to  make  concerning 
the  matter. 

(9)  Where  disciplinary   proceedings   are  commenced   pur-  Notice 
suant  to  clause  a  of  subsection  7,  the  chief  of  police  shall 
forthwith  give  notice  thereof  in  writing  to  the  complainant 

and  the  Complaints  Commissioner. 

(10)  Where  a  report  of  an  investigation  is  referred  to  the^**®™ 
Complaints   Commissioner   under   clause   b  of  subsection   7, 
the   chief   of   police   shall   forthwith   give   notice   thereof  in 
writing  to  the  complainant. 

(11)  A   chief  of   pohce   may  designate   any   police   officer  j^e^ignation 
on  his  police  force  to  exercise  any  of  his  powers  and  perform  of  police 
any  of  his  duties  under  this  Part  and  the  police  officer  so 
designated  has  the  powers  and  duties  set  out  in  the  designation 

and  where  any  power  is  conditional  on  the  opinion  of  the 
chief  of  police,  the  requisite  opinion  shall  be  that  of  the 
designated  officer. 

53c. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  oFE^mpiltnL 
a  Commissioner  of  Citizen  Complaints  to  exercise  the  powers  com- 

TTl  iRWlfinftT* 

and  perform  the  duties  assigned  to  him  by  this  Act  and  the 
regulations,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  Solicitor  General. 

(2)  The  Complaints  Commissioner,  duuirof"* 

Complaints 

Com-  i 

mlssioner  f 


(a)  may  receive  from  any  person  a  complaint  con- 
cerning the  conduct  of  or  the  performance  of  duties 
by  any  chief  of  police  or  other  police  officer ; 

(6)  may  investigate  a  complaint  made  to  him  or 
refer  the  complaint  for  investigation  and  disposition 
under  section  536 ; 

(c)  shall  monitor  the  handling  of  complaints  under 
section  536; 

(d)  shall  investigate  a  complaint  referred  to  him  under 
subsection  2,  3  or  7  of  section  536; 

{e)  may  refer  the  report  of  an  investigation  to  the 
Crown  attorney  who  shall  consider  whether  a  criminal 
or  other  offence  may  have  been  committed; 


/ 


I 


{/)  shall  receive  a  request  under  section  53«; 

{g)  shall  maintain  a  system  of  statistical  records  and 
research  studies  of  complaints  and  their  disposition ; 
and 

(A)  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  assigned  to  him 
under  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 


Idem 


(3)  Notwithstanding  section  536  and  notwithstanding  that 
a  complaint  has  been  referred  under  clause  b  of  subsection  2, 
the  Complaints  Commissioner  may  investigate  at  any  time 
a  complaint  concerning  the  conduct  of  or  the  performance 
of  duties  by  a  police  officer. 


Annual 
report 


(4)  The  Complaints  Commissioner  shall  report  annually 
upon  the  affairs  of  his  office  to  the  Solicitor  General  who 
shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  and  shall  cause  the  report  to  be  laid  before  the 
Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing 
session. 


Audit 


(5)  The  accounts  of  the  Complaints  Commissioner  shall  be 
audited  annually  by  the  Provincial  Auditor. 


Powers  on 
investigation 


53d. — (1)  For  the  purpose  of  an  investigation,  the  Com- 
plaints Commissioner  may  inquire  into  and  examine  the 
affairs  of  the  police  officer  in  respect  of  whom  the  investi- 
gation is  being  made  and  may, 


(a)  enter  at  any  reasonable  time  the  premises  of  such 
police  officer,  not  including  any  premises  or  part 
thereof  occupied  as  living  accommodation,  and 
examine  books,  papers,  documents  and  things  rele- 
vant to  the  subject-matter  of  the  investigation ;  and 

(b)  after  informing  the  chief  of  police  or  the  council  of 
the  municipality,  or,  where  there  is  a  board,  the 
board,  of  his  intention  to  make  the  investigation, 
enter  the  premises  of  the  police  force  and  inspect  the 
premises  and  carry  out  therein  any  investigation  he 
is  authorized  to  make, 


1971.0.40 


and  for  the  purposes  of  the  inquiry,  the  Complaints  Com- 
missioner has  the  powers  of  a  commission  under  Part  II  of 
The  Public  Inquiries  Act,  1971,  which  Part  applies  to  such 
inquiry  as  if  it  were  an  inquiry  under  that  Act. 


(2)  No  person  shall  obstruct  the  Complaints  Commissioner  obstruction 
or  a  person   appointed   to  make  an  investigation   or  with- 
hold  from   him   or   conceal   or   destroy   any   books,   papers, 
documents  or  things  relevant  to  the  subject-matter  of  the 
investigation. 

(3)  Where  a  provincial  judge  is  satisfied  upon  an  ex  parte  ^^^^t 
appHcation  by  the  Complaints  Commissioner  that  there  is 
reasonable  ground  for  believing  there  are  in  any  building, 
dwelling,  receptacle  or  place  any  books,  papers,  documents  or 
things  relating  to  the  police  officer  whose  conduct  is  being 
investigated  and  to  the  subject-matter  of  the  investigation, 

the  provincial  judge  may,  whether  or  not  an  inspection  has 
been  made  or  attempted  under  subsection  1,  issue  an  order 
authorizing  the  Complaints  Commissioner,  together  with  such 
police  officer  or  officers  as  he  calls  upon  to  assist  him,  to  enter 
and  search,  if  necessary  by  force,  such  building,  dwelling, 
receptacle  or  place  for  such  books,  papers,  documents  or 
things  and  to  examine  them,  but  every  such  entry  and 
search  shall  be  made  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless  the 
provincial  judge,  by  the  order,  authorizes  the  Complaints 
Commissioner  to  make  the  search  at  night. 

(4)  The    Complaints    Commissioner    may,    upon    giving   a  ^j^books' 
receipt   therefor,   remove  any  books,   papers,  documents  or  etc 
things  examined  under  subsection  1  or  3  relating  to  the  police 
officer  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  and  to  the  subject- 
matter  of  the  investigation  for  the  purpose  of  making  copies 

of  such  books,  papers  or  documents,  but  such  copying  shall 
be  carried  out  with  reasonable  dispatch  and  the  books,  papers 
or  documents  in  question  shall  be  promptly  thereafter  returned 
to  the  person  from  whom  they  were  removed.  i 

(5)  Any  copy  made  as  provided  in  subsection  4  and  certified  o/^c'Spl^*''"*^  ^ 
to    be    a    true    copy    by    the    Complaints    Commissioner    is 

admissible  in  evidence  in  any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecution  I 

as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  original  book,  paper  or  document 
and  its  contents. 

(6)  The  Complaints  Commissioner  may  appoint  any  expert  of'eSert?*"' 
to  examine  books,   papers,   documents  or  things  examined 

under  subsection  1  or  3. 

53d. — (1)  Every  person  employed  in  the  administration  of  Jinfldentiai 
this  Part,  including  any  person  making  an  inquiry,  inspection 
or  an  investigation  under  this  Part,  shall  preserve  secrecy 
in  respect  of  all  matters  that  come  to  his  knowledge  in  the 
course  of  his  duties,  employment,  inquiry,  inspection  or 
investigation  and  shall  not  communicate  any  such  matters  to 
any  other  person  except, 


(a)  as  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Part  and  the  regulations  or  any 
proceedings  under  this  Part ; 

{b)  as  may  be  required  for  the  due  enforcement  of  the 
law; 

(f )  to  his  counsel ;  or 

{d)  with  the  consent  of  the  person  to  whom  the  informa- 
tion relates. 


Testimony 
in  civil 
suit 


(2)  No  person  to  whom  subsection  1  applies  shall  be 
required  to  give  testimony  in  any  civil  suit  or  proceeding 
with  regard  to  information  obtained  by  him  in  the  course 
of  his  duties,  employment,  inquiry,  inspection  or  investi- 
gation, except  in  a  proceeding  under  this  Part. 


Complaints 
Com- 
missioner 
may  refuse 
to  investigrate 
complaint 


53/. — (1)  The  Complaints  Commissioner  may  in  his  dis- 
cretion decide  not  to  investigate,  or,  as  the  case  may  require, 
not  to  further  investigate,  any  complaint  if  it  relates  to  any 
matter  of  which  the  complainant  has  had  knowledge  for 
more  than  twelve  months  before  the  complaint  is  received 
by  the  Complaints  Commissioner,  or,  if  in  his  opinion, 

(a)  the  subject-matter  of  the  complaint  is  trivial ;  or 

(b)  the  complaint   is   frivolous  or  vexatious  or   is   not 
made  in  good  faith. 


Complainant 
to  be 
Informed 


(2)  In  any  case  where  the  Complaints  Commissioner 
decides  not  to  investigate  or  further  investigate  a  complaint 
he  shall  inform  the  complainant  in  writing  of  his  decision, 
and,  may,  if  he  thinks  fit,  state  his  reasons  therefor. 


Procedure 

after 

Investigation 


(3)  Where    an    investigation    has    been    completed,    the 
Complaints  Commissioner, 

(a)  shall  refer  the  matter  to  the  chief  of  police, 
together  with  his  recommendations,  where  he  is 
of  the  opinion  that  there  is  evidence  of  misconduct 
or  unsatisfactory  performance  by  a  police  officer 
that  is  of  a  minor  nature; 

(6)  shall  direct  that  a  hearing  be  held  by  the  Review 
Board,  where  he  is  of  the  opinion, 

(i)  that  there  is  evidence  of  misconduct  or 
unsatisfactory  performance  by  a  police  officer 
that  is  of  a  serious  nature,  or 


(ii)  that  there  is  evidence  of  misconduct  or 
unsatisfactory  performance  by  a  chief  of 
police;  or 

(c)  may  decide  in  any  other  case  to  take  no  further 
action, 

and  shall  notify  in  writing  the  complainant  and  any  other 
person  or  body  he  considers  proper  of  the  action  taken  or  of 
his  decision  to  take  no  further  action. 

(4)  Where  the  Complaints  Commissioner  directs  a  hearing  JJhJ'rehlSinl 
under  subclause  i  of  clause  b  of  subsection  3,  no  disciplinary  directed 
proceeding  shall  be  commenced  under  section  53m  or,  where 
such  proceeding  has  been  commenced,  it  shall  terminate  forth- 
with. 

53^. — (1)  Every    investigation    by    the    Complaints    Com-  [°^i^^in'^*"°° 
missioner  shall  be  conducted  in  private.  private 


presen- 

lODS 


(2)  The    Complaints    Commissioner    may    hear    or    obtain  ^^^^ 
information   from  such   persons  as  he  thinks  fit,   and   may  may  be  made 
make  such  inquiries  as  he  thinks  fit  and  it  is  not  necessary 

for  the  Complaints  Commissioner  to  hold  any  hearing  but, 
if  at  any  time  during  the  course  of  an  investigation,  it 
appears  to  the  Complaints  Commissioner  that  there  may 
be  sufficient  grounds  for  his  making  any  report  or  recom- 
mendation that  may  adversely  affect  a  chief  of  police  or 
other  poHce  officer  or  a  municipal  council  or,  where  there  is  a 
board,  the  board,  he  shall  give  to  that  person  or  body  an 
opportunity  to  make  representations  respecting  the  adverse 
report  or  recommendation,  either  personally  or  by  counsel. 

(3)  The  Complaints  Commissioner  may,  in  his  discretion,  bycom^"°" 
at  any  time  during  or  after  any  investigation,  consult  any  plf^j^Qgr™' 
chief  of  police  or  council  or,  where  there  is  a  board,  the 

board,  that  is  concerned  in  the  matter  of  the  investigation. 

(4)  On   the  request  of  the  chief  of  police  or  council   or,  ^oJS?'**"*" 
where  there  is  a  board,  the  board,  in  relation  to  an  investiga-  miMioner 
tion,  the  Complaints  Commissioner  shall  consult  that  person  "* 

or  body  after  making  the  investigation  and  before  he  takes 
any  further  action. 

(5)  The  Complaints  Commissioner  may,  in  writing,  appoint  ^^gjjjjn"'"' 
a  person  to  make  any  investigation  he  is  authorized  to  make  f^JJ^J^^^jQ^ 
and  the  person  so  appointed  has  all  the  powers  and  duties 

of  the  Complaints  Commissioner  relating  to  an  investigation. 

(6)  The  person  appointed  to  make  an  investigation  shall  Report 
report    the    result    of   his   investigation    to   the   Complaints 
Commissioner. 


• 


8 


Report  by 
Complaints 
Com- 
missioner 


Request 
for  review 


53h.  Where,  after  making  an  investigation  under  this 
Part,  the  Complaints  Commissioner  is  of  the  opinion  that  a 
poHce  practice  or  procedure  should  be  altered,  the  Com- 
plaints Commissioner  shall  report  his  opinion,  and  his 
reasons  therefor,  to  the  council  or,  where  there  is  a  board, 
the  board  concerned,  the  Commission  and  the  Solicitor 
General,  together  with  such  recommendations  as  he  thinks 
fit. 

53i. — (I)  A  complainant  who  is  dissatisfied  with  the 
decision  made  on  a  disciplinary  proceeding  arising  out  of 
his  complaint  that  is  not  a  decision  of  the  Review  Board 
or  with  a  decision  not  to  commence  a  disciplinary  proceeding 
may  request  the  Complaints  Commissioner  to  review  the 
matter. 


i 


Review  Board 
to  hold 
hearing 


(2)  Where  the  Complaints  Commissioner  receives  a  request 
under  subsection  1,  he  shall  investigate  the  matter  and  may, 
after  such  investigation,  direct  that  a  hearing  be  held  by 
the  Review  Board  in  any  case  where  he  is  of  the  opinion 
that  there  is  evidence  of  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  per- 
formance by  a  police  officer  that  is  of  a  serious  nature  and 
in  any  other  case  may  decide  to  take  no  further  action. 


Notice 


(3)  Where  the  Complaints  Commissioner  directs  a  hearing 
under  subsection  2,  he  shall  so  notify  in  writing  the  com- 
plainant and  the  chief  of  police  and,  where  applicable,  the 
council  or  board. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  the  Complaints  Commissioner  decides  under  sub- 
section 2  to  take  no  further  action,  he  shall  so  notify  in  writing 
the  complainant  and  any  other  person  or  body  he  considers 
proper. 


Where 
hearing  not 
to  be 
directed 


(5)  The  Complaints  Commissioner  shall  not  direct  a  hear- 
ing by  the  Review  Board  where  a  hearing  has  been  required 
under  section  53^. 


Review 

Board 

established 


53 j. — (1)  The  Citizen  Complaints  and  Police  Discipline 
Review  Board  is  established  and  shall  consist  of  not  more 
than  seven  members  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieuten- 
ant Governor  in  Council  and  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  shall  appoint  one  of  such  members  as  chairman. 


Term  of 
office 


(2)  The  members  of  the  Review  Board  shall  be  appointed 
to  hold  office  for  a  term  not  exceeding  three  years  and 
may  be  reappointed  for  further  successive  terms  not  exceed- 
ing three  years  each. 


(3)  The    members    of    the    Review    Board    shall    be    paid  Remunera- 
such  salaries  or  other  remuneration  and  expenses  as  may  be 

fixed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(4)  The    chairman    shall    have    general    supervision    and  Duties  of 
direction    over    the   conduct    of   the   affairs   of   the    Review 
Board,  and  shall  arrange  the  sittings  of  the  Review  Board 

and  assign  members  to  conduct  hearings  as  circumstances 
require. 

(5)  Three    members    of    the    Review    Board    constitute    a  Quorum 
quorum,   but   the  chairman   may   in  writing  authorize  one 
member  of  the  Review  Board  to  hear  and  determine  any 
matter,  and  for  such  purpose  such  member  may  exercise  all 

the  jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Review  Board  and  his 
decision  shall  be  a  decision  of  the  Review  Board. 

(6)  The    Review    Board    shall    prepare    and    periodically  summaries 

,  , .  ,  <•    •         1      •   •  ,      1  1  and  report 

publish  a  summary  of  its  decisions  and  the  reasons  there- 
for and  shall  report  annually  on  its  affairs  to  the  Solicitor 
General  who  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  cause  the  report  to  be  laid 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
ensuing  session. 

(7)  The  accounts  of  the  Review  Board  shall  be  audited  Audit 
annually  by  the  Provincial  Auditor. 

53^. — (1)  Where    a    hearing    by    the    Review    Board    is  Hearing 
directed  under  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  section  53/  or 

subsection  2  of  section  53i,  the  Review  Board  shall  appoint  i 

a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  may,  by  order,  impose  / 

any  penalty  a  chief  of  police  may  impose  under  subsection 
2  of  section  53m. 

(2)  The  Complaints  Commissioner,  the  chief  of  police  and  Parties 
the   police   officer   whose   conduct   or   f)erformance   is   being 
investigated  are  parties  to  the  proceedings  under  this  section. 

(3)  Where    the    conduct    or    performance    of    a    chief    of  w«n» 
police  is  being  investigated,  the  Complaints  Commissioner, 
the  council  or,  where  there  is  a  board,  the  board,  and  the 
chief   of   police   are   parties   to   the   proceedings   under   this 
section. 

(4)  A  police  officer  whose  conduct  or  performance  is  being  gf^i^/^*^' 
investigated  in  proceedings  before  the  Review  Board  shall  be  evidence 
afforded  an  opportunity  to  examine  before  the  hearing  any 
written  or  documentary  evidence  that  will  be  produced  or 


10 


Member 
holding: 
hearing  not 
to  com- 
municate 
with  party 


Oral 
evidence 


Only 

members  at 
hearing  to 
participate 
m  decision 


Release  of 

documents 


Police  officer 
not  required 
to  give 
evidence 
1971,  c.  47 


Proof of 

misconduct, 

etc. 


Decision 

and 

reasons 


any  report  the  contents  of  which  will  be  given  in  evidence  at 
the  hearing. 

(5)  A  member  of  the  Review  Board  holding  a  hearing 
shall  not  communicate  directly  or  indirectly  in  relation  to 
the  subject-matter  of  the  hearing  with  any  person  or  with 
any  party  or  his  representative  except  upon  notice  to 
and  opportunity  for  all  parties  to  participate,  but  the 
Review  Board  may  seek  legal  advice  from  an  adviser 
independent  from  the  parties  and  in  such  case  the  nature 
of  the  advice  should  be  made  known  to  the  parties  in  order 
that  they  may  make  submissions  as  to  the  law. 

(6)  The  oral  evidence  taken  before  the  Review  Board 
shall  be  recorded  and,  if  so  required,  copies  or  a  transcript 
thereof  shall  be  furnished  upon  the  same  terms  as  in  the 
Supreme  Court. 

(7)  No  member  of  the  Review  Board  shall  participate  in  a 
decision  of  the  Review  Board  pursuant  to  a  hearing  unless 
he  was  present  throughout  the  hearing  and  heard  the 
evidence  and  argument  of  the  parties  and,  except  with 
the  consent  of  the  parties,  no  decision  of  the  Review  Board 
shall  be  given  unless  aU  members  so  present  participate  in 
the  decision. 

(8)  Documents  and  things  put  in  evidence  at  a  hearing 
of  the  Review  Board  shall,  upon  the  request  of  the  person 
who  produced  them,  be  released  to  him  by  the  Review 
Board  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  matter  in  issue 
has  been  finally  determined. 

(9)  Notwithstanding  section  12  of  The  Statutory  Powers 
Procedure  Act,  1971,  the  police  officer  whose  conduct  or 
performance  is  being  investigated  shall  not  be  required  to 
give  evidence  at  the  hearing  nor  shall  any  statement  or 
answer  required  to  be  given  by  him  in  respect  of  the 
allegations  made  against  him  be  admitted  as  evidence 
at  the  hearing  except  for  the  purpose  of  cross-examining 
him,  but  the  Review  Board  may  draw  such  inferences  as  it 
thinks  appropriate  from  the  failure  of  the  police  officer 
to  explain  or  answer  allegations  made  against  him. 

(10)  Before  making  a  finding  of  misconduct  or  unsatis- 
factory performance,  the  Review  Board  shall  be  satisfied 
that  the  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  has  been 
established  by  a  fair  and  reasonable  preponderance  of 
credible  testimony. 

(11)  The  Review  Board  shall  forthwith  serve  notice  in 
writing  of  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor  on  the  com- 
plainant and  the  parties  to  the  proceedings. 


11 

53/. — (1)  A  chief  of  police,  pending  an  investigation  by  him  ^^^^ 
or  by  the  Complaints  Commissioner,  as  the  case  may  be,  of  maybe 

8118136  Udcd 

the  conduct  or  performance  of  a  police  officer,  may  suspend 
the  police  officer  from  duty  with  pay  for  a  period  not  exceeding 
thirty  days. 

(2)  Where  in  the  opinion  of  the  chief  of  police  an  additional  ^g'^enljcfn 
period  of  time  is  required  to  complete  the  investigation  or 

any  proceedings  resulting  therefrom,  the  chief  of  police  may 
renew  the  suspension  under  subsection  1  for  an  additional 
period  or  periods  of  thirty  days. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsections  1  and  2,  where  a  penalty  ^^0^°^*°° 
provided  in   clause  a   or   6  of  subsection  2   or  clause   b  of  appeal 
subsection   4  of  section  53m  is  imposed  on   a  disciplinary 
proceeding,   the  chief  of  police  may  direct   that  the  police 

officer  be  suspended  from  duty  without  pay  pending  the 
final  disposition  of  any  appeal  that  may  be  taken. 

(4)  The  chief  of  police  may,  at  any  time,  revoke  a  suspen-  Revocation 
sion  and  order  that  the  suspended  police  officer  be  returned  suspension 
to  duty  and  may,  from  time  to  time,  reimpose  the  suspension 

as  he  considers  necessary. 

(5)  During  the  period  of  suspension,  the  police  officer  shall  Prohibition 
not, 

(a)  exercise  any  power  or  authority  vested  in  him  as 
a  police  officer;  or 

{b)  wear  or  use  any  article  of  clothing  or  equipment 

issued  to  him  as  a  f)olice  officer.  / 


(6)  Suspension  of  a  police  officer  shall  cease  upon  the  final  ^^ngjon 
disposition  of  any  proceedings  in  which  his  conduct  or  per-  to  cease 
formance  is  in  issue. 

(7)  The  head  of  council  or,  where  there  is  a  board,  the  ?5i\®/e°iiaY 
chairman  of  the  board,  may  suspend  a  chief  of  police  from  be  suspended 
duty  pending  an  investigation,  and  the  provisions  of  this 

section  apply  with  necessary  modifications  to  the  head  of 
council  or  chairman  of  the  board,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  to 
the  chief  of  police. 

53m. — (1)  Where,   in   the  opinion  of  the  chief  of  police,  J,°,^J^Bit,on 
a  police  officer  has  misconducted  himself  or  is  not  perform-  of  penalties  on 

.'^,.  ,,        ,  ,  .j^-  i.u*  disciplinary 

mg  or  IS  mcapable  of  performing  his  duties  in  a  manner  that  proceeding 
satisfies  the  requirements  of  his  p>osition,  the  chief  of  police 
may,  after  a  hearing,  impose  a  penalty  provided  in  subsection 
2  or  3  or  take  action  under  subsection  4,  as  the  case  may  be. 


12 

"•"^  (2)  Where  the  chief  of  police  finds  the  police  officer  guilty 

of  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  that,  in  his 
opinion,  is  of  a  serious  nature,  he  may  by  order, 

(a)  dismiss  the  police  officer  from  the  police  force; 

(b)  direct  that  the  police  officer  resign  from  the  police 
force  and,  in  default  of  resigning  within  seven  days, 
be  summarily  dismissed; 

(c)  reduce  the  police  officer  in  rank  or  gradation  of  rank 
and  in  pay  in  accordance  with  the  rank  to  which  he 
is  reduced; 

(d)  direct  that  days  off  not  exceeding  twenty  days  be 
forfeited ; 

(e)  direct  that  pay  not  exceeding  five  days  pay  be 
forfeited;  or 

(/)  reprimand  the  police  officer,  which  reprimand  may 
be  in  lieu  of  or  in  addition  to  any  other  penalty 
imposed. 

"^"^  (3)  Where  the  chief  of  police  finds  the  police  officer  guilty 

of  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  that,  in  his 
opinion,  is  of  a  minor  nature,  he  may  by  order, 

(a)  direct  that  days  off  not  exceeding  five  days  be 
forfeited ; 

(b)  direct  that  pay  not  exceeding  three  days  pay  be 
forfeited;  or 

(c)  reprimand  the  poHce  officer. 

^*^®'"  (4)  Where  the  chief  of  police  finds  that  the  police  officer 

is  not  performing  or  is  incapable  of  performing  his  duties 
in  a  manner  that  satisfies  the  requirements  of  his  position, 
he  may  by  order, 

(a)  reduce  the  police  officer  in  rank  or  gradation  of  rank 
and  in  pay  in  accordance  with  the  rank  to  which  he 
is  reduced;  or 

(6)  dismiss  the  police  officer  or  place  him  on  retirement 
if  he  is  entitled  thereto. 

^^^<^i^  (5)  A   finding  that   a   police   officer  is   incapable,   due   to 

mental  or  physical  disability,  of  performing  his  duties  in  a 
manner  that  satisfies  the  requirements  of  his  p)osition  shall 
be  based  on  the  evidence  of  not  less  than  two  legally  qualified 
medical  practitioners. 


13 

(6)  No  police  officer  shall  be  liable  to  a  penalty  under  No^genaity 
subsection  2  or  4  unless  the  notice  of  hearing  served  upon  notice 
him  included  a  notice  that  he  would  be  liable  to  such  penalty 

if  the  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  is  estabhshed 
on  the  hearing  or  he  is  given  notice  to  that  effect  during  the 
course  of  the  hearing. 

(7)  Notwithstanding    section    9    of    The    Statutory   Powers  fo®*e^heid 
Procedure  Act,   1971,   and  except   where   the  hearing  arises '"  ca'" era 
out  of  a  complaint,  hearings  under  this  section  shall  be  held  ^^'^' *^^^ 
in  camera,  but,  if  the  police  officer  whose  conduct  or  per- 
formance is  being  investigated  requests  otherwise  by  a  notice 
delivered  to  the  chief  of  poHce  before  the  day  fixed  for  the 
hearing,  the  chief  of  police  shall  conduct  the  hearing  in  public 
except  where  he  is  of  the  opinion  that, 

{a)  matters  involving  public  security  may  be  disclosed; 
or 

[b)  the  possible  disclosure  of  intimate  financial  or  per- 
sonal matters  outweighs  the  desirability  of  holding 
the  hearing  in  public. 

(8)  Subsections  4,  8,  9  and  10  of  section  53^  apply  with  Application 
necessary  modifications  to  a  hearing  under  this  section. 

(9)  The  chief  of  police  shall  forthwith  serve  notice  in  writ-  de°ci8ion^ 
ing  of  his  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor  on  the  council  or, 
where  there  is  a  board,  the  board,  the  police  officer  whose 
conduct  or  performance  is  being  investigated  and,  where  the 
hearing  arose  out  of  a  complaint,  on  the  complainant  and 

the  Complaints  Commissioner. 

(10)  Subject  to  subsection  11,  the  council  or,  where  there  is  Jy  council  / 
a  board,  the  board,  may  hold  a  hearing  under  this  section  or  board 

where  the  conduct  or  performance  of  the  chief  of  police  is  in 
question,  and  the  provisions  of  this  section  apply  with 
necessary  modifications  to  such  a  hearing. 

(11)  No  council  or  board  shall  hold  a  hearing  under  sub-  X?heLing 
section  10  where  a  complaint  has  been  made  concerning  the  ^^ 
conduct  or  performance  of  the  chief  of  police. 

(12)  No  reference  to  a  proceeding  under  this  section  or  [i°j^^Jl^i°* 
section  53k  shall  be  made  in  the  personal  record  of  a  police  record  of 
officer  against  whom  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  performance  ^  *^** 
was  alleged  unless  the  misconduct  or  unsatisfactory  perform- 
ance is  established  in  the  proceeding. 

53n.— (1)  The   council   or,   where   there   is  a   board,   the  SSJiSon^' 
board,  may  within  thirty  days  of  being  served  with  notice 


14 


of  a  decision  pursuant  to  subsection  9  of  section  53w  review 
and  confirm,  alter  or  revoke  the  decision  as  it  considers  proper, 
and  for  the  purposes  of  a  review,  the  council  or  board  is  not 
required  to  hold  a  hearing  but  may  afford  to  the  police  officer 
an  opportunity  to  make  representations  in  any  case  it  considers 
proper  and  shall  afford  such  opportunity  to  the  police  officer 
in  every  case  where  it  proposes  to  impose  a  penalty  that,  in 
its  opinion,  is  more  severe. 


When 
decision 
deemed 
affirmed 


Notice 


(2)  Where  a  council  or  board  fails  to  make  the  review 
under  subsection  1,  the  decision  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
been  confirmed. 

(3)  The  poHce  officer  whose  conduct  or  performance  is 
being  investigated,  the  chief  of  police  and,  where  the  review 
was  of  a  decision  made  on  a  disciplinary  proceeding  arising 
out  of  a  complaint,  the  complainant  and  the  Complaints 
Commissioner  shall  be  served  forthwith  with  notice  in  writing 
of  the  results  of  the  review. 


Appeal  to 
Commission 


53o. — (1)  Except  where  the  decision  is  made  on  a  dis- 
ciplinary proceeding  arising  out  of  a  complaint,  a  police 
officer  who  is  aggrieved  by  a  decision  made  under  section  53w 
or  the  results  of  a  review  made  under  section  53n  may  appeal 
to  the  Commission. 


Notice  of 
appeal 


(2)  A  notice  of  appeal  to  the  Commission  shall  be  served 
on  the  Commission  within  fifteen  days  after  notice  of  the 
results  of  a  review  under  subsection  1  of  section  53«  was 
received  by  the  police  officer  or  the  time  for  such  review  has 
elapsed. 


Parties 


(3)  The  appellant  and  the  chief  of  police  are  parties  to  the 
appeal. 


Extension 
of  time 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  where  the  Commission 
is  satisfied  that  there  are  prima  facie  grounds  for  granting 
relief  and  that  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  granting  an 
extension,  it  may  extend  the  time  for  giving  the  notice  either 
before  or  after  the  expiration  of  the  fifteen-day  period  referred 
to  in  subsection  2  and  may  give  such  directions  as  it  considers 
proper  consequent  upon  such  extension. 


Hearing 
of appeal 


Application 


(5)  Where  an  appeal  is  taken  under  this  section,  the 
Commission  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hear  the  appeal  and 
may  by  order  confirm,  alter  or  revoke  the  decision  made 
under  section  53m  or  53n  as  it  considers  proper. 

(6)  Subsections  4  to  10  of  section  53^  apply  with  necessary 
modifications  to  a  hearing  of  an  appeal  under  this  section. 


15 

(7)  The  Commission  shall  forthwith  serve  notice  in  writing  Notice^^^^ 
of  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor  upon  the  parties  to 
the  appeal. 

53p. — (1)  A  chief  of  police  who  is  aggrieved  by  a  decision  ^p^^^  to  ^^ 
of  a  council  or  board  respecting  his  conduct  or  performance 
may  appeal  to  the  Commission. 

(2)  A  notice  of  appeal  to  the  Commission  shall  be  served  on  Notice  of 
the  Commission  within  fifteen  days  after  the  chief  of  police 
receives  notice  of  the  decision  of  the  council  or  board. 

(3)  The  chief  of  police  and  the  council  or  board,  as  theP*'^*®^ 
case  may  be,  are  parties  to  the  appeal  under  this  section. 

(4)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  where  the  Commission  E»*^°8io° 
is  satisfied  that  there  are  prima  facie  grounds  for  granting 

relief  and  that  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  granting  an 
extension,  it  may  extend  the  time  for  giving  the  notice  either 
before  or  after  the  expiration  of  the  fifteen-day  period  referred 
to  in  subsection  2  and  may  give  such  directions  as  it  con- 
siders proper  consequent  upon  such  extension. 

(5)  Where    an    appeal    is    taken    under    this    section,    the^^*'^'^ 
Commission  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hear  the  appeal 

and  may  by  order  confirm,  alter  or  revoke  the  decision 
made  under  section  53w  as  it  considers  proper. 

(6)  Subsections  4  to  10  of  section  53/j  apply  with  necessary  Application 
modifications  to  a  hearing  of  an  appeal  under  this  section. 

(7)  The  Commission  shall  forthwith  serve  notice  in  writing  ^g°"B*i^°^ 
of  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor  upon  the  parties  to  the 
appeal. 

53^. — (1)  Where   the   decision   is  made  on   a  disciplinary  g^ar^ng^^y^^^j 
proceeding  arising  out  of  a  complaint,  a  police  officer  who  is  maybe 
aggrieved  by  a  decision  made  under  section  53w  or  the  results 
of  a  review  made  under  section  53«  may  require  a  hearing  by 
the  Review  Board. 

(2)  A  notice  in  writing  requiring  a  hearing  by  the  Review  Notice^that 
Board  shall  be  served  on  the  Review  Board  within  fifteen  required 
days  after  notice  of  the  results  of  a  review  under  subsection  1 

of  section  53n  was  received  by  the  police  officer  or  the  time  for 
such  review  has  elapsed. 

(3)  The  police  officer,  the  chief  of  police  and  the  Complaints  Pwtie* 
Commissioner  are  parties  to  proceedings  before  the  Review 
Board  under  this  section. 


/ 


16 


Extension 
of  time 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  where  the  Review  Board  | 
is  satisfied  that  there  are  prima  facie  grounds  for  granting 
rehef  and  that  there  are  reasonable  grounds  for  granting  an 
extension,  it  may  extend  the  time  for  giving  the  notice  either 
before  or  after  the  expiration  of  the  fifteen  day  period  referred 
to  in  subsection  2  and  may  give  such  directions  as  it  considers 
proper  consequent  upon  such  extension. 


Hearing 


Notice 


(5)  Where  a  police  officer  requires  a  hearing  by  the 
Review  Board  in  accordance  with  subsection  1,  the  Review 
Board  shall  appoint  a  time  for  and  hold  the  hearing  and  may 
by  order  confirm,  alter  or  revoke  the  decision  made  under 
section  53w  or  53«  as  it  considers  proper. 

(6)  The  Review  Board  shall  give  to  the  complainant,  the 
chief  of  police  and,  where  applicable,  the  council  or  board, 
notice  in  writing  of  the  hearing  and  of  the  time  appointed 
therefor. 


1 


Application 


(7)  Subsections  4  to  10  of  section  53^  apply  with  necessary 
modifications  to  a  hearing  under  this  section. 


Notice  of 
decision 


(8)  The  Review  Board  shall  forthwith  serve  notice  in 
writing  of  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor  upon  the 
complainant  and  the  parties  to  the  hearing. 


Appeal 


53r. — (1)  Any  party  to  proceedings  before  the  Commission 
or  the  Review  Board  may  appeal  from  the  decision  of  the 
Commission  or  the  Review  Board  to  the  Divisional  Court  in 
accordance  with  the  rules  of  court. 


Solicitor 
General 
entitled 
to  be  heard 


(2)  The  Solicitor  General  is  entitled  to  be  heard,  by  counsel 
or  otherwise,  upon  the  argument  of  an  appeal  under  this 
section. 


Appeal  on 
questions  of 
law  only 


How  notice 

maybe 

given 


When 
service 
deemed 
made 


(3)  An  appeal  under  this  section  may  be  made  on  questions 
of  law  only. 

53s. — (1)  Any  notice  required  to  be  given  or  served  under 
this  Part  is  sufficiently  given  or  served  if  delivered  personally 
or  sent  by  prepaid  first  class  mail  addressed  to  the  person 
to  whom  delivery  or  service  is  required  to  be  made. 

(2)  Where  service  is  made  by  mail,  the  service  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  made  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of  mailing 
unless  the  person  on  whom  service  is  being  made  establishes 
that  he  did  not,  acting  in  good  faith,  through  absence, 
accident,  illness  or  other  cause  beyond  his  control  receive  the 
notice  or  order  until  a  later  date. 


17 

53/.  Notwithstanding  section  11  of  The  Public  Authorities  ^^^^^^°^ 
Protection  Act,  a  proceeding  under  clause  b  of  subsection  3  of  instituting 
section  53/,  subsection  2  of  section  53i  or  section  53w  may  r.s.o.  1970, 
be  instituted  against   a  police  officer  in   respect  of  an  act  °^^^ 
done  in  the  performance  of  his  duties,  or  in  respect  of  any 
alleged  neglect  or  default  in  the  performance  of  his  duties 
up  to  eighteen   months  next   after  the  act  or  the  alleged 
neglect  or  default  occurred. 

53m.   The  Ombudsman  Act,  1975  does  not  apply  to  a  mem- 1975, c. 42 

u06S  notj 

ber   of   a   police   force,   the   functions   of   police   forces,   the  apply 
Commission,    the   Complaints   Commissioner  or   the   Review 
Board. 

53v.  Such   officers  and  employees  as  are  considered  o.^cers. 
necessary  from  time  to  time  for  the  purposes  of  the  Com- 
plaints Commissioner  and  the  Review  Board  may  be  appointed 
under  The  Public  Service  Act.  ^fo?-^^®- 

53w.  The  moneys  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  Com-^°°®y8 
plaints  Commissioner  and  the  Review  Board  shall,  until  the 
31st  day  of  March,   1978,  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated 
Revenue  Fund  and  thereafter  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  moneys 
appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legislature. 

2.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- Ij^^^^^^j 
ing  section : 

69a.  Any  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2  of  section  °*^®°°® 
5M  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $2,000.  / 

/ 

3. — (1)  Clauses  a  and  6  of  subsection  1  of  section  72  of  the  said  reljnacted''^' 
Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  for  the  government  of  police  forces  and  governing 
the  duties  and  conduct  of  members  thereof; 

(6)  respecting  any  matter  ancillary  to  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  with  regard  to  the  discipline,  suspension, 
dismissal  and  retirement  of  members  of  police  forces ; 

{ba)  establishing   procedures   resp)ecting   the   making   of 
complaints  and  the  recording  thereof; 


(bb)  defining  misconduct  for  the  purposes  of  Part  V-A 
and  providing  for  a  code  of  conduct  for  police  officers ; 


8.  72(1)  (c). 
re-enacted 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


18 

{be)  resf)ecting  the  reporting  and  publication  of  decisions 
in  complaint  and  disciplinary  matters; 

(bd)  assigning  duties  to  the  Complaints  Commissioner; 

{be)  governing  working  conditions; 

{bf)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use, 

(2)  Clause  q  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  72  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

{q)  prescribing  any  matter  that  by  this  Act  is  required 
to  be  or  is  referred  to  as  prescribed. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Police  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


CD 

o 


t» 


H 

X 

w 
X 

C/)  o 

as: 


O 

m 

H 


<-i 


>3 

CO 

Ska 
»». 


o 

< 

S' 

3 

00 

sl 

T 

««l. 

>3 

ft) 

■-1 

>3 

NJ 

CO 

s^ 

^' 

in- 

^ 

" 

»Q 

1—' 

O 

~-j 

^ 

> 
> 


3 

3 
O- 

H 

3* 

o' 
> 


BILL  115  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Grossman 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


/ 


TORONTO 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Act  presently  provides  that  the  condominium  corporation  has  a  lien 
upon  the  unit  of  an  owner  who  is  in  default  of  payment  in  his  contribution 
towards  common  expenses.  Notice  of  lien  must  be  registered  within  three 
months  of  default  or  the  lien  expires. 

With  two  exceptions  the  amendments  affect  liens  only  in  respect  of 
units  used  for  residential  purposes  and  give  such  liens  priority  over  existing 
mortgages,  charges  or  other  encumbrances.  However,  to  preserve  priority 
the  corporation  must  give  and  register  notice  of  the  lien  within  three 
months  of  the  lien  arising  to  all  encumbrancers  whose  encumbrances  are 
registered.  Also,  the  condominium  corporation  has  an  obligation  to  provide 
a  mortgagee  with  a  statement  in  resf)ect  of  any  default  in  payment  by  the 
unit  owner  towards  common  expenses.  The  Bill  further  provides  that 
certain  provisions  are  deemed  to  be  part  of  a  mortgage  on  a  residential 
unit.  These  provisions  p)ermit  the  mortgagee  to  collect  and  pay  the  unit 
owner's  contribution  towards  common  expenses.  Where  paid  by  the 
mortgagee  without  reimbursement  by  the  unit  owner,  these  amounts  may 
be  added  to  the  mortgage  debt  and  the  mortgage  treated  as  in  default. 

The  two  exceptions  referred  to  above  occur  in  the  amendment  to 
section  13  (4)  and  the  re-enactment  of  section  13  (4a).  These  refer  to 
residential  and  non-residential  units  alike.  The  effect  of  the  amendment  to 
section  13  (4)  is  to  add  to  the  amount  included  in  the  lien  the  costs  of 
collecting  or  attempting  to  collect  the  defaulted  payment.  The  recasting  of 
section  13  (6)  is  complementary  to  the  amendment  to  section  13  (4).  The 
effect  of  the  re-enactment  of  section  13  (4a)  is  to  obviate  the  need  to 
register,  every  three  months,  notice  of  lien  where  there  is  re-occurring 
default.  Once  notice  is  registered,  it  will  serve  as  notice  of  default  con- 
tinuing or  occurring  after  registration  until  such  time  as  a  discharge  of  lien 
is  registered. 


BILL  115  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  13  of  The  Condominium  Act,  ^^^^^^^ 
being  chapter  77  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974, 
chapter  133,  section  10,  is  amended  by  adding  at  the 
end  thereof  "together  with  all  reasonable  costs,  charges 
and  expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation  in  connection 
with  the  collection  or  attempted  collection  of  the  unpaid 
amount". 

(2)  Subsection  4a  of  the  said  section  13,  as  enacted  by  the  fl^le^act«d 
Statutes  of   Ontario,    1974,   chapter   133,   section    10,   is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4a)  The   lien    mentioned   in   subsection    4   expires   three  o^^e^n "°° 
months  after  the   default   that   gave   rise   to   the   lien   first 

occurred  unless  the  corporation  within  that  time  registers  a  J 

notice  of  lien  in  the  prescribed  form,  and,  where  the  notice  / 

is  registered,  no  further  registration  is  required  in  respect  of 
default  in  payment  occurring  or  continuing  after  registration. 

(3)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  13  is  repealed  and  the  relenicted 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(6)  Upon  payment  of  the  unpaid  amount  together  with  all  Diacharge 
reasonable  costs,  charges  and  expenses  incurred  by  the 
corporation  in  connection  with  the  collection  or  attempted 
collection  of  the  unpaid  amount  and  upon  demand,  the 
corporation  shall  give  the  owner  a  discharge  in  the  prescribed 
form. 

2.  The  said   Act   is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the   following  1,}^^,,^ 
section : 

13a. — (1)  Where  a  lien  created  by  subsection  4  of  section  13  [;Jlf°rf" 
is  in  respect  of  a  unit  for  residential  purposes,  that  lien  has 


Where 
subs.  1  does 
not  apply 


R.S.0. 1970, 
cc.  284.  256. 
445,  255. 
1974.  c.  109 


priority  over  every  registered  and  unregistered  encumbrance 
notwithstanding  that  such  encumbrance  existed  prior  to  the 
Hen  arising. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply, 

(a)  to  a  lien  arising  before  this  section  comes  into  force; 

(6)  in  respect  of  a  claim  of  the  Crown  other  than  by 
way  of  a  mortgage  or  charge ; 

(c)  in  respect  of  a  claim  for  taxes,  charges,  rates  or 
assessments  levied  or  recoverable  under  The  Muni- 
cipal Act,  The  Education  Act,  1974,  The  Local  Roads 
Boards  Act,  The  Statute  Labour  Act  or  The  Local 
Improvement  Act;  or 

[d]  such  lien  or  claim  that  may  be  designated  by  regu- 
lation. 


Pro  visions 
deemed  in 
mortgage 


Statement 

to 

mortgagor 


(3)  Every  mortgage  or  charge  of  a  unit  for  residential 
purposes  shall  be  deemed  to  contain  a  provision  that, 

{a)  the  mortgagee  or  chargee  has  the  right  to  collect 
the  owner's  contribution  towards  common  exf)enses 
and  shall  forthwith  pay  any  amount  so  collected  to 
the  corporation  on  behalf  of  the  unit  owner ; 

{h)  the  owner's  default  in  the  payment  of  common  ex- 
penses shall  constitute  default  under  the  mortgage  or 
charge;  and 

(c)  the  mortgagee  or  chargee  shall  have  the  right  to  pay 
the  owner's  contribution  towards  common  expenses 
which  shall  from  time  to  time  fall  due  and  be 
unpaid  in  respect  of  the  mortgaged  premises  and  that 
such  payments  together  with  all  reasonable  costs, 
charges  and  expenses  incurred  in  respect  thereto, 
shall  be  added  to  the  debt  thereby  secured  and  shall 
be  payable  forthwith  with  interest  at  the  rate  payable 
on  the  mortgage  or  charge,  and,  if  after  demand 
the  owner  fails  to  fully  reimburse  the  mortgagee  or 
chargee,  the  mortgage  or  charge  shall  immediately 
become  due  and  payable  at  the  option  of  the 
mortgagee  or  chargee. 

(4)  A  corporation  shall,  where  so  requested  by  the  holder 
of  a  mortgage  or  charge  on  a  unit  for  residential  purposes, 
provide,  free  of  charge,  to  the  person  making  the  request  a 
written  statement  setting  out,  in  respect  of  the  unit,  the 


common  expenses  of  the  owner  and  all  payments  thereof  in 
default. 

(5)  Where  a  lien  arises  in  respect  of  a  unit  for  residential  ,^°"P®^^ 
purposes,  the  corporation  shall,  on  or  before  the  day  a  notice  given 
of  lien  is  registered,  give  notice  of  the  lien  to  every  encum- 
brancer whose  encumbrance  is  registered  against  the  title  of 
the  unit,  by  personal  service  of  the  notice  or  by  sending  the 
notice  by  registered  prepaid  post  addressed  to  the  encum- 
brancer at  his  last  known  address. 


given 


(6)  Where  notice  of  lien  is  not  given  as  provided  in  sub-  ^f^l^j 
section  5,  then  subsection  1  ceases  to  apply  three  months  uennot 
after  the  default  that  gave  rise  to  the  lien  first  occurred, 
provided  that  where  notice  is  given  after  registration  of  notice 
of  lien  then  the  corporation  may  register  another  notice  of 
hen,  but  subsection  1  shall  continue  to  apply  to  any  lien 
which  arose  not  earlier  than  three  months  before  the  last 
registration  of  notice  of  lien. 


3.  Section  25  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  8-25 


amended 


Ontario,  1974,  chapter  133,  section  17,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause : 

{P)  designating    liens    or    claims    for    the    purposes   of 
clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  13a. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  Si°ent"*°°* 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Condominium  Amendment  short  title 

Act,  1977.  I 

I 


to 


SH 


n 

B[ 

33 

o 

W 

3 
3 

on' 
<-»■ 

o 

■-1 

O 

•z 

O 

«-+> 

£ 

n 

r 

o 

» 

3 

(/2 

o 

n^ 

c 

w 

P* 

3 

o 

o' 

3 

fD 

C/3 

C/) 

3 

> 

D- 

2; 

1: 


tz: 

0 

< 

1: 

CO 

3 

Co 

^ 

a* 

«^ 

S' 

ft 

•-1 

>3 

ft 

to 

S> 

a. 

0 
(-»- 

s' 

3* 

r^ 

c^ 

QTQ 

H 

fD    > 

n=' 
3  > 
o 


3  g 

o 


BILL  115 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 


The  Hon.  L.  Grossman 
Minister  of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations 


/ 


r  ()  k  ()  N  I  o 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  115  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  13  of  The  Condominium  Act,  |,iended 
being  chapter  77  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974, 
chapter  133,  section  10,  is  amended  by  adding  at  the 
end  thereof  "together  with  all  reasonable  costs,  charges 
and  expenses  incurred  by  the  corporation  in  connection 
with  the  collection  or  attempted  collection  of  the  unpaid 
amount". 

(2)  Subsection  Aa  of  the  said  section  13,  as  enacted  by  the  ^-enacted 
Statutes  of   Ontario,    1974,   chapter   133,   section    10,   is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : 

(4a)  The   lien   mentioned   in   subsection   4   expires   three  o*/J*/n"°° 
months  after  the   default   that  gave  rise   to  the   lien   first 
occurred  unless  the  corporation  within  that  time  registers  a 

notice  of  lien  in  the  prescribed  form,  and,  where  the  notice  j 

is  registered,  no  further  registration  is  required  in  respect  of 
default  in  payment  occurring  or  continuing  after  registration. 

(3)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  13  is  repealed  and  the  rele^cted 
following  substituted  therefor : 

(6)  Upon  payment  of  the  unpaid  amount  together  with  all  Discharge 
reasonable  costs,  charges  and  expenses  incurred  by  the 
corporation  in  connection  with  the  collection  or  attempted 
collection  of  the  unpaid  amount  and  upon  demand,  the 
corporation  shall  give  the  owner  a  discharge  in  the  prescribed 
form. 

2.  The  said   Act   is  amended  by  adding   thereto   the   following  l^^ 
section : 

13a. — (1)  Where  a  lien  created  by  subsection  4  of  section  13  ^^^^^ 
is  in  respect  of  a  unit  for  residential  purposes,  that  lien  has 


/ 


priority  over  every  registered  and  unregistered  encumbrance 
notwithstanding  that  such  encumbrance  existed  prior  to  the 
hen  arising. 

subridoes  ^^^  Subsection  1  does  not  apply, 

not  apply 

(a)  to  a  hen  arising  before  this  section  comes  into  force ; 

(6)  in  respect  of  a  claim  of  the  Crown  other  than  by 
way  of  a  mortgage  or  charge ; 

(c)  in  respect  of  a  claim   for  taxes,  charges,   rates  or 

^^o2.  o^i'-  assessments  levied  or  recoverable  under  The  Muni- 

ch. 284,  256, 

446.255,  cipal  Act,  The  Education  Act,  1974,  The  Local  Roads 

Boards  Act,   The  Statute  Labour  Act  or  The  Local 
Improvement  Act;  or 


1974,  c.  109 


(d)  to  such  lien  or  claim  that  may  be  designated  by 
regulation. 

deemed°in^  (3)  Every   mortgage  or  charge   of  a  unit   for  residential 

mortgage  purposes  shall  be  deemed  to  contain  a  provision  that, 

(a)  the  mortgagee  or  chargee  has  the  right  to  collect 
the  owner's  contribution  towards  common  expenses 
and  shall  forthwith  pay  any  amount  so  collected  to 
the  corporation  on  behalf  of  the  unit  owner; 

{b)  the  owner's  default  in  the  payment  of  common  ex- 
penses shall  constitute  default  under  the  mortgage  or 
charge;  and 

(c)  the  mortgagee  or  chargee  shall  have  the  right  to  pay 
the  owner's  contribution  towards  common  expenses 
which  shall  from  time  to  time  fall  due  and  be 
unpaid  in  respect  of  the  mortgaged  premises  and  that 
such  payments  together  with  all  reasonable  costs, 
charges  and  expenses  incurred  in  respect  thereto, 
shall  be  added  to  the  debt  thereby  secured  and  shall 
be  payable  forthwith  with  interest  at  the  rate  payable 
on  the  mortgage  or  charge,  and,  if  after  demand 
the  owner  fails  to  fully  reimburse  the  mortgagee  or 
chargee,  the  mortgage  or  charge  shall  immediately 
become  due  and  payable  at  the  option  of  the 
mortgagee  or  chargee. 

^tement  (4)  A  Corporation  shall,  where  so  requested  by  the  holder 

mortgagee  of  a  mortgage  or  charge  on  a  unit  for  residential  purposes, 

provide,  free  of  charge,  to  the  person  making  the  request  a 

written  statement  setting  out,  in  respect  of  the  unit,   the 


common  expenses  of  the  owner  and  all  payments  thereof  in 
Hffanlt 


default 

(5)  Where  a  lien  arises  in  respect  of  a  unit  for  residential  Noticeof 
purposes,  the  corporation  shall,  on  or  before  the  day  a  notice  griven 

of  hen  is  registered,  give  notice  of  the  hen  to  every  encum- 
brancer whose  encumbrance  is  registered  against  the  title  of 
the  unit,  by  personal  service  of  the  notice  or  by  sending  the 
notice  by  registered  prepaid  post  addressed  to  the  encum- 
brancer at  his  last  known  address. 

(6)  Where  notice  of  lien  is  not  given  as  provided  in  sub-  where 

V/         _       ,  1-4  r        ,  ,       noticeof 

section  5,  then  subsection   1   ceases  to  apply  three  months  iiennot 

cr1\r  An 

after  the  default  that  gave  rise  to  the  lien  first  occurred, 
provided  that  where  notice  is  given  after  registration  of  notice 
of  lien  then  the  corporation  may  register  another  notice  of 
lien,  but  subsection  1  shall  continue  to  apply  to  any  lien 
which  arose  not  earlier  than  three  months  before  the  last 
registration  of  notice  of  lien. 

3.  Section  25  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ij^n^gji 
Ontario,  4974,  chapter  133,  section  17,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{P)  designating    liens    or    claims    for    the    purposes   of 
clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  section  13a. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclamation  ment"*°°* 
of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Condominium  Amendment  short  title 

Act,  1977.  I 


o  5 
3  % 
3  S 


SH 


X 

w 
^  o  z 

p  3  o 

3    P    ^ 
c/)    3    > 


o 

O 

"Z 

fD 

n> 

o 

O 

o 

< 

3 

«-0 

3 

1 

CO 

3 
cr 

C/5 

fD 
•-1 

•-1 

>3 

^^ 

Vi 

t"^ 

j^ 

to 

& 

^ 

<-♦■ 

»- 

cr. 

s 

ET 

s 

sr 

J 

- 

(Aj 

* 

c^ 

Ota 

h-* 

»-^ 

^^ 

vO 

vO 

vO 

~J 

^ 

^ 

-J 

^ 

^ 

H 
ft)  > 

§  > 
o 


2.  P 
c  3 
3  S 

>  CL 
O 


BILL   116  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Election  Act 


Mr.  Breithaupt 


T  ()  R  ()  N  T  () 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  amends  The  Election  Act  for  several  purposes.    The  principal 
changes  to  the  Act  include  the  following: 

1.  The  "British  subject"  basis  for  qualification  as  a  voter  or  candidate 
in  an  election  is  removed  so  that  all  voters  and  candidates  must 
now  be  Canadian  citizens. 


2.  The  Chief  Election  Officer  is  given  authority  to  set  standards  for 
convenient  access  to  polling  places  by  persons  who  are  physically 
handicapped 

3.  The  Bill  provides  that  so  far  as  is  reasonably  possible  all  polling 
stations  should  be  and  all  advance  polls  must  be  accessible  to  persons 
who  are  physically  handicapped. 

4.  Persons  who  are  physically  handicapped  are  permitted  to  name 
voting  proxies  up  to  and  including  the  day  of  the  election. 

5.  The  political  affiliation  of  candidates  will  be  shown  on  the  ballot. 

6.  Campaign  material  is  prohibited  from  being  brought  into  or  placed 
near  a  pwlling  place  on  election  day. 

7.  The  procedure  for  establishing  the  qualifications  of  a  voter  whose 
name  has  been  omitted  in  error  from  the  polling  list  is  extended  to 
all  polling  subdivisions  rather  than  simply  "rural"  subdivisions. 

8.  The  restriction  that  limits  a  person  to  assisting  only  one  blind  person 
in  voting  is  removed. 


BILL  116  1977 

An  Act  to  amend  The  Election  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 

tollows : 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Election  Act,  being  chapter  142  of  the  Revised Ij^gjuje^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,   as   amended  by   the   Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1971,  chapter  100,  section  1,  is  further  amended  by 
adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{ha)  "International  Symbol  of  Access"  means  the  symbol 
that  is  described  and  illustrated  in  the  Schedule 
to  this  Act. 

2.  Subsection  6  of  section  3  of  the  said  Act  is  rep>ealed  and  the ^g^J^^^,j_g^ 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(6)  The  Chief  Election  Officer  may  make  regulations,  Reflations 

{a)  prescribing  the  forms  for  use  under  this  Act; 

(6)  prescribing  standards  for  convenient  access  to  pol- 
ling stations  by  persons  who  are  physically  handi- 
capped. 

3.  Clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  9  of  the  said  Act  is  amended |j^<^>j{*j]- 
by  striking  out  "or  other  British  subject". 

4. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection   1  of  section  35  of  the  said  Act,J^^^<j^ 
as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1971,  chapter 
100,  section  5,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

(c)  a  person  who  is  physically  incapable  of  attending 
a  polling  place;  or 


S.35. 
amended 


Proxies  by 
physically 
handicapped 
persons 


s.  35  (7). 
re-enacted 


Oath  on 
voting 


8.36(6). 
amended 


s.  51  (3). 
re-enacted 


Form  of 
ballot 


8.53(3). 
re-enacted 


(2)  The  said  section  35,  as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1971,  chapter  100,  section  5,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection; 

(5a)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  a  person 
who  is  physically  incapable  of  attending  a  polling  place 
may  appoint  in  writing  a  proxy  up  to  and  including  polling 
day,  and  where  the  proxy  makes  a  statement  on  oath  before 
the  returning  officer  or  deputy  returning  officer  that  the 
person  appointing  the  proxy  is  physically  incapable  of 
attending  a  polling  place  and  that  the  proxy  is  qualified 
to  act  for  the  person  making  the  appointment,  the  returning 
officer  or  deputy  returning  officer  shall  give  a  certificate 
across  the  face  of  the  appointment  of  the  voting  proxy  to 
that  effect. 

(3)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  35  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(7)  A  ballot  shall  not  be  delivered  to  a  person  who  claims 
to  vote  as  a  voting  proxy  unless  he  prociuces  his  appoint- 
ment as  a  voting  proxy  with  the  certificate  thereon  as 
provided  in  subsections  5  and  5a  at  the  time  of  voting 
and  takes  the  prescribed  oath. 

5.  Clause  b  of  section  36  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  ^ 
out  "or  other  British  subject". 

6.  Subsection  3  of  section  51   of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  The  ballot  shall  contain  the  names  of  the  candidates 
and  their  political  party  affiliations  and  the  names  of  the 
candidates  shall  be  arranged  on  the  ballot  alphabetically  | 
by  surname  with  the  surname  in  bold  type,  with  given 
names  preceding  the  surnames  and  with  consecutive  numbers 
preceding  each  candidate's  name,  and  the  party  affiliation 
of  each  candidate  shall  be  indicated  below  the  candidate's 


name. 


7. 


Subsection  3  of  section  53  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed   and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Location  of 

polling 

places 


(3)  A  polling  place  may  be  situated  in  a  schoolhouse, 
hall  or  other  public  building  or  on  private  property  and, 
so  far  as  is  reasonably  possible,  shall  conform  to  the 
standards  for  convenient  access  to  polling  places  by  persons 
who  are  physically  handicapped  prescribed  by  the  Chief 
Election  Officer  and  those  polling  places  that  conform  to  the 
standards  shall  be  signified  by  the  International  Symbol  of 


Access  marked  clearly  on  a  sign   that  is  posted  in  a  con- 
spicuous location  near  the  polling  place. 

(3a)  Upon  the  request  of  any  voter,  the  returning  officer  ^^^t  of 
shall  provide  to  the  voter  a  list  of  the  polling  places  in  the  places 
electoral  district  in  which  the  voter  is  entitled  to  vote  and 
all  the  polling  places  that  conform  to  the  standards  for 
convenient  access  prescribed  by  the  Chief  Election  Officer 
shall  be  designated  on  the  list  with  the  International  Sym- 
bol of  Access. 

8.  Subsection    1    of  section  54  of  the  said  Act   is  amended  bv^^^^J,, 

...  ,1         •    r-  i.-i  amended 

strikmg   out      or   mfirm    persons     m    the   seventh   and  eigth 

lines    and    inserting    in    lieu    thereof    "infirm    or    physically 

handicapped". 

9.  The   said  Act   is  amended   by  adding   thereto   the   following  Ij^^^^^^^j 
section : 

59a.  A  person  who  is  physically  handicapped  may  voteH^ao***- 
at   any   polling   place    that   is   designated   with   or   signified  person 
by    the    International    Symbol    of    Access    so    long    as    that  designated 
polling  place  is  within   the  electoral   district  in  which   hisp°ace°*^ 
name  appears  on  a  polling  list,  and,  where  the  name  of  the 
person  does  not  appear  on   the  polling  list  for  the  polling 
place   at   which   he   votes,   the   deputy   returning  officer  or 
poll  clerk  shall  forthwith  notify  the  deputy  returning  officer 
or  poll  clerk  of  the  polling  place  at  which  he  is  entitled  to 
vote  that  the  person  has  voted. 

10.  The   said    Act    is    further   amended    by    adding    thereto    the|jj^^g^ 
following  section: 

69a.  No  p)erson  shall  bring  into  or  place  near  a  polling  ^^'J'p^J^^" 
place  any  campaign  material  displaying  the  name  of  a  candi-  prohibition 
date  or  otherwise  designed  to  promote  the  election  of  a 
particular  candidate  and  every  person  permitted  to  remain 
in  the  polling  place  during  the  time  the  poll  remains  open 
shall  remove  and  destroy  any  such  material  brought  into  or 
placed  near  the  polling  place  that  comes  to  his  attention. 

11.  Subsection  4  of  section   70  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and|||j^^,^ 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(4)  The   returning   officer,   in    fixing   the   location   of   theAoogw^ 
polling   places,   shall   select   public   places  or  premises   thatponing 
conform  to  the  standards  for  convenient  access  to  polling 
places  by  persons  who  are  physically  handicapped  prescribed 
by  the  Chief  Election  Officer  and  such  polling  places  shall  be 
signified   by   the    International    Symbol    of   Access   marked 


8.78(1). 
amended 


clearly  on  a  sign  that  is  posted  in  a  conspicuous  location  near 
the  polling  place. 

12.  Subsection  1  of  section  78  of  the  said  Act,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1971,  chapter  100,  section  8,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "In  poUing  subdivisions  declared  to 
be  rural  polling  subdivisions  by  the  Chief  Election  Officer" 
in  the  first  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1971. 


8.84(1). 
re-enacted 


Votere 

requiring: 

assietance 


8.84(4), 
repealed 

Schedule 


13. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  84  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  On  the  application  of  any  voter  who  by  reason  of 
inability  to  rea(l,  blindness  or  physical  handicap,  is  unable 
to  vote  in  accordance  with  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act, 
the  deputy  returning  officer  shall  require  the  voter  making 
the  application  to  take  an  oath  of  his  need  for  assistance 
in  order  to  vote  and  shall  thereafter  assist  the  voter  by 
marking  his  ballot  in  the  manner  directed  by  the  voter  in 
the  presence  of  the  poll  clerk  and  of  no  other  person,  and 
place  the  ballot  in  the  ballot  box. 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  84  is  repealed. 

14.  The    said    Act    is    further   amended   by    adding    thereto    the 
following  Schedule: 


SCHEDULE 


1.  Description 


The  symbol  of  access  is  composed  of  two  elements— the  wheelchair 
figure  and  either  a  square  background  or  square  border.  The  correct 
colour  for  the  symbol  of  access  is  a  dark  blue  or  black.  This  blue 
or  black  should  be  the  background  colour  for  a  white  wheelchair 
figure  when  used  without  a  border,  or  as  the  colour  for  the  border 
and  wheelchair  figure  on  a  white  background. 

2.   Illu>tiation 


Commence- 
ment 


Short  title 


15.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

16.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Election  Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


S 

o 
a 


bo 


» 

w 
w 

H 
EC 
> 

a 

H 


a- 


'Z 

o 

< 

3 

Co 

s^ 

cr 

««1. 

>3 

"-1 

«> 

K) 

S) 

Si- 

1' 

c^ 

W 


cr.  o 


BILL  117  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 


Mr.  Wildman 


TORONTO 
Pkinted  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  a  remedy  to  a  person  who,  having 
bought  or  leased  a  mobile  home,  is  unable  to  conclude  a  tenancy  agree- 
ment with  the  person  who  owns  the  mobile  home  park.  A  landlord  in 
these  circumstances  cannot  arbitrarily  or  unreasonably  refuse  to  make  or 
renew  a  tenancy  agreement  and  where  a  question  arises  in  respect  of  such  a 
refusal,  an  application  may  be  made  to  a  county  or  district  court  for  a 
determination  of  the  matter. 


BILL  117  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Section    111    of    The    Landlord   and    Tenant   Act,    being ^j^^^^^j^^j 
chapter  236  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 
as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  (2nd  Session), 
chapter   13,   section   10,   is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 

{4a)  A    landlord    shall    not    arbitrarily    or    unreasonably  [^®ent«r 
refuse  to  renew  a  tenancy  agreement  or  enter  into  a  new  ^^*°^y  ^j^. 
tenancy    agreement    with    a    person    who    has    purchased, 
leased    or    otherwise    taken    possession    of   a    mobile    home 
from  a  tenant  of  the  landlord. 

(2)  Subsection   5   of   the   said   section    111    is   amended   by |j^|j^jj<|^jj 
striking  out   "3  and  4"   in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "3,  4  and  4a". 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  J^o™^*''*'®- 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Amend-^^°^^^^^^ 
metU  Act,  1977. 


i 


to 


o 

rt 

o 

Co 

s^ 

3 

k«t 

3 

s 

C/5 

S^ 

a- 

cr 

»M. 

1 

>3 
1 

en 

?0 

c^ 

c^ 

^ 

r 

3    O 

h3 

O)    cb 
3    3 

3 
ft- 

> 


i 


i 


BILL   118  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 


Mr.  Wildman 


T  ()  K  ON  i  O 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  amends  The  Condominium  Ad  to  enable  mobile  home  parks  to 
be  registered  as  condominium  projects.  The  Bill  also  clarifies  the  existing 
law  by  stating  that  a  designated  unit  can  consist  of  vacant  land. 

This  Bill,  thereby,  provides  for  flexibility  in  the  development  of 
mobile  home  condominium  projects  by  enabling  a  developer  to  choose  between 
designating  a  mobile  home  as  a  unit  in  itself  or,  alternately,  designating 
a  vacant  lot  as  a  unit  upon  which  a  mobile  home  may  be  placed. 


BILL  118  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Condominium  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Clauses   h   and   r   of   subsection    1    of   section    1    of    The^}^l\^^.'^}' 
Condomimum    Act,    being    chapter    77    of    the    Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  are  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(6)  "buildings"  means  the  buildings  included  in  a 
property  and  includes  a  mobile  home  where  the 
mobile  home  is  affixed  to  the  land; 


). 

amended 


(r)  "unit"  means  a  part  or  parts  of  the  land  included 
in  the  description  and  designated  as  a  unit  by  the 
description,  and  comprises  the  space  enclosed  by 
its  boundaries  and  all  the  material  parts  of  the 
land  within  this  space  at  the  time  the  declaration 
and  description  are  registered  and  may  consist  of 
vacant  land  not  contained  within  a  building. 

(2)  Subsection  1   of  the  said  section  1,  as  amended  by  the|j^<^i^ 
Statutes   of   Ontario,    1974,    chapter    133,    section    1,    is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

{ka)  "mobile  home"  means  any  dwelling  that  is  designed 
to  be  made  mobile,  and  constructed  or  manu- 
factured to  provide  a  permanent  residence  for  one 
or  more  persons,  but  does  not  include  a  travel 
trailer  or  tent  trailer  or  trailer  otherwise  designed. 

2.  Subsection  2  of  section  3  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  adding  »jJ|,2k^^ 
thereto  the  following  clause: 

{no)  a  specification  of  the  nature  or  type  of  structure 
which  may  be  built  or  placed  upon  a  unit  where 


the    unit    consists   of   vacant    land    not    contained 
within  a  building;  and 


re-enacted  ^*  Subsection    1    of  section  4  of  the  said   Act   is   repealed  and 

the  following  substituted  therefor: 

dScription  ^^)  ^  description  shall  contain. 

must 

°°°*'*'°  {a)  a   plan   of   survey   showing   the   perimeter   of   the 

horizontal  surface  of  the  land  and  the  perimeter 
of  the  buildings,  if  any; 

(b)  structural  plans  of  the  buildings,  if  any; 

(c)  diagrams  showing  the  boundaries,  shape  and  dimen- 
sions of  each  unit  and  the  approximate  location 
of  each  unit  in  relation  to  other  units  and  buildings ; 

{d)  a  certificate  of  a  surveyor  that  all  buildings  have 
been  constructed  substantially  in  accordance  with 
the  structural  plans  and  that  the  diagrams  of  the 
units  are  substantially  accurate;  and 

(e)  a  description  of  any  interests  appurtenant  to  the 
land  that  are  included  in  the  property, 

prepared  in  accordance  with  the  regulations. 

re-enacted^'  "*• — (^)  Clause  6  of  subsection  1  of  section  246  of  the  said  Act, 

as  enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  133, 
section  14,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 

(6)  those  parts  of  the  description  showing, 

(i)  the   perimeter   of   the   horizontal   surface   of 
the  land  and  the  perimeter  of  the  buildings, 

(ii)  the  boundaries,  shape  and  dimensions  of  the 
unit  and  the  approximate  location  of  the 
unit  in  relation  to  the  other  units  and  build- 
ings, and 

(iii)  any  parts  of  the  common  elements  that  are 
to  be  used  by  the  owners  of  one  or  more 
designated  units  and  not  by  all  the  owners. 

re-en^ted^'  ^^^  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  246  is  repealed 

and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


(b)  those  parts  of  the  proposed  description  showing, 

(i)  the  perimeter  of  the  horizontal  surface  of  the 
land  and  perimeter  of  the  buildings, 

(ii)  the  boundaries,  shape  and  dimensions  of  the 
unit  and  the  approximate  location  of  the 
units  in  relation  to  the  other  units  and 
buildings,  and 

(iii)  any  parts  of  the  common  elements  that  are 
to  be  used  by  the  owners  of  one  or  more 
designated  units  and  not  by  all  the  owners. 

5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent,  ^o^^mence- 

6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Condominium  Amendment^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1977. 


Go 


^ 


I' 


o 

n 

o 

(I 
B 

Co 

cr 

*H. 

re 

>i 

^ 

U\ 

ft 

r-t- 

s^ 

cr 

OTQ 

h>A 

o 

^ 

"^ 

H 

§  > 
o 


2.  J» 

3  g 

o 


BILL  119 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Licensing  of  Businesses  by  Municipalities 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


T  ()  K  ()  N  T  O 
Printed  bv  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  removes  from  The  Municipal  Act  a.  large  number  of  provisions 
for  the  licensing  and  regulating  of  a  variety  of  specific  trades  or  businesses 
and  confers  a  general  authority  on  all  local  municipalities  to  pass  by-laws 
to  licence,  regulate  and  govern  any  business  carried  on  within  the  municipality, 
provided  the  terms  of  any  such  licensing  and  regulating  by-law  are  not 
inconsistent  with  Provincial  statutes  or  regulations  thereunder  dealing  with 
any  particular  business. 

Among  the  principal  features  of  the  Bill  are  the  following : 

1.  Authority  is  conferred  on  the  councils  of  all  local  municipalities  to 
pass  by-laws  for  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  any  business 
carried  on  within  the  municipality  (s.  2  (1)  ). 

2.  The  specific  powers  that  are  comprised  within  the  general  power 
to  license,  regulate  and  govern  are  set  out:  some  examples  of  these 
included  f)Owers  are, 

(a)  the  power  to  prohibit  the  carrying  on  of  a  business  without 
a  licence  (s.  2  (3)  (a)  ) ; 

(ft)  the  power  to  define  a  class  or  classes  of  business  and  to 
separately  license  each  such  class  (s.  2  (3)  (c)  ) ; 

(c)  the  power  to  regulate  the  hours  of  operation  of  a  business 
(s.2(3)(rf)); 

(d)  the  power  to  require  an  applicant  for  a  licence  to  submit 
to  an  examination  to  determine  his  competence  in  the 
relevant  field  (s.  2  (3)  (e)  ) ; 

(e)  the  power  to  require  persons  carrying  on  a  business  to  main- 
tain adequate  insurance  coverage  (s.  2  (3)  (g)  ) ; 

(/)  the  power  to  refuse,  revoke  or  suspend  a  licence  following  a 
hearing  (s.  2  (3)  (A)  ). 

3.  By-laws  are  not  to  be  inconsistent  with  Provincial  statutes  or 
regulations  thereunder  (s.  2  (4)  ). 

4.  Monopoly  rights  are  not  to  be  granted  (s.  3). 

5.  The  penalty  and  enforcement  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Act  are 
made  applicable  to  the  licensing  and  regulating  by-laws  (s.  4). 

6.  Certain  additional  powers  as  specified  may  be  exercised  in  respect 
of  body-rub  parlours,  taxicab  brokers,  billiard  tables,  auctioneers 
and  others  (s.  5  (1-5)  ). 

7.  Where  a  licence  is  revoked,  a  proportionate  part  of  the  fee  is  to  be 
refunded  (s.  5  (7)  ). 

8.  The  included  powers  set  out  in  s.  2  (3)  of  the  Bill  are  conferred  in 
respect  of  by-laws  passed  under  those  sections  of  The  Municipal 
Act  that  remain  in  that  Act  for  the  licensing  of  certain  businesses 
(s.  6). 

9.  A  large  number  of  provisions  relating  to  licensing  and  regulating 
specific  business  presently  to  be  found  in  The  Municipal  Act  are 
repealed  (ss.  7-23). 

10.  The  Act  is  to  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1979  (s.  24). 


BILL  119  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Licensing  of  Businesses  by  Municipalities 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  In    this    Act,    "business"    means    any    trade,    calling,  ^atfon'^®" 
business,  occupation,  manufacture  or  industry  and  includes 
the  sale  or  hire  of  goods  or  services  on  an  intermittent  or 
one-time  basis. 

2. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  any  other  general  ^egSfatfng 
or  special  Act,  but  subject  to  subsection  4,  bv-laws  may  be  etc.. 
passed  by  the  councils  of  local  municipalities  for  licensing, 
regulating  and  governing  any  business  carried  on  within  the 
municipality. 

(2)  Where  a  person  in  pursuit  of  a  business  exposes  samples,  b^f^lgg 
patterns  or  specimens  of  any  goods,  wares  or  merchandise  deemed 

^  ^  .7    0'  carried  on  In 

that  are  to  be  delivered  in  the  municipality  afterwards,  he  munici- 

pallty 

shall,    for   the   purpose   of  subsection    1,   be  deemed   to  be 
carrying  on  business  in  the  municipality. 

(3)  The  power  to  license,  regulate  and  govern  a  business  powere** 
includes, 

(a)  the  power  to  prohibit  the  carrying  on  of  or  the 
engaging  in  the  business  without  a  licence ; 

(b)  the  power  to  license,  regulate  or  govern  the  place  or 
premises  used  in  the  carrying  on  of  such  business 
and  the  persons  carrying  it  on  or  engaged  in  it ; 

(c)  the  power  to  define  a  class  or  classes  of  a  business 
and  to  separately  license,  regulate  and  govern  each 
of  such  class  or  classes  or  to  specify  that  any  of 
such  class  or  classes  shall  not  be  subject  to  the 
provisions,  or  to  any  particular  provision,  of  the 
by-law ; 


{d)  subject  to  paragraph  1  and  sections  357  and  358  of 
R-^o  1970,  The  Municipal  Act,  the  power  to  regulate  the  hours 

of  operation  of  the  business : 

1.  Nothing  in  this  clause  confers  the  power  to 
regulate  the  hours  of  operation  of  a  shop  as 
defined  in  subsection  1  of  section  355  of  The 
Municipal  A  ci ; 

{e)  the  power  to  require  an  applicant,  as  a  condition  of 
the  granting  to  him  of  a  licence,  to  submit  to  an 
examination  to  determine  his  competence  to  carry 
on  or  engage  in  the  business  or  any  class  of  the 
business  in  respect  of  which  he  is  applying  for  a 
licence  and  to  refuse  to  grant  a  licence  or  to  grant  a 
licence  upon  conditions  to  such  an  applicant  in  respect 
of  a  business  or  any  class  of  a  business  where  he 
fails  to  pass  the  required  examination : 

1.  The  power  to  require  an  examination  of  an 
applicant  for  a  licence  to  carry  on  or  engage 
in  a  business  includes  the  power  to  require  an 
examination  of  an  apphcant  who  did  not  hold 
a  licence  to  carry  on  or  engage  in  that 
business  in  the  municipahty  for  a  period 
immediately  preceding  the  period  for  which 
he  is  applying  for  the  licence  and  of  an 
applicant  or  holder  of  a  licence  where  the 
licence  last  held  by  him  for  the  carrying  on  or 
engaging  in  of  the  business  in  the  municipality 
or  in  another  municipality  was  revoked  on  the 
grounds  that  the  applicant  or  holder  of  the 
licence  was  shown  to  have  carried  on  or 
engaged  in  the  business  in  an  incompetent 
manner  whether  or  not  such  grounds  were  the 
sole  grounds  on  which  the  licence  was  revoked. 

A.  Where  the  holder  of  a  licence  fails  to 
pass  an  examination  required  of  him 
under  paragraph  1,  the  council  may 
revoke  his  licence. 

2.  The  power  to  require  an  examination  of  an 
applicant  for  a  licence  to  carry  on  or  engage 
in  a  business  includes  the  power  to  exempt 
from  such  requirement  any  applicant  who 
holds  such  certificate  or  other  evidence  of 
qualification  as  may  be  prescribed  in  the 
by-law ; 


(/)  the  power  to  regulate,  govern  and  inspect  the 
premises,  facihties,  equipment,  vehicles  and  other 
personal  property  used  or  kept  for  hire  in  connection 
with  the  carrying  on  of  the  business  and  to  provide 
for  imposing  a  fine  upon  any  person  carrying  on  or 
engaged  in  the  business  who  refuses  to  allow  the 
carrying  out  of  an  inspection  at  any  reasonable 
time  pursuant  to  a  by-law  passed  under  this  clause ; 

(g)  the  power  to  require  the  persons  carrying  on  or 
engaged  in  the  business  to  provide  such  public 
liability,  property  damage,  cargo,  or  other  insurance 
in  such  form  and  to  such  amounts  of  coverage  as  may 
be  prescribed  in  the  by-law,  and  where  such 
insurance  is  not  so  provided,  the  council  may  refuse 
to  grant  a  licence  to  that  person  for  the  carrying 
on  of  that  business  or  may  revoke  or  suspend  any 
such  licence; 

(h)  the  power  to  grant  or  refuse  a  licence  for  the 
carrying  on  or  engaging  in  of  such  business  or  to 
revoke  or  suspend  such  licence  and  to  make  any 
suspension  subject  to  such  terms  or  conditions  as 
council  may  prescribe : 

1.  Subject  to  The  Theatres  Act,  the  exercise  of  ^s^o  is^o. 
the  power  mentioned  in  this  clause  is  in  the 
discretion    of   the    council,    which    discretion 

shall  be  exercised  upon  such  grounds  as  are 
set  out  in  a  by-law  passed  under  subsection  1 , 
and  a  decision  made  pursuant  to  the  exer- 
cise of  that  power  is  final. 

2.  The  council  shall  not  refuse  to  grant  a 
licence  to  any  applicant  or  suspend  or  revoke 
the  licence  of  any  person  without  first  afford- 
ing to  such  applicant  or  person  the  opportunity 
to  be  heard. 

3.  The  council  shall  not  refuse  to  grant  a 
licence  with  respect  to  the  carrying  on  of  a 
business  by  reason  only  of  the  location  of  such 
business  except  that  the  council  shall  refuse 
to  grant  a  licence  where  the  location  of  the 
business  proposed  to  be  carried  on  is  such 
that  the  carrying  on  of  the  business  would 
be  in  contravention  of  a  by-law  passed  under 
section  35  of  The  Planning  Act  or  a  pre- R 38 f '^^o- 
decessor  of  such  section  or  of  an  order  of  the 
Minister  made  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1 

of  section  32  of  The  Planning  Act. 


No  by-law 
re  business 
otherwise 
regulated 


4.  The  council  may  refuse  to  grant  a  licence  or 
may  revoke  or  suspend  a  licence  where  the 
business  in  respect  of  which  the  licence  is  to 
be  or  has  been  granted  is  to  be  carried  on 
or  is  carried  on  in  contravention  of  a  by-law 
of  the  municipality ; 

(i)  the  power  to  fix  the  time  for  which  the  licence  shall 
be  in  force. 

(4)  No  by-law  shall  be  passed  under  subsection  1  for  the 
Hcensing,  regulating  or  governing  of  a  business  that  is 
licensed,  regulated  or  otherwise  controlled  or  authorized  to 
be  licensed,  regulated  or  otherwise  controlled  by  the  pro- 
visions of  any  other  general  or  special  Act  where  the  provisions 
of  the  by-law  are  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  or  the  intent 
of  the  Act  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  the  Act  in  respect 
of  the  business. 


Regulations 


Granting 

monopolies 

prohibited 

R.S.0. 1970. 
CO.  284. 165. 
467 


Application 

of 

R.S.0. 1970. 

C.284. 

Pt.  XXI 

Scope  of 
by-law, 
body-rub 
parlours 


(5)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regula- 
tions providing  that  any  business  or  class  of  businesses 
mentioned  in  the  regulation  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a 
business  for  purposes  of  subsection  1. 

3.  Subject  to  section  252  of  The  Municipal  Act  and  to 
section  6  of  The  Ferries  Act  and  to  section  100  of  The  Tele- 
phone Act,  a  council  shall  not  confer  on  any  person  the 
exclusive  right  of  exercising,  within  the  municipality,  any 
business,  or  impose  a  special  tax  on  any  person  exercising 
it,  or  require  a  licence  to  be  taken  for  exercising  it,  unless 
authorized  or  required  by  this  or  any  other  Act  so  to  do. 

4.  Part  XXI  of  The  Municipal  Act  applies,  with  necessary 
modifications,  to  a  by-law  passed  under  this  Act. 

5. — (1)  Where  a  by-law  has  been  passed  under  subsection  1 
of  section  2  for  licensing  or  regulating  body-rub  parlours,  such 
by-law  may, 

(a)  limit  the  number  of  Hcences  to  be  granted,  in 
accordance  with  clause  c,  and  fix  the  fee  to  be  paid 
for  the  licence ; 


(6)  regulate  the  placement,  construction,  size,  nature  and 
character  of  signs,  advertising,  and  advertising 
devices  posted  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  promoting 
body-rub  parlours  or  prohibit  such  signs,  advertising, 
or  advertising  devices ; 

(c)  define  the  area  or  areas  of  the  municipality  in  which 
body-rub  parlours  may  or  may  not  operate  and  may 


limit  the  number  of  licences  to  be  granted  in 
respect  of  body-rub  parlours  in  any  such  area  or 
areas  in  which  they  are  permitted ; 

{d)  provide  that  no  premises  in  which  a  body-rub 
parlour  is  located  shall  be  constructed  or  equipped 
so  as  to  hinder  or  prevent  the  enforcement  of  the 
by-law : 

1.  Where  a  medical  officer  of  health  or  a  public 
health  inspector  acting  under  his  direction, 
or  a  peace  officer,  has  reason  to  suspect  that  a 
breach  of  any  provision  of  a  by-law  mentioned 
in  this  subsection  has  occurred  in  respect  of 
a  body-rub  parlour,  he  may  enter  such 
body-rub  parlour,  at  any  time  of  the  night 
or  day,  for  purposes  of  carrying  out  the 
enforcement  of  the  by-law. 

2.  For  the  purposes  of  this  subsection, 

i.  "body-rub  parlour"  includes  any  prem- 
ises or  part  thereof  where  a  body-rub 
is  performed,  offered  or  solicited  in 
pursuance  of  a  trade,  caUing,  business 
or  occupation,  but  does  not  include 
any  premises  or  part  thereof  where 
the  body-rubs  performed  are  for  the 
purpose  of  medical  or  therapeutic  treat- 
ment and  are  performed  or  offered  by 
persons  otherwise  duly  qualified, 
licensed  or  registered  so  to  do  under  the 
laws  of  the  Province  of  Ontario ;  and 

ii.  "body-rub"  includes  the  kneading, 
manipulating,  rubbing,  massaging, 
touching  or  stimulating,  by  any  means, 
of  a  person's  body  or  part  thereof,  but 
does  not  include  medical  or  thera- 
peutic treatment  given  by  a  person 
otherwise  duly  qualified,  licensed  or 
registered  so  to  do  under  the  laws  of 
the  Province  of  Ontario. 

(2)  Where  a  by-law  has  been  passed  under  subsection   1  ^^°^^°^ 
of  section  2  for  licensing  or  regulating  taxicab  brokers  or  ^Jj^cab  ^^ 
owners  or  drivers  of  cabs  or  buses,  used  for  hire,  such  by-law 
may, 

(a)  fix  the  fee  to  be  paid  for  the  licence ; 


(6)  establish  the  rates  or  fares  to  be  charged  by  the 
owners  or  drivers  of  such  vehicles  for  the  con- 
veyance of  goods  or  passengers  either  wholly  within 
the  municipality  or  to  any  point  not  more  than 
three  miles  beyond  its  limits  and  provide  for  the 
collection  of  such  rates  or  fares ; 

{c)  limit  the  number  of  cabs  or  buses,  used  for  hire,  or 
any  class  or  classes  thereof: 

1.  In  this  subsection,  "taxicab  broker"  means 
any  person  who  accepts  calls  in  any  manner 
for  taxicabs  that  are  used  for  hire  and  that 
are  owned  by  persons  other  than  himself, 
his  immediate  family  or  his  employer. 

2.  No  by-law  mentioned  in  this  subsection 
passed  by  the  Council  of  the  City  of  Mississauga 
shall  apply  to  owners  and  drivers  of  cabs, 
other  than  cabs  licensed  by  the  said  council, 
while  such  cabs  are  engaged  in  the  con- 
veyance of  goods  or  passengers,  if  such 
conveyance  commenced  at  the  Toronto  Inter- 
national Airport. 

by°aw°*^  (3)  Where  a  by-law  has  been  passed  under  subsection   1 

b^uiard         of  section  2  for  licensing  or  regulating  the  keeping  or  letting 
of  billiard,  pool  or  other  like  tables,  such  by-law  may, 

(a)  provide  for  the  licensing,  regulating  and  governing 
of  proprietary  clubs  that  keep  such  tables ; 

(b)  limit  the  number  of  licences  to  be  granted  and 
limit  the  number  of  tables  that  shall  be  licensed : 

1.  "Proprietary  club"  means  all  clubs  other 
than  those  in  which  the  use  of  any  such 
table  is  only  incidental  to  the  main  objects 
of  the  club. 


Scope  of 

by-law, 

salesmen 


(4)  Where  a  by-law  has  been  passed  under  subsection  1 
of  section  2  for  the  licensing,  regulating  and  governing  of 
persons  who  go  from  place  to  place  or  to  a  particular  place 
with  goods,  wares  or  merchandise  for  sale, 

{a)  the  licensee  shall  at  all  times  while  carrying  on  his 
business  have  his  hcence  with  him  and  shall  upon 
demand  exhibit  it  to  any  municipal  or  peace  officer, 
and  if  he  fails  to  do  so  is  guilty  of  an  offence, 
unless  the  same  is  accounted  for  satisfactorily,  and 


on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  not  to 
exceed  $200 ; 

(b)  if  a  peace  officer  demands  the  production  of  a 
licence  by  any  persons  to  whom  the  by-law  applies 
and  the  demand  is  not  complied  with,  it  is  the  duty 
of  the  peace  officer  and  he  has  power  to  arrest  such 
person  without  a  warrant  and  to  take  him  before 
the  nearest  justice  of  the  peace,  there  to  be  dealt 
with  according  to  the  law. 

(5)  Where  a  by-law  has  been  passed  under  subsection  1  Auctioneers. 
of  section  2  for  Hcensing  or  regulating  auctioneers  or  other  not  to  apply 
persons  selhng  or  putting  up  for  sale  goods,  wares,  merchandise 

or  effects  by  public  auction,  such  by-law  does  not  apply  to  a 
sheriff  or  bailiff  offering  for  sale  goods  or  chattels  seized 
under  an  execution  or  distrained  for  rent. 

(6)  Where  the  council  of  a  local  municipahty  is  empowered  ^^^^^^ 
by  the  provisions  of  this  section  to  fix  a  fee  to  be  paid  for  a  be  ux 
licence,  the  council  may  provide  for  enforcing  payment  of  the 

fee  and  the  fee  may  be  in  the  nature  of  a  tax  for  the  privilege 
conferred  by  it. 

(7)  Where  a  licence  granted  in  respect  of  a  business  is  ^^^^^ 
revoked  and  a  fee  has  been  paid  for  the  granting  thereof,  ^*<^®°?« 
the  licensee  is  entitled  to  a  refund  of  a  part  of  the  licence  fee 
proportionate  to  the  unexpired  part  of  the  term  for  which  the 
licence  was  granted. 

6.  Subsection  3  of  section  2  and  subsections  6  and  7  of  Application 

to  licensing 

section  5  apply,  with  necessary  modifications,  to  the  f)Owers  powers 
of  the  council  of  a  municipality  or  of  a  board  of  commissioners  r.s.o.  i97o, 

c  284 

of  police  under  The  Municipal  Act  for  licensing,  regulating  or 
governing  a  business  or  the  persons  carrying  it  on  or  engaged 
in  it  or  the  place  or  things  used  for  carrying  it  on  except  that 
where  there  is  a  conflict  between  the  provisions  of  this  section 
and  the  provisions  of  The  Municipal  Act,  the  provisions  of 
that  Act  prevail  to  the  extent  of  the  conflict. 

7.  Section  246  of  The  Municipal  Act,  being  chapter  2S4f^l^o, 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  as  amended  by  the  repealed 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975  (2nd  Session),  chapter  20,  section  1, 

is  repealed. 

8.  Section  247  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  a mslSir 

repealcKl 

0.  Paragraphs  26  and  77  of  section  352  of  the  said  Act  JgjJ.^^; 
are  repealed.  KffkiSd'"' 


8 


R.8.0. 1970. 
C.284. 
8.354(1) 
para.  8, 17, 
60. 119. 131. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 
c.284. 
B.  354(1) 
par.  132. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 

c.284. 

8.354(1) 

pars.  133. 134. 

136-139. 

repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284.  s.  368, 
para.  1.  3. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970, 
c.  284.  8.  368a. 
repealed 


10.— (1)  Paragraphs  8.  17.  60.  119  and  131  of  subsection  1 
of  section  354  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

(2)  Paragraph  132  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  354, 
as  amended  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  124, 
section  10,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Paragraphs  133.  134,  136.  137.  138  and  139  of  sub- 
section 1  of  the  said  section  354  are  repealed. 

11.  Paragraphs  1  and  3  of  section  368  of  the  said  Act 
are  repealed. 

12.  Section  368a  of  the  said  Act.  as  enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975.  chapter  56,  section  8,  is  repealed. 


R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284. 
88.  369.  372. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970, 
c.  284,  8.  373. 
par.  10. 
re-enacted 


13.  Sections  369  and  372  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed. 

14.  Paragraph  10  of  section  373,  as  re-enacted  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  56,  section  10,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Regulating 
traffic 


10.  For  the  exercise  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  the 
councils  of  local  municipalities  by  paragraph  107  of  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  354  in  respect  of  highways  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  council. 


R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284.  8.  375 

(c-e).  repealed 

repealed  ^ 


15.  Clauses  c,  d  and  e  of  section  375  of  the  said  Act  are 


^'2^'a^ri         ^^'  Section   377   of   the   said   Act,   as   amended   by   the 
repealed        Statutes  of  Ontario,  1974,  chapter  136,  section  17,  is  repealed. 


17.  Section   381    of   the   said   Act,    as   amended   by   the 


R.S.0. 1970, 
c.  284.  8.  381. 

repealed        Statutes  of  Ontario.  1972,  chapter  124,  section  13  and  1974, 
chapter  136,  section  18,  is  repealed. 


R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284.  8.  382. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284.  8.  383. 
pare.  1-4. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284.  s.  383, 
par.  5. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 
0.  284.  8.  383. 
par.  6. 
repealed 

R.S.0. 1970. 
c.  284. 8. 383. 
par.  7. 
re-enacted 


18.  Section  382  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed. 

19. — (1)  Paragraphs  1,  2,  3  and  4  of  section  383  of  the  said 
Act  are  repealed. 

(2)  Paragraph  5  of  the  said  section  383,  as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  1.  section  1,  is  repealed. 

(3)  Paragraph  6  of  the  said  section  383  is  repealed. 

(4)  Paragraph  7  of  the  said  section  383  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


7.  For  prohibiting  or  regulating  and  licensing  exhibitions  ofwax^"orks 
of  wax  works,  menageries,  circus-riding,  and  other  like  shows  shows,  etc. 
usually  exhibited  by  showmen,  and  for  regulating  and  licensing 
roller  skating  rinks  and  other  places  of  like  amusement,  and 
merry-go-rounds,  switchback  railways,  carousels,  and  other 
like  contrivances,  and  for  fixing  the  fee  to  be  paid  for  the 
licence,  and  for  imposing  penalties  not  exceeding  the  amount 
of  the  licence  fee  on  offenders  against  the  by-law,  and  for 
levying  the  same  by  distress  and  sale  of  the  goods  and 
chattels  of  the  showman  or  proprietor,  or  belonging  to  or 
used  in  such  exhibition  or  show  whether  owned  or  not  owned 
by  such  showman  or  proprietor. 

(a)  A  licence  shall  not  be  granted  for  any  such  exhibition 
or  show  to  be  held  on  the  days  of  the  exhibition 
of  any  district  or  township  agricultural  society, 
within  300  yards  from  the  grounds  of  the  society, 
or  for  any  such  exhibition  or  show  in  or  in  connec- 
tion with  which  gambling  is  carried  on  or  goods, 
wares  or  merchandise  are  sold  or  trafficked  in. 

(b)  The  fee  to  be  paid  for  the  licence  shall  not  exceed 
$500. 

(5)  Paragraphs  8,  9,  10  and  11  of  the  said  section  383  areR|o.^i^. 
repealed.  p^^^f^ji.  ' 

(6)  Paragraph  12  of  the  said  section  383,  as  amended  by  the  JfgJ ^i^gO- 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1972,  chapter  1,  section  1,  is  repealed.        P*^if^d 

(7)  Paragraphs    13   and    18   of   the   said   section   383   are^io^i^™- 
repealed.  ^^^,l„''- 

20.  Section  384  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  ams^m 

repealed 

21.  Paragraphs  2  and  3  of  section  385  of  the  said  Act  are^^^i^- 
repealed.  P^^j-J   " 

22.  Clauses  t,  ;  and  k  of  subsection  1  and  subsection  2  of  f^  ^^o- 
section  487  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed.  ")!'S)!*'^''^' 

repealed 

23.  Section  640  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed.  a  m?«*?w. 

repealed 

24.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  S^X"""*' 
1979. 

25.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipal  Licensing  »^ont\t\e 
Act,  1977. 


to 


a>  2. 

op  <-»■ 

o  " 
< 


►I 

fD     "T-l 

(J)    O 


BZo^ 


B  ^ 

s  § 

^B 

>n 
P  P 
c/i    CI. 


p   w 

3    O 

o 
a 


Co 


>3 


o 

(T> 

O 

t\J 

a> 

h^ 

1 

B 
"-1 

05 

«> 

& 

g 

Ov 

^ 

^ 

<-»■ 

*». 

r». 

p' 

S 

^ 

O 
^ 
^ 

c^ 

o 

"-« 

l-t- 

D- 

fl>    ^ 

C^ 

S 

c 

3 

o' 

I'o 

-^  o 

i-t 

dd  < 

0) 

^  ol 

C/l 

i£.  (^ 

BILL  120  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  establishes  a  Board  of  Management  of  the  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Zoo,  to  be  entrusted,  by  agreement  with  the  Metropolitan  Cor- 
poration, with  the  operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the  Metro- 
politan Toronto  Zoo.  The  nine  members  of  the  Board  will  be  appointed 
by  the  Metropolitan  Council  and  will  include  in  their  number  four  persons 
nominated  by  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoological  Society.  Provision  is  made 
for  the  transfer  of  employees  of  the  Zoological  Society  to  the  Board  of 
Management  and  for  the  protection  of  their  existing  salaries,  pension 
benefits,  sick  leave  credits  and  holiday  entitlement. 

Section  209  of  the  Act,  as  it  now  exists,  providing  for  the  operation 
and  management  of  the  Zoo  by  the  Zoological  Society  is  set  out  below: 

209. — (7)   In  this  section,  "Society"  means  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoological 
Society. 

(2)  The  Metropolitan  Council  may  by  by-law  delegate  to  the  Society  any 
or  all  of  the  Council's  powers  to  operate  and  manage  a  zoological 
garden  and  related  facilities  established  by  the  Council,  and  may 
enter  into  one  or  more  agreements  with  the  Society  entrusting  such 
operation  and  management  to  the  Society  on  such  terms  and  conditions 
as  the  Council  may  consider  proper. 

{3)  The  Metropolitan  Council  may  by  by-law  establish  general  policies 
to  be  followed  by  the  Society  in  the  operation  and  management  of  the 
zoological  garden  and  related  facilities. 

(4)  The  Metropolitan  Corporation  may  provide  moneys  to  the  Society 
for  its  purposes,  including  the  operation  and  management  of  the 
zoological  garden,  but  it  shall  not  be  responsible  for  any  deficit  or 
debt  incurred  by  the  Society  unless  the  deficit  or  debt  was  incurred  with 
the  approval  of  the  Metropolitan  Council. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  any  delegation  of  ■  powers  or  the  making  of  an 
agreement  between  the  Metropolitan  Corporation  and  the  Society  under 
subsection  2,  the  Society  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  a  local  board  of 
the  Metropolitan  Corporation  provided,  however,  that  while  such 
delegation  or  agreement  is  in  effect,  the  accounts  and  transactions  of 
the  Society  shall  be  audited  by  the  auditor  of  the  Metropolitan  Cor- 
poration. 

(5a)  Notwithstanding  subsection  5,  the  Society  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  local 
board  of  the  Metropolitan  Corporation  for  the  purposes  of  The  Ontario 
Municipal  Employees  Retirement  System  Act. 


(6)  The  occupation,  management  and  control  of  lands  by  the  Society 
under  an  agreement  under  subsection  1  shall  be  deemed,  for  the  pur- 
poses of  subsections  4  and  5  of  section  204  of  this  Act  and  of  para- 
graph 9  of  section  3  of  The  Assessment  Act,  to  be  occupation,  manage- 
ment and  control  by  the  Metropolitan  Corporation  of  lands  used  for  park 
purposes. 


I    BILL  120  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and   with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 

1.  Section  209  of  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  ^^^.  re-enacted 
being  chapter  295  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 
as  amended   by   the   Statutes  of  Ontario,    1972,   chapter  89, 
section  5,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

209. — (1)  In  this  section  and  in  section  209a,  tatfo^*' 

(a)  "Board  of  Management"  means  the  Board  of  Manage- 
ment of  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoo ; 

{b)  "Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoo"  means  the  zoological 
garden  and  related  facilities  which  have  been 
established  by  the  Metropolitan  Council  or  which 
may  hereafter  be  established  by  the  Council ; 

(c)  "Society"  means  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoological 
Society. 

(2)  There    is    hereby    established    a    corporation    without  f8°tlwi8he<i 
share  capital  under  the  name  "Board  of  Management  of  the 
Metropolitan   Toronto  Zoo"   and  such   Board  shall  have  a 
corporate  seal,  may  sue  and  be  sued  in  its  own  name,  may 

enter  into  contracts  including  contracts  of  employment,  and 
shall  have  all  powers  necessary  for  or  incidental  to  the 
operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Zoo. 

(3)  The  Corporations  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Board  of  ?g°ot*^' 
Management.  to  apply 

(4)  The  Board  of  Management  shall  be  composed  of  nine  JfXaS*^'"" 
members  appointed  by  the  Metropolitan  Council,  of  whom  four 

shall  be  nominees  of  the  Society. 


Term  of 
office 


(5)  The  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  shall  be 
appointed  for  a  term  of  office  not  exceeding  the  term  of 
office  of  members  of  the  Metropolitan  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  until  their  successors  are  appointed. 


Chairman, 
vice- 
chairman, 
quorum 


(6)  The  Board  of  Management,  from  among  its  members, 
shall  elect  a  chairman  and  may  elect  a  vice-chairman,  and  a 
majority  of  its  members  constitutes  a  quorum. 


Committees 


(7)  The  Board  of  Management  may  from  time  to  time 
establish  such  standing  or  other  committees,  appoint  as  mem- 
bers thereof  such  persons,  including  members  of  the  Society, 
and  assign  such  duties  to  the  committees  so  established  as 
the  Board  deems  fit. 


Animal 

Acquisition 

Committee 


(8)  Notwithstanding  subsection  7,  the  Board  of  Manage- 
ment shall  establish  an  Animal  Acquisition  Committee  and 
the  Society  may  appoint  one  member,  or  with  the  approval 
of  the  Board  of  Management  more  than  one  member,  of  such 
Committee. 


By-laws 


(9)  The  Board  of  Management  may  enact  by-laws  for  the 
regulation  of  its  proceedings  and  for  the  conduct  and  manage- 
ment of  its  affairs. 


Agreement 
to  operate, 
manage  and 
maintain 
Zoo 


(10)  The  Metropolitan  Corporation  may  enter  into  one  or 
more  agreements  with  the  Board  of  Management  entrusting 
the  operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the  Metro- 
politan Toronto  Zoo  to  the  Board  of  Management  on  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  MetropoHtan  Council  may 
consider  proper. 


By-laws 
re  general 
policies 


(11)  The  Metropolitan  Council  may  by  by-law  establish 
general  policies  to  be  followed  by  the  Board  of  Management 
in  the  operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the 
Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoo  under  an  agreement  entered  into 
under  subsection  10. 


Surplus  or 
deficit 


(12)  The  Metropolitan  Corporation  is  entitled  to  any  surplus 
resulting  from  the  operations  of  the  Board  of  Management  and 
is  responsible  for  any  deficit  incurred  by  it. 


Occupation 
by  Board 
deemed 
occupation 
by  Metro- 
politan 
Corporation 

R.S.0. 1970. 
C.32 


(13)  The  occupation,  management  and  control  of  lands 
by  the  Board  of  Management  under  an  agreement  under 
subsection  10  shall  be  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  subsections 
4  and  5  of  section  204  of  this  Act  and  of  paragraph  9  of 
section  3  of  The  Assessment  Act,  to  be  occupation,  management 
and  control  by  the  Metropolitan  Corporation  of  lands  used  for 
park  purposes. 


(14)  The  Municipal  Conflict  of  Interest  Act,  1972  does  not  Application 
apply  to  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  in  respect  i972,c.i42 
of  a  contract,  proposed  contract  or  other  matter  between  the 
Board  of  Management  and  the  Society  by  reason  only  of 
such  member  being  a  member  or  officer  of  the  Society. 

209a.— (1)  The  Board  of  Management  shall  offer  to  employ  offer  of 
every  person  who,  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977,  is  employed 
by  the  Society  in  connection  with  the  operation,  manage- 
ment and  maintenance  of  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoo  and 
who  continues  to  be  so  employed  until  the  date  of  coming 
into  force  of  an  agreement  under  subsection  10  of  section  209. 

(2)  Any  person  who  accepts  employment  under  subsection  1  wages  and 
shall   be   entitled   to   receive   a   wage   or  salary   up   to   and 
including  the  31st  day  of  December,  1978,  of  not  less  than 

he  was  receiving  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977. 

(3)  Employment  with  the  Society  by  a  person  who  accepts  ^^^^ 
employment   with   the   Board   of   Management    under   sub- 
section 1  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  employment  with  the 
Board  of  Management  for  the  purposes  of  pension  benefits. 

(4)  Any  sick  leave  credits  standing,  on  the  31st  day  off^dits*^^ 
December,    1977   to  the  credit   of  any  person  who  accepts 
employment    under    subsection    1    shall    be    placed    to    the 
credit  of  such  employee  in  any  sick  leave  credit  plan  estabhshed 

by  the  Board  of  Management. 

(5)  Any  person  who  accepts  employment  under  subsection  1  Holidays 
shall  be  entitled  during  1978  to  holidays  with  pay  equivalent 

to  those  to  which  he  would  have  been  entitled  if  he  had 
remained  in  the  employment  of  the  Society. 

(6)  Nothing  in  this  section  prevents  the  Board  of  Manage-  f^^^^^lf 
ment  from  terminating  the  employment  of  an  employee  for 
cause. 

2.  Notwithstanding  the  repeal  of  section  209  of  The  Municipality  Transitional 
of  Metropolitan    Toronto   Act   by   section    1    of   this   Act,    the 
Metropolitan    Toronto    Zoological    Society   shall    continue    to 
operate  and  manage  the  zoological  garden  under  the  terms  of 

the  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  2  of  the  said 
section  209,  until  the  coming  into  force  of  an  agreement  under 
subsection  10  of  section  209,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  this 
Act. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.   Sy^Jt""'"*'*' 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  short  title 
Toronto  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


5^g 


« 
^ 
^ 


o 


2  c 


H 

a 

H  w 

-  o 


3W 
o 
a>  o 
3    3 

t/1   Ci' 


3    • 

p    s 

p   w 

3    O 

o 


n 

n 

B 

05 

S^ 

(T 

"^ 

>3 
1' 

00 

o 

So 

A. 

H 

3" 

5.> 

^^   ^ 

O      -  •    r+ 

J^       o 

3  ^ 

o 


BILL  120 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  120  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section  209  of  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Toronto  -^c^.  redacted 
being  chapter  295  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970, 
as  amended  by   the   Statutes  of  Ontario,    1972,   chapter  89, 
section  5,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

209.— (1)  In  this  section  and  in  section  209a,  tStfor^" 

[a)  "Board  of  Management"  means  the  Board  of  Manage- 
ment of  the  Metropohtan  Toronto  Zoo ; 

{b)  "Metropohtan  Toronto  Zoo"  means  the  zoological 
garden  and  related  facilities  which  have  been 
estabhshed  by  the  Metropohtan  Council  or  which 
may  hereafter  be  established  by  the  Council ; 

(c)  "Society"  means  the  Metropohtan  Toronto  Zoological 
Society. 

(2)  There    is    hereby    established    a    corporation    without  es^tawished 
share  capital  under  the  name  "Board  of  Management  of  the 
Metropolitan   Toronto  Zoo"   and   such   Board   shall  have  a 
corporate  seal,  may  sue  and  be  sued  in  its  own  name,  may 

enter  into  contracts  including  contracts  of  employment,  and 
shall  have  all  powers  necessary  for  or  incidental  to  the 
operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the  Metropolitan 
Toronto  Zoo. 

(3)  The  Corporations  A  ct  does  not  apply  to  the  Board  of  ^  fg  not^°- 
Management.  to  apply 

(4)  The  Board  of  Management  shall  be  composed  of  nine  o°Bl)ard"°° 
members  appointed  by  the  Metropolitan  Council,  of  whom  four 

shall  be  nominees  of  the  Society. 


Term  of 
ofDoe 


(5)  The  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  shall  be 
appointed  for  a  term  of  office  not  exceeding  the  term  of 
office  of  members  of  the  Metropolitan  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  until  their  successors  are  appointed. 


Chairman, 
vice- 
chairman, 
quorum 


(6)  The  Board  of  Management,  from  among  its  members, 
shall  elect  a  chairman  and  may  elect  a  vice-chairman,  and  a 
majority  of  its  members  constitutes  a  quorum. 


Committees 


(7)  The  Board  of  Management  may  from  time  to  time 
establish  such  standing  or  other  committees,  appoint  as  mem- 
bers thereof  such  persons,  including  members  of  the  Society, 
and  assign  such  duties  to  the  committees  so  established  as 
the  Board  deems  fit. 


Animal 

Acquisition 

Committee 


(8)  Notwithstanding  subsection  7,  the  Board  of  Manage- 
ment shall  establish  an  Animal  Acquisition  Committee  and 
the  Society  may  appoint  one  member,  or  with  the  approval 
of  the  Board  of  Management  more  than  one  member,  of  such 
Committee. 


By-laws 


(9)  The  Board  of  Management  may  enact  by-laws  for  the 
regulation  of  its  proceedings  and  for  the  conduct  and  manage- 
ment of  its  affairs. 


Agreement 
to  operate, 
manage  and 
maintain 
Zoo 


(10)  The  Metropolitan  Corporation  may  enter  into  one  or 
more  agreements  with  the  Board  of  Management  entrusting 
the  operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the  Metro- 
poHtan  Toronto  Zoo  to  the  Board  of  Management  on  such 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  Metropolitan  Council  may 
consider  proper. 


By-laws 
re  general 
policies 


(11)  The  Metropolitan  Council  may  by  by-law  establish 
general  policies  to  be  followed  by  the  Board  of  Management 
in  the  operation,  management  and  maintenance  of  the 
MetropoHtan  Toronto  Zoo  under  an  agreement  entered  into 
under  subsection  10. 


Surplus  or 
deficit 


(12)  The  Metropolitan  Corporation  is  entitled  to  any  surplus 
resulting  from  the  operations  of  the  Board  of  Management  and 
is  responsible  for  any  deficit  incurred  by  it. 


Occupation 
by  Board 
deemed 
occupation 
by  Metro- 
politan 
Corporation 

R.S.0. 1970, 
C.32 


(13)  The  occupation,  management  and  control  of  lands 
by  the  Board  of  Management  under  an  agreement  under 
subsection  10  shall  be  deemed  for  the  purposes  of  subsections 
4  and  5  of  section  204  of  this  Act  and  of  paragraph  9  of 
section  3  of  The  Assessment  Act,  to  be  occupation,  management 
and  control  by  the  Metropolitan  Corporation  of  lands  used  for 
park  purposes. 


(14)   The  Municipal  Conflict  of  Interest  Act,  1972  does  not  Amplication 
apply  to  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  in  respect  1972,  c.  142 
of  a  contract,  proposed  contract  or  other  matter  between  the 
Board  of  Management  and  the  Society  by  reason  only  of 
such  member  being  a  member  or  officer  of  the  Society. 

209a.— (1)  The  Board  of  Management  shall  offer  to  employ  offer  of 

^    '  o  f     J  employment 

every  person  who,  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977,  is  employed 
by  the  Society  in  connection  with  the  operation,  manage- 
ment and  maintenance  of  the  Metropolitan  Toronto  Zoo  and 
who  continues  to  be  so  employed  until  the  date  of  coming 
into  force  of  an  agreement  under  subsection  10  of  section  209. 

(2)  Any  person  who  accepts  employment  under  subsection  1  wages  and 

'^    '  J   tr  r  r     J  salaries 

shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  wage  or  salary  up  to  and 
including  the  31st  day  of  December,  1978,  of  not  less  than 
he  was  receiving  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1977. 

(3)  Employment  with  the  Society  by  a  person  who  accepts  ^|°|Q°g 
employment    with    the    Board    of    Management    under    sub- 
section 1  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  employment  with  the 
Board  of  Management  for  the  purposes  of  pension  benefits. 

(4)  Any  sick  leave  credits  standing,  on  the  31st  day  of  ^redits*^^ 
December,    1977  to  the  credit   of  any  person  who  accepts 
employment    under    subsection    1    shall    be    placed    to    the 

credit  of  such  employee  in  any  sick  leave  credit  plan  established 
by  the  Board  of  Management. 

(5)  Any  person  who  accepts  employment  under  subsection  1  Holidays 
shall  be  entitled  during  1978  to  holidays  with  pay  equivalent 

to  those  to  which  he  would  have  been  entitled  if  he  had 
remained  in  the  employment  of  the  Society. 

(6)  Nothing  in  this  section  prevents  the  Board  of  Manage-  ^'^  cause^ 
ment  from  terminating  the  employment  of  an  employee  for 
cause. 

2.  Notwithstanding  the  repeal  of  section  209  of  The  Municipality  Transitional 
of  Metropolitan    Toronto   Act   by   section    1    of   this   Act,    the 
Metropolitan    Toronto    Zoological    Society   shall    continue    to 
operate  and  manage  the  zoological  garden  under  the  terms  of 

the  agreement  entered  into  under  subsection  2  of  the  said 
section  209.  until  the  coming  into  force  of  an  agreement  under 
subsection  10  of  section  209,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  this 
Act. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.   m°eTt"^"°* 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Municipality  of  Metropolitan  short  title 
Toronto  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


3  §; 


orq 


►1 


2  c 


o 

<  ^ 

(t  o 

■-I  -+. 

S  § 


13    • 
pi    ^ 

3  ^ 
o'  ??5 

3    O 

D-  G 

O 

X 


o 

O 

O 

a> 

0) 

a> 

o 

o 

n 

05 

3 

Uj 

;« 

3 

3 

C/5 

a- 

Si- 

cr 

Si- 

cr 

"^ 

a> 

►i 

Jo 

S5 

p" 

Jo 
<^ 
S) 

a- 

•-1 

JO 
& 

SJ- 

1-^ 

vO 

0^ 

vO 

c^ 

o 

0^ 

^ 

^ 

--4 

•^ 

">J 

^ 

H 

ft 

c 
2.> 

O      -  ■    r* 

o    o    ° 

3  ^ 


'S 


BILL   121  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  respecting  Family  Day 


Mr.  Williams 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  provide  for  a  public  holiday  known  as 
Family  Day.  Family  Day  is  established  as  a  day  to  celebrate  the  institution 
of  the  family  and  will  be  held  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor. 


BILL  121  1977 


An  Act  respecting  Family  Day 

WHEREAS   the   family  is  a  source  of  values   that   are  Preamble 
essential  to  the  existence  of  a  peaceful  and  healthy 
society ; 

And  Whereas  the  family,  as  the  focal  point  of  daily  life, 
offers  mutual  help,  comfort  and  support  to  each  of  its 
members ; 

And  Whereas  it  is  public  policy  in  Ontario  to  preserve 
and  strengthen  the  family  as  the  basic  unit  of  society ; 

And  Whereas,  since  some  social  and  economic  influences 
threaten  to  fragment  the  family,  it  is  desirable  that  every 
citizen  honour  the  family  by  reflecting  upon  the  benefits  and 
obligations  that  he  or  she  shares  as  a  family  member; 

Therefore,  Her  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of 
Ontario,  enacts  as  follows: 

1.  There  shall  be  one  day  in  every  year,  on  a  day  to  be  ^a™"yDay 
named  by  proclamation  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor,   that 

is  known  as  Family  Day  and  this  day  shall  be  celebrated 
as  a  public  holiday  throughout  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^^^t^®"^®" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Family  Day  Act,  1977.      short  title 


2. 

Si 
5- 


to 


S 
X 


«-o 

tM 

2J 

3 

$^ 

?^ 

>} 

>3 

^ 

«^ 

9> 

& 

3 

s 

(Aj 

0^ 

n 
n 

3 
cr 
n> 

00 


so 


>3 


> 

5' 

en 


BILL   122  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Culture  and  Recreation 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  members'  indemnity  is  increased  from  $17,200  to 
$19,242  and  the  portion  that  may  be  paid  per  month  is  increased  from 
$1,430  to  $1,600. 


Section  2.  The  amendment  authorizes  the  Board  of  Internal  Economy 
to  require  statements  of  current  expenditures  and  forecasts  of  future  expendi- 
tures on  a  monthly  basis  from  offices,  agencies,  commissions  and  select 
committees  whose  estimates  are  subject  to  review  by  the  Board. 


BILL  122 


1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  60  of  The  Legislative  ^ss^mft/v  s^od). 

^    '  o  y  amended 

Act,  being  chapter  240  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,  as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977, 
Chapter  26,  section  1,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$17,200" 
in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  heu  thereof  "$19,242". 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  60,  as  re-enacted  by  the  |j^^^^g<j 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  26,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "$1,430"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "$1,600". 

2.  The  said  Act   is  amended  by  adding   thereto  the   following  lusted 
section : 


83a,  The  Board  of  Internal  Economy  may  require  any  fe°^'i^^*^ 
office,  agency,  commission  or  select  committee  of  the  monthly 
Assembly  whose  estimates  of  moneys  required  are  subject 
to  review  by  the  Board  to  submit  to  the  Board  on  a  monthly 
basis  statements  that  set  out  current  expenditures  and  fore- 
cast future  expenditures  and  every  such  office,  agency, 
commission  and  select  committee  shall  submit  the  state- 
ments when  so  required. 

3. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  1,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  ^°^^®"°®' 
it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  i**®™ 
1st  day  of  October,  1977. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Amend-  short  title 
ment  Act,  1977. 


C5 
o 


Ga 


a> 

H 

i-t 

S 

o 

m 

n 

o 

_z 

-I 

(t 

pd 

p 

3 

^ 

!3d 

n 
•-1 

o 

fD 

P 

rt- 

o' 

3 

Co 


o 

n 

n 

(D 

3 

Si. 

cr 

«^ 

>3 

ft) 
•I 

CXj 

1— ' 

& 

to 

ft- 

^ 

H 

cr 

a> 

r 

> 

£ 

3 

pT 

> 

l-h 

o 

<' 

!-*■ 

(D 

O 

> 

3 

3 

3 

cr  o- 

^ 

> 

o 

BILL  122 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Culture  and  Recreation 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher.  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  122  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Legislative  Assembly  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and  with   the  advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of  the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1, — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  60  of   The  Legislative  ^ss^w6(y  |^<^i^)^^ 
Act,  being  chapter  240  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,   as  re-enacted  by  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1977, 
Chapter  26,  section  1,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$17,200" 
in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$19,242". 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  60,  as  re-enacted  by  the  1,^^^^^^ 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1977,  chapter  26,  section  1,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "$1,430"  in  the  fourth  hne  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "$1,600". 

2.  The   said   Act   is   amended   by   adding   thereto   the   following  Ijfacted 
section : 

83a.  The   Board  of   Internal   Economy   may   require   any  fe°q1fi!-i"*^ 
office,    agency,    commission    or    select    committee    of    the  monthly 

&u&ti6m61ltiS 

Assembly  whose  estimates  of  moneys  required  are  subject 
to  review  by  the  Board  to  submit  to  the  Board  on  a  monthly 
basis  statements  that  set  out  current  expenditures  and  fore- 
cast future  expenditures  and  every  such  office,  agency, 
commission  and  select  committee  shall  submit  the  state- 
ments when  so  required. 

8. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  1,  comes  into  force  on  the  day  ^n™®°°®' 
it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  m®"" 
1st  day  of  October,  1977. 

4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Amend-  short  title 
ment  Act.  1977. 


s 

a 

t/3 

(-t 

fD 

H 

i-i 

a 

o 

w 

n 

o 

_z 

<-i 

ft) 

po 

p 

3 

:^ 

?d 

fD 
O 

o 

a> 

P 

<■♦ 

o' 

3 

O 

o 

O 

fD 

ft! 

fD 

O 

O 

O 

fD 

3 

Co 

fD 

3 

S' 

3 

1— » 

54- 

CO 

1 

cr 

fD 
•-1 

Co 

p' 

C^ 

p- 

^' 

p- 

^ 

1— k 

^^ 

H-» 

o 

o 

vO 

-4 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

H 

tr 

(t 

r 

fD 

orq_ 

> 

co' 

3 

p" 

> 

i-f- 

o 

»-*• 

r* 

<! 

fD 

O 

> 

P 

(/) 
fD 

3 

3 

fD 

3 

2  ^ 

'< 

> 

BILL  123  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Culture  and  Recreation 


TORONTO 

Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  five  year  period  for  the  calculation  of  average  annual 
remuneration  is  reduced  to  three  years  for  those  who  ceased  or  who  cease  to 
be  members  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977. 


Section  2.     The  contribution  rate  is  increased  from  7  to  8^  per  cent 
effective  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977. 


Section  3.  The  sixty  year  rule  is  changed  to  a  fifty-five  year  rule  for 
those  who  ceased  or  who  cease  to  be  members  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
October,  1977. 


BILL  123  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 

TTER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
^^  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario,  enacts  as 
follows : 

1.  Clause  a  of  section  14  of  The  Legislative  Assembly  ^^^*^^»«^w^  ^^i^^ax^^^ 
Allowances  Act,  1973,  being  chapter  152,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  "average  annual  remuneration"  means, 

(i)  in  respect  of  a  person  who  was  in  receipt  of 
an  allowance  immediately  before  the  1st  day 
of  October,  1977,  the  average  annual  re- 
muneration of  the  person  during  any  five 
fiscal  years  of  his  service,  which  years 
need  not  be  consecutive,  during  which  his 
remuneration  was  the  highest,  or 

(ii)  in  respect  of  a  person  who  became  entitled 
or  who  becomes  entitled  to  an  allowance  on  or 
after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977,  the  average 
annual  remuneration  of  the  person  during  any 
three  fiscal  years  of  his  service,  which  years 
need  not  be  consecutive,  during  which  his 
remuneration  was  highest. 

2.  Section  17  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "'^"  \^q^^^ 
in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "8^". 

3.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  18  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  *^|^1'^2k^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  A  person  who  has  contributed  in  resj)ect  of  at  least  Eiifi^ibiiity 
five  years  of  service  and  who  has  credit  in  the  Legislative  allowance. 
Assembly  Retirement  Allowances  Account  for  a  number  of 
years  of  service  that,  when  added  to  his  age  on  the  date  he 
ceases  to  be  a  member  totals, 


Deferred 
or 

reduced 
allowance 


(a)  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member 
before  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977,  at  least  sixty 
years;  or 

{b)  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  ceased  or  who  ceases 
to  be  a  member  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October, 
1977,  at  least  fifty-five  years, 

is  entitled  to  an  annual  allowance  during  his  Hfetime  upon 
his  ceasing  to  be  a  member. 

(2)  Where  a  person  has  contributed  in  respect  of  at  least 
five  years  of  service  but  has  not  satisfied  the  sixty  year 
rule  or  the  fifty-five  year  rule,  as  the  case  requires,  in 
subsection  1  on  the  date  he  ceased  or  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
he  may  elect  to  take  a  deferred  annual  allowance  under 
subsection  3  at  the  age  when  he  does  satisfy  such  rule  or  an 
immediate  annual  allowance  of  a  reduced  amount  under 
subsection  4. 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Short  title 


4. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  2,  comes  into  force  on  the  day 
it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  October,  1977. 

5.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Retire- 
ment Allowances  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


I 


o 


to 


s 

5; 

55' 

(-^ 

-I 

H 

o 

O 

o 

r^ 

2 

C 

"-1 

CD 

r^ 

P 

3 

^ 

m 

O) 

r 
o 

O 

X 

•-1 

(T) 

P 

<-K 

o' 

3 

t-o 


>0 


O 

n> 

o 

CO 

3 

•-• 

05 

Re 

cr 

>i 

1-1 

S 
«> 

«> 

H-k 

S) 

& 

N3 

^ 

^ 

<-^ 

^*. 

ET 

s 

1— » 

0^ 

VO 

^ 

-«J 

> 

> 

3 

(/) 

3 

> 

o 

o- 

<->■ 

•< 

r-f- 

o 

» 

p 

> 

3 

n 

n> 

c* 

3 

t^ 

3 

CL 

3 

H 

3- 
CD 

> 

r 

^^ 

m 

O 

°S. 

^ 

£ 

P 

3 
o 

p* 

(D 

<' 

t/i 

a> 

BILL  123  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Culture  and  Recreation 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 

Sf.ction  1 .  The  amendment  replaces  the  one-half  allowance  to  a  spouse, 
who  qualifies  under  Part  I  of  the  Act,  with  a  60  per  cent  allowance.  The 
amendment  is  made  effective  on  the  same  date  that  a  similar  amendment 
came  into  force  in  respect  of  those  who  qualify  under  Part  II  of  thcAcU 


Section  2.  The  five  year  period  for  the  calculation  of  average  annual 
remuneration  is  reduced  to  three  years  for  those  who  ceased  or  who  cease  to 
be  members  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977. 


BILL  123  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 

HER   MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the   advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly  of  the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows : 


1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section   11   of   The  Legislative  ^^^^f^^h^mJnAeA 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,   1973,   being  chapter   152,   is 
amended  by  striking  out  "one-half"  in  the  fifth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "60  per  cent". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  11  is  amended  by  striking  l^e^^^^^e^ 
out  "one-half"  in  the  thirteenth  and  in  the  seventeenth 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "60  per 
cent".  '^■I 


2.  Clause  a  of  section   14  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  rel^^^-^g^ 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  "average  annual  remuneration"  means, 

(i)  in  respect  of  a  person  who  was  in  receipt  of 
an  allowance  immediately  before  the  1st  day 
of  October,  1977,  the  average  annual  re- 
muneration of  the  person  during  any  five 
fiscal  years  of  his  service,  which  years 
need  not  be  consecutive,  during  which  his 
remuneration  was  the  highest,  or 

(ii)  in  respect  of  a  person  who  became  entitled 
or  who  becomes  entitled  to  an  allowance  on  or 
after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977,  the  average 
annual  remuneration  of  the  person  during  any 
three  fiscal  years  of  his  service,  which  years 
need  not  be  consecutive,  during  which  his 
remuneration  was  highest. 


8.17, 

amended 


8. 18  (1. 2). 
re-enacted 


Eligibility 
for 

allowance, 
member 


3.  Section   17  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "1" 
in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "8V2  "• 

4.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  18  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  A  person  who  has  contributed  in  respect  of  at  least 
five  years  of  service  and  who  has  credit  in  the  Legislative 
Assembly  Retirement  Allowances  Account  for  a  number  of 
years  of  service  that,  when  added  to  his  age  on  the  date  he 
ceases  to  be  a  member  totals, 


Deferred 
or 

reduced 
allowance 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Idem 


(a)  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member 
before  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977,  at  least  sixty 
years;  or 

(6)  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  ceased  or  who  ceases 
to  be  a  member  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October, 
1977,  at  least  fifty- five  years, 

is  entitled  to  an  annual  allowance  during  his  lifetime  upon 
his  ceasing  to  be  a  member. 

(2)  Where  a  person  has  contributed  in  respect  of  at  least 
five  years  of  service  but  has  not  satisfied  the  sixty  year 
rule  or  the  fifty-five  year  rule,  as  the  case  requires,  in 
subsection  1  on  the  date  he  ceased  or  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
he  may  ekct  to  take  a  deferred  annual  allowance  under 
subsection  3  at  the  age  when  he  does  satisfy  such  rule  or  an 
immediate  annual  allowance  of  a  reduced  amount  under 
subsection  4. 


5. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1  and  3,  comes  into  force  on 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
12th  day  of  July,  1977. 

(3)  Section  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  October,  1977.  '^I 


Short  title 


6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Retire- 
ment Allowances  Amendment  Act,  1977 . 


Section  3.  The  contribution  rate  is  increased  from  7  to  8V2  per  cent 
effective  tfie  1st  day  of  October,  1977. 

Section  4.  The  sixty  year  rule  is  changed  to  a  fifty-five  year  rule  for 
those  who  ceased  or  who  cease  to  be  members  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of 
October,  1977. 


i  ? 


(^     » 


f^ 

S^ 

^ 

^ 

8 

<>». 

Co 

S- 

a» 

<^ 

i-i 

H 

o 

a 

•-K 

m 

o 

o 

r-t- 

•z 

•-t 

O) 

» 

P 

3 

^ 

m 

^ 

r 

(t 

o 

n 

S 

■1 

fD 

PJ 

ft- 

o' 

9 

^ 

O 

n 

ft 

n 

o 

3 

s- 

3 

s^ 

u' 

?i. 

cr 

•-1 

>3 

>— > 

c^' 

^ 

> 

> 

3 

(/) 

fD 

3 

> 

O 

cr 

r+ 

^^^ 

O 

» 

P 

> 

fT> 

3 

o 

fD 

I—* 

3 

3 

SO 

ft 

3 

5^ 

(I 

> 

r 

H-^ 

fD 

o 

^. 

^ 

5)' 

p 

3 

p* 

o 

fD 

<' 

(/) 

a> 

BILL  123 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 


The  Hon.  R.  Welch 
Minister  of  Culture  and  Recreation 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  123  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Legislative  Assembly 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,  1973 

HER  MAJESTY,   by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts  as 
follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section   11   of   The  Legislative  ^^^^i^^h\,m&ahdL 
Retirement  Allowances  Act,   1973,   being  chapter   152,   is 
amended  by  striking  out  "one-half"  in  the  fifth  hne  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "60  per  cent". 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  11  is  amended  by  striking  1^1^^^^^^^ 
out  "one-half"  in  the  thirteenth  line  and  in  the  seven- 
teenth line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 
"60  per  cent". 

2.  Clause  a  of  section   14  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  thesi^ca) 

'        ..       .  ,-,,<•  re-enacted 

followmg  substituted  therefor: 

(a)  "average  annual  remuneration"  means, 

(i)  in  respect  of  a  person  who  was  in  receipt  of 
an  allowance  immediately  before  the  1st  day 
of  October,  1977,  the  average  annual  re- 
muneration of  the  person  during  any  five 
fiscal  years  of  his  service,  which  years 
need  not  be  consecutive,  during  which  his 
remuneration  was  the  highest,  or 

(ii)  in  respect  of  a  person  who  became  entitUd 
or  who  becomes  entitled  to  an  allowance  on  or 
after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977,  the  average 
annual  remuneration  of  the  person  during  any 
three  fiscal  years  of  his  service,  which  years 
need  not  be  consecutive,  during  which  his 
remuneration  was  highest. 


8.17. 

amended 


B.  18  (1. 2). 

re-enacted 


Eligibility 
for 

allowance, 
member 


3.  Section   17  of  the  said  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "1" 
in  the  second  hne  and  inserting  in  heu  thereof  "8^2"- 

4.  Subsections  1  and  2  of  section  18  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  A  person  who  has  contributed  in  respect  of  at  least 
five  years  of  service  and  who  has  credit  in  the  Legislative 
Assembly  Retirement  Allowances  Account  for  a  number  of 
years  of  service  that,  when  added  to  his  age  on  the  date  he 
ceases  to  be  a  member  totals, 


Deferred 
or 

reduced 
allowance 


{a)  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member 
before  the  1st  day  of  October,  1977,  at  least  sixty 
years;  or 

{h)  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  ceased  or  who  ceases 
to  be  a  member  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October, 
1977,  at  least  fifty-five  years, 

is  entitled  to  an  annual  allowance  during  his  lifetime  upon 
his  ceasing  to  be  a  member. 

(2)  Where  a  person  has  contributed  in  respect  of  at  least 
five  years  of  service  but  has  not  satisfied  the  sixty  year 
rule  or  the  fifty-five  year  rule,  as  the  case  requires,  in 
subsection  1  on  the  date  he  ceased  or  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
he  may  elect  to  take  a  deferred  annual  allowance  under 
subsection  3  at  the  age  when  he  does  satisfy  such  rule  or  an 
immediate  annual  allowance  of  a  reduced  amount  under 
subsection  4. 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Idem 


5. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1  and  3,  comes  into  force  on 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  1  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
12th  day  of  July,  1977. 

(3)  Section  3  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
1st  day  of  October,  1977. 


Short  title 


6.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Legislative  Assembly  Retire- 
ment Allowances  Amendment  Act,  1977. 


5' 

C/l 

t-t- 

cb 

<-\ 

H 

O 

n 

o 

z 

"-1 

(X> 

.^ 

p 

3 

^ 

m 

PO 

r 

(T> 

n 

r> 

a 

-1 

a> 

p 

(-► 

o' 

3 

O 

O 

o 

fD 

(t> 

fD 

O 

o 

o 

3 

c-0 

3 

t\5 

3 

C/5 

►1 

Si- 

•I 

Si- 

Si 

to 

<-t- 

p* 

1' 

cr 

1' 

jr 

^ 

t— » 

^^ 

H^ 

vO 

vO 

o 

-^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

-^ 

--4 

> 

> 

3 

(/) 

i 

> 

o 

ct; 

<-»■ 

*<* 

O 

» 

P 

> 

3 

ft) 

(-»■ 

fD 

3 

3 

3 

O) 
3 

rt- 

H 

> 

r 

^^ 

ft) 

o 

eg. 

^ 

C/)' 

p 

3 

o 

rt) 

<' 

C/2 

n 

II 


BILL   124  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mental  Health  Act 


The  Hon.  D.  R.  Timbrell 
Minister  of  Health 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 


Section  1.     The  definitions  are  complementary   to  the  amendments 
that  follow  in  the  Bill. 


BILL  124  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mental  Health  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the   advice  and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section    1    of   The  Mental  Health  Act,   being  chapter   269  of »  i-    , 

d>rri6ii{i6d 

the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clauses: 

(ca)  "involuntary  patient"  means  a  person  who  is 
detained  in  a  psychiatric  facility  under  a  certificate 
of  involuntary  admission  or  a  certificate  of  renewal; 


{ga)  "nearest  relative"  means, 

(i)  the  spouse  of  any  age,  or 

(ii)  if  none  or  if  the  spouse  is  not  available,  any 
one  of  the  children  who  has  attained  the  age 
of  majority,  or 

(iii)  if  none  or  if  none  is  available,  either  of  the 
parents  or  the  guardian,  or 

(iv)  if  none  or  if  neither  is  available,  any  one  of 
the  brothers  or  sisters  who  has  attained  the 
age  of  majority,  or 

(v)  if  none  or  if  none  is  available,  any  other  of 
the  next  of  kin  who  has  attained  the  age  of 
majority; 


{ha)  "out-patient"  means  a  person  who  is  registered  in 
a  psychiatric  facility  for  observation  or  treatment 
or  both,  but  who  is  not  admitted  as  a  patient ; 


8.8. 

re-enacted 


Application 
for 

psychiatric 
assessment 


Contents  of 
application 


Idem 


Signing  of 
application 


{ja)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 

2.  Section  8  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

8. — (1)  Where  a  physician  examines  a  person  and  has  reason 
to  believe  that  the  person, 

(a)  has  threatened  or  attempted  or  is  threatening  or 
attempting  to  cause  bodily  harm  to  himself; 

(6)  has  behaved  or  is  behaving  violently  towards  another 
person  or  has  caused  or  is  causing  another  person  to 
fear  bodily  harm  from  him ;  or 

(c)  has  shown  or  is  showing  a  lack  of  competence  to 
care  for  himself, 

and  the  physician  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  person  is 
apparently  suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or 
quality  that  likely  will  result  in, 

{d)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  person; 

{e)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person ;  or 

(/)  imminent  and  serious  physical  impairment  of  the 
person, 

the  physician  may  make  application  in  the  prescribed  form 
for  a  psychiatric  assessment  of  the  person. 

(2)  An  application  under  subsection  1  shall  set  out  clearly 
that  the  physician  who  signs  the  application  personally 
examined  the  person  who  is  the  subject  of  the  application 
and  made  careful  inquiry  into  all  of  the  facts  necessary  for 
him  to  form  his  opinion  as  to  the  mental  disorder  of  the 
person. 

(3)  A  physician  who  signs  an  application  under  subsec- 
tion 1, 

(a)  shall  set  out  in  the  application  the  facts  upon  which 
he  formed  his  opinion  of  the  mental  disorder; 

(6)  shall  distinguish  in  the  application  between  the 
facts  observed  by  him  and  the  facts  communicated 
to  him  by  others;  and 

(c)  shall  note  in  the  application  the  date  on  which  he 
examined  the  person  who  is  the  subject  of  the 
apphcation. 

(4)  An  application  under  subsection  1  is  not  effective  unless 
it  is  signed  by  the  physician  within  seven  days  after  he 
examined  the  person  who  is  the  subject  of  the  examination. 


Section  2.     Section  8  of  the  Act  is  re-enacted  to  change  the  grounds 

for  admission  from  "mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or  degree  so  as  to  require 

hospitahzation  in  the  interests  of  his  own  safety  or  the  safety  of  others" 

'  to  "mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or  quality  that  likely  will  result  in  bodily 

1  harm  to  another  person  or  imminent  and  serious  physical  impairment  of  the 

J  person". 

f  Also,   the  authority  to  convey  a  person  to  a  psychiatric  facility  is 

'•\  now  set  out  as  the  authority  to  take  in  custody,  and  the  authority  of  the 

I  psychiatric  facility  is  now  to  detain  the  person  and  to  restrain,  observe, 

(1  examine  and  care  for  him. 


Section  3. — ^Subsection  1.  Section  9  of  the  Act  is  amended  so  that 
the  grounds  for  an  order  by  a  justice  of  the  peace  will  be  the  same  as  the 
grounds  for  an  application  by  a  physician  under  section  8. 

Subsection  2.  Subsection  1  of  section  9  provides  that  the  justice  of  the 
peace  may  make  an  order  for  an  assessment  by  a  physician  where,  upon  the 
information  before  him,  he  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  person  is  apparently 
suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or  quality  that  likely  will  result 
in  the  consequences  set  out  in  clauses  d,  e  and/ of  subsection  1. 

Subsection  3.  The  effect  of  the  amendment  is  that  the  purpose  of  an 
order  under  the  section  is  to  provide  for  an  assessment  by  a  physician  rather 
than  a  medical  examination. 


Section  4.  Section  10  of  the  Act  is  re-enacted  so  that  the  grounds 
for  action  by  a  constable  or  other  peace  officer,  in  addition  to  observing 
conduct  that  in  a  normal  person  would  be  disorderly,  will  be  the  same  as  for  an 
order  by  a  justice  of  the  j)eace  under  section  9  or  an  application  by  a 
physician  under  section  8. 

The  re-enactment  of  section  11  is  complementary  to  the  changes  to 
sections  8,  9  and  10. 

Section  12  is  re-enacted  to  provide  for  the  procedure  by  which  an 
informal  patient  may  become  an  involuntary  patient. 


(5)  An  application  under  subsection  1  is  sufficient  authority  appucation  ^ 
for  seven  days  from  and  including  the  day  on  which  it  is 
signed  by  the  physician, 

(a)  to  a  person  to  take  the  person  who  is  the  subject 
of  the  application  in  custody  to  a  psychiatric  facility ; 
and 

(b)  to  detain  the  person  who  is  the  subject  of  the 
application  in  a  psychiatric  facility  and  to  restrain, 
observe,  examine  and  care  for  him  in  the  facility  for 
not  more  than  seventy-two  hours. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  9  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  ^g^^^i^^j.^^ 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Where    information    upon    oath    is    brought    before    a  o"t^e^® 
justice  of  the  peace  that  a  person  within  the  hmits  of  the  peaces 

order  for 

jurisdiction  of  the  justice,  psychiatric 

assessment 

(a)  has  threatened  or  attempted  or  is  threatening  or 
attempting  to  cause  bodily  harm  to  himself; 

(6)  has  behaved  or  is  behaving  violently  towards  another 
person  or  has  caused  or  is  causing  another  person  to 
fear  bodily  harm  from  him ;  or 

(c)  has  shown  or  is  showing  a  lack  of  competence  to 
care  for  himself, 

and  upon  the  information  before  him  the  justice  of  the 
peace  has  reasonable  cause  to  believe  that  the  person  is 
apparently  suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or 
quality  that  likely  will  result  in, 

{d)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  person; 

{e)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person ;  or 

(/)  imminent  and  serious  physical  impairment  of  the 
person, 

the  justice  of  the  peace  may  issue  his  order  in  the  prescribed 
form  for  the  assessment  of  the  person  by  a  physician, 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  9  is  repealed.  ?ii!,lied 

(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  9  is  amended  by  striking  «^^<^>^^,, 
out  "medical  examination"  in  the  fourth  and  fifth  lines 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "assessment  by  a  physician". 

4.  Sections  10,  11  and  12  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  ;!|.J0J^iJJ- 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Action 
by  peace 
officer 


10.  Where  a  constable  or  other  peace  officer  observes  a 
person  who  acts  in  a  manner  that  in  a  normal  person  would 
be  disorderly  and  has  reason  to  believe  that  the  person, 

(a)  has  threatened  or  attempted  or  is  threatening^'  or 
attempting  to  cause  bodily  harm  to  himself; 

(b)  has  behaved  or  is  behaving  violently  towards  another 
person  or  has  caused  or  is  causing  another  person  to 
fear  bodily  harm  from  him ;  or 

(c)  has  shown  or  is  showing  a  lack  of  competence  to 
care  for  himself, 

and  the  constable  or  other  peace  officer  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  person  is  apparently  suffering  from  mental  disorder 
of  a  nature  or  quality  that  likely  will  result  in, 

(d)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  person ; 

{e)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person ;  or 

(/)  imminent  and  serious  physical  impairment  of  the 
person, 

and  that  it  would  be  dangerous  to  proceed  under  section  9, 
the  constable  or  other  peace  officer  may  take  the  person  in 
custody  to  an  appropriate  place  for  assessment  by  a  physician. 


Place  of 

psychiatric 

assessment 


11.  An  assessment  under  section  9  or  10  shall  be  conducted 
by  a  physician  forthwith  after  receipt  of  the  person  at  the 
place  of  assessment  and  where  practicable  the  place  shall  be 
a  psychiatric  facility  or  other  health  facility. 


Change  from 
informal 
patient  to 
involuntary 
patient 


12.  Subject  to  subsection  4  of  section  13,  the  attending 
physician  may  change  the  status  of  an  informal  patient  to 
that  of  an  involuntary  patient  by  completing  and  filing  with 
the  officer  in  charge  a  certificate  of  involuntary  admission. 


3.13(1-3). 
re-enacted 


Duty  of 

attending 

physician 


5.  Subsections  1  to  3  of  section  13  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Where  a  person  is  detained  under  section  8  or  25,  the 
attending  physician,  after  observing  and  examining  the 
person, 

(a)  shall  discharge  the  person  from  the  psychiatric 
facility  if  the  attending  physician  is  of  the  opinion 
that  the  person  is  not  in  need  of  the  treatment 
provided  in  a  psychiatric  facility; 


Section  5.  Subsections  1  to  3  of  section  13  of  tht  .\<  t  are  re-enacted 
as  subsections  1  to  36  to  clarify  the  procedure  to  be  followed  after  an 
assessment  by  a  physician  and  to  reduce  the  time  periods  under  certificates 
of  renewal. 


{b)  shall  admit  the  person  as  an  informal  patient  if  the 
attending  physician  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  person 
is  suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  such  a  nature  or 
quality  that  the  person  is  in  need  of  the  treatment 
provided  in  a  psychiatric  facility  and  is  suitable  for 
admission  as  an  informal  patient ;  or 

(f)  shall  admit  the  person  as  an  involuntary  patient  by 
completing  and  filing  with  the  officer  in  charge  a 
certificate  of  involuntary  admission  if  the  attending 
physician  is  of  the  opinion  both  that  the  person  is 
suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or  quality 
that  likely  will  result  in, 

(i)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  person, 

(ii)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person,  or 

(ill)  imminent   and   serious   physical    impairment 
of  the  person, 

unless  the  person  remains  in  the  custody  of  a 
psychiatric  facility  and  that  the  person  is  not 
suitable  for  admission  as  an  informal  patient. 

(2)  The  physician  who  completes  a  certificate  of  involuntary  1^^^^^*^^*° 
admission  pursuant  to  clause  c  of  subsection  1  shall  not  be  completes 
the    same    physician    who    completed    the    application    for  of 

,-.    ■  .  .   [  .•         o  Involuntary 

psychiatric  assessment  pursuant  to  section  o.  admission 

(3)  The   officer   in   charge   shall   release   a   person   who   is  Release 

°  II-  , of  person 

detained    under    section    8    or    25    upon    the    completion    of  by  officer 
seventy-two  hours  of  such   detention   unless   the  attending'"^  ^^^^ 
physician  has  released  the  person,  has  admitted  the  person 
as  an  informal  patient  or  has  admitted  the  person  as  an 
involuntary  patient  by  completing  and  filing  with  the  officer 
in  charge  a  certificate  of  involuntary  admission. 

{3a)  An  involuntary  patient  may  be  detained,  restrained,  ^^^thorRy  of 
observed,  examined  and  cared  for  in  a  psychiatric  facility, 

(a)  for  not  more  than  two  weeks  under  a  certificate 
of  involuntary  admission ;  and 

(6)  for  not  more  than, 

(i)  one  additional  month  under  a  first  certificate 
of  renewal, 

(ii)  two  additional  months  under  a  second  certi- 
ficate of  renewal,  and 

(iii)  three   additional    months    under   a    third   or 
subsequent  certificate  of  renewal. 


Conditions 
precedent 
to  making 
of  certificate 
of  involuntary 
admission  or 
certificate  of 
renewal 


that  is  completed  and  filed  with  the  officer  in  charf^i 
by  the  attending  physician. 

(36)  The  attending  physician  shall  not  complete  a  certificate 
of  involuntary  admission  or  a  certificate  of  renewal  unless, 
after  he  has  examined  the  patient,  he  is  of  the  opinion  both 
that  the  patient  is  suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  a  nature 
or  quality  that  likely  will  result  in, 

{a)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  patient ; 

(6)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person ;  or 

(f)  imminent  and  serious  physical   impairment  of  the 
patient, 

unless  the  patient  remains  in  the  custody  of  a  psychiatric 
facility  and  that  the  patient  is  not  suitable  for  admission 
or  continuation  as  an  informal  patient. 


s.  21(1). 
amended 


Unauthorized 
absence 


6.  Subsection   1   of  section  21  of  the  said  Act,  exclusive  of  the 
clauses,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  Where  a  person  who  is  subject  to  detention  is  absent 
without  leave  from  a  psychiatric  facihty,  a  constable  or  other 
peace  officer  or  any  one  appointed  by  the  officer  in  charge  may 
return  the  person  to  the  psychiatric  facility  or  take  the 
person  to  the  psychiatric  facility  nearest  to  the  place  where 
the  person  is  apprehended. 


s.  25. 
re-enacted 


Mentally 
disordered 
person 
coming  into 
Ontario 


s.  25a. 
enacted 


7.  Section  25  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

25.  Where  the  Minister  has  reason  to  believe  that  there  may 
come  or  be  brought  into  Ontario  a  person  suffering  from 
mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or  quality  that  likely  will  result 
in, 

(a)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  person ;  or 

{b)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person, 

unless  the  person  is  placed  in  the  custody  of  a  psychiatric 
facility,  the  Minister  by  an  order  in  the  prescribed  form 
may  authorize  any  one  to  take  the  person  in  custody  to  a 
psychiatric  facility  and  the  order  is  authority  to  admit, 
detain,  restrain,  observe,  examine  and  care  for  the  person  in 
the  psychiatric  facility. 

8.  The  said   Act   is   amended   by   adding   thereto   the   following 
section : 


Section  6.     The  subsection  is  amended  to  provide  for  taking  a  person 
who  is  absent  without  leave  to  the  nearest  psychiatric  facility. 


Section  7.     The  re-enactment  of  the  section  is  complementary  to  the 
re-enactment  of  section  8  of  the  Act. 


Section  8.  The  section  prevents  simple  delivery  of  a  person  to  a 
psychiatric  facility  by  requiring  the  constable,  other  peace  officer  or  other 
[>erson  to  remain  and  to  retain  custody  until  the  facility  accepts  custody. 


Section  9.  New  section  26a  of  the  Act  relates  to  the  disclosure  of 
information  from  or  the  disclosure,  transmittal  or  examination  of  the  clinical 
record  of  a  patient. 

Subsections  6  and  7  relate  to  the  disclosure  of  material  from  the  clinical 
record  pursuant  to  a  subpoena,  order,  direction,  notice  or  similar  require- 
ment. Subsection  8  provides  for  the  return  of  material  to  the  officer  in 
charge  of  the  psychiatric  facility.  Subsection  9  relates  to  the  disclosure, 
in  an  action  or  proceeding  in  any  court,  of  information  in  respect  of  a 
patient  obtained  in  the  course  of  assessing,  caring  for  or  treating  or  assisting 
in  assessing,  caring  for  or  treating  the  patient. 


25fl.  A  constable  or  other  peace  officer  or  any  one  who  takes  ^  "nitabie 
a  person  in  custody  to  a  psychiatric  facihty  shall  remain  at  o^er  peace 
the  facility  and  retain  custody  of  the  person  so  taken  until  other  person 
the  facility  accepts  the  custody  of  the  person. 

j  9.  The  said  Act  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow-  l^^^ed 

j'  ing  section : 

it 

!  26a. — (1)   In    this   section,  interpre- 

[J  ^    '  •  tation 

i  (a)  "clinical  record"  means  the  cHnical  record  compiled 

ii  in  a  psychiatric  facility  in  respect  of  a  patient  in 

I  the  facility,  and  includes  a  part  of  a  chnical  record; 

(b)  "mentally  competent"  means  able  to  understand 
the  consequences  of  giving  or  refusing  consent  and 
able  to  judge  whether  or  not  to  consent  to  the 
disclosure,  transmittal  or  examination  of  a  clinical 
record ; 

(c)  "patient"  includes  former  patient,  out-patient,  and 
former  out-patient. 

(2)  No   person   shall   disclose,    transmit   or   examine   any  Qflil^fc^i 
part  of  a  clinical  record,  except  as  provided  in  subsections  3,  record 
5  and  7. 

(3)  The  officer  in  charge  or  a  person  designated  in  writing  ^^^^ 
by  the  officer  in  charge   may  disclose,   transmit  or  permit 
the  examination  of  any  part  of  a  clinical  record, 

(a)  where  the  patient  has  attained  the  age  of  majority 
and  is  mentally  competent,  to  any  person  with  the 
consent  of  the  patient ; 

(6)  where  the  patient  has  not  attained  the  age  of 
majority  or  is  not  mentally  competent,  to  any 
person  with  the  consent  of  the  nearest  relative  of 
the  patient ; 

(c)  to  the  attending  physician  for  the  purpose  of  the 
care  or  treatment  of  the  patient  in  a  psychiatric 
facility ; 

(d)  to  the  chief  executive  officer  of  a  health  facility 
currently  involved  in  the  direct  health  care  of  the 
patient ; 

(e)  with  the  consent  of  the  patient  or,  where  the  patient 
has   not   attained   the   age   of   majority   or   is   not 


8 


Use  of 
material 
in  clinical 
record  for 
research, 
study  or 
statistics 


Disclosure 
pursuant  to 
subpoena 


Statement 
by  attending 
physician 


mentally  competent,  with  the  consent  of  the  nearest 
relative  of  the  patient  or,  where  delay  in  obtaining 
the  consent  of  either  of  them  would  endanger  the 
Hfe,  a  limb  or  a  vital  organ  of  the  patient,  without 
the  consent  of  either  of  them,  to  a  person  currently 
involved  in  the  direct  health  care  of  the  patient  in  a 
health  facility; 

if)  to  a  person  for  the  purpose  of  research,  academic 
pursuits  or  the  compilation  of  statistical  data. 

(4)  Where  a  clinical  record, 

[a]  is  transmitted  or  copied  for  use  outside  the  psychiatric 
facility  for  the  purpose  of  research,  academic  pur- 
suits or  the  compilation  of  statistical  data,  the 
officer  in  charge  shall  remove  from  the  part  of 
the  clinical  record  that  is  transmitted  or  from 
the  copy,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  name  of  or  any 
means  of  identifying  the  patient ;  and 

•  (6)  is  disclosed   or   transmitted   to  or  examined   by   a 

person  for  the  purpose  of  research,  academic  pur- 
suits or  the  compilation  of  statistical  data,  the 
person  shall  not  disclose  the  name  of  or  any  means 
of  identifying  the  patient  and  shall  not  use  or  com- 
municate the  information  or  material  in  the  clinical 
record  for  a  purpose  other  than  research,  academic 
pursuits  or  the  compilation  of  statistical  data. 

(5)  Subject  to  subsections  6  and  7,  the  officer  in  charge 
or  a  person  designated  in  writing  by  the  officer  in  charge 
shall  disclose,  transmit  or  permit  the  examination  of  a  clinical 
record  pursuant  to  a  subpoena,  order,  direction,  notice  or 
similar  requirement  in  respect  of  a  matter  in  issue  or  that 
may  be  in  issue  in  a  court  or  under  any  other  Act. 

(6)  Where  the  disclosure,  transmittal  or  examination  of  a 
clinical  record  is  required  by  a  subpoena,  order,  direction, 
notice  or  similar  requirement  in  respect  of  a  matter  in  issue 
or  that  may  be  in  issue  in  a  court  or  under  any  other  Act  and 
the  attending  physician  states  in  writing  that  he  is  of  the 
opinion  that  the  disclosure,  transmittal  or  examination  of  the 
clinical  record  or  of  a  specified  part  of  the  clinical  record, 

(a)  is  likely  to  result  in  harm  to  the  treatment  or 
recovery  of  the  patient ;  or 

(6)  is  likely  to  result  in, 

(i)  injury   to   the   mental   condition   of  a   third 
person,  or 


(ii)  bodily  harm  to  a  third  person, 

no  person  shall  comply  with  the  requirement  with  respect 
to  the  cHnical  record  or  the  part  of  the  clinical  record  specified 
by  the  attending  physician,  except  pursuant  to  an  order  of 
the  court  or,  in  the  case  of  any  other  Act,  the  body  before 
which  the  matter  is  or  may  be  in  issue,  made  after  a  hearing 
held  on  notice  to  the  attending  physician. 

(7)  On  a  hearing  under  subsection  6,  the  court  or  body  J^^^,"®™ 
shall  consider  whether  or  not  the  disclosure,  transmittal  or  considered  by 
examination  of  the  clinical  record  or  the  part  of  the  clinical 

record  specified  by  the  attending  physician, 

{a)  is  likely  to  result  in  harm  to  the  treatment  or 
recovery  of  the  patient ;  or 

(b)  is  likely  to  result  in, 

(i)  injury   to   the   mental   condition   of   a    third 
person,  or 

(ii)  bodily  harm  to  a  third  person, 

and  for  the  purpose  the  court  or  body  may  examine  the 
clinical  record,  and,  if  satisfied  that  such  a  result  is  likely, 
the  court  or  body  shall  not  order  the  disclosure,  transmittal 
or  examination  unless  satisfied  that  to  do  so  is  essential  in  the 
interests  of  justice. 

(8)  Where    a    chnical    record    is    required    pursuant    to  "^^^^2°^ 
subsection  5  or  6,  the  clerk  of  the  court  or  body  in  which  recordto 

Oinccr  in 

the  clinical  record  is  admitted  in  evidence  or,  if  not  so  admitted,  charge 
the  person  to  whom  the  clinical  record  is  transmitted  shall 
return  the  clinical  record  to  the  officer  in  charge  forthwith 
after  the  determination  of  the  matter  in  issue  in  respect  of 
which  the  clinical  record  was  required. 

(9)  No  person  shall  disclose  in   an   action   or  proceeding  ^j^^J^^S^r 
in  any  court  or  before  any  other  body  any  knowledge  or  proceeding 
information  in  respect  of  a  patient  obtained  in  the  course  of 
assessing,  caring  for  or  treating  or  assisting  in  assessing,  caring 

for  or  treating  the  patient  in  the  psychiatric  facility  except, 

(a)  where  the  patient  has  attained  the  age  of  majority 
and  is  mentally  competent,  with  the  consent  of  the 
patient ; 

(6)  where  the  patient  has  not  attained  the  age  of 
majority  or  is  not  mentally  competent,  with  the 
consent  of  the  nearest  relative  of  the  patient ;  or 


10 


s.28(l). 
re-enacted 


Application 
for  review 
by  patient, 
etc. 


8.  28  (2). 
amended 


s.  28. 
amended 


Where 
notice 
deemed  to 
have  been 
griven 


Effect  of 
certificate 


8S.  32-38. 
re-enacted 


Examination 
as  to 

competency 
to  manage 
estate, 
upon 

admission  or 
receiving 


Idem 


(c)  where  the  court  or  body  determines  that  the  dis- 
closure is  essential  in  the  interests  of  justice. 

10. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  28  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(1)  An  involuntary  patient,  or  any  person  on  his  behalf, 
may  apply  in  the  prescribed  form  to  the  chairman  of  the 
review  board  having  jurisdiction  to  inquire  into  whether  the 
patient  is  suffering  from  mental  disorder  of  a  nature  or 
quality  that  likely  will  result  in, 

(a)  serious  bodily  harm  to  the  patient ; 

(b)  serious  bodily  harm  to  another  person ;  or 

(f)  imminent   and  serious  physical   impairment   of  the 
patient, 

unless  the  patient  remains  in  the  custody  of  a  psychiatric 
facility. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  28  is  amended  by 
relettering  clauses  a  and  b  as  clauses  b  and  c  and  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  clause : 

(a)  when  a  certificate  of  involuntary  admission  respecting 
the  patient  comes  into  force. 

(3)  The  said  section  28  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 

(4)  On  the  completion  of  a  fourth  certificate  of  renewal 
and  on  the  completion  of  every  fourth  certificate  of  renewal 
thereafter,  the  patient  shall  be  deemed  to  have  applied  in  the 
prescribed  form  pursuant  to  subsection  1  to  the  chairman 
of  the  review  board  having  jurisdiction. 

(5)  Notwithstanding  that  a  hearing  is  required  or  an 
appeal  is  taken  against  a  certificate  of  involuntary  admission 
or  a  certificate  of  renewal,  the  certificate  is  effective  until 
confirmed  or  rescinded  on  a  hearing. 

1 1.  Sections  32  to  38  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

32. — (1)  Forthwith  upon  the  admission  of  a  patient  to  or 
the  registration  of  an  out-patient  in  a  psychiatric  facility,  a 
physician  shall  examine  the  patient  or  out-patient  to 
determine  whether  or  not  he  is  competent  to  manage  his 
estate. 

(2)  The  attending  physician  may  examine  a  patient  or 
out-patient  at  any  time  to  determine  whether  or  not  the 
patient  or  out-patient  is  competent  to  manage  his  estate. 


Section  10. — ^Subsections  1  and  2.  The  re-enactment  of  subsection  1 
and  the  amendment  of  subsection  2  of  section  28  of  the  Act  are  comple- 
mentary to  the  enactment  of  new  clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  13  of 
the  Act  by  this  Bill. 


Subsection  3.  New  subsection  4  provides  for  an  automatic  review  by 
the  review  board  after  a  fourth  certificate  of  renewal  (six  months)  and  after 
every  fourth  renewal  (twelve  months)  thereafter. 


Section  11.  The  sections  are  re-enacted  to  provide  for  both  patients 
and  out-{>atients. 

Subsection  3  is  added  to  section  32  of  the  Act  to  require  the  physician 
or  attending  physician  to  enter  his  determination  as  to  competency  in  the 
clinical  record  together  with  written  reasons. 

Subsection  4  of  section  32  provides  for  the  issuing  of  a  certificate  of 
incompetence  to  manage  his  estate  in  resf)ect  of  a  patient  or  an  out-patient. 

Subsection  1  of  section  37  provides  for  an  examination  within  twenty- 
one  days  of  the  discharge  of  a  patient  or  out-patient  and  for  the  issuing 
of  a  notice  of  continuance  where  the  physician  is  of  the  opinion,  after  the 
examination,  that  the  patient  or  out-patient  will  not  be  competent  to 
manage  his  estate. 

In  addition,  section  37  of  the  Act  is  amended  to  require  the  officer 
in  charge  to  give  notice  to  the  Public  Trustee  of  the  discharge  of  a  patient 
in  respect  of  whom  a  certificate  of  incompetence  is  in  force. 


11 

(3)  After   an   examination   under  subsection    1    or   2,    thefntryof 
physician  or  attending  physician,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall  minationand 
enter  his  determination,  together  with  written  reasons  therefor,  cifnicai  ° 
in  the  clinical  record  prepared  in  respect  of  the  patient.  record 

(4)  A  physician  or  attending  physician  who  performs  an  fncom^etence 
examination    under   subsection    1    or   2   and   who   is   of   the 

opinion  that  the  patient  or  out-patient  is  not  competent  to 
manage  his  estate  shall  issue  a  certificate  of  incompetence 
in  the  prescribed  form  and  the  officer  in  charge  shall  transmit 
the  certificate  to  the  Public  Trustee. 

(5)  Where  circumstances  are  such  that  the  Public  Trustee  exceptional 
should  immediately  assume  management  of  an  estate,   the  circum- 

-'  "  stances 

officer  in  charge  shall  notify  the  Public  Trustee  in  the  fastest 
manner  possible  that  a  certificate  of  incompetence  has  been 
issued. 

(6)  A    patient    or    out-patient    may    appoint    the    Public  b ''^auent^"*^ 
Trustee  as  committee  of  the  estate  of  the  patient  or  out- 
patient. 

(7)  An  appointment  under  subsection  6,  ^**®'" 

(a)  is  not  valid  unless  it  is  signed  and  sealed  by  the 
patient  or  out-patient ;  and 

(6)  may  be  revoked  by  a  written  revocation  signed  and 
sealed  by  the  patient  or  out-patient. 

(8)  Where  the  Public  Trustee  is  committee  of  the  estate  of  a  SSfi"''"'' 
patient  or  out-patient  at  the  time  of  his  admission  to  or  ^?7?'"''*'|® 
receipt  in  a  psychiatric  facility,  a  certificate  of  incompetence  admission 
shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  issued  and  transmitted  to  the  of  patient  or 
Public  Trustee  under  subsection  4.  °"  "'**'  ®° 


(9)  Subsections  1  to  8  do  not  apply  to  a  patient  or  out-  J|5X|^®i., 


8  do 


patient    whose    estate    is    under    committeeship    under    The  not  apply 
Mental  Incompetency  Act.  0.271 

33.— (1)  Notwithstanding  that  under  The  Mental  Incom-  yr^lfBtefmiy 
petency   Act  Si   person   other   than    the    Public   Trustee   has  ^®J[^j\^gg 
been  app)ointed  as  the  committee  of  the  estate  of  a  patient  or  appointed 
out-patient,  the  Supreme  Court  may  at  any  time  upon  the  r.so.  1970. 
application  of  the  Public  Trustee  appoint  him  as  committee  ^'^^ 
in  the  stead  of  the  person  appointed  under  that  Act,  and  on 
appointment  the  Public  Trustee  has  and  may  exercise  all  the 
rights  and   powers   conferred   upon   him   by   this   Act   with 
regard  to  the  management  of  estates. 


12 


Duty  of 

Public 

Trustee 

where 

committee 

appointed 

under 

R.S.0. 1970, 

0.271 


(2)  If  at  any  time  a  committee  of  the  estate  of  a  patient 
or  out-patient  is  appointed  under  The  Mental  Incompetency 
Act,  the  Pubhc  Trustee  thereupon  ceases  to  be  committee  and 
shall  account  for  and  transfer  to  the  committee  so  appointed 
the  estate  of  the  patient  or  out-patient  that  has  come  into 
his  hands. 


Consent  of 
Public 
Trustee 
to  order 


(3)  An  order  shall  not  be  made  under  The  Mental  Incom- 
petency Act  for  the  appointment  of  a  committee  of  a  patient 
or  out-patient  without  the  consent  of  the  Public  Trustee 
unless  seven  days  notice  of  the  application  has  been  given  to 
him. 


Acts  of 
Public 
Trustee  not 
affected 


Where 
Public 
Trustee 
committee 


(4)  The  acts  of  the  Public  Trustee  while  committee  of  a 
patient  or  out-patient  are  not  rendered  invalid  by  the  making 
of  an  order  appointing  another  committee. 

34.  The  Public  Trustee  is  committee  of  the  estate  of  a 
patient  or  out-patient  and  shall  assume  management  thereof. 

(a)  upon  receipt  of  a  certificate  of  incompetence ; 

(6)  upon  receipt  of  notice  under  subsection  5  of  section  32 ; 

(f)  upon  receipt  of  an  appointment  under  subsection  6 
of  section  32 ;  or 

{d)  upon    receipt    of    a    notice    of    continuance    under 
section  37. 


Financial 
statement 


Cancellation 

of  certificate 

of 

incompetence 


Examination 
as  to 

competency 
before 
discharge 


35.  Upon  the  Public  Trustee  becoming  committee  of  the 
estate  of  a  patient  or  out-patient,  the  officer  in  charge  shall 
forthwith  forward  a  financial  statement  in  the  prescribed 
form  to  the  Public  Trustee. 

36.  The  attending  physician  may,  after  examining  a  patient 
or  out-patient  for  that  purpose,  cancel  the  certificate  of 
incompetence  issued  in  respect  of  the  patient  or  out-patient 
and  the  officer  in  charge  shall  forward  a  notice  of  cancellation 
in  the  prescribed  form  to  the  Public  Trustee. 

37. — (1)  Where  the  Public  Trustee  is  managing  the  estate 
of  a  patient  or  out-patient,  the  attending  physician  shall 
examine  the  patient  or  out-patient  within  twenty-one  days 
before  he  is  discharged  from  a  psychiatric  facility  to  deter- 
mine whether  or  not  he  will  be  competent  to  manage  his 
estate. 


Notice  of 
continuance 


(2)  Where  the  attending  physician  is  of  the  opinion,  after 
the  examination  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  that  the  patient 
or   out-patient   will   not,    upon   discharge,   be   competent   to 


Section  12.     Subsection  1  of  section  39  of  the  Act  is  amended  to  refer 
to  both  a  patient  and  an  out-patient. 

Subsection  2  of  the  section  is  amended  to  reduce  the  waiting  time  for 
successive  apphcations  from  twelve  months  to  six  months. 


Section  13.     The  sections  are  re-enacted  to  provide  for  both  patients 
and  out-{>atients. 


13 

manage  his  estate,  he  shall  issue  a  notice  of  continuance  in 
the  prescribed  form  and  the  officer  in  charge  shall  forward 
the  notice  to  the  Public  Trustee. 

(3)  The    officer   in    charge    shall    transmit    to    the    Public  where  notice 

^  .  "  of  discharge 

Trustee  notice  of  the  discharge  from  the  psychiatric  facility  to ''e 

trstnsmitted 

of  a  patient  or  an  out-patient  in  respect  of  whom  a  certificate  to  Public 
of  incompetence  is  in  force.  rustee 

38.  The  Public  Trustee  ceases  to  be  committee  of  the  estate  p^^n® 
of  a  patient  or  out-patient  and  shall  relinquish  management  Trustee 

,,  r  '■  ^  "  ceases 

thereof,  to  be 

committee 

(a)  upon  receipt  of  notice  of  cancellation  of  the  certificate 
of  incompetence  of  the  patient  or  out-patient ; 

[b)  upon  receipt  of  a  revocation  in  writing,  signed  and 
sealed  by  the  patient  or  out-patient,  of  an  appoint- 
ment referred  to  in  subsection  6  of  section  32 ; 

(f)  upon  receipt  of  notice  of  discharge  of  the  patient  or 
out-patient,  unless  he  has  at  that  time  received  a 
notice  of  continuance ;  or 

{d)  upon  the  expiration  of  six  months  after  the  dis- 
charge of  the  patient  or  out-patient,  where  a 
notice  of  continuance  was  received. 

12. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  39  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  ^ind  ^^39  m^^^^ 
the  following  substituted  therefor : 

(1)  Where   a   certificate   of   incompetence   or   a   notice   o^  to'rev^ew°" 
continuance  has  been  issued,  the  patient  or  out-patient  may  board  as  to 

.,      ,    ,  r         I      •  r    1  •         competency 

apply  in  the  prescribed  form  to  the  chairman  of  the  review 
board  having  jurisdiction  to  inquire  into  whether  or  not  the 
patient  or  out-patient  is  competent  to  manage  his  estate. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  39  is  amended  by  striking  l^jg^^, 
out  "twelve-month"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "six-month". 

13.  Sections  41.   42.   45,   46  and  48   to  51    of  the  said   Act   are -g^^u^^J^- 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

41.  Where  an  action  or  proceeding  is  brought   or  taken  |«^viceof^ 
against  a  person. 


{a)  who  is  a  patient  or  out-patient ;  and 


14 


(b)  for  whose  estate  a  committee  has  not  been  appointed 
by  a  court, 

and  the  action  or  proceeding  is  in  connection  with  the 
estate  of  the  person,  the  writ  or  other  document  by  which 
the  action  or  proceeding  is  commenced  and  any  other  docu- 
ment requiring  personal  service, 

(f)  shall  be  endorsed  with  the  name  of  the  psychiatric 
facility  in  or  of  which  the  person  is  a  patient  or 
out-patient ; 

(d)  shall  be  served, 

(i)  on  the  Public  Trustee,  and 


Rights  and 
powers  of 
Public 
Trustee  as 
committee 


(ii)  on  the  person,  or,  where  the  attending 
physician  is  of  the  opinion  that  personal  service 
on  the  person  would  cause  or  would  be  likely 
to  cause  serious  harm  to  him  by  reason  of  his 
mental  condition,  on  the  officer  in  charge. 

42.  The  Public  Trustee  as  committee  of  a  patient  or  out- 
patient has  and  may  exercise  all  the  rights  and  powers  with 
regard  to  the  estate  of  the  patient  or  out-patient  that  the 
patient  or  out-patient  would  have  if  of  full  age  and  of  sound 
and  disposing  mind. 


Recitals  in 
documents 


45.  A  recital  in  a  lease,  mortgage  or  conveyance  that  a 
person  is  a  patient  in  or  an  out-patient  of  a  psychiatric 
facility  and  that  the  Public  Trustee  is  his  committee  is 
admissible  in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts 
recited. 


Purposes 

for  which 

powers  of 

Public 

Trustee 

maybe 

exercised 


46.  The  powers  conferred  upon  the  Public  Trustee  as 
committee  of  the  estate  of  a  patient  or  out-patient  may  be 
exercised, 

{a)  until  the  committeeship  is  terminated  notwith- 
standing that  the  patient  or  out-patient  has  been 
discharged  from  the  psychiatric  facility ; 

(b)  to  carry  out  and  complete  any  transaction  entered 
into  by  the  patient  or  out-patient  before  he  became 
a  patient  or  out-patient  in  a  psychiatric  facility ; 

{c)  to  carry  out  and  complete  any  transaction  entered 
into   by   the   committee   notwithstanding   that    the 


Section  14.  New  subsection  2  of  section  52  of  the  Act  provides  for 
extending  the  committeeship  of  a  person's  estate  by  the  Public  Trustee 
where  the  Supreme  Court  is  satisfied  that  the  jjerson  will  continue  to  be 
incompetent  to  manage  his  estate. 

The  present  subsection  2  of  section  52  is  re-enacted  as  subsection  3  and 
now  refers  to  subsection  1  or  2. 


15 


committeeship  has  been  terminated  or  that  the 
patient  or  out-patient  has  died  after  the  transaction 
was  commenced. 


48.  Where  the  Pubhc  Trustee  is  committee  of  the  estate  when  gifts. 

etc    dGGmpd 

of  a  patient  or  out-patient,  every  gift,  grant,  ahenation,  fraudulent 
conveyance  or  transfer  that  is  not  made  for  full  and  valuable 
consideration  actually  paid  or  secured  or  that  is  made  at  or 
after  the  time  when  the  purchaser  of  transferee  had  notice  of 
the  mental  condition  of  the  patient  or  out-patient,  of  the 
fact  that  he  was  a  patient  or  out-patient  or  of  the  committee- 
ship shall  be  deemed  to  be  fraudulent  and  void  as  against 
the  Public  Trustee. 

49.  Upon  the  death  of  a  patient  or  out-patient  of  whose  °®fign°Qj. 
estate    the    Public   Trustee   is   committee   and    until    letters  out-patient 
probate  of  the  will  or  letters  of  administration  of  the  estate 

of  the  patient  or  out-patient  are  granted  to  a  person  other 
than  the  Public  Trustee  and  notice  thereof  is  given  to  the 
Public  Trustee,  the  Public  Trustee  may  continue  to  manage 
the  estate  and  exercise  with  respect  thereto  the  powers  that 
an  executor  would  have  if  the  property  were  devised  or 
bequeathed  to  him  in  trust  for  payment  of  debts  and  dis- 
tribution of  the  residue. 

50.  The  Public  Trustee  is  liable  to  render  an  account  as  ^^0^^^°*^ 
to  the  manner  in  which  he  has  managed  the  property  of  a 
patient  or  an  out-patient  in  the  same  way  and  subject  to  the 

same  responsibility  as  any  trustee,  guardian  or  committee 
duly  appointed  for  a  similar  purpose  may  be  called  upon  to 
account,  and  is  entitled  from  time  to  time  to  bring  in  and 
pass  his  accounts  and  tax  costs  in  like  manner  as  a  trustee 
but  is  personally  liable  only  for  wilful  misconduct. 

51.  The  Public  Trustee  may  be  allowed  compensation  for  co'^pensa- 
services  rendered  as  committee  of  the  estate  of  a  patient  or  Public 
out-patient  in  an  amount  not  exceeding  the  amount  that  a 
trustee  would  be  allowed  for  like  services,  but  in  cases  of 
poverty   or   hardship   the    Public   Trustee   may   forego   any 

claim  for  compensation. 

14.  Subsection  2  of  section  52  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  "e^J^J^tg^ 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Where  the  Supreme  Court  is  satisfied,  on  apphcation  Application 

bv  the   Pubhc  Trustee  with   notice  to  the   person,   that   a  continuance 

■^  ,.    ,  ,  ■  ■  1  •       of  corn- 

person  who  was  discharged  as  a  patient  or  out-patient  subject  mitteeship 

to  a  notice  of  continuance  will  continue  to  be  incompetent 


16 


Further 
orders 


to  manage  his  estate  after  the  expiry  of  the  notice  of  con- 
tinuance, the  court  by  order  may  extend  the  committeeship 
of  the  Pubhc  Trustee  for  such  period  of  time,  or  may  make 
such  other  order,  as  the  court  considers  proper. 

(3)  Where  the  Pubhc  Trustee  continues  to  manage  an  estate 
under  subsection  1  or  2,  the  Supreme  Court,  upon  apphcation, 
may  make  such  further  order  as  it  considers  just  and,  in  its 
discretion,  may  order  that  the  management  of  the  estate  by 
the  Pubhc  Trustee  be  rehnquished. 


ss.  53-55. 
re-enacted 


1 5.  Sections  53  to  55  of  the  said  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 


Payments 
out  of 
patient's  or 
out-patient's 
moneys 


53.  The  Public  Trustee,  out  of  the  moneys  in  his  hands 
belonging  to  a  person  who  is  a  patient  or  out-patient  of 
whose  estate  the  Public  Trustee  is  committee,  shall  pay  the 
proper  charges  for  maintenance  of  the  person  as  a  patient 
in  or  an  out-patient  of  the  psychiatric  facility  and  the  Public 
Trustee  may  also  pay  such  sums  as  he  considers  advisable 
to  the  patient's  or  out-patient's  family  or  other  persons 
dependent  upon  him,  and  the  payments  for  the  maintenance 
of  the  family  and  other  dependants  may  be  made  notwith- 
standing that  such  payments  may  prevent  the  payment  of 
maintenance  that  otherwise  would  be  due  from  the  patient  or 
out-patient. 


Payments 
out  of 
moneys 
in  court 


54.  Moneys  in  court  to  the  credit  of  a  patient  or  out- 
patient of  whose  estate  the  Public  Trustee  is  committee 
shall  be  paid  out  to  the  Public  Trustee  upon  his  written 
application,  and  it  is  not  necessary  to  obtain  an  order  of  a 
court  or  a  judge  for  such  purpose. 


What 
Public 
Trustee  not 
required 
to  do 


55.  Nothing  in  this  Act  makes  it  the  duty  of  the  Public 
Trustee  to  institute  proceedings  on  behalf  of  a  patient  or 
out-patient  of  whose  estate  the  Public  Trustee  is  committee 
or  to  intervene  in  respect  of  the  estate  or  any  part  thereof 
or  to  take  charge  of  any  property  of  the  patient  or  out- 
patient. 


s.56(l). 
re-enacted 


16.  Subsection  1  of  section  56  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Patients  or 
out-patients 
in  another 
province 
with  estate 
in  Ontario 


(1)  Where  a  person  who  is  suffering  from  a  mental  dis- 
order is  a  patient  in  or  an  out-patient  of  a  psychiatric 
facility  in  another  province  or  territory  of  Canada  and  has 
estate  situate  in  Ontario,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  appoint  the  official  of  the  other  province  or 
territory   who   is  charged   with   the   duty   of   managing   the 


Section  15.     The  sections  are  re-enacted  to  provide  for  both  patients 
and  out-patients. 


Section  16.     The  subsection  is  re-enacted  to  refer  to  both  a  patient 
and  an  out-patient. 


Section   17.     The  section  is  re-enacted  to  change  the  fine  from  "not 
less  than  $25  and  not  more  than  $500"  to  not  more  than  $10,000. 


17 

estate  of  the  person  in  the  other  province  or  territory  to  be 
committee  of  the  estate  in  Ontario. 

17.  Section  60  of  the  said  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- ^^^^3^^,^^^^ 
stituted  therefor: 

60.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  thisO^^^^e 
Act  or  the  regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000. 

18.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  proclama- co'^^«°c®- 
tion  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor. 

19.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Mental  Health  /I  m^M^wm/ short  title 
Act,  1977. 


o 


to 


H 
X 
w 

5.  ° 

En'  2 
(-»■   ■ 

^    P 

X  ' 
(t  H 
p  HI 

m 
r 


Si. 


o 

n 

o 

3 

Co 

s^ 

cr 

>3 

ft 

•I 

5^0 

CO 

1    - 

p* 

J' 

c^ 

OQ 

H 

sr 

(t 

> 

S 

3 

0) 
3 

> 

<-»■ 

o 

SL 

ft- 

rt- 

ffi 

O 

ft> 

P 

£L 

3 

<-»■ 

fn 

tr 

3 

> 

D- 

o 

BILL  125 


Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Disclosure  of  Information 
relating  to  the  Cost  of  Government  Programs 


Mr.  Van  Horne 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  provide  for  the  public  disclosure  of  the 
cost  information  upon  which  decisions  to  undertake  certain  government 
programs  are  based.  The  Bill  requires  that  the  estimated  total  cost  of  each 
program  be  disclosed  and  provides  for  additional  scrutiny  of  program 
operations  if  the  estimated  total  cost  is  exceeded. 


BILL  125  1977 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Disclosure  of 

Information  relating  to  the  Cost  of 

Government  Programs 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "Auditor"  means  the  Provincial  Auditor; 

(b)  "program"  means  a  program,  project,  work,  under- 
taking or  service,  the  implementation  of  which  is 
considered  and  approved  by  the  Executive  Council ; 

(c)  "public  money"  has  the  same  meaning  as  in  TAe  ^  sx).  1970. 
Financial  Administration  Act. 

2. — (1)  Where  the  Executive  Council  approves  the  imple- compendium 
mentation  of  a  program  that  is  to  be  financed  wholly  or  in  information 
part    with    public    money    from    the    Consolidated    Revenue 
Fund,  the  Minister  responsible  for  the  program  shall  forth- 
with prepare  and  make  publicly  available  a  compendium  of 
cost  information  in  respect  of  the  program. 

(2)  The  compendium  of  cost  information  shall  contain  a  Contentaof 

^    '  *^  i-ii,--        compendium 

summary  of  the  cost  mformation  upon  which  the  decision 
to  implement  the  program  was  based  and  without  limiting 
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the  compendium  shall  con- 
tain the  following, 

(a)  the  estimated  total  cost  of  the  program ; 

(b)  a  description  of  the  methods  of  cost  measurement ; 

(c)  a  statement  of  the  purposes  and  objectives  of  the 
program. 


Cost 

excess 

statement 


3. — (1)  Where  the  Minister  responsible  for  a  program  is 
informed  that  the  cost  of  the  program  will  exceed  or  has 
exceeded  the  estimated  total  cost  of  the  program  as  stated 
in  the  compendium  of  cost  information,  the  Minister  shall 
inquire  into  the  reasons  for  the  increased  cost  and  shall 
prepare  and  make  publicly  available  a  cost  excess  statement 
setting  forth  the  reasons  for  the  cost  increase,  the  amount  of 
excess  cost  incurred,  if  any,  at  the  time  the  statement  was 
prepared,  and  the  revised  estimated  total  cost  of  the  program. 


Supple- 
mentary 
cost  excess 
statement 


(2)  Where  the  Minister  is  informed  that  the  cost  of  a 
program  will  exceed  or  has  exceeded  the  revised  estimated 
total  cost  of  the  program,  the  Minister  shall  forthwith 
make  an  inquiry  into  the  reasons  therefor  and  prepare  and 
make  available  a  supplementary  cost  excess  statement  setting 
forth  the  reasons  for  the  additional  cost  increase,  the  amount 
of  excess  cost  incurred,  and  the  revised  estimated  total  cost 
of  the  program. 


Auditor's 
investi- 
gation 


4.  The  Auditor  may  make  an  inquiry  into  any  program 
for  which  a  compendium  of  cost  information  is  prepared  and 
where  a  cost  excess  statement  or  supplementary  cost  excess 
statement  is  required  under  this  Act,  the  Auditor  shall 
make  an  inquiry  for  the  purpose  of, 

(a)  determining  the  adequacy  of  the  cost  analysis,  cost 
forecasting  and  cost  control  methods  used  in  the 
planning  and  administration  of  the  projgram ;  and 

(b)  recommending  improvements  in  these  methods  to 
assure  more  efficient  and  effective  program  manage- 
ment, 

and  the  auditor  shall  report  the  findings  and  recommendations 
arising  from  such  an  inquiry  to  the  Minister  responsible  for 
the  administration  of  the  program  and  to  the  standing  Public 
Accounts  Committee  of  the  Assembly. 


When 
compendium 

etc..  made       statement 

publicly  . 

available       available  when, 


5. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  compendium  or 
shall    be    deemed    to   have   been   made   publicly 


(a)  the  compendium  or  statement  has  been  laid  before 
the  Assembly ; 

(b)  a  copy  of  the  compendium  or  statement  has  been 
filed  with  the  Office  of  the  Auditor; 

(c)  a  copy  of  the  compendium  or  statement  has  been 
provided  to  each  member  of  the  standing  Public 
Accounts  Committee  of  the  Assembly ;  and 


(d)  a  copy  of  the  compendium  or  statement  is  made 
available  for  public  inspection  and  reproduction 
during  normal  office  hours  at  the  central  office  of  the 
Ministry  responsible  for  administering  the  program. 

(2)  If  a  compendium  of  cost  information,  cost  excess  i<iem 
statement  or  supplementary  cost  excess  statement  is  pre- 
pared and  the  Assembly  is  not  in  session,  copies  of  the 
compendium  or  statement  shall  be  made  available  pursuant 
to  subsection  1  notwithstanding  the  Assembly  is  not  in 
session  and  such  compendium  or  statement  shall  be  laid 
before  the  Assembly  at  the  commencement  of  the  next 
ensuing  session. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^^nt"*"^^ 
Assent. 

7.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Program  Cost  Z)Vs- ^^°'"*^ ""® 
closure  Act,  1977. 


?5- 


H 

o* 


to 


<: 

> 

o 

z 
m 


<-0 

Si- 
<s>. 


3 

Co 

S^ 

cr 

'^ 

>3 

CD 
i-l 

i_^ 

S) 

CO 

5^ 

^ 

o 

>-i 

o 

2- 

< 

p* 

n 

r^ 

■-1 

3 

5' 

3 

3 

orq 

O 

t-t- 

r+ 

^ 

►i 

O 

n 

Orp 

o 

3  a 


2> 
I- 

3  5. 

?^ 

3  ^ 

O      3* 

3     fD 


BILL   126  Private  Member's  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Labour  Relations  Act 


Mr.  Williams 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queens  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  requires  a  trade  union  to  provide  additional  information 
about  its  financial  affairs  to  members  and  to  the  Ontario  Labour  Relations 
Board.  The  union  must  prepare  a  statement  of  salaries,  expenses,  fees  and 
commissions  and  a  statement  of  investments  to  be  provided  to  its  members. 
An  audited  financial  report  must  be  filed  annually  with  the  Board  and  the 
members  of  the  trade  union  may  obtain  copies  of  the  statement  from  the 
union  upon  request  and  without  charge. 

In  addition,  the  Bill  limits  the  amount  of  union  funds  provided  by 
Ontario  members  that  may  be  transferred  outside  of  Canada  and  requires 
that  investments  made  of  union  funds  be  of  a  type  authorized  by  The  Trustee 
Act  and  The  Pension  Benefits  Act. 


BILL  126  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Labour  Relations  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by   and   with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of  Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Section  76  of  The  Labour  Relations  Act,  being  chapter  232  of^''^' 
the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,   as  amended  by  the 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1975,  chapter  76,  section  19,  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

76. — (1)  Every  trade  union  shall  file  with  the  Board  within  Fi°a°ciai 

iri  ir/-i  r  i  Statement 

SIX  months  from  the  end  of  its  fiscal  year  a  financial  state- 
ment of  its  affairs  to  the  end  of  that  fiscal  year  consisting  of, 

[a)  a  balance  sheet  showing  the  assets  and  liabilities  of 
the  union  as  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year ; 

{b)  a    statement    of    income    and    expenditure    for    the 
fiscal  year;  and 

(c)  a  statement  of  surplus  for  the  fiscal  year,  and 

upon  the  request  of  any  member  shall  provide  the  member 
with  a  copy  of  the  financial  statement  without  charge. 

(2)  The  financial  statement  shall  be  accompanied  at  the  Auditor's 
time  of  filing  by  an  auditor's  report  thereon  signed  by  th:r 
auditor   and   stating    whether    in    his   opinion    the    financinl 
statement  presents  fairly  the  financial  position  of  the  union 

and  the  results  of  its  operations  for  the  period  under  review 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
applied  on  a  basis  consistent  with  that  of  the  preceding 
period,  if  any. 

(3)  Every  trade  union  local  shall  provide  to  each  of  its  SJ**?""?"* 
members  without  charge  and  file  with  the  Board  within  six  andinvest- 
months  from  the  end  of  its  fiscal  year. 


(a)  a  statement  of  salaries,  expenses,  fees  and  com- 
missions paid  from  union  funds  to  its  elected  officers 
disclosing  to  whom  the  payments  were  made,  in 
what  amount  and  for  what  purposes;  and 

(6)  a  statement  of  investments  describing  separately 
each  investment  made  with  union  funds. 


Idem 


(4)  Every  trade  union  that  has  a  national  or  regional 
office  located  in  Ontario  shall  provide  to  each  of  its  members 
without  charge  and  file  with  the  Board  within  six  months 
from  the  end  of  its  fiscal  year  the  statements  referred  to  in 
subsection  3  in  respect  of  the  trade  union's  national  or 
regional  officers  and  its  investments. 


Where 
financial 
statement 
Inadequate 


(5)  Where  the  Board,  for  any  reason,  determines  that  a 
statement  referred  to  in  this  section  is  inadequate,  the  Board 
may  order  the  trade  union  to  prepare  another  statement  in  a 
form  and  containing  such  particulars  as  the  Board  considers 
appropriate. 


Offence 


(6)  A  trade  union  that  fails  to  provide  or  file  financial 
statements  or  information  as  and  when  required  by  this 
section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  this  Act,  and  every 
officer,  executive  or  agent  of  the  union  who  directed,  author- 
ized, assented  to,  acquiesced  in  or  participated  in  the  offence 
is  a  party  to  and  guilty  of  the  offence. 


8.  765. 
enacted 


2.  The   said   Act   is   amended   by   adding   thereto   the   following 
section : 


Invest- 
ments 


R.S.0. 1970. 
cc.  470,  342 


766. — (1)  A  trade  union  shall  not  make  an  investment  of 
union  funds  unless  the  investment  belongs  to  a  class  of 
investment  authorized  by  or  under  The  Trustee  Act  or  The 
Pension  Benefits  Act. 


Funds  to 
be  spent  in 
Canada 


(2)  No  trade  union  shall  pay,  transfer  or  invest  outside  cf 
Canada  more  than  15  per  cent  of  the  funds  received  by  it 
from  union  members  residing  in  Ontario. 


Commence- 
ment 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


Short  tiUe  4.^  j^g  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Labour  Relations  Amcnd»unt 

Act,  1977. 


s 

o 


Go 


g 

X 


«-o 


n 

o 

3 

C/) 

a- 

cr 

>i 

a> 
"1 

5 
a 

r^i 

1  ■ 

& 

1' 

(^ 

=r 

a> 

f— 1 

> 

P 

3 

cr 

o 

> 

c 

o 

-1 

!-♦ 

?C 

o 

(T> 

P 

pT 

3 

3 

C/5 

3 

> 

n 

BILL  127  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Notes 
General 

The  Bill  confers  jjower  on  all  municipalities  to  pass  by-laws  licensing, 
regulating  and  governing  adult  entertainment  parlours  (defined  broadly  in 
the  Bill  as  premises  in  which  are  provided  goods  or  services  designed  to 
appeal  to  erotic  or  sexual  appetites  or  inclinations). 

Certain  additional  powers  are  also  granted  in  respect  of  the  authority 
to  license  and  regulate  body-rub  parlours  now  found  in  section  368a  of  the 
Act. 

In  addition,  the  Bill  raises  the  maximum  fines  that  may  be  levied 
for  contravention  of  such  by-laws  and  establishes  a  procedure  for  the 
closing,  for  a  period  of  up  to  two  years,  of  premises  in  respect  of  which 
any  person  has  been  convicted  of  a  breach  of  any  by-law  licensing  and 
regulating  body-rub  parlours  or  adult  entertainment  parlours. 

Section  1 .     Section  368a  of  the  Act  now  reads  as  follows: 

368a. — (/)  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  all  municipalities  for 
licensing,  regulating,  governing  and  inspecting  body-rub  parlours 
and  for  revoking  or  suspending  any  such  licence  and  for  limiting  the 
number  of  licences  to  he  granted,  in  accordance  with  subsection  3. 

(2)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  provide  for  regulating  the 
placement,  construction,  size,  nature  and  character  of  signs,  advertising, 
and  advertising  devices  posted  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  promoting 
body-rub  parlours  or  for  the  prohibition  of  such  signs,  advertising, 
or  advertising  devices. 

(3)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  define  the  area  or  areas  of 
the  municipality  in  which  body-rub  parlours  may  or  may  not  operate 
and  may  limit  the  number  of  licences  to  be  granted  in  respect  of 
body-rub  parlours  in  any  such  area  or  areas  in  which  they  are 
permitted. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  provide  that  no  premises 
in  which  a  body-rub  parlour  is  located  shall  be  constructed  or  equipped 
so  as  to  hinder  or  prevent  the  enforcement  of  the  by-law. 

(5)  Where  a  medical  officer  of  health  or  a  public  health  inspector  acting 
under  his  direction,  or  a  peace  officer,  has  reason  to  suspect  that  a 
breach  of  any  provision  of  a  by-law  passed  under  this  section  has 
occurred  in  respect  of  a  body-rub  parlour,  he  may  enter  such  body- 
rub  parlour,  at  any  time  of  the  night  or  day,  for  purposes  of  carrying 
out  the  enforcement  of  a  by  law  passed  under  this  section. 

(6)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section, 

(a)  "body-rub"  includes  the  kneading,  manipulating,  rubbing, 
massaging,  touching,  or  stimulating,  by  any  means,  of  a 
person's  body  or  part  thereof  but  does  not  include  medical  or 
therapeutic  treatment  given  by  a  person  otherwise  duly 
qualified,  licensed  or  registered  so  to  do  under  the  laws  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario ;  and 


BILL  127  1977 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and   with   the   advice   and  consent   of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.— (1)  Subsection    2    of    section    368a    of    The    Municipal    Act,  I'^^J^^^^^ 
being  chapter  284  of  the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970,    as    enacted    by    the    Statutes    of    Ontario,    1975, 
chapter    56,    section    8,    is    repealed    and    the    following 
substituted  therefor: 

(2)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  provide  for  ^^^^\, 
regulating  the  placement,  construction,  size,  nature  and  etc. 
character  of  signs,  advertising,  and  advertising  devices, 
including  any  printed  matter,  oral  or  other  communication 
or  thing,  posted  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  body- 
rub  parlours  or  for  the  prohibition  of  such  signs,  advertising, 
or  advertising  devices. 

(2)  Subsection  3   of  the   said   section   368a   is  amended   by  a,*^<j^gj' 
adding  at  the  commencement  thereof  "Notwithstanding 
subsection  6  of  section  246". 

(3)  The  said  section  368a  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  l^^^jg^j 
following  subsections : 

(5a)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  prohibit  any  ^||rigtion 
person  carrying  on  or  engaged  in  the  trade,  calling,  business 
or  occupation  for  which  a  licence  is  required  under  this 
section  from  permitting  any  person  under  an  age  specified 
in  the  by-law  to  enter  or  remain  in  the  body-rub  parlour 
or  any  part  thereof. 

(56)  For  the  purpose  of  any  prosecution  or  proceeding  under  ^^ 
a  by-law  passed  under  this  section,  the  holding  out  to  the  proof 
public  that  services  described  in  this  section  are  provided 
in  premises  or  any  part  thereof,  is  admissible  in  evidence  as 
prima  facie  proof  that  the  premises  or  part  thereof  is  a  body- 
rub  parlour. 


Otliar 

powannot 
affected 


(5c)  Nothing  in  this  section  affects  the  power  that  may  be 
exercised  by  a  municipahty  under  this  or  any  other  general 
or  special  Act  to  license,  regulate  or  govern  any  other 
trade,  calling,  business  or.  occupation. 


8.368b. 
enacted 


2.  The  said  Act   is  amended   by   adding   thereto   the   following 
section : 


Licensing, 
regulating, 
etc., 

adult  enter- 
tainment 
parlours 


3686. — (1)  By-laws  may  be  passed  by  the  councils  of  all 
municipahties  for  licensing,  regulating,  governing,  classifying 
and  inspecting  adult  entertainment  parlours  or  any  class  or 
classes  thereof  and  for  revoking  or  suspending  any  such 
licence  and  for  limiting  the  number  of  such  licences  to  be 
granted,  in  accordance  with  subsection  3. 


signs, 

advertising, 

etc. 


(2)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  provide  for 
regulating  the  placement,  construction,  size,  nature  and 
character  of  signs,  advertising,  and  advertising  devices, 
including  any  printed  matter,  oral  or  other  communication 
or  thing,  posted  or  used  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  adult 
entertainment  parlours  or  any  class  or  classes  thereof  or 
for  the  prohibition  of  such  signs,  advertising  or  advertising 
devices. 


Defined 
areas, 
limitation 
on  numbers 


Construc- 
tion and 
egulpment 
or  premises 


Entry 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6  of  section  246,  a  by-law 
passed  under  this  section  may  define  the  area  or  areas  of 
the  municipality  in  which  adult  entertainment  parlours  or 
any  class  or  classes  thereof  may  or  may  not  operate  and 
may  limit  the  number  of  licences  to  be  granted  in  respect 
of  adult  entertainment  parlours  or  any  class  or  classes 
thereof  in  any  such  area  or  areas  in  which  they  are  permitted. 

(4)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  provide  that 
no  premises  in  which  an  adult  entertainment  parlour  is 
located  shall  be  constructed  or  equipped  so  as  to  hinder  or 
prevent  the  enforcement  of  the  by-law. 

(5)  Where  a  medical  officer  of  health  or  a  pubHc  health 
inspector  acting  under  his  direction,  or  a  peace  officer,  has 
reason  to  suspect  that  a  breach  of  any  provision  of  a  by-law 
passed  under  this  section  has  occurred  in  respect  of  an  adult 
entertainment  parlour,  he  may  enter  such  adult  entertain- 
ment parlour,  at  any  time  of  the  night  or  day,  for  purposes 
of  carrying  out  the  enforcement  of  a  by-law  passed  under 
this  section. 


Hours  of 
operation 


(6)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2a  of  section  246  and 
section  355,  a  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  regulate 
the  hours  of  operation  of  adult  entertainment  parlours  or 
any  class  or  classes  thereof. 


(6)  "body-rub  parlour"  includes  any  premises  or  part  thereof 
where  a  body-rub  is  performed,  offered  or  solicited  in  pursuance 
of  a  trade,  calling,  business  or  occupation,  but  does  not  include 
any  premises  or  part  thereof  where  the  body-rubs  performed  are 
for  the  purpose  of  medical  or  therapeutic  treatment  and  are 
performed  or  offered  by  persons  otherwise  duly  qualified,  licensed 
or  registered  so  to  do  under  the  laws  of  the  Province  of  Ontario. 

The  re-enactment  of  subsection  2  of  section  368a  adds  "any  printed 
matter,  oral  or  other  communication  or  thing"  to  the  description  of 
advertising  or  promotional  matters  that  may  be  regulated. 

The  amendment  to  subsection  3  of  section  368a  is  to  make  it  clear 
that  body-rub  parlours  may  be  prohibited  from  operating  in  a  defined 
area  even  if  one  or  more  are  located  in  that  area  at  the  time  the  by-law 
comes  into  force. 

Subsections  5a,  56  and  5c  are  added  to  enlarge  and  clarify  the  powers 
conferred  in  respect  of  licensing  and  regulating  body-rub  parlours. 

Section  2.  The  new  section  3686  confers  on  all  municipalities  the  pwwer 
to  license,  regulate,  govern,  classify  and  inspect  in  the  manner  specified 
adult  entertainment  parlours  as  defined  in  the  section. 


I 

I 


(7)  A  by-law  passed  under  this  section  may  prohibit  any  Restriction 
person  carrying  on  or  engaged  in  the  trade,  calHng,  business 

or  occupation  for  which  a  Hcence  is  required  under  this 
section  from  permitting  any  person  under  an  age  specified  in 
the  by-law  to  enter  or  remain  in  the  adult  entertainment 
parlour  or  any  part  thereof. 

(8)  By-laws   passed   under  this   section   do   not   apply   to  Non- 

.      -^  ,  ...  ,        .  .  ^^  -^  application 

premises  or  trades,  calhngs,  businesses  or  occupations  car-  ofBy-iaws 
ried    on    in    premises    licensed    under    The    Theatres    Act   or  ^f^^^'"" 
hcensed    under    The   Liquor   Licence   Act,    1975   or   Hcensed  i9'^5,c.40 
under  a  by-law  passed  under  section  368a  of  this  Act. 

(9)  In  this  section,  Interpre- 


{a)  "adult  entertainment  parlour"  means  any  premises 
or  part  thereof  in  which  is  provided  goods  or 
services  appealing  to  or  designed  to  appeal  to, 
erotic  or  sexual  appetites  or  inclinations; 

{b)  "goods"  includes  books,  magazines,  pictures,  slides, 
film,  phonograph  records,  prerecorded  magnetic 
tape  and  any  other  reading,  viewing  or  listening 
matter; 

(c)  "to  provide"  when  used  in  relation  to  goods 
includes  to  sell,  offer  to  sell  or  display  for  sale, 
by  retail  or  otherwise  such  goods,  and  "providing" 
and  "provision"  have  corresponding  meanings; 

{d)  "to  provide"  when  used  in  relation  to  services 
includes  to  furnish,  perform,  solicit,  or  give  such 
services  and  "providing"  and  "provision"  have 
correspxjnding  meanings; 

{e)  "services"  includes  activities,  facilities,  perform- 
ances, exhibitions,  viewings  and  encounters; 

(/)  "services  designed  to  appeal  to  erotic  or  sexual 
appetites  or  inclinations"  includes, 

(i)  services  of  which  a  principal  feature  or 
characteristic  is  the  nudity  or  partial  nudity 
of  any  person, 

(ii)  services  in  respect  of  which  the  word  "nude", 
"naked",  "topless",  "bottomless",  "sexy" 
or  any  other  word  or  any  picture,  symbol  or 
representation  having  like  meaning  or  impli- 
cation is  used  in  any  advertisement. 


Prima 
fade 
proof 


Other 
powers  not 
affected 


(10)  For  the  purpose  of  any  prosecution  or  proceeding 
under  a  by-law  passed  under  this  section,  the  holding  out 
to  the  public  that  goods  or  services  described  in  this  section 
are  provided  in  premises,  or  any  part  thereof,  is  admissible 
in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  that  the  premises  or  part 
thereof  is  an  adult  entertainment  parlour. 

(11)  Nothing  in  this  section  affects  the  power  that  may  be 
exercised  by  a  municipality  under  this  or  any  other  general 
or  special  Act  to  license,  regulate  or  govern  any  other 
trade,  calling,  business  or  occupation. 


8S.  466a, 
470a, 4706. 
enacted 

Statement 
of  clerk, 
etc.,  as  to 
licensing  or 
non- 
licensing 


3.  The    said    Act    is    further   amended    by    adding    thereto    the 
following  sections:    ^ 

466a.  For  the  purpose  of  any  prosecution  or  proceeding 
under  a  by-law  for  licensing,  regulating,  governing,  classify- 
ing or  inspecting  any  trade,  calhng,  business  or  occupation,  a 
statement  as  to  the  hcensing  or  non-licensing  of  any  premises 
or  person  in  respect  of  any  trade,  calling,  business  or 
occupation,  purporting  to  be  signed  by  the  clerk  of  a  muni- 
cipaHty  or  of  a  regional  or  metropolitan  municipality  or  by 
the  chief  administrative  officer  of  a  board  of  commissioners 
of  police  or  of  a  licensing  commission,  is,  without  proof  of 
the  office  or  signature  of  the  said  clerk  or  officer,  receivable 
in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts  stated  therein 
for  all  purposes  in  such  prosecution  or  proceeding. 


Offence 


Corpora- 
tion. 

maximum 
penalty 


Order 

clocing 

premises 


Idem 


470a. — (1)  A  by-law  passed  under  section  368a  or  3686 
may  provide  that  every  person  who  contravenes  the  by-law, 
and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  corp)oration  who  concurs 
in  such  contravention  by  the  corporation,  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  not 
exceeding  $10,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  not  ex- 
ceeding one  year,  or  to  both. 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
subsection  1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed  on 
the  corporation  is  $25,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 

4706. — (1)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  carrying  on  or 
engaging  in,  on,  in  or  in  respect  of  any  premises  or  part 
thereof,  a  trade,  calhng,  business  or  occupation,  without 
a  licence  required  by  a  by-law  passed  under  section  368a  or 
3686,  the  court  shall  order  that  the  premises  or  part  thereof 
be  closed  to  any  use  for  any  period  not  exceeding  two 
years. 

(2)  Where  a  person  is  convicted  of  a  contravention  of  a 
by-law    passed    under    section    368a    or    3686,    other    than 


Section  3.  The  new  section  466a  provides  that  the  signed  state- 
ment of  the  clerk  or  other  chief  administrative  officer  as  to  the  licensing  or 
non-licensing  of  any  premises  or  person  is  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts 
stated  therein  for  the  purposes  of  any  prosecution  under  a  by-law  licensing 
or  regulating  any  trade,  calling,  business  or  occupation. 

The  new  section  470a  provides  that  by-laws  licensing  and  regulating 
body-rub  parlours  or  adult  entertainment  parlours  may  provide  for  a  fine 
of  up  to  $10,000  in  the  case  of  an  individual  or  $25,000  in  the  case  of  a  cor- 
poration for  a  contravention  of  the  by-law.  Generally,  under  section  466, 
the  maximum  fine  that  may  be  levied  is  $1,000. 

The  new  section  470i  provides,  under  the  circumstances  set  out  therein, 
for  the  issue  of  a  court  order  closing  premises  for  a  period  of  up  to  two  years 
where  a  person  has  been  convicted,  in  respect  of  those  premises,  of  a  con- 
travention of  a  by-law  licensing  and  regulating  body-rub  parlours  or  adult 
entertainment  parlours.  Such  a  closing  order  must  be  issued  where  the 
conviction  is  for  carrying  on  the  business  without  a  licence.  It  may  be 
issued  where  the  conviction  is  for  some  other  breach  of  the  by-law.  Following 
such  an  order,  the  police  force  having  jurisdiction  in  the  area  is  to  bar  entry 
to  all  entrances  to  the  premises,  so  long  as  the  order  remains  in  effect.  Where 
such  a  closing  order  has  been  made,  a  county  or  district  court  may,  on 
application  of  a  person  who  has  an  interest  in  the  premises,  susjjend  the 
closing  order  on  the  posting  of  a  cash  bond  of  at  least  $10,000,  such  bond 
being  liable  to  forfeiture  if  a  subsequent  conviction  is  registered.  Where 
the  court  is  satisfied  there  has  been  or  will  be  a  bona  fide  change  in  owner- 
ship of  closed  premises  and  that  the  new  owner  can  ensure  there  will  be  no 
further  contraventions  of  the  by-law,  the  court  may,  on  application 
therefor,  discharge  the  closing  order. 

Where  an  appeal  is  taken  against  a  closing  order  or  against  the 
conviction  that  resulted  in  the  closing  order  being  made,  the  appellant  may 
apply  for  a  suspension  of  the  closing  order  or  application  may  be  made 
for  a  discharge  of  the  closing  order,  but  the  fact  such  an  appeal  has  been 
commenced  does  not  of  itself  stay  the  closing  order. 


carrying  on  or  engaging  in  a  trade,  calling,  business  or 
occupation  without  a  licence  so  to  do,  and  the  court  decides 
that  the  owner  or  other  person  occupying  the  premises  or 
part  thereof  in  respect  of  which  the  conviction  was  made 
knew  or  ought  to  have  known  of  the  conduct  which  formed 
the  subject-matter  of  the  conviction  or  of  any  pattern  of 
similar  conduct,  the  court  may  order  that  the  premises  or 
part  thereof  be  closed  to  any  use  for  any  period  not  ex- 
ceeding two  years. 

(3)  Upon  the  application  by  originating  notice  of  motion  of"^^g°n  ^'^ 
of  any  person  who  has  an  interest  in  the  premises  ordered  order 
closed  under  subsection  1  or  2  and  upon, 

{a)  being  satisfied  that  the  use  to  which  the  premises 
will  be  put  will  not  be  in  contravention  of  any 
by-law  passed  under  section  368a  or  3686 ;  and 

(6)  the  posting  by  the  applicant  of  a  cash  bond  in 
the  sum  of  $10,000  or  such  greater  sum  as  the  court 
determines,  for  such  term  as  the  court  determines, 
for  the  purpose  of  assuring  that  the  premises  will 
not  be  used  in  contravention  of  any  such  by-law, 

the  court  may  make  an  order  suspending  any  order  made 
under  subsection  1  or  2  for  such  period  and  upon  such 
conditions  as  are  specified  by  the  court. 

(4)  Where,  upon  application  brought  by  originating  i^otice  Dischargre 
of  motion,  the  court  is  satisfied  that,  order 

{a)  there  has  been  or  will  be  a  bona  fide  change  in 
effective  ownership  of  the  premises  subsequent  to 
the  commission  of  an  offence  described  in  sub- 
section 1  or  2;  and 

(6)  the  new  owner  satisfies  the  court  that  he  can 
ensure  that  there  will  be  no  contravention  of  any 
by-law  passed  under  section  368a  or  3686, 

the  court  may  discharge  an  order  made  under  subsection 
1  or  2. 

(5)  Where  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  1  or  2,  theBarrJ^°| 
police  force  responsible  for  policing  in  the  municipality  or 
regional   or  metropolitan   municipality,   shall   bar   entry   to 

all  entrances  to  the  premises  or  part  or  parts  thereof  named 
in  the  order  until  the  order  has  been  suspended  or  discharged 
pursuant  to  this  section. 


Forfeiture 
of  bond 


(6)  Where  an  order  made  under  subsection  1  or  2  is 
suspended  under  subsection  3  and  a  person  is  thereafter 
convicted  of  an  offence  for  contravention  of  a  by-law  passed 
under  section  368a  or  3686  in  respect  of  the  premises  or 
part  thereof  referred  to  in  the  order,  a  judge  of  the  county 
or  district  court  may,  upon  summary  apphcation,  order 
the  forfeiture  of  the  bond  and  the  payment  to  the  Crown 
of  the  proceeds  and  may  order  that  the  suspension  of  the 
order  be  Hfted  and  that  the  order  be  reinstated. 


No  appeal 


(7)  No  appeal  hes  from  an  order  made  under  subsection  6. 


Service  of 
notice 


(8)  The  municipality  or  metropolitan  or  regional  munici- 
pality which  passed  a  by-law  described  in  subsection  1  or  2, 
the  contravention  of  which  was  the  basis  for  an  order  made 
under  the  provisions  of  either  such  subsection,  is  a  party  to 
any  proceedings  instituted  under  subsection  3,  4  or  6  in 
respect  of  such  order,  and  shall  be  served  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  of  the  court  with  a  copy  of  the  notice  initiating 
the  proceedings. 


Where 
by-law 
deemed 
passed  by 
council 


(9)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  8,  where  the  by-law 
under  which  the  conviction  was  made  was  passed  by  a  board 
of  commissioners  of  police  or  by  a  hcensing  commission  for 
a  municipahty,  or  regional  or  metropolitan  municipality,  as 
the  case  may  be,  the  by-law  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
passed  by  the  council  of  the  municipality  or  regional  or 
metropohtan  municipality,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Application 
for  sus- 
pension or 
discharge  of 
closing 
order 


(10)  Where  an  appeal  is  taken  from  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  or  2  or  from  a  conviction  in  respect  of  which 
the  order  was  made,  the  appellant  may  apply  under  sub- 
section 3  for  an  order  suspending  the  order  made  under 
subsection  1  or  2  until  the  disposition  of  the  matter  under 
appeal,  or  any  person  may  apply  under  subsection  4  for  a 
discharge  of  the  order,  but  the  fact  that  such  an  appeal 
is  commenced  does  not  stay  the  order. 


Term  of 
closing 
order 


(11)  An  order  made  under  subsection  1  or  2  shall  take 
effect  upon  the  pronouncement  thereof  and  shall  remain  in 
effect  during  the  term  of  the  order,  except  to  the  extent 
that  it  is  suspended  pursuant  to  subsection  3  or  until  it  is 
discharged  pursuant  to  subsection  4. 


Description 
of  premises 


(12)  The  description  of  any  premises  or  part  thereof 
affected  by  an  order  made  under  subsection  1  or  2  shall  be 
sufficiently  made  in  such  order  by  reference  to  the  municipal 
address  of  such  premises. 


(13)  An    order   made   under   subsection    1    or   2    may    be  fj®^*^*^*" 
registered  in  the  land  registry  office  in  which  the  title  to 

the  place  described  in  the  order  is  recorded. 

(14)  In  subsections  1  and  2,  "court"  means  a  "summary  ["^fo^''®' 
conviction    court"    or    an    "appeal    court"    as    defined    by 

The  Summary  Convictions  Act,  and  in  subsections  3  and  4,  ^s^  ^^''O- 
"court"  means  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county 
or  district  in  which  the  premises  are  situate. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  m°e™r^"^^ 

5.  The   short   title   of   this   Act   is    The   Municipal   ^m^niw^n/ short  title 
Act,  1977. 


1 


o 


to 


H 

X 

w 

> 

ffi 

l-t- 
O 
•-1 

o 

3 

po 

O 
a> 

S 

3 

o 

a> 

s 

a 

» 

H 

W 

►< 

C-o 


Re 


O 

CD 

O 

g' 

O) 

3 

OJ 

Si. 

cr 

«>*. 

^ 

rD 
►-1 

>i 

«» 

«» 

Si 

>■"* 

s> 

s- 

^ 

s' 

p' 

s 

c^ 

o^a 

H 

> 

O) 

3 

S> 

c 

3_ 

i-f- 

o' 

O 

"O 

P 

£L 

3 

n 

> 

3 

o 

CL 

BILL  128 


Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II.  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 


The  Hon.  R.  McMurtry 
Attorney  General 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  is  complementary  to  the  Bill  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 
that  confers  additional  powers  on  municipalities  related  to  body-rub  parlours 
and  adult  entertainment  parlours. 

Subsection  2  of  section  18  of  the  Act  as  it  is  proposed  to  be  amended 
is  set  out  below  showing  underlined  the  words  to  be  added : 

(2)  In  every  such  demise  there  shall  he  deemed  to  be  included  an  agree- 
ment that  if  the  tenant  or  any  other  person  is  convicted  of  keeping  a 
disorderly  house  within  the  meaning  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada) 
on  the  demised  premises  or  any  part  thereof,  or  carries  on  or  engages 
in,  on  the  demised  premises  or  any  part  thereof,  any  trade,  calling, 
business  or  occupation  for  which  a  licence  is  required  under  a  hy-law 
passed  under  section  368a  or  368b  of  The  Municipal  Act  for  licensing, 
regulating  or  governing  such  trade,  calling,  business  or  occupation, 
except  under  the  authority  of  a  licence  issued  under  such  by-law, 
it  is  lawful  for  the  landlord  at  any  time  thereafter  to  re-enter  into  the 
demised  premises  or  any  part  thereof  and  to  have  again,  repossess 
and  enjoy  the  same  as  of  his  former  estate. 

The  effect  is  to  deem  that  in  every  lease  of  commercial  premises  there 
is  contained  an  agreement  that  if  the  tenant  carries  on  in  the  leased  premises 
a  business  requiring  a  licence  by  a  by-law  passed  to  license  and  regulate 
body-rub  parlours  or  adult  entertainment  parlours,  and  does  not  have  such 
Ucence,  the  landlord  may  terminate  the  lease  and  re-enter  on  the  premises. 


BILL    128  1977 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Act 

HER   MAJESTY,   by  and  with   the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
Legislative   Assembly   of   the   Province   of   Ontario,   enacts   as 
follows : 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  18  of  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  ^d,  8i8(2) 
being  chapter  236  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 

is  amended  by  inserting  after  "thereof"  in  the  fourth  line 
"or  carries  on  or  engages  in,  on  the  demised  premises  or  any 
part  thereof,  any  trade,  calling,  business  or  occupation  for 
which  a  hcence  is  required  under  a  by-law  passed  under  section 
368a  or  3686  of  The  Municipal  Act  for  licensing,  regulating 
or  governing  such  trade,  calling,  business  or  occupation,  except 
under  the  authority  of  a  licence  issued  under  such  by-law". 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent.  ^°^™®°*^®" 

3.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Landlord  and  Tenant  Amend-  short  title 
ment  Act,  1977 . 


o 

CO 


to 


H 

X 

m 

> 

ffi 

o 

o 

3 

z 

r* 

S 

3 

n 

CO 

S 

G 

» 

H 

W 

►<! 

Si- 


O 

n 

n 

t\3 

a> 
3 

Co 

a- 

^ 

>3 

■-1 

>3 

^ 

«> 

S^ 

»--* 

S) 

1- 

C/1 

i-f- 

^ 

s' 

p- 

^ 

c^ 

SO 
•-4 

OfQ 

H 

sr 

r 

CL  3 
O    > 

as. 

3    O 
O'  p 

h3 

3    3 
P    CL 

3 

> 
o 


BILL   129  Government  Bill 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  to  prohibit  Discrimination  in  Business 
Relationships 


The  Hon.  W.  G.  Davis 
Premier 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  prevent  discrimination  in  the  business 
community  on  the  basis  of  race,  creed,  colour,  nationality,  ancestry,  place  of 
origin  or  geographical  location. 

Provision  is  made  for  orders  for  compliance,  assurances  of  voluntary 
compliance  and  enforcement  of  orders  and  assurances. 

The  right,  enforceable  by  action  in  court,  is  also  given  to  compensa- 
tion for  loss  or  damage  and  to  punitive  or  exemplary  damages  incurred  as 
the  result  of  a  breach  of  the  Act. 

Contravention  of  the  Act  will  disqualify  a  person  from  entering  into  a 
contract  to  provide  goods  or  services  to  the  Crown  or  an  agency  of  the  Crown. 

Provision  is  also  made  for  obtaining  an  order  of  the  Supreme  Court 
prohibiting  the  continuation  or  repetition  of  a  contravention  of  the  Act. 


► 


BILL  129  1977 


An  Act  to  prohibit  Discrimination  in 
Business  Relationships 

TTER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
AX  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.    In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "designated  information"  means  information  as  to 
the  race,  creed,  colour,  nationality,  ancestry,  place 
of  origin  or  geographical  location  of  a  person ; 

(6)  "Director"  means  the  Director  under  The  Mtms/ry  ^^s o. mo. 
of  Consumer  and  Commercial  Relations  Act; 

(c)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations; 

{d)  "person"  includes  a  partnership,  sole  proprietor- 
ship, unincorporated  association  and  governmental 
agency: 

(e)  "person  connected",  when  used  in  relation  to 
another  person,  means  an  employee,  agent,  partner 
or  associate  of  the  other  person  and,  where  the 
other  person  is  a  corporation,  includes  a  director, 
officer,  shareholder  or  member  of  the  corporation ; 

(/)  "Tribunal"  means  The  Commercial  Registration 
Appeal  Tribunal  under  The  Ministry  of  Consumer  and 
Commercial  Relations  Act. 

2.  The    purpose   and   intent    of   this   Act    is   to   prevent  ^n^°'|nt 
discrimination  in  Ontario  on  the  ground  of  race,  creed,  colour,  of  Act 
nationality,  ancestry,   place  of  origin  or  geographical  loca- 
tion of  persons  employed  in  or  engaging  in  business. 

3.  This  Act  does  not  apply  to :  JSS'not*'*^ 

apply 


HI 


1.  The  withholding  of  services  or  employment  in  the 
course  of  a  lawful  strike,  lock-out  or  other  labour 
dispute. 

2.  A  discriminatory  business  practice  engaged  in  in 
accordance  with  a  policy  of  the  Government  of 
Canada  or  the  Government  of  Ontario  directed  toward 
trade  with  a  country  other  than  Canada  or  persons 
in  a  country  other  than  Canada. 

^^*8crimin-         4^  YoT  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  the  following  shall  be 
businegs        deemed  to  be  discriminatory  business  practices : 

practices  -^  '^ 

1.  A  refusal  or  an  agreement  to  refuse,  by  a  person 
in  Ontario,  to  sell  goods  or  services  to,  to  buy 
goods  or  services  from  or  otherwise  to  engage  in 
business  with  a  second  person, 

(a)  because  of  the  race,  creed,  colour,  nationality, 
ancestry,  place  of  origin  or  geographical 
location  of  the  second  person  or  of  a  person 
connected  with  the  second  person;  or 

(6)  because  of  any  of  the  attributes  set  out  in 
clause  a  of  nationals  of  a  country  with  the 
government  of  which  the  second  person 
conducts,  has  conducted  or  may  conduct 
business. 

2.  A  refusal  or  an  agreement  to  refuse,  by  a  person 
in  Ontario,  to  sell  goods  or  services  to,  to  buy 
goods  or  services  from  or  otherwise  to  engage  in 
business  with  a  second  person  because  of  a  business 
conducted  between  the  second  person  and  a  third 
person,  whether  supplier,  customer  or  otherwise, 

(a)  because  of  the  race,  creed,  colour,  nationality, 
ancestry,  place  of  origin  or  geographical 
location  of  the  third  person  or  of  a  person 
connected  with  the  third  person;  or 

(b)  because  of  any  of  the  attributes  set  out  in 
clause  a  of  nationals  of  a  country  with  the 
government  of  which  the  third  person  con- 
ducts, has  conducted  or  may  conduct  business. 

3.  A  dismissal,  a  refusal  or  failure  to  employ  or  to 
appoint,  a  suspension  of  employment  of  or  a 
refusal  or  failure  to  promote  a  second  person, 
or  an  agreement  to  take  or  to  refuse  or  to  fail  to 
take  any  such  action,  by  a  person  in  Ontario, 


(a)  because  of  the  race,  creed,  colour,  nationality, 
ancestry,  place  of  origin  or  geographical 
location  of  the  second  person ; 

(b)  because  of  any  of  the  attributes  set  out  in 
clause  a  of  a  third  person  with  whom  the 
second  person  conducts,  has  conducted  or 
may  conduct  business;  or 

(c)  because  of  any  of  the  attributes  set  out  in 
clause  a  of  nationals  of  a  country  with  the 
government  of  which  the  second  person 
conducts,  has  conducted  or  may  conduct 
business. 

4.  Entering  in  Ontario  into  a  contract  that  includes 
a  provision  that  one  of  the  parties  to  the  contract 
will  do  an  act  specified  in  paragraph  1,  2  or  3  in 
relation  to  a  person  who  is  not  a  party  to  the 
contract  as  a  condition  to  entry  into  the  contract. 

5. — (1)  No  person  in  Ontario  shall  engage  in  a  discrimin-  Discrimin- 
atory business  practice.  business 

•^  *^  practices 

prohibited 

(2)  No  person  in  Ontario  shall  seek  or  agree  to  seek  any  seeking 
designated  information  from  a  second  person  in  respect  of,      designated 

prohibited 

(a)  the  second  person  or  a  person  connected  with  the 
second  person;  or 

{b)  a  third  person  with  whom  the  second  person 
conducts,  has  conducted  or  may  conduct  business 
or  a  person  connected  with  the  third  jjerson, 

as   a   condition    of   engaging   in    business   with    the   second 
person. 

(3)  No  person  in  Ontario  shall  provide  or  agree  to  provide  JSJnitfd 
to   a   second   person   or   to   a   government    any   designated  '"o^h/bi^" 
information  in  respect  of, 

{a)  the  person  or  a  person  connected  with  the  person; 
or 

(6)  any  third  person, 

as   a   condition   of   engaging   in    business   with   the   second 
person  or  a  government. 

(4)  No  person  in  Ontario  shall  seek  or  provide  a  state-  JJSKments 
ment,  whether  written  or  oral,  to  the  effect  that  any  go^^^s  jf orj|in^^ 


Seeking  or 
providing 
informa- 
tion for 
discrimin- 
atory 
business 
practice 


Idem 


One  act 
deemed 
practice 


or  services  supplied  or  rendered  by  any  person  or  government 
do  not  originate  in  whole  or  in  part  in  a  specific  location, 
territory  or  country. 

(5)  No  person  in  Ontario  shall  seek  or  provide  information, 
whether  written  or  oral,  for  the  purpose  of  engaging  in  a 
discriminatory  business  practice,  as  to  whether  or  not 
the  person  or  any  other  person  is  a  member  of  or  has 
made  contributions  to  or  is  otherwise  associated  with  or 
involved  in  the  activities  of  a  charitable,  fraternal  or  service 
organization. 

(6)  Where  information  specified  in  subsection  5  is  provided 
by  a  person  to  another  person,  the  information  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  provided  for  the  purpose  of  engaging  in  a 
discriminatory  business  practice  unless  the  person  providing 
the  information  establishes  that  it  is  provided  for  another 
purpose. 

(7)  A  person  who  performs  one  act  referred  to  in  section  4 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  engaging  in  a  discriminatory  business 
practice. 


Report  to 
Director 


(8)  Every  person  who  receives  a  request,  whether  oral 
or  in  writing,  to  engage  in  a  discriminatory  business  practice 
or  to  do  an  act  that  would  be  a  contravention  of  subsection 
2,  3,  4  or  5  of  section  5  shall  report  the  request  and  the 
response  to  the  request  forthwith  to  the  Director  and  shall 
provide  the  Director  with  such  other  information  in  respect 
of  the  request  as  the  Director  may  require. 


Order  to 
cease  dis- 
criminatory 
business 
practice 


6. — (1)  Where  the  Director  has  reason  to  believe  that  a 
person  is  engaging  in  a  discriminatory  business  practice, 
the  Director  may  order  the  person  to  comply  with  section  5 
in  respect  of  the  discriminatory  business  practice  specified  in 
the  order. 


Application 
1974.  c.  131 


(2)  Where  the  Director  proposes  to  make  an  order  under 
subsection  1,  subsections  2  to  7  of  section  6  of  The  Business 
Practices  Act,  1974  apply  with  necessary  modifications. 


Order  for 

Immediate 

compliance 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  the  Director  may  make 
an  order  under  subsection  1  to  take  effect  immediately 
where,  in  his  opinion,  to  do  so  is  necessary  for  the  protection 
of  the  public  or  of  any  person  and  in  such  case  subsections 
2  to  5  of  section  7  of  The  Business  Practices  Act,  1974  apply 
with  necessary  modifications  and,  subject  to  subsections  3 
and  4  of  section  7  of  that  Act,  the  order  takes  effect 
immediately. 


(4)  Notwithstanding  that,  under  section  96  of  The  Ministry  stay 
of  Consumer  and   Commercial   Relations   Act,    an   appeal   is^fi?'^^'°' 
taken  from  an  order  of  the  Tribunal  made  under  subsection 
3  or  4,  the  order  takes  effect  immediately,  but  the  Tribunal 
may  grant  a  stay  until  the  disposition  of  the  appeal. 

7. — (1)  Any  person  against  whom  the  Director  proposes  ^j^s'^^'^c® 
to  make  an  order  to  comply  with  section  5  may  enter  into  voluntary 

...  ri.  ,.  .,.  ,         compliance 

a  written  assurance  of  voluntary  comphance  in  a  form  that 
the  Director  may  prescribe  undertaking  not  to  engage  in  the 
specified  discriminatory  business  practice  after  the  date 
thereof. 

(2)  Where  an  assurance  of  voluntary  compliance  is  accepted  Assurance 
by  the  Director,  the  assurance  has  and  shall  be  given  for  all  order 
purposes  of  this  Act  the  force  and  effect  of  an  order  made 

by  the  Director. 

(3)  An   assurance   of   voluntary   compliance   may   include  V^^^^' 
such   undertakings   as   are   acceptable   to   the   Director   and 

the  Director  may  receive  a  bond  and  collateral  therefor 
as  security  for  the  reimbursement  of  the  Treasurer  of 
Ontario  for  investigation  and  other  costs  in  such  amount 
as  is  satisfactory  to  the  Director. 

(4)  The  Director,  gut^ie«^o/ 

[a)  shall    receive    and    act    on    or    mediate    complaints 
respecting  discriminatory  business  practices;  and 

{b)  maintain  available  for  pubhc  inspection  a  record  of, 

(i)  assurances  of  voluntary  compliance  entered 
into  under  this  Act,  and 

(ii)  orders   to   cease   engaging   in   discriminatory 
business  practices  issued  under  this  Act. 

8.  Where,    upon    a    statement    made    under    oath,    the  {?^®^^^*^*" 
Director  has  reason  to  believe  that  a  person  is  contravening  Director 
or  is  about  to  contravene  any  provision  of  this  Act  or  an 
order  or  assurance  of  voluntary  compliance  made  or  given 
pursuant  to  this  Act,  the  Director  may  by  order  appoint 
one  or  more  persons  to  make  an  investigation  as  to  whether 
or  not   such  a  contravention  has  occurred  or  is  about   to 
occur  and  the  person  or  persons  appointed  shall  report  the 
result  of  the  investigation  to  the  Director  and  subsections 
2  to  8  of  section  11  of  The  Business  Practices  Act,  1974  apply  i974.c.i3i 
with  necessary  modifications. 


Rl^ht  to 
compensa- 
tion 


9. — (1)  A  person  that  incurs  loss  or  damage  as  a  result  of 
an  act  that  is  a  contravention  of  this  Act  has  the  right  to 
compensation  for  the  loss  or  damage  and  to  punitive  or 
exemplary  damages  from  the  person  who  committed  the  con- 
travention. 


Enforce- 
ment of 
right 


(2)  The  right  to  compensation  mentioned  in  subsection  1 
may  be  enforced  by  action  in  a  court  of  competent  juris- 
diction. 


Disqaall- 
flcation  of 
person 
supporting 
boycott 


10. — (1)  Every  person  against  whom  an  order  is  made 
under  section  6  or  11  or  who  is  convicted  of  an  offence 
under  clause  d  or  e  oi  subsection  1  of  section  16  is  ineligible 
to  enter  into  a  contract  to  provide  goods  or  service  to  the 
Crown  or  any  agency  of  the  Crown  for  a  period  of  five 
years  from  the  date  of  the  making  of  the  order  or  of  the  con- 
viction, as  the  case  may  be. 


Contractual 
provision 


(2)  A  provision  in  a  contract  that  provides  for  a  matter 
that  is  a  discriminatory  business  practice  is  a  nullity  and  is 
severable  from  the  contract. 


Proceed- 
ings to 
prohibit 
continu- 
ation or 
repetition 
of contra- 
vention 


1  1. — (1)  Where  any  provision  of  this  Act  is  contravened, 
notwithstanding  any  other  remedy  or  any  penalty,  the 
Minister  or  any  person  who  complains  of  injury  due  to  the 
contravention  may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
by  originating  motion  for  an  order  prohibiting  the  continuation 
or  repetition  of  the  contravention  or  the  carrying  on  of  any 
activity  specified  in  the  order  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
judge,  will  result  or  is  likely  to  result  in  the  continuation 
or  repetition  of  the  contravention  by  the  person  committing 
the  contravention,  and  the  judge  may  make  the  order  and  it 
may  be  enforced  in  the  same  manner  as  any  other  order  or 
judgment  of  the  Supreme  Court. 


Variation 
or  recission 
of  order 


(2)  A  person  against  whom  an  order  has  been  made  under 
subsection  1  may  apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
for  an  order  varying  or  rescinding  the  order  made  under 
subsection  1. 


Service  of 
notice 


12.  Any  notice  or  document  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
served  or  given  may  be  served  or  given  personally  or  by 
registered  mail  addressed  to  the  person  to  whom  notice  is 
to  be  given  at  his  last  known  address  and,  where  notice  is 
served  or  given  by  mail,  the  service  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
been  made  on  the  fifth  day  after  the  day  of  mailing  unless 
the  person  to  whom  notice  is  given  establishes  that  he,  acting 
in  good  faith,  through  absence,  accident,  illness  or  other 
cause  beyond  his  control,  did  not  receive  the  notice,  or  did 
not  receive  the  notice  until  a  later  date. 


13.  Every  person  employed  in  the  administration 
this  Act,  including  any  person  making  an  inquiry,  inspection 
or  an  investigation  under  section  8  shall  preserve  secrecy 
in  respect  of  all  matters  that  come  to  his  knowledge  in  the 
course  of  his  duties,  employment,  inquiry,  inspection  or 
investigation  and  shall  not  communicate  any  such  matters 
to  any  other  person  except, 

(a)  as  may  be  required  in  connection  with  the  adminis- 
tration of  this  Act  or  any  proceeding  under  or 
pursuant  to  this  Act; 

(b)  to  his  counsel  or  to  the  court  in  any  proceeding 
under  or  pursuant  to  this  Act ; 

(c)  to  inform  the  person  involved  of  a  discriminatory 
business  practice  and  of  any  information  relevant 
to  the  person's  rights  under  this  Act ;  or 

{d)  with  the  consent  of  the  person  to  whom  the  informa- 
tion relates. 


of  Matters 
confidential 


1 4.  A    copy    of    an    order    or    assurance    of    voluntary  of [ji^c^or 
compliance   purporting   to   be   certified  by   the   Director   is,  as  evidence 
without    proof   of   the   office   or   signature   of   the   Director, 
receivable  in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  the  facts  stated 
therein  for  all  purposes  in  any  action,  proceeding  or  prosecu- 
tion. 


1 5.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make  Reguiationa 
regulations  exempting  any  person  or  class  of  persons  from 
any  provision  of  this  Act. 


16. — (1)  Every  person  who,  knowingly, 

{a)  furnishes  false  information  in  an  investigation  under 
this  Act ; 

(6)  fails  to  comply  with  any  order  or  assurance  of 
voluntary  compliance  made  or  entered  into  under 
this  Act ; 


Offences 


(c)  obstructs  a  person  making  an  investigation  under 
section  8 ; 

{d)  contravenes  any  provision  of  subsection  2,  3,  4,  5  or  8 
of  section  5 ;  or 

(e)  contravenes  any  provision  of  section  13, 


8 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000. 

Corporation  (2)  Where  a  corporation  is  convicted  of  an  offence  under 
subsection  1,  the  maximum  penalty  that  may  be  imposed 
upon  the  corporation  is  $50,000  and  not  as  provided  therein. 

^^rectore  (3)  Where  a  corporation  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence 

officers  under  subsection  1  or  2, 

(a)  each  director  of  the  corporation  ;  and 

{b)  each  officer,  servant  or  agent  of  the  corporation  who 
was  in  whole  or  in  part  responsible  for  the  conduct 
of  that  part  of  the  business  of  the  corporation  that 
gave  rise  to  the  offence, 

is  a  party  to  the  offence  unless  he  satisfies  the  court  that 
he  did  not  authorize,  permit  or  acquiesce  in  the  offence. 

DeHod*"°"  (4)  No  proceeding  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced 
more  than  two  years  after  the  time  when  the  subject-matter 
of  the  proceeding  arose. 


Commence- 
ment 


1  7.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title  |  g^  fhe    short    title    of   this    Act    is    The   Discriminatory 

Business  Practices  Act,  1977. 


o 


to 


H 

X 

m 

o 

> 


o 


<-0 

Si. 

S) 
Si. 
<». 


rt 

0 

ft) 

3 

C/) 

s^ 

cr 

o*. 

Su 

0) 

>3 

SI) 
Si. 

1' 

t— ' 

^ 

C/) 

0 

l-l 

> 

1^ 

2. 

I 

5' 

3 
> 

pT 

p 

0 

r^ 

(-► 

l-K 

0' 

0 

0 

3 

3 

T5 

&* 

5' 

•1 
0 

W 

3* 

c 

g 

(/) 

r+' 

5' 

BILL  130 


1st  Session,  31st  Legislature,  Ontario 
26  Elizabeth  II,  1977 


An  Act  for  granting  to  Her  Majesty  certain  sums  of 

money  for  the  Public  Service  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 

the  31st  day  of  March,  1978 


The  Hon.  W.  D.  McKeough 

Treasurer  of  Ontario  and  Minister  of  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 


TORONTO 
Printed  by  J.  C.  Thatcher,  Queen's  Printer  for  Ontario 


BILL  130  1977 


An  Act  for  granting  to  Her  Majesty  certain 
sums  of  money  for  the  Public  Service  for  the 
fiscal  year  ending  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978 

Most  Gracious  Sovereign: 

WHEREAS  it  appears  by  messages  from  the  Honourable  Preamble 
Pauline  M.  McGibbon,  Lieutenant  Governor  of  the 
Province  of  Ontario,  and  from  the  estimates  and  supple- 
mentary estimates  accompanying  the  same,  that  the  sums 
mentioned  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Act  are  required  to  defray 
certain  charges  and  expenses  of  the  public  service  of  this 
Province,  not  otherwise  provided  for,  for  the  fiscal  year 
ending  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978;  may  it  therefore  please 
Your  Majesty  that  it  be  enacted  and  it  is  hereby  enacted  by 
the  Queen's  Most  Excellent  Majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice 
and  consent  of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of 
Ontario,  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  There  may  be  paid  out  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  'j-anted^'^ 
Fund  a  sum  not  exceeding  in  the  whole  $12,349,226,300  to  be  fiswiiyear 
applied  towards  defraying  the  several  charges  and  expenses 
of  the  public  service,  not  otherwise  provided  for,  from  the 
1st  day  of  April,  1977,  to  the  31st  day  of  March,  1978,  as 
set  forth  in  the  Schedule  to  this  Act,  and,  subject  to  sub- 
section 2,  such  sum  shall  be  paid  and  applied  only  in 
accordance  with  the  votes  and  items  of  the  estimates  and 
supplementary  estimates  upon  which  the  Schedule  is  based. 

(2)  Where,  in  the  fiscal  year  ending  the  31st  day  of  Exception 
March,  1978,  powers  and  duties  are  assigned  and  transferred 
from  one  minister  of  the  Crown  to  another  minister  of  the 
Crown,  the  appropriate  sums  in  the  votes  and  items  of  the 
estimates  and  supplementary  estimates  upon  which  the 
Schedule  is  based  that  are  approved  to  defray  the  charges 
and  expenses  of  the  public  service  in  the  exercise  and  per- 
formance of  such  powers  and  duties,  may  be  assigned  and 
transferred  from  time  to  time  as  required  by  certificate  of  the 
Management  Board  of  Cabinet  to  the  ministry  administered 


by   the   minister   to   whom   the   powers  and   duties  are   so 
assigned  and  transferred. 

Accounting         2.  The   due   application   of  all   moneys   expended   under 
expenditure     this  Act  shall  be  accounted  for  to  Her  Majesty. 

me^t"*°^*         3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

Short  title  4.  The  short  title  of  this  Act  is  The  Supply  Act,  1977. 


SCHEDULE 


Estimates 


Supple- 
mentary 
Estimates 


Total 


I  I                         $ 

Office  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor.  100,000  100,000 

Office  of  The  Assembly 14,621,500  3,347.600              17,969,100 

Office  of  the  Premier 1,478,000  1,478,000 

Cabinet  Office 1,077,000  1.077,000 

Management  Board 87,095,000  87,095.000 

Office  of  the  Provincial  Auditor. . .  1,956,000  1,956,000 

Office  of  the  Ombudsman 3,560.000  633,500               4,193.500 

Government  Services 287,053.500  287.053,500 

Northern  Affairs 120.628.000  5.590,000            126.218.000 

Revenue 201.574,000  201.574,000 

Treasury,  Economics  and 

Intergovernmental  Affairs 420,364,000  500,000            420,864,000 

Justice  Policy 463,000  463,000 

Attorney  General 131,025,700  131,025,700 

Consumer  and  Commercial 

Relations 63.660,000  63,660,000 

Correctional  Services 153.871 ,000  153,871 ,000 

Solicitor  General 146,968.000  146.968.000 

Resources  Development  PoHcy 3.126,000  3,126,000 

Agriculture  and  Food 165,390,000  165,390,000 

Energy 14,620,000  14,620.000 

Environment 267.428,000  1 ,670,000            269,098,000 

Housing 382,399,000  382,399,000 

Industry  and  Tourism 58,440,000  58.440,000 

Labour 31,768,000  31,768,000 

Natural  Resources 224,646.000  4,000.000            228.646.000 

Transportation  and 

Communications 1.063.144,000  9,200.000         1.072.344,000 

Social  Development  Policy 2.214.000  2,214,000 

Colleges  and  Universities 1,272.782.000  1.272,782,000 

Community  and  Social  Services...  1.077,198,000  3,665.500         1,080.863.500 

Culture  and  Recreation 165.988.000  29.000.000            194.988,000 

Education 1.991,007,000  102.825.000        2,093,832,000 

Health 3,833.150,000  3.833.150.000 

Total 12.188.794.700  160.431.600       12.349.226.300 


I 


I 


H 

1— 1 

3 

s 

H  m 

<-»- 

5' 

•I 

n> 

CD 

ffi 

•-1 

on' 

P 

0"5 

<-t- 

W 

o 

O 
< 

C 
•-1 

2: 

o 

^ 

3 

3 

w 

O 

o 
o 

o 

P 

3 

3 

3 

rt- 

O 

3 

2 

0 

> 

o" 

o' 

5^ 

3? 

W2 

P 

w 

£3 

3 

3 

0 
a 

C/) 

Ct 

0 

0 

0 

0 

a> 

ft) 

(t 

n 

0 

n 

n> 

a> 

re 

3 

Ui 

>« 

3 

^ 

3 

Co 

cr 

SC 

cr 

Si. 

cr 

O) 

0) 

(T) 

•-1 

On 

►-1 

ON 

>3 

ON 

S) 

p' 

s' 

3- 

3^ 

s' 

c^ 

" 

" 

Oq 

H^ 

h-^ 

^^ 

0 
->4 

^  o 


o 

p    3 

3'> 
o 


O    3^ 

p 

r^  p 
•-1 

t— » 

~J  3 

00  CL 

5' 


3  ? 

(/)  ^ 

^  <^ 

O  "-1 

3  ^ 

3  C. 

O  3 

^  S" 
o"  X 


r 
r 


3- 


*T3  a> 
C   t/) 

2^ 


i